Actions

Work Header

The Legend of Zelda: Missing Links to the Past

Summary:

A fan series depicting events following each of the games in the Zelda Timeline and telling the stories of the characters. Starting with Skyward Sword and going down each timeline.

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter Text

Hi, this is my first fanfiction on this site so I hope it goes well...
I am going to make this a long running series, updating it when I am not busy and have free time. I plan to tell the story of what happens between or after each Zelda game as well as tell some of the stories we do not see in any games like the Hero of Men for example.

The order of time lines I will follow will be Child First and then Downfall then Adult. Breath of the Wild will be added after I have completed all timelines, written as if it is in the Child Timeline but not too heavily reliant on that and since Tears of the Kingdom has been released (this is an update, Tears of the Kingdom had just been announced when I started this fic) I will end with that since I am fairly confident there will be no direct sequel to it. Any future releases like Echoes of Wisdom (recently announced as of typing this) will be added with a note on where it fits in the story.

This series is titled by the games so by looking at the chapter it is clear which game it is focusing on. Each story is fresh so I wont be relying on characters and plot lines from unrelated games too often. For example if you are not interested in the Minish Cap that is totally fine and are free to skip to Ocarina of Time or Twilight Princess if that is what you want. You will still understand each story as they are mostly stand alone.

My main goal is not contradict canon. Yes, I will be making my own original plot lines and I don't claim that these are actually want took place between any given game but I want to theorise and try to make it fit into the canon of the Zelda universe as well as I can. The lore changes all the time so there may be a few things you disagree with as a lot of the Zelda lore is theory based but this is good, it leaves room for interesting stories.

This series will have adult themes, mainly sexual content but probably more as I am not one to shy away from sensitive subjects. I cant be certain what but I am not ruling anything out.
This series will focus on Heterosexual relationships as the stories will follow Link and to me he is straight but I am not appose to writing Homosexual relationships or characters if that comes up. As of right now there are at least two Homosexual Characters in the story as well as a few Bisexual Characters. It isn't as frequent as I myself am a straight guy and can rely on my own thoughts much more easily but again, I am open to more if the opportunity arises.

I also hope that people will comment and give me positive or negative feedback. If anyone has any points to make or suggestions I am open. Grammar and spelling may be off at times so feel free to let me know. I am know how to spell but I am very clumsy and make many typos as I type fast and I am usually typing on my phone. Sorry for the inconvenience.
After all this, I hope you enjoy this.

Chapter 2: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 1 - The First Day

Summary:

Link and Zelda begin to think about their life together on the surface with sexual tension brewing between the two.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Zelda stood and watched as their Loft Wings flew off back to Skyloft above the clouds, The Triforce hovering just behind them. The two knew they would be staying here on the surface and the two knew that the rest of the residence of Skyloft would soon follow. And although she didn't like to admit it to herself, Zelda knew she was important.

With the Blood of the Goddess running through her veins, she knew that she had an obligation to keep her bloodline going as the reincarnation of Demise's Curse would eventually rise up to destroy this land. Only the blood of the Goddess and the Spirit of the Hero could stop the Curse of Demise.

This meant that Zelda had to produce an heir, an heir that would continue to produce an heir for generations and they would have to know of their Legendary purpose when this threat would arise. This was why Zelda reluctantly decided that she would be the self proclaimed leader of this land that she would name Hylia Land.

It isn't like she never planned on having Children, the opposite in fact. She had always wanted to have kids but she felt some freedom had been robbed from her life and that her fate was now not truly her own. Luckily she had control over who she would have children with and no one captured her eyes more than the love of her life, Link.

Well... she technically couldn't be 100% certain that Link wants to be with her as she has never told him of her love and nor has he told her. She can't recall him ever mentioning that he wanted Children either. She was assuming and hoping a lot about him but would be deeply heartbroken if she found out he wanted neither kids or a relationship with her. This would also mean she would have to find someone else to produce an heir with and the idea repulsed her to no end.

As they stood on the Goddess Statue she looked at his happy face, wondering what was going through his mind, was it the same as hers or did he have anything else in mind.
"Link. Are we going to stay up here all day?" She asked playfully, grabbing ahold of his right arm and pulling it a little. He looked at her and smiled.
"Not unless you want to. Do you have anywhere in mind?" He asked with genuine curiosity. She sat down on the edge of the statue and he followed her lead, sitting next to her.
"I don't know. I want to create a world down here for people to live, for us to live. We have the whole world but I have no idea where to start" she told him as she stared off into the lush green of Faron Woods.

Link sat and said nothing for a while as he thought of an answer.
"Why don't we build a House over there" he said pointing to the left of the statue to an area with just trees and nothing else. "We can live here in the Sacred Temple while we prepare. I have all the equipment we are going to need" he said with a grin.
"Except a bed". She said and he laughed.
"We will have to make one of those too". She sat there and smirked to herself.
"Just one?" She asked with a blush and Link went red as well, as he turned to her.
"We’re close enough for it not to be weird right?". He asked as she smiled and nodded.
Link knew that he was madly in love with her but didnt know how to say it. He hinted in every possible way and made it as obvious as he could but she never picked up on it. He knew that she was important and that she had to produce an heir, he just hoped she would pick him. Not for the fame or the sex or anything, he loved her long before he knew of her Legendary heritage, he just wanted to spend his life with her.

I mean he wasn't kidding himself, the sex had crossed his mind, he was a 18 year old Boy and she was with him all through his puberty years, and with how attractive she objectively is and how close they were he had a few guilty nights with himself over the thought of her.
He started thinking about all the moments they had together that stirred him up inside like the time they rode the same loftwing and he was pushed right up against her, forced into grinding against her back. The time they were exploring the area beneath Skyloft and a gust of wind blew up her skirt. The time she fell asleep on top of him with her breasts pressed against his chest. But most of all was the time he was playing around in the attic of the Knights academy and accidently saw a peak of her naked in the bath. He immediately looked away as he was no pervert but the brief image has been the subject of many of his nights alone and she had no idea this occurred and never will.

Zelda was enjoying the silence for a while until she looked up at his strange smile, glanced down slightly to see the bulge in his tunic. From where the previous conversation had ended she could put the pieces together and work out what he was thinking. She blushed over the thought. She assumed Link had feelings for her but she KNEW he was sexually attracted to her so she used this to play with him sometimes. There was one time she insisted on riding the same Loftwing so she could feel him against her. She would move subtle enough against his crotch to make him hard and to get a reaction out of him, a one in this case ended with wet pants that he tried to act casually on like it never happened. Another time they were snuggling together on a lonely island and she pretended to fall asleep on top of him with her breasts pressed against him. Although she enjoyed the thoughts nearly as much as him she was getting bored so she stood up, snapping him out of his daydream.

"So, you gonna float me down from here, you're the one with the sail cloth?" She asked him even though she wasn’t really asking, more telling.Link was a little nervous as she might feel his erection against her but stood up anyway, trying to hide it as much as possible.
"You are gonna have to hold on tight" he said as she stepped towards him and pressed right against him. She felt his erection press against her which only made him harder, not to mention her boobs pressing against his chest. Neither commented but both knew the other had felt it. He moved to the edge of the stature and jumped off the side, pulling her with him.

Link had a moment of panic, he had not accounted for the extra weight and was forced to react fast, pulling the sail cloth out sooner than he had initially planned. They met the ground and landed awkwardly in a heap, Zelda sprawled across him, safe and uninjured. Link opened his eyes to meet the gaze of Zelda whose face was inches from his. Their breathing was heavy and warm, making Link squirm at the erotic position the two had unintentionally ended up in. Neither moved for a while, neither wanted to, but the longer they lay there, the more it became obvious that they liked each other.

“I was expecting a softer landing” he admitted, finally breaking the awkwardness between them and she responded with a pleasant laugh.
“So was I, I have seen you land more elegantly than that. Do I really weigh that much?”
“No, it was more I didn't account for your weight… you know… because you are so light and all”. He joked, she laughed again. “And besides, this was nothing compared to when Groose dived from the clouds after me”. He told her and she smiled

Link decided he needed to move. “As much as I am enjoying this conversation, I think you are gonna have to get off of me” he told her and she didn’t move.
“Why? Are you planning on going somewhere?” she asked as a joke but to her surprise he nodded.
“I was planning on going for a wash. Here is a nearby spring nearby and to be honest, after battling Bokoblins and killing a Demon King, I am more than a bit sweaty and need a soak”. Link’s words were not a lie, but he also needed to relieve himself from the sexual tension building up between them, it wasn’t like he was going to tell her that though.
“Well I haven't washed in 1000 years, my morning breath is a lot worse than your average nap” she joked as she finally got up off him and pulled him up to his feet.

“There is a good spring nearby, a natural spot of land near to where I suggested we build a house. I stopped her briefly once, it is great because the lake is split in half by a treeline so we can both bathe at the same time” he told her and she was starting to wish there was no treeline.

Link and Zelda made their way over to the spring Link had been talking about, Zelda joked about needing a wash but in all seriousness it was very needed. Her body ached and was stiff, she couldn't imagine what position Link was in. They reached the spring in question, a small spring with a pretty thick treeline behind it. Link assured her the other half of the spring was behind the treeline.

"If you need anything just shout, I'll be able to hear you from here" he told her and she nodded, walking off behind the trees. Once she was out of view he began taking his clothes off, dumping them on the ground next to the spring and then stepped into the cold refreshing water. His body slumped down against the edge of the spring and he let out a sigh. His hand dipped below the water and grabbed his erect penis that was tall from the sexual tension he felt between himself and Zelda.

The thought of Zelda rushed through his mind as his hand pleasured his dick. He imagined after they toppled over each other earlier he grabbed her and started kissing her. She kissed him back and he took it as a cue to grab her waist and flip her over so she was on top. His hands grabbed her breasts, making her gasp in delight. He imagines how soft they must feel, how exciting it would be to play with boobs. He lifted her dress up and pulled her underwear down. She was stroking his bulge before grabbing at his belt to which Link wasted no time undoing it and pulling down his pants. He was rock hard and lined himself up. She smiled and he asked permission to enter and he got a small nod so he thrust himself inside her.

His knowledge of what sex was like was lacking since he never experienced it, he knew the basics so his imagination only took him that far. He kept thrusting in and out of her, with her moans making him more turned on.

His moans were heavy and the water rippled and slashed as his hand rubbed back and forwards fast on his dick. He sighed as an overwhelming sensation flooded his body. "Aghh!" He let out as his dick pulsed and shot his load into the water. He snapped back to reality and came down from the high of his sexual release. He needed that, he hadn't masturbated in days and he needed to be able to think straight with Zelda around him again.

However, what Link did not know was Zelda had caught some of that. She didn't know what compelled her to peer through the treeline but she did and she could sort of see what he was doing. He had his back to her so she could only see his head and broad shoulders, but knew exactly what he was doing. She didn't KNOW he was thinking of her but she could take an educated guess based on his reactions to her earlier. And she liked it. It made her wet.

She went back to her spring and her hand rubbed against herself. Feeling herself. She could hear the slashing of the water and when she really focused she could hear his deep breaths. She bit her lip and rubbed her clit, the thought of him wanting her was thrilling. She came to a stop however. She didn't fully know why but she really just wanted to be honest, she wanted to tell him how she felt as she couldn't live with the questions plaguing her mind.

The rest of her wash was just her thinking about how she would approach him. Link on the other hand had a bigger issue. He was done. He was ready to leave but had to pass Zelda's spring. He got close to the edge and took a deep breath. "Zelda. I am done, I am going to walk past your spring now. I promise I wont look".

This gave her a fright but she took a deep breath.
"That's fine by me..." she said quickly, wanting to add more but couldn't. She was fine with him looking as she wanted him to come onto her and make her job more simple. She hatched a quick plan: she waded to the end of the water where her clothes were, picking them up and moving them onto the path he will cross, pushing them as far out of reach as she could.

She then returned to where she was in time for Link to arrive. He had his right arm blocking the view to his left and also only had his trousers and boots on with the rest of his clothes under his left arm. She bit her lip at the sight of his body.

"Link, could you do me a quick favour" she said sitting up enough so her boobs were visible above the water " Can you bring my clothes over to me, I took my clothes off and put them too far away ro reach" she said slightly nervously. Link took a few seconds
"I'll have to turn around so could you cover yourself?" He said and she smiled.
"Yes".

He laid his clothes down and picked hers up and turned around to see her bare chest right there in the open. He quickly turned his head and dropped her clothes.
"I thought you said you would cover yourself!" he said embarrassed.
"I thought you would give me a warning" she lied as she smiled.
"Sorry I..." he nervously said before she interrupted
"Link, it's fine. I am looking at your bare chest right now so it is only equal that you should see mine". She said and he took a deep breath.
"I guess so" he mumbles as he peaked at her again trying to make eye contact and not stare but his eyes kept dropping down every few seconds. God he loved them so much. He wanted them in his hands.
"Do you like what you see?" She teased, grabbing them and pushing them together making him turn away in embarrassment. She laughed.
" Yeah... they are nice." he mumbled.

He heard the water splash behind him and he gasped."Are you getting out?" He asked in shock.
"Yeah, I can't stay there all day." she laughed. She was red from the excitement and she was also turned on but decided she had teased him enough today. She got changed and hugged him from behind. "I am done now" she said with a friendly smile. "You can turn around now".

They walked in silence for a while. Link didn't know what to say while Zelda had too much she wanted to say. Suddenly without warning Link pulled out his bow and fired an arrow upwards into a tree. Link grabbed the two apples that fell out with one hand then turned with a grin and offered one to her.
"Impressed?" He said, finally putting effort into breaking the ice between them.
"Slightly...Yes". She smiled next to him as they walked on. "Sorry about earlier". She said shyly as they continued to the temple.
"It's okay, it was my fault really I should have warned you I was turning around. Sorry". He said and Zelda felt guilty about this.

They arrived down at the Goddess statue and Link noticed the setting sun which hatched an idea in his mind. He grabbed a hold of Zelda by her waist, making her gasp in the process and used his Claw shots to pull them both up to the top of the Statue. They landed on top and Zelda smiled at him and he smiled back. They both sat on the edge with the Sun setting on their first Day together on the surface. What a wild day. A day that Link can't keep straight in his head but he is certain he started the Day in the Sky Keep searching for the Triforce. It's hard to say since he has travelled in time and killed Demise as well as everything else that went on.

Zelda however was not concerning herself with such things. She just wants to enjoy the beautiful moment they are having together. She looked at Link and she couldn't keep her guilt locked away.
"Link. Don't feel bad about seeing me naked". She said making him aroused at the thought and making her blush. " I planned it. I wanted you to see. I am sorry". She said as Link stared in disbelief. There was a silence for longer than she hoped.
"Why? I mean don't get me wrong, I enjoyed it but why would you do that?" He asked and she knew why but didn't want to say it.
"Is it not obvious?" She asked nervously but Link just looked puzzled. She swallowed. "Link. I love you".

Notes:

UPDATE (30/7/2023):
This chapter was originally published on 30th of June 2019 so after four years and one month I can do better.

This was my first ever fanfiction chapter so it was time I edited it. All I have really done is fix the grammar and made it flow a little better but one change was made and that was Zelda deciding to name the land Hyrule. Obviously we now know from Tears of the Kingdom that King Rauru and Sonia were the first King and Queen of Hyrule the Kingdom can't be formed yet.

More changes will come later in future chapters but if you want to read the original (I don't know why you would want to, it is worse) I have it archived in a seperate fanfiction.

Chapter 3: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 2 - The first Night in the Sealed Temple

Summary:

Link responds to Zeld's confession.

Chapter Text

Link stared at her in disbelif. His heart racing. Zelda's heart was racing faster. She just came out and said it. What if he says no? What if this ruins everything? What has she done?
"Zelda... I...." he knew what he wanted to say but it was harder than he thought. Why though? She has already done the hard part. "I love you too..." he said in a smile as she gasped bursting out in to a relived sob.
"I was so scared you wpuld say no". She sobbed into him. He grabbed her cheek and made their eyes meet.
" I have always. Loved you Zelda. And I always want to be with you. I am sorry I worried you". He said as their breathes became heavy and they realised how close together they were.

"Link I...." she didnt know what came out of her but they found them selves edging closer before Link made the first move and crashed his lips into hers. She was shocked by the movement but she enjoyed it regardless of the fact she didnt know how to respond. She forced her self forward more as he used his power over her to push her on her back. He was inbetween her legs, her breasts pressed against his chest and his hands were by her head. They stopped the kiss for air and they panted and looked into eachothers eyes. Link kissed her again and she pulled him in by the back of his head.

When they eventually stopped Zelda hugged him as they lay next to each other.
"You have no idea how long I have waited for you to do that" she sighed.
"You have no idea how many times I have thought about doing that" he said with a laugh. They stared up at the sky that was going dark. Neither said anything as the two just enjoyed each others company.

Zelda started thinking about the surface in relation to skyloft and how it worked. All through her life she read about Legends of a 'surface world' that is bellow the cloud barrier. A world no one could prove existing as their was no way down and no one could see bellow the clouds. Most believed it was a story, but Zelda believed their was something down there. Although she eventually discovered their was something, she was still shocked. If she was shocked at the impossibility of this world existing how will those of Slyloft react when they come down. But she thought more about the sky barrier. It was impossible to see the surface from above but the night sky was clear right now. How could this be? Was it just Hylia's magic stopping the residents of Skyloft from attempting to go down to the surface? If she didnt have an answer to that no one would.

She then spotted it.
"Look Link. I think that is Skyloft". She said with excitment as she pointed upwards to a tiny island floating in the Sky.
"To think we were born all the way up there. Its amazing". He said with a peaceful smile on his face. Zelda then responded
" What do you think will happen to Skyloft when everyone leaves?" She said a little more sad " Do you think it will fall down to the Surface like this island did or will it stay there forever?" She wondered, not really expecting Link to have an answer.
"Do we have a plan for them? About how everything is going to work?" He said sitting up and shuffelimg towarda the edge of the statue. She copied his movements.
"What do you mean?" She asked leaning her head agaist his shoulder. He took a few seconds
"It is our duty to protect the Triforce. Our duty for the rest of time. Our kids..." he paused there going a little red and not making eye contact with her but knew she thought the same. " Our kids will have that duty too.. Forever. We can trust each other to not use it but can you really trust everyone on Skyloft to not want to abuse it? The Triforce cannot be used for small things. Even selfish big things. Like if someones friend died. People wpuld ask for the Tri-force to bring them back, which of course it could but we cant afford to let it be used like that". He finished, giving Zelda a chamce to speak.

"I dont really have an answer and I should". She said in a slight disapointed tone " I agree with everything you said but I dont know what to do about it. I also dont know how I manage to convince everyone I am in charge". Link looked at her confused before she continued " I have the blood of the Goddess inside me and so will everyone of my ancesstors. My bloodline and your spirit has been curse by Demise for all atternity. It is only the females that can access the sealing Power simce Hylia was female. When ever Demise's curse springs into action my ancesstor will need to be prepared to deal with it. They will need to know these stories and Legends and their importance. I hate saying it because I dont want to treat my self as more important than anyone else but they will need to know, my kids will need to know" she said realising she had he arm around Link now.

"I get it Zelda. A Monarchy provideds a structured society and its power can be used to keep the Legend of you. The Legend of Zelda alive". He said smiling but she just laughed.
"Come on. You did all the hard work Link. It should be 'The Legend of Link' or at least 'The Legend of Hylia'" she said not liking the attention to be on her.

"Anyway. It is night time now and we neef to figure out where to sleep". She said as Link put his hand around her waitst and pulled her off the side of the statue, usimg the sail cloth successfully this time to land. They walked inaide the Sealed Temple.
"This is as good of a place as any" he said optamistically but Zelda wasnt convinced.
"There is no beds or anything, how did Impa manage all these years?" She complained.
"I imagine she mastered the art of sitting cross legged on the hard floor. But you have a good point, a bed will be the first thing I make tomorrow morning" he said as Zelda walked up to where Impa used to sit
"Was this always here?" She asked bending down and picking up a ancient looking cloth. She threw it down the steps towards Link who caught it and looked at it
" It doesnt ring a bell" he said laying it flat " It must have been what Impa used but I dont recall seeing her with it. But hey, it solves a little of our issue" he smiled gesturing her over.

They stood on the cloth link had places ontop of the circular part of the temple "We could sleep here, put the sail cloth over us for warmth...its better than the cold hard floor" he said with his arm around her.
"I guess so..." she said disapointed but there wasnt alot either of them could do at this moment. Link handed her the sail cloth and she took off her shoes to turn around to link wearing only his Trousers. She blushed and he noticed
"Sorry, I am used to sleeping like this should I put my shirt back on?" He asked thinking only about her but she shook her head
"Its fine, I was just surprised. I am sleeping in this, after 1000 years of sleeping in it I would say I am used to this" she laughed.

They got into the makeshift bed together, Zelda sleeping on her side facing Link and Link lying on his back. It took a while for them to get to sleep due to the uncomfortable conditions and the sexual tension they both felt. Link wondered if he should ask her for Sex but didnt want to seem like a perv or rush things. But deep down its what he wanted. Zelda managed to get to sleep but after a few hours of trying Link gave up.

He got out of the bed trying not to disturb Zelda in the process and walked up the steps. He pushed open the big doors and walked inside. The Master Sword was sitting in the centre of the room where Zelda had once been sleeping. Link walked over to it and sat on the steps next to it.
"I dont know if you can hear me Fi but thank you for your help. I wouldnt be here of it wasnt for you" he said talking to the Sword. As he expected he got no reply but he felt calm sitting next to the Sword, almost like his Spirit had a connection. He knew the Sword was only to be pulled out by his successor but if Link decided would he still be worthy to pull it out. He toyed with the idea but decoded it was not worth any risk regardless of how tempting it was. He liked how the Sword looked and it was better than his basic Sword he has at the moment.

The Door creaked and Link looked up to see Zelda standing there.
"What are you doing in here Link?" She said confused as she walked towards him.
"I couldnt sleep so I came in here because I find the Sword.... relaxing" he said realising it sounds insane to anyone that wasnt him.
"Was it the uncomfortable floor, I can understand that?" Zelda said completly moving past the comment on the Sword.
"Thats one if the reasons, yeah". He said with Zelda imediatly asking
"One of the reasons?"

He took a moment. To think before responding
"Are we together Zelda? Actually scratch that, your answer doesnt matter for what I want to say" he said going red " You told me the truth about you showing me your chest so I want to bw honest with you. You might be disgusted by what I tell you but here me out" he was saying in shame, Zelda already knew where he was going but she let him continue. " I think about you, like more than I should. I have fantasies about you and well.... you know...play with my self over those fantasies.... when I went to the springs I didnt just need a wash, I needed to relieve some tension I had from being close to you... I just cant help but think about you.... do you know what I am saying?" He asked looking up to her.

She put her arm around him and leaned her head against his shoulder.
"I know exactly what you are saying and I do not find it disgusting. I find it flattering". She said to his surprise " It excites me a little. If we are being open then I must tell you that I saw you at the spring having some fun" she said making him blush alot more than he already was "It made me want to touch my self but I stopped because I would rather have the real deal" she said smiling at him. His heart started racing.
"Zelda. Are you saying what I think you are saying?" He asked looking at her and she nodded
"Do you want to do it?" She asked with her face as red as his.
"Of course I do but what if you get pregnant ?" He said trying to assure it was the right thing to do.
"Well thats great in my account. I want to have children. Especially if they are with you" she said looking lovingly into his eyes "what about you? Do you want children?" She asked hopefully
"Of course I do. I have dreamed of having a family with you" he smiled
"Then dont just sit there. Lets get to work" she said as Link pushed in a passionate kiss that was full of lust and desire and Zelda reacted with an equally lustful kiss.

He pushed her onto her back with him between her legs. They kissed each other and Link reached up to grab her right breast. She moaned with his touch as she was not expecting it and grabbed the back of his head pulling him in more.

She could feel his bulge against her so she tried to grind against it which made him moan. She grabbed at his trousers and pulled them down feeling his dick swing out and hit her. She couldnt see it from her angle but she could grab it and she blushed at its size. She started stroking it making him moan and she pulled him on his back so she was ontop. She went down to have a look and was shcoked for a second time. She couldnt believe she was looking at Link's Penis. She had always dreamed of the day but now it seems unbelievable. She put her mouth to it and started sucking.

Link leaned back and moaned, just enjoying her on his dick. He couldnt believe the love of his life was doing this, let alone capable of this. It felt so good, the stuff of his dreams but one million times better.
"Zelda I love this but if you dont stop I'm gonna cum" he said into a moan she kept going thinking of why that is an issue then remembered she wanted more. She stopped and came back up too him and straddled him.
"Show me what you can do then" she said with a lustful smile so he grabbed her dress and pulled it over her head. Sje was just in jer underwear but his eyes were on her breasts. He squeezed both of them, getting a good feel as he loved their size and shape. As he grasped the hook of her bra she pulled down her panties and sat afainst his dick. He felt her against it as he let her bra drop to the ground.

The two sat naked together. Their hearts racing.
"Are you sure about this" Link asked her and she nodded
"Only with you" she said as he picked her up and pushed her against the door, thrusting his dick into her at the same time.

She gasped in pleasure and pain as there was a sting but he kept going which made the pleasure over ride the pain in seconds. She moaned as she felt his hard dick push right inside her, filling her entirely as his muscular chest was pushed against her boobs. His hands were on her ass giving them the occasional squeeze that made her moan each time.

Link couldnt believe how good this felt. She wad increddibly tight on his dick and to thurn him on more there was her boobs against his chest and the firm touch of her ass which he squeezed to get a moan out of her.

He kept thrusting and she was screaming, riding a wave of pleasure each time. She liked him being the dominant one. The possition was great but Link kept looking at her boobs that were bouncing up amd down and wanted more of them. He let go of one of her ass cheeks and groped her breast. He was feeling it over but due to the loss of support Zelda had to wrap her arms around his shoulder.

She pushed at him an he went back into the wall and slid down so she was straddling him. She rocked her hips and Link let go of her ass and put it on her hip helping her. He kissed her again and pushed her back to the floor thrusting into her as hard and fadt as he could.

This was it. How could Zelda last any longer from this. "Link.... Oh... Yes... I think Im...." she moaned making him even closer. Her could expload at any second but was trying to make it ladt as long as he could.
"Zelda... I know.....I am about to cum" he groaned into her. She screamed as she hit her oragasm and clenched her walls against him. He moaned and exploaded inside her.

He lay ontop of her for a few seconds as they caught their breaths until he pulled out of her and lay next to her.
"Wow". She said in a pant " Thats what I have gone 18 years without experiencing" she said just laying there on the cold floor, at the exact same spit where she told Link about her destiny.
"You can say that again" he moaned as he turned to her." I love you more than anything" he said with a smile as he stood up.

She saw his dick as he did so and it was still slightly hand but drooping a little. She wondered if they were all this big or Link was special. He offered her a hand as he looked at her breasts, he loved them, he knew Zelda's were better as no one in Skyloft were as big as hers. He pulled her up and they walked back to their "bed"

It didnt take Zelda long to fall back to sleep from all energy she used up but Link still couldnt. He enjoyed the feel of her naked body against his as he sat in thought. What a day he had. It started with him waking up really early to put the gem he got from the Silent Realm into the bird statue in the proccess going through a huge dungeon that was buired beneath the Goddess Statue this whole time. After that he obtained the Tri-Force and with it wishing upon Demis' death. This made the island of the Goddess Statue fall to the surface back to its original location. He then had his reunion with Zelda which was interupted by Ghirahim who took her through the Gate of Time to the past. He saved her and defeated Demise in the past and returned to the time he had left. Impa passed away and Groose was taken back up to Skyloft too tell everyone of the surface and their tales. Leaving Link and Zelda alone. He managed to see her naked having a wash and then loose his Virginity to her all in the same day. He would be shocked to have another day like this.....

Zelda woke up the following morning to an unfamiliar ceiling. It took a few moments for her to figure out where she was and why. It dawned on her then she turned to her left where there was an emptt space where Link was and the door to the Master Sword was open. Then she realised what transpired the night before and she went bright red.

She wondered where Link was but then noticed the side door was open so she put it together that Link went out, his reasoning unknown. She got up and shivered due to her lack of clothes so she put on her white Goddess Dress as there wasnt exactly a lot of choices and then left to find Link.

She found him out side after a short walk through Faron woods and he was shirtless, chopping down trees with his sword. She stood watching him hack away at the tree, the sword nit being the best tool for the job but all he had but with Link's Sword skillsbhe made it look effortless.

She approached him and he turned to her and smiled
"How are you doing this beautiful day?" He asked with a smile and she walked to him and flung her arms around him
"I love you" she said into his shoulder as he put his arms around her, resting his head on hers.
"I like that answer. I love you to" he said as they stepped back from each other.
" I assume this is going to be our bed?" She asked with a simple nod from him
" Yeah, I thought I would get it out of the way as soon as possible, start early. I already caught our dinner" he said pointing over behing her to a small pen of cuccos she turned around to him throwing an apple to her with her catching it in midair.
" And Breakfast" she said
"Except I found breakfast, I didnt catch it" he said with them both laughing.

Link stood up and walked back to the tree he was just at. " Do you want a go?" He said holding the sword to her and she shook her head
"Dont tease, you know I couldnt lift that sword" she said but he insisted and guided her over
"Let me show you" he said putting her arms around her, supporting her arms from the weight of the sword. "Bend your knees" he said to her and she done so " now swing it" he said as she did with the help of him and the sword hit the side of the tree going straight through it . The tree fell to the side and she dropped the sword.
"Impresive. Only one swing" he said and she smirked
" With your help" she said as he hugged her again
" Maybe, but if you want I can give you lessons" he offered but she politely declined. "Well I cant exactly say I have experience with making beds or.... anything for that matter but I think we have enough wood for the job".

Link started collectong the wppd together while Zelda sat on a log playkng with a twig. She noticed a small bug walking on the twig. She then notoced something that made her eyes widen.
"Oh Hylia!" She exclaimed.....

Chapter 4: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 3 - Return to Hyrule

Summary:

Link and Zelda.discover something shocking which helps them in return.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She dropped the branch in shock and Link turned to her staring in shock at the branch. He scratched his head.
"Is there a problem?..." he asked confused and Zelda just pointed as the branch he walked over and sat next to her. He looked to see what she was pointing at and he saw two tiny people that looked as confused as they were.

"Do you think they can see us?" One of them said and the other hit him on the arm
"Of course not. Hylians cant see us Picori unless they are decendants of the Heroes in the "Legend of Hylia"" one of them said before the other butted in
"Or kids..... Kids can see us" he said. The two kept talking to each other as if they had forgot Link and Zelda were there and Link turned to Zelda and they both laughed. The two tiny people turned back to them.
"Maybe they eat branches". One of them said until Zelda eventually butted it
"We can both see you and hear you"....

There was a long silence as everyone looked at each other.
"YES! That means you are Hylia right? Unless she mixed it up and reincarnated as a Male" he said dancing excitedly as Link was took back by his comment.
"No I am a decendant of the Hero" he said to the small person that wasnt listening. Zelda butted in again
"Who are you?" She asked to clear the huge confusion. The second one stepped forward
"Specifically ot in general?" It said and she just sighed and said
"Both".
"Well I am Olzo and this my Brother Vaki. We are the Picori. You may have heard of us in Legends before but yes. We are real" but Link turned to Zelda again.
"Never heard of you" he said bluntly to the offended Olzo.
"Well maybe not you because you are clearly an idiot but Hylia will have right?" He asked her but she shook her head.
"Sorry, we havent. The Legends only cover the battle and Hylia sending us to the Skies. And also my name is Zelda, I may be the reincarnation of the Goddess but I am not her.... if that makes sense" the two looked at each other really confused but nodded.
"Makes sense" they said proudly as Link sighed. Vaki stepped forward again
"We were one of the races created by the Goddess's back in the day but due to out size we werent able to help fight but we have stories and procesies of our own which tell us we would someday be visited by the decendants of the Heroes. You know what that means?" He said excited
"It was correct" Link said harshly to the annoyed Picori
"Well yes. But also we are apart of a Legend in the making" he said happily.

Zelda took a breath and said
"Is there anything you need that we can help with?" She asked and Vaki smiled
"A favour for a favour. You could not tell anyone of our existance and we could go up to Skyloft and bring it down here". He said proudly but Zelda just looked at him in confusion
"Hang on. You plan on dropping Skyloft from the Skies as a favour?" She asked while Link turned to her
"It will be quicker than building houses" he said in a sarcadtic tone with Zelda glaring at him " What? I am being serious. Think about it Zelda, we know the rest of the people in Skyloft are going to come down any way and also the Isle of the Goddess didnt fall down heavily like a meteor, why should the rest of Skyloft be different?" He said with Zelda's glare turning more optamistic
"How do you plan on bringing Skyloft down to the surface?" She asked still concerned about the plan.

Olzo walks forward
"We have something called the Lightforce..it has emence power and can do as we wish with it as long as out intentions are true." He said as Link shrugged.
"Well you cant do damage if your intentions are true" Link said as Zelda nodded.
"Go on then. You know how to get uo there right?" She asked and they smiled.
"Of course the Bird Statues. Could you do us a favour and bring this branch over to the statue?" He asked as Zelda bent down to pick up the branch and Link has a look at his Girl friends ass. It was turning him on to much so he looked away and tryed to focus on the task at hand.

Zelda put it down and Olzo wistled loudly, louder that someone as small as him to be able too. It echoed through the forest and Zelda stepped back. About 10 seconds pasted and hundereds or thousands of leaves fell from the trees and glided towards the Bird Statue. Link looked at one as it glided past his head and it was a Picori gliding on a leaf, they all were. They all landed either infront of the statue or on it.

"Right then Hylians!" Olzo called to the couple "We are off to the skies. Good bye" Zelda and Link smiled and waved as a gust of air shot in the sky just like when Link had used it and all the Picori zoomed up with their leaves, eventually out of sight.

"I wonder how long it is going to take. We should have asked " Link said as Zelda put and arm around him
"Well at least we dont need this bed" she smiled as they laughed.
"I love you Link" she said and he hugged her
"I love you too Zelda. Last night was the best night of my life" he said as she blushed
"Mine too but I want... I want more....of that" she said into his chest so he wouldnt see her face. Link got hard from that comment
"Well thats good too know because I planned on giving you more of them nights. In fact, before the people of Skyloft get down her we should make the most of it. We are the only people down here so we can do it where ever we want. But not for long" he said as she was getting turned on by this talk.
"I have somewhere" she said looking at him and he smiled.

Link went alkng with her plans always as they never let him down and this was no exception. He lay her down on the hard ground stone of the Goddess Statue but took his time.... well.... relatively. He didnt need to pull most of his clothes off since he was shirtless from his cutting earlier but his belt was still a barrier. That was Zelda's priority. He was fondeling her breasts, squezzing them into shaped in his hand and playing with her hard nipple, all through her dress. Zelda was moaning at this and Link loved the look of pleasure on her face as he couldnt get that in the dark of ladf night. She pulled his belt off and dropped it off the side of the statue with its metalic clang heard a few seconds later..

She pulled down his trousers along with his boxers as far as she could reach but then Link pulled them all the way down, pulling them iff with his boots. They also fell off the side. Zelda grabbed hold of his dick thst was solid as a rock and looked down at it. She blushed at its size as she could see it in the light now. He moaned at her touch and stopped playing with her boobs as he needed his hands to keep his balance as the pleasure was so good.

He started pulling at her dress and she let go off his dick to help pull it from over her head. Link watched as her boobs bounced free of couldnt believe it. He was seeing Zelda lying naked in front of her for the second time, enjoying it more as he could see all her details. He used one hand to stoker her clit and the other one to grab her round breasts. She moaned at the touch of both but especially the way he strocked her down bellow. She gasped squirming as Link kissed her again. Lust was driving through them and they just needed each other. Link let go of her, positioned himself with her and looked at her for confirmation and she nodded.

He slowly pushed inside her, feeling all of her as he did so. She gasped at how hard she was but was glad there was no pain this time. He slowly pulled out and then back in again. Bot going fast at all and it felt so good.
"Link....." she moaned as he licked the side of her neck and then down to her breasts.
"This is so damn good Zelda, I love you so much" he said through a moan as he lowerd an arm to grab her boat. She felt a shiver go through her body
"Yes Link! " she moaned louder causing him to thrust harder into her. He thought about her ass and decided he wanted more of it.
"Fancy it from behind?" He said seductively into her ear and she nodded. Link pulled out of her and she got on all four.

Link didnt want to put it in her ass but he did live the veiw and pushed forward, meeting her pussy again amd pushed it in. He wss going faster now and Zelda was just in it for the ride. He done her from behind with one hand on her back for support and the other he bend around her waist to reach for her clit. She didnt know if she could take more of this.
"LINK! YES" she screamed as Link was nearing his limit.
"I dont think I can last much longer Zelda" he moaned as her walls tightened. A wave or pleasure shot through her body as she panted uncintrollably. Link groaned and couldnt take more and shot inside her again.

They rolled onto their backs and panted. "I love you so famn much Zelda" he said as she faced him and pressed her boobs into his side.
"I adore you too Link" as he faced her and gave her a less lust filled kiss.

They lay there for a few more moments before they saw an uncreddibly bright light fill the sky. They looked up and saw an island slowly decending from the sky.
"That looks like Skyloft. They must be lossing it up there, thinking the island is falling" Link said standing up.
"Link! Forget that. We are completly naked. We need to get changed before they arive" she said completly relying on Link since all there clothes were at the bottom of the statue.
"Are you sure? We could just tell them we have gone wild". He smirked
"Link." She sternly said as he laughed helping her up. He grabbed hia sail cloth which he was wise enough to keep up here and they pressed their naked bodies together and floated down.

They quickly got changed and went used the clawshot to get over the wall to where the island would land. They sat there watching the familiar land slowly decend until it reached a crator it used to occupy and filled it with all the dust and tree life underneath it crushed.

They approached skyloft from the part where the bridge to the Goddess Statue used to be, right in front of the Knights Academy. They could hear the crowed of concerned citezens at the front of Skyloft at the main plaza but Eagus of the Knights Academy was the first face they saw as he came out of the training grounds. They looked down from the ledge at him and he looked uncincerned.

"Hey! Link. Zelda. You guys are all right. Does that mean all that crap Groose was shouting yesterday is true?" He said as They nodded.
"It sure is. We are on the Surface now". Zelda called to him realising that she had lived on Skyloft her whole life and had hardly talked to the Man, not like she had a lot of reasons too.
"Well damn. Are we still gonna need Knights?" He said concerned which was the first time Link had heard that from him.
"More than ever." Link said as they walked ontowards the Plaza.

The crowd was chaotic. The residence of the other islands were here like Peater, the Bamboo cutter, Dodoh the clown, Pumm and Kina from the Pumkin Island and even Beedle with his flying shop. Jakamar was fasinated that there was a land beneath the Clouds as he was a strong believer in an endless void and the Bug Kid Gully and his friend Kukiel were runninf around on the new ground to the dismay of Kukiel's Mother, Wryna. Parrow looked relieved at the fact there was a Surface whilst his Sister looked concerned. The descriptions in Link's head could go on forever but non other than Groose caught his eye. He was standing atop some benches boating about how right he was with Crawlin and Stitch following along with the embarassed members of the Knights Academy. Zelda smiled as she saw Pipit and Karane holding hands and knew what it meant.

It wasnt long until the excited voice of Fledge was heard shouting
"Link! Zelda!" With everyone going silent and darting their heads towards them. They swarmed around them asking them all kinds of questions leaving Groose on the bench. Gaepora pished everyone aside to hug his daughter and Link kindly smiled at Fledge to give him the confindece boost he needs. All the voices could be heard at once. Sparrot was heard saying
"What do we do now?" With Croo responding
"You're the fortune teller. You figure it out".

"Enough. Enough!" Gaepora announces to the crowd. "Everyone has questions and they will be answered but we need to hear what Zelda and Link have to say". He said smiling as Zelda steps forward.

"Its true. All of what Groose said.... well I dont know what he said so what I mean is most of it probably is. The old Legends of Hylia and the Surface world are real, Slyloft was sent to the sky by Hylia and an Ancient Hero to save us Hylians from Demise, a demon King". Zelda was telling the story but Link whispered something to Gaepora and he odded as they continued to listen. "I fell to the ground and survived and Link came looking for me. It was Link who defeated Demise but Demise was after me because...." she paused and looked at her Father for reasurance. " Because.... I had the Triforce" she lied in a split second decision to not reveal her self as the Goddess Reincarnate like initially intended. The crowed looked confused.
"Did Groose really bomb the Demon King or did he make that up?" Pipit called and Link steped forward
"He did. And you all know me and Groose never saw eye to eye so I wouldn't support his claim if he hadn't earned it" he said to a shocked crowed and an ever happier Groose. Groose onew Link could have spun that how he wanted to make him self seem like the Hero but he didnt. In the past Groose knew he would have. This made him smile.

"I am sure there are alot more questions but wrme have time but I would like ti say as leader of Skyloft my time is now up. I leave my rank as leader to my Daughter Zelda" Gaepora announces shocking Zelda as she turns to Link who just smiled and she smiles back. Everyone cheers having no resistance to her as she is an intelligent Girl and the Daughter of a wise man and great leader. Everyone feels safe.
"Thank you all" she says over joyed " I know life is going to be different now but for those who can keep going as normal for the forseeable future I ask that you do so, those who are out of a job now come and see me". She says as the que startes lining up.

Groose sits on the Bench alone and Link walks over and sits next to him.
"Whats on your mind?" He asks as Groose looks down
"I just dunno what to do with my life" he says " I was a jerk before all this. I wanted to be the big shot who would marry the most attractive Girl in Skyloft and everyone would fear me but all that got me is the disrespect of everyone here. I can't have a life alongside people who think I am still that guy. My life peaked having been given the honour of helping you and Zelda and Grannie. I dont know ehat I can do from now on" he said with a silence between them.
" Groose. I cant tell you for certain until tomorow but I think I might have just the thing you need" Link said making Groose look up in hope.....

Notes:

As I said previously, I dont know how long I will be able to keep this up or how often I will upload but I am trying for once a week. I know most of the story I want to tell but writing it and going to work and soon starting Uni is a challenge. But for now I have no reason to stop. Its just a warning in case there isnt an upload for a while.

But I have been makimg notes for other stories outside Skyward Sword. Some will last longer than others because I dont think there is a lot to tell about the Aftermath of Four Swords and stuff like that but they will all get at least one chapter.

I plan in doing each time line starting with the Downfall timeline then Child then Adult. I believe Breath of the Wild sits in the Child Timeline so it will be there but I have a special plan for Breath of the Wild since its sequel may or may not be out by then.

Chapter 5: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 4 - The Legend of Groose

Summary:

Groose returns to Skyloft to speak of the tale that went on down at the Surface. Will anyone believe him?

Chapter Text

No one in Skyloft knew of Gaepora's trip down to the surface. He told no one where he was going and headed down. He knew enough about Legends and Prophecies to know what the Goddess Statue going back down to the surface world meant so he followed it down. Not directly of course. He made sure everything he needed done for the day wad out of the way, the people of Skyloft were calmed down after losing such a holy site and then he secretly took off down.

What he did not know was Crawlin and Stritch were keeping an eye on him as they had seen Link go down to the Surface, they had saw Groose go down and now the Giddess Statue. They were going to follow Gaepora.

Later that day, Gaepora decided to head back up to they Sky after Zelda had told him the people of Skyloft will eventually come down to the surface so he lefter the two to get some alone time that they deserved. Crawlin and Stritch were blown away by all this but got to meet there "boss" again. Groose had told Zelda he would return to Skyloft and telp everybody of the "Legend of Zelda" and off the three of them went.

"So Boss..you're like a Legendary Hero or something now" they said knowing how to get Groose's aproval and it worked
"Yeah. There was this huge Demon King, bigger than anything you've ever seen and me and Link took the sucker down. He couldn't have done it without me there. I blow the sucker up with Bombs, shot it out the sky so Link but do the easy part" he boasted with his two friends amazed by his story, believing everyword of it.

Groose loved the attention but he did feel a bit bad about pretending he done more than Link. He knew it wasnt true and he had a knew found respect for Link thst he didnt think could ever happen but he wasn't good at being a nice guy.

The three of them landed on Skyloft and the Three Skyloft Knight were waiting for them. The Green one, Avi stood forward
"Do you know how reckless that was! Going bellow the Cloud Barrier. You dont know what it bellow so how could you fly straight down?" He said taking his job really seriously.
"Dont worry pal. I know exactly what is down there as we were just there. The Surface World of Legends is there. There is a vast plain of land right bellow the Clouds" he smuggly responded making Janka, the Red Knight bright up, she stepped closer to Groose
"Oh Marvelous. What is it like bellow there?" She asked amazed at the braveness of Groose for going but Horg, the Blue Knight interupted
"We dont know what he is saying is true. Why dont you announce it to the whole of Skyloft if you are so confident". He proudly said starimg at Groose to make him back down.
"Alright Sir. You have a deal. If you get everyone from Skyloft and the other islands here together I will tell them all instead of some" Groose said.

They both had a different idea of what this meant. Groose genuinly wanted to tell everyone to embarass Horg and impress Janka who liked what he had to say but Horg thought he said this as he didnt think he would be able to gather everyone here. He was wrong. Horg was going to prove him wrong and keep Janka away from his farfetched stories.

Both Horg and Toby spent the day telling the people of Skyloft and its surrounding islands to come and hear this amazing announcement Groose had. Tobi thought they were maybe going a bit far with this. They are supposed to be Knights and they are gathering everyone here to disprove a bully. This wasnt worth it. But it was for Horg who wasnt going to be shown up by Groose. They eventually got everyone to turn up, Eagus turned up but saw what was going on and thought to him self
"I've got no time for this" and wandered back to the Training Hall. Gaepora showed up and heard runours that Groose was going to tell everyone about the Surface. It wasnt his place to stop it but he trusted Zelda and Link's judgement and wanted no part in shaping their destiny. He also needed to be a responsible leader and keep everyone calm. He quietly asked Groose to keep him out of it and Groose agreed.

"So. You might have heard somethings" he shouted to the crowd. "Its true. Zelda, Link, Me. Even Crawlin and Stritch here have all seen what is bellow the clouds. The Legends are true. There is a world bellow there". Some people were jntrigued while others were groaning at their time being wasted. " Zelda fell to the Surface World and Link went down there to save her. He searched for weeks looking for her, nipping in and out of Skyloft. Surely some of you encountered him up to some suspecious activities. Jackamar! Did he or did he not ask you about a weird proppeler that fell of Skyloft years ago?"
"He certainly did. He even brought is back" he replied with a smile.
"Peatrice! Gondo! Rupin! How often did he come by your shops for things?"
"A lot. He bought a lot too" Rupin said
"He fixed up my old Robot" Gondo replied
"Well he came to see me just abiut svery day" Peatrice said with a dreamy smile.
"Dont tell me non of this feels off too you lot" Groose declaired over the crowed that was begining to come around.

Groose smiled. " I saw him go down after Zelda went missing so I dived off my loftwing like he did and he broke me fall. I didnt know what to do with my self. A whole new weird world with tiny Loftwings and other creatures. I thiught I was doomed, especially when I saw the Demon King rise from the Earth. It was huge. Bigger than anything in Skyloft. It rose a secind time around and I bombed it out the sky to help Link". He started to lose some believers in this story.

"Groose that is enough now, you've wasted everyones time enough" Inspector Horwell said ambarassad over Groose's actions.
"Yeah, get down Groose. You didn't bomb a Giant Demon out the sky". Pipit shouted at him with some agreeing while others wanted to hear more of the story. Groose was heart broken that the people of his own town had no bellief in him.

Groose was about to step off the Bench when a Golden Light lit up the cloud barrier and it disapeared with the violent shanking of Skyloft right after it. Everyone begun panicing but Groose stood proudly watching. Heather looked at how cool he looked. Skyloft slowly started decending downwards. Groose heard the sound of someone screaming
"What is happening!" But the voice was muffled by the shaking so Groose couldnt figure it out.

The Islands of Skyloft kept falling and Kina watched in despair as the Pumpkin Island stated where it was. Some of the braver people looked off the side in amazment. Pipit was awestruck by the lands view, especially the Red topped mountain in the distance.

Eventually after about five minutes of panicing it lands with a thud, nocking a few people over. Some coughed from rhe dust but Groose just smiled.
"Welcome to Grooseland!" He said triuphantly.

"This cant be..." Horg said as the confused citezens were worried, some excited, some already stepping off into the new landscape.
"I believed you Groose" Janka said even more impressed with him as Groose blushed, scratching the back of his head. The crowd continued until Fledge's voice was heard shouting
"Link! Zelda!" Which cut the silence as everyone began swarming them leaving Groose on the bench.

"Dont worry boss. Everyone will believe your story now Link and Zelda are back" Stritch said as Groose stood their in silence. All that he could think about was how everyone loved Link and Zelda but nobody wanted to give him the time of day.

Chapter 6: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 5 - A Role for Groose

Summary:

The Citezens of Skyloft get comfortable with their new Life as Link has a roll forn Groose.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Groose looked up in hope but Link smiled. "Me and Zelda have big plans for down here you know. We are planning on building a fortress or a Castle to protect us for when ever Demise's curse comes to be, right now we only have the Sealed Temple and Skyloft to call home, we need to start expanding into the main land of Hyrule" he says with a pause.
"Hang on, when did you start calling this place 'Hyrule' and what is that even supposed to mean?" He said in confusion. Link turned to him
"I dunno, just now I guess, it had a nice ring to it. Its Hylia's land so why not name it after her?" Link said but Groose had better ideas.
"Well when I came down here for the first time it had no name and I named it 'Grooseland' and you didnt object. I was the first one to name this place so I should get the say" he said with a cinfident grin and Link was stunned, he had a point.
"I cant argue that except I dont think everyone will take to that" he said standing up.

"I have a roll for you right now though" he said making Groose stand up ready " We need wood for houses and forts, no better people to ask than the Kikiwi's . We want to unite all the races of the land and they are only a walk away, so what do you say? You coming?" He said with a smile and he just nodded.

Groose waited patiently by the enterance to Faron Woods while Link went to tell Zelda he was going.
"Zelda, we talked about uniting the races so we might aswell start now, with the Kikwis. I will easily be back for tea, they are not far away at all" he said as she smiled back.
"Alright. I will make a start on organising roles for all the people. I feel silly telling you this but be careful" she said pulljng him in for a kiss.
"I will. Dont worry. And good luck" he said to her as they turned away from each other and Link returned to Groose. "Come on then Groose". He said as Groose followed his lead.

It didnt take long for them to arrive in the Forest and spot the Kikwi Elder, he wasnt what either of them would discirbe as subtle. Groose had never seen it before but didnt need to ask if that was him or not.
"Ah. Green guy. What brings you back kwiii". It said in a deep voice and barely even bothering to turns its body to look at Groose.
"We've came to ask a really important request" Link said as several Kikwi started appearing from ledges and bushes. The Elder just leaned forward slightly giving the message that he wanted to hear his request. "Me and Zelda have returned the.... Hylians to the surface thanks to the Power of the Triforce and we are aiming to unite all the Races of the land. Naturally that includes the Kikwis but I wont pretend that is all I am asking. We would like your permission to use wood from the Trees to start building forts and houses" Link said hoping the Elder woudnt get the wrong idea.

There was a silence. Link and Groose juat looked at each other, wondering if he was offended or just didnt hear a word of it.
"Of course we would like to be apart of your new Kingdom kwii" he suddenly spoke up giving Link a chance to relax slightly. "And I will let you take wood under the deal that us Kikwi control and regulate the amount you take" it said in its same monotone voice. Link saw this as a win and looked up to the Elder.
"That is fine by me, looks like we have a deal" Link smiled, hoping the other races would be this easy when their time comes.

"Lets show you the way" Groose said enthusiastically making all the Kikwi jump and turn to him like they hadnt noticed or forgot his presence.
"I will stay here in these woods, some of the Kikiwi can go with you to introduce us to your people wiiii" the Elder said again as two Kikwi steped forward.
"We will go kwiii" one said in a happier and higher pitched tone than the Elder. The group set off back to the camp.

Meanwhile as the camp....
Zelda is talking to some people around what used to be Skyloft, trying to keep everything right and make sure everyone has something too do.
"Zelda! Zelda!" The voice of a young woman crys from being her, she turns around to see Kina, the pumpkin girl running too her. Zelda knew who she was but couldnt recall if she had ever talked to her.
"Hi Kina. I'm sorry Pumpkin island didnt fall to the surface with Skyloft, Dodoh is broken up about his little island being stuck up there too" she said with sympathy.
"Its not just that, its worse. Guld is still up there." She said in distress, Zelda's dace showed a sign of confusion that told Kina she had to ellaborate. "He is a Mogma that was helping me with plowing the Pumpkin feilds." Zelda was still confuses but understood the problem.
"How... how did a Mogma make it up to the skyworld in the first place?" Zelda asked trying to think of a solution to her problem.
"Well, Link borrowed Gondo's robot and it flew him up there" she replied....
"So we could use the robot again" the two girls said at the same time.

As the two were about to head to the Bazar a noise was heard from the woods behind them. Both turned to see Link, Groose and a little creature Zelda was familiar with but not so much everyone else.
"What is..." kina said before Zelda cut her off
"Kina, dont worry about it. Its friendly. You go see Gondo and I will see to this.

Zelda felt she had to do something as a small crowd was surounding the group.
"This here is Machi, a Kikwi. They are a race that lives in the Faron woods and they have agreed to be part of the new Kingdom we are starting, in return they will allow us to use wood for building a town and Castle" Link said to the group of folk gathering. "He is a little shy so be nice to the little guy".

Horwell approached the creature, everyone confident that if anyone could comunicate it would be him as he is the only one capable of Taming the Remlets at night.
"Hi, little buddy. No one here will harm you so its safe". He said calmly but it didnt rake long for the little guy to dive on its front to hide.
"Sorry, it took me a while. I think its just best if we give them space" Link said shrugging his shoulders. Groose strode off towards town without any prompting. "Hey! Where are you going?" Link called but Groose just turned and said "I have a life outside of you" in an attempt to act cool and turned around. Link was confused but called
"I wanna talk to you tomorrow, so be there!" With Groose just raising a thumbs up as he continued to walk off.

As the crowd disparted Zelda and Orielle greeted Link.
"So the Kikiwi task went well then" Zelda smiled to him as they hugged each other as Orielle crouched to the hiding Kikwi.
"Hello, my name is Orielle. I am a friend of Link and Zelda. I would like to be your friend too" she said in the nicest voice possible. Link was shocked to see the Kikwi look up at her.
"Machi would like to be friend of Orielle wii" it said with a smile as the two laughed. Link and Zelda looked at each other in shock but was glad that one person could get through to the Kikwi.

The two just started talking as if Link and Zelda wernt even there.
"She was always good with Loftwings... speaking of flying, Kina needed to use Gondo's robot.... because apparently he has one of those" Zelda said looking at Link.
"What on earth could she possible need..... Shit. Guld was left in the Sky". Link said alarmed and ran off towards the Bazar. Zelda sighed.
"Orielle, Machi, are you two gonna be alright?" Zelda asked as Orielle nodded and Machi just hoped in joy. Zelda smiled and then ran after Link.

When Link arrived Kina was already talking... no. Arguing with Scrapper.
"I told you, I am not carrying that old thing again bzzrt." It said in its Robotic voice. Gondo just scratching the back of his head.
"Scrapper, please" Link called, needing no explaination as to what was going on.
"I dont do anything for you, only Mistress Fi bzzrt. Get her and I will comply" it said as Link looked down in sadness.
"I cant. And you will never be seeing her again." He said in the most serious voice possible. The robot was having non of it.
"You got left by her I see, no wonder really you are a ....." it stopped mid sentance like a Human would when Link glared at it.
"Link! So this is it huh?" Zelda said impressed by this old tech. "Cool isnt he" she said.
"I like her bzzt. I will carry out my mission on account of this lovely lady" it said as it flew off out the sun roof.

"What was that about?... Link?" She said seeing him looking a bit down.
"Who is this Fi person?" Kina asked and then Zelda kinda unserstood the situation. Link forced a smile.
"Its nothing. Just trying to scare the little shit into doing its job. The thing has never liked me. But hey. Guld will be back in no time" he said with a smile making Kina clap with joy. Zelda out an arm around Link as they all left the Bazar.

In no time at all, Scrapper had arrived with the Mogma.
"Here is the old Mogma Mistress" it said to Zelda
"Yahooo. I thought I was gonna be stuck up there alone for ever" Guld called as it landed with a thud from Scrapper dropping it.
"Guld!" Kina called hugging the Old Mogma as is scratched the back of its head in embarassment.
"Glad to see you too Kina".
"Thank you Mr. Robot!" She called as it flew back to Gondo ignoring her.

"Well that is them to sorted. I guess we do more of this for the rest of the day huh." Link said hugging Zelda.
"Right you are." She said with her beauitful smile.

The two spend the day seeing to people who needed them. There was so many people to see too that the two of them were split up. Zelda saw to people in the Bazar as well as giving Beedle his own place for his shop and Dodoh permission to open up a space in Faron woods for his 'fun park' while Link saw that all the Knights were happy, the people working at the academy as well as Wryna's family that seemed to have made friends with Batreaux.

"Link, is that good for nothing Husband, Rusta still oggeling the pumpkin girl?" She asked wile patting her broom in her hands menacingly.
"Well... he used to spend a lot of time in the bar with Keet for he singing but I guess he is still spending time around her.." Link said not wanting to cause issues in a marrage.
"Haha. I am only kidding. I know he does. Why would he want to spend time looking at my figure. I am not as good looking as I used to be you know. Not like your lovely Zelda. She is a keeper" she said smiling at Link who was bright red.

"Thanks"... he said feeling akward that he was planning on heading up to her dorm room but felt it would be too strange and obvious after her comment.
"You know its against the rules for Boys and Girls to spend time in each others dorms in the Knights Academy. You two used to do it all the time". She said walking up to Link.
"You... you knew about that?"
"Yes. You two didnt.. you know. Do anything did you?" Link backed up. He had never felt as uncomfortable as this.
"Well no. We were only kids you know"
"I was ralking about recently!" She said louder making Link jump.
"Well nothing that is against any rules or... its non of your business" Link deffended, realising a old woman half his size was messing with him.

"Hahaha. I know you two got it on. You are young and in love and I got it on in these very halls when I was young. I dont care about rules" she laughed but Link screwed his face up.
"Two much info... well I am gonna go. Night Henya". He said running up the stairs.
"Have fun tonight. I will hear through the walls I hope" she called, continuing to tease him.

Link was free of the mad old woman and got to Zelda's dorm. No lights were shining through the bottom of the door so Link just leaned agaisnt it waiting for Zelda to arive.

Zelda was done for the day. She walked over to the old Knights Academy and thought about how much she desired her old, soft bed. She made her way to her old dorm room to find Link standing outside.
"I figured you would come here" he said with a smile as the two hugged.
"You know my bed isnt exactly a double but I am sure you wouldnt mind a tight squeeze" she said as she opened the door and walked in, leaving it open to assure he got the hint. He got the hint all right, so he wanted no time closing the door behind them. They climbed into the seemingly small bed and Zelda kisses him right away and he moans but then pulls away. Zelda looked puzzled and knew something was on his mind. " What is it?" She asked concerned as Link turned to her.
" I want you right now and we can get to that but I want to end on a high note so I will tell you this first..." he paused which she wished he never because the suspense was worrying her. " I need to go away for a while. I will need all the help from all the races from over the surface so that includes the Gorons and Mogmas from Eldin. It will be a few days, maybe weeks. I dont want to be apart from you but you cant come because you have a lot to sort out here" he says looking into her sad but understanding eyes.
" I dont want you to go Link". She said which made his heart ache " But I know you must. I knew it was inevitable so its best you get this out the way as soon as possible so we never have to apart again" she smiles at him and he smiles back kissing her on the lips " Just be careful" she said as he pushed in for more of a kiss.
"Careful in what we are about too do or going to Eldin?" He asked in a seductive voice. This turned her on a little
"Definitly dont be careful right now" she whispered into his ear as he pushes into another kiss.

He discards his shirt pretty quickly, he would have regardless as Link sleeps in his boxers. Zelda on the other hand was wearing a nightie with nothing underneath which Link soon realised as he could feel her braless breasts through it. He grabbed one and started squeezing it making her squirm and moan and she rolled ontop of him and sat up, straddeling his erect dick that wanted loose.

"Zelda, I need you" he moaned which made her smile. He kept his hand on her breast and his other hand slipped under her nightie and onto her womanhood. She gasped in a surprised tone and then let out a more pleasurable gasp when he started to push a finger in. She started rocking her hips into his finger as he played with her breast.
"Dont stop Link" she sighed in bliss. Although she was enjoying every second of this she also wanted Link to feel some more so as he fingered her she started unbuckling his pants. He pulled out of her and let go of her and pulled his pants and boxers down in one go, his penis springing out. She leaned into the penis before taking the idea of sticking it in her mouth.

Link was surprised by this but did not complain as she started sucking his penis. He lay back and just let it happen. After a few minutes that seemed like seconds Link was about to cum.
"Zelda, if you keep going I am gonna cum.... and I want to save that for you" he gasped while trying to hold back. She stopped sucking and licked his shaft on the way out.

"Thats good because you will be nice and wet now and you will just slide in" she said as she got back ontop of him and impaled her self on his hard, wet cock. They both moaned at the same time with Link putting one hand on her hip and the other back to her clothed breast. She rocked back and forward and up and down, feeling Link's dick slip in and out of her each time. The fact she had a nightie on made no difference but she was getting hot she she pulled it over her head letting her beautiful round boobs see the light. Link grabbed it again and started playing with a nipple which made her moan loudly.

"LINK! LINK! YES! KEEP GOING!" she screamed as he was pulling on her waist for more force.
"ZELDA! I DONT KNOW HOW LONG I CAN LAST!" He moaned just as loudly. He pulled him self up so he was facing her, he kissed her as she moaned into the kiss. He put his arms around her onto her lower back, helping push her into each thrust.
"Liiiinnnnkkkk, I'm gonnaa....." she moaned as she felt and orgasm ripple through her body. She continued bouncing up and down on him as he gasped and then uncintrollably and suddenly shot right into her, spilling a lot of cum into her.

He lay back gasping as she rode out her orgasm, gradually slowing down before getting off him and laying next to him. "I will definitly miss that" she said as they snuggled together. However, unknown to them there was an uncomfortable Groose on the other side of the wall.

He was trying to get to sleep but heard the young couple clear as day through the wall which left not alot to the imagination. This was hard for Groose as Zelda was his childhood crush even though it was always obvious that Link and Zelda were made for each other. Thet were not the only ones having fun, on the other side of his bedroom were Karane and Pipit screaming each others names in bliss. Groose felt him self get hard and couldnt resist the urge to get off to the thought of him and Zelda. He thought about fucking Zelda as she screamed out his name. He came onto his own chest, some shooting past his head and onto his pillow as a lot had built up from him not reliving him self for a long while now.

He felt guilty of his perverted thoughts of a Woman who had no interest in him but they were only thoughts, he wasnt huting anyone and he wasnt going to act on them. By the end of the night, five people in the dorm had pleasured them selves but unknown to each of them, there was a watchful eye above them......

Notes:

Sorry this chapter took so long.... like 6/7 months. Have been busy. But I recently took the time to finish a few chapters and I am up to 9 I think.

I type this in my phone and often hit the wrong key so if there is any spelling mistakes that annoy you let me know and I will edit them out.

Also in previous chapters I gave the three rescue Knights the names of Beakly, Avi and Heathet as I didnt realise they actually had names. I have now changed their names to Horg, Toby and Janka as that is what the Zelda Encyclopedia says their names are.

Chapter 7: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 6 - The Open Road

Summary:

Link and a small band head off into the wilds to unite the land.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Sun was shining on Skyloft, or what was Skyloft and evryone was tired. But that didnt stop Groose waking everyone up to hear Link's plan in the Plaza. As everyone gathered, Link stood ontop of some crates as Zelda sat on a near by bench.

"I am leaving town on an important mission" he said to get everyones attention. "I am going far north of here to a Volcano.... a big mountain that shoots out fire.... an area called Eldin. This is a really dangerous place but there ate teo races living up there, the Mogma's and the Gorons, both of which are friendly and could help us out with the construction of what I am naming Hyrule Castle". He loomed down and everyone was eargly awaiting more. " I come to ask for volunteers. I cant do this alone and I will need anyone feeling up to the tast but I do want to stress, it is dangerous.

"Count Groose in" he said boldly. As Link smiled.
"I expected no less, anyone else?"
Toby strode forward,
"I am not afraid of fire mountains so I am in". He said, Link suspected it was to one up Groose but didnt argue.
"We would like to join too" Janka spoke up standing next to Horg. And then finally Karane and Pipit steped forward.
"Us too" they said together.
"I think that will be enough". Link said jumping down and then guiding the attention to Zelda. "Zelda can take it from here" he said smiling at her, making it obvious the two were a couple to anyone who somehow was unaware.

"Business as usual, more or less. Since most are knights are going I do want to ask for some people to keep a look out ad there are monsters in Farin Woods thst could wander in to town but apart from that we keep going, everyone has an important job to do" she said smiling.

Once everyone had packed gear they were ready to leave. Link kissed Zelda, promicing he will be back soon and the group set off through the woods.

"Once we get through Faron Woods I am not really sure what the terain will be like before we get to Eldin but do be aware there are monsters around". Link said as Pipit stepped forward.
"Like that one there" he said as five Bokoblins stepped out from behing a rock.

Everyone pulled a Sword out except for Groose who pulled out a sling shot.
"What ya gonna do Groose? Kill an insect" Toby said, mocking him but Groose ignored him.
"I wanna see what you can all do and this is the perfect time to see if you can handle your selves" Link said letting everyone do this fighting.

Karane and Pipit ran forward in unisen as one Bokoblin Karane being slightly ahead. The Bokoblin swung its cleaver as her but she ducked under it leaving its other side open for Pipits slice. They made it look seamless, they had obviously practiced that one. Janka leaped ontop of a log and then onto the shoulders of a Bokoblin before stabing it in the top of the head while Horg battled it straight on before dealing a strike to it. Toby decided he wanted to show off and battled using only one hand. A second Bokoblin came into the fray , making him stuble and trip backwards. The two were about to hit him until a rock from Groose's sling shot hit them both in the face. The distraction let Toby stab one of them while Groose leapt forward, grabbing the head of one with his bare hands and smashing it against a rock.

Everyone stared at Groose's raw stregnth.
"That was soooo cool Groose!" Janka screamed making him blush.
"Me? Nah. The way you leapt around was awesome" he responded as Link steped forward.
"Everyone was great except for you Toby. I believe you can do better but your showing off nearly got you killed. You mocked Groose for his sling shot but without it you would be dead, and I think we have just been proven the Groose doesnt need a sword". Link sternly said. Toby was annoted but Link was right. He was nearly killed by a pathetic Bokonlin.

The continued throught the woods, battling some monsters as they went on before reaching a mountainous area.
"Okay, we need to climb this but we should take a break for now" Link said to the releif of everyone.

Meanwhile at Skyloft Zelda was sitting on a stool in the sealed Temple, it was the only place she seemed to be able to find peace and quiet. She needed a break from being a leader as it was harder than she thought. Although she was getting this break, she now felt lonely and it dawned on her how she wouldnt be seeing Link in a while. Suddenly the sound of the loud door echoed through the Temple, giving Zelda a small shock. She stood up, straightening her red dress and saw Orielle standing there.

"I thought I would find you here" she said with a smile as she walked to the steps and sat down, Zelda joining her. "Its so quiet in here. No wonder this is a go to place" she said to Zelda who was now thinking she will have to find a better place to find quiet.
"Not that I dont enjoy your company because I do and in fact, I am glad you are here but is there something you want?" Zelda asked, a little confused as to why she has came here.
"Not exactly, I came here because I thought you might be lonely, although I do have more 'official' matters too" she said wondering how Zelda would take this. Zelda was relieved that she didnt just want her to go and work.
"What is it you want?" She asked kindly.
"Well, I dont really have a job. I used too look after Loftwings but now that isnt really a posibility and I dont know what else I am good at" she said with a hint of sadness in her voice.
"You dont have to be good at an entirely new skill, just extend on what you know. Me and Link talked about you, you have a gift talking to the Kikwi, Instructer Horwell couldnt even manage it. We need someone good at comunicating with them and you are great at dealing with other races". She stopped for breath and then there was silence. After a few seconds Orielle hugged Zelda giving her another shock.
"Thank you Zelda. I think I can do that" she cheered.

Zelda stood up, offering a hand to Orielle. Well I think I should be getting back. I can only neglect my huge responsibilities for so long affter all" she said with a grin. They both left the Temple happier than they came in.

Meanwhile in Faron Woods, Link was helping everyone climb the small mountian. Some where naturally better than others but all managed it without too much trouble. As Link reached the top he gasped in awe at the beautiful landscape. It was a vast open feild with nothing seeming placed in it. Link had never seen anything like it but he could see his destination, Mount Eldin, in the distance.

"Whoaaa. What a veiw!" Exclaimed Grosse after making it up the top, soon followed by similar sounds from the rest of the crew.
"That Mountain there. That is where we are heading" Link says pointing to their destination. Horg sighs
"Still a long way then.. "
"Yeah, so lets not waste anytime and cross this huge stretch of land" Toby says with Link agreeing with him for the first time.

They make their way across the feild until they are all shocked by this four legged beast that runs past them. They all draw their weapons in anticipation but it doesnt attack, instead ot goes and joins other of its kind.
"Have you seen anything like them before Link?" Janka asks as he shakes his head.
"They are so fast. Do you think we could catch ine for dinner?" Groose says but Horg dismisses it.
"Maybe we could ride them like we did with Loftwings" he says while the others look at him like he is crazy. They all start arguing about the possibility but Link likes the sound of that plan. While the others argue, Link sneaks off, creeping behind the beast before jumpin on its back.

They are all alerted to Link's actions by the sound the creature makes as it tries to buck Link of its back.
"Is he insane?" Toby says
"Nah. He is Link" Groose remarks.
"Come on guys! Its not all that hard!" Link calls to them as he manages to settle the creature down.

They all follow Link's lead, failing a few times but after about an hour they all seem to figure it out. "Lets go then!" Link says with confidence as they get some spead across the land.

"I'm calling mine Arthur. What about you Link? Are you naming yours?" Horg asks as Link thinks.
"Epona". He says like he is remenising.
"Yeah, nice name. Like your Loftwing right?" He replys but Link doesnt feel the need to answer since he already got it.

Night approaches and Zelda is walking back to the Knights Academy alone.
"Zelda!" She hears Orielle call as she comes running with the little Kikwi behind her.
"What is it?" Zelda asks concerned due to the look on Orielle's face.
"Tell her Machi". She says panting for breath after running.
"Last Moon, a person climbed in the chimney wii". It said to a confused Zelda.
"Last Moon. That means last Night" Orielle ellaborstes. "Some one was sneaking around above the dorm tooms last night". She says.....

Notes:

I am aiming to get the Skyward Sword story done by next week. Chapter 7, 8 and 9 are nearly done and I have notes that rake me up to chapter 15 but I might combine a few.

I already started working on a story for the next Link but thar will come when Skyward Swrod is finished.

Chapter 8: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 7 - Rock n Moles

Summary:

Link goes to Mount Eldin to speak with the Mogmas and Gorons while aot goes on back home.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Agh. Agh. Agh. YES. YES. MORE. MORE!" The moans of which were coming from a behind a small tree. Link was coming back from gathering food to witness Pipit thrusting in and out of a naked Karane.
"You know, if you were at least in your tents no one would see you" he said walking by. Both got a shock from this but kept going.
"Karannneee" Pipit exclaimed as he came inside her, both of them panting from their orgasms. Link was waiting near by, he wasnt watching or anything but he needed Pipits help with the food. Pipit pulled his pants up and walked over to Link as Karane took slightly longer as she had more clothes to put back on.
"Disturbing thought to know that I might have witnessed the conception of your child". Link remarked but Pipit smiled
"Nah. I would be shocked of she wasnt already Pregnant. What about you and Zelda though?" He remarked, nudging him as Link went bright red.
"You know about that?" He asked concerned about of he heard them in the Knights Academy, having flash backs to his encounter with Henya.
"I mean, its pretty obvious, and plus Groose heard you two going at it" he says as Link sharply turns to Groose. Who shrugged.
"I mean I heard them that same time I hear you. And I heard you just now since you were litterally just behind that Tree. So technically I have heard you go at it more than him" Groose says directly to Pipit as Karane joins the conversation.
"Did it turn you on?" She askes teasing Groose, fully aware he has never had a girl friend but Link changes the subject.

"I need you help with this food. I dunno anything about cooking. It was a miracle I managed to save the world without this skill." Link said as Pipit obliged to his request.

After the meal they set up camp and as Link was nearly asleep he heard the moans of Karane again. "He sure wasnt joking" he sighed as he attempted once more to get to sleep.

Meanwhile back home Gondo is hammering away at some wood atop the chimney.
"No one is getting in here again but I have set up some traps inside to make sure" he calls down to Zelda who is standing down below.
"Thank you!" She calls up to him before Turning back to Orielle, Machi and Fledge who was now with them. "I cant believe someone could have been watching me and Link having sex" she says in fustration making Fledge go bright red at the thought. "Oh, sorry. To much info" she says noticing Fledge's akwardness. "But still. Who would do that?" She complains.
"Dont worry Zelda, I will keep watch all night for any suspicious activity". Fledge says making Orielle smile at his akward beavery. The two girls and the Kikwi walk off and Fledge calls out "See ya Orielle" making her blush.
"You know he likes you right?" She says as she opens the door to the Knights Academy and steps inside. Orielle looks back at Fledge and then walks off with the Kikwi.

The morning rolled around and the crew of seven set off to the mountains, leaving the horses behind as Link told them they would be no use in this environment. It wasnt long before they reached a point where lava was running through the crack in the earth.
"Be really careful" Link warns them.
"No shit" Horg responds as Link was statkng the obvious.
"Just do as I do" he warns them as he hops over the small streams of lava like its nothing.

After a while they make it half way up the mountain a small mound appears benesth the feat of Groose.
"YO!" Exclaims the voice of the strange creature popping out of the ground that caused Groose to fall over and Karane to nearly fall into a pool of Lava.
"Ledd, how have you been?" Link asks the Mogma as it glances at the Hylians it has never laid eyes upon before.
"Great, who are these folk, and did you find your gal?" Ledd replies in his friendly tone and Link nodds
"These are my people, the Hylians have returned to the Surface and we want to unite the races and build a Castle to call home. We actually came here to see if you Mogmas and the Gorons were in and on top of that, of you are willing to help with the construction if the Castle". Link said smiling and the Mogma took no time thinking.
"Sounds rad dude. We are all in. Say, where is this Castle gonna be?" He asked.
"South of Faron Woods. The Sealed Temple. You can come back with us or make it there your self. Its up to you" Link smiled and Ledd shrugged.
"You go on with out us. We know the way, and besideds. We will make it back quicker because we can burrow there. I'll go tell the crew. See ya then" and before Link could respond he was gone in the ground. The rest of them just stood there.
"Weird guy" said Janka. "But I like him."

Meanwile back home.
"Dad, do you think it is possible?" Kina asks him optamistically. He looks down at the Mogma.
"What do you think Mole Man?" Plum asks at the Mogma scratches its head.
"I think it will be if we have enough Pumpkin seeds, we dont at the moment but I think there is a lot in Faron Woods for us to use" it said happily.
"Then I guess we only need Pumpkin seeds and permission from Zelda". Kina said hopping with delight.
"Need permission for what?" A familiar voice was heard behind them. Kina turns around to see Zelda's innocent smile.
"Oh, Zelda. I didn't know you were there. We were planning on starting up a Pumpkin bar just like the one up in the Sky but we need your permission for the land, you know, since you are our leader". He smiled at her.
"To be honest I just assumed you were already getting on with it now that Guld is back. The Pumpkin Bar is a nessessity. Right over there is a perfect spot". Zelda said pointing to a great spot of land.
"Ooh thank you Zelda". She hoped but Zelda just smiled.
"Its no problem".

In the Bazar things were not so happy for Peatrice. She sat depressed at no one paying her any attention. She thought of Link on a dalay, no hourly basis at least but he never looked at her once since Zelda got back. She hated Zelda for taking Link away from her but despite her anger she still got wet at the throught of what they must do in their spare time, imagining she was Zelda and Link doing all those things to her. She played with her self on the job while in this fantasy world of hers. Gondo could hear her, as they were fairly close to one another and he tried not to think about it. Despite how it made him feel. This didnt last when he heard her moan in the back of her shop, a shop thats back they shared. He needed to taking the load off too so once he was sure she had finished he went out back and started getting off to him self.
"Is that because of me?" A voice was heard from probably centimeters away from him.
"GAAHH! Peatrice.... what are you?..." he said pulling his pants up, shocked at the Girl just standing there. He was sure she got back to work.
"I need to feel it" she said grabbing his bulge and sitting on his lap. He wasnt sire about this but his body couldnt lie, he may never get a chance with a Girl again. Not at his age. "Dominate me" she whispered in his ear as he pulled his pants down as she pulled hers down and got to work.

He said nothing, he just thristed in and out of her, wasting no time letting of steam. He wasnt really bothered if she felt good or not but she did. She was in bliss, imagining Link's penis slide in and out of her.
"Peatrice my love. Store my items for me, aggghhh" Link said grabbing her breasts and pounding her as she grabbed his back and bucked her hips into him.
"Agh, agh, agh, agh.... Liiiiiink. Dont stop!" She screamed as Link covered her mouth to stop her making any noise.
"Dont talk my love" he said as he started grunting, ovbiously coming close to his climax.
"Liiinnnnk" she moaned again as he filled her with his seed. A few more thrusts later and reality sank in for Peatrice. Link wasnt with her, it was Gobdo... and Gondo had came inside her. She suddenly felt terrible guilt like she had cheated on Link. Gondo got up and said nothing. He felt terrible as well. Hald way through he realised he was being used but continued and he selfishly came inside her. The rest of the day was complete silence.

They reached the sumit of Moun Eldin and stopped for a break.
"I am sure the Goron Cheif is supposed to be around here somewhere" Link complained.
"And what if he is?" A deep voice called behind them. Link turned to see Goron with a black beared staring at him. Horg drew his sword and the Goron laughed. "Is that thing supposed to be a weapon?" It said as Link turned and frowned at him, making him withdraw the sword.
"Sorry about that. My name is Link, I have came here with a offer and request for the Gorons" he said apologetically.
"Go on." It said wasting no time.
"Right. Well the Hylians have returned ti the surface and we are creating a Kingdom, we want to unite all the races bur we also want the help of the Gorons for out Castle. You are stringer than any of other races and your stone work is like no other. Would you like to join us?" He said hopeful but not as sure as he was with the Mogmas.
"A few conditions. One we request the top of this mountain to remain out home. No Hylians up on top. And two, you dont make a mess of the beauitful nature". It said seriously. Link was shocked, he never took this intimidating leader as a softy for nature.
"We have already got the Kikwi on that sir. And this mountain will remain Goron territory". He said smiling.
"Haha. Good on ya Brother. We are in. The names Dargorko, leader of the Gorons. Wheres this Castle gonna be at?" He asked, changing his tone imidiatly after agreeing.
"South of Daron Woods. You can come with us or make it on your own but we are going to the Western Desert first mind" Link said but the Goron wanted non of that.
"We know the way brother. See ya there" it said as it rolled off down the hill, assumably to find the other Gorons.

"Its getting late. We should rest here before heading off" Link said as the others started setting up camp.

 

Zelda pushes her door open. She takes off her clothes and gets into her Nightie. Sinks into her bed and lets out a sigh. She closes her eyes and then SLAM SLAM SLAM. She darts up in disbelief as someone knocks on her door now. She gets up and strideds towars the door.
"This better be worth it". She says to her self at she opens the door. Initially she thinks no one is there until she glanced down at Crawlin looking up at her. He had necer seen her look so good before and blushed a little. Until she glared at him to get his point out.
"Kina! Kina the Pumpkin girl is missing!" He nervously gets out.
"What!?" She asks grabbing him by the scruff of his shirt.
"Her things were found on the outskirts of Faron Woods. Keet found them. Stritch is already searching for her". He said as Zelda pushed past him and ran to the Sparring hall.

Notes:

This is a long one. There will be some shorter ones too.

Chapter 9: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 8 - Shadow Figures

Summary:

Zelda and crew go in search of Kina while Link and the others make an unexpected doscovery.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The crew have a camp on the side of Mount Eldin and like the previous night. Karane and Pipit are at it. This get Link thinking about Zelda and needs some privacy. He leaves the camp and sits on the ledge of the Volcano, sure that no one is looking he pulls down his pants and grabs a hold of his already hard cock and starts stroking it. He thinks about Zelda as he pulls it up and down. After a while he is getting close and climaxes, his cum shooting of the side of the cliff face and lands in a small lava river. He sits back riding out his orgasm before pulling his pants up and returning to camp.

Link needed that but also had the self respect to not go at it so obviously as Karane and Pipit. He walks past their tent and the noise has stopped to the pleasure of Link so he decideds he can finally get some sleep.

 

Meanwhile back home, Zelda has gathered Eagus and Fledge as well as Cawlin who was already alert to the situation at hand. Orielle and Keet joint them two for personal reasons. They split up into two groups and wandered into the pitch black forest.
"Why was I so stupid to let Link tall all our best Knights, we should have more people who can search than this". She complains to her self as she wanders through the woods. Although Fledge, Orielle and Keet are with her she can only see what Fledge's lanturn illuminates.
"Make sure everyone stays close to me" he says reasuringly as everyone is scared, even himself but he manages to be brave enough to rake lead and not show his fear. Orielle grabs his hand and he is unsure if she even knows it is his or not but he says nothing as they continue on.
"Guys! Can you hear that? I think it is her". Keet alerted them and they stopped and listened. Zelda focused and she could hear someone struggling, almost as if they were tied up.
"It is her guys" Zelda aaid quietly before Fledge came to the same conclusion.
"Come on but be quiet" Fledge whiapered as he took lead once more.

They approached a Bokoblin camp that was lit better by their fire. Kina was tied to a tree with her mouth covered with tape. There was five of them, Fledge knew he could take them. No. He had to. "I'll be back". He said handing the Lanturn to Zelda.
"Dont you think we should...." Orielle never got to finish her sentance before Fledge leapt out of the bushes and darted towards the Alarmed Bokoblins.

He stabbed one of them in the head before the others had time to react. They grabbed their weapons but Fledge managed to his two of them back with a spin attack. He turned to get a club in the face , knocking him down but roll dodged the slice of a cleaver and stabbed the Bokoblin in the side. The two Bokoblins he knicked down got up and the three remaining had him surounded. One went to hit him with its club but he ducked, allowing one of the others to be hit in the face before he stabbed it in the gut. He kicked the other down and stabbed it. The remaining one went to run but he launched his sword at it, hiting it dead in the back and impaling it to a tree.

He looked back at Zelda, Orielle and Keet whose illuminated faces were in awe of what they had just witnessed. They all ran to Kina and untied her. She imidiatly hugged Keet and then gave him the biggest kiss anyone had seen.
"Thank you Fledge so much!" They both said in unison as Fledge scratched his head.
"It was nothing, really" he said embarassed bur Orielled grabbed his hands and shock them up and down.
"Are you kidding! That was the most incredible thing I have ever seen, youre a hero Fledge" she said as she stared at him in the eyes.
"What were you dping out her Kina?" Zelda asked and she looked ashamed.
"I was gathering pumpkin seed... I am sorry, I caused you so much worry" she said nearly crying.
"It doesnt matter, you are afe and thats all that counts. Just dont come here alone or in the middle of the night again. Come on. Lets get back". Zelda said as they started heading home. Zelda was infront of the group this time with Kina and Keet walking lovingly together and Fledge and Orielle at the back.

"Orielle. I. There is something I want to ask you". Fledge said nervously.
"Of course I do." She said grabbing his hand. He gulped.
"But I havent..."
"You were going to ask me out right?" She said as he grinned.
"Yes, I was.... how did you know?" He asked in delight but she looked forward.
"A woman always has her ways" she said giggling. As Zelda smiled with her back to them.

Zelda led the pack of two loving pairs back to their nests at what was once Skyloft.

Morning arises at Mount Eldin and the crew waste no time making their way down the Mountain the same way they came. Groose stops and the everyone turns to him to see what the sudden hailt was for.
"Is that what I think it is?" Groose says in amazment pointing off to his left. The crew look and to their amazment and disbelief a House, no three Houses are sitting, tucked away in a dip that is surounded by the Eldin Mountian range.
"There is other people living down here?" Janka says in excitment but Link shakes his head.
"I don't think so. Hylia all the Hylians to the Sky, she wouldnt have left people behind. Maybe they are just Houses left from the Ancient times. Regardless. We gotta have a look right?" He said smiling as rhey slightly changed course in persuit of the little hidden Village.

As they arive in the village Link draws his sword. "Monsters like to inhabbit old ruins" he says but Toby looks around.
"But, this place doesnt look all that old". He remarks to no response but Link agrees. He approaches a House and opens the door to the calming look of about 25 people but Link jumps.
"We have been expecting you, Hero of the Skies". An old woman in the middle of the room says.
"The Hell?" Groose remarks as Link steps in.
"Who are you and how do you know me?" He asks with his Sword still in hand.
"We are the Sheikah Tribe. We are the ancestors of Impa who J am sure you have met. We have lived here since Ancient Times and are tasked of protecting Hylia's Bloodline.
"Guys, can you wait outside please". Link asked the crew in a manner that didnt really sound like a question. They were all confused but obliged.

"Decendants of Impa. Protecting Hylia's Bloodline, so Zelda and her future kids?" He asked believing them for some reason.
"Correct. We have a prophecy that told us thar after the defeat of Demise and the return of Skyloft, the Hero of Skies would come to us to take him to her majesty".
"So you knew the exact time we would arive because you werent shocked at our arrival?" He quizzed them but the old woman looked up at him.
"No, we just found your Hourses". She laughed.

Link scanned the room. Most of them where in purple or white robes or Ninja like clothing and tje Old woman was purely in white. "My name is Impa. Obviously names after my ancestor. We know you are Link and I would introdice my entire family but as you can tell, there is too many names to remember". She explains which Link agrees with.
"Well, you are all welcome to join us, we are currently on our way to the Gerudo Desert to ask help from the Robots there.
"We built them you know? So we can help with that" a young woman saidnwalking forward. "Oh, great. Whats your name?" Link said ans she blushed.
"Paya". She said simply.
"Well. No time like the present. Lets get a move on". He said as the tribe followed him out the door.

Fledge awakens, yawning and realising it is mid day already. He slept so long due to being out looking for Kina but took a few minutes to realise why he was on his couch. He then smiled and looked over to Orielle, peacefully sleeping on his bed. They lay together talking last night but when she fell asleep, Fledge didnt have the heart to wake her so he slept on his couch. He still didnt want to wake her so he just lay where he was, wnjoying the beauty that was at the other end of the room. It wasnt too long until she stirred awake and glanced at her surroundings, probably equally confused as to where she was before it dawned on her.

"Morning" Fledge said calmly as she smiled at him.
"Morning to you too" she said smiling back. He got up and walked over too her and sat on the bed next to her. "You could have slept in the same bed as me you know. We are a couple" she grinned making Fledge go bright red.
"Erm. Yeah. Okay. I am not to good at the relationship thing, I, I dont know what is too fast and what is too slow, you know?" He said at a million miles per hour but Orielle just laughed.
"I know what you mean, dont worry. I will make sure you know what level we are at, and right now it is this". She said as she leaned in and gave him a sweet kiss on the lips. Sealing both if their first kisses.
"Wow" Fledge said as they both laughed.

On the huge feild some horse rode across with a band of Ninjas walking alongside.
"So you have been living near Mount Eldin since Ancient times?" Link asked Impa who was on a Horse with Paya next to him and Epona.
"Mount Eldin. What a nice and retro name. We have took to calling it Death Mountain. Some call it Mount Crenel as it was Crenel who named it Death Mountain. Sort of an inside joke" she said to Link who thought Death Mountain was more catchy but Mount Crenel seemed more appropriate.

As Link continued talking Groose sat uncomfortably on the back of a Horse, pressed up agains Janka's back. He cursed him self deep down for being so aroused easily, it fustrated him but he tried to keep it cool ans act normal. Janka loved every second of it. She would subtly and deliberstly grind against him to assure he didnt calm it down. She was falling for him. His heroic adventures and how cool he is got her excited and now that she has made him excited was a win for her. The Horse galloped over a small rock making Groose grab her waist so he didnt fall. He imidiatly withdrew his hands.
"Sorry". He said quickly but she laughed.
"Dont be silly. Put them back. I know you want to and its safer". She said reasuringly but Groose was confused.
"What do you mean 'I know you want to'?''he asked her.
"Groose. I have felt you dick pressed into my lower back for the whole journey. Put your hands back." She said catching him off guard.
"Sorry" he said
"No. I like it. Hands. Back". She demanded in a more bossy tone and Groose finally did as she said. "The grinding wont stop though" she said slyly as Groose smiled.

Night fell over the Knighrs academy and Fledge was keeping a watch, looking for suspicious activity. Nothing interesting happens for hourse until a clatterkng noise is hear in the roof. Fledge quickly but quietly goes to investigare and finds the boarded up chimney is undone. He enters the building by the second floor enterence and hears the noise of someone in the vents. He follows the sound which takes him to Link's room.
He bursts in the door to spot a hooded figure ratching through Link's drawers. It looks at him in surprise.
"Hey. Stop right there!" Fledge calls pulling his sword out before the figure dived backwards and escapes out the window.

It doesnt rake long before more or less everyone in the academy is in site, including Zelda.
"What happened?" She asks concerned and Fledge looks at her. Someone broke in here. But they escaped". He said as Zelda's face shows a rare sign of anger.

Notes:

I added the Sheikah in here because it has annoyed me for a while. Impa seemed to be the only one in Skyward Sword but by Ocarina of Time there is a Villahe full. Nothing says they couldnt have been there the whole time.

Chapter 10: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 9 - Groosudo Desert

Summary:

Link and co arrive in the Desert and Zelda talks about some built up feelings to Orielle.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Yo!" A Friendly voice appeared next to Orielle as she was having a chat with a Kikwi. It gave her a fright but it almost gave the poor woodland creature a heart attack. Orielle looked at the mole creature as a few more poked their heads up.
"Oh. You are Mogmas. Link got to you safe then? " she asked to the cinfused face.
"Yeah, he did. But how do you onow what we look like?" He said as Orielle pointed over in the distance to a feild that Kina and Guld were plowing. "So thats where the old guy got to. I assumed he was dead" he said with a grin, Orielle couldnt tell if that was a joke or not. "The Gorons havent arrived yet have they? We met up with them at the base of Mount Eldin and they claimed they could beat us in a race here. We won right?" he said and Orielle smiled.
"Yeah you won..." she said but right as she said as much, three boulders came zooming out of the forest. They uncurled them selves and looked at the Mogmas. "You won, but barely".

"The heat is killing me". Pipit compains as they journey by foot throught the desert. "The Horses would have been fine". He continues.
"I like it. I like it a lot actually. It is quiet and isolated" Groose says to the surprise of the rest.
"Here they are" Link says as everyone looks around in confusion.
"What are we supposed to be looking at? Horg asks but Paya smiles.
"Just watch". She says as link hits the blue gem stone in the middle of the area, bringing the lofe to the area and the robots reform.
"Wow". Toby says as he is shocked to have never see anything like it.
"Bzzt, welcome back Link. And
..... bzzt.... Mistress Paya bzzzt" the tobot said, almost like a question.
"Hiya" she smiled and Link stepped forward.
"Hi. We are building a Castle to be the center of a new Kingdom we are starting and if you are willing, we would like your help" Link smiled to the robot.
"Bzzt, we are programmed to follow Hylians but I am afraid in our current situation this task is impossible bzzt" is said and Link frowned confused, also thinking about the damn robot if Gondo who doesnt follow his orders.
"How come?" Link asked
'Bzzt, because we are only able to move in the area that the time shift stones allow bzzt" with Link instantly jnderstanding the problem.
"We will just bring the time shift stones then" Link said
"Bzzt. That would work bzzt"
"Right then, lets get a move on".

The crew get ready to head home but Link notices Groose being uncharacteristically quiet. "You all right?" He askes concerned.
"Yeah. I've just been thinking though... I have decided I am gping to stay here" he says and Link laughs until he realises its not a joke.
"Wait. Why?" He asks
"Yeah. The hell Groose. Why would you want to stay in this waste land?" Pipit asks getting the attention of everyone else.
"Because its quiet here. I have never been a popular guy because I was a jerk, and I am never going to be" he said with sadness to his voice. "I dont really have a purpose and so I can just stay here. New start. Its peaceful and quiet and away from everyone. Away from the judgement" he said looking at Link.
"You are crazy Groose" Horg said but Link smiled.
"Dude, you know the way back home. Hyrule is the land of new beginings. Of that is what you want I support it " Link says with a smile and Groose returning one.

"Then I am staying too!" Janka steps up to everyones surprise.
"Dont be stupid Janka, your one of us" Horg says in dispair.
"No. I wanna be with my man" she says looking down at Groose. Link and everyone else was wondering when the hell this happened.
"Well.. if you are sure..." Link said, not exactly upset because he hardly knew her.

"We best be off" Karane said as the robots were neatly seated on a cart with the stones.
"Good luck buddy" Link said smiling as the two parted ways.

After a few minutes Groose looks to her.
"You really chose me?" He said in shock and she smiled giving him a hug.
"Course big fella. No one on Skyloft has a dick like yours" she said as they walked further into the desert.

Meanwhile back home Zelda is sitting by the lake, the lake that no longer had a water soure going to it as the small island above it stayed in the sky. Orielle walks up to her and sits next to her.
"The Mogmas and Gorons have some place to them selves until Link comes back. He shouldnt be long now" Orielle said making Zelda smile breifly before her frown returned.

"I take it you dunno who was responsible huh?" She asks knowing the answer and Zelda just nods. "Did they take anything?" She asks Zelda looks down into the lake.
"His Diary" she says with some sadness and Orielle is shocked.
"But why would anyone do that?"
"I dunno but some one.... one of out own people, maybe someone we trust, stole all of Link's private thoughts. I am the closest person to him and even I dont have a right to them thoughts". She said disheartened that someone would do that. "Anyway, enough about that" she said, changing the subject to a happier note " What about you and Fledge? Have you too, you know? Done it yet?" Zelda curiously asked her bright red friend.
"No. No we havent. I would like to but I dont know how to ask or what to do..." she said embarassed and Zelda just patted her on the back.
"You should be rubbish and akward and act like you dont know what you are doing" Zelda smiled but Orielle looked confused.
"Why?"
"Because its gonna happen anyway so you should act like its part of the plan" she laughed making her laugh too.

"So how many times have you and Link done it?" She asked and Zelda sat back. "Only three times" she said.
"Enough for a little baby Link or Zelda to be in there" Orielle teased and Zelda giggled.
"Maybe" Zelda said but starting to think about it. She has been feeling a little different lately. "What if I am. That would be great" she said happily even though she may not be.
"You know you can just, find out right. You could just buy a pregnancy potion?" She said but Zelda shook her head.
"I couldnt buy one. How embarassing would that be" she said in horror but Orielle patted her on the back.
"What are friends for" she said standing up.

Zelda is standing in the bathroom. Orielle brought her the potion, giving the lady selling it the inpression her and Fledge had got it on to her embarassment.
"I should feel a tingly feeling if I am pregnant" she thought, reading the instructions. She took a deep breath and then downed the potion. She screwed her face up as it was a vile taste, hopping around to distract from the flavour as she forced her self to swallow it. A few seconds passed and nothing. She frowned and went to open the door before a tingly feeling raced through her body. She gripped the wall, nearly falling over as it was almost an orgasmic feeling. The tingle wore of and Zelda smiled to her self." I am pregnant".

"I think I am going to have to start wearing more revealing Clothes to combat this heat" Janka said taking her hat off and then standing up and taking her tunic off. She was left in a tank top and her trousers that she pulled up past her knees. The tunic was bagy and never really showed off her figure at all and she wasnt bad looking at all. Groose alresdy found her attractive and the idea of them being the only two people her turned him on.

"Good job I lived on the surface more or less on my own for a while. I learned how to hunt and make things. I could make us some little huts for now, and grow outwards". He said to her as she sat back down next to him on the wall.

"Do you want to have kids?" She asked out of no where at Groose was shocked by the question.
"Erm. Well, yeah. I do" he said but never really took the time consider it actually ever happening.
"Do you wanna just get to it? Skyloft fell to the ground and everything is different now. I dont know whats gonna happen next and I am done waiting. I like you and you like me. I want kids, you want kids. I say we get right to it. After all, what else are we gonna do for fun". She said in a long rant hoping he would agree.

He sat there and turned to her and kissed her on the lips. She was shocked by this but soon returned it.
"I necer thought I would ever get with a woman" he admitted to her.
"A strong guy like you. I would say I am punching above my weight. Now take me big fella". She demanded as he pushed her on her back and got between her legs. Why was he so nervous. He had never been like this before. He knew what he wanted but felt to affraid to go ahead.

Janka realised this and she grabbed his hand and placed it on her breast.
"Its okay. You can touch me anywhere" she said as she reached down to his bulge and started rubbing it. He squeezed her boobs making her squirm in delight and ahe kicked her boots off. Groose grabbed the hem of her top and pulled it up, clumisly trying to get ot off her. She helped him out and she wasted no time in taking her bra off her self.

Groose marveled at his first pair of boobs. He couldnt beleive it. He grabbed them both and fondeled them, kissing her in the process. Janka enjiyed this but he was taking his time so she stsrted pulling his clothes off, eventually pulling his shirt off so see his muscular body. This turned her on as she started feeling his muscles all over him. They both reached for their pants and pulled them off. She marveled at how big his dich was and he marveled as how her vagina was.... well just that.

"Groose. Take me. Dont hold back". She demanded at the shakey Groose lined him self up and pushed into her. They had both never felt anything like it. Groose couldnt believe how tight she was and moaned with one thrust. Janka felt some pain but it was over riden by the size of his Penis penetrating her. "AH! Groose!" She moaned as his muscular body pressed against her breasts. He put his hands on her hips before pulling out and pushing back in again. He was going slow but every thrust was heaven for both of them.

"JANKA. JANKA. OH HYLIA THIS IS GOOD!" He moaned into the girl who was dripping wet at this point. She grabbed his back, pulling him in and out more.
"GROOOOOSE!" She screamed as she reached her climax
"Janka I...." but before he could finish his sentence his Penis exploed with his cum and he filled her up. The orgasm was light lightning through their bodies. He colapsed ontop of her, both of them catching their breath. "That was the best thing I have ever felt" he said as she laughed.

A whole day went by but eventually Link, Pipit, Karane, Horg and Toby along with the whole Sheikah Tribe and some robots arrived in Faron Woods.
"Not long now" Link said to the exhausted group. Link had counted, there was 30 Sheikah, close enough to his predictoon if 25 so the total of their group was 35.

Stritch stood atop the tower with Cawlin as that was their job now, to be watchmen. He saw Link emerge from the Woods followed by a few more, and more and more. It was alarming to say the least. He grabbed the bell and pilled the sting, getting the attention of the whole of Town.
"LINKS BACK! THEY ARE BACK!" he called as the citezens started gathering in the plaza.
"Stritch. Wheres Boss?" He asked as the two scanned the crowd and couldnt spot him.

Link got off his Horse to the crowd of confused but familiar faces. Zelda pushed her way through all of them and dived into Link's arms.
"I have missed you so much". She cried into him as he gripped her tightly.
"I've missed you too" he said smiling.

He looked up at the crowd.
"As you can see, we have a lot of explaining to do. But first things first. Bad news. Groose and Janka left us to live in the Desert" he said to a confused crowed. Most of them took that as only 50% as bad news but also couldnt understand why. "But now adressing the elephant in the room, these are the Sheikah, you could say they are neitive to the surface world" he said to again to cinfused citezens.

"Nice to meet you all, my name is Impa. Head of the Sheikah, we can provide you with advanced arts like these" she said as some robots got off thw backnof a cart.
"Huh? They look just like Scrapper!" Gondo shouted but everyone had already noted the obvious. Link looked around and saw the Gorons and Mogmas watching , Ledd waved and Link waved back.

"Now that we have all the races together we begin costruction on a Castle and Town. I have also been thinking, Skyloft is a pretty.... unsuiting name now since its. You know.... not in the Sky or aloft so it will now be called Hyrule Town. Any questions?" Link said and everyone look lost. Zelda stopped to think about how he casually just renames their homeland with out consulting anyone, she quite liked that but she shouldnt.

"Yeah, I have a few questions....the hell are those?" Croo asks pointing at the Horses that Link neglected to mention.
"They are called Horses Grandad" Toby unhelpfully stated.
"They are tame beasts native to this land, you can ride them just like Loftwings". Link said to the delight of the residents of Hyrule Town.

Some time had pasted, everyone was getting settled and order was back to normal Zelda approached Link.
"There is so much I want and need to tell you but one there is one thing I have wanted to tell you the most. Prepare your self" she said excitedly and Link smiled in confusion.
"Okay... I am ready. I think" he said
"In about 9 months time your gonna be a Dad" she said as his face lit up.
"You mean. You mean youre pregnant!" He said almost shouting. Zelda shushed him and gigled.
"Yes. We are going to have a kid" she said over joyed and Link swelled upnwith tears. He kissed her and then held her.
"I cant believe it... I mean, I can. We did itna few times but. Wow. I cant wait. Does anyone else know?" He asked and she shool her head.

"Orielle suspects as much but I wanted you to be the first to know. I am gonna tell Dad and then we can start telling friends. But right now, I just want to sit with you". She said hugging him as they just relaxed on the bench together.

The two just talked for hours. They talked about being parents, Zelda told Link everything that has happened since he was gone, including the phantom theif that stole his diary , Orielle and Fledge and Link told her about Groose, Janka, and how Karane is also probably pregnant with how much they go at it.

"I dont mean to be nossey, you can choose not to answer if you want, but was there anything bad in tour diary?" She asked almost affraid of the answer. But Link smiled.
"You have been worrying about this havent you? Well dont. I havent wrote anything that is going to get me introuble, mainly embarassing thoughts Inhave had about.... well thoughts Inhave had about you". He said linda embarassed.

Zelda was flattered but also distrubed that someone has probably read Link's feelings about her but who ever it was, it would only effect Link if it got out and he didnt seem to concerned. "Anyway, there is nothing in there I wouldnt tell you. I have had many dirty thoughts about you since we were like 13, but non of that is a secret to you" he said holding her in his arms.

"Its late, we should head to bed" she said as they stood up.
"You go ahead, I will be with you in a bit" he said mysteriously but she was confused.
"How come?" She said but he stayed quiet. "What was that about the secrets?" She said sarcastically but he just laughed. You'll find out, dont worry. Just carry on" he said but she sulked.
"Fine. But I better get an answer" she said as she walked off to the Academy.
"Now then, where are those time shift stones?" He thought to himself.

After a few minutes he was done. Link was walking back to Zelda's room. He was excited about being home and excited about being a father. And he knew he wanted to spend his life with her. He always knew that. He entered her room and she was sitting at her desk in her nightie. She stood up and higged him.
"Zelda. There is something I need to ask you" he said looking into her eyes. She was confused and had no idea where she was going. That was until he got down on one knee and pulled out a ring with a blue gem stone in the top of it. Her hear raced. "Will you marry me?" He asked as she screamed in joy.
"YES!" she hoped in midair as Link tried to get the ring on her shaking hand. It slipped on and he stood up. She grabbed him and pressed her lips into his and he didnt hold back.

She pushed him on the bed and sat ontop of him.
"Can pregnant Women still have sex?" He asked concerned but she grinned.
"You better believe it" she said as she pushed her lips back into him. He imidiatly grabbed her arse and shivers went through her body. God she missed this. She pulled her nightie off and Link marvelled at her glorious boobs he had missed so much. He grabbed both of them, playing with her nipples and she squirmed at his touch. Link always knew her breasts were big and his whole life he imagined what they would look like in front of him. Although this wasnt his first time seeing them he always felt like he was.

He kicked his boots off and both he and Zelda were trying to get him out of his clothes in a hurry. He flung his cap across the room as Zelda worked on his belt. The Tunic came off and Zelda grabbed his pants in desperation. She had already noticed the large bulge and wanted some of that. When his pants came down his cock sprang free and Zelda shoved it straight in her mouth making Link gasp in delight. He felt like he could cum then and there. He had her ass and pussy in his face and he started licking her pussy making her cock filled mouth moan.

They both moaned as they continued but Link wanted to see her face. He stopped at sat up. She stopped and turned to him in confuion. He grabbed her face and kissed her before grabbing her shoulders and pushing her on her back. Her boobs bounced and Link opened her legs. She reached down strocking his cock and he moaned.
"I have missed this so much" he said smiling.
"Dont make me beg. Fuck me now" she said as he thrust his hard cock into her. "LINK!" she gasped, forgetting how good he makes her feel as he moaned into her. He pulled out and back in. He was building up a steady rythm as she bagan bucking her hips up to meet him. She was so tight, her walls clung to him. Every thrust felt like bliss. He grabbed one of her breasts and gave it a squeeze, sending a shock wace through her body. And she responded by wrapping her legs around him, hoping he would speed up. And he did.

His need for her was so strong he didnt think he could last much longer.
"Zelda. I'm gonna cum". He moaned as she began to reach her climax.
"Ahh. Ahh. Just hold on a little....." she moaned as he furiously pounded into her. He had never gone this fast and he couldnt slow down now. He need her to cum. He didnt want to let her down. And he sure didnt. "AAAHHHH. LIIIIINNNNNKKKK! YES!" She moaned, probably waking up the whole acadmy. "ZEELLLLDA! YES! AGGGGHHHHH" he moaned in pure pleasure. Zelda reached her climax and orgasmed him as he shot his cum inside her.

He pulled out of her and lay next to her, both of them panting to catch their breath. "No words in the Universe could tell you how much I love you, my future wife". He said as she started crying tears of joy.
"I cant wait to get married and have your kids" she said wrapping her body around him.

They lay there together, feeling each others bodies as they went to sleep.

Notes:

I tried to get this up quicker but was busy. I also distracted my self finishing later chapters because I am weird and write in the wrong order.

I feel I rushed the meetings with the other races but I done it because I felt it wasnt as interedting as the other stuff but if anyone has any complaints I might edit it slightly.

I mean, thats if anyone reads these, I dunno of they do.

Chapter 11: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 10 - New Lives on the Surface World

Summary:

As construction of the Castle begins, life goes on for the people of Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"I mark this day as the day Hyrule Castle and Hyrule Town starts construction. We will build a Castle to be out milirarty base and we will build stromg walls around Town so no one can break in easily. The Gorons are especially good Miners and can find all of the rocks and stones we need. The Mogmas will lay the foundations, the Robots will plan everything out to a tee and us Hylians will build the Castle its self. I will ask those of you who dont have urgent jobs to help out part time and those of you willing to work full time to do that. We promise you dont have to worry about Money or food, we will provide all of it for you and we will start up a propper economy. This land is going to be the greatest Kingdom in the world. Here is to a bright future!"

She finally stopped, everyone, especially Link were surprised at how impressove of a speech that was. The Plaza was full and everyone was opptamistic about the future and why shouldnt they be, as of now, everything was perfect.

Link took a group of everyone that was needed for the planning stages with him as he was going to over see the project. The Sheikah were really integral to the plan and seemed to know what they needed.

"My Lady Zelda" a Sheikah Woman knelt in front of her.
"You dont have to do that... and just Zelda is fine" she said slightly embarassed. The Woman rose in awe of her generosity.
"I would like to know... if you would.... about my anncestor, Impa". She said but Zelda was confused about how she knew they had met. "I visited her once. Ten years ago at the sealed Temple. She refused to move, saying she was guarding the most precipus thing in the world, it was you. We Sheikah are bound to be the protectors of Hylia's Bloodline." She continued on and Zelda just smiled, taking off her braclett.
"Here, have this. It was my braclett I gave to Impa when she was young, she kept it for one thousand years before passing away. I want you to have it" she said to the Woman she didnt know.

"Oh thank you. I will not forget your generosity my lady" she said bowing.
"Whats you name?" Zelda asked, the girl smiling.
"Paya. I am Impa's Granddaughter, not the Impa you knew, but the other one" she said pointing back to her Grandmother. Zelda waved. "Anyway, I will be on my way now" she said as she politley left, leaving Zelda with a smile on her face.

Everyone was busy and Link found a small window of time to escape to his future wife.
"So, we gonna break the good news and the good news to your Dad?" Link said slightly nervouse even though he knows her Dad will be over joyed.
"You bet. I dont wanna keep this a secret any longer" she said smiling and holding his hand as they headed towards the Academy.

Zelda knocked breifly on her Father's Office door before stepping in, something she done since she was a little Girl and Link steppednin after her.
"Good to see you my Girl" he said hugging her "and you too Link" he said giving him a handshake.
"Do you want the good news or the good news first?" Zelda asked him smiling and looked confused.
"Well I guess it will have to be the good news" he laughed before Zelda placed her hand in front of her face, showing off her ring.
"Me and Link are engaged!" She said with a huge grin and he hugged her again.
"Congratulations you two. You better be good to her Link" he said looking him in the eyes.
"Of course I will" he said smiling at Zelda.
"And the other news, you are not going to just be a Farther anymore" she said placing her hand on her belly. He looked confused for about a second before clicking.
"Oh my! Congratulations. I.. I cant believe my little girl is... Link be good to her okay" he said as they all laughed. They all hugged in a group hug.

After a conversation with Zelda's Dad, they steped out and walked through the hall way.
"Oh yes, yes, yes" they heard from the door next to them. Instructor Horwell's Office. They both turned to each other before noticing the door was open a crack. Link looked and Zelda as she nodded as she was as curious as him. They peered through the door and saw him thrustimg himself upon a Sheikah Woman. They both stepped away trying to maintain their laugh. Zelda breaks first then Link and they hurry away before being seen.

A week rolled around and the three couples were sitting in the plaza.
"So? What was it you wanted to tell us? Zelda asked Karane clearly excited.
"Well hate to break it to you Zelda but you might not be giving birth to the first Child on the Surface" she said with a grin, taking everyone but Zelda a few moments to click.
"Congratulations! " Zelda cheered as Link smiled.
"I mean, the amount you two go at it I am hardly surprised" he said as Zelda frowned at him but Pipit laughed.
"What about you two? Have you done the deed yet?" Pipit said looking at Fledge and Orielle who went bright red.
"Well not exaxtly but we...." Fledge mumbeled but Orielle stepped in
"No perv. We havent" she said a bit angrily, not that she was angry, she just wanted him to shut up.
"Dont sweat it. There is no rush" Zelda smiled but Karane disagreed.
"I mean, we were at it first night together. Personally I couldnt wait. What about you two?" She said looking at Link but Link looked at Zelda, suddenly unsure what he could say.
"Yeah. We done it first night but to be fair, although we werent dating before then, we might as well have been because we spent every waking minute with each other" Zelda said calmly.

Later that day Fledge was sitting with Link and Pipit, the girls had gone to do who knows what.
"So you seriously not wanting sex?" Pipit asked again, Link sighing that he brought it up. "What? Come on. You are a guy to Link. We dream about it all out lives" he said but Fledge looked up.
"Its not that I dont want to. I do want to, but I dont want to push it. Orielle will do it when she is ready" he said, little did they know that the girls were having a similar conversation.

"You really havent?" Karane said while Zelda gave a similar response as Link.
"No. We havent. I want to put I am nervoua and scared and dont wanna push it" she said, Zelda knowing how she felt.
"There is nothing to fear. Sure it hurts a little at first but before long it is the best feeling in the world." Zelda said reassuring her.
"And also Fledge wants you. You can see it, by see it I mean his erection through his trousers when the conversation of sex started" Karane said both girls looking at her in disgust. "Too far?" She asked and Zelda nodded "yeah too far".
"Sorry" she said as they all began to laugh.

 

Night rolled around and Orielle had been thinking about it all day. She wanted him and she knew he wanted her. They were in bed and the sound of Link going at it with Zelda was loud, just to add to the thoights. Fledge felt uncomdortable, not because of hearing Link, but because he was now thinking or Orielle in that way. She felt the same and knew how he felt. She had told him she would let him no how far she was willing to go so it seems tonight was the night.

She wrapped her arms around Fledge and she grabbed the buldge his shorts were forming.
"Orielle?" He moaned in shock.
"Fledge, I am ready. I am ready to go all the way with you" she said flirtatiously into his ear.
"You mean it!" He said excitedly, turning around to face her. And she smiled. She kissed into him passionatly and began to pull his shirt off. Fledge quickly got to work, grabbing her clothed breast which was more prominantly bigger and rounder when she has a shirt with no bra on. She gasped at his touch. She pulled her shirt off and Fledge just stared at her boobs before getting back to playing with them.

"Oh Fledge" she moaned as he groped them, rolling her nipple around with his finger. He got close and licked her neck making her damp down bellow. She was pushing into him, she had no idea he was like this, but she loved it. He pulled off his boxers and lowerd him self to her pajama bottoms. He pulled them town and plunged his tounge into her.

"FLEDGE!" she screamed in shock, nearly reaching a climax in seconds. "I want.... ahhh.... yes...... I want you..... oh Hylia this is good...." she moaned in pure bliss as bis tounge worked wonders. He eventually stopped and lined him self up with her. Neither needed to ask, they both knew. He started to push into her and slid in with ease due to how wet she was.

"Aahhh. Orielle" he grunted as he started pounding her slow but hard. She loved it. Each thrust made her boobs bounce. She didnt know how much she could take , he was too good, his stamina was amazing. She was in pure bliss.
"Fledge I... I dont know how...." she moaned but before she could finish Fledge kissed her and gripping her arse tight making an orgasm ripple through her body..

It was the best feeling in the world but despite this orgasm, Fledge jept going, making it the longest intense orgasm ever. She just panted uncontrollably as Fledge controlled her body. She was going to ride out this perfect sensation until he decided to stop. Which was great for her because he had a few more minutes in him.

He eventually started speeding up, grunting heavier and heavier. "Oh Orielle. Oh yes. Yes, yes... Uggghhhh...." he moaned as he Penis exploded into her, poring his seed deep into her.

He rolled next to her, both exhausted and panting.
"Wow. That was so much better than I ever expected". She said as she turned to him as he blushed. He never expected it to be this good but it sure was.

 

Life went on as normal, well normal in the sense that everyone were now living on the Surface world and erecting a giant Castle. Evryone got on with their lives. Cawlin and Stritch have straightened out their lives thanks to the absense of their 'boss' and bacame hunters and watchmen with a weird looking Shikah girl. Wryna and Jakamar accept Batreaux into their family for helping out with Kukiel so much. Love starts to form in the new Pumpkin business to no ones surprise, Kina and Keet were not as subtle as they thought but Dovos and Piper was a relationship that was pretty quiet for the maot part. Unknowingly to the rest of Hyrule, Groose and Janka had settled in their new home and had a child on their way.

 

About three months past, Karane and Zelda were both starting to ahow and Orielle was no quite, although she was definitly pregnant. The construction on the Castle progressed each day and no issues seemed to arise.

Link was taking a break on the birdge that goes over the small river as Peatrice approached. Link sighed as the girl was annoyingly in love with him.
"Hi my love". She said srepping close to him as he took a step away.
"I am not your love. And you are already clearly with someone.... who ever that may be". He said , being the first to brimg up the obvious baby bump ahe had.
"That was a mishnderstanding. You should be the real Father. Leave Zelda and be with me. I will make you truly happy" she said pissing Link off but he bit his tounge.
"No. I dont like you like that" he said but wanting to tell her he didnt like her at all.
"I can make you leave her. Or in fact, make her leave you" she said angrilly, Link only raising an eye brow at her threat. "I was the one who took your diary" she said making Link turn in shock.

"You. You took my diary? Why? What the hell for?" He said getting angryer by the second but she smiled.
"To see all those wicked dirty thoughts you had about me" she said but Link looked at her confused.
"Those were all about Zelda" he said but she grinned.
"They used to be" she said slyly. "I changed them to be about me, and I will show Zelda and she will hate you" she laughed but Link just leaned against the bridge.
"Go on then. You do that" he said showing no sign of care. Was he bluffing?
"I will you know?" She said getting annoyed but he shrugged.
"You clearly have never been truly in love with someone. Zelda know me better than anyone. She knows I wouldnt say anything about you like that and she knows I wrote stuff about her. Even if she didnt, she would simply ask me about it later and I would clear it up. But if you think it will work go rigjt ahead. But when you are done can you return the diary please?" He said clearly having the high ground. But she was pissed.

She stormed off back home leaving Link to sigh. "Clears that mystery then". He said looking at the construction in progress.

 

More time went on, Link had told Zelda about his little encounter and got his diary back, the construction kept on going and Zelda, Karane, Orielle, Peatrice and even some Sheikah women were heavily pregnant.

"A lot of people are pregnant at the same time" Orielle said as the three friends sat on the steps leading up to the Academy.
"Yeah, well its kinda encouraged. We need to populate the land but also knew exciting Sheikah Women arrived. What can you expect" Zelda said in response.
"How many of them do you think even know who the Father is. Heck, how many do you think shared the same men?" Karane said shocking the two other girls.
"Well I dunno about that but sex is just great. If you are not on love I still get the insentive. I never previously but man, new land, new oppertunities and a lot of hot sex" Orielle said, Zelda and Karane used to this new side of her now.
"Its also kinda encouraged to have more than one. I know I will" Zelda said.
"Me too!" Orielle agreed but Karane was silent.
"Nah. One will be enough for me" she said as the idea of multiple screaming kids sounded like torture to her. "But I guess we will see which one of you chickens out on that idea after child birth" she said jokingly but Zelda grinned.
"Maybe, but you have to go first haha" she laughed.

 

The three girls were right. Many people around Hyrule Town were having kids. Many men from Skyloft excited about the new Women in town. Eagus the Knight comander shamlessly often caught with a Sheikah worrior called San, going at it in the back of the spareing hall.

Horwell even got a Sheikah researcher pregnant to everyones surprise. Also Toby, Beedle and even Dodoh had managed to seduce Women and Orielle's Brother Parrow had got with Paya who although wasnt pregnant, was probably going to be soon. Perhaps more shocking was Cawlin and a Sheikah girl. There was a slightly chubby Sheikah Girl that spend a lot of time around Cawlin and Stritch. Everyone assumed they would die as virgins.

But it wasnt just the Sheikah getting it on. Kina and Keet was obvious to everyone, they were young and madly in love. Piper and Dovos was more surpfosing since Piper had been married to someone who died after they drinkernly fell off Skoft at night. Who knew young Gully would have a younger Brother or Sister.

A new generation of Hylains, knowing no life other than the one on the land were ready to begin, starting with Karane and Pipit's Child.....

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!" the screams of Karane were heard through the walls. Link was stunned as he stared at Fledge who was equally as stunned. No one had ever hear her scream before, it was usually people she faced doing the screaming. She lay on a bed with Pipit gripping her hand and with Paya being the one delivering the baby. Link stood outside with Zelda and Fledge. He wouldnt lie to him self, this scared the shit out of him. He had thought Demise but the thought of Zelda in this much agony was something else.
"I know what you are thinking Link but dont, leave that worry to me" she said smiling at him as she feared it 20 times more.

Soon the screaming stopped and the sound of a Baby crying was heard, making all three of them smile. A small wile later , the three were let in to see Karane and Pipit holding their beautiful child.
"Say hello to Richard" Pipit smiled as the group greeted the child....

 

Only three weeks went by and Zelda was in that room with Link holding her hand. Both of them were terrified but Paya seemed to know what she was doing which but Link as a bit of ease.
"I think it is...." Zelda said as she gasped and then screamed, scaring Link to death.
"Okay Zelda, deep breath and then push" Paya said, Zelda doing just that as she screamed again. After what seemed like an eternity, the crying of a baby was heard, Paya handed Zelda her child. "Congratulations, its a Girl" she said smiling. Link started to cry at the sight of his beautiful Daughter.
"I think we should call her Zelda, after her beautiful Mother" Link said to Zelda who was touched by this and had no female name she could decide on.
"Hello Zelda" she said to the baby hugging her.

To no ones surprise, Gaepora balled at the sight of his Grandaughter too, holding the girl like he held Zelda all those years ago.
"You will have a great life you know. You have the best parents in the world" he said as the child fell to sleep.

After young Zelda was born it seemed like babies were beint born at rapid fire. Peatrice was next, she had a kid but the psycho woman left it with Gondo who tooknreally good care of his loving son, angry at her for the way she treated him. Next was Orielle, she gave birth to a beautiful daughter she named Anju. More kids were being born, to many to count.

Time flew by. The Castle was complete aswell as the town next to it known as Hyrule Town. The mighty wall surpunding it stopped and monsters from strolling in. The future was promising.

While a generation of people remembered a lifetime of living in the sky, the new generation thought of that as stories, growing up on the Earth, put of reach of the sky. The Young man who rode a crimson Loftwing, who saved his best friend and slayed the Demon King was just 18 at the time, now he is 38 and has spent more of his life in this new land, than the air above him......

Notes:

Weird chapter I know. As a guy in my 20's I dont have a clue what childbirth is like, so I tried to get through it was quickly as possible. I think I am near the end of Skyward Sword but I already have three post game stories finished but I am releasing them in order. So after Skyward Sword is done, a few will drop quick although I might space them up so I can still feel agead.

Chapter 12: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 11 - First Era of Hyrule

Summary:

A Time jump to the first Days in the newly build Kingdom.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"WOW! This place is huge!" The Young Blonde Boy shouted as an older Boy and Girl walk in after him with Link and Zelda next.
"Ravio, dont shout so loud" Zelda said to the ten year old Boy as he excitedly started running around the Castle.
"So this place has been in development for my whole life." The young Zelda said as her Mother smiled
"Sure has, and Jr wasnt even around when this place begun" she said to the 16 year old Boy who shrugged.
"Its cool" he said trying to downplay it but Link energetically grabbed him.
"Its more than cool, wait until you get to see your own room!" He said as Link Jr lit up.
"I dont have to share one with Ravio anymore. Now you're talking" he said as the Father and Son ran up the big Castle steps.

"You okay Dad?" Zelda asked helping her elderly Father through the door.
"We have a comfy room for you" Young Zelda said as she deeply cared for her Grandfather.
"Oh thank you but you shouldnt worry so much." He said but the Mother and Daughter did worry.

The night rolled around and the know Royal family had moved into their new home. Link kissed Zelda in their new spacious bed.
"I have a lot of space to make you feel good now" he said to his wife as she smiled. Is it just be or does living with this comfort make you more horny?" She said breathing heaveir.
"Oh. It definitly does" he said as he grabbed hold of her breast through her gown. As she moaned she lay down, him positioning him self above her.
"I cant wait for you to just take me so lets just skip the foreplay and get straight to the sex" she moaned into his ear as he smiled, feeling how wet she is.
"Wow, no complaints but you really are horny" he said as he pulled down his pants letting his dick spring free and she pulled off her gown. She opened her legs and Link posisioned in front of her and pushed deep into her.
"Ooohhhh, Link" she moaned, making moan too. As he thrust in and out he licked her breasts, and played with them. He never got tired of their roundness.

She was rising her hips to meet him as their sex was not fast but in perfect rythm. His hands dropped too her hips, thrusting into her with a bit more force now making her breathe heavier.
AH. ZElDA! " he moaned louder as her walls were gripping him tight. She could hardly say anything in her bliss. She wrapped her legs around him and rolled him over, thrusting down on her. As her breasts bounced in beat he got closer and closer. "I dunno how long I can last" he moaned as he was suddenly losing control from her bouncing on him like this. She was getting faster and faster, girating her hips and getting close her self. "AAAHHHH. ZELDA I CANT....!" he moaned as his Penis suddenly exploded inside her. She was shocked but she rode it out, making his Penis spill more and more into her.
"OH LINK!" she gasped as her climax shot through her.

As they cought their breath Zelda smiled. "We are going to need to be more careful than that, you'll get me pregnant again" she smiled as they only planned for three kids.
"I know, sorry. I dunno what got into me. Usually I have more self control than that" he said but the Husband and Wife just hugged as they fell asleep. Little did they know they werent the only two fucking that night.

 

 

"Oh Zelda, yes! More! More!" The Brown haired boy said as the 20 Year old Girl rolled her hips on the Boy.
"Richard, you need to be quieter" she said whispering but her voice going shakey as her breasts were being fondelled by him. "Oh, Richard. OH! she screamed too loudly as they both moaned, the footsteps of someone were heard outside the door. Richard pulled her into a kiss to silence both of their moan, both of them continuing to move against each other but Richard loosing control from the kiss and exploded into her. She rocked into his Penis as he came, wanted to scream at her climax but the guard out side needed to hear nothing.

Eventually the steps left them and they broke off the kiss. As they panted, Zelda brushed her messy hair to the side.
"That was so good, but you cant stay here or you will be caught" she said as he nodded.
"Okay" he says in slight disapointment but understands as he pulls his pants on. "I love you and I really hate keeping this secret. Why do we have to?" He askes knowing the answer.
"Because I am not sure my Mother will be okay with the 'Princess' having sex before marriage. She says too him but he smiles.
"They did you know" he says as she throws a pillow at him
"Thats disgusting Richard. No one wants to think about their parents that way. Especially you because I heard my parents talking about how your Mother and Father used to go at it all the time in the wilderness. You might have been concieved in a bush" she smirked, getting her own back.
"Okay. Point taken he says as he kisses his girlfriend and then steps out her window onto the roof. "See you tomorrow" he says as he slides down the drain pipe.

 

Time moves on and a sense of normality begins to take place in the new Kingdom. Link was concerned that people might not agree with them sorta just declaring them selves as the Royal family but to his surprise, he heard no complaints.

Life was great except Gaepora was getting weaker by the day. He spent his days in bed and being treated by some trained Sheikah nurses. Paya was always seeing to him.
"How are you today sir?" She came in to give him his breakfast.
"A lot better now I get to see your loverly smile" he chuckled as she smiled back. "You know miss, I dont want to pry into your personal life but I would not pass on the chance to have children, trust me. In my old age the one thing that keeps me going is getting to see my child fully grown and married and my loverly grandkids growing before me. Who knows, maybe I wont have to live much longer to see a great grandchild" he chuckled again to a confused Paya.
"Sorry sir I dont understand" she responded and he just laughed.
"Okay I will let you in on something secret, between you and me" he said as he becond her closer " watch Zelda, young Princess Zelda. She and that Rochard Boy, Son of Pipit. Those two are.... you know" he smiled and she steped back in shock.
"I, I wouldnt.... I wouldnt know" she said nervously, not knowing what to say. But he laughed.
"I know. I saw that look in my own Daughter eyes when she was her age. The splitting image. You wont have to keep it secret long though. They are young and will give it away eventually" he said as he began eating his breakfast.

Although he kept his spirits high, he knew he was on his last days. Everyone knew but nobody said it. Maybe everyone was boping if they didnt mention it, it wouldnt be true.
"How are you this evening Dad?" Zelda asked as he woke up as she entered his room.
"Oh. I was just having a dream about an Owl. They are said to be the wisest of Birds" he said grabbing her hand as she sat next to his bed.
" They are interesting indeed" she said smiling. He smiles back and becons her closer with his hand and she leans in to hear what he has to say.

"The day your Mother gave birth to you was the greatest day of my life. I knew looking at you for the first time you were special but not just in the way every parent sees their child, no, you were different from most children". He says as she looks down a bit embarassed. Of course, she knew she was. She was the reincarnated form of the Goddess Hylia, but the thought of this still felt weird. "You were so smart, right from a young age, you stood up to bullies, you were kind and you always had fun. That was around all the moments were you stared off into the cloud barrier like something was calling. You would do that a lot" he continued but Zelda was shocked and the confused look she gave to her Father confirmed his suspicion. She never remembered doing it. "I of course knew some of the old Legends and secrets of the land below, as leader, these things were passed down to me from my teacher but never did I belive such things would spring true in my life time and nor did I think my own Daughter would be apart of these legends. It was when you were lost to the sky that I could confirm my beliefs, I am so glad how things turned out but I was so scared I was going to loose you but ever since you and Link returned to me I have never been scared again". He said almost crying. "I have had a fufilling life and I am so glad you have had the chance to raise beautiful children and experience what I have had".

Zelda was getting teary. She wondered if he had some grester point and wondered why bring all this up now. As she opened her mouth to respond he had fell asleep. She smiled, he always did that, he was always a heavy sleeper. He was very much a night owl...

Zelda left the room and closed the door completly unaware that her Father had died holding her hand...

 

The Sky was dark. Of course it was. When has the sky never been dark at a funeral. Everyone was here. Mostly everyone. Groose wasnt here, and Link thought about that. He should be here seen as everyone else from the days in the Sky were here to pay there respects. But Link was reasonable and knew a treck across the country was a big ask.

The service took place in the Sealed Temple as propper seats were laid put for everyone. Inspector Horwell organised the whole thing despite how old he was himself. Link was thankful though because he didnt know of Zelda would have held it together. Seeing Zelda cry was difficult for Ravio especially as he had never seen his Mother cry before but Link Jr and Zel were old enough to hold it together a bit better for Ravio's sake and make sure he was okay.

It wasn't just Zelda, Link was distraught too. He often thought of Gaepora as a Father, well, his imagination of what a Father would be like since he never knew his own parents. But as Link looked around the room, everyone was sad, especially the people of Skyloft who respected him as a leader for many many years.

The day seemed to drag on for eternity. The service went on and Zelda, Link and a few others gave some words and then they body was was taken to the skyloft Graveyard that was still in use and gave him a tomb bigger than all the others. As the funeral came to an end, the watchful Owl on a nearby tree flew off into the sky.

 

While everyone was focused on Gaepora at the funeral it didnt stop one individual from focusing all her attention on Link. She had never stopped, not since he kept coming to see her everyday. Peatrice. She watched in hatred as he hugged and comforted Zelda and his children, noting they should be her children. And she hated that stuck up blondy for taking away her man.

But Peatrice had a lot of time to think about Link over the years and wonder how he did everything he did. Apparently he killed a Demon King and journed bellow the cloud barrier to save Zelda as well as bring Skyloft to the Surface. How exactly did he do this. Well when you wanted to find something out who better to see that Sparrot the fortune teller.

"Sparrot, I have a juicy request for you" she said quietly to not stir up to much attention, not like anyone was listening anyway. Sparrot looked at her as if to say "continue".
"You know how Link eaved Zelda and killed a Demon King and brougut us all to the Surface World. Well.... how did he do all that? You know? Like was it some kind of Magic or what?" She said.

Sparrot had crazy people come to him all the time but this Girl was wacko.
"Hmm... well I guess we can look at that one since it isnt watching someones private life like you have requested in the past, so lets have a look" he said not particually inveted in this. His hands rubbed the crystal ball and it shine into their eyes. In the blink of an eye, Peatrice and Sparrot saw everything. They saw Link follow a Blue Spirit, him jumping down to the surface, fighting an weird looking guy, and so much more. But the part thar got their attention the most was the Triforce. Link collected the Triforce, an artifact that allowed him to make a wish and defeat Demise. Usually Sparrot and who evers fortune he was telling would come out calm but that was too much for both of them.

"The Triforce... what was that?" She said to him in absaloute confusion. As ideas formed in Peatrice's head, Sparrot's eyes were wide, wider than usual, with fear.
"No, no, no. I dont want to know. I shouldnt have seen that, I shouldnt have shown you that. Peatrice dont speak of this, keep me out if what ever twisted thing you plan" he said in terror as he grabbed the crystal ball and booked it out of the Bazzar. He didn't know what was going on in her mind, he didnt want to know. But he knew it couldnt be good....

 

She sat at home thinking. How much would people hate it if they found out Hyrule had a Magical artifact that could grant wishes and Zelda had been keeping it hidden from them while they slaved away at building a Castle for her. When word of this spreads, people will demand the Triforce and when the people get what they want, she would use it to get what she wants. Link.

No time was wasted. Peatrice shared this story with the morw gullable people of Hyrule before telling those she knew would gossip. It wouldnt take long to circulate and it this doesnt work, she will simply steal Sparrots crystal ball and show them.....

 

 

Link and Zelda walk through the coridoors of their new Castle, Link has his hand around his wife. Clearly they just wanted the day over with. As they head towars their room they hear creaking and some sounds coming from through a door to their left. Young Zelda's room.

They both stop and look at each other in confusion. Link catches onto the sound of the moans first, something he quickly tries not to hear. Zelda blushes and looks at Links disturbed face. Zelda mouths the words "What the hell do we do?" To Link but he responds with a "I dont know" alongside a shrug. Zelda goes to knock but Link grabs her arm and shakes his head. He pulls her away. "You wouldnt want you Dad.... you wouldnt want anyone walking in on us would you?" He says, regretting bringing up her Father on today of all days. She looks up at him.
"Yeah, but still. I mean thats our Daughter in there doing... doing it with someone. Like I kinda wanna know who?" She says but Link looks at her like she is an idiot.
"Come on. Who do you think it is?" Link says since she spends litterally all of her time around one Boy. Zelda rolls her eyes.
"It might not be..." she stops her self. "Okay, fair enough. But still. Why hasnt she told us?" She wonders but Link smiles.
"Look, we kept it secret for a bit. Like she is an adult. Lets trust her" Link said but Zelda frowned.
"I do, I just want to talk to her about it". She said as they heard what aounded like the climax of their fun.
"Well, doesnt look like you'll have to wait all that long" Link says holding his hand out in the direction of the door.

Zelda walks towards the door and knocks on it.
"Zel, I want to talk about something" she called through. Before she even got her words out she heard the panicked voices and hurrying from the other side.
"One sec Mam!" She called through. A few moments later she arived at the door in a Pink Nighty and her hear looking messy, not to mention her red face. "Yeah, what is it?" She asked almost too casually.
"Can we come in, we want to talk to you about... something" she asked as the young lady smiled a fake smile.
"Sure, come in". Clearly he had long since escaped out the open window Link thought as they walked in.

Link sat on her shair backwards, leaning forward against its back while the two girls sat on the bed.
"Look, I dont know how to say this with out it being weird and we dont want to sound angry because we are not but like..." Zelda began but Link hurried the process off quickly.
"We heard you having sex with Richard and we are okay with it" Link said, shocking both of them. Especially young Zelda.
"No, I dont know what you're..." she said as Link shook his head.
"Zel, we are okay with it. We litterally just had a discussion about it before coming in here... in fact if it wasnt for me youre Mother would have came in and you wouldnt have got the chance to finish" he said with a smirk as she looked mortified. The young lady racked her brain. Its a trick, its a trap. They are not okay with it. Need an excuse.
"No, I was doing push ups..." she said, cringing the second she said that because it clearly want true and now she has embarassed her self more.

Her Mother had ago.
"Look, we are really alright with it. I swear to you. We know what we heard but the reason we came to talk to you about it is because we just wanted to know why you kept this from us. You are 18, you can make your own choices. We support this. Me and your Dad were only a little older than you when we got together." She said is a more gentle voice as the girp looked down.
"Its just embarassing to talk about this stuff with my Parents. Like how do you bring that up in conversation. Plus I thought you would be mad that the 'Princess' is having sex before marriage" she said not making eye contact.
"Me and your Mam did" Link said bluntly, giving his wife a turn in looking mortified.
"Daaad. Thats disgusting" she whined as Link chuckled. He walked over and put his arm around her.
"Seriously though. We are okay with it. We dont need to know how long its gone on and we are not gonna talk to Pipit about it or anything like that we just hope you are bing safe about it". He smiled, but soon frowned when she didnt return the smile. "You are being safe about it, right?" He smiled and her face got redder and she looked about ready to cry.

Zelda stepped in.
"Its alright Zel. As long as you know what you are doing. I trust my beautiful daughter and your Dad... well he is a bit hypocritical" she laughed. Her face lit up a little but still gave the same whine she gave to her Dad about how to much information it was. Link went to protest these accusations but realised he couldnt.
"We will get out of your hair now, we love you more than anything, you know that right?" Link said as she hugged him.
"Yes Dad, I know". She said, hoping they would leave but felt a huge sigh of relief that she didn't have to hide this anymore.

Once they had left, Richard popped his head through the window.
"Well that was something. I nearly shat my self" he said as he stayed on the ledge outside her window.
"Could you not have snuck off. I would rather you didnt hear that.... I would rather I didn't hear that".... she complained to him.
"Well I am flad I heard it, I know we dont have to keep it secret anymore. Dunno how I will tell my parents but I think your folks were the bigger issue" he said smirking at her. She stared at him and he stood not saying anything. She let out a sigh.
"Are you gonna stand there all night?" She sarcastically pointed out but he nodded.
'Well we dont have to keep it secret anymore so I thou...." his sentence was interupted.
"Good night Richard. Its late" she said sternly at she shut the window on his face, gave a quick smile and closed the curtains. Good job he has a sense of humour she thought as she went to sleep.....

 

 

"Come on, we have been here in the past, I wanna see what its like again" the 25 year old Girl says as she drags the older man down some steps in the graveyard.
"Kukiel, I dont think this is a good idea, I was a different man back then and I really shou.." Batreaux said as she cut him off.
"But I have a fun idea!" She said smiling as the reluctant former demon follows her.

Underground they arrive in the former home of Batreux, now surounded by rock and somehow not crushed between the Earth. His old bed was in the corner as well as all his posesions he no longer felt attatchment too. As soon as he entered after her she pushed him against the wall and kissed him. He was stunned and emidiatly pushed her off.

"Kukiel! What are you doing!" He said to the Woman he had known since she was a little Girl. She was like family to him and he never thought about her this way. He had noticed her body change and get curvier but he had never endulged in those thoughts.
"I am not a little Girl anymore, I want some excitment and what is more exciting than a Demon" she said pushing her self against him. The innocent Girl had gone, he knew that. But it felt wrong too him.
"I am no longer a Demon. And, you are like family. I cant". He said in protest but she placed her hand on his crotch making a buldge form.
"Well arnt you naughty, get aroused from family. Batreaux, we are not related. I dont mean for this to be so long term. Just once. No one will know" she said as she kissed him before he gave his answer.

Damn it. He was into it and he hated it. He pushed back into the kiss and shoved her onto the bed and getting ontop of her.
"This might be more than you are expecting" he warned her but she grinned pulling off her top quickly revealing two round boobs. He loved them and his eyes were filled with lust.
"Like what you see?" She sedictivly said as they quickly pulled off more clothing.

"Oh my!" She said as his penis was drawn in front of her. She gaped at the size. "Put it in me now!" She demanded. Batreaux was hesitant. He had never done this before but he was too far in to back and now. He pushed it into her slowly as she gasped at its size. She showed no sign of pain as she knew he would stop of she did. "Batreaux! Thats what I want" she moaned as he started to go faster.

Before long the Demon inside him took control. He was full of lust and he thrust in and out of her and an alarming speed. She just moaned and panted as he slamed into her. "YES. YES. YES. MORE. MORE" She scremed as he pounded into her.
"AHH KUKILE!" he moaned as she reached her climax and he shot inside her.

As Kukiel started to catch her breath Batreax stayed where he was, staring at her.
"Batreaux?" She said confused at why he hadnt moved.
"I am sorry Kukiel but there is a demon deep inside me and I think you activated it, if I move it will take control" he said slightly concerned.
"How do you mean? In what way will it take control?" She asked but he looked down at her.
"Well.... I dont think it is done with you" he said in an apologetic tone. " I dont think it will destroy me, but it might take control when certain desires are pushed forward" he explained. She put his hand on the side of his face but then he emidiatly grabbed her arms and pinned them next to her head.
"Batreaux!" She gasped in shock as he jammed his penis back inside her and started thrusting again.
"I am sorry " he said but she grinned.
"No. I like this version of you" she said as she rolled her hips into his thrusts....

 

As the weeks went on and the rumours spread, protests ouside the Castle started picking up. The people were hearing rumors of a magical power and wouldnt rest until they had answers....

Notes:

Hi, and yes. I am still going with this but you know, life. I said months ago that I was going to get this finished by the end of the week and I said at the start these would be weekly but I qlso never promised anything because I know what I am like. But there was also this pandemic thing that you might have heard about so that threw priorities and attention elsewhere.

But I have had a lot of time to think about this and I am not happy with the quality and quantity of the sex scenes. There is probably too many and they are a bit cringy so I am going to reduce the amount and try to make them better. The sex scenes in this were already wrote before I decided this as about 90% of this was done months ago but going forward there may be less.

I am writting the next chapter and I have stuff planned for after Skyward Sword too. So if you like it leave a comment because it would help me to know people are actually interested in this besideds my self.

Chapter 13: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 12 - Uprising

Summary:

The peace in the new Kingdom seems unsure. Can Link and Zelda manage to keep their new land in check?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Chapter 12 - Uprising
"Sparrot! Come forward!" Link comanded. It was unlikely for him to loose his temper snd he have never had to consider arresting someone before. Link stood on a small elevated platform with some guards, Sheikah and Zelda while Sparrot looked up scared. "What did you do? What did you say?" Link sturnly asked him. Sparrot looked down before realising he was talking to the King.
"I... I... I didn't know what I would see.... it was Peatrice. I just wanted her to go away. She always asks me to show her inapropriate things you and Zelda do but I never show peoples personal lives" he said panicked and shifting the blame onto Peatrice. Zelda was bright red and Link was, but from anger.
"And what did she want this time? And what did you see?" He askes trying to keep his cool.
"I saw you on your quest. Fighting monsters and seeing some increddible things but also the Golden wish Triangles. I saw them. Peatrice saw it all too and I don't know what her game is but she is psychotic.... she is obsessed with you my lord.... she is insane"... he trailed off but Link couldnt agree more.

Sparrot was here out of his own accord. A protest had started up outside after the few weeks of Peatrice seeing things no Hylian should see and Sparrot needed to face up to what he done. He came to seek an audience with Link to explain what he had done. But Link understood that he didnt do this on purpose. He knew Peatrice was a manipulator and how obsessed she is with him.

"Sparrot. You have done the right thing in coming forward. You are not responsible for these protests. You are free to go" Link said as Sparrot bowed and the guards lead him out.

"Link. What do we do? They know about thr Triforce. They think we are just trying to cling to a power and use them all.... but they cant... they cant have the Triforce. The world will fall out of balance!" She said in a panic, eyes full of tears. Link knew all this and higged her.
"Wel will sort this out. We just have to talk to everyone. Tell them this is a power they dont understand" he said hut Impa shook her head.
"I dont have a better plan if I am honest my Lord but I am not sure that will work" she said with a frown.
"I agree, but we have to try". He said as he signalled a bunch of guards to follow him outside.

Link stood on a balcony to a relativly large protest. It wasnt overwhelmingly big, but it was bigger than he would like. He cleared his throught. "I know why yoh are all here!" He called out loudly, silencing the crowd in an instance. Link knew they knew about the Triforce so there was there a point in hiding its existance. Lying to them more could cause even more problems down the road if they find out its true. "You have heard rumors about a Magical power that I used to destroy the Demon King and save the world. Yes. It exists".. he declaired to the stunned crowd. No one was expecting him to come out and say it but he did.

"Then why did we built your God damn Castle then? Why did you wish it into existance! And why the hell are you here? Get our Queen out here!" Tony called aggressively sturing the crowd up.
"Because the Triforce is not a toy. It should only be used when the Kingdon is under a deveastating threat and it can only be used by those who have a pure heart.... and for Zelda, well I was the one that used the Triforce. I figured I should be the one to explain this!" He called down to the crowd, keeping eye contact with Toby.

"Well I dont like this one bit. You have this Magical Power you have been hiding from us this whole time that only you can conviniently use while we slave away for your Castle to be built?" He answered back but Link glared at him.
"It was hidden away because the greed and lust for power would lead to this exact problem we are having. I hope to the Godesses that the Triforce never has to be used again. I really never want to even see the thing again. And as for the Castle, we all agreed to this and it isnt 'my' Castle. More than me live here and if anyones it is Zelda's". He said back to a clearly angry crowd. He was about to turn and leave but stopped him self. "Also Toby. You dont have to like it. No one here has to like it. You all have the right to be angry and if a majority votes for change you can all get it". He said before leaving.

Pipit was waiting for Link at the door.
"Link, that was probably the best thing that you could have said to be honest. You know that isnt even nearly most of Hyrule. Its a select group of Hylians. The Gorons, Kikwi, Mogmas and the Sheikah are all on yout side and of course most of the Hylians". He said confidently cheering Link up and making him feel a bit more optamistic.
"Thanks. I hope you are right and I hope Zelda is coping" he said as they walked down a corridoor.
"Speaking of which... Can I talk to you for a moment?" He said as Link nodded to the guards to leave them. "My Son. Richard. Well you know him and your Daughter are...." he said before trying to get the words out.
"Together. Yeah. I know". He said to a confused Pipit.
"When did you?" He asked not needing to finish the question.
"Last week. Me and Zelda heard them... you know. And afterwards we had a talk with Zel, telling her it was fine with us. Our view was she is old enough to make her own decisions and we support her. I mentioned specifically I wasnt going to tell you or Karane because that was for Richard to deside. Sorry if you dont feel the same way" Link clarified but Pipit smiled.
"No,no. I agree with you. Thank you Link. Richard onlt told us last night and aaid it was pretty serious so I wanted us to be on the same page about all this". He said smiling.
"I am glad we are all on the same page too". Link replied as they continued down the coridoor.

 

She moaned each time he moved. His movements were slow, not hard at all. He was being gentle and slow pulling all the way out before sliding into her wet core.
"I love you so much Zelda" he moaned into her while nibbling it slightly which sent goosebumps down her body. She grabbed his back, feeling his body but failing to support them for long before they fell to her side.
"I love you too Richard... this is the besst" she moaned quitely. Young Zelda was being complety submissive, letting Richard do all the work but both seemed more than okay with this. Richard took his time, feeling every second of electricity running through his body while Zelda lay back and let him work on her.

Her legs were as wide open as they could get as he pushed his solid penis into her. One hand was by her head, using it for support while the other was massaging her right breast. The played with her nipple and licked her collar bone. Both were panting and moaning as the gentle rocking of his hips started to speed up. He felt her tighten which definitly spurred him on to move faster and faster. "Yes. Yes. Keep going Richard" she demanded as she wrapped her legs around him.

Before long she flipped him over and was ontop of him. She leaned back, arching her back as she rose up and down on his erect penis. Richard gasped in surprise as he felt his dick go deeped into her. He grabbed her waist and rocked her back and forwards as she rose up and down.
"Ugh.. Zelda.. I am going too" he moaned as she covered his mouth with her hand.
"I know! Richard just keep on..... keep on... AAAGGGHHH!" She moaned louder than ever before.
"Guhh" was all Richard got out before a sting of cum poured into her body in a few bursts. Zelda felt his dick spasm, firing several shots into her as she panted and feeling the blood rush to her head.

She eventually got off him and lay next to him.
"I dont know how many times we have done this but that was the best. I have never felt such good sex... ever". She said as Richard hugged her.
"Its because we are officially allowed to sleep together now" he smiled as he kissed her good night.

 

Everyone besides guards were asleep in the Castle. Young Zelda was hugging into Richard naked, Link Jr and Ravio were dast asleep in their own beds, Paya, Parrow and their 20 year old Boy Impaz lived here too aling with many more Sheikah and helpers of the Royal family. Of course Link and Zelda were asleep in their huge bed. Link was asleep upright with his naked wife around him in his muscular arms.

BOOOMM! ....That was all that was need to snap everyone awake, the shudder of the Castle didnt help either. Link dived out of bed in a flash, Zelda was so shocked she didnt even get the chance to appreciate the naked sight of her Husband running across the room naked to grab a Sword and clothes. Although she got up quickly, Link was already out of the door before she even got out of bed. She was going to put just a gown on but no, she needed to look a little more in charge so she quickly put on a Red Dress that was a more 'Proper' looking version of what she used to wear on Skyloft.

"What was that?" Richard asked his Girlfriend who was up looking out the window.
"I dunno but there is smoke coming from the North East Tower" she said looking down to the wall where Guards were heading that direction. Another one was scanning the area and looked up at her. Her face went bright red in the realisation she had no clothes on and shut the curtains faster than ever. She threw a gown on, with a little less care than her Mother and once Richard put his clothes on she stepped out of the room.

Guards were hecktickly hurrying down the hallway, a few rooms down Link Jr and Ravio were walking the opposite way to the Guards, towards Zelda and Richard.
"Whats going on Sis?" Jr asked while Ravio looked at Richard in confusion.
"Dont you sleep in a House?" He asked in innosence and he scratched his head.
"I am just having a sleep over with your Sister." He said as Jr smirked.
"A sleep over with push ups" he commented making Zelda go bright red again and hitting him on the arm.

"Kids... go back to bed. You cant be out here". Link called from down the coridoor as he bolted towards them.
"Dad, whats going on?" Ravio asked before Zel chined in.
"The North East Tower has smoke coming from it" she said which was quite useful knowledge for him and he nodded to show her she helped.
"Its on fire?" Jr questioned with worry in his voice..
"Its alright. We have people on it. Why dont you just..." he was interupted.
"I'll take them" a calm voice came as Paya walked over.

Link nodded at her in gratidude as Ravio and Link Jr followed her.
"You two should go with Paya too" Link said but Zelda shook her head.
"There must be something I can do" she said but Link was still worried about her too much even though she is 20.
"Just be smart and keep out the way, alright?" He said concenred before running off down the coridoor.

 

Link climbed out a nearby window and used his clawshot to pull him self right to the tower, a luxury the guards didnt have. Before he was there he could tell it was on fire but not too bad. He landed on a ledge and walked around to the damaged side to see a boulder lodged into the side of it. He looked down too where it could have came from and there was a small band of people, 30 at tops, too hard to see any specifically in the dark but they had the old catapult Groose made to help fight the Imprissoned. Link was greatful it didnt do more damage since he knew the power of that thing.

"Guards! Stop them before they reload that thing again!" Link shouted down to the soldiers and pointing too the direction the attack came from. He climbed into the tower through a gap made by the boulder and saw a Woman he barely knew holding her husband, a Knight who was covered in blood. "Is he alive?" Link asked in urgency and looked up in shock.
"I.. maybe. He save me... I... help!" She cried out as Link crouched down tk make eye contact.
"Do you know if anyone else was on this floor that might be hurt?" She shook her head.
"It seems like it is just this room" she continued crying before Link piched the man up with one arm and threw him over his shoulder. The groan he made was a sign he was alive at least.
"I'll be back in a sec" He said before climbing out thw window and claw shoting his was back to the main Castle. He found a guard and dumped the injured man on him. "Get him to the Doctors, quick" he said before heading back to the tower.

"Its in! This time lets blow the top of this thing off!" Toby said to a angered crowd who fired another boulder towards the same tower. Link saw it coming, almost in slow motion. He jumped off the tower, angled him self correctly and used his claw shot to pull him onto the tower roof, right in front of the boulder. Zelda was looking out from a balcony, Young Zelda and Richard were watching from a window.
"NO! DAD!" The Young Girl screamed but Link hsed his sheild and parryied the boulder, smashing it apart with an outstanding blow. Smaller rocks fell to the surrounding area. Some smashing parts of the wall but nothing that wasnt an wasy fix. Everyone stopped and stared at what Link did in disbelief.
"Still got it" he said to him self before dropping down to tower to help the Woman.

"Your Dad just... " Richard said to her in shock and she slowly nodded.
"I know.... I didnt know he could do.... THAT". She said qually as stunned.. Zelda was also shocked, like she knew the stuff Link had done but she never really saw any of it.

Knight quickly charged onto the group with the catapult, many of them fleeing but some held their ground. One man in particular pulled out a sword and charged at them. Fledge ran out in his Knights gear and blocked the mans attack with his sheild. He rolled under a slice and kicked him backwards. The man staggerd onto the catapult. The Knights managed to surround the group, most of them surrenduring before the man with the sword dropped it and picked up a near by Bow, pointing it at one of the Knights.
"Come any closer and I will shoot this man!" He said in fear. Fledge was standing next to the catapult and looked at a lever on the side.
"Wonder what this does?" He said calmly snd pulled it.
"N...NO. WAII!" was all he got out before being flung in the air at an increddible speed. His body was crushed against the impact of the roofs tower.
"So thats what it does. Anyone else?" Fledge smiled to the group of and they all shook their head in fear. "Good. Take them too the Dungeons". He said as the Knights moved the 12 men they captured to the Dungeons.

After everything settled down a bit more Link returned too the Castle and was hugged by Zelda.
"Are you alright? Are you hurt at all?" She asked in concern but he smiled.
"I am fine, dont worry" he replied as his three kids ran down the coridoor and gave him a huge hug.
"How the hell did you do that?" Young Zelda asked him and he looked at her confused before looking back up at his Wife.
"Do what?" He asked confused.
"What do you think? Deflecting a huge boulder 5 times your size away with your sheild" she responded in amazment of how he didnt get what she was talking about.
"Oh. I dunno. Its a pretty strong sheild" he said but they werent buying it and he shrugged. "You know I killed the Demon King right. Like that isnt just a story, I actually did that. Why was this harder to believe?" He said until Zelda put her arm on his shoulder.
"Because we actually saw this, and it was.... well I would say impossible stregnth" She said to him and he was blown away even his Wife was surprised.

"Well I didnt see it. Paya would let us watch" Ravio said grumpily. Link crouched down.
"You didnt miss much, it wasnt as amazing as they are making out. All we did was capture a few men" he lied to his Son and no one argued. No one wanted to make the 10 year old jealous.

 

Ravio managed to get back to sleep that night, Link Jr also did but a lot later but no one else. Richard had left to go home and assure his parents he was alright. Zelda and Link were very busy. Zelda was of course the Queen and made all the decision with advice from the Sheikah but Link was the military comander and the man of action. People often confused Link as the ruler of the land but it couldnt be further from the truth since Link didnt have the decision making of anything that wasnt action.

But luckily he didnt have to go down to the dungeons to question the protesters...no, rebels? No one knew what to call them. But Fledge had managed to get the information out of them with ease and learned Toby was the leader of the group. Link sighed at this. Toby had once been a respectable knight of Skyloft, always eager to prove himself to everyone but ever since Skyloft was returned to the surface he seemed to have lost what he was good at and tried to show off and act impressive even to his own detriment. Link assumed he had got desperet for the attention of the old days but despite his motives, he had to be stopped.

Zelda managed to reach the decision that no action would be taken against the protestersnif nothing more came of this. The prisoners would be given a month in prison and a warning and if this didnt work then further action would be taken. Hyrule was lucky Zelda was their leader, she was a lot more gentle than Link in her approach as Link got a bit caught up in what he was doing.

It was fair to say everyone had changed since their days in Skyloft but Link was probably a bigger example of that than any. He used to sit and day dream, his head always in the clouds and was pretty carefree about everything. He excelled at the Knight Academy but that and Zelda were the only things that ever seemed to get him out of bed in the morning. But he had come to mature and accept responsibilites for everyone, probably would have been to sky to do so if he hadnt first been through the ordeals he had been through.

As time went on the protests continued but were rarely violent. Occasionly it would seem like the protests were on the verge of breakimg out into chaos but since the attack security had been stregnthend and all of these were ceased quickly. Things seemed like they were returning to normal. Hopefully, this peace would last....

Notes:

This chapter was going to be way longer but I cut it into two because I got carried away and added way more than I thought I would. Unless something changes the whole of the next chapter was basically going to he part of this one. I am aiming to get this finished soon and I predict there will be three more chapters. Only time will tell though.

Chapter 14: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 13 - Under Attack

Summary:

What does Hyrule have in store?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Young Zelda had told Richard and he was off to tell his parents and now she had to tell hers. She nervously walked down the coridoor too her parents room. The guards all let her pass of course. She knocked on their door.
"Its me, I want to talk to you" she called through and within about ten seconds her Mother called back.
"Come in". So she pushed the doors open to see them sitting up in bed. "Whats wrong?" Her Mother asked in concern before she even made it over too them.
"Nothing, well.... its hard to get out but..." she stumbled on her words and Link had a feeling he knew where this was going. "I'm....I'm pregnant" she said looking at the floor.

There was silence for what seemed like for ever even though it probably wasnt long at all. Before she looked up she was being smothered by her Mother who was gripping her tighter than ever.
"Congradulations my love!" She said im tears, pulling her self back to look her in the eyes.
"Couldnt be heppier for you... and us, we get to have Grandkids" Link said as Zelda kicked him slightly. "But seriously. I am over the moon for you too... Richard better be the Dad at this point or I am going to have some real questions" he said as his Daughter laughed through her own tears.
"He is. He is telling Karane and Pipit as we speak" she said as her Mother hugged her again.
"We love you so much and we are both here for you" she said as Link joined in the hug.

 

Link never really thought he would have to go through the painful sounds of childbirth again after he had Ravio but here he was, standing outside the medical ward as his Daughter screamed in pain. There was something worse abiut hearing this from his Daughter but he held it together... well, held it better than Ravio whose eyes were wide from something he wont unhear. Should he be here? Who knows, it wasnt exactly the thought on the top of his mind. After a while Zelda came out of the room and told the family they were allowed in.

Link entered and of course Richard was all ready there, the only other person was Paya who had also helped deliver young Zelda her self. How time flies. Link walked towards the bed were the tiny baby was already asleep in its Mothers arms.
"Aryll. Meet your Family" she said in a quiet voice. Ravio was trying to puch to the front and Link Jr let him.
"Meet your Neice Ravio, this is Aryll". She said smiling. The two boys were happy, sonwas Link but Link had tears in his eyes, much like he did when his own children were born...

 

Years pass. Five to be exact. A lot has happened but not a lot of it is exciting. Peace rarely is. The protests rise and fall, Toby had started his anti-royalty fan club that gained some supporters but when did protests ever change anything, peaceful ones at that. Zelda was always willing to hear the complaints of her citezens, if someone was being misstreated she would try to see to it that things change. I mean she couldnt see to every problem but she put an effort in and that was apparent to most of Hyrule. She was a loved Queen.

However she never so much as disscussed the Triforce with people, those who asked her about it were dismissed in seconds. Link had talked about it occasionally to his friends Fledge and Pipit but never went into to much detail and only told them because he trusted them completly. But more had changed in Link and Zelda's life than most. At 44 years old, Link did not expect to be a Grandfather. This seemed way to young for him and everytime his lovely Grandson who he loved more than the world its self called him "Grandad" or even more so, Zelda "Grandma" it made him cringe slightly. Link Jr had a Girl friend and Ravio was a little bit less of an innocent boy as he once was, but thats life. Link couldnt believe that one moment he is holding his first born, his beautiful Daughter and the next moment he is holding a Grandchild, two of his children were Adults and the other a late teen. Time surely flies.

 

Link sat watching his son down below as he sat on the Castle wall. Ravio was leaning against the a stone column that lay flat and knocked over with his friend Ella, youngest Daughter of Fledge and Orielle as well as a little Kikwi. Link nored that the two were clise but Ravio had assured him they were just friends but Link wondered if that would be the case forever.
"Its like I have four kids instead of three" a voice came from behind Link as he turned his head to Orielle who sat next to him. "That little Kikwi spends more time in my Garden than it does in the Woods" she continued.
"Yeah, well Ella takes after you. Ravio keeps coming home with facts about animals that he learns from her. She definitly doesnt take after Fledge in that way". Link smiled as she smirked back.

"Fledge surely has changed a lot since we got together" she said looking down. "He used to be the sweetest, shyest and most awkward guy ever but now he is full of confindence and boldness in everyway". She said but Link's mind went to the gutter, he wasnt sure if she deliberatly intend those implications. "He got that from you" she said making Link deliveratly push all the thoughts aside because they were suddenly wrong.
"Please, he had it in him the whole time. I just showed him he could find it. I think that you helped more than me. A lovely woman being interested in him helped a lot" she was flattered.
"Thanks. But you should be saving those words for the one behind you" she giggled as he leaned back to see Zelda standing behind him.
"Nah, she gets more than being "a lovely woman" he joked as she went bright red and sat inbetween the two.

"Come on now, are was kids again?" She laughed as Link smiled.
"It seems like it, us all sitting together with no current issues. Legs hanging over a high ledge, less high than Skyloft but still dangerous. I would say we are acting like our childhood selves". Link said as the three adults in their Fourties remenisted about their lives.

While they sat and chatted Link leaned back against the stones of the wall. As he placed his hands down flat he felt some vibrations. "You guys feel that?" He said placing his head against the wall to hear the vibrations clearer but he didnt need to as they were rapidly getting more apparent and the two girls could feel it. Zelda got up and pulled Orielle up with her. Link turned to where Ravio, Ella and the Kikwi were playing and in slow motion the ground blew open right in front of them. Severaly other giant holes were blown open all over the front garden of the Castle as well as one right in the middle of the wall.

Before Lini knew what was going on he leapt off the side of the wall, pulling his sail cloth out breifly before rolling on the ground. He hit it hard, not the best landing but nothing he couldnt walk off... run off as he sprinted towards the dust cloud that had formed. Suddenly a Moldarach appeared from the cloud and thrust its claw towards Link who with lighting fast reflexs slashed at the eye in its claw making it stagger.

Link ran past it, having no time to fight it as his kid was in the middle of this. At least he knew what he was upagainst. "RAVIO! WHERE ARE YOU!" He shouted in the dust cloud.
"DAD!" he heard to his left before running in that direction. A small moment passed until he accidently bumped into his son.
"You alright?" He said in worry as Ravio nodded.
"Whats going on?" Ella asked who was gripping Ravio's hand and the Kikwi's hand tightly.
"I dont know why but some Moldarach's, four that I counted have just burst into the Castle grounds. Lets get to safety first" Link said getting his priorities in check as he led the group out of the dust cloud.

Suddenly Link heard the all to familiar shriek of Bokoblins errupt from what he assumed was the Moldarach holes. Link knew in that instant that this wasnt a natural occurance. This was an attack.

He found the Castle doors and knocked on them loud. "LET ME IN. ITS LINK!" he shouted to the guards who were on the other side and in less than a second the doors swung open, Link shoved the small group in and looked at the guard. "Let no one else in unless you know their voice and you know they are on our side." Link ordered the man as the door was shut.

He wished he had his gust bellows handy right now, one of the few items he left in the armoury as he assumed he would never be needing it again. How wromg was he. He walked through the dust, unable to see anything more than a few feet away, giving him a brief window of time to react to anything. A Bokoblin doved at him and he rolled to the side before slicing it, then parying one to his left with his sheild, hitting one to his rogut before stabbing hit left sided one in the head. Link was slashing endlessly as Bokoblin after Bokoblin dived at him

One slashed his side with its cleaver but besides that, Link was holding his own pretty well. He didnt like knowing what was going on else where though. He knew knights would most likely be defending the Castle and its people in anyway they could, Zelda was assumably escorted to safety with his kids but he had to assume this and he hated it. It seemed like some of his prays were answered however as he heard the familiar sound of the gust bellows and the dust blowing away as a result.

"This is a bit better than a lead blower" Karane remarked in the now clear battle ground before dropping it to the ground with a thud to deflect the oncoming Bokoblin with her Katana like blade. She stepped back to back with Link as Bokoblins were surrounding them in mass.
"Do you know whats going on?" Link asked her.
"Sorry. Not a clue. Heard the noise, looked out the tower window and saw this. Its definitly an attack though" she explained before slicing fowrward, much like Link did.
"Pipit and Fledge? Know where they are at?" Link asked assuming she knew where Pipit was.
"Pipit is at home with Richard and Aryll, I assume he will be on his way anytime soon. No idea about Fledge". She said ad they continued against the closing swarm of Bokoblins.

Link grabbed he by the waist and pulled her towards him, a bold move she wouldnt approve of if he did have a plan. He used his claw shot to pull them up to the tower walls, away from emidiate danger and giving them a better vantage point. They did not like what they saw.

There was five, Moldarachs walking around the graden, slashing away at some knight who have it beat by numbers but that alone. One climbing up the western wall. There is five huge holes Link can spot, four in the garden and one just outside the Castle walls which is visible through the giant hole in the wall caused by the scorpion foe. As if it stopped there. Bokoblins were pouring out of these holes in a mass number Link has never seen. More than when he went to fight Girahim. A few Moblins were spotted as well as Wolfos, one which Link saw maul a knight to death. Luckily they were in small numbers.

"What do we do Link?" Karane asked in a worried tone. Link was silent, he didnt have an emidiet plan. He had never encountered a situation like this and there was to many for him to fight alone, too many for the knights to fight off. All he could do is hope something came to mind.
"At the moment, improvise. Defend the Castle in any way necessary and kill as many of these as possible". He told her, but she looked unimpressed.
"Link, sir... there is no stop to these Bokoblins" she said which sparked a light in Links brain.
"Thats it! Karane, I dont care how you do it but find away to block up those holes. I'll deal with the Moldarachs and hopefully the knights can defend the castle long enough for this to pan out" he smiled to her in a thankful manner before they ran off in opposite directions.

 

Ravio, Ella and the little Kikwi named Bud were hurried by a Knight through the halls. They reached a room that was designed as a defensive retreat and the door was opened.
"Hurry in". The Knight ordered and the three wasted no time in arguing before entering the room. Ravio was quickly smotherd by a hug from his Mother as was Ella.
"Thank the Goddess" Zelda cried into him.
"I'm fine..." he said as he was embarassed by his Mothers show of affection but Zelda did not care. His Sister and Brother were here but his Sister did not want to be, she wanted to be at Richards house with Aryll.
"You know what going on?" Link Jr asked Ravio calmly and Ravio stared at him.
"Big monsters burst from the ground and Dad is fighting them" he said and Link Jr sighed as he gave only half a story.
"Are Dad, Anju and Mutoh alright?" Ella asked her Mother as she turned with a smile. Anju is taking care of your Brother at home I am sure and your Dad is a strong man, he'll be fine" she confidently said to her fifteen year old Daughter.

 

"HYA!" Fledge roared as he struck a Moldarach back with a giant sledge hammer as it fell off the side of the wall. Arrows from above peirced its back and it screached, flailing about. Fledge jumped off the wall and landed on its back before smashing the Sledge hammer down into its head, killing it with sheer force. It had already been weakened by Link and a few Knights but Fledge definilty was effective against the beast. Fledge turned around to see a Bokoblin charge at him and without time to swing his hammer her kicked it backwards, causing him to loose his footing and fall to the ground. He was fine for amoment until he felt an intense pain on his foot. "GGYAA!" he screamed lookig down at the Wolfos biting at his foot and dragging him across the battle ground. His hammer had long been dropped as all Fledge could think about was kicking the thing in the face to let go. He flinched as several Bokoblins swung at him and he had nothing to defend him self with. To his luck they all missed as the stupid Wolfos kept dragging him. He was an rock in the ground and he grabbed it and launched at the Wolfos. It howled and let him go. Fledge knew he wouldnt be able to fight well and needed to retreat but the Wolfos charging at him came first.

It jumped in the air so Fledge kicked the underside of its belly with a heavy force, flipping it over his head and blood splattered all over him. He looked back as a Moblin that was shocked at the Wolfos that landed on its spear. Fledge had no time to be shocked at the tremendous luck and used the Moblins confusion as an excuse to limp away to safety.

 

Karane sprinted across the wall and booted a Bokoblin off the side effortlessly.
"Karane!" Pipit called as he climbed upnthe side of the wall and embrassed his Wife. "Thank the Goddess you are alright. Richard and Aryll are fine. Everyone else?" He asked in concern.
"Link got Ravio and Orielle's Girl to safety, I assume the others are fine, Link is fine. He ordered me to figure out a way to plug up those holes but... I have no clue how" she desperatly looking at Pipit for answers.
"Gorons? The Gorons are good with rocks. Could we get their help?" He asked and she smiled and patted him on the back and smiled.
"Good plan, go fetch em". She oredered and he stepped back.
"Why me?" He questioned but she pulled him in for a kiss.
"Because you di what I tell you and I will make it up to you later" she flirtatiously said to him as he smiled.
"Got your self a deal" he remarked stepping past her and quickly begginig to run.

Karane watched him run off.
"KARANE! Bit of help?" She heard from below as Fledge was using a spear as a walking crutch clearly injured and of noticed by a Monster he will be dead in seconds. She looked around and saw a mast with a flag on, pulled it out of its hold and held it towards him. Fledge had no problem shimmying his way up, his upper body stregnth was increddible. "Thanks, I have never been so close to death before and .... well never been so useless" he said pointing at his clearly injured foot.
"I saw you take on that Moldarach, you are not useless" she said helping him up and guiding him towards the Castle for rest.

 

"SHAAAAAYYYYAAA!" Link screached as he spun his blade in a circle slicing Bokoblins in half. He ran towards a Moblin, running up its sheild and slashing its head open from the top. He looked to his left and saw a Wolfos dive at him but he smashed his sheild into its face before driving his sword into it. He then continued his run to the Moldarach climbing up the Castle wall. Hylian Knight prodded their spears into it but it was only holding it back for so long.

Link dived onto its tail and climbed up its back before jumping onto the wall and slicing its left-claw eye open. It flailed and jabbed its tail forward but Link blocked it again, followed by him doing the same to its other eye as he watched the beast fall to the ground and crush several monsters beneath it. "You do that". He said confidently to the Knights who eneded up just watching the pro at work before he ran off to deal with more of the foes.

 

"Goron. Sorry I dont know your name. Can you assist us in a hurry?" Pipit asked the friendly looming Goron who was living in Hyrule Castle Town with his Son.
"Names Gorkall, and this is Gorkoal. Us Gorons are invited to a Hylian battle. We will provide and any way". He proudly stated turning around to it home. "Wont we boys!" He called in to the other two Gorons coming out.
"Yeah, what do you need?" One asked and Pipit was glad they didnt all feel the need tonintroduce them selves.
"We need to fill up five huge holes in the ground that Monsters have made, we know you are experts with Rocks so we know you can do it" he encouraged them before they nodded.
"You heard the little man, lets move out!" He shouted as they rolled off quickly leaving Pipit behind.

 

Toby's plan had worked flawlessly. Did he intend for Hyrule Castle to fall? No. Did he care? Not really. Was he only interested in the distraction so he could get the Triforce? Yes.

These were the thoughts going on in his mind as he snuck through the coridoors of Hyrule Castle. The second the attack started he was ready with a ladder at the opposite end of the Castle and hoped up when the guards were not looking. From there is was easy to get around in armour with no suspecion. The problem he found was with not knowing where they would hide the Triforce. Zelda would know, and he knew where to find her.

He arrived at the door to where she was being protected by two guards. As he arrived between them they looked at him.
"What are your oreders?" One asked as he clearly looked lost.
"Do you know where..." he started before abruptly swinging his blade and slicing both mens heads clean off in a single blow. "... the Queen is." He ginished with a smirk before kicking open the door. The six Hylians and one Kikwi stared a moment before he grabbed Ravio roughly and pulled the sword to his throught.
"NO!" Zelda shrieked reaching out but she could do nothing.

"Relax. The Boy lives if you do as I say Zelda". He sneered under his helmet.
"What... what do you want? Who are you?" She questioned in panic as her Son was being held tightly by the man in armour. Orielle held Ella and the Kikwi close while Link Jr stood defensivley in front of his Mother and Sister.
"Well I would pull my visor up but my arms are preoccupied. Its Toby and I love how you are straight to the point. You are going to tell me where the Triforce is and if you dont your Son looses his head". Toby said bluntly.
"Come on Toby. The Triforce isnt something that can be used by anyone. The user needs to have an equal balance of Courage, Power and Wisdom to use it, if they do not the two triangles that least reflect the user will scatter away. Toby, it is impossible for you.... heck, its impossible for me to use" she said desperatly but everyword true, not that Toby belived her.
"And let me guess, Link has all free so he can do as he wishes?" He said but before recieving and answer he didnt care for he shook his head. "I am not interested in your stories Queen. This isnt a conversation. What will it be? The Triforce or your Son?" He said demandingly.

Zelda let out a sob. She was about to betray her entire Kingdom but for her Son it was worth it.
"Okay. Okay. Its in the Goddess Statue" she wimpered as Toby smiled.
"See easy. Thank you your Highness" he sarcastocally said before shoving the boy away from him to his family and leaped backwards out the door and closed it, locking them in.

 

"HYA!" Gorkoal let out as he sprang from his ball position and kicked a Bokoblin in the face. Gorkall and the other Gorons didnt need to exit the ball forms as they flattened anyone in their way with ease. One of them stopped.
"Its her up there!" It said pointing to Karane who was fending off multiple Bokoblins on her own. The Gorons curled back up and went back a little to gather speed before zooming forward up a bit of a bump that acted like a ramp, flinging them in the air high enough to land with a thud on the wall, crushing several Bokoblins and some of the wall too.
"Thank Hylia. Can you block up the holes?" She asked pointing to them and one smiled.
"Leave it to us Little Gal!" He said before jumping off the side of the wall, the others followed.

They walked slowly through the crowd of monsters, batting them asside with simple back handed slaps. They stopped qnd jumped in place, cracking the earth neeath them. All of them formed a circle around the cracked ground and began lifting a bulge out. Before long they were holding a huge boulder that they threw ontop of one of the holes, plugging it up and stopping anything more coming out of it.
"Only four more guys. Lets keep em coming!" Gorkall shouted. Pipit eventually arrived and looked at Karane out of breath.
"What did I miss?"

 

Link stood on the highest spire of the Castle. Something more didnt sit right with him. Too much of this is focused on the attack outside, has anyone checked inside? He thought. He needed to do so. He imbed through a window of the Castle and made his way through the Castle quickly, he knew the way too well. It was quiet inside the Castle and all the noise was from outside. Link didnt know if he should find this a good thing yet or not.

As he made his way to the lower level he turned the corner to the panic room and in front of which he saw something that made his heart beat thump in his chest faster than it had all day. Two decapitated guards lying on the floor, blood soacking the Blue carpet. He ran to the room and couldnt manage to open the Iron door. Neither men had a key.
"ZELDA! KIDS! YOU IN THERE?!" He shiuted and before anytime could pass Zelda's couce was heard.
"LINK WE ARE FINE, LEAVE US. TOBY LOCKED US IN HERE. HE KNOWS WHERE THE TRIFORCE IS AND HE IS HEADING THERE NOW!" she shouted. Link wasted no time on replying and bolted down the coridoors in the direction of the Godess Statue.

This made Link worry. He knew he could defeat Toby in abattle but he had no idea how much time Toby had on him. Link was definitly faster but he was unsure he could catch him if he had a ren minute lead. Link jumped out a window and clawshot his way onto the Castle roof to give him self some time. He ran faster than he had before, not even thinking about the large jumps across gaps he was making. He hoped off the side off the wall and began to cut through a wooded area. It may act as a short cut.

There it was. The wall that surounds the Sealed Temple and the Godess Statue. Link was pulled to the top of the wall with his Claw shot and looked down. Toby had just maded it to where the door was, placing his hand on the spot to make the invisible passage way show its self. He looked up and saw Link. They both stared at each other, neither moving. Toby was a head but Link was more skilled. The light from the Triforce was visible on Toby's face from where he stood. Link aimed with incredible accuracy on one of the stone pillars that stood infront of the Statue as Toby ran into the gap. Link was pulled towards it, turning to his right and aiming his second claw shot through the enterance and fired it.

Toby was there. Mere inches from the glowing relic before he felt something hit his back and grab him. He was suddenly pulled backwards at an increddible speed before being hit so had he was knocked out.

Link wasted no time tying his hands together, kneeling on his back sonhe couldnt escape. The golden light faded as the door sealed its self back up.
"What the?" Toby questioned in a daze.
"In simple terms you are under arrest" he said before pulling the man up and dragging him along.

 

The Gorons plugged up the holes, a temporary fix for sure but it gave the Knigjts a fair chance in taking on the hoard of Monsters plaguing the Castle grounds. Toby had been taken to the dungeons and was due to be questioned once the battle was over.

In the distance a small boy stared at the conflict. Minihorns poking out of his head. He watched in awe, he had never seen something so exciting.
"Youre Boartreax, Batreax and Kukiel's son aren't you" a voice was heard as he snapped his head around with a snarl.
"I dont consider that liar my Father. He is hiding things from me, I am not an idiot" he angrilly let put pointing to his horns. The woman smiled.
"Well I am Peatrice, we could both help each other here. I can show you how to unlock some of your powers ans you will help me get what I want. How about it?" She said bluntly as the Boy looked intrigued.
"You know something about who I am? You'll tell me?" He asked her as she nodded, holding her arm out to him. He took it with little hesitation.

 

The two entered the tunnel.
"Your Father was once a demon. But he was never wicked or evil like most" she said as she swung the lantern around, illuminatong the darkness. "He got the help of Link to turn him into a Hylian and it more or less worked. Eventually he had you and since the Demonic blood is still within him it was passed onto you. You are a half demon" she told the five year old Boy.
"Cool. I dont mind my Mother. She is sweet I guess. But my Father is always trying to make sure I am good, he gets super strict everytime I do the tinyest bad thing. I hate him. Thats why I ran away from them" he sulked.

They made it to a wooden door.
"This is where your Father lived before he was Hylian. There may be dark energy here so here is what I want from you" she turned and kneeled to his eye level. "I want you to use your dark magic to create an army for me. An army that is equal instregnth to the Hylian army so I can get my self the Triforce". She said calmly. The boy didnt know what the Triforce was but he didnt really care that much. He just wanted to rebel against his Father and learn what he could do so he nodded before following her into the room.

As soon as Boartreax entered the room he felt his body tingle.
"I feel it!" He expressed in delight and Peatrice smiled.
"I cant tell you how to use this magic but I assume you ahould just focus on the thing at hand" she egged him on to give her an army. The boy closed his eyes and black energy swirled his body, like a natural talent he always had. He opened his eyes and a beam of Darkness shot through the ceiling.

 

The final Bokoblin was slain and Link sighed. He leaned back against the grounf to catch his breath. But suddenly a black beam from somewhere in the distance shot up into the sky making Link jump up preparing for more. What was it? Hyrule couldn't take another attack. The beam turned the Sky black, spreading in every direction.

It fell silent. Nothing. Suddenly, like lightning, bolts of black energy shot from the sky. Link felt it hit is body. It was not electric, he didnt know what it felt like but it wasnt nice. With blury vision he looked around and saw the bolts had hit everyone, the Hylians, Shiekah and Gorons alike. It soon passed and Link stood there checking his body for signs of damage but nothing. The beam of black energy disapeared but the sky remaind black.

Link didnt know what was going on. Nobody did. He just knew it wasnt going to be good.

Notes:

Okay, there will 100% not be more that 16 chapters. I have more or less finished this. Chapter 14 is complete and Chapter 15 is more or less complete. Chapter 16 might be more of a prologue... epilouge? The one thst comes after.

The start of this chapter was supposed to be in the last but ran out of space where I am writing these, chapter 14 was split in two for the same reason.

Chapter 15: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 14 - Dark Interlopers

Chapter Text

Link stood ontop of the main gate.
"Everyone! Listen up!" We are weak and tired but this ominus sky doesnt seem to care about that. I think something is coming. We dont have lkng to prepare but everyone pull your selves together for another attack!" He orederd to the Knights who were allexhausted with low numbers due to the casualties in the previous attack. Everyone knew they didnt have the luxury to complain and got to work. "Gorons! Can you patch up the holes in the wall and if you have additional time baricade the gates with boulders?" He asked even though it was more of an order but they nodded and got to work regardless.

Orielle exited the Castle with her daughter and Kikwi friend. Link ran too her. "I am glad you are alright but you cant be out here" he warned them but Orielle knew that.
"We are leaving. We are getting as far away as possible and you might be glad about that" she said to Link who confused.
"She is going out to the country, taking her kids, our kids ans Grandkid and this little fella" Zelda explained as she exited the Castle behind her and rubbing the Kikwi's head.

"But they are in Castle Town" Link stated but Zelda smiled.
"We got some Sheikah on that. Some are escorting her and some others who are injured, Elderly or cant fight out. Basocally evacuating all they can" Zelda explained and Link smiled.
"Thats why you are Queen. You come up with the smart decisions. Now lets get moving!" He declaired as they moved on.

Ravio was pleased to be getting to safety after his near death experience and Link Jr and Young Zelda were also relieved, especially Young Zelda who had a Child she was desperate to see. Link looked at Zelda. "Dont take this the wrong way but you cant fight Zelda". He boldly said to her but she didnt disagree.
"I know, but the Queen cant run away from her Castle. I'll be guarded in the vault room... you know? that vault room" she explained winking at Link who knew abiut their secret vault room that litterally nobody else other than some Sheikah knew about. She was going to be perfectly safe and Link was pleased.

He pulled her in for a kiss, letting it linger. It felt like heaven and also felt like and eternity since they did this. She gave a small moan. "Make it back to me safe. Okay?" She ordered and Link smiled
"Yes Ma'am" he jested as she smiled and returned to the Castle.

 

Hyrule Town was in a bit of panic. Most left their homes to see what was going on but the Knights convinced them to stay in their homes. This worked but the panic was from inside their homes as they too were struck with the black lighting and were equally as clueless as to what was going on. Nobody dared leave their houses. No one but Rauru.

Raru was a young man, nothing especially different about him. He was smart for sure but he was a regular Hylian born on the Surface world. But how does one born on the Surfcae World remember a life from before he was born? About five or six years ago, he woke up in the dead of Night to find an Owl on his Window still. He opened his window and the owl looked at him.

"Hoo hoo, you are a chosen one of destiny. Chosen by the Gods. Would you like to hear more? Yes or No?" It spoke to him, making the 20 year old fall backwards in shock.
"Hey! You spoke. Owls dont.... Birds dont speak" he shouted as he pointed at it. He got up and looked at the Owl. "Continue". He said as his intrigue was more promenent than his shock.
"Hooo. Today as you know, the funeral of Gaepora was held and I, I am his reincarned soul. You may think your parents giving you the middle name Kaepora was merely out of respect for their former leader but it was a influence from the Goddesses them selves. It is destiny that we merge, allowing you to become the Sage of Light and access knowledge and lore of our world. Hooo" it explained.

The young man, Rauru was stunned at what this owl was telling him. He wasnt sure he believed him but what harm would it do to humour it. Before he could speak the Owl continued. "Of course the choice is yours. You are not required to follow this destiny. Time is loose and undecided. Many out comes are yet to be decided. Would you like me to explain again? Hoooo. Yes or no?"

"Of course I don't want you to explain again. I can understand you. Answer me this. What will change if I decide to merge with you? Will I become as annoying as you?" He asked but the owl turned its head upside down.
"Our souls will merge. You will have memories of a life you have not lived while retaining all that you are right now. You will also gain certain aspects of me, what exactly is unknown but you will be able to transform into an Owl and soar the skies" it explained.
"Dont ask to repest that. I got it. Okay. I'll do it. Flying is a cool sounding power so.... lets merge!" He declaired and in an indtant the Owl flew into him and he saw a blinding light.

He awoke on the floor. "Agh.... my.... wait my back isnt sore. Of course its not. I am young. I am young? Oh this is weird. I am two people. I am me but I so clearly remember being.... well I guess not me..." he said to him self looking into the mirror as it was the first time seeing him self, even though he knew what he looked like. "This is going to take some getting used too". He said before frowning. "I know what it is like to have a Daughter and Grandkids" he said as tear came to his eyes. The memories were starting to organise them selves, and Rauru could see memories that were not his, memories of a family he did not have.

Over the past half a decade, Rauru begun to understand hisnpower more and his cast knowledge of everything seemed to shock his parents as one day he just seemingly bacame a different person. But that was why he stoof on his roof looking at the Black Sky. He knew something was coming, something that would need sealed away and he knew the perfect place. He transformed into the Owl, Kaepora Gaebora and flew off west.

 

Although the Hylians stayed inside away from the fears of outside, it did not stop them peering out of their windows. Kukiel looked out of the window wondering if her Son was okay but that thought was soon not at the forefront of her mind when she observed the streets.

Dark swirls were circleing in spirals. Those spirals soon formed mostly Humanoid shapes of differinf sizes with a few rhat were clearly Goron and some other races. They then formed glowing red eyes and they swirls stopped, giving the dark figures more refined features. Kukiel could tell many of them where people she knew or at least recognised. Link and Zelda were amoung them but the others were all people she was sure were familiar. They begun to march towars Hyrule Castle, not intereste in the hoses at all. One looked at her though the window. It was her. It tilted its head in recognition before continuing onwards.

 

Link stood anxiously with a Gurad on the look out tower.
"I see something.... its... its us" he said in confusion before Link took the telescope. Sure enough, the man wasnt crazy as Dark versions of seemingly all of Hyrule were marching towards Hyrule Castle. Link was in front but next to him was Zelda, the rest of the order seemed random but all facees he knew.
"Alert everyone now! Link said calmly as the man rung the bell.

Everyone looked towards the Castle, eyes on Link that was hovering down with his Sail cloth. "Everyone! It appears an army is heading our way! An army of what appears to be dark clones of us. They look like us, maybe they act like us and sound like us, I dont know. But what I do know is they are not us. They may take the form of your wives, children, parents. It doesnt matter. We have to kill them. It might be hard for you to kill a shadow of a loved one but they are not them so I ask you all get over it now. If you dont, you might never see tomorrow!" Link announced before proppeling himself above the main gate next to men with bows.

Everyone was inpressed by his speech and Link knew that. But he wasnt thrilled to have to slay his wife and children. At least the red eyes made it easier. "Here they come. FIRE!" he annouced to the archers who let out a large amount of arrows. Some hit for sure but Dark Link being in front blcoked several with his sheild. Dark Link began to run forward, the rest following his pace. "Keep firing!" He oredered as the men kept rappidly firing, it was helping get rid of some of the weaker foes.

Pipit and Karane watched over the walls. "From what I can tell it seems that they have the exact same weapons that we were holding at the time of the black lighting hitting us. It also seems it has copied everyone from inside the Castle, outside the Castle and those that were in Hyrule Town. Which is good news because it means we only have six Gorons to deal with and not an armies worth" Pipit explained. His confidence in battle was high, as it should be since he is Link's right hand man, but it still worried Karane everyday.
"If they are equally skilled as us we shouldnt fight our selves, we should try to fight someone we can beat. Be truthful, do you think you can beat me in a battle?" She asked him but he frowned. He knew his answer but didnt like it.
"Yes.... sorry?" He said apologising for his answer hoping he didnt offend her. She gave him a reassuring smile.
"In that case take me on.... my Dark clone. I know I cant beat you in a fight so I am not going to try". She told him.

"But who is going to take on Dark Link? Nobody can beat Link" he said terrified of the thought of someone as strong as Link against them.
"I can beat Link!" Link told them without facing away from the oncoming attack. "I heard all of it. Its a good plan. Lets hope they havent thought of it too" he tells them.

Dark Link neared the gate and pulled out a hook shot and aimed it at Link. He turned last minute to trick him and pulled him self towards the Castle wall right of Link. "Shit!" Was all Link could get out before his Dark clone was atop the wall and killed four archers instantly with a spin attack. Link ran towards Dark Link but Dark Link jumped off the side of the wall and dropped some Bombs by his feet, exactly were the boulders blocking the gate were. He Clawshot away, always on the move, slicing a few more men in the process before the bombs exploding, blowing the boulders up and killing more people.

The Dark Gorons punched through the gate in an instant and the Dark Army barged its way in. The battle was intense. Knights drove spears into Dark clones of people the knew and didnt know. Karane spotted Dark Fledge limping away from the fight, assumably to use some trick since he came with a broken foot. This made her smile. She found her target. She climbed down a ladder, booting a small Boy in the face, and slashing away at faces she knew she could take on. Her sword wasnt suited for armour so she rolled under the swings of Dark Knights. She ran across the Garden and slid in front of Dark Fledge who wasnt holding anything.
"Nothing personal" she said before sliceing him in two.

Dark Link was making quick work of everyone he came across until he was pulled backwards by some force. He knew what it was so turned to meet the Hylians sheild. The two Links dueled it out a top a Castle wall. The two deflected each others atracks perfectly knowing what the other would do before they did it. Link slashes at Dark Link who ducks and thrusts his Sword forward to meet Link's Sheild. Link thrusts forward but Dark Link jumps ontop of his swords and kicks Link in the face knocking him back. Link was pretty annoyed Dark Link got to use a trick he had mastered in his own time before him. A downward thrust was coming but Link dodged it and stabbed Dark Link, no where near dealing enough damage to make a serious differnece. The two fought away, cutting each other and hitting each other in various ways.

In terms of skill, Demise was much tougher, so Link logically could defeat this foe. The main difference is Demise wasnt in his head and Demise wasnt using his own tricks against him. In that sense this was much harder of a fight. U fortunatly for Link, Dark Link thought the same thing but Dark Link had the upper hand. This Dark Clone had no emotions and its goal was different. It couldnt be burderned by the loss of a loved one, and that was the strategy it was going to play. It claw shot away. Link went to chase it but felt a dagger in his back, hissing in pain he turned to see Ravio standing there with Link Jr, and Young Zelda. Link flinched before remembering what he said to the soldiers and cut their bodies in half, looking away as he did so. He turned to see where Dark Link was, he couldnt see him. At least Zelda is safe, only him, Zelda and a few Sheikah know where she is...... "Oh shit!" Link exclaimed before sprinting towards the Castle.

 

Kaepora Gaebora lands on a dead tree in the hot desert heat. He looks around, turning his head 360 degrees to seach for what he is looking for. He flies over a canyon and finds a campsite and transforms back to his Hylian form of Rauru.

He walked towards a Campsite but haulted when an arrow fired at him, landing just in front of his feet. He looked up at the figure standing atop a cliff, the sun left only a female silhouette.
"Who are you! What do you want here?" The voice shouted down at him. He continued to look up with his hand blocking his eyes from the sun.
"I am here to talk with Groose!" He shouted up and the figure left. He looked down as a man stepped out of the tent.

He never had a top on, just baggy pants but his body was clearly muscular enough to handle any threat. His ppinted red hair let Rauru emidiatly know that was him. Groose walked over to the younger man and looked down at him.
"What is it you want?" Groose boldly asked.
"I am the Sage of Light, Rauru. Hyrule is currently under attack by some dark magic and I have a request... more of an idea that I may need your help with but definilty your permission for". Rauru unitimidatingly explained.

A pregnant Woman stepped out of the tent, wearing a desert style skirt and a songle peice of cloth around her breasts. With her were several small children of varying ages, all with his distictive red hair, and all girls.
"We'll help" the Woman said walking over, without Groose's permission.
"I haven't decided yet!" Groose exclaimed, loosing all aspects of his presense that made him intimidating.
"Well I have. Hyrule needs are help and why not help? They are our people and as requested they have let us live our lives here with zero interference" she said holding a hand out to the man. "I am Janka and this as you know is my Husband Groose. We have a small... request from Hyrule too" she smiled as Rauru shook her hand.

"Oh yeah? Well I am sure Hyrule will be willing to help in anyway" he smiled as she gave a wider smirk.
"You could help with what we need" as Groose coughed.
"HIM?! No, no. Not him. Someone else, he is too... he is to educated. He isnt like the fighting type" Groose interjected, leaving Rauru stumped.
"We basically need some men. Like men that are around 18 - 25ish. Basically me and Groose have been able to produce many healthy children.... many, many children. This one will be our twelth child" she said rubbing her baby bump. "We have only been able to have Girls for what ever reason and thats why we need some men, to carry on out lineage" she explained, Rauru looking up clearly with questions. "Of course I am not implying we wouldnt need helo of we had boys! We obvioulsy arnt into imbreeding. I am just explaining why we exclusivly need men" she said embarassed at how this came out.
"I thought you made it clear, he is the smart type, he figured it out" Groose claimed but he couldnt have been more off, Rauru thought she was implying much stranger things.

"Anyway smart guy. What are you here for? We have told you our side of the bargin. What is yours?" Groose asked him. Rauru didnt remember making this a trade off. It wasnt upto him to make this arrangement but it he was sure Janka would calm him down if he coildnt follow through.
"As I said, Hyrule is underattack by monsters of Dark Magic. They are after a sacred power and they wont stop until they get it. A normal prison wont hold these and I am convinced neither will death so I propose creating a prison realm. A dark void in which they will be trapped, unable to harm anyone. The best place to create this will need to be isolated but also a Holy place so the old Temple of Time should be a good spot". He explained, Groose understanding about half of what he said, the half he needed to understand.
"And you know how to do this kinda thing because... well. We dont". Janka expressed concern but he smiled.
"Of course. Thats why I came alone".

 

Pipit was smart like Link and could take on his loved ones. He searched for Dark Karane and spotted her rolling around a Knight and stabbing it in the neck. He ran at her and she blocked his blow. He jumped to her side and sliced at her, cutting her side but not a fatal blow. She came at him fast, slashing rapidly forcing him backwards in a hurry. He tripped over a rock and she plumged her sword down with both hands, missing his head by inches. He kicked her in the gut and got up, tackleing her down to the ground. He was ontop of her, pinning her hands to her side. He had an idea, she could never resist him. He kissed her passionatly and the Dark Clone copied him.

"Gotcha" he thougt as he grabbed her sword from her loose hand but she flipped his Sword up with her feet and grabbed it. The both blocked each other. He tried forcing her blade back, he had the upper hand as he was sitting ontop of her. He let go with one hand for a second and squeezed her breast, making the Dark Karane silently moan, loosing some consentration and allowing Pipit to push the blade into her neck. He stood up and picked up his own blade and went back into battle.

 

 

"I became good friends with Impa after I explained my situation to her. I have tried to stay away from Link and Zelda and their children though. It is quite painful" Rauru explained to Groose. As they walked through the Desert, Rauru explained his entire situation to Groose, explaining what changed since Groose left.
"So he is alright then. Him and Zelda are happy. Thats good" he said smiling. Once upon of time Groose wouldnt have said that if you had paid him 10,000 Ruppees, but he is a changed man now. "Also how long is this thing gonna take to build? Like it has to be quick or Hyrule migut be doomed right?" Groose asked.

"Ah. Well. Its gonna take about a week for the bare basics" he said as Groose looked at him to see if he was joking. "But dont you worry. Lady Impa and I talked about a moment like this. She gave me this" he said as he pulled out a device that was coloured in the same as the Ancient Robots. It has a dial that could be turned and a small handle. In the centre was a Timeshift Stone. "Its what she called a Timeshift Distorter. It created a area around us and everything outside of the area slows down a lot. Watch this!" He said as he turned the dail and a circle of blue emergy surounded them. He picked up a stone and threw it. Once it left the energy dome its speed decreased and they watched it move slowly. Rauru stepped forward, allowing the blue dome to pass through the stone ans it emidiatly picked up speed again.

"Thats one of the most amazing things I have ever seen!" He beamed.
"DAD!" A voice was heard behind him as his 25 year old Daughter, his 23 year old and 21 year old a ran towards them. "Mother said you'll need some help but... what the hell was that? A blue ball surrounded you and you started moving super quickly for a moment" the Girl said to him. Groose grabbed Rauru in a head lock.
"It was this guys sweet invention!" Groose beamed. "His name is Rauru and he is gonna bring some guys to the camp for you once we are done" Groose told the Girls. Rauru hated that Groose assumed all this but politly smiled to the Girl who was about his age.

She scanned his body. She had never seen a male other than her Father before. She thought is Brown hair and yellow robes were strange and his face was covered in hair, she didnt know that was possible.
"What wrong with him? Why cant he stay and give us Chilldren" the Girl asked maming Rauru blush.
"Urbola... he is some magic sage man. He has responsiblities and stuff. He cant have time for children" Groose explained to her, the other two girls taking an interest. Although Raurh found the Girl attractive Groose was right. He didnt have time for these things. He never has and wonders if he ever will. He has memoried of sex, memories that are not of his. These memories are from long ago and he pushed them out of his head. He didnt enjoy recalling certain memories from the old man.
"Your Father is right. I have to leave the Desert once we are done here but I will make sure Link and Zelda hear the request" he said as they moved on.

 

 

Zelda sat with a few Sheikah and some Knights that were trusted to protect them in an underground vault. The passage way was behing thr throne and down a giant flight of stairs and then behind a thick metalic door. Zelda felt confindent no one would find them here but felt terrified of what was going on regardles. Link was no longer condifent.

"Shit, shit shit! If Dark Link and the Dark Clones of Zelda and the Sheikah share memories they know about the vault room" he thought to him self as he bolted trhough the Castle. His heart sank when he got to the throne room and the throne moved out of the way. Was he too late?

He ran through the passage and saw nothing in the Darkness. He dived down the stairs, hovering down with his sail cloth. As he got to the bottom Dark Link was at the door. Spinning the correct dials that open the door. "STOP!" He shouted as he ran to himbut felt something hit him hard from behind. He was dazed and didnt know what was going on.

The vault door opened, Zelda smiled at the silhouette of Link momentarilly until she saw the red glowing eyes, a shadow of her self behind as it hovered over the real Link who was injured. It stepped in but the Knights went to atrack but it deflected their swords and stabbed them. It grabbed a Sheikah man and srabbed him, throwing him across the room. It mowed through them on its way to Zelda who was petriffied with fear.

Link came to his senses and saw Dark Zelda over him. He tried to get up but she kicked him down. He looked over and saw Dark Link swing his Sword at Zelda. He slashed Dark Zelda's left leg clean off, making her fall to thr ground and got up and fired his bow before Dark Zelda grabbed his leg and tripped him over. The arrow got Dark Link's sleave and pinned it to the wall. Link knew this only gave him a secind or two of a window so he fired the Beetle out.

It flew towards Dark Link as it was distracted by pulling the arrow out with its left hand. It pulled his right arm back ready to thrust the Sword into her, she flinched in anticipation. Instead of going forward its arm jerked upwards as the Beetle was set for the Dark Master Sword.

Dark Link struggled against the Beetle giving Zelda an oppertunity to escape out the room past him. Link turned and stabbed Dark Zelda in the face, cringing at the sight of his fake wife's face exploding with dark blood. He got up and threw about five bombs into the room and slammed the door shut. The blast echoes inside the metal walls with a blood curteling destorted scream of Link.

Link let out a sigh of relief and Zelda broke down sobbing as she grabbed Link and kissed him hard and cried into his chest.
"I thought the Dark Monster was going to kill me. It killed those protecting me". She sobbed as Link higged her tight.
"I thought it was going to kill you too. But I am sorry Zelda, I cant stay here. That black lighting..." he said but she nodded. She was quick to figure out what happened based on these two Dark Clones alone. "I love you" he said as he hook shot his way to the top of the stairs.

 

"Well look who got him self arrested" a voice came from the darkness. Toby sat up in his cell as the lanturn light illuminared the room.
"I wouldnt mock me Peatrice, you need me if you want to find out where the Triforce is" he smiled at her.
"You know where it is?" She asked him and he nodded.
"Not only do I know where it is, but I was inches away from touching it. Get me out of this cell and I'll tell you" he smirked but she smiled.
"You dont intend on keeping it a secret from me do you?" She frowned at him and his smile dropped.
"Of course not, we both want something and working solo didnt help me last time" he replied.

He was lying of course. The secind she opened the cell he was outta here. She couldnt stop him in a million years.
"Just how did you get an army of monsters on your side?" She asked, genuinly curious.
"Haha, it wasy when you know how. You know, Parellas are quite tasty too Molderachs it turns out. They'll do anything for a snack, for example dig you a big hole into Hyrule Castle. Just so happens I lead as many Bokobliks there with meat as I could. Once one turns up, more turn up. I hardly had to do anything once they were in the tunnel" he explained. Peatrice didnt know if any of that was true but she didnt care that much. What ever he did, her plan was better. "Now open up if you wanna know where it is"

She srepped forward.
"Well I have a little surprise of my own" she said as a Dark figure walked in next to her. "This Dark Clone of the prison guard even has a pair of keys. How handy" she said as the Guard opened the prison. Toby stepped out slowly, looking to the exit to see more Dark Soldiers there. "So. Where was the Triforce at again?" She smiled and he frowned....

 

Link didn't know where the Monsters came from or where these Dark Clones came from but the two could logically be related so Toby could be behind it. Regardless, Toby should have been effected by the Black Lightning so there will be a Dark Toby out there that knows of the Triforce. He sat ontop of the Sealed Temple. He just knew Toby would show up. Normal or Dark. He had thought about how the prison guards woulf have Dark Clones and they would have keys. The idea of checking the prison had crossed his mind but that would only waste time and leave the Triforce open.

He heard something behind him and turned in an instant, his suspecion correct, Dark Toby was here. Link was surprised that this Dark Clone didnt try and sneak up to the Triforce and he thought it was strange how it thought he could take Link on.... unless.....

He sliced its head off with ease and turned to see Peatrice of all people running towards the Goddess Statue. Link jumped down.
"STOP PEATRICE!" he shouted and to his surprise she did. She turned to face him and was startled by the arrow pointing at her face. "What ever you are thinking just go home" he shouted over.
"But Link!.... This will be for the greater good. You dont see it yet but you will be happy" she called over and Link shook his head.
"Stop it Peatrice. I don't know what Toby has saod to you but..."
"Toby had nothing to do with this. I am tje one that got that little Demon brat to summon those Dark Clones. The Monsters were all Toby though". She said proudly, all most like she somehow was above the use of Monsters.

"Why? Why would you do all this?" He asked her.
"For you Link. You love me and you just cant see it yet. You came to me everyday just to talk, you admitted that. We are perfect for each other. But as soon as the blonde bitch came back she stole you away!" She shouted in anger. Link chose to ignore the words she used against his wife but they still angered him.
"Zelda did not steal me away. I have loved her for as long as I remember. I never loved you. I came to get my items from you... it was what your service was. I said I came to talk to act polite. I thought you would have got over it after more than 20 years... heck, you should have got over this back when I explicitly told you when you stole my Diary!" He explained in disbelief.
"You are wrong Link. When I touch the Triforce, my wish will become reality" she said.
"What exactly do you think will happen?" He asked her and she smiled.

"Oh I know what will happen. I will touch it and I will wish for your love. Your Wife and Children will cease to exist and we will have our own Children together... I mean I dont hate those kids specifically but they are from her rotten core so its purification!" She sneered in jealousy.
"Peatrice... for one, when you touch the Trifocre of you dont have a balanced heart then it will seperate levaing you with the only the peice that most suits you..... which to be honest I cant think of any that most suit you. You are not Powerful, Smart or heck, coming out here isnt Courageous... its stupid" he said which stung her heart. "But secondly your wish wont come true. And finally, I will shoot you dead if you take another step forward" he told her bluntly, lookong her straight in the eyes.

She stood staring at him. No. She didnt believe her Link would shoot her. He was bluffing. She sharply turned around and ran for it. Suddenly a sharp pain jolted in her spine and she lost all control of her body and smashed hard against the ground. Link walked over to her and crouched next to her and turned her over.
"Why would you.... how could you.... I love you Link....."she sobbed in agony as she was loosing consciousness.
"Peatice, you threatened the world, but worse than that. You threatend my family, my kids. Nothing in this Universe would ever make me turn my back on my family" he said to her in pitty and anger at her sad life. The life that she felt drain away from her....

Chapter 16: Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 15 - Dark Interlopers

Summary:

The end of the conflict and the recovery of the land.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The fighting persisted after Peatice was dead. Link had hoped that she would act as a key but saddly not. He didn't know what she meant by "Demon brat". He just hoped they could win this fight. Link looked into the chaos and saw Dark Clones of his friends lying dead alongside fellow Knights. Pipit and Karane were battling back to back and Cawlin and Stritch were somehow still alive. He had checked the dungeon and found Toby dead, assumably after the told Peatrice of the Triforce. Link jumped down to join the choas. But that when everything slowed down.....

Well.... thats when everything slowed down from Rauru and Grooses point of veiw. The whole universe came to a crawl. The only ones not frozen were Groose, Rauru and the three daughters that joined them, Urbosla, Jeen and Kyla. Rauru has described what they would be making, a Mirror that reflected onto a stone wall which would lead to a realm between realms. Groose never understood the lagistics but figured he wouldnt need to if he just got on with it and followed instructions.

The group of five worked away for eight days, over that time Jeen had been watching a small bug run across a wall and get no further than about the distance of her arm. Finally the mirror was complete.
"Okay. Groose, I am going to go now. On my mark, step onto that circular spot. Got it?" Rauru said to him but he shrugged.
"I guess. But what will your mark be?" He asked but Rauru smiled.
"You'll see it" he said as he transformed into an Owl in front of his eyes and flew off. As he took off the blue time sphere followed him and in a moments notice, Groose was moving as slow as the Universe.

 

He flew across the sky. There were secrets amoung the elders of Hyrule that where unknown to Link and even Zelda. Rauru had discussed many plans with Lady Impa, most of which happened telepathically.

She was in her old home with some fellow Sheikah, Zelda's family and varying wounded or those not equiped to fight. Impa knew what would happen when Rauru turned up but no one else was clued in. Impa stepped out of the building and walked off to the Sheikah grave yard. She pulled out and blue Ocarina and sat in a tree stump.

Suddenly she saw something fly towarss her at a tremendous speed and before she cpuld even think about moving she was submerged by a blue energy and a familiar Owl glided down. It looked at her and trnasformed. "Hello Lady Impa" Rauru said to her as she smiled.
"I trust the Mirror is complete" she said confidently and he nodded
"Now its your cue" he said to her and she pulled the Ocarina to her lips and played a magestic tune. As the song came to an end, yellow lights surrounded them and they were standing in the Sealed Temple.
"This song is called the Prelude of Light. My ancestor Impa, the one who knew our Queen and helped her on the quest creeated it. There is also five other melodies that transport and individual to specified locations. One of which is the old Temple of Time, exactly where you constructed the Mirror" she smiled.

They walked out the Temple, the blue time sphere still formed around them. They made it to the wall of the Castle where they could see the entire conflict. Link was plunging his Sword into a Dark Knight in extra slow motion.
"So can you focus on which ones yoh teleport?" Rauru asked, not entirely sure how she would pull this off.
"Yeah, but this is gonna take a lot of energy" she said as she begun playing a melody.

Rauru watched as orange lights started appearing around the Dark Clones, even the dead ones. Impa nodded at Rauru as he placed his hand in his pocket and turned the dial in the Timeshift Distorter down.

The blue sphere around them vanished and time seemed to speed up around them. Link blunged his Sword into a Knight just as it vanished in front of him. They were gone. All of them. Gone in a blink of an eye and the whole Castle looked around in confusion.

Groose was reaching in the air after the Owl who was long gone. But suddenly he heard a tune. He knew that was his cue as he ran and stepped on the circular space. The mirror activated and shone upon the rocky wall. Suddently Shadowy figures with red eyes began falling from thin air, landing in the Mirrors path and then disolving into black square before being pulled into the reflection. Thousands were falling, Groose has no idea what was going on but hoped he was doing all correctly. They eventually stopped falling and he stepped off the space as the Mirror died down.
"What the hell was that?" Kyla asked but her Dad didnt respond. Mainly because he had no answer.

 

Everyone looked around in confusion, the fight was over but no one was willing to let their guards down. Link looked up at the wall where Rauru was supporting Impa's weight. He claw shot up to them.
"What.... what happened? What are you doing here Impa?" He asked in confusion.
"Well....." she paused and looked at him. "Put simply those Dark Clones have been sealed away in a little project me Rauru worked on" she smirked and Link ley out a sight and fell backwards to rest.
"With abut of help from Groose" Rauru remarked making Link sit back up.
"Erm.... what?" He asked in surprise.
"Haha, go and fetch the Queen along so we dont have to explain this twice" he said and Link nodded in understanding.

He stood up.
"The Battle is over! Our responsibility now is to care for our wounded!" He shouted to a cheer. The cheer quickly died down as eveyone got busy.

 

Link and Zelda sat on rather uncomfortable benches in the sealed temple as Rauru and Impa explained everything to them.
"The one thing non of us know is who this Demon is that Peatrice spoke of." Link said looking up at Rauru.
"I am not sure but I have thought of a plan to keep the Triforce safe" he said as he looked out to the Goddess Statue. "First of all, I suggest that we move the Castle and Castle Town to the centre of Hyrule" he started with already confused looks. "Hear me out. The Goddess Statue was built here on the surface world before Demise rose up and was used to rise the land into the Sky to create Skyloft. I believe that Zelda could use her devine powers to pray at the Statue allowing her to move the land" he explained.

"Okay. Okay. Slow down. Lets just for a second assume Zelda can do this. Why? Why would we want to move what we have built?" Link questioned in doubt of this plan.
"Because I feel like Hyrule's Headquarters should be in the Centre of Hyrule, alowing trade to run smoother and for the races to come and go with more ease. But this isnt my only thought. We should also hide the Goddess Statue after the fact so no one can destroy it and on this ground I will build a new Temple. I will build a new Temple of Time. I will hide the Triforce deep withnin it, deep in several layers. No one should be able to even come close again" he exained.

Link was the only one not following.
"I believe our Princess can pull this off. What do you say your Highness?" Impa asked. She sat and thought about it.
"I'll give it ago" she said with uptamisim and Link sighed.
"Well I guess I am the only sane one around here but sure, if you are all in then I am too" he smiled as they all stood up.

 

She stood before the Trifoce and prayed. Young Zelda watched, her Mother knew the devine powers would awaken in her female decendents so she instructed her to pay attention. They were there a while with nothing happening, Link sat atop the Statue slightly cynical about the whole thing but suddenlt the ground began to glow.

Link held on and looked down and too his shock the Isle of the Goddess, along with the Sealed Temple were lifting up into the air. They were going higher and higher and higher. Link didnt know how high they would go but he had a thought. He used his Sail cloth to sail down, meeting the ground quicker as it rose. He stepped inside, grabbing his Daughters arm and pulling her outside.

"This is where I grew up" he told her as some small Islands were still floating in the Sky. "That there is Pumpkin Island. Kina used to have her Soup shop there" he said reminising.
"Its beautiful" she said in awe. "Mother is really lifting us up high. She told me not to break her cincentration but I wish she could see this" she said but Link laughed.
"As I said, we grew up here, she has seen it before" he said as they walked inside the Statue.

The Goddess Statue had stopped rising and was instead moving. Link had lost track of which way was North so he couldnt be sure where they were going but it was out deep. Outside the explored regions of the Surface World. After hours the isle stoped suddenly causing Link to trip. The isle began lowering its self to the surface, after a while it was apparent they were drifting down into a canyon where they stopped.

Link entered the chamber and put his hand on the back of his wife, she was clearly out of breath. "Are you alright?" He asked in concern and she smiled.
"Yeah, I am fine. Just out of breath. It takes a lot of energy to move chunks of land" she said as she higged him.
"So I can do that?" Their Daughter asked in astonishment and Zelda nodded.
"Yes. I mean, hopefully you will never have to but you need to pass this onto Aryll when she is of age, one day, no one knows when, Demise's curse will rise up to fight us. Our ancestors decendants will have to stop it along with the Goddess's chosen Hero". She explained as their daughter looked at Link.
"But aren't you the Legendary Hero?" She asked her Dad but he shook his head.
"This time I was, but it will be a reincarnation of my spirit. I think I am a reincarnation of the Hero who helped the Goddess herself. But it wasnt... me" he smiled at her.
"We have a weird family" she smiled and they all laughed.

 

"I promised you didn't I?" Karane said to her husband as she pushed him against the stony wall of one of the Castles quarters.
"You did, but you dont need to remind me" he said as they were both pulling off their clothes. It wasnt long before they were both naked and he was pulling her down ontop of him. He lined himself up with her enterance before she leaned back onto him. "Oh, I fucking love you Karane" he moaned as she smirked, riding him.
"Then prove it to me and make me beg for more!" She exclaimed. Pipit accepted this challenge, he flipped her over onto her font and lined up behind her and shoved his penis into her wet folds. "YES! PIPIT!" she screamed as he thrust from behind. He pushed her backeards and forwards, her breast rocking with the force.

After a while of this he pulled out and rolled her onto her back and shoved it back inside her. She wrapped her legs around him and they bothwere close.
"Karane I...." he groaned as she kissed him.
"Not before me you dont" she blissfully told him. He stroked her clit. "AHHH!" was all she let out before her walls tightened on him like a vice. This made him loose all control and he shot into her.

As they calmed from their orgasmic high she turned to him. "I hope I dont get pregnant. I cant raise another child at this age" she said to him.
"I'm sorry, you made me go crazy" he said as theg both laughed.

 

"I think I am ready to go again" Zelda said after her break. She stood infront of the Triforce again and began praying. Link and his Daughter knew it would take some time and decided to hive her privacy to focus. She was moving their home land to the centre of the land, as such, Link had no grasp on her progress and had to trust Zelda knew what she was doing.
"Where is this place?" The young Girl asked as Link looked around.
"I dunno. Some canyon somewhere. I think we are the first people in history to arive here. Exciting isnt it? Wanna explore?" He said smiling to her and she grinned. "Dont ever tell your Mother I did this" he said as he grabbed her around the waist and clawshot high up.

She screamed in shock and excitment as they zoomed through the air. Before they reached the top her used his other clawshot to swing them along. Eventually he stopped and landed on the top of the canyon. Her hair was all over the place and she was out of breath. She burst out laughing. "Also never tell Ravio about this. He will never stop asking for ago" he said lying back on the grass, she soon joined him.
"That was the most exhillerating thing I have ever done... so you used these in your quest?" She asked picking on up but Link sat up.
"Yes and be careful!" He warned her " I dont want you get yanked off down a canyon he told her and she smiled ay him.
"You realise I am not a kid anymore Dad" she told him and he leaned into her and put an arm around her.
"Youre still my kid. When Aryll is in her 20's, you'll still talk to her the same way. I dont need to tell you this but you are never gonna stop having that worry deep inside you everytime you child does.... anything" he said and she did already know this. "There is nothing I love more than you kids and your Mother. That was all I was thinking about while fighting those monsters" he told her and she felt sad.
"It wasnt just you worrying" she said and he hugged her.

He knew that and this conversation took a depressing turn so he stood up.
"Wanna see what its like gliding down a canyon with the sailcloth?" He aksed and she jumped up in excitment.
"You bet I do!" She beamed and he laighed.
"Not a kid anymore huh?" He joked and hit him lightly on the arm.
"HAR, HAR"...

 

The ground begun shaking. Zelda had told the citezens of Castle Town what was going to happen, she told them she would be mobing the land. Maybe they didnt belive her or maybe they were starting to get used too problems but regardless of what they thought, they panicked when the ground shook and rose from the ground. Pipit had forgot all about it and fell of the edge of his bed still completly naked and Orielle, with great care showed the citezens that were born on the surface what the skies looked like.

Eventually the land arived at its new resting place some missed the forests, the Kikwi stayed back in Faron Woods but Orielle promised she would visit every week and was going to try and convince Fledge to move out, close to the woods.

 

"Well I would say I'll lead the way but I litterally no idea where you placed out home" Link announced to them as he finished claw shoting his way out from the Canyon with his Wife then Daughter.
"Don't worry. I know where it is" she told them but frowned. "But do we have to walk all the way?" She asked in concern. Link smirked and then let out a loud whistle. Two Horses ran towards them before stopping.
"Nah. You think me and Zel where just having a laugh while you moved a landmass? We were busy taming these!" He said proudly.
"This one is mine! She is called Fi.. you know after Dad's definitly, 100% not imaginary sword friend" the young girl sarcastically joked but Zelda frowned.
"Is this not dangerous?" She asked and Link smirked at her.
"Well... I mean a bit... but like.... are you serious?" He said before picking her up and helping on the Horse with no warning. He had a point. She had been nearly sacrificed to a Demon King, nearly killed by a Shadow version of her Husband and to top it all off she had just moved an entire two solid chunks of ground that she blindly assumed would work. She was pretty sure the Horsea wouldnt be an issue, even though Link did know she was concerned about her Daughter.

"Lets go then!" Link called as he jumped on the back of the Horse with his Wife as they rode off. "Just so you know. When we get home, we are gonna have a great time" he seductibely whisperednin her ear, making her slightly damp thinking about it. Although their Daughter never heard this, she was thinking the same thing about Richard.

 

It took a full day but Link and Zelda finally returned home. All the expected events took place. Their families ambushed them with hugs and kisses, people cheered, everyone was eager to tell their stories and ask what happend but Link was just glad everything didnt fall to shit in their absence. As the days roled on things slowly returned to normal. Services for falled comrades were placed and structures were rebuilt everything was in good hands except for the ground where the sealed Temple once stood. The Master Sword was in its pedestal, sitting in the open. Link knew no one could pull it out other than him hut he still did not like it just sitting there.

"I have a plan for this you know, aplan I have litterally just gone over with your Wife" a voice came from behind Link. He turned to see Rauru walking towards it.
"Which is what?" He asked, getting straight to the point.
"Welp using Impa's Timeshift Distorter I managed to spend a week constructing the Mirror of Twilight but to everyone elseit was just seconds. I could build a multi-layerd Temple here. I could build a Temple here and hidden in that Temple, a Temple of Light, and within that Temple I could hide a Sacred Realm, somewhere to hide the Triforce. The key to all of this could be the Master Sword, which we will hide behind a stone door that can only be opened with three keys and Impa's Ocarina. We should call it the Temple of Time" he explained to Link. He picked up on a lot more than Groose did.

"I like it a lot. So this will take how long?" He asked and Rauru smiled. "I dunno. A month? Maybe two?" He said unsure and Link looked at him seriously.
"And how long for you?" He said and Rauru looked away.
"Well... I guess years. Quite a long time" he said deliberatly avoiding the question as much as he could but Link picked up on that.
"Rauru." He sternly said and he looked back up.
"Probably most my life but this is what I want. I am in service to Hyrule and its protection" he said knowing Link would protest.
"Sorry, I cant let you do this. I cant let your whole life go into this while you will be alone" he said but Rauru shook his head.
"Link, I am the only one who you can trust to do this. And besideds. I can turn the device off when ever I want" he said.

Link sighed.
"You've already convinced Zelda havent you? You have hear this once already." Link stated and Rauru nodded.
"Yes. I got the go ahead, but before I forget... you know after a few decades" he said changing the subject " Groose wants your help... more your permision on something. Basically he has kids, like... like a lot of them. All Girls and he wants some men send over to you know? Reproduce with" he said and Link was a bit taken back.
"I mean its not reallt my place to order people out to the Desert to fuck some Desert Girls but I will but I will fly the option out there if there are any takers" he said scratching his head.

 

Rauru got to work on the Temple of Time, some watched him for hours. He looked like a Timelapse, constructing the Temple with notable progress. Link hadnt had the chance to rest at all since he got home, until tonight. He got to his room and Zelda was standing by the window. He walked over to her and stood behind her.
"We have the night to ourselves" he said into her ear and she turned to kiss him. "Thats what I want to hear" she said as he pushed into the kiss.

Link hadn't felt this horny in a long time. He grabbed her breasts and began peeling off her Night gown. He loved it where she wore little to nothing underneath as she was already in the underwear. He pressed against her, his bulge pusbing against her making her legs squrim. Zelda grabbed his hat and threw it across the room and pulled off the straps that held his weapons and quickly focused on his belt.

He grabbed her hands and pushed them against the wall before letting to to kiss her. He began undooing his belt and pulled it off quicker than she would have. He broke the kiss to pull his tunic and remaining clothes off. He pulled down his pants and boxers in one letting his erection spring out. He looked up to see her completly naked and ready.

He grabbed her hand and pulled her towards him and pushed her onto the bed. "I like it when you are in charge" she says to him.
"Well.. let me be of service" he replies, pulling her legs apart and pushing his hard penis into her core. He went in slowly, letting her feel the pleasure of his huge penis sliding into her tight, wet pussy.
"Oh.. Link!" She explaimed, gripping he bed sheets in support. "I needed this" she tells him as he pulls in and back out again. He grabbed her breasts and linked them before kissing her deeply again.

She wraps her legs around his waste and he speeds up. She flips him over and presses her beautiful boobs onto his cheast. He leans up and she leans back, his dick still deep inside her. She supports her self with her arms behind her and he grabbs her waist before he starts rocking her hips and she thrusts her self on and off him.

They both cry out in bliss, their bodies dripping with sweat as they go on in different possitions for what feels like eternity. Link was surprised that this is the longest they have lasted, and they arnt exactly as young as they used to be.

But all good things come to an end and as Zelda rides atop Link, arms and legs wrapped titly around him and jerking her body upwards she cant help her self. "This, this.... oh yeah! This is it Link!" She moans as he continues his upwards thrust.
"I know Zelda.... me too. Ah. ZELDA! AHH. AHH" he groans as he she moans one last time before he shoots his cum right into her, filling her up for the first time in years.

They collapsed next to each other in bliss. "I love you so much. I dont know where this lust came from" he said to her and she looked at hin seductively.
"Well when I was moving the land I felt a connection with Hylia... I dont know what it was exactly but I think she left me some of her more.... selfish powers." She told him but he was confused.
"What do you mean?" He asked and she kissed him deeply and lay ontop of him.
"I think she gave me the power to make us both last longer and have more orgasmic sex" she said as his penis hardened up again. "Either that or we were both just very desperate" she smiled as she began riding him again.

Notes:

There is 100% only going to be one more chapter on Skyward Sword, irs already wrote.

Chapter 17: Skyward Sword Aftermath Epilogue - Era of Peace

Summary:

The Conclusion of the Skyward Sword Aftermath Arc.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Zelda stood atop a balcony that oversaw the courtyard. Most of Hyrule Town gathered her to hear her... request? Offer? She wasnt sure how she should word it. She opened took a deep breath.
"Thank you all for coming! I'll get down to it. Groose, someone that many of you know, many know off and many probably know nothing of was once one of us. He lived alongside us all in Skyloft and he was.... he was a unique personality" Zelda knew she was already loosing some favor as Groose was never eaxactly popular. "He left us to live in peace with Janka in the Lanayru Desert. Now he has many Daughters and obviously no one else lives there so he requested any willing men to travel over to the Desert and.... help with the population problem" she explained, going bright red towards the end. She hoped everyone understood and the silence perhaps indicated that.

"Any volunteers can wait in the courtroom, everyone else is dismissed" she continued, getting this akward speech over with. She stepped back into the Castle ready to head down stair before Link Jr stepped infront of her..
"I wanna go" he said and she looked puzzled.
"Go where?" She asked and he waved his ha ds around.
"To the Desert... not to like... you know?.... But like to guide them there. Yes you will say its dangerous and yes you have someone but I want to prove I can handle this kind of thing. I have had combat training with Dad and I can handle my self. So pleaaaase." He begged and Zelda was worried.
"I dunno. It is dangerous but you are not just protecting yourself, you are asking to protect all of them" she said to him.
"How about I go with who ever was going to escort them there. It will be good experience. I am 18, you and Dad did crazier things at this age" he said and she frowned.
"Okay, okay. Only if Fledge agrees. If not its a no go. Okay?" She says and he jumps in the air and wraps his arms around his Mother.
"Thank you!" He shouts as she sighes and continues on.

 

Zelda went down to the courtyard to see how many volunteers there was, the answer was more than she expected. Mainly young men but some older guys too. She cleared her throught.
"If you are here you are volunteering to and live in the Lanayru Desert and help populate it with new blood" she said to them still a little embarassed about the words coming from her mouth. "Fledge will be leading you all there with my Son, Link Jr. After you have arrived they will return home and you can start yout new lives. You will always be permitted entery back into our walls but you ahould be sure this is the right choice for you before you head out. Is that understood?" She asked to the crowd and they nodded.

 

It didnt take as long as expected to arrive at the enterance to the Valley, maybe half a day. Their horses rode in with Fledge and Link Jr in the lead. Eventually they came to a bridge where a Woman with her legs hanging over the edge of the valley sat.
"You must be the guys! Hey everyone! The men are here!" The red headed Girl shouted. Before long the men riding into their campaire were surounded by Women.

Groose walked over to them and smiled.
"Well, well, well if it isn't Fledge. Havent you changed" he smiled looking at his more muscular body and Fledge jumped off his Horse.
"Its been a while, we all have. This is Link and Zelda's Son, Link Jr. We are not here to stay, we are guiding these here and will be heading home" he said but Groose walked over to the Young Man who joined Fledge.
"I dont think yoh had to tell me who he is, he is the spitting image of his Father. I am sure I need no introduction, I am sure you have heard stories of the grest Groose!" He boldly stated. Link Jr stared at the man. He had heard stories, he had known Groose was an unusual character, people always talked about him like he was something else, good or bad was up to interpretation. But from what he could gather, Groose certainly didnt disapoint.

"You're right. I have heard a lot about you. How you made a badass catapult and fired it into a big Demon Monster" he said, playing into Groose's ego which worked like a charm.
"HA. I like you. Come on. I know you two aren't staying but you can at least stop the night" Groose said to them. Fledge and Link Jr looked at each other and shrugged. Why not stay the night at least.

 

As they got unpacked and the Men were quick to start conversations a Young Woman approached Link Jr.
"So. You not staying?" She asked him with his hands in her hips. Link Jr turned around to see a tanned Girl like the rest of them with her hair in a pony tail and wore a single peice of cloth around her fairly large breasts. Her pants were baggy and she had a simitar on her belt. Link Jr had never seen someone so beautiful before.

"I... erm.. no. I have to go back home. I am Link Jr. Whats your name" he asked holding his hand out. She grabbed it and shook it.
"The names Kyla. So Link Jr huh? Does that not like imply you are the Son of Link?" She asked him but he smiled.
"Yeah.. I am. I am the Son of the Queen and Link." He scratched the back of his head.
"So you are a Prince. Thats cool. Guess thats why you cant stay. Shame. I think your cute" she winked at him and he lit up bright red.
"Uhh. Yeah. I have to go home. But thanks. I think you are.... you know. Great. You look good.... Can you not come with me?" He rambled and she giggled, sitting her self down on a rock.

"I dont think so no. I mean... maybe. I have never though about leaving the Desert. It is my home. My whole family is here. But in different circumstances. Maybe we could have been a thing" she smiled to him.

 

Link Jr tosses and turns all night. The desert was supposed to be hot but the night was bitter cold. He head the zip of his tent open up and sat to see who it was.
"Kyla! What are you doing and.. how can you... how can you dress like that in this bitter cold?" He askes her but she walks over to him while shrugging.
"I dunno. Use to it I suppose. Want me to warm you up?" She smiled at him as he went bright red.
"I mean.... sure" he responded with some nervousness in his voice as he didnt know what she planned.

She sat on his lap and he instantly got turned on, he hoped she didnt feel it but she did.
"I dont have much experience in this area so you are going to have to show me how it works" she seductively said before closing the gap between them. She kissed him inrensely but he didnt know how to react. He enjoyed it but knew he shouldnt be doing this. He put this arms on her back and gave in to his impulses and kissed her back with passion.

He pulls her down ontop of him and grabs her breasts through the cloth. She liked how it felt and smiled. "Want to see them?" She asked and he grinned in excitment. She pulled it over her head and the round breasts popped out.
"Oh my. You are soooo. Sooo Gorgeous" he said in awe as he started groping them, playing with her nipples with his thumb.
"I wanna see yours" she said. He was slightly nervous but began pulling his pants down as she worked on his top. She felt his erection against her leg and crawled back to see it.

She started playing with it, not in a way to arouse him but more to see what a penis was like. This aroused him regardless and her groaned when he stroked it. She smiled and she put it in her mouth and began sucking. She put her hands down her own pants and began playing with her clit, something she had done before.
"Kyla. I'm gonna cum if you dont stop" he warned her but she smiled.
"Dont you want that?" She asked, stopping only to ask.
"Not if you want me to do more" he moaned and she stopped.

She got the idea and pulled her pants down in a hurry.
"I want you to fuck me" she said as she lay on her back. He knealt in front of her, parted her legs and possitioned him self. Neither had done this before but Kyla had the idea that all the mainland Hylians had experience with sex.

He slowly pushed into her, reaching her barrier and kissing her as he pushed through it. He felt her tense up and grip his arms tight. He bagan moving more as he was all the way in but moved out quickly so she would feep less pain.
"Oh Kyla... you are so hot" he moaned finally and she gasped a moan.
"You too. This feels sooooo.... Agghhh!" She moaned into him. He grabbed her breasts that he was fond of and began thrusting his hips faster.

She rolled ontop of him and began rolling her hips on him. He was mesmorised by this sight. She was a thin, curvy, fit woman with nice round boobs and the way she rode him was the sexiest thing he had ever seen. He grabbed her hips and helped. "Ah. Ah. Ah. YES... YESSSS!" She moaned as she felt her climax coming. Her walls tightened around him and he felt the liquids on his dick, allowing him to slip in and out quicker.
"Kyla I'm gonaa!" He says but she covers his mouth with her hand as she is screaming in pleasure from her climax. "CUM IN ME. FILL ME WITH YOUR ROYAL SEED!" she screams and he doesnt have a choice as he uncontrollably shoots his cum inside her. His dick spasming as she continues to thrust upon him.

"Ooh woow" she panted ontop of him. "Thats what I have been missing all this time?" She says smiling before leaning in to cuddle with Link Jr.

 

He wakes up in the morning with Kyla's naked body wrapped around him. He feels bad. He knows he cant stay, but what if she is pregnant? Oh he fucked up. He should never have done this. He sits up, finding his pants and putting them on. "Leaving so soon?" She asks as she wrappes her arms around him, her boobs pressed against his back.
"I think I made a mistake. I cant stsy here with you. Yoh cant come with me but what if I got you pregnant?" He askes in concern.

She understands this concern but doesnt want to ruin his life.
"Dont worry, there is a potion Mother brews that stops us getting pregnant. I had some before I came to you" she tells him and he sighs a big sigh of relief. He turns ans kisses her.
"I have to go but I really wish we could have been together. If you ever decide you wanna live in Hyrule with me, the invertaion is open" he tells her and she smiles.
"Thank you for the fun night" she says as he leaves the tent. "How gullable can one man be?" She thinks to her self after her pregnancy potion lie.

Early in the morning Fledge and Link Jr ride out home, leaving the satisfied men with thier new lovers, if they were anything like what Link Jr experienced, they were all something else.

 

As the years roll on all seems peaceful. Rauru finished contructing the Temple of Time and the Temple of Light and sealed him self away with the Triforce. He had aged a lot but he didnt mind. He felt like he had aged before.

In ten years since the uprising little Aryll was a 10 year old girl with a little Brother named Adam. Link Jr had a boy with Kina and Keet's Daughter and unknowingly has a Gerudo Daughter out in the Desert. Ravio and Ella remain friends, friends with a Daughter as they experimented with each other and now have a 6 year old. The Gerudo population grew but all Women, no one knew why but the Gerudo Women started frequently coming to Hyrule for men to court. They did it with ease as they practiced methods of seduction.

But amounst the light and happiness in the land there was always going to be Darkness. Young Boartreax had a taste of power all those years back, but as his teenage hormones kicked in, he felt the desire for power more and more. He meditated in the cave and one day he snapped.

Boartreax no longer resembled a Teenage kid, he was nowa hulking Red Boar. He burst out of the ground and started rampaging. It didnt take long for Knights to alert alarms but Boatreax did not care. He stormed towars his former home. Kukiele stepped outside her home with Batreaux and held her arms out in front of the Monster.
"Stop Boartreax! I know you are angry and I know you have never loved me but dont hurt us, your family and dont hurt your self. We still love you" she pleaded in tears.
"Mother! Move aside. I have no gripe with you. Its him I want!" He said pointing at his Father. "If you had told me from the start. If you hadnt tried to keep the Demon inside of me hidden then non of this would have happened!" He said stepping towards the former Demon.

"Enough!"a voice called. Link was standing there, Zelda behind him. He was a fair bit older than he was in his prime but still a threat to the Demon. "You know we have had out eyes on you for a while. About ten years. We always wondered who the 'demon brat'was that Peatrice talked about. We could bever come up with an answer really until the Shiekah noticed you going in and out of that cave a lot." Link said cockilly as the beast grew more angry. "We decided that since you were 5 at the time, we would let is slide. As long as you were not a threat to anyone, you wpuld be left alone. But this is no longer the case, so we are giving you two options. Number one, you come calmly with us and you serve a small sentence. But your secind option is I take you down right here" he said.

It stood there thinking. Thinking about its next move, not necessarily mulling over the options given. It suddenly charged forward at Link and he bashed its skull with his sheild. The beast that was several feet taller than Link went crashing to the side. Link ran around its back and used his whips on its arms, trying to restrain it. But to no use. It pulled Link forward and headbutted him into a wagon.

"LINK!" Zelda screamed but making the beast turn its attention to her. It charged at her but she stood her ground. As it would have made impact a green crytal like shape appeared around her and she teleported onto the other side of the monster. She helped Link up and it charged again. Zelda moved out the way and Link ran towards it, slid underneath its chin ans thrust his sword upwards into its jaw, partially into his head. Link lost grip of his Sword but the Beast staggered.
"Now Zelda!" He called and she held her hands out into a triangle shape and a golden light circled the beast. The orb of light obscured any sight of the beast and after a few seconds it pushed downwards into the ground before before completly passing through the ground, gone from veiw.

"My Son!" Kukielle cried on the spot he was last standing. "Where did I fail?" She sobbed in anguish. Zelda leant next to her.
"I am so, so sorry" she said in genuine guilt and Kukielle gripped her in a hug.
"No your Highness. You did what you must. You save my husband.... but why did he turn out this way?" She asked not expecting an answer.
"I dont know, but if you ever need anything, all you need to do is ask". She said.

Link and Zelda left the scene with the Knights that stood by as back up. They had caused quite an uproar but unknown to Link, it would be the last fight he fought.

He lived long long life and acomplished many great things, but eventually The Hero of the Skies time in this world came to an end at the old of 98. His loving wife, kids, grandkids and even great grandchildren mourned his passing, as did the whole of Hyrule. Little did they know intwo years time they would repeat it all agiain when Zelda, first Queen of Hyrule passed away at the age of 100. She was layed to rest next to Link in the Royal Grave sight of Kakariko Village.

As time came to corrinate the next ruler of Hyrule, Zelda II, first Daughter of Link and Zelda passed on her oppertunity as she was old in age and passed the title onto her Grand Daughter who was 40 years old, much more suited to hold the throne of Hyrule. She was corrinated as Queen Zelda IV of Hyrule, Second Monarch of Hyrule. And the land continued its steady life of peace.

Notes:

Finally finished this arc of a series I plan to continue. Dunno if many people are reading this or not, but I wanna do it so I am gonna continue. If anyone is reading I would love for some constructive critisism so I can improve. Next up is a short story before we get into The Minish Cap. That story wont be as long as this, but just wait until I get to Ocarina of Time... I have a lot planned for that. Hope I can go that long and hope it doesnt take a year to get there.

Chapter 18: The Legend of the Hero of Men

Summary:

The Legend of the Hero of Men and his heroic battle to save the land.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A long, long time ago... when the world was on the verge of being swallowd by shadow.... The tiny Picori appeared from the sky, bringing the Hero of Men a sword and a golden light. With wisdom and courage, the hero drove out the darkness. When peace and been restored, the people enshrined the blade with care.... And the force of the Golden Light , embodied in Hyrule's Princess , shone fourth upon the Land....

That is the Legend of the Hero of Men, not a lot was known about this Legendary Hero but the story of what happend should have been remembered....

Link was sleeping as usual. He was a Young Boy, only 13 and has a growing teenage boy he needed a lot of sleep. He lived with his Uncle who was a respected Black Smith, respected enough for the King to have his own Sword fordged by him.

"LINK! Get up now!" His Uncle shouted from down stairs, instantly waking Link up. He groaned and climbed out of bed. He put on his green tunic and went down stairs. "We have to take the King his Sword this day , How do you expect to make a good impression with a bed head like that?" He said in a growl. Link thought for a second
"My good charms" He said cockily before his Uncle grabbed his arm and pulled him out the door.

They made their way across Hyrule feild towards Hyrule Town suddenly they felt a tremor beneath the ground causing Link to stumble. There was quiet afterwards and after a few seconds the two began to laugh
"Its rare to get a Earthquake in Hyrule" his Uncle said with a laugh, with the sword clutched in his hand. They continued walking into the town. The town was always lively and full of energy which sharply contrated the country where Link lived. There was shops and houses and people selling things in the streets. The two went straight down the center, heading for the Castle, it was Link that kept looking arround at all the things for sale.

They were walking up some stone steps when the ground began to rumble again but way more violently. Things stsrted to fall over, the rattling causing the bell above the stone steps to ring out. Suddenly the ground in front of the enterence cracked and a Giant Red Boar Monster dived out of it with a roar. The people started running and screaming as it started thrashing about. Black and purple clouds pouring from it.

Link saw some people cornered by it.
"Go to the Castle, and warn them." He sternly said to his Uncle.
"But what abou-" his Uncle was about to say before being cut of.
"GO!" He interupted forcing his Uncle to do as he was told. Link ran trough town towards the beast, the opposite direction to everyone else. He jumped on a crate and pulled him self up onto the roof af a house. He pulled out a flag pole from the room with the flag still inside it and held it like a two handed sword.

"Hey! Pig Boy!" He shouted to the Red Boar that was about to crush a family of people before it turned around to Link. He dived off the House and drove the spike of the flag into its side whilst keeping a hold. The Boar roared and stumbled, alowing the family to escape. Link struggled to keep a hold but managed until the flag pole came out of the beast with him. It looked down at him and then sent its dark cloudes to attack him as it charged off towards the Castle.

Link hit as many of the clouds as he could with the flag but they were two fast and small to swing the heavy pole around effectively. He decided to bale and ran towards the Boar again. Some soldiers with spears were pointing them at the Monster but some were shaking in fear. It breathed out a Black Cloudy gas that disolved the men or burned them. The Monster was about to breathe it again but Link stepped in front of the Man and jabbed the pole into its nose. "GO!" He shouted as the soldiers cowered out of the town.

The Boar had enough and went to eat Link but he grabbed the pole horizontally and used it to block its mouth. It swiped at Link causing him to fall back. He had a big claw mark across his chest but managed to stand up. He ran past it and grabbed a rope that was hanging from someones house and pulled it down and attached it to the flag pole and ran to the hole it came from. He used the flag pole as a javalin and threw it into the beasts back. He ran to a stall that had been knocked over and picked up a Boomerang and threw it towards the bell above the stairs. It hit the chain attacking it causing the bell to fall with a mighty thud and roll towards him. He attached the other end of the rope to the bell as it rolled and he then gave it an extra push down the hole. It didnt take long for gravity to take its course and the weight of the bell was heavy enough to pull the Beast backwards. It clawed at the ground to stop its sepf being pulled down but there was nothing the beast could do but fall down the hole it came from.

Link fell backwards and took a few breaths in the now empty and quiet town. The silence was quickly halted by the gushing of black and purple clouds that spewed from the hole and went errupted into the sky, turning the sky to the same dark and purple. Link stepped away from the hole and decided the best course of action was to warn the royal family of this. Surely there will be someone more quiped to deal with this than him, he was just a 13 year old Boy.

He ran into the Castle Courtyard where the population of Hyrule Town had fled. A woman pointed at Link and shouted
"Thats him. Thats the Boy that saved me and my family". Link was a bit shocked to hear this realising that he didnt even acknowledge the faces of the family before he saved them. He saw the crowd turn to him and his Uncle run towards him amd give a huge hug.
"What possessed you? You stupid boy" he said gripping him tightly.
"Well I thought I could do something and naturally I thought other people would help out too... but they didnt" he said as his Uncle released him. His Unlce then smiled
"The King wants to see you" he said grinning and Link returned the grin
"Good I want to see him too, those Black Clouds certainly arnt a good thing and between you and me...." he leaned closer "...the beast isnt actually dead" he whispered.
"THE BEAST ISNT ACTUALLY DEAD!" He exclaims in surprise. There is a silence in the air as everyone is now looking at Link. Panic errupts in the crowd and Link gives his Uncle a frown.
"See what you did." He says as they walk on towards the Castle.

Link follows his Uncle through the doors who him self is following some guards. They approach the King's Throne and Link looks up in awe, not at the King, but at the Young Girl about his age that was dressed in regal gear. Link wasnt stupid, this was obviously Princess Zelda but he had never seen her or the King in person before.

"I saw your heroic deeds young lad. What is your name boy" the King spoke in a deep voice. Link found him self slightly indimedated and nervous, more than he did fighting the monster.
"My, my name is Link". He said looking up.
"Well Link, you held back the Monster putting your self in harms way and saved several people. I am truly impressed" he said looking down at the boy who clearly wanted to say something. "Go ahead Link. Say what is on your mind" this threw Link off, he wasnt expecting to be able to be so open. He took a deep breath
"That thing is still alive. I tied it to the bell in town and threw it into the hole it came from but it is probably still alive. I dont know how long we have before it climbs back out. On top of that, it spewed out black and purple smoke that has plunged Hyrule into Darkness. I dont know what it is but it cant be good". He said looking at the King.

"Thank you for this Link, I will talk to some of my most trusted advisors right away whilst Zelda takes you to get your wounds healed" he said as Link looked down, only just realising how injured he was. The King stood up and some guards acompanied him. Zelda gracefully stood and took Links hand unexpectedly and started dragging him away. He turned to his Uncle
"That is how I intend to make a good impression" he said smugly as he was pulled out the door.

"That was really cool to watch you know" Zelda said in a calm and collected voice but threw Link off as he didnt expect a Princess to talk like that.
"You saw it?" He said a bit nervous and embarassed that Zelda found him cool.
"Yeah, from my Bedroom Window. I am not allowed to act excited in public so dont say anything to my Father okay?" She said stopping and turning to Link. Link nodded
"Okay". He said quickly, thinking she said was something of excitment but not how she said it.

They reached some tall doors and Zelda pushed them open and gestured Link inside. Link soon realised this was Zelda's room and felt nervouse suddenly.
"Sit on the bed and remove your shirt" she said making Link bright red. He did as she said and walked over to her bed and sat in it, he undone his belt as his Tunic was all in one and took it off. He then took off the shirt underneath revealing more blood than he thought and a painful looking claw mark. Link felt like he needed to cover him self up as he was hust sitting in tights so he grabbed his tunic and placed it on his lap.

Zelda had the decency to turn around while Link did this but she was still flustered to turn around and see his muscles. She remained calm though and brought a stool in front of him. She looked at the wound.
"Does this not hurt? It looks really bad" she said concerned.
"Its not as sore as it looks, it hurt at first but now it inly hurts when some one touches AAAHHH!" he gasped as Zelda poked it and let out a giggle as his response.
"Sorry" she said with a smile, a smile that Link found contageous as he couldnt help but smile back. "I am going to heal it with my healing powers, it will sting just giving you a heads up" she said as she placed a hand on his chest, making him grunt and then he felt a tingle as her hand started glowing a Golden light.

Link sat thinking and then he made the mistake as looking as her. She was beautiful, he enjoyed looking at her. His teenage hormones started getting the better of him and he felt his tights tighten. Link more than ever was glad he had covered him self with his tunic but even that was mysteriously raising up. Zelda had noticed this but she knew Link didnt want her too so she pretended she hadnt. She just kept her mind on what was at hand even though she was flattered. The wound was closing and Zelda released her hand.

"The wound is gone... what was that?" He asked in amazment as she stepped up and put the stool back where she got it.
"The Females in the Royal Family have always had sacred powers. I am able to heal wounds. Its nothing really" she said shyly as the attention was on her.
"Its nothing? Are you kidding. You healed a giant slash across my chest in about one minute. Its one of the best things I have ever seen" he said excitedly, getting up and crossing the room towards her. Link realised how close they were, there was barely space between them. Zelda noticed this too. They could feel each others breaths on each other. The space between them got smaller before Zelda but her hand back on Link's chest.
"You need to put your Tunic back on" she said with a smile and a nervous method to stop what ever was about to happen.

As he done this she walked towards the balcony window and opened it. Link followed her onto the balcony. "See. You can see the whole Hyrule Town from here" . She said and Link couldnt deny it. You could see everything.

Suddenly a bright light shines through the clouds, the two tried to look up at it but it was too bright. They saw something floating down from the Sky. Link looked at the courtyard and saw everyone was squinting to try and see the mysterious object. Link then noticed it was a Sword. Suddenly Zelda's Bedroom door opened and an old lady stood there.
"Impa?" She said confused but without a pause she stepped forward
"The King wants the two of you down stairs imediatly". She said walking off as fast as she could which wasnt fast at all due to her age. Zelda went straight away, Link followed quickly after taking another glace at the sword.

They made it down to the main chamber where the King was. "Father what is it?" She asked slightly concerned but her Father has an out of characteristic smile on his face.
"You know the Legend of the Hero of Skies and our ancestors? Part of the Legend and the prophecy is coming true. The Picori are returning to this land" he said excitedly. Zelda perked up two but Link stood next to his Uncle who as well as Link had no idea what they were talking about. "Everyone, too the shrine" the King said as some guards guided them out the back into a small garden. The Garden was an open spot in the center of the Castle that was exposed too the skies. They stood uniformed and ordered as the sword floated down stuck in the top of a chest and landed in the center of the Garden. Link then noticed the tiny people standing ontop of the sword just as some more of them floated down from the skies on leaves.

No one said a word before the King stepped forward. "I am King Gustaf Hyrule, I welcome you, the Picori, back to our land" he said with a certain nobility to his voice. One of the Picori stood foward but the King had to awkwardly lean forward to even see it.
"Yes, we know who you are, you are the ancestor to Zelda and the Hero of Skies. My name is Olzo, Elder of the Picori." The King was slightly stunned, he was unaware that he was a decendant of the Hero too.
"Nice to meet you Olzo, what is this you have brought with you?" The King asked even though it was clearly a Sword in a Chest, he was really asking its purpose.
"This is a Sword us Picori forged for this very day, we call it the Picori Sword, we believe this sword and this Chest as well as the Light Force are capable of Sealing away the Beast known as Boartreax". The Elderly Picori said, leang against the handle of the Purple Blade.

"Boartreax? " Link said in confusion. "That thing has a name? And how do you know it?" Link asked. Olzo steped forward and adjusted his glasses.
"I bet you are Link, am I correct?" Olzo asked with Link amazed.
"Oh so you are a pyschic?" Link said,
"No. Thats not it. You see, you are the reincarnation of the Hero of Skies" Olzo said with Link just giving him a confused look. "You have no blood relation to the Hero of Skies but his spirit is reborn time and time again by the Gods. You resemble him greatly and he was also called Link". Olzo said smiling that he could bring fourth this news. Link was stunned, he was the reincarnation of a Legendary Hero.
"Wait. You talk like you knew him, but that makes you over 100 years old" Zelda said with a smirk from Olzo.
"And looking good too".

"Boartreax." The King said sturnly to put the conversation back on tracks. "Link here is right. How do you know of this thing?" He asked wit Link slightly smug that the King mentioned him being right.

"Boartreax is a decendant of an ancient Demon, a Demon that was born from Evil but was good at heart. He lived amongst you Hylians in the Ancient Days, when Hylians lived up in the clouds. With the help of the Hero of Skies, this Demon transformed into a man and lived a happy life. Although a Demon and a Hylian should never have a child, but this one did. His Son was raised as a normal Hylian, but he started gaining Dark powers. His Father explained to him that he used to be a Demon to try and control this but it unlocked his powers. This son ran from home and he returned years later as Red Demon. He went to kill his family but the Queen sealed him beneath the ground. He was named after his Father and us Picori have been watching over the events in Hyrule since the Kingdoms inception. We had an ancient prophecy that tells of the Red Demon breaking free so we forged this very sword for the new Hero to take and strike down" The Eleder finished and everyone looked too Link.

"But why me? I am just a kid" he said but Zelda grabbed his hands.
"Dont you see Link? You are the Hero reincarnated. This is your destiny. Only you can do it.
"Thats not entirely true" the Picori Elder said as he began to glow a golden light. The light left him and travelled to Zelda before it entered her. Everyone was shocked and Zelda felt an imense power surge through her as it faded away.
"What.... What was that?" She asked concerned.
"The Light Force. The Picori Blade can kill the beast but the Light Force is the only thing precenting it from reincarnation. Kill the Beast Link and you Zelda. You need to seal it in this chest" it said.

Zelda was about to ask more questions but a huge explosion was heard.
"We have no time. Boartreax is back. Link take the sword, Zelda....go with him and be careful" the King ordered hugging his Daughter. Link stepped up the the chest and gripped the Sword. He pulled it out as a Golen Light shot into the air peircing the Dark clouds, making them vanish. "Link. Take care of my Daughter." The King said as Link bowed.
"I will protect her with my life". He said as the two left the Courtyard, rwo Knights following them with the Chest.

The entered Hyrule Town and the Demon was back and awaiting them. "Zelda, stay well back until its time. Got it." He said with seriousness. She nodded and Link turned away.
"Link. You forgot something" she said ans just as he tirned around she kisses himmin the lips. "Good luck Hero". She said flirtlily as Link smiled and nodded before running at the monster.

He ran straight at is, grabbing a small sheild on the ground as he went. The beast swung for him but he dodged it sliding under his legs. He stabbed the Sword in its back making it kick backwards, making contact with Link and sending him severl feet backwards. He landed next to the hole, nearly going down it. He stood up and ran behind a house where it couldnt see him but that didnt stop if charging through the houses in search. As Link ran the beast blocked his path. It breathed its Black breath at Link but he dodged it by jumping down an alley between two homes.

The Beast lost sight of him for a moment before it saw him sprinting away across the Town. He ran behind a House and too his luck their was a ladder on the back thar led to the roof. As he climbed the beast launched its self across Town, landing in front of the House he was climbing up. He reached the roof to find the Boars face in front of him. It opened its mouth and Link knew what this meant.

With no tome to think Link leaped at it and grabbed each of its Tusks in each hand, leaving his arma spread wide. The Demon breathed the black clouds out, only managing to catch Links back, neather the less, it burned and Link screamed in pain. He endured it, he had too as he had only just realised the sword was on the ground. He had dropped it. The Boartreax looked up in the air and shook its head, trying to make lonk fall into his mouth.
"LINK!" Zelda screamed from the ground. He looked down to see the Princess Holding the Sword, she threw it into the air, it flew past him but he leaped up, caught it in midair and plunged it downwards into Boartreax's skull.

The beast roared and fumbelled around. It landed facing Zelda, and in one last act of definace it opened its mouth ans spewed a Black cloud towards the Princess but Link dived in front of her and took the hit.
"GGYAAAAAA! He screamed as he felt his whole body hit the ground. When the cloud was gone Zelda looked doen in horror as the lower half of the Hero had melted into nothing. Zelda had no time to mourn, she used all her feeling to shine the Light Force into the beast just as the Knights brought the chest over. He beast shrunk into the light and fell into the Chest. The chest closed and Link with everything he had left reached up and jammed the sword into the top of the Chest, sealing away the beast for good.

He fell down and Link fell to her Knees. "LINK! LINK! TALK!" She screamed, rears flooding her eyes.
"I am sorry Zelda, this seems like the end". He said in sorrow and pain.
"No, I can save you". She said in desperationg as she attempted to use her healing magic on Link. He grabbed her hands and moved them away, both of them knowing there was nothing they could do. She leaned into him, giving him a kiss on the lips."I love you Link". She cried into him and he smiled.
"I live you too Zelda....." as he shut his eyes on the world.

 

Mouths past. And the Kingdom recovered. A funeral was placed for the Hero and he was eternalised in the new shrine built with in Hyrule Castle, the Minish shrine. The shrine that held the sword and the tale of the Boy who rose up to face a demon. With the Picori Sword in hand and the Princess with the Golden Power, the sealed away the Darkness.

The shrine and sword is opened once a year and a festival is held on the same day so the people never forget the Legend of the Hero of Men, a title given to a the Boy thats Bravery was greater than that of Men....

Notes:

This is a one shot story about the Hero of Men, the Hero that was mentioned at the begining of The Minish Cap. I will be creating one shot stories for all of the Heros that are mentioned in games but never seen. Up next though is the Minish Cap. It will be more than one chapter but I dont think it will be too long. No more than five chapters.

Chapter 19: The Minish Cap Aftermath Part 1: The Offer of a Lifetime

Summary:

The Aftermath of the Hero of the Minish. The now celebrated Hero will be rewarded.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Thus did Link's quest end.

But surely, this is not the end of Zelda and Link's adventures in Hyrule.

The Legend will continue....

... as long as the power of the light force echoes throughout the ages.

 

"We will now forever more, celebrate this day as the day Hyrule was saved by the hero, The Hero of the Minish" The King boomed over the residents of Hyrule Town as they all cheered and clapped. He stood atop a stage built for him next to Link and Zelda along with Knights acting as body guards. The people cheered and Link was honoured. How many country Boys get the chance to save the world, be friends with a beautiful Princess and get a title straight from the King.

The festival went on and the Royal Family along with Link and his Grandfather headed back to Hyrule Castle. "Now my Boy we will have the feast of a life time, your Grandfather and I are good friends so he is invited too" the King told him with a smile on his face. Link knelt down in front of him.
"Thank you your madjesty, I look forward to it". He said politley.
"Gyahaha! There is no need for that my Boy, you dont kneel to anyone, I should be kneeling to you except my knees arent too good. Hahaha" the King motioned him to rise "We are equals Hero, don't forget that" he said. Although Link was honoured he didnt believe it. Firstly the King called him "boy" to frequent for them to be equal and he is also the most powerful man in the world, he was above Link in every reguard.

Later that night, the feast was prepared, The King sat next to his wife, a beautiful woman and Zelda to his other side. Link and his Grandfather sat opposite them on the long table with many noble looking people all around the side. Link didnt know who any of them were but he pretended he did but what he did not pretend to do was eat politely. Link and his Grandfather scoffed down the food fastly and with no dignity, to the disgust of everyone there excpet for the King and the amused Zelda.

Link and his Grandfather Smith looked up after the meal, Link wasnt embarassed until his Grandfather burped.
"Sorry folks. I have bad digestion" he said to break the ice but Link was bright red. Luckily the feast didnt continue for much longer. Link thanked everyone and expressed how it was the nicest meal he has ever had.

 

Link was sranding on a balcony with Zelda.
"Have you thought about what you do now?" She asked, staring at the beautiful moon. He was stunned, he had never given it a thought.
"No. I don't know. I used to just know I was going to be a Balck Smith like my Grandfather, when everything changed my focus was on saving you and defeating Vaati. I havent had time to think about what I want" he said to her.

"Young Hero!" A voice boomed from behind him. He turned around to see the King walk over. "May I speak with you a moment. I have something to offer you" he asked even though it was hardly an option. Zelda took no words from her Father and dismissed her self. "You and my Daughter are close are you not?" He asked him.
"Erm. Yes. We have known each other a long time" he said wondering where this was going.
"Do you love her?" He asks and Link goes bright red. How does he answer this? Can he say yes to the King? Can he lie? Link panicked.
"I mean yeah... she is beautiful and we are close and..." he stuttered and the King laughed.
"Say no more Boy. I have one more question for you. How would you like to marry my Daughter?" He asked boldly, making Links heart smash against his ribcage.

Link thought. Sure, he did love Zelda. He had fantisised about marrying her before any of this happened but never thought the oppertunity would come. His initial impulse was yes but did Zelda have a say? Was this a timed offer? Did he have a choice?
"Well... well yes but... but I am only 13 your Magesty" he said to an unpleased King.
"I was married at 16. It is not too much older Boy. My Daughter is ready. I know this is a lot to throw on you at once. My apologies. I shall give you until tomorrow morning to decide, if you decline, then I shall find another suitor" he said which almost felt like a threat.

The King left and a short while later Zelda walked in destraught.
"What the hell was that!?" She raised her voice in anger as she walked towards Link. Link gulped.
"I... I am sorry Zelda I am just not ready too.." he was cut off by her kissing him on the lips. She broke the kiss.
"I am angry at my Father dumby. I love what you did. And I love what you said" she smiled and Link was bright red.

"Come on Link. I have somewhere quiet we can talk". She told him as the pulled him by the hand. The exited the Castle grounds through a secret passage way and made their way to a Temple that was isolated from the rest of the Kingdom. "This is the Temple of Time. It was built by a Sage many centuries ago. It is said this is the Birthplace of the Kingdom of Hyrule.

The two entered the Temple, inside it was shiny and white. A huge door stood at the far side in front of a pedestal.
"Wow! This place is cool" Link expressed as his voice bounced off the walls in an echo. Link and Zelda sat down and talked about there situation. Zelda also doesnt want to be married at 13 and her Father has never brought it up with her once. She wants Link but not now, but if she... rather Link doesnt take the offer then she will be married off to some random person.

The sit in the steps together, just enjoying each others company. Zelda was first to fall asleep. Her head laying beautifully in his lap. Link smiled but eventually he fell to sleep.

 

Link opened his eyes to black void with blue lights wooshing past him. "What the? Where am I?" He thought out loud.
"You are in time its self" a voice echoed.
"Who are you? Where are you?" Link asked confused about everything.
"Haha, well.... thats a tough one. I am nowhere, my body ceases to be in the material world but my spirit lives on in you." The voice got closer and out of the darkness walked Link... another Link. "Hello Hero of the Minish, I am the Hero of Men...." he said stunning Link. He looked exactly the same as him except wore no hat.
"The Hero of Men? The Hero before me? Why do you look exactly like me and why are you here?" Link asked only scratching the surface of questions.
"The Spirit of the Hero is born time and time again, reincarnated to save the land from evil. I guess because of that we look similar. Its because of this unique posision that in sacred places like the Temple of Time, if you listen closely, all of us echo through time. Mellenia in the future, the hero will be able to rely on knowledge from the begining of time to help with what ever evil plauges the land" the Hero of Men explained.

Link was silent a moment.
"I mean, I defeated Vaati,I have no real questions really..." Link said but the Hero of Men smiled.
"Just becasie your duty as a Hero has ended doesnt mean you wont have struggles. Any question I will answer as well as I can, no matter how trivial. And I am sure those before me will do the same". The Hero of Men explained to Link who smiled back.

"Okay. Well I love Zelda. I adore her. She knows that. But the King wants us to get married now but I am 13, I dont want to get married now and neither does she. I could call it off and loose my chance to be with her and she will get to live more of her childhood without being married but maybe being forced to marry someone else. I want to be with her, but not right now" Link said wondering if the Hero of Men could be of help.
"This maybe isnt the answer you were hoping for but I think you should marry her. I was 13, your age when I died. I only got to know Zelda breifly before that and when I saw her I knew I wanted to spend my life with her but all I got was a kiss..I died before getting a real chance at happiness. Life is short, take the chance while it is there" he said remenising on that one kiss.

"Dont listen to him, he lacks life experience" a deeper voice was heard and the Hero of Men vanished, in his place a more grown up Link stepped forward. "I am the Hero of Skies, nice to meet you" he said with a smile and Link smiled back.
"This is so cool, I should come here more often, I wanna hear stories from ages past, but anyway, what do you think?" Link asked the older and wiser Link.

"Well I was friends with Zelda all my life and the sexual tension I felt through my teenage years with her was unbelievable. I couldnt get her out of my mind but we got together at 18 and had beautiful children and it was worth the wait. I dont know if I would have made the right life choices if we had acted upon our feelings at 13 especially. I know you probably think you are quite mature right now, every 13 year old does, but I promise when you are 18 you will look back and realise how you were wrong". He said to the child in front of him. Link smiled, at the Legend before him.
"Thanks, I wonder what the guy before you thinks" Link said making the Hero of Skies frown.
"I really dont know, he is a hard judge of character but if you want some stories, man he has some of the best" he said with the smile returning to his face as he vanished.

Another Link walked forward before sitting down. It didnt look normal sitting down as there was no ground in this void to speak of.
"You wanna know if I think you and Zelda should hook up huh?" He said cutting straight to the point and Link intimidatingly nodded. "Well I am the First Link. Hylia's Chosen Hero, I never knew her as Zelda, I knew her as the beautiful Godess Hylia" he said, facinating Link. "Much like the Hero of Men, I never got the chance of having a family but with Hylia that would have been impossible, no mortal can wish to have a family with a Godess. But we did share one night together and I am sorry to say, you will never feel anything close to as good as that" he said smirking at Link. "You need to do what you think is right kid. The Hero of Skies had a perfect life really, he cant tell you from a place of struggle but the Hero of Men tragically died as a Boy, unable to give adult advice. Make the choice for your self" he said as he vanished, the whole void around him suddenly disapearing and Link opened his eyes on the hard, stony floor of the Temple of Time.

Link had made his mind up, he knew what he wanted to do. Zelda was still asleep on his lap. His back ached from the uncomfortable position. He looked up at the windows and saw the bright sunlight peirce through. It was morning and the King wanted his answer. More so, soon everyone would be wondering where Zelda was.

He shook her awake softly.
"Zelda. Zelda. Wake up" he insisted before her eyes opened. It only took a few seconds before they were as wide as saucers.
"Oh no. I was here a night. My Dad is gonna kill me!" She said in concern but Link grabbed her shoulders.
"Before you run home I have both a story and a question" he said and she breathed to relax and then looked him in the eyes.

He explained what he saw at night. He told her he saw his past lives. Normally she would take some convincing but not this time.
"The exact same thing happened to me. I saw my past lives.... I mean... I was once a Goddess..." she told him and he smiled.
"You still are!" He said and she blushed, hittimg him lightly on the arm.
"Stop it you." She said, flattered but slightly annoyed he ruined the moment. "What were you going to ask? I imagine it has something to do with the advice you got" she asked him and he nodded.

"I want to marry you. I love you Zelda. But not now. I want to wait until adulthood. How about we run away. If we run away together we can do what we want" he said opptamistically.
"Link, of you get caught do you realise the trouble you will be in?" She warned him but he grabbed her hands.
"Its worth it for you. So what do you say?" He asks. There is a long delay but she looks up and smiles.
"Lets do it!"

Notes:

I have a lot planned so I hope to get them out quickly. Enjoy.

Chapter 20: The Minish Cap Aftermath Part 2: The Old Skyworld

Summary:

Link and Zelda make a risky deal that they are both in on.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Zelda snook out. Link had excellent skills at sneaking around and not getting caught whilst Zelda had the knowledge of the Castle Grounds layout. They made the perfect team. Once they were on the open roads they headed north east.

"Where are we going?" Zelda asked him as he lead her up a mountain side.
"Somewhere I found, no one will find us" he replied with a smile and she returned it. After a few exhausting hours they reached the peak of the Veil Falls.
"Wow! The veiw is beautiful!" She exclaimed, getting Link's attention.
"Yeah. I have seen this veiw before but Ezlo was pretty naggy about getting a move on so I never had time to appreciate this. But you think this is good..." he said making her turn to see what the excitment was about and she wasnt impressed.

Link was leaning against a small pillar, about his own height.
"What is it?" She asked and he frowned.
"Call your self the Princess of Hyrule and you dont know about it Legends..." he said and she was shocked. How could Link know a legend she didnt? "I'm joking. I didnt give it a second look until Ezlo told me about it" he smirked and Zelda giggled. "Its apparently called a "Bird Statue. Its hard to make out from its age but its supposed to represent a ancient bird people used to ride around on. I wasnt sure to beilve it but I saw the Hero of Skies back at the Temple of Time... this must have been what he used" he excitedly told her.

"Oh. Hylia did send the people of the old world to the Skies but... but how could you know this is what he used?" She asked before stopping to think. "Ezlo?" She asked and he nodded.
"We could use it. Come over here" he said, offering his hand out. She accepted it and he put his arm around her waist and touched the statue. The second he did it lit up, the bird features becoming more prominent. "Hold on!" He said as she gripped him and he held on to his hat as the updraft skyrocketed them upwards.

Link used his hat like he had used Ezlo, as a balloon basically. They wooshed up into the air, Zelda screaming as she gripped to Link tighter than she had gripped anything in her life. Eventually they were above the clouds and they stopped accending, instead floating. "You alright?" He asked and Zelda laughed in fear.
"Get us down!" She screamed and Link spotted a little island floating in the clouds.
"Thats what I was looking for!" He exclaimed and began drifting towards it.

They neared the small island. Zelda astonished that despite the Legends, there was still islands in the Sky. The island had a decayed looking wooden building. It was round in shape and although most the paint work had decayed leaving it a brown colour, a little orange remained. They landed. Everything seemed destroyed due to age and weather, not helping by the fact it was mostly made by wood.

"You know how to get us down. Right Link!" She panicked and he smiled.
"Yeah, yeah. We just float down" he said and she frowned, hoping he was joking.
"I should have changed into something that isnt a royal dress, this isnt smart adventure garb" she sulked and Link looked over to her. Her hair was messy and her dress was dirty at the bottom.
"Look. Zelda. I am sorry. But look at this! You wanted a veiw and well. Frankly you are not gonna get better than floating islands in the sky!" He told her, offering a hand up and a smile. You took both.
"Thank you Link." She hugged him "Its beautiful".

"What do you think this was anyway?" She asked as they walked through the decayed structure. The remains of what seemed like tables and chairs lay scattered and not a lot more.
"I have no idea but... its amazing." He said as he picked up a picture frame. He tried to wipe the dust off to get a lool but the image had faded.
"CAAAWWWW" they heard from outside making them both jump. They looked at each other and Link nodded, taking the lead.

They exited the ruins out the back and a Majestic Red Bird stood in front of them.
"Wooooww. Its beautiful" Zelda exclaimed as she forgot her fear and put her hand on its beak.
"Zelda I dont know if you should...." he said but the Bird looked pleased.
"Link, do you think these are thr Legendary Loftwings?" She said as Link gazed at it. He had never seen this Bird in his life but it felt familiar. He trusted in Zelda's theory and walked behing it. As he did the Bird lowered its self, ready for Link to get on.
"You want me on your back?" He asked the Bird and it nodded.
"Alright. Come on Zelda!" He said as the both got on.

"Cyaaaa" it screeched as it wooshed up into thr air with one flap of its wings. Zelda screames and gripped onto Link's back as he laughed.
"Are you sure this is safe Link?" Zelda asked, raising her voice so he could hear him past the wooshing wind.
"Sure... I think... I think I used to do this all the time" he called back to her. Her hair blew in the wind, she giggled and gripped a hold of his back. She had to admit, it felt nice and it felt nice being close to him.

They continued to soar through the skies, passing many islands that once had importance but now were all in decay. It was almost like the Loft Wing was giving them a tour of the skies. It circled an island with a tree on it a few time. It was pretty secluded and the tree looked ancienct. The bird swooped towards it and landed ontop of the tree where and oppening between the leaves was that allowed it to land steady.
"Cool. Its some kind of den." Link said hoping off the bird and helping Zelda off. Out of some leaves a blue Loftwing emerges with two little purple chicks.
"Aaaawww. They are so cute." Zelda stated as she handed them an apple that they wasted no time gobbeling down.
"Zelda. Look at this!" he said as she turned to they Boy that seemed pretty uninterested in what was going on with the Birds. She walked up to him and he was looking at a think branch. On the brance their was a few carvings. One of which said "The Zelink Den" and the other had a heart around it saying "Link + Zelda". Zelda blushed and Link pulled her close. "Are we destined to be together or something? Like, it looks like our past lives where together and well... we are... right?" he said a bit embarassed and she gave him a light kiss.
"Yeah, maybe we will always be together" she said and they looked back at the birds. " I know this sounds silly but I recognise that blue one" she said but Link shakes his head.
"No, I felt the same about the Crimson one. I think we owned them in the past" he said and the birds both nodded and Link and Zelda laughed. "Looks like my theory is correct then".

 

They spent the day with the Loftwings but eventually time came for them to return. The Loftwing guided them below the clouds and was quick in reaching the surface it landed on the soft sand below. The two got off it.
"Thank you old friend" Link said and it hugged its face into him and he laughed. "Yeah, yeah. I'll miss you two" he said as it stepped back. Like previously it flapped its wings and accended into the sky. The two watched it fly away until it was out of sight. "This has to be one of the best days of my life..." Link said turning to Zelda who looked concerned.
"It would be if.... if we knew where the hell we were!" She screamed as the two looked  around to the never ending desert.

Notes:

This chapter has been half wrote for months. I liked the idea but I couldn't be bothered writing it. Sometimes it happens.

Chapter 21: The Minish Cap Aftermath Part 3 - Golden Oppertunities

Summary:

Link and Zelda are stranded in a desert and things dont look too hot for them.... or maybe things look very hot....

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Zelda. Zelda. Relax. It is going to be okay. We will be fine" link reasured he but she looks at him annoyed.
"Oh yeah, how it is going to be okay? How do we get out of here? Do you even know which way is north?" she asked and he sighs.
"I don't know... I'll think of something. Okay, this is less than ideal and yes I don't know what we should do yet but panicing and arguing will not help one bit okay? So just come with me, we will walk and who knows, we may find a camel or something" he says in the most reassuring voice but Zelda is not the least bit convinced.

The walk for miles, in the blistering heat. Link gave Zelda is cap to protect her from the heat, she looked pretty ridoculous in it but Link knew he would fair better in the sun than she would. She curesed herself for leaving in Roayl Clothing. Her dress and shoes were not made for the desert and the dress was filthy. After a few hours they saw something up ahead. "Zelda look! Help!. Someone to help us!" he said and Zelda looked up in hope but then frowned.
"No, Link... they are not help... they are Gerudo Bandits!" she said in fear but Link looked at her in confusion.
"Gerudo Bandits?" he questioned and she nodded.
"A Tribe or Women who live in the Desert, they raid Hyrule every so often in the search for Men to.... well.... breed with" she said and Link gulped.

The figures got closer and Link could tell they were riding on the back of Giant Boar like creatures. They eventually got close enough to start surrounding the duo.
"Which one of us should do they talking?" Link asked her,
"Me, I'll do it" she said as one Gerudo walked near them.
"Soooo. What do we have hear. Its not often we get Hylians this far in the desert" The Woman sneered.
"I am Princess Zelda, Princess of Hyrule and this is the Hero of Legend Link. We were on a journey and ended up here by accident. If you help us get back to Hyrule then I am sure the King will give you a great reward". She said and the group laughed.
"Hmm. You are not wrong. Okay, you will have to come with us first, we need to discuss this with the King. Girls!" She shouted too three of her allies as they jumed off the boar. They grabbed Link from behind and pushed him to the ground, quickly tying his hands behind his back.
"What the hell are you doing?" he growled and the leader laughed.
"LINK!" Zelda screamed as one of the warriors grabbed her and tied her hands up more easily.

They were thrown onto the back of two seperate Boars and Link struggled.
"No need to struggled, we have no intention of hurting you but yet again, we can't just trust you are telling the truth. Sit back and relax and all will be good". The leader said to him.
"Who the hell do you think you are?" He snarled and she hit him on the back of the head.
"The name is Neeba, Neeba of the Gerudo and you will show more respect, especially to our King. King, Gonan." She declaread as they rode off the way they came.

 

Some heavy iron gates lifted and the Gerudo entered their fortress. The two prisoners were dragged into the Prison and they were pushed into a cell. Link was stripped off all his weapons and his feet were chained together by two iron restraits. There was a single chair and Link let Zelda sit on it, as she did she threw him his cap back.
"I am sorry Zelda. This is my fault". he said in despair and she didn't entirely disagree but she was also responsible.
"We both got a little over our heads.. I mean we are kust kids... we should never have run away like that" She said to him and he knew she was right. They sat in silence for most of the time, Link looking out a barred window and taking in his suroundings, watching the guards patrol routes as well as looking for potential blind spots. He figured out a hypathetical escape route in the event that he somehow escaped this cell.

After sometime the cell door squeecked oven and one of the Gurads pulled Zelda to her feet and began dragging her.
"Hey! Where are you taking her?" Link called in anger as he moved forward before being butted down by the blunt end of a spear.
"To the King. Not that he concerns you because you are never going to see her again" the Woman harshly spoke.
"LINK!" She called i vein as the two were seperated and out of veiw from each other. Link hit the floor in anger as the cell door closed. He needed to get out.

 

Zelda was gragged to the top of the Fortress to a regal looking room. She was pushed to the ground and as she looked up a Man wearing dark baggy trousers and no shirt with long red locks towered above her.
"So. You are the Princess of Hyrule huh? No need to fear me Girl. I am going to take you back to your Father unharmed." he said but Zelda was not put to ease by his words.
"Just... just please return me and Link home. My Father will reward you!" she begged and he smirked.
"Yes, yes of course. That is my intention of course. I have no use for keeping you here. I will do as I say... but... Link, you said hsi name was? He wont be joining you" he told her.
"WHAT? Why?" she cried out and he sat back down.
"Well I assume a Princess of Hyrule knows of our culture. Only one male is born into the Gerudo Tribe in a Century. We gained our negative reputation amounst you Hylians for kidnapping Men but this was all for our own survival afterall. We need men to survive. I mean I do my fair share of course but we don't want our tribe to imbred do we. So thats what he will be here for. We will keep him as a sex slave for our Women. Especially since he is the Hero of Legend, what strong blood he must have" he explained and Zelda was horrified.
"You think my Father will let you get away with this!" she threatened and he laughed.
"Ha. Hell no. He would have be beheaded in an instant... but thats why your Father will hear nothing of this. We are going to wipe your memory of Link's location. He will just be the Hero that went missing now". He told her and she burst out crying. "Ugh. Take her to the carriage and wipe her memory. Make sure she remembers enough so the King wont be suspecious." he ordered his guards and she was dragged out of the throne room.

Link was informed about his new future of being the Gerudo's play thing and Zelda was taken away with some of her memories gone. Last thing she remembered she was in the Temple of Time with Link and now she was sitting in a carriage being escorted home by the Gerudo Tribe. She tried hard to remember what had happened but there was no use. Link was told this too and he hated that the Gerudo robbed her of the day they spent together in the Sky.

The Gerudo rode into Hyrule, making the Hylians cower in fear and instantly getting a lot of attenion from the Knights. They came on Horses as their Boars would cause more trouble than its worth but they were still blocked at the Gates of the Castle by the Knights.
"State your business!" a Knight shouted, rightfully looking nervous as he held a spear to the neck of the Gerudo King. He smirked.
"I have your Princess" he siad as he pointed behind him to the car where she waved out the window.
"I am alright. Let them through" she ordered. The Knight didn't know if the Princess had that much say but he did anyway but many Knights followed him through and some went to spread the word to the King.

The got through security and the Princess was taken away by some Knight and then Gonan and a few Gerudo Women were sent before the King.
"Thank you deeply for returning my Daughter to me safely." The King boomed over him.
"Of course your majesty, it is an honour" he lied to the King befroe him.
"I am trouble though... my Daugher has no memory of what happened to her and the Hero is missing. Please explain to me where my Daughter was found" the King asked in a way that wasn't really an ask.
"Well, some of my tribe where wandering the desert and just... found her there passed out. We knew right away from her clothing she was apart of the Royal family so we thought it best to return her" he told the King.
"For a reward no doubt?" the King smirked and Gonan smirked too.
"I wont deny it would be nice" he smuggle said.
"Very well, we will talk terms. Shame you have no knowledge of the Hero. We would be able to offer more if he was found" the King said in hopes he would get a reaction from the Gerudo King but he stayed silent.
"I am sorry, I do not know where the Hero is. If I learn something I will let you know but if he was in the desert with the Princess then.... I mean it was lucky she was alive, especially alone" he told the King. That part was true, not many survived the harsh desert.

 

Link's arms dangled out the window. All he could think about was how to escape but no methods came to mind. He wasn't going to sit here and just let the Gerudo do what they wanted with him. He regretted running away with Zelda, maybe he should have just accepted the King's offer and married her then. Instead she will end up getting married off to someone that doesn't love her as much as him and he is going to sit and be the Gerudo's little sex slave. No. He won't let that happen.
He hears a creak behind him and his cell door was pushed open. A Girl, maybe his age, maybe a little over walked in with a tray full of food and water.
"I was ordered to give you this at this time" she said in a dull voice. "You are not what I expected or hoped for" she complained. Link looked at her and saw an oppertunity. This is probably going to be the easiest one to manipulate. If he was ever going to break free it was now when Gonan was away.

"Oh yeah? What was it you hoped for?" he said with a grin as he leaned against the wall. She went a little red.
"Well... I don't know. More of a Man. I have never seen a Man before besides our King. I am bored of Girls all the time and hoped for... more but hey. I guess beggars can't be choosers right?" she said and he frowned.
"Hey, come on. You haven't seen what is down here yet!" he said lowering his eyes to his crotch. It got a smirk out of her and she steps further in and locks the cell behind her. She walks over to him and places the tray by his feet. She presses her hand against it which ade him feel hot and guilty.
"Hmm. Guess you are not lying then huh" she said as she began to unfasen his belt.
"Shit!" he thought to him self. This is escelating to quickly. He stepped back and she looked confused. I am not going to let you just suck me off. Its all or nothing. Unlock these leg resraints and I'll show you a good time" he smirked and she frowned.
"How stupid do you think I am?" she said putting her hands on her hips. He stepped forward and grabbed her breast.
"Not stupid at all. Just needing of a Man" he whispered in her ear.

She stepped away and looked at him. She was conflicted. She looked around the room. She then smirked.
"Okay. I have a sollution then" she bend down and undone one leg restaint, as he expected her to move to the other one she fatened the loose one around her own leg and locked it. "Now you are stuck to me" she grinned as she took the small key and swallowed it. "Can't really try and escape now can you?" He smiled but inside he was angry. Damn. Had he screwed up his chance. No... just a set back. He guided her down to the ground and got inbetween her legs. His left hand searching the ground for something.
"Sorry about this" he said and he saw her breif moment of confusion before he hit her head hard with the metal tray, knocking her out.

He felt awful but knew he needed to escape. He grabbed the door key from her waist and picked up the unconscious girl and thre her over his shoulder. She wasn't particuarly heavy for a person but still a weight he didn't need crossing the desert. But he had no choice. He exited the cell and found a Simitar by the wall. Not his weapon of choice but it would have to do. Link carried the Girl through the fortress, it was surprisingly quiet but he still had to avoid some guards. If this girl woke up he was done for. He made his way down the stone steps that led to a ring full of the Green Boars. He threw the Girl on clumsily as he tried to pull him self up at the same time. He whipped the spurs to make it go but it lead back before rappidly charging.

"What the!?" The Girl screamed as she woke up and Link just held on tightly. The alarms went off and he was sure the Gerudo would be after him in a heart beat. "What the hell are you doing? Are you kidnapping me?" she asked him as she pulled as her Link that was stuck to his.
"You can go at anytime. You are stuck to me. Not the other way around" he told her and she thought about it.
"No way! They would kill me if I let you go!" she snapped at him and he shrugged.
"Suit your self" he said as the Boar showed no signs of stopping.

Link's hat blew in the breeze and her desert style skirt mirrored its actions. She looked behind her and the Gerudo were on their trail. An arrow went wizzing by her face and she screamed. She was nearly killed by her own people. Did they care? Link hit the spurs to speed up and the Boar crossed the flimsy wooden bridge that served as the border between Hyrule and Gerudo. They were soon on the open feilds of Hyrule and she sighed at its beauty. She had never been this far and she had never seen so much green, green that was being ruined by every heavy footstep of the Boars.

As they got closer to Hyrule Feid she got more excited. Was their going to be more Boys there. Would she be able to live more freely. The thoughts she shoved away in the privacy of her own life had came forward and seemed more like a possiblity. She began encouraging Link in her head. She frowned.
"Boy, be honest. Will I be spared by the King of Hyrule if I help you?" she asked and Link turned around to her and looked her in the eyes.
"Our King is merciful, he will not kill you like your own King would. I will put in a good word for you and you will be given freedom if you help me out" he told her and she could tell he wasnt lying. She grabbed her cut and regurgatated the key up, something Link found disgusting. She unchained her leg first and then leaned forward to his.
"Do not betray me again!" she said and Link turned around,
"Reality check. You had me in chains" he told her and she shrugged.
"Sorry".

 

The Boar he was on ran through Hyrule Town, throught the street markets as they got chase from the Gerudo Bandits. "Sorry, coming through!" Link shouted as he was sure he made some damage. The Bandits were catching up to them. "Girl... erm... what ever your name is. Take this!" Link shouted to her as he handed her the Scimitar. She wondered if this was a test, but no, there is no doubt she could kill Link right here and now so he just trusted her.
"The name is Alana" she said as she stood up on the back of the unsteady Boar. It was apparent at this point the Gerudo knew she had batrayed them so they fired at her, she dodged a few arrows and blocked some with the scimitar. She looked a head and saw a sign hanging from a arch way. She jumped over Link and sliced the rope holding it. The speed of the Boar allowed her to land were she was and she caught the wooden sign and used it as a sheild.
One of the Bandits were directly behind them and she stood up. The Boar ran to the side and the 13 year old Girl glared at the older Gerudo Woman. She pulled out her Scimitar and went to strike Alana. She blocked it with her own blade whilst using her other arm to block stray arrows. Their blades clashed repeatedly. She saw another archway coming up with a bell attached the top of it. She grinned before leaping forward and slicing the bell off. Link has time to dodge to the left of the bell but the Gerudo Woman had no such luck as the bell smashed into her and the Boar, senting them flying.
They exited the Town and came up the Castle.
"Alana, take control!" He orderd as she leaned her arms around him to garb the reigns. "GUARDS! OPEN THE GATES! ITS ME! THE HERO OF THE MINISH!" he shouted too them and the guards on the walls must have confirmed it was him as the Gates begun opening. They approached quickly. Arrows flying past them towards the Gerudo Women. By the screech of the Boars and the gastly scream of the Women, Link assumed they had been hit.
"LINK! The Boar wont slow down!" She paniced as they were rapidly approaching the slow moving gates.
"Screw this. Hold on!" He told her before he put an arm around her waist and jumped off the side of the Boar, holding on tightly to one of the Reings and used his legs to keep him self held onto the speeding beast. They ducked ast the Boar was low enough to get under the gate and they were saved. Link lost his grip and they scrapped across the ground, Link braking her fall by taking it all him self. A nearby hedge stopped them and the Boar went crashing into a Pond.

Link looked around at the Guards and Knights, all clearly dealing with something, the Boar, the gates, the Gerudo Bandits they had killed. Non came to their aide but Link knew it was ecause they knew who he was and knew he could handle himself. "Owww" he groaned in pain as the Girls hair was all over the place and her arms were still tightly holding him. She opened them and felt slightly embarassed that her legs were wrapped around him and she was pressed against him.
"Thank you Link" She said to him. "You had no reason to trust me but you still did. I wont let you down" she said and he smiled.
"Good to know but could you get off me please" he asked and she smiled.
"Sure, one thing first though" she said as she kissed him with all her might. Link looked surprised but couldn't deny it felt good.
"I erm... I am kinda with Zelda. All that stuff in the cell was..." he said as she laughed. She got off him and helped him up.
"Yeah, yeah. I know. It was all to escape. Trust me, I still have the bump on my head. I just wanted to know what it felt like" she smirked and Link smiled.
"Good, now we need to tell the King!" he said as they ran into the Catle.

 

"Your Magesty! Don't listen to the King!" Link shouted as he burst into the heavily guarded throne room. The King was shocked by this and Gonan and his Gerudo allies turned to the Boy.
"Hero! What... where were you?" he asked in shock.
"I was with Zelda, the Gerudo kidnapped us, kept me locked up as some kinda sex slave, brainwashed Zelda so she would forget and used her to gain power from you!" he shouted as Gonan stood up.
"Watch your mouth Boy. Don't you spit allegations at me!" he snarled.
"Its true though! My name is Alana. I am a Gerudo that helped Link escape. Gonan has wanted power from Hyrule for so long now!" she shouted to the King.
"Alana you Bitch! Why would you make up such ridiculous tales?" he shouted.
"ENOUGH!" The King boomed. "Knights. Let no one leave this room. Not even the Hero. I will see to something! He shouted from his balcony and walked out. The Knights surounded everyone.
"Its going to be okay Alana. I promise" he said to her.

 

Zelda was sitting on her bed with a Sheikah Woman who held her palm to the Princess's forhead and a glowing light appeared around it.
"Remember anything yet?" The Woman said and Zelda shook her head.
"Nothing" she told her. Suddenly the King burst in.
"Impa, you are doing it wrong. If what The Hero says is true then the Gerduo have blocked her memories using their magic. Try looking for a memory block instead of recovering memories. Impa nodded and mirrored her previous actions. Suddenly Zelda gasped.
"Link! He is in trouble!" She shouted and the King reasured her.
"My Girl, you remember what happened?" he asked and Zelda nodded.

Zelda told the King everything, and luckily it lined up with what Link had said. He gave the order for the Gerudo King and his followers to be arrested with Alana being the exception based on Link's word and her definant voice.
"Remember Alana. The Gerudo could have rose from the dry desert if you didn't help this brat. The Gerudo shall forever remain a disgrace!" He shouted as he was dragged away.
"Link, thank you, once again" the King said "We have much to talk about but I have to deal with the Gerudo King first. Girl, thank you also, I promise you shall be rewarded and you may choose to stay in Hyrule if you so choose. The people of Hyrule are a little, weary of the Gerudo so it may not be a kind world out there but I can prmise you safey" he said and she kneat before the King.
"Thank you, King... " she stuttered, not knowing if she was conforming right but the King laughed.
"Now, now. Rise. No need to be so formal. Hero, you and Alana may go see Zelda, she is waiting for you" he told him and he smiled.
"Thank you Highness" he said as he left the room with Alana to go and see Zelda at last.

Notes:

One more chapter of Minish Cap, don't know how long it will be but I don't think too long. I already have the next three stroies wrote so they shouldn't be too long. I am unsure how often I should upload so I might stick to Monday and Wednesday until I am caught up with my self. Might also give me some time to stay ahead for a change (yeah right) and keep this pace up. I am busy so don't have much time to write.

Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 22: The Minish Cap Aftermath Part 4 - The Promised Life of Link and Zelda

Summary:

The Epilogue to the short Minish Cap Aftermath.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The heat was unbarable to the Hylians but Gonan and his followers coped. They were in chains and were dragged out further than they had ever explored before in this desert but he knew exactly where they were heading. The Arbiter's Grounds.
"So what if my crimes were for power. I never killed anyone. I never killed that Boy and I never hurt the Girl. You cannot send me here!" He shouted at the man in charge.
"Oh, so you know where this place is then huh? Oh man I bet you are scared shittless then huh?" The Man smirked too him. "You know, this place was built by my ancestors, well, acroding to Legend that is. Apparently some dark clones were sent here a long long time ago. Who knows, maybe they are nice" he said as Gonan snarled.
"Lord, where are they taking us? What will happen" The Women asked him but he remained silent, a fact that scared them even more.

They arived at the sight and the Women were tied up to the Black Rock first, non of them knowing what would happen. The Knight in charge stepped onto a platform and smiled.
"Gerduo Warriors. You are being charged with harming the Princess of Hyrule, Kidnapping and inslaving the Hero of the Minish, attacking Hyrule Town and planning to gain more power in Hyrule. You are now sentences to the Twilight Realm!" he said as he stepped onto the circular platform. The Mirror lit up and shined upon the Rock as a gateway oppened. The Women looked at each other in fear before their bodies were torn appart and sucked into the portal. "Any last word Gonan?" The Man spoke calmly but all he did was flail and drag hsi feet, doing everything in his power to avoid touching the light.
"NO! NOOOOO! You can't do this too me. This is a punishment worse than Death. You can't send me to damnation!" He screamed, tears forming in his eyes.
"You are free to kill your self once you enter the Twilight Realm" the Man saild calmly. "You will be an example to all your decendents that try to grab power from Hyrule". He spoke as the Gerudo King was pushed into the light.
"PLEEAASSEE!" He screamed before his body was torn up and absorbed by the portal...

 

"LINK!" Zelda screamed in joy as she hugged Link. "I was so worried". she told him in tears.
"So was I Zelda. But we are okay now. Your memories are they....?" he asked and she nodded.
"I remember everything but its weird, it feels longer ago now. Impa said it was a side effect that may go with time" she told him and he stepped back.
"This is Alana, she helped me escape. She is pretty damn good with a Scimiar if I do say so my self" Link said to Zelda as Alana walked into the room.
"Pleasure to meet you Alana, I am Princess Zelda, but just call me Zelda and also, no need to kneel when it is just us" she told the girl as she was about the kneel.
"Thank you for accepting me" she said and Zelda gave the Girl a hug.
"You helped Link escape, you have my eternal gratitude for that. Any friend of Link is a friend of me" she said as Alana smiled.

The three thirteen year olds talked for hours, Alana had never been as close to anyone like this before. She was always use to taining and learning how to rob, never just being open and talking. She had always felt different but now she felt like she belonged somehwere. Eventually the King entered.
"Hero, come with me please" he said and Link got up and left. He folowed the King and they sat down on some seats at the end of the coridoor. "You know, you and Zelda running off was probably one of the stupidest things you could have done. If Zelda wan't appart of this too then I am not sure my response would be the same.... however, I understand. I gave you and my Daughter and ultimatum that neither of you could bare to see through and for that, I apologise. I would like to offer something new. Link, I will allow you and Zelda to marry when you are adults, I should not have forced this difficult question upon you" he explained and Link knelt in front of the King. "Link... I have told you. No bowing." and Link stood up.
"I am sorry but thank you. Thank you so much!" Link said in delight as the King stood and laughed.

 

A lot of time passed. Link had got his weapons back from the Gerudo Fortress and got to spend a lot of time with Zelda and Alana. Alana was being trained personally by Link to be Zelda's personal body guard. The Knights wanted her to wear typical Hylian Armour but she refused. She didn't agree with her people but still identified as a Gerduo. She wore armoured breast plates and gaunlets but kept the swift flowing skirt. She was the only Female Knight in Hyrule but excelled above the Men thanks to Link's teachings.
The three friends grew together. After Link's Grandfather passed away he sold his house and moved into the Castle with Zelda. The King wouldn't let Link sleep in the same room as Zelda until he was sixteen and it was a worthwhile wait.
The two teenagers went at it like Rabbits, screwing each other like it was their last day on Earth. Zelda was careful about not getting pregnant. She took plenty of potions to prevent such a thing as she wanted to wait until they were married. They enjoyed their teenage years together, growing up and learning as they should. Alana even managed to get a Boy Friend and moved into Link's old house with him.
When they reached Eighteen, Link proposed to Zelda. They were practically engaged before this anyway but this made is more official. They got married to the King's delight and within a year Zelda gave birth too a Girl she named Zelda. Their lives together were happy and right up until their old age, the three friends stayed that way. Right up until the end...

Notes:

This was a shorter chapter, only took me like an hour to write. I was unsure weather I would include a sex scene towards the end but thought against it. I felt it didn't need it and it would have felt out of place. If that is what you are heare for then wait for the next chapter because Man.... the next one has quite the scene towards the end. I also wanted to betray the Hylian Royal Family as a bit over the top when it game to the punishment as it is implied in Zelda lore that they have had some dark moments and I don't know where else I would have included it. Thanks for reading and next up is The Legend of the First Hero of the Four Sword, mentioned in Hyrule Historia. Its another one shot like the Hero of Men so I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 23: The Legend of the First Hero of the Foursword

Summary:

The Legend of the First Hero of the Foursword mentioned in Hyrule Historia.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The First Hero of the Four Sword
Long ago, in the Kingdom of Hyrule, a wind Sorcerer named Vaati appeared.

Vaati terrorized the people of Hyrule and kidnapped many beautiful girls from their homes.

When all hope seemed lost, a young boy carrying little more than a sword appeared.

According to the Legends, when the boy drew his sword, he split into four, the four-who-are-one worked together to vanquish Vaati.

Ther Hero used his sword to bind Vaati in a remote area of Hyrule. The people christened the blade the Four Sword and built a shrine around it. There it remained undisturved for many years.......

 

"Damn Link. Damn Ezlo. My plan was flawless... Link and ..... that damn cap.
What was the name.... and the Boy. His name. What was that again? The Hero. Curse you Hero.... there was also a Princess..... a Girl. Who was she? A Noble Girl. A Hero and a Noble Girl......DAMN IT! WHY DO MY MEMORIES FADE? HOW MUCH LONGER WILL I BE IN THIS ETERNAL VOID?!"....

The Castle shook. No enough for anyone notice at first. But then it shook again and again and again, each getting more violent than the last.

Zelda ran down the stone steps of the Castle as fast as she could.
"Zelda! Oh my sweet Daughter are you alright?" The King asked grabbing hold of the 15 Year old girl that came running through the Castle.
"I am fine Father. But the sound. Its coming from the Courtyard". She said in concern. The King and Zelda hurried to the Courtyard in the centre of the Castle along with some Gurads and some Sheikah keeping a watch from a respectable distance.

When they made their way to the Courtyard the enterance to the Picori Shrine was open.
"No. This shouldnt be open. The festival was only three years ago and the door only opens once a year. Zelda without feal hurried inside, the King and Knights pacing after her. As they entered the rumbling echoed around the Shrine as the Four Sword in the centre of the room violently shook.

"NOBLE GIRLS AND HERO! DIE" A deep voice was heard coming from the Sword. Dark Clouds stsrted to pour out before suddenly they errupted into the air. They formed into a ball and once they formed a menacing eye opened in the center. "How long have I slept?" The demon asks directly to the King who is shielding his Daughter.
"I am not sure Demon, but what ever you want, it doesnt have to be vile. We can come to an undersranding" the King says in hope that the beast will listen.
"Hahaha. Do you take Vaati, the Wind mage as a fool. You wouldnt hand over this Kingdom without a fight. And thats what is going to happen. Girl. I know we met before, maybe in a past life. Let it be known I will be back for you, I will collect my Brides first. So long..... Princess Zelda" the Demon spoke up before smashing though the room and flying off.

"Send out teams to find the monster, kill it on sight!" The King ordered the Knights.
"The Hero. If there is a time we need him it is now". Zelda shut her eyes and pressed her clenched fists together. "Hero. If you can hear me, Hyrule needs your help" she thought in hopes of reaching out to the Hero.....

 

"HYA!" The Boy dressed in green roared as he tugged on the fishing rod and pulling out a Giant Loach.
"Link.... thats the Hylian Loach. No one in History has been known to catch that, you are as skilled a fisherman as your Father was". Link's Uncle says to him, patting him on the back. Suddenly a tremor was felt and a gust of wind came from no where, knocking the boat over and freeing the Loach.

"The hell was that? Most of Hyrule should have felt it" he said helping Link out of the water.
"Dont worry Uncle, it was probably nothing". He said calmly.
"Just as laid back as your Father too" he muttered to him self. As his Uncle was pulling the boat out the water Link heard a voice.
"Hero. If you can hear me, Hyrule needs your help" it said.
"You alright Link?" His Uncle asked as he shook his head.
"I heard a voice, it was calling for me. I think  it came from Hyrule Castle". He said but his Uncle laughed.
"Dont be ridiculous" his Uncle said but Link knew it was real and he knew it must be urgent.
"Sorry. I have to go check it out". He said as he ran off.
"Link! Get back here. Where are you going?!" His Uncle called out to him as he vanished over the hills.

 

"No. Daddy! Help!" A Young Woman in a purple dress with Black hair screamed as the Black Claw of Vaati gripped her tightly.
"Give her back you Monster!" The Dad shouted at the Wind Mage as he charged at it with a spear. With no effort, Vaati shot a beam from his eye and took the Father's head clean off. As the Daughter looked in shock at the decapitated Body of her Dad the Wind Mage laughed.
"Wow, thats a lot of blood huh? I dunno where his head is at, probably in millions of peices" is snickered at the crying girl.
"Let me go!" A voice was heard as in another hand was a girl in a blue dress, also with black hair but hers went down further than the other girls.

"Quiet, Town Girl!" It said shaking her slightly. "Where to next?" The Demon said as it flew off, both Girls in hand....

 

Link was running through Hyrule feild when he saw a pillar of smoke coming from both Hyrule Town and Kakariko Village but then saw a dark ball like creature fly off from Kakariko Village and it headed West. Link headed to Hryule Town, where he hoped to get answers.

As he arived in Hyrule Town it was trashed. Buildings were on fire, burned corpses as well as people with missing limbs bleeding out on the street, it was horrible. Link ran straight through, past the carnage and to the gates of Hyrule Castle where two guards blocked him.

"Not being funny kid but you think we would just let you in on a good day?" One asked with its spear pointed at the 16 year old boy.
"But I....." Link said, realising there was nothing he could say to convince the guard to let him through.
"Let him through". And Old Woman called from within the grounds.
"But Lady Impa...." the guard protested to the scowl of the Elder. He sighed and withdrew his weapon. "Go on in..." he moaned as Link ran in.
"The Princess is waiting for you." The Old Woman smiled to a shocked Link.
"The Princess is waiting for me!?" Link said shocked as the Old Woman nodded, guiding the Boy inside.

Impa guided Link through the Castle, through the courtyard and too the Picori Shrine where they headed in. Stood rhere was a beautiful blonde girl in a pink dress. Link didnt have to ask who that was. As she turned around she smiled.
"You got my message Hero" she said with a smile.
"That... that was you?" He said shocked as she walked to him and shook his hand.
"I am Princess Zelda. I wish we could have met in better circumstances but the fate of Hyrule is on your hands" she said urgently.
"That Bat thing?" Link asked as Zelda frowned.
"You saw Vaati? Which way did he go?" Zelda asked.
"West. I saw it fly from Kakariko. Whats going on?" He asked totally lost. Zelda nodded to Impa who left, assumably to update the Knights on the location of Vaati.

"Long ago, an evil mage tried to take over this Kingdom but the Hero of the Minish sealed it away in this balde" Zelda said pointing to the Blade. "Its called the Four Sword, it splits the body of the user into four. Today, Vaati broke from its seal, it was confused from being trapped for so long but it is slowly regaining its memories. It devastated Hyrule town, kidnapped a local girl named Ashlee and flew off too Kakariko where is assumably done the same. It said it would be back for me, I dont know when that will be. Dont worry about me though, Link, you need to stop Vaati and seal it away, back into the Four Sword" Zelda said to the Boy who was trying to take it all in.
"Why me though, and how do you know my name?" He asked and Zelda smiled.
"Link. You are the reincarnated Hero. It is your destiny to stop Vaati".....

 

"Hyahaha! You are my favourite" the Wind mage laughed as the Red headed Girl in an Orange dress was stabbing his thrid arm with a knife to no effect.
"You are going to be sorry you messed with a Gerudo!" She screamed at it as a canonball hit it, knocking it into the mountainside. It kept a grip on the three girls, non injured bur Vaati was mad. It turned to the cannon mounted ontop of a small cliff side where two Gerudo Women fired a second canonball.

Vaati moved out of the way of this one with ease and fired a beam onto the bottom of the ledge they were mounted on forcing it to collapse as the two women fell to their death.
"Only one more bride left before the Princess herself". Vaati laighed flying away once more.

 

"You sure I am the one? What if I am the wrong person?" Link asked standing in front of the Four Sword.
"Well.... I dont know. No one but the Hero has attemped to weild the blade. It might kill you. Who knows" Zelda said thinking before realising she was traumatizing the Boy. "Dont worry. I am 99% sure you are the Hero" she said .

"Dont be that 1%" he said in fear as he grabbed the hilt, pulled it out and held it aloft. He felt a buzzing sensation as his vision went white for a moment before coming back. "Wow!" He said hearing an echo before it dawned on him that the noise came from next to him. He looked to his left and saw him self. Three of him self, one in Red, one in Blue and one in Purple. Each of them looking at each other in confusion.
"It worked!" The purple one cheered
"I was gonna say that" the red one said
"And that" he blue one said
As Link, the green one stood in silence, having all those thoughts.

"Link? You alright?" A shocked looking Princess asked as all four turned to her.
"No not really. This is going to be exhausting. How am I meant to cooperate with three versions of my self?" Green asked, the other three understanding his thoughts said nothing. They took a moment.
"We share a mind Green" Purple said
"If we all concentrate we can organise our thoughts" Red said.
"But theee is really no time!" Zelda interupted. "I know this is weird but Vaati needs to be stopped. You Four can do it. Now stop wasting time. Go!" Zelda ordered as the Four Links nodded and ran out the Castle.

As they were cutting though Castle Town a man came running through the street.
"Its heading for Forest Village!" He screamed as the Links looked at each other
"Not our Home!" Blue said as they darted off for home.....

 

"Sarah! No Sarah!" A pregnant Woman shouted up at the girl in the Green Dress and Blonde hair.
"Mother. Get back inside!'she screamed.
"Do as she says, run!" The Girl in the Purple Dress screamed after witnessing her own Father and the well prepared Gerudo being butchered. Their warning did no good however has Vaati blasted the Woman right in the belly.
"Two for the price of one. Look at you, you are an attractive lot arnt you" he smiled holding all three in front of him. "So we have the Hylian Ashlee, the Forest Girl Sarah and ..... what are you names again?" The Demon asked holding the Purple dressed girl and the Gerudo center.
"Luna..." the Sheikah girl said quietly and defeated while the Gerudo glared at the Monster.
"Oh you will remember the name Orella for eternity when I am done with you" she angrilly said as Vaati laughed.
"Now for the main course. Zelda". It boomed.

"Not so fast Vaati!" Four voices said in unisen. The Demon turned to see Four Heros standing with the Four Sword in hand.
"YOU! YOU ARE THE ONE WHO SEALED ME AWAY!" Vaati furiously roared.
"LINK!" Sarah called in joy.
"Thats it... Link....You are going to die Link!" It said firing a beam at him but Red deflected it back. The reflected beam hit Vaati in its eye, causing it to stagger backwards and hiss.
"We should lure it away from the village, we know where" Blue said as they all nodded in agreement before running off into the deep woods.
"NOT SO FAST YOU CURSED HERO!" Vaati roared as it flew afrer them.

The four Links seperated as they ran through the woods, weaving in and out of trees while Vaati wasted no time and barged through them all, knocking them down as it flew. It was running in line with Purple as it shot at him. He rolled under the beam before Green hit it from behind before rolling away into the cover of trees. Vaati was now flying backwards, scanning the trees for the Heroes that kept popping in and out of veiw.

The Girls were not having a good time at all. Leaves and branches were hitting them as Vaati carlessly flew through the woods. He didnt want his brides injured but they were certainly not his priority at the moment.

"Here Vaati!" Green called as he stood and waved causing Vaati to snap around to his direction and fire. Before he fired Green had moved away and Blue sliced him from behind. Vaati repeated his precious action but Purple coppied Blue and then Red copied Purple. The Four Heroes were working together and hitting the beast from behind each time.

Vaati charged up a beam and fired it, spinning in cicles and slicing trees up as it went. Purple would have been hit if he had not defended him self with his sheild. The Heroes stood their ground, more visible to Vaati now as no trees were in his way but them circling him still meant he could only focus on one at a time. He extended his arms with the four Girls in and held them in the direction of the Heroes.
"You wouldn't harm these inocent women would you?" Vaati meanicingly asked as the Links frowned.
"Dont worry about hitting us if it means killing this thing!" Orella shouted but Vaati growled.
"Fine, I will collect other brides for my ceremony!" It snarled as it threw the Girls away, each Link diving to catch one of them.

"Nice catch" Ashlee said as she lay ontop of Blue.
"But incoming!" Sarah warned as Vaati powered up a blast.
"Get out of here, all of you!" Green shouted as Orella grabbed both Luna and Sarah by the hand and dragged them away from the chaos, Ashlee getting up on her own and following the Girls. The Four Links stood together and charged up their spin attack.

Vaati fired a beam towards them as the Links released their atrack, sending the power back into the beast.
"GYYAAGGHH!" Vaati screamed as it fell to the ground. The Heroes ran towards it, slashing it violently as its body was flashing rapidly.
"You ready guys?" Green said as they all nodded before jumping up and colding their blades together. The blades merged to one and all Four Links let go as the blade plunged its self into the top of Vaati on its own.

The Four Links and the Four Gilrs stared as Vaati glowed a bright light.
"DONT YOU THINK THIS IS THE END! YOU HEAR ME! I WILL BE BACK FOR YOU...AND FOR ZELDA!" It screamed before being absorbed into the blade.
The blade plunged its self down into a rock below. Vaati was sealed away.

 

 

There was silence.... the Sword was stuck in the ground and the Four Heroes took a deep breath.
"Its over" Green said as they all turned to the Girls.
"Its not over until I say it is" Ashlee said as she strode over too Blue pushing him against a tree and kissing him. Everyone was shocked, especially all the Links, who could feel the kiss to some extent.
"Why me out of all of us?" Blue said as the kiss broke off.
"Because you all look the same, so I might as well go with the one that matched my dress" she said sedictivly.

Orella walked to the Red one and grabbed his dick through his tights.
"Same logic applied then. As Gerudo tradition goes, I have no found a man from Hyrule to bare me a child. Take me Hero" she said as Link groped her large breasts making her moan. Luna and Sarah looked at each other and nodded before turning to the other two Links who grinned.
"You wanna do it with me?" Luna asked Purple nicely as Link brushed her hair to the side.
"Of course I do" he said.
"I get the Boy I am used too" Sarah said as Link kisses her.
"Except we have kissed before" he says
"Yeah, but we have never fucked before" she says pushing him to the ground.

Blue started feeling up Ashlee's thigh, pulling her dress up in the process. He grabbed around and squeezed her arse.
"You naughty Boy, you are going to put it in there in a moment. But first..." she whipered, kneeling down " I will make sure you are lubed up" she smiled as the pulled his pants down, letting his erect Penis spring out, looking at it and licking his shaft.
"Oh.." Blue let out, grabbing back on the tree.

Red continued to play with the Gerudo breasts. He had pulled her top off and watched in awe as they spring out. She moved her thigh against his crotch, rubbing it as he licked her breasts. Red pulled her desert style dress off her, leaving her nude, he pushed her against a large boulder and started feeling her body all over.
"I am gonna make you cum and I am gonna cum inside you... you are the sexiest woman I have ever seen" Red told her.
"Then hurry it up then" she said to him, pulling his pants down and grabbing his dick. "Put it in me now!" She demanded. He grabbed her legs, picking her up and slided his dick into her.

Purple began to take his clothes off as did Luna. She was clearly nervous but Link's head was buzzing. He leaned over to her and unclipped her bra.
"This is my first time" she said nervously as Purple gave her a gentle kiss.
"Mine too" he said to her. She leaned back against the grass and Purple lined him self up. "I'll go slow" he whispered  sending shivers up her spine. He slowly began to push into her.

Green and Sarah wasted no time. They both pulled their clothes off in a hurry. Green grabbed her breasts getting a moan out of her but in a moments notice she plunged herself down onto his dick.
"Aaaagggghhh!" The both moaned as Sarah began riding his cock.

"Ashlee! Ashlee.... OH!" Blue moaned as she sucked on his cock. Along with the pleasure of his dick being sucked, he felt him thrust into Orella at a fast speed, slowly push into Luna while Sarah bounced ontop of him. All the Links felt connected making the feeling much more pleasurable. "I'm.... Ashlee!" He moaned and she knew what he was going to say so she stopped sucking. She got on all fours.
"Fuck me then!" She ordered as Blue got behing her, lined him self up with her arse and pushed him self inside.

Red continued to fuck the Gerudo, his breath heavy from the 4 times multiplyer he had on the orgasm.
"You are so tight" he moaned and she rocked her hips into him, feeling his hard member pleasure her vagina all the way up.
"Your dick is so hot" he whispers into his ear which spurred him on more.

"Oh Link...." Luna moaned with her arm covering her embarassed eyes as Purple slowly thtust in and out of her. He grabbed her arm and moved it to the side.
"You dont have to hide. You are beautiful" he said as he kissed her. She squnited her eyes shut and higged him tight as he sped up his pace. She wrapped her limbs around his body and higged into her to hide her embarassment.

Green and Sarah were in sync. She rode him and he rocked her hips back and forward. Her boobs bobbed up and down and he loved the sight. She moaned everytime she went down on him. She had always loved Link and she couldnt believe she was finally doing him. It was better than she imagined.

Blue continued his thrusting into Ashlee. He grabbed her waist for extra force as she just moaned. Her boobs swung and her arse slapped against him.
"Link... Link.... I....." she moaned...
"Ahhhh, me too Ashlee..." he moaned as they were both reaching their climax.

"Urgh! Urgh! Urgh!" Red moaned as he fucked Orella hard, keeping eye contact. She liked it. She smirked and helped rock her body in time with her.
"Yeah Link.... cum for me... give me a child!" She moaned as his cock started twitching inside her.

"Ahhh! Link..... Agh. Agh!" Luna moaned ad Purple kept a steady pace and passionatly fucked her. His penis slid in and out of her and she was so tight that his dick felt so good.
"Luna! You are so.... beautiful. I am gonna....." he maoned into her. She looked into his eyes.
"Its okay. I want it" she told him.

"LINK! LINK!" Sarah moaned as she continued bouncing on him. Green slipped his hand all over her body making her squirm. He sat up so she was straddling him and he looked into her eyes.
"I love you Sarah. So much" he said as they contuned their rocking. "But I cant last any longer" he panted as he tried to keep going with all his stregnth.
"Good.. Cum for me Link!" She maoned in a pant.

They all felt fantastic and the conection they all had with each other made them feel like they were having sex with four people at once, all adding up to one amazing feeling.
"ASHLEE!"
"ORELLLAAAAA!
"AGHHHH! LUNA. LUNA. LUNA."
SARAH YES! YES! YES!" they all moaned in uinsen as their balls exploded into each of thr Girls.

Each Link fell back, panting like they had been through the most pleasurable expericne ever. Unable to talk, they looked at each other.
"You all felt that huh" Sarah said and Green nodded.
"That was the best thing I have ever felt!" Orella proudly stated. Ashlee stood up and Luna was just embaressed but agreed.
"I think this is it!" Green said as the other free Links started turning transparent before turning into balls of light and merging with the original.

Link pulled his pants up and sat on a rock. The threw girls sat next to him.
"Does this mean you are the Father of all of our Children!" Orella asked and he smiled.
"Yeah. Now the others have joined I remember fucking all four of you. What a unique experience" he said as they all laughed.

 

Time moved on and Link had succesfully sealed Vaati and impregenated the Four Maidens. They each held his Children and they decided to live in the area where the Four Sword lay asleep. They built a shrine around it and protected it for years. Link lived with his four Wives happilly and their Children grew up around him. They rarely left but Link did return to Hyrule on occasion, visiting the Castle once to tell Princess Zelda of all that happened. As time moved on, Link eventually passed away with his Wives and his now grown Children took care of the Temple. The Temple was overgrown with folliage and not known to the outside world. The place went by many names, noteably the Forest Temple....

Notes:

This chapter has been written for about a year now, same as the next one. I am quite a bit ahead now so for the remainder of 2020 I can upload these at a consistant pase.

Chapter 24: Four Swords Aftermath

Summary:

The Story of Link and Zelda directly after the events of Four Swords.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ages flowed by....

The Wind Sorcerer Vaati broke free of his prison and kidnapped Zelda, the Princess of Hyrule.

Princess Zelda's childhood friend Link used the power of the Four Sword to defeat Vaati and seal him away once again.

And, for a time, the people of Hyrule believed that their land was safe.

 

"Thank you Link. Truly. I say this as the Princess of Hyrule and as your friend. I believe Vaati is sealed away for a very long time. If he is able to break free, its going to take thousands of years. And if he does. I know our ancestors will be ready". Zelda says holding Link's hand as they srand in front of the Four Sword.

Link smiles at her.
"Why are we here?" Link asks to an understsnding Zelda. She did ask him to come all this way for a reason. A reason that was pretty selfish.
"What is it like having your body split into four?" She asks, avoiding the question entirely.
"Its weird. Its impossible to discribe. You are acting independantly from each other but you can sense what the others are feeling, they are you but not you..." he said knowing he was making no sense.
"So its like you have four different conscoenous in one head?" She asked making Link light up.
"Yeah! That more or less what its like" he said smiling.

"Do you know where this is Link?" Zelda asked him with her arms wide, gesturing the space they occupy.
"The shrine of the four sword? Deep in the Lost Woods?" He asked as it seemed obvious.
"Sort of. This is one of the most secret and well hidden places in all of Hyrule" she said walking up to Link. " The Lost Woods is a mystery on its own and is the door way to many places, some places that can only be accessed through the woods. This part we are in now, this is the Minish woods and this shrine is part of the Forest Temple, the only people alive that know of this place are the Royal family and you" she said smiling. "Its why we are here. I wanted to be somewhere undisturbed, somewhere no one could find us and somewhere I could convince my father to let me go to with you" she said getting very close to him.

"Why is that?" Link asked as what he thought was happening surely couldnt be. But she smiled and leaned in close.
"I want you Link. More than anything" she whispered into his ear making his heart pound at 90mph.
"Are you sure I mean, youre the Princess..." he said but she hushed him.
"That means I should get what I want" she said as she grabbed his hand and placed it on her breast. Link wanted it and it was clear Zelda wanted it so without anymore delay he forcefully kissed her, pushing her backwards against one of the stone pillars that symolise the four elements. Zelda was shocked at this but returned the kiss.

Zelda started to pull down his pants while Link tried to undo her dress. Her dress was really tight at the top but he broke it open letting the cape fall to the ground and the darker Pink part was open.
"So many layers" he said into her as she got his pants down enough for her to start stroking his erect penis. He moaned at that as he finally got her the top of her dress open allowing access to her breasts.

Her dress was tight enough that it consealed the size of her boobs. Sure they werent huge but they were bigger than he imagined. As he fondelled them she let out a gasp, pulling his penis hard making his moan. He started to grab a hold of her dress and pull it up and Zelda got the message so she wrapped her arms around him and hoped up, getting her legs around him. He managed to move her panties to the side and posisioned his dick with her enterance.

"Take me now Link" she said seductively as he slowly pushed his penis inside her. They both moaned at this, Zelda adjusting to his size as it goes further into her. He pulls in and out, gaining a steady rythm, moaning each time he pushes into her. She kisses him and starts rocking her hips for more motion, making Link feel more amazimg and he picks up the pace as a result.

"Oooh Zelda, you feel amazing" he said gripping her arse cheeks as he continues to thrust into her.
"And you feel hard as a rock" she said licking her lips. She pushes back making Link stumble and fall on his back. He remained in her the whole journey down and the grassy, stone floor didnt stop them.

She straddled his dick, rocking backwards and forwards on it giving Link a veiw of her boobs bouncing up and down in front of him. He is nearing his climax but wants to make her cum first so he flips her on her back and starts pounding into her as fast as he can. "AH! LINK!' she gasped, not expecting this at all "Dont you dare stop!" She screamed in bliss as Link tried his best to keep this furious speed up. He knew if he slowed down he would cum but he could only last so long.

"Zeeeellllldaaaaa. Agh. ZELDA!" He moaned .
"YES! LINK! I'm gonna....." she scremed as she reached her climax, letting Link releases his load into her. It felt like electric through his body, his dick spasming inside her as he colapsed ontop of her.

"Wow, that was worth it" catching her breath and smiling.
"It definitly was" he laughed, pulling out of her. He then paused and had a moment of thought. "What if you get pregnant? " he said concerned about her answer.
"Well first of all my Dad will go mental but then he will have no choice but to let me be with the Hero of the Four Sword. She said smiling.
"Why is he so against it in the first place?" He asked and she frowned.
"Its because he doesnt aprove of your 'comon' background. He is greatful for you heroism and saving me and the Kingdom but wants me to marry someone of nobility" she said with sadness. She leaned into him and hugged him. "If I am not pregnant, then we might have to come back here" she said smirking.
"Was that your plan, let me fuck you in the forest so you can have my babies and be with me? I like it" he said as the two laughed.

After the two were fully clothed they looked up at the surrouding area. "Have you ever explored this area?" Link asked Zelda as she shook her head.
"No. I have only came here once without you, why?" She asked in curiosity. But he gestured her over to him. They noticed an door that was over grown with vines. Link sliced them off with a small sword and opened it to a fairly clean, undisturbed passage way.
"You wanna explore?" He asked but Zelda wished he hadnt discovered this as her curiosity would not allow her to leave without knowing what is beyond this point. She smiled,
"If I die you have a lot of explaining to my Dad" she said as they walked in.

At the end of the passage way was a stone platform in a room with coloured triangles on the floor. "This place is weird" she said stepping onto the platform. To their shock, it begun lifiting upwards.
"Zelda!" Link called as he jumped, grabing ahold of it and getting aboud just as it went through a hole in the ceiling.

The two were again shocked. They stood in what seemed to be a huge.... manor, mansion, Castle.... something with four candles surounding them and a few doors leading various directions.
"Where are we...." Zelda asked looking around.
"Our home" a creepy voice said from behind them as a purple, orange, blue and green poe were floating in midair. Link drew his sword and the Puple one laughed, "Now now. We dont want to hurt you, we want you to live with us like you once did" she said assumable smiling.
"What do you mean? I have never been here before?" Link said as the blue one floated up to him.
"Not in this life perhaps, but the last legendary hero was our father. All four of you in fact.

"Wait? What are you talking about? All four of him? The last hero?" Zelda asked in confusion before the orange one approached her.
"Long ago, when Vaati terrorized the land, he kidnapped four beautiful girls. The Hero of the Four Sword bared all of them with a child. All four of them at once" she said
"The children of each Hero and each Maiden were our parents. We all of different Mothers but all of our Fathers were you". The Green one said directly to Link.

He stood silent for a moment.
"That maybe true but although a share the spirit of the Hero, he is not me" he said definatly. All four of them laughed. "We know, we know you are different. We dont want our Father, we want a Husband. We want to be honoured like our Mothers" the purple one spoke up.
"Well I am sorry but the answer is no. I mean no disrespect but I dont want to spend my life here with you" he said backing away as the blue one blocked his path.
"You dont have to live here. You just have to honour us" it said but Link refused again, pulling Zelda close.
"Again. The answer is no" he said but they were having non of it.
"Fine. How about we dont make it a request!" The Green one shoured as it spun angily towards Link.

Link dodged it, drawing his sword as they all circled around him.
"We gotta get out of here" Link said, worrying more about Zelda than him self.
"You dont have to tell me twice" she said holding his hand tight. They all mocked and laughed, their voices becoming muddled. Link pulled out his bow, missing a few times but eventually hitting the Green one as it was knocked backwards.
"AMY!' The Purple one shouted, distracting the other two. Link took the oppertunity to jump onto the lift as it sunk to the floor below.

As Link and Zelda darted down the corridoor the three ghosts persued them, passing though any object that was in their way. Link knew with their current speed they couldnt out run the ghosts so he had to come up with a plan.
"Zelda. Sorry about this". He said as he picked her up in both arms getting a surprised gasp put of her. He then stoped in his tracks and ran on the spot for a few seconds before the Pegasus boots rocketed him forward.

They reached the door and opened it, the light shining through.
"CURSE YOU HERO! IF YOU SHOW UP HERE AGAIN I WILL KILL YOU!" the purple Ghost screamed as it disapeard into the wall before the sunlight killed it.

The two stepped out side, panting before they started to laugh.
"Is youre curiosity satisfied?" Link smiled and Zelda hugged him tightly.
"Very" she said.

Time went on. The Four Poe Sisters came up in Link's mind every now and then, wondering if they are roaming the Temple in hatred for him. Vaati was safely sealed away so neither him or Zelda had any reason to go back. Especially now. Now that the next Royal Heir is growing inside her. Peace had returned. Peace had returned to Hyrule and for now at least, it seemed that no new threat was iminent.

Notes:

This has been wrote for ages and I came up with the idea of the Shrine of the Foursword being the Forest Temple from Ocarina of Time from a Zeltik video, so go watch that. I basically created a minir subplot continuing from the last chapter (The First Hero of the Foursword) to this one. If anyone has played Ocarina of Time they might recognise the Poe Sisters, so I have gave them some more character and made it dark for the Hero of Time of you think to much about it.

Speaking of Ocarina of Time.... that is up next and it is the one I have been most excited to get too.

Chapter 25: Ocarina of Time (Child Timeline) Aftermath Part 1 - Warning from the Future

Summary:

Link has been sent back to his Childhood to warn Zelda about the threat of Ganondorf before it takes place.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link stood there in front of the Princess. To him, he had done this before but to her this was new. This was quite sureal to him as he knows what she looks like in the future and almost forgot what her ten year old self looked like. He let her speak first despite knowing what she was about to say.

"I... Who?!... Who are you? How did you get past the guards?" She asked in confusion. Link steped forward.
"My name is Link, I sneaked past the guards to see you. I know this might be hard to believe but I am from the future". He told her as she gave him a confused look. "I can prove it, you had a dream about a dark storm covering Hyrule and peircing theight was a boy in green with a shining stone and a fairy. Although I do not have the sone anymore and my fairy... Navi, left me....  I am that boy. Your prophecy is correct". He announced shocking her.

"You... you are that boy? The boy from my dreams?" She asked even though she already believed him. He nodded.
"Let me tell you what heppened..." he cleared his throught. "I had the same dream you had and that very day a fairy came to me and took me to the great Deku Tree who had been cursed by an evil man named Ganondorf who yes.... is who you are spying on right now" he said as she quickly checked behind her self to the man kneeling to her father. " I defeated the monster inside the Deku Tree but he still died from his curse. But before he died, he gave me the Spiritual Stone of the Forest and told me I had to come and see you. I came here... and you told me about your dream, Ganondorf, the legend of the Triforce, the Ocarina of Time.... the lot of it" he explained, looking up to see if she was still following. If she had any doubts about his story, they had just been crushed by what he just said.

"I then went on a quest to gather the orher two stones but as I returned Ganondorf had attacked the Castle, killed your father and you had to escape with Impa on hours back, only just managing to throw me the Ocarina of Time... this is where it gets really crazy". He smiled to her. "I pulled out the Master Sword and travelled seven years into the future, unfortunatly, we played right into Ganondorf's hands as he now had access to the sacred realm and claimed the Triforce of Power for him self. I was greeted by a Young... Man named Sheik who pased on ancient knowledge on my quest to awaken the Sages who were needed to seal Ganondorf away. After I acomplished this task, that 'man' revealed 'himself' to be you Zelda". She looked back with a smirk.
"I desguied my self as a Sheikah man? That sounds... hard to believe" she confessed.
"But I assure you, you were cool as hell" he smiled as she returned the smile. "Anyway, Ganondorf captured you and I went tk face him. I defeated him and we then worked together to escape his collapsing tower. He then transformed into Ganon and I defested him while you and the six sages sealed him away. After all was said and done you felt bad for me missing my childhood so you sent me back in time, here, to warn you of the threat that is too come... and here we are". He took a deep breath and she stared back at him.

"Wow. I mean... that is some tale... I do believe everyword of it though... What is your name?" She asked as he left that detail out.
"Oh right, sorry. Its strange for me because I know you while you don't know me. My name is Link. No need to introduce your self to me Zelda... there was no need the first time" he smiled as she laughed.
"... Link.... Strange... it sounds somehow familiar. But Link, we have one problem. I believe everyword you said, my dream, combined with this, combined with the evil eyes of that man... I know he will try to take over Hyrule and then the whole world but my father doesnt believe my dream. I don't know how we will convince him" she told him with a frown.

"Maybe I can help". A voice came from behind Link. Impa walked over to him. "I can tell a lie from anyone, everyword you say is true boy, I know it". She said to him.
"It is, no need to teach me Zelda's Lullaby either, you already have". He told her just to reassure the point.
"Princess, I may be able to convince your father. We don't have any proof and from the sound of it, we cant really wait to get any. Link... you have done enough. You have saved the entire Kingdom in another time and I can't thank you enough. But sit this one out. You stay with the Princess while I tell the King about this man". She ordered Link.

"Okay. But make sure you don't under estimate him. He is more powerful than you can imagine" he told her just before she threw a Deku nut on the ground and. vanished.

The two kids were left alone in the courtyard. Link took a seat on the stone steps and Zelda joined him.
"Am I beautiful in the future?" She asked with a giggle and Link blushed slightly as he remembered how she made his adult body feel.
"Yes. You are gourgeous" he said looking at the floor in embarassment which Zelda was glad about as her face went bright red.
"What about you? Are you a handsome man?" She asked and he had to think about it.
"Well I had three people think so... so I guess so. I guess it was becuase I had a muscular body... although it was natural, I never had to exercise for it so I was sorta cheating" he laughed to break the akwardness.

"It is kind of sad though..." he said looking to thr ground. "I am able to stop all the bad things happening which is great but everything I did... non of it happened. We never spent a lot of time together but the time we did have is gone now. You might never get to be a badass Ninja, the sages wont know what an important role they played in this, Navi is gone. I will have to redo a lot of things.... The Gorons will still need someone to defeat the Dodongos and Ruto... oh God... Princess Ruto is still inside Lord Jabu Jabu". He said in shock but Zelda haugged him.

"I can't know how it feels and I can't pretend I know how I feel about you in another time but I promise you that your sacrifice will not be in vein. And besideds...you a pretty cute to be honest" she said giggled as they both turned bright red.
"Thank you Zelda".

 

Ganondorf was escorted to a room to stay in by Hylian Knights. No one yet knew of his evil intentions. He entered his room, the two Gerudo Women stood to attention.
"Leave us!" He ordered the Knights who did just that. When Ganondorf was sure they had left he spoke. "Everything is going as planned. The King suspects nothing. The Princess was watching me with some weird kid but regardless of if they suspect anything or not, there is no way they can know what we are planning" he spoke to the two Women.

"Whats out next move Lord Ganondorf?" One of them asked him. She wore a green top and had larger breasts than the other and wore green lipstick to match.
"At the moment we wait. We wait until they King invites me for a meeting again in a few days. Thats when I am sure his Daughter will be there and I can kill them both and get that sacred royal heirloom from them. Aveil. You are my prized warrior. I want you to be with me when this happens" he said as the walked past both of them to the a desk by the window and began taking off his clothes.

"What about Nabooru? I thought she was 2nd in command?" Aveil asked him and he turned to her, stunning her with his bare chest.
"I place Nabooru in charge of the Gerudo while I am away because she is the highest skilled fighter under me. When I conquer Hyrule I intend on making her my wife but she doesnt really aprove of my ways. She will see things my way in time. You two girls are my 3rd and 4th in command" he said giving the other girl some attention before she got to jealous.

She wore a yellow top and matching lipstick and was indeed jealous of both Nabooru and Aveil.
"Can we trust her?" She asked and Ganondorf scowled.
"Ryja! Dont speak out of turn. I told her she is 2nd in command did I not? You have much to learn if you want to bare any of my children!" He snapped at her. She flinched, so did Aveil. Not bevause of his outburst but because of his last part. She was going to bare one of his children. "I plan on making Nabooru my first bride and out Daughter will be my successor, but the Great King of the Gerudo will have you two as my wives as well. You two will bare one of my Daughters" he smiled as he stepped towards Aveil, towering over her. "I choose you tonight" he said as he pulled down his trousers revealing his hard cock.

Aveil was stunned. This was all so sudden. One minute she is being told she will bare his child and marry him and the next he was going to have sex with her now. Up until now, Aveil assumed Ganondorf was truly faithful to Nabooru, but the fact she wasnt here on this mission implies something else. She was no fool like Ryja, she would keep her theories and opinions to herself. Her duty in life was to please her King and thats what she planned on doing.

She bent down and began licking his penis, him groaning as he grabbed her head and forcefully thrust in and out of her mouth. Ryja was relegated to watch. She hated this. Maybe if she hadned spoke out....

Ganondorf sat down on his large bed. And Aveil continued on his shaft. He pusbed her head off him and grabbed her, pulling her into his lap. He grabbed her breast through the cloth, making her moan and then he tossed her onto her back. "Take them off!" He ordered her and she did just that. She stripped off everything and Ganondorf pushed his hand onto her shoulder when she was done, pinning her down and without warning her forcefully thust into her.

It tore through her and the pain was like nothing else. She gritted her teeth, clutching the bed with her hands. He felt how tight she was but his dick was wet with her saliva so he slid in more efficiently. After a few thusts she was beginning to feel pleasure.
"Oh... my Lord!" She pleaded in delight, which made Ganondorf pleased. He released his hand from her shoulder and placed it on her arse, using it to pump in and out of her with more force. He gripped it, making her tighten around him and wrap her legs around his waist.

He was mesmerised by the bounce of her breasts in front of him as the shook with each thrust. He groaned with each thrust and she maoned in pleasure. He pushed his lips into her and she grabbed his hair pulling him in and grabbing his strong back with her other arm.

"Say my name!" He ordered her. As he thrust faster.
"Lord Ganondorf!" She obeyed.
"What do you want me to do?" He asked her.
"Go faster. Fuck me. Fill me with your child Great Ganondorf!" She moaned making him speed up, thrusting as fast and hard as he could.
"Ah. Ah. Ah" was all she could get out. She couldnt speak, her vision was a blur and pleasure was surging through her body with a mix of pain. She gripped his back , the nails digging in made him more arroused and he slammed into her.

"Avail!" He moaned as the fired his thick cum into her, filling her up. He rode out his climax and she was seeing stars, panting. He eventually pulled out and lay next to her. She lay one leg over him and kissed him.
"That was the best thing I have ever felt" she sighed into his muscular chest.
"Of course it was, I am your King" he declared before lookig over to the jealous Ryja. "Next time, if you obey me. You can be next!" He told her before falling asleep with one of his future wives in his arms.

 

 

Impa appeared by the Kings side. The King was not startled, he was used to this and and was expecting her.
"Your Highness, I have urgent information I need to share and I plead you believe me" Impa addressed the King, nealing next to him. He looked at her, sceptical but he trusted Impa, enough to listen to her.
"Go on" was all he said.

"The dreams your Daughter has been having are no ordinary dreams, they are visions. Visions of the future and they are real." She told him and he sighed. She went on to explain everything. The Hero visiting the Princess, the visions, the future and of course Ganondorf's intentions. The King patiently listened but wasnt convinced.
"You see Impa, I believe most of what you say and maybe my Daughters visions mean something but Ganondorf is no threat. He is here to seek an aliance and end the seperstion with the Hylians and the Gerudo. Do you have any proof of these claims?" He said, knowing she did not, but thats where he was mistaken.
"I do your Highness" she said, the King sitting up to listen.

"I ordered two of my most trusted Sheikah to record everything the King is saying to his two companions. I have it all here" she said holding a wooden box with a wind up lever on the side and a small speaker on the top. She wound the leaver a few times and the King could not believe what he was hearing. It was Ganondorf's plan to take out himself and Zelda and conquer Hyrule.

"That bastard!" The King rose his voice, slamming the throne with his fist. "Thank you Impa. And thank this Hero. I want to speak with him once we arrest this Ganondorf. I will order his arrest now. Stay alert" he ordered her and imidiatley sent the Knights to arrest Ganondorf.

 

Bang Bang Bang was what woke Ganondorf up. He groaned and pulled the banket off him snd pushed the naked Girl off him, waking her up in the process.
"Ganondorf! We have urgent news from the King!" A Knight shouted threw the door. Ganondorf was a smart man and knew something about this seemed off. What could be so urgent that ge be adressed in the middle pf the night. Surely he was just being paranoid, his plan was flawless and no one could see through it.

He pulled his pants on and a shirt, Aveil getting her clothes on in a hurry and Ryja stood to attention. He walked to the door and opened it. The Knights were as normal, armoured with spears and a sheild. "The King would like to see you" he man said and Ganondorf smiled.
"Can the loverly Aveil come this time, she is dying to meet the King" he said politely but the man shook his head.
"Afraid not sir. He wants to see you alone" he told him. Ganondorf turned to her and shrugged, knowing she woulr know what to do. She would be there anyway. His time was now.

The Knights guided Ganondorf down the stairs. His plan may be happening tonight. If the Princess is there then he can move his plans forward. The Nights lead him down a coriddor but suddenly out of the blue he felt two figures grab an arm each and pull them behind him. The Knights pinned him to the ground and someone, he wanst sure who, places handcuffs on him.
"Gah! What the hell are you doing? I am the King of the Gerudo!" He shouted in anger. He was confused. What could they have on him. He was certain there was no spies, whh would there be anyway.... that kid...

"You stay silent. The King will see you!" The Knight said as he was pulled to his feet and pushed down the coridoor, only know getting a look at the Sheikah that got the drop on him.
"Damn. He couldnt have detected spies like them" he thought.

 

Impa wasnt baby sitting her for once, she was free for the fitst time since she could remember, and a Boy was in her room.
"I've never stayed up this late before" Zelda smiled as she jumped on her bed with her dress bouncing up and down. Link seemed uninterested. Normally he would but tonight he was nervous and stayed at her window. Zelda noticed.

"Link I am sure it will all be fine" she said to him reassuringly as she walked over to him.
"I know but... Ganondorf is capable of some.... some vile things... I cant just stay here and not see this for my self" he told her. She agreed with him.
"Link. Impa told you to stay out of it, and I think you should.... unless you have to" she said and he turned to her a little surprised. "I trust you. And I know that man is evil! You should be there, hidden and if anything goes wrong, stop him!" She declared.

Link smiled and hugged her, making her blush.
"Thank you Zelda! I needed that. I am going to see what happens" he said as he opened her window and slid down a gutter pipe.

 

"Get the Hell of me!" Ganondorf shouted as he was pushed forward to the floor. He got up on his knees ans looked up at the King.
"Ganondorf! For your plans to kill me and my Daughter and your plans to conquer Hyrule I am sentencing you to death. You shall have no trial and if you go peacefully we can promise to protect the Gerudo Tribe and apoint a new leader. Is this understood?!" He shoured down.

Like hell was the Ling gonna take his Kingdom without a fight and like hell he is going down without a fight. He sneered at the King.
"Go to hell you bastard. You have no proof!" He shouted and the King smiled.
"But I do Ganondorf. And I am no fool, I know you want me to give away how I know but I will not" he teased Ganondorf which made him more furious.

Suddenly, without warning the two knights dropped to the ground. The other guards stood blocking the king but Ganondorf charged forward with his hands still cuffed behing his back. Aveil landed atop a Knight, peircing his skull with a spear while Ryja continued her arrow assualt. Without warning Ryja was slashed in the throught by some needles, makimg her drop from the rafters. Impa then landed infront of Aveil. Aveil thrust her spear forward several times in succession to try and hit Impa in the head. This was in vein as the Sheikah was too quick and dodged every strike. She backhanded the spear away and kicked Aveil in the throught.

She turned her head. Ganondorf was leapimg through the air towards the King. There was no time for her to stop him. But in a moment of desperation, glass fell from above and Link landed in front of the King and stabbed the oncoming Gerudo King in the chest.

Time seemed to stand still. The King was curled up in a defensive position in his throne. Impa was reaching out to nothing. Aveil lay unconcois on the steps and Ryja was bleedimg to death from her throught. Non of this compared to the Gerudo King laying on his back, bleeding from the chest while the young Hero of Time stood with nothing but his Wooden Deku Sheild and the Kokiri Sword in front of the King.

"I... I dont know what to say" the King said as Link turned to him. Link bowed.
"I need no words your Highness" he said humbley. Knight quickly restraines Ganondorf again. As he was dragged away he got a glance at the Boy. He recognised the face from earlier.
"Damn Brat. How could he have bested me" he thought to himself as the doors were closed upon him.

Impa jumps over to the King and Link.
"Are you okay your Highness?" Impa askes and he just nods.
"Hero....Impa has told me all about you. Yiu saved us in the future and came back to stop it all from happening. I must thank you. I know you are young but ask anything of me and I am sure I can oblige" he told the kid. Link thought.
"I have one request. I request to be trained as a Knight for you and to be allowed to leave and return to the Castle regularly" he respectfully asked. The King and Impa were surprised by such a daring request.

"Very well Boy, but I have one better. You will be given training but I want you to personally lead the army when you are a man". The King said, looking Link in the eyes. Link smiled.
"It would be an hounour" he said.

While they talked Aveil climbed to a smashed window and climbed out of it. She fell into a bush but quickly got he footing and made her way over the Castle Walls.

 

head on a rock because your Father will execute me" he said jokingly but considered it as a genuine possibility.

 

 

Notes:

This is one I have been looking forward too a lot. I am leading right into Majora's Mask after Ocarina of Time so if you love the Hero of Time, its good news because this is going to be longer than my Skyward Sword Aftermath.

I was supposed to have this up yesterday but forgot. Sorry.

Chapter 26: Ocarina of Time (Child Timeline) Aftermath Part 2 - Re-resolving Situations

Summary:

Link helps out the Gorons and Zora, fixing the good deeds he had done once before.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"As thanks fot saving my life, stopping Ganondorf and for preventing a terrible future, I woule like to hounor you Link. From here on out, you have the Title Lord Hero of Time!" The King announced to a cheering crowd. Other Knights looked on in jealousy. How could a ten year old Boy be given such an honour. But those Knights didnt understand who Link was. "As a Prize for your deeds, you may have this" he said as he handed Link a Metalic Sheild. It has the Hylian Crest on it but it was slightly different. "It is a Custom Made Hylian Sheild, we are calling it the Hero Sheild. We understand a regular Hylian Sheild may be too heavy for you and you certainly cant use that Wooden Sheild forever" the King explained.

He was right of course. Link had used a Hylian Sheild as a Child but had to carry it on his back because it was far to heavy for him. This was perfect though.
"Thank you your Highness" Link said greatfully and the King shortly after dismissed the crowed in the Castle.

"So you wanted my permission to go out and help the Gorons and the Zora because you believe they are in danger?" The Ling asked and Link nodded.
"Yes. In the alternate Timeline I defeated King Dodongo in the Dodongo Cavern so the Gorons could eat the rocks there again. I also helped Princess Ruto who got stuck inside Lord Jabu Jabu's belly. I would like to re-do the good deeds I did in the alternate timeline" Link explained and the King understood. He turned to his Daughter and frowned.
"This is what I dont understand Zelda. Why would you want to go with him?" The King asked her.

"Link told me that in that Timeline I trained with Impa for seven years and became and excellend fighter in my own right. I want the chance to do all that again" she explained to her father with determination in her eyes.
"Link, will she be safe?" The King asked him in confidence and Link swallowed.
"I cant garuntee her safety but I can do all I can to minimise any risk. For example if she came with me to Zora's Domain and stayed with the Zora while I save Ruto then I can be confident she will be fine. If she follows me inside Jabu Jabu then... well its dangerous in there" he said.
"Link! You were supposed to side with me!" She sulked but Link frowned "its not feild trip Zelda. Do you really want to know what if feels like to have an Octorock fire a rock at your face? Its not pleasant. You will also need to have some fairies on you, a weapon and sheild for defense and definitly change out of the dress" he explained in detail.
"Link is right Zelda" the King told her.
"I am sorry Zelda. Trust me. I know you are a badass and capable of some cool stuff but that is with seven years of Sheikah training. Train with Impa and then you can come along" he said to her but she still wasnt happy.
"I am the same age as you. What makes you more equiped than me?" She raised her voice and Link could help but smirk.
"Zelda, I live in the woods. I grew up hunting. And you know... I killed the Demon King" he said.

"Okay, listen. Zelda. I will allow you against my own better judgement to go to Goron City and Zora's Domain with Link by your side at all time. If I hear of you sneaking off or disobeying my rules then you will regret it for a long long time. Understood!?" He warned her and she smiled and bowed.
"Of course. Thank you Father"

 

 

Link headed towards Kakariko Village, with Zelda in tow. Although the King forbid her from getting into danger, Link still insisted she wear something more sensible. She wore a Pink Version of Link's tunic but with white tights  much like he wore as an Adult. A matching colour baret replaced the iconic cap. She was given a simple Sword and Link's light Deku Sheild but beyond that she had a bag that wrapped around her shoulder. Link has no idea what she kept in it, nor did he ask.

They passed through Kakariko Village withoit stopping, Zelda wanted to though as she was curious how life was outside of the Castle. They head up to the gates and a Knight stood guard.

"Ummm... ahh. Your Highness!" The Guard said as he knealed to her. Link smiled, noting how he was a lot more respectful to Zelda. She gestured for him to stand.
"We are on our way up the Mountain. Under my Fathers blessing. We are heading to see Darunia of the Gorons" she said as the Knight gulped.
"You... you sure. It is dangerous" he warned her but Link stepped forward.
"Thats why I am here" he said and the Knight burst out laighing until his eyes met the angered eyes of Zelda.

"Very well..." he said as he banged itnspear in the ground and the gate opened. "By the way Your Highness.... If you are gling to climb Death Mountain, you should equip a proper shield! It is an active volcano, after all! If you think you're good to go already, don't worry about it" he said but she wasnt doing the fighting, Link was.

They passed on through the gates and headed up the Mountain Pass.
"Okay Princess, stay behind me, there are Tektites up here" he said to her as he drew his sword. They turned the corner and he slashed forward, killing the first one and then further knwards stabs upwards, killing one that jumpes from up high. "Its easy when yiu know where things are going to be" he remarked as they contuned up Death Moutain.

"This is it" he said to Zelda "Goron City". She looled at him.
"Its just a cave" she remarled, slightly disapointed.
"What did you expect. They are made of rocks" he joked as he lead her inside. As they made there way through the Goron home Zelda was surprised at how non of them seemed really phased that two Hylians were just passing through.

They reached the bottom and Link pulled put his Fairy Ocarina and begun playing a familiar melody. The door opened and Zelda stared at him. "Impa taught me that when we first met... the first time around" he told her before moving into the room where the Goron Cheif Darunia stood.

"Nice to meet you Darunia of the Gorons, I am Princess Zelda and this is Lord Hero of Time Link. He has knowldge of the future and knows how to help you" she told him and he stared at her before turning his attention to Link.

"When I heard the song of the Royal Family, I expected slme Knights, not the Princess and a little Kid." He gowled. So you know why I'm in such a bad mood rihht now then?" He asked and Link nooded.
"Dodongos and other monsters have infested Dodongo's Cavern and you cant get to the rock you need to eat" Link explained to him.

"I know what will cheer you up!" Link said as he pulled out his Ocarina once more and played Saria's Song. Emidietly the Goron started dancing wildly. "Oh! Oh-oh! C'mon!
Come on! Come on! Come on! HOT! What a hot beat! WHOOOOAH! YEEEEAH! YAHOOO!" He was shouting in his crazy dance. Zelda was stunned, this Darunia was some character.

"Heeey! What a nice tune!
Just like that, my depression is all gone! Something juat came over me! I suddenly wanted to dance like crazy!" He said almost apologetically.
"Its all fine. I am going to go inside Dodongo's Cavern and stop the monsters, meanwhile the Princess is to stay with you" he oredered her and she frowned.
"And what do you want out if this?" Darunia asked suspeciously. He was right of course. Initiallaly he wanted the Goron Ruby but he had no need of it this time around.
"Nothing. Nothing at all. I am just here to help" he said smiling.

"Fine! I have something for you though. I'm not really giving you this in return for anything, but take it anyway." He orderd as he handed Link the Power Braclet. "If you wear this, even a little fella like you can pick a Bomb Flower" he explained but Link of course knew this.
"Thank you Darunia". He said as he tirned to leave.

Zelda grabbed him from behind.
"Dont leave me here!" She pleaded and Link looked confused. "He is weird and a bit intimidating" she said and Link smiled before giving her a reasuring hug.
"Zelda, the monsters in the Cavern are way more intimidating. And besideds, Darunia is fine. He is a bit odd but he is a good guy at heart. He was once of the sages that sealed Ganon away alongside you" he told her and she forced a smile.
"Okay. But be safe" she said and Link nooded before leaving her with the Goron.

 

 

It took Link a few hours to go through the Cavern, pick up the Bomb Bag and slay King Dodongo. This was much faster than his first time through which made sense since he knew they way and knew what to avoid. He did note that fighting monsters felt different and almost harder without Navi by his side.

The King Dodongo was dead and the glowint blue light appeard which teleported Link outside. Link remembered what was about to happen so he turned around as Darunia landed behind him.

"It's me, Darunia! Well done!" He said as he smacked the top of Link's hesd like a drum before beating his chest. "Thanks to you, we can once again eat the delicious rocks from Dodongo's Cavern until our stomachs burst! What a wild adventure! It will make an incredible story.... I can't belive the Dodongos suddenly appeared in such great numbers! And that big rock blocking the cave..."he looled down at Link whonwas on the floor rubbing his head.

"The Princess confirmed my suspecion that all this trouble was caused by that Gerudo thief, Ganondorf! The Princess told me how you stopped him and you also risked your life for us..." he smiled. "Kid, I like you! How's about you and I become Sworn Brothers?! No, there's no big ceremony involved! Just take this as a token of our friendship!" He stopped talking as he held his hands in the air and a red light appeared.

Link thought for a moment. It was true he no longer needed the Spiritual Stone but also he already had the Kokiri Emerald and he knew the Gorons and Zora would never be threatened again if they didnt have them. Link planned on hiding them somewhere were evil will never find them. He got up as he lifted his arms up to recieve the beautiful red ruby that floated down towards him.

I told the Princess about the Great Fairy ontop of Death Mountain. Speaking of which... Hey, everybody! Lets see off our brother!" He shouted as a Goron landed next to Darunia with Zelda sitting on his shoulder and another landed next to him on the other side. Zelda jumped off and gave Link a hug.
"Thank Hylia you are safe!" She said as Link smiled.
"You did great!" One Goron said.
"How 'bout a big Goron hug, Brother?!" Another said as it strode towards Link. He grabbed Zelda's hand, come on. Lets go!" He said running away but dodging the last incoming Goron by jumping right of it.

 

 

They headed East to Zora's River. "It's dangerous here Zelda so be careful and stay close" he said as he blasted away the rocks. He was pleasantly surprused that he wasn't perstered every five minutes by that damn owl. They hoped over a gap and Zelda was now pleased she wasnt wearing her dress. Link knew the Octorock would be waiting so he managed to deflect the rock away with excellent timing.

They made their way up the river, Zelda having to get a bit wet which she was not thrilled about but she would dry off. They eventually made it to the water fall and Link once again played Zelda's Lullaby to part the falls so they could enter Zora's Domain.

They made their was through the water filled rock cavern. Zelda staring a little top much at the Zora's since she had only ever seen drawing and paintings of them, never in person. Link made a note of this fact.

"Okay so my advice is... dont stare" he told her as the walked up the steps.
"Dont stare at.... oh" she said as she was greeted to the appearence of a huge Zora.
"I'm gonna quickly go get something, you wait here. Back in a bit" he said as he ran off through a passage way. Why did he have to leave me with this thing? She wondered, curious to what the conversation was about that she could hear Link having. She soon after heard a splash. She sighed.

She stood on the pedestal to talk to the King, she cleared her throught.
"Hello King Zora. I am Princess Zelda. Me and Sir Hero of Time have come to help" she spoke clearly.
"Oh Good! Oh, my dear sweey Princess Ruto... Where has she gone? I'm so worried..." he cried out. Zelda felt bad. Should she say anything. Best not, Link has a plan after all.
"We will find her" she said calmly.

A little while later Link returned, soaking wet. And pulled a letter out of a bottle and held it to the King.
"Here we go..." Link said as the King stsrted his rant.

"Ho, this letter! Its from Princess Ruto! Hmm.... Let's see... She's inside Lord Jabu Jabu? That's not possible! Our guardian god, Lord Jabu Jabu, would never eat my dear Princess Ruto! But ever since that stranger, Ganondorf, came here, Lord Jabu Jabu has been a little green around the gills... The evidence seems clear. Of course, you'll go find Ruto. You can pass through here to the altar of Lord Jabu Jabu. I,ll keep this letter. You keep the bottle it was in. Take it respectfully! Please find my dear Princess Ruto immediately" he finished, well thats what Zelda thought....

He began shuffling to his right incredibly slowly, making a frog like sound as he did. Zelda tried to hold back a laugh, and Link knew he had to distract her.
"Zelda, I am sorry... more than Inwas about Darunia. You are going to go through more hell than me this time. You are going to have to stay here with King Zora" he explained and dread came across on her face.
"Please Link... anything but that!" She pleaded as Link hugged her.
"Sorry" he said sincerly. He thought for a moment. "Well if you want something to do then the guy down that tunnel has a little diving game he plays. Its fun I suppose... just dont hit your head on a rock because your Father will execute me" he said jokingly but considered it as a genuine possibility.

 

 

Much like Dodongo's Cavern, going through Jabu Jabu's belly was easier the second time around but no less disgusting. He once again carried Ruto through the disgusting insides of her diety. He had to admit that he was slightly attracted to her but knew it was wrong. She wore no clothes and he felt her butt on the palm of his hands as he carried her through the belly. This did not help when he entered the room with the Zora Sapphire inside and she began squirming onto of him.

"That's it! That's what I've been looking for! Throw me up there! Onto the platform!" She ordered but this time, Link knew better.
"You have trusted my instincts so far right. Well I know what will happen" Link said as he put her down. He jumped and grabbed the ledge. "C'mon. I'll help you up" he said as he reached his arms down. She did as he asked and as soon as she was pulled up she grabbed the Zora Sapphire.

"Oh, my goodness! I finally found... my mother's stone... I got very upset when Lord Jabu Jabu Swallowed it... while I was feeding him, he suddenly swallowed me! I was so surprised, I dropped it inside... But now that I've found it, I don't need to be here anymore! So take me home right now!" She ordered but as he predicted, the platform theg were on shook and began to rise up.

It rose up and an Octorock stoof facing them.
"Keeeyaaaah! What is this?! An octopus?!" She screamed as Link pulled her backwards and the platform fell back down with the Octorock with it.
"Come on Ruto. We need to get going" he said. She nodded and took his band making his heart flutter.

The two made it the rest of the way through Jabu Jabu's belly until they entered a room. "Stand here and don't move!" He ordered her as he stepped forward. A monster came from the ceiling and Link knew he would have to face Barinade again.

Ruto watched him take it worn with his Sword and Boomerang efortlessly. And when it was defeated a blue light appeared on the ground. Link held a hand out to Ruto. "Let's go. It will take us outside" he explained and she smiled, taking his hand.

They walked into the light and faced each other. Something changed that caught Link off guard. She kissed him on the lips and before he could say anything they floated upwards and vanished.

They appeared on a branch outisde and she was inches from his face. He staggered back in shock. Why was this a shock? It had happened once before. Maybe he was still processing his kiss belonging to Ruto. She jumped into the water and swamp sedictivley towards him.

"You! You looked cool..." she stopped to Link's surprise as he expected her half compliment. "I want to give you this. The Zora Sapphire! My Mother gave it to me and said I should give it only to the man who will be my husband. You might call it the Zora Engagment Ring!" She told him, before being able to refuse she swam back.

Link sighed. He knew he wanted the stone again, this time for a different purpose. But history was going to repeat its self and we going to yet again be engaged to Ruto. He found her cute and even really hotnin the future butnhe wasnt in love with her. Link knew who he wanted to marry but he was stuck now.

She gave Link the stone and swam off. "Don't tell my Father..." she said as she entered back into Zora's domain. As he climbed out of the water Zelda came out to see him.
"You stink!" She giggled to him.
"Yeah, because I have been in that!" He complained as he pointed to the big fish. "Anyway, we have done what we came here for. Lets head over to Lon Lon Ranch". He said and Zelda looked confused but was down with the plan.

 

 

"On my travels I befriended both Malon ans Epona as a Child. When I was an Adult Epona trusted me and I was able to free her and she helped me get across the land" Link said. "She is as loyal as a Horse can get and it might seem silly but I will miss not being to ride her" Linkplained but Zelda shook her head.
"I get it." She told him and they entered the ranch.

As soon as they entered they heard the beautiful melody radiate through the park. "That is a loverly tune" Zelda said and Link nodded.
"Voice of an angel" he said as Zelda fely a pain of jealousy go through her. They aproached the Horse pen and a red headed girl in a white dress was standing, singing to the horses. Zelda thought her red hair was beautiful and she assumed Link agreed. They approached her.

"Oh, it's the fairy boy again! I heard you found my dad! How did you like the caslte and did you see the...." stopped in her own excitment as she saw Zelda standing begind Link. "Oh my goodness! That her! You are Princess Zelda!" She said shaking her hand forcefully.

Zelda liked her, she trested him like Link did, like a person. She still acted like she was a Princess but without the polite crap she was bored of.
"Hello. Yes I am Princess Zelda. Me and Link came to visit your Ranch because Link mentioned you and said you had loverly Horses here" she said and Malon lit up.

"Really? Is that true fairy boy! You mentioned me to the Princess!" She beamed in excitment and Link nodded.
"Yeah. If it wasnt for you I would never have made it to Zelda to deliver important news. So thank you" he said and she giggled.

"Oh, yeah - I have to introduce you to my friend. She's this horse. Her namenis Epona. Isn't she cute?" She said as the small brown Horse rode past the three of them.
"She is beautiful!" Zelda said in awe and Link smiled, remenising about his time with Epona.

The Horse ran away. Link forgot he had not warmed up to Epona yet.
"It seems like Epona is afraid of you, fairy boy..." she said and went back to humming the calminf melody.
"What is that song Malon?" Zelda asked and she smiled.
"I call it Epona's Song. My Mother composed it. Isn't it nice? Let's sing together." She suggested and Link looked at Zelda and nodded.

They both pulled out their Ocarinas and Malon got more excited.
"Oh, cute ocarinas! Are you going to play this song with those ocarinas?" She asked as she bagan hunming the tune. Link was a natural but Zelda had to take a few seconds before she picked up on it. The tune echoed around the ranch and Epona ran over and neighed. "I think Epona likes you now" she said happily and Link smiled, patting her nose.

Notes:

This chapter was uploaded with the last one by accident, sorry about that. As an apology to the few who read this I will upload chapter 3 early. I have enough chapters wrote to upload 2 per week for the rest of 2020. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 27: Ocarina of Time (Child Timeline) Aftermath Part 3 - The Gerudo War

Summary:

The Gerudo are unhappy about the fate of their King and wont quietly sit by.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Aveil ran through the Gerudo Valley. She knew that Knights and Soldiers of Hyrule would be after her so she needed to get home. At this point it is her fault if Ganondorf is executed. Well it wasnt really but thats how she saw it.

She ran into their fortress, Nabooru sitting on a throne with her legs crossed.
"Ganondorf has been arested and they King of Hyrule is planning on executing him!" Aveil shouted loudly, making sure as many heard it as possible so Nabooru could avoid her.

Everyone was in shock, unable to think of what they should ask first.
"Explain to me what happened!" Nabooru ordered and Aveil began to explain. "I see... so it is likely that Ganondorf is dead already and as a result will have no reason to come after you? I mean, sure, you tried to kill the King but non of us will be put in danger if we don't start an uprising" Nabooru calmy stated.

This opinion didn't sit well amoungst the Gerudo.
"Are you trying to sugest we do nothing? Let our King die! We hadn't even done anything so Ganondorf is being executed for a crime he hasnt comitted!" Aveil shouted.
"But you were planning on something and Ganondorf did attack the King and he must  have some evidence or non of this would have happeend" Nabooru stated.

She sighed. "I know we all love our King. It is tempting to run into Castle Town and set it all on fire and rescue him but that would be reckless and Ganondorf may allready be dead. The Gerudo Tribe were planning to conquer Hyrule, the King has the right to do as he pleases on his soil and Ganondorf knew the risks" she told them all.

She was lying of course. She hated Ganondorf and everything he stood for. He was evil and she wanted nothing more than to take over the tribe and and guide them in the right direction.

"Now now now. Is that a way to treat our King!" Kotake crackled as the two Witches flew through a wall.
"I don't think it is Kotake!" Koume answered. All the Gerudo bowed to their superior, Naburoo doing no such thing.
"Since we have an army willing to fight, a 3rd Command leader willing to lead and us magic wielders at the ready does it really matter what you think" Kotake sneered to Nabooru.
"Yeah, if you don't want to help, you just sit on your little chair. Try and stop us and you'll regret it!" Koume copied.

Nabooru was powerless.
"Very well. Aveil, you go take the Gerudo to war with Hyrule. Don't come crying to me when it all goes south" she said as she lay back in her chair.

 

Link, Zelda and Malon were having fun in the Ranch. Forgetting the Worlds problems and acting like kids. Night fall had rolled around and Malon should be in bed but Talon didnt want to pull her from her friends so he gave her some more time.
"Wait! Do you hear that!? Link said holding a hand up for them to be queit. The sound of marching was getting louder and louder.

Link ran off, leaving the two Girls alone. He exited the ranch and looked around the corner. It was hard to see in the dark of the night but figures, some on Horses, were carrying torches and by the sound of some of them... "No..." Link said to him self as panic filled his body. "Dark Nuts".

He ran back into the Ranch, Talon coming out his House to see what the racket was.
"Zelda! We need to go. Now!" He shouted and the two girls looked terrified. Especially Zelda who saw the fear on Link which concerned her.
"What is it Link?" She asked and he frowned.
"Dark Nuts. An army of them. Coming from the Desert. I need to take you somewhere safe, the Castle is not an option since that may be their target" he said to her.

"Now hang on. I know what those Gerudo Theives are like. If you are escorting... apparently the Princess out of here, take my sweet Malon too" Talon said from behind Link.

"We have no time to discuss this. This Ranch could be attacked any second. Zelda, Malon. Lets go. Talon... come or stay, your call but they will kill you if they catch you" he said to him and he nodded.
"I'll be right behind you" he lied and Link nodded.
"Malon. I have a huge favor to ask. Take a Horse, not Epona and take Zelda with you, I will lead the way on Epona. Can I ask that of you?" He asked her and she reluctantly nodded. "Right. Lets go!" He ordered.

They rode out of the Ranch and headed East. Link in the lead on the smaller Epona while Malon and Zelda rode a larger horse named Arthur behind them.
"Link! We have trouble!" Zelda shouted as a Gerudo Theif, only one thankfully, was chasing them on Horseback.
"Keep going Malon!" Link shouted as he turned Epona around and charged towards the Gerudo. She thrust a spear forward but Link ducked under it and sliced her side, drawing a lot of blood. To be safe he pulled out his Slingshot and hit her in the back of the head with a Deku Nut. She lay bleeding and Link left her and caught up with the Girls.

He led them into an enclosed area that led through a log, they crossed the creaky wooden bridge and entered Kokiri Village. Link saw the familiar faces jump at the sight of Horses, something they had never seen. Malon and Zelda marveled at this place. Link jumped off Epona. "This is my House" he said as he pointed at the Tree stump he calles home. When Link had told Zelda he lived in a tree she thought he was joking.

"Its beautiful!" Malon remarked but Zelda turned to Link in concern.

"You two will be safe here. Make your self at home. If you need anything, ask these fine folk" he said as he pointed to Mido then shook his head. "Okay, any of them apart from this one" he said as Mido crosses his arms. "I have to go." He said in a hurry as he jumped back onto Epona and left the Girls in the unfamiliar Forest surrounded by strange Forest Children that stared at them like they were Aliens.

 

Hylians were ready for this. Its not like they knew the Gerudo would attack but after Ganondorf tried to execute the King, the Royal family and the Sheikah considered the possibility, especially once they realised Aveil had escaped. This gave Castle Town and the Castle time to prepare for such an attack so the draw bridge was closed, Knights and Archers defended the front gate and this was only the first line of defence. Despite the Dark Nuts being increddibly feirce, the Hylians had the advantage in the short term at least.

As the Gerudo fired arrows up at the Soldiers, twice as many were fired back. Dark Nuts were standing patiently as the arrows bounced off them. A few began building a make shift bridge across the moat so the could barge the gate in. What the Hylians did not account for was two Witches.

 

 

Link rode back, passing the corpse of the Gerudo he had killed. He saw how bad the battle at the front gates was. He wondered how he was going to get in. He wondered what he would do period. He knew he could take one Dark Nut, heck maybe even two and at a stretch three, but there was at least 50 there, and he knew that was an impossibility for him alone. He looked and Lon Lon Ranch and saw it was under attack. Damn it. He couldnt leave Talon to die.

 

He races into the ranch and Gerudo with toches were setting everything a blaze. Link rode past the Gerudo, swiping at them and killing two in the process. He dived off Epona who ran to an open space out of the way of danger. He ran into The burning stable and Talon was caught under a fallen beam.
"Help me Boy!" Talon shouted as Link did just that. He pulled the beam up so Talon could get free. They moved further on and Ingo had a fork in his hand and was surounded by Gerudo Theives on Horses.
"Is this really one of our options for a sex slave?" One asked and the other shrugged.
"We can kill him once he has out lived his usefulness" they said as he tried to jab them with his fork.

He lunged forward and impaled one.
"JEANNE!" one them screeched before pointing her scimitar at Ingo. "You'll pay for that!" She sneered with hate in her voice.
"HYAA!" Link shouted as he done a forward jump attack into her back, knocking her from the Horse. Link stepped in front of Ingo with his Sword and Sheild drawn. They charged at him and he jumped in the air and done a spin attack, slashing both Gerudo and leaving the Horses unharmed.

Link landed. And turned to the shaking Ranch Worker. "Looks like you have more Horses to take care of" he said before walking over to Talon. "Malon is safe, I promise. But you are gonna want to put out the stable fire if possible. What I would reccomend however is burn some wood, keep a fire lit, a sizable one. If the Gerudo see smoke. Coming from here then they are more inclined to leave you alone. Baricade the place up though in case they comeback"  Link ordered. "I have to go though. Good Luck." He said as he jumped back onto Epona and rode off.

 

 

He left the Ranch. He still needed a plan to get into the Castle. An idea sparked into his head. He pulled out the Fairy Ocarina and played the Prelude of Light, his body dematerialising off of the Young Horses back.

The next thing Link knew he was in the Temple of Time. He ran out and headed towards the King. Castle Town had no civilians outside their homes, everyone was warned to stay inside. Link ran through the baricades the Knights had made, everyone alowing the Boy through since they knew who he was. Eventually he made it to the Castle and ran to meet the King.

 

Kotake and Koume flew right over all the fighting, they knew they could help but they had more pressing matters and the distraction at the front gate was what they needed. The flew around the Castle in the dead of night, completly undetected.

They knew which tower the King Resided in, the top one obviously. Link made it into the Throne Room first.."Your Madgesty!" He called and the King smiled. "Zelda is safe. She is out of harms way, I am here to protect you" he told him and the King felt some relief. The other knights felt they would do just fine since they didnt really think the fighting would reach them.

Suddenly the Twin Witches burts through two seperate windows. Link gulped, he hated his battle with Twin Rover as an Adult. He didnt even hace the mirror sheild with him now. He stood his ground with the Knights regardless.
"Oh my, look at his serious little face Koume!"
"I know, so adorable, cant wait to see if burn Kotake!" The Twins talked.
"HeeYAAAH!" the twins screached, Koume setting half the Knights a blaze and Kotake freezing the other half to the bone. The screams of the burnimg men was horrifying but stopped aoon after when they had all colapsed.

Link didnt waver but he felt he might die here. Sure he had been in bas situations before but he always had a plan. He always had a weapon that could stand up to his foe. But this time, nothing. Worse of all he had just beem spared. He was inches from beimg bur ed to death or froze to death. He was amgry at him self for not going to get the Mirror Sheild instead of helping the Gorons and Ruto.

"Oooh. He does have some balls. Especially for a kid!" Kotake teased. He pulled his boomerand out and threw it at one of the Witches and straight after it left his hand he pulled his sling shot out to hit the other. The boomerag was froze in mid air and the seeds were vaporised. They both cackled.
"I would love to stay but we have work to do!" Koume said as Kotake fired ice down at his feet, freezing them to the ground.

Link screamed in pain but also at the fact he was powerless. Koume summomed a fire ball above her head. This was it. This was the end. The fire ball was unleashed, missing his head by inches. Link's eyes widened as he heard the King scream in pain.
"GGGGYYYAAAHHHH! LINK!" He called out as Link struggled. He couldnt even turn around to see, never mind help.
"STOP IT! TAKE ME IMSTEAD!" he called out to the laughing witches as they swiled in the air. They flew out the windows they came through leaving Link in the throne room that was quickly catching fire. The King was dead.

 

 

"He is in there!" Kotake screeched whilst pointing at part of the Castle wall.
"Lets go then!" Koume screeched in a similar fashion. The twins flew at the wall and Kotake froze the wall and once the ice settled Koume blasted it with fire, destroying the wall. Ganondorf lay fast asleep on a cloth that was spread alomg the floor of his cell. Kotake flew in.
"He is under a Sheikah sleeping drug! He'll be out or a while" the Ice Witch snarled as a guard stepped into the room and immidiatly getting frozen solid without Kotake looking.
"Lets carry him home for now, until he wakes up" Koume said as the two held an arm each and flew off back to the desert.

They arived at the Gerudo Fortress, flying through the window to the Throne room where Nabooru sat.
"Get off that throne you Bitch!" Kotake snarled. Nabooru doing as she said in an instant but a smile graces her lips as the unconscious Ganondorf was dumped on the throne.
"Is he dead?" Nabooru asked as the twins turned to her.
"Nothing can kill the great Ganondorf. Now get out!" Koume screeched. Nabooru giggled as she left.

She wandered through the Haunted Wasteland. She was going somewhere more peaceful. She wanted to be as far away as possible. If she stayed at the fortress those crazy Witches would have killed her. The Gerudo hated her and Hylians certainly wanted nothing to do with her. She sighed as she knew she was alone ans had no home. At least that crazy guy in the Magic Carpet was a laugh she though as she continued throigh the desert.

 

Impa hoped along the mountain ranges at almost lightspeed. She had asked both Darunia and the King Zora for assistance and both agreed to help. As she returned to the Castle the Trone Room was clearly under attack as smoke pured from it. She made it into the throne room. She saw some smouldering corpses, some broken up bodies and then Link coughing into his shirt as his feet were frozen to the floor. As she approached him she saw the dead King and decided to focus her attention of the boy that was alive. She manages to break the ice easily enough due to the tempreture in the room and pulled Link out.

They sat on a seperate tower as Link caught his breath.
"Its my fault..." he weezed and Impa shook her head.
"Tell me what happened" she said and Link began to explain. He told her about the Gerudo, Twin Rover, the King and where Zelda is. She throught for a second. "Okay. Well Ganonforf is heavily sedated. I made sure of that. He shouldnt be able to regain much stregnth at all in the next 12 hours. Are biggest concern at the moment is Twin Rover. I have a plan." She said and Link was all ears.

"You mentioned how Nabooru would never side with Ganondorf, if this is true, go and find her. I am going to find Zelda, I need the Ocarina of Time from her. We will meet at the Desert Colosus, teleport there if its quicker. Agreed?" She asked and Link nodded. And she threw down a Deku nut and was gone.
"Would have been nice to know how to take Twin Rover down..." he muttered as he pulled put the Fairy Ocarina and began playing the Spirits Requium.

 

Zelda stood at the door to Link's House, watching the Kokiri whilst Malon fell asleep on Link's bed. Zelda was unable to sleep knowing that the Kingdom is under attack. Malon is perhaps to nieve to understand what is going on. Zelda envied that.

"Princess!" A familiar voice called from above as Impa flew through the air and landed next to her. Zelda was shocked when Inpa gave her the biggest hug ever.
"Its fine Impa. I am okay" she said with a smile and Impa released her.
"Your Highness, me and Link have came up with a plan. I dont have time to give you the details but I will need to use of the Ocarina of Time" she said to the Princess and Zelda imidiatly pulled it out and gave it to her. "I also have to.. there is bad news.... Zelda I am so sorry..." she said, unable to look Zelda in the eyes. Zelda felt her stomache twist. She felt like this could only mean one thing but she so desperatly didnt want it to be true.

"Tell me my Father is alright!" Zelda softly said whilst Impa closed her eyes, unable to speak. "IMPA! Tell me my Father is alright!" She shouted to her carer. "TELL ME HE IS ALRIGHT!" she screeched as tears poured down her face, Impa hugging the child.
"I am soo sorry Zelda..." she said into her ear. She wondered if she should mention Link's involvment... no. Thats all for later. "I promise you I will avenge his death" Impa said to her, now looking her in the eyes. "He was a good man and he loved you more than anything" she said to the sobbing Princess. "But I need to go Zelda. I am sorry" Impa said as she played the Spirit's Requium and disapeared infront of her.

 

The chill of the Desert air hit him it was scortching in the day but freezing at the night. He walked towards the Spirit Temple.
"Who are you kid?" A familiar voice spoke to him. He turned to see Nabooru leaning against a pillar.
"Nabooru I..." he stopped.
"You know of me? Answer one question. What do you make of Ganondorf?" She asked straight with no emotion in her voice.
"I hate him. I am the one that stopped him initially and got him locked up. You are probably thinking there is no way a ten year old kid could pull that off but I am a sir, by order of the King and I am hear to ask for your help" he explained and she was stunned.

"Wow... I mean yeah... I do find that hard to belive but I'll humour you. Why would a Gerudo such as myself help a Hylian stop Ganondorf?" She asked him and he smiled.
"Well, because you hate him. You are second in command but you wont bow to Ganondorf. Thats why you are here and not fighting. The Gerudo, Koume and Kotake are all in oppersition to you. You have no where to go" he said smuggly and she raised an eye brow and stepped forward.
"How do you know so much kid? How do you know those names?" She asked in curiosity.
"You'd never believe me."
"Try me."
"Alright. I am the Hero of Legend. I travelled seven years in the future, met you, killed Twin Rover and stopped Ganondorf. You were one of the Seven Sages and helped me get the Silver Gauntlets from in there" Link said pointing behind him. "The Princess sent me back in time to stop Ganondorf before he makes a move. I technically did stop him but Koume and Kotake have freed him and killed the King" he said, running out of breath.

"The King of Hyrule is dead?! Wait. Nevermind that. You are... why do I belive you?" She said kicking the sand.
"I have one of those faces?" He smiled at her and she grinned.
"Hero or not you are a funny kid" she told him.
"Ha. You called me handsome when I was 17" he said and she smiled.
"Well, we'll see about that" she said to him, turning him bright red.

"Okay. Regardless of if any of this is true, you seem to be set on stopping Ganondorf and I am in. He is at the Gerudo Fortress as we speak. He is pretty drugged up so now is our only chance. Got a plan?" She asked and he frowned.
"Well I have a partner that is supposed to..." he stopped as he heard a faint melody and looked to the warp point. "Speaking of." He said as Impa walked over.

"Impa. Leader of the Sheikah tribe. Nice to meet you" she said as she offered a hand to the Gerudo.
"Nabooru, second in comand of the Gerudo... kinda. You have more manners than the Boy. I dont even know his name but I know his life story" she sarcastically said.
"Oh. Sorry. Link. My name is Link. So Impa. What is the plan?" He asked for the both of them....

 

Zelda knew there was no chance if her getting to sleep. He climbed down thr ladder and started walking around the peaceful Village. She neered a holloew trew trunk and went to enter it.
"I wouldn't do that" a voice came from behind her. A Young Girl with Green Hair and Green shorts walked up to her. "It's called thr Lost Woods for a reason. You have to knpw where you are going or you may never return." She warned her.

"Oh.. I didn't know. I am sorry." She politly said. "I am Princess Zelda, Link's Friend, how about you?" She asked and she smirked.
"Weeeeellllll..... I am probably his best Friend..." she said smuggly followed by both of them laughing. "The names Saria. Come on. I'll show you around" she said as she pulled Zelda into the Lost Woods.

They took some turns and made it to an opening with a tree stump, ontop of a log was an Imp with a flute.
"Saria! Saria! Play the tune!" It said in a creepy voice. Saria stepped onto the stump and pulled out an Ocarina that looked the same as Link's. She played her special song and the Imp began dancing. "Teeheehee Hahaha" it laughed, sending a shiver down Zelda's spine. It hoped of and creepily walked over the unwavwring Saria. "Skull Kid found a tree. Tree has strange world inside! World with big clock! Skull Kid is going to visit and play many tricks!" It said and Saria stepped off the stump.
"I know you like your tricks but don't take them too far okay?" She said to it and it nodded before jumping off into the woods.

"What the hell was that?" Zelda asked and Saria frowned.
"That is a Skull Kid. Is a shy one that I play music for. He gets into trouble by playing pranks on people because he doesn't know how to male friends" she told her. Zelda felt guilty, she judged it much like others must dl and it is probably why it is so lonely.
"When it returns from... what ever it was talking about then maybe we can do something nice for it" Zelda suggested as Saria continued giving her the tour.

 

 

The Dark Nuts smashed through the wooden drawbridge and begun marching into Castle Town. The swiped at anyone in their way and quickly made progress. The Gerudo Theives lit up houses with Fire Arrows as they ransacked Houses. They begun dragging men out of their homes and throwing them into prison carts to be used as Sex Slaves, some Gerudo Women raping them on site.

"Please... No... I am just a humble mask Salesmen!" The Happy Mask Salesmen pleaded as a Gerudo Woman strode towards him. She was suddenly knocked flying by a huge boulder. The Boulder unraveled its self to reveal a Goron. A few more roled in.
"Alright Brothers. Lets get em!" Darunia said as the Gorons began puncking the Dark Nuts hard. There punches being enough to knock them on their backs. Aveil doeged back from the Goron assault. She climbed on a roof to get a good vantage point. It was clear they were out matched. The Hylian Knights could handle the Gerudo, especially in Numbers and the Gorons were more than capable of taking on the Dark Nuts. She looked up at the pillar of smoke coming from the throne room.

"Everyone! We have acomplished more than we came for. Our King is free. Take the Prisoners and retreat! She shouted as they did just that. The Horses pulled away the prison cart and they all retrated. The Hylians and Gorons followed of course but they stood no chance on their own turf and agaist there leader.

 

Nabrooru lead them through the Haunted Wasteland and back to the Fortress. She knew the plan and was going to follow it through.
"In there" she whipered as she pointed to a high up window.

They snuck into the Fortress. Link and Nabooru knew their way around and Impa was already a master of espianage. Nabooru stopped and gesured around the corner. Impa imidiatley threw some knives and Link fired his Sling shot, aiming for Ganondorf, both being blocked by ice.
"Really? That was your little plan?" Kotake moked as Impa, Link and Nabooru showed them selves.
"See you made some friends" Koume snorted to Nabooru.

"Now!" Impa said as they ran back they way they came. The Witches followed, passing through the walls but enjoying the idea of a chase. They balseted fire and Ice and all they could hope to do was dodge it and keep running. The made it out side and as Kotake exited through the wall Link slashed her broom in half, making her fall to the ground. Nabooru pinned her down and Link began playing the Bolero of Fire, grabbing the Witch before he vanished. Koume saw this, not understanding what had happened but continued with her assault of fire at Impa who dodged with ease. Nabooru came from behind and grabbed her broom, pulling her to the ground. Impa pulled out the Ocarina of Time and began playing the Seranade of Water. She copied what Link done and grabbed the Witch before vanishing. Nabooru sat on the roof. She was about to take a deep breath before a powerful punch hit the side of her head....

 

Link was suddenly in the deadly head of Death Moutnain Crater, holding the collar of the Ice Witch. Kotake screamed.
"AAAIIIIGGGHHH! Let me go you brat. I am melting here!" She screeched as she had no broom to fly on and the heat made her Ice ineffective. Link dragged her towards the edge of the path and held her by the colar above the lava.
"This is what the King would have felt" he smirked as her eyes widened.
"NO! DONT DO THIS!" she begged as Link let go and Kotake fell.
"GYA!" was all that she could make out before being vapourised by the lava.
"Now gotta get out of here before I burn to death my self" he said to him self before teleporting back to the Desert Colosus.

 

The sun was begining to rise. It always looked beautiful on Lake Hylia. Impa had no time for that. She had the hard job as being near the lake didnt make Koume unable to attack and she still had a hold of her broom. She flew around Impa.
"Your plan was to split us up? Gyhahaha. That wont do!" It screeched as it fires a stream of Fire at Impa. She done a backflip to avoid it and she disapeared into the water.

The Witch flew around, high up so she couldnt be dragged in. "Come out come out where ever you are" she Witch cackled as she felt a thud from behind. She fell but managed to keep a hold of her broom. Impa had kicked her from behind. As Impa was falling towards the water she threw some string and caught Koume's anckle. Impa pulled her closer. The Witch shreeked. "You wont get me that easy!" She shouted as she burned the string.

She flew up higher, resuming her search for Impa but staying above the height of the tree that she had realised Impa must have used. Impa jumped out of the water on the small island across the bridge. Koume flew towards her but suddenly her broom stopped with a jerk and she fell of it, landing on the bridge. "Damn Sheikah! She attached string to my broom from the tree" he thought as she got to her feat. She saw Impa sprint towards her, sending a fire ball towards her but she slid under it. She grabbed Koume.
"Lets go for a Swim" she said.
"DONT YOU DARE YOU BITCH!" she screamed as Impa dived into the water, not letting go and the Witch disintergrated.

 

The Gerudo rode back into the Valley, Prison Waggon in tow. Suddenly they all came to a hault. Avail stopped.
"Shit!" She shouted as the bridge back to their Fortress has been destroyed. "What the hell happened?" She shouted as panic started setting in. "We will have to ditch the Wagon and we will to jump across on out Horses" she called to them.

She reered back and charged at the gap. Her Horse jumped the valled but she looked to her left and like slow motioned she saw something flying towards her. It was the last thing she ever saw as her head was taken clean off by a Harpoon, the Horse making it tonthe overside with a decapitated Aveil on the other side.

The Gerudo were speechless, somw got.off their Horses to loom over the edge. At the bottom of the Valley there were Zora with Harpoons at the ready.
"Bastards!" One of the Women shouted down as she pulled back the string of the bow. Theg Zora were quicker and a Harpoon got her from the top of the Water fall.

The Knights of Hyrule appeared in large Numbers, Gorons in tow. Some began firing at them and met a swift end whilst some teied jumping the Valley but met the same fate as their leader. The rest just sat there. They knew they were screwed. They were leaderless. Ganondorf was apparently saved but not here, Nabooru didnt follow there cause, Aveil is dead and who knows where Twin Rover is. They should have listened to Nabooru, was this all worth it? These were the questions plauging their minds.

A Captain rode to the front.
"We are willing to accept a surrender. If you decline you will be executed here and now!" He shouted. The Gerudo dropped their weapons one by one and put their hands in the air.

 

Nabooru fell from the roof onto a lower level and groaned. She was confused but pulled out a Scimitar and got up. Ganondorf jumped down to her level but landed on his side.
"Nabooru you traitorous bitch!" He sneered. "If you had been by my side.... if you had helped I would have the Kingdom now. I would have made you my Queen!" He roared in anger. He was on his feet and he charged at her and she dodged him and swiped at his side, making him stumble into the wall.

"Why do you even need all that power? You have a Kingdom out here. You could have made an allience with the King instead of trying to execute him. Why the hell do you need the World?" She asked him and he snarled.
"You call this a Kingdom? Please... dont make me laugh. We are a savage tribe, nothing more and possibly something less. We live out in the boilimg desert, the heat makes you sweat and the sand blows in your face every day. The Nights freeze your body to the bone. We hunt for the scraps of food we can find. What purpose do we have?" He asked her. "Why are we the ones who have to suffer in the Desert while the Hylians get to make their cozy little Villages and have their big Castles full of the rich who stuff their faces. Why should I have to make an aliance with a King who has never worked a day in his life? Why doesnt he make an alliance with me?"

"So you are just a angry jealous man" she replied and he was furious.
"You should feel the same. We are cursed. You more than me. To reproduce, us Gerudo have to go the Hyrule and kidnap men as sex slaves, we are cursed to not even be able to reproduce on our own. You should understand that more than me" he said to her more calmly. "But it looks like you would rather screw some Hylian Man than me" he said and she smirked.

"You act as if I am like the rest of you. I wouldnt stoop so low as to rape Hylian Men. That is probably why the Gods have cursed us, because we are a shitty band of Theives" she said but unable to dodge him this time as he lunged forward. He gripped her neck and pressed her against the wall.
"You are a Gerudo Woman like the rest of them. You are a better fighter and maybe better looking but thats all. You will still moan to my cock" he said as he continued to pin her against the wall but also pulling his pants down.

She dropped her Scimitar and cursed as Ganondorf pushed his mouth to hers. She resisted but didnt struggle. She stayed calm. He was going to rape her and she knew that so she had only moments to think of a way to take him down. She pushed her tounge into his mouth and moaned.
"Haha, I knew you would get it" he said as he grabbed her breasts and made the way to her pants. She grabbed his dick and began rubbing it, she looked him in the eyes and as he moaned she pushed him backwards.

His pleasure from the orgasm and then sleeping drugs he was still feeling made him stubble more easily. He fell on his back and she picked up her Scimitar. As he got up she kicked him over making him fall down another level. She pulled a flag down and ripped the rope from it. She jumped down to him and pulled on the back of his hair and slammed his face against the stone floor several times, knocking him out. She tied him up and sighed.

She hated what she had to do to trick him but she won and he lost. She knew if it wasnt for the drugs he was on she would have lost easily. She kept a watch on him, waiting for Link and Impa to return.

Notes:

There is only four chapters total for Ocarina of Time but many more for Majora's Mask. In total however there will be at least 25 Chapters about the Hero of Time so if you like Ocarina of Time and Majora's Mask then you'll have fun.

Side note I want to apologise my TERRIBLE typos throughout this fan fic and thank anyone who has stuck through it. I write these on my phone where my fingers hit the wrong key and make typos. I have only just re-read some and noticed so many. I should proof read but I am lazy. The word "and" is often spelled as "ans" due to the S and D being next to each other. I will go through from chapter 1 and corrects some that I spot.

If anyone sees any I would appreciate being told. Thank you for reading.

Chapter 28: Ocarina of Time (Child Timeline) Aftermath Part 4 - Legend of an avoided Future

Summary:

The Aftermath of the Gerudo Uprising and the decision the Hero of Time must make that will impact the rest of his life.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Impa had returned to Nabooru. Each if them had  succeded. Neither Link or Impa had expected Nabooru would have to fight Ganondorf since they thought he wouod be to drugged up to stand. Despite their error in judgement he was captured and taken to a secret location, only known by the Hylians. The Arbiter's Grounds.

Link went straight to Zelda after this. He played the Minuet of Forest and arrived at the Forest Temple. He quickly made it to Kokiri Village and Zelda was standing on his balcony. He ran to his home and she dived off, catching her and he hugged her. She smiled as him with tears in her eyes.
"Thank God you are okay!" She said as she kissed him on the lips. It lingered for a few seconds, Link enjoying the feeling of her lips.

They parted and he was bright red. "I love you so much Link!" She said as she hugged him.
"Zelda... I love you too" he said as his heart pounded in his chest.
"Fairy Boy!" Malon shouted as she climbed down the ladder and hugged him. He gave her a less tight hug.
"Your Father and Ingo are all right, and you even have a few new Horses to raise" he told , makig her light up in joy but made Zelda frown.
"I am sorry Zelda... I wasnt able to save him... I tried." He told her. She never even knew he was there, Impa left that out.
"Link, dont... it wasnt your fault. I know that if you were able to save my Father you would have... I could never blame you for such a thing" she told him.

 

Epona was still at Lon Lon Ranch so the three walked across Hyrule feild together. Link sheilding the inocent Malon's eyes from the grousome sight of the Gerudo corpse. It was more visible in the day light and Zelda wished she hadnt seen it. Zelda and Malon told Link how they talked with Saria who spoke only nice things about him.

They arrived back at the Ranch. The smoke all gone which must have meant the word got out that the uprising had ended.
"Father!" Malon shouted as she ran towards the Ranch owner.
"Malon! Bless the Goddesses! You are safe!" He cried into her as he picked her up and hugged her.

"And thank you for everything Boy. You are welcome back here any time. " he said as he hugged Link.
"You're welcome. Just doing my bit." He said modestly. Zelda looked at the burned down stable but was pleased that the House was at least mostly standing.
"Princess, please. Its okay. We can rebuild the stable. Its only wood" he said as he knealt to her.
"You dont have to do that" she said embarassed. "And no. It is not okay. Invaders put your lives in danger. I will personally see to it that your ranch is repaired free of charge" she told him and he smiled.
"You are the best Princess Hyrule as ever seen!" He said excitedly as they all smiled.

 

Link and Zelda enter through the destroyed gates. Maby Knights are there to greet them in.
"Try not to look at the... the Gerudo" he said queitly. She agrees. She didn't want to see any dead bodies but knew it was inevitable.

They entered the Town and her heart sunk. It was sad to see the Town that was so full of life looking beat up. "Well I have seen it look worse!" He joked and Zelda frowned at him. "Sorry.." he said realising his joke was not funny despite it being true.

"How dare you!" A man shouted, getting the attention of Link and Zelda. A angry man had thr Happy Mask Salesmen pinned against his shop and began punching him in the face.
"Hey!" Link shoted as he hit the angry man in the face with his Slingshot. He walked over. "What the hell could be so bad that it warents beating someone up at a time like this?" Link shouted at the two.
"This Man is selling a Mask of one of the Women that just raped me and burned by house down!" He shouted and Link turned to the Mask Salesmen.
"I was selling it, but I had plans to stop selling it but you hadn't got around to letting me!" He shouted.

Link sighed.
"Look, I get why you are angry but give him a chance man... and sorry you got punched. Just make sure you dont sell the damn mask" Link said as he pat him on the shoulder.
"Thank you sir" he said with a bow. As Link turned away he sneered at the Man.

If Castle Town wasn't hard enough, then the sight of her Home was certainly hard. The Castle was hardly destroyed but even from a glance it was clear the Throne Room has been scrotched and Zelda only now realised how her Father perished. She burst out crying and Link pulled her into a hug. He didn't say a word as there was nothing he could say. He just held her in the hopes of comfort.

 

 

The Knight of Hyrule took Ganondorf to the most perfect and isolated place in all of Hyrule to execute someone. It had been used in the past to execute some of the worst criminals of Hyrule, non however where as bad as Ganondorf. He was drugged up once more, no one could take the chance of him waking up and trying to escape, an attempt would be devestating.

When Ganondorf awoke he was hanging by the chains that shckled his hands together. The Guardians of the Mirror of Twilight and the Arbiter's Grounds stood before him. It was their sacred duty to carry out the executions upon these grounds.

Ganondorf looked up and snarled in defiance. He had nothing to say to them. The guardian that wore the symbol of Water summoned a sword, it swirled in front of it before plunging its self into the King of Theives. A gutteral moan was heard from Ganondorf as the sword was impaled into his gut.

He hung motionless for a few seconds, the Gurdiams assumed him dead until suddenly his right hand glew. A Triangle appeared on his hand and his fingers twitched and then curled into an angry fist. He opened his eyes and let out a menacing but quiet laugh that got louder as he pulled him self up to face the Guardians. They were shocked and took a single step back. The Gerudo King's right hand, glowing brighter with the Triforce of Power, opened up and clenched again, struggling against the metal shackles. He burst them open and stood,revealing his hands to the Guardians.

"No way. He has been chosen by the Gods?" The Water Guardian thought as it stared in shock and fear. Ganondorf roared and poured all his hate into pulling the other shackle off. It burst open ans he charged forward. His fist went right through the Water Guardian, evapourating it in seconds. The others jumps back, letting out a low frequency howl as they coward in fear.

Ganondorf snarled, placing his Triforce baring hand on the blade that was stuck in his gut and pulled it out whilst laughing from his ew found Power. The Guardians looked aroind in fear, looking for something that will save them. They found only one option. The Mirror of Twilight...

Two of the Guardians pointed at the Mirror, activating it. It lit up and shone against the black rock Ganondorf had been shackled too and the one he stood in the way off. The portal opened and Ganondorf was being pulled back by a imense amount of force, the sword being pulled from his grasp and flying down the portal at an imcredible speed. He steuggled until the end but the force was too strong and his body dematerialised into black chuncks from top to bottom and he was sucked into the portal.

The portal closed and the light detracted back into the mirror. The Guardians were now safe but they cried in sadness as they looked down at the face off their fallen Brother. Although sad, Ganondorf was finally gone from the world of Light, but he had taken the Triforce of Power with him.

 

Zelda sat at the table, Link despite having being granted a Title was not allowed to attend due his his age. Zelda wasn't much better off as she wasn't given ultimate rulimg in the decisiom that was to be made skmce she had yet to be corinated and was also still young. There was many elders and noblemen at the table. The Impa was there as well as Darunia and King Zora was here... not at the table, but sat in a small outcove in the corner of the room. The more akward guest was Nabooru, who was now Gerudo leader.

"We are gathered here to discuss the outcome of the Gerudo Tribe" an Elder said to them all. "We will each give out suggested outcome and the majority vote will rule!" He stated. Many ideas were thrown arround. Zelda was happy to let them be since she didn't think theg would attack again. Darunia thought they should be imprisoned for a while and King Zora didn't care. Other more brutal ideas were thrown around, some go as far as to execute them all which really didn't sit well with Nabooru. However by far the most prominent idea was them having a banishment to the deep desert.

"The ultimate desicion is for the Gerudo Tribe to be banished from Hyrule for 1000 years, if anyone has any last objections speak up now!" The Elder asked.
"I do!" Impa spoke up. She had been quiet for sometime but now spoke up. "I don't necessarily disagree... well I do but that is not what my objection is about. My objection is that Nabooru here did nothing wrong, in fact she captured Ganondorf and stood up the her own Tribe. She does not deserve being banished with them" she expressed.
"Impa, thank you but there is no need. I did nothing wrong, you are correct about that. And if the Princess here asked I would die for her, but my Tribe needs a leader still and I am perhaps the only one that can steer them in a moral direction" she explained.

The room was silent. Perhaps the people who had been hammering insults at her felt guilty that they had basically asigned this Gerudo Hero to walk in a endless desert for her entire life time. But Nabooru was unphased.
"It is settled then. The Gerudo Tribe will be banished for 1000 years outside the sight of Hyrule. The Gerudo have one week to leave, Nabooru, you will be escorted back to the Gerudo Fortress with Impa to tell your Tribe of their fate. Thank you for all you have done for Hyrule." He said as the most back handed compliment he could have gave her.

 

 

Impa and Nabooru head towards the Gerudo Desert. They cross the Bridge that had been repaired and entered the Fortress. Impa being here wasn't even breakimg Gerudo law but Link had, being the first Male here that was not invited in. Nabooru gathered all the Gerudo and stood upon one of the roofs.
"For our crimes against Hurule, we are being banished from the Kingdom for 1000 years. We will wander the Deserts in search of a new home!" She shouted to them. "We have one week to pack up and leave!"

"No way! This is our home. The Hylians can't do that!" One of them shouted back at her. She shook her head.
"No... they can and will. If any of us decide to try and stay you will be executed for it." She said. Impa turned to her, that was a lie but an effective one. "The alternatives were death, is that what you would prefer?" She asked them.
"Did you even fight for our rights?" One shoured up.
"I fought for your lives, dunno if that is enough. I told you what would happen if you went to war with Hyrule, now you pay the price" she explained. They knew she was right so said nothing more.

The Gerudo over the week got packed. Nabooru wanted to see the Desert Colossus one last time before she left. Impa joined her. Nabooru climbed the side with a rope she had place earlier, making it to the top of one of the stone hands. Impa used her Sheikah skills to get up with ease.

The two sat there. Enjoying the view. It gave Impa some time to think about the Gerudo.
"So, how do you plan on... well how do you plan on reproducing in exile?" She asked and Nabooru shrugged.
"I dunno. If we are lucky we might find some other Kingdom or tribe with men for us. I mean my people dont understand that Men are for more than just sex. The Gerudo see Men as sexual objects and not much more. I have more respect but I dont claim to be an expert in the area" she explained and Impa nodded.

"Me neither" she said to the Gerudo.
"You never? Had a man?" She asked and Impa shook her head again.
"They are not my type..." she said as Nabooru understood.
"Ah... well most Gerudo love the sight of men but unless we also pretty much all enjoy the pleasure of Women too since we would all be sexually fustrated all the time" she said which made Impa smile.
"Makes me want to come with you" she joked and Nabooru smiled.
"Dont know about that but maybe you can have a little something..." she seductively whispers as she out her hand on her thigh.

Impa smiled and grabbed Nabooru's head and pushed a desperate kiss into her. The Gerudo Woman was shocked and moaned at the speed she moved at. Nabooru gtabbed her head back and pulled her in more. It took no time at all for the two Women to start exploring each others bodies. Impa moaned at the feel of her breast being squeezed and also the feel of Nabooru's soft breast which were now in the open thanks to the way the desert women dress.

Impa pulled her leg over the Gerudo woman and began sucking on her nipples. "Ah!" Was all the Gerudo made out beofe her lips were assulted again. Nabooru grabbed the Sheikah's arse, her thing shorts left nothing to the imagination. She stroked her hands around her waist before making it to the hem of her shorts. She slipped a hand inside ans was shocked to find no underwear but instead her soft folds.

"Ooohh" Impa moaned as Nabooru rubbed a finger over her clit. Impa began taking her top off as the desert Girl made her see stars. She rocked back as her boobs fell free, making them jiggle. Impa moved her hands down the Nabooru's pants and followed the same tctics. Instead of going fpr her clit however, she stuck two fiingers into her.

 

Nabooru opened her mouth wide before letting out a moan. "Impa! Keep going!" She demanded as the Sheikah fingered her at high speed. Nabooru continued stroking her clit, making her body shake intensly as each rub. Nabooru kissed her once again. The two moved their hands against each other, their free hands used to explore each others body and their moans were made into each others faces.

"Nabooru! Nabooru! Yes! Yes!" Impa moaned into the Gerudo, each moan made her seem to speed up her own fingering.
"Impa... Impa.... oh.... oh...." Nabooru moaned in return.
"YEAAAH! I am gonnaaa. Ahhhhh!" Impa moaned as her orgasm surged through her body. The Gerudo's pussy clamped around the Sheikah's fingers.
"Ohhh.... ohh..." Nabooru moaned as she closed her eyes in orgasmic bliss. The two had reached their climaxes and Impa kissed the Gerudo Woman. They lay naked in the heat of the desert.

"I wish I knew about you sooner" Impa said to her as she smiled.
"I agree. The Gerudo don't have the talent you do" she smirked and Impa lay next the her, still playing with her nipple.
"Not bad for my first time then?" She asked and Nabooru's eyes widened.
"That was your.... really? " she asked in surprise and the two laughed.
"Hyrule isn't as... forward thinking as the Gerudo" she said still smiling. Nabooru felt bad.
"I am sorry. I do hope things can change for you" she told her, unable to do much to help. She kissed her lips passionatly again, letting her enjoy the company of a Woman for the rest of the night.

 

The following morning roled around. Impa awoke to Nabooru shaking her. "I have to go now. I didn't just want to leave without saying goodbye" she said to her.
Impa sat up. She didn't want her to go but knew she must.
"Thank you. Thank you for last night and well... everything" Impa said with sadness in her eyes. Nabooru leaned in and gave her a loving kiss.
"There is never a good way to say goodbye, so we will stand up and we will both go our seperate ways and not look back. Agreed?" Nabooru said and Impa smiled and nodded. Nabboru absailed down the Desert Colosus, staring at its madjesty one last time. Impa just hoped down. They looked at each other and then turned around. Nabooru headed towards the Fortress to meet with her people and Impa turned to the Desert Colosus warp point.

Nabooru heard the Prelude of Light and knew she had gone. She smiled. She was sad for Impa, the good bye was harder for her as she had never been in love or had that connection and may never have it again. But still, she has a place to go home too. Nabooru arrived at the fortress before guiding all the Gerudo out into the Desert. Non of them would ever see Hyrule again....

 

 

Link sat at a table with some fancy looking people with quils and some paper. Zelda sat there as well as many of the high up people. Link wanted to tell Hyrule about what once happened, in a timeline that no longer exists.
"It all started when I had a dream..." he told them everything, everytiny detail. He collected the three Spiritual Stones, pulled out the Master Sword and travelled seven years into the future and awakened the sages at the Temples and then defeated Ganon. He told them about his Childhood friend Saria, the nicest Kokiri that has ever lived. Darunia, the toughest and bravest Goron ever. Princess Ruto, the sassy and sexy Zora Woman that he got engadged too. Impa, the Sheikah warrior that trained Zelda to become the powerful and wise Sheik. And even the rebelious Gerudo Woman, Nabooru who was willing to stand up against Ganondorf's actions. He wanted them all to be remembered as Heroes and the Sages there were. They a deserved it.

As time went on, the Royal Family shared this story with alk of Hyrule. Children were being told this as a bed time story, the Gorons and Zora had new aquired fans and Princess Ruto still wanted to marry Link. Link was also now an icon and he didnt really want that though. He was too modest for his own good sto he tried to stay out of the public eye as much as he could. He started staying at the Castle a lot more and was trained daily to eventually become an acompliahed Knight.

He spent as much time as he could with Zelda but her free time was limited as she prepared to be corinated as the new Queen of Hyrule, the youngest Queen Hyrule has known. Link had told her they were close and she helped him so much on his quest and she liked to hear about it. The fact their friendship spanned realities made her heart flutter. She loved Link and knew he felt the same.

 

The Corination was now in session. The Gerudo gone and Ganondorf was imprissoned in the Twilight Realm. Peace was returning so now seemed appropriate. Zelda sat on a new Throne in a relocated Throne Room. An Elder approached her with a Crown.

Many people of importamce were there. Link, Darunia, Ruto, Impa and even Saria, making it the first time she had left the Forest. Many other people where there, nom of which Link knew the names of but he was sure Zelda did.
"From this day on! You will be crowned Queen Zelda of Hyrule!" The Elder called has he placed the crown on her Golden Locks. He knealed as she stood. She was slightly embarassed with all the attention on her but she knew she had better get used to it as she was the ruler of Hyrule.... the ruler of Hyrule... it was just simking in for her.

Afterwards there were the usual Royal parties. Everyone celebrated and talked.
"So, guess you womt have timw to train as a Sheikah agent now, huh." Link said to her from behind. She turned and smiled and put her hands on her hips.
"Well not offitially but I have requested Impa teach me in secret once a week. Its better to have the self defence skills if you can" she told him and he smiled.

"Hey! Zelda!" Saria called from behind. "How do you remember where anything is with a home this big?" She asked in genuine curiosity.
"Well... I dunno. I am just used to it" she said to the forest Girl that was very intimidated.
"Haha. Okay... well I am goimg to be stuck to you like glue for the rest of the day okay?" She said to Link and he smiled, hugging his friend.
"Of course. I will take you home after all this." He said to her. Zelda was slightly jealous of their deep friendship but felt heart warmed that it was purely platonic.

She looked up at Link.
"I hate to bring this up if it will make you sad but I have been thinking about Navi. She left you but where would a fairy without a purpose go? Well would it not go home?" She asked him and be looked down puzzled, eyeing her to ellaborate. "Well no one has ever seen it but Legend has it that Companion Fairies come from an Ancient Fountain deep, deep, deep in the Lost Woods. Further than anyone has gone before". She told him.

He felt a spark ignite inside himself. He smiled.
"You think Navi could be there? You think I can find it?" He asked her and she shrugged.
"I cant be sure but if it exists and if anyome can find it, it is you" she said. He looked to Zelda who nodeed in agreement.

The party starts to come to an end. All the adults are pissed and returning home. Link was scared at the sight of Darunia drunk so left to take Saria home. Zelda sat on her throne, only Impa was there, she wasn't going to leave her side and she was fine with it. Neither wanted to be alone and neither wanted to talk about it.

 

Link lay in a bale of hay at Lon Lon Ranch. Over the past year he had came here frequently. He loved the peace and the hard work of helping the Farm Trio. But he also came to see Malon and Epona. He was now a Twelve Year old and he was starting to notice Girls a bit more. Both his closest friends were Girls and he found both to be cute. But on this day he gazed at the sky alone. He had not stopped thinking about was Saria had told him a year ago... was Navi out there. He had to know.

He stood up and played Epona's Song and the brown Horse came to him. He got on her back and rode over to Malon.
"Malon... I have something I need to tell you" he said to her and she turned to give him all of her attention.
"What is it Grasshoper?" She asked him in her innocent smile.
"I... I have told you about my friend... the Fairy" he said to her and she nodded. "I have reason to belive that she could be out there and I want to go and find her... I don't know how long I will be gone, but I wanted to ask if Epona can come along with me?" He asked her and she frowned.
"You... you are leaving?" She said, almost in tears. "Do you not like it here on the Ranch?"
"No. Its not that! I love it here. I like it here more than the Castle" he told her as he got off Epona. "But I need to find my friend and Epona is the only one who can help me" he said and she nodded.

"One rule!" She said in a serious tone. "You be safe, you protect Epona and you come back home to me! Got it?" She demanded and Link smiled. He couldnt help but love how she saw those three things as one thing and how serious her face got.
"Malon, I promise. Here... I want to give you this. To prove I will return" he said as he handed her his Slingshot. She smiled.
"I will protect it with my life!" She smiled and the two said goodbye.

 

 

"Just where my Father's notes said it would be!" The Happy Mask Salesmen said as he placed his hands on the strange purple object on the ground. He picked it up, dusted it off with his hand and smiled. "Majora's Mask! He said as its eyes lit up.

The orange light from its eye illuminated the room, an old organ was in the corner of the room as well as a desk with really old research notes. He walked over to the desk, a picture of his Father sat there in a cracked frame. He looked at some of the notes, all of which talked about the Mask, The Song of Healing and an Alternate World called Termina. This was it, this was what he was looking for. He turned around and something caught his eye.

The Man put away the Mask in his backpack and then croutched down to inspect the dirt on the ground. It was a footprint, not his, not his fathers but a strange and unusual one. Someone had been here... and it was probably within a year or two. He stood up. Does that mean more people know about Termina? Did it matter? He did not know. To be safe though, he took what he could of his Father's notes and left.

 

 

Link trained hard everyday for a year. Link saw Zelda on a regular basis and she saw him, but not how they would like. They didnt get time together. Zelda thought about him. What did she truly know? She knew his story from his point of veiw but what time had they spent together? He came to her in her courtyard and then they spent maybe a month tops together before her Royal Duties parted them. She had told him that she loved him and that was not a lie but she couldnt explain it. They hadn't known each other that long but she felt like she had known him forever.

She stood atop a balcony and saw the Boy sitting on a wall, staring into the distant woods. She knew he would be leaving her soon and it ached at her heart. She would not stop him if that is what he chose but she just wished that over the last year they could have been together more.

The sun rose and Zelda was standing in her courtyard, looking through the Window. She heard footsteps behind her, those of a Boy and a Horse.

"You are already leaving this land of Hyrule, aren't you?" She turned to him. "Even though it was only a short time, I feel like I've known you forever. I'll never forget the days we spent together in Hyrule... And I believe in my heart that a day will come when I shall meet you again... Until that day comes, please... Take this..." she held the Ocarina of Time in front of her. Link could hear the sadness in her voice and felt bad. She spoke proper, like she was upset at him. Link didn't say a word, he didn't know what to say. "I am praying... I am praying that your journey be a safe one. If something should happen to you, remember this song..." she then played the Song of Time and he lulled out his Fairy Ocarina and copied it.

The song echoes around the courtyard before he finally spoke.
"Zelda.... I..." he spoke but she shook her head.
"Don't say it Link. You will just make it harder..." she said to him.
"Bring Navi home okay? And return to me. I will be waiting for you" she smiled.

Link didn't want this to be a goodbye and neither did she. He finally understood. He knew her better than she knew him. She knew that so she could trust that words did not need to pass between them for them to understand one another. He got on Epona's back and did not tirn back to her. He would be back and they would get to spend time together then. He began riding off. "The Goddess of Time is protecting you. If you play the Song of Time, she will aid you..." she said as he smiled to him self. He was gone from her sight.

She looked on the ground and lying there was his Fairy Ocarina. She smiled. If he left something this valuable to him with her she knew what it meant. He knew he was coming back to her.

 

 

The Happy Mask Salesmen knew not to look at it too much but it was almost like a temptaion. He kept taking glances at the Mask that he kept in the bag. He sat on a tree stump and but his backback to his side. He slid open the bad and took the Mask out. Its orange eyes stared deep within him. He turned it around and pulled it closer to his face. It was almost on and then he felt it.

An evil presence surged through his soul. He could feel the Mask's evil intent, its need for a host to drain life from. It had plans and although thr Happy Mask Salesmen started to resist, the Mask began moving closer onto his face.
"No!" He shouted as he managed to resist the evil of the Mask. He pushed it inside his bad quickly and sighed.

 

He suddenly felt something hit him from behind, making him dizzy as he fell on his back. He could only barely make out ejat was going on. A little Imp with two Fairies rumaged through his back pack... "oh no" was alk he could think. The Imp found the Mask and stared at it, it srared back.

The little straw Imp had glowing eyes that seemed fixated on the Mask, the same way he was. Before the Mask Salesmen could say anything the Imp put the Mask on. Nothing out of the ordinary happened. No glowing lights or evil auras... just silence. It looked up, not the Imp, but the Mask. It walked over to him and looked down at him. "Don't!" Was all he could as the Imp hit him and knocked him out. There was just blackness....

 

 

Link rode into the Lost Woods. He knew he was looking for a Fountain but he knew his quest would not be easy as the Lost Woods are large and confusing. It was an eerie place and he constantly felt as though he was being watched... although the feeling was just his paranoia, it coincidently happened to be true.

The Happy Mask Salesmen awoke to the clatter of Hooves. He looked up and through the trees saw a Boy in Green.... "Hold on..." he said to him self. "I know him..." he said. He saw that his backpach was till there. Thank the Goddesses. He considered shouting after the Hero but decided not too. He stood up and began following the young boy....

 

 

In the land of Hyrule, there echoes a legend. A legend held dearly by the Royal Family that tells of a boy...

A boy who, after battling evil and saving Hyrule, crept away from the land that had made him a legend...

Done with the battles he once waged across time, he embarked on a journey. A secret and personal journey...

A journey in search of a beloved and invaluble friend...

A friend with whom he parted ways when he finally fulfilled his heroic destiny and took his place amoung legends...

Notes:

Ocarina of Time is done but like the games, this will roll right into Majora's Mask. Majora's Mask is probably the one I had the most fun writting so far so I hope you enjoy it.

Chapter 29: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 1 - The Carnival of Time Day 1

Summary:

The aftermath of Majora's Mask. What did Link decide to do upon saving the land of Termina? He had a few unresolved issues to take care of.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link rode into Clock Town. The Carnival had officially started with the Fire Works going off and the bell ringing out but the place was barren. Most people had fled the Town leaving only a few, not enough for a Carnival.

Link got to the Clock Tower door before pausing. He had met so many people on his journey and he would never see any of them again. Sure, a lot of them looked identical to people he knew in Hyrule but they were different people with different lives and personalities. Malon was not Romani. Was it right to leave them without saying good bye?

He thought about his last three days. He met the Bomber guarding the enterance to the observatory. He met that Astronemer and the Business Scrub he got the Deed from. He also made sure to go and save Romani from the Aleins for a second time and helped Cremia deliver the Milk Waggon to Clock Town and got a very special reward for that one... But they were the only people he interacted with, thus being the only ones that knew who he was.

It pained his heart. It was just like what happened before. He saved the World and helped people out and when he travelled back in time, non of them remembered him. Did they even know who just saved them from the Moon? Probably not. That settled it. He couldn't leave like this, he had to make a difference to the individuals he helped.

He knew that awakening the Giants would fix the problems at the Temples so the Swamp shouldn't be toxic anymore, the Spring should have arrived at the Mountain Village, The Great Bay Seas should be clear and the Gibdo's around Ikana should be gone, and thus Pamela's Father should be fine. Link wanted to check on everyone but he couldn't be everywhere at once so he had to decided. After thinking about it he decided saving Lulu's eggs was the most important so he set off too the Great Bay.

 

 

Cremia opens her eyes and groans. Her head is throbbing and she looks around confused. She feels something wrapped around her and it was her Little Sister Romani. What was she doing here? She thought for a second. Her eyes widened in shock as she remembered. The Moon! Had it fell? It can't have, they were alive. She realised she was actually in Romani's Bed so she looked over to her own and Anju and her Grandmother were asleep in it while Anju's Mother slept in a chair with her mouth wide open.

Cremia got up out of the bed, she was in her farm clothes as she has not bothered to get dressed last night. She quickly but queitly left the bedroom, ran down the stairs and opened the front door. The light from outside hit her eyes, blinding her for a few moments before she looked into the sky. The Moon was gone. She peered up further and spotted it in its original far away distance. They were safe, she didn't know why the Moon was falling or how it headed back from where it came but it didn't matter. She was safe and more importantly so was Romani.

She ran upstairs back into the bedroom.
"We are safe! The Moon is back where it belongs!" She shouted, waking up everyone in the proccess. Anju's Mother was the first on her feet, seemingly the alcohol hadn't taken much of a toll on her. Anju was next with a groan, the Old Woman seemed unphased and Romani turned over and spewed across the floor.

Cremia grabbed a bucket full of water and a sponge and began cleaning up the mess.
"You are right. The Moon isn't hovering over Clock Town anymore. We are safe" Anju's Mother said in disbelief as Anju joined her.
"Maybe Kafei has returned. Maybe he just left because the Moon was falling" Anju said hopefully.
"That man is good for nothing! You were supposed to be getting married today and he left you without a trace!" Her Mother shouted and the room went silent. "Anyway, we should really be heading back to Clock Town. The Inn will start filling up in no time if the Carnival is back on". She continued.
"Can we enjoy more of Cremia's Cooking before we go?" Her Grandmother pleaded and Cremia giggled, fully aware Anju's Cooking was dreadful.
"Sure, what ever you want" she said as she picked up her Sister and carried her outside.

 

"Big Sis. Why do I feel like this?" Romani asked as they sat behind the house. Cremia felt guilty. She had the best intentions, to get her Sister drunk on Chateu Romani so she wouldn't know the World was coming to an end. No part of her expected them to survive this but thank the Goddess they did.
"Well that Milk as you know is for grown ups. I thought that maybe since you are a big Girl now you would be able to handle it but I guess you just need to get a little bigger first" she said in a positive tone to her Sister.
"I am a Big Girl! I am 11!" She said grumpilly. Cremia smiled at her inocence. She was was more innocent than an 11 year old should be but that maybe because she treated her like a Child to often.
"Well as long as you are feeling better we can go back to Clock Town with Anju and the Carnival of Time might be on" she said and Romani looked instantly better.
"Yay. You mean it!?" She asked and her Sister just laughed.

 

"HYA!" Link screamed as he Hookshot the Ceiling above the Fish Tank. He put on the Zora Mask, sunk to the bottom of the tank and scooped up the final Egg in the Pirates Fortress. He made his way out as effortlessly as he had on his way in, using the Stone Mask to casually walk by the Pirates. He took a Picture of one just in case he meets the man who wad going to sell the Sea Horse at the Carnival and then headed out towards the Sea Snakes Liar.

He knew the way this time and after killing the Sea Snakes he had all the Eggs which he went and dropped off at the Great Bay Lab. He only spent about an Hour on this, job well done if he said so him self. Now all he had to do was bring the good news to Lulu.

He played the Song of Soaring to the Zora's Cape and then played the New Bosa Nova in front of Lulu, getting the attention of both her and the Giant Turtle Rock.
"Lulu, I saved your Eggs. They are safe in the Marine Lab. You can relax now." He said calmly and she smiled.
"Mikou?... Oh Mikou!" She said in delight. "You saved our Children!" She screamed in delight. Link froze. He didn't know that Mikou was the Father of those Eggs. This makes things really akward.

Before he got time to respond she grabbed him and pushed him into the wall, intensly kissing him. His mind was on fire. This was not his first kiss but non where this passionate. "You'll get more of that later. Right now... we have a Carnival to Practice for" she smirked seductivley and walked onto the Cape.

Link followed her into the Cape and the full Indigo-goes where there.
"Yo! Mikou! Come on man, we have to practice for the Carnival Maaaan!" One of them said and he sighed. Link felt he coudn't let the band down so he decided he would pretend to be Mikou, only for a day or two and break the news to them once the carnival was over. Link joined them and helped practice for the Carnival.

 

 

The wagon arrived at Clock Town, parking outside the East Enterance. The group of five got off and entered the Town. The town was a bit busier than earlier, people from different races must have realised that the Moon wasn't going to kill everyone so they returned to celebrate the Three Day Carnival.

Anju placed her hand on the door to the Inn, pushed it open. Her heart skipped a beat as standing in front of the desk was a Blue Haired Man.
"Kafei!" She screamed in tears as he turned to see her.
"Anju!" He replied and they ran towards each other and embraced.
"Where where you?" She cried into his shoulder.
"I am sorry. I wanted to see you but I couldn't... I can't really explain" he said and the Curiosity shop owner sighed.
"He isn't lying you know. It sounds like he is full of shit but you would have to have seen it to believe it". He spoke in a deep voice.
"Well I don't buy it one bit!" Anju's Mother stepped forward. "How could you leave my Daughter Days before the Wedding and show up when it should have took place?!" She spoke angrilly.

"Can we all calm down? How about I make everyone a cup of tea and we all sit down and talk. Not shout or argue. Talk." Cremia interjected and Kafei smiled.
"Thank you Cremia, I would like that" Kafei said as Cremia blushed. Anju's Mother crossed her arms.
"Fine..." she said as she walked past them all to go to the toilet.

 

"So how do you all take far fetched stories?" Kafei asked and Anju nodded.
"Well the Moon falling seems pretty far fetched, and people are saying four Giants stopped it" Anju stated.
"We were all to hammered to see it" Anju's Grandmother spoke and Cremia laughed before giving an apologetic look to everyone.
"Okay so there was this little Imp, he was wearing a strange Mask and he weilded Dark Powers, I don't know what he was but he turned me into a child" Kafei said and Anju's Mother sighed.
"Mother! Please leave it to the end!" Anju said and Kafei smiled.
"I went to the Great Fairy for help but on my way Sakon, a theif, stole my Sun Mask. I could not show my self to you with no Sun Mask and in the body of a Child" he said ashamed.

"He came to me for help. I found it hard to believe the Boy in front of me was the same Kafei I knew but he had the Keaton Mask I gave him all those years ago... I have been helping him" he said to the group.
"I am sure that Imp had something to do with the Moon because when the Giants came and sent the Moon away, I transformed back into my original body.... anyway, thats the truth but if no one belives me then I don't blame you" he said looking down.

"Of course non of us belive you. It's ridiculous! Right Anju.... Anju?" Her Mother questioned and she smiled and turned to Kafei and grabbint his hand.
"No. I believe him. First of all Kafei is not a liar and even if he was, why would he make up a story so far fetched. He could have just said the Mask got stolen and that would have worked but he went out of his way to tell this unbelievable tale" she explained and Cremia nodded.
"Thank you Anju... but I still can't make good in the promise we made, the Mask is still stolen and I have no idea where it is" he said and Anju frowned.
"It doesn't matter, it is just a Mask. We can still get married. I still want to get married. Lets get married on the last day of the Carnival. Its only two days different!" She said smiling and he smiled back.
"You mean it! You will still take me. Oh Anju I love you so much!" He said as they embrased. Anju's Mother crossed her arms and Cremia went bright red again.

 

The Carnival of Time Day 1 got busier. Other races started to realise the apocolypse didn't happen and hurried to celebrate their life. The Carnival was more than just a celebration now, it maked a historical event that no one was going to forget in a hurry.

Link arived at the Owl Statue and pushed his way through the crowd. As usual, he had the Bunny Hood on as he loved the speed it gave him.
"Link!" a voice called from behind and it was the Postman. "I came back as soon as I heard the Town was safe. Thank you for taking over for me!" He said in delight.
"You want the Hat back don't you?" Link asked and he nodded, Link pulling out the Red Hat and giving it to him.
"Thank you!" He chirped as he ran off to resume business.

After jumping onto the Roof of the Shooting Gallery and taking the 100 Ruppee stash he went to the Stock Pot Inn. Anju's Mother was at the counter. He approached her.
"Sorry we have no room" she said bluntly in her bad mood.
"No, no its not that.... Is Anju around I want to tell her something" he asked and she looked at him suspeciously but had no energy to care.
"They are all in the back room, knock before entering" she said and Link smiled and bowed.

He waked around the stairs and knocked on the Wooden Door.
"Who is it?" Anju's Voice called from the other side.
"You don't know me but my name is Link and I have information on Kafei!" He called through and at lightning speed Romani flung the door open.
"Grasshopper!" She called out and hugged him.
"Oh, hi Romani. What a surprise" he said to her.
"Link? What are you doing here?" Cremia asked as he walked in the room. He was going to answer but then saw the Man with Blue Hair sitting next to Anju.

"Kafei.... you're an... an adult now..." he said in shock.
"NO!" he shouted as he put his hands on his face. "Why couldn't you have said that when Anju's Mother was here?" He said in disapointment while everyone in the room stared at him."But anyway, how do you know about that and do I know you?" He asked Link and Link shook his head.
"Well... it kinda complicated and a bit of a long story so I am not sure you will believe me" he said and Kafei smirked.
"Ha! Kid, my story is a hell of a lot more far fetched than yours so try me!" He said and Link felt up to the challenge.
"Haha. Oh I know your story. Mine is better!" He said.

He explained only what he had too, his story from an Orphan Boy in the Kokiri Forest to the Hero of Time was a bit of a long one and they didn't have time for it. But he explained what he did in Termina, telling them he has a Ocarina that can turn back time and how he had to awaken the four Giants to stop the Skull Kid and Majora's Mask from crashing the Moon into Clock Town. But he also explained how he got them together and how he saved Romani twice.They looked at him in disbelief.

"Okay... if any of this is true then we need proof" Kafei said and Link smiled.
"What, more far fetched than yours?" He said mockingly.
"But to be fair, he has so many details right. Like he knows things he could only know if he really did all this" Anju said and Kafei had to agree. "Like he knew I went to the Laundry Pool and cried, he knows what the inside of your little den looks like and he knows what things that happend like the Goron named Link that arrived at the Inn and the Postman and all kinds" she continued.
"Oh and I can prove it" he said with a grin. "In many ways actually. For a start, me and you Kafei are going to get your Mask back from Sakon, I know where his den is so its easy. But also I have these!" He said as he pulled out the Keaton Mask, Kafei Mask and Couples Mask.

"Thats my Mask!" Kafei said pointing at the Keaton Mask and Anju pointed at the Couples Mask.
"Thats proof we got married!" She said.
"And Kafei, go ask your Mother if I got the Kafei Mask from her, she will say no since it didn't happen this time around" he told him. "I can also prove it with the transformation masks, Stone Mask and Giant's Mask if you don't belive some of the stuff I have done" he said but Cremia shook her head.

"Link, we all believe you. And from the bottom of my heart thank you! You saved Romani twice and helped me twice. They may not be any room at the Inn but you are welcome to stay at the Ranch for as long as you like" she said kindly.
"Cremia... thank you so much..." he said and Romani started jumping up and down in excitment.
"Okay, Kafei. 1PM tommorow, meet me at the East Gate of Clock Town. We are getting that Sun Mask back so you two can get Married" he said with opptamism and Kafei stood up.
"Right! I'll be there!"

 

 

"Got ya!" Link shouted as be grabbed Romani's arm and she giggled.
"Awww. You are so much faster than me!" She complained but with a smile on her face.
"I am not going to go easy on you... although I could make it waaay harder if I wanted" he said and she sighed.

Link loved playing with Romani and he hadn't had the chance to just be a kid for so long. It was very late but Cremia never seemd to mind, she decided she would give Romani a day to do what she wanted and play put with Link late. She was just greatful everyone was alive after a near apocolypse.

"Romani. I have an idea" Link said as he jumped off the wooden crate they were sitting on.
"What is it Grasshopper?" She asked him and he smiled.
"I'll show you in the barn, come one!" He said as he ran off ahead into the barn and she soon trailed behind him.

Link sat in the barn with Romani. She was excited to see what he was going to show her. He lay out various masks on the ground.
"Okay, so this is a secret to everyone, okay?" He said and she nodded. "These masks are magical. They have secret abilities. This one makes me me run super fast, this one turns me invisible but most of all, these ones here transform my body." He said pointing at the four masks on the ground. She smiled.
"Prove it!" She demamded as she crossed she arms.

Link picked up the Zora Mask and stood up. He put the mask on and his body lit up and standing in front of her was a Zora. She jumped and Link laughed.
"Told you so" he said with a slightly reverbarated voice. He placed his hand on his face and before she knew it he was back to normal. She stared.
"Would it work on me?" She asked and Link was stumped.
"I don't... know" he said. Without warning she picked up the Deku Mask and put it on.

Link looked down at the Deku Child in front of him. Romani looked at her new body. She had her red hair still but her face looked pretty much identical to Link's face when he wore the mask. She had her white dress on but it was smaller to fit her body better.
"Wooow. Incredible!" She said as she bagan twirling in place. Link skiled and put on the Goron Mask.
"Hey there short stuff!" He jokingly said.

They played around with the masks, Link had never been able to play for years and he had a blast.
"What's this one?" She asked and Link frowned as he picked it up.
"Erm... no. I don't think we should play around with this one" he said looking at it.
"Why not..." she whined.
"It's called the Feirce Deity Mask, it transforms me into an Adult Body but I loose control to some of my hidden desires.... I basically loose all reatraint." He said but Romani only really underatood some of what he said.
"Come on! Use it on my Sister. See if she recognises you with it on!" She said and Link sighed.
"If I do can you promise to never bring it up again?" He asked and she grinned.

 

Cremia heard a knock on her door. She found that unusual but she went to answer it. She opened it to a tall handsome but weird looking man.
"Hello. Have you seen a Young Man around here lately?" He said and she nodded.
"Erm. Yes. Link, he should be in the barn with my Sister" she said to him. "Do you know him?" She asked in confusion.
"Yes, I checked the barn. He was not there. We met the other day but he forgot to take this with him" he said pulling out his Ocarina. She smiled.
"Do you want to come in for a cup of tea or something?" She offered.

Link's mind was racing. He should say no. He really is pushing this.
"Sure!" He said as he followed her in. "Beautiful House. Matches its owner!" He said she blushed.
"Aww. Thank you, not to bad your self" she smirked as she walked over to make some tea. She walked over to him and he stared in awe at her.
"Oh no. No. I need to go" he thought but his body didn't move.
"You here alone?" He asked and she lit up bright red.
"Yes...." she squeaked, her heart racing. He walked over to her and she backed up against the table. His breath was on her neck and it sent shivers down her spine.
"That can't be right. Surely you have a Boy Friend" he said and she frowned.
"No, the only Man I have ever loved is getting married in two days" she said in sadness.
"Really? Well he is missing out. Do you.... want to do what grown ups do when they are alone?" He seductivly whispered.

She grabbed his face and pulled him in for a kiss and his body lost it, his mind had stopped resisting. He grabbed her breast straight away. He had been obsessesed with them since he felt them against his face. She maoned as his hands gropping her soft mounds. He pushed her back onto the table and got between her legs. She could feel his erection through his pants on her crotch and she grinded slightly. They made out, Link had kissed Zelda and Ruto had kissed him but this was so much different, and so much better.

"Come on, I have a bed up stairs" she smirked getting up off the table. He followed her up the stairs, staring at her arse all the way up. His heart beat like a drum. Was he going to do this.... he followed her into the room and she unbuckled her belt and took her broach off. Link began following her lead and he unclaspt the armour, letting it land on the floor with a thud. He looked over to her and she was only in her bra, everything else was gone.

He gulped. He had never seen a Woman naked, and the fact it was Malon... no, Cremia was all the better. He quickly pulled all his clothes off in a hurry. Cremia chuckled at how childish and desperate the super handsome man looked. Maybe he wasnt as experiemced as she had assumed. She felt the heat rise as he pulled his pants down and letting his huge penis spring free. He walked over to her, he was shaking but was determined not to show it. He grabbed her breasts, trailed his hands around her back and unclasped her bra.

He saw it fall to the ground and her beautiful large boobs were in the open air. He grabbed them as he pushed her in for a kiss, she moaned into this one, she put her arms around him and gripped his muscular body. He pushed her onto the bed and she opened her legs, wanting to feel him in her. He lined up at her enterance, her heart beat as she felt his tip touch her soft core. "Please sir.... take my virginity from me" she said.

Link paused. He was going to be her first... no. She deserves the right to know who he is, he is lying to her and ontop of that, she is upset about her crush marrying her best friend. He pulled away. She sat up and frowned. "Whats wrong?" She asked and Link imidiatly started getting his clothes back on.
"Sorry.... I can't... not like this..." he said but she was confused.
"What do you mean, what did I do wrong?" She pleaded and he shook his head.
"No. It's me, I took advantage of you" he told her as he left the door, soon after the thud of her front door was heard. She sat back on her bed, wondering who he was and why he left in such a hurry.

 

Link pulled off the Mask and returned to the barn Romami was in. She smiled at his return.
"Did she recognise you?" She asked in inocent curisoity and he shook his head.
"No. She didn't have a clue. Can we keep this a secret, just between us?" He asked in hopes the farm girl could keep her mouth shut. She smiled.
"Yes. Yes... Romani can keep a secret!" She smiled.
"Thank you." He said in guilt. He knew he shouldn't have put the mask on.

 

 

The Carnival of Time came to the end of its first Day with a great performance from the Rosa Sisters who did the Kamero Dance that Link found the time to teach them once again while he was killing time inbetween various periods of time where he had to wait for people.....

Notes:

I lived writting each part of Majora's Mask Aftermath and yes, they all all finished, all 8 parts. I beat Majora's Mask for the first time in 2015 but didn't enjoy it as much as I hoped I would, however I replayed the game in September and I adored every moment of it and it quickly became one of my favourite games in the series. I began writting this fanfic alongside playing it, making notes about what to include. The creddits of the game are stuff I kept in, every scene of them is given context in this and I tried to keep each scene in order. More effort went into this than is probably worth.

I have enough chapters to last until just before Christmas, the 23rd I believe. I will give a break after that until 2021 in hopes of ensuring I have the next part of the Hero of Time's Adventure ready to publish.

Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 30: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 2 - The Carnival of Time Day 2

Summary:

Link continues to help people he helped once before but also suffers consequences and learns from some of his mistakes.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Cremia stood next to Romani with three balloons in front of her while Link stood behind her.
"Okay, watch this!" She said as she pulled out the bow and hit each balloon with great accuracy and speed. Cremia was impressed and started clapping and Romani turned to Link, flicked her hair to show off. "So what do you think Grasshopper?" And he smiled.
"I think that is amazing. Keep that up and you'll be on par with me in no time" he told her and she jupped up and down.

He wasn't lying. He had experience with a Bow as an Adult but has only practiced since he obtained his new Bow at the Southern Swamp. He felt he was compitent at using a bow, he could hit things on target with confidence but he never felt it was a particular strong point like his Sword skills where. He knew Romani had never gone a dangerous adventure that required getting good with a Bow very quickly but he felt she could surpass him.

"Right. Well I am off to help Kafei get the Sun Mask back. I'll come back here once I am done and then later tonight I will.... I'll be at the Carnival at somepoint" he said as Cremia gave him a confused look. He can't believe that he nearly told her he was going to be playing at the Milk Bar.
"Alright, good luck!" She said before he played the Song of Soaring and vanished.

 

"So... you say you've done this before?" Kafei questioned and Link nodded.
"Yes, kinda. Never today and this time I don't have the luxuray of being able to turn back Time" he said as they hid behind a rock. Link explained the plan to him and how the den was rigged to destroy the Mask if an intruder breaks in. Luckily Link knew what to expect and informed Kafei of such information.

Eventually Sakon arrived at his usual time, a criminal has to be punctual. He enrered his den and Link and Kafei followed him in. As per last time, Sakon was no where to be seen and Link wondered if he has a secret passage way somewhere but now wasnt the time to worry about that. "You ready?" Link asked and Kafei nodded before setting off the security system.

They breezed through the trap, it was unchanged and Kafei now held his wedding mask in his hands.
"Thank you so much Link. You have saved my marriage and I am forever in your debt" he said a he bowed. Link scratched the back of his head.
"Nah, its nothing. Anything for a friend" he smiled.

 

Link returned to the Ranch and just kind of sat there and thought. Knowing everyone just forgot about everything he done for a second time pained him. He had saved both Hyrule and Termina but one remembers his story only as a Legend and the other probably wont remember him at all. He longed to see Zelda again. He told her he would return when he found Navi but the truth is he had never even got close to finding her. Should he call it quits or not? He didn't know. He knew Zelda would understand either way.

He just sat slumped in the seat ususually reserved for Cremia but she didn't mind. He was hardly in the mood to be told to move.
"She was really special to you huh?" Cremia asked kindly as she sat opposite him at the table. He just gave a slight smile. It wasnt a happy smile. "I know how painful life can be. I loved Kafei with all my heart but he left me for Anju. Don't get me wrong, I am happy for them, Anju is my best friend, but it pains me to see them together" she said sadly. Link didn't know if he should tell them the details he knew in trying to get them together. Its not like she'd believe him, and did it matter anyway? It never even happened anymore.

" A Hansome man came by the other day.... looking for you actually!" She said like she had just remembered that part. Link froze as he felt his face grow hot and guilt entered his gut.
"Oh yeah?" He inquired, luckily he was sad, it was a good excuse to look uninterested.
"Yeah, he wanted to give you your Ocarina back or something" she said to him and he nodded.
"Yeah. He must have left it on the table on his way out." Link said to try and end it but she persisted.
"Do you know him Link? He knows you it seems. Are you related because he kinda resembeles you. I'd love to meet him, he left in a hurry and...."
"I DON'T KNOW HIM ALRIGHT!" he shouted at her making her flinch in shock. The second he did he regretted it. Cremia did not deserve that. He burst out crying.

"Link? Whats wrong?" She asked him as she pulled her chair around the table and gave him a hug. He pulled him self away to Cremia's surprise. She thought he'd enjoy leaning into her chest.
"I am so, so sorry Cremia. You have been so nice to me, you gave me somewhere to stay and I have just been selfish and mean..." he cried into his knees and avoiding looking at her.
Cremia was confused, she thought she didn't deserve him being here.
"What are you talking about Link?" She asked and he looked up, not looking her in the eyes.
"That was me.... that man... the man who got naked with you... that was me...." he confessed.

She felt her hear beat rise and her face grow red. She first thought was it was impossible. Link is 13 and he was at least 18 but then how did he know they were naked? She never mentioned that. Was Link spying on them? No.. he did look like him, and talk like him. She looked at the Boy who looked guilty as hell. She glared at him and then slapped him, the sound of the impact echoed around the room and Link was on the floor. He clutched his face as he looked up at the furious Ranch owner who had stood, towering above him. He gulped as he pulled him self up from the ground. He knew he deserved worse than that but his cheek still stung. But to his surprise she hugged him tightly.

"Cremia I..." he stuttered but she shook her head.
"Link. I don't want excuses, I want you to tell me everything. You are hiding more than you say. You are going to tell me everything right now!" She ordered him like she was his Mother.  "Not just about last night but about everything". He took a deep breath.
"Okay, but I would like to explain all this to Romani too, there is a lot of... adult details so only if it is okay with you" he said and she nodded.
"Alright. She needs to learn some stuff anyway." She said.

 

They all sat around the table. Link being the centre of attention.
"What I am going to say will be hard to believe, but all true. You will have a lot of questions but please save them all to the end. I'd advise taking notes, there might be a quiz at the end" he joked and Romani giggled, Cremia did not. He frowned "Right... well... where to begin" he said.

 

Link began to tell them the story, all of it in remarkable detail. He started from being an orphan Boy in the Kokiri forest too a Hero. He told them of Saria, Navi, Zelda as well as Malon. The Master Sword and aging as well as the Evil King were probably the interesting parts, at least as far as Link saw it. He told them about how he saved Hyrule and Termina and in both cases no one remembered.

"Termina, the place we are now, it is a Parrallel word to Hyrule. The place looks very different but so many of the people are douplegangers of people I know back home. You two looks exactly like my Friend Malon, Anju looks like a Woman I helped retrieve her Cuccos too, Mutoh looks exactly like a Carpenter.. there are so many examples." He stopped and looked up at them. "I explained the rest to you when we were talking to Anju and Kafei... well I missed one part out." He said and Cremia frowned.

He put the Feirce Deity Mask on the table in front of him. "This Mask has the Spirit of a Dark God inside it. I used it to defeat Majora but it preys on your deepest darkest desires. If you are really angry at someone and wish bad things upon them for example, the Mask will make in near impossible to resist killing them. I was playing in the barn with Romani last night, showing her these Masks but she insisted on me trying this one out. I know I should have known better but I thought I could control it but instead.... well it preyed on my desires and well...." he was bright red but Cremia was going to make him say it. "I... desire... you..." he said looking down.

"I don't get it. Desire my Sis?" Romani asked and Cremia sighed.
"I see why you wanted my permission to have Romani here. Well first of all, thank you for being honest. I am still angry at you but I forgive you. But now the other part. And I am going to give you some education here too Link, you might need it!" She said sternly before turning to her Sister.

Cremia began explaing the Bird and the Bees to her Sister and went into some of the details of what happened the previous night.

"Anyway, I nearly had aex with your Sister because of my foolishness wearing the Mask but something sparked inside of me and made me realise it was wrong so I ran off" he explained.

"And thats why I am angry at Link. He is 13 and he pretended to be an Adult and lied to me so he could have sex. A Man should NEVER treat a Woman like that. Lying or manipulating someone into doing something like that is awful and if it was anyone else, I would take matters more seriously." She said loudly to him. "Link. You know that using Girls like that is wrong don't you?" She asked him and he nodded. "Good. Where did you learn about all this stuff?" She asked him and he looked at her.
"Well you know how I told you about me aging seven years, well when awoke as a 17 year old I just kind of... knew this stuff." He said to her. "Like it was all just in my brain. I am not sure how, Magic or some weird Time manipulation. I don't know. But good job I did because being a 17 year old without knowing any of that would have been.... hard" he said embarassed before returning his attention back to Cremia.

 

Some time passed and everyone had a little bit of time to them selves to cool off. Eventually Cremia and Romani come down stairs.
"We are going to the Carnival Link. Are you coming?" Cremia asked with no sound of annoyance towards him in her voice.
"Err... no... you go with out me, have a good time though" he said and she was surprised but she shrugged.
"Suit your self then. Come on Romani" she said as they left. Link sat in silence. He didnt refuse their offer because he didnt want to go but because he had to be Mikou today and play at the Milk Bar with the Indigo-goes. Something he didnt really want to do but felt a responsibility for.

He looked at the Zora mask and sighed. Kafei is having his stag night at the Milk Bar as well, something he was invited too. Was he going to have to pose as two seperate people throughout the night. Such a pain.

 

Link strummed the Zora guitar to the cheering crowd. They all cheered and Gormon looked happy and inspired for the first time ever. Well... at least to Link's understanding. Finally they stopped playing and Link snuck out the back and took the Zora Mask off. Lulu came running around the back, looked at Link in confusion and then ran past him. He hated that he had to pretend but he promised Kafei he would be at his stag night.

He joined the party. The Guru guru was geeting some appretiation, the Honey and Darling Couple were as attached as ever and the Carpenters and Knights argued like always. It was a fun night. Anju and Cremia were for sure having fun at their party at the Stock Pot Inn.

Link left to join Lulu with his desguise on and they headed back to Zora's Cape. When they got back Link helped the band put their equipment away before he left. He sighed as he looked back at the place. He walked off.

"Mikou!" The sweet voice from Lulu calls down the hallway. "Were are you heading this late at night?" She asks him as she catches up to him, catching him before he could sneak off.
"I just...." she puts her finger on his lips.
"Going to see our babies. I know" she smiles and he went bright red. Link panicked. That was not it at all, he was going to sneak away and never come back. "But I have a better idea!" She says as she grabs his hand and pulls him along. He is dragged through the quiet Zora Cape towarss Lulu's room. She opens the door and pushes him in.

She pushes him down onto an open clam like object, he assumed it was a Zora bed. He looked back up at her and she pulled her dress off, revealing her large round breasts. Link had seen them before as the Zora back in Hyrule wore no clothes and Lulu was the splitting image of Ruto, someone he found very attractive. No, sexy was the word he would use. She nealt towards him and pulled down his pants, revealing his erect Zora Penis.

Link had been inside Mikou's Body for a long time but no matter how curious he got, he never looked to see what his Penis looked like as a Zora. But now he knew. She began stroking it and he groaned.
"Lulu, wait." He moaned but she just grinned.
"You said you wanted to have as many Children as we could, so lets continue" she said seductively as she began licking his Penis before sucking it.

Link had never felt sexual pleasure like this, he could hardly think. She stopped sucking and climbed onto of him, his penis touching her Vagina. She lifted her self up and grabbed his Penis, lining her self up with him. The thought of Cremia crept into his mind.

"Stop!" He shouted as he moved his Penis away before she went down on him. She frowned.
"Mikou... whats wrong?" She asked as she got off him.
"I am sorry but I am not Mikou. I can't go through with this. Its not right" he said and she frowned.
"What are you talking about?" She asked and Link stood up, pulled his pants up and took off the mask.

She gasped, looking at the Hylian... well to her a Terminian Boy standing in front of her.
"My name is Link, and when I arrived at Great Bay I met Mikou. He was in the brink of death from trying to save your Eggs from the Pirates. He died, I buried him and for healing his soul I got a Mask, containing his soul" he told her.
"Thats a lie! My Mikou is not dead!" She shouted but he just looked down.
"I rescued your eggs using his powers and I played with the Indigo-goes because I couldn't bare letting everyone down just before the Carnival. I was going to leave but you seemed so excited I couldn't bare to break your heart so I tried to creep away" he explained.

Lulu began sobbing.
"Its true isn't it. He is gone. I knew somethimg was off but I didn't know what. I thought if we slept together again he would return to his old self but it was you..." she cried and Link sat next to her and hugged her.
"I didn't mean to decieve you, for that I am sorry. I can show you were I layed him to rest, its by the enterence to the Great Bay" he told her and she looked at him.

"In his last moments he thought about you and begged me to save your Children and you" he reassured her and she hugged him tightly, embarassing him from the breasts pushed against him.
"Thank you. Thank you for healing his soul, saving me and most off all, saving my children" she said and he hugged her back.

They sat and talked for a while about trivial to deep things. Link told her all about his adventures and she wasn't sure she believed all of it but she liked the company.
"What should I do now? Like the others. How do I tell them?" He asked her and she shook her head.
"Link, you are 13? 14? You shouldn't have to do all this on your own. Let me handle it. I will tell them tomorrow. " she said and he frowned, unsure how she could explain it but trusted her.
"I should probably go. Good luck with everything and I hope you have a good life" he said to her and she smiled.
"Same to you, when you get back home... make that Zora Girl happy." She winked and he blushed as he left her chamber.

He stood for a moment before he heard her start sobbing again. His heart sunk but he knew he must leave her to greive. At least he gave her a final few days with Mikou before she found out the truth... telling the Deku Buttler about his Son is going to be much harder.

Notes:

This chapter was initially quite a bit diiferent. I had explicit details about Cremia telling Romani about "The Bird and the Bees" but thought it wasn't interesting and its not like anyone reading this doesnt know how sex works.... I hope...

Majora's Mask is deep and dark and the characters feel very real. I wanted to keep that in this. They are all people and people make mistakes. Non of these chatacters are perfect which will be more apparent as chapters move on but they will learn from mistakes and grow.

I have tried to make Link believable in the sense that he is a 13/14 year old Boy (at least at this point I have aged him as such) that has expericend breifly want beinf an Adult is like and now is once again trapped in a body going through puberty. I imagine that would be hell and the urges that are around him make it so much harder.

Anyway, I hope you enjoy and an comment would be appreciated.

Chapter 31: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 3 - The Carnival of Time Day 3

Summary:

The final day of the carnival draws to a close and Anju and Kafei are finally together. Link's job in Termina is amost done so why not celebrate.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link didn't feel comfortable going to the wedding. He had been invited for all he had done but in truth, he didn't really know these people and they knew him less. He told Kafei he would at least go to the party afterwards. This was all pretty perfect for Link as he had time to take care of somethings.

He first went to the Mountain Village to talk to the Goron Elder about Darmani. They knew he was dead as some Gorons made him a grave but Link told them about how he was a Hero and everything that transpired between the two. It was a story he felt they needed to hear.

Aftet that he went to watch Guru Guru play his song at the Milk Bar in the Day. Link felt he deserved attention but it turned out that he had some anyway... a lot of it. Perhaps Link spread the word...

He then watched from a cliff as Pamela and her Father walked off together to go to the Carnival. He was pleased that awakening the Giant in the Stone Tower Temple clensed Ikana Valley and got rid of the Gibdos and as a result Pamela's Father was never cursed. It was heart warming to see the Girl who had a traumatic time be at peace, unaware of what horrors she once faced.

This was all just before Anju and Kafei had their wedding. They got married just outside Clock Town where Anju's Mother and Grandmother attended as well as Kafei's parents and his friend that runs to Curiosity shop. Cremia stood next to a Knight that she thought was rather handsome but no where near as handsome as the man of the day, Kafei, who was in a crisp suit while Anju worse her stunning wedding Dress. Tingle drew the occasion from his balloon as well as threw caffettee over the married couple.

 

Link had watched the wedding from the Asteral Observatory. He got a unique view but the Astronamer wondered why Link was so curious abou a wedding that he had to watch from a telescope. When the cereminy ended it was about 3pm and Link headed over to the Milk Bar where the party would be.

He arrived at the door which for a change was not guarded and thus he walked in without needing his mask. Music played loudly and many people where there, afterall, pretty much everyone knew Kafei since he was the Mayor's Son and everyone knew Anju since she worked at thr Stock Pot Inn. Clock Town was small enough to the point where everyone knew everyone anyway.

Link walked down the steps. And he was quickly ambushed from the side by a friendly face.
"Grasshopper!" She shouted and Link smiled. She wore a black dress, looking fancier than he had ever seen her but his eyes widened when he saw Cremia who wore a similar black dress but it clung to the curves of her body magnificently and her breasts where ever prominent from the cleavage it showed.

Link snapped out of his gaze at the Woman at the other end of the Bar and focused back on his friend.
"Hey Romani. How was the wedding?" He asked and she laughed.
"Pretty boring but the balloon guy was funny" she said in refrence to Tingle who thew the caffete.
"Well... he is certainly interesting, thats for sure" Link said as he thought about how weird it was that a 35 year old man acted that way. But who cares? He is harmless.

The party went on, Anju, Kafei and Cremia where deep in conversation for a lot of it and Cremia couldn't keep her eyes off Kafei and Link swore he saw the just married man take a few glances at Cremia's cleavage when neither the girls were looking. Link couldn't blame him but he also wasn't even sure if thats what happened.

There was Kareoke, Dancing and a lot of drinking. Link took Romani into a uninhabbited corner where no one was looking. "So, you have had this before right?" Link asked as he held a bottle of Chateu Romani in front of her and she nodded.
"Yeah, big Sis said it's for Adults and she considers me one now" she said and Link smiled.
"Lets have some then!" He said as he put his hand on his hip, took a big gulp and wiped away the excess with the back of his hand.
"It made me sick the next day..." she told him but he smiled.
"It's just because you had too much, and besideds. Thats part of the fun!" He said and she giggled and copied him in taking a drink of the alcoholic Milk.

The two of them got more and more drunk as no one was paying much attention to them and Link thought it felt great. Even when he was sitting down he wobbled all over the place unable to keep balance. It wasn't just them, it was pretty much everyone. The Postman was up on stage singing with the Mayor, the two Juggling Twins were being stradled by one of the Rosa Sisters each and the Carpenters had of coure started fighting with the Knights.

"Romaniii! Oh there you are!" Cremia called to her Sister. She was clearly pissed out of her mind. "The Party is ending, the happy couple let us stay at the Inn for the night. Your little Boy Friend can come too" she told her and Romani smiled.
"Grasshopper Boy Friend, you can come and sleep with us tonight!" Romani shouted and if Cremia wasn't so drunk, she would have noticed her Sister and Link also were.

 

The trio left the party at a very late hour and made their way to the Inn. They were not in the most glamerous room, it was the room Link the Goron rented out but there was three beds two on the right hand and one on the left. The Girls got changed while Link waited outside, Romani in some basic Pajamas and Cremia in tight night shorts, a shirt that her nipples clearly showed through and a nightgown. Link just slept in his regualr stuff. Before long Romani and Link were flat out asleep but even in her drunken state, Cremia kept thinking about Kafei. She was so in love with him but she bad to bury him in her mind because he married her best friend.

 

 

Kafei stumbles but keeping his balance as he carries his knew bride up stairs. He opens the door and places her on the bed. He kissed into her and she giggles.
"I love you so much Anju" he says into her face and she kisses him.
"I love you to" she says as she kisses him but stands up. She bagan taking off her wedding dress in a hurry, Kafei dowing the same with his Tux except he wasnt as delect with the expensive clothing and just threw his on the table. She truns to him in only her Bra and Panties and his eyes go wide.
"Anju I...." he mumbles, looking for the words to describe how much he loved the sight of his wives pointy breasts.

"Kafei..." she whispered as she leaned into kiss him delectly. The kisses where passionate and their love was more han just lust. He pulled her down to the bed and her body was ontop of him, he felt her boobs push against his chest and she felt his erection against her leg. He reached around her back and unclasped the bra. "Make love to me" she whispered into his ear as he reached for his boxers, pulling them down as she done the same with their panties. Ash she leaned up the bra fell off her and Kafei smiled.

"I love you more than anyone!" He said looking her in the eyes. She loved his deep red eyes. He rolled her over so he was ontop. She put her hand on his chest, not very mustular but not completly flat. He did the same, and he found her breasts to jot necessarily be large, but perky and her nipples pointed forward proudly.

The kissed breifly before he started posisioning him self on her. His dick proded her several times before grazing her core.
"Go jentle" she asked him and he nodded before slowly pushing the head in. She winsed in pain and he stopped but she nodded to encpurage him onward. He pushed all the way in.
"Aahh" he moaned as his penis was all the way into her very tight core.

He pulled out and slowly pushed back in, repeating the process a few times before she stsrted to feel less pain. She smiled and he just kept thrusting, their sex inexperinced but still pleasurable. They sped up and their moand got gradually louder. He thrust inside her and the bed hit against the wall and Anju shreiked in joy and pain. He kept going, unaware of how loud they were and how much noise the bed was making.

In the room along was Cremia, Romani and Link. Cremia blushed as she head Anju moan and heard the bed hit against the wall. She looked to Romani and Link, both of who appeared to be asleep. She pulled down her  night shorts and undid her gown and pulled off her shirt. She listended to the couple making love, focusing on Kafei. She placed one hand on her breast and the other she rubbed against her clit.

She let out a breathy moan. She continued to stroke her clit and enter a few fingers deeper into her folds. She timed her fingers with the banging from the room along. Her hand played with her nipple, in her mind however it was Kafei that was ontop of her, thrusting into her as he looked into her eyes, his deep red eyes making her shiver in delight. His hand grabbed her breast, needing it like bread as his other hand grabbed her thigh and used it to get a matery over his thrusts.

"Cremia. Oh Cremia. I have always loved you. We will secretly be together" he moaned and she felt her self tighten around him.
"Kafei..." she moaned as she climaxed. She opened her eyes to a ceiling and no blue haired Man ontop of her. The fantasy ended and she panted deeply before pulling her clothes back on and rolling on her side to get to sleep.

Romani was fast asleep but Link woke up to see and hear the whole thing and he definitly didnt need to have that on his brain. That would make things challenging.

Notes:

This is a shorter one but they get longer. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 32: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 4 - Stuck in another realm

Summary:

Link learns some truths about Termina and finds out some news that is very unfortunate.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

He had told them he was leaving and his arangment was tempory anyway. It didn't mean it was any less sad. He woke up at the crack of dawn as he had one last thing he needed to do first.

"I wish you could come and visit" Romani said with tears in her eyes and Link hugged her.
"Me too Romani. Me too. But I will never forget you and if you keep training with that bow then maybe adventure will bring you to Hyrule. He knew that was a lie, Cremia did too, heck, Romani probably did as well but she smiled regardless. "Thank you for everything Cremia" he said politely but she shook her head.
"No Link. Thank you. You have been better help than you'll ever know". She smiled as he got on Epona.
"Good bye. Have a wonderful life" he said as he rode off, fearing that if he looked back he would be to convinced to stay. He was the lucky one here, he had Malon to see, they had no one.

 

He got off Epona's back outside the enterance of Clock Town and pulled out his Ocarina, playing the Song of Soaring and teleporting off to the Southern Swamp. On arrival the familar stench of the swamp hit him but he ignored it as he put on the Deku Mask, transforming his body before jumping off the ledge and hoping across the water to the gate of the Deku Palace.

The familiar Deku Scrubs watched him with the expectation of him asking to enter but instead he took a left and hoped across the water to enter the cave around the side. He stopped outside and took the mask off and entered into the darkness.

Link had to let his eyes adjust but as they did he saw the Deku Buttler standing there confused. Link felt nervous about the fact he was going to ruin this Duku Scrubs day. But he had to do it.
"Sir, I.... I have something to tell you and you are not going to like it..." Link said and the Deku Buttler stroked his leafy mustache.
"Hmm. Out with it Child" he said with no emotion in his voice.
"Well.... its about your Son" he said and the Deku Buttler flinched.
"My... my Son. You know where my Son is? Please tell me! Is he alright?" He asked with a tone Link could only understand as happiness. Link looked down.
"I am sorry.... he is dead" Link said, avoiding eye contact. Link wasnt sure if he landed that delecatly or not.

"Don't you lie to me! Tell me where he is!" The Scub shouted. Link said nothing and he realised it was all true. "No... my sweet, sweet Boy..." he cried out.
"I can... I can take you two him. If you want". Link said. The Buttler just nodded.

 

Link warped them both to Clock Town and led the Buttler through the winding tunnels underneath the tower. They reached the husk of the Deku Buttler's Son and the Buttler burst out crying. "I want to tell you all I know, which isnt a lot" he said in a calm voice. He explained to the Deku Buttler about Skull Kid, the transformation Masks, the Song of Healing and of course and more specifically, the mask that transformed him into the likeness of the Buttler's Son.
"Thank you Boy. You should keep that Mask. If apart of my Son lives on to help a Hero then I can at least live with that... thank you for telling me this. I want to be alone for a moment now" he said and Link smiled.
"Of course. Good bye" Link said as he went up to the surface to get Epona and finally leave this place.

 

 

Link got Epona and rode through Clock Town and headed back towards the Tower. As he turned the corner he bumped into a recognisable face. In unisen, the two peoples eyes widened as they pounted at wach other.
"What are you still doing here?!' They both asked to the other. Link frowned and so did the Happy Mask Salesmen.
"Well I am setting up shop here for a while, I want to collect as many rare masks from this world as I could.... but you....why would you decide to stick around?" The Mask Salesmen said to Link, knowing he is the 'Hero of Time' and all. Link sighed.

"I had loose ends to tie up" he said, and it wasnt a lie.
"Heehahaha. Oh... and you are aware you are stuck here for a year now right?" The Mask Salesmen asked and Link stepped back. His heart pouned.
"No. What? What are you talking about?" He asked in shock.
"The Portal connecting the Lost Woods in Hyrule and the Sewers in Termina only opens once a year for three days. The Portal was created by Majora's Mask its self so I really hope for your sake it opens again next year" he explaimed to the Hero.
"Shit... no... I can't be gone a year... never mind potentially forever..." he moaned in defeat.

He looked back up at the Happy Mask Salesmen. "And you... how come you know so much about Majora's Mask? " he asked and he grinned.
"I don't. Not really. It was more my Father's expertise... See, my Father was from here. Right here in Clock Town. He was an explorer or new lands and ancient treasures and amoung the artifacts he found, Majora's Mask was one of them." He said to the fasinated 13 year old. "He used Majora's Mask's Power to open up a portal to another land, thus discovering Hyrule. He has a study in the Lost Woods where he done research. One day he abandoned it all as he fled from the Mask's evil power, playing the Song of Healing to get it off him... he eventually made it to Castle Town, met my Mother and the rest is history..." he explained.

Link was speechless. Who knew the man he ran meaningless jobs for in another Timeline had such a deep history.
"So you wanted to live in the place where your Father is from?" Link asked and he grinned.
"Oh yes. They love Masks here, and in Hyrule.... well it is never peaceful there. A Civil War, an Gerudo uprising... saying that, the Moon nearly caused an apocolypse here which was a tiny bit my fault.... sorry" he said and Link didn't really believe he was the least bit sorry. "But you saved us all again, so as long as you are here what could go wrong?" He smiled and Link wanted to punch him so bad but held in his anger.

 

Link rode back towards Romani Ranch , deep in despair. It was bad enough that he was trapped here for a year, unable to return to Zelda and continue his search for Navi but beyond that, he isnt even 100% sure he will ever be able to return to Hyrule. As the Happymask Salesmen said, now that Majora's Mask has lost all its power, its influence on the world might lost. No. He had to stay hopeful but he knew it would be a long year.

He rode into the Ranch, Cremia was loading her wagon as she caught sight of Link.
"Link? You're back. Did you forget something?" She asked in confusion but she knew it was more by the sadness on his face.
"No... the portal to my world will not reopen for another year. I am stuck here until then" he said and she walked over to him.
"Link... I am so sorry..." she said and just as he opened his mouth to ask the difficult question she spoke first. "Yes you can Link. You are always and forever welcome here on Romani Ranch. As long as you start helping out" she smirked. Link jumped off Epona.
"Cremia... thank you so much... I dont deserve this after what I did" he said as he looked down.

She sighed and looked at him.
"I wont pretend it didnt upset me a lot, but we all make mistakes, we all diserve a second chance and I forgive you. I know you are a good kid and your good deeds out shine that one stupid mistake. I believe you when you say it was that mask that corupts people so just know I have forgave you Link". She told him and he smiled.
"You are one of the kindest people I have ever met Cremia. Thank you so much".

 

Link sat on the roof of the House watching Romani practise with her Bow. She was getting good at it. He got on the roof by the ladder at the back but he was unsure why it was there but didn't ask because he sometimes found the mystery more exciting than the answer.
"Grasshopper! Do you want to play with me?" She called up smiling. Her smile always made him grin no matter what mood he was in.
"Sorry, I am just not feeling it today!" He called down before hopping off the roof and landing with a careful roll.
"Are you still sad about not being able to go home?" She asked in concern and Link didn't want to burden her with his problems.
"Well a little bit but on the upside I get to spend at least a year with you and your Sister" he smiled to her, happy that he spun that around. He found it hard to be honest to Romani when he knew it would bring her feelings down.

Romani paused and looked up for a moment before looking back and waving her hand in the air.
"Romani has an idea! Why don't you go and see your friend. Your Princess friend" she said like it was a great idea but Link was confused.
"Zelda? Thats the point... I can't get back to Hyrule to see her" he explained in bafflement that she hadnt grasped it but she shook her head.
"No. You said there was a me, and an Anju and a Mutoh and the Gormans in Hyrule, so shouldnt there be a you and a Zelda here?" She ellaborated and Link's brain hot wired.

How had he not thought of this before... how had he never thought to search for his double or Zelda's double.
"Romani you are.... a genius. But... where would I even beggin?" He asked her and she thought for a second.
"That Blue haired Man my Sister secretly likes is the Son of the Mayor. The Mayor keeps a list of everyone in Termina. I could ask Sis to ask him to ask his Dad to show you the list!" She beamed but Link shook his head.
"Its okay, I'll got my self. I am very... persausive" he grinned, a grin that even the innocent Romani could tell meant mischeif....

Notes:

Does this chapter exist to give an excuse to write more chapter set in Termina... yes. Is it also an excise to age Link up a bit... also yes. Do I regret it.... Not at all.

Chapter 33: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 5 - Parallel faces

Summary:

Link does some investigating on a newfound curiosity.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link wasnt going to wait to get the Mayor's permission. He probably wouldnt get it anyway. He instead wore the Stone Mask and walked right into the office, getting a confused look from him as his door seemingly opened on its own. He knew he would be ever confused by that one. He then took a seat in the corner being careful not to knock anything or make a sound because the Mayor would get suspecious or think he is being haunted.

He just waited and waited and waited for the Mayor to go to bed and eventually, he did. Once the Mayor had cleared off he started looking through his stuff, finding all sorts of stuff includeding a picture of Kafei, Anju and Cremia as kids, Cremia looked identical to Romani and of coure he knew what Kafei looked like as a child anyway. Anju was a first. He pulled out a big binder that was heavy and opened the contents page. It had a lot of boring information about Termina, old History that Link wasn't at all interested in but there was a portion titled "Residence" and Link went to that page.

It was exactly what he was looking for, it had a name and address of almost everyone. The problem was, Link had no idea what his or Zelda's name would be in Termina. He did have a strategy though. Link knew pretty much everyone in Clock Town, the Southern Swamp, Snowhead, Great Bay and Ikana so he looked for other locations. Link found the name "Termin Village" labeled which appeared to be deep in the woods. Link didn't have much of a reason to assume he would find his double there or Zelda's really, but what the hell, he mighy as well go on a little adventure while he is stuck here.

He jotted down the names of the Villagers, put everything back where he found it and then silently left the Mayor's Residence. He walked through the silent Clock Town, taking his mask off and putting on the Goron Mask. His body transformed into a mighty Goron and then he curled into a ball and rolled out of the town at top speed towards the woods.

 

Link eventually made it near the Village so took of the Goron Mask and put the Stone Mask on. If he came across anyone who was his double he didnt want to freak them out. He reached the sign post for the village juat as he passes out of the treeline into a village. All the houses were made of wood and it seems they don't get many outsiders. Link walks through the village and is surprised at what he sees. More people he recognises. Not people he knows well, but people he recognises from Castle Town and maids of Zelda or Knights or who ever else. Non he could put a name too.

"Sarah!" A voice called from a Woman in front of him.
"Coming Mother!" A voice reaponded over his invisible shoulder. He turned in time to dodge the Girl, but as she past his heart skipped a beat. The Girl looked about sixteen, she was taller than Link and she had green hair that went down to her back. Her butt was nice and round and shown off by her green shorts. She was older for sure but Link knew who it was. Saria.

This made Link curious, he knew he shouldn't go and talk to her but he was curious about her life. What Saria maybe would have been like if she wasnt a Kokiri and grew up like a Hylian. He followed her into her house, being extra quiet. She sat down at the table with who Link could only assume were her parents. "Can Milo sleep over tonight?" She asked her Mother and Link's eyes widened, aa did her Mother's.
"As long as you too don't get up to anything" her Mother said with a mouthful of food.
"Eww.. gross Mam..." she compained.
"And if you do, be safe" her Father said and her Mother glared at him. Link wandered up the stairs, mainly to find a window to climb out of but also he figured Saria.... Sarah even might have a pictire of them together if they are friends.

He opened a door and walked in. Clearly a bedroom and judging by the size her bedroom. She had a desk and Link's suspetions were true. He looked at the photo of Saria and.... Mido together. Link wasnt upset or anything, afterall, this isnt his world and these people have different lives but the thought of Saria and Mido together just felt... wrong. He climbed out the window, and onto the roof. He felt bad about snooping but no one was harmed and no one would ever know he existed anyway.

"Ravio, take that stupid Bunny Hood off" a voice called and Link was intially intrigued by the mention of a Bunny Hood but then more so by the Boy wearing it.... it was him. Link jumped off the roof and walked closer. He looked the same except for what he wore. Ravio was this Boy's name and he wore a purple coat with a Purple Scarf, topped off by a Purple Bunny Hood. "You are 13, start acting it!" The Woman raised her voice and Link stared at her. His mind raced. Could this be what his Mother looked like? She had the same colour hair as him. She was clearly Ravio's Mother.

The Woman dragged Ravio inside and slammed the door, forcing Link to go over too the window. He peered in and a Man that looked remarkably like him was now shouting at the Boy who seemed to be compaining and shouting back. Link hated everything about this Boy. How could he shout at his own parents... does he not realise how lucky he is to have parents... Link wandered off.

He strolled around the Village half heartedly, looking for a Blone Girl that looked like Zelda but nothing. Why would he find her here? Who said she had to exist? Did he even want to find her with the possibility of seeing her with a life that made him uncomfortable? Link gave up his search. It was honestly a miracle that he stummbled across himself and Saria. He left the Village and played the Song of Soaring and warped back to Milk Road.

 

 

"So? How did it go?" Romani asks as he returned to sitting on the roof, her joining him this time.
"Well I never found her but thats okay because I don't think I want to. Zelda is irreplaceable, if I met her double it wouldnt be her, it would just look lile her" he explained but Romani frowned.
"What about me? You know my double?" She said in sadness but Link put his arm around her.
"Thats different. You don't replace Malon and Malon does not replace you. You look the same, thats for sure but you act completly different, you are soo different" he told her. "When I am in Termina, I still miss Malon and when I go home I will still miss you" he smiled.
"I'll miss you Grasshopper" she giggled.
"But hey, if you ever need to see my face again, I know a woodland Boy that could be helpful for that"....

Notes:

This chapter isn't as great as it was going to be in my head. I had the idead of Link finding his Termininian counterpart but when I got around to writting it I realised I didnt have much to write about. I might edit this in the future but sometimes you gotta just cut your loses. The next chapter though is perhaps my favourite and was is very much more adult.

Chapter 34: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 6 - Life in Termina

Summary:

The life of one in Termina and a meeting of two friend takes an... interesting turn.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link never realised how hard farm life would be. He lifted crates, hay bales that were heavier than they looked, milked cows and many other mundane tasks in return for a place to stay and food to eat. Link was friendly with the Romani Ranch sisters and the longer he lived here the more attached he got. Of course he got excited around Cremia, he couldn’t take his eyes off of her, occasionally getting a glimpse of what he desired when she walked from her washes in the river to her bedroom with only a towel around her. Cremia didn’t do this to deliberately tease the poor puberty ridden boy but she wasn’t an idiot and knew it had an effect just based on his reactions alone. But he never did anything wrong after his one time experiment with the Fierce Deity Mask and that whole incident was far behind them.

Daily he would help around the ranch, and also teaching Romani how to effectively use a bow in hopes that she would be able to protect the ranch from the Gorman Brothers if they ever tried to lay their thieving hands on the ranch. But that proved to be unnecessary as the Gorman Brothers moved away from the site suspiciously after the oldest Brother made something of himself in Clock Town’s show business. It seemed the lowlife bandits were jealous that one brother had reached his lifelong dream while they still raided unfortunate people who were easy targets.

As well as things going well over at Romani Ranch, Clock Town was booming after the threat of the apocalypse was gone and the Mayor had stepped down and his son Kafei had taken Office. Kafei made a good Mayor, he was popular with most of Clock Town and still made time for his Wife but this came at the toll of him working late hours and occasionally sleeping in his office.

 

One of those long stressful days passed and the streets of Clock Town rested into the quiet night. Kafei was done, he needed to get drunk so he locked up the Mayor’s Residence and headed straight for the Milk Bar.

As he walked down the steps he felt his heart skip a beat as he saw his beautiful childhood friend, Cremia, standing talking to the bar owner with a heavy crate under her arms.
“Hey Cremia!” He called out and her face was bright red before she even turned to see him.
“K…Kafei! What are you doing here?” She asked, the question had an obvious answer.
“Long day. Just need a drink” he told her, sitting down on one of the bar stools with the bar owner not even bothering to ask and poured him Chatau Romani.

“Join me!” He suggested, patting the stool next to him and she shook her head.
“No, I really shouldn’t. Romani is probably waiting at home for me” she said, finding excuses.
“She is probably playing with Link, they’ll be fine. Just one drink with a childhood friend!” he said with a warm smile. Damn, she couldn’t resist. She sat next to him.
“Just one”.

 

Hours later the two of them were surrounded by several empty bottles and were beyond a little tipsy. The Bar owner trusted Kafei enough to pay his tab and went to bed, leaving the pair alone, sensing where this was going and didn't want to be a witness to it.
"Remember when you kissed me in front of Anju to make her jealous!" She said, reminiscing about their past.
"That was like... when we were 15 or something. A long time ago now." he said to her with a chuckle.
"That was my first kiss. I still dream about it" she admitted, too drunk to really process what she was saying.
"It wasn't mine, but it was a good kiss!" He told her and she grinned.

"So you thought I was a good kisser?" She asked with a smirk, leaning her breasts against the bar.
"Yeah, you were fantastic. It was wonderful." he told her with confidence. This comment would have made her face glow red but at this point she was already the shade of fire.
"You were the only Man I have loved..." she confessed and she covered her mouth in shock the second she spoke those words, wishing in an insurance to take all of them back. He looked at her with his deep red eyes and swallowed.
"You are the sexiest Woman I have ever known..." he admitted to her.

She tried to process his words. He was either lying in an attempt to turn her on or he found her to be sexier than his own wife. Either way, it was obvious he wanted her and she wanted him.

Cremia decided to think no more and did what she had wanted for years. She leaned forward and kissed him on the lips. His eyes went wide in shock but he didn't resist, instead pulling her onto his lap as she began straddling him. "Cremia I..." he moaned as she shushed him.
"I want you Kafei...." she whispered as she reached for his pants. He stopped her hand and looked deep into her eyes.
"No. Not here. I have somewhere" he said in a serious tone. He put the Rupees on the counter and grabbed her by the hand and pulled her up the stairs.

They crept through the streets of Clock Town in a hurry, praying to not be seen by anyone but luckily the only one judging them was the moon.They made it to the laundry pool, Kafei guiding her to his hideout, pulled out the keys to the door and Cremia couldn't wait anymore and pushed her lips to his, pushing him through the door.

She kissed him against the wall at the bottom of the steps, his hand on her hips and he reached around and grabbed her arse. She broke the kiss with a low sigh and Kafei looked at her beautiful, innocent face. It wasn't too late to turn back. He had a wife at home…

"What are we doing?" He said with a low chuckle and Cremia breathed heavily.
"What you have wanted for your whole life" and with those words it all made sense. She was right, he did want this. He knew it was wrong but he refused to lie to himself any longer, he wanted to fuck her and that's just what he was going to do. Before he had finished that though he was being pushed backwards by her kiss and guided up the stairs.

Cremia wasted no time pushing him down on the bed and collapsing on top of him. "I need to see what you have been hiding from me our whole lives" she whispers, grabbing his bulge and watching him tense at her touch.

She lowered herself down and pulled down his pants to watch his penis spring free. She stared in amazement, finally seeing the thing she has desired since her teenage years but stopped hesitating and put the whole thing in her mouth.
"Cremia...." he moaned, watching his childhood friend suck him off. He couldn't believe this was real and neither could she.

She sucked and slurped and licked his cock so flawlessly that Kafei wondered if she had practised on someone before, but no, the only practice she had was in her mind.

The pleasure kept rising and Kafei wondered if he would cum too soon. The sight of her red head bobbing down on him…. He was getting flustered, this wasn't real. He pulled off his tunic and Cremia stopped and looked up at his now naked body. Her moth went wide and his dick slipped out.

Cremia reared back onto her knees and unbuckled her belt, keeping eye contact with Kafei who sat back and stared, knowing what she was doing. She threw it to the side and then grabbed her shirt and pulled it over her head. Cremia grinned when she saw the face of her love, awed at her breasts, not even fully exposed yet.
"Cremia…" he sighed and she couldn't tease him any longer so unclasped her bra and threw it with her other discarded clothing.

Kafei practically tackled her onto her back, a giggle escaping her lips.
"Oh Kafei! I have always loved you. Make love to me!" She pleaded and he placed a hand on her pretty face.
"I am in love with Anju… but despite that, you are the woman I always was more attractive." He gave her a soft kiss, her heart was pounding against her chest. His hands slowly crept to her skirt and made their way up, grabbing the hem of her tights and pulling them down. He broke the kiss. "I have thought about you like this before. Sometimes alone in my office I think about you Cremia. Sometimes when making love I imagine it is with you. I love my wife but I lie to myself when I say I don't want you." He told her and she couldn't believe his words. Her tights were off and he grabbed her breasts, making her scream.
"Oh Kafei! I don't know what to say. You drive me crazy! I have thought about you too! I have always wanted this".

One hand abandoned her breast and lowered to her legs and brushed his way under her skirt. His fingers rubbed against her moist entrance and she let out an audible breath. The sensation of him feeling her was intoxicating. A finger slipped inside her and a thumb went over her clit.

Cremia saw stars, a feeling she had never experienced shot through her body and fired at every neuron in her brain.
"AGH!" She let out "Kafei! Oh Kafei! Fuck!" She screamed as he fingered her whilst groping a breast.

Cremia had masturbated before but this was different, this was real, this was a man… no, this was Kafei. She lay her head back, the pleasure almost too much for her to handle. Then something inside her snapped and she felt her body was filled with the best orgasm of her life.

As her orgasm surged through her body Kafei gradually and steadily slowed down, bringing her back down to earth.

He withdrew his fingers from her soaking core and grabbed her abounded breast. Their breathing was heavy, they looked into each other's lust filled and they knew what they wanted.

Kafei moved his penis into position and it nudged against her.
"Please…." Creamia sighed in a weak voice. "Take me Kafei…. I need you so badly" she said in desperation. Kafei leaned in.
"I need you too, you are the sexist woman I have ever seen" he whispered and shivers went up her body.

He pushed forward, sliding into her and she let out a plea of joy, feeling his hard erection fill her and take her virginity. Kafei groaned, pushing into her gave a level of satisfaction he had never felt in his life, he had wanted this for so long and now it was real. The best part was Cremia wanted this with equal desire and her eyes were wide, her voice shaky and unable to make a sound, like he had drained all strength from her body.

He then thrust into her once, then again, and then another time and finally a squeak came from Cremia's mouth.

Unlike with Anju, he wasn't making love with gentle thrusts and loving kisses, no, he was fucking her with lust and desire. Exactly what Cremia needed. Her fantasy was becoming true, she knew this couldn't last forever so she intended to make it the best moment of her life.

He licked her neck, sending shockwaves through her. She squirmed in delight and called out his name. He played with her nipples as his hands squeezed and grabbed at her boobs. Her hand was on his back, coaxing him into the thrusts she needed. His lips danced back and forth from her neck to her lips.

"Aghhaa Aghhhaaa. Kaffffeeeiii!" She moaned, he felt her vagina was clamping right down on his erection but he wasn't done yet. He pulled out and flipped her onto her front. He had a moment to squeeze her arse before she got on all fours and he pushed back into her.

"Cremia!" He moaned, his voice nearly enough to make her climax then and there. He couldn't believe what he was seeing. He grabbed her hips, bucked into her with a steady rhythm and felt her butt cheeks slap against his body. Her beautiful red hair flung around in a wild mess and her boobs jiggled around back and forward in time with her body. He leaned around and his hand returned between her legs and she screamed his name when his fingers reunited with her clit.

Her legs were shaking from the pleasure and she was unsure how long she could support her own body before collapsing.
"YES! YES! FASTER! FUCK ME!" she screamed and Kafei did as she demanded, speeding up his thrusts to meet more pleasurable moans. Kafei groaned, he felt his nuts ready to blow his load into her but he didn’t want to, not yet, he wasn’t done with her. He tried to control himself, concentrating and not going overboard but at a cost he slowed down. He moaned loudly, gasps of pleasure and deep concentration and Cremia didn’t know it was possible to become more wet but it happened.

 

His dick slipped in and out of her at a steady pace, accompanied by the wet sound of slapping skin.
"Hgggh, hggggh, hggggh" Kafei moaned, reaching the verge of an orgasm. Creamia must have psychically sensed this because she pulled herself away from him, turned around and grabbed his dick and steadying him. Cremia lured him gently onto his back whilst making out with him,threw a leg over him and lowered herself down onto his boner. “Haaaaahhhh!” he gasped and Cremia grinned.

 

Cremia started rolling her hips, feeling his hard cock deep inside her. Kafei was mesmerised by the sight of her rocking hips and her bouncing breasts. He placed his hands on her hips and they looked into each other’s eyes, obvious they were both close. She began riding him with speed and he in turn thrust his body upwards into her. Before long the pleasure was back to an all time high, Cremia's head was buzzing with pleasure, her eyes rolling back as she panted, unable to even scream his name in bliss. Her orgasmic moans were high pitched and his grunts turned to shakey moans as his dick could hardly contain itself.

“My God! KAFEI!” She suddenly screamed, breaking the richer scale as the most fulfilling orgasm broke her body.
"CREMIA!" he called out in response. His dick erupted with intensity, his whole body jolted in joy. His cum flooded her vagina, leaking out as she screamed one more gasp. They continued thrusting into each other and rode their climaxes out together.

As she caught her breath and reality somewhat returned she felt the swamp of sticky cum inside her, messy and disgusting but also hot. A sensation she was not expecting. She pulled herself off him, his semen leaving a trail like a cobweb but she was too drunk and high on life to care. She pressed her naked sweaty body against Kafai, the buzz not fully subsided.

Cremia knew what she did was wrong, she knew she had betrayed her friend and seduced a married man but she would do it again. She knew the chance would never come again so she just held him close as she fell asleep with her lover.

Notes:

This was one of my favourite chapters to write and I dunno how obvious it was but I have been hinting at this since the start of Majora's Mask Aftermath.

Obviously this will have an effect on the rest of the story and I did this to give the complex characters of Majora's Masks more complexity and also faults. No one is perfect and this sort of thing happens in the real world.

Also this is the first chapter I believe where Link has played a very small role.

 

UPDATE (30/7/2023):
This chapter has been updated since it's original published date (16/12/2020) but the actual plot has remained the same. The reason I did this was because I like this chapter but it was no longer up to my standards and I could do a lot fo improve it. I will be editing other chapters other time, Skyward Sword especially as some elements don't make sense with lire established in Tears of the Kingdom. To see the origninal chapter, I have created a sepeate fanfic which archives all my old chapters so you can see how they looked originally, although this is the better version.

Chapter 35: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 7 - Man Hunt

Summary:

The consequences of Cremia's actions might be a lot more than she had prepared for... well, had she really prepared at all?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Cremia wakes up in an unfamiliar bed with her head buzzing. She rolls over and feels her own breast against her arm which she finds noteable due to the fact that she doesnt sleep naked. She then begins to remember. She remembers it all. She slept with Kafei.

He had took off, she didnt know when but she figured it made sense. He was Mayor and had responsibilities as well as being a married man. Cremia hated her self for this. Not because she fucked her best Friends Husband, but because she didnt regret it and she knew she would do it again given the chance.

She got up, head ache from the alcohol present and her brain wanted to blame the alcohol but she knew it wasnt the case deep down. She got changed and left the house in the laundry pool as stealthily as she could so she wasnt seen. She headed back to Romani Ranch by the Wagon she left over night.

 

She gets home and both Link and Romani see her arrive but neither question it which she finds odd because this isnt normal behavior for her but she wasnt going to complain. As she steps through the front door though she steps on some letters. She sighs and picks them up, looks at them and a sudden dread fills her body when she spots one from Anju.

She takes the letter upstairs and reads it. Thankfully she didnt find out what happened and all she wants is them to meet later because she has news she wants to tell her. She thought about how much she values their friendship and how Anju discovering what happened could ruin it. Was their friendship going to last with Cremia and Kafei constantly lying to her... Cremia was going to do everything in her power to make sure that doesnt happen.

 

Kafei sat with his haid in his hands. He could look hung over if no one was around but otherwise... well otherwise he had to pretend he was fine. He thought about the previous night, how intoxicating Cremia was and how it was the best sex he has had and likely ever will have. He felt bad about leaving her without saying anything but knew it was the right move. He wondered what it will be like when they see each other again, he had the thought of making it a regular thing but kept pushing it to the back of his mind. He knew he shouldnt and he knew he would get found out but also knew he wanted her badly. He didnt love her, he still loved Anju with all his heart but Cremia was so much sexier and he couldnt help feeling the way he does.

His door opened and he sat up to attnetion.
"Tired are we?" His Wife said walking in. He smiled.
"You never came home again.... you need more rest" she told him and leaned over his desk to kiss him. Kafei felt thankful that he has a stressful job that makes him fall asleep at work over night. It made his cover story very believeable. Anju took a deep breath. "Especially with a Baby on the way" she said and he didnt really hear what she said for a few seconds before the words clicked.
"A what now? You mean?" He looked up in shock and Anju smiled.
"Yes Kafei. I am pregnant!" She beamed.

 

Cremia made her way to Clock Town. It wasnt unusual for Anju to write letters to her asking for visits, she does it all the time but she was nervouse because Kafei might be there. She enters the Stock Pot Inn and Anju is at the front desk.
"Cremia! You came." She called and Cremia smiled and walked over.
"Am I early?" She asked and Anju smiled.
"A bit. I am still working but you know which room is mine, Kafei is up there, he'll keep you company while you wait" she said and Cremia felt heat rise to her face. Not what she wanted to hear but she accepted to avoid any suspecion.

She made it to their room and opened the door. Kafei knew Cremia was coming around but not until later when Anju was off work... they were alone again.
"Hello Kafei". She said
"Hi Cremia". He said as akwarldy as she did.
"About last night...  I just wanted to say that..."
"It was the best Sex ever and we should do it again" he blurted out without thinking and her face went bright red.
"Well thats not..... I mean.... I would but.... Anju.." she stumbled over all her words. She knew deep down she wanted to scream "YES" too him but knew she shouldnt.

Kafei walked towards her. He grabbed her wrist, violently pulled her across the room and pushed her backwards onto a table. She was in shock, what had he just done. He leaned over her, rubbing his hand up thigh and he kissed her like he had done the day before.
"Kafei!" She gasped as he towered over her. "We cant... we shouldnt... Anju is down stairs and her or anyone could hear us" she warned him with her voice low. He grabbed her boobs and kissed her.
"Nothing to do with me being married, but because we might get caught? Sounds like you want it to me" he said to her, looking her straight in the eyes and her eyes were filled with desire.

She kissed him back and he grabbed her panties and pulled them down as she worked on his trousers. They both knew they couldnt get nude, it would be to hard to get their clothes back on in an emergency but with Kafei's dick now in Cremia's hand and her stroking it as she pulls it to her core he moans. He opens her legs wide and thrusts inside her hard.

The table made a loud bang from the thrust and Cremia gasped as Kafei fucked her on the table. He kept up the speed right from the start, not taking any time to start slow. She didnt know where to put her arms so she just leaned them back against the table to support herself. He used one arm to squeeze her breast and then pulling her shirt out from her belt and pushed his hand under her shit to get a feel for the boobs he loves so much.

She gave up supporting her weight and just lay flat on the table, letting Kafei completly pleasure her. She started moaning loudly so Kafei put his hand over her mouth. He was on top of her, completly on the table now and also close.

Neither of them were trying to make it last as long as last time, it was what they would call a quickie, but he felt it coming so he continues his pace and Cremia wrapped her legs around him.

He couldnt hold longer and Cremia moaned in delight through his hand. She was drenched and the slapping sound of his dick penetrating her pussy just made them both grow closer. "Cremia.... Cremia...." he moaned. He quickly moved his hand from her and supoorted him self on the table. "Ugggghhhhh" he moaned as his Penis once again fired a stream of cum inside her. She loved the sensation of making him cum and she leaned back and moaned, a little too loud for Kafei's liking.

They stayed together for a moment before he pulled out and put his dick away, she got off the table and straightened all of her clothes out as well as her hair. She didn't know what to do or say now so she drastically thought of the thing she least wanted to talk about.

"How are things with you and Anju?" She asked sitting back against a couch and he was shocked. Thats how she is, they are not gonna discuss it right now. Kafei sat at the opposite side of the room.
"Great. Things are great." He said and didnt ellaborate. A sound was heard from the stairs and soon the door opened. Cremia had never been more thankfuk to have Anju interupt her time alone with Kafei than she was right now.

"Hey you too. Wow, surprised you two arnt sat next to each other, you used to he joined by the hip" Anju joked and Cremia went bright red, for new reasons Anju was not aware of.
"Oh please, Kafei was all over you" Cremia joked, realising she had to get her mind back to normal. Anju laughed.
"No, no. Not until our 20's, as a kid it was always you" she told her and Cremia remained red in the face. Her mind went everywhere. What was she implying? Did Kafei ued to be into her? Stop it she thought.
"I am right here you know." Kafei said which saved the day.

Anju sat next to her husband and looked at Kafei.
"Okay, the thing I wanted to tell you. Me and Kafei are going to be having a baby!" She declared excitedly. Cremia's heart beat quickened and her mind went blank.
"Con... Congratulations!" She excitedly said, which wasnt a lie, she was happy for her friend but.... "When did you find out?" She asked and Anju smiled.
"Last night. I only told Kafei this morning. You are my best friend so you are only the 2nd person I have told!" She explained and Cremia didnt know what to think.

She had went behind her best friend's back and fucked her man, okay, it was bad enough the first time but neither of them knew. But just now, recent enough for her vagina to still be wet with his cum and he fucked her... he knew they were having a kid and he was going to become a Dad and he screwd her... more so, Anju trusts her so much and it made her feel like an awful friend.... she was an awful friend because the lying continued for the rest of the day where they talked and pretended nothing had happened.

 

About a month passes. Cremia never slept with Kafei again but a thought lingered in her mind. A though she didnt want to know the answer too but she knew fate would reveal weather she liked it or not. She asked Link to come with her as she travelled to the Potion Shop in Woodfall as he could pretect her from the varying Monsters. She never explained why but he also didnt seem to care that much.

Once they got home she used the potion and got the answer she did not want to hear. She was pregnant.

 

She never slept that night, she sat on the roof and wondered what she was going to do. What could she do. She was pregnant with her best friends Husband while her best friend was also pregnant. She also felt terrible as she stoked her belly and sighed, partially glad Kafei was the Father.

She had always wanted a child, heck, she always dreamed Kafei would be the Father but now its a reality but not the way she hoped. She would love this child with all her heart but could she raise it Fatherless?

Could she tell Anju? She could maybe get away with it if she knew they were both drunk but the fact it happened the following day when they were both sober and Kafei knew... no. She made her mind up. She was going to get a boyfriend and lie about who the Father is.

 

Link was helping Romani with farm work as Cremia watched from a distance.
"LINK!" she called over to him, getting the Boys attention. He slipped on the Bunny Hood and darted across the feild as a fast pace. He stopped in front of her.
"Yes?" He asked and she smiled.
"I have a favor... its a weird one and yiu have to promise to jot ask any questions or tell Romani..Okay?" She said to him and he looked confused but shrugged.
"Sure." He said. She took a deep breath.
"I want you to go to Clock Town and find me a Boy Friend. Not someone I know super well but someone I would kinda get along with" she said. Link has many questions and opened his mouth to ask, stopping him self and looking up at her.
"Sure..... anything... else?" He asked in confusion and she shook her head.
"Thats all" she said calmly and Link shrugged again.
"Alright. See ya!" He said and played the Song of Soaring and vanished.

 

Link done his rounds on Clock Town. Dont ask questions.... if asking questions mentally counted then he had failed hardcore. What a weird request. Manageable but weird. Lind made some mental notes on some potential canidates and narrowed it down. Surely it shouldnt be hard. Cremia is objectively sexy. Her slender body, beautiful smile and long flowimg red hair. Oh, and her lovely round breasts. Link was jealous of who ever he would ask.

He decided. On Kafei and Anju's Wedding he spotted a handsome Knight stood next to Cremia. If he was at the Wedding he must know her a little but not enough for her to have ever mentioned him. Link knew which Knight it was too. It was the one he didn't like that guarded the North Gate that led to Snowhead... the one that focused on stopping Link leaving the Town instwad of the Criminal that stole the Bombs from the Old Woman thst works at the Bomb shop. Oh well... its all in tha past... a past that never happened.

Link approached the Knight and he looked confused."Hi.. my name is Link, I work at Romani Ranch" he said and he raised an eye brow. "Cremia asked me to tell you that she is into you but I dunno, I guess she is too shy" he explained and the Knight smirked.
"Yeah right kid, now way she is into me. She has been obsessed with Kafei since we were kids. She never even noticed me" he said and Link shook his head.
"True, she has always been in love with Kafei but she is trying to move on.. I think at least. Look, come over to Romani Ranch tonight and ask her for your self" he said but the Knight but his hand on his hip.
"And I suppose you will do my job for you huh?" He said and Link shrugged.
"I promise you, I will figure it out" Link said and thr Knight smiled.
"You got your self a deal kid".

 

Link warped to Snowhead to ask one of the Gorons if they can guard thr gate of Clock Town as a favour and he happily obliged. Link then warped back to Romani Ranch and told Cremia the news. She thought Link picked well as she always thought Gus was a Handsome Man and maybe.. well maybe she could make it work.

The Night came around and Link was perched on the roof of the Ranch. He saw Gus coming and he knocked on the door. Link couldnt see from where he was but he heard the door open.
"Gus... you came" Cremia said in slight surprise.
"Well erm... yeah. I was invited so..." he nervously said and Cremia giggled.
"Come on in, I'll make you some tea" Cremia said as she invited him in.

"Is it true? Do you really like me?" He said directly and she went red.
"I'll be honest with you. I have been trying to get over Kafei so I don't really know. I know that you are handsome and I would like to give it a shot" she told him and he smiled. He walked to her and put his hands on hers.
"I would like that too. You see, you are the most beautiful person in Termina and...." he let go of her hands " well I am willing to take it as slow as you want" he said and she looked down.
"Well you see.... I was actually hoping you would try and take things a little faster" she said quietly. His heart raced as he wkndered what she meant. Their eyes met and he went for the kiss.

Their lips met and Cremia puahed into it. She wanted him to take her. She wanted him to be better than Kafei and maybe she could move past him. She grabbed his hand and put it on her breast. He was shocked but he began playing with it. "Gus...." she moaned as she put her hand down to his crotch, telling him everything he needed to know.

They quickly made their way up to her bed, their clothes ripped off in a flash and Cremia wanted no foreplay. She spread her legs ans Gus was more than ready. His erect Penis was bigger than Kafei's thats for sure. He positioned himself above her and looked into her lustful eyes. She nodded and he pushed his tip into her and then pushed all the way in.

She squirmed underhim and he began moving with a steady rythm. Their moans were low and more intemate. Cremia couldnt deny it felt good, his dick was amazing but still.... he was no Kafei. She rocked her hips to spur him on which did a little bit but all it did was speed him up. Cremia needed more. She rolled him over so she was ontop and closed her eyes as she posisioned herself above his dick.

As she began riding him he moaned louder, seeing her breasts move around excited him enough to play with them which Cremia apprciated. She imagined Kafei and doing do made her wetter. "Ohhh. Kaf... Gus..." she moaned as they continued. The sex became better as they both moved in sync as their moans filled the room.

"Cremia! I think I am going too!" He moaned as he gripped the sheets tight as she rode him.
"Yes! Cum for me! Cum for me!" She moaned as he blew his load inside her as she reached her climax. She lay next to him. But she felt bad. He was good but no way near as good as Kafei and she even tried to imagine Kafei to get off. They lay their for a while before Cremia got up and started putting her bra on. "I am sorry to have to say this but you are going yo have to leave before my Sister finishes up in the barn" she said and he nodded.
"Yeah of course. She is up this late?" He asked her and she nodded.
"Yeah, she is training real hard so she can take over the Ranch someday. I think she is also trying to impress her friend" she told him.

 

Link sat on the roof, his now favourite spot and watched the Knight leave her home on his own. Link had heard everything, he sat on the roof and heard them going at it. Guilty as he felt, he had a wank over the noise Cremia was making, but to be fair, she had done the same at the Stock Pot Inn.

He knew from the day he wore the Feirce Deity Mask that she was sexually fustrated and looking for a Man but Link found she was taking all this far faster than most people would. She came out of the house and sat on the crate, not knowing Link was up there. He jumped down and rolled and she jumped.

"God! Link.. you gave me a heart attack." She gasped and he stood up.
"Sorry" he apologised and then sat on the grass next to her.
"What are you doing out here?" She asked and he looked up at her.
"I like to sit on a high place at night. Its so peaceful" he said and she smiled.
"Yeah. Gives you time to think" she said and Link sighed.
"You want to talk about it?" He offered and she gave him a confused look.
"Talk about what?"
"You know. What ever is on your mind. I mean I get I am just a kid but I have saved the world Twice so cut me some slack" he joked and she giggled.
"Well.... I know what you'll say and I am not proud of it" she told him but he stood up.
"We both know I have done things I regret, everyone makes mistakes in life" he told her but she shook her head.
"No but I knew what I was doing was wrong and I did it anyway. I have no excuse." She said ashamed.

Link looled her in the eye but she looked down.
"You dont have to tell me anything. I am not going to make you. But I am here if you want to get it off your chest. I promise it will stay between you and me" he said and she sighed.

"Okay so.... the other night, at the Milk bar I met Kafei and we both got drunk and I slept with him..." she said. Link wondered if that was it but she began speaking again. "The next day, Anju invited me round and we fucked each other again. The first time I could brush it off as we were drunk but thats not true at all. I wanted it, I craved him for so long and we did it again. He is my best friends Husband and I have gone behind her back twice. I feel awful but the sad thing is I dont regret it and I would do it again..... its worse than that though. Kafei screwd me knowing Anju was pregnant and well.... now so am I..." she confessed.

Link was shocked. He was shocked to know that Cremia would do this but more shocked that she is pregnant. Did he say congratulations.... no.
"So thats why you wanted a Boyfriend so bad. So you could have a one night stand and claim he was the Father.." he put together and she nodded.
"It only made me feel worse. I used that man and I cant go through with it. I cant let that nice man think he has a child... but what do I do?" She began crying and Link out his arm around her.

"Cremia. You know the answer and you just hate it. You gave me a good lesson back then and scholded me and it was the right thing to do. I acted out of lust just like you did and honestly it would have been far worse for both of us of I hadned snapoed out of it. I understand why you did it, I wont oretend it is okay but you need to admit it to your self first. But also, you need to tell Anju. Talk to Kafei first, tell him the circumstance and come forward." He told her.

"But Link. She is my best friend and she will hate her and I will be responsible for screwing up their marriage." She told him.
"No. You will be responsible for screwing up your friendship, Kafei will be responsible for the marriage. Look... I wont tell you she will forgive you, she might hate you forever. But its the right thing to do and she will hate you far more if she finds out on her own". He told her.

She stood up and wiped her eyes.
"Thank you Link. You have helped. You are very wise for your age" she smiled and so did he.
"Thank you. And everything will be okay" he told her.

 

 

Cremia left for Clock Town early in the Morning. She went straight too the Mayor's Residence and walked right past the receptionist. She looked shocked but let it go when she realised it was Cremia, one of Kafei's friends. She walked through the door to a surprised Kafei.

"Cremia.... what are you doing here?" He asked her and she walked over to his desk and sighed.
"We have to tell Anju what happened between us." She said to him and he stood in disbelief.
"Are you nuts? That would end terribly for everyone involved. She would hate me, you and be obviously devistated" he saod to her but she shook her head.
"I am pregnant" she said with a tone that made the room go silent. Kafei stood up.
"Oh... oh... oh no. I mean.. erm... " he didnt know what to say but his first reaction said it all and it stabbed at her heart. A tear rolled down her face and he stood in place. "It is mine... right?" He asked even though he knew the answer. She just nodded.

He slumped back down in his chair and raked his hand threw his hair. "Cremia... what do we do? I... I love Anju and we are due to hsve a child already..." he said but her mind was made up.
"Kafei. I am sorry but I AM telling Anju with or without you. Before you protest let me explain" she said to him and he frowned.

"First of all, I am not going to pretend I am innocent, of course not. I screwed you the moment you gave me a chance too and I enjoyed it both times. But here is what I dont get. You were planning to have a child with Anju and you went through with this too, on top of that you came in me. Twice. The first time was bad enough but the secind time.... the second time you knew your Wife was pregnant and you did it again... why?" She asked him in anger and curiosity. He looked down in guilt.
"The first time I was drunk and I find you attractive and.... I wasnt thinking. The second time... I just.... I lust after your body so much that I just... I dont have a better excuse..." he said to her, finallg looking up.

"Okay. And while it is easy for you to sit here in the Mayor's Office with a Pregnant Wife waiting at home and telling me to keep your mouth shut... its not that simple for me. You want nothing to do with OUR Child because it inconviniences your perfect life but I do care. If I do what you want then I wi have to raise a Child in secrecy or lie to everyone about who the Father is. Lie to my best friend everyday while she grows suspecious of why I never tolf her about losing my Virginity but I tell her everything else.... I cant keep this lie alove Kafei. It was hard enough when I didnt know I was pregnant but impossible now". She toom a breath and he stood up and walked over too her and gave her a hug.

"I am so sorry Cremia. You are right. I was selfish then and I have been selfish now.... I guess we have to face up to the consequences..." he said and she hugged him back. "And besideds. I do want to be apart of both my Childrens lives" he said giving her a quick kiss on the lips. It should have felt wrong but it still felt right....

 

Cremia and Kafei dont know how they are going to tell Anju. They decided to not plan it to muck because they will over think it. Kafei opens their door and Anju steps up to kiss him but he stops her, in a breif moment of confusion she looks to the door and Cremia is their.
"Oh. Cremia. What are you doing here?" She asks and Cremia does not smile.
"Anju..  we have something to tell you. You are not going to like it." She said and she stsrted worrying.
"Can you please sit down" Kafei told her and she did, Cremia stepped in the room and shut the door.

"Anju... I am so so sorry... I cheated on you. I had an affair with Cremia." He said in shame and her heart felt like it had been stabbed.
"And.... and I am pregnant..." Cremia told her which added to the agony. Anju just stared at them.
"Please tell me this is a sick joke.... why would you..." she said darting her attention to both of them, her best friend and Husband, trying to figure out who to be more angry at. "Why would you do this Kafei... I thought you loved me... we planned our life together" she began crying and Kafei hated this sight.
"I do love you. I only love you. I married you, not Cremia and I do not regret that one bit. I could give you my excuse if you really want to hear it... " he told her and she glared at him.

"Excuse! Oh, the perfect word. You dont have a reason but you have an excuse. An excuse basically means its bull shit Kafei!" She raised her voice and scared the hell out of Cremia. She had never seen her get angry before.
"Well... I guess if my reason isnt a very good one its an excuse... but regardless of what we call it... its true." He said to her. She crossed her arms and looked at him.
"Go on." She said and he looked into her eyes.

"I was drunk. It was after work, the day before you told me you were pregnant. I bumped into Cremia at the Milk Bar and through my uncontrolled drunkern self I sleped with her. I want to blame the alcohol entirely but I have to admit, it felt good. Really good and I screwed her again..." he said but right as he said that Anju's brain calculated several things at once.
"The next day! You mean the day I told you, I was pregnant.... the day I asked Cremia round here....in this room then I take it... when I was working!" She said in anger and Kafei judt nodded.

"A drunkern one night stand would be one thing Kafei but the day after... right after you learned you were going to be a Father! How could you?" She asked and he hung his head in shame. "And you. What is your side of this?" She said as she turned to her friend.

"Well, I was drunk but and that was certainly part of it but I cant lie and pretend I didnt want it. I feel disgusting because Invalue our friendship and I am glad you two are happily married but I have always loved Kafei. The second time I had no idea you were pregnant buti still went under your nose so I am just as guilty. I found not too long ago I was pregnant and... well you know the rest..." she shamefully told her friend.

"Cremia. You are my best friend. I mean I am not an idiot, I knew you have always had a thing for Kafei but I trusted you and never even considered you would fuck my Husband..." she shouted... "What were you hoping? We would all now just go back to out lives and Kafei runs backwards and forwards playing Dad for two kids and we all are happy... Cremia, Kafei... you have ruined my life. You know that right?" She told them and Cremia started crying.
"I am sorry." She said as she ran out the door.
"I want you gone to. GO!" she shouted at him and he left. Anju just sat inside and cried for the remaineder of the day.

Notes:

This is a day late so apologies for anyone who is waiting... if anyone is.

The next chapter is mostly finished and will be out this year, hopefully tomorrow but it will almost certainly be the last chapter of the year and then I will take a break to catch up and enjoy Christmas.

Thanks for the hits, the Kudos and anyone reading.

Chapter 36: Majora's Mask Aftermath Part 8 - Fixing one last thing.

Summary:

The time for Link to return to Hyrule but can he male one last thing right? He sure as hell will try.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Cremia ran home in tears. Running past Romani and Link and straight into the house. Link knew why but her oblovious Sister was confused.
"Why is Sis crying?" She asked and Link smiled at her.
"Its probably nothing, I'll go and check on her alright?" Link said to her and she continued what she was doing. Link left her to check on her.

"Can I come in?" Link called through the door. There was a silence for a few seconds.
"Sure" she said and he walked in. She was sat on her bed and Link pulled a chair close to her and sat down. "She hates me. I mean... what did I expect right but I have ruined her life" Cremia cried.
"I mean give her time Cremia. You cant expect her to take it well but dont just blame your self. Kafei was apart of it too. You should only take about half of the blame" he told her "You are her best friend and it counts for something. Look, I cant pretend what you did was good, and I cant pretend that she will amgically forgive you but you did the right thing in telling her... and besides. Even if she hates you, you now have a little one that will love you" told her and she smiled a little bit.

 

Night rolls around and Kafei is pased out in his Office. Luckily he is fortunate enough to have somewhere to sleep. Cremia lay awake but Link had plans. He knew the Stock Pot Inn would be closed so he turned into a Deku Scrub and propelled him self onto the balcony to let him self in. He walks to Cremia's room and knocks on the door. The curious Anju answers the door.

"Oh Link. How did you get in and why are you here?" She asked. Clearly she had been crying.
"Well first of all, balcony and second of all... I am here to talk about Cremia and Kafei" he told her.
"Link... I know you are probably just trying to help like always but this isnt the time. This isnt at all funny" she said with heart ache and Link understood.
"I know, I know. Please just let me talk to you, hear what I have to say and if you want, I will never come here again" he told her and she sighed.
"Come in..."

Link sat on a chair and she sat on her bed. It was clear she had been crying a lot from all the tissues.
"I know what the both of them did was wrong. It was horrible and selfish and it is layers deep. I cant pretend to know what it feels like and I hope I never will. But I do know Cremia. Sure, not at well as you do but I know she is kind and she loves both of you so much. She would do anything for a chance at foegivness. Like you have a few options, divorce Kafei and have him be away from his Child most of the time and never see your best friend again or try to forgive them both and allow them into your life. Like yeah, non of this is simple but you still love Kafei don't you?" He asker and she thought about it.
"Yes. Yes I do" she said.
"And Cremia? Do you still love her?" He asked and she thought.
"That one is more complicated..."

He took a breath and thought. He knew her thoughts were all over the place and he was going to try ans straighten them out.
"Okay. So you love Kafei still. What specifically was it that angered you and whatnis stopping you from letting him back into your life and why?" He asmed her.
"Well its not the fact they fucked each other the first time to be honest because I coulr accept to drunkern friends that are both hot fucking each other once. No. Its that I told Kafei I was pregnant and then knowing that, fucked her again... while I was down stairs". She said in anger. "He also didnt even try to use contraception, he knew there was a chance of getting her pregnant and ignored it in favour of lust. Do I think he wanted to get her pregnant, no. But he was foolish. I just dont know if I can trust him to not do it again". She said to Link.

"Does the fact that he got her pregnant bother you more than him going behind your back?" He asked and she thought.
"Yes.... I think it does.... like I wasnt an idiot, I knew they thought each other were attractive but I didnt think he would get her pregnant..." she said.
"So really you want him back in your life but you sre bothered by the fact he has another Child to take care of and you dont know for sure that he wont do it again?" He asked and she nodded.
"About sums it up..." she told him.

"Okay well hear me out. How about you let him back into your life but allow him to screw Cremia or anyone else. Like Cremia told me her side of the story. It seems like Kafei doesnt love Cremia in any romantic way but just finds her body attractive and their sex good. If you allow them to fuck under the condition that they use contraception then it could solve the problem of having another child." He told her. Before she could say anything he began again. "Dont take this the wrong way. I am not telling you to do this. It is your life and up to you. This doesnt solve the fact he has another Child but I know that Cremia would do anything for another chance and this seems like the best way to get things back on track" he told her.

She thought for a moment. She out her hands on her face and sighed. She looked at Link.
"You are a wise Kid Link. I mean in reality, yeah, I want things back to normal. I want to live with my Husband and raise our Child together. I suppose them being attracted to each other and them fucking isnt too far removed. I want my friend back and I want us to be honest with each other again and tell each other everything. I know things can never be truly the same but I want it to be as close as I can.... Okay! Link, I am going to send them a letter to meet me here tomorrow so we can talk about all this. It would be nice if you didnt mention this to them, I want to tell them a my self" she said and Link nooded.
"Sounds good to me" he said and she ealked over too him and gave him a hug.
"Thank you Link. You'll never understsnd how much you have helped me" she told him and he smiled.

 

The events Anju mentioned played out. She sent them both a letter and they both came. She talked to them both about 'her' idea that Link proposed to her. She wanted Kafei back in her life and to fully support their Child. She wanted her friends support and love with open honesty. She also told them that Cremia visisting here or Kafei visiting the Ranch wouls have to happen more often with a second Child around. Anju admitted she would find it tough to deal with but she would try and make an effort. The most outragous part was her allowing them to screw each other every so often as long as they use pretection. She always knew Kafei found Cremia more physically attractive than her to begin with but she also told him that this would come to a stop if it effected her sex life. She explains she isnt thrilled about all this and neither were the others but this was admittedly thr best case outcome for all of them.

 

It was late but Anju was still at the counter. She suddenly felt some hands around her and a bulge press against her butt. He hugged into her.
"I am really sorry... you know I love you right?" He asked and she didnt turn or say anything. "Anju." He said as he turned her around. He just stared into her eyes and Anju stared back into his mesmerising red eyes. He leaned in to kiss her and she took it and leaned and passionatly kissed him.

They both needed this so Kafei grabbed her skirt and pulled it up. She turned around and leaned over the counter, presenting her arse to him. He quickly pulles his pants down and pushed his dick inside her wet core.
"Ohhh. Kafei" she moaned as quietly as possible, it was late and there were many people staying at the Inn. They had the risk of getting caught but Kafei liked the risk.

He was quiet rough but not too much as Anju wasnt used to this kind of love. She was used to being more gentle but perhaps he was missing some spice to their sex life and that is why he did what he did. She had to admit, feeling his dick slide in and out of her quick with the slapping sound of flesh was a turn on.

He pulled out and turned her around before shoving his dick into her while kissing her passionatly. She was seated on the desk, holding onto his back so she didnt fall backwards off the desk. She panted and moaned as she looked into his lust filled eyes. He grabbed her breast through her clothes and she moaned.

Kafei was in heaven and determined to show his wife a good time. He unbuttoned her top and pulled it down so he could see some of the breasts. Her top wasnt designed to be taken off so easily so he settled in kissing her neck. This got a pleasurable moan from her as she wrapped her legs around him and held on tight.

Kafei took this oppertunity and picked her up and slammed them selves against the wall. His hands were on hwr butt and he made sure to give them a squeeze every know and again to make her squirm. He thurust her against the wall.
"Ugh. Ugh.. Ahhh. Ahhhnjuuu" he moaned as he could feel her getting more wet. She let him dominate her and she loved it. She moaned as she could feel her self getting close. She looked into his eyes, out of breath and he knew she was close. He carried her to the kitchen and lay her on a rable where he got on top and thrust into her like he did woth Cremia.
"Ahhhh! Kafei!" She screamed louder than he would have liked as she reached her climax, clamping against his dick and causing him to cum inside her. As she they caught their breaths he kissed her.
"Thats not all you will be getting from me tonight" he seductively said as she kissed him back.

He kept to his word which was apparent by the bed banging against the wall. Anju gyrated her hips ontop of her husband as he sucked and played with her breasts. He makes her cum once more and he releases his seed in her again. They lay there eith their bodies intertwined.

 

Time went on and the new rules seemed to work out. That very day Kafei spent it with his wife and he made love to her. It was as passionate as always and when she looked into his eyes he only saw love. His love for her was real and she had no real fear of him falling for her friend. Cremia also went and told Romani the news about how she would be having a baby and the Father was Kafei. She was super excited but didnt fully understand what that entailed. The next day Kafei went to the Ranch with the sole intention of fucking Cremia to test the waters. She drank a contraceptive potion and the two fucked once more. Link was sat atop the roof again but was blown away by the intense screaming and orgasms from the two. He had another guilty wank.

The three managed to go on like this, the sex for all of them slowing down as both Women got more heavily pregnant. Anju had a Baby Boy they named Link. Link was flattered by this and Cremia was happy for them. Next it was Cremia's turn and she had a Baby Girl that she named Malon. Kafei was there for both and loved them both equally. Living with Anju meant he was around Link more but visited his Daughter at least every other day.

Their arangment went on and the sex picked up. It seemed that Kafei loved making love to his Wife more now that he had another out let. His need to screwing Cremia slowed as he felt he had satisfied his taste for her but she didnt feel the same way and continued to fuck him every chance they got. Kafei didnt deny their sex was still better than that of his Wifes.

 

Kafei was over at the ranch one day to see his Daughter. He sat on her couch hugging the Baby Girl. Romani hopps onto the couch next to him.
"She has your eyes" she said innocently and Kafei smiled.
"Yeah. She does. She also has the firery red hair of you and your Sister" he said and she smirked.
"I am confused though" she said in a less excited tone. "Cremia gave me 'the talk' so I know where Babies come from but... I thought if you were married you were not supposed to... do that with someone who isn't your husband or wife" she said and Kafei gulped.
"You should probably talk to your Sister about this" he told her and she smiled.
"No. I am talking to you about it. I am old enough to have begun realising I am in the dark on a lot of things and its getting tireing." She said in an almost angry voice.

"Very well... Yes, it isn't a good idea to cheat on your Wife. I messed up and 'did it' with your Sister. Sex feels good and there are all sorts of temptations. Its the sort of thing Kids say they would never do and even if they commit to that as an Adult, they begin to understand why it is so hard." He told her.
"So you didn't plan on doing it with Cremia?" She asked and he nodded.
"It just kind of happened." He said.
"So you didnt plan to have Malon then..." she said saddly and Kafei patted her on the head.

"We didn't plan to have her no. But sometimes the best things in life are the unexpected. I never planned to raise two kids at the same time and be Major. It makes my life very complicated. But I wouldn't trade it for the World. I love my Son as much as I love my Daughter. I love your Sister too. Not in the romantic way that I love Anju but like a really really good friend. But a best friend that carried my Daughter into the World and is super hot" he said with a grin.

"Can I hold her?" She asked and Kafei smiled.
"Sure, you know how to handle her right?" He asked and she nodded.
"I've held her and fed her before" she said and Kafei nodded, of course she has. He handed her over and went up to Cremia's room. The second he opened the door he was pushed against it with a strong kiss.

"Wow! Cremia!" He said in shock as she pressed a hand against his pants. She pressed hee body tightly against his as she rubbed against his bulge.
"Just pretend for a moment you are mine" she whispered into his ear. Her breath was touching his skin and her boobs were pressed against his chest. Fuck she was sexy.
"What do you mean pretend" he whispered as his hands began pulling at her shirt. "I basically have two wives which makes me the luckiest guy in the world" he said and he pushed her against the bed.

She managed to unbuckle her belt before he was ontop of her and working his hand under her shirt to her round breasts. She moaned as he played with her boobs the way she liked and she kissed him. "Have I ever told you that no one in the world has better boobs than you?" He seductively said and she smirked.
"Yes, but it never gets old" she replied as the pulled her shirt off and made quick work on her bra. Following that, it took little time for all thier clothes to be off and his penis brished against her. He stuck a finger in and smiled.
"Haven't even started yet and you are drenched" he told her and she lay back.
"What can I say. I fucking love you. Now fuck me".

He pushed his dick right into her and she gasped. "AH! KAFEI!" she moaned as his dick navigated her wet tunnel perefctly. He was already creating a perect rythm and gripped her waist. "Ah! Kafei, Kafei, Kafei. YES!" Cremia screamed as Kafei shoved his dick into her. They continued for a little while longer until he came. He did it inside her with no consequence as she was on birth control.

However, unknown to them, Romani stood outide their door and listened to them fuck. She had began understanding what was going on a lit more clearly. She had seen them in secret sometimes since they didnt always choose to have sex in private.
"At it again are they?" Link said and she jumped in shock.
"What do you think it is like?" Romani asked and Link shrugged.
"I imagine really good" Link said as he knew what masturbation was like but he still hadnt experienced going all the way.
"Lets try it!" Romani said in confidence as she pushed Link back against the wall and began kissimg him.

Link was shocked. He had never expected the sweet Romani to do anything like this. But it felt nice. She moved her hand down to his buldge and he pushed her away.
"Romani no." He said in seriousness and sbe looked hurt by his reaction. "I am sorry but I cant" he told her and she looked like she was about to cry.
"Why not? Do you not love me? Do you not think I am a Woman? " she asked and Link hugged her.
"No, non of those things. But we are both teenagers, the hardest part of anyones life. Our bodies tell us to go for it but we sboildnt until we are 16 at least" he said to her. "This isnt the kind of thing you rush because yiu end up... well with one of them" he said as he pointed towards the sleeping baby.

"I understand. I just wsnted to be with you Link" she said and he gripped her tightly.
"I know. And I am sorry. I cant give you that but... that kiss was nice so I wouldnt mind another of those" he smiled and she grinned as the two teenagers made out together.

 

Link didnt sleep. He had looked forward to this day for a year but he also knew he was never going to see these people again. Link had grown so close to Romani and Cremia and even Clock Town its self. He used to think of Zelda waiting for him back home but as time went on there was days where she didnt appear in his mind. He loved her like hell and his promise was still a promise he would keep but he had been away for so long. More time for him than her.

The next day rolled around and the Carnival of Time officially rolled around with it. Link rolled out of bed and Cremia was down stairs breast feeding the infant Malon.
"Good Morning Link, you excited?" She asked him with a smirk ans he smiled back.
"Kinda... I mean I am excited to go back but I am going to miss you all so much" he told her but he smelled something and stopped halk way down the stairs. "Unless you mean excited for that Bacon because if so then yes!" He told her and she laughed..
"I thought I would treat you on your last day here. For everything you have done. Like... you have changed our life in a positive way so much and words will never express how greatful we are" she told him. Link wasnt great at taking complements.
"Words cant but the Bacon can" he said and she laughed again.

Link, Romani, Cremia and the little Malon all sat at the table. The Sausages and Bacon was the perfect send off breakfast he could ask for. Eventually they leave for Clock Town, Cremia and Romani coming to see him off all the way. They follow him down into the sewers, she left Malon with Kafei's Mother because bringing an Infant down into sewers seemed like a bad idea.

Anju and Kafei joined them to let him know how greatful they were. Link smiled through all of it but Romani did not.
"I will miss all of you, hopefully you will get on with out me. Anju, good luck with the Inn and I hope little Link grows up to be as cool as me" he joked and she smiled. "Kafei, good luck with being Mayor and try not to get turned into a Kid again" he told him ans Kafei rolled his eyes as he held his wifes hand. "Cremia, good luck with the Ranch as well as little Malon. Bet she will have the iconic Ranch Locks" he told her and she smirked.
"Or Mayor Blue" she said and he nodded. He looked at Romani and gave her a big hug amd she hugged him back and began crying.

"I don't want you to go Grasshopper!" She cried into his shoulder.
"I know but I have to. I will miss you the most though and I know you will get by with out me. You showed me how to do everything on the Ranch and you are waaay better at all of it than me. Your archery skills are way better than mine too and also you are one of the sweetest Girls in the World. Neve change Romani because you are perfect and funny and talented" he told her and she smiled wih tears in her eyes.
"Promise you will remember me" she told him and he nodded.
"I could never forget you. Epona wont either." He told her and she petted the Horses nose.

Link and Epona stepped through the doorway that led to darkness, eventually out of veiw from the rest of them. He was gone.

They rode through a tunnel and Link began seeing images in his mind like he did when he first arrived in Termina. Epona seemed unphased by it. Suddenly the familiar scent of the Lost Woods hit his nose. Finally, he was home.

Link got off Epona and found some bark and began carving something into it. The image was of himself, Skull Kid and the Giants ehich symbolised his adventure in Termina. He got back off and rode on through the woods....

Notes:

This is the end of the "Majora's Mask Aftermath" ... mostly. There will be a slight epilogue, no idea when that will come out but also the story of the Hero of Time will continue, just not in Termina. It technically rales place after Majora's Mask but I will be focusing more on Ocarina of Time so I am unsure how I will title them but there is at least another like 10 Chapters with this Link.

I am taking a break from uploading so I can get ahead and post consistantly like with these chapters so this will be the last chapter in 2020 unless the Epilouge is finished by then. This seems like a good spot to take a break.

Hope you have been enjoying it and Merry Chirstmas to those who celebrate it.

Chapter 37: Majora's Mask Aftermath Epilouge - Romani and the Rabbit Boy (Part 1/2)

Summary:

The Epilouge set three years after Link's departure from Termina, about the friend he had to leave behind.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The sixteen year old girls eyes opened and she groaned, her red hair a mess and she rolled out of bed. Usually that is just an expression but she litterally rolled out of bed. She lay in her pjamas with bed sheets tangled around her, unwanting to get up.
"ROMANI! YOU UP YET! HURRY DOWN HEAR!" she heard her Sister shout from downstairs. She must have heard the thud of the floor. Romani sighed and forcer herself up and threw the covers on the bed with no effort to make it look nice.

She wandered over to her wardrobe and pulled put the usualy kind of stuff she wore. She pulled iff her pjamas, the feeling of the cool rooms air on her bare breasts was a nice feeling. She put some white tights on and a skirt that reached her ankles that looked very much like her Sisters. She then put on her bra that covered her large breasts and then a plain white shirt that showed off her figure. Over that was a small brown waist coat and then stepped into her brown boots that were naturally covered in dirt. Most people wouldnt wear boots indoors but hygene on a ranch is often over looked. The walked over to her mirror and smiled as she admired herself. Most people would see it as a bit vain to amire them selves but Romani didn't care, she felt confident in how she looked and was proud of her body. One thing was missing though, it sat atop the mirror and she grabbed it and threw it ontop of her head. A Cowgirl hat that she thought lookd dang cool.

She walked to her door, passing the pictograph of her, her Sister and a young Boy from many years ago. She walked downstairs and her Sister was sat at the table with a small red headed child.
"Marnie!" The little girl shouted and Romani smiled, failing to find the way she mispronounced her name adorable. Her Sister turned around.
"Took your time. Anyway, I have a hugr favour to ask Romani" she said and she sighed.
"What is it?" Romani responded in a complaining manor.
"I am busy with Malon all day and promised I would take her to the Carnival of Time. Can you take out the Milk Wagon out to Clock Town?" She asked and Romani frowned.
"Cremiaaaa... cant Kafei take Malon? Or does he not have the time for his own Daughter" Romani sulked and Cremia looked angry.
"Romani! You know thats not true. He is Mayor and has a lot of work. He does his best to balance his job his Wife and both his kids." She snapped and Romani sat at the table.
"And screwing you..." she muttered under her breath so her big Sister wouldnt hear.

"Okay fine. I'll take the Milk Wagon out. You know I have never driven it before so if I crash its not my fault" she joked and Cremia smiled.
"I have every bit of faith in you" she said.
"Will you be coming to the carvinal?" Malon asked with Cremia breifly butting into correct her pronunciation.
"No promises but maybe. I promise I will play with you soon if I dont okay?" She asked the three year old and she giggled.

Romani loved her neice but thought of her more as a younger Sister. She loved her big Sister too but liked to compain at how bossy she became ever since she had a Daughter to care for. Cremia kept telling her she was complaining because she was a teenager but she knew it wasnt the case. She loved her family but she had a hard time liking Kafei. It wasnt that she hated him, in fact he was nothing but nice to her but ever since she got older and started to peice together their situation the more she resented him. He basically had an afair on his own Wife and hot Cremia pregnant. Even after the two admitted to poor Anju what happened, she for some reason allowed them to continue screwing each other. She couldnt be too mad because at the end of the day he was 50% responsible for Malon's existance but Romani knew that her beautiful neice wasnt a child the two planned to have and she dresded the day she was old enough to realise this for her self.

Romani decideds to just get it over and done with and goes outside and begins loading the Milk Waggon and doesnt take a lot of time before she sets off. She has her bow and a quiver full of arrows on her back, she has never had trouble on the roads in years but she is always prepared and knows no one would try and take her on if they spot her with a bow. Although perhaps her terrible driving she might make for an easy target. She was more concerned about Termina Feild since Kafei had pulled some stings and bought the whole of Milk Road and the former Gorman Racetrack and gave it all to Cremia who in recent years was becoming pretty wealthy with her Ranch and for absaloutly no other reason. "Yeah right" Romani said to her self everytime the thought entered her brain.

She made it safely to Clock Town and parked outside the Milk Bar. She got off and began carrying the crates inside.
"Oh! Young Romani! Was expecting yer Sister. Are you old enough to take over now?" The bar owner said as she placed a crate of Milk down on a table.
"I dunno, I guess so. I am sixteen. If thats old enough then I suppose I am" she said with casualness to her voice.
"Well, your Sister took over when she was just a little Girl. I believe she was about fifteen I believe" he said as he though back in time. Romani froze. She knew this of course but it had never really clicked with her before how her Sister had took over the Ranch and looked after her at such a young age following their parents death. Romani was only seven and Cremia was fifteen, no way would Romani feel comfortable taking on such a responsibility at the age she is now, never mind a year ago.

Romani finished up where she was and stepped outside. She turend around swiftly and caught the sight of a Blone Boy out the corner of her eye. The first second after nothing registered. The second secknd she had a familiar feeling about him. Then her heart began pounding in her chest. No, impossible. It couldnt be him could it? She thought about how it was the Carnival of Time and the portal to the other world might have opened. It was him. It was Link.

She turned around and he was gone but she knew Clock Town, he cant have gone far. She ran around the milk Bar and saw the him head left into North Clock Town. She sprinted after him, she was a fast Girl so she knew she could catch him. She was imeasurably excited. Has he returned to see her? The thought warmer her heart. She saw him head through the North gate and she shoved right past the card and had nesrly caight him.
"LINK!" She called as the Boy turned just as she dived through the air and landed on top of him.

She looked down and smiled at him and he looked back starled and confused. Romani frowned, the Boy was clearly Link, he was identical but the eyes looking back were that of a stranger. A stranger that was bright red since Romani was practically straddeling him but she hadnt even noticed. "Link...? No... who are you? She asked almost in tears and the Boy looked at her with wide eyes.
"My name is Ravio....I am sorry but... have we met?" He said in Link's voice. She got off him and looked down at the Boy. He wore purple, a Purple coat with a purple scarf.
"I am so sorry... I thought you were my friend because... well I mean you dont just look alike but you look identical" she said as she offered him a hand.

Ravio was cautious but took her hand. They walked over to the ledge that faces Snowhead and sat, legs hanging over the drop. "I really got hopeful you know but... I think I might know who you are" she told him and he gave her a confused look. "There is no point explaining, you would never believe me" she told him.
"Well I am just some random stranger, it doesnt matter if I dont so... humour me" he explained and she shrugged.

"Alright well I had this friend about three years ago who looks like you. I mean you look older but I imagine he would look like how you look now, we were 13 at the time. Anyway, he came from a parallel world and apparently from his land, a place called Hyrule, there a people that look exactly like us. For example, I looked like a Ranch Girl he knew and a friend of my Sister looked like a Cucco owner. We talked about him searching for his look alike and he went out to Termin forest and told me about you" she explained.

"Okay... either you are telling the truth of you took a excellent guess at where I am from. Any other details about my home?" He asked and she thought.
"Well he said he saw a look alike of a Girl he knew, a blone girl who wore green. I dont remember her name" she said.
"Sarah." He said and she lit up.
"Yeah, Sarah! That was it. A few years older than you right?" She said and he smiled.
"Yeah. She lives opposite me." He said uncomfortably. She picked up on this so moved on.
"He never knew his parents so he wanted to know what his might look like so...  well I mean he was basically spying on you I suppose but he was a good guy, he wouldnt have done anything wrong" she said with a smile.

"So where is he now?" He asked and she looked down.
"I am sure he is fine. I am sure he is happy with the Girl the loves but... well the door to his world only opens once a year, today, the day of the Carnival of Time. That is why I thought you were him, I thought he might be returning to visit." She said in sadness, knowing she will never see her best friend again.
"Thank you for telling me. A complete stranger. You have made me feel better" he told her she looked at him confused. "I went to stay at the Stock Pot Inn but they were full up, I have no where to stay really and well... I don't want to go back home, my parents rely on me for something I just cant do and I just cant face them"

He stood up "But talking to you was a bright spot in my day so thank you.... what was your name again?" He asked shyly and she smiled.
"I was waiting for you to ask. Romani and... you are getting up to leave I assume but
... where exactly are you going to stay?" She asked concerned and he shly shrugged.
"I don't know but I am sure I will find somewhere" he said as he turned his back and began walking off. She looked down and thought. Then looked back up at him.
"Stay with me!" She called after him and he turned around and walked back.
"Excuse me?" He asked as he thought he misheard her.
"At my Ranch, come and stay with us. Even if its just for a few nights. We don't have much room but the barn is at least warm shelter" she offered and he shook his head.
"I mean I would love to but.." he began but was interupwd by her grabbing his arm.

"No excuses. I would forever regret leaving you out in the cold and you would regret taking the offer so you are coming with me" she demanded as she dragged him into Clock Town. As he was pulled the way she chased him he didn't know what to say.
"Are you sure. I wont be interupting will I? I don't want to be someones burden" he said and she turned to him.
"You are nice and... I know you are not my friend but I cant deny that face does a lot for me" she said as she guided him to the Milk Waggon.

The two dont talk much on the way back. Ravio doesnt know how to thank her enough and she doesnt know how to make conversation with someone that looks like someone she knows so well. They arrive and Cremia and Malon had left for the Cranival.
"Well, this is it! Romani Ranch. The Ranch came before me, I was named after it." She declared as she jumped down from the Wagon and helped him down. "I live here with my older Sister Cremia and her Daughter Malon. Her Father is.... well I dunno if I am allowd to say but he doesnt live with us is the gist of it. Him and my Sister technically arent together... why am I telling you this, its not important" she said and he laughed.
"Well I understand. You, your Sister and your Neice. The rest is complicated" he said and she nodded and she pated him on the shoulder.
"Nicely put. You are a fast learner" she told him as she guided him indoors.

An extention had been built on the left side of the house for more room for Cremia and Malon and as a result Romani scored highas she got a big room to her self. "This is all you'll need to care about, living room and kichen in one, you'll get the barn or the couch but...." she said as she took his hand and pulled him up stairs. "This is my room. " she said walking in but he stood there.
"Are you sure I can...." he stared before Romani grabbed his hand once again and pulled him inside.
"I am not gonna pounce on you, dont worry. Think of it as a friends room, unless you would rather sit in the barn already." She smiled and he returned an embarassed smile.

He looked around in some confusion. He had never been in a Girls room before but he imagined it to be more tidy. Instead their was stuff lyimg across the floor, mainly clothes and her bed sheets were in a ball on her bed. He noticed the large cupped bra on the floor and went bright red. Romani caught him staring at it and giggled.
"Now you know how big they are" she teased as she guided him down to a wooden seat infront of a desk as she sat on the bed.

He turned and caught a glimpse of the pictire of her and Link, along with a Woman he assumed was her Sister.
"Oh my God" he said as he stared at the image.
"I know right, my Sister is hot" she joked and he frowned until he realised it was a joke. "Yeah, its uncanny isnt it. Told you he looked more than just a little like you" she said to him as he studied the photo.
"That.... like that is me... I looked exactly like that when I was like thirteen" he said and she smirked.
"As I said, told you" she smiled. "Cremia is gonna go mental too by the way. My Sister, the one in the picture" she said and he nodded.

"So what now?" He asked and she walked over to him and he stood up.
"Well we could have some food, listen to music or have sex. Your choice" she said in a serious tone and he stared at her red as a tomato. Neither said anything until she burst out laughing. "Sorry, it was a joke, I just wanted to see your face. Relax! You are too nervous. We are friends okay?" She said to reasure him after her slightly creul joke.
"I didnt find that very funny" he said in sadness and she felt terrible.
"Ravio I am sorry. It was a joke. Look I wont make a joke like that again, alright" she said as she hugged him, not knowing if that was the right thing to do but he seemed to relax slightly as she did.
"Thank you" he said quietly as she pulled away.
"Wanna talk about it?" She asked in kindness as he took a seat and she sat on the desk.

"My parents think I am a coward and well... they are right. As a kid I would always come home crying after getting hurt, sometime only from harsh words. My Father used to scold me for being weak and my Mother always told me to 'man up' as a Man in Termin Village cant afford to be weak. Nothing changed, I was always scared of everything and I was never good at manual labour which made my Father angry and he would always shout at me and ask how I am supposed to protect things I love if I am weak. Even when it comes to Girls I was always nervous and too scared to talk to any really. Nothing has changed and thats why I ran away, I cant live with those preasures". He explained and she said nothing for a few moments.
"No offense but it sounds like you have shitty parents" she said and he looked at her in shock. "I mean they are wrong. I cant telp you where to begin. First of all, instead of trying to help you get over some fears and anxieties they seem to just punish you for being who you are. As well as that, you shouldnt have to be who they want you to be and also you are not a coward. Do you know how terrifying moving away from home is? That is something you have done that I don't know that I could do. And besides, you are talking to me alright so you'll do alright in the Girl area" she said.

He looked up at her and smiled.
"Thank you Romani...  I am so glad I met you" he said and she went a little red.
"Same to you, Ravio" she said nicely. There was a silence following. Neither knew what to say. Not long after they were saved by the sound of the front door opening. "Cremia and Malon are home. Time to freak the fuck out of my sister!" She said as she pulled him off his feet and too her door. She took the lead and walked halfway down the stairs. Cremia was sorting through her bags.

"Cremia." She called bluntly and her sister turned.
"What?" She asked in equal bluntness.
"I have a guest, can he sleep in the barn for a few nights?" She asked and Cremia gave a confused look.
"No one has slept in there for years. Who do yoh have in mind?" She asked and Romani smiled as she turned to look up the stairs, signalling Ravio to come down. He made his way into her veiw and her face dropped.
"Link....?" She asked confused but then running towards him and running up the stairs to embrace him.

Ravio was taken off guard as the elder ranch sister hugged him tightly, making his efforts of avoiding her breasts impossible. Romani pulled her off.
"Okay I wont torture you Cremia. This isnt Link." She said and Cremia stared at both of them back and fourth.
"Hi. My name is Ravio. I am from Termin Village" he said to her.
"Sorry.... I.... What is going on. Who is he, ehy is he here and.... why does he look exactly like Link?" She asked in confusement and Romani pushed her gently from behind down the stair and towards the table.
"Well... that is some story" Romani said.

 

Romani and Ravio explained everything that happened today and Romani refreshed her brain on Link's parallel universe, doppleganger tale. Cremia took time to get her head around it but wasnt stupid so she managed. She found it hard to believe more than confusing but all she had to do was think about Link and that was always an easy way to remind her the world was full of weird and impossible things. Cremia also admired the body of Ravio. He was a Man and not the Boy she knew. She always expected that Link would grow up to be a handsome Man and now she had an idea of what he looks like. Romani knew she had to keep the two aeay because no doubt she would make a move and probablt end up with ahother Child... well, maybe Ravio has more restraint than that.

"So. Can he stay?" She asked and Cremia nodded.
"Yeah. Of course. I mean....same as last time, well, with Link. If you stay long term, you gotta start helping out" she said and he nodded.
"Um... yeah. Of course. Thanks ma'am." He said and Romani chocked on her drink at that.
"Ravio... never say that ever again..." she said and the two Girls laughed and he joined in even though he was confused by the joke.

Sudenly the little red head Girl runs through the door.
"Marnie!" She shouts as she runs over and hugs her. She gives a confused look at Ravio. Romani sits her on her knee.
"Malon, this is Ravio. He is a friend of mine and he will be sleeping in the barn tonight. He is very nice" she said and Ravio smiled.
"Its good to meet you" he said, unsure of how to handle kids and she smiles.
"Dats where the animals sweep though" she said and Romani giggled.
"They are going to keep him company" she told her and she laughed as she ran thtough the door.
"She, is adorable" he says and Cremia smiles to her self.

 

Ravio spent the day with them and then headed into the barn to get some sleep. He wasnt very successful as it stuck pretty bad but he couldnt complain, he was staying here for free. After a few hours the barn foor opend and Romani walked in, sitting next to him.
"I assumed you'd still be awake" she said to him and he shrugged.
"I am glad you did because I appreciate the company" he told her and she pointed at the animals.
"They are all the company you need" he joked.

 

They talked for a while about all kinds. "So  do you have anyone like... you know? Special? Girl friend or anything?" Romani asked in complety curiosity but couldn't deny it sounded like she was flirting with him.
"No. No. I am single. I always have been. There has been no one really" he said shyly and she smirked.
"Saying 'no one really' makes it sound like there is kind of someone" she pointed out and he grinned.
"Well no one realistic. Thst Girl I mentioned. Sarah. I do like her but she is out of my leauge, has a Boyfriend, has nothing to do with me and his a fey years older than me" he ellaborated.
"That makes sense. There is no one for me either. That friend.. I mean c'mon, its pretty obvious by how much I have talked about him thatnhe was very special. I had a huge crush on him and he was so attractive but we were never a thing. I knew it was pointless because he was going home and he was badly in love with a Princess. How does a simple Ranch Girl compete? But although we never dated or anything I made moves on him once and we kissed. That is as far as we went" she told him and he blushed.

She only then remembered how the two were exactly a like. She went red as she realised what she had just said.
"Err not that you are attractive or... not that you are not or...." she stumbled on her thoughts and then just stopped and sighed. "Ah screw it. Yeah, you are pretty dang attractive too" she mumbled and he was deadly silent.
"I ermmm. Wow. What do I say?" He asked and she looked at him out the corner of her eyes.
"You're attractive too?" She siggested and he smiled.
"Yes. That" he embarassingly said.

They sat in silence for a while. Akwardness filled the room but Romani just randompy burst out laughing.
"Haha. When did I get so embrassed easy. Man I am so good at keeping my cool but you broke me" she joked and he shrugged.
"You are also making me open up more. I dont talk about any of this stuff to anyone. Thank you" he said and she hugged him.
"Its my pleasure. Anything else you want to get of your chest?" She asked he he grinned.
The two talked for hours, opening up about big secrets and thoughts they had. Eventually they both fell asleep together.

 

The morning roles around and Ravio wakes up in the hay. He cant pretend to not imidiatly notice the red head laying ontop of him. He blushes as her body is pressed against him and he started feeling his trousers tighten. He tries not to think about it but his body doesnt respond to his will. He knew he had to wake her up.
"Hey. Hey. Romani. Wakey wakey" he akwardly shakes her and her eyes gently open.
"Damn, if this was gonna happen you might as well have slept in my bed" she groans and doesnt really move.
"Can you... can you get up please. I cant realpy move with you there" he nervously asks but she doesnt respond.
"Is that because you dont want the erection that is poking me in the belly so become more noticable" she teases and he goes red in the face.

"I am so sorry.... it wont go down... it sometime happens in the morning... thats all!" He explains as she sits up and he akwardly readjusts his pants and pulls his shirt down to try and cover it more.
"I know, I know. I was kinda hoping it was me. I'd be a bit flattered if it was anyone really" she told him to which he ignored because he didnt know of it was a joke or not. He sat back down, sitting uncomfortably. He lookwd at her and her eyes were clearly on his crotch.
"Ahem." He said and she snapped out of it and looked at him, giving a guilty smile.
"Sorry. I was curious. And besides, its not like men dont stare at womens breasts and arse" she said and Ravio couldnt really deny that he had eyed her up before. "How long does it take to go down?" She askes and he sighes.
"If you dont deal with it, a while." He said and she smirked.
"Do you want me to give you a hand?" She offered and he looked at her with confusion.
"You said you wouldnt make those kind of jokes again" he complained but she shook her head.
"I swear on Malon's life I am serious" she said and Link gave a slight nod.

His heart was racing but little did he know that hers was too. She rached for the top of his pants and slowly slid her hand under it. She felt it prod at her, it felt different than she had inagined and alot more solid too. "Wow. Its some size huh?" She said in surprise but he was in no position to talk. The feeling of her grab his dick was too much. She bagan stroking it and he groaned, she smiled as she knew she must be doing it right. She gripped it tightly but not too tight and slowly pulled it backwards and forwards.
"Uggghhhh Romaniiii" he moaned as she began to slightly speed up but kept a consistant rythm. Her grip stayed consistant and the speed did too. Ravio found it so much better than masturbation.

Romani couldnt deny this turned her on slightly but she knew she shouldnt push this any further as she is already going further that she should. But she had always been curious and this was her first exposure to a penis. "Romani! Romani! Ahhhh. I am gonna.... Ahhh!" He moaned as she kept going until she felt it pulse in her hand and a warm liquid was soon felt over her hand. She knew what it was but she didnt expect it to feel so... goopy. A few more hard thrusts and he was empty, the cum was all over her hand and down his dick. She could feel it leaking out of the tip. Romani pulled her hand out of his pants and she looked at the white liquid on her hand and smiled before licking it off. She swallowed it but with honesty she couldnt say it tasted nice.

She looked at his crotch and the bulge was gone and she smiled.
"It worked then." She said as she stood up and offered him a hand. He got up and smiled akwardly.
"Thank you" he saod and Romani smiled as she headed to the barn door. She understood he didnt know what to say.
"Are you any good with a bow?" She askes out of the blue and he shakes his head.
"Terrible. Why do you ask?" He questions and she smiles as she picks up a yellow bow off a crate.
"Do you wanna learn. I am pretty good and I could teach you" she offered and he shrugged.
"I suppose. It wont do any harm" he said as he left the barn and joined her.

Romani had some targets on the side of the barn and he handed Ravio the bow and threw a quiver around his shoulder.
"Show me hoe good or bad you are" she said and he nercously took an arrow out and fired it in the general direction of the barn. It missed drastically. "Okay now watch me, i am not doing it to show off. I nust want you to look at how I position my body and all that" she told him as she took the bow off him. She parted her legs slightly and held her arm straight in front of her, pulled the string back and then fired, getting a bullseye. She smiled and handed the bow back. "Now try again." She said to him and he mirrored her actions.

He practised for a while, improving slightly and Romani thought he had pitential even though he only barely hit a target. She walked over to him. "See if you can get it this way" she said as she put her hands on his hips and he stepped back.
"What are you doing?" He asmed in surprise. He was still blown away about what she had done earlier and was forever going to struggle to get her out of his head.
"Helping" she said as she grabbed his hips and arms and positioned his body the way it should be. He could feel her breasts push against him and their breaths were close. His breathing slowed down ad their eye caught each others, a certain desire filling both of them. She turned and pulled his arm back to the arrow was extended and let go. The arrow hit right in the middle of the target.
"Oh my God! I did it!" He shouted in surprise and she smiled as she walked towards the target to pull it out.

As she turned around he was there, not a lot of room inbetween him and the barn. She had felt it, his want for her and she had wanted it too. Maybe they were just horny teens, it happens, but no... was she developing a crush for him. Their bodies pressed close together, she could feel his bulge again, her hard work from earlier gone. Ravio placed his hand gently on her hips. Their breaths grew close again, their mouths inches away from one another.
"Romai can you come and...." Cremia said as she came around the side of tbe barn and saw the two of them together. "Oh.... erm. Never mind. Come and see me when you are done" she said as she walked off, knowing full well she had accidently screwed up something.

Ravio stepped away and Romani knew the moment was ruined, rather than trying to recover it or live with the akwardness ane smiled at him.
"Maybe another time" she happily said as she ran after her sister. She knew that if Ravio was willing snd things had gone further she would have happilly went all the way. She wanted too in fact. She had been curious about what sex was like since she heard Cremia and Kafei going at it.

 

 

Ravio gad wandered off to explore the surrounding area. He had no idea what Romani and Cremia were off doing and he felt he needed some alone time to figure out his feelings. He was no idiot, a Girl doesnt just offer you a hand job to be helpful and let alone how afterwards theg were incredibly close to kissing. How far would they have gone if Cremia hadnt shown up. Would he have chickened out last minute. These were all questions he had no answer for.

He walked through the treeline near Milk Road until an old destroged sign caught his eye. A sign that reminded him of one from his village. His eyes widened as he read the faded text. "GORMAN RACETRACK" it read and Ravio was concerned. He picked up the broken sign and made his way to find Romani.

 

 

"Sooooo, have you... you know?" Cremia asked her younger sister as they lifted heavy crates of Milk onto the back of the wagon.
"Have we what Cremia? What thoughts popped into your dirty little mind?" He sister responded and Cremia smirked.
"I never said they were dirty... but now that you bring it up.." she joked and Romani smiled as she failed that comeback.
"No we havent Cremia. I am not like you. I don't wanna sleep with every guy I meet" she said in a harsher tone but her sister never took any offense as they knew each other well enough to know they were always joking.
"Hey, I have only slept with two guys alright!" She said and emidiatly covered her mouth. Romani stopped and looked at her.
"Wow, wow... hold up. I know one of them obviously but who was the other.... and when?" She asked and her soster continued working.

"Cremia....." Romani insisted as she tried to avoid the question.
"Oh... it was a long time ago now" she said but Romani was having non of it.
"You know I'll make your life hell if you don't tell me" Romani said and Cremia sighed.
"Fine, if I tell you, you have to tell me everything about him. I know you have done something and were going to do more... deal?" She said and Romani took her turn in sighing.
"Fine.... its a deal" she complained.

Cremia told Romani about how when she found out she was pregnant she got Link to find her a Boyfriend so Anju wouldnt find out about Malon's Father and as a result, slept with Gus. She explained it was a one time thing and she is not proud of it. Romani sat with her sister. "And you never spoke to him since?" She asked and Cremia just shook her head. "Come on Cremia, you just used him ans never spole to him again. I think he deserves the truth at least. Go and get Coffee with him some day or something because I remember the way he looked at you during Kafei and Anju's Wedding and be adored you" she told her and Cremia had doubts.
"How do you remember? You were just a kid" she asked and Romani crossed her arms.
"I remember a lot about my childhood and I remember that very well. Also because I thought he was better for you than Kafei was" she said and Cremia sighed. "Look, I have no doubts that you think Kafei is super attractive and loves you and is good in bed or what ever but he is a marroed man and you are basicallg friends with benefits. Yes you have a beautiful daughter together but I see it in your eyes, you want another and Kafei can never give you that" she told her.

Cremia put an arm around her sister.
"You must have spent a lot of time around Link back then because otherwise how did you get so wise." She joked. "Speaking of Link..." she said with a smirk.
"Damn it. I hoped you'd forgot. Fine, I'll pull the bandade off. No we have not fucked. No we have not kissed but I did.... give him a handjob" she said with embarasment as she was going red.
"Details!" Her sister demanded.
"I fell asleep ontop of him, he was you know... hard because of it and I offered to help out. And then earlier we were about to kiss and who knows what else if you hadnt interupted" she said a little grumpilly. And Cremia returned an apologetic glance. "But I know what you are thinking. Do I like him? I am not sure. I mean he is hot. Of course he is, he looks like Link, so like yeah, on pure appearances, I like him but I think there is more. He is very... real. Link was like impossibly cool and pretty much perfect which of course as a young Girl he stole mt heart but Ravio is so different. He has flaws and there is charm in that." She sain a rant as Cremia began chuckling.

"What?" Sje asked in annoyance.
"Sorry, sorry. Its just you claim you dont know if you like him but clearly he is having an effect on you because you managed to pull all them thoughts out" Cremia said and it made Romani think. "Look, I wont give you dating advice because... well, we know why, but I can say this. Ravio is clearly making an impression and all you have to ask your self is weather or not you enjoy being around him every second as a friend or as more." Cremia told her and they hugged.

Their girl talk was interupted by Ravio running over to them with something in his hand.
"Sorry to interupt but I have a question... what is this?" He asked out of breath as he held up the old sign.
"Geez, where did you find that old thing? Its a sign for the Gorman Brothers who used to live just off of Milk Road. Theg were raiders that caused us a lot of trouble back in the day until Link and this one here dealt with them" Cremia spoke as she patted her sister on the head. Romani could tell something was on his mind.
"Why? Do you know them?" She asked and he nodded.
"About three years ago they began raiding our village on a regular basis. When did they leave here?" Ravio asked and Romani's heart sunk.
"Shit. Ravio I am so sorry. Three years ago." She told him. "I fought them off. I am responsible for them coming to your Village" she said and Cremia grabbed her arm.

"Romani! You are not. The Gormans are responsible. You did what you needed to do. You had no idea" she said and Ravio steped forward.
"Your sister is right Romani. It isnt your fault. If I could fight them off I would but...." he said and Romani stood up.
"Ravio. Take me to your Village. I am gonna stop them again".....

Notes:

This is part one of two. It was gonna be one chapter but apparently there is a characrer limit.... oops.

Chapter 38: Majora's Mask Aftermath Epilouge - Romani and the Rabbit Boy (Part 2/2)

Summary:

Romani and Ravio head to Termin town to stop the bandits that have been terrorising Ravio's home.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ravio and Cremia tried all they could to stop Romani but she had made up her mind and Ravio eventually gave in. Ravio wanted the liberation of his village of course but he didnt want to burden Romani with it, he didnt want her to get hurt and he also just didnt want to go home. Cremia was just worried about her Sixteen year old sister trying to fight off a gang. Last time she had Link, some one Cremia would have litterally trusted with her life but besides her bow skills, Romani was not the acomplished fighter Link was. But of course she got her own way and before they knew it Romani and Ravio were atop a horse and on their way.

Romani rode the Black Horse across Termina feild. She named the Horse Epona, after Link's. This Epona shared no similarities as it was black and Male but Romani just liked the name and she knew the Horse wouldnt care. Ravio sat behind her, hands on hips and the bouncing up and down against Romani left an uncomfortable tightness in his pants he did everything to ignore. He showed her the way through the woods and eventually they made it. Termin Town.

Termin Town was technically called Termin Village as it would be a hige stretch to call this a town but the name sounded better to everyone so it stuck. Ravio kept his head down as they rode through. The Villagers looked at them with confusion.
"Its the one on the left" Ravio said to Romani as he pointed to his home.
"Nice and quaint. I like it" she said as they got off the Horse.
"Just so you know. My parents are gonna kill me so... sorry for what you are gonna witness" he said and Romani shrugged.
"I'll do my best to not get involved" she said with a grin that Ravio didnt like the look of at all. He sighed and pushed the door open.

"Mam, Dad! I am back!" He called and in an instant his Mother, a Woman with long blonde hair ran into the front room in rage. She grabbed him by the scruff of his colar and pinned him against the wall.
"WHERE THE HELL HAVE YOU BEEN!" she shouted and Ravio retreated into a defensive persition the Romani hated to see him in.
"I... I went and got help!" He lied as he pointed to Romani who had a clueless expression on her face. Ravio's Mother took a quick look at her and then back to Ravio.
"Help with what?" She asked and Ravio gulped.
"The Gormans... since I am bad at taking care of stuff like that I asked her to do it..." he lied.

Luckilly for Ravio, Romani picked up on his ploy and happily went along with it. After all, she was here to deal with the Gormans anyway.
"Its true. My name is Romani, I am skilled with a bow and I once defended a Ranch from the Gormans and they stopped attacking it. I am gere to do the same, this time I eill capture them if possible" she said and the Woman let go of her son.
"Geez. I like you. Wish I had a Daughter like you instead of this pathetic excuse for a son" she said annoyingly as she held out her hand "The names Fiona, nice to meet you Romani" she said with a neutral expression.

Romani returned the handshake but didnt like the Woman, mainly the way she treated Ravio but she knew she would make things worse if she argued with her so she bit her tounge. "So Girl, whats the plan?" She asked as she took a seat on a couch that was dirty and old.
"Well I am gonna set up a few traps, wait for them and attack them. I am kinda hoping that they will recognise me and run off but I feel that is an optamistic thought" she said she she looked at Fiona who was lost at the long words she used. "Wishful thinking" she clarified and the woman nodded like she knew all along. "When do you think they will be back?" She asked and she shrugged.
"Less than a week, we have them at least once a week and it has been two days now, but who knows. You better get cracking with yer traps" she said ans Romani nodded.

"Wheres Dad?" Ravio asked and his Mother glared at him.
"Hunting. He'll have some choice words when he gets back" she warned him and Romani frowned.
"I am gonna get to it. I wont intrude any longer....oh, actually.. Do you have any Deku Nuts?" She asked and the Woman shrugged.
"The barrel by the barn has a load" she said and Romani smiled.
"Thanks" she said as she left the house.

 

She got cracking right away, a lot of the reason had to do with not wanting to be there when Ravio's Dad came back as she might loose her cool and snap. She sat by the barn and emptied the contents of Deku nuts into a sack and threw it arround her shoulder. She grabbed a bunch of ropes and wtapped them around her other shoulder and then began rolling the barrel through the Village.

There was a few balcinies to these small wooden homes and one caught her eye. She knocked on the door and asked the owner if she could set up a trap on her balcony, explaining why she was here and the Man happily agreed. She sat ontop of the balcony and emptied the Deku nuts from the sack. She began fiddling with them, taking out part of each nut and carefully placing them into the barrel. She was making explosives, Deku Nuts could explode given the right treatment and she knew what she was doing.

Romani spent the whole day making traps with ropes and barrels, loosing track of time. She heard the shouting from Ravio's Dad across the Village and she hated it. She was done and shot a few apples down from a tree, hoping the people would be okay with it and climbing up the watch tower at the front of town. She sat on the small stool at the top and spread her legs out so they were leaning on a small guard railing.

Romani was sitting atop the watch tower for hours, night fell and she gazed at the stars. Ravio was easily able to climb out and join her but didnt find it any less nerve racking to be high up.
"This is relaxing to you?" He asked her as he popped his head up and climbed up to sit down. She supported him as he did so.
"Yeah. We have a ladder on the back of my house and since I was a little girl I climbed on the roof to gaze at the stars" she explained but he couldnt find any comfort being this high up except for the comfort of the girl next to him

"I wish I could be as brave as you are Romani." He said in defeat and she turned to him with a frown.
"You can be, you just need more confidence" she said and put an arm around him.

"You know, I am only brave out of necessity. You see as a girl, these creatures came to the barn every year and stole Cows from us. It damaged our business and my Sister didnt believe me. I had to learn to get good with a bow to defend the Ranch but luckily, around the festival, a Boy arrived at the Ranch, Link, the one I told you about" she looked at him to make sure he was still listening. "He saved the Ranch with ease, he was so cool doing it. The thing is, I know if he didn't show up I would have failed. I wasnt nearly as talented as he was and honestly, I dreaded that night coming. I was so scared of them despite the brave face I put on to Link. Bravery isnt about not being scared, it is about being scared and doing it anyway. Never be upset about being scared, it is a natural emotion that we all have. I get scared too, but as long as you can pull it together and get the job done then you are brave" she finally finished.

"Wow. Did you go to the school of speeches or something?" He asked in a joke. He then looked down. "Thats all well and good but I am not sure I can do that. I cant help but run at the first sign of fear" he said and she put an arm around him.
"Ravio, bravery is a great thing, I wont lie. But bravery isnt something everyone initially has. Do you think a Deer is brave when a Lion chases it? No, it runs for its life because thats how it will live. You have to pick your moments, you cant be brave all of the time" she told him and he stood up.
"Thank you Romani, thank you for everything" he said as he hugged her and returned down tbe ladder. She smiled to her self and dozed off asleep on the stool.

 

Romani sits in the watch towee all day for a few days. Ravio brought her food which he was greatful for and the Villagers began to realise just how serious she was about taking on the Gormans. She sat with her lehs spread wide, propped up on the small railing but always keeping a watch.
Ravio could see her from his bedroom window, he could see up her skirt, well, he couldnt make much out due to the distsnce but its the thought that excited him. He had a guilty wank over it, the thought of the handjob she have came into his mind too because how couldnt it.

 

The third day rolled around and suddenly the clatter of Horse woke Romani up, she saw the familiar Horse riders arrive through the treeline but there was more of them this time, a fact she was previously unaware of. She realised she now had to make every trap count. The leader stoped at the enterance and looked up at Romani who stoo tall on the watch tower.

"Gormans! You may not recognise me but I am the thirteen year old Girl that scared you away from Romani Ranch three years ago!" She shouted from atop the tower. The Villagers were hurrying inside their homes and the new members of the group looked at their leader in confusion. "I am giving you the chance to leave now, that way no one has to get hurt!" She called down and he sneered.
"HA! Yeah right! I don't see your little boyfriend around this time Girl! You cant stop us alone!" He shouted as he signalled one of his men to fire at her. She grabbed her bow and evaded the arrow by diving off the watch tower. She aimed at the archer and hit him off his horse. She landed roughly on a roof but she was okay. The Gormans rode through the Village and Romani sprinted across the roof before jumping onto the balcony. She kicked off the explosive barrel which made impact with two of the bandits. She grabs a rope and swings across to a House opposite and enters through a balcony door. One of the bandits laughs as he sees her and gets off his horse and enters the house by force.

He moves around with a sword out, searching for her. Suddenly he is shot in the shouler by an arrow and clutches it in pain. She jumps down from the first floor to  see if she had got him but he was stronger than she thought as he dives at her and pins her to the ground. She struggled against him but she couldnt deny he was physically stronger than she was.
"You should have stayed at home Girl, then you wouldnt have ti be taugh a lesson!" He snarled as he grabbed her leg and started pushing a hand up her skirt. Romani panicked. Was he going to try and rape her? Try was all he would get.

She pushed hard off the floor, nugging him in the air slightly but enough to get her leg where she wanted. She strained her leg with a feirce kick and booted him directly in the balls. Thr Bandit fell backwards in pain and Romani stood over him and stemped on his crotch hard a few more times, assuring their would be some permemant damage. She tied the Bandit up and ran outside the house.

She ran straight out and up some crates that were posutioned for her to be able to run up. Things couldnt be more perfectly tied as sje leaps from the top crate grabs a rope tied to a sign, it extends downwards right above one of the bandits riding through town. She throws the lasso around him and yanks another part of her trap forcing the man to be strung up in the air, tied up but relatively unhurt.

Romani lands on a roof, one Gorman left and he galres at Romani before grinning. He bursts through into Ravio's House and before Romani could react he pulled Ravio's Mother, Fiona, out of the house with a knife to her neck.
"Put down the Bow Girl. If ya dont, I'll slice her neck open". He shouted and Romani frowned.
"What then? You'll be open to an attack. Dod it occur to you that I am being paid and the lives of the people here mean nothing to me?" She asked and he laughed.
"It never occured to me, no. Thats because no one goes to the legnths you have just for Ruppees. Do you really want me to kill her so we can find out what happens?" He called up and Romani sughed.
"It was worth a shot..." she muttered to her self as she dropped the weapon.

She saw someone out the corner of her eye, someone behind some crates. It was Ravio. She kicked the bow away from her and near to where he was. "Ravio. Listen. You gotta go help her. Gorman doesnt know you are there so you can surprise him" she said quitely and without breaking eye contact with the opponent.
"But.... I dont know of I can...."
"Ravio. I know you are scared but remember what I said earlier. You can do it. I know you can" she said calmly and quietly. Ravio took the bow and snook off.

"So what now! You cant raid this village with your men tied up and a kinfe to a womans neck. Do we just stand here for ever?" She called down and he growled.
"You are gonna free them all!" He demanded. It was perfect, she just needed to buy a few more seconds.
"Who first?" She asked and he looked up at the man strung up.
"He's a good start f......AHHHHH!" he screamed as an arrow peirced his hand that was holding the blade, allowing it to drop to the floor.

Fionna freed herself from his grasp, looking up and seeing her son holding a bow with determination on his face. Romani was already on the move, swinging on a rope and flying through the air and landing her boot in his face. She pulled the rope down and tied the man down. She then dropped to the ground, it was done.

Moments later, the villagers began exiting their homes and cheering. They started to crowd around her. She got up and stood on a crate.
"Listen up!" She shouted to them all as they went silent. "I have all the men tied up or injured. They are your responsibility now. You can make a jail for them, you can take them to jail at Clock Town...you could..."
"We could kill them!" A Man shouted and she raised her arms.
"Well, yes. You could. Its up to you but they wont see justice that way. What ever you decide, dont let them go. They will only find somewhere else to raid and they will be the burden of someone else" she explained.

"Thank you Girl. Let us pay you!" Someone said and she shook her head.
"No, no. I don't need that. But... I didn't do this alone, Ravio helped" he declared as the crowd turned to the timid Boy and cheered for him. Fionna looks up as Romani.
"How did you manage to make a Man out of my Son?" She asked and Romani sits down.
"Being supportive and believing in him" she said in a passive aggressive tone, something thst went over the dim witted womans head. She couldnt argue her method because she has never tried it her self.

Ravio walked over to her and she flung an arm around him. "I told you, you could do it!" She cheered and he smiled.
"Only because you belived in me". He saod and she looked him in the eyes.
"And I always will." She said as they hughed each other.

 

Romani stayed in the Village for the remainder of the day, helping to clean up and lock up the bandits. She stayed over at Ravio's for dinner and stayed the night, using the couch as a bed. She awoke early the next day and left the house. She whistled for Epona and he came running. She picked up a twig and through it at Ravio's window. He peered out and he signalled him down. He eventually made his way down stairs and out the door to meet her.
"I couldnt go without saying goodbye" she said to him and he smiled.
"And, you had to throw a twig at my wondow.... why?" He joked and she shrugged.
"Didn't want to shout. Its early and I could wake people. Besideds. It worked" she said and he could not deny it.

The two sixteen year old walk through the Village, Romani pulling Epona along by his reins.
"You know... Ravio. You could come home with me. Cremia wouldnt mind and we could get you a bed, you dont have to sleep in the barn. Heck, sleep in mine if you want" she said happily and he smiled.
"I would love to but I cant right now. I need to help out here, but dont worry. I'll come and visit you" he told her and they hugged.
"You'd better keep to that promise" she said and he smirked.
"Not a hard one to keep" he joked.

They looked at each other in silence. She knew he felt what she did but never moved. It felt like an eternity.
"Oh fuck it." She said as she stepped forward and pushed a kiss into his lips. He was shocked but accepted it as he but his hands in the back of her head to pull her in more. It was passionate and sexy and Romani felt alive.

They broke off the kiss and the two panted, Romani giggling slightly oit of embrassment as she looked at the stunned boy standing before her. She jumped on Epona. "Something to remember me by and help with your early morning riser" she joked and he laughed. She hated good byes so never said it. She rode off into the forest leaving Ravio with a hige smile on his face.

 

 

A week pasted since Romani defeated the Gormans in Termin Town and she had returned home to a relieved sister and neice. Life returned to normal and she wondered where she would find the next excitement in life.

She awoke to loud knocks on her door and she groaned. She knew Cremia was out so it was up to her to answer it. She forced her self out of bed and threw on all the clothes she would normaly wear and straightened them all out so she would look a little presentable. She ran down the stairs and opened the door.

"Hi Romani" Ravio spoke and her face lit up. She rushed pver him and hugged him tightly.
"Ravio! What are you..." she began to ask before he cut her off.
"I came to see you. I tried to think of like an excused but I don't have a reason I just.... well I just wanted to see you again" he told her as he went his trade mark red colour. Romani pulled him in and closed the door behind him.
"Well, good. I missed you and you are welcome here at any time." She told him before pushing him in the direction of her room.

"I know I said it already but... thank you Romani. Our village has been so happy lately and my life has been so much better and it is all thanks to you. So, thank you for diving on me when we first met" he joked and they both laughed.
"I did what anyone would do with the power to do so. Link would have done the same" she said as they both looked at the picture.
"He must have been some guy huh?" Ravio asked in a slight tone of jealousy. She walked over and leaned her head on his shoulder.
"Yeah. He was. He was like the perfect person really" she said, fully knowing what she was saying.
"The opposite of me then" he said upset and she turned to him and looked him in the eyes.

"Honestly Ravio, yes. He kinda was the opposite of you but while you say that in a negative tone I dont see it as a bad thing". He was confused and she sat on her desk. "Link was pretty much great at everything and he saved the world, tough act to follow for anyone but what his best traight was how he helped everyone he met and inspired them to be better. I wont sit and tell you that thirteen year old me didn't have a huge crush on him because boy I did... when I started discovering you know what down stairs he was first to mind" she said and Ravio was bright red, she just smirked. "But he was impossibly good. Like you know when someone is just flawlessly good at everything and its a little annoying, especially since they dont seem to put the time in. Well that was him. Everyone wanted to be around Link, I was lucky to be around him a lot but he always overshadowed you, not intentionlly, but it was just his natural state". She explained as Ravio stared confused.

"But you Ravio. I don't feel over shadowed by you and I feel I am with an equal when I am with you. You are far from perfect, you have problems ans issues like the rest of us and its okay, you have something to over come. You are much more real." She told him and he thought for a moment.
"So you like me because I am a more down to Earth version of Link?" He asked and she shook her head.
"No, you are absaloutly nothing like him. Like you are fully different people" she told him and he looked at her with doubt.
"Romani, he looks identical to me" he pointed out and she smiled.
"Oh, that. Well you share that one feature and that is the one I am glad you share. I am sure any straight Woman would agree with me there" she said in a flirty voice and he went bright red once more.

"Well thank you for the glowing review. I like you too you know" he said and she smirked and leaned in.
"Go on then" she encouraged and he steped back.
"Well I don't think I could do a lecture on it like you did but I mean I will start off with the obvious. You are hot, like... a lot. I am not gonna go into detail about which parts but... you are.." he nervously told her and she giggled at his akwardness. "But you are kind, smart, funny, brave and you are a good person. I am lucky to have met you" be said and ahe smiled.
"Thank you Ravio". She stepped off the desk and walked towards him.

She put an arm around him and pulled him close and sighed. She was enjoying the moment but she knew he was too shy to make the first move on anything.
"Most people beat around the bush for too long so I am going to ask you a question and its not trick, no prank, nothing more than it seems and I want you to answer honestly okay?" She asked and he nodded.
"Was that the question?" He joked and she lightly hit his arm.
"Do you want to go out with me?" She asked straight and his heart beat increased.
"Are you serio...." he stopped mid sentence as she sternly looked at him. "Right, no tricks. Yes..." he said nervously and she turned her head to his and smiled.
"Good" she said as she kissed him with passion.

Romani felt lucky that she found a Man that was honest and kind and had faults but tried to overcome them. He wasnt perfect but that made him perfect. Besideds, he was very attractive. He did look like Link afterall.
"How do I deserve you?" He asked as their kiss finally broke.
"Come on now. You are brilliant. If I am so amazing like you think then would you not trust someone that amazing to make the right choices and the smart ones and have increddible taste?" She smirked.
"I guess so" he replied and she put a finger on his lips.
"Then know that as long as you are with me, you are amazing. Let no one tell you different" she said before lightly kissing him again.

A few moments past, in truth no one knew how long it was. They sat kissing each other but Romani noticed he seemed resistamt to touching her. "Ravio, I want you to know that my body is yours, you can touch me where evee you desire" she said as she picked up his hand and guided itnto her breast. His eyes went wide and she noticed his bulge growing but decided not to mention it. "We can go as fast or as slow as you want but I am willing to go all the way when you are" she told him and he seemed tense. "Look. I get you are nervous about a lot of things and that is okay. I am not trying to push you forward. We don't ever have to do anything you are not comfortable with. I just want you to know that I will always be fully open and honest with you, you dont have to fear asking the wrong question or anything. Just relax because our time together should be fun and not stressful" she explained.

He looked at her in a way she hadnt seen before. He surprised her by pushing a kiss into her and pushing her backwards onto the bed.
"Romani, you know I am 16 year old boy right?" He said and she raised an eyebrown in a mixture of confusion and arousal.
"Yeah...."
"Well you said you are willing to go all the way with a 16 year old boy. You think anyone would refuse?" He said to her and she smirked.
"I suppose not. Show me what you've got then" she said as they kissed and started feeling each others bodies.

She pulled his pulled his hoodie off leaving him in a white shirt and felt under it at his chest. He grabbed her left breast and began playing with it like a curious child. It felt nice and she sighed at his touch. He then procceded to slide his other hand underneath her shirt and the tips of his fingers bumped into her underboob. He felt the bra blocking his touch so he slipped his fingers and eventually his hand under and placed it flat on her breast. It felt so hot, she could feel her self getting more aroused by the moment, more so when he started playing with her nipple.

"Ravioo" she sighed and he felt proud that he got a moan out of her. His hand left her left breast and trailed down to the hem of her shirt and began pulling it upwards. She helped him remove it and they simultaniously tossed it across the room. As she lay back with only het bra covering her breasts, Ravio stared.
"You are beautiful Romani..." he said in disbelief.
"Thanks, youre pretty damn gorgeous your self" she said as he pulled his shirt off and placed her palm against his flat chest. She reached behind her back and smirked. "I wont keep you in suspence, this is what you want" she said as she pulled off a bra and her boobs sprang free.
"Romani... you are... well do I have to repeat it?" He asked retorically and began kneading her mounds.

"Mmmhhmm... keep that up" she said as his hands on her body felt great and he felt great that he could please her. As he worked on her, she bent her leg slightly so it nudged against his bulge.
"Ohhh. Romani..." he moaned and she giggled.
"Im not the only one that needs the excitment" she joked and she kissed him before flipping him onto his back and straddling him.

She began grinding against his clothed crotch and he groaned, gripping the sheets in pleasure. She crawled backwards down the bed and reached for his pants, pulling them down with his boxers and he helped kick them off. She smiled and stared in disbelief. She had never seen a penis before, she had gave him.a hand job in the barn but she didnt see it. It was large and very stiff, flattering to know she made it that way. "Wow! So Men have these tucked away huh? I like it" she said as she began rubbing it and a shiver went down Ravio's spine.
"Ooh, Romani.." the Boy moaned just before she licked the tip and then slid it in her mouth.

She couldnt fit the whole thing in because it was large but she did her best. She squeezed her touge against it and bobbed her head up and down on it. Her sucking felt warm and tight and Ravio felt instant pleasure. He lay back enjoying the feeling of the blowjob, clenching the sheets and holding on for dear life, trying not to cum because he wanted to make her feel good.

That was a hard task however and he felt his balls tighten. "Romani.... if you don't stop I'll cum" he warned and she thought for a second, wondering why that was so bad but then figured it out and stopped. She pulled her mouth off his dick, it leaving with a pop.
"Right then, your turn" she said as she stood up on the bed, initially confusing Ravio but that changed when she pulled down the long skirt. The sight of her standing over him in just white tights that clung to her body was so sexy. She knelt back down and sat facing him until he pushed her on her back.

"I like a Man that takes charge" she said and he smiled.
"You'll like this then... I hope" he told her before he slipped his hand down her tights and into her soft enterence. He circled her clit and strocked it. Her legs squirmed and she let out a high pitched moan.
"Ahhh, ohhhh" she whimpered and he knew he was doing good. He grabbed the hem of her tights and began pulling them down with her panties.

He stared for a moment in disbelief. She was naked in front of him.... and he was naked. He was naked with a girl. He put his head inbetween her legs and began licking. "AHHH! YES!" She moaned in an instance as his touge brushed over her clit, sending a orgasmic shock wave across hee body. Her legs clamped around his head and she gripped it inplace so he couldnt escape. Romani had never felt anything as good as this in her life. She had played with her self before but this was on another level. This made her unable to do anything but constantly moan, pant and scream. She was soaking and he withdrew as she was panting her name, disapointing her as he did.

He continues to rub her but uses one hand to part her thighs and then positions him self between them. They look into each others eyes, both filled with lust. The dip of his dick brushes against her enterance and she sighs then nods. He begins to slowly push it in, keeping eye contact all the way in. He pushed past her hymen and she winced in pain and concern washed over his face.
"You're a.... I am your first?" He asked and she leaned in and kissed him.
"Yes, it doesnt matter, keep going" she said in slight annoyance as she didnt want him to ruin the moment. He slightly readjusted himself and pushed the rest of the way in.

Romani was in heven. Their was some slight pain but it was over ridden by the increddible sensation of his solid dick pushing into her wet hole. He began pulling out slowly and then slowly repeated the action. Ravio was also in delight. The feeling of her moist enterence sucking in his dick tightly as he squeezed inside. He went slow because it was their first time but also because it felt good and they wanted to enjoy them selves.
"Ohh.. Faster Ravio" she encouraged and he obliged and began picking up speed. "Ah! Yes, thats it. Keep going!" She moaned as he thrust into her. She was starting to understand why her sister loved sex so much.

She wrapped her legs around his waist and flipped him over, now riding his dick. Ravio memerised but what he was seeing. Not only did he feel incredible at the girl bouncing on his dick but her boobs bounced with her and her hips rocked in motion. Her legs were spread to his side and he felt his way up them and settled on her hips.
"Romani.... fuck... ahhhh" he let out as she contolled him. He began thrusting up to meet her half way, her moans suggesting she liked that a lot. She placed a hand flat on his chest for support but also to ensure only his hips lifted into her.

Her body was sweating and she panted heavily, she loved the feeling of his dick reaching all the parts it need too.
"Ravio! Ravio! Ravio!" She moaned as she bounced, his hands reaching to her beautiful boobs. He pushed her backwards and he was ontop once more, fucking her hard and fast. "AGHHHH YES!" She screamed and Ravio let out a low moan he was close.
"Romaniiii.. I am...hahh.. close" he moaned and she kissed him.
"Dont cum in me.... FUCK!... just hold on a bit longer...!" She told him in he moaning breath. He sped up, concentrating on holding it together a bit longer, staying silent because he flet he would explode if he said a word. "AAAAHHH YESSS!" she screamed in orgasmic bliss as her walls clamped down hard on him. This was it, he had to withdraw. now. He pulled out of and his dick fired a stream of cum arcoss her body, some of it hit her in the face. He stuck a finger into her and she started stroking his dick so they could ride out their orgasms.

After a few moments of panting and the buzz of their orgasms dying down, Ravio lay next to Romani while she wiped the Cum off her body and face. "That was the best thing I have ever felt, I can see where Cremia is coming from now" she said and he smiled.
"I am surprised you were a Virgin" he said and she turned to him and frowned.
"Not in a bad way, just because you are super hot and I assumed you would have found someone before me" he explained. She smiled and hugged her naked body against his.
"No, no. I havent had a Boyfriend before. I havent even liked anyone since Link left." She told him.
"Do you still miss him now that I am here?" He asked as he felt her curvy body.
"Yes, very much so. You are not a replacement for him. You look identical but you are very different people. I like that, I love you for who you are not because you remind me of someone I know. I hope you dont feel like you are replacing someone" she explained in a concerned tone and he kissed her.
"I don't. I just feel lucky that a Girl like you would want anything from a guy like me".

 

 

Ravio and Romani lived together after that. Not consistsntly in the same place as they moved between Romani Ranch and Ravio's house. His parents were still shitty but they had seemed to get a little better after she stoped their village from being raided by the Gormans. They mainly lived at the Ranch though and fucked many more times. After about a year, they were sure of each other and botu agreed they wanted to get married and they did just that. Cremia was jealous of them a little but so proud of her sister.

Cremia continued to fuck Kafei on the regular. Cremia and Anju were as close as they once were and Cremia betraying her trust occasionally sprung to mind but it was rare these days. They both got drunk and joked about how the three of them have always done everything together and then made the unusal desision to sleep together. Neither can deny they enjoyed it but Cremia was super shocled at just how much she enjoyed her best friend since she was not gay in the slightest.

Something changed in her that night and for what ever reason she finally asled Gus if they wanted to go on a date. She apologised for last time and eventually they started talking and getting to know each other. Before they knew it they were going out and Kafei seemed to be out of the picture for now.

After another year past Ravio and Romai had a son they named Gulliver. And not to long after that Cremia had a second child, another Girl with Gus that she named Ella. It took four years for Romani and Ravio to have another child after their first but along came another son that they named Kyle.

With two Children and Cremia and Gus raising a child tigether as well as Malon, Romani and Ravio moved out to Termin Village and start up a ranch of their own.

 

 

Ten Years Later....
"So you and Daddy knew each other at my age?" Kyle asked his Mother as he looked at an old picture. Romani laighed and picked up her son.
"Oh, I was twelve in that picture but believe it or not, that is not your Dad" she said and he looked at her in confusion.
"Does Daddy have a Brother?'he asked and she shook her head.
"No. You see, that is Link. A friend of mine from long ago and he comes from a Magical world that we cant go to. He lives with a Princess and he has saved the world" she said to the Boy.

She shared the story with her four year old son who loved it but she knew Gulliver wouldnt have believed it. She knew it was a farfetched story but it didnt matter if her kids belived it or not really.

She put her kids to bed and climbed into her own bed. Ravio was already in bed and she cuddled into her. "I want another." She said and he looked at her.
"Another what?" He asked and she smiled.
"Another child. I want three and if we had one now they would be very similar ages gaps between them" she said and he smiled.
"I couldnt agree more..." he said as he kissed her snd rolled ontop of her. "And besides. I cant pretend I am not in the mood" he said as he pushed his hands under her shirt to feel her braless breasts.

"Ohhh Ravio." She moaned as he played with her boobs. He pulled the shirt off and threw it across the room, her hands roamed his chest, as he continued playing with her boobs. He then pulled down her pyjama bottoms along with her hnderwear and stuck one finger into her. Romani let out a breathy moan as she reached for his bulge, squeezing it through his boxers before she began pushing them down.

It didnt take long for them to both get naked, foreplay was something that the couple sometimes ignored since they were often so horny that they needed to be connected.

Ravio began pushing into Romani and she pushed her hips into him. They got comfy and then stsrted moving. The bed rocked as the two fucked each other.
"Oh Romani.." Ravio moaned as he sped up gradually while Romani gave the appropriate moans of satisfaction.

They kept up their love makikg for a while but Ravio was overloaded from not having sex in a while and knew he couldnt last long. "Romani... I am close" he told her and she knew she was close. His grunts that gradually sped up as he got faster and closer to climax never failed to turn her on and it was a way to more or less assure she would reach her climax with him.

She was getting wetter by the second and Ravio was sliding in and out easier, lossing control.
"Ah! Ah! Ah! Ohh... Yes...." she moaned as she clasped his back and her walls tightened around him. That was all he needed to push him over the edge.
"Uggahhhh..." he moaned as his dick shot his spunk deep insode of her as it pulsed out of control.

They both panted and caught their breath, Ravio pulling out his sticky dick and laying next to her. "So... what are we thinking for names?"

Notes:

I uploaded these back to bavk because it was meant to be one chapter but it exeded the character limit..

This took a while and I am proud of it. I could keep tweeking it forever so I threw it out. Not quite a new year upload but close enough. Hope you all like it.

Chapter 39: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 1 - The New Kingdom

Summary:

The Hero of Time's Journey Continues in a new Kingdom on his way Home to Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link had been travelling for a few days. The now 14 year old Boy had only been gone from Hyrule for a year but for him two years had passed. Time travel... something he hopes he will never have to rely on again.

Suddenly he hears something that made his heart rate increase. He stops Epona dead in her tracks and listens. The jingle is unmistakable to him. Navi.

He turns Epona in the direction he heard it from and chases it. It was loud and coming from a distinct direction, like it was calling him. His friend, his friend, that was the sole reason for his journey. The friend he nearly gave up on. He was going to meet her again.

He dashed on through a tree trunk but was suddenly hit by bitter cold before the snow blew him in the face. He was confused, where was he? A blizzard..he turned around and there was no tree trunk behind him. He panicked slightly but couldnt concern himself with this at the moment. He was in the bitter cold and needed to find shelter.

Link rode on, unable to do much else. He was lost, confused and cold, worst of all the call of Navi had stopped. Had he messed up.... his vision became blurry and he passed out, the loyal Horse continuing to carry the Heroes limp body onwards....

 

 

Link sits up with a gasp and looks around in confusion. A Dark haired Girl about his age is sitting on a stool next to his bed.... his bed? Whose bed was this?
"So you're awake then..." she said in a monotone voice.
"Who....who are you? Where am I? What happened?" He asks in confusion. The last thing he remembered didn't even make sense. He was travelling in the Lost Woods and he was suddenly transported to a snowy mountain top where he must have passed out.
"You are in Syrule Castle, I am Princess Sylvia and what happened... well we found you unconscious on the back of your Horse'' she told him and he started getting up. "What are you doing, where are you going?" She asked in concern.
"Navi... my friend... I was looking for my friend...." he said before grabbing his equipment from the floor.

"Look, I don't know where or what Syrule is but I don't belong here. " he told her and she sighed.
"The King wants to see you, you know" she said and he shrugged.
"He isn't my King" he said bluntly.
"No. You'll want to hear this one. Hero of Time" she said which made him turn and got his attention.

 

Link stood before the King's Throne. He did not kneel which annoyed the King but Link didn't know him or know why he deserved his respect.
"What do you want and how do you know who I am?" Link shouted up to the King.
"Haha. Oh please. How could we not have heard the stories of the Hero of Time? Your deeds are well known across the land, even outside of your precious Hyrule." He said with a booming voice. Link scratched his neck waiting for the rest of it. "We have been looking for you for quite some time but you just sort of.... vanished for about a year. That's until not too long ago our fortune teller picked up your location. We apologize but your fairy friend, you did not hear her. That was us luring you out here, forgive us". He said but Link was mad.

"You play with my emotions to send me out here just for a little favour? Why the hell do you think I would help you now!" He snapped at the King and he smirked. No one had talked to the King like that before.
"Well what we have in store seems like your cup of tea to be honest. We are at war. War with Dyrule, a splinter of our own great Kingdom. My Brother, the past King was betrayed by his Wife and tried to take the throne. She is the leader of the Dyrule Kingdom and they have hired Desert Thieves to help them take us down. I would like you to help us" he told him bluntly. Link thought for a moment.

"How do you know so much about me and why me?" He asked and the King looked at the fortune teller.
"She sees all. She has shown us the stuff you have done. You defeated Ganondorf and stopped an uprising before" he said and Link sighed.
"Fine. I'll see what I can do but I can't just blindly take your word for it. I will find out for myself what they are like and if what you say is true then I will help you" he tells the King who frowns.
"Do you take me for a liar Boy?!" He angrily calls and Link shrugs.
"I don't know you, how could I possibly say... but I am here under false pretenses aren't I" Link states and the King leans back, unable to argue his point.

"Very well Hero of Time. You find out what you need to know and we will be waiting to back you up when you see what that Witch is like'' he declares confidently as Link leaves the throne room..... Can he ever get a break?

Notes:

This is a continuation of the Hero of Time's journey after Ocarina and Majora's Mask. This will be 8 chapters long, all except one are wrote and this will be coming out weekly. After that there will be another break while I finish the following arc. Enjoy.

Chapter 40: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 2 - Meeting and old Friend

Summary:

Link heads to Dyrule to learn for his self what is going on and meets someone he has not seen in a long time.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

As soon as Link got directions he wasted no time leaving the Castle. He thought the Princess seemed alright but he didn't like the King and he didn't like the Snow.

The Castle seemed bigger than Hyrule Castle but that was because of where it was positioned. It leaned halfway off a cliff face, almost built into the side of the Mountain. Link has to admit it looked cool at least but he left on Epona's back and headed towards the Dyrule Desert.

Link had the Stone Mask on so he would go unnoticed. Epona would go unseen too according to Romani who he tested this out on. Link didn't understand why but wasn't going to complain.

A full day passes before Link makes it to the desert. Luckily he brought supplies but Epona was clearly exhausted. According to his map he wasn't far from their home base. The desert air seemed tame compared to the Gerudo Desert and Link knew he could handle this heat no problem.

Eventually he saw a camp in the distance. He got off Epona's back and entered the camp. To say Link was shocked was an understatement. These desert thieves..... they were Gerudo. Link knew it was no mistake, their tanned skin and red hair, all female. He even recognised a few faces.

Link looks around at the Horses and Carts, clearly equipped for battle. The Men are all not Gerudo which is clear by their clothing and their white skin as well as the obvious fact they are men. He walks into Camp, walking by all of them undetected. He imagines they wouldn't exactly be fond of seeing him since he is kinda their enemy. Nabooru isn't though, where is she? Is she here?

He went straight to the back of the camp to the most important looking tent and peered through a gap. Link smiled. There she was, sitting cross legged on the floor. Nabooru. Link was going to go in but decided scaring the shit out of her wasn't the best way to get her attention. He walked around camp and took a map and wrote a note.
"Hi, a friend. Meet me on the cliff directly South of your tent" he wrote on the back. He slid it into her tent, trusting she would get it and left for said cliff.

He sat there for hours. Watching them go about their day. Soldiers and Gerudo training together. Link couldn't help but want the King of Syrule to be lying now because the Gerudo had found somewhere and he didn't want his old friend to be on the wrong side.

Eventually she stepped outside her tent with the note in hand and looked right at him. He knew he wasn't seen because of the Stone Mask but it was a feeling he never got used too. She began walking towards the cliff and he watched her all the way until she made it up to him. He walked behind her and took the Mask off.
"Hello Nabooru." He said in the calmest voice but it still made her jump and spin around to him.
"Link.....? What?.... Why are you here?" She said with genuine concern.." Is Hyrule...the Princess... I mean Queen okay?"
Link smiled at her concern and she rested a bit easier but didn't completely relax.

"Good to see you too" he sarcastically said to her . "Everything is fine. Hyrule is safe, Zelda is safe. No need to worry there. But it's a long story" he said to her and she walked over to him.
"Wow I just... I just can't believe who I am seeing. The good ol Hero of Time" she joked, finally relaxing. "Taller now too, taller than you should be, how old are you" she asked and he thought for a moment.
"Technically around 14 to 15ish. Lost track to be honest. It has been longer for me than you, some time travel stuff....as I say, Long story. But I need to talk to you about some issues around here" he told her which made her sit on a rock and lean forward.
"What do you mean?" She asked.

Link explained really briefly that he was lured here and then explained what he knows about Syrule and the King and how from what he knows, the Gerudo are the enemy. She sat back after his explanation.
"I don't trust the King, not blindly. I want to know what you know and why you have sided with the Queen of Dyrule because I trust you Nabooru. I know you wouldn't help someone evil, you have proved that in the past" he explains to her and she smiles.
"Hit the nail on the head kid, I wouldn't side with anyone evil, at least anyone I knew was evil. And I trust the Queen. According to her, the King of Syrule is an Usurper King who killed his Brother and stole the crown. The Queen's Daughter is trapped in that Kingdom and I don't think she would lie about her Kid" Nabooru spoke.

"Damn it. I was hoping this would be more simple. I have no way of knowing who is right but.... ugh.. I mean I have a way but I don't like it." He complained as he paced backwards and forwards. Nabooru looked confused.
"What method?" She asked and he sighed as he pulled out the Ocarina of Time.
"Time travel"....

Notes:

This is a short one but they start to get longer. I wrote this one ages ago but this "arc" wasnt done so I held off on uploading it. The next chapter will be up next week as I am doing this weekly for as long as it takes for me to catch up to where I am.

Chapter 41: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 3 - Demons of the Past

Summary:

Link goes back in time 14 years ago to see whay happened to the Syrule Kingdom.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A very long time ago....

The Demon only knew darkness. Once it was a Man but anger and corruption turned the beast into something else. It didn't remember much about why it was sealed away but it remembered the Boy in Green and it wanted him dead. The thoughts plagued it for centuries until one day there was a crack and light appeared. Its chance was now.

It knew its physical form would be too hard to manifest and escape was its primary objective. It spiralled out of its container, only now remembering it was a chest it was bound too. As it spiralled out it saw some faces. A Wicked looking Man, the one who had clearly freed him, a Oldman, the King, the Princess and... that Boy....

It lashed out on anger at all but the Evil looking Man. It knocked the Old Man and the King flying while the Boy clad in Green protected himself with his shield and the Princess protected herself with a Golden Power.

"Damn." It thought to itself. "I have to leave. My body isn't holding together" and its gassious, purple body split apart and scattered. The remains drifted across the sky desperately trying to remerge. It eventually clumped itself together, growing bigger and heavier with its added weight pulling it down to the surface. It didn't feel like long since it escaped the chest but it had been years, possibly decades. The creature did not know. It knew it felt like a short time because it was imprisoned for so long.

It landed in some luscious green woodland area but instantly poisons the area around it at touch. It forms into a Boar like creature and wanders aimlessly, killing and eating everything it comes across. Eventually the Boar reaches the snowy peaks of a neighbouring land. How long it has been travelling is lost to time.

Upon seeing the Castle, the beast has a thought. It hadn't thought about anything in so long.
"The Boy. The Queen. Kill them all" it said in its head. It began getting flashes of the Green Clad Boy fighting him in a Castle Market Town, but earlier a grown Queen sealing him away with that same Green Clad Boy being present. He then remembered a nice Woman... was she his Mother? Was he once Hylian? No, impossible. He was something greater. He was Boartreax.

He dragged its feet through the snow and reached the edge of a clif. At the bottom was a Town. A Town full of innocent people that he just wanted to kill. He let out a wicked howl, piercing through the silence of the nighttime and he dived off the cliff and landed heavily into a house, the weight off his body allowed him to cave the roof in and make the houde ruble. He heard a Woman scream and he turned around to look at her. She was looking at his feet, he looked down and they were covered in blood, an arm sticking out. He smiled before grabbing the Woman and tearing her in two with his mouth.

It felt so right. He was back. He didnt know for what purpose but he knew he was angry and the murder of innocent peole seemed to fill his desire. He smashed out through the wall to see some citizens that had come out to see what all the noise was. They screamed in sight of the red boar and attempted to turn and run but he charged at them, slicing them in two, stepping on them or melting them with a foul black gass he sprayed from his mouth.

The Knights saw the carnage the beast was making and began firing arrows at him and Knights came out to greet him. The Knights were killed with ease, a simple slam of his feet against them seemed to do it. The arrows hurt him but were nothing more than a bother. He bent his legs and leaped into the air, landing on a wall full of archers. Their eyes grew wide with fear as the creature leaned forward before charging through them like they were nothing.

The Town and the Castle had nothing that would be efficient against the Beast. It lay waste to the Town and made its way into the Castle and did the same in there. Some Knight saw what it was doing and just ran. The Queen stood up and calmly walked down a corridor. She made her way through a secret passage way and exited down some stone spiral staircases. The King knew of her plan and sat on his throne in wait. He may die and she may die, they both accepted that but he wasn't going to run. Boartreax smashed into the throne room through the wall and stared at the King. The King did not waver and this made Boartreax furious. He stepped forward, placing his feet onto the carpet in the centre of the room. The King smirked and Boartrex had a moment of confusion before he looked down. The carpet was glowing and suddenly the floor around Boartrex disappeared.

He fell for what seemed like miles. Before landing heavily in a darkly lit cave. He was on a huge stone slab, the Queen had her hand on the stone and was muttering something. The slab turned a bright blue and her blue dress lifted and her hair blew around. She looked up at the beast and he stared into her cerulean eyes before he was swallowed by light and gone. The Queen smiled to herself before she collapsed with all life gone from her body.....

 

Link opened his eyes and he was standing in the cold Snowy Mountains. The Castle was the same but things were slightly different. He had done step one, he had travelled back in time 14 years. His mind went back to Nabooru's stumped expression.

"Time travel..." he said in a cocky tone to which Nabooru just replied with a confused look.
"Time travel? Really kid? I mean don't get me wrong, I believe that Ocarina has special Time Powers because you have used it to return to your Childhood and stuff but come on. You really know how to use it?" She asked in concern but he smiled.
"Yeah, as I said, I am here with this older body because I was using the Ocarina of Time to relive the same three days over and over to save the world. Anyway, enough about that, I can do it! I can go back in Time Fourteen Years to when the Kingdom divided into two. I should be able to find out who the real villain is here" he told her and she just smiled and folded her arms.
"Alright, well if you say so..."

She was right of course. Time travel was pretty dangerous but he felt confident he had got the right time period. He wandered through the peaceful Town. Everyone seemed happy, but Link knew within 14 years the nation would become divided. Link went down a back alley and put the Stone Mask on and then used his Hook Shot to propel himself upwards to one of the Castle walls. A guard heard the clink of the metal making contact with the brick but checked and saw nothing. Although he saw nothing he was really staring right at Link. Link sneaked inside the Castle.

He spends some time wandering aimlessly before he stumbles into a meeting in the throne room. A man that looked a lot like the King he knew sat on a throne next to a woman with deep black hair. She was the spitting image of the Princess he met. An elderly man stood before them, anger was on his face.
"Your Highness for once in your life listen to me. She is Dyla of the Boartix Clan. You cannot marry her.... you should be executing her. She is part of a cult set to destroy us!" He shouted and the King clenched his fist.
"Uncle, enough! I have known Dyla since she was a young Girl. The Boartix Clan are a myth. They do not exist!" He shouted back and the Woman looked innocent. Her hands were held up defensively and she looked hurt by these words.

"Please....you can do anything to me if it means you wont marry that woman..." he pleaded on his hands and knees. Link didn't really know what was going on but he felt like he should stay out of this. He cannot change the past, he is here to observe only.
"Uncle. She bares my Child" the King said and the old man gasped. He stood up with shaky knees.
"Our Kingdom is lost then... we are no more" he muttered with a shaky voice and turned to leave.

"Honey... you don't believe him do you!" The Woman pleaded and he held her tight.
"Of course not, he is just a confused old man"
Link left the room. What is the Boartix Clan? Are they that bad? If they are and that Woman is the leader of the Clan then what the King told him is probably true. But maybe the King's Brother will overthrow both of them out of irrational fear. Link simply didn't have enough information to come to a conclusion so he did what anyone would do. Ask drunk people.

Link follows some Knight to the tavern at night. He doesn't know what the legal age to drink here. If it is 16, he could maybe pass being near or at 15 years old. He had to admit to himself he had been growing a lot recently. He met Nabooru as a Child and he was only above her waist, as an Adult he was taller than her and now he was up to her chin roughly. If it comes to it he will use the Fierce Deity Mask but that is a last resort, he would rather sneak in with the Stone Mask before that becomes a reasonable option.

He walks in confidently and sits next to some knights. They are already a bit tipsy.
"So, are you the Knight that protect this Kingdom?" He asked in ignorance and one turned to him.
"Who the hell are you?" He asked and Link smiled.
"A traveller, I am passing through. I just heard a lot of rumours about this Kingdom and wondered if they are true" he said and another one smirked.
"Are you even old enough to be here?" He asked loudly enough to get the bartender's attention.
"Yeah.... are you?" He asked and Link put his Adult's Wallet on the counter.
"Depends if that matters" Link said and all the Knights were impressed. "Free rounds for some information" Link suggested and they all seemed on board.

Link chatted with the Knights at a table. They were more drunk than him, he didn't want to get drunk but needed to blend in. He started with more simple, innocent questions before getting to what he really wanted to know. Best leave the big ones until they are wasted. Link leans forward. "I've heard rumors that the Queen is part of the Boartix Clan? What is that?" He asked and their eyes widened.
"It's just a story man... just stuff we tell the kiddies to keep them in line" one said but the other shook his head.
"Nah, I've seen em.. at night the hooded fellas gan down to the crypts below the Castle and do some weird shite." One of them said.
"So they are what? A cult? What do they do?" Link pressed for information.
"No one knows for sure. But the rumors say they are worshiping a Dark Beast that was sealed away by the Queen of Old. Apparently it was sealed in the Crypt and people think the new Queen is part of the cult. It's just a conspiracy theory lad. People say that because she was brought up by some shifty guy that seems to have a lot of power in politics." He said and Link sat back.

"Why do people call her the Queen? She isn't married yet?" He said and they all laughed.
"She might as well be. Her and the King are definitely been getting up to some kinky shit. Look at her belly lad, she is pregnant and people reckon she seduced the King, got pregnant so she could become a Queen." Link knew she was pregnant but acted surprised.
"Canny blame the King though. She's a pewer belter if I've ever seen one" one of them said and Link sighed.

He sat the rest of the night until they were pissed enough for him to leave. He found somewhere quite in a forest outside the Town and went to sleep. He had learned about the Boartix Clan, not whether they actually exist or not but the fact they are a rumor is clear. But is the Demon sealed in the Crypt real? Did he want to find out? He decided against poking around. He didn't want to cause anything to happen in the past so he left it be...

 

Link had to stick around for a lot longer than he would have liked. He waited until the King and Queen were married and the Princess was Born. He saw more than he otherwise could by sneaking around with the Stone Mask. He felt bad because he was kinda looking forward to the eventual disaster to strike. Not because he wanted anyone hurt, but because he wanted to go back to the present.

 

Months went by, Link sat on a chair in the Castle corridor that nobody ever used. He even slept in it. He didn't know what he would do if someone attempted to sit on it while he was asleep. He heard footsteps and the only light was that of a figure in a hood holding a candle. Now this was interesting. He pulled out the Lens of Truth and could clearly see it was the Queen. The look in her eyes was darker than usual. Link held in a gasp as he saw she had the Princess tucked beneath her arms. She stopped next to Link and pulled a loose brick in the wall, a secret passage way opening and she walked in. Link darted up and hoped inside before the wall closed behind him.

He followed her down the spiral staircase, careful not to make a sound. Link figured she is up to no good, this looked shifty as hell but he had no actual proof. He needed to see it through. He had already used up months of his life, what is a few more days at the most.

They reached the bottom and they entered a crypt. A big stone slab sat in the middle of the room. Hooded figures stood around it. Link had investigated these guys for a few months and found out they existed, Knights that worked here had seen nothing? Maybe they just prefered to not see anything. Dyla took her hood down and placed her Child on the slab.
"We have a sacrifice of the Royal Bloodline, we can now summon you forth. Awaken Boartreax!" She shouted as the group chanted. She placed her hand on the slab and it lit up with a red light.

Link was not looking forward to this. He knew he shouldn't get involved... it's alright, he knows that the Princess will be fine.... but maybe he had always helped her... no.. he had to find it in himself to not get involved. Just watch.

A figure rose from the stone, towering over them. It was unformed but Link felt his gut twist at the sight. It reminded him too much of Ganon.
"Who awoke me!" It boomed and Dyla looked up.
"I did your Lord," she said bowing to him. He chuckled.
"Who are you and what do you want?" It asked and she rose.
"We are the Boartrix Clan. For Generations we have worshipped you and planned for your return. I married the King so I could bare his Child and give you her as a sacrifice." She told him.
"Your loyalty will be rewarded. I know you Humans want power, so I shall give you power. In return you set me free and I shall crush this Kingdom, all the Kingdoms and find that.... Boy" he snarled.

No one knew what he was talking about but the Queen smiled.
"Very well." She said as they Clan stopped chanting and Boartreax's Body fully formed into a Big Red Boar.
"Right then Queen. To War!" It roared and the Clan cheered. They moved towards the exit, the Baby seemingly forgotten. Link sighed internally about that.

Boaetreax breathed out some black ominous clouds that smashed through the stone walls and charged up the spiral staircase. The Clan followed after. Link was not gonna miss this , he had waited for shit to hit the fan and now it was happening. He couldn't leave the Princess down here though. So he picked her up and ran up the stone steps.

As soon as he got to the top he witnessed the carnage that had already broken out. Boartreax was destroying Knights and the Town along with the Clan. Dyla nowhere to be seen. Link couldn't understand why they hadn't gone straight for the King... maybe Dyla had. Link looked down at the Baby and almost regretted bringing it. He sighed and ran to the Throne room.

Link arrived and no one was there. Perfect. He put Sylvia down on the Throne, completely unsure if he was making the right decision.. he now turned to find the King to... watch him die... Link did not like being helpless but he had to swallow it for now. He left through the main front doors of the Throne room onto a balcony that overlooks the Kingdom. He walked down the steps and the King was talking to a histericall Queen. Tears pouring down her face. Damn she was a good and cold hearted actress.

"I checked her room! She isn't there!" Dyla screamed and Link couldn't believe her performance. He looked over the balcony and it seems the Clan had a secret army amongst the Syrule army and Knights were fighting Knights. The Town and Castle was in chaos, mainly thanks to Boartrex. Link watched the Beast tear things apart. Glad that wasn't his problem. He heard footsteps behind him and moved in time for the King's Brother to run past him, Princess in arms.
"I found her! She was on the throne for some reason!" He exclaimed to the utterly shocked Queen.

Link smirked at that. He could tell by her clenched fist that she was angry but also she could not think of any possible way she could be there. But she smiled in delight, a fake smile that looked too real and creeped Link out. She hugged the Baby and began walking up the stairs towards Link. She looked over the balcony when the King wasn't looking and held her baby up above the walls, making eye contact with a Clan member. The man jumped off the high wall and ran in Boartrex's direction.

Boartrex turns around and runs towards the Castle and with ease beggins scaling the wall towards them. Link steps into the Throne Room to get out of the way.
"It's coming for us. Damn bastard!" The King shouts, pulling a Sword out. "Dyla, I love you. I always will" he says kissing her and then he turns to his Brother. "Take care of them" he tells him and he nods. He steps out in front of them as the Beast makes it to the balcony.
"Honey, watch out!" She shouts in fake concern, Boartreax chuckling and then he knocks the King flying against the wall hard. His body looks completely destroyed.

His Brother's fists clench and he steps between the Beast and the Queen.
"Get back Dyla. The King asked me to protect you, and although it won't be for long, I can offer my life!" He said, determined. Dyla smiled, dropping the act and pushed him out of the way and onto the ground. She held up Princess Sylvia.
"Now Boartreax! Kill her so you can be revived for good!" She declares to him.
"What! NO! DYLA!" The King's Brother shouts in horror, disgust and confusion. The beast steps forward and smiles.

Link stands watching. Has he screwed up... has him bringing the Princess up here been a mistake? Damn it.

The Beast raises his hand to slash at the Baby but paused to the sound of a whistle to his right. He turns and looks into the Throne Room and Link stood there with his fingers in his mouth.
"GYYYYYAAAAAAHHHHHH!" Boartreax roared, deafeningly loud. "GREEN CLAD BOY!" he roared again and charged at Link.

Link put on the Bunny Hood and rolled around the surprisingly fast Beast. Link had no idea what he did to piss it off so much but his plan worked at least.
"Noo!" Dyla screamed in anger, her calm exterior shattering.
"Fucking Bitch!" She heard a voice say as she turned to meet the King's Brother's Fist in her face. As she fell to the ground he grabbed the Baby and ran to the King. "Brother...." he cried and he gasped.
"Save her.... my Daughter..... become the King until she is of age. Save yourselves..." he groaned and he nodded and ran.

Boartreax meanwhile is charging and slashing at Link. Link is mainly dodging his attacks but blocking a few with his shield. He turns around, Boartreax breaths the gas at him but he manages to pull himself to the window with his hookshot in time. The beast turns and headbuts the wall tk knock Link down.

Dyla gets up and she is outranged. Her plan was perfect. How could it have gone so wrong.
"BOAETREAX! The seal will activate again in minutes if you don't kill Sylvia! Chase them now!" She screams in fear and anger.
"Shut it you! This matters more to me than your stupid plan!" He roared at her and she stepped forward.
"Why? He is just a dumb Kid!?" She shouted in confusion. Boartreax turned around and got close to her.
"He is the one that sealed me away..... I remember him!" It declared before turning all its attention back to Link.

Dyla stared at the Beast fighting the Boy. Her plan had been ruined... she sees his back begin to dissolve but says nothing. Boartreax realizes when his arm dissolves off and his legs turn to gas. "DAMN YOU! " he roars and Dyla walks over to him.
"I told you this would happen..." she said and he growled as his body exploded into gas and rushed down through the floor. His body was sealed back into the stone slab.

Dyla looks up at Link, getting good luck at his face. "It was you.... you messed my plan up" she said as she turned and walked off. She knelt next to the King. She turned her head to Link. "Oh look! He's still alive!" She said before plunging a knife into his neck. She then stepped out of view. Link runs over to the balcony and watches Dyla's Clan pull back and flee the Town.

Link turns and walks back to the King who is clearly dead. His Brother walks into the room, holding the Princess.
"Noooo!" He cries out to the sight of his dead Brother. He looks up at Link who gasps in shock. He has interfered now.... Link pulls out the Ocarina of Time, plays the song of Time and disappears in front of the new King's eyes.

 

Link opens his eyes and the sun almost blinded him.
"Wow" was all he heard. He came to his senses and Nabooru stared at him. "How.... how long were you gone?" She asks him and he looks back at her confused.
"Erm... I dunno. Like nine months maybe?" He tells her. "How long was it for you?" He asked and she smiled.
"Seconds.... one minute a 14 to 15 year old boy is standing there and next minute he is all mature" she says making him blush slightly. "But anyway.... what did you find?"

Notes:

So if it wasnt obvious, Boartreax is half of an original character. I introduced the character in my Skyward Sword Aftermath and had him the main beast that the Hero of Men defeated. When I was a kid I didn't realise that the Moblin in the Minish Cap i tro was a Moblin and thought it was what ever foe the Hero of Men faced. So I based it on that, being a big red Boar Monster. Since it was sealed away I wanted to tie its release into the scene where Vaati destroys the Picori Sword in Minish Cap where the purpley-black gas clouds errupt from the chest because we never learn what that is.

Just adding some of my own lore into it.

The only over thing of note is I had the knights talk Scottish in this chapter and I have eother done that before, or done it in a future chapter but for some reason its a voice in my head telling me they should be. Maybe its the 25% Scottish genes...

Chapter 42: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 4 - Preperstions for War

Summary:

Link returns to his own time to warn Nabooru about what he has seen

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link told Nabooru everything. She didn't like it one bit but she trusted Link. They looked over the camp.
"If I go down there without the Stone Mask on, the Queen will recognise me and kill me on sight" Link told her.
"Also the King will recognise you now as well" she told him and he nodded. "Did he always? Like did he just not say? He seemed to know who you were. Like the same for the Queen. If she had seen you before you travelled back in Time would she have recognised you?" She asked and Link sat down.
"You are asking if it is destiny. Was I destined to do that? Had I already done it before I... did it. It's impossible to know. If I had not gone back would Boartreax have been distracted some other way, was the Princess fated to live. I really can't say" he told her and she nodded.

"Link, you know that I can't let my people go into war with a Kingdom that is innocent on the side of a Queen that is evil... we have been there before and look where it got us. But... how am I going to convince them?" She asked, hoping that Link would have a magic answer.
"I am sorry but I don't know...." he says before looking up. "I am sure you will find a way. I am going to warn the King about their attack, I will tell him the Gerudo have backed down. You think you can handle it?" He asks and she puts her hand on her chin.
"Its gonna be tough but if the stakes are this high then yes. I'll find a way" she said in determination.

 

Link heads back to Syrule the way he came. It isn't a quick journey but it doesn't have to be just as long as he makes it before the Dyrule Army. That should be easy though because they didn't seem like they were about to head off when he left their territory so he should be good.

It felt ages since Link took this path because for him it had but in reality it was a few days. Link thinks back to his conversation with Nabooru, the one about time travel. Link had no idea if he had actually altered time or just stepped in to do what was already destined to happen. To be honest, it didn't matter since the reality he is in now will only have knowledge of the new events and it means the King will recognise him. He wasn't looking forward to that.

 

Link arrives at Syrule and makes his way to the Castle. The guards all let him in but still are watching him with caution. Link knows there are probably a dozen archers hidden with arrows aimed at his head. He walks into the throne room and stands in front of the King, still refusing to stand.
"So, you have seen it then. The chaos that this Kingdom faces all those years back. I trust you are on our side" The King spoke.
"So. You remember me from… well for me it was days.." Link says and looks up. "So that is why you were searching for me? Because I stopped Queen Dyrule's plot and saved the Princess's life?" Link asked and the King frowned.
"Yes… sort of. Everything I said about you being the Legendary Hero of Time and all that was also true but…. What do you mean you saved the Princess's life?" He asked.

Link explained everything to him and they had a back and forth on everything they know. Afterall, the King only knows what he saw.
"The Gerudo Tribe are backing down. I know the leader, she is an old friend of mine, I know she will do it. I imagine the Dyrule forces will be lower than expected now so it should be an easy win" Link told him. The King smiled.
"Thank you Link. Would you mind staying until the battle has ended?" He asked and Link rolled his eyes.
"Yeah…. I don't want to but I kinda turn back on something. I am with you to the end".

 

Nabooru sent her assistant to gather he tribe at the spot where she talked with Link. She stood on a rock.
"So. You all trust me right?" She asked them all and they all nodded and agreed. "Good. Then we are calling off the attack." She said and they all looked confused.
"What the hell do you mean Nabooru? Why?" One of them asked in protest.
"I have…. A reliable source that tells me the Queen is a total liar. She is actually part of an ancient cult that is trying to revive a Demon" she told them.
"Who is this reliable source? The Gerudo are supposed to be close. Are you hiding stuff from us?" One of them shouted and she glared up at them.

"Yes! I am keeping stuff from you because I am your leader and I know exactly how every one of you will react. I knew you would react like this so I didn't want to have to tell you all but think about it. Do you really want to be on the wrong side of a war again?" She asked in a raised voice. She sighs. "Look. I was right about Ganondorf and I don't blame any of you for following him. But this… this is completely our choice and we don't need to be a part of it. I have never failed you and I won't fail you now" she explained calmly. She smiled. She knew it had worked.

 

The Gerudo Tribe ultimately followed their leader but all of them wondered how they back out of an agreement. Nabooru was brave however and marched towards the tent where the Queen stayed. She pulled it open and threw a big sack in front of her.
"You can take your money back. We are out" Nabooru declared and Dyla stood up slowly and walked towards her.
"And why would you do that?" She said in a threatening tone.
"Because we don't fully buy into your cause" Nabooru said, withdrawing the truth and leaving any knowledge out if it. Two guys held swords to her neck.
"Well, very brave of you to come here but I think this is where I take over your tribe" she said but Nabooru smiled.

"Oh please. You think my Tribe would just listen to you once their leader is killed. No. What will happen is they will put all their effort into killing you" she said but Dyla stood inches from her face.
"You think your savages could win?" She snarled and Nabooru shrugged.
"No, not at all. You'd probably end us. But do you really want to start a battle when you are preparing for war. Especially when we are leaving this in peace. You need every Man you can get to fight Syrule, thats why you hired us. Let us go and you might stand a chance" sh said and Dyla turned.
"Let her go." Was all she said before the two Men did so and she walked out.

 

 

"You're… taller and more handsome Link" Sylvia said as she approached him in a corridor. He smiled.
"Yeah, the story is a long one" he said but she smiled.
"I was told. You saved my life as a baby. Thank you for that" she said and Link shook his head.
"What was I gonna do? Leave a baby to die?" He said as he reached his room. He out his hand on the handle but Sylvia grabbed it.
"Come with me Link" she said as she guided him down the halls by the hand before she reached the large double doors. She pushed them open to reveal her bedroom.
"Wow, your room is huge" Link said in a surprised voice but he wasn't the least bit shocked. She closed the doors behind them and stepped close to Link.
"I wanted to properly thank you for saving me" she told Link as she gave him a soft kiss on the lips.

Link was shocked by this but he pushed into her and it heated up in an instant. They passionately pressed their bodies together until Sylvia grabbed Link by the collar and pulled him towards the bed. He landed on top of her and broke the kiss. "Touch me" she said and Link grabbed a hold of her left breast. She was covered in layers of royal clothing but Link could tell they were not small. He played with them as she reached down and stroked his bulge. "Link, I don't know what my Mother is capable of. She could enhileate us. And I… I don't want to die a virgin" she said to him.
"Dyla… I am a virgin too.. but we are NOT going to die. I give you my word" he said to her. She looked shocked.
"You… You're a Virgin?" She said as she rolled on top of him. "Then… please. Let us lose it together" she asked and Link smilled.
"Lets make a deal. We will after we win" he told her and she frowned.
"Okay fine…." She said disappointed but then smirked. "However…" she said and made her way to his pants and pulled them down before he could react. "I can at least give you this" she seductively whispered as she licked his erection.

 

Nabooru stood on the edge of a cliff with her tribe behind her. They watched the Dyrule Army march off towards Syrule.
"If you know she is evil, why are we standing here watching them?" One of the Women asks and Nabooru sighs.
"Yeah, I wish I could go and slit her throat but we can't get involved. And besides, I have it under good authority that this will be dealt with" Nabooru smirks.
"Who?" She asks….

 

"Ohh.. Sylvia… This feels… Ahhh" Link moaned as she licked his shaft. Link was blown away by the pleasure built up. This was his first sexual experience… his first proper one unless he counted masturbation. Her mouth slid all the way down his dick. Link clutched the bed sheets and panted.

Link started to feel like electricity. Waves of pleasure were surging through his body. He had never felt an orgasm come this strongly.
"Sylvia! I'm gonna… ah. Ah….." he moaned as his dick spasmed in joy and erupted in her mouth. His warm cum shooting to the back of her throat. Sylvia winced but kept on sucking as Link lay back and rode out his orgasm. She pulled her mouth away and smiled.

Notes:

I finished all these chapters a while bavk but there was one paragraph I litterally just finished 1 minute ago. Oops.

Chapter 43: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 5 - War Between Two Kingdoms

Summary:

The anticipated battle between Adrule and Dyrule gets underway.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Queen Dyla walked forward with pride, her army behind her. She knew she was now within sight of Syrule and expected the loud bell tolls and the oncoming arrow barrage. She held up her arm and emitted a black beam into the air and the arrows all bounced back off a shield that appeared around the army.
"Attack." She said as her Army ran forward towards Castle Town.

In Syrule Castle, the Princess's door was swung open. Link was sitting in a chair fast asleep while Sylvia was in her bed, just woken by the bell tolls.
"Sorry for the intrusion my Lady. The King has asked you to get you somewhere safe and…. Awaken the Hero of Time" a Guard said and Sylvia picked up a pillow and threw it at him.
"GYA! I'm awake!" He shouted as he stood to attention.
"Dyrule's army has arrived" the Guard said as Link nodded, grabbing his stuff from the floor and running out the room.

Link ran out onto the balcony and saw the Syrule army fire cannonballs and arrows at the scattered forces. They were all over the place, too spread out for large scale attacks like cannons. They were also already in Castle Town. Link didn't know how they got this far since their army is relatively small and Syrule knew they were coming. Furthermore, he could see no sign of the Queen.

Link out on the Deku Mask and transformed into a Deku Scrub, using it to hover down to the Town below before switching it for the Goron Mask, turning into a Goron and delivering a mighty punch to some Dyrule soldiers and sending them flying back a few feet. He rolled through many of them. He continued to clobber the soldiers with ease, it was easier than he imagined…. Too easy.

"Of course!" Link said out loud as his fist connected with a Soldiers face as he turned to look at the Castle. This is all a diversion. Dyla is after the Princess so she can summon the Demon. Link took off the Mask and shrunk to his regular size, allowing a Soldier to miss his head. He put on the Bunny Hood and bolted back to the Castle.

 

Sylvia was being escorted to the Throne Room. As she arrived with her Bodyguard an arrow pierced his head and he dropped dead and a Soldier grabbed her arm. She looked up into the Throne Room and saw Dyrule Soldiers all around, two pinning down the King.
"Very well done everyone!" Dyla said as she walked into the room, her black robes swaying. "Hello Daughter. Wish I didn't have to sacrifice you because you are truly beautiful and I do love you" she said as she grabbed her face and pointed it towards her own.
"Funny way of showing it!" She snarled back.
"Well, you have only had the lies of this moron to go off so how would you know!" She said as she walked to the King and pressed his head against the floor with her boot.

"Fucking Bitch. You killed my Brother, your own Husband. Tried to kill your own Daughter and tried to resurrect a Demon! What the hell is wrong with you?" He snarled at her. She crouched down and sat on him.
"Well it was nothing personal. Yes I seduced your Brother for power. Yes I was going to sacrifice my Daughter but he was a handsome Man and I did love him. Just like I love my Daughter. But Boartreax is more important than all of us. I will bring him back and use his power." She told him.
"Psycho bitch…" he snarled and she sighed.
"Okay. Now I am going to have to kill you!" She said as she stood up.

Suddenly a splat was heard near the Princess and then a thud. Dyla looked over and Sylvia was standing confused as the Soldier restraining her was now dead on the ground. Suddenly Link took the stone mask off and grabbed her hand.
"Don't worry Princess. I got this" Link said.

"You….. you foiled my plans last time. I know who you are now. I didnt for so long but recently the stories about your Heroic deeds have spread across the Land. You're the Hero of Time from Hyrule. I assume our meeting was only days ago for you" she said and Link shrugged.
"Busy week. Hard to tell" he said with his Sword Drawn at the ready.
"Okay. We will fight. But I have one question. 14 years ago, the Demon seemed to recognise you. It stopped everything to see you dead. How does it know you? Who is it?" She asked and Link shrugged.
"I really have no clue. Trust me, I have never seen that thing before in my life, and that seems like the sort of thing one would remember seeing." He told her and she scowled.
"You lie…. But yet again… what reason would you have to lie?".... She asked but Link stood his ground.

They stared at each other, tension in the air. Then she moved. She darted towards Link, he didn't know what she was capable of so he had his shield ready. Her fist became covered in a dark energy and she went to punch Link. He parried her attack and swung his sword. It deflected off an invisible barrier. Link threw on the Bunny Hood which made his movements to quick to focus on. Once he got enough distance he pulled out the lens of Truth and looked but could see no barrier. He had to be on the defence with his Sword while looking through the lens but he only needed one swipe to figure something out.

He slid across the ground and attacked from behind. He saw her move her left hand and her shield was visible through the lens. Link now understood it was a magic she cast with her hand. Link but the lens of truth away and began plotting. She swung her arm and Link slid under it, getting a good look at the ceiling in the process.

He pulled out his hookshot and pulled himself up onto some rafters, out of view. "Get down here and face me boy!" She screamed. The faint notes of a tune were heard. "Huh. His magical Ocarina. What could he be planning" she thought to herself. She saw him fall from the rafters and she grinned. "You are mine!" She screamed as she punched a hole in Link. She noticed it wasn't Link, but a dummy of him. Before she had time to react Link was diving past her and sliced her left hand clean off. She screamed in agony but Link grabbed her still.
"Sorry. You'll have to endure more pain than that!" He said as he sliced her arm off from the point it connected with the dummy.

As Syrule Knight swarmed into the throne room to fight off invaders, they also assured the safety of the King and Princess. Whilst they did this, Link played the Elegy of Emptiness to stop the bleeding. "You did me a service, I always thought that dummy was creepy" he said as he pulled her up. "What do you want done with her?" Link asked the King.

 

Dyla was taken to a jail cell as well as a few of their soldiers. The rest fled or were killed and Syrule was ready to take their land back for themselves. The Princess and King were safe and things seemed good. Few casualties were caused and Link's time here was almost done. Almost. He had a promise to keep.

Link was nervous…. More than nervous. He was panicking and felt himself visually shaking. He had defeated Ganon, Majora's Mask and many other horrifying evils but this is where the Triforce of Courage was definitely needed. He knocked on her door and she opened it.

"I hoped you wouldn't forget," she said as she pulled him inside and shut the door behind him.
"Sylvia. Are you sure?" He asked her as he looked her in the eyes and she smiled.
"As long as you are". She said softly and Link nodded. She could tell he was nervous and she knew she was more nervous but hid it better. Link pulled her into a kiss.

Link's heart pounded. Was this it? Was he finally going to have sex? He had fantasised about it for so long weather it was Zelda, Cremia, Ruto, whoever. But this was real, no fantasy. The Princess was wearing a dress with less layers than her formal Royal Gear which Link assumed was a deliberate choice. Link guided her towards her bed and pushed her down, landing on top of her.

Link felt all over her body, his mind going wild with the sensation of feeling a Woman's curves on his hand. "You're wearing too much…" she said softly and kissed her.
"So are you" he said but stood up and started stripping before her. She lay back in the sexiest position ever whilst admiring his body. His muscular torso made her bite her lip. He stood before her completely bare with the exception of his boxers that really didn't hide all that much.

He stood over her and began trailing her hands up her thigh, she shivered at his touch. He grabbed her panties and pulled them down as she undone the straps on the dress and let the one piece dress fall to the ground, revealing her nude form. "Oh Hylia…" he said as he touched her round breasts.
"Link…." She said as she squirmed at his touch.

As he played with her breasts, she rubbed her hand along his clothed shaft before pushing her hand down into his boxers.
"Ahh" Link gasped in pleasurable shock as she grabbed his dick firmly and rubbed it up and down. Link let go off her boobs and pulled his boxers down and kicked them off backwards. She continued with the hand job as he parted her legs and stroked one finger over her clit.
"Oohhh" she moaned. They kissed as they used their hands to pleasure each other. Link"s fingers went inside her and played with her until she was moist.

They panted and looked into each other's eyes with passion and lust. Sylvia placed a hand on his cheek.
"Please Link…" she said softly and he brushed his member against her entrance. Slowly pushing the tip inside. The tip was in but he had a lot to go yet. He began pushing all the way in and Sylvia briefly winced in pain but it was short lived. He finally was fully inside her. It felt strange but amazing, wet and warm.
"Sylvia…" he moaned as he began pulling out and pushing back in.

He began moving in and out of her tight hole. It felt good and Sylvia bit her lip which Link thought looked unbelievably sexy. He put one hand on her hip and palmed her left breast, squeezing it and then rubbing her nipple. She squirmed as a shock wave went down her body.
"Link.. ahh" she moaned softly. Link kept a steady pace, a pace Sylvia helped him keep by putting her hands on his waist and pulling him down into his thrusts. "Faster Link" she moaned and the Hero obliged. He sped up and his pants got heavier. Sylvia moaned and she wrapped her legs around his waist and rolled on top of him.

"Ughhh" was all he got out as she began impaling herself on his hard dick. She bounced up and down on it and they both moaned. Link was in awe of her boobs bouncing. He put his hand on her waist and helped to gyrate her hips. He knew sex would feel good but this… this was just incredible. He pulls himself up so she is straddling him and he kisses her. She wraps her arms around him and moans into him.
"Liiinnnkkk…" she moans, nearing her climax. He is close too.

He pushes her onto her back and starts thrusting into her as fast as he can. "LINK YES!" She screamed and Link could only get out as he felt her tighten around him. His dick pulsed inside her, a shock wave of pleasure filled his brain as he lost control and shot a lot of built up cum inside her, the pleasure being unbelievably strong. Both of their orgasmic cries filled the room. Link rode out his high and looked down at the gorgeous girl below him whose hair was a mess and her face beaming with the energy of an intense orgasm. "Wow.. that was amazing…" was all he could think to say. Link pulled out of her and lay next to her as he caught his breath.
"I knew sex would be good but…. That was worth the wait" he told her and she smiled, rolling on her side and hugging into him.

 

 

The King walks down the stone steps to the Jail cells.
"How does it feel to lose twice?" He speaks to the armless former Queen of Dyrule. She stayed silent. "And how could you try to sacrifice your own blood?" He said to her and she looked up in anger.
"You know nothing about her. She is my Daughter!" She shouted and he stepped closer.
"No. She is not. She is my Daughter. You may have brought her into this world but I am the one who raised her." He said and she snarled at him.

"So what is it? The Demon? You and your clan seems to be so obsessed. You've lost so you might as well tell me" he said and she smiled.
"Interested? Well I cant tell you its history because no one knows where it is from but we do know it has great power and will make deals with someone for something it wants in exchange. I know you'll never believe me but I do love my Daughter. Yes, I created her to be sacrificed but it doesn't mean it didn't sting any less. It takes a female of the Royal Bloodline so be sacrificed. I would happily have given myself up for it" she said.
"You are right, I don't believe you. I couldn't do it to her and she isn't even my own flesh and blood." He told her.
"The Hero of Time knows what it is. Well, he says he doesn't but it knows him" she said cunningly. He seemed eager to hear more but said nothing. "I could find out everything you want to know if you take me down there" she said and he laughed.

"Yeah, how stupid do you think I am?" He said and she looked him in the eyes.
"Cuff me up, put me on a chain, do whatever you want because I am telling the truth. What do you think I could do? I can't unleash it without Sylvia there to sacrifice. If I could do so why would I have tried it that way twice?" She asked with her gaze piercing his eyes. They were almost hypnotic. He shut them and thought.
"Very well. But if you try anything you will live a long, sad and painful life in jail" he threatened and she stood up with a smile.
"Okay!"

 

The King secretly takes Dyla down to the Crypt. Very few know the secret way down there but the Royal Family is of course one that does. Dyla was pushed down the stone steps with her ankles shackled together so she has to be careful not to trip. They reached the Crypt.

"So what now?" The Kind asked and she walked towards the sealing stone.
"We talk to it." She said as she sat atop the stone. Suddenly it started glowing red.
"DYLA! What the hell.are you doing?!" He asked and she rolled her eyes.
"I promise nothing sinister but IF I was doing something then you would have already failed. Hush" she said as she closed her eyes. Suddenly a growl echoed from the Stone.
"Dyla! Where is the BOY! Is he dead?!" The beast roared from within.
"No. He is alive. But we don't know who he truly is… but you do. Tell me, I gave you an opportunity to be forever free in this world but you crushed it for what? Revenge?" She asked.
"I only desire the Legendary Hero to be dead. Once that goal is complete, I no longer need to live in this world". Is said more calmly.

"Okay, the King here is reluctant to believe you so can he hear your story, where you are from? Who the Hero is…. Everything?" Dyla requested and there was a long pause.
"Very well. Put your hand atop my stone!" He demanded. The king walked over and was reluctant but did so and he saw white.

 

"Hyrule is a Kingdom that is cursed forever. Long ago, the Goddess Hylia and the Legendary Hero defeated the Demon King Demise, the embodiment of all evil. In Demise's dying breath he cursed the Royal Bloodline and the Spirit of the Hero to forever face great evils as long as they remain. I was one of those great evils. At some point, I don't know how long ago, 100, 1000…. 10,000… some amount of years ago I was born into this world. I was transformed over time to this and the Hero and Queen sealed me away. The same happened a second time when I broke out from my seal. I hate the Hero, he has sealed me away twice now and I won't rest until he and the Royal Hylian Bloodline is crushed. I have been a plague on this land too, but I would never have been here if it wasn't for them… Of Hyrule continues to prosper there will be more like me. Worse than me. And eventually….. The Hero will fail and the Evils will be unleashed onto the World. If they are not destroyed, Demise's hatred will forever spread"

The King fell back onto the floor and Dyla even fell. Dyla smiled to herself. She already knew the Demon had convinced him. With words it wouldn't have worked but the Demon showed him everything it wanted.
"This is…. This can't… you can't be…" The King didn't know what to say. Dyla walked over to him and whispered in his ear, sending shivers down his spine.
'You have two options. You leave the stone, out me back in a cell and continue as normal and forget all about this. Or you could make a deal with the Demon to make you King of a safe world with no Hyrule. All you have to do is let The Beast free" she spoke but the King jumped up.
"I am not sacrificing Sylvia!" He shouted.
"There is another that will work" the Demon said from the stone and the King looked at it.
"The Hero! His soul will set me free. Bring Link to me and I shall spare your Daughter and get you everything you desire!" The Beast roared.

 

The King has Dyla chained up in the Crypt and leaves. He gathers a group of his Knights to capture the Hero of Time.

Notes:

Link has finally had sex. It was was a lomg time waiting for the Hero of Time but yet again he was a Child. With time Travel and spending a year in the past I think he has aged to about 16 or so. I have lost track honestly, but so has Link. I planned on having his first time being with a certain other character and debated on weather his first time should be with an original character or not but eh... Why not. Who wouldn't if they had the chance.

Chapter 44: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 6 - Backstabbing Betrayal

Summary:

Link faces a unforseen betrayal.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link is laying in bed with Sylvia. Their naked bodies intertwined. Link still couldnt get over the fact he had sex.
"I am going to have to go home soon." He tells her. She hugs him.
"I know. Who knows. Maybe Dad will let me visit Hyrule one day" she tells him and he smiles.
"Maybe… Who knows what the future will bring. Right now I gotta see Nabooru about how to actually get home" he said as he sat up and started pulling his clothes on.

Suddenly the door burst open and three Knight barged into the room with the King behind them.
"DAD! GET OUT!" Sylvia screamed as she covered herself up and Link went red.
"Your Highness, I am sorry" Link said as he knelt down.
"You dare kneel to me for the first time after you have screwed my Daughter!" He snapped in anger. "Take him!" He ordered the Knights.

Link flipped his shield up with his foot and caught it, grabbing his sword just as quickly. He flipped backwards to the other end of the room with the Knights cornering him.
"DAD! Link hasn't done anything wrong!" She pleaded and he looked at her.
"I know, but what I am about to do will save our Kingdom forever. It will mean you wont need to be the target of sacrifice again" he explained. Link didn't know what he was up to but he had a slight idea.
"You are planning on using me to summon that Demon aren't you?" Link said and the King looked him in the eyes.
"Aren't you clever. Yes, I am. And then I will end the Royal Hyrule Bloodline so no cursed will be born into this world again!" He shouted.

Link's eyes widened. He was going to kill him, destroy Hyrule and Kill Zelda. No. He wouldn't allow it.
"Be careful. You don't want to make me your enemy." Link warned and the King laughed.
"Oh please, sure, you could maybe take out these three Men but the whole Castle… you are outmatched Link" he sneered.
"Well maybe, but do you want to know what I would never do? Corner someone in front of a window" he said cockily and he turned around, smashed the window and dived out.

The Knights, King and nude Princess went over to the window and saw no sign of Link. He could be anywhere. Truth was, Link was wearing the stone mask and running out of the Castle. He needed to find Nabooru. He needed her help.

 

 

The King enters the Crypt in anger.
"So, it didn't go well?" She asked by the look on his face.
"I have no idea where he has gone. I don't know if I will ever find him again… and I won't sacrifice her" he said and Dyla rolled her eyes.
"You'll have to. You don't have any other options" she told him but a smile emerged on his face.
"The Bloodline of the Royal Family or the Hero...so my own child would work?" He said and Dyla looked at him confused.
"Yeah… but they would be killed and you have no offspring" she said but he walked over to her and placed his hand on her face. She leaned back but she was chained up with nowhere to go.
"I'll use you, you can give birth to my offspring. I wouldn't consider a child with you to really be mine anyway…." He told her but she was confused by his contradiction in his logic. She found it clear he was stooping to her level of sacrificing a child but he just couldn't bare to do so the the one he raised.

He unchained what remained of her arms and pushed her against the sealing stone. He yanked up he robes and pulled her underwear down. She struggled but her legs were shackled and she knew there was no hope. He undone his belt and pulled his pants down. Dyla was on her front and could see him so she had to just anticipate it. Then it hit her. He slid into her and started thrusting into her from behind. She took it but was disgusted and angry. Not at the sex its self, in fact, to acheive her goal she would have fucked anyone, it was the powerless feelimg of him having his entire will over her. She had no say even if she wanted it. Once more, she hated that she thought it felt good.

He groaned and moaned as he raped her from behind, Dyla getting satisfaction in how obvious it was that this was his first time and it was with someone he despised. He continued pounding into her and eventually was close. He pushed her head down against the stone as his last few thrusts were powerful. He shot his cum inside her, filling her up and making sure he completely emptied himself. He pulled her up and dragged her back to the chains and shackled her up. "You will be getting that until you give me a sacrifice. And even then…. I might keep you around as a play thing" he smirked at her disgusted face.

 

Link rolled across the Desert to the site where he met Nabooru. He hoped she was still there. He arrived and put on the Stone Mask and found her tent. He peered inside and she was laying down. She looked right at him.
"Link? Are you there?" She asked and he took of the mask.
"How did you know?" He asked and she smirked.
"I didn't. I just felt a draft and took a punt. Anyway, what is it? I can tell by your face it is bad news" she asked and he looked her in the eyes.
"I need your help".

 

Link explained everything to her and she believed him, after all they had seen and went through she really had no reason to ever doubt him.
"Okay well I am completely on board with supporting you to take down the King or stop whatever plot he has for unleashing a Demon onto the world but I am gonna be honest with you Link, I really don't know how my people will react to you." She told him and he nodded.
"Yeah, I understand why they would be hesitant to trust someone who stopped their King and basically got them banished" he said in slight guilt but Nabooru gave him a curious look.
"Is that guilt? You have nothing to feel guilty about. If you start doubting your actions then you are not the Hero of Time I know" she said seriously as she stood up to his eye level.

"Yeah, it's not guilt. I don't regret any of it. It's more sadness because I would like their fate… your fate to be better" he told her and she smiled.
"Nah, this is the best thing that could have happened. Generations in the future the Gerudo may one day return to Hyrule but as better people. We were going down a dark path and you stopped it. I am grateful" she said as she put a hand on his shoulder. "We should probably go see what they think though" she said as she walked out the tent.

"Listen up everyone!" She called out and in a moment's notice the Tribe gathered. "I have an important request, a request that is a great opportunity for us but I also have something you wont like. I'll let that something explain…" she shouted as Link stepped out of the tent. Their eyes grew wide, some confused, some angry. He had grown a lot since they last saw him but they knew it was him.
"What the hell are you doing here!"
"Come for more punishment!"
"Go back to Hyrule you Hylian Dog!" They shouted with many more angry insults thrown away. Nabooru clapped her hands and they all shut up in respect for their leader.

"I know you hate me and I am not asking for forgiveness. You should hate me but that doesn't matter. I am asking for your help which I know is the last thing you want since I am asking for the sake of Hyrule but what I ask does benefit you all and whether or not you believe me, I am sorry and care about what happens to you" he explained and some seemed eager for more whilst others wanted him to shut up.
"So you are only half crazy. At least you know it's a lost cause coming here!" One of them snarled at him. Link continued.

"What I am asking is this. The King of Syrule was successful against Dyrule and yes… I had a hand ensuring that. But it seems the evil Dyla was not the only one with wicked intentions because the King plans on sacrificing either me or his own Daughter to a Demon so he can use its power to destroy Hyrule. Yeah, why go into a battle for a land that banished you? Well if you take down the King and the Princess is correlated then maybe Syrule can be a new home for the Gerudo. She is nice and I can pull some string" he explained. They couldn't deny it was a decent offer.
"I am fully in favour of Link's cause. You all have your differences with Link but he did what he had to do. Do this and we save Hyrule, this Kingdom, gain a home and then you never have to see Link again" she told them.

"All right. I am in. For us and no one else". One of his hecklers said and he smiled.
"Fine by me. I don't care what your reasons are. Anyone else in?" He asked and all of them raised their hands.

Notes:

I came up with the plot for most of this back in summer 2019 when working in a sawmill. Dunno why that is relevent but it proves olhow mindless of a job it was.

Chapter 45: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 7 - The Gerudo's Second War

Summary:

Link has been turned on by the King but luckily he has some applies that may help him in combat.... Maybe.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Gerudo charge on their Horses into the ill prepared Syrule. There is retaliation but they are not recovered from their previous assault. Link left Epona here so he rode on Nabooru's horse, aroused by his crotch rubbing against her back the whole journey but now was not the time to be thinking about this. They charged right through the Castle Town, not harming any of the civilians as they are innocent.
"You go down to the Crypt, I'll find the King" Link ordered Nabooru and she nodded with a smirk. It's not often someone gives her orders. Link jumped off the Horse and propelled himself up to the castle walls with his Hookshot.

Nabooru arrived at the tunnel that led down to the crypt and got off her horse. A few Knights ran at her but she did a flip in the air and landed on one of their shoulders. She booted him in the head and then kicked the stunned man into the other two. She didn't feel right killing the Soldiers either but she wouldn't hesitate if it was between them or her people. A few of her Tribe joined her as she entered the Crypt.

They got to the bottom of the stairs and a familiar Woman was standing chained up and armless against a wall.
"Fancy meeting you here! Don't suppose you have come to free me!" Dyla sarcastically said but with a slight tone of optimism in her voice.
"What the hell are you doing down here!" Nabooru said as she walked towards her.
"Well I convinced the King with good help from my big ol Demon buddy in the stone to destroy Hyrule. He obviously bought it but didn't trust me so here I am" she explained in a tone that implied she was pretty bored but confident in her plan. She didn't seem all too bothered how things played out.

"Well I have no problem killing you" she said but she smirked.
"That would be fair but would you kill a pregnant Woman?" She slyly said and Nabooru hesitated.
"How can you be pregnant?" She asked and Dyla wasn't going to explain her shame.
"I am quite the seductress. I got the King to plant his seed in me. I manipulated him into it. But of course kill me if you think I am lying. But what would an armless, imprisoned, failure of a Woman have to live for otherwise" she bluffed but it worked.
"Fine, but if you become an issue, you are dead." She told her with a grinned response from Dyla.

 

The King marched over to Sylvia.
"Come my Girl. I am taking you to the Crypt. I won't hurt you but I have a plan" he told her but she stepped back and refused.
"No! Dad! You have gone insane. What the hell happened?" She asked and he ignored her, grabbing her arm and dragging her out her room and into the corridor. He pulls her along and into the secret passage to the crypt. She struggles the whole way but can't escape his grasp.

Nabooru hears someone coming so she hides behind a column.
"What are you doing? I thought you said you would sacrifice her? I thought that's why you got me pregnant, I thought that's why you wanted Link down here" Dyla said and the King was furious that she mentioned his assault on her in front of Sylvia.
"Dad… is that true… why are you both so twisted!" She screamed and the King sighed.
"Sylvia, I did it for you. Link isn't important to us and I only wanted to produce a child so I didn't have to hurt you" he told her. "I am just luring Link down here because he will certainly come to save you" he elaborated but she spat in his face.

"Yes! Because he is a good person! You are doing exactly what my Mother tried to do to me all those years back! Sacrificing a Baby! Would you really do that or have you completely lost it?!" She asked in a shout. Before he could answer Nabooru plunges a Scimitar into his side. He screams in pain and falls to the ground. Some keys slid across the floor to Dyla's feet but Nabooru didn't notice as she kept her eyes on the King.
"Whyyy… Hyrule turned on you…. Why would you protect them!" The King wheezed on the floor.
"It's simple. They don't deserve this".

Syvia was in tears. She didn't know if she should be happy or sad. Nabooru stepped closer to comfort her but she was met with a chain to the face, hitting her hard across the room.
"Forget about me!" Dyla cheered as she had got free of her chains remarkably with no hands. She lunged forward at her Daughter and pinned her down to the Sealing Stone. "I am so sorry my love" she said as she began to somon Boartreax…

 

Link ran around, looking for Sylvia or the King but nothing. He dreaded the fact they might already be in the Crypt. Link really didn't think the King would sacrifice his own Daughter but yet again, be didnt think he would turn on him. Link ran to the secret passage way.

 

The Red Boar stood tall above Dyla and Sylvia. Two Gerudo soldiers charged from the staircase they were hiding on but Boartreax kicked them hard into a wall, killing them in an instant.
"You have done well Dyla. I shall make you my Bride if you so wish.. but first I need to kill him…." Boartreax roared.
"But first… strike my Daughter down so you can be revived for good!" She shouted and Sylvia's eyes were wide with fear. Boartreax raised its arm, ready to crush her. He swipes down but in a flash Nabooru dives forward and drags her out the way. She picks her up kike a Child and runs uo the stairs.
"GGGAAAHHH!" The beast roared out in anger as it charged after them.

She bumped into Link halfway up the stairs.
"I've got her Link, the King is dead, Boartreax is after us. Go!" She told him and he nodded, "Right! Can you get her to safety?" Link asks and she nods as she continues up the stairs.

They reach the corridor and split up directions. Link making it down the corridor in an instant thanks to the Bunny Hood. Boartreax smashes into the corridor. "Looking for me!" Link shouts and the Monster snarls and chases him. He lured it out onto an opening where it wouldn't damage the inside of the Castle. It caught up to him and Link turned around facing it. "You know me but who… who are you?" Link askes and it looks at him with fury.

"You don't remember me! Insolent Hylian! Many centuries ago you sealed me away! I have finally come to get my revenge!" It snarled and Link took a step back.
"That wasn't me. I am not even 20 yet, how could I have been around Centuries ago?" He asked and the Beast looked at him.
"It was one of your past lives. But I assure you that you are the Reincarnation of that Hero and now you will die!" It roared as it opened its mouth and spewed a purple gas at Link….

 

Nabooru ran through the fighting with the Princess in arms. The Gerudo were fighting off the Knights and were mostly successful. She saw the bodies of a few of her fallen sisters but she couldn't let that affect her right now. She jumped off the balcony and ran across some rooftops, dodging some fire power from arrows until they noticed she had the Princess. She grabbed hold of a flagpole and slid down.

They landed in between some Syrule Knights and Gerudo Warriors.
"Nabooru!" The Gerudo said.
"Princess Sylvia!" The Knights said.
"Everyone listen! We don't have to fight anymore. There is a demon loose and it is the only thing that matters!" Nabooru spoke to both sides.
"We don't take orders from you! Hand over the Princess!" The Knights said.
"Please, listen to me," Sylvia spoke. "She is right, and you should listen to me now because my Father is…. My Father is dead". She spoke, stunning the Knights. "So please, call off all the Syrule forces and focus attention on the Demon" she said and the Knights nodded.
"And you, take care of the Princess!" Nabooru told her Warriors and she climbed up the flagpole and went the way she came.

 

The Demon smiled as its gaseous breath dissolved and the Hero was no longer standing before him. It turned around but as it did it heard a small step from behind. It immediately turned back around.
"HHHYYYAA!" Link yelled as it slashed it across the chest with the Great Fairy Sword. Blood slatted Link in the face but he didn't mind if it meant he could get another attack in. The Beast staggered backwards.
"How….?" It called out in anger.
"I just held onto the edge of the wall. Amateure! I have more where that came from!" He shouted as Boartreax fired another round of Gas as him but he blocked it with his Hylian Shield and jumped to the side.

It anticipated this attack and lunged its arm out and caught Link, picking him up and smashing him against the floor like a Monkey would do to a nut. Out the corner of his blurry vision he saw a familiar face run towards him. She leaped in the air and cut the Demon's hand off. Link as a result fell to the ground. As the Beast stumbled and cried out in pain Nabooru saw to Link.
"Are you okay…?" She asked in concern.
"Well… no, but I have powered through worse…" he groaned as he got up.
"Right then! Let's take this thing down!" She said and he nodded.
"Right!"

They both run opposite directions around the large beast. It roars and focuses on Link, like they both assumed it would. This gave Nabooru the opportunity to slash rapid speed at its back. It turned to her so Link did the same. It swung its tail, luring Link round to the same side as Nabooru. Link dropped to his knee and raised his shield above his head. Nabooru used this to jump on it and Link boosted her up high into the air. She dropped her blade into its back, just below its neck and it smashed face down into the ground.

With its face in front of Link, he transforms into a Goron and uses his mighty hands to grab its tusks. Nabooru gets out of the way and Boartreax opens its eyes in shock. Link begins to swing it around in a circle, the momentum or its weight making it spin faster and faster and faster until Link twists it and slams it into the ground. Link transforms back into a Hylian and cautiously approaches the motionless Monster.

"Link look out!" Nabooru shouts as it swings its tail and knocks Link off the wall. Nabooru ran at it and stabbed it in the tail. It squealed and stood up tall. Suddenly Link shot up in the air in the form of a Deku Scrub and floated above the Beast. He dropped a Deku Nut and was stunned. In midair, Link took the Deku Mask off, his body returning to normal and clutched the Great Fairy Sword and sent it downwards into Boartreaxs skull.

Link let go of the Sword and jumped off its head. It flailed around and roared. Blood started gushing out of it from all angles, which eventually turned into the corrosive purple gas. The body was falling apart and suddenly its Body exploded in a blast of blood. The clang of the Great Fairy Sword hitting the floor was heard as the gas subsided leaving a gorey mess of the Beast laying before them.

Nabooru looked at Link. The two of them soaked in blood. "I think you got it kid…" she said as he dropped onto his but and lay back exahusted.
"Thank Hylia for that.."

 

Dyla steps out of the corridor and looks both ways. People run past her paying her no attention.
"Maybe I can actually escape…" she said out loud.
"You are never going anywhere again!" A familiar voice spoke. She turned to see her own Daughter standing with two Knights by her side. "Arrest her!".....

Notes:

There is only one more chapter in this arc but it wont stop there. The Hero of Time's journey is a long one.

And yes, I feel appropriate calling this an Arc. In my notes I have been calling it "The New Kingdom Arc". The next Arc will release as a Part 9 and it will go on for at least 10 chapters.... At least.

Chapter 46: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 8 - The Way Back Home

Summary:

The Final Chapter in this Arc....

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link walked down the corridors of Syrule Castle with Nabooru. He was soaked in blood and exhausted. Sylvia ran towards Link almost hugging him but deciding against getting her white dress red.
"You Father is dead, your Mother is imprisoned again, the Demon is dead for good, she might be pregnant so watch out for that and the Gerudo need somewhere to live so I trust you can allow them here… Queen Sylvia" Link said in a bow and she frowned.
"I don't know if I am ready… not only did I think I would be Princess for a few more years, I have a lot of mess to clear up and I need to gain the trust of my people." She said in fear. Nabooru smiled.
"Your people love you. You are the kind Sylvia. You are the only Royal that never disappointed anyone here besides your Biological Father. And if you'll have me, I will gladly be your assistant. I will help you in leadership and anything you need" Nabooru told her as she got on one knee.

"Nabooru…. Of course… you would join me? It's my honour!" She said as she motioned her up.
"Well I am no leader but I would clean up the mess on aisle four and…. Can I use your shower?" Link joked and she smiled.
"Of course. Right this way" she told him as the trio walked off.

 

The Kingdom was chaotic and needed time to recover. Sylvia was coronated as Queen pretty quickly and she immediately allowed the Geudo to settle into their Kingdom with Nabooru being her right hand Woman. Link stayed in the Kingdom long enough for this to go down but he needed to leave for Hyrule and he needed to learn the way back from Nabooru.

Link got up after a nice rest and walked to the Queen's room. There were to Guards by the door and he asked if he could enter, they knocked on the door and she called him in.
"Sylivia, I am heading home now" he said to her. She walked towards him and threw her arms round him.
"Please stay. I love you Link. You have done so much for me in just a short time" she pleaded and he put her arms around her.
"You are beautiful, kind and smart Sylvia and I do care about you but I love someone else. Someone who is waiting for me at home and I have to get home to be with her" he told her. She stepped back and smiled.

"I know… The Queen of Hyrule is a lucky Girl. You are quite the catch with Royalty" she said to him and he chuckled.
"Yeah, and a crazy Zora Princess is obsessed with me…" he told her and she frowned.
"What's a Zora?" She asked and he looked confused.
"They are fish… people… there are no Zora in Syrule. Weird.." he said as they both laughed. He put his hands on her shoulders. "I don't know if we will see each other again but we will always be friends. " Link told her and she smiled back at him.
"I know. Thank you Link. You saved my life, saved my Kingdom twice, helped the Gerudo and were manipulated and dragged here by my Father and you did it for free. I wish there was some way I could repay you.." she said.
"There is one thing… you could tell me where Nabooru is!"

 

Link had left and Nabooru was helping the Gerudo with a task in the former land of Dyrule. Sylvia went down to the prison and stood before her Mother's cell.
"My beautiful Daughter… what do I owe the pleasure?" She asked and she looked her in the eyes.
"Is it true? Are you pregnant with my Father's child?" She asked and Dyla smirked.
"Well I am sure you will find out soon enough" she said slyly.
"What would that even make it? My sibling or Cousin?" She asked and Dyla thought for a moment.
"Both I guess" she responded and Sylvia was distributed by it.

"Well you'd better hope you are pregnant because if you are, your execution date will be a lot later… of course you will give birth, I will raise the child and you will be executed without knowing your second child." She said and Dyla growled. "Of course, you don't actually love your children so you won't be too upset by that" she said cockily.
"I know that's what you think but you are wrong. I love you very much but I get why you wouldn't buy that. But this child… the one inside me… it wasnt of my doing… your Father… well, the one you call your Father raped me and put this inside me. I didn't ask for it. But I still want to give it the love I could never give you" she said in sadness.

"He raped you huh… so my adoptive Father and my Mother are both Psychopaths and the only sane parent I ever had was my real Father that I never got to know… and he was manipulated by you." She said and Dyla stood up.
"Yes. I did. But I will assure you he was a kind Man. To gullible for a King but he was nice. I don't regret what I did but I am sorry you never got to know him".

"Well maybe you should regret it because it's that choice that put you on this path, the path that will lead to your execution in less than a year. Goodbye Mother. " She said as she turned to leave.
"Sylvia wait! No! My Daughter! Get back here!" She shouted as the door shut leaving the Woman in darkness. The only light was the purple glow from her eyes.

 

 

Link arrived at what used to be Dyrule but was now back as part of Syrule. The Gerudo were collecting everything from this site and moving it back to the Capital. Nabooru oversaw all of it. She saw Link's arrival and she followed him up the cliff.

 

Link sat on a rocky cliffside and Nabooru joined him. She gave him some secretive looks, admiring his body.
"You are right you know" She said and Link turned his head to her in confusion.
"About what?" He asked and she smirked.
"Do you remember what you told me when we first met... well, when I first met you rather" she elaborated and Link thought hard.
"I am pretty sure I was acting cocky and telling you everything I knew about you. It was 6 years ago, I don't remember specifically" he told her and she was slightly disappointed.

"You told me that I called you handsome as a 17 year old. I mean you are 16 now and it is definitely true" she told him and he went bright red.
"Oh... that. Yeah, I remember you saying that to me... " he told her and she chuckled.
"I gotta admit, seeing you jump ages before my eyes is strange. You were just a kid when we met but now you are a mature, handsome Man" she said seductively. Link was praying his erection wasn't too obvious. "You ever done it Link?" She asked and his eyes widened.
"Yeah… just once though…. you?" He asked with his voice slightly squeakier.
"Yeah, I have fucked a few. I mean in terms of Men, there were a few of those Dyrule Knights but me and the Tribe all get pretty intimate. Also with Impa before we were banished" she told him and he coughed.
"You and Impa? You two.... you know?" He asked and she laughed. "Sure did. The best I have ever had... so far" she said leaning into him.

Link wasn't an idiot. Clearly she was flirting and he was the legal age now. He is old enough to make decisions. They were both Adults and although Link's heart was bound to Zelda he was a Man and couldn't deny Nabooru was a sexy Woman. His time with Sylvia has invigorated him and he wanted more.

He went for it, pushing his lips against the Gerudo Woman, her eyes going wide with shock at his sudden advance. He pushed her to the ground so he was over her. She could feel how hard he was.
"Nabooru....I am so horny...." he told her which made her more turned on. She licked her lips then pushed her waist up to rub against his clothed Penis.
"I'd be honoured to be fucked by the Legendary Hero of Time" she told him as she kissed him.

He rubbed his hand down to her clothed boobs and gave one a squeeze. He moaned at how great they felt, reminding him of Cremia's breasts that he had the one time privilege of touching. This felt more right and he wasted no time pulling off the single piece of fabric and tossing it aside. His eyes grew at the sight of her breasts bouncing free from their cage. He licked one of them while he played with her other nipple, making her moan and squirm beneath him.

Nabooru pushed a hand up his shirt, feeling his muscles. Man she had never felt abs like his before. She unclasped his Sword and Shield strap and began working on his belt. He took his attention off her boobs and pulled his belt off and then his tunic along with his hat. He only had on his undershirt, tights and boots. The tights didn't hide anything and she rubbed one hand against it and the other along his hard body.

They both enjoyed feeling each other. Link stroked every curve of her body and groped her gorgeous boobs while she felt every muscle on his body and licked it. He trailed his hand to the hem of her pants and began pulling them down, no underwear to speak of. Link stared at her centre. He leaned in and licked it making her giggle. He pulled down his tights and she ripped off his shirt and pulled his naked body on top of her.

"Fuck me Hero of Time" she said and Link's heart raced. He couldn't wait to experience her. He pushed his tip towards her Vagina. Her legs spread wide. He pushed forward and it slipped in.

"Ahhhhh" he moaned as his first thrust felt good on his dick. Nabooru leaned back in delight.
"Ohhh this is what a Man should be like" she moaned in bliss.

Link couldnt believe he was inside her, finally having sex. The warmth of her pussy around his dick felt exhilarating and he began moving. He slowly began moving in and out her, his rock hard dick rubbing in and out of her tight hole. Although this wasnt his first time he still didn't fully know what he was doing but he was apparently doing a good job because Nabooru continued leaning back against the hard ground and squirmed. "Liiink.... oh Legendary Hero.... take me.... do me faster..." she moaned. Link nodded and began thrusting into her faster.

Nabooru's left hand clasped his back tightly as her back arched and her hips bucked up to his. "AHH! THATS IT!" She called out in bliss. Link groaned as he continued moving in and out of her. He would pull all the way out if her before jamming his dick back inside her tight hole, each time he would groan in pleasure, each groan making it more obvious how great he felt. Nabooru wrapped her legs around his body to hold him there while he rocked his body inside her.

They both were panting and moaning. They looked into each other's eyes and Link's were filled with lust and determination while Nabooru's were filled with passion. They both were close and both knew it. Link's dick was being filled and ready to fire his load any moment and Nabooru was drenched and the sloping of his dick sliding into her was very apparent.

"Nabooru...uhhhhhh I… I…." He moaned and she kissed him.
"Hold on… Ahhh…. Hero… Make me cum… I am almost…" she moaned as she cut him off. Link was about ready to explode but held on as best he could..he sped up one last time. "AAAHHH! YES LINK! I AM…." She screamed as she reached her climax, her body spasming as her walls clamped on him.
"Ugghhh…" was all Link could get out as his dick fired his hot cum into her, drained months worth in one go. They both slowed down, riding out their orgasms and panting. Link eventually pulling his dick out of her soaking tunnel, it was covered in their fluids and exited with a plop.

"Man…. That was easily the best sex I have ever had. Guess the Legendary Hero is blessed with an amazing dick" she remarked as they lay next to each other on the rocky cliff, the warm air blowing against their naked bodies.
"I mean I had a great person to spend my first time with but this…. This was something else" he told her as she grinned.
"No doubt you and the Prince…. Queen will get it on" she tells him as she sat rolled over and licked all the cum off his half flaccid penis. "I imagine its going to take a while to get home though" she told him and he sat up, grabbing his shirt.

"Oh yeah… how do I get home? How did you get here?" He asked and she stood up.
"Its not good news and it won't be fun. We came from there" she said as she pointed off into the desert. "We travelled from the Gerudo Desert to here, its a pretty straight line there are a few landmarks you'll pass but aside from those…. Its a long, hot, dusty journey home. Could take you one or two years… I imagine two on Epona" she told him and he sighed.
"Why can't things be easy. I've saved two Kingdoms just to get home so I can't wait for whatever hell comes in the Desert" he complained and Nabooru laughed and she started putting her clothes on.
"Link. The Queen is waiting for you. Make it home okay." She tells him straightly and he nods.
"I will. Thank you for everything Nabooru. Goodluck!" He tells her.

They part ways. Link gets on Epona and rides off into the uncharted Desert. He took a bunch of supplies from the Dyrule camp and hoped for the best.

 

 

Months passed and Nabooru leaned against the balcony of the Castle. Queen Sylvia walked over to her and smiled.
"Congratulations" she said and Nabooru frowned.
"How could you tell? Is it that obvious already?" She asked looking down at her belly and the Queen laughed.
"No,no. Don't worry. I just guessed really. Is it..his?" She asked and Nabooru nodded.
"There is no doubt the Hero of Time is going to return to Hyrule and father the Children of the Royal family, unknown to all of them they have a half Sister that is of the Gerudo Tribe." She explained and Sylvia looked down.
"It's quite sad. Imagine having a Child and never knowing about it" she said and Nabooru smiled.
"We'll never have that problem. Seems unlikely for us Women to have a Child and not know about it" she laughed and the Queen giggled.
"I can't blame you though Nabooru" she said, getting the desert Woman's attention. "I…. Me and Link…." She looked up. "Your Daughter will have a half sibling" she told her.

Nabooru was shocked but smiled. So this was who Link spent his first time with.
"So…. The Syrule Royal family will have an heir that is the blood of the Hero huh? Well…I don't know what your cover story is, being the Queen and all will be but I support you all the way" Nabooru said as they stood and looked off into the horizon.

Notes:

This is the end of this Arc but there is over 10 more chapters of The Hero of Time's Story. Most are written but there MIGHT be a break in between due to me being suddenly busy all through May and maybe into June. I might get some fone but no promises.

I originally had Link's First time with Nabooru but changed it to an original character a few chapters ago.

Thanks for reading and hope you enjoyed this very original arc.

Chapter 47: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 9 - Heroes Comeback

Summary:

After traveling to a parallel universe adn saving the Bi-Kingdoms from an ancient evil, Link fonally returns home to Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link felt tired. He had felt tired for 2 years straight. Nabooru had given him advice on how to get through the Desert but it hardly made it easier. He had to live off any and all plants and animals he found, but those were scarse. He knew he was on the right path home because he had passed the landmarks Nabooru mentioned to him. There was a stone temple of some kind that the Gerudo had stopped in for a while, four pillars that formed a square around what looked like a sacrificial stone and the remains of an ancient City.

Link stopped at these for breaks but it was many months between each landmark and Link was never sure he was ever going to find the next. He couldn't believe just how far this desert went on and the fact that the Gerudo persevered through this and found a new land was amazing.

Link rubbed his eyes, something was ahead. It had been about three months since the stone temple, what was this. It was built into a mountain......could it be? Link grinned. It was. The Desert Colossus. He had made it home.

Link rushed Epona to the dried out dip in the ground and pulled out his Ocarina, playing the Song of Storms, a Song that was literally a life saver. The dip filled with water, bringing the Oasis back to life and even making some fairies appear on the water.

Both Link and Epona had a drink from the Oasis, once done he got back on his fully grown Horse and kept going. The Haunted Wasteland would be tough but he has made it this far, he will make it.

He battled through the raging sandstorm, not his first by a long shot but it was always Epona that was the hardest thing to deal with as she was not equipped to deal with this. Link thought about it. He could have taken a Camel from the Gerudo and made it back quicker and easier but he refused to leave his trusted Horse behind.

He got through the Wasteland and at the Gerudo Fortress which had seen better days as it looked run down and abandoned.. which it was. Link remembered sneaking around and freeing Carpenters. He never got used to knowing he remembered something that technically never took place, each time also made him a bit sad.

"Hya!" He called making Epona gallop as she hopped over the gap where a Bridge once stood. Had they really never bothered to repair the Bridge? He thought as he left the valley.

He smiled as he smelled the sweet smell of Hylian Grass. This was home. His heart beat fast at the thought of seeing Zelda again. He promised her he would return to her, little did he know his adventure would be completely selfless in the end, helping so many people in other nations but failing to do the one thing he set out to do for himself. Find Navi.

It was the first time Link had ever given up at anything but looking for one friend and abandoning all his others seemed like an illogical thing to continue with and nothing he did brought him closer. It was sad but the reality was he was tired of the Adventuring life and just wanted to relax.

He reached the Castle Town gate and rode in. The Knights didn't seem recogniseable and they didn't even really acknowledge Link. Castle Town was a bit changed, not to the point of being unrecognisable. The Happy Mask Shop was unsurprisingly shut down and replaced with what appeared to be a pub. Did Castle Town not have a Pub until recently? He never thought about it. He rode up to the Castle and two Guards guarded the Gate.

"State your Business Traveller!" They said in unison and Link grinned.
"That's no way to speak to a Lord" he said, using his title in what could possibly be the first time ever.
"Huh? Should we know who you are?....Sir?" One said but the other walked over to him, keeping eye contact with Link and whispered something in his ear. "You! You're.... The Hero of Time!" He said in excitement and Link smiled.
"The one and only" he said, a bit more used to the praise than he was as a kid.

They opened the Gates but the word spread up into the Castle faster than it took for Link to make it to the Castle. Link was finding it strange how he was being treated like a Celebrity when none of them had probably ever seen anything he had actually done. He made his way through the Castle gates and got off Epona.
"Lord Hero of Time. The Queen has been told about your arrival and will be with you shortly." An attendant spoke to him in a calm voice.
"Thank you" he spoke as he walked through the central corridor. He knew what Zelda would look like, he has seen her this age... well, he would now be a year older than her since she was once a year older than him but due to spending a Year going backwards in Time and his Body aging and spending a year in the past, he was now a year older than her.

"Link." A familiar voice said from behind him. His heartbeat sped up as his brain went into overdrive. How long has he wanted to hear that voice. He turned to see the most beautiful face that he knew already.
"Zelda." He replied as they just stood there. Tears began forming in her eyes and she ran towards him and they embraced.
"You have no idea how much I have missed you!" He said, slightly sobbing into her and she gripped him tightly.
"I think I do. I thought you were never coming home. I thought you might be dead" she cried into him which hurt his heart.

They pulled apart. Link looked at her beautiful Adult face and she looked at his muscular body for the first time. "You weren't lying, you are a Handsome Man" she said and he didn't even really know what she was talking about, probably something he said all those years back.
"There is so much I need to catch you up to date with" he said and she smiled.
"I agree. Follow me!" She said as she held out her hand and he took it.

He guided her down the different yet familiar hallways of the Castle. Things had changed since he was last here but structurally it was the same Castle. She pushed open the huge double doors into a large room. To the right of the room there was a King Sized bed with a canopy over it and the left was filled with closets and desks and whatever other boring stuff that didn't interest Link. Straight ahead were large glass doors that lead onto a balcony with curtains at either side since it mostly acted as a window.

"Is this?" He asked and she smiled, knowing what he was asking despite him not finishing the question.
"Yes Link. It's the Queen's Bedroom" she said in a tone that implied it was obvious. She pulled him in and shut the doors behind him. She knew the vibes she was giving him so she had to address them quickly. "Link. I am sorry. I am going to tell you some things that I know are going to upset you but I think I really need to address this." She said looking him in the eyes. His smile dropped and he gave her a puzzled look.

She guided him to a seat and she sat on her bed. "I am Married Link." She told him and it felt like someone had stabbed him in the gut. The pain felt genuine and he couldn't believe what she said.
"But... who? Why?" He asked in despair.
"A Nobleman, Victor Labrynna, from... well Labrynna but he is now Victor Hyrule since the Royal Family keep their surname" she explained in a calm voice. He couldn't understand why, did she not realise how much this hurt? Or did she think she could soften the blow?

Link burst out crying and Zelda was shocked. She never saw him cry when they were kids, she didn't know he was able too. "Link..." she said as he put his hands to his face.
"Did you love me?" He asked her and she frowned.
"Yes. Yes I did. When we were kids I was crazy for you Link. You went on your quest and I knew you would come back to me and we would get married and spend our lives together. But then you were gone for a year. And then another and then another. Every day I thought about what if you were killed? What if you were lost? What if you had found someone you fell in love with and wanted to stay with them? I just didn't know where you were or if you were coming back and I couldn't spend my whole life waiting. What if you were stuck somewhere for 30 years? Was I supposed to not move on? If you were trapped, with no way back to me would you not want me to move on and be happy?" She said with an almost raised tone.

Link looked at her in anger. She had no idea what he had gone through.
"If I was stuck somewhere.... I WAS stuck somewhere Zelda. I was stuck reliving the same three days for a year and then after that I was stuck in a parallel world for a year, unable to get home. I never thought about you moving on, I only thought about how I WAS going to get back to you" he said to her and she frowned. "I thought about you everyday, I loved you and I never gave up hope of getting home. You gave me hope. I crossed a desert for two years straight with no company at all besides Epona. That was for you."

She looked at him in sorrow.
"Link... I am so sorry. If I knew you were coming back then things would have been different but I didn't. There is nothing I can say to make this better. We can't be together like that. But I will always love you. A deeper love that is different from the love I have for my husband" she said as she held his hand.

Link let out a sigh. He knew she was right and she knew he was right. Sometimes life throws shit luck at you and you have to deal with it. He stood up and sat next to her, putting his arm around her.
"Can I have this at least?" He asked as he turned her head to him and leaned in.

Their lips met and she didn't know what to do. She shouldn't but she did love him. She pushed in further and when she did it sparked for both of them. She pulled back.
"Link, I can't be with you. I am married but that doesn't mean I have to bury you. I still do love you Link and nothing in my wedding vows says I can't enjoy you" she panted and he smiled.
"Are you saying what I think you are saying?" He said and she nodded.
"Ever done it before?" She asked and he nodded.
"Twice. You?" He asked her even though he knew the answer.
"Yes, but we have only been married a month, I wouldn't say I am experienced" she said kinda shyly and he smiled before kissing her again.

They stand up and Zelda removes the two Golden Shoulder pads and Link takes off his hat. He pulls her closer and places his hand on her butt. She gasps. She had fantasized about Link doing things to her but the reality was so much sexier.
"The thing is Zelda. You have to remember this isn't the first time seeing your Adult body. The first time never happened anymore, so I have seen this beautiful face but you have not seen mine. I have fantasised about being with you for so long" she smirked and grabbed his hand and pushed it against her breast.
"Have you seen what is under here though?" She seductively said.

Link was in heaven. She wore a lot of clothing that was loose and hid her figure so Link could never tell how large her breasts were. But now he was touching one, squeezing one... "Let me make it easier" she said as she began undoing belts and clasps and all the bulky royal accessories that kept him from seeing her body. She put them all on a table then and then pulled her long gloves off before pulling the first layer of her top off.

Link smiled. He removed his gauntlets and unbuckled his belt before placing a hand against a different layer of fabric that blocked her breast from him. He grabs it and pulls it off, along with all her other top layers before her bra is the only thing in his way. She wraps her arms around her body and unclasps the bra, letting it fall to the ground. Her breasts were sprung free and Link stared in awe. They were nice and round and firm, quite large but the shape was more impressive than the size. The nipples pointed outwards, erect from excitement.
"That is the sexist thing I have seen in my life..." Link said and she smiled walking over to him.

"Then it's only fair I get an eye full of the man standing before me" she said as she lifted his tunic off his body with help from him and pulled off his undershirt. It was her turn to marvel at his body. He was muscular from his adventures and Zelda sighed as she felt his abs. "I mean you are also the perfect specimen of a Man '' she said as he kissed her passionately and pushed her against the wall, grabbing her breasts in the process.

She felt wet from excitment and wanted Link to strip her bare and fuck her. "Stop teasing me. I need you" she moaned and he smiled as he moved his hands down to her waist where the remainder of her dress sat.
"You think you are the only one aroused? I am hard as a rock" he whispered and she smiled.
"I know, I can see it," she said and Link looked down to the obvious bulge in his pants.

He pulled down her dress so she was only in pink stockings and panties. He picked her up and carried her to the bed where he sat her on the edge. He kissed her backwards and then slipped his fingers into her panties. She gasped loudly as his fingers ran over her clit. Her back arched and Link suppressed her moan with a kiss. "Oh Hylia!" She moaned as Link continued playing with the bud moving its attention to his thumb while his fingers pushed their way inside her. "Oh Link... ahhh" she moaned as he was playing with her.

Link smiled smugly. In truth he had no idea what he was doing since he had only been with one Woman and that was simple fucking but with Zelda he instinctively knew how to please her. After a few moments she gripped his back hard and closed her legs on his hand. "Link I am going too.... oh.... AHH!" She screamed as she reached an orgasm, soaking his hand in the process.
"Glad I could be of service" he grinned as he pulled her panties and stockings down to finally allow her to see her true naked form.

She was a Goddess. She had the perfect form. Nice round boobs, curvy waist and long legs, nice round arse and thin frame. She was the definition of perfect. Link was the luckiest man alive.... or maybe Victor was. He pulled down his pants letting his erect cock spring free and she gasped in shock at how big it was. She smiled before grabbing it and stroking it. She leaned forwards and licked it enough to make it wet and pulled him onto the bed. "You ready?" He asked and she rolled her eyes.
"Actually no, I want to go back now. Of course I am ready! Fuck me Link" she ordered him.

Link pushes her legs open and positions his erect Penis to her Vagina. He couldn't believe it was going to happen. He was going to have sex with Zelda. She smiled at him and he leaned forward, kissing her before sliding the tip in. This alone felt good for both but he slowly kept pushing further in, eventually letting out a moan as he fully entered her.
"Oh fuck..... Zelda..." he moaned and she lay spread out.
"Oh my! Oh. Link..." she moaned as he began pulling in and out of her.

She was so tight and it felt so good for both of them. He was pumping into her at a steady pace and she panted and softly moaned to his tempo. She rocked her hips into him which felt good but also looked sexy. The way her hips rocked and moved to his thrusts. Her arms were spread wide as she gripped the bed. Her entire body was laid before his lustful eyes and it was the sexiest thing he had ever seen in his life.

His hands crept their way to her breasts where he played with her nipples. She moaned and lay her head back in pleasure. She just let Link take her and make her feel pure bliss. "Uhhh. Liiiink... yess" she moaned as he felt her body up and down while he continued to push in and out of her. "Harder. Link. Faster!" She demanded as she looked down to him and then he saw determination in the Hero's eyes. He placed his hands next to her hip and then sped up his thrusting into her.

Her eyes grew wide in shock. It felt amazing. She had never felt pleasure this good before. Victor was more experienced than Link but somehow he didn't compare. She knew this was possibly going to be the greatest sex of her life so she was going to make it count.
"Ahhh. Zelda! Zelda! Zelda!" He panted as he continued fucking her. He was trying to hold on for dear life. He was fucking her so good but was exhausted from the work and trying his best not to cum and ruin the sex for her. She knew she had to take over.

She wrapped her legs around him and flipped him over. She rode his dick. She impaled herself right to his balls and he felt pure pleasure. "Oh.. Zelda..." he moaned as he traced his hands up the thighs that were doing so much work. They made her way to her hips where they stayed. He lay his head back like Zelda had done previously and just let her fuck him. He looked up as her boobs were bouncing and swaying.

"Haaa haaa ahhh ahhh. Link... Fuck.... Link.. " she moaned as she was bouncing on his dick faster and faster. She was nearing her climax. "LINK I AM COMING! LINK!" She screamed as she held on as long as she could. Link felt her walls tighten against him and he could not hold on any longer.
"ZELDA! I'M GONNA CUM!" he moaned and she continued bouncing in bliss.
"YES! YES! YES! CUM IN ME LINK! FUCK!" She moaned and Link let out a moan as he felt himself shoot inside her, cum he built up for two years unleashed into her, swamping her core. This came with her own orgasm that rippled through her body like electricity. She rocked her hips into the orgasm, ridding it out and milking every last drop of him. "Haaah... '' she moaned and she panted, catching her breath.

"That was fucking increddible" she said with her hair a mess and her face red. She still sat on his dick. Link just lay back and smiled as he caught his breath. She pulled herself off him and his limp dick flopped out, drenched with sticky cum. She took it in her mouth and licked it all off before cuddling into him.

 

The two lie there, neither bothering to put on any clothes. Link had dreamed about them being together for so long that the sex they just had felt like a fantasy.
"Is it okay for me to be here? Like won't your Husband be back?" He asked in concern and she smiled.
"Where is your sense of danger?" She asks and he frowns before realising she is joking. "Nah, he is in Labrynna right now. Dont worry. And Link, him finding me in bed wouldn't change a thing. For one, do you think he would be stupid enough to want to divorce the Queen of Hyrule? And two, I am about 90 percent sure he sleeps with other Women'' she told him.

Link looked at her with concern.
"I am not saying this because I love you but.... why are you with a man like that? Do you really love him?" He asks her, sitting up and she sits up too.
"I like him a lot. It's complicated being of Royalty Link. You can't just have everything you want, you have a reputation for the whole Kingdom to hold. Without you around, I needed to move on. I have a sacred duty to carry on the Royal Bloodline and I had to settle for second place. He is a nice man. He never treats me badly, he is funny and kind and can fight. He doesnt just see my as a sexual object and only has sex with me when I want it." She said and Link was silent. "Now, he has responsibilities in Labrynna and we both knew this being married so he is away from me for months at a time. I knew what type of man he was getting married and I know he loves sex.... I mean, most men do, I am sure. He has told me this and told me I was far from his first. When I asked if I would be his last he made no promises. He didn't explicitly tell me he would sleep with other Women but I am sure he does. That's okay though, as long as he loves me, he is loyal to me and he doesnt get anyone pregnant then I really will not judge him, and besides, I am doing exactly what he is doing now so I'd be a hypocrite to complain". She finally finished her monologue.

Link looked at her and felt guilty. Not about anything Zelda said, but about something now in his past. He told Cremia she was wrong for sleeping with Kafei, supportive of her and willing to help her problem but he did know she made a mistake. Link had slept with Zelda, fully aware she was married and didn't think twice. He didn't know the situation between Zelda and her Husband at this point and took the opportunity. If anyone was in the wrong between him and Zelda, it was him.

 

"I fully understand Zelda" he told her and pulled her close. "I am not sure I will be able to get over you, it's gonna be hard because you are everything to me. But I will try..." he said in sadness.
"Link, again I am sorry" she told him but he shook his head.
"I know, I am too. I am happy that you are happy and although we can't be together, I always want to be your friend" he said and she looked around at him with a serious expression.
"Yeah! I mean.... you think that now I have finally got you back in my life, I would ever let you leave?" She said and he laughed.
"Trust me, you couldn't keep me away if you wanted to.''

The two talked for hours. Link told Zelda about his time in Termina, stopping Majora's Mask, being stuck there for a year, solving issues in another land and then travelling across a desert for an obscene amount of time. He told her about how he never found Navi but made a positive difference in the world. She listened and was awe struck by what he had accomplished. She told him what she has been up to in the past years which were admittedly dull in comparison but like any good friend he listened in intrigue anyway.

Zelda admired his body as he talked. She knew they had fucked just hours ago but she had to admit that he made her horny. Their bodies were pressed closely together so it was impossible for Link to pretend she didn't turn him on. They joked and talked about it. Link told her that it's easy for a Man to get an erection but hard to cum a second time shortly after. He told her a few hours from his first and he probably could cum again. She looked at him seductively as it had been a few hours and he shrugged.

She placed a hand on his dick and slowly began stroking it. He was not nearly as turned on as before but he still thought it felt great. She crawled over to his dick and took it all in her mouth.
"Zelllldaa'' he moaned in shock as she used her tongue to great effect. He leaned back and let her do her magic. Her mouth was warm and the way she sucked fely amazing as well as her tongue licking across his shaft.

She lowered her hand in between her own legs and began stroking her clit. Clearly she was horny. She moaned as she sucked him off, doing 100% of the work for the both of them. Link felt like he won the lottery here.

The sight was mesmerising. Her lips made his dick disappear into her mouth as her head moved up and down, eyes closed and blonde hair lightly falling over her face. Link grabbed her by the back of the head and helped himself thrust into her mouth slightly as he also pushed her head down onto him.

His dick began twitching, his balls tightening and he was panting lightly. His stamina was still used up and the focus of her mouth was too much. He knew he was building up to his climax. It felt great and he was fully laid back. "Oh Zelda.... I am gonna cum any minute now..." he groaned and she sped up. She let out moaning from her own pleasure which only made her lips tighter around his dick.

His body tensed up and his groans became more intense. "AH ZELDA! AHHH ZELDA!!!" He cried out as his dick spasmed and shot out hot cum into her mouth. She continued sucking with a sift gurgling noise. She was swallowing all of it and when she was done she looked up and smiled, somehow with as much angelic grace as always.
"You're welcome" she said in the most adorable voice ever.

 

 

It was around 9pm, and Link got out of bed. He pulled his clothes on, Zelda getting one last look at his strong muscles and dick because it may be her last time seeing them. Maybe not, but she didn't want to make a habit of this as it would just make it harder for him to move on.
"You can stop in the Castle tonight, I mean... heck, you can sleep in my bed if you'd like." Zelda offered but he smiled.
"Thanks but no. There is someone I have to see." He said and she smiled.
"I haven't seen her in a while now but she still talks about you" Zelda said and Link turned around.
"Can you read my mind?" Link said before thinking more... maybe she could.
"Nah, I just know you." She smiled before getting out of bed, completely in the nude. She pulled on a silk robe and grabbed Link's hand.

"Link, no one has to explain that you are a skilled Warrior. You saved the World... many Worlds... and you still hold the title "Sir Hero of Time" that my Father gave you. Link. I want you to be my personal Knight." She told him and he was silent.
"Zelda, protecting you would be my honour" he said and the two embraced for the final time that night.

 

Link rode out of Hyrule Castle and Castle Town. He loved the Hylian night time so much. He admired the moon as he rode straight, Hyrule's moon looked so much nicer than Termina's. He rode straight into Lon Lon Ranch. As he passed her house and stable Epona neighed loudly as they passed through the gates. Link's heart pounded at the sight of the beautiful redhead closing the second gates. Malon...

It was surreal seeing her. Technically the last time seeing her like this was when he was in his original timeline, before being sent back to childhood. But he was all too familiar with her appearance as she was identical to Cremia in appearance. It felt weird to know he had spent more time with her Terminian counterpart to her.

She heard the familiar neigh and turned to see Link and Epona ride towards her. She dropped a bucket and ran to them.
"EPONA! '' she screamed as she hugged the Horse. Link laughed. Of course she would prioritise Epona. But it didn't take long before she looked up at Link and blushed. "Fairy Boy?.... You are so...." she stumbled on her words. Link smirked and jumped down.
"Handsome is the word you're looking for" he said cockily before lunging forward, hugging her and spinning her around in midair. She was surprised and embarrassed. He has predicted her exact thoughts.

Link put her down and smiled deeply. "I have missed you so much, Malon. Man where do I begin?" He said and she hugged him, pulling her arms around his chest. Link blushed this time.
"No silly.... I missed you" she said as tears formed in her eyes. She looked up and hit him pretty hard on the arm.
"OW! What was that for?" He asked in shock.
"For being away too long. I thought you were dead or never coming home. You and Epona!" She cried in relief and anger.
"I am truly sorry, Malon... I promise I am never leaving Hyrule again" he told her and she smiled.

 

They walked over to her House and Link wanted to tell her everything but there would be time. She opened the stable door and Epona walked in like it was natural.
"It's nice and warm in there Girl. You are Home now. We can ride Hyrule field again soon. Just rest for now" she said to Epona in a calming, motherly voice. She then dragged Link inside the House.
"Is Talon around?" Link asked and she rolled her eyes.
"He is probably asleep in Hyrule Castle again. He is away a lot. I wonder who owns the place sometimes" she told him before sitting on a couch and dragging Link down next to her. "You got a place to stay?" She asked and Link blushed.
"I mean... Zelda offered I could sleep in the Castle Quarters..." he told her and she cut him off.
"Stay here!" She said in desperation. "I know a couch isn't as comfy as a proper bed... I mean, I will sleep on the couch and you can take my bed... Just... stay here!" She pleaded and Link looked concerned.
"Malon... are you okay?" He asked and she burst out crying, hugging him.

"I just don't want you to go.... I waited for so long..." she told him and he felt terrible.
"I know. I am sorry. I never meant to be away that long. I am here to stay now. I promise" he said, trying to calm her.

Link had already noted that despite being more mature and more responsible, Malon was still gentle and childish in nature. Link found it sweet that despite being identical, he was not distracted by the thoughts of Cremia, he just saw her as Malon. The same Malon he knew all those years back. "Look, Malon. I can't stay at the Ranch all the time. I have agreed to be Zelda's Personal Knight which will mean spending a lot of time over in Hyrule Castle. But I can stay here tonight, I will take the couch and I will visit you as much as I can. Okay?" He told her and she smiled.
"Yes.... okay." She said, wiping her tears away. She turned to him and giggled. He looked confused but she put a hand on his chest. "You are so grown up, muscular and mature... but to me, you will always be Fairy Boy!"

Notes:

At long last, Link is back and so is this fan fic. Finally after not shutting uo about Zelda, he returns to her but it wasn't the reunion he hoped for. Still, he had a great time and now he can rest..

This will be uploaded on a undecided day of the week every week until this story is done. I am back for jow and I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 48: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 10 - Unforgotten Engagement

Summary:

Link has a mission that will reuinite him with an old friend. Or is she more than a friend....

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link woke up. He couldn't remember going to sleep but he felt like he had slept forever. He went to move his left arm but it was stuck. He then realised he had fallen asleep on Malon's couch and she had fallen asleep in his arms. His arm was wrapped around her, dangerously close to her left breast and he went red. What a way to start a day.

He freed his hand and then placed them on her shoulders and lightly shook her.
"Malon... Malon" he kindly whispers and her eyes opened.
"Fairy Boy...." she quietly said before her face went red. "FAIRY BOY! What.... where?" She looked around confused before realising where she was. "Oh. I must have fell asleep next to you" she said embarrassed but Link smiled and offered her a hand up.
"I have to go to the Castle today. I don't know when I will be back but I know I will be as soon as I can, okay?" He asked and she smiled before they hugged. Link had never hugged adult Malon quite like this. It was nice. Her lovely breasts pressed against his chest and her hair felt nice and soft.
"It's okay but... come back soon" she said.

 

 

"Welcome back Hero of Time. These are your Official quarters." A Maid explained to him as she opened the door to the small cozy brick room. There were book shelves in a corner, a desk with paper, a Window and a bed. There was a chest lying around, presumably to store his stuff. "Of course being the Queen's Personal Guard your room is just down the hallway from her room" she explained. "Is there anything I can do for you?" She asked and Link smiled.
"No thank you. You have done enough. Thanks" he told her and she bowed and left.

He shut the door and threw the Gilded Sword and Hylian Shield on the bed. He opened the window wide and admired the view of Death Mountain. He looked down and there was a small ledge that he could probably climb across to Zelda's room for any quick visit. He looked up and it was a roof. What the heck, why not.

He climbed out and climbed onto the roof. He just kept climbing until he reached the central spire. He climbed right to the top and sat. The view was breathtaking. He could see the whole Kingdom from here. He sat there for about 20 minutes before deciding to go meet Zelda. Getting down was a lot trickier but he has done worse.

Zelda jumped as she heard a tapping on her balcony window. She turned to see Link standing there and she rolled her eyes before letting him in.
"You know you could have knocked on my door right?" She joked and he smiled.
"What, and miss the potential chance of you being naked? No way." He joked and she hit him lightly.
"C'mon. We need to go now." She said turning before stopping and turning back. "Wait... where is your Sword and Shield?" She asked and Link smiled..
"On my bed. One sec!" He said and before she could say anything he was propelled by his Hookshot off the balcony. A few seconds later he was back. "There we go!" He smiled proudly but she sighed.
"You know we would have been passing your room right?" She asked and he frowned.
"No I did not but everything is a learning experience" he told her before they walked on.

 

Zelda wanted to make Link's return Official and at the very least the Hylian Army would need to know they have someone here that outclasses a General or Captain and only falls under the Queen herself. Link was going to have a ceremony for the occasion but he really didn't want to. He thought it would be best to just get it over with.

"Army of Hyrule! I am here before you all with a special announcement. Something I am sure some of you are already aware of and some may have heard rumours. Well it is true! The Hero of Time himself, Link has returned to Hyrule!" She shouted from a high raised platform to a room filled with Knights and defenders of Hyrule. They all clapped and cheered as Link walked into view waving at them all. The Gilded Sword shined and he cleared his throat.

"Thank you all! It is an honour to serve Hyrule and be back to the land I love. A lot has changed in the time I was gone but I hope you will accept me back in open arms!" He shouted to them all. They all cheered and Link stepped back and let Zelda carry the rest of it as he had nothing more to add.

The ceremony was short and brief to Link's liking and afterwards he followed Zelda back to her quarters and just lazily lay on her bed. Zelda sat at her desk opening and reading letters. It looked boring so Link didn't ask what it all was.

"Link. You are gonna love this. First official mission from the Queen" she said as he got up and she passed him the letter she just read.
"Zora's Domain? I am dealing with problems for Zora? I thought I was your personal Knight.. like constantly protecting you at all times" he asked and confused and she laughed.
"No. Link, that is what we call a bodyguard. And I don't need one of those" she said and Link raised an eyebrow.
"What if someone snuck into your room to assassinate you?" He asked and she stood up, stood in front of him and then leaped high into the air. She kicked off the wall and did a flip and landed behind him, getting him in a lock.
"I'd do this!" She demonstrated before letting his arms go.
"Wow.... how did I forget you were a badass Ninja. So Impa taught you the Sheikah ways in this timeline too. Good to know" he told her.

"Wait a minute... where is Impa. I haven't seen her once since I have returned." He asked and she looked to the side.
"Weeeell. Officially she is on a mission" she smirked and Link frowned.
"Okay? And where is she actually?" Link asked. Zelda sat on her desk.
"You might find this hard to believe but Impa is..."
"A Lesbian." Link said, taking the words out of her mouth.
"Erm... yes. How did you?"
"Oh. I have one better. Her and Nabooru" Link said and Zelda's face lit up. Link had of course told Zelda about his encounter with Nabooru, missing out the part where he fucked her.
"Wait... so Impa and Nabooru... did it?" She asked and Link shrugged.
"That's what she said. Anyway. What does Impa being a Lesbian have to do with where she is?" Link asked.

Zelda looked sad for a moment, perhaps guilty as she looked down.
"Hyrule is a great Kingdom but it isn't the most accepting to people who are seen as different.... unfortunatly Hyrule has a homophobia problem and I have tried my hardest to make same sex marrages legal but I have advisors and Nobals doing everything in their power to stop me..." she said. "Impa told me she was a Lesbian and I am open to it. I personally don't know why anyone cares who someone is with. But Impa met someone. One of our Maids and they fell in love. They are off in Labrynna at the moment, on their Honeymoon. I can't imagine Impa in a wedding dress or relaxing but thats where she is". She finished and Link smiled.

"Yeah... I can't picture that either...." he said. "I am happy for her though." Zelda, I know you, I know you are a loving person that would do everything to change Hyrule for the better. And I know you will keep trying. Don't blame yourself, these things take time. Like look at the Zora. The Legends say that since they were not among Hylia's Chosen Races they were seen as outcast but now they are treated as equal. Some still have issues with them. Some Zora have issues with Hylians but things are better than they were centuries ago" Link told her. She smiled.

"Speaking of Zora..." she said, pointing to the letter in Link's hand.
"Oh right. Where were we... yes. Why am I going to Zora's Domain, your personal Knight, not a bodyguard... all that" he said and she laughed.
"Yeah, anyway. I can take care of myself. I have guards around the Castle anyway and as my Personal Knight, you basically do what I tell you" she smiled and Link put his hand on his hips.
"Oh you just love being in charge of me don't you?" He smiled and she grinned.
"You know it. But yeah. Basically you do the more direct and personal missions. Being by my side and protecting me is only some of it" she explained and he nodded.

"So Zora's Domain huh.... I can deal with their Octorock problem but.... Ruto..." he said in slight uneasiness.
"Oh right. Princess Ruto wants to marry you doesn't she? Well we havent legallised same sex marriages, never mind interspecies marriages" she joked. "But honestly... you make a good couple and I think you should go for it" she said in a serious tone. Link looked at her trying to work out if she was joking or not.
"Zelda... I am not into Ruto... I mean, she is hot but... she is also a Zora. Like I don't have any feelings for her.... but she does for me and it's gonna be really awkward again" he sighed and she laughed, patting him on the shoulder with no sympathy.
"Have fun!" She said in an almost mocking tone.

 

Link made it out of Hyrule Castle and out of Castle Town. He looked East and sighed. He put on the Zora Mask and transformed before jumping into the River and swimming towards Zora's Domain at a faster pace. As he swam up the Zora River he noticed there were many Octorocks, more than usual. He smashed into them while using his magic spin attack, killing the ones he hit with ease. He killed as many as he could, that was his mission he assumed so got an early start. He made it to the Waterfall and took off the Mask, played Zelda's Lullaby for possibly the first time in.... well.. since he was last in Hyrule, and then entered Zora's Domain.

As he walked through he got many looks from curious Zora, recognising him. He walked quickly because Link didn't really like all the attention he got. He made it to the top of the stairs and Princess Ruto was sitting next to her Father. His heart beat seeing her lovely, slender Adult form. He had no romantic feelings for her but he knew he found her sexy which didn't help since she was really into him.

"LINK!" She screamed as she hopped down and ran towards him, hugging him tightly. "So the rumours are true, you have returned to Hyrule... returned to me..." she whispered the last part in his ear and he pulled away.
"Hi, Ruto. It's good to see you again. I have missed you. And greetings your Highness" Link bowed to the King.
"Yes..." the King said unenthusiastically, Ruto pulled on his arm for attention.
"I usually do all the politics around here now. Father is a little old and gets tired easily" she told him. "I will get to your reason for being here soon but first...." she said before grabbing his hand.

She dragged him by the hand, down the small cave way and into Zora Mountain and immediately pushed him against a wall.
"So tell me Link.... no jokes, fully serious. Were you serious about us getting married as Kids?" She asks him. She pulls herself close.
"Ruto... I never agreed to anything. It was all you" he told her but she shook her head.
"C'mon Link... you never resisted" she told him and he tried to protest this time but she kissed him passionately. It felt great but he put his hands on her shoulders and pushed her away.
"Ruto. No. I.... I am sorry but I don't want to marry you. I don't want to break your heart or anything but I just don't have those feelings for you" he said but she smirked.

"Damn, that is unfortunate. But what about just a bit of fun?" She said as she grabbed his hand and placed it on her breast. Link's eyes widened. Link was getting harder. It was impossible for him to deny he was into her on a purely physical level.

He squeezed it and then traced his other hand down her hip and towards her butt, pulling her in.
"Ruto..." he breathed on her neck. He licked it and she moaned. She grabbed his belt and undid it with ease and then began pulling his pants down.
"Link darling. I want you." She told him and Link was not able to compute any of it.
"Yes." Was all he said as she grabbed his dick and her webbed hand began sliding up and down on the solid member.

Ske knelt down in front of him and wrapped her mouth around the tip. His hand clenched the wall tightly as she began sucking and licking his dick. One hand was on her head and his legs began feeling weak.
"Ooh Ruto..." he moaned as she began to take more into her mouth.

She sucked hard, using her tongue for more pleasure and Link gasped as he could see her smirk. He felt himself getting close already. "Ruto... if you don't stop I am gonna...." he moaned as she stopped to Link's disappointment.
"I want the full course!" She demanded as Link looked down at her.

 

Link groaned before pushing himself towards her, pulling her down to the ground. He pushed her legs open and lined himself up. "Here we go'' he said as he began pushing into her.

The sensation was different. She was already wet but a different type of wet. A wet from her being a Zora. It felt slimy but warm and he slid in her easier than Sylvia, Nabooru and Zelda. He looked her in the eyes and she was in pain. "Are you alright?" He asked and she nodded.
"Yeah... just getting used to a Hylian dick... they are thicker than Zora dick and it feels so much better" she moaned as he began pulling out and pushing back in at a steady pace.

Link grabbed a hold of her hips as he continued thrusting into her. She moaned at every thrust. He began stroking her blue skin, feeling the unusual sensation of a Zora. She was really smooth and he then put his hands up to her large boobs and began feeling them. Link played with them and began to wonder what the purpose of breasts were for a Zora since they had no nipples to feed kids. This did not stop him licking them as he trailed up to her neck and kissed her lips.

Their breaths touched as she felt his hands grope her and his dick thrust in and out of her. She rolled him over and began riding his dick, hands on his chest and rising up and down on the thick cock that pushed her wet walls to their limit. "Fuck! Link, you are so good!" She screamed and Link smiled as he placed his hands around her and began feeling her butt.

He squeezed and felt them as she went up and down on him, making her scream and moan like a wild animal. Her hips gyrated on him at an incredible pace and it was getting too much for him. He lay back and moaned.
"Oh... Ruto.." he spoke from his lips as she kept going. He looked up at her, a true beauty as she bounced on his dick with her breast bouncing in time.

He smiled and he grabbed her hips and sat up, pulling her hips into him and thrusting up in time with her.
"AGH! Link!" She gasped in shock as she put her arms around his neck and looked into his blue eyes. "Make me cum Hylian!" She ordered and he grunted as he continued thrusting.

Both knew they couldn't last longer from the way they looked into each other's eyes and the way their breaths and moans were. Her walls suddenly tightened around his dick like a vice and Link moaned.
"Ruto!" He moaned and she was struggling to speak.
"Keeeep... going" she panted. In a few second she screamed his name as she reached her climax. The mixture of her tightening around him and the new wetness made him reach his limit. He pushed her onto her back and with a few last thrust he came, shooting his cum into her.

They both panted and looked into each other's eyes. He kissed her soft lips. He could see a potential life with Ruto in another lifetime maybe, but not this one. He loved Zelda too much and even then, he didn't have any romantic feelings for this Girl. But that was the best sex he had.

He pulled out of her and she leaned forward, licking his dick clean. It frustrated him because it made him erect again but he didn't have the energy for round two. What guy ever did.

After she finished they sat on the edge of the fountain, his legs were still bare and wet from them being submerged in water. She had her hand on his.
"You know Link... I never actually believed we were going to get married. I was mainly joking" she told him and he looked at her in doubt.
"Really? It seemed pretty convincing" he told her and she laughed.
"No, no. See I thought you were a little cutie back when we were kids and me giving you what is known as the Zora Engagement Ring was what made me come on to you. Sure, I had a crush on you and I would have liked to have been with you all those years ago but I have changed.... That being said, you are still hot as hell and I wasn't gonna pass up the chance to see what you were like'' she smiled at him.

Link looked at her.
"Well... for what it is worth I am glad because you were pretty damn good" he told her and she laughed. Suddenly a feeling of dread crossed his face. "Wait! Hylian and Zora's can't reproduce, can they?" He panicked and she shrugged.
"I don't know Link. I don't think a Hylian - Zora relationship has ever happened. I honestly can't say if you would have made me pregnant or not in other situations" she smirked and he looked at her confused. "Zora are only fertile at a certain time every year. It's summer now and we can only get pregnant in the winter." She explained and he let out a sigh of relief.

"You really screwed me without considering that? Link, you need to be more careful" she told him and he lay back
"You caught me by surprise. I didn't have time to think" he defended himself.
"Well luckily we have one of us that thinks these things through" she told him.

"You would think I would have learned that since I have spent some time as a Zora" he said and she turned to him.
"What?" She asked.
"Oh… emm. Well I have this!" He said as he pulled out the Zora mask. "It lets me transform into a Zora" he explained. She smiled.
"Show me!" She said and he shrugged and did as she asked. His body transformed into his Zora form and Ruto's heart began to beat faster.

He stood up and twirled.
"What do you think?" He asked and she had no words. He looked like Link but…. A Zora… She stood up and pushed him against the wall. She kissed him softly with love and passion before she smirked, grabbed a hold of him and pulled them both into the water. He opened her eyes and she was elegantly swimming around him.
"Link….I don't care if you break my heart, just pretend you love me for today. Be my Zora Prince" she pleaded as she wrapped her arms around him as they swam under the water.

Link places his hands on her hips and she opens her legs, clearly ready for round two and Link couldn't deny that he was too despite being exhausted just a moment ago. He swam up to her and his dick, now Zora, trailed across her stomach. She moaned as he bent his hips back and then with force thrust forward. His dick slipped right into her and she moaned. She grabbed a hold of him, wrapping her legs around him so he wouldn't slide out of her which was likely due to the fact that underwater was the slipperiest lube you could have.

When Link transformed into other races most things came natural to him. He understood his strength as a Goron and his weight as a Deku Scrub and even how to swim as a Zora but they way in which Zora have sex was not a natural instinct. He had to have Ruto guide him as he was struggling to thrust into her with nothing to push back against and swimming around at the same time was hard. But even with the struggles, he was so turned on by Ruto as her tight, curvy body pushed against his. He palmed her breasts and she rocked her hips into him as he tried to do the same.

Link traced his hand around her body, the sensation making Ruto buzz as he grazed the most sensitive spots. Link was now getting the hang of this under water, Zora sex and as a result, sped up.
"Rutoooo" he moaned, his voice reverberating in the water.
"Linkkk. Be my Prince" she said in lust. Link was into the rollplay so he kissed her deeply.
"Of course my Queen".

Ruto was in bliss, her fiancé was mating with her deep in the water of the sacred Zora Fountain. And it felt good. Link loved this too, as he always thought she was sexy and now he is deep in her and seeing her in this highly intimate dance. He felt around her and clenched her arse, seeing her eyes widen, her mouth go wide and a moan escaped her. She bucked and Link responded with a powerful thrust into her.

Link's hands remained clenched on her arse as he began thrusting into her hard with some powerful kicks in the water. She gasped at his power as he slowly pushed them deeper underwater.
"Fuck! Link! That is! Ahhh… soo! Good!" She moaned as she struggled to get a word out in between his pounding. Link said nothing as he was hyper focused but the lust on his face was apparent. He finally pushed her against the bottom of the Zora Fountain and his face indicated he was on the verge of cumming. Ruto took this opportunity to wrap her body around him tightly and spun them around in a mid-water twirl. She clamped down on him and felt her body race with her orgasmic high which was followed by the sensation of Link shooting his Zora cum into her.

As they floated in the water letting their bodies come down from the high they looked into each other's eyes. The white fluid floated around them as much of it leaked out of the Zora Princess. They both swam up to the surface with a white trail following Ruto.

The reached the surface, Link returned to his Hylian form and he sat on a tree branch. The same one he stood atop when they were teleported out of Jabu Jabu all those years back.

"Anyway, I should probably tell you why you are here. We have a major Octorock problem in Zora River. I am sure you noticed" she said as he stood up and pulled up his pants finally.
"I've already dealt with it." he said and she stood up next to him.
"What? How? When?" She asked and he smirked.
"On the way here. They are all dead. " he told her and she put her hands on her hips.
"Well then..... I suppose you are free to go. You really are as skilled as they say" she told him and he smiled. "Just one thing Link.... I still want to be your friend. Come and visit me when you have the chance, okay?" She told him and he nodded.

Link left Zora's Domain and both were satisfied with what transpired. Link got to enjoy the sensation of Ruto but got the assurance they would remain friends. Ruto got to enjoy Link and indulge in her fantasy of being married and screwing Link, even better as a Zora. While she initially lied to him about her feelings, she knew he saw through it by the end and it was obvious she held onto that crush but now… now she is ready to let it go.

She stood in front of Lord Jabu Jabu and dropped him a fish, stepping back so she wouldn't be swallowed. "I wonder if all Hylian Men are as good as Link"....

Notes:

Here is chapter 10.

I said I would upload weekly but current situations have made that not 100%. I will try to of course but if I miss a week or am a.day late or what ever then I apologise but my life comes first. Thanks for those who read this.

Chapter 49: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 11 - Lon Lon Time no see

Summary:

Link meets someone new as well as an old friend.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link had a short cut around Hyrule with the Ocarina of Time. He played the prelude of Light to warp back to the Temple of Time. Although it was by far quicker, Link struggled to get the notes right as he was a bit rusty. He appeared in the Temple and just started and absorbed in the memories he had of this place. He felt a sort of peace here.

He left and headed back to the Castle. He approached Zelda's room and pushed the doors open. He wasn't supposed to do that but Zelda wouldn't mind. He was shocked however to see Zelda standing with a tall Man with dark hair and a black cape that stuck out the back of his golden armour. He turned to Link in shock before smiling.
"You are very familiar with my Wife aren't you?" He spoke in a joking manner.
"Oh... I am sorry.." Link apologised as the Man walked over to him.
"No need to ask who you are, I have seen your statue. The Legendary Hero of Time. Link!" He exclaimed and Link scratched his head.
"It's nice to meet you. I assume you are Victor?" He asked even though it was obvious and he smiled.
"Very correct".

Link walked in and shut the doors behind him.
"The mission is done. It was done before I got up to the Domain" he told Zelda and she smiled.
"As I expected" she said as she found the current situation quite awkward. "Victor is back from Labrynna, as is Impa and I am sure she would love to hear from you" Zelda said and as Link was about to turn Victor wrapped an arm around Link's shoulder..
"She can wait! I wanna get to know the guy. Come on Link. We are getting drunk and getting to know each other!" He demanded as he pulled the boy along to the bar.

As they walked down the hallway Link looked up at him.
"I have a statue?" He asked and he smiled.
"Haha, of course. It's in the Royal Garden, and was built when you left. Although you are just a Boy in it I could tell it was you" he boasted and Link shrugged.
"I guess I kept my youthful looks" he joked as they entered the bar.

The beer was free for them and they sat and faced each other.
"Link, I want to get this out of the way just so there is no awkwardness between us. I know you adore Zelda, I know you wished you could have spent your life with her and I am sorry it didn't turn out that way for you. It's okay, I dont feel weird if you still love her and I don't ask you to even get over it. A Man's feelings are his own and I just trust you make the right decisions. I also know you slept with her, she told me and I am okay with it. I know she told you that I sleep with other Women and it is true, I do. But do not mistake this. I only love Zelda, my loyalty is to her and I would never lie to her. All I want is for us to be open with each other" he explained and Link stared.

"Wow... okay. Well.... yes to all of that" Link said as he struggled to think of anything else. "I was nervous about meeting you since you are right, I do love Zelda and I just wanted to know if she married the right man" he said and Victor smiled.
"And what is the verdict?" He joked and Link shrugged.
"So far so good," he responded. Link looked up at him. "What is it you do back in Labrynna?" He asked and Victor sat back.

"Well I come from a rich and powerful family. And my meeting with Zelda was as most Royal Marriages start, for political power. You see, Labrynna is poor in comparison to Hyrule and they want that sweet money and Hylian support. But they bet on the wrong Horse with me. I met with Zelda and was awestruck by her. I cared not what the reasons were that my family had in mind, I wanted to marry her because she was amazing. But now my family expects me to basically use Hyrule and Zelda for the good of Labrynna and I won't do it. I will try and make things fair but I will not do anything that negatively affects Hyrule. I am over there trying to sort out all of the political troubles... it's not at all interesting" he explained and Link listened..

"I like you Victor." Link said with a laugh.
"That means a lot coming from you." he said and Link looked down.
"That's something I am never keen on. The one thing that bothers me in Hyrule is the celebrity status I got. Don't get me wrong, I am glad they know who I am and what I did. It is nice to be appreciated but so many people treat me differently now. There are only a few exceptions. It is also hard to tell people about my Adventures without sounding like I am bragging" he said and Victor nodded.
"I can't relate but I understand. I can tell Link. You are the humble kind. You have done amazing things and for the right reasons and not for the praise. Feel free to talk like we are equals Link. I want to hear your tales".

Link and Victor talked for hours. Getting more drunk by the day. Link talked about his adventures in Hyrule, Termina and Syrule and Victor talked about his greedy family and struggles back home. Link had expected to be wanting to avoid Victor at all costs but turns out he was a genuinely good guy. They eventually left and Link made it upstairs. He was so drunk he couldn't quite recall when he split from Victor. Maybe he was still in the bar...
"You might want to try this." a Voice said from behind and it was Impa.

"Hey... Impa... you played me the song!" He said drunk and she sighed.
"Drink this." She demanded as she held up a vile of a purple liquid. He downed it and then coughed.
"Shit... what was...? Am I sober now?" He asked her.
"More or less. That's a Sheikah Potion. We use it for stealth operations where to blend in we need to drink but can't afford to get drunk" she explained.
"Well, glad the beer was free or that would have been a massive waste of money..." he said.

"How have you been Link?" She asked, offering a hand and he shook it.
"Depends. It had its ups and downs but as of late, great. How about you?" He asked as they began walking together.
"Things are going good. I am definitely not married now'" she joked and Link grinned.
"Oh yeah. Zelda told me. Congratulations on... not.... getting married" he joked back.

They walked out onto a balcony where Zelda was. She turned around.
"Link. I forgot to ask. Wanna do a trade?" She asked as she held out the Fairy Ocarina.
"Oh! You still have it. Oh absolutely." He said excited as he pulled out the Ocarina of Time and handed it back to her and took back his treasured item.
"That was your proof you were coming back" she said with a sweet smile.
"Aww. And you too were little tiny tots then" Impa teased them as she rubbed the top of their heads.
"So, any amazing stories I should hear about?" Impa asked and Link sighed. Another time. I might have to write it down so I don't have to keep retelling it. But I did meet Nabooru..." he said in hopes of getting a reaction to the serious Woman but all she did was raise an eyebrow.

"I imagine you didn't just talk about nothing." She said and Link smiled.
"Oh yeah. She told me she fucked you." He said bluntly and Zelda went bright red. "She said you were the second best she has had if that means anything." He said and she frowned.
"Second! Who was better than me?" She asked and then Link went red.
"Ah...." he said as both Zelda and Impa turned to him at the same time. "What?" He asked, trying to act calm but he knew exactly what.
"You.... you said I was the third person you screwed and.... don't." She said briefly as she pointed a finger at Impa " but you failed to mention who your first was Link..." she teased and Link sighed.

"Alright. I fucked Nabooru but she wasn't my first. I fucked Ruto too if we are laying everything out there!" He boldly claimed and Impa pulled a face. And Zelda laughed.
"Seriously. Like, earlier today? You said you had no feelings for her and man that must have felt.... slimy..." she joked and Link crossed his arms.
"I don't have feelings for her. I just think she is hot, that is all. And she initiated it and was pretty insistent" he defensibelt claimed.
"Can we change the subject away from your Fish Sex?" Impa asked and they all laughed.
"Yes.. like your first Link… who was that?" Zelda asked and Link sighed, he knew he would have to tell her.
"The Princess of Syrule…"

 

Link sat awake, just staring at the ceiling. His room was nice and all but it was a bit depressing and he felt lonely in it. He got up and wandered over to the window. He loved the feeling of the cool night air on his face. It was raining too which made the air cooler. He heard a noise coming from Zelda's room. It was probably nothing but Link saw no harm in taking a look. He made his way to her balcony, wearing the Stone Mask so no one would see him. He peered through her window to an uncomfortable sight.

"Ahh Ahhh Ahhh!" Zelda moaned as she lay back nude. Her breasts bouncing back and forth from the Man thrusting into her. Victor had her in his arms and was on his knees pushing in and out of her. Link looked away but looked back again. He thought Zelda was so attractive..... he took one last look at her boobs before diving off the side of the balcony. The whole sight was uncomfortable to watch and Link just needed to go somewhere that made him happy.

Victor spread her legs wide and pushed himself on top of her. His hard dick was felt all the way through her right walls. Zelda's wet core gripped his dick like a vice and she bucked her hips upwards to meet her husband. She placed her hands on his upper back and gripped it tightly. He was certainly more experienced than Link was.

"Zelda I..." he moaned and she was in bliss.
"YES VICTOR! Give me a child! Ahhhh!" She called out and Victor reached his climax with her as he shot his cum inside her. They both panted from their orgasmic high and Victor pulled out of her. Zelda sighed happily as she hugged into him. She wanted a child now, she felt ready despite being young but part of her hoped Victor hadn't gave her a child so she had an excuse to fuck him more.

When Link had fucked her she wasn't careful and she let him cum inside her. He hadn't made her pregnant, Zelda had checked as soon as he left and she felt a relief. At the time of Link fucking her she felt fine with having a child with him, maybe she was just releived to see him after so long and didn't want him to go again or what but when she actually thought about it alone it was an awful idea. She was married to a Man she loved a lot and a Man that loved her back. She wanted her Children to be his.

 

 

Malon wakes up to a knock on the door. She walks down stairs in a dressing gown and with her hair a mess. She answers the door to Link who is standing in the rain, dripping wet.
"Hi. I am back" he said and she drags him in.
"You came all the way here in the rain?" She asked him and he laughed.
"I promise I have been through worse than this'' he told her "and besides I.... can I ask you a favour?" He said and Malon smiled.
"Of course".
"Can I live here?" He asked and she was shocked.
"I'll sleep in the barn, make my own bed, I'll earn my keep. I get paid pretty well but I will help out on the Ranch free of charge" he explained as he tried to convince the Girl that was already convinced.
"Link... I would say yes even if you were a slob that did nothing all day" she said as he smiled "But I will have to ask my Father. He owns the place" she said.

She knocked on a door that was under the stairs and Talon walked out rubbing his eyes.
"What in tarnation? Can't a man get a little shut eye around ere?" He said before seeing Link. "Hylia! Is that you my Boy? Link?" He asked in amazement.
"Hi Talon. It's been a while" he said politely as the man ran over and hugged Link.
"When were you back?" He asked and Link smiled.
"Yesterday. I came round to see Malon and return Epona. I came here to ask a favour" he said politely.

Link told him his request, giving him every bit of information he gave to Malon.
"Well.... I don't see any reason why not, but don't be a stranger. You don't have to sleep in the barn... Malon has a spare bed in her room" he said and Malon went bright red.
"Father, is that not too.... inappropriate...." she said and he laughed.
"What you do with that information is up to you but the bed doesn't have to stay there... personally I wouldn't let a Handsome Young Knight out of my sight" he said before heading back to bed.

"It's really up to you, Malon. I'll move the bed down here if it's what you want" he said respectfully. But that isn't what she wanted. She wanted to be by Link all the time. She grabbed his hand.
"It's okay..." she said and Link knew she was embarrassed so just hugged her.
"Thank you Malon..."

 

Link lay on a bed across the room from Malon. He felt her gaze as he took off his shirt. He was flattered that she found him attractive. "Maybe she likes me" he thought. It made him happy. But why? Sure she is hot and kind and caring and they are great friends... but no. He likes Zelda... does he... "Do I like Malon as more than a friend?" He asked himself. He found it impossible. He fantasized about his life with Zelda for years, she being his driving force home. He couldn't be over her, and he couldn't say he was. But Malon is... his mind wandered about it for a few more minutes before he fell asleep.

Notes:

The introduction to an original character, Victor who I hope people don't mind because he is sticking around. Sorry this was late, I have been extremely busy but also included more chapters than I initially intended.... Oops.

But thanks for the Kudos everyone!

Chapter 50: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 12 - A Normal Life

Summary:

Life continues on for Link, Zelda, Malon and a new chapternin Link's life opens up.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link opened his eyes and took a moment to figure out where he was. He was used to it. So often in his life he has woken up to unfamiliar places. It was very early but Link was used to getting up early. He pulled his clothes on as quietly as possible so he didn't wake up Malon and went downstairs.
"Ah Link! You're up! How was last night? Did you too..." Talon said and Link went bright red.
"No! Hylia No! Me and Malon are friends, that's all" he told him and Talon as he got to the bottom of the steps.
"I'm only playin my Boy. But ya know she has had a crush on you since she were a wee lass right?" He asked and Link raised an eyebrow.
"No.. no she is just playful that's all" Link said and Talon laughed.
"Whatever you say lad!" He chuckled "But she did keep that Slingshot of yours all these years" he told him as he left the house.

Link had time to process that one as he walked across Hyrule field to the Castle. Surely not, Malon had a crush on him? After so long?
"Yeah right Link. You are one to talk. You were obsessed with Zelda for years'' he told himself. He did find Malon very attractive, funny, adorable and he had fun talking and spending time with her.... "No. Stop it." He told himself as he arrived at Hyrule Castle.

He Hookshot is way up to his room. The Guards were getting used to him doing that but it didn't stop them getting annoyed at it. He opened his window and then walked right through and out the other end. He had found the quickest path to Zelda's room. He knocked on her door.
"Come in Link!" She called and he opened the door.
"How'd you know it was me?" He asked and she smirked.
"Woman's intuition.... or you just knock in a rather unique way" she joked and she walked passed him and out the door. "Follow me." She told him, wasting no time at all.

"Where are we going?" He asked and she looked up at him.
"You are going to be training the Guards and I am going to watch and swoon at your skills" she told him and he sighed.
"Do I have to? I mean... I am not a good teacher." He complained but she pulled his arm.
"It'll be fun!" She said and he smiled at her playfulness.
" But seriously. It kinda comes naturally, the sword skills.. that being said I have picked up some cool techniques that I would like to pass on. Like eventually there will come a time when the next Hero is chosen by the Gods and I want them to be able to rely on my skills'' he told her and she raised an eyebrow.
"You could pass it onto your kids if you ever plan on having any with Malon" she said and his face went red.
"What does that mean? Why is everyone obsessed with me getting with Malon?" He asked and she frowned.
"I was just joking because you spend the night at Lon Lon Ranch but seriously Link, you two do make a good couple" she told him.

He looked into her eyes. He was sad about something.
"Zelda. I... I know this will sound stupid but I feel like I would be betraying you. Like I have loved you for so long and I told myself I could never love anyone else but... I think I do like her but I don't want to" he confessed and she gave a friendly smile and hugged him.
"I don't think it is stupid because I felt the same way about you when I fell in love with Victor. Link, it is okay to move on. It doesn't even mean you don't love me. That's okay. I still love you but have chosen to spend my life with someone else. Love is not binary Link" she told him and he smiled.
"Thank you. You're the best, you know that right?" He said and she smirked and looked up to the left.
"Oh yeah. I know." She said as they continued.

 

Link trained the Knights. He practically had to start at the basics because he out classed them in every sense of the word. Zelda watched and was impressed at just how good he was. His Gilded Sword was a good fit for him and the Hylian Shield her Father gave him all those years back was still in his care. She had seen his mirror shield he hung on his wall and she thought it was horrifying but Link had told her that he uses it as a literal mirror these days.

The day went on and Link was eventually done. He was paid handsomely for his service and he returned to Lon Lon Ranch at about 6pm. He stepped foot inside the House and Talon was cooking.
"She's in the tower" he said and Link did a U Turn and headed in that direction.

He pushed the door open and she was carrying a hay bale.
"Fair Boy!" She exclaimed as he stepped inside. She dropped the hay and hugged him and he went a bit red. He felt her boobs press right into him and he held the hug as he was distracted. He let go and sat on a crate.
"Do you still have that Fairy Slingshot I gave you?" He asked and she gave a sweet smile.
"Of course. Do you want it back?" She asked and he shook his head.
"No, no. It's yours, keep it.... but why did you keep it?" He asked and she stopped what she was doing and looked at him.
"Because it is yours and having it felt like a part of you was with me.... and I am pretty sure you said to look after it for me" she said and Link shrugged.

"I don't remember that at all. But I do appreciate it regardless" he told her. His heart began beating fast as he tried to find the courage to ask what he wanted to ask. "Malon I... I want to ask you something. Do you like me... like me more than a friend?" He asked with a red face. No going back now. She lit up redder than him.
"Link I.... where did that come from?" She asked and Link didn't answer. "You are really special to me Link. I would never want to do anything that would push you away" she said to him. He stepped closer.
"I just want you to answer fully and openly. Nothing you could say would push me away" he told her.
"I do... I like you a lot Link...You mean the world to me but I know you and Zelda are..." she said looking down.

Link put his hands on her shoulders and she looked up at him.
"We're not. I mean, I am sure you know Zelda is married and I do deeply care about her, we will always be friends and heck, we are a bit flirty around each other but no. She is not the one I want to be with. My feelings are confused Malon but I think.... I think I love you" he explained, the words made both of them go redder than they were aware they could.
"Link...." she said, covering her mouth in shock before wrapping a loving hug around him. She began sobbing into his tunic and he smiled. As he held her it felt so nice, she felt so comforting and he felt like for the first time ever he could just let go of everything. "I have loved you since we were Kids but I thought a Man such as you would never be interested in a Ranch Girl like me" she sobbed and Link grabbed her head and he looked into her eyes.
"Malon... the opposite is true. Yes I have led an exciting life and done some pretty amazing things but remember... I grew up in a Tree. I love being able to be Zelda's personal Knight but the Castle life is a bit much if I am being honest. This is where I belong. Here on Lon Lon Ranch with you" he told her.
"You don't know how happy you have made me Link" she said and he smirked.
"No, I am pretty sure I do because I feel the same"....

 

They sat hugging and talking for hours. It's what Malon had wished for years and it is what Link needed for years. Link had fantasised about Zelda for years, perhaps over played it to the point of delusion. Link knew that if he had not left there was a real chance he could have been with her but he was also starting to be more realistic. She is a Queen and he is from Kokiri Village, their backgrounds were so different that who knows if a romance would have been able to last long term. Would he be able to live in a Castle? He had assumed that would be something he would have to tolerate. In this very moment he began to realise that Zelda marrying Victor was the best thing that could have happened to him as it eventually made him realise who he was meant to be with.

Malon was perfect. She was gorgeous for a start. Her big red hair and her innocent but sometimes amusingly bossy personality got to him. Her love for animals and nature was something he understood all too well. She worked on a peaceful ranch so she was strong from all the heavy lifting as well as the Horse riding.... and also her body was hard to ignore.

As they talked, Link told her about his tales. He hasn't got the chance to go into detail. He told her all about Termina and how she spent a long time with Cremia and Romani, two Girls that looked identical to her. He told her about his sexual experiences too. He wanted to lay everything out on the table so they could always be honest. She was fascinated by his stories and slightly disgusted by his sexual experiences with the four Women he had been with, especially how recent two of them were but she understood it.

 

They returned to the House in the dead of night. They were starving so Malon cooked some Bacon and it was delicious. They then just sat next to each other in silence. If this is what true love was, she approved. Eventually she yawned and stood up. She held out a hand to pull him up, as he let her try he pulled her down on top of him due to his strength. They laughed before they both got up together.

They went up stairs and Link's heart began to race. Link wasn't planning on anything happening, he really wanted to take things at a steady pace, at a pace Malon was comfortable with but still. It was the first time in her bedroom as a couple... his bedroom? He was unsure.
"Link you can...." she mumbled pointing at her bed and he nodded. She was awkward and shy about making advances so he wasn't going to rush her. But he understood what she meant.

They were a couple now but he was still respectful enough to turn as she changed into pyjamas. He took his belts off and pulled his tunic off. He then pulled his shirt off and turned to see her red in the face. She had not turned away.
"Are you okay with me sleeping in my... you know?" He asked and she nodded before he stripped down to only his boxers.

They got in bed, it was a single bed so it wasn't ideal but being close was not something he would say no too. Malon snuggled against his muscular chest and he had his arms around her. "I love you Malon." he said softly and she stayed where she was.
"I love you fairy boy..." she said as they both fell asleep.

 

 

Link wakes up with the beautiful redhead lying next to him with her eyes open.
"Morning" she said in a low voice, nothing special about the way she said it but it made his heart flutter.
"Morning beautiful girl" he said and she went red. Link realised it was the first time he had complimented her beauty.
"Link can I.... can I kiss you?" She asked and he smiled.
"You never have to ask that '' he told her and she moved her head to his and gave him a light kiss. It wasn't too long or too short, just right. They looked at each other lovingly and just lay there cuddling. "We'll have to tell your Father about us" he said and she smiled.
"Yeah but I feel like he knew we were together before we were. I mean I never told him I had a crush on you but he still knew." She said and Link smiled.

"You have a great Dad. Do you mind if I ask about your Mother?" He said and she gave a sad smile.
"She died when I was really young. She caught the illness that swept through Hyrule after the Civil War. I didn't know her very well but I do remember her having hair just like mine and she taught me Epona's Song." Sbe told him. Link sat and thought about it. He didn't know there was an illness after the Civil War and he knew little to nothing about the Civil War. He was blissfully ignorant to the world outside and he believed he was a Kokiri back then. "Did you know your Mother?" She asked and he shook his head.
"No. I never knew either of my parents. I didn't know parents were even a thing that existed until I was ten." He said and she looked confused.

"I grew up in the Kokiri Forest believing I was one of them. But Kokiri don't age. They stay as Children forever. As such they do not reproduce like us. They kinda grow as buds I believe... I am really not sure how it works. Some magic of some kind." He told her as he lay back in deep thought. "It wasn't until I left the Village, the day I first met you in Castle Town, that I learned about how the World worked. Navi filled me in on a lot of it. It turns out my Father was a Knight and my Mother took me as a Baby and fled into the Kokiri forest where she offered me to the Deku Tree. She was gravely injured and died... I know it is sad but I feel more sad about not having the experience of a Father and Mother than I do about them being dead" he told her and she understood.
"I am sure they would both be proud of you" she told him and he smiled, kissing her again and then sitting up.
"Thank you Malon" he said as he got out of bed.

He gets changed and turns to see Malon getting changed. She was only in a bra but her back was turned, all the same Link still felt he didn't have permission to look so he turned, giving a few seconds before facing her. They walked down stairs where Talon was making breakfast as usual.
"You two get it on yet!" He jokes and neither replies. There was silence and he laughed. "Oh Hylia! You did, didn't you?" He asks and Malon steps forward.
"No Father, we did not do what you think. Stop asking that, it is gross." She said in slight annoyance.
"Okay, okay. Just saying he is a Handsome Man is all..." he defended himself. Malon sighed.

"Which is why we are together. Me and Link are going out now." She told him boldly, not going as red as Link assumed she would. Maybe she was just less embarrassed around her Dad.
"Oh thank the Goddess. I thought you were gonna beat around the ol friend zone forever". He said as he walked over to them and threw an arm around both of them. "You are both perfect for each other but Link..." he said changing tone. "Hurt my Daughter in any way and it'll be the last thing you ever do." He said boldly but Link smiled.
"Thank you Talon, but you don't have to worry. No way I will do anything bad to her, she is the best and I am punching above my weight as is' ' he said and he laughed while Malon finally turned her iconic tomato based colour.
"Well said, my Boy. " he told him as he patted him on the back.

He left the room and Malon turned to him.
"Punching above your weight? Are you kidding? That is me. I am a simple farm Girl and you are a Heroic Knight." She said but Link thought.
"No, no. I am just a Forest Kid that lucked into everything. You are a true hardworking, innocent, strong beautiful Woman and you make me feel so lucky" he told her. She smiled and held her heart to her chest.
"Awww. Link...." she said in his kind words. He kissed her, a little more passionately this time.
"I have to go to the Castle now though. I'll be back as soon as I can!" He said as he left through the front door.

 

Link loved the walk to Hyrule Castle from the Ranch. It wasn't far and wished it was further so he could just enjoy the fresh air. He knew he could get there much quicker on Epona or by playing the Prelude of Light but why bother. He eventually made it and hook shot up to Zelda's balcony, that was something he also never got tired of. He knocked on the window, he knew Zelda would know who it was and she drew the curtains and she was fully dressed and Victor was sitting on the bed. She opened the doors to let him in.

"I guess why would you take the stairs when you don't have too" she joked and he laughed. "You'll be pleased to know you don't have a hard day today... not that any of your days have been hard here but you know" she said as he sat on a chair.
"Please don't say I am training the Knights again, I can't take it" he joked and she smiled.
"No, something more... personal. Personal for me, not you" she said and he looked confused. "Do you know what day it is today Link?" She asked and he sat and thought about it but he really didn't have a clue when anything happened in his life. He had played with time too much. He shook his head." It's the anniversary of the day my Father died" she said and Link felt the rush of memories flood his brain. He remembered being powerless to stop the Gerudo from killing him.
"Oh. I am sorry" he said and she looked confused before realising he was again apologising for not being able to save him. She thought it was best to say nothing. He knew that she never blamed him and he knew it wasn't his fault.

"Basically I am going to visit him at Kakariko Graveyard. And you are my escort" she told him.
"Well to brighten the mood, I have good news. Me and Malon are together" he said and Zelda turned around like an excited school girl and clapped her hands.
"Oh! Yay! I am so happy for you. As I said, you two are perfect together." She cheered and hugged Link.
"Never met her but I am glad you have found someone" Victor said, reminding Link he was in the room.
"She is the Daughter of the owner of Lon Lon Ranch. It's not exactly a high end establishment but you two should come and visit, we'd love it" he said to Victor.

"We've kept in touch" Zelda said to Link and he looked at her.
"You have?" He asked and she nodded.
"We write to each other and as a kid, when you had left and I started getting training from Impa I would sneak out at night and go visit her. I did a lot but as I got older I got more busy and well, I don't have that luxury any more. Talon still delivered milk to the Castle and she'd be with him a lot so we still saw each other from time to time" she explained.
"Well I am glad because us three were a brilliant trio if I ever saw one." He said and she laughed in agreement.

Link and Zelda left the Castle together and Link pulled out his Ocarina and played Epona's song. In a moment's notice the Horse arrived and the duo got on her back and rode off.
"Am I only here to keep you company because you can definitely handle yourself?" Link asked and she smirked.
"I don't know what you are talking about. I am a helpless damsel" she joked before leaning her chin over his shoulder. "I can handle myself, yes. But for one, in a fight you are still way better than me and two the Guards wouldn't let me hear the end of it if I tried to leave on my own" she said as she relaxed into him. Their bodies were close, Link could feel her against him and for sure it was nice but he now reached the point where he felt he could be as close to Zelda as he wanted without worry because he was never going to cheat on Malon. He loved her and he could never break that Girls heart.

 

They arrived at Kakariko and walked through the Village to the Graveyard. Link thought about how he could get himself a cool new Hookshot from the Grave but knew now wasn't the best time. Zelda stopped in front of a huge noticeable grave at the back. Link stood a respectable distance away, letting her be alone with her thoughts and he sat down on a crate. Link looked up and a teenage Boy stepped out of the former Grave Keeper Dampe's shack. Link smiled, recognising the kid that used to play around in the graveyard but older. Realistically, Link recognised him more as the leader of the Bombers back in Termina as he would pass him on a daily basis almost. Link knew he must have taken over Dampe's job.

Once Zelda was done talking to her Dad, they left the Graveyard. "We are also going to see Impa'' she told him as she guided him by the hand to the Spider's House, or that's how he knew it. She knocked on the door and opened it. "It's me, Impa!" She called as she guided Link into the renovated room.
"Hello your Majesty and oh... Lord Hero of Time" the Nice Woman who was presumably Impa's Wife said as she bowed and Zelda waved her hand in dismissal.
"Please Grace, there is really no need. When we are alone, I am just Zelda and this is Link." Zelda explained but knew she would do it again in the future.
"You are always just Zelda even with others around to me!" Impa called as she walked into the room in what Link could only describe as sheikah robes. A sight Link couldn't quite see her seriously in.

Impa and Zelda embraced and then she turned to Link.
"You don't get out of a hug either" she said before hugging Link.
"Hi, Impa. Nice house" he said as she smiled.
"Yeah it is.... you give a look like there was more to that statement than was on the surface" she said and Link frowned and looked at Zelda and Impa's Wife Grace.
"Don't worry, being a Sheikah she can usually read people. Don't think you have to tell her everything" Grace said with a laugh and Impa but a hand on her hip.
"I have ways of getting anything out of anyone" she said to her Wife and she blushed. Zelda notices that and goes red by the implications of what that could mean.

"So Impa, Grace, how did all this come about? Like you two and this place?" He asked as Grace guided them into a living room where they could sit at a couch.
"I am a Maid at Hyrule Castle and Impa would always catch my eye and I noticed her checking me out everytime we passed in the hallways. Eventually we got drunk, started talking and the next thing I can remember was waking up naked in bed with her" she said with a smirk and Impa sat there calm. "The rest is history."
"As for this place… well I know what you are thinking, Link. A Rich Family used to live here and yes they were cursed… unfortunately nothing could be done for them and they perished" Inpa said but stopped when she noticed Link was unhappy

"You are wrong….I shouldn't have forgotten about them.." Link said as he looked down at the floor.
"Link?" Zelda asked in concern.
"I saved them… I slayed 100 Gold Skulltullahs and broke the curse on them but of course that was undone when I turned back time…It's my fault…" Link said in despair.
"Link… you had so much on your plate. You have helped so many people and focusing on one mistake doesn't do you any good. Besides, you didn't kill them… Okay?" Zelda said as she turned his head to look at her.
"Yeah. Sorry. Continue Impa.." he said and she cleared her throat.

"Well I bought the House once they were gone and my lovely Wife here renovated the whole place. Made it what it is now" she said in a happier tone to lift the mood. "But what about you Link… any special Girl in your life?" She asked and Zelda smirked and looked at him.
"Me and Malon recently got together" he told her and she lit up.
"Congratulations Link! I hope you treat that gorgeous Girl well" Impa said and turned to Grace. "She is the young Woman that practically runs Lon Lon Ranch. These two were Childhood friends with her" Impa explained to Grace who had never met Malon.

The four talk for hours about all kinds, catching up on everything and getting to know each other well. But Zelda needed to get back to the Castle and they left. Link looked up at Death Mountain.
"I should catch up with Darunia sometime" Link said and Zelda put an arm around him and hugged him in a friendly manner.
"Go now Link" she told him and he looked at her.
"I can't go now, I have to protect you." He said and she put her hands on her hips and just stared at him. "Oh yeah, badass Ninja. Got it. Okay, well be safe." Link tells her and he puts on the Goron Mask, a new sight for Zelda and a one she found uncomfortable. He rolled off towards the Volcano.

As soon as he was out of sight, Zelda decided she was going to go see Malon.
"I am sure he won't mind, neither will you, right Epona?" She said to the Horse as she got on and rode out of Kakariko Village.

 

"Gor? I haven't seen you around Brother? Where are you from?" A Goron asked Link as he walked towards Goron City in his Goron form.
"Far away" Link lied " I am here to see Darunia" he said and the Goron shrugged as he lost interest. Link entered the City and dived down in a roll to get to the bottom faster. He reached Darunia's chamber and played Zelda's Lullaby on the Goron Bongos to make the door open. "Still got it," Link said to himself as he entered.

"Who are you!" Darunia demanded and Link smiled.
"An old friend" Link said as he took the mask off and transformed back into his Hylian form.
"What the!.... Link? What did…. How?" Darunia asked many questions at once, none of them being complete.
"Well I have a lot of explaining, but I am just here to visit an old friend". He said and Darunia smiled.
"Welcome back Brother".

 

 

Malon heard the sound of Epona and ran to the front of the Ranch. Who she saw on the back of the Horse was not who she had expected, not at all.
"Prince.... I mean Queen Zelda? What are you?.... Where is Link? Is he alright?" She asked in a confused panic and Zelda jumps gracefully down from the Horse.
"Your Boyfriend is just fine" she said with a smirk and Malon responded with a shy smile. "That is why I am here, to congratulate you two on being together." She told Malon and she was speechless.
"I... erm thank you so much but aren't you like... busy and stuff?" Malon asked and Zelda shrugged.
"I may be the Queen and I may be busy but I will always find time for my best friends" she said which made Malon smile.

Talon and Ingo stepped out of the stable to see Zelda standing there.
"Oh my! It's...." he stumbled on his words before kneeling. "Your majesty!" He said and Zelda laughed.
"C'mon now. No need for that. Just here to see your Daughter and congratulate her and catch up" she said before grabbing Malon by the arm and pulling her away.

 

They sat on the crates in the Tower and Zelda hugged Malon. "It's been too long since we got to just be friends. I miss the good ol days sometimes but things are truly better now in almost every way" she told the farm girl who agreed.
"I missed him so much and everytime he leaves to go do his job I worry about him not coming home. I know it is silly but he was just gone for such a long time" she told Zelda and she understood all too well.

"Malon, if I promise you one thing, it is that I will protect Link with my life. Now obviously he is more capable of defending himself and me at the same time than I would be at just defending him. That isn't what I mean. What I mean is I will not recklessly send him on a mission that has high risks if it isn't worth it. Luckily we live in a time of peace so there is no need for him to be at risk but I understand your worry' she told her. Malon hugged her tight.
"Thank you Zelda. You have no idea how much that means to me" she said.

"So. Tell me the details. Have you two kissed? Shared a bed? Gone a little further?" Zelda teased in genuine curiosity and Malon went red.
"No, no.... we have shared a bed and kissed. Nothing more. We are taking it slow. I am a bit nervous about my first time though. Like.... wont it hurt?" She asked Zelda who chuckled.
"Oh wow. You just assume I am no longer a virgin huh?" She asked but Malon smiled.
"Link told me about you and him" she said and Zelda went red.
"Really? He told you about that? Wow. Well, let's move on before it gets awkward. Yes, I am not a virgin but Victor was gentle on our first time and I assume Link will be too. I won't lie to you, it hurts at first but the feeling after that is so worth the pain" Zelda told her.. "I don't want to be weird here as you probably don't want to hear this but he is good. Like he knows what he is doing" she said and Malon felt the heat rise.

"You are right. It is slightly weird to hear that but thank you all the same" she laughed and Zelda apologised.
"I don't know if this is too personal and please tell me to shut up if it is but are you two planning on having kids?" Zelda asked and Malon played with her skirt.
"I don't know. We haven't talked about it yet but I hope so. I want kids and I want to get married and Link is just.... he is just perfect. He would make a good Dad" she said in delight and Zelda smiled.
"You'd be a good Mother too" Zelda said, getting a smile in response. "Me and Victor are trying for our little Prince or Princess. Sometimes I think I am too young but whoever feels ready" she told Malon.

"Ooh. I am excited for you. You will make a great Mother too. You gotta promise that you will visit me after you have had a Child because I wanna meet the future King or Queen as a little cutie" she said and Zelda smiled.
"Even better. You and Link can come to the Castle. As long as I get to see the little Baby Link or Malon if that ever happens" Zelda says and she agrees.

They talked for hours and hours. They made an agreement that what is said in here stays in here. It seemed like all they talked about was Link. The positives were mostly highlighted as neither had much to say about his lesser qualities. They wondered what it must have been like for him to deal with the stuff he went through. Especially since he never found Navi in the end.

 

Hours later, Link leaves Goron City after catching up with his sworn Brother Darunia. He heads over to Hyrule Castle, rolling down Death Mountain as a Goron for the first time and had to admit it was so much fun. Link got to the gates and looked at the guard. It was the same Man that guarded the gates all those years back.
"Don't want to be weird but did you ever get the Keaton Mask for your Son?" Link asked and the Guard looked back at him.
"What?" He asked as he wasn't really listening. Link pulled out the Keaton Mask and put it on. The Man smiled. "Oh. That thing! Yeah. My Son loved that thing. He has grown past it now but he used to run around with it all day.... how did you?" He asked before realising who he was talking too. "Oh my Hylia! You are the Hero of Time!" He said and Link smiled.
"Yeah. And believe it or not I helped you get the Keaton Mask for your Son. Didn't have time to do everything again but I am glad it worked out" he said and walked off.

Link did that from time to time. He would remember someone he helped that he never got to help a second time around and feel the urge to know if their situations turned out okay.

He then made it back to Hyrule Castle and hookshot up to her balcony. He knocked on her window and Victor opened it with a confused look.
"Where is Zelda?" He asked and Link's heart sank.
"What do you mean? She came back here... on Epona... right?" He asks and when Victor does not respond and Link panics...

 

 

"You know, it's getting late. I should get back before they miss me" Zelda told Malon as she got on the back of Epona.
"Feel free to come back at any point okay!" She said happily and Zelda replied with a simple smile before she rode off out of the ranch.

She rode through Castle Town and to the Gates where the Knight ran to her.
"Your Majesty! You are okay!" He said in delight and she frowned as they opened the gates. "Thank Hylia you are back because Sir Hero of Time was gonna set out looking for you" they said and she sighed.

She got off the Horse at the front of the Castle and walked inside. Link was on his way out with a strange mask in his hand.
"Oh thank Hylia! When you hadn't arrived back I was thinking something happened. Where were you?" He asked as he hugged her in relief.
"Oh... I am sorry I didn't mean to worry anyone. I was talking with Malon" she said and Link let go.
"You could have told me..." he complained and she felt bad. "I was ready to track your sent with this stupid thing" he said as he held up the mask of scents, a masl that resembled a pig.
"Well it would have taken you home, where I assume you will be going now that you know I am safe" she said to him and he nodded.
"Good. Malon is great. I am so happy for you" she said and smiled a kind smile.
"Thank you Zelda. It means a lot".

 

Link had returned home and was in bed with Malon. He looked at her beautiful face.
"What did you two talk about?" He asked in curiosity and she grinned a cheeky smile.
"Wouldn't you like to know.... well... it's girl stuff. My lips are sealed" she said and he laughed.

Notes:

Yes, I made it to chapter 50! And yes, Link and Malon are a thing finally. This chapter is a lot slower and is more focused on characters but more will pick up soon.

Chapter 51: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 13 - No Ill Will

Summary:

Link has an job that he needs to consider well but in the mean time helps out an old face.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

There was nothing he enjoyed more about his day than spending his mornings in the comfort of his Girl Friend. He was a little upset he never got to spend more time with her but he knew he would find the time to take her on a date or something soon. He suddenly thought of something odd.

"Malon.... where is Ingo these days?" He asked and she turned in curiosity.
"Who knows. Technically he is still employed by my Father but he very rarely shows up and no one knows where to find him" she said and Link sighed.
"I never really liked him. I mean, I know I lived events that never happened but he was horrible to you, Talon, Epona and me. Even before that he wasn't a nice person" he told her. She couldn't deny it.

"He wasn't always like that though. He used to be a nice man. Him and my Father were childhood friends and he used to be nice to everyone. Suddenly he began being vile and got worse and worse. No one could understand why" she said in sadness. Link didn't like to hear that. It was easier to pretend he was always horrid but now he wanted to know what changed him. "And don't bother Link. I know you too well" she said and he looked at her confused.
"Try what?" He asked and she giggled and rolled on top of him. He felt himself harden at the press of her body on top of him.
"My Father knows nothing. You were gonna ask him like it is your job to fix. Trust me Link, I love that you want to help everyone you meet but you are not responsible for everyone" she said as she kissed him.

He held the kiss, letting out a low moan as he stroked her soft hair. They parted and smiled.
"Alright. You win. I won't go chasing this one." He said and she put a hand on his face.
"Good. I guess you are easy to convince she said as she got up and began getting changed.

Link stared in shock. It was the first time he had seen her fully change in front of him. He saw nothing really as her back was turned but the slight roundness of her boobs peeking out from the side of her body got him excited. Link wondered if she had felt his erection but knew she must have. If not this time then plenty of other occasions where they were pressed together.

 

Link heads off to Hyrule Castle, upon arrival Link was given a Silver Rupee as a paycheck, something he was very happy about. He then made it to Zelda's room, using the front door for a change since he had to come through the Castle to get paid. He knocked on her door and she called for him to come in.

"Good morning Link" she said unusually unjolly as she sorted through letters on her desk. Victor sat in the corner and simply smiled.
"Morning.... I have a feeling you have something to tell me by the tone of your voice." He said and she sighed before getting up and turning to him.
"I do and well... it's not the best news" she said and he just gave her a look that meant for her to continue. "We have a mission for you, in two days actually. You have today and tomorrow off. It isn't a mission you will like and I give you full permission to decline if you choose too." She said and he scratched his head.

"Zelda, I have Killed a Giant Boar Demon.... two different ones. I stopped the Moon from crashing to the Earth and stopped wars. Why would this mission be so hard it would make me back out?" He asked in concern.
"It's not a difficult mission, it's probably quite boring for you in fact. No, it's because it is being my Bodyguard as me and Victor travel to Labrynna for diplomacy.... you'd have to leave Hyrule again" she said and he frowned.
"Oh." Was all he said and he looked up. "Erm... yeah I... yeah I don't know. I'd have to ask..."
"Ask Malon, I know" she interrupted him. "You do not need to give an answer now. We just need an answer by tomorrow Morning. We will leave the day after that" she explained to him.

"Yeah... sorry. I'll think about it and talk to Malon about it. I promised her I would never leave Hyrule again and personally I don't really want to. I have been gone a long time" he justified to her. She didn't need his justification, she knew there was the possibility of him refusing but he just felt he needed to as he wasn't one to back down from missions. Zelda also promised Malon she wouldn't recklessly play with Link's life. Sure, the mission wasn't a dangerous one as Labrynna wasn't some dystopian hellscape but it was still a long way from home.

 

 

Link had left, his mind busy with thoughts. He didn't know what he wanted. He wanted to assure her safety and he wasn't sure he trusted anyone else with her life. At the same time he didn't want to leave Malon and savoured every second he had with her. He really loved her.

He walked through Castle Town and turned to where the Happy Mask Shop used to sit which was now replaced with a bar. Link knew Hyrule Castle Town pretty well but he had never been in there since the Castle itself had its own bar. Out of curiosity, he ventured in.

Upon entering, the smell of alcohol hits him. He looks around and sees a familiar man passed out in the corner. Coincidences happen all the time but this one was just weird. Ingo was sitting there, a Man Link jad just asked about earlier in the day. Link had told Malon he wasn't going to go try and solve whatever problems the Man had but... he just fell into his lap practically...Link decided he would see what the Bar Owner knew.

Link sat down and the Bar Owner walked over. Link looked at the beefy looking guy and pointed unassumingly to Ingo at the other end of the room. "Excuse me, do you happen to know anything about that Man, Ingo?" Link asked and the Bar Owner crossed his arms.
"Yeah, I do. But what is it to you? Why should you know? Just because you are The Hero of Time it doesn't mean you get to know anything you want" the Man said and Link sighed. He hated it when people knew who he was. He pulled out the Silver Rupee and thought against it, he put it away and pulled out a Purple Rupee.
"I'll... well I mean it's a bribe basically. But 50 Rupees for what you know. For the record, I am doing it because I care about him" Link said and the Man laughed and took the Rupee.

"Yeah... whatever. No one cares about him. Look at him. He is a mess. But he is a mess for a good reason. Years ago he was a nice Man and was happily married but his Wife got ill from the illness after the Civil War and she slowly declined in health. She was in a liveable condition for a while but eventually it got to her and she fell into a coma. A coma she is still in today. All that man does is drink, get angry at everyone and then spend his day by her side. There is not a lot anyone can do for him lad so I wouldn't waste your breath" he told him.

Link frowned and felt horrible. Who knew he lived such a sad life. Link imagined the reason he was so cruel in the other timeline was because his Wife was probably killed Ganondorf destroyed Castle Town.. maybe not though, that would explain his allegiance to Ganondorf. But regardless, Link had made a promise to Malon but it was a promise he was going to break. He couldn't do anything.

 

Link waits in the bar. Waiting for Ingo to leave. He eventually does and Link puts on the Stone Mask and trails him. He follows him into a back alley and then into his House. He sees the coma induced Woman and then leaves. He just needed to see it for himself. He walks back the way he came and into the Castle grounds. He sneaks past the guards using the vine just out of convenience of not having to explain himself to them. Link wouldn't be able to sneak past without the Stone Mask as security was tighter ever since he snuck in all those years back.

He squeezed behind a boulder and entered the Fairy Fountain, going in to scoop up a Fairy in a bottle and left, returning back to Ingo's House. He knocked on the door.
"PISS OFF!" He heard him shout but he knocked again. "I SAID FUCK OFF WHO EVER YOU ARE!" He shouted again and Link just opened the door and walked in.

Ingo turned to him, clearly furious and marched towards Link. "YOU! WHY THE HELL ARE YOU HERE! DID TALON SEND YOU?" He asked in anger and Link shook his head.
"I am here to help your Wife you prick" he snapped at him and Ingo took a step back.
"Don't you mess with me Boy.... I know who you are. You are that lad that saved me those years back... just because you saved me, doesn't mean I trust you... stay away from her." He said almost in tears.

Link sighed and looked at the Man with as kind of an expression as he could.
"Look, Ingo. Talon, nor Malon know where you are, and I haven't come because of them. All I onew was you were once a nice Man but for obvious reasons you are angry at the world. I found out from the Bar Owner why and I am just here to help" he said. Link was unsure if dropping the Bar Owner in this was a good idea or not but he couldn't change it now.
"How? How could you help? Look at her! She can't even hear us!" He shouted and Link pulled out the bottled Fairy.
"I can't be certain this will work but Fairies can heal people and even bring them from the brink of death. However, the Fairy only acts on selfless love. It can sense the desire and need of the person using it and it makes up its own mind if it is willing to sacrifice its life for another'' Link told him as he passes it to him. "Like I have to tell you this but make sure your heart is in the right place when you release the Fairy'' he told him.

Ingo kneels besides his Wife. He begins praying.
"Oh Hylia, Fairies, whoever. I am not a Holy Man and I don't know if I am doing this right but please save my Wife. She is my World and I am nothing without her. I promise to change my ways, be a good Man, work hard and live my life correcting my wrongs. She doesn't deserve this illness and doesnt deserve me" he prayed and then pulled the cork out of the Bottle.

The Fairy flew around him before flying over her in a spiral before disappearing into thin air.... Nothing. There was a long silence. Link gulped and Ingo sniffled. Then a loud gasp was heard and the Woman shot up, scaring the shit out of Link and Ingo.

"In... Ingo... where am I?" She asked, confused about a lot and he cries and hugs her.
"Oh Gloria! You are awake!" He cried into her. Link looked at the two.
"I'll be waiting outside.." Link said as he knew the right thing would be to give them some space. Link stood and thought about his next move. He played Epona's song and his loyal Horse found her way to him. He didn't need to wait for Ingo. He would give him time. Link then climbed on Epona's back and just as he was about to leave Ingo opened the door.

"You are not leaving without me are you?" He asked and Link was shocked.
"Ingo... what are you doing? " he asked and Ingo started climbing on Epona.
"I have to correct some mistakes and abandoning my friend is my biggest" he said.
"Ingo. Don't be ridiculous... you can see Talon anytime but your Wife has just woke up... would you not rather be with her?" He asked in concern.
"Of course I would but.... I will return to her as a good man. I am no good for her as I am" he said and Link sighed.
"Okay... well, what ever..." Link said in disagreement but rode on home with Ingo along for the ride.

 

 

Link and Ingo are on the back of Epona, Ingo is nervous about returning to the Ranch and doesn't know how he will apologise to Talon. Epona's heavy gallops always got Malon excited and she was always waiting at the entrance for her love to get home. As he rode in however, her eyes grew in shock. What was Ingo doing here?

They both got off Epona and Link walked over to Malon, gave her a short kiss and held her hand.
"I'll explain it all in a moment. Where is Talon?" He asked and she just pointed at the barn. Link walked towards the barn and opened it. "Talon, I have something to erm... show you?" He said in uncertainty that those were the right words.
"Can it wait I'm...." he said before turning around to see his old friend standing there. "Busy..." he finished.

"Hi, Talon.... I am back now. Back for good and
.. I am better..." he said and Talon ran over and hugged the man. Link took this as a cue to leave and give them space. As he did Malon was outside and he grabbed her by the hand and walked to the house.
"I thought you said you weren't going to chase after this one." She said with some annoyance in her voice but he shook his head.
"Believe it or not I met him by chance...." Link said as he explained the day's events.

"I see..you know what I love about you Link?" She said looking up into his eyes. He smiled.
"My good looks?" He said and she smiled.
"Well yes, that's certainly a bonus, but no. You are just.... so, nice. Like more than most people could dream of. How many people have walked past Ingo and not given him a second thought. But you... you just can't turn down helping someone" she said as she kissed him.

He just stood and hugged her for what seemed like eternity. He sighed, knowing he had something to tell her that would ruin the mood but he had to anyway.
"Malon, I have something to tell you. It's not great news but you need to know'' he said to her and she pulled him towards the stairs and to their room.

He sits on the side of the bed next to her and holds one of her hands.
"Zelda has offered me a mission and she has given me full control to decide whether I can take it. It is not dangerous, or at least shouldn't be but it will mean being away for a while" he told her and she frowned.
"What is the mission?" She asked and he sighed.
"She wants me to be her bodyguard while her and Victor travel to Labrynna for some political stuff that doesn't involve me" he told her.
"Well I know what I think but I want to know what you are thinking" she tells him directly.

He sat and thought.
"Well.... I feel I should go. Zelda is important as a friend but also as the Queen and I want her life to go well. I am the most qualified to protect her life and I wouldn't feel safe with anyone else by her side.... However, I really don't want to leave Hyrule again. I was gone for so long and I wanted to stay. I also obviously don't want to leave you alone and if you don't want me to go I will put you before anything else'' he told her.

She squeezed his hand tight and leaned into him.
"Well of course I don't want you to go but doesn't mean I won't let you. Link, you should do what you think you need to do but I have one condition of yoh do go." She said and she looked him in the eyes." Do not be long and be safe. Promise me. Come back soon Link because I can't bear for you to be away for a long time" she said in fear.
"I will ask Zelda how long the mission is estimated to be and if it is more than a month I will decline. Deal?" He said and she gave a half smile and nodded.

"I love you, you know that right?" He said as he kissed her more passionately than before.
"Of course silly. What kinda question is that?"she asked in an obvious joke. She was red in the face. She had decided she knew she wanted him tonight but had no idea how to ask. She then felt his hand with hers and moved it to her breast and he pulled away in shock.
"Malon?" He asked and she made eye contact.
"I want you..." she said in embarrassment and Link needed no more encouragement.

He placed his hand back on her boob and immediately went hard. He couldn't believe how soft and firm they were. He played with them slightly as he kissed her, another hand on the side of her face. He was incredibly horny but didnt want to rush his first time with the Woman he loved. He broke the kiss and looked at her with passion in his eyes. He unbuckled his belt and she did the same.

They started clumsily assaulting each other's clothing to get naked as quickly as possible. Link admittedly knew what she looked like naked from when he nearly slept with Cremia but that was so long ago and that was not his gorgeous Girlfriend. Regardless, when she unclasped her bra before him and it fell to the ground, her boobs sprang free. Link stared in awe and she was slightly embarrassed to be topless before him but he made it easier by leaning into her and kissing her.

He pushed her back down onto the bed and moved his hand over one.
"Liiink..." she quietly moaned and he kissed her, their breaths touching.
"You are so perfect Malon" he told her as he pulled his shirt off and threw it across the room. She placed her hands on his muscular body before her hands headed down. To Link's surprise and her own, she grabbed his erection through the cloth of his tights and immediately let go. "We still have too much on '' he whispered into her ear and she squirmed as she pulled down her skirt and he pulled down his tights.

They both discarded their remaining clothes, Malon gasped as seeing her hard erection standing tall in front of her. She looked up at him.
"Can I?" She asked and he smiled.
"My pleasure" he said and she firmly touched it. Her soft hands made it twitch and it felt so good. She placed her hand around it and gave it a few slight strokes. Link moaned and she went red and giggled.

As Malon curiously played with his dick, Link explored her body with his eyes. She was outstandingly attractive. Her red hair was a slight mess and covered part of her breast. Her hips were curvy and her legs were thin. Link groaned at her touch. She licked it once and then gave him a cheeky smile.

Link had finished staring at her naked body for the time being and she let go of his erection. She smiled and he smiled back. He opened her legs nice and wide, leaned forward and his dick brushed against her entrance.
"I love you Malon" he tells her before he slowly begins pushing into her.

She bites her lip and grips the bed tightly as he slides into her. She is tight and inexperienced and Link thought it felt so good. He reached her hymen and he looked into her eyes. "Are you okay?" He asked and she just nodded as she braced herself. He thrust into her and she gasped and Link stopped to let her adjust. After a short while she kissed him.
"Keep going but go, slowly okay?" She asked and Link gave her a loving smile.
"I promise," he said as he slowly began to withdraw his dick and then slowly push it back into her.

She began to enjoy the sensation of his dick inside her. She began to feel good as her man pushed his way inside her. She let out a low moan and Link smiled. Link could not believe how amazing she felt. Sure, Nabooru, Zelda and Ruto were all great but there was something different about having sex with the Woman you love.

He started to speed up slightly, not too much as he didn't want to hurt her. She moaned quietly and he grabbed her left breast and started playing with it. Malon out her arms around his neck and looked into his eyes. She felt so good. She loved this. She loved him.
"Oh Link.... you can... you can go a little faster" she panted and he let go of her breast and put his hands to her sides. He pulled his dick out and then pushed it in quickly. He bagan going faster and her eyes widened. "Ah! Link!" She moaned in shock and he smiled.

He felt her begin to get wet and her walls tightened making him feel even better.
"Oh.. Malon'' he moaned. He began to get close and knew she was too. He passionately kissed her as he began to draw to a close. She kissed back and moaned into his mouth at his hips thrust against her at an amazing speed. His dick stretching her to her limit.
"Oh Link... I think I am.... I am. I am.... YES!" She moaned as she reached her very first orgasm and she came. Link couldn't help but get spurred on by that and he groaned.
"Ah... Malon!" He called as his dick blew his load into her and he continued thrusting until she received every last drop.

He pulled out of her and lay next to her, the both of them panting. Her breast rising up and down as her chest caught its breath. Malon, I love you so much. That was fantastic, you were great" he said which boosted her confidence. She turned to him, her vagina leaking with cum.
"Well, you will just have to hurry home for me if you want more" she said seductively and he kissed her and then hugged into her, feeling her soft red locks.

They fell asleep naked in each other's arms.

Notes:

That's it, Link and Malon finally got it on. I feel it was worth the wait.

Chapter 52: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 14 - Labrynna, the land of unreasonable demands

Summary:

Link heads off on his quest to Labrynna with Zelda and Victor.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link woke with a mixture of happiness and sadness. On one hand, his Girlfriend was wrapped around his body naked. A brilliant way to start the day. On the other hand it was his last day in Hyrule before he left for Labrynna. Eventually Malon wakes up and lets out the most adorable yawn.
"Morning Link." She says quietly and he just holds her.
"I never want to let you go," he said to her and she turns to face him.
"I'd like that too" she said as they both laughed.

They eventually got up and got changed and headed down stairs. Talon was there and he was suspiciously quiet.
"Morning Dad '' Malon said and he replied with a simple.
"Morning". Link looked at Malon and she shrugged.
"Talon? Something wrong?" Link asked and he turned around.
"Well no... it's just usually I have something clever to say about you two in one bed but I mean.... I no longer have to ask" he said and Malon went bright red, she looked like she was going to faint.

"So you heard.... what exactly?" Link asked cautiously and Talon frowned.
"Things a Father never wants to hear" he said as he sat down. "I am forever traumatised but don't let me stop you.... just you know....be careful" he said and Malon nodded quickly before pushing her Father outside.

She panted. She looked more traumatised than Talon.
"He heard us Link!" She shouted and he frowned.
"Well he definitely heard that." He said as she covered her mouth. "It's no big deal. He is fine with it. If he wasn't he would have said so. And besides, it means you don't have to ever explain it to him" he told her. She calmed down slightly and he put his hand on the door handle.
"I have to head off now. I'll be back tonight" he told her. He leaned in and kissed her before leaving.

Talon was waiting for him outside.
"Link, I err… I am usually kinda hands off and I don't really wanna control my Daughter's life and what you get up to is between you and her…. I am even happy for yer. But Link, can you promise you will be good for her and be careful?" He asked and Link smiled.
"I really do love her Talon, it isn't just a crush or a fling. I want to be there for her. I promise you, I swear it on my life that I will not break her heart and I will be good for her" he said with a serious tone and Talon wrapped his arms around Link.
"That is what I want to ere. Thanks lad!" He said and Link smiled.
"No problem."

 

Link went to Hyrule Castle with his decision. He asked Zelda how long and she told him a few weeks tops but probably about two weeks realistically. Link agreed and she told him to be back here early in the morning. He returned to the Ranch and spent the full day with Malon. They did not have sex that night but they snuggled tightly next to each other but neither of them got much sleep.

Link woke up in the morning and kissed Malon goodbye. He deliberately didn't spend much time saying goodbye because he knew it would just make things harder. He left for Hyrule Castle and they set off.

 

 

The journey was long, Link knew it would be and he could endure it because he travelled through the Desert for a much longer time. But still, he could claim this was enjoyable. Zelda and Victor had each other's company in the Carriage and the two Knights on the front could talk to each other but Link had no one. He just had to ride alongside it in boredom. It got worse when Link thought he heard Zelda and Victor screwing in the coach, probably believing they were subtle.

They stopped for breaks along the way. Zelda's tent was guarded by the two guards on rotation and Link when he wasn't asleep. No one was particularly cautious at this point because they are out in the middle of nowhere so they likelihood of them coming across another person was low.

Eventually after many long days. The group arrives in Labrynna.
"Your Highness, we have arrived" one of the Knights calls back to Zelda and she opens the window.
"Wow. Look at this! A different land!" Zelda said excited by Link was unimpressed. Both Termina and Syrule were more impressive than this. Link didn't know what to expect but this just felt like any other place in the world.

They passed through what Victor said is Lynna Village and then headed North up towards Lynna Palace. This is a place Link thought looked cool. He immediately started scanning the area for places to escape from or Hookshot to in the case of an emergency. He did it without thinking. The Carriage stopped in the Palace Courtyard and Labrynna Knights came to greet the arrival of the Royal Guests. One of the Hylian opened the Carriage up and Victor stepped out and offered his hand out to Zelda who elegantly stepped out.

"Brother! It is wonderful to see you once more!" A Man called as he approached.
"Edgar! Let me introduce you properly to my Wife, the Beautiful Queen of Hyrule, Zelda" Victor said to the man as he stepped out of the way. Link observed the Man, he was clearly Victor's Brother which would be obvious even if not said as they looked very much alike. As they greeted each other, Link got off Epona and walked up to Zelda. "And let us not forget the most impressive of us all. The Hero of Time, Sir Link!" Victor announced as they all turned to him who was clueless.

It was obvious that Edgar didn't know who he is or what he had done, which would be refreshing if he didn't try to act as though he did.
"Yes, Sir Link! I have heard so much about you!" Edgar said as he shook his hand.
"Like what?" Link asked and Zelda cringed and Edgar looked stumped.
"Just how impressive you are!" He said and as he turned to his Brother, Zelda glared at Link. Clearly he did something wrong.

Edgar showed them into the Palace, accompanied by Knights from both Kingdoms. Link walked next to Zelda and she grabbed his arm and pulled him close.
"Just act polite and friendly and try not to embarrass anyone" Zelda told him and Link frowned.
"Fine...I'll just bite my tongue. This is gonna be hell" he moaned in a hushed tone as Zelda released his grasp.

"Here is the place I was raised," Victor said to his Wife and Link as they stepped into the marvelous place.
"It's beautiful!" Zelda said in awe and Link smiled, thinking about how he was raised in and by a tree.
"Me and my Brother used to run down these halls like it was a playground!" He told them and Zelda smiled.
"I bet your Father loved that" she said and he smirked but didn't respond.
"I will take you to your quarters to let you rest up for the day, then we can maybe give you some time to see the Kingdom and then tomorrow we will discuss politics with my Father like agreed" Edgar tells them and Zelda nodded in agreement.

They are taken to their quarters, the two Knights stay outside the door while Link enters the room with Zelda and Victor.
"Your Brother seems nice" Zelda said and Link shrugged.
"He is nice but so fake" Link said and Zelda scowled.
"What is with you?" Zelda asked but Victor put a reassuring hand on her shoulder.
"Link is right. My Brother is a good Man but the formalities aren't him at all. To be honest Link is the only one of us that is acting himself." Victor said as he looked at Link. "I respect it Link hut as Zelda said, you should try and talk all polite and fake and like you love everything you hear, especially to my Father. I know its bullshit but just endure it" he told him and Link nodded.
"I mean I will, but no one told me before I arrived I would be acting" he said and Zelda and Victor looked at each other.
"I guess we thought you would know" Zelda said to him.

 

Zelda sat on the toilet and stared at the empty bottle in her hand. She knew the day would come but she didn't know it would be so soon. She was happy, nervous, scared and excited. All the emotions you should have when you discover you are pregnant. Zelda sat and thought about how careless she was with Link, they had not used any protection or contraception so things could have easily played out badly if he had gotten her pregnant. But luckily the child was not his as she had tested herself after they fucked. She wanted to tell Victor and even Link the wonderful news but both were elsewhere… in fact, she had no clue where Link had snuck off to and that worried her.

 

"This is the one you want" The Man in a Turban said to Link as he handed him a small box. He opens it to find an emerald ring inside. "This ring will bring you great joy" he smiled and Link returned the smile.
"How much is it?" Link asked and the man looked him in the eyes.
"600 Rupees" he said and Link's eyes widened.
"600 Rupees!" Link said in a raised pitch and the man nodded.
"At Vasu's Ring shop we only have the most excellent Rings. That is how much it is worth." He told him and Link sighed as he pulled out the right amount of Rupees and put them on the desk. Vasu grabbed them at what seemed to be lightspeed. "Thank you for doing business" he said and Link took the ring and left.

 

Link then met Victor at the Pub like he promised. He entered the pub and Victor was sitting at a table.
"All the drinks are on me and have as many as you like. I mean, I say they are on me but I am about 90% sure I am getting them for free". Victor said to Link as he sat down with a pint.
"It's better than the pub in Hyrule Castle and Castle Town" Link said and Victor nodded.
"Yeah, in Labrynna we drink more than you Hylians." He said as he downed a pint and signalled a barmaid over to refill his pint.

"So what do you make of Labrynna so far?" Victor asks and Link shrugged.
"Well, it is different. People act differently and the landscape is different I guess but at the end of the day, it is like anywhere else." Link said as he looked at Victor. "I mean, I have travelled to a parallel world and a Kingdom where a Castle hangs halfway off a cliff and over the Castle Town, like after that, you get used to places". He said and Victor chuckled.
"Glad you didn't feel the need to be all polite because it is my home". Victor said and Link smiled.
"Well to be fair, the Palace is pretty cool". He joked and Victor looked him in the eyes.

"What do you make of my Brother?" He asked with a serious tone and Link thought.
"Well… I don't know him but I have met a lot of people. He acts nice and formal but that is obviously an act because he is a Prince. But I dunno, maybe he is the greatest guy in the world but I can't help but feel he is hiding something… not necessarily a bad thing but I feel… something from him" Link says and Victor leans back.
"Hmm. I mean my Brother is the nice one. If you get those vibes off him then wait until you meet my Father". Victor says and Link laughs.
"Anyway! More drinks?" Victor calls.

 

Link and Victor get very drunk, very quickly. It doesn't take long before Victor is at the other end of the bar, flirting with some women. Link knew of his arrangement with Zelda and how he likes screwing.Other Women and she is okay with it as long as he doesn't get any of them pregnant but Link can't help but still find it strange. Link sat alone, happy with his thoughts until a blonde girl with a long dress and obvious cleavage sat next to him.
"Is this seat taken?" She asked flirtatiously and Link shook his head.
"Don't think so!" He said in a drunken tone.

The Woman sat next to him and quickly began shifting close to him.
"You are such a handsome Man! What I wouldn't give for a night with you!" She moaned and Link gulped and remained still.
"Erm… thanks?" He questioned. "What is your name? Who are you?" He asks and she pushes her boobs against him.
"Sandra! Your friend told me to keep you company!" She explained and Link shot a glare up at Victor who was focused on the two Women around him.

Suddenly without permission, she slid her hand down his pants and grabbed his dick. Link jumped in shock before pulling her hand out.
"I am sorry. You are beautiful but I am in a relationship already and I plan on proposing to her soon…" he said to the girl but she frowned.
"But I felt you get hard! You want me!" She sulked and Link shook his head.
"I mean, it felt nice, but no. Sorry." He insisted and she stormed off to another table.

Link sighed and then looked up at Victor who had a Girl riding him with her boobs hanging out. There was no contraception involved so Link wondered how he would pull this off. The position changed so he was thrusting her against the table and he soon pulled out and she leaned forward and put her head on his dick where he presumably came.

After a few more moments Victor rejoined Link.
"Not interested in Sandra?" He asked and Link stood up and nearly fell.
"No. I have a beautiful Girlfriend at home that I am loyal to. I don't want anyone else." He said with some annoyance towards Victor in his voice.
"Huh, fair enough. I respect that. Sorry, I should have asked first. Anyway, we should be heading back now". He said and the two left the pub very drunk.

 

Victor returns Link back to the Palace since he is the one who is more capable of handling alcohol than Link. Link passes out on his bed in an instant and Victor returns to his wife that greets him with a hug.
"Victor, I have news!" She tells him with a grin. He looks at her confused.
"What?" He asks and she kisses him.
"I am pregnant!" She announces and Victor's heart increases to the news. He brightens up and smiles.
"Oh Hylia! Wow! I am gonna be a Dad!" He cheered as he hugs Zelda. He stepped back, "I am the Dad right?" He confirms and she hits him on the arm hard with slight annoyance.
"Yes, I am not like you Victor. I don't sleep around!" She crosses her arms.

They pull off their clothes and enter the bed. Zelda snuggles against Victor. Her breasts grazing his chest and her leg wrapped around him.
"You are still okay with me screwing other people right? Like I will stop if you ever have doubts" he asks her and she smiles.
"As long as you don't get anyone pregnant then I am fine with it." She reassures him.
"Oh no. I failed! I got you pregnant!" He jokes and she laughs.
"Ha. Ha. Hilarious. " She chimes with a sarcastic tone. She looks at him. "You had sex today didn't you?" She asks and he nods. "So you are tapped out?" She asks and he pushes her onto her back and rolls on top of her.

"Who the hell do you think you are talking about here? I could have sex with 50 women and still have energy for you." He tells her as she squirms at his erect penis against her belly. "I love you so much Zelda and nothing will stand in the way of that. Nothing." He says as he presses his dick against her folds and wastes no time pushing inside her.

She moans in delight. Wasting no time spreading her legs wide and wrapping her arms around his back. He rocks his hips slowly into her, creating a gentle rhythm that pleasures his cock and meets her needs. "Zell…." He moans as he kisses her. She grips him tightly, clawing at his back as she leans her head back in bliss.
"Oh Victor! Go faster!" She moans and Victor obeys her demand and picks up speed.

He makes sure to not go full speed so she can beg for more but his pace is noticeably faster and the moans Zelda release prove this. Zelda loved the feel of his hard penis pushing deep within her and pulling out at such a speed. "More!" She demands and Victor speeds up once more.

His dick slides in and out with more ease as her pussy is getting wetter and wetter. Victor begins letting out his moaning and grunting, hoping to last long enough for his wife to meet her climax. "VICTOR YES! MORE!" She screamed and Victor again dod as she asked.

This was it. He sped up to max speed and knew this was where he would climax. He just tired to hold on for Zelda.
"Zelda! Zelda! I … I am gonna!" He told her and she felt her body spasm in pleasure at hearing him moan.
"Ahhhaaa!" She screamed as she tightened around him, forcing his dick to shoot out his load into her already pregnant body.

The two lay connected for a little while longer before he pulled out. The high of their orgasms had died down.
"You are so good" he says and she chuckles.
"So are you Victor… so are you". She says as they fell asleep in each others arms.

 

The next day, Link rolls out of bed with a thump. Clearly he is hungover, but this would not hinder him one bit. Link had been in battles where he had been bashed around, lost blood and could see straight but still pulled through, he was sure that he could sit through whatever boring politics Zelda was going to be discussing whilst acting sober. He pushed the headache to the back of his mind and pulled his clothes and equipment on and then left to meet Zelda.

He knocked on the door to her quarters, the two Knights parting slightly to give him access.
"It's me Zelda!.... I mean, your Highness… " he called through the door, unsure if his formal titles had to be up around others.
"Come in!" She called and he opened the door.
He entered to see her getting ready, only wearing a robe and Victor lay under the sheets, clearly naked but his muscular torso visible.
"You sure are comfortable around me" he said as he sat on a chair.
"Oh come on. You have seen it all" she said with a smile as she focused on her hair. "Anyway, Link. I have some exciting news. I am pregnant!" She said and Link smiled but the slight bit of fear was visible to Zelda. "And no, it isn't yours" she said and Link sighed a breath of relief.
"Congratulations. So I am in the presence of the future Prince or Princess of Hyrule!" He said happily.

"What we don't do is tell my family. I will tell them by letter once we get home but I just don't… well I don't trust them" he said and Zelda didn't seem to respond, Link assumed Victor had clued her in on whatever he meant by that.
"Okay. I promise I will have my guard up." Link said and Victor looked him in the eyes.
"Link, it shouldn't come to this, but if my Father or Brother or anyone tries to harm Zelda, do not hesitate to kill them" he said and Link nodded.
"You don't have to tell me, there isn't a single life I would put before the Princess's" he said. That was a lie, he would put Malon's life first but that didn't sound as cool to say.

Zelda stood up and walked over to the wardrobe and pulled off her robe, revealing her perfect, Naked body to Link. He tried to look away but decided to jot even bother, despite being committed to Malon, he still found her incredibly sexy.
"Where were you yesterday?" Zelda asked with curiosity.
"Well… Labrynna is known for…. Gifts… so I…" he said and Zelda spun around to him with her boobs jiggling from the speed.
"Hmmm. What do you mean gifts? You don't know anything about Labrynna?" Zelda asked curiously as she was inches from his face. He looked to the side blushing while Victor smirked at the scene in front of him.
"Well I…. So I have to tell you?" He asked and she pouted at his refusal.
"Come on…. For me?" She said slightly seductively as she pushed her boobs forward with her arms.
"Fine! Something for Malon, it's a surprise. Can I leave it there?" He asked in frustration but Zelda smirked and grabbed him for a hug.

"Thank you Link" she said and Link shifted uncomfortably.
"Thank you Zelda, but I know we are close and all but you should probably put on some clothes because I can feel your boobs against me" he said and she stepped back.

She was fine flirting with him, she knew Victor was okay with it and she knew Link until recently would have been okay with it but she got it. Link loved Malon and was committed to her. She knew she turned him on and everytime she did so it tempted him to be unfaithful. She felt she was being selfish.

"Have you and Malon done it yet?" Victor asked and Zelda shot him a look.
"Victor. Malon is a sweet girl. She is the type of girl that would save herself for marriage." Zelda said but Victor laughed.
"Oh no. Zelda, look at his face. They have done it". He said and Zelda turned back around to Link but with more clothes on now. He shrugged.
"Oh. Well I stand corrected. Good for you Link" she said in surprise.

 

Zelda finished getting changed, Victor did the same whilst revealing a sight Link really didn't need to see and eventually there was a knock on the door.
"Your Highness, Lord Edgar is here!" A Knight called through.
"Let him in," she said and Link stood to attention.
"Your Highness. Brother. Hero of Time. Follow me" he said as the trio followed him out the room, Link standing close to Zelda as Victor strolled more casually.

They got to the end of a corridor and a guard opened a big door that led into a hall with a long table. The King of Labrynna sat at one end of the table next to a Woman with curly hair and a younger woman who Link couldn't deny looked attractive.
"Your seat my Lady" a servant said as he pulled out a chair for Zelda as Victor pulled out his own next to her. Link stood behind Zelda until a servant pulled a chair out for him and he took it. Everyone was seated and Link felt out of his depth. What use is he at a political meeting.

"Greetings beautiful Queen of Hyrule. It's been a while since we last saw you, my sons wedding!" He bellowed across to her. "We all know each other so no introductions…" he said as his Wife nudged him subtly despite everyone noticing. "... Except for you...boy…I am King Regenold Labrynna, my Wife, Queen Angela and opposite you is my Beautiful Daughter Caroline!" he said as Caroline giggled as she waved and Link smiled politely back. " You have of course met my other son Edgar and more obviously Victor" he said. Link knew the King didn't care for his presence and wouldn't have acknowledged his existence if not for his wife. He doesn't even know who he is.

"And this is Lord Hero of Time, the savior of Hyrule, Syrule and Termina. My appointed Knight and leader of the Hyrule army." Zelda said bluntly for Link as she caught onto his rudeness.
"So Father, we shall begin" Victor said to save everyone from the awkwardness.

 

They leaders discuss politics and Link daydreams off. He isn't listening and isn't interested. He instead looks around the room thinking about if he were in a battle, where would he jump to and use for the advantages. He had already picked out seven escape routes but he felt he had an escape route for everywhere. More than ever he wished he could use one right now. Across the table his eyes met with Caroline who had been caught daydreaming off to. She sharaded the leaders as chatterboxes with her hands and rolled her eyes which made Link smirk but he dropped it quick in case anyone saw.

"And for the most important factor of our treaty Your Highness, is the Triforce." The King said and Link's eyes grew wide, getting his attention.
"I'm sorry… what?" Zelda said as her face was horrified.
"Just as I said Queen of Hyrule. We want access to the Triforce." He said bitterly.
"And… and why in the name of Hylia would we do that?" She asked in genuine curiosity.
"Because it is not Hyrule's to begin with. It belongs to the world. The Goddesses didn't leave it for Hyrule and it should be shared amongst the Kingdoms" he said and Zelda scowled.

"I am sorry but no. The Triforce is not a weapon and not a toy to be shared around. Besides. I wouldn't know how to give it to you even if I wanted to….. and … and you think all Kingdoms can be trusted with such a power?" She said and the King leaned forward.
"Oh, and Hyrule can?" He said and Link stood up.
"What the hell is that supposed to mean!?" Link spoke up and Zelda didn't stop him.
"Sit down child. Who do you think you are talking too! You have no business here! Get out!" He shouted and Link smirked.
"Yeah, right… that's not happening. I stay by the Queen's side! And besides, I know more than anyone what the Triforce is capable of… you must have heard the stories about the last guy who went after it right…" Link said and the King snarled. Zelda grabbed his hand and motioned him to sit back down.

"Okay Queen of Hyrule. We could talk about the details and come to an arrangement. We could combine our strengths. Share it with who seems worthy. We could stop all war! It's the gift from the heavens and where is it? Locked in some vault somewhere? I bet Hyrule uses it for their own gain huh…" he said and Zelda remained calm.
"King of Labrynna. I can not negotiate any deal or information on the Triforce. We Hyrule can help your Kingdom in many other ways but this is a no. I am sorry" she said the King looked angry.
"So we are just being mocked huh!" The King said in fury.

Link looked around the room. Caroline looked horrified at her Father, the Queen remained still with no expression on her face and Edgar was hard to read. Link assumed he was on the King's side but didn't want to be part of this clear falling out.
"Okay Father. It is clear that Hyrule can offer no deal on this matter". Victor said as he stood and Zelda stood soon after. Link copied them.
"My damn son. Why did you Marry this…."
"Enough." Angela spoke to stop her Husband. "You may be excused." She said as Zelda bowed as the trio left to their chambers.

 

Zelda storms into her quarters with Victor and Link.
"What the fuck was that!" She shouted, catching Link and Victor off guard by her language.
"Zelda, I don't feel safe around him… I mean… we can't discuss any of this in the Palace" Link told her and she agreed.
"Victor. We need to leave. Is it possible for us to leave right away?"she asked and he hugged her.
"Yes…. I am… I am so sorry…. I knew they would try and use Hyrule like I said but… I didn't think my Father would go that far" he said.
"Is it just your Father because… I can't read your Mother.." Zelda said and Victor sat.
"Yeah, she is in on it but was just there to keep my Father in check. Edgar would probably agree with him too but not at the sake of a falling out and my sister… well she is too kind hearted. She wouldn't hurt a fly" he said and Zelda nodded.

"I will tell the Knights we are leaving right away. Can say for sure this was a wasted trip… sorry that your visit to Labrynna was such a nightmare." Victor said but Zelda shook her head.
"Well… there was some good news.." she said as she held her stomach and Victor nodded.

 

Victor goes and tells the Knights of Hyrule to get ready for his departure and goes to tell his Brother the same.
"Edgar.. that went worse than I could have imagined. I am not going to ask you to take sides, ask your opinion on it or tell you mine but you can at least understand that we need to return to Hyrule now, right?" Victor said as he looked his Brother in the eyes. Edgar looked at the floor for a moment before looking back up with a smile. Of course Brother. Politics is messy and you and Father may be at odds or… at least the Queen of Hyrule is but I hope none of this puts a wrench between us. I hope I can visit you with Caroline sometime." He said and Victor hugged his Brother.
"Sure. I hope to see you soon". He said.

 

They depart from the palace and head down a mountainous road out of the Kingdom. Link rode Epona close to the Carriage. He felt uneasy about this Kingdom and wanted to be well gone before talking to Zelda about what transpired. Link spotted a Horseman with a bow on a high cliff. He was pretty far away but Link caught a glimpse. He rode close to the carriage.
"Zelda, I don't want to alarm you but get down. There is a suspicious character on the hills". He spoke loud enough for her, Victor and the Knights at the front of the Carriage to hear.
"Right." She said as Link got out his bow.

There was no activity for a while and they reached the borders of the Kingdom. They were in no mans land but the lone Horse rider remained on their trail. Link kept everyone updated. Clearly the Man knew he had been spotted and Link knew he knew. His intentions were still unclear.

He followed for Hours and hours until they passed a forest and the Man rode into it, hiding himself from view. Link was uneasy. He rode close by.

Suddenly a small object zoomed out of the forest and pierced the side of the carriage. In a flash the hooded man was propelled to the side of the carriage. Link was shocked, someone else had a Hookshot? Of course… Link found two in Hyrule and one in Termina, it must be a more common idea than he thought. The man stabbed a thin, longsword into the carriage and Zelda gasped. Link dived off Epona and grabbed the side of the Carriage. He swung his Sword but the Man flipped in midair and landed on top of the carriage, piercing his Sword down several times to try and kill Zelda. One of the Knights climbed on top of the carriage but the Assassin swung his blade 360 degrees and sliced the Knight in two.

Link climbed up and he tried the same tactic but Link parried his attack with his shield. The Assassin took a step backwards and Link sliced his sworded hand off. As he screamed in pain, Link let out a "SHYAAATTT!" And spun around, cutting the Assassins head off. Link grabbed his head but let his body fall to the ground as the carriage continued on.

"We are safe….The Knight is dead however….Victor!" He called inside as Victor slid open the window. "Everyone all right?" He asks and he nodded.
"Bastard stabbed me in the foot but yeah, we are fine. Zelda is fine. Thank you Link". He said in shock.
"Good. You know this Man?" Link asked as he held the head up to Victor and saw a frown on his face.
"Yeah I know him. That's my Dad's Assassin alright…. But we should be safe. That Man is skilled enough to have the job done alone" Victor said as Link threw the head into a nearby river.

 

Once they are far out from Labrynna and all tensions simmer down, Link enters the carriage, Epona being smart enough to follow along.
"Zelda, the King of Labrynna seems to be willing to kill you for the Triforce. He probably knew you'd decline so has an Assassin ready. But…. Why? Why would killing you get him the Triforce?" Link said and Zelda sighed.
"Because since I have no heir, the throne as of now would go to Victor and he probably thinks he would have a better shot gaining the Triforce from his own family…. Regardless of if he got the Triforce, he would still have his bloodline in charge of Hyrule". She explained and Victor frowned.

"You know that I would side with you and Hyrule even if you were gone right?" He reassured and Zelda smiled.
"I do. But does he?" She said and Victor said nothing, making the answer clear.
"I don't know a lot about the Triforce, I know you to do and… and I don't need nor want to know. The less people know the safer it is but… it is safe?" He asked and Zelda looked at Link and he nodded.
"Yeah. It is safe. I would go as far as saying it is impossible to obtain right now" he said and Zelda smiled.
"At least we have that much." She said as she hugged Link.

"Yeah but Zelda… I gotta say I am concerned about you. That Man despite my efforts was close to killing you. I am skilled and will protect you with my life but I can't always be there. What if he sends someone else?" Link askes and she shrugs.
"Link. Nothing changes. I am in danger of Assassination every day of my life. There is always someone who will benefit from my death and there will always be people after the throne. I can handle myself, I have you, I have Victor and the Knights of Hyrule. I refuse to live in fear" she said and Link sighed.
"Well… at least we are out of Labyrnna… I am never going back there in my life!" Link said as he climbed out of the carriage and back onto Epona's back.

Notes:

For those who don't know, Labrynna is from Oracle of Ages I believe (I have played bith games but they sort of blend into one) but deapite being in different timeline entirely, the events of the Oracle games would be set in the future so Queen Ambi would not be around yet. I based Victor loosley on Ralph's sprite and what I imagined him as before I saw his art work. The Oracle games have Vasu's Jewlers so I thought building that into the lore was a nice touch.

I try to make these fit canonically witht the Zelda timeline the best I can and not contradict anything but simce the Oracle games are in the Downfall timeline I feel there is little risk of that.

Chapter 53: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 15 - The Meanong of a Ranch Name

Summary:

Link returns from Labrynna with a question for Malon.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They made it. Link, Zelda and Victor as well as the two Knight controlling the coach returned to Hyrule. It had been two weeks but it felt like an eternity. Link rode Epona up to the side of the coach and knocked on the small wooden window. Zelda opened it.
"You don't need me for the rest of the day do you?" He asked and she gave him a smirk.
"Yes Link, go on. Go see Malon." She told him and he couldn't help grin that she saw right through him. He rode off towards Lon Lon ranch.

As he rode into the Ranch Malon was running towards him, obviously from hearing Epona. Link was mesmerised by how her boobs bounced as she ran. Oh he would be seeing that later for sure.

He dived off Epona and embraced her, picking her up in the hug and spun around before intensely kissing her against the stable. She pulled his head in and slightly moaned. He pulled away and smiled. "I have missed you so much!" He said as he looked into her eyes and she teared up.
"I thought about you every second. Thank you for coming home safe!" She happily cried into him.

He grabbed her hand and pulled her along to the Horse pen. "Link... where are we going?" She asked as he just dragged her. As they reached the centre he turned around and looked at her.
"It was right here. This wasn't where we first met but it is where we first properly got to know each other. You sung Epona's Song and it was so beautiful" he told her and she grinned.
"That was a long time ago now." She added as she was confused where he was going with this.

He dropped on one knee and held the Emerald Ring out. Malon gasped and Link looked up at her.
"Malon. Will you marry me?" He proposed and she put her hand to her mouth in shock.
"YES! Oh my Gosh Link! Yes!" She screamed in excitement as Link stood up and grabbed her hand and slid the ring on. She held her hand up and admired it. "It is so beautiful.. I love Emeralds. I love you so much" she said in tears and they kissed. Link grabbed her waist and pulled her down to the grass on top of him.

"You don't know how happy you make me Malon. I have had many exciting adventures but a life with you is the most exciting of all" he said and she laughed at how sweet yet corny that was. "Where is Talon at today?" He mischeivously grins and she shrugs.
"Probably asleep at the Castle moat again... what did you have in mind..." she seductively says as she lay ontop of him. His hands wonder down to her butt and gives it a squeeze which sent shock waves through her body and made her squirm. "I like how you think" she whispered into him before kissing him again.

His hands trailed up to her waist and then to her breasts where he groped them. She sighed into his feeling. She loved him playing with her boobs and she has waited for his return so he could do it once more. He then rolled himself ontop of her getting between her legs and kissing her. He undone the pendant that kept the yellow fabric around her neck in place and moved it to the side. His hand went down to her belt and unclasped it before pulling out the tucked in shirt.

As he did this she had made easy work off undoing his belt and the threw his hat to the side. Her hands ran through his messy hair before he untucked her shirt. She did him the favour and grabbed the bottom of her shirt and pulled it off leaving her in her bra. She grabbed a hold of his tunic and he did as she did, pulling it over his head along with his undershirt.

When he looked down she had undone her bra and he smiled. He licked her right boob and played with the nipple on the left. His mouth went up to her neck, the breathing on her skin tickling her but making her more aroused. Her hands moved down to the bulge in his pants and he groaned as she touched it, makimg her smile. She pulled down his pants and he kicked them off with his boots, making him completly naked.

She felt his muscles around his body before making it down to his hard cock. She began strocking it and Link arched his back so she could get more access to it. Her soft delicate hands ran up and down his solid shaft. Man it felt so good. He placed a hand on her thigh and trailed his hand beneath her skirt, pulling her panties down and rubbing his finger over her clit.

"AH!" She said in surprise as her vagina got instantly more wet. "Link that was soooo.... take me please" she begged and Link needed nothing more. He pulled up her skirt and lined up his dick. He looked into her eyes before he thrust into her.

She moaned in bliss. He was a little more rough than their first time but she did not mind at all. She felt ready to take what he could give and learn how to properly fuck. She wanted their sex to be sexy, horny and the best thing ever. She sighed as he was keeping a steady pace. She felt up and down his muscles and it made her more aroused. She loved his sexy hot body and began pulling him into into his thrusts by placimg her hands on his lower back and pulling. "Liiink... oh Link..." she moaned repeatedly as the moved their bodies together.

His dick was solid and with each thrust it pushed into her soaking core. The wetness of her made Link slide all the way into her each time making her feel the full pleasure.
"Malon... oh Malon!" He moanes as he looked lovingly into her eyes. His eyes reflect love and lust. His breath was tickling her skin as the two lovers rocked their bodies together. She bucked her hips up to meet him and then wrapped her legs around him.

"I love you so much. Ah! You are soo wet!" He gruunted and she smiled. His dick seemed to slip further into her each time.
"Ahh" she moaned as Link grabbed her boobs. "You wanna look at ahhh... them more huh... ahhh" she panted out and Link moaned. She rolled ontop of him and began riding his dick.

Her boobs swayed as she rocked backwards and forwards. Link's hands were on her hips, helping them move together but keeping his eyes on her boobs he liked so much.
"Oh Malon that is so good" he moaned as she rocked on his dick.
"I could..... ahhhh.... say the same..." she moaned and panted as she kept a steady pace. "Link... I don't knoe how long I can...ahhh" she panted.

Link sat up so she was straddling him. He looked in her eyes as she bounced up and down on his dick and he rocked her hips into back and forward while thrusting upwards to meet her core. Neither said anything as they thrust together. They stared into each others eye as their breaths increased slowly but surely. Both were nearing their climax in sync, they knew hoe close they were by the intensity of their breaths. Link fept her walls clampimg him whilst dripping wet while sje felt his hard dick push into her. Link was in heaven, he could feel his balls were about to explode. She could feel herself getting so close.

Their breathing was fast and they were really close. Link pushed her on her back and placed his hands by her side and sped up his thrusts into her. "Ahahaaaa LINK!" She moaned as she reached an orgasm.
"MALON!" He moaned as they both came. Link's balls finally released his load into her, firing his built up seed into her. "Ohh.. Malon" he moaned as he slowed down. They both panted and Link pulled out of her.

He rolled off her and lay next to her. She straightened out her skirt and pulled her panties up. "That... that was the best sex I have ever had" he said with confidence and she turned to her and smirked.
"Well its not like I have much competition but... I agree, that was pretty amazing" she giggled. Link was baffled by how she went from sexy to cute in the blink of an eye.

 

The engaged couple just lay there. Although they had put their clothes back on it would be ovbious to anyone they had just had sex. Link's hat was off and the Yellow bandand thst went around Malon's neck was off and her shirt wasnt tucked in like it normally is. They just lay there enjoying each others company. Malon thinking about their wedding.

"Oh my God..." Link said suddenly and Malon turned to him confused.
"What?" She asked with a slight element of concern in her voice.
"I have known about Lon Lon Ranch for what... eight years? About that amount of time and I have only just realised Lon Lon Ranch is named that because it has two 'Lons' here... Malon and Talon" he said and Malon sighed.
"Really? You are only just getting that now? Are you serious? You have proposed to me before yoh worked that out?" She asked in disbelief and he laughed.
"Trust me... I feel like a massive idot" he said and they both laughed.

"Oh! I almost forgot. Zelda is pregnant!" He told her and her face lit up.
"Oh my God, that is wonderful. We have to visit them and tell them about us!" She said and Link nodded.
"We could go today" he said and she smiled.
"Also I have been meaning to ask...." she said as her face went red. "Have you thought about Children... like us..."
"Yes." He interrupted her. "I do. I want to start a family with you Malon. Who knows.. I might have already given you a Child" he said to her and she smiled and hugged him.
"And if not... well we will just have to work that rod of your harder" she smirked and he smiled.
"Hey, I want that regardless" he said and she laughed.

"Do you know how many you want?" Link asked and she locked hands with him. Not sure. At least two. Maybe more, but I dunno". She said and Link sat up.
"Wow, I was gonna say the exact same thing" he told her as he stood up pulled her up with their connected hand. "Let's work on Child one first though" he said and she rolled her eyes.
"You don't say! No, I suggest we start with Child two...." she said sarcastically and he laughed at her making fun of him.
"I deserve that one..."

 

Link and Malon ride towards Hyrule Castle, hopefully they will find Talon on the way. They reached the Castle gates and a Guard looked up at Malon.
"My Lord... who is your guest," he asked unsure if the question was any of his business.
"This is Malon, my partner. She is allowed in." He said and the Guard stood to attention.
"Right!" He said as the gates opened.
"Why didn't you just say I was your Fiance?" She asked and he smiled.
"I wanted either your Dad or Zelda to be the first to know" he told her and she hugged him. She liked it when he was adorable.

They reach the front entrance and they both get off Epona and walk along the moat. Sure enough, Talon was asleep. Malon walked over and clapped loudly in his face making him jump up in an instant. Link was blown away, it was that easy? He had to breed a Cucco to wake him up.
"What in tarnation! Erm... Malon? What are you... Link?" He said in confusion and they both laughed.

"Me and Link were on our way to see the Queen, we figured you'd be here" she said with her hands on her hips.
"We also have something we want to tell you" Link said, completely skipping the introductory hello of being back in Hyrule. Malon raised her hand, showing off the ring.
"Me and Link are getting married!" She said and Talon leaped forward and grabbed the two of them in a bear hug.

"Oh my sweet Girl! I am so happy! He said with tears in his eyes and also releasing them. "Link, with you in my life... things just keep getting better. You are a fine man and I would have it no other way. Malon, you are all grown up!" He cried and she hugged him.
"Thank you Father." She said and Link joined them in the hug.

 

Link takes Malon through the Castle. A lot of people giving them strange looks as it wasn't exactly common for someone to bring their Girlfriend, Wife or Fiance to work but Link was a special case. He out ranked everyone in the Castle except Zelda... well maybe Victor too, he was unsure about that one. They arrived at her door and knocked.
"Come in Link!" She shouted and Malon gabe a confused look at how she knew it was him.
"I have a guest!" Link announces as Malon walks in with him.
"Malon! How are you doing?" She said as she hugged her
"I am great! Never mind me, congratulations!" She said and Zelda smiled.
"Thank you. Oh! This is Victor, Victor this is Malon" Zelda said and Malon shook his hand.
"It's an honour to meet you. I have heard so much about you". She said and he smiled.
"I have equally heard a lot about you. These two never shut up about you" he joked making Malon go a little red. "What they say is true, you are beautiful" he said and she blushed.

"Thank you..." she said in embarrassment and Link knew it was his job to save her from it.
"We all go way back, we should all go to the bar together sometime... you know, when you are not pregnant" Link said and she smiled.
"I may not look it but I can take a lot drink" she smirked and Malon frowned.
"I have never been drunk" she said and only Link wasn't surprised. "I was kinda scared off it by someone I knew... know" she said and Victor put a hand on her shoulder.
"Nah, if you are with us you'll be fine. Especially your Man here. He has travelled through time and went to moons and shit" he said and Malon smiled.

"We did come for a reason though.." Link said as he nodded to Malon. Malon shyly flashed her ring to them and Zelda caught on seconds quicker than Victor did and hugged her.
"Congratulations!" She cheered and then hugged Link. "Oh I am so happy. I love you both so much and you are perfect for each other." She grabbed Malon's hand to inspect the ring further.
"Thank you Zelda. It means the world coming from you. Couldn't have asked for a more perfect Girl" he said as he put an arm around his future wife.
"That's a Labrynna Ring...." Victor said and they all stared at him. "Sorry, I mean just saying like Labrynna and Holodrum are known for crafting some of the most perfect, expensive and often magical rings in the world.... now I know where you secretly snuck off too" Victor said to Link and he shrugged.
"I don't know what you are talking about. I was by the Queen's side all the time..." he said and they all laughed.

They all sat and talked for a while, Malon got to know Victor better and he got to know her better. Malon asked about Zelda's pregnancy and Link just enjoyed all his closest friends being together.
"Have you thought about the wedding at all?" Zelda asked and Malon shrugged.
"I've been thinking about weddings since I was a Girl. But no, he only proposed today so we haven't had a chance to talk about it" she said and Link sat up.
"I have." He said, surprising everyone. "Well I mean, I have thought about some of it. I haven't discussed it. Mainly where I want it but don't even know if it's a possibility." He said and Malon raised an eyebrow in curiosity and Zelda looked at him.
"Okay...spill?" Zelda said to him and he looked at her.
"I was thinking of the Temple of Time". He said and there was a silence.
"Is that…. An option?" Malon asked and Zelda laughed.

"Hellooooo. I am the Queen of Hyrule. I can make that possible. I think it's a great idea". Zelda said and everyone smiled.
"Thanks Zelda. Just a shame I missed your Wedding". He said and she shook her head.
"Nah. You were off saving the world. And besides. Malon filled in for you." She said and he looked at Malon and she nodded her head.
"Wow. I never knew you were at their wedding." He said and Victor shrugged.
"Not gonna lie. Neither did I. Guess we didn't meet" He said and everyone laughed.
"You were too busy staring at my cleavage". Zelda said bluntly and his eyes grew wide.
"Really…….. You saw that?" He said as the group laughed once more.

 

 

The couple rode back to Lon Lon Ranch. Malon was in front and Link held on to her hips as they rode. She felt his erection against her lower back. No words needed to be spoken to clarify what they would be doing when they got home. They arrived home and they climbed off Epona.
"I'll feed her and put her away. You go on a head" he told her and she smirked and she did just that.

A short while later Link entered their room to a naked Woman laying on a double bed.
"We have a little more room now" he seductively said and Link began peeling his clothes off as he walked towards her.
"Good. Means I don't have to be as careful when I fuck you" he said as his naked body climbed ontop of her. He parted her legs and Malon was fully expecting him to push his dick right into her but he pushed his fingers inside her wet folds instead.

She bit her lip in the sexiest way possible as Link was playing with her. "You like that?" He asked to the adorable red hair that could only nod. "Just making you nice and wet" he said into her ear which sent a shiver down her spine. He lightly kissed her neck and his breath tickled her. She couldn't deny it was working as she found herself more and more aroused. Just as Link grabbed her boobs she moaned.
"Oh Link... please don't make me wait any longer." She begged and Link pulled his fingers out and lined his dick up with her. He looked into her eyes and she gave him a nod and he pushed inside her.

She was tight and felt great around Link hard, throbbing Penis. He kissed her just as she was about to moan in delight and began gyrating his hips into her, thrusting his hard dick in and out of her. He went slowly, looking into his future Wife's eyes as he made love to her. She panted in pleasure, her breathing slow as she gazed lovingly and lustfully into his eyes.

He kept a steady pace while Malon bucked her hips up to meet her loving Fiancé's. Their sex was increddible. Link loved the tight pleasurable sensation of his dick being gripped by her and the orgasmic sight of his Fiancée below him with her breasts pressed firmly against his chest. Her beautiful hair was a hot red mess from the excitement they were leading but it made him all the more aroused.

Malon equally loved the feeling of Link thrusting his hard dick inside her. It felt intense each time and she gasped and moaned at each thrust. His muscular arms were to her sides as he held up his muscular body that she eyes up every chance she got.

Suddenly he gripped her left breast once again and a shock wave rippled through her body.
"Ahhhhh Link…" she gasped as she wrapped her legs around him without even thinking. She began bucking her hips faster which Link took the sign and sped up.

He was close, he could feel his balls tighten and he knew he couldn't last much longer.
"Malon… I…" he gasped and she kissed him to shut him up.
"I am so…. Ahhh...Link" she moaned as they both looked into each other's eyes. In that moment she came and Link grunted as his dick spasmed in her tight wet hole, shooting his load inside her. After a few more thrusts he collapsed next to her.

"Malon… I love you so much" he said as he looked into her eyes. Her beautiful face smiling back which somehow had an innocence to it that it didn't have just a moment ago. She kissed him softly.
"I love you more" she giggled and he smirked.
"We are not going to do this, we will be here all night" he told her as they both laughed.

 

Life goes on as usual. Link goes to Hyrule Castle and goes on personal missions for Zelda. She is more reliant on Link than ever as she grows more pregnant by the day. Link gets paid a lot of Rupees for his job and then returns to his loving Finace. They have sex most nights, both getting better and better at it. They talk about future dreams. Malon wants to start up her own Ranch somewhere and leave Lon Lon for her Father and Ingo. Link agrees and tells her it is possible with how much Link gets paid. After Link proposed to Malon and told Zelda about it their preparations escalated. Malon and Link worried about the particulars while Zelda graciously arangenged for the Temple of Time to be ready for a ceremony. Thanks to her help, within two months, their wedding was ready.

Notes:

Simple lighthearted chapter. Sorry it was late but life comes first.

Chapter 54: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 16 - The Wedding of Time

Summary:

The time for Link and Malon's wedding approaches.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link opens his eyes, slightly disoriented for a second before realising he wasn't home and he was at his official Quarters in Hyrule Castle. He had come here the Night before his Wedding, after a stag night held at the Castle by Victor but also because everyone insisted it was bad luck to see the Bride before the Wedding. He wasn't a superstitious person but he went along with everyone's wishes.

Link didn't know what Malon's Dress would look like but he wore his familiar Tunic except it was Black and tailor made by the best Seamstress in Hyrule. At least that is what he was told.

There was a knock on his door and without answering Zelda walked in with a tray of food.
"Got you some Breakfast" she said happily and he smiled.
"Thank you. Smells great!" He said as he took it off her and immediately began eating.
"Are you excited? I am." She said like an over excited school girl.
"Yeah. And nervous." He admitted and she couldn't help smirk.
"You mean the Legendary Hero of Time that defeated a Demon King twice, travelled through Time and saved Three Kingdoms is nervous of his wedding?" She joked and he looked at her.
"That about sums it up!" He said to her. "How's the Baby?" He asked, pointing at her growing Baby Bump.

"Oh you know, unborn and kicking" she said as she sat next to him. "You know if I told my Childhood self that I would be sitting married and pregnant next to you on your wedding night and am overjoyed about how my life has turned out I would have thought I was insane. I was so obsessed with you and wanted nothing more to spend my life with you but now I am just happy that I get to watch my two best friends who are destined for each other get married". She tells him and he smiles and puts an arm around her and leans hisnhead on her shoulder.
"You said everything perfectly. I was away from Hyrule for so long but I always just thought about getting home to you. When you told me you were married I was crushed and assumed I would hate Victor. That's what shocked me the most, I really like him and he is perfect for you. And now I am getting married to the most beautiful, kindest and sweetest Woman in Hyrule. Going through the shit I have went through for this life is worth it". He said to her.

The two talked for a bit longer before Zelda stood up.
"Come on then. We need to get you changed" she said she held a hand out for him.
"What do you mean 'we'? I can do it myself" he told her but she gave him a doubtful look.
"Really?" She asked
"Yeah" he told her
"Are you sure?"
"Positive."
"Neatly?"
"I'll manage."
"Link…."
"Fine…" he relented.
"Good, I knew you'd see reason". She said as shenpulled his tailor made Tunic off a coat hanger.

He was only in his boxers and the intimacy never went over his head but Link didn't care. He was about to get married to Malon. He couldn't wait. Zelda straightened his tights out, his undershirt and most importantly the Tunic, making sure it was neat and presentable. She sorted his hair out and neatly put his hat on too. Link felt like a child getting dressed by his Mother but knew Zelda was right and he wouldn't have put this much thought into how he looks.

Once he was changed he looked in the mirror and smiled. "You look very handsome," she told him. "So come on. We will head down to the Temple of Time now" she said as he took her hand and left his quarters.

They headed through the Castle and through Castle Town. Castle Town was on high security but the people all knew what was going on and all appeared to cheer for the Hero of Time. Link smiled, but still wasn't a fan of all the attention he got. He also felt a little unsafe due to him having no weapons or protection on him but he had been assured by Zelda that the wedding will go fine.

He entered the Temple and it was decorated for a wedding, rows of seats lined it with friends from all over. All the Sages were here with Nabooru being the obvious exception. Saria, Darunia, Ruto, Impa and her Wife as well as Zelda and Victor of course. Ingo and his wife were invited, his old friends from Kokiri Village, some people from Kakariko Village and Castle Town and various members from all the races, not all of them he knew..

Link wished that Nabooru could be here, Queen Sylvia and of course all the incredible friends he made in Termina which he understood was an impossibility and also knew it would be strange seeing Romani and Cremia when he is getting married to a Woman that looked exactly like her. Somehow he found Malon more beautiful though. Then the other one missing was his long lost friend Navi.

He walked to the altar with Zelda and she stepped behind it, Link ready with his Ring. Eventually the bells began ringing and music began playing from an organ Link didn't even notice was there. He looked to the door and there she was.

Malon walked in with Talon holding her hand. She was beautiful, her long wedding dress fit her figure and there was a amount of cleavage Link was a fan of. She walked up and faced him, her face red with nerves but they faced each other and smiled.

Talon sat down and Zelda began speaking.
"We are gathered here today for the Hero of Time Link and the Beautiful Malon of Lon Lon Ranch. Link, do you take Malon to be your wife in sickness and health, poor or rich, better or worse and until death do you part?" Zelda said and Link smiled.
"I do." He said in the most sure voice possible.
"Malon, do you take Link to be your Husband in sickness and in health, poor or rich, better or worse and until death do you part?" She repeated and Malon smiled.
"Yes, I do," she said with equal sureness.
"Then Link, you may kiss the bride". She announced and Link leaned forward and grabbed her head and pulled her in for a loving kiss.

The crowd cheered and clapped. Zelda smiled in happiness. Talon was in tears while Saria jumped in excitement. Darunia pounded his chest while Ruto smiled with a hint of jealousy on her face. Malon of course was in heaven with Link. Their kiss seemed to slow down time. They eventually broke the kiss and Link slipped the wedding ring on her finger.

 

A few hours after the ceremony there was a party held in the halls of Hyrule Castle and all the guests were invited. There was music and food and a huge wedding cake that Link definitely enjoyed. Link sat with Malon the whole time while everyone got pissed.

Talon had been to Hyrule Castle to deliver goods often but he had never entered inside. He was blown away. Saria was always excited to leave the Forest since it happened so infrequently. She was however intimidated by how much taller everyone was in comparison to her.

Zelda then clinked a glass and got everyone's attention. "I have of course been the centre of attention many times in my life and am used to public speaking but never has it been a wedding and never had it been my two best friends ever." She spoke and the newly wedded couple smiled. " Bach when I was a kid I never really had any friends as I was alone in the Castle with no one my age around. But one day this little Boy in Green clothes snuck inside the Castle and right then we became best friends. He has saved the world, more times than you all know, saved my life and travelled through time. But his greatest achievement is finding Malon, the most wonderful woman ever to be by his side."

"We met not too long after I met Link and it always felt like we were an unbreakable trio. After Link left Hyrule on a journey I would sneak out of the Castle and go to Lon Lon Ranch to see my best friend. The kind, funny, pretty and hands down nicest person you will ever meet… that is Malon in a nutshell. When I heard these two were getting married I knew it was right because they are made for each other." She spoke as she stepped down from a raised platform.

Talon then walked up with a slight wobble. Few people knew who he was but he didn't care.
"Am so 'appy for my beautiful Daughter on her big day….. I have never cried like this since the day she was born." He sniffed. " An Link, he a mighty fine lad and couldn't a asked for a better Husband for my Daughter". He said as he stepped down. It wasn't the most elegant speech but it was full of emotion.

A few others gave some words like Saria who talked about their days growing up in the forest and Darunia who talked about how much of a vro Link was. But that was all overshadowed by their first dance which was watched by all. From there it was just like a crazy party where everyone got drunk and enjoyed themselves.

 

Link stepped away for a moment to excuse himself to the toilet. He stepped down a corridor but stopped in his tracks when he heard some familiar moaning coming from a less walked corridor. He slowly and quietly walked over to the corridor and looked around the corner. What he saw surprised him.

It was Ruto sitting on a drawer with Victor thrusting inside her with one arm on her hip and the other on her boob, squeezing it as the Zora Woman rocked into him with a steady rhythm. Link walked away but her moaning could be heard from quite far away.

"Fuck! Fuck! Victor! " She moaned as the Black Haired Man continued his thrusts inside her. Victor grunted with ecstasy as his dick pushed in and out of her tight Zora hole. The sensation was certainly unusual but Victor like any Male could see the appeal of Ruto.

She walked with elegance and the way her curvy hips moved as she strode around. Her arse was the perfect round shape that captured the gaze of all Men in the room. Her long slender legs were an orgasmic sight and let alone her large round bouncy boobs that were as soft and bouncy as he had imagined. Victor preferred his Wife of course but couldn't deny the opportunity to fuck the horny Zora Princess.

Victor fucked her and Ruto moaned as she wrapped her legs around him and put her hands on the back of his head. "Come on! Fill me with your Royal Seed! Make me cum!" She moaned a little too loud for Victor's liking so he covered her mouth.
"Uggh. Ruto! You are so tight but so…. So…." He moaned, unable to get his words out.. "wet." He grunted

He placed both hands on her hips and sped up. She gasped in surprise as his sudden change of speed and she tightened around him.
"VICTOR!" She screamed as she came and the sudden moan pushed him over edge as he suddenly came, shooting ropes of cum deep inside her.

He came to a gradual stop as they both caught their breaths. He pulled out of her and pulled his pants up. She had no clothes to mention and as she stood his cum dribbled down her leg. " I'll have to get that cleaned up before I rejoin everyone". She said and he smiled. "Sure you don't want to reconsider. You could be my Man if you wanted…" she suggested it for the second time.
"Thank you but no. I love Zelda." he said and she smirked.
"This isn't me blackmailing you but what is stopping me from telling her about this?" She asked in genuine curiosity.
"Nothing at all. She won't mind though. She knows about my sex life". He told her and she shrugged.

 

 

The party then began slowing down with time and Link and Malon got on Epona and rode off home with the cheering crowd behind them.

They got to the Ranch, Link jumped down and as Malon got off Link picked her up in his arms and kissed her.
"I love you so much my beautiful Wife" he said to her and she smiled.
"Same to you my handsome Husband" she copied as he opened the door and carried her inside.

Link pushed the door to their room open and passionately pushed his wife through with a kiss, pushing her against the wardrobe. She pulled him in for the kiss, it was the most intense kiss they had shared. His hand roamed her body and she moaned into the kiss. They broke off the kiss and Malon turned around.
"Take my dress off" she said in desperation as Link found the zip and undone the dress. She stepped out of it and carefully placed it on a mannequin before Link returned to kissing her. She still had her panties, bra and long white gloves on but they would come off in time.

Link groped her boobs as she moaned, working on his Black Tunic. She pulled it over his head, revealing his muscular body as she traced the silk glove over his abbs. "I love you so, so, much". She said and he smiled.
"I love you so, so, so much" he said back before he gave her a softer kiss.

They walked towards the bed and Link quickly stripped down to his boxers and Malon pulled her underwear down and shook her ass infront of Link. Link smiled as he grasped both cheeks with his palms, getting a surprised screech from Malon before he bent her over the bed. He pressed the tip against her entrance and the hum escaping her lips was the only confirmation he needed. He pushed into her, doing her from behind felt different but great all the same.

I began to speed up, getting into a rhythm as her cheeks slapped against his skin and she moaned at every thrust. He then pushed her further onto the bed so he was lying on top of her, dick still inside her. He licked her neck, sending shivers down her spine and moaned into her ear.
"Link…." She moaned lightly as she turned around to face her Husband. Her legs parted enough for Link to push back inside her.

They looked lustfully and longingly into each other's eyes as Link pulled in and out at a consistent and slow pace. There was no need for speed as they wanted to enjoy each other and make love with passion. They could read each other's thoughts by looking at their face.

Malon was getting closer and put an arm around Link for support. "Link…." She said in a moan.
"I know. Me too" he moaned as his speed increased slightly but not too much. Eventually their breathing increased and Malon felt a wave of pleasure ripple through her body as his dick was slightly into her. Link continued his pace until he felt the same wave of pleasure building up inside his dick. He knew he could cum any minute. He placed one arm by her head and grunted. "Ugh…. Ugh….Ahhhhh" was all he got out as his balls let out and he shot his cum inside her.

They rolled onto their sides, Link still connected to her as she wrapped a leg around him. "I adore you" she said and he smiled.
"I know. And I think I am the luckiest Man alive to be able to spend my life with you" he said to her as he kissed her with passion….

Notes:

Not much too this chapter besideds the wedding. I feel like adding kore to this chapters but that will be a long way in the future. Just more character stuff.

Chapter 55: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 17 - Offspring of Time

Summary:

The first year of Link and Malon's Married Life

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Malon awoke next to Link the next morning and threw up. Link jumped awake and held her hair back.
"Wow... did you really have that much to drink last night?" He asked her and she shrugged.
"I guess so.... man, what a way to start the first day of married life" she joked and he smiled at her.
"This doesn't make me love you any less" he said as she puked again. "Let me go clean it up." He said as he ran off to get a bucket and a mop.

Malon had a lot to drink last night and she had no idea what a hangover felt like. She assumed this was it. She couldn't claim to be a fan. Link returned and she smiled at him.
"I won't lie, Link. I feel like shit" she said and he began clearing up the vomit.
"Well just stay in bed today, I'll be your servant for the day" he said and she smirked.
"Nah, you are my servant for life, you're stuck with me" she joked and they both laughed.

Link brought her breakfast and lunch as well as checked on her frequently throughout the day. She wasn't feeling anything extreme besides the head ache, the stomach aches and other hangover esc symptoms. Link brought her a box of potions he got from Kakariko Village. He told her there were all kinds in there, more than she needed and hoped she could make more sense out of the labels.

She pulled out a pink potion and read that it was a pregnancy test potion. She didn't think she was pregnant but she knew there was the chance. She began hoping she wasn't only because she would start worrying she had harmed a baby with the drinking from last night. She read up how the potion worked and she used it. Her heart beat increased. She was pregnant.

She felt the guilt of drinking, the worry but also the excitement and joy. She is going to be a Mother and have Link's Child. Malon through the bottle in the bin across the room. She was terrible at aiming but got it on the first try this time. Link had left her his Ocarina to play loudly if she needed him. She played a tune she made up on the spot. It was terrible but served its purpose because within moments, Link rushed through the door.

"What's the matter? Are you alright?" He asked in concern and she nodded.
"Over the moon. Link come here" she said as he walked over and sat on the edge of the bed. "I have just found out something brilliant. I am pregnant!" She said excitedly and Link's eyes widened.
"Oh my Hylia! YES! Oh Yes! I am gonna be a Dad! We are gonna have a Kid!" He said in excitement and he kissed her. "That is the best news all day!" He beamed but then she grabbed his hand.
"You don't think the alcohol damaged it, do you?" She asked in genuine fear and Link stroked her hair.
"I think one time won't be too bad but we can get a Doctor round to check if we want to be on the safe side" he told her and she agreed.

She trusted Link's judgement but wanted her mind put at ease. Her mind was quickly at ease when the same day Link got a Doctor round through his Royal connections and she and the Baby were fine. She was relieved and once Link and her enjoyed their moment together and she was feeling better they went to tell Talon the good news.

They walked down stairs and Talon was there.
"The newlyweds! Welcome to the first day of marriage!" He cheered and Malon laughed.
"Dad, we have good news." she said and he smiled.
"Already! Well I shouldn't be surprised but…" he went on and Link gave him a confused look.
"Dad… what are you talking about?" Malon asked and he smiled and hugged the both of them tightly.
"I dunno what else this could be other than you telling me my Grandchild is on the way!" He said as he hugged them.

Malon looked at Link and he shrugged.
"Yes…That was what we were going to tell you but… how did you…?" She asked and he wiped away some tears of joy.
"Well, you two haven't exactly been subtle you know. I can hear you every night" he said and Malon went bright red.
"DAD!" She shouted and Link laughed.
"Congratulations, you two. I am so happy for you. Ever since you came into our lives Link, everything has just got better. Thank you" he said as he hugged them both again.

 

Months go by. Link continues his role as Zelda's personal Knight, slowly watching her become more and more pregnant. He goes home and doubles down on work at the Ranch to take the burden off his pregnant Wife who to Link's stress, refuses to sit still. Eventually the day for Zelda's Baby was due.

Link waited outside the ward with his sword and shield with him while Malon also stood with him, ready to see the Baby once it was born. It was a long wait but the screaming through the walls was a pretty good indication that she was giving Birth. Link hated it, the sound of Zelda screaming in agony was unbearable. He wanted to run in and help but knew there was nothing he could do. He was also more nervous about Malon than ever, knowing he would have to go through this again.

After a long wait, a nurse came out of the room.
"You two can go in now" she said in a kind voice and Link and Malon did just that. They stepped inside to see Zelda with a little Baby wrapped in her arms with Victor right by her side.
"Link. Malon. Meet Arthur" she said happily as Malon pushed past Link to see him.
"Aww. He is so cute! Hi little guy. I am Malon, your Mother's good friend." She said the sleeping Baby. Link had few words and smiled at both of them.

They spent some time there, talking and holding the newborn Prince but left so Zelda and Victor could have some alone time with their child. They rode home and Link helped Malon off Epona.
"That will be us soon" he said to her and she smiled.
"I know. I can't wait!" She said to him and he smiled.
"I'd be lying if I said I wasn't shitting myself all the same". He told her and she hugged his arm.
"I'd hope so haha. If you had no concerns it would mean you are doing it wrong" she said as they stepped into their home.

 

 

The sun was beating down on Hyrule and Link pulled bales of hay around the ranch shirtless as he sweated in the summer heat. He had been working all day and picked up the slack as Talon was delivering to Hyrule Castle, Ingo was at home with his wife and his own wife was heavily pregnant and due any day now. Hardly in a condition to work.

After hours of work he was starving so he headed to the house for a lunch break. As he closened he suddenly heard Malon scream in pain. His heart began to race and he immediately ran to the house. He flung the door open and she was kneeling on the kitchen floor, clutching her baby bump.
"Link….. I… I think it's coming" she moaned in a painful tone. Link panicked, he didn't know what to do.
"Errrr.. Right! Hold on! I'll get you to the Castle for a Doctor pronto!" He said as he helped her up and put an arm around her.

He helped her to a chair and thought. Talon couldn't have picked a worse day to take the Milk Cart round and he can't exactly get her on Epona's back in this condition…. "Got it!" He said as he ran upstairs and came back down in a hurry with the fairy Ocarina. He helped her up and she put an arm around him. "Okay, hold on!" He told her as he played the Prelude of Light. In an instant they were in the Temple of Time.

Link looked at her and she was pale and looked like she might pass out. She groaned and Link helped her walk. "Come on Malon, not far to the Castle" he told her as he guided her towards the Castle.
"It was so sudden, Link…. I thought it would be a few more days…." She said weakly and Link gulped.
"It's okay, don't talk now. Everything will be okay!" He told her.

They made it to the Castle gates. "Let us in! The Baby is on the way! Get a Doctor!" He called to the Knights who sprung to action, opening the gates as one ran towards the Castle. One of them dropped his spear and joined them.
"Here, put your other arm around me Lady Malon." He told her and she listened. Link was thankful for the support and neither of them had the energy to question how he addressed her. The three of them made it to the Castle and a wheelie bed was at the entrance with some Nurses and Doctors ready. They got her on and took her inside. Link turned to the Knight.
"What's your name?" Link asked and he smiled.
"Morgan" he responded and Link smiled.
"Thank you Morgan" he said as he hurried inside.

The Doctor quickly took her to the medical bay in the Castle and Link kept up with them. Malon screams in pain and Link lets her grip hisnhand for support. "Malon you will be just fine" he said in a calming voice despite how terrified he was.
"Okay Malon, this one has come pretty sudden, you are going to have to push now okay. On three. One. Two. Three. Push!" A Doctor ordered and Malon did so, screaming and crushing Link's hand with the force of a Goron.

Malon pushed and the Doctors supported her. It felt like an eternity but suddenly the screaming stopped and the cry of a Baby was heard. "Congratulations, it is a Boy". The Doctor said as they handed the newborn to Malon. Malon smiled and tears rolled down her face. Link was in awe at the life he had created with his wife. The little baby was so tiny and fragile and Link started crying. Malon was taken back by this, he wasn't much of a cryer but this hit all his emotions.
"Welcome to our Family, Ordon". Malon said and Link smiled.

 

In a few moments, Zelda and Victor entered the Hospital and Zelda ran over to them. Link was holding him now and Zelda beamed up.
"Queen of Hyrule, let me introduce you to Ordon" Link said to her and she teared up.
"What a perfect name… Congratulations you too!" She said as she sat next to Link. "You will grow up to be kind and caring like your Mother and powerful and strong just like your Father I know it!" She said to the baby who obviously took none of it in.
"Except hopefully more careful" Malon said as a joke. She turned to Zelda. "Have you seen my Dad? He was supposed to be at the Castle today?" Malon asked and Zelda frowned.
"He is here? Delivering Milk? Well… how did you two get here?" She asked in concern and Link pulled out the Fairy Ocarina.
"Prelude of Light. You taught me that one you know. Although that didn't happen for you…" Link smirked and Zelda laughed.
"Well thank the Goddess she did, otherwise you two would have had a problem" Victor said.

After a while, Talon is found sleeping by the Castle Moat and is brought to see his Grandchild. Victor leaves by Zelda stays with them.
"You know, a Knight called Morgan really helped us out at the gates." Link said to her. "If I were in charge, I would give him a promotion." He told Zelda.
"Consider it done!" She said, "Although technically you are high rank enough to do it yourself" she said and he looked at her puzzled.
"I am? Why am I only learning this now?" He asked.
"Because…. I have only just thought to tell you" she smirked with honesty.

She stood up. "I will leave you all to have some family time. Congratulations once again to both of you" she said before she left the room. Link looked over at Malon, holding their newborn in her arms and smiled. Talon hugged the pair in tears, proud of his daughter, his son in law and loved his new Grandson.
“I have one problem” he said and Malon looked at him in confusion. “His name doesn’t end in ‘lon’” he said and they all laughed.
“‘Don’ is close enough”. Link said.

 

Some time passes and the new family returns home and life is all good. Link continues to work as Knight for Zelda and help at the Ranch. Is work load is doubled as Malon is more focused on their child to work. Link is satisfied with his life but he feels regret in spending too much time away from his own Son and is not getting enough quality time. A plan hatches in his mind and after talking it over with Malon, he makes a decision.

He gets up bright and early and heads over to Hyrule Castle. He makes it through the Castle and straight to Zelda’s Bedroom. It is outstanding how he doesn’t need to go through any procedures to get to where the Queen sleeps. Link feels he should bring it to Zelda’s attention because he could be an assassin in disguise. He gives a very specific knock on her door before opening it.

His eyes widen to the sight of Victor thrusting in and out of Zelda and both moaning like animals. The bed covers were over them so he could see anything but he has already seen all of it before.
“Damn it Link! We are not stopping for you so you can watch or wait outside!” Zelda practically screamed and Link froze, he didn’t know which option to choose. He instead walked over to Zelda’s desk and pulled out a book titled “The History of Hyrule”. He began reading it with interest, the sounds of sex in the background faded from his attention as he genuinely grew intrigued by what he was reading. This book seemed to be as much history as they knew of Hyrule as well as theories, legends and stories, with disclaimers on which parts are more accurate.

Link read chunks of it, loving that his life and journey had been successfully recorded but then struggled to believe that Hylians came from the Sky. That seemed like a myth. There was a chapter dedicated to legends of the Temple of Time and how the voices of the past can sometimes be heard if you listen hard. Link didn’t know if it was true but he certainly found it to be a relaxing place.

“OH YES!” Zelda screamed behind him, making him jump in surprise as her orgasm snapped him out of the book. They are going at it and some speed but panting as they both reach the climax and begin to come down from the high. Victor rolls over and looks at Link who is sitting casually at Zelda’s Desk.
“Good book. Can I borrow this?” Link asks holding up the book and Zelda gets out of bed with a frown, completely naked and not hiding anything.
“No you can’t. It is important” she says as she throws on a gown and walks over to him and sits on her desk. She looks down at him and smiles. “I’m not even joking when I say I am considering just walking in on you and Malon having sex one day. The only thing is, I respect Malon too much". She told him and Link gave her an apologetic look.
“Sorry, I mean, I didn’t know you’d be having sex and you have never seemed to care when I have walked into your room in the past”. He said in defense but she smirks.
“It doesn’t matter. It’s all in the past. It is just a little weird that you actually did hang around”. She said and he shrugged.
“As I said, this book is interesting, I honestly wasn’t paying attention to you two”.
“It must be a good book then”. Victor remarks.

“Anyway, I assume you came here with a purpose?” She asked and he stood up.
“Yes I did. It is about my role as your appointed Knight”. He said and she smiled.
“Say no more. I expected this would come sooner or later. Consider yourself retired Link”. She said and he was speechless.
“How did you…?” he asked and she walked over to her bed, he slowly followed.
“I just know you, Link. You work at Lon Lon Ranch, you have a Wife and Son to care for and you work here. You have little time for yourself and I imagine after all the years of adventure you just want to rest. I just knew you would ask, especially after your Son was born”. She explained as she sat on the side of her bed, Link sat next to her.
“Do you have someone to replace me? I mean I know you can handle yourself but I still worry about you.” he admitted.
“Yeah, that Morgan chap you mentioned. I dunno if he is appointed Knight material but you recommended him so I am sure he will work out”. She said and Link smiled.
“You deserve this Link. Go retire and enjoy life. It isn’t like we will never see you again. You won't be getting rid of us anytime soon”. Victor said “Besides, Zelda needs to deliver on her threat of walking in on you and Malon”. He joked and Link gave a concerned look.
“You know, I really hope you don’t. Worse thing is I know you could too”. He said and she laughed.
“Well, I will let the suspense kill you”. She said before hugging her friend. “Thank you for everything Link. Now go make Malon and Ordon happy!” she ordered.
“Right!” He said as he stood up and left.

 

Link did as he wished and lived a happy and more peaceful life with Malon and his son at Lon Lon Ranch. Everyday was a blessing and he reflected on his life. Link had looked death in the face so many times. Killing the Demon King Ganon, Saving Termina and facing a falling Moon and Majora itself, saving the Bi-Kingdoms… So many times in his life he could have been killed but he didn't and now he has been blessed with the perfect life. It is almost like the Gods have rewarded him.

One day after delivering Milk to Hyrule Castle he stopped in Castle Town. It was getting late but Link felt he had to test a hunch that was floating at the back of his mind for a while now.

Link walked into the Temple of Time. There was a simple chair left near the altar so Link sat in it. Something about the place felt... comforting to him. He let out a yawn and laid back in the chair. He opened his eyes and let out a surprised shock as his body was floating in a Black void with Blue Lights whooshing past him. It felt like.... there was no denying it, the Sacred Realm.

Where the legends he read about in Zelda's book true. Would he hear voices soon? Just as he thought that he rubbed his eyes and a figure emerged in front of him. The Man was shorter than him but his blonde hair and familiar clothes got his attention.
"So. You're the latest one then huh?" The Man said as he sat down in mid air.
"Who... are you me? Who are you?" Link asked and he laughed.
"Don't worry. We all go through this. Am I you? Well yes and no. I am the previous Hero of Hyrule, The Hero of the Foursword. My spirit is reincarnated into you but we are different people and there is no blood relation whatsoever. Good thing to because if that were the case the Royal Family would be imbred as fuck" he joked and Link crossed his arms.

"So you are the previous Hero of Hyrule? Dating back how long?" He asked and the Hero of the Foursword shrugged..
"Erm, I dunno, Centuries? A thousand years? Who knows. Long enough for my story to become forgotten to time" he explained. "If you want to learn some more about me then check out the Hero's Vault" he said and Link frowned.
"What's that?" He asked and the Hero frowned.
"Man... times have changed. Let the Hero of Skies explain it, he built it after all" he said and vanished into thin air.

Link looked around and an identical looking Man appeared.
"I am the First Hero of the Foursword. Do you know how my family is getting on?" He asked and Link shrugged.
"I erm... I don't know who your family is" he said and the Hero walked over to him.
"They live in the Forest Temple. My Wives are presumably dead and my Kids probably are too but did they have kids? Beth, Amy, ... and Meg were their names" he explained and dread came across Link's face.

He didn't know what to say. In a previous timeline he killed their spirits. They were the offspring of a past Hero? Link knew they must still be in the forest Temple But decided there and then he was never going to be going back there.
"Yeah... well, your Kids are Poes now but they are very happy" he lied and the Hero smiled.
"Oh good. The one before me won't need to ask about his family" he said as he disappeared like the last Link.

"That would be me" the next one said and Link gave him a curious look. "I am the Hero of the Minish. I mean look, I honestly don't have a lot to tell you. But I think… I think the one before me might" he said as he vanished before Link could say a word.

A Child with no iconic hat appeared.
"You don't have a hat" he said and the past Hero smiled.
"How observant of you. I am the Hero of Men, I fought against Boartreax, sealing it away and dying in the process.
"Boartreax! You mean you were the reason it was after me?" Link asked and he gave a guilty look.
"Kind of. I mean it was an evil that rose up and I stopped it. It's anger for me passed down to you. I think Vaati, an Evil after my time, accidentally unleashed it when fighting the Hero of the Minish. It must have spread across the land and been reborn" he explained.
"Well thanks to me it is dead for good now". Link said and the Hero of Men smiled.
"Glad to know my death wasn't in vain". He said as he disappeared.

A fully grown man took his place and smiled.
"So you are the latest Hero. Hi, I am the Hero of Skies, the guy who started that lovely Kingdom you live in. But enough about ancient History, I need to tell you about the Hero's vault" he said and Link gave him a nodd.

"When we constructed Hyrule Castle Centuries ago, I hid a chamber within. It leads from the Fireplace in my…. Or probably now Zelda's Bedroom. It was to store all the valuable equipment I gathered on my adventures so it could be used in a crisis by the next Hero. You no doubt have some things of great power of your own. I told my Kids about this when they turned 18 and the idea was for it to be passed down the generations until the next Hero rose up. But this fact was somewhere in time lost by the Ages and it is those who come here, to the Temple of Time, that learn of this Vault." He explained.

"So how do I get in?" Link asked but the Hero of Skies began to vanish.
"Zelda has the key. She will know what to do" he said as he disappeared into nothing and Link woke up in the Temple of Time. He felt dizzy a little but came to his senses. He left the Temple of Time and it was still dark but it was clearly the early morning. He felt guilty, he probably made Malon worry. He sighed as he knew he had to talk to Zeoda about the Hero's Vault right away.

 

Zelda awoke to a familiar tapping on her window. She threw a gown around her naked body and walked to it and drew the curtains. Link smiled on the other side.
"Morning" Zelda assumed he said since she couldn't actually hear him on the other side. She sighed and opened it.
"Link.... what are you doing?" She asked and he smiled.
"I went to the Temple, just because I felt at ease there. But... I fell asleep and I... well I met the previous Heroes of Hyrule '' he said and Zelda put her hands on her hips and Victor rolled over and looked at him with equal confusion as Zelda. "Okay well not like physically and it wasn't just a dream. It was more like an echo through time. They told me all kinds of things I never knew about Hyrule and well... let's just say I am never going back to the Forest Temple but it's true Zelda" he told her.

"Alright, alright but..where is this going and why do I need to hear this at 6am?" She asked in slight annoyance.
"Ah, sorry. It's just when I get up. Us farmers are early risers. It's because of the Heroes Vault" he said and she sat down.
"The what?" She asked and Link smirked.
"Ha! I love it. Okay so, here in Hyrule Castle there is a hidden vault with the weaponry and equipment of Heroes long passed stored away. I assume your Father would have told you about it if he hadn't died prematurely" he said in guilt of reminding her.
"Link, I know every room of this Castle. If there was a hidden vault, I'd know." She said and he shrugged.

"Alright then. Answer me this. If you leave your room and turn right, how long is the corridor?" He asks.
"It's fairly long, why?" She asks.
"And are there any doors along the right hand wall?" He asked and she frowned.
"Well... no"
"And is there room for it?" He asked and she stood up.
"For Hylia sake Link, lay it out!" She snapped and he frowned, Victor was equally shocked. "Sorry... I am just tired. You know how babies keep you up but I do not know where you find the positive energy from" she said with an apologetic smile.

"It's okay. Basically that Fireplace. There is a hidden chamber behind that. I feel like I should contribute a fair share of my stuff there. Like after all, what use will it be sitting on a ranch wall?" He said and Zelda sighed.
"Okay, we will go have a look. I am getting changed first though. Don't feel the need to look away. You've seen it all before" she said as she pulled the gown off and threw it on the bed. Link saw her boobs and felt his pants tighten and looked towards Victor. She wasn't wrong but it felt wrong to look. Victor smirked.
"Arnt I a lucky man" he said and got up, as naked as her and he looked away.
"Okay... definitely didn't need to see that!" Link complained in disgust.
"Haha, you Hylians are so... restrictive. Doesn't make you gay to look Link". He teased and Link sighed.

Zelda had changed and walked over to him.
"Restrictive? Please. Everyone in this room has seen each other naked." She said and Link shook his head. "Oh. Okay, Victor hasn't seen you naked but you have shared a hole so it practically counts" she teased and Link's face screwed up.
"Again..don't need that in my brain" he said as he walked over to the fireplace.

"Okay. I don't know how to enter. I assume it should be some sort of key that we will always have" Link said and Zelda inspected the fireplace. She clicked her fingers and lit the fireplace with a fireball. Link's eyes widened.
"I didn't know you could do that!" He said in amazement and she smirked.
"I know, full of surprises. It's Din's Fire." She told him but he was aware of what it was. "I have one idea" she said as she walked over to a cupboard and emerged with her Golden Harp. "Impa told me this Harp has been passed down since the origin of this Kingdom… so…."

She strummed the harp and the fireplace began glowing. Link stepped away in shock and it stopped glowing. She stopped and the glowing stopped with it.
"I think it needs to be lit and for me to play the Harp" she said. She strummed it once more and they stepped onto the glowing fireplace and it began turning.

Victor ran forward and joined them just as the fireplace spun around into a dark room. It suddenly lit up with lanterns along the walls. They walked down the corridor and a big iron door stood before them. Zelds looked at Link who said nothing but had a cocky grin on his face.
"If you say told you so I will lock you in this vault" she said and Victor smirked.
"How do we get inside?" Link asked and Victor stepped forward.
"It has some carvings on it". He said and Zelda inspected it.
"That is Zelda's Lullaby. Or what it is often called" she said as she looked at Link and pulled out the Harp. She began playing the melody on the harp, it had a different ring to it since she played it but it was clearly the same tune.

There was a rumble and the door opened. The three stepped inside and inspected the room that was organised like a Museum. There were faded plaques but Link could make out they had titles. One said "Hero of Skies" the next said "Hero of the Minish" and the last said "Hero of the Foursword". After that there was several sections empty.

Zelda looked at the objects. Plenty of Bows, Boomerangs, Slingshot and basic stuff like that but she found the more unusual objects more fascinating. They had names and she read them with their descriptions.

Beetle, Sacred Bow, Bug Net, Claw Shots, Mogma Mitts, Fireshield EarRings, Gust Bellows, Sail Cloth, Scattershot,Whip and Water dragon scale were all under the Hero of Skies section.

Under the Hero of the Minish there were the Gust Jar, Cane of Pacci, Magic Boomerang, Mirror Shield, Mole Mitts, Pegasus Boots, Roc's Cape, Ocarina of Wind and Bow.

Finally under the Hero of the Foursword there was the Boomerang, Bow, Gnat Hat, Magnetic Gloves, Pegasus Boots and Roc's cape.

"Hey Link, this guy had two Hook Shots... Well Claw Shots.." Victor called.
"Well I could have three if I went and picked up the one in the Graveyard and the Water Temple.." he said in slight jealousy.
"I really like this..." Zelda said as she looked at the Sail Cloth.
"Yeah, no doubt about it. This place is really cool. I want to add to it. I have a sizable amount of stuff". He said and Zelda smiled.
"Alright, we'll begin." She told him.

He emptied some stuff onto a table. He laid out the Mirror Shield, Lens of Truth, Great Fairy Sword and his Mask Collection. He looked up at Zelda and smiled.
"I have other stuff. Like this Gilded Sword, Bow, Fairy Ocarina, Hook Shot and a few other things but I want to keep hold of them because they will come in handy. Besides, there are already plenty of Hookshots and Bows and stuff here. My Mask Collection and Great Fairy Sword are the really valuable stuff" he said and then sighed as he picked up the Fierce Deity Mask. "This one is dangerous in the wrong hands so it needs to be emphasized. Also... I am gonna miss the Stone Mask and Bunny Hood but I can't just keep holding onto them forever" he said and he laid them down.

"What is the Fierce Deity Mask?" Victor asked and Link frowned.
"It is a Transformation Mask alongside the Deku, Goron and Zora Masks but this contains the Spirit of a... well a Fierce Deity I guess from the land of Termina. It changes the body of the wearer and gives them undeniable strength. It is overwhelming but it preys on your desires and without a pure heart it could be used for chaos" he explained and Victor frowned.

"That is why no one outside of this room can ever know about this place. I will tell my Children when they become of age but besides that, no one can know of this". Zelda said sternly and they all nodded. "Frankly you shouldn't know about this Victor. It is for the Queen and the Hero only but I'll let it slide, you are part of the Royal Family''. She joked. Link looked at her with seriousness.
"Can I leave all this with you Zelda?" He asked and she nodded.
"Yeah, all I need is a run down of what everything does. Once I have that I will set this up." She said and Link smiled.
"Thanks, well, let me explain then" he said as he began explaining its uses in detail....

Notes:

Long chapter but hopefully good.

Chapter 56: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 18 - Ordon Ranch

Summary:

Link, Malon and their Baby Boy move to the next stage of their life.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A few months had passed and Link and Malon lived in peace on Lon Lon Ranch, raising their Son. But they had one other dream and they finally felt ready to get started on it.
"Are you sure now, you won't regret this?" Talon said in concern as Link helped Malon onto the carriage.
"Dad, we have talked about this. It will be fine. I know how to run a Ranch and Link can protect me from anything. Besides, Link grew up in the Kokiri Forest and has talked about it to them and he is more than welcome to return" she told him and he smiled.
"I know… it's just… my little Girl is all grown up and leaving home" he said with teary eyes.
"Ah, stop ya crying Talon. Good luck to you too. Link is capable of doing anything so stop worrying" Ingo said as he wrapped an arm around Talon.

"We are ready now!" Link called back from Epona's back.
"Okay Dad, we have to go now. We will visit soon. Don't worry. And Ingo, look after him okay?" She said and Ingo smiled.
"Sure thing Girl" he said and Talon cried.
"Good bye Link, Malon… and you too little en" he said as he smiled at his sleeping Grandson.
"Goodbye!" Link and Malon said together as they rode out of the Ranch.

 

They ride across Hyrule Field, Malon was excited since she hadn't been to the Kokiri Forest since she was a Child and the Gerudo tried to invade Hyrule. Link had seen the Kokiri since then of course, but he hadn't stayed in his old home since he was a Child. Malon sat with Ordon in her arms. She was excited about their new life, it was all she had ever dreamed of. She had a Beautiful Baby and Husband, how did she get so lucky.

They arrived at the entrance and rode across the rickety wooden bridge. Link smelled the familiar scent of home before the Village was in view but they had made it. Kokiri Village.

The Kokiri starred as the two adults rode through with a carriage attached to a Horse. All of these things were sights the Kokiri were not accustomed to. They stopped at Link's old House and Link got off Epona.
"LINK!" A voice shouted and he turned to see Saria running towards him. This wasn't the first time seeing her as an Adult, in fact. She gave him permission to move back in and start a Ranch but nonetheless, it was strange seeing his Childhood friend that was still a Child.
"Saria! How are you?" He asked and she smiled.
"Good as always." She beamed as Link walked to the back of the carriage to help his family down.
"Malon, this is Saria, my old friend. Saria, this is my Wife Malon" he introduced but they both laughed.

"Wow… Malon? You remember me right?" She asked and Malon nodded.
"It has been a long time but yes, of course I do". She said to her.
"Oh right. You two met. I was kinda… preoccupied that day" he said as he thought back.
"But you haven't met our Son. This is Ordon" Malon said as she knelt down so Saria could see the Baby.
"Wow! A real life Baby! He is soooo cute!" She said excitedly.

"Okay, Saria, we have to unpack and stuff so we will catch up in a bit okay?" Link said and she nodded in understanding.
"Right, I'll be around if you need me" she said as she wandered off in happiness.
"She is so nice but… it's weird that everyone here are Children" Malon said to Link as she passed Ordon over and began climbing up the ladder, Link following with care. He reached the top.
"Trust me I know. As a Kid I didn't know I was Hylian. It wasn't until I was sent to the future that I learned from the Deku Sprout that I was different. I found it odd then that I was the only one that aged but even more so now." He told her. "They know me at least. I spent seven years with them. But you, I mean they hardly know you so seeing an Adult Woman must be an odd experience. " He said and she nodded.
"Yeah, at least Ordon will have people to play with when he is a little older" she said and Link agreed but found the thought of his Son playing with his childhood friends kinda weird.

Link gestured Malon into his childhood home and she smiled.
"Oh wow. When I was here last I was a kid and this place seemed bigger"... She said and Link put an arm around her.
"Yeah, we are gonna need to renovate. I mean… we have a lot of tree left. We can extend the space upwards and down." He said as he inspected the place. "For now though, we will have an uncomfortable night on the floor because the bed is for you little guy" Link said as he placed thier son in Link's old bed.
"Does that mean we have to have sex on the floor too?" She said seductively as she pulled him in for a kiss.
"The table is pretty big" he said as he sat her on the edge of the table.

His hand trailed up her thigh. Lifting up her skirt and playing with the hem of her tights. She had her hand on the back of his head, pulling him in for a deep passionate kiss. He pulled her tights down and she kicked one leg free while the clothing remained caught on her other leg. Link had masterfully removed her underwear with the tights and ran his Finger along her wet hole. She squirmed in pleasure as they broke the kiss.

Link pushed her backwards, laying her fully on the table and laying on top of her. He pushed his fingers inside his Wife.
"Liiiiiink…" she moaned as he kept pushing his fingers in and out of her, using his thumb to rub her clit. She was in pleasurable heaven, Link making her wetter by the second. He groped her right breast with his free hand, adding more pleasure to his Wife before letting go so he could slide it under her shirt and onto the real thing.

A thumb rubbed over her nipple, playing with the bud as Malon panted in ecstasy. Link looked at her blissful face that was full of lust and wanting. She reached for his pants and tried to pull them down. Link pulled them down himself and removed his finger from her soaking folds. He grabbed her thigh and pushed it wider apart so he could more easily get between her legs. His errect penis poked against her and he looked up at her. She nodded and Link pushed it into her.

Link slid in with ease due to how wet she was and Malon moaned. "Ugghhhh. Link!" She moaned as she lay flat, letting her Husband take control.
"Malon…." He moaned as he began moving slowly, feeling the joy of her body. "I love you so much" he told her as he kissed her with his hips moving at a steady rhythm. They were not quiet as they rocked the table pretty hard and knocked a few things off.

Link licked the side of her neck, letting her squirm under him. Link grabbed her hips and sped up his thrusts. Malon moaned louder and Link grunted. He was close, he knew it. Soon he would be done but he wanted to make her cum. His lips softly connected with hers, their breaths close to each other. Malon's increased until she wrapped her arms around his back and her walls clamped down on him.
"Link! Link! Link! I'm…. Oh…. Oh… yes…." She moaned in her blissful orgasm. Link couldn't take it anymore and his dick spasmed in joy and his cum shot inside her, filling her up to the brim.

He thrust a few more times to ride out his orgasm and get every ounce of pleasure out of it. He eventually pulled out and lay next to her.
"I am never going to get tired of that" she said as they both laughed.
"In the table or in general?" He asks and she grins as she pulls her pants back up and makes herself look presentable.

"At this rate we will have another in no time" she tells him and he smiles.
"Good… well I mean it would be good but maybe we should be more careful and space it out a little" he said to her and she shrugged.
"I want another. When it happens it happens" she responded.
"Well yeah but I need your help setting up our home here. We have a whole life here. We don't have to rush anything" he said as he stepped up behind her and hugged into her.
"Okay, but do you think you can resist cumming inside me?" She smirked and he took a moment.
"Maybe with some strong will power I will be able to pull out" he told her as they laughed again.

 

Link and Malon unpacked all their things and made sure Ordon was comfy and fed. Link began working on a bed with wood that was very easily found. He sat at the bottom of the ladder with a hammer and nails figuring it out. He began sweating quickly so opted to go about it shirtless which made Malon bite her lip. She loved his body.

Malon decided she was going to meet her new neighbors since she would be living here forever. She went straight to Saria's House and Saria greeted her at the door and invited her in. They talked at length, got to know each other and what it was like being a Kokiri and Hylian respectively. Link of course came up in conversation and Malon asked about what he was like as a kid since Saria spent more of his childhood years with him.

"I like the way you dress, is that typical Hylian clothes?" Saria askes and Malon shrugs.
"I mean, I guess so. Not everyone wears stuff like this but some do for sure". She explained.
"You would look great in some Kokiri clothing! You should try it!" Saria suggested but Malon rubbed the back of my head.
"You won't have anything my size and I doubt those clothes will fit" she said and Saria nodded.
"This is a little embarrassing but I already planned this… I wanted to see what an adult Kokiri would look like" she admitted as she pulled some adult-sized Kokiri clothing out that she had made. "I won't force you to try it on and I won't be offended but if you like…"
"Nonsense. There is no harm in trying!" She said as she took the clothing.

She began stripping down and Saria's eyes grew wide when she took her shirt off. She marveled at her boobs and Malon noticed and went red.
"What is it like… to be a woman?" Saria asked and Malon didn't know how to answer the question.
"Well, there are pros and cons. Firstly, you get boobs which can be a win if you wanna look hot for guys but the down side are periods. Like you bleed once a month and it hurts like hell, you don't wanna experience that". She told Saria. Malon had down played the growing up part. She left out the joys of alcohol and sex because this child didn't need to know and she didn't want to make her jealous. Besides, she felt uncomfortable talking about it anyway.

Malon changed into Kokiri clothing. It was the typical female attire. It was like a one piece tunic that was a lot like Link's clothing but with no hat, no shoulder belt and the skirt was more skirt-like. Malon had never really worn something completely shirtless and green was new too. "So! What do you think?" Malon asked and Saria looked delighted.
"It looks so cute! You match Link now! The two Adult Kokiri!" She joked. "What do you think?" Saria asked and Malon smiled.
"I like it a lot. I will surprise Link in it for sure. Thank you Malon, I appreciate it" she said and it sure made her day.

 

When Malon returned home, Link had made a bed and somehow got it up the ladder and into the home. She was beyond questioning his miracle work and he already seemed to be making extensions on the roof.
"You nearly done?" She called up and he looked down and his eyes grew wide. He jumped down to meet Malon and eyed her up and down.
"Malon… you look amazing. We match. It's kind of a turn on. Man I have the energy in my pants but I am so tired from all the work, I don't know if I could handle you again" he said as they walked inside.

Malon pushed Link onto their new bed and straddled him.
"Well what if I do all the work?" She said to him and he smiled.
"I like the sound of that a lot" he told her and she pulled his tights down and pulled his cock free. She pushed her panties to one side and lined his dick up and lowered onto it, moaning in the process. She loved how he fit in her so well and rsched the key areas.

She began moving, rocking her hips on him and gyrating in such a way that gave the best sensation on his dick. He moaned and reached up for her breasts. He got a quick feel before she grabbed his hand and pulled it off.
"Let me do all the work. Just relax" she whispered and it turned him on so much more.

She took her time, not focusing on speed or intense feelings, just trying to feel good and relax him for as long as possible. She moved up and down on him at a steady pace and let out so low moans along with him.every so often. The longer they went, the better it felt.

Link was getting close. He could cum and moments and she could tell by his deep breaths. She felt a bolt surge through her body and suddenly she let out a loud moan as an intense orgasm surged through her body. She kept going, "Ahhh! Ahhh! Ahhh!" She repeated over and over as clenched hard around Lonk and drenched him. He lost all control and shot clumps of cum deep inside her. She continued her rhythm until her orgasm died down. She began breathing slowly until it was back to normal and then fell on the bed next to Link.

Unknown to them, the troublesome Mido watched through their window. He was confused at what he witnessed and wondered if Malon was in pain. Link learned of what he saw the following day however when on his balcony, his sling shot was found. He pieced together Mido probably saw them and wondered what he was thinking.

Come to think of it, Link didn't understand the biology of the Kokiri at all. They were all children so how do they produce? They look like children at least but Link knows all of them must be at least equal to his age, maybe older. Link knew the one with answers would be the Deku Sprout.

 

Link approached the Deku Sprout, Malon came with him, still in her Kokiri tunic and holding their son. The Sprout had grown longer, no longer round.
"Link! It has been a while. How are you?" He asked cheerfully.
"I am good, thank you. This is my Wife Malon and my Son Ordon". He said and Malon bowed her head slightly.
"Nice to meet you" she said kindly.
"I am here because I want to know about the Kokiri and how their biology works… like how do they continue as a species when they are kids?" He asks and the Deku Sprout smiles.
"I knew you would ask eventually…" he said as he closed his eyes.

"The Kokiri should more appropriately be called 'the Children of the Forest' because the form you see them in reflects the time they live in. They resemble Hylian Children now because that was the most appropriate form they needed to take at the time. It is never clear why they take on a form but when you were brought here by your Mother, it became clear to me. But when the time comes, the Kokiri you know today will cease to be and will reincarnate themselves into a newer being that will again reflect the time they live in." The Sprout explained.
"So how do they reproduce? Like I hope it is not the way Hylians do." Link said and the Sprout nodded.
"They grow, they magically appear, who knows? Magical creatures have magical ways. They do not reproduce in the same way a Hylian would and they are so innocent and Childlike that they don't even question their existence and all this stuff" .

"But Saria seemed pretty fascinated by the idea of Womanhood.." Malon said.
"And I believe Mido saw me and Malon having sex. What must be going through his mind?" Link said.
"Well this is why the Kokiri have Guardian Fairies, to answer these questions and guide them. Things will sort themselves out with time, don't worry about it. " The Sprout said.
"Thank you, this has answered a lot of my questions" Link said as they left it in peace.

 

 

The months moved on into years. The Ranch Link and Malon dreamed of building was operational and at first, the Kokiri helped in its creation. But it began to grow faster by the day and in time, Hylians began to move into the Kokiri Village for work. Link was unsure about this, after all, it was the sacred home of the Kokiri but they seemed okay with it so Link couldn’t argue. About two years later, Malon was pregnant again, meaning a new member of their family would be arriving soon. Shortly after the Kokiri Village began to be referred to as Ordon Village, named after the ranch that was named after Link’s Son. It was then that Link really had to talk with Saria.

He sat perched on a pillar in the middle of the Village with Saria sat next to him.
“You really don’t mind all this? You are not just saying it because I am your friend? I feel kinda responsible for basically turning your… our home into another Hylian Village”. He said and she shrugged.
“You know the truth about us Kokiri don’t you Link? The Deku Spout told you.” She asked, even though she knew the answer. He nodded. “We are not creatures that are bound to this form and we are meant to adapt to the times. As Children of the Forest, we will change our form if the course of history means we no longer need to look like this”. She told him. “Maybe it is time for us to reincarne our selves into something else” she said and dread came across his face.
“Saria, no! You are in your 20’s… I mean yes you look like a Child but you are too young to be thinking of your next life. I will miss you”. He told her but she laughed.

“You think I am in my 20’s… you have thought this your whole life.. That we are similar ages? Link, I am hundreds of years old.” She said and Link was shocked.
“What? Really? Wow… that is… that is a lot to take in… What about the other Kokiri?” he asked and she thought.
“Well I don’t know. We have all just… always been here, for as long as I can remember. You were the exception, you were always different and the Deku Tree forbid us from seeing you until you were about 3 years old. Most of us Kokiri don’t really understand how we work and our child-like innocence stops us from thinking about it too hard. But as the Sage of the Forest, I guess I am a little different huh?” she said even though she still only partially understood how she was a sage. “But Link, don’t think of me as dying, I will be reborn as something new and we may meet again in another life. Who knows. But I am okay with this and you have your family to think of”. She told him.

He looked at the ground sadly but knew she was right. He put an arm around her and then smiled.
“How exactly do you…. Reincarnate yourselves?” he asked and she shrugged. Tonight we will head to the Deku Sprout and we will ask him”. She said brightly as she stood up. Link stood too, towering over her in height. “We should make this a goodbye Link, I am not good at them so we should really get on with it huh?” She said and Link smiled.
“Thank you Saria. Thank you for being my first friend and good luck”. He said as they both hoped down to the ground.
“Same to you Link. Good luck with the Baby” she said and they parted ways. That would be the last time Link spoke to Saria.

Link had to explain to Malon what transpired and she was shocked to say the least. Like Saria told him, the next morning they were gone and it seemed like the Hylians of the Village didn’t even really notice which pissed Link off but he understood.

The era of Kokiri was over but Link let their memory live on when Malon gave birth to their daughter. Their daughter that he named Saria, in her honour.

Notes:

I really didn't know how to write out the Kokiri to be honest and the more you think about them the less they make sense. Like I get the Koroks have "evolved" from the Kokiri as Makar has a Kokiri Ancestor in the Wind Waker but we never see that specific Kokiri in Ocarina of Time. So that begs the question, can more Kokiri come into existence? If so, how? Like they are all kids so how do they reproduce? Also how long have they been around. Like is Saria the same age as Link, is she a lot older? If she is how come they don't remember his arival in the village as a baby? Non of it makes sense so I wrote them out the best I could and the Koroks are easier to handle in my head.

Maybe I have overthought this...

Chapter 57: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 19 - The Happy life of Peace

Summary:

Link enjoys a life of peace and encounters a strange location.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

2 Years Later…

“Dad! Let me come with you!” Ordon whined as he clung to his Dad’s leg. Link crouched down to his Four Year old son.
“Well I can’t. I have something important for you to do.” He handed his son his old Fairy Slingshot which was practically falling apart at this point. “I need you to guard the house in case Moblins attack!” he said playfully and Ordon grinned.
“Cool! I get to fight Moblins!” he cheered as he raced out the front door to their balcony.
“Just be careful and make sure you don’t hit any people… or animals… or anything that isn’t going to break…. Unless it is a Moblin” he said kinda of worried his son was going to get to into his little lie.
“Link… is that a good idea?” Malon asked and Link shrugged.
“I was hitting things with sticks and stuff when I was his age. Then I got a real sword when I was ten”. He said.
“Can I have a sword when I am ten!” Ordon asks and Malon gives him a sharp, “No.”
“Link, that was completely different.” she said and he leaned in and kissed her.
“Well, if he gets a bit wild, take it off him”. He said and the Boy heard and knew he had to be careful. “I’ll be back soon. See ya later”. He said as he slid down the ladder.

Link wandered deeper into the Kokiri forest than he had ever gone. He deliberately avoided the Lost Woods and headed in the opposite direction. He was looking for somewhere to hide some things. First off all, his Tunic was not needed anymore and he hadn't worn it for a while now, opting for more typical farming clothes so he thought about stashing it in a chest somewhere for the next Hero. If he found somewhere, he would make some scrolls with sword techniques he had learned over the years.

Link climbed over a big rock wall and fell over it and landed in water. The water was shallow but it was clean… perhaps the cleanest water he had ever seen. Link marveled as he looked up and it was a spring he found. He stepped foot in the middle of the spring and it lit up with a bright light. Suddenly a golden spirit appeared on a floating ball.

"O'Hero. I am one of the three light spirits that protect Hyrule at the behest of the Gods. I am Faron" it said in a slow deep voice.
"Wow. Amazing. A real spirit chosen by the Gods!" He said in amazement.
"You came in search of me, despite not knowing it to be true. What is it you came to offer me!" It spoke with intent.
"Right, yes. I have this tunic for a start. I wish to hide it for the next Hero" he said, holding the tunic in front of him and the spirit rotated on its ball.
"Very well. I shall grant this for you! Anything else you desire?" It asked as Link placed the Tunic in the spring.
"Well there are many techniques that I have learned over my adventures and I want the next Hero to learn these arts…" he said but the Spirit stayed silent.

"Hero, do you not think it would be wise to pass these arts on by hand. Pass them onto your offspring and with time, a new hero will emerge from your bloodline." It spoke and Link looked up confused.
"The next Hero will be a blood relation? How can you know?" He asked and the spirit faded.
"Non can know. But the Gods will choose wisely" the voice echoed before the spring died down to its regular colour. Link stood in awe, his tunic gone and he was speechless.
"I have to bring Malon here…." He said out loud and he ran home.

Link dragged Malon far into the woods, leaving his children with a neighbour since he insisted she had to see this. To Link's disappointment, no spirit emerged when he returned. "I am not making this up". He said and she smiled.
"I believe you. This place is perfect and I would appear here if I was a spirit" she said. Link stood next to her and grabbed her hand. "This place feels magical. Holy. Something else…" she whispered and looked at him.

They both felt it. The lust in the air between them. Malon traced her hand over Link's toned abs.
"Malon… You're soaking wet." He said and she gave him a confused look.
"What are you talking about? I am perfectly d…" was all she got out as Link dragged her down into the spring and rolled on top of her. "Link!" She squealed as Link pushed his lips against hers and she squirmed beneath him. He looked down at her body which was now soaking wet. Her shirt was damp enough to see her bra through it but the view was obscured when Link placed his palms on top of them and squeezed. "Link…." She moaned as she grabbed onto his back.

"Looks like we will have to get you outta them clothes" he said seductively as he began working on her buttons. Soon it was open and she wiggled free. Her focus went to the pants Link was wearing which showed his bulge pretty clearly. While she pulled at them, Link unclasped her bra and let her boobs spring free. Link immediately ran his tongue over her nipples making her lightly sigh. "Have I ever mentioned I love your boobs?" He asked rhetorically.
"Yeah, you might have mentioned it once or twice" she jokes as she pulls his pants down far enough to let his cock swing free.

Malon lays back into the cool water, stroking his erection with her soft hands, feeling every inch of the skin move along it. Link moans as he plays with her breasts but more at how seductive and irresistible she looks as she bites her lip with desire.

Malon decides she wants him to feel more so she rolls on top of him, her chest pushed against his briefly before she lowers herself down to his dick. She licks it from balls to the tip which made him shudder and she smirked. She grabbed a hold and lightly licked the tip a few times.
"Oh… Malon" he moans.
She gradually pushes her mouth further on top of his dick before a large potion is inside her. It's not long before she is sucking on him with her tongue licking him as she goes. Their years together gave her the experience to know how to please him right.

The sight of his redheaded wife bobbing up and down on his cock was enough to make him close, never mind the feeling of it. Link was concerned. He wanted to fuck his wife in this spring but didn't know of he would have the stamina to do so after blowing his load into her mouth. This was a problem for later as he couldn't resist the suction on his dick. "Ah! Ah! Ah! Ahhh!" He moaned wordlessly. In moments he felt his balls tighten and his dick shot out stings of his sticky seed into her mouth which made Malon's eyes widen but she didn't release her hold. She continued until he was drained, swallowing it all. She slowly came to a stop and let his wet dick flop out of her mouth.

She crawls back up to him, her thigh brushing against his semi limp dick as she goes. Link traced his hand under her skirt and grabbed a hold of her arse. She yelped in surprise, at the electric feeling of how good it felt. "I am gonna return the favour" Link said to her as he rolled her over and pulled up her skirt. He ripped her underwear off and drove his tongue inside her.
"Ahhhh!" She moaned in surprise as her clit was pleasured by his tongue. He licked away masterfully, making her legs close on him and making her body feel weak as the pulseations rippled through her body.

Her upper body was pressed strongly to the ground while her hips rocked upwards to meet his head. She rolled to her side slightly and me moved accordingly, grabbing her butt again, giving it a squeeze to double the pleasure as she moaned as his touch.

She felt her orgasm approach. "Uggghhhh, LINK I!...." She gasped. "Oh yes! Yes! Yes! Ahhhhhh," she moaned in a scream as she came with the wave of pleasure flooding her core. As she climbs down from her climax, Link grabs the drenched skirt and finally pulls it off. He moved back up towards her, his rehardened dick laying flat against her belly.

"Liinkk. I need you in me.." she pleaded, their desires not met.
"And I need to be in you.." he replied, turning her over onto all fours and grabbing her waist. Link liked himself up and pushed his penis slowly inside her. "Uhh yeah.." he moaned as his dick slipped into her as she was already wet and so was he.

He fucked her from behind, their bodies slapping together, her boobs swaying forward and backwards at his thrusts and his long hard dick reaching right inside her. He felt around her body, grabbing her breasts briefly until he realised the position was too awkward so he pushed his hand down further and stroked her clit.

Malon was unable to speak as she was pleasured fully by her husband. She was trying so desperately to keep the strength of her arms up but with each rush of chemicals to her brain, it was getting harder and harder.
"Oh…. Link…. I can't…" she moaned as she fell forward, the two of them not flat in the spring. Link rocked his hips differently now but moved his arms to hers.
"Don't cum just yet. I intend to take my time" he whispered in her ear.
"Let me see you". She said as she turned around. He pushed his dick back into her as he looked into her eyes.

They rocked into each other's bodies together, feeling the love, warmth and intimacy together. Link trailed his hand across her body, stopping at her round breasts many times then giving them a squeeze. His tongue made her nipples tingle and his hairs tickled her clit. "I love you so much Link!" She moaned and he smiled.
"Oh, I adore everything about you…" he moaned back.

She pulled herself forward, pushing herself on top of him and she bagan bouncing.
"Ahhh! Malon" he gasped, nearly losing control until she kissed him.
"Not just yet Link" she whispered softly as she continued rocking her hips on him.

He lay back for a moment, hands gently resting on her hips as he admired her perfect body but soon pulled himself up to her. She wrapped her legs around him, moving into a lotus position. Their bodies were pressed tightly together as they grinded together and rocked together in love. They made out, muffling their moans but their deep breaths told them both this was it.

"Malon! Malon I… I am" he moaned but Malon felt it first. One hand gripped his back and one the back of his head as a wave of pure bliss rose through her body.
"Ahhhhhhh" she screamed, her climax tightening down on Link who couldn't take a second more and felt his balls tighten, his dick throb and he shot ropes of cum into her. As they came, they rocked against each other with heavy breaths as they rode it out together.

When the high of their dopamine filled brains lowered. They collapsed into the water, cooling them down. "That…. That was the best sex ever" she said with certainty and Link did not at all disagree.
"We should definitely come here more often" he said and she laughed at that, rolling and hugging his body...

Notes:

A short chapter here that was 90% sex. I dunno, how can complain. I thought it would make more sense location wise for Link to visit the Ordon Spring here but since Link obtained the Hero's Tunic from the Faron Spring in Twilight Princess I thought it would canonically make more sense here.

Chapter 58: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 20 - Hyrule Road Trip

Summary:

Link, Malon and thre kids take a holiday arounf Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After their time at the Faron Spring, Malon was pregnant yet again. She got news that Zelda was also pregnant and both gave birth to a Daughter. Zelda gave her daughter her own name while Malon and Link decided to call their kid Farore, after the Goddess that blessed the spring she was conceived in. It wasn't just them that had kids. 2 years later, news of Ruto having a child spread and after her Father's recent death, she became Queen. She set out an invitation for Link and his family to come visit them.

Link talked with Malon about this and they decided they would take their family around Hyrule for a week out. Link wanted to teach his kids about the world. With a 4 year old and 6 year old it would be a lot of work but it would be fun but they knew Farore was too little for a trip. Link made a personal promise to himself that he would make it up to her when she is older. He told the kids and they were excited, they had only ever been as far as Lon Lon Ranch and had yet to see any more of Hyrule. Link knew they needed to experience the world.

They left in the morning and made their way to Lon Lon Ranch to begin with. Talon was pleased to see his Grandkids and they were pleased to see their Grandad. In the morning they would head to Zora's Domain and then they would go anti-clockwise around Hyrule, Kakariko Village, Hyrule Castle, Gerudo Valley and then Lake Hylia before heading back home. Link suggested Death Mountain and the Goron City but Malon flat out refused.

They wake up bright and early and begin their trek up Zora River. Farore was left at Lon Lon Ranch and Talon was more than happy to spend time with the 2 year old. This is all new to Malon too so she trusts Link to assure all of their safety. There is a gap in the river.
"Okay, we will all go one at a time across" Link says as he picks up Ordon.
"I can jump it myself Dad?" He says and Link smiles as he hops over with his son.
"Well I need you here for a more important job, you have to keep your sister safe, okay?" He says and he nods. Link brings Saria over and Ordon holds her hand before Link hopes back over to guide Malon over.

Link runs ahead to make sure there are no Octorocks or Tektites, there was a few but he gets rid of them and then continues to help his family up the river. Malon can't stop panicking and if she knew it would be this dangerous she would have refused to let Link guide them to Zora's Domain.

They eventually made it to the waterfall entrance. Link pulls out the Ocarina while Malon makes sure she has a hold on the kids. He plays Zelda's Lullaby and the waterfall parts. Everyone was impressed as they entered the cave.

"WOW! SO COOL!" Ordom shouts and his voice echoes around the Domain, alerting all the Zora to their arrival. Malon shushes him but she can't deny he is right, she has never seen a more beautiful place in her life. The way the water reflected off the shiny wet rocks was stunning and Saria giggled.
"Look Mommy! Fish people!" She says as she points to a Zora. Malon went bright red with embarrassment and Link glared at her before relaxing and kneeling down.
"Saria, it is rude to point at people and laugh at them. Besides, they are called Zora and they deserve your respect. Okay?" Link explained to his daughter who nodded. He stood and looked at the Zora who was smirking, clearly not at all offended. "Sorry about that!" Link shouted down and he shrugged.
"Nah, don't sweat it. We are as much fish as you are Monkeys!" He called back with a joke that Link didn't know whether it was racist or not but wasn't offended regardless.

They continue on up the tall steps to the royal chamber and Link smirks as they reach the top. Ruto was sitting in the spot that King Zora used to sit, no longer there after his passing and now is occupied by a sexier sight. She has her legs crossed and is leaning back seductively. Malon blushes when she sees her. Sure she was at their wedding so knew what she looked like but she is getting a better look now and can't deny she is stunning. The thought of her Husband being with her once arouses her slightly before she forces herself back to reality.
"Ruto! Long time no see!" He calls and she crosses her arms.

"It is Queen Ruto, Sir Hero of Time, and you address me on that platform!" She says seriously and Link laughs as he walks onto it.
"Please… no need to be so formal. Has the royal life changed you already?" He asks and she lets out a slight giggle before jumping down to Link and his family and giving him a hug that he receives.
"Couldn't resist the chance to see you bow" she jokes bedor letting go of him. "Nice to see you again Link." She says as she turns to Malon. "We met but only briefly. Good to meet you properly Malon!" She exclaimed as Malon extended a hand shake for her.
"Nice to meet you, Queen Ruto." She addresses more politely. Ruto takes her hand but pushes it into a hug.
"Please, no need to be so formal. We are all friends here." She says as she hugs her.

 

Malom can feel her chest press against her face, noting how round they are and returns to a red colour. Ruto lets go and crouches down to the kids. "And you must be Ordon and Saria! Well aren't you too just the spitting image of your parents!" Ordon, you will grow into the strong handsome man your Father is and Saria, you will be as beautiful as your Mother" she tells them but Ordon grins.
"I am already as strong as my Dad! I could hit a Deku Baba's head off with a stick easily!" He says with confidence and Ruto humors him.
"I don't doubt it!" Which was a lie as she obviously didn't believe it.

She stood up and turned to Link. She looked down and Link frowned.
"You are taller than me now" Link points out and Ruto smiles.
"That's what happens with the Royal Zora line. We grow much, much larger than any other Zora. I mean, as big as my Father I imagine but hopefully not as fat and hopefully I will still be able to move around" she explains.
"Wow…. Sorry, I can't picture that…. Do I want to?" He asks and she laughs.
"C'mon. Follow me. I have some where we can all talk." She tells them as she walks ahead. Link would never be unfaithful to Malon but he couldn't help feeling aroused when he saw the way her hips moved as she walked and how her rounded arse grips together tightly. Malon had noticed this too.

She led them to the Zora fountain and then dived in the lake and bagan swimming away. Link and his family stopped and eventually Ruto did a U-Turn and popped her head out the water. "What's wrong?" She asked and Link smiled.
"I am the only one of us that can swim" he told her and she frowned.
"I thought Hylians could swim…" she said in a confused voice and Malon laughed.
"We have to learn how, we are not born with it" she said like it was obvious but Ruto really did not know this.
"Well, do you have that Mask Link? Everyone could take turns wearing it to get to the other side" she suggested but Link shook his head.
"No, I don't. Sorry" he said and Malon would ask about that later.
"Oh! Wait, I have an idea!" Link said as he pulled out his Ocarina. He looked at his kids and wasn't quite ready to let them know he had a magical teleporting Ocarina so he ran off around the corner and the Serenade of Water was heard.

Malon knew where he was but the rest were lost, Malon turned to Ruto and smiled.
"Do you have any kids?" She asked her and Ruto smiled.
"Yeah I do.. Ralla and Rullu, my twins" she said with the pleasant smile a Mother gives when speaking of their kids. "About the same age as this little cutie!" She says crouching to Saria's height and the young Girl giggled. She stood back up. "Shame none of them inherited your beautiful red hair" she said and Malon blushed as she looked down at the blonde kids. "Mine all resemble me and not at all their Father.
"Can I ask who their Father is?" Malon kindly asked and Ruto put a hand on her hip in another sexy pose.
"We will get to that in a moment" she said

Suddenly Link arrived, carrying a boat above his head. They all turned to him.
"Where in Hyrule did you get that?" Ruto questioned.
"I'll explain in a bit!" He said as he dropped the boat in the Water. "We can now get across the lake!" He said and Ruto rolled her eyes.
"Next time just learn to swim…" she remarked.

They settle on the island in the far cornet that leads into a cave and Ruto has a little play area built with the four year old Zora twins running around. Saria caught Link's eyes and he smiled and nodded as she and her brother ran and joined in, playing with Ruto's kids.

"I don't know who their Father is… honestly it could be any of the Zora but I… I think I prefer it that way" she said as she sat with Link and Malon. "Don't wanna like… ruin anything but… does she know?" Ruto said to Link and he nodded.
"That we slept together, yes. I think I mentioned you proposed to me as a kid and how it was a very big misunderstanding… " he said looking at Malon.
"You did." She confirmed.
"Well anyway… I had a crush on you for years and then I had to get over it when I knew you weren't interested but like I tried. I tried have sex with other Zora but I am not… I am not into them. I am into Hylians." She said and Link felt awkward.

"I know it is weird, I know there has never been a Zora-Hylian marriage as it is illegal but I mean… it bothers me that I can't have a Hylian mate" she said in sadness.
"I mean it is technically illegal but I mean people still do it. Like I fucked you and Zelda knows about that and she wasn't upset. In fact we talked about something similar. Homosexual relationships are illegal and Zelda has been oushing for a change but advisors and elders keep pushing against it. If you want to marry someone, talk to Zelda because she has bent the rules in the past'' Link explained.
"And besides. Sure some think it is unethical but we all know Hylians and Zora have sexual activities with each other. It is sort of like an open secret. It shouldn't be taboo because most men seem attracted to you and other female Zora and I think some of those males are hot." Malon said to cheer her up.

"Thanks guys. But like that's the thing too. Not only male Hylians but…. Well I just like Hylians in general" she said and Malon went red. "I think both of you are hot and would screw both of you." She said and Link laughed.
"Well I am a married man but you are an attractive Zora and like c'mon… Victor apparently thinks so too!" Link said and Ruto went red.
"He… told you?" She asked and Link shook his head.
"I saw you two" he said and he turned to Malon "at our wedding" he said and she laughed. "Anyone else?" He asked and she looked down.
"Well…. The Man at the fishing hole and I have erm… well we have done it a few times" she admitted.

 

They talked and had fun all day. Ruto left to take her kids to get food and Ruto told them they can camp out here if they wanted and they agreed. Link and Malon sat at night while their kids were tucked away in their beds.
"Seems Ruto is into you too" Link said and Malon didn't smile like he thought she would. "What's wrong?" He asked and she fidgeted.
"Something has been bothering me since I met her today..something I have never felt before and can't explain but…. I find her attractive but like more than just recognising she is hot but like…. I was a little aroused by her" she admitted and she was unsure what Link would say. He put his arm around her.
"I mean, she is super sexy. I feel aroused by her too but I know that is different. You have never felt like this towards another female before?" He asks and she shakes her head.
"Never. I don't think I am Bi….but I have never had to question that before. It is like if you suddenly found a boy to be attractive" she said and saying that made it sink in.

"I understand… I can't imagine that and I don't know what to tell you but…" he paused and he hugged her. "If you two experimented, I wouldn't be mad and I also don't need to know" he said and Malon went red.
"Link…" she said in a confused tone.
"If it helps you figure something out. I just support you that is all" he told her and she smiled as she hugged into him.

 

That night, Link fell asleep in the tent and Malon sat and thought about all this and she needed to know. She got in the boat and took it to the other side of the Zora Fountain and entered the Domain. Ruto was not at her, what could be only described as a throne area even though her kids were. Malon explored down a tunnel that water ran through and Ruto was sat on the edge.
"Hi Ruto" Malon said nicely and she turned to her and smiled.
"Malon? What are you doing here?" She asks and Malon sat next to her, allowing her skirt to get wet.

"I erm…. I don't know how to say it but…." She mumbled and Ruto smiled.
"Is it about what I said earlier? When I said I would screw you?" She asked and Malon nodded. "It's okay, you don't have to. I get you probably won't be comfortable with it" she said but Malon grabbed her hand.
"No it's...well… " she struggled to say what she wanted but Ruto got it. She leaned forward and pushed her lips against Malon's.

Malon's mind went into overdrive. It felt fantastic but… should it? She pushed back and decided to just try and enjoy the moment. Ruto pushed Malon back against the wall and knelt between her legs, pushing her knee close to her crotch. Ruto picked up Malon's limp hands and placed them on her breasts. She broke the kiss and Ruto smiled.
"It's okay Malon, you can touch my body wherever. Let's just have a good time." She told her and Malon squeezed her hands on her breasts which let out a gasp.

Ruto then groped Malons breasts making her squirm as the Zora made a move at pulling her top off. Malon helped and her boobs were now only covered by a bra that Malon made quick work of. Ruto plamed her breasts and ran a finger over her nipples and then licked her chest. The tongue trailed down her body and it caused the farm girl to moan.

Ruto suddenly disappeared under her skirt and Malon felt her underwear being swiftly moved to the side and then an intense sensation ripple through her body.
"AAHH! RUTO!" She moaned in bliss as the Zora worked her tongue masterfully to her core. Malon grabbed her own boobs, kneading them for the extra sensation while Ruto rubbed her own Vagina to get some pleasure herself. The head bobbed against her and Malon's legs closed on her, holding her in place while she bucked her body timed with the orgasmic sensations pouring through her.

Malon screamed her name and slipped backwards. Ruto took the opportunity to push herself on top of her and kiss her down into the water. She hiked her skirt up further and shoved a finger inside her, causing Malon's eyes to grow wide as she let out a whimper. Malon did what she wanted all along and groped the Zora's arse. Ruto let out a surprised yelp as she continued to pleasure the Hylian. Malon let go with one hand and pushed the other to her core. She looked Ruto in the eyes and she wanted it, so she got it.

The two Women were in bliss as they worked at each other's bodies, moaning and calling each other's names. Ruto couldn't believe how good Malon was despite how unsure she was and Malon couldn't believe how good Ruto was since she wasn't sure she was even into the same sex, let alone a Zora.

But their bodies could only take so much pleasure and eventually they were moaning in delight and Ruto called out heer name as did Malon and they both came, their climax echoing around the cavern.

As they caught their breaths, Ruto turned to Malon. "Was that good enough for you?" She asked and Malon nodded.
"It was wonderful…" she said in surprise. She thought about how different of an experience it was to having sex with Link. But although it was a blissful orgasm that was stronger than sometimes Link is capable of, she wouldn't trade it for the world..

 

Malon returned to her family and fell asleep next to her husband. She felt strange, he almost felt like she hadn't seen him in a long time and missed him. When she woke up he was awake but had his arm around her. They said nothing to each other, just enjoyed each other's company.

They met up with Ruto again and Malon clearly felt awkward around her, not looking her in the eyes but they were leaving the Domain anyway. They sat out down the river in the boat Link borrowed from Lake Hylia. Their next stop was Kakariko Village.

Notes:

I wanted to include Ruto kore in these stories because she is interesting to me but there wasn't many places to fit her in. Not so much Darunia, he is fine but like he doesn't have a whole lot of character.

Chapter 59: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 21 - Kakariko Fun

Summary:

The road trip takes them to Kakariko Village.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link, Malon and the three kids arrive at Kakariko Village. The warm air from Death Mountain blew through the Valley and Malon thought if she didn't already have a perfect home, this would be a good place to live.
"This place is beautiful. So peaceful" she said out loud as she saw Ordon already causing trouble hy trying to climb up a small ledge to their right. "Ordon… we are guests here. You can climb around back home." Malon said sternly and the boy stopped fooling around.
"Here we are". Link said as they stopped in front of the first door to their right and knocked on it.

A Woman with her hair tied back and a long dress answered the door. She looked surprised to see Link but had no idea who the others were but could make an educated guess.
"Oh. Lord Hero of Time…What brings you here?" She asked and Link scratched his head in confusion. He had sent a message to Impa and arranged to stop here. Had she not gotten it? Before he had time to open his mouth and answer the awkward question Impa stepped up behind her.
"I invited them round" she said as she put an arm around her wife's shoulder.

"Inpa, Grace. This is my wife Malon and my three kids. Ordon, Saria and Farore" he said as he picked up his Daughter.
"Hi, nice to meet you. I have heard so much about you!" Malon said, offering a hand to Impa.
"Likewise." She said, shaking her hand. "C'mon in" she said.
"You never change. You could have told me we had guests" Grace complained to Impa as they stepped inside. Link turned to Malon and shrugged before following the couple into their home.

They got settled and Grace brought them a cup of tea while she had some juice for the kids. Impa leaned forward to Ordon and smiled, he looked at her and smiled.
"Do you wanna be a strong warrior like your Dad when you grow up?" Impa asked and he smirked a cocky smile.
"I already am a skilled warrior! I shot a Deku Scrub with a slingshot and made it retreat!". He said proudly and Impa sat back and crossed her arms.
"Impressive. But do you know the feets your Dad has achieved?" She asked and the Boy sat forward but Link and Malon's eyes grew in terror of what she was going to say. "Your Dad has killed a Demon King" she said to the Boy and he laughed.
"Oh Impa and your tall tales" Grace said. Saving Link and Malon from the explanation.

"And you little girl. What do you want to do when you're older?" Impa asked and she smiled.
"Swim like a Zara!" She said and Malon was surprised by that.
"They are called Zora sweetie. But I am sure your Dad can teach you" Malon told her daughter. Ruto and her kids must have rubbed off on her. The child in Malons arms was asleep, not like she can talk all that much anyway.

"I am gonna kill a Moblin one day!" Ordon said and Malon sighed.
"I would rather you were just safe, '' Malon muttered to herself. "He has too much of Link in him" she told them all.
"I mean I don't think it is a bad thing for both boys and girls to learn to defend themselves. I taught Zelda how to take care of herself and she has all the security she could ever ask for". Impa said and Link crossed his arms.
"I am gonna teach him how to use a sword when he is ten. I do want him to learn how to use it and become skilled enough to take down a Moblin but I don't actually want him having to use it. I want him to have a safer life than mine" he said and Malon smiled.
"Link, I really doubt you have to worry about that. It would be pretty hard to top the crazy life you have led" Impa laughed and he nodded.

 

The day went on and Link took Ordon and Saria out into the village to show them around. Malon decided to talk to Impa about something. Impa could tell she had something on her mind and knew she was too nervous to ask. "Malon, I am a Shiekah, we can read emotions like a book and you are dying to ask something but you are too scared. Don't be, just speak your mind" she said and Malon nodded.
"Well I have always been into boys, like not that there has been many of course but I knew I liked boys and I love my Husband but when we were at Zora's Domain I met Ruto and I was… well I was turned on by her. Link basically knows this and is okay with it but we… well I guess you could say we had sex…" she said in a low tone, red as a tomato. "She was… I mean it felt really, really good. I still love Link and don't question it and I want no one else in my life but I have never ever been attracted to a Woman before and I just… I just don't know what it means" she said before taking a deep breath.

Impa sat back and folded her arms. She glanced at Grace briefly before drawing her attention back to Malon who was looking down.
"Well as I assume you have gathered, I am a lesbian so I can say with certainty I have never been attracted to a Man before. However Grace is different". Impa said and Malon looked at her.
"I was always into Women. I always knew that but I also knew it was taboo. 'I wasn't supposed to' like Girls so I hid it. It was always true though. I tried dating Boys to fit in but they never had any appeal to me and I felt no romantic or sexual attraction to any of them. Except for this one boy. I was 16 and he was just… I can't describe it but I liked him. I thought I had got over being different and I lost my virginity to him and it was amazing." She explained. It never lasted though. Over a short time, I grew uninterested and all I could think about was Women. Eventually Impa seduced me and the rest is history" she said smiling.

"So… you were what? Curious?" Malon asked and she smiled.
"Yeah. Some use the word 'bi-curious' which means they are curious to see what it would be like to have sex with the sex you are not attracted to. For instance, you and Ruto. But I wasn't just curious to see what a Man felt like, J really was into him" she said. "Another term is 'Hetero-flexibility' or in my case 'Homo-flexibility'. In my case it would mean I am attracted to Women almost all the time but there is one or maybe a few instances where I like a guy. It has never happened since but it did happen. I think this might be what you are" Grace said and Malon but her hands in her lap.
"I think… I think the Hetero-flexible one is maybe right? But like I don't know…" she said.

Impa could tell she had been affected by these thoughts and she really didn't understand herself.
"Then you are straight, is that what you want to hear?" Impa said and Malon looked up.
"I don't…"
"It is. You think of yourself as straight but this experience made you question it. Then you are straight… Honestly, who cares?" She said bluntly but it was an honest question. "Maybe you like men, maybe both, maybe just one woman, maybe it was a curiosity… who knows. But you love Link, you want him and no one else. You don't need to needlessly complicate things with labels if you don't think they fit. You are Malon, that is all you need" Impa told her.

Malon let out a sigh. Impa's words resonated and she was right. She wanted to know she was straight but her recent experience came in contact with that. But why did it matter? It didn't change who she was and who she likes. It felt like a weight had been taken off her shoulders.
"Thank you. Both of you. This has helped a lot" she said and Grace smiled.
"You're welcome".

 

The day turns to night and everyone is in bed. Impa and Grace had a guest room that Link and Malon could sleep in. They sat up in bed and talked.
"Link… I have to tell you that me and Ruto…. Well we did it and I liked it" she said quickly and went red. Link put an arm around her.
"It's okay. I told you I was okay with it and told you I didn't need to know" he reassures her but she shakes her head.
"No, I had to tell you. I felt guilty about not letting you know. I never want to be deceitful to you and go behind your back" she told him.

He lay back and thought about Cremia and how she screwed her best friend's Husband and got pregnant. Malon couldn't be more different.

"But it got me thinking. I want to experiment a little with you. Like we have made love many times and it is always great but we have rarely tried new things" she said in a low horny tone. Link turned to her and smiled.
"Usually because I am horny and lazy and can't hold back" he said which made her giggle.

She took the initiative and lowered herself to his crotch and without warning, pulled his dick free. It was in her mouth in seconds, and his erection grew full right away. Link groaned as his wife slurped away at his hard cock. Her head bobbed up and down, picking up speed and Link just lay back and took it. Her tongue licked over his head and he shivered as a pleasurable sensation coursed through his body.

Malon whimpered and Link noticed she was pleasuring herself. Link sat up and Malon looked up at him without releasing her mouth. The sight was almost orgasmic.
"Let me help down there" Link said as Malon let go of his dick and shuffled around. She positioned her legs around his head and then went back to work on his dick while he licked her core.

Malon let out a soft moan on his dick as she felt him lick inside her, her legs tightened around his head as she continued on his dick. Link's tongue trailed over her glit and she gasped in shock and Link felt her getting wetter. They continued until they were both moaning deeply. She pulled herself off his wet dick.
"Link…. I need it in me…" she growled in a moan and Link positioned himself behind her and thrust into her.

He slid into her with ease as they were both wet with each other's juices and Link was focused on lasting long enough to make Malon cum because he sure could finish at any moment. He fucked her doggy style and her moans were louder than the squeaking of the bed. Impa and Grace will definitely have heard them but Link wasn't concerned about that. "Link! Harder!" She ordered to Link's surprise but he cooperated and thrust in harder.

Link was bucking his body into her from behind. He reached his arms around her and groped her swaying breasts. He played with them and rubbed her nipples, not slowing his thrusts in any way. Malon let out a cry of joy as she clenched around his dick slightly.

Link sat up, releasing her breasts to rock free in the air. He grabbed both of her hips and thrust in and out of her with as much speed as he could. "AH! LINK! YES!" Malon shouted in joy. Their bodies slapped together and Link was as close as Malon was. He had one more thing to make her climax as orgasmic as he could. He reached around her and stroked her clitoris. That was it.

Malon let out an orgasmic cry as pleasure rained through her body, tightened around Link's dick as he shot his seed inside her and they both gave way and fell forward. Link lay on his wife, still buried inside her.

He eventually pulled out and they lay next to each other. "Lucky I have been taking those contraception potions because we would definitely have a fourth kid coming along by now" she joked and Link hugged her close.
"Would that be so bad?" He asked and she smiled.
"No, it wouldn't. I mean if raising kids wasn't so much work I would have one million" she joked and Link said nothing. "In a few years we will see. Maybe we will have another"? She said to him and he lightly nodded.
"One day you are gonna get careless and not drink one of those potions and I am not gonna pull out and we will end up with one whether we want one or not" he said and she laughed.

"Have you ever pulled out?" She asked and he smiled.
"No… wait, with you or anyone else?" He asked and she went red.
"Errr…. Me…Do I want to know the answers to that question" she asked and he smiled.
"Well look, amI never got Ruto pregnant so we don't have to worry about little Zora-Link's running or…. Swimming around. I dunno if Zora are even capable of getting pregnant by a Hylian" he said and she shrugged.
"Or if a Hylian can get pregnant by a Zora" she suggested.
"Good point…. Well I know we had a good time with Ruto but let's not test it" he said and she smiled.
"I am so over it, the only one I want now is you".

 

 

In the morning, Link wakes up with his wife's boobs pressed against his chest. This made him hard, an issue he was going to hopefully be able to ignore. He got up and looked out the window. He could see Anju looking after Cuccos or… at least she resembled Anju. He thought about Termina and wondered how everyone was getting on. Cremia, her baby as well as Kafei, Anju, hee baby and of course Romani. He did miss them but he wouldn't trade what he has now for any of it. His heart suddenly skipped a beat when a blue haired Man walked over to her and kissed her…. He looks like… Link knew. It was Kafei's double.

"Malon. Malon! Wake up!" He shook her and she opened her eyes and groaned.
"Whaaat…? She asked in a mood.
"What do you think of that guy right there!" He said pointing out the window. She sat on the edge of the bed.
"The guy with the blue hair?" She asked and Link nodded. She studied him. "Well I think he is kinda hot" she confessed and Link swallowed.
"Funny you should say that because your Termina counterpart had a child with that man and couldn't keep off him" he told her and she went red.
"I wouldn't go that far" she explained and Link shrugged.
"Cremia did." He told her.

"Tell me about her." Malon demanded and Link gave a confused look.
"You mean Cremia? Your Terminian counterpart?" He asked and she smiled.
"Yeah. Like you said you went to see what you looked like because why wouldn't you? Kike itnis so interesting to think what you are loke in a parallel universe" she said and Link frowned.
"No, I get it but like…. I am married to you. You want to know what I think of essentially a clone of my wife?" He asked and she grinned wider.
"Pretty much!" She beamed and Link sighed.
"Very well…."

"Well Cremia was kind and protective of her little sister Romani who looks like how you used to when you were a kid. You have to remember when I went to Termina I had already came back to the future and had met you as an adult already so I knew what your future self looked like and I knew… well I knew how sexy you were" he said with a grin and she blushed. "So naturally, since you like identical to Cremia, I thought she was super sexy too." He said hoping she wouldn't find all this weird. "But obviously it never went anywhere because I was a kid and she was an adult but I lived in their house and her presence was a constant tease for a teenage boy but she was nice… just a good person." He said and Malon leaned in.
"So exactly like me then!" She said but Link shook his head.

"No, not really. I mean you are both sweet and you both love animals and your family and are both a bit innocent when it comes to adult stuff for the first time but there are differences. Cremia has an angry side at points but also like… you wouldn't fuck your best friends husband and get pregnant. It was certainly an awkward dynamic. But like it wasn't just like a drunken one night stand, she did it again and .. it wasn't pretty. I know you just had a night with Ruto but Cremia was a little more hornier with everyone and that is pretty different to you." He spoke. Cremia nodded.
"Yeah, I gotta be honest. I don't feel good about that night with Ruto. It felt good and I know you and everyone else are okay with it and I am glad I know how I feel now but I don't feel… proud of it" she told him. "But I honestly can't imagine just hooking up with some random person I barely know and screwing them. Like I know we had sex before marriage but I knew I loved you but I would have refused your advances if yiu tried something on our first night together" she explained and Link chuckled.
"Glad I didn't then".

"Was it weird though? Like being around an alternative version of me?" She asked and Lino gave a strong nod.
"Oh yes. Like more weird now that I am married to you but knowing I consider two versions of you my friends. But like… I do wonder what Romani looks like as an adult. I guess I will never know" he said and she smirked.
"As hot as me I imagine" she joked but Link nodded in agreement.

Notes:

Not a lot to say about this one. It is more story than anything else. Hope you liked it.

Chapter 60: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 22 - Forest Kids in the City

Summary:

Continuation of the Hyrule Road Trip

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and his family left Kakariko Village. Link was a little nervous about their next stop because he wasn't sure how his kids would react to so many people. Their next stop was Castle Town. At the gates they got off Epona.

"Head on off to Lon Lon Ranch. We will be with you in a day so" he said to Epona as he patted her on the nose and the Horse ran off. They entered the main gates and Link was glad he wasn't wearing his old Tunic because everyone would have swarmed him, they might still.

"Wow! Look at all the people!" Ordon shouted in excitement as Saria hugged her Mother's legs.
"This is where we first met. All those years ago" he said in a soft voice to Malon who smiled.
"Even in the other timeline?" She asked with genuine curiosity.
"Yeah, we met the same way. Except when I got to meet you this time around I did already know who you are and had met Zelda and you know… killed big Demon King" he said with a tone that started higher and ended lower. Malon was surprised because she never really asks about the Demon King and the horrors he fought and he rarely brings it up.

As the Ordon ran around in awe, Saria was. A Little nervous as Link had perhaps feared. A small White Dog approached her and Link crouched down to her height. "It's okay. You can touch it. Like this see" Link said as he petted the Dog, showing Saria it is nothing to fear. She slowly reached out her small hand and placed it on the Dog. It started wagging its tail and panting. "Hey, look at it's tail! That means he likes you" Link said and she smiled.
"Can we have him?" She asked and Link laughed.
"Sorry, no we can't. He probably belongs to someone but when we are home I can show you where some Rabbits live and you can pet them" he explained to her. They made it to the Temple of Time and walked in.

Inside there was a man with a bucket scrubbing the marble floors. Link had never considered someone cleaning it and suddenly felt bad about all the dirt he probably traced in from outside over the years and what this guy would have thought if he saw Link take the Master Sword out or something.

"This is where me and your Father got married" Malon said to Ordon and Saria but keeping her eyes on the 2 year old in her arms.
"And behind this door is a magical sword that only a chosen Hero can weild" he told Ordon who looked impressed. Malon however raised an eyebrow, wondering where he was going with this.
"Maybe it is me!" He said proudly but Kink smiled.
"I hope not because it means dark times are approaching but you certainly have the blood for it" he said. Ordon didn't understand it but he nodded in agreement anyway.
"As well as that, legends say you can hear the voices.of the past if you listen closely." Malon said to them but the two kids couldn't sit still long enough to find out.

"C'mon then. Let's do what you have obviously been waiting for. Let's show you Hyrule Castle" he said to the excited kids that ran to the door. The man cleaning the marble pillars turned.
"Oh Hylia! It's you! You're… you're the…" he said in shock but Link walked over to him.
"Yeah. Yeah I am but could you like… not? Like I am out with my family". He said and the man nodded.
"Of course, of course but… one question. Is it true? All the stories you told I mean. Like did you really travel in time from this place?" He asked and Link nods.
"Everything I said is tue. Not a word of it is a lie". He said as he left with his family. The man was left to his work.

 

Link left with his family and headed up to the Castle. The Knights at the gates recognised Link.
"Oh. Lord Hero of Time! We didn't know you were coming". One of the Knights says.
"Yeah, Zelda doesn't either. It's a surprise". He said and one of the Knights looked down at his kids.
"You know, we know you have a high rank and all but…. The Castle isn't a playground and you can't just turn up out of the blue" he says and Link smiles..
"It has literally never stopped me in the past. Glad to see the security is for once higher. But you know I snuck into the Castle when I was ten right? I could do it again…. Although, not sure I could with my Wife and three kids.." he said and Ordon stepped forward.
"I could!" He said with confidence.
"Well, at least two of us could." Link said with a smirk.

Malon sighed and stepped forward.
"Can you just go and ask the Queen if we can see her, it would save some time" she said nicely and one of the Knights behind the gate walked off to send the message.
"So much for a surprise…" Link said but Malon shrugged.
"It still is, she will find out in a few minutes." She told him but he smiled.
"I know, thank you".

The message was passed on and they had permission to enter. Link and his family were greeted into the Castle and Ordon and Saria stared in disbelief.
"WOW! This place is huge! People live here?!" He screamed and Link patted him on the head.
"Yeah. They do. I used to for a little while. But keep your voice down and don't shout. You are a guest here and it is not everyday that you get to visit a Castle. Most aren't that lucky." He told his son and he continued to stare in silence.

"Hey! Long time no see!" A familiar voice was heard as Zelda ran towards Link and threw her arms around him. He hugged her back before she did the same with Malon. "It has been too long!" She said in excitement.
"It sure has. We came to surprise you" Link said.
"And let our kids meet the Queen of Hyrule!" Malon said as Zelda crouched to their level.
"So you must be Ordon and Saria. I have heard about you two… I must say, Ordon, you really look a lot like your Father" she said with a smile and Ordon returned it.
"Thank you…" he said with some shyness that was uncharacteristic for him.
"And you are as beautiful as your Mother" she said to Saria.
"Thank you, your majesty!" She said with a small bow and Zelda giggled.
"Hey, you know what, how about I give you both special permission to call me Zelda like your Mam and Dad. How does that sound?" She said with a grin and the kids nodded. "I have a son and daughter both your ages. I am sure they would love to play with you". She told them and excitement built up.

"I could take them if you want!" A voice called out and the handsome, black haired husband of the Queen strode over to them.
"How's it going Victor?" Link askes as Victor bare hugs the couple together.
"Its gan good. It's been sooo long. What… like five or six years or something?" He says and Malon nods.
"Yeah. Just before we moved out of Lon Lon Ranch". She said.
"Do you want me to take them off your hands? They can go play with our two and they will be taken care of." He says and Malon looks down at them. They both looked excited and Malon gave them permission. Victor walked off with them. "You know we have met before.." Victor says to Ordon but the boy looks confused. "Yeah you were born here. I met you when you weren't even a day old…"

 

Zelda walks with Link and Malon through the Castle. She guides them to the throne room, Malon was impressed but Link had seen it before and thought little of it.
"You came at a great time. I had just finished with some Royal Duties for the day" she said as she picked up her crown she had left on the throne.
"Wow. It's so pretty. Can I try it on?" Malon asks but Zelda looks her in the eyes.
"I love you Malon but no, sorry. This crown has only been worn by my ancestors. It is for the King or Queen only" she says as she puts it on her head.
"It was worth a shot…" she mumbles under her breath.

"Your majesty! Darunia's subject needs your attention!" A Royal Guard called her. She sighed.
"Wait here. Some things are unresolved apparently. " She says as she swiftly leaves them alone.
"Wonder what that was about. Wonder if Darunia was just…LINK!" She screeched as she turned to see her Husband sitting on the throne.
"Come on! You know you are curious" he tells her and she gives a mischievous smile.
"You shouldn't be sitting there" she tells him but he shrugs.
"You haven't denied it" he responds.

She walks close to him and Link grabs her hand and pulls her over. She is pulled onto his lap And Link kisses her. She pushes into the ckiss, sitting more comfortably. Link pushes a hand up her skirt and she stops the kiss.
"Here?" She says in surprise and Link smirks.
"C'mon. A quickie.." he suggests and she rolls her eyes.
"Okay, but we have to be quick!" She says as he pushes her underwear to the side, pulls his pants down to his ankles and then slides his dick into her soft hole.

Link grabs her hips and rocks them back and forth as she grinds against him. They pick up speed quickly, Link undoes a button on her top so a little cleavage is showing and then hikes a hand up her top so it is on her breast.

He focuses on her body, her legs, her curvy hips, her large boobs, her beautiful face and her gorgeous red hair. "Ugh… Malon!" He groans. They both smile at each other, both know what they are doing is wrong but it feels so exhilarating. Malon starts bouncing faster. Her hair falling over her face so she brushes it back which Link thought was the sexiest thing.

Their breathing is fact and Malon is close. No words need to pass, they look into each others eyes and know. Their moans are low and relatively quiet.
"Ahhh. Link…" she says in a whispered moan as she reaches her climax. Link let his climax happen, releasing his load into his wife who has clung to him tightly.

They don't waste long getting up, even in their orgasmic high because Zelda could be back any moment. Their faces were red and they were sweaty for how fast they went. "That was something!" She said with a naughty grin. But suddenly they heard footsteps approaching.

 

Malon quickly straightens her dress and Link makes sure he looks normal as they stand where they were. Victor walks in however. He looks at their red face and Malon's slightly messed up hair.
"Your top button is undone" he says to Malon who goes redder than she was and quickly does up the button just as Zelda walks in. She takes a look at Malon's flushed face.
"For Gods sake Victor. You are in here for ten seconds and you already embarrass her. Do I even want to know what you said?" She asks and Victor smiled.
"I was just saying it is a shame their kids don't have Malon's beautiful red hair" he lied to his wife although he did believe what he just said.
"Yeah. Her hair is beautiful but they are cute as is and I am sure they will grown up just as attractive" Zelda comments.

Link and Malon said nothing. They were blown away at how Victor caught them but saved them from Zelda. He probably did it because he knows he would have taken that risk if he was in their position. "Anyway. The Gorons are gone now, lets go off to the lounge. We can have some tea" Zelda said as they walked off.
"Was Darunia here?" Link asks but she shakes his head.
"No, just his messenger. But honestly Link, the details would bore you to death so I might as well jot go into it" she told him with honesty.
"Wow. You really know me well" he laughed.

"So Victor, how did you and Zelda meet?" Malon asks and Victor smiles.
"Very differently from how you and Link met… which I don't know but I can assume it was different. My Father introduced me to a ball to Zelda. The plan was for me to marry her for the sake of Labrynna and use her for my country. The thing is, I don't take orders from my Father and if I didn't like Zelda I would have turned her down just to spite him. But I mean, how could I resist. We got to know each other, I married into the Hyrule Royal Family and then my relationship with my family sorta declined as the years went on." He explained. Malon was fascinated by his story. "What about you? How did you and Link meet?" He asked and she smiled.

"I was just a kid, but so was Link. I met him in Castle Town when waiting for my Father to deliver Milk. The thing is, he seemed to know who I was even though I had never met him and knew what I was doing. That is because he came from a different timeline and had done all that before. It wasn't long after that he and Zelda came to Lon Lon Ranch and we all became great friends." She told him and Victor was equally curious.

"Does Link talk about his adventures much? Like I know the bullet pointed version of what happened but no details really. " He said and Malon shook her head.
"He rarely makes mention of it in any amount of detail and I don't wanna ask. I don't think he wants to look back and wants to look forward" she said and Victor nodded.
"Does it feel weird to be married to a Legendary Hero?" He asks and she puts her hands.on her hips.
"You are married to the Queen of Hyrule! Honestly the fact that I am in the presence of a Hero and two Royals is unbelievable. Like… I am just a simple farm girl, no one special." She said but Victor shook his head.
"No, not at all. You are special. Just because you weren't born into a rich family with rich parents and everything you could ever ask for does not make you a nobody. It is what you do with your life that matters. And besides. Link was raised by a Tree was he not?" He joked and Malon let out a small chuckle.
"I suppose he was."

 

Ordon and Saria were introduced too Arthur and Young Zelda in the gigantic playroom that blew the little forest kids mind. There was an attendant watching over them.
"So like...what do you do in here?" Ordon finally asked, breaking the ice. Sure he has toys at home but nothing like this.
"We play with them. Have games and stuff" Arthur said and Ordon scratched his head.
"At home I usually have sword fights with branches and climb trees and make dens." He said and Arthur got interested.
"Wow, Mother doesn't let me do dangerous stuff like that because she said I will get hurt" he explained. "But we have these" he said as he pulled out a box with plastic swords."we can have a battle!" Arthur said enthusiastically and the two boys ran across the room with swords in hand.

"I don't really like that boy stuff. I usually play with dolls" Zelda said and Saria frowned.
"I don't really play with my doll. I like to find animals and watch them. There are like these big blue beetles that crawl out of rocks when you pick them up. If you catch one in a bottle and then release it near soil it will burrow out and sometimes big nasty spiders will jump out so then you have to run!" Saria said excitedly but Zelda was disturbed.
"I don't like insects. But I like other animals. I like to feed the fish in the courtyard." She said as she walked over to the attendant. "Can me and Saria go and play in the courtyard?" She asked and he smiled.
"I will see if Lord Hero of Time and Lady Malon are okay with it but I am sure we can arrange it" he said as another attendant.left the room, assumably to sort things out.

 

 

The day goes on, Link and Malon have tea with Zelda and Victor and they talk for hours. Zelda of course tells Link and Malon they should stay for the night and the kids can have a sleepover. Once the kids are in bed, the alcohol comes out and they all start drinking. It doesn't take long for Malon to get drunk but Link takes the longest. After having Chateau Romani in Termina, anything else is child's play. But eventually everyone is drunk and it is very apparent.

"You know what we should play! Truth or dare!" Zelda suggests and Link looks at her.
"Yeah but like, we can't really dare anyone to do anything funny because you are too important. Like I can't just tell you to go and run into Castle Town naked!" Link explains and Zelda shrugs.
"Then don't dare me to do things I can't do," she suggests.
"I am down!" Malon says and Victor nods.

 

"Okay, I will go first. Zelda, I dare you to kiss Link" he said simply, Malon going red at the thought but Zelda looked calm.
"Easy." She said as she walked over to Link. Shs stopped in front of him. "Does it have to be a certain kind of kiss?" She said and Link frowned.
"Yeah, like an intense passionate one" he said and Link gulped.
"You shouldn't have asked," he said as Zelda leaned in and kissed him on the lips. She closed her eyes, enjoying the dare from her husband but Link did feel good, but awkward that is Wife was watching. Maybe this would be easier once she has been dared stuff but Link wasn't going to dare Malon to do anything. The kiss ended and Zelda sat back down.

"Okay, my go". Link said clearly his throat and moved on. "Zelda, was your first time with me better than your first time with Zelda?" He said with a smirk and she looked down.
"You…" she said quietly and Link laughed.
"Is that your idea of revenge?" Victor joked.

"I got a good one!" Malon said with a grin that scared Link. "Victor, I dare you to kiss Link!" She said and both Victor and Link looked shocked.
"Wow, hang on. Why me? Why is everyone picking on me?" Link asked and Victor didn't want to loose so he walked over to Link and closed his eyes. He went for it. Link gripped his chair, clearly not enjoying it but Victor pressed in, almost like it was natural. Zelda cheered and high-fived Malon. The kiss ended and Link spat and took a drink. Victor sat down grumpy looking.

"Okay, Link. Since you clearly enjoyed our kiss I will ask you this. Are you still sexually attracted to me?" Zelda asked and Link sat up.
"Why am I a target?" He asks as he looks down. He didn't want to answer that one. Not in front of Malon. "Well if you mean do I still find you sexy then yes" he said and Zelda smirked. She saw an opportunity to push but she decided not to just yet.

"Okay. I have a good one. Just deciding which was around it should be. Yes. Malon. Kiss Zelda passionately" he said and Malon went red, regretting her past dare. Zelda smiled and shrugged. She got up and moved to Zelda, putting her hand on the side of her face. She closed her eyes and imagined Ruto as she pressed her lips to Zelda's. Zelda felt how Link did when Victor kissed him except she kept calm and held her hands still in her lap as Malon worked her tounge into her. She figured she was thinking of Link because she got a little too into it which Zelda found sweet but wished she would be done quick.

The two men stared at the girls making out before Malon remembered who she was kissing and ended it. She was red as a tomato and made eye contact with no one as she sat down and took a huge drink of a bottle. Malon's one time curiosity for a Woman was clear when she made out with Zelda and did not feel the spark inside her. Link decided he would ask about that later.

"Okay, anyway…. " Link says as he readjusts his pants. "Zelda, I return the question. Are you sexually attracted to me?" He says and she looked him in the eyes.
"Yes". She says in a simple tone.
"Oh. Okay. Well that was boring" he said as Victor sat forward.

"Zelda, you seemed pretty calm there. Have you ever been attracted to a Woman before?" She asks and Zelda shakes her head.
"Nope. And I didn't enjoy that. No offense, you are a good kissed but I just hid it better than Link did" she said with a laugh.
"Well at least no one has to waste a question on me." He said and everyone agreed.

"Okay. Everyone raise a hand if they have slept with someone after they got with their current partner" Zelda said, mainly to see if Link would raise his hand but he did not. To her surprise Malon did and Victor noticed Link didn't seem surprised. Of course Zelda and especially Victor's hand was up.
"Wow. I am a good boy!" Link joked and Zelda rolled her eyes.
"Oh please. You screwed the Princess of Adrule when you were sixteen" she says and Link crossed his arms.

 

"Okay Malon. Kiss me" Victor said and her heart beat to one million miles per hour. Link noticed this and felt sorry for her. She walked slowly towards him and leaned forward. The best thing to do was get it over with but the problem was he was handsome. She leaned in and kissed him while Victor held the side of her head. Malon got into it, hoping it would seem like an act. Victor fought back the urge to grab her breasts that were nearly touching his chest. Malon felt aroused by Victor and the second she felt like it was too much she pulled back and sat down.

"Okay Victor. Who was better, Ruto or Zelda?" He asked and Victor's eyes grew wide.
"She told you about that?" He asked and Link smiled.
"I saw you. But answer the question" Link ordered but he pointed to Zelda.
"My Wife, by far. But I am tempted to say Ruto just because Zelda seemed to think you were better than me" he joked and Zelda smirked.
"Hey, he specified the first time! We have had way better sex than that one tike.me and Link did it." She said in self defense.

"Okay Victor, since you dared me to kiss you, what was your honest opinion of it?" She asked and Victor smirked.
"You kidding? It was incredible. I mean of course it was, you are sexy as hell. If you weren't married to Link I would definitely…." He stopped as everyone stared at him. "Come on! That is a compliment… It was a good kiss" he said as he crossed his arms.
"Man… you can tell he is pissed, he is being a little to honest there" Zelda said and Malon found it funny, flattering but also a little creepy.

"So Malon, you were not going to escape this one. Who was it you were with?" Zelda asks. Malon felt embarrassed and Link felt bad for her. He wanted to save her from this but knew he couldn't. Malon also didn't want to be the first to back down from a truth or dare.
"Well…. Shit… okay. It was…. You know fuck it! Zelda, it was Ruto! And before you say anything technically you are the only one who hasn't done anything with her in this room so it isn't that weird!" She ended with a shout. Zelda was blown away as it was a lot to process. She didn't know Malon was into girls or the context but seeing how wound up she got, Zelda wouldn't press because she could see she was well out of her comfort zone.
"Wow. I can't argue with that logic…" she said as she leaned over and hugged Malon. "Sorry" she whispered in her ear and Malon smiled.
"Me too. I shouldn't have shouted" she apologised and the two were chummy again in no time.

"Alright Link! Here is a tough one. If I didn't exist and Zelda wasn't married when you returned to Hyrule. Would you have married Zelda instead of Malon?" He asked and Link immediately hated the question. Everyone else thought it was cruel.
"Well…. It is impossible to know what would have happened but I can say I was in love with Zelda before I was in love with Malon and I did want to be with her for so long. I was heartbroken to learn she was married. So I think it is very likely. However it is impossible to say. Everyone has crushes or girlfriends that they think they will be with forever but life takes them in a different direction. For every timeline where I am with Zelda, there is a million more where I am dead or single or stuck in Termina. But what I do know is that I would never change how things worked out and I love Malon more than anyone and wouldn't want anyone else" he expresses.

Everyone was blown away by the speech, Malon was flattered and Zelda thought it was adorable.
"Wow. Did you think of that on the spot? Seems like you had planned that one". Victor remakred. Link shrugged.
"Thought I would go out with a bang because I am absolutely wasted and have no more questions left". Link said.
"Okay. I suggest we all say one of we have one left" Malon decided and Zelda nodded.
"Everyone say something they feel guilty about!" Victor suggests.

Everyone agreed it was a good one to end on so they took turns.
"Well, when I was in Termina, I was showing off to a friend and she persuaded me to use the Fierce Deity's Mask, a Mask that focuses your mind on your strongest desire. Just bare in mind I was thirteen or fourteen when this happened. I went to Cremia who is the counterpart to Malon and I mean…. She is sexy as hell so my desire was sexual. I kissed her, felt her up and very nearly slept with her. I managed to break free of the Mask's desire. I felt horrible about how I nearly tricked someone who was so nice to me into have sex with an attractive adult." He admitted.

Malon has been told this story but Zelda and Victor had not but they did know of the mask in question.
"I felt guilty about sleeping with Ruto even though I had permission," Malon said quickly. Zelda thought about hers.
"Well… I feel terrible about how I haven't managed to get gay marriage legalised and I am the Queen. Impa had to get married in a foreign land and she has been like a Mother to me. I feel terrible for that" Zelda said.
"I feel guilty about cutting ties with my family. I mean they are kinda awful, most of them anyway but like… they are still my family" Victor concluded.

 

 

They concluded their game of Truth or Dare and made their way to bed. Link and Malon had a room prepared for them and they collapsed asleep in seconds. Zelda and Victor on the other hand were drunk enough to come up with a really stupid idea…

 

"How horny are you?" Zelda whispered as her Husband made it to bed.
"Very." He stated.
"Because I have a risky and stupid plan but I am so horny and wanna try it" Zelda told him and he smiled.
"If it means we fuck, I am for it" he said and she pulled out the Feirce Deity's Mask. "Oh. That is stupid bit from what Link described… I wanna try it" he admitted and Zelda put it on.

She felt an amazing power surge through her body. A feeling she couldn't describe. Victor starred as her nude body retained it's Womanly shape but turned pale, her eyes completely white and marking appeared on her face.

"Victor. Lets fuck now!" She demanded as she climbed atop him and wasted no time sitting on his dick. She rode back and forward with great force, Victor groaning at her speed and Zelda feeling an unbelievable pleasure racing through her body.

Victor groped her breasts and she oet out a deep moan as he played with her fleshy mounds. A thumb rolled over her nipple and he pinched them, allowing them to become erect.

Zelda showed no sign of slowing down or changing position and she fucked him relentlessly with pure lust and desire. Victor realised he had no control and lay back, groaning. He wanted to make sure Zelda reached her orgasm but he was already close. He gripped her thighs and tried to just hold on and not cum.

This proved a hard challenge as Zelda rocked her hips with a fast and steady pace as his dick reached deep inside with every thrust of her body.
"Ahhhhhhh" he moaned as he clung on. This was too good and Zelda agreed. Her body was in euphoria and her mind was blank with only the ecstasy she was feeling now entering her mind. The feeling of his solid mast reaching the inner parts of her soft, wet and tight pussy was more than words could describe.

Eventually, after what felt like eternity for Victor, whose balls were tighter than ever, Zelda was close.
"Urghhhhh! Ahhhhhh! Ahhhhh!" She screamed and Victor let go, his balls exploding with an insane amount of cum, more than ever and it was like electric through his body. Zelda felt him swamp her insides as her entire body buzzed in bliss. She collapsed backwards, pulled the mask off and panted uncontrollably as her body returned to normal.

Once both of them had calmed down Zelda sat up.
"Victor… that was the best sex of my life and nothing will top that. You've got to try it tomorrow…" she told him and he frowned.
"We can't make this a habit." He told her and she nodded.
"I know but Victor…. You need to know".

Notes:

Wow. These chapters almost seem consistant. It aeems like I can write these fast. Actually I just wrote a head and the whole series is done but drop em 1 a week.

This one started out abiut the kids but ended up more about a drinking game. Oh well.

Chapter 61: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 23 - Abandoned Home

Summary:

The Road Trip takes them the the Gerudo Fortress and Lake Hylia.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Urrrhhhh. Fuck me….” Link says as he wakes up with his hair a mess. His vision was blurry and his mind was blank. What the hell happened last night. He looked over at Malon who was still asleep. She was dressed in her underwear so it was safe to assume they didn’t fuck last night. He sat up and leaned against the headboard of the bed, fragments of the previous night coming back to him.

Eventually Malon also woke up, turning whilst rubbing her eyes. She looked up at Link who smiled at her and she sat up and leaned against him. They sat in silence for a while.
“Did I…. This is going to sound crazy but did I kiss Victor last night?” she asked and Link looked at her.
“I think he dared you too. I think Zelda kissed me too” he responded.
“I truly do not know how to feel about that” she said and he hugged an arm around her.
“I think it might be for the best that I can’t remember a lot of last night” he said and she gave a soft laugh.

Link and Zelda got up, got changed and left the room. Outside a guard was outside their room.
"Ah, Lord Link, Lady Malon. Shall I take you to Her Majesty?" He asked and Link smiled.
"Why not?" He rhetorically asked as the guard walked him to the room he knew directions too. The door to her room was also guarded and one knocked on her door.
"If that's Link and Malon you can come in! If not then…. Don't…" she called through the door. Link shrugged and walked in with his Wife.

Zelda and Victor were lying in bed naked, the covers covering them. Link sort of expected it but Malon went red with embarrassment and looked away.
"You seem hungover." Zelda said to them and he shrugged.
"So do you," he replied. He turned to Malon. "Oh, yeah, they are kinda comfortable." Link told her.
"Comfortable…. I am not" she admitted and Victor chuckled.
"Oh yeah… didn't we threaten to walk in on you two screwing" Victor recalled and Link shook his head.
"Doesn't ring a bell. Anyway are.. our slash your kids awake?" Link asked changing the subject and Zelda smirked.
"Oh yeah. They are up before the Cuccos I imagine. They will be eating breakfast now" she told him and Malon looked at her.
"Wow. They wont want to leave now" she joked and Zelda smiled.

Victor got up, not hiding his modesty and Malon looked away as he got changed, Zelda followed.
"Well, let's go see em then" he said as he opened the door and the four of them walked out.

They entered the huge dining room and Ordon and Saria ran and hugged Malon.
"Mammy! They have fish here!" Saria screamed.
"And we had a sword fight!" Ordon cheered and the parents smiled.
"Glad you had a good time." Link said.
"Can Arthur and Zelda come to our house one day so we can make a den?" Saria asked and Malon and Link turned to Zelda.
"Errrr…. Can they?" Link asked Zelda and she scratched her head.
"I…. Don't know. Everyone in Hyrule Castle will have a fit if no one is watching them.." she admitted. Victor stepped forward.
"What if I am there too? He suggested and Zelda smiled.
"That could work. We will see. We will let you know" She said and Malon nodded.
"Thank you!" She said.

 

Link, Malon and their two.kids said their goodbyes and they went on their way. All through Castle Town the kids talked about how much fun they had and Link and Malon couldn't be happier.

They get to the gates of Castle Town and Link pulls out his Ocarina and plays Epona's Song. It only takes a few moments before the stallion gallops towards them. Malon helps the two kids on Epona's back and positions herself behind them to assure they don't fall off and Link is at the front.

 

The four of them ride into the Gerudo Valley, Link notices right away that the bridge still has not been put back up so he spurred Epona to dash forward without a warning and she leaped over the gap. Malon clutched her two children as tight as she could as Saria screamed in shock. Link knew Malon would refuse them going over so he decided forgiveness was easier than permission.

“Sorry” he said as he stopped Epona on the other side of the Valley. He helped his kids off Epona’s back and Malon hit him on the shoulder.
“This stuff is easy for you! You have fought Monsters and could probably fall off a mountain and die but the rest of us are mortal!” Malon shouted at him and he did truly feel bad. He looked down at his kids who were only waist height. He looked back up at Malon.
“I am sorry, I am not just saying that to make you less mad at me, but I am” he said, kneeling down to his kids and giving them a hug. “Too you too. Parents can make mistakes too and I should have done that. It was dangerous. “ he said to his kids. Ordon smiled however.
“I thought it was cool” he shouted and Link chuckled.
“It was, but don’t take after me too much. I have led a pretty reckless life”.

 

Link guides them through the Canyon and they arrive at the abandoned Gerudo Fortress.
"Wow, so epic!" Ordon shouts.
"Now kids, promise me you will be careful okay? There might be dangerous objects inside so don't recklessly run about okay?" He asked and they both nodded. Despite that, Link led the way to assure there wasn't anything dangerous and Malon walked behind.

"The Gerudo were a people that were all Women and they used to live in this fortress. They were the warriors of the Desert and were skilled fighters" Link told them as he guided them through the abandoned fort. "They were banished from Hyrule for Crimes they committed and no one has been here since" Link explained.

They got too a high up room that had a table and chairs with a door that led to an open roof.
"We will rest here for a little while and then take you all to the Desert Colossus" Link told them.

 

The kids play around the Fortress for a while as Malon sits with her legs hanging off one of the many high ledged of the fortress and Link sits with his body wrapped around her.
"I can feel your dick.on my back" Malon said crudely and Link moved close to her ear.
"It is because you turn me on" he whispered as he stared pushing his hand onto her breast.
"Link… we can't. The kids are here" she said and Link moved his hand away.
"I know. But man you make me so horny. I know we are still in our 20's but we are getting older and I don't want to waste a second with you" he told her and she smiled.

 

Link took Malon, Ordon and Saria to the Desert gates as some sand blew into their face.
"Okay, when I went, I traveled through this desert but you old man has some special tricks that will blow your mind. Are you ready?" He said and Ordon grinned.
"Yeah!" He said and Link pulled out his Ocarina.
"Hold on tight then!" He said as Ordon grabbed hold of Link's clothes, Malon grabbed his shoulder and she held onto Saria tightly. Link played the Requiem of Spirts and they all vanished.

They suddenly appeared at the desert Colossus and Ordon fell over. He looked around and looked terrified. "You okay bud?" Link asked and he clearly was freaked out.
"What happened? Where are we?" He shouted and Saria started crying as Malon hugged her. Link sat in front of them
"This is a Magical Ocarina that a dear friend of mine gave me and it allows me to teleport to certain locations in Hyrule. This is one of them" he said as he tried to calm them down.
"Dad…. Why do you have something like that and why are you like friends with the Queen and all this stuff?" Ordon asked him as he was starting to realize his Dad was more than an ordinary Hylian.

"Well you see, I did some very important things for Hyrule in the past and had some adventures. I promise I will tell you more when you get older" he said as he helped Ordon to his feet. "But look at this! The Desert Colossus!" He said pointing to the magnificent statue.
"Look sweetie, isn't that amazing!" Malon said as she picked up her daughter and held her in her arms.

They all got up close and admired it. Malon was amazed by it but Saria seemed to just be in shock from the teleporting and Ordon had a mix of both. They had their lunch inside the Spirit Temple's entrance and Link knew technically only Saria and Ordon could go further because they were the only ones that would fit in the hole and the far left wall. Obviously Link made sure they stayed well away from it.

But next on their to-do list was Lake Hylia and Link would need to teleport them away again. He looked at his kids.
"So, more exciting is that we get to go and play at Lake Hylia" he said and Saria seemed especially excited. "But we are going to have to teleport there again okay?" He said reassuring Saria who reluctantly nodded.

Saria hugged onto Malon's legs tight and she held on to her with one hand while she put another hand on Link again. Ordon was more nervous now that he knew what was coming but out on a brave face. Link played the Serenade of Water and suddenly they were at Hylia island.

This time there was less terror from the kids but they were still disoriented. As the kids got their bearings they began to be fascinated by the beauty of the Lake. Link took them across the bridge, getting out hit bow and shooting a few Guays out of the sky first before continuing.

Malon had brought swim suits for them and Malon changed into hers behind the LakeSide Laboratory while the kids did on the other side. Link was prepared and had trunks on underneath his clothes. Malon looked stunning to Link. Her swimsuit was yellow, the bottom part tied around her waist while the top part held up her round boobs and presented a lot for Link to look at.

The kids ran into the water to play with inflatable arm bands on to they wouldn't sink. Link lay with Malon in his arms as they watched.
"We have came along way from those kids that met in Castle Town huh." She said with sweet smile on her face and Link nodded.
"Yeah, I am truly the luckiest man alive… Like I have been on the brink of death so many times and have been certain I would meet my end but somehow I ended up surviving everything, marrying the nicest, most beautiful and hardworking Woman in Hyrule and having three amazing Children" he said as she stroked his hardened muscles.
"And also I am a Lady now... apparently…" she said as she looked to Link for clarification.
"Well I was given a Knighthood as a Kid so I am technically a Lord. Since we are married you are technically a Lady. I never really mention it because I find it hard to see myself that way." He said and she laughed.
"YOU find it hard to see yourself that way? Link, I am a simple farm girl. It is probably the fantasy of every farm girl ever to marry a dashing knight but I married the Hero of Legend and he just so happens to be very kind, handsome and a great Father too. How many people like me get that chance in life. If you think you are lucky then let me tell you that I am punching above my weight" she said and Link grinned.

"I disagree. Any Man would be jealous of me when they see you." He said seductively as he kissed her lips. She sighed as she parted them.
"Well likewise...have you seen your body?" She asked as she trailed his muscles.
"Have you seen yours?" He responded and kissed her again.

Link rolled on top of Malon, deepening the kiss. He pushed her legs apart and she smiled.
"Link, we can't do it here. The kids are only down there in the water". She said as he smiled back.
"They are busy playing, they won't see us. And besides, even if they do, they will just think we are kissing" He told her and she couldn't disagree with his logic, nor did she want to. He pulled his trunks down slightly, only enough for his dick to swing free. He then grabbed the soft fabric of her swimsuit bottoms and pushed it to the side.

He wasted no time and pushed his dick all the way into her with no resistance. It fit like a glove and Malon was used to the feeling of his length inside her but she never tired of it.

He began thrusting in and out straight away, hands by her side and she sighed at the feeling. He moaned as he pushed into her each time, creating a steady rhythm. Malon moved her hips in time with him to create an even better sensation. She moved her hands down to his hips and used them to make him go faster.

His hand trailed over her boobs and pulled the fabric away, and squeezing her left breast. She moaned, her hands fell too her side and her head fell back. She arched her back and her pelvis was pushed forward. He leaned in and moved his tounge over her nipple which sent a wave of pleasure around her body.

"Oh Link!" She moaned, trying not to go too loud so the kids wouldn't hear. Link let out more breathy groans as he continued moving in her. She was wet, Link could feel it and it made him slide in and out at a faster rate. He could feel he was close but he kept steady.

Malon felt the pleasure of his length reach inside her and it was wonderful. She couldn't take it. She tightened around him, gripped his back hard and her eyes widened. "Ahhhhh… Link!" She screeched in a moan and her climax made Link lose all control and his dick shot his load inside her.

He gradually slowed down his thrusting, riding out the orgasm and making sure he had given her his all before he pulled out and pulled his trunks up. Malon sorted her swim suit out and lay back.

After completely catching his breath, Link sat up and looked down at the kids who were playing in the water.
“I kinda wish I kept hold of the Zora Mask now” he joked as he got up. “You joining us?” he asked, holding out a hand and she smiled as she allowed her self to be pulled up which was no effort for Link at all. “Wow, really taking this Lady thing to heart huh?” He joked and she smiled as she lightly hit him on the arm.
“Such a smart arse…” she joked as they continued down the hill slightly and joined their kids in the water.

Malon didn’t go in deep because she couldn’t swim but Link swam out far and let his kids joining him as they had arm bands on.
“Okay, why don’t we race to that land over there?” he said as he pointed to the fishing hole. Ordon turned to him.
“But you are so much faster than us. We don’t stand a chance” Ordon said and Saria nodded in agreement.
“Okay, I will give you all a head start…. And I will carry your Mother” he said and Malon stared.
“I didn’t agree to this” she said and Link shrugged.
“But how will I settle this urgent power balance?” Link joked and she sighed.
“Fine..” she complained and the kids laughed as they swam off before Link had said go to get as much of an advantage as possible.

Link swam to Malon and turned so his back was facing her.
“Get on!” he insisted and she did, gripping him hard.
“You just want an excuse to have my boobs against your back” she joked and he smiled.
“It does feel nice but that isn’t it. I do wanna show you something over there” he said as he began swimming to catch up to his kids.

He swam with powerful strokes that took more out of him due to the extra weight on him but it wasn’t all that bad due to the water making her lighter. He began catching up to Saria but Malon leaned in.
“Make it look convincing” she told him as he looked up realising he had almost over taken his daughter who was swimming like her life depended on it. He slowed down but looked like he was trying his hardest. Ordon reached the land and cheered. Saria had a little bit to go but was nearly there. As she got close, Link started to gain speed to make it seem like he wasn’t letting them win. Saria noticed and closer her eyes and started flailing her little legs as fast as they would go and then she bumped her head on the land since she wasn’t paying attention. Link was there right away.
“Are you alright?” he asked and she splashed water in his face.
“I beat you!” she gloated and he smiled.
“You did, you guys are good at this. I should start bringing you here more often to learn how to swim” he told them and they all smiled.

The family entered the wooden door and walked into the fishing hole area. The Man sat up and scratched his arm pits.
“Welcome.” So do you want to go fishing for 20 Rupees each?” he asked getting straight to the point.
“40 Rupees for two child rods please” Link said and the Man handed the kids the Rods and explained how to use them. The kids then ran to the water to catch a fish. Link leaned onto the desk. “You know, I have a Zora friend that frequents here.” Link said and Malon crossed her arms as she realised what Link was doing.
“Oh… yeah… she never told me her name but she… visits… what exactly did she say?” he asked nervously and Link smiled kindly.
“She recommended this place to us. She said you could do with the extra business” he said and the Fisherman smiled a smile of relief.
“Oh. Yeah. She is kinds like that” he said and Link grabbed Malon gently and guided her towards the pond.
“That’s him. That is the guy Ruto has been screwing” Link told her and Malon raised an eye brow.
“C’mon Link… I know it sounds like it but there must be someone else that works here. Like I don’t wanna be mean but Ruto can do better” she said and Link shrugged.
“Like me and you?” he asked and she went red and hit his arm hard this time.
“No! No, I didn’t mean that. Just I dunno, surely there is some handsome knight at Hyrule Castle or something” she said and Link shook his head.
“He is kinda easy access I suppose.” he said and Malon suddenly giggled and Link gave a confused look.

“We are gossiping about a Man like we are a bunch of school girls” she jokes and Link smirks.
“I never had a childhood so I guess I never did grow out of that phase” he says as he joins his kids in fishing.

 

After the fishing hole, their road trip was nearly over. They all rode to Lon Lon Ranch and reunited with the little two year old Farore who hadn’t really noticed her parents were gone and had seemed to have a good time with her Grandfather. They all stayed the night there and the kids were flat out asleep after an exhausting day. Link and Malon sat up late talking to Talon about a lot of things. The next day they head home and despite having a good holiday out, everyone was pleased to be home.

Notes:

Only a few more chapters to go, they are all written. And yes, the Hero of Time Story took over a year.... Oops.

Chapter 62: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 24 - The Hero's Story

Summary:

Link tells his family his story. From Kokiri Forest - Home.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

4 years passed from their family road trip. Ordon was ten, Saria was eight and Farore was four. Ordon over time began asking more and more questions about Link and his past and Link always had to find ways to dodge the question without lying to his son. Malon realised this and at night she turned to Link.

"I think you need to tell the kids about your adventures" Malon said to him and he looked her in they eyes.
"Is Farore not a bit young for that?" He said but she shook her head.
"Honestly Link, it'll probably all go over her head and she will probably fall asleep or stop listening the second you start. But Saria and especially Ordon need to know who their Dad is. Ordon is the same age we were when a lot of it started. Heck, I only know the broad stokes and we have been together for eleven years and known each other for more" she told him and he sighed.

"I always planned on telling them but it is hard to talk about. I've always wanted to talk to you about some of it too but I always get stressed thinking about it." He confessed to her but she smiled.
"I know Link. We don't talk about it because you don't want to, and I respect that, I will never probe you for answers but I wish you share some of your burdens with me. " She explained to him and he hugged her.

"Okay. Tomorrow. Tomorrow I will explain everything to you and the kids." He promised her and she leaned into him.
"Thank you Link…. Plus I wanna hear more about me from a life I never lived!" She joked, even though she really did know more or less all there was too tell on that side.

 

The next day Link sat down. His kids were all sat together and Malon was sat to the side of all of them.
“So as you know, there is something different about your lives too the lives of other kids in the Village and that is the fact you have a Father that knows the Royal Family and has been involved in some very important stuff over the years. I don’t really talk about my past all that much and your Mother only knows the basics but I feel like I should tell you all the truth and I think that you are old enough to know” he said to them all but looking at Ordon when the last part came up.

“I will start at the beginning. When I was a kid, I was raised in this very home but back then no Hylians lived here, there was a group called the Kokiri and I was raised as one of them. But every Kokiri had a guardian Fairy but I was the only one who did not. But one day when I was Ten, my fairy finally came, she was called Navi and she came with a quest. “ Link explained.

He went on to explain his quest in great detail from The Deku Tree all the way to defeating the Demon King Ganon. He had to stop at certain points to address certain things. Malon was baffled at how he had never brought up crawling around in Jabu Jabu's guts and the kids kept asking questions only kids would ask. Saria was intrigued by his Childhood friend she was named after and Farore liked that she was named after the Goddess of Courage, the piece of the Triforce Link has. He then explained that with the world saved, Zelda returned him to his original time so he could warn her past self what was to come.

"So I did. I went back to my original time but my friend Navi flew away and I never saw her again. But in the meantime I had to warn Zelda. The hardest part was nobody knew me. I saved so many people and met so many friends that when I went back in time, nobody knew me. Not even your Mother."

"But I did my duty, stopped Ganondorf but fate had different ideas and the Gerudo rose up in an attack. I stopped them with help, but I was unable to save the King and I couldn't help the Gerudo in being banished" Link said in sadness but Malon but a hand on his shoulder.
"You saved my life, and my Father's as well as the Kingdom" she said kindly and he grabbed her hand and smiled.
"I eventually left Hyrule to search for my friend Navi".

Link went onto explain how he arrived in Termina, and relived the three-day apocalypse over and over until he could stop Skullkid and stop the Moon crashing into the planet. Everyone was interested at the concept of a falling Moon and Link made sure they knew how terrifying it was. He explained it all, even all the counterparts and all the people he helped. But once Majora was beat and the world was saved, no one remembered his deeds once more.

"I spent the next three days fixing all the problems that I had once fixed like getting Kafei and Anju together. In the meantime, I lived with Cremia and Romani. This is when I learned from the Happy Mask Salesman that the portal back to Hyrule had closed and it only opened once a year. That meant I was trapped in an alternate universe for a year. They year was rough and a lot of drama went on with Cremia and Romani and all Cremia's friends. A lot of stuff you kids are a bit too young for but we all grew close and after a year, I could leave, but saying goodbye to the friends I made was rough. But leave I did and I gave never seen them since "

"But I decided I needed to head home as I kept thinking about Zelda and I how I promised to be with her when I returned. But then I heard Navi so I chased that sound but turns out it was a trick, a trick by the Adrule Royal Family to lure me to their Kingdom to help them.

Adrule used to be known as Syrule but was split into two Kingdoms, Adrule and Dyrule. What happened here was complicated so I will work in chronological order here:

A Creature, originally from Hyrule that was sealed away by a previous Chosen Hero had broke free and was Unleashed on this Kingdom Centuries ago. Centuries later, a Cult leader called Dyla planned to seduce the King and have his child and use it as a sacrifice to revive the Demon for power. Her plan almost worked, she managed to get the King killed but I was there, the Demon confused me for the previous Hero and lost its chance to kill its sacrifice to be reborn. Dyla had to flee and the King's Brother took the throne until the Princess was old enough.

About 15 years later, I can't recall how long really, I turned up in the Kingdom due to the new King's lure. He asked me to stop Dyla as her army was growing and a war was near. When I traveled to Dyrule I met Nabooru and the Gerudo who had made a new home here. I trusted Nabooru so I asked her not to attack Adrule. We talked and realised we didn't know who to side with so I used the Ocarina of Time to go back in time and find out…. That is how I was there years ago.

I stayed in the past for a year to learn what happened and upon learning of Dyla, I explained it to Nabooru and she pulled out the fight. Dyrule went to war anyway and were crushed by Adrule and Dyla was captured. But the King learned of the Demon and wanted to use its power against Hyrule. I needed the Gerudo's help and with reluctance, they did help. But of course the Beast was freed and me and Nabooru managed to put a stop to it all. The King was dead and as a result Sylvia, the Princess took over as her rightful place as Queen and gave the Gerudo a new homeland in the newly formed Syrule.

Since I was taken to the Kingdom through a portal I had to take the long way home which meant traveling through the long desert… which I did. It took 2 long years and it drove me insane. But eventually I did it.

But getting home led to some disappointment as Zelda was already married. But that worked out in the long run because I moved in with your Mother and well… we fell in love and the rest is history. We had you kids and moved into my childhood home, started a ranch and life has been good." He finished his long life story and his kids were speechless Malon equally.

Malon knew he left things out, obviously he wasnt going to explain hos sex life to his kids and also didn't go into graphic detail about certain things but ahe understood. She understood the pained life he had gone through for a Kingdom that didn't even remember his story and treated it as a myth or a Legend and not as History. She understood why, the people of Hyrule did not live through Ganondorf's seven years of chaos and only had Link's word to go off but she knew it bothered him.

"So did you not want to be with Mommy at first?" Farore asked a little confused and Link picked her up and sat her on his lap.
"No. I was madly in love with the Queen but it didn't work out between us and that is fine, it happens. But I am glad now because I love your Mother and you kids more than anything and I wouldn't trade it for the world" he told her.

"So you saved Hyrule from the same evil guy twice, saved a parallel universe from an apocalypse, saved a Kingdom that was at war with its self all before you were an adult?" Ordon clarified and Link sat and thought for a moment before responding.
"Yeah. That about sums it up." He said as Ordon ran at him and gave him a surprise hug.
"You are really cool! You know that Dad!" He shouted and Saria wanted in on the fun and dived at him. Before Malon could interject, the three kids were piling on top of him.
"I went through all that but you kids are harder than all of it" he joked as they lay on top of him.

 

They day went on and Saria and Farore began playing with some other kids in the Village but Link and Malon noticed something was up with Ordon. Link stepped outside and sat next to him on the balcony. "What's wrong buddy?" Link asked and he smiled.
"Nothing really…. Just that you are so cool and impressive and I have always wanted to be like you but I am not. I am the same age you were when you started and I cant do all that stuff" he said in sadness.
"You're right, you are not like me. Ordon, you have got to understand that the things I did were not things I wanted to do. It was great burden that the Universe forced upon me and I had to do it for the sake of everyone in Hyrule. It cost me my childhood. I never got to play after I was ten or go make dens in the woods, I was facing death in the face every day. I would have to fight monsters ten times my size with ever I had and hope for the best. Ordon, I promise that you don't want that life. I did what I did so future generations could live in peace. But here's the thing. I did the best I could and was the best person I could be and that is all I can ask of you. If you grow up and be a farmer, that is good enough for me. If you become a knight, that is fine or if you own a bar, that too. I just want you to grow up to be the best Man you can be and you shouldn't hold yourself to my unrealistic standards" he explained to his son.

Malon headed all of it and joined them.
"What your Father did was heroic because it came from a good place. His heroics was not always about slaying monsters and saving the world. He went out of his way to help Ingo out of his depression by saving his wife. Like Ingo was a horrible man and didn't really deserve redemption but that is who your Father is. He helps anyone he can no matter if it is big or small. That is what you should focus on. Remember when you accidentally broke Betty's window and I made you apologise? Well Link would have apologised and fixed the window in the same day" she told him.

Ordon hugged his Dad once again. Malon smiled, she knew he took it in but was too embarrassed to say anything.
"I will tell you what though. I can give you some sword lessons" Link offered and Ordon sat up with a grin.
"Really?!" He said excited but Link caught Malon's glare.
"With safe practice, wooden swords. Not for you to EVER use on anyone, only for self defense. Okay?" Link said sternly but it was also kind of a question to his wife who nodded.

 

 

Link stood in the woods with Ordon. He held a metal sword and Ordon had a smaller wooden sword.
"First I will teach you the basics, the basic skills anyone should be able to do with practice using a sword" Link said as he demonstrated some basic sword maneuvers that his son copied. He gave him pointers and tips and after a few hours he was picking them up nicely.

They took a break and Ordon sat next to Link. Ordon looked up at his Dad.
"What was it like? The Demon King? Ganon?" Ordon asked and Link didn't respond and he just looked forward.
"Terrifying." He finally said as he looked down at his son. "You probably don't know because you are young but us Adults have our weaknesses too and he still plagues my mind even now. In all honesty, I thought I would die at any moment". He told his son.
"What made you keep going?" He asked and Link smiled.
"Courage. I mean I guess since I have the Triforce of Course that means I am brave. See, bravery isn't about not being scared, it is being scared and still doing what needs to be done anyway. And besides, I HAD to do it. If I lost Ganon would have won, Zelda would be killed and Hyrule would be taken over." He told him.

Ordon sat and thought. He was still processing the stories his Dad just told him.
"So…. So when you saved Hyrule and went back in time and did everything you had to do did you like plan on the life you had? Like how do you go from saving the world too living on a farm?" Ordon asked and Link leaned back.
"Well your Mother for a start. She lived on a farm and if I was going to be with her then it was the next natural step but that isn't all. We now live in my childhood home, I was raised in a forest and not the busy Castle Town or Kakariko Village. I then lived on a farm in Termina. Sure, saving the world sounds great but after such a dangerous life, a bit of peace is sometimes needed and I can't go fighting demons and monsters when I am 80." Link joked but Ordon nodded.

"But also I have you kids and I know I have said it, I don't want you to have the life I lead. But I do want to pass on my Sword skills. I cant let the things I learned die with me so maybe I can teach you and one day in the future you can teach your kids and my ways will live on" he said and Ordon smiled. Link stood up. "But there is no rush, you are not getting drafted out to war so lets call it a day. We can pick up again tomorrow" he said and Ordon smiled and hugged his dad tight around the waist.
"I love you Dad." He said and Link smiled contagiously.
"I love you too son."

 

 

Link returned home with Ordon a little late at night. He made him some super and then made sure he was in bed. Once he was, Link walked up stairs and into his room. Malon was putting something away in a wardrobe and she hadn't heard him enter. He smirked to himself and walked up behind her and suddenly wrapped his arms around her waist.

Malon let out a yelp of shock and then growled when she realised it was Link.
"You gave me a heart attack?" She said angrily to her grinning Husband.
"Just getting your heartbeat up. Giving you a headstart." He joked as Malon noticed the prodding bulge against her butt.
"Oh yeah? Have something in mind?" She asked, finally relaxing into his grip and he got closer, his breath on her neck.
"Nothing specific, but it will make you feel good" he told her and a shiver went down her spine, turning her on and getting her slightly moist.

His hand creeps to her belt but moves further south to the center of her pleasure and pushes his hand against the cloth of dress. Malon squirms in his hold and her legs squeeze together, anticipating the joy she is yet to feel. His hands begin scrunching her skirt up until his hand can make its way underneath to her underwear. She lets out a small sigh as his hand enters her underwear and his fingers trace over her bud.

Malon leans forward, her face pressing against the wardrobe and her butt pressing into Link's erect bulge as she parts her leg from the sudden rush that filled her body.
"Oh Link…" she moans as he pushes her tight against the wardrobe and his hands venture further. He rubs and from each movement of his delicate fingers she lets out a joyous sigh. "How am I lucky enough to have a Man like you?" she moans with a smile Link can't see but knows is there. He leans into her ear, pushes a finger inside her damp hole and grins.
"Because I would never let someone as perfect as you pass me by" he joked in half.
"If I get you this excited I am not complaining… ahhhh I am not complaining at all…. Just keep… oh fuck…." She let out as Link's fingers picked up pace on entering her and his thumb worked on her clit.

Malon makes her hands down to meet his, willing the urge to pull them out of her. She turns to his confused face and smiles and then pulls his pants down in a swift movement, letting his erection stand free. He stepped forward and she wrapped a hand around the solid mass in front of her and slowly began stroking it. He shuddered at the feeling of her soft hands rubbing him, running her hand from base to tip in a steady rhythm. Link felt hot so he pulled off his shirt, leaving him bare Infront of her, she bit her lip at the sight, never tiring of the wonderful naked body of her husband.

Link trailed a hand to her thigh and slowly worked his way up. He removed the piece of fabric that was in a dampened state and then groped her butt. A shockwave of pleasure erupted through her as he did that before she knew it, his other hand was on her arse and she was lifted off the ground and pushed up against the wardrobe, forced to let go of his dick.

Link positions himself at her entrance and pushes himself into her. She gasps at the pleasure but then wraps her body around his. He begins thrusting hard into her, the door of the wardrobe rattles and bangs as her body is being knocked against it. Malon opens her mouth to speak but only a gasp is released.

Her hands dig into his back and her hips involuntarily buck into him, increasing the sensation of his erect cock reaching the innermost parts of her that she desperately needs it to touch. Her legs grip tighter as she pulls him in a little more and he looks into her eyes, eyes filled with passion and need and he shows non sign of slowing down.

He groans as her tight entrance lets his dick slide effortlessly into her due to its increasing wetness and the sensation on his pulsing cock is just what he needs as he pulls in and out of her with great speed and power. He can feel him self throbbing, like always he could cum at any point but knows he must hold back to savour this beautiful sex for as long as possible.

Malon feels a shockwave of pleasure rush through her body and she lets out a pleasurable moan. She pushes at his body, making him stumble backwards with her in his arms but he gets his footing and walks backwards. He feels the bed against the back of his legs and he looks up at Malon who is grinning in his hold as she uses her body weight to push him backwards.

Link lands on the bed and Malon is still glued to him. She begins rocking her hips in a way she knows he likes.
"Malonnn" he moans and she smiles, leans in and kisses him before sitting up right once more. She grabs her shirt and pulls it over her head and throws it across the room and repeats the action when she takes her bra off.

As expected, Link reached up for her beautiful globes and she squirms but didn't slow down on her rocking hips. Links hands explore her body but both of them realise this would be more fun with the last piece of clothing, her skirt being gone. She gets off his dick and quickly discards it and in seconds is right back on his dick.

Link's eyes and hands wandered her body, eyes on her breasts and hands on her hips. He helped rock her body into his. He grunted at the pleasure she was inflicting on him and she let our breathy moans as she felt his hard member reach her inner depths.

Link moves into a sitting position where their eyes are level. Malon wraps her arms around his neck and they kiss. They hold the kiss, warm and wet as Malon continues rocking her hips into his hard dick. Link's hands feel her warm sweaty skin, feeling every curve of her perfect body. She moans in this kiss as his hand traces her breasts and one traces her butt. They break the kiss for a breath but rejoin as Link continues to palm her breast and grope her arse, both sending shivers through her body, letting her reach levels of orgasm. She continues rotating her hips in perfect harmony and the two are glued together by pure love and lust.

They rock together in perfect harmony, feeling each other and enjoying the comfort of their bodies together. They looked deeply into each others wanting eyes and Link could understand his wife was close and she could tell he was too. They broke a kiss, deeply breathing into each other as the rhythm stayed steady. Malon felt her husbands dick pulse and thrust inside her and she couldn't handle it anymore.

Her walls tightened around him and her body went stiff, stopping the perfect rhythm but Link moved a hand from her breast to her hip and effortlessly kept it going so he could finish.

As Malon leaned into his shoulder and cried out in bliss, Link kept going riding it out for both him and his beautiful wife. He thrust hard and fast, groaning at the ever impossible challenge of holding on. Then it snapped, his dick pulsed and spasmed inside her, shooting boatloads of cum into her.

They stayed together in this position for a while. Kissing and enjoying each others bodies. Link brushed the messy red hair off her beautiful face and smiled.
"I love you Malon" he said to her and she nodded and hugged him, falling back into the bed.
"I know. I love you more than anything" she said softly.

As they lay together, bodies wrapped around each other Malon thought about Link and all he had been through. They began talking about some of Link's traumas and Link couldn't deny it felt good to get off his chest. They talked until they both fell asleep. Peaceful and happy.

Notes:

More lighthearted story. Three more chapters to go.

Chapter 63: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 25 - Hyrule's Hidden Secrets

Summary:

Hyrule has a special guest. But is he a welcome one.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Everyone in Hyrule Castle was busy for their guest. Zelda most of all was on edge. Last time she met with Victor's family it had not went down well and now Edgar, Victor's Brother, was arriving in Hyrule.

Edgar didn't give off the same evil air that his Father gave off and seemed friendly but Zelda knew he and his Father shared a goal and she knew the Triforce would be brought up in conversation and she wasn't ready for that.

While Morgan was a pretty good personal Knight to have around, he was unaware of the Royal secrets Link was wise too and for that, Zelda considers calling for Link's help today but realised it was selfish and restrained. Link was retired and was happy and she couldn't bare to bring him back into the folds.

Edgar was greeted into the Castle with his own guards while Hylian Guards watched carefully. Zelda and Victor both entered the room, Victor running ahead to greet his Brother. While they hadn't been in close communication and Victor sharing many of Zelda's concerns, Edgar was still his Brother and was happy to see him.
“Edgar! Nice to see you again!” Victor rejoiced as he hugged his Brother.
“Good to see you too Brother, it has been… well it has been over a decade.” Edgar said and Victor gulped.
“Has it really been that long? Sorry, I guess my Son is ten now so that would make sense…” He said before looking up. “Oh yeah, we have two kids. You got any?” Victor asked as the walked towards Zelda.
“Sort of… I mean, we will get to that soon enough. I have news for you, I didn’t just come here for a family visit” he said in a more serious tone and Zelda nodded, joining the conversation.
“Well we are glad to have you.” she said as she bowed.

 

A meeting is held. Zelda and Victor are there as well as the ten year old Prince Arthur who has been allowed to join the meeting but Zelda was strict that he not say a single word. Morgan sat at the table and Edgar sat down with an advisor and a Woman who Zelda assumed was his personal knight but she was unsure since she hadn’t been introduced.

“I will get straight to the point Victor. Our Father is dead, he died two weeks ago and while succession would have gone to you, it now goes to me after you married into the Hyrule Royal Family.” He said bluntly and Victor was shocked.
“And Mother?” he asked.
“She is gone too. She died not to long after your last visit home. I wanted to send you a message but Father was furious with you and would not allow it. I am sorry.” he explained. Victor looked down, he didn’t like his parents all that much but the news did sadden him.
“So King of Labryna? Must be nice” he said with a more positive tone.
“Yeah, and on top of that I have a Child on the way. My Girlfriend are going to be getting married soon.” He said and Zelda smiled.
“Congratulations” she said politely.
“How is Caroline?” Victor asked and Edgar shrugged.
“She is her usual, playful, uninterested in politics-self. She said to me ‘I have no interest in getting married, sound boring. And I will only have a kid if you die in battle and I have to be the Queen’.... Like she is nearly 30 and she seems more interested in partying and one night stands than actually settling down and taking responsibility.” Edgar explains and Victor smiles as he can imagine her voice saying those exact words.

“But I do come with more.” Edgar said. Labryna and Holodrum are…. Well a war seems on the horizon and we need Hyrule’s help…” he said boldly and Zelda raised her eyebrow.
“How exactly do you need our help? Military help?” She asks but knows that is not on his mind.
“We need the Triforce.” he said and Zelda leaned forward.
“No. You are not having it and we are not speaking of it.” she said and little Arthur wondered what the Triforce was.
“You haven’t even considered it!” Edgar argued but Zelda crossed her arms.
“It’s because it isn’t happening!” she told him firmly so he looked at Victor.
“Don’t look at me. I am with my Wife on this....” he said and then with one last desperate attempt he looked at Arthur.
“What do you think kid?” he asked and Zelda slammed her hand down on the table hand, making it sting slightly from the force.
“STOP! You will leave my son out of this. You understand!” She shouted. Edgar smiled.
“Okay, okay…. Chill… By the way, where is that blonde lad with the green tunic fro last time?” Edgar asked and he was starting to piss Zelda off.
“Not here.” she bluntly said. “Anything else you want or can we move on?” she asked and he nodded.
“That will be all”. Edgar said.

They all stood but Victor thought for a moment.
“Wait! Hang on. Who sent the assassin after us in Labryna?” Victor asked and Edgar frowned.
“What assassin?” he asked but Victor smirked.
“That’s all I need to hear, so it was Dad then. Okay, we are done” he said.

As they all departed, Edgar was shown to his quarters and Zelda, Victor and Arthur walked away. “It wasn’t him. But he did know about it. He would have pressed for information otherwise” Victor told Zelda and she nodded.
“Arthur, speak nothing about this. Not even to your sister okay?” she told her son and he nodded.
“Can you explain some of it to me?” He asked and Zelda smiled.
“I will explain everything tonight. I promise” she said, realising that she was his age when she met Link, helped foil Ganondorf’s plot and when her Father was killed. Her son is old enough to be a little more involved.

 

Night rolled around and Zelda sat with Arthur in the living room. The light of the fireplace lit the room and no one else was around.
"I am going to explain to you some secrets about the Royal Family, Hyrule and this Castle. They are very important and you cannot tell anyone. When you are King, you will have to pass this information onto the next generation. I will let your sister in on this when she is ten, okay?" She said to him and he nodded.
"Okay so…. When the three Golden Goddesses created the world we know today, they left a relic, a magical relic of three parts known as the Triforce. The symbol is that of our crest, you know the three Triangles, that. The Triforce can grant the wish of one who uses it but of someone of an imbalance heart tries to use it, the pieces will spread and only the one that closely reflects the wielder will stay with them." She explained and he was clearly interested in the story.

"Many years ago, when I was your age, a Man known as Ganondorf got his hands on the Triforce but it did as I said, leaving him only with the Triforce of Power. He took over this world in search of both me, and Link because… well. We had the other two pieces." She told him and he smiled.
"So you have one of the pieces?" He asked and she nodded.
"Yes I do, but there is more. I sent Link back in time to stop all of this from happening and he did stop Ganondorf's rule, but the Sacred Realm where the Triforce was hidden was open and it must have came back with Link because I still have the Triforce of Wisdom, Link has the Triforce of Courage and the sealed away Ganondorf has Power. There is more I need to tell you but your Father's side of the family as you know come from Labrynna, a far off Kingdom and they want the Triforce from us. They believe that the Goddesses left it for everyone but it isn't a tool to just be used. Little do they know we can't just give them it anyway but that is why you don't see them and why your Uncle isn't a part of your life." She told him.

"That was my Uncle? So my Uncle is not a good person?" He asks and Zelda shakes her head.
"He isn't all evil but yeah, I don't like him and the sooner he is gone the better" she says in a harsh tone. "I have more to tell you but that is enough for tonight. It is late and you should probably be in bed." She said and he hugged his Mother.

 

 

"You told me the Hero of Time would be here! Why isn't he?!" Edgar's personal Knight shouted at Edgar as they entered their quarters.
"I don't know! He should have been… he will still be in Hyrule somewhere!" He argued but she crossed her arms.
"Why should I help you then? What is in it for me now? All I wanted was to meet him" she said and Edgar stepped closer to her.
"Val...I will make it up to you… I will make it worth your while now…" he said in a low tone as he brushed her black hair behind her ears. She thought about it and knew she shouldn't miss this opportunity.
"Okay." She said as she turned and walked away a few steps. "You have to satisfy me. If I don't have an orgasm then I am not helping you out". She said boldly, leaving her cards on the table.

Edgar studied her. Her silver armour covered her breasts, arms and feet. She wore a blue skirt under the armour and black leggings under that with a big sword on her back and a small round shield that could be easily placed on her arm. She was quite attractive and Edgar accepted her challenge and stepped towards her, pushing her backwards against a cupboard and kissed her.

He pulled the pieces of armour off, she helped as she threw all that would get in the way on the floor. Once the breast plates where off, Edgar palmed over her boobs that were covered by a tight cloth that kept the armour from rubbing against her body. It felt good but she was focused on getting her armoured greaves off, once she did, her whole body was dressed in tight black clothing except for the blue skirt.

Edgar began pulling his own clothes off and Val realised she didn't want to wait and began undressing herself. It wasn't long before they were both naked. Val smiled at Edgars penis that was standing ready for her. She walked over to him and pushed him down on the bed and straddled him.
"I thought I was supposed to be pleasing you" he said and shushed him, pushed him on his back and leaned against him, her boobs against his chest.
"I said you had to satisfy me and make me orgasm. I don't care how, I just want to feel good" she said and at that she impaled her self onto his dick.

Val being rolling her hips on him, biting her lip at the feeling of the mass inside her. Edgar groaned in pleasure as he could feel her tight opening grip his pulsing dick. He placed a hand on her hip and trailed his other to her breast.

She begins bouncing a little more, keeping up a good rhythm, enjoying the feeling of Edgar's hands on her breasts. He squeezes them, plays with her nipple and just all around teases her. This goes on for a few minutes before Edgar can't take it any more and flips her onto her back.

He pushes her legs wide, shoves his cock inside her and pins down her arms.
"I am going to make you beg for more!" He said as he started ramming his cock into her hard.

Val winced at the pain, he was not going soft at all but when she got used to it, she liked it. She got wetter and wetter as he went, the sound of skin slapping together got more and more apparent.

"Oh Edgar…. More…" she moaned which made him comply. He thrust in and out with more speed and force than previous. It felt so good. The urge to grip his back was strong but his grip on her wrists was too tight. This drove her more wild as she was completely at his mercy. "Fuck me harder!" She screamed as he complied, thrusting as fast as he could.

Edgar knew he was close but he was determined to make sure she came first, which he knew she was close because she tightened around him and moaned. "That's it! Keep going! Keep going! Yes! Yes! Yes! Yessss!....... Ahhhhhhh!" She screamed in pleasure as he wildly thrust into her. She felt her orgasm ripple through her body and her vision blurred. Edgar finally shot his load into her but continued moving in and out of her as he rode out his orgasm.

He fell next to her and sighed in pleasure. She smiled. "I'll help you. This made up for the fact that the Hero of Time wasn't there" she said as she put her arms behind her head.

 

Val was inspired by Link. She was about his age and saw him slay Boartreax in Syrule when she was 15. She thought he was handsome, cool and wanted to be just like him. She searched for Dungeons and Temples for rare equipment that would help her and soon she became a respected Knight.

She joined Edgar when he journeyed to Syrule in hopes of finding out more information about Link but the Queen hadn't seen Link in over a decade. Val heard this conversation and offered to help him if he could promise she would meet Link and he accepted her offer. She didn't really know what Edgar wanted, he clearly wanted the thing known as the Triforce but she didn't know what that was and didn't care.

 

"So can you use one of those tools to scan the Castle for the Triforce?" Edgar asks her after she had out all her clothes back on.
"You said I'll know it when I see it right?" She asked and he nodded. She got an object out that looked almost like a stethoscope except it connected to the body with goggles. She held it up towards the wall and scanned the Castle. "Well…. I…If I would know it when I see it then it isn't here but…. there is a hidden chamber in the Queen room with a lot of valuable equipment in it." She told him and he stood up with a grin.
"Can I perhaps borrow your Vanish Cloak?" He asked and she gulped.
"Sure…" she said as she handed it over as he left the room. Val felt like she had made a big mistake and Edgar's intentions were not as pure as they first seemed.

 

Edgar headed to the Queen's room. He matched down the hallways on with Val's Vanish Cloak around him, making him undetectable. He got to her room and phased right through the closed, guarded doors. Zelda or Victor were not in the room which was good news for him. He took of the cloak as he knew it could only be used for 5 minutes total before needing to recharge energy. He looked around the room, trying to figure out where a hidden chamber would most likely be. He should have asked Val.

He turned to the fireplace and smiled. He out on the phase cloak and stepped through the fireplace and into a small corridor. He continued down until he reached a vault door. He chuckled as he passed right through it

His eyes widened at what he was looking at. This was all Link's equipment he used on his adventures, plus more. Descriptions were carved into metal plaques under each object.

He wiped the dust off of one of them and tried to read the faded text. "Gust Bellows - Unleashed a large gust of wind from this jar" it said. Edgar looked around at everything and felt very pleased with himself. He picked up a strange looking Mask. "Mask of Truth - Wearing this makes anyone tell the truth" it said. Edgar hatched a plan. And it would happen right now.

 

Val sprints down the Castle coridoors urgently. She passed many people who work at the Castle that gave her confused looks but carried on. That was until a Knight grabbed her arm.
"Ma'am, you can't just run through the Castle like it is a playground. Besides… shouldn't you be in your quarters right now?" He asked and she shook her head.
"No, I need to find the Queen right away!" She pleaded but he tightened his grip.
"I aam sure you do, but sorry. She doesn't take fan calls" he said and she struggled as he grabbed her.
"Please!" She struggled.
"What is all this?" A Woman called. Val turned her head and it was Zelda.

"This woman is just roaming the castle, I am detaining her" the Knight said and Val took her opportunity.
"I need to warn you about Edgar!" She got out but the Knight began to drag her away.
"Hold it!" Zelda ordered and the Knight gave a confused look but obeyed his Queen.
"I want to hear this" she said.
"I don't think that is a good.." he started but stopped when he met Zelda's glare.
"Edgar knows about the chamber of treasures in your bedroom and he is there right now! I know that sounds like a trick so lock me up if you have to but I promise you it is the truth!" She shouted and Zelda's eyes grew wide.

Her mind raced. How does this Woman know about the Heroes Vault? Only three people in existence know about it. She didn't spill the beans, she knew Link would take the secret to his grave and although Edgar is Victor's Brother, she trusted Victor to know he wouldn't say. Did his Brother force it out of him… but why does this Woman know? And why would she tell her? Is it true? If it is they are all in danger.

Zelda grabbed the Woman by the arm and pulled her away from the Knight.
"How do you know about that chamber and how is Edgar there? And why are you telling me?" She asked.
"Long story short, I helped Victor because he is looking for whatever the Triforce is, I don't know what it is and I didn't ask. I have treasures from adventures and one scans temples or dungeons for hidden passageways. I used it to find the Triforce and discovered a chamber in your room. I assumed what he wanted was there but he asked for my Vanish Cloak which allows you to pass through objects and he left for the chamber. I got a bad feeling that he has evil plans. I came to warn you" she confessed and to Zelda, it added up.
"You! Knight! Come with me! She ordered as the Knight that was nearby followed her as she hurried to her room to stop Edgar.

 

The double doors to Zelda's room blew open, knocking the guards outside to the floor. Edgar stepped out with the Great Fairy Sword in hand. He turns and Zelda is coming around the corner. Just in time. He put on the mask of Truth and looked her in the eyes.
"Zelda, how do I obtain the Triforce and where is it?" He asked her.
"The Triforce is split into three parts. I have one, Link has the other and Ganondorf is in possession of the third. You would need to kill me, Link and Ganondorf to aquire them but Ganondorf.is sealed away in the Twilight Realm with an entrance located in the Gerudo Desert." She said and then gasped at what she just said. She didn't want to say that but her body was forced to by the mask.

Edgar took the mask off and looked her in the eyes. She was suddenly filled with fear ashe smiled and evil grin.
"Wonderful!" He said as he raised the Great Fairy Sword above his head and sliced down. A slicing wave rushed towards Zelda but the Knight pushed her hard against the wall, out of the way but got sliced to shready by it him self.

Zelda had blood splattered on her. She got up and made a run for it, knowing she didn't stand a chance. She clicked her finger and threw a fireball at him which he dodged but it did distract him enough for her to make a little distance.

Zelda has Sheikah training but the dress she was in restricted her movements and made it impossible to run at speeds she is used too. Morgan and Val approach her in the opposite direction.
"Your majesty, we need to get you out of the Castle right now!" Morgan tells her and shakes her head.
"My kids… I need to get them to safety!" She insisted but Morgan smiled.
"Victor is on it. If it wasn't for Val here, we wouldn't have heard what happened. It is thanks to her..but enough of this, come on!" He said as he grabbed her by the wrist and pulled her on. She felt some relief in knowing Victor was getting her children to safety.

 

Victor is in his Golden Armour and runs with his two children in his arms. He reaches the gates and finds a knight.
"You look reasonable. A promotion is on the line for this. Take my kids to Impa in Kakariko Village and tell her to make it here!" He ordered as the Man escorted the kids away.

Edgar looks up at the Castle and sees large energy beams blowing holes in the roof. He has dread on his face. Suddenly to his relief, Zelda comes running out the front gates. "Zelda!" He shouts as he hugs her tight.
"Are the kids?" She got out, not even finishing her sentence.
"I have sent them with a Knight to Kakariko Village. Impa should be on her way". Victor said.
"We need to evacuate Castle Town. And we need Link" she stressed.

She whistled loudly and a few moments later a Hawk landed on her arm. She pulled out a pen and paper, used Morgans back to lean on and wrote with one hand. Once done she tied it to the Hawk and sent it flying off. Off the find Link….

Notes:

2 more chapters after this. It might seem weird adding a new character here but I do have a reason for it.

Chapter 64: OOT/MM Aftermath Part 26 - The Battle of the Hero of Time

Summary:

The Climax and final battle. Will Link be able tk save Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The sun is shining and the morning is pleasant in the Kokiri Forest. Link wakes up with his beautiful naked wife wrapped around him and his three kids were awake early and playing downstairs. Link smiled to himself.

Things swiftly changed as he heard a huge Caw from outside, waking Malon up as a Hawk flew through the Window and landed on Link's head.
"What the hell! Link get it out!" Malon panicked but Link remained calm.
"Don't worry, it is Zelda's. It has a letter on its leg" he said as he took the letter off. The second he did the Hawk flew out the window.

Malon frowned, having a bad feeling in her gut, a feeling that Link shared as he stared at what was written.
"Link, I hate to do this but we need you urgent help at Hyrule Castle. Edgar of Labrynna has broken into the Heroes Vault and with all your equipment is destroying Hyrule Castle in search for the Triforce. Please hurry Link!"

Link sat there and handed it over to Malon who read it and gasped.
"I have to go Malon…." He told her and she hated it but knew it was true.
"But Link, surely the Knights can handle it…" she said in almost a beg but he shook his head as he began to put his clothes on.
"Malon, if he has my old equipment he is a danger to Hyrule. He has the Fierce Deity Mask, with that he has God like powers…. I have to stop him" he told her.

He pulled on some armour that he had made in the hopes he would never have to need it and went downstairs.
"Dad?" Ordon said in confusion as he walked down stairs fully clad in armour.
"Listen Kids. Your Dad has to do something super important at Hyrule Castle. I will be back before you know it, okay?" He assured his kids and Ordon smiled.
"Yeah! Good luck!" He cheered and Link hugged them all. Malon met him at the front door.
"Link…. I am scared. What if you….. please promise me you will come back" she said in tears and Link kissed her with passion.
"Malon. I will be okay. I promise." He told her as he left the House.

 

Link teleported to the Temple of Time with his Ocarina on hand and Zelda, Victor, Morgan and Val who he did not know were waiting there for him.
"Thank Hylia you are here Link!" She says as she hugs him.
"It's Edgar? I mean I know he is a bit of dick but he would go this far?" Link asks as he looks at Victor.
"I… I can hardly believe it myself. Like my Brother and my Father made it no secret that they were after the Triforce but I never thought they would ever attack us for it" Victor said with sadness in his voice.
"Well I am going to kick the shot out of him!" Link said as he went to march out of the Temple of Time. Zelda grabbed his arm and turned him around to her.
"Link I have a plan.". She said with determination.

"I can explain on the way but can you escort me somewhere… somewhere that is secret to the Royal Family that literally only I know about?" She asked and Link nodded. "I'll need you two to come as well. Do you have Horses?" She asked and Val shook her head.
"I don't" but Morgan smiled.
"You can get on the back of mine. I assume we just follow you and Master Link?" Morgan asked and Zelda nodded.
"Great, I will go and help the soldiers out and provide back up. Good luck everyone." Victor said as he ran out of the Temple.

Link called Epona with her song and the four of them travelled across the land.
"We are heading North West of Hyrule, out of the populated area and towards the Snowy Peaks" Zelda called to everyone.
"What is there?" Link asked and Zelda thought for a moment.
"In a way, the birthplace of Hyrule… I did what you did Link and I went to the Temple of Time and communicated with my past lives. There is a Statue in a Temple up ahead that has special powers. I can use this to our advantage, you'll see" she said and Link just trusted she knew what she was doing.

 

Eventually they reached a canyon, more of a big casam in the ground. Link scratched his head.
"I only have the one Hookshot to get down" Link said but Val stepped forward.
"I have these!" She said as she pulled out her twin Clawshots and Link frowned.
"Yours are…. Yours are way better. Like yours has a claw so you can like grab a hold. Mine just sorta propels me forward" he said in jealousy.
"I'll swap if you want" she offered and Link frowned.
"Why would you do that?" He asked and she smiled.
"Because you are my Hero. You saved my life and I was inspired by you!" She said, Link was going to ask more but Zelda interrupted.
"We are in a hurry. How do we get down?" She asked and Link looked.

"Well there is a large sturdy tree leaning over the canyon so with those Clawshots, someone could grab a hold of that and then lower everyone down. I guess that is you…. Sorry, what did you say your name was?" Link asked and realised how rude he sounded but she took no offense.
"Vallery. Val if you like. But yeah, I can do that. Who is first?" She asked and Zelda stepped forward.
"So you just want me to hold on tight? You can carry the weight of a person right?"she asked and Val smiled.
"Your highness, you have nothing to worry about" she said as Val put an arm around her waist and Zelda held on tight.

She propelled herself to the tree and then began lowering herself down. She returned up and used her 2nd Clawshot to bring her back to Link and Morgan. Morgan went next and then it was Link's turn. He held onto her and she blushed slightly. As they dangled from the tree she paused for a moment. "I am from Syrule and you stopped Boartreax from killing me by inches." She told him and Link stared.
"You were there? In Syrule? I… I mean I don't recognize you, sorry it was hectic. But why are you here now?" He asked. She began lowering themselves down slowly.
"As I said, your heroics inspired me. One day Edgar came to Syrule to learn more about you. I knew he was heading for Hyrule so I offered to help him on his quest. I didn't know he was planning anything evil I swear but I should have…. This is all my fault and all I wanted to do was impress you" she admitted.

Link frowned. He didn't know what to say as he felt weird about fans. But she was clearly more than that and proved it.
"You are impressing me now!" He said and she smiled. "But you don't need my approval to be great. You see Morgan, he was just nice and helped out in a time of need and that is why I respect him. It isn't because he looks up to me or because he saved the world. But you made a mistake, I have made them and now you are fixing them. That is all. Be the best you can be." He told her. "Plus you have cool Clawshots, better than my Hookshot" he joked as they reached the bottom.

 

Once they were all at the bottom of the canyon they made their way through an old destroyed Temple. It was long and the use of the Hookshot and Clawshots was needed a few times to traverse it but eventually they made their way to the end where a gigantic Goddess Statue sat.
"Wow… "Morgan said in awe as he gaped at the Statue. Zelda said nothing as she moved forward to the base. She placed her hand upon it and a door shaped hole appeared, she was a little shocked but she somehow had a feeling she had been here before and knew what to do.

She led the way inside the chamber and it was not what Link expected but yet again, Link didn't know what he did expect.
"What now? Did your visions tell you what to do?" Link asked and she nodded.
"I must meditate here alone. Link, Morgan and Val are here to protect me. You should head to Hyrule Castle and face Edgar. I will be alright here" she told him and he looked concerned.
"Are you sure? I don't like to leave you " he said and Zelda smiled and his kindness. She walked over and hugged him. Morgan and Val left, sensing they wanted some privacy.

"Link… Thank you. When this is all over I want to just hang out again,like the old days." She said putting her soft hand on his cheek. Link stepped forward and out an arm on her waist. Zelda flinched slightly but relaxed as she looked into his eyes. "Link?" She said in a questioning tone. Link looked down before looking back up, stepped forward so there was no room between them and kissed her.

Zelda gasped in shock, she went to push him away but then realised she couldn't move her hand from his cheek, no… She could but she didn't want to. She pulled Link in closer and deepened the kiss. She moaned slightly as she melted into the comforting feeling. Link just has an aura she couldn't describe and she wanted to be with him.

Link couldn't describe what came over him. She was just so beautiful and he missed being with her. He moved his other arm around her and gripped her butt. She gasped in shock but instead of backing away she leaned into him, feeling his bulge against her. They both continued the kiss.

Zelda needed him, she pushed a hand against his crotch and he gasped. It felt good, really good. He wanted her. And then Malon came to his mind. What was he doing?

Link released her butt and stopped the kiss and moved his hand to hers, pulling it from the place they both wanted it to be.
"I can't…. We can't…" he told her, guilt filling his mind. Zelda frowned.
"I know but…. You wanted it too, right?" She said and Link hugged her.
"I never stopped loving you Zelda. Not really. Now don't get me wrong, there is no one in the world I love more than my family and I want to be with Malon for my whole life…." He said, holding her close "...but my love for you never fully disappeared. Sometimes I think about coming to the Castle and offering myself to you. My brain tells me you'd accept but then I think about Malon… how sweet and innocent she is and she would…. I mean she never would do that. I just…. Can't. I want you but I can't". He said to her.

"Link… don't explain anything to me. I was selfish to accept your offer. I love Malon too and I should have thought about her but I didn't." she told him, stepping back from the hug. "But none of this matters, Link… You are my best friend and always will be. We will continue this talk after Hyrule is safe. I'll be alright you should know I can handle myself" She told him and he nodded, taking a step back. "Now go and save Hyrule Mr. Hero!" She said with a smile and he nodded, pulled out his Ocarina and with the Prelude of Light, he was gone.

 

Zelda stood in place, closed her eyes and prayed to the Gods. She didn’t know if she was praying to Hylia, the Golden Goddesses or herself but regardless, she stayed focused on the task at hand. Suddenly the huge Goddess Statue began glowing with intense golden Light, startling Morgan and Val. They considered stepping back inside the structure but quickly decided against it since it might break Zelda’s focus. Unaware to the two outside, the grounds of Hyrule Castle had begun shaking. Most of the residents had already managed to evacuate the area but the slow or stubborn ones had now took a sprint for the exit as the whole are slowly began lifting from the ground….

 

 

 

Link dashes through the abandoned Castle Town, giving him eerie flashbacks to when it was taken over by Ganondorf. He raced through the gates that had some Hylian Knights standing back while some were inside the Castle. Explosions were coming from the Castle and Link dreaded what Edgar had his hands on.

Link uses his Hookshot to propel him self high up in the Castle, closer to where the action is. He dives through a window and by complete luck, he bashes right into Edgar's side. What a way to make an entrance.

Link was surprised by what happened but he didn't hesitate for a second and plunged his sword down. Unfortunately Edgar has the Fierce Deity Mask on which increased his reaction time, allowing him to roll to the side and boot Link far down the corridor.

"Damn, you really are an impressive fighter. But weaker ever since you have all this up!" Edgar laughed as Link groaned, getting up from the floor as Edgar stood proudly with the Great Fairy Sword in hand. It annoyed Link to no end. The effort involved in obtaining that balde and for what? This arsehole to abuse its power.
"Edgar! Why the hell are you doing this?" Link asked in a futile effort to change his mind but knew it wouldn't work.
"Why? For the Triforce of course. And you have part of it!" He roared as he ran forward and slashed the blade, allowing an energy beam to be released and cut off part of his helmet.

Link hoped back and blocked the next attack with the Hylian Shield. Link was reversing down the corridor, deflecting the oncoming attacks and playing on the defensive. He looks out a window briefly and can't make out exactly where in Hyrule the Castle is above but also didn't have a lot of time to check since the barrage of attacks kept coming. Link sees an opening on Edgar's attacks and uses it to Hookshot behind him, kicking him in the face as he was pulled past him. "Oh no you don't!" Edgar screamed as he pulled out a Clawshot and it grabbed Link's ankle, pulling him to the ground just to see the Great Fairy Sword hurtling down to him. Link twisted his face has the blade was plunged into the ground but in the process it slashed his right eye.

"AAAHHH!" Link let out as blood poured from his eye socket. Link couldn't see anything from one eye, not even the red of blood. He was completely blinded in one eye.
"Hahaha! Mr. Hero. You got something in your eye!" Edgar mocked as he pulled the blade out of the ground. Link gripped his eye, blood streaming down his hand.

Link's mind was racing. He had to win this fight but how? With Ganondorf he could use his power against him but he had the Master Sword. With Ganon he used his heavy weight and size against him when he lost the Master Sword. With Majora he had the Fierce Deity's Mask and the Great Fairy Sword which made it a breeze. But here, Link was at a major disadvantage as long as Edgar had that Masl and that Sword. That decided it. He needed to start by disarming him.

But the plan was easier said than done as Edgar pounded the Hylian shield hard enough to knock Link on his back once more. He couldn't move into time but luckily he didn't need to as a blade sliced Edgar's right hand off, making him drop the two handed weapon. Edgar turned and punched his Brother in the face while Link took the opportunity to kick him in the balls.

 

Malon knew danger was in Hyrule but the Kokiri Forest residents did not until the mass shaking across the ground. About thirty minutes later the whole of Castle Town and the Castle was floating above their heads. Everyone stared in disbelief as the huge landmass obviously floated above them. If it fell it would kill everyone without question. Malon knew Link must be up there but also knew it was her responsibility to keep the kids calm and the first step was making sure they did not get to see the spectacle above their heads.

 

 

"Thanks Victor?" Link said as he got to his feet, sheathed his sword and picked up the Great Fairy Sword.
"No problem. But we are alone. No back up for us" he told Link.
"I don't know anyone who could even help. He is too much. But at least you got a hand off him" Link said as Victor watched his Brother scream in pain.
"Looks like he done a number on you" Victor said as he pointed at his eye.
"Nonsense. Just a bit of dirt" he joked before returning his attention back to Edgar.
"Hey Edgar. You dropped this!" Link shouted as he kicked his hand across the floor.

"You bastard! Victor! Why are you siding with these Hylians!" He screamed in fury. Victor looked at him with anger.
"Because Hyrule is my home. Zelda is my wife. My Children are Hylian and my best friend is Hylian. Hyrule has done nothing to Labrynna but it has done enough to us. I can't believe my own Brother is capable of this" he explained in anger.
"Brother? Oh please. You haven't been my Brother for a very long time. Ever since you married Zelda and turned your back on us. We were counting on you to get the Triforce and you betrayed us!" He responded but Victor shook his head.
"I never agreed to any of that. That is what Father wanted, not me" he told Edgar but Edgar didn't care.
"Okay. If you love this Kingdom so much, you can die here!" He roared as he plunged forward.

Link went to take the slice but he used a Clawshot about to zip over him and used his second Clawshot to pull out Link's sheathed sword. He landed behind his Brother and went to attack but Link blocked him.

Link and Victor were now on the attack and they forced Edgar into the defensive. He was still powerful using the Fierce Deity's Power but his one hand was a huge loss. Victor clashes blades with him giving Link the opening to attack. Edgar dodges but the beam from his blade blows him out of a door and onto a balcony. Link turns to see a whip tangle itself around the Great Fairy Sword. The two have a tug of war but Edgar wins out and the blade is pulled from his grip. Victor slices the whip though and as a result, the pink sword goes flying off the balcony.

The two plunge after him, Link with only a shield in hand but Edgar leaps high into the air with the Roc's Cape and lands behind them. He started pounding at the two in fury, and they are both on the defensive, especially Link who is unable to counter. Their backs are against the balcony railing.

Suddenly there is a thump and the whole Castle shakes violently as it lands. Link took one second to glance behind him and noticed the Castle had arrived at the Lost Woods.

 

 

Malon tried to hide it all from her kids but when the Castle grounds landed and an enormous tremor shook the Village, it made it hard to hide. The tremor made it really obvious it landed close by if that wasn't obvious from sight alone. Ordon especially was asking a lot of questions and put a lot of the dots together but Malon refused him answers. It was the best she could do.

 

Edgar looked up and Link and Victor were gone. He ran onto the balcony and looked up as Victor looked down. Link had carried them to the roof. Edgar sheathed his sword and pulled out a Clawshot. As he looked up he saw a bomb dropping next to him so he quickly fired the chain and launched himself away from the exploding balcony. He threw the Clawshot at Link who blocked it with his shield. With this brief distraction, Edgar managed to pull out the Gilded Sword he stole from Link and fight one on one with Victor. Link picked up the Clawshot and used it to grab ahold of Edgar's ankle and trip him, getting a little payback.

As Victor sliced down, Edgar pulled the Bettle out and fired it up, grabbing Victor's sword and sending it into the air. Link pulled his bow out and shot the beetle and then used the Clawshot to grab the airborne sword towards him. Edgar realised his Brother was unarmed and Link had a bit of distance. He got up and slashed at Victor's feet but missed. Victor saw a shadow above Edgar's head and smirked as he just stepped back. The remains of the Beetle crashed into his head, making him scream out in pain. Link plunged down but Edgar countered with the Gust Bellows, blowing Link and Victor backwards towards the edge of the roof. Edgar stood, Gust Bellows in hand while Link and Victor stood on the edge of the roof with no where to go.
"Goodbye Brother!" He said with a grin.

Suddenly a foot made contact with him and send him flying off the side of the roof with a scream. Sheik landed in a cool pose and looked at Link and Victor.
"Wow. Thank you. Who are you?" Victor asked and Link laughed "What?" Victor questions as Sheik shook her head in disbelief.
"Nevermind that, if he had that mask on he is no doubt still alive" Sheik said and Victor's eyes grew wide.
"Zelda?" He said in shock.
"Amazing you never knew. Anyway, 'Sheik' is right, he is still alive down there. We need to finish this and with the three of us we can". Link said and they nod in agreement.

 

They make it down to the forest floor, wandering the Lost woods in search of Edgar. While Victor took a sword from a dead Knight's hand, Link took a moment to glance at Sheik's arse. He never noticed the round appeal back when they met because he thought she was a man, but now with hindsight, he found her body shape obvious enough that she is female. Thoughts of what transpired between them ate at him but no… not now.

Suddenly Edgar dives at Sheik with the Great Fairy Sword that he has obviously managed to find. She swiftly moved aside and countered with a barrage of kicks. They all made contact but none of them managed to knock him off his feet.

Link noticed that he struggled to move the Huge Sword with one hand, making him slower.
"Who the hell are you?!" He shouts as he slashes at her again. Victor took a thrust at Edgar but missed. Edgar slashed down and cut Victor's arm right off. He dropped to the floor screaming in pain. Sheik grabbed him and dived away from Edgar.

"I have lost a hand. The Hero has lost an eye. My Brother has lost an arm. And you… Well, let's see who you are first". He said as he pulled out the Lens of Truth and looked at Sheik. "Queen Zelda? Wow. I did not expect that! Hahaha well, you all came to the party. Okay Zelda, what will you lose… maybe the head!" He roared as he drove his body forward.

Sheik blocked his attack with a simple kunai, kicked the sword to the side and used the momentum of her movements to kick Edgar in the face. Link ran to Victor and helped him wrap a cloth around the wound.
"Link. I can fight." He said and Link shook his head.
"No Victor, you can't." Link told him but he picked up his sword.
"Link, you can't stop me. I can fight. I would rather die than watch my wife fight my brother while I do nothing." He told him as she stood.
"Okay. There is three of us. We can take him" Link said and Victor nodded as the both ran forward.

Sheik was ducking and dodging his heavy swings but failing to deal any major blows. Victor approached his side with a sword. Edgar knew he would be the easier target so swung for him but fortunately that was the plan as Link drove a sword into his side. Edgar groaned, kept a grip on the sword but staggered backwards. Link held the sword in place but grabbed his left arm while Victor secured his right arm.
"The Mask Zelda!" Link shouted as she jumped onto his shoulders and placed a palm on his face. She gripped his face,imagining a mask was there and pulled.

It worked, the mask came off in her hand and as Edgar reverted back to his normal form Sheik backflipped away. Edgar in a desperate attempt at life swing the Great Fairy Sword, knocking Victor back and slicing Link's side.
"GYYAAA!" Link screamed as he fell, blood pouring from his side.
"LINK!" Sheik screamed but Link got to his knees.
"ZELDA! ESCAPE WITH THE MASK!" Link shouted.

She understood what he meant and pulled out the Ocarina of Time. Edgar's eyes grew wide. He darted towards Sheik and sliced her in she side, cutting less than Link but enough for her to lose her grip on the Ocarina. She grasping the wound and fell to a knee. Link made eye contact and she nodded. He volleyed the Fairy Ocarina to her but Victor slashed it in half in midair. Link felt a specific anger spread at that. The sentimental value on that was like nothing else.

Victor is clearly not okay and lost too much blood, Sheik also felt the sting at her side but held Victor up in support. They couldn't go on. Link could, despite his side that was soaked the crimson red of blood. He fought Edgar who was injured himself. His swings were slow but powerful and Link had to make certain his slices were nowhere near him or Zelda and Victor's direction. Link kicked him in the shin, getting dirty and Edgar kneed him in the side, driving his handless arm into his wound. Link gasped as they fought.

Link saw an opening and paryed his sword to the side and snatched the Ocarina off his belt. He threw it in the general direction of Sheik. Link then went on the attack, forcing Edgar into a defencive mode as the Nocturn of Shadows was heard behind him. Zelda and Victor were gone.

Link however lost his focus for half a second and the pink Sword was impaled into him. Link groaned but managed to do the same to Edgar. Link pulled his sword out but kicked Edgar away. Link has the sword impaled in him, keeping the bleeding minimal but this was it.

Link staggered away. He made his way to Castle Town. Maybe a lone Knight could help as Edgar was on his last legs. He looked behind and Edgar moved quicker than he did. He turned and Edgar was limping after him with a bow in hand, drawing it. Link weezed as he took a turn towards the Temple of Time. He needed cover.

He made it inside and pulled out a Clawshot, propelling him to the door of time. Edgar entered the Temple and put on Pegasus Boots. Link swore under his breath as Edgar dashed towards him and dived at him, colliding into him and pushing themselves into the Chamber of Time.

Link was confused at why the Door of Time opened but had no time to ponder. He ran towards the Master Sword. Edgar charged after him. Link placed a hand on it, aimed a Clawshot in the air and propelled himself up, drawing the Blade of Evils Bane. Edgar tried to stop him self but his speed stopped him right bellow Link. Link let go of the Clawshot and impaled the Master Sword through Edgar's skull and right into the Pedestal of Time.

Link stood looking at the mangled corpse of Edgar. He smiled before his energy was lost and he collapsed against the Master Sword. Link weezed, the Great Fairy Sword remained in his gut and he knew this was the end. He didn't want to die but he beat Edgar and saved Hyrule once more. His heart stung as he thought of his wife and kids and how he had left them. If he had one last action in this world it would be to let them have closure on his fate.

He ripped off part of his clothing under the armour and with his blood wrote a message. A message to Zelda, letting her know he is gone. He whistled as loud as he could and Zelda's Hawk landed on his knee. Link tied the message to the Hawk and it flew off. Link lay back against the Master Sword, a certain comfort came from it.

Suddenly he heard a jingle that made his heart skip a beat. A small blue ball of light flew from the ceiling.
"Hey! I found you Link!" The Blue Fairy said in a strangely familiar yet annoying voice. An annoyance he welcomed.
"Naaaaviiii…" he groaned, not sure if he was hallucinating from the blood loss or not but he decided it didn't matter to him. "I…. I looked everywhere for you!" He choked out some blood.
"I know… I am sorry. But I am here now. And I will never leave you again." She said as she circled his head. "I can't save your life but I can help you in one way… hold on Link" she said as she spiraled around his body and Link saw only blue… and then saw black as he faded into an eternal sleep.

Notes:

Fitting that Ocarina of Time and Majora's Mask end on chapter 64! Okay... Not really, there is an Epilogue to come yet.

Yeah. It is a pretty sad ending but anyone who is into their Zelda law should have saw this coming and I deliberately added in happy moments so this would be more impactful. I am really into OOT and MM so I wanted to make this the longest story and it is the one I naturally had the most ideas for. But I alwas knew from the start Link woukd die and I would reuinite him with Navi at the end, once everyone had wrote her off.

The scene between Link and Zelda wasn't that romantic at first. I didn't know if I should or shouldn't or how far I should go but based on some comment feedback I flared it up but didn't go too far with it.

More to come in the Epilogue and afterwards, Twilight Princess, but probably after a bit of a break.

Chapter 65: OOT/MM Aftermath Epilogue - The Legacy of the Hero of Time

Summary:

The Final Chapter in the story of the Hero of Time. How will everyone cope with the tragedy the befell the Hero.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Zelda pulled off the headgear but remained in the easy moving Sheikah gear. She was a little preoccupied to care about people finding out about her secret identity. She first got Victor to Impa and Grace's home to have medical aid. Impa was not home but Grace insisted that Zelda at least got bandaged up. Her Kids were there and they were rightfully concerned and although Zelda assured them things would be alright, they had their doubts since their father was missing an arm. Victor held onto the Fierce Deity Mask while Zelda left to the location Hyrule Castle once sat. Kakariko Village was packed with Hylians from Castle Town and the entire journey there was swarmed.

She approached the crater and felt her gut hurt with what it meant. She strode into the massive crater and turned and looked at the people who had noticed her. Suddenly the noise of the crowd went silent as they looked at their Queen standing below them in the ditch. She gulped.
"Fellow Hylians! I am sorry. I swore to Hyrule to be a worthy Queen but Hyrule has once again fell to chaos. But rest assured, the Hero of Time is fighting the threat as we speak. But I need to state the obvious, we need a new Capital. We need to rebuild Castle Town and the Castle itself and we need Hyrule to band together. If you have a home, great, if not you can head to Kakariko Village but if it is full you can hopefully find shelter somewhere…. The Gerudo Fortress was off limits but I allow anyone made homeless to take refuge there and all else I can say is sorry!" She shouted up.

The crowd was silent. She felt their judgement. She wouldn't be shocked if she was pelted by a rock.
"We love you Zelda!" A Man called and she looked up shocked.
"You saved our lives! The Knights of Hyrule did great!" Someone else shouted.
"The Hero of Time is a true Legend!" A Woman called. The crowd soon erupted into cheers for Zelda and Link. Impa approached Zelda and put an arm on her shoulder.
"You did great kid" Impa said and Zelda turned to her.
"Why do they cheer for me? How do they even know what I did?" She asked and Impa looked down and Zelda looked at her blood soaked body. The Sheik disguise was full of cuts and slashes, clearly a mix of her own blood as well as Link, Victor and Edgar's.

 

 

Val and Morgan make it back to the old grounds of Hyrule Castle and can't believe what they are looking at. The two approach Zelda.
"Your highness, we are back" Morgan says and she stands up.
"We won… but Link hasn't returned yet" she said and Val frowned. "We must set up brief, temporary settlements, that is why there are Hylians putting tents up in the crater. I assume you'll have to do the same if you have nowhere to stay" she said to Morgan.
"What about me, your highness? Like…. This is partially my fault… I can't express how sorry I am" Val said in sadness and Zelda smiled.
"This is partially a lot of peoples fault but you are not to blame, Edgar is. And besides, you saved my life and warned me. Val, you are welcome in Hyrule" she explained and she teared up.
"Thank you" she apologised. Morgan turned to her.
"Stay with me for now. It'll be good to have you around." Morgan said and she blushed.

A fear soon washed over her.
"Shit…." She said and Zelda frowned.
"What is it?" She asked and Val looked down.
"Me and Edgar we…. Well you know…. I could be…." She explained everything by saying very little.
"Well, what do you want to do about it?" Zelda asked straight and she shrugged.
"I don't know… I want kids but…. I mean I know he is dead but I don't want him as the father" she admitted.
"He is not." Morgan said as they looked at him confused. "I mean, biologically yes, he is but no one has to know and you can find someone else, or raise it alone. Your choice but I am willing to help out if you like" Morgan said and Val smirked.
"Not very subtle are you?" She said to him and he frowned.
"What do you…" he got out before Val kissed him.
"Come live with me, I'll help with the child" she joked as she broke the kiss. Zelda was laughing and Morgan was bright red.
"Well I…" Morgan stumbled.
"For fuck sake Morgan. Lets go on a date and see where it goes" she told him straight and he nodded.
"Well, I am gonna let you two get to it" Zelda said as she left them together

 

Zelda sat there in the middle of the busy work. Sore and in pain but endured it well. But the sound of her Hawk was heard and she held her arm out, wincing at the pain until the Hawk landed on it. She untied the cloth attached to it and it flew off. She gasped to see it covered.in blood.
"Zelda. Sorry, but this is the end. I have killed Edgar but I am dying and even if I made an attempt to make it home, the Lost Woods would finish me and I would still bleed to death trying. I wish I had time for more words and I wish I could say goodbye to you and of course Malon, Ordon, Saria and Farore. Tell them I love them more than anything and tell them I am sorry for not making it home. - Link."

Zelda stared at the bloody cloth. She read it again. She must have misread it. She read it a third time. Tears began forming in her eyes. No, surely there is a mistake. Is this really from Link…. She burst out crying, dropped to the ground and clutched the cloth. She knew it was true but she couldn't believe it. Her best friend was gone.

Malon entered her mind. How is she going to find the words to Malon? The thought hurt her heart. Impa walked over and Zelda handed her the cloth and Impa understood immediately.
"Zelda, I am here all the way" she said in a motherly voice as Zelda gripped her like a child. Impa had no words, all she could feel was despair.

 

There was no point in delaying the inevitable but also Zelda wouldn't be that cruel. Impa took her to Kokiri Village and Zelda looked up at Link's home. She took a deep breath, she tried to remain calm. She climbed the ladder and knocked on the door. Her heart was pounding, she didn't want to do this, every part of her body wanted to run away but she couldn't. She knew it must be worse for Malon. The last thing Malon would want to hear is a knock on the door because it implies…. Well it implies exactly what has happened.

Malon opened the door, she saw Zelda and her expression dropped lower than it already was.
"No…. Don't say it…" Malon managed to get out in a whimper. She already knew but refused to believe it.
"I'm sorry Malon…. He is gone…" she said softly and Malon howled in anguish. Zelda felt sick at the horrifying scream she let out as she dropped to the ground.
"Mammy?" The innocent voice of the six year old Girl was heard behind her. Zelda fought back the tears and kneeled down to hug Malon.
"He saved us all. Hyrule is safe because of him. This is from him" Zelda spoke as she handed Malon the cloth but Malon could read it right now. "I am going to stay with you for a while. I am so sorry…" she said as she helped Malon up from the ground.

 

Impa took care of the kids while Zelda and Malon talked. Malon insisted on telling them but she couldn't right now. Ordon knew something was up and he kept pestering Impa about it but she dodged the questions as best she could. Zelda explained everything to Malon, what they were fighting for, what they were up against, Victor losing an arm but also how hard Link fought to succeed. Malon managed to build up the courage to talk to her kids.

It did not go well. She sat with them alone and explained that their Dad would not be coming home. They were all in tears, Ordon and Saria mostly as they understood the concept of death far more but Farore was crying equally as loud. Malon hugged the screaming kids as tears rolled down her face. Zelda and Imoa sat outside. "Farore is just six… heck, Ordon is only ten…" Zelda says and Impa nods.
"Hyrule needs to know his deeds. Hyrule doesn't deserve such a great Hero. He is truly irreplaceable" she said as Zelda fought back more tears.
"He was my best friend Impa….. and now he is gone…" she cried and Impa hugged her.
"I know…. I know…. A friendship that transcends time." She told her.

Zelda stayed with Malon for a few days, helping where she could despite her Queenly duties. She wanted to be there for her friend while she was at her lowest. But the rumours of the Heroes Fate start spreading amongst Hyrule and Zelda needed to go and address it to the masses.

She headed out to the grounds where the Castle once stood. A large stage was build so she could give announcements to the Kingdom and it proved effective because many Hylians, Gorons and Zora turned up. She cleared her throat.

"You have all probably heard the rumours and yes. The Hero of Time, Link, has died in battle saving Hyrule." She spoke clearly in an attempt to keep her cool. The crowd dropped silent."I have many words to say for Link, my friend and I will do so in a week. We will have a ceremony celebrating his life and remembering all he did for us. But for now we need to focus on rebuilding Castle Town and Hyrule Castle. We will do so in his honour" she announced as she walked off.

Ruto sat there in shock, tears rolling down her face and Darunia stood still, showing no emotions but feeling them all the same.

 

The week flew by and a ceremony for Link was held in the crater of Hyrule Castle. Malon and her kids turned up in black, as did everyone else. Talon comforted his Daughter and offered for her to return to Lon Lon Ranch but she declined.

Zelda was once again back on the stage and the citizens of Hyrule stood in silence to hear what she had to say. "Link was a Hero like no other.Link saved our land from a future he saw and defeated the Gerudo King Ganon Twice. But while his heroics in Hyrule were great, he did not stop here. He saved Syrule from a Civil War and a Demon and saved a far away Land called Termina from great evil. He once again took up the Blade to stop an evil Man taking power where he sadly lost his life. Link never gave up and faced threats greater than we can imagine when he was ten…. Since he was ten. To most of you he is the Hero of Time but too me he is a friend, my best friend and he is also a Husband, a Father and was very much loved by all." She spoke elegantly.

Zelda stepped back and Victor stepped forward. The crowd was shocked to see him with one arm and he hadn't adjusted himself.
"I met Link after I married Zelda and he returned to Hyrule. I knew the stories of course and knew he was a friend of the Royal Family but I never expected him to be who he was. You would expect someone who has gone through hell like he has to be jaded and cynical but Link was kind and funny and thought about those he loved first." He admitted to the crowd. "Link and I were in Labrynna one day and we got drunk. I decided I would give him a hand and send some attractive Women his way. But Link had recently started a relationship with Malon…. His eventual wife. Link refused their advances and told me he is committed to his Girlfriend" he said awkwardly. Malon was hearing this for the first time and as were her kids, a fact she wasn't okay with but bit the bullet. "Most men would have given in and had a cheeky one night stand but not Link. He had his morals and he stuck to them and for that I will forever respect him" he concluded as he stepped back.

The ceremony continued and Malon refused to give a speech. She didn't want to talk in front of that many people. Ruto finds Malon and gives her a hug and offers her support if needed. Malon finds Zelda and hugs her.
"Is there any chance of his body being found?" Malon asks her and Zelda shakes her head.
"I am sorry… he is in the Lost Woods and most can't make it in and out without getting lost. It is too dangerous to send anyone in." Zelda explained as delicately as possible. Malon sighed before crying once more.
"Zelda, what am I going to do with my life? How can I go on without him?" She sobbed and Zelda put an arm around her.

"I don't know Malon but you have three beautiful children, his children and they need you. You still have your Father and you have us. It won't be easy but you don't have to shoulder this alone. Anyone in Hyrule would be willing to help you, all you need to do is ask." Zelda told her as she continued sobbing. "I will ask Victor to help out. Anything you need, Malon. Anything" she said in efforts to comfort her friend.

 

 

"Not exactly five stars but this is where I live now" Morgan joked as he greeted Val into his chamber. Val was unironically impressed by the size of the small room, thinking they scored lucky. She walked over to the Window and looked out into the warm Gerudo Desert.
"I mean I know all these rooms were assorted to people at random but honestly Morgan, did you pull some strings?" She asked with suspicion and he smirked, joining her.
"No, no. I was happy with anything. I pulled no strings. Zelda on the other hand, she might have" he told her and she laughed.

"Are you really okay with this, us I mean. Like dating a girl who could be pregnant with an arsehole's baby?" She asked and he leaned in and kissed her.
"I am. I don't consider it his" he said and she smiled.
"You know Morgan, there are very few genuinely good people in this world. Like most people have something but you… you are just genuinely kind. I do love that about you" she said as she peeled off the warmer layers of her clothes, leaving her in a tank top and skirt.
"That was close to 'I love you'" he said as he placed hands on her hips. She shook her head and sighed, her breath meeting his.
"We are not there yet. But we are here, together in this room alone with a bed. I have a few ideas" she said and Morgan got excited.

Her mouth met his end in a moment's notice; they were connected in a powerful kiss. Morgan closed his eyes and pulled himself closer to Val, her breasts lightly grazing his chest as his bulge stroked her thigh. Val let out a low moan and arched her leg forward. The feeling of his hand on her waist added to the sensation of this kiss, especially when his fingers curled into a light squeeze.

She stepped forward with purpose, careful not to break the kiss and Morgan had to walk backwards in sync so he didn't lose balance. He felt something in the back of his legs and suddenly he fell but was met with the soft mattress and then better still, Val landing on top of him.

They broke the kiss for air and Val smirked, a smirk that implied she had some intentions in mind and Morgan was into it. She pulled off her tank top and Val felt Morgan stiffen more beneath her as the bra she wore left little to the imagination. Morgan followed her lead and pulled off his shirt which revealed his surprisingly toned body. This made Val squirm as she bit her lip and traced her hand down his chest. Both let out a sigh and they laughed at how in sync they were.

Val decided to speed up what Morgan's hungry eyes wanted so she put her arms around her back and unclasped her bra, letting the article of clothing fall down as her boobs fell free. Morgan swatted the bra away and stared at her perfect body.
"Val…." He quietly muttered underneath his breath as his hands slowly reached for her globes. His face turned to a grin as his hands moved around her boobs, squeezing them and playing with them in fascination. Val squirmed at the feeling of his palms fitting perfectly around her breasts. It felt good.

Val was ready for more and Morgan seemed inammerd by her boobs to really think about anything else. She took her hands to the waistband of his pants and he let go of her in shock. Morgan's heartbeat increased as he got ever more nervous. Her hands pulled at his pants, slowly revealing some thick hair and then the base of his dick. It was hard to pull down with his erection caught in his pants but she managed and his dick popped out and lay mighty against his body.

She examined closer. It was a reasonable size, reaching past his belly button and it was thick enough to satisfy her. She grabbed a hold and made him shudder with anticipation, she giggled at that and then took it in her mouth. "Ahhhh, Val…" he moaned while he stared unbelievably at the Woman sucking his dick.

She continued in his dick, using her tongue to masterful effect and certainly getting pleasure buzzing around Morgan's body. But to his disappointment she stopped and stood up. Morgan said nothing as he watched her walk across the room with her hips swaying. She then hooked her thumbs in the waistband of the blue skirt she was wearing and began pushing it down. She must have caught her underwear with the skirt as her arse was now on display as the clothes lay in a heap on the floor. She turned and Morgan felt he could cum right there as he stared at the naked form of Val who was now striding back towards him.

She put a leg over him and smiled as he struggled to say any words. She leaned in and kissed him and he took that opportunity to flip her on her back and roll on top. She yelped in surprise and their kiss broke, she grinned.
"I want you Morgan. And you want me so let's do this" she said in a soft and low tone. Morgan looked down and grabbed his dick that was still wet with her saliva and lined it up with her entrance. He took a deep breath and slowly pushed it in. Once again they both let out a sigh insync which earned both of them a giggle as Morgan began to move.

He was slow, gently rotating his hips allowing him to feel the sensation with more pleasure and with no words, Morgan could tell Val Was in bliss too. The feeling of his dick all the way inside was a good one at that but his slow movements were loving and pleasing. Val was moving her hips in time with him, rotating them at the appropriate angle for the best feeling.

Their bodies were close and they were heating up, the warm desert air made them swestier, causing Val's back to uncomfortably stick to the mattress, a feeling she could easily ignore as the dick that was entering her depths was a larger focus on her mind

Morgan shifted upwards, and placed his arms beside her, their bodies no longer stuck together. He sped up his rhythm, getting a surprised whimper from Val who took a deep breath and then released his name in a low moan. She bucked her hips upward to meet him and it was Morgan's turn to call out her name. They kept up the speed until Val used her legs to flip him onto his back and she got on top, riding him.

Morgan's eyes widened to the sight of her on top of him where she had been once before. Her boobs bounced as she did and it was all he needed.
"Val…. Oh Hylia…" he let out as he placed his hands on her waist and rocked her body into his. She arched her back as she gyrated on his erect mast, one hand on his toned chest that was glowing with sweat and the other on behind her back. She bit her lip in arousal as the blissful sensation coursed through her body.

"Morgan I…. Oh fuck…" she moaned in a desperate plea to tell her man how close she was. Morgan sat up, their bodies pressed together vertically. They wrapped their arms around each other, ignoring the sweat. They kissed before furiously pounding against each other. Val's mouth opened in an attempt to let out a moan but the sensation left it a whimper. Morgan was slipping in and out of her with ease as her core was wet but now tightening down. They were both close.

"Morgaaaaaah…. Yes… Ah…." She let out and Morgan toppled forward on top of her. His dick pumped into her a few more times before he felt it.
"Ughhhhh" he moaned as he fired bursts of cum inside her. He thrust a few more times to empty himself but soon fell to her side as they both struggled to catch their breaths.

"Wow… that was something". She said to him and he smiled.
"Glad I didn't disappoint" he said and they lay there together in the warm musky air.

“We should move to the snowy mountains together. You know, the ones we saw in the distance from the North Western Canyon”. Val said seemingly out of nowhere after minutes of silence. Morgan looked confused.
“You mean… together?” he asked and she gave a small chuckle.
“I did say “we” didn’t I?” she asked rhetorically and he smiled.
“Why there? You are happy with me then? Like you do love me?” he asked and she kissed him.
“I LIKE you. I like you a lot. I feel like I could love you. But yes, I think we will work out. But for the record I was talking about this assuming we do work out. I wasn’t suggesting we move there right now”. She explained. “But the reason why is simple. I am from a snowy place and I like the snow and I want to live in the snow. Hyrule is in shambles and this whole Gerduo area is great and all but it is too hot.” she told him and he sat back.
“I am not saying this because I want it. Far from it. But do you not want to go home? Back to Syrule?” he asked and she shook her head.
“No. There is nothing for me there now. I left home a long time ago now and I don’t miss it. It was fine but I left for adventure and never planned on heading home. I feel Hyrule is a much more magical place and the opportunity for adventure is so much greater. Besides. I may not have been pregnant before, but there is a strong chance I am now. I am ready to settle down somewhere”. She told him.
“I might be a Dad” he said and she smiled.
“I thought you didn’t consider ‘him’ to be the father. If that is true there is no “might” about it”. She said and he kissed her.
“Well, we don’t know that you are pregnant. You might not be.” he said and she leaned into him.
“I am sure we can work on that”,,,,

 

 

Malon had sent her kids to stay with her Dad for a while. She felt it was cruel as they were mourning the loss of their father as much as she was but she knew she wasn’t in the right mental space to look after them adequately. Victor entered the house. He had been staying over as a request for Zelda as she was too busy but she knew her friend needed someone. Malon gave a weak smile that lasted less than a second to the handsome man that walked in. He sat down, wanting to ask how she was holding up but knew the answer and found it to be a pointless question.

Victor and Malon sat there in silence. Victor knew how she felt but at the same time couldn't begin to grasp it. He liked Link a lot of course but Link was her husband and they had known each other since they were kids. He was the father of their kids and her life had been shaken in a way he didn't experience.

Victor had his own pain though. His Brother was dead. Sure he was an arsehole that tried to kill his wife and did kill Link but that was far from the Brother he grew up with.
"He wasn't always evil" Victor said and Malon looked up.
"Excuse me?" She asked as she didn't follow.
"My Brother. I mean I can't forgive him for what he did and I would never trade Link's life for his. He ultimately had to go but when we were kids…. He was never evil. He was so nice" Victor said in sadness. Malon despised the man she never met to the core but understood what Victor was saying.
"I guess everyone has some bad in them and it is up to us, the parents to assure our kids become great people" she said and then she grew red in embarrassment.

"Err. I don't mean to imply your parents are bad or anything!" She screeched out and Victor put out a brief smile.
"Don't worry, you are right. My Father was always a bad guy and I guess after I left his influence rubbed off on him too much" Victor said to her. "But I have no right to say this but…. I feel kind of alone. Like I have you here now and I have the most gorgeous wife and kids at home but still, knowing my Brother is dead just feels… It feels lonely" he said and Malon stood up, she offered a hand and helped him to his feet.

Malon hugged him tight. He relaxed into it and it felt nice.
"I feel the same way. I feel so alone and like I will never feel love again. It is a different kind of lonely but of course I understand" she said lowly as she didn't let up the hug.

"Thank you Victor" she said as she continued the hug. "Thank you for being here" .They remained close in the embrace for a few moments longer than necessary. Malon felt her heart pound a chest, she didn't know what this was but she knew what she wanted. They parted and she looked up at his face. Their breathing was slow and his eyes were filled with desire. Victor thought no more. He crashed his lips against Malon and her natural instinct was to pull into the kiss. The moment she did however, she felt something come over her and she pulled away slightly. "We shouldn't…" she whispered and he looked into the eyes.
"Only if you want to.." he assured her and she stopped, thought and then pulled him back in.

She hated that he made her advance but regardless, neither could deny they needed this. He steered her backwards and her reer crashed into a worktop. Victor used his arm to grope her breast and she let out a moan. He pushed her backwards lightly so she was seated on the worktop and let go of her breast. His hand grabbed her skirt and began pulling it up. She unbuckled his belt and before she knew it, his pants were down to his ankles and his member was poking up. She blushed at the sight and again when he pushed her legs apart and felt up her thighs and then moved the piece of fabric to one side.

This was it, no going back. He pushed his tip against her wet entrance and looked into her lust filled eyes before pushing all the way into her.

Her eyes grew wide with pleasure, pain and surprise and a loud scream came from her which embodied her feelings. Her arms moved behind her as he thrust hard and she needed to secure herself, the sound of pots and pans being knocked onto the floor added to the hecticness. She swung her arms around him and bucked her hips into his hard thrusts.

While neither of them were virgins by any means, this was more new to Malon who had only ever been with the one Man. She had grown experienced with Link but this felt so much different and it was clear that Victor was certainly a master and had been with countless Women. His dick was bigger than her late Husbands but there was no love in this sex, just pure lust.

He picked her up and carried her to her room, the one arm making it difficult so he relied on her to hold on. He lay her on the bed and he pulled the rest of his clothes off and leaned in. He kissed her neck and she moaned, undoing the buttons on her blouse and pulling it off with her bra. Victor's head travelled down to her boobs and licked her nipple,sending waves down her body and then he shoved his dick back inside her.

The two were in heaven as they pounded against each other. They called each other's names and moaned and groaned at the feel of each other's bodies. Malon grew close, the wet slapping of their naked bodies making contact made it obvious. She began panting quickly and Victor could tell why.
"Malon! Malon! Malon!" He moaned with each thrust and she gasped.
"Yes! Victor I know… I am…. Aghhuhhhh!" She moaned as she wrapped her legs around Victor, reaching her climax. Her walls tightened around him and her beautiful face being overcome with pleasure made him lose focus and his dick let loose its incoming of cum, shooting deep inside her. He panted as he lost control, spasming in her.

The two felt incredible from the high of their orgasms. The world's problems seemed to vanish for a moment and eventually Victor pulled out and lay next to her.

But it wasn't long before guilt, shame and fear crept into both of their hearts. Neither said a word to each other and after enough time passed Victor told her he was going to leave and she just nodded, saying nothing.

Malon broke down crying upon his departure as she felt she had cheated on Link. She only wanted to share something magical with her one man but she let her loneliness get the better of her.
"I am sorry Link…" she cried while looking at a picture of him. She lay back and fell asleep.

 

 

As Hyrule began to recover from it's tragedy, Malon's World became worse, learning she was now pregnant and the possibility of it being Victor's is likely. Sure, there was the chance Link got her pregnant before his death but Victor was more likely and Malon didn't know what to do. After a week of crushing depression she needed to talk about it and hoped her best friend Zelda would understand.

 

Malon invites Zelda round to her house and they sit at a table. Zelda figures she knows what the story here would be, Victor had already told her they fucked but she didn't know the full story.
"Zelda… me and Victor… we…" she struggled but Zelda put her hands on hers.
"You don't have to tell me Malon. Victor told me" she said and Malon shook her head. Zelda had heard from Victor about what had happened and it did shock her. Link and her were going to go a little further but her purity and innocence was what stopped him. She was surprised to say the least and selfishly wondered if her and Link could have been together one last time if he heard this.

"No but…. Well…. I am pregnant" she said and Zelda was shocked.
"Link's though right? Like before he passed away". Zelda said but Malon shook her head, tears rolling down her face.
"It is possible…. But I think it might be Victors". She cried and there was a long pause.

Zelda was stunned for words and didn't know where to begin. She put her hands to her face and let out a sigh.
"So he didn't use protection? There is a chance it is his?" She said in slight anger, seemingly towards Victor even though she felt as guilty. Malon nodded
"Zelda I am so, so sorry!" She cried but Zelda took her hands again.
"Malon, I don't blame you. You were not in your right mind, you were alone and wanted to feel joy and a handsome man was there. I don't blame you one bit. Victor though… he promised me he would always be careful to never get anyone pregnant and I will be having a word with him!" She said but Malon looked terrified.

"I can't ask this of your Zelda… it isn't fair but…. I can't let him know. I can't face the guilt of Victor paying visits and reminding me of what I did. I know it is selfish but…" she cried and Zelda gave her a smile.
"Malon, I will support you in anyway you want" she said kindly.
"Is it wrong of me?" She asked and shrugs.
"I don't know Malon, it really isn't for me to say. I won't tell Victor anything if that is what you want. You can raise the child as if it were Link's…. Heck, it still might be, we don't know. But if you ever change your mind and you want Victor to know, I will be there. Just know he is going to learn you are pregnant and will know there is a chance it is his''. She told her and Malon put her head on the table. "But if it is any help, when Link returns to Hyrule we … well you know. We did it and I wasn't careful. It was lucky I didn't get pregnant. I was nearly in the same shoes as you, Malon''. She told her. Zelda considered telling her about the kiss they shared before his death but she pushed it away. Nothing really happened and it will just bring more things forward to think about. For now, her focus was helping Malon.

 

Six Months Later….
Zelda sat at the meeting Hall with two Guards behind her. Then the double doors opened and her guest arrived. A stunningly beautiful Woman with long Dark Hair and a Long White Dress. She bowed before Zelda and then sat opposite her.
"You can leave us." Zelda told her Guards who obeyed and the Guest did the same to her escorts.
"Queen Sylvia, good to meet you at last" Zelda said in a pleasant tone and she smiled.
"It's good to see you too Zelda. I have heard so much about you" she said as Zelda gave a soft smile.

Sylvia looked down and frowned.
"You might not like what I am about to say but…. I think… I think it is possible our Children are related by Blood. They may share a Father" she said embarrassed and Zelda crossed her arms and raised an eyebrow.
"How'd you figure that one?" Zelda said confused and she looked up.
"Well Link is the Father of my Child. I have had no other man" she said and Zelda burst out laughing.
"Relax, relax. Link isn't the father of my children, nor my Husband." She said and a sigh of relief and embarrassment came over Sylvia. "I understand why you would assume as much, Link apparently did go on and on about me. But no, he was married to a good friend of mine. Malon. So I guess your son is half related to three farm kids." Zelda said and Sylvia looked concerned.
"Was?" She asked and Zelda's face dropped.

"Link was…. Link was killed in action… about six months ago" Zelda said sadly.
"Noooo…. He can't be…." Sylvia spoke in despair. "He has two children he never knew…" she said and Zelda looked up.
"Two?" She asked and Sylvia gulped.
"He fathered the Child of Nabooru too" she said and Zelda frowned. It dawned on her how careless Link was at first but then she remembered how careless she was and how she wasn't careful with Link.
"Sylvia… would you like to meet Malon? I feel she deserves to know this. It will be hard since she is still grieving but I wouldn't dare keep this from her and I feel you would be best to tell her". Zelda offered and Sylvia nodded.

 

 

Malon made it to the new Hyrule Castle. She was heavily pregnant and found it hard to move but she insisted she go alone but Ordon joined her, refusing to let her wander alone. He knew his Mother was hiding something from her about her pregnancy. He has since learned how babies are made and tried to calculate if it is even possible for the child to be from his father. Ordon eventually came to the conclusion that he didn't care and he sure as hell knew better than to try and open some painful memories with his Mother about this. If the child was in fact not from his father then he knew she regretted it. He was sharper than Malon knew.

They made their way through the New Castle with no resistance. The site was not even close to completion but they had many temporary barracks and towers erected. The new Castle looked nothing like the old one, she could tell it wouldn't look like it even once completed. The Mother and Son were escorted by some Guards and they reached some wooden doors that they entered.

Zelda was sitting down with a Beautiful Woman with Black Hair. They both stood.
"Malon, Ordon, I would like to introduce you to Queen of Syrule, Queen Sylvia" Zelda said and Malon was surprised and Ordon grinned.
"Hello milady!" Ordon said with a bow, Zelda frowned, Malon rolled her eyes but Sylvia giggled. She walked over to them and crouched to Ordon's level.
"You are the spitting image of your father. And you have his confidence for sure. You should have seen him when he stood up to my Uncle" she told the boy and he was fascinated. He realised who she was and smiled.

She rose and offered and hand to Malon. "Hello Malon, I am pleased to meet you. I have some things I would like to tell you about your late Husband if that is okay?" She asked and Malon didn't smile but nodded.
"Yeah…Ordon, can you wait outside?" She asked and he crossed his arms.
"I wanna hear too!" He protested but Malon glared at him.
"I will let you know if it concerns you. Now outside" she sternly ordered and he frowned but listened. "I am sorry, I am just not…." She stopped when Zelda hugged her.
"I know Malon. But prepare yourself because this might be hard to hear" Zelda told her and Malon felt nothing, she had come to expect bad news.

They were all seated and Sylvia leaned forward. Malon sat at the opposite end of the table while Zelda sat with Malon.
"I will be blunt and not drag this out. Link is the father of my child and that of Nabooru of the Gerudo. He was unaware of this fact but I felt you needed to hear your Children have half siblings" she said and Malon felt her heart ache. She believed it and had thought about it before. She knew Link had slept with them and she knew he had been careless in the past but she had always pushed those thoughts to the back of mind. She somehow felt if she never talked to Link about it then it would never be an issue but now it is here and her problem.
"I see… so Link was careless afterall"... She said.

Zelda looked over to it and saw a tear roll down her cheek.
"Malon?" She asked concerned and she burst out crying.
"He is just like me then! A reckless fool!" She cried and Zelda hugged her.
"Malon, every person in this room is reckless. Heck, I told you about me and Link." She said in support and Malon forced a smile.
"I am so relieved… I feel like he betrayed me first or should I say… I am not the only one who betrayed our bond… I don't know what I am saying!" She cried.
"I think I understand. You had guilt about sleeping with someone other than Link and getting pregnant but to know he did the same thing first makes you feel… I dunno, less guilty? Take the time you need to process this" Zelda said but Malon stood.

"Queen Sylvia. Thank you from the bottom of my heart for telling me this." She said with the smallest bow she could manage.
"It is my pleasure, Lady Malon" she replied. Malon turned to Zelda.
"Zelda, if I may… I would like to tell Victor about the possibility of this child being his" she said and Zelda smiled.
"If that is your choice I will bring him". She accepted.

 

Victor was summoned and Malon stood before him.
"Victor, this child inside me may be yours." She came out and said and he felt blood rush to his face, he glanced at Zelda who had her arms crossed then back to Malon. "There is a strong chance Link is the Father, I truly don't know and we will not know until it is born. But I want you to know what to expect" she said as she rubbed the baby bump.
"I… I don't know what to say…. I… what will we do if is is?" He said and she shook her head.
"I don't know Victor. But we will have to figure it out and… it may be hard, it may complicate things but we messed up together and we bear the responsibility." She told him.
"Okay. I offer my support even if I am not the Father. We both do, me and Zelda" he said and Zelda looked shocked.
"Well yeah… I didn't think that you would even need to mention that. I am forever here for my best friend." She said and Malon gave a smile, feeling some relief for the first time in a while.

 

 

 

Link's eye opens to the view of the temple of time but no holy light is shining through the windows as the dark forest blocks the light. Link stands up, he knows he is dead but if he didn't his skeletal appearance would have given it away. Navi floated around him but he knew she was a spirit that only he could see. He turned to see the bloody skeleton of Edgar lying impaled by the Master Sword.

Link crouched and grabbed him by the rib cage and yanked him free of the blade, his bones cracking as he did so and some falling from his corpse. Link dragged him out through the Temple of Time and out into the Lost Woods.

He wandered aimlessly through the forest and then stopped at a ditch that led to a deep chasm. Link ripped all the stolen equipment off him and then through the body into the pit where it would never be found. He then collected all the items and set out to find Hyrule Castle.

He found it with ease but it looked strange obscured by the trees, aslo strange with it being so silent. He then made his way through the once important capital and to Zelda's room which made him feel emotional but learned here he had the inability to cry. He looked around the room where many memories flooded his mind. He remembered the heartbreak of learning she was married, the banter between her and Victor, the drinking game they all played and of course the sex. The sex was great. An experience that he was obviously never to have again but yet, most experiences of the living were long out of reach.

He walked into the Heroes Vault and dumped the items there. He considered leaving them in a heap but sighed, well mentally sighed, he was unable to do that too. He turned and took the time to put them in their assorted place.

He left the Vault and the Castle. He knew with time the Castle would fall to ruins and the Vault would remain sealed unless needed again. Maybe it would never be found but Link felt that he must assure these relics remain for the Hero only and he would watch over it until the next Hero appears.

Link then wandered to the edge of the forest for a selfish purpose. He could see his home from afar. He was unsure how much time had passed hut he knew it was enough time for his body to have completely decayed. He then knew it he had a heart it would have sped up because he saw the love of his life, his beautiful wife Malon leave the home and then a Blonde Girl follow. She was several years older, maybe about ten but he was sure that was Farore. He then saw his son step out of the house with a sword on his back. He had grown older and Link felt the strong regret of not passing his ways onto his son filled his body. Malon turned to him. He could hear the conversation faintly.

"Can you stay home and take care of Link for me?" He heard her say. Link? He was confused, what did she mean? "He is only four and Saria is out. Take care of your Brother please" she said and Link felt shocked. A little boy? Did Malon have another child with someone else? No, that would be ridiculous, it could be his…. In fact, he was named after him so that seemed to add up.

Link knew if he had a face he would be smiling but also felt sadness as he never got to meet his son. He took one last look at his home. Saria wasn't there and he never got to see Link Jr but took some joy in seeing Malon, Ordon and Farore. He turned and wandered back into the Lost Woods.

"Teeheehee!" A voice was heard and he rapidly spun and drew the dull blade. There before him was Skull Kid, Tatl and Tael with him.
"It's been a long time Link" Tatl said with a jingle. Navi flew around them.
"Do you know them Link?" She spoke and Link nodded.
"Yeah. I met them when searching for you. So, you returned to Hyrule." Link said in a low creepy voice that was not recognisable as his own.
"Yes, we have came and went from Hyrule to Termina yearly. We saw what you did, the battle and they dying and stuff. Were you spying on your family?" Skull Kid mocked with some annoyance and Link looked down, Navi rejoined him. "Don't worry Hero. Whether Skull Kid admits it or not, we owe you big time for what you did. We will watch over your family and guide the next Hero if he ever journeys to these woods". Teal said and Skull Kid looked away.
"You can rest until then Link" Tatl told him.

Skull Kid bounded off into the woods and the two Fairies followed him.
"Looks like you touching so many lives paid off after all. You heard her Link. You can rest until you are needed!" Navi said cheerfully but Link looked down.
"I have too many regrets, I need to know my family are okay… I am not sure I can rest" he told her and she sighed, an ability he lacked. Navi spun around him.
"Navi, what are you…" he asked as his vision turned blue. I am joining with you, we will become a spirit together Link. Rest. It will do you good." She said and his vision went black.

All he heard after that was the howling of a wolf...

Notes:

That is it! The final part of the Hero of Time story and man, I started this a long time ago. Glad I finished it though as this was the story I wanted to get to the most. I don't have any regrets and I am proud of this arc.

This chapter continues the sad tone but with some happiness and I am especially proud of the final scene with The Heroes Shade.

I am currently working on Twilight Princess that will either begin next week or the week after. I have wrote some chapters but it is not finished so I cannot promise any kind of consistancy.

Hope you all stick around and continue reading though.

Chapter 66: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 1 - The Calm after War

Summary:

Link and Zelda saw off Midna and will never see her again. How will Hyrule react to the crisis being over.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Desert air blew and the two were in silence. Neither Link or Zelda wanted the Light World and Twilight World to be cut off forever and they both knew Link would miss Midna.

Zelda didn't know a lot of the Hero's journey and his relationship with Midna. She didn't know his relationship with anyone.
"Link... Are you alright?" She asked with concern as she put a hand on his shoulder. Link smiled and hugged against her hand. It felt good, reassuring him things would be fine.
"Yeah. I'll be alright. I will miss her but it's what she wanted..." he said with a mix of happiness and sadness in his voice. "But I am just relieved to finally get some rest" he said smiling as she smirked back, joining him on the stone steps.

"I know how you feel... well... no I don't really but you are not alone. It's been hell. And we have just lived through it. There is so much I want to talk about, things I want to ask you because when you really think about it. We are strangers to each other". She said turning to him. Link felt close to Zelda but she was right. They had only been together on like three or four different occasions depending on how you count it.

"Oh yeah... I met you as a Wolf... Twice" he said with his hands on his face with embarrassment as Zelda laughed.
"Yeah, not gonna lie. That was pretty weird. What's it like being a Wolf?" She asked curious and he looked at her.

"Well it had its pros and cons. First of all, running around is great. You feel like you are going light speed and being near freshly cooked food is wonderful, you'll never smell anything like it..." he said as Zelda suddenly felt envious. "But with Midna riding me..." he paused, knowing full well how he worded that " well it led to some awkwardness with the lack of clothes" he said looking down at the ground. Zelda felt she understood but wanted to be sure.
"So you... you know?... Got a bit excited by her" she said slightly blushing. And Link nodded.
"Come on. I am a 19 year old Boy. And I had a girl's crotch rubbing against my back. The point is more I couldn't hide it so she knew full well what she was doing" he defensively said but she let out a smell giggle.
"Don't worry about it. I'm just messing with ya" she said as she lay back against the stone steps. It wasn't as uncomfortable as they looked.

Link turned to her to see what she was doing. "Listen to their silence. As Princess, soon to be Queen, I have never really been alone in my life. There was always someone watching over me. Always someone who knows where I am but right now... right now no one in the world knows where I am. I feel truly free for once" she smiled with her eyes closed. Link lay next to her.
"I find it odd we are getting along like friends" Link says getting a curious look from Zelda. "Like we barely know each other and I am talking to you not as a Princess but as a person. Not only that, but we have lived so different lives. You lived in a Castle, protected and watched over 24/7. I live in a tree and work on a farm in a peaceful Village. You are a Princess and I am a commoner". He said as she frowned.

She didn't quite know what to say. She thought of Link as "The Hero '' and by default someone of grandeur and class, not at all thinking about the fact that he is a "commoner" from a farm. It didn't bother her though. This mysterious life to her sounded intriguing. Maybe it was just because she could never have it.

"Link, we may be from different backgrounds but the truth is you saved my life and we worked together to take down Ganondorf. When you go through a life experience like that you are surely to grow close to the person in question". She said, turning to Link. "Link, I just want to have this moment. This moment is the one time in my life when I can make whatever decision I want and no one can stop me. After that I will have a Kingdom to run" she said smiling at him.

His heartbeat was racing. Did she mean what he thought? Their breaths were touching each other.
"What do you have in mind? I am up for anything Zelda" he said in a slightly.. strange tone. The way he said her name was exciting to her. She put her hand on his face.
"You know what I want Hero" she said flirtatiously into his face as he leaned in and kissed her.

In seconds it was picking up steam and he was getting a lot more passionate. He rolled on top of her and broke the kiss off. As he caught his breath he smiled.
"Yeah. I think I know what you want" he said as he pushed his lips into hers again. She sighed into him, her hands gripping the back of his neck. But she wanted more. And he wanted more.

She moved her hands down to his belt, getting zero restraint from him. Instead he grabbed the bottom of her dress and pulled it up to her thighs. She parted her legs and Link brushed a hand up until he met her underwear. Pushing it aside he stroked it, letting her gasp out as he stuck a finger into her. She grabbed the hem of his pants and pulled them down and rubbed a hand up the length of his erect Penis. He pulled his finger out of her and lined himself up.

"You sure?" He asked into her ear, with a shiver going down her spine.
"I am sure. Fuck me farm boy" she said as he put his hands by her side and pressed his dick into her soft, tight Vagina.

"Ahhh! Link!" She moaned in delight, grabbing a hold of his back as he pushed all the way into her with a grunt. He slowly moved out but was quicker on the re-entry. He continued to thrust in and out of her, their eyes meeting each other. She smirked and rolled over, both of them falling onto the sandy ground with her on top.

"You just want to give me a view of these don't you?" He said as he groped her breasts, pulling her clothes down so one of them popped out. Link never in his life thought he would fuck a Princess, and she probably didn't think she would lose her virginity to a farm boy. She was in bliss. She went up and down on the hard penis of Link and felt it touch the deepest parts of her. Link loved the tight sensation of her walls clamping down on him.

He took his hands off her boobs and grabbed her ass, this sent a ripple of pleasure up through her body, letting out a moan. Link used this position to help rock her hips back and forward. "Zelda! Zelda! Oh Hylia!" He moaned as her inner walls were getting tighter. He knew he couldn't last longer and she knew it too.

He rolled over again, but this time thrusting into her much harder and faster.
"OOH! AHHHHH!" was all she got out and Link couldn't control himself as he shot inside her, his dick spasming as he continued to thrust through his orgasm. This in turn made her orgasm as she screamed loudly. They both panted, Link slowing down his thrusts before taking it out of her and lying down next to her. "That was better than I ever imagined". She said, smiling at him.

 

Link had never really thought about it until now but he could no longer rely on Midna to teleport him around anymore so he had to escort Zelda back to Hyrule Castle on foot. Zelda dreaded what state the Kingdom would be in as few really had any idea what went on.
"Hold on." Link said to Zelda as he grabbed her waist and she held on tight. He aimed his clawshot at a floating Pehat and launched himself forward.

They dangled from it and Zelda's heart was racing as she looked down to see the ground a long way down. She gripped tighter as Link chuckled,lowering them down to safety.
"I have no idea how you do this stuff" she said in a calm tone even though she was anything but calm as their feet landed.
"This wasn't the least of it" he said and she nodded, understanding the hardships he went through.

Link escorted her across the dangerous desert. The Heat didn't bother him too much but knew it must have been hard for Zelda since she isn't used to adventure. Link took off his hat and handed it to her and she looked at him kike he was an idiot. "Yeah, I know. It will look really stupid on you but it will protect you from the heat" he told her and she remained still.
"Hero… I am not wearing that hat" she told him and he frowned.
"This isn't the time to worry about fashion, it is for your own safety." He insisted and she shook her head.
"I'd rather suffer the heat Link." She told him once more. Link opened it up and tried to force it on her head and she pulled it away. "Link! I said no!" She raised her voice in anger.

They both stared at each other. Zelda felt strange. That outburst of anger was new, if felt freeing. No one had ever been rough with her and treated them as an equal… an equal might be lower standards than she was used to but it was freeing. She smiled briefly as Link stared like he had been told off. She realised he had no idea how to treat Royalty and she didn't mind."I'll put it over my head, like a towel. Good enough?" She asked as she did so. Link raised an eyebrow.
"Are you that stubborn? It looks so much worse. But whatever, as long as you keep the heat off your head" he told her as he turned and continued across the desert.

It was a tireless journey but they made it through a canyon area where a river ran through. Link had never been here as his only way into the Gerudo Desert was by canon but this seemed kike a way out. They looked down at the water that was rapid. "Can you swim?" Link asked and she frowned and shook her head.
"No. And I don't want to. Link, even if I could we are not diving down there!" She told him and he sighed.
"I'll lower us down with my Clawshots and I'll carry you on my back" he explained and she crossed her arms.
"I'll be soaking" she said and he took his hat back.
"Your dress is already dirty from the desert. Are you really gonna make my life this hard? Princess, please… I have been through hell and I just want to get home." He pleaded and she sighed.
"Very well…" she said.

Link lowered them down and when they were close enough, Link released the Clawshot and they landed in the water. Link pulled her onto his back and swam, following the current. "Link is that a…." She screamed as a waterfall approached and Link let the water take them. They fell through the air and Link held onto her as they splashed into the water. He swam up, pulling her ashore. She was dripping from head to toe and she was grumpy.
"Well, at least Lake Hylia is beautiful" he said to lift the mood but it didn't work. "At least we can do the rest by Horse" he told her and pulled out the Horse Charm and whistled into it.

Epona galloped up to them and Link helped the soaking Princess onto his Horse before hopping on himself. They rode out of Lake Hylia and across Hyrule Field in the Direction of Hyrule Castle. Zelda smiled to herself. Being with Link was nice. She lost her virginity to him and she thought it was perfect. She wanted him again. First things first. Home.

They rode into Hyrule Castle and passed many confused residents, all trying to work out if it was truly the Princess they had seen on the Horse. Link wasn't giving any of them the time to figure that out rode as fast as Epona would carry them. He arrived at the gates and the Guards seized them before Zelda got off the Horse.
"Your Highness! Thank Goodness you are okay! One asked and she nodded.
"I'll need all of your help to get Hyrule back in order" she ordered as they nodded, letting her in.

They cross the gardens to the main Gates and the Resistance is there. Auru turned first and then Rustl, Ashei and Shad.
"Ah Link! You are okay! " Rustl exclaimed.
"So you kicked the shit out of Ganondorf, right?" Ashei asked and Link smirked.
"You could say that" he said proudly.
"Auru.. What a surprise to see you here. Erm, excuse me if I may but, who are all of you?" Zelda asked, putting on her more formal voice.
"We are the Resistance. Our job was to fight back against the forces of Evil." Shad said and Link turned to Zelda.
"We all met up at Telma's Bar and they all helped me located pieces of the Mirror of Twilight. They also helped me out just before I reached Ganondorf." Link told her.
"Well, I am sure I can do something to officially thank you all." She said as she bowed.
"No, no Princess Please! Never bow to us!" Auru said in a panic and everyone laughed.

"Rustl, the Kids are in Kakariko Village. They are safe and I am sure they are waiting for you to take them home." Link told him and he gave Link a hug.
"Thank you Link." He spoke as he turned the group. "Okay, I am going. I will see you all soon" he said as he ran off.
"And err, Shad. I am sure you would like to check out the Temple of Time. It is beyond the sacred grove and the Lost Woods." He told him but he smiled.
"I appreciate it but I am not talented enough to make it down there." He said and Ashei put an arm around him, pulling him close. He blushed
"I'll get you there!" She said and Auru put a hand on his shoulder.
"If we all go we can make it work." He said and Shad smiled.
"Thank you all".

 

 

After some time, Zelda was back in the Castle and in safe hands. Upon her arrival many Guards had came to protect her life even though all the threats were gone. She had a shower and got some sleep. Link told her he had things to take care of and she understood but first he just wanted to get drunk. Luckily he had a place for that.

Link went to Telma's Bar, a bar full of soldiers celebrating over a Hyrule saved. Link wasn't a spiteful person but did screw his nose a little at the fact that none of them really contributed to saving Hyrule.

Telma winked at him as he walked too the bar.
"Welcome back honey" she said, leaning across the bar and placing her boobs obviously on the bar like she had done so many times before. It was obvious why people came here.
"Hi Telma. I just wanna… Man I just want to get drunk and fall asleep on one of those uncomfortable seats at the back" Link told her and she smirked.
"I can help with that honey." She said as she started pouring him a drink. She returned and resumed her position. "Does it bother you that no one knows who you are or what you did? Well not many of us anyway." She asked and he shrugged.

"Not really. I imagine being a celebrity would be a hard life… although…" he said as he wandered into thought.
"Although?" She asked
"Although the kids from Ordon Village know, they will tell their parents. Heck, Rustl knows. I don't have an issue with all this in principle but… I dunno. I doubt I can ever go back to my old life now".
"I assure you, you cannot go back to your old life, not the exact way it was at least. Sorry" she said in earnest.
"Well… at least it all worked out in the end". He said as he took a big drink.

 

Rustl rides into Kakariko Village and before he even got off his horse his son, Colin, runs out of the tall, white building at the foot of the village and runs towards him.
"DAD!" He screams as his Dad hops off the Horse and embraces his son.
"Oh Colin! I have missed you so much!" He said and Colin begun crying.
"Link saved us all!" Colin sobbed and Rustl smiled.
"I know son. I helped him" he said and Colin took a step back.
"Really!? Wow! That is amazing!" He said and hugged his Father again.

Talo and Malo exited the building and were followed by Beth, Ilia and then the Sharman.
"Does this mean we can go home now?" Beth complained and Rustl nodded.
"It does. I am to take you home" he said and all the kids cheered. "Thank you for taking care of Colin and the others" Rustl said to the Sharman.
"It was my pleasure. They all behaved themselves and the company for my little Luda wasn't completely unwanted" he joked as Luda went bright red. The Sharman leaned into Rustl. "I think she has a crush on your son" he said and Rustl smirked as he looked down at his oblivious son.
"Well maybe we will take a trip back here sometime. Wouldn't want to split friends up forever" he said and the Sharman bowed.
"It would be my pleasure".

After all the goodbyes, Rustl left Kakariko Village with the kids and all seemed eager to get home. None more so than Ilia, who never said a word.

 

 

The Resistance made it into the Lost Woods after practically dragging Shad all the way there. Ashei picked him up and carried him on her shoulder for a portion of it. His athleticism is none existent.

They took a break, put up some tents, made a campfire and cooked a Cuccoo they found. Shad was in awe of the Lost Woods, a forest that seemed to be as old as Hyrule itself but was nervous and never left Ashei's side. Auru went to bed and Ashei and Shad sat on a log in front of the fire.

"Sorry for being a burden" he said to her and she looked at him and shook her head.
"You are not a burden. Look if we didn't think we could get you through this forest we wouldn't have tried. We joke about you being useless but I hope you know we never mean it. You know we see you as equally as valuable as the rest of us right?" Ashei askes, honesty pouring from her question. Shad looked down.
"I know you never mean it, I do. I know you all treat me equal but….." he paused and looked at her before looking away. "I can never be as brilliant as you" he said with a blush and she smiled slightly before lowering it.
"Shad, you helped save the world. Hyrule is in your debt. Heck, the Princess herself acknowledged your deeds" she told him.

"The truth is, while you do mean what you say, it is also because you are a kind person. Deep down you would never be with someone like me…." He let out and Ashei gulped.
"Shad what are you…."
"I am in love with you Ashei. I have been for some time. But I knew you wouldn't be with someone like me" he said, hands covering his face.
"So that is what this is about? You think I am going to get with a dashing Knight and that makes you…. Jealous?" She asked and he nodded.

She let out a sigh, she didn't know what to say. She put a hand on his shoulder. "Shad listen. I don't know what to say to that but I know two things. I am not ready for any kind of long term relationship yet, so you don't have to worry about that but also you are handsome you know?" She said and then she sat back, regretting she said that. Did she come onto him?
"So…you might be with me? One day?" He asked, finally looking her in the eyes. She went red.
"Shad… I don't know" she told him and he reached forward and kissed her.

It was sudden and she considered pulling him away but no, she let him. She pushed back into it, wondering if she should indulge his fantasy. She did have to admit, it felt nice. The kiss broke and Shad was smiling.
"That was wonderful" he said and she let out a weak smile.
"It was nice. Okay, I am going to bed now. You should too. It is getting late. Good night Shad" she told him and she left him in cheerful spirits. She sat in her sleeping bag wondering if she had made a terrible mistake.

 

 

 

Link had been drinking all night but in honesty it didn't take long before he was hammered and could hardly sit up straight. A Cute Girl with shoulder length Brown hair and a long dress sat next to him.
"You are quite the handsome man aren't you?" She said in a low voice. Link gulped and smiled.
"I do my best. Lookin pretty pretty yourself" he told her. He felt himself getting turned on and she noticed.
"Hey, I have a little idea. Follow me" she said, standing him up on wobbly feet and taking him to the back of the bar out of view.

She pushed him down and sat on his lap. She pushed her lips to his and his drunken mind went into overload. He couldn't stop her if he wanted to. He understood where this was going and after his first time wirh Midna, and later with Zelda, he wanted to experience as much sex as possible. He grabbed her waist and she started playing with his pants.

She pulled his dick out and began stroking it. Link gasped and she smiled. "You like that huh? Well...good" she told him. She pulled up her dress and lined herself up with him. She let gravity do the work and Link's dick was plunged into her wet folds.

"Ahhh, yes. Ahhh, yes…" the girl screamed as she rocked her body on his dick. Link couldn't think straight. The alcohol made his mind a fog but he could feel the incredible sensation of his dick being pushed in and out.
"Urgh." He grunted as he grabbed her waist with one hand and a breast with another, feeling her soft cushions and letting her moan at the touch.

Link felt bad as she was doing most of the work but he was in no real position to do a lot and she didn't seem to mind. She bounced up and down with incredible speed and the noise wasn't subtle. The sensation was incredible and he was on the verge of cumming but tried his hardest to hold on until she was done. He let out a pleasurable moan, sighing at the way she pleasured him and to his delight she came, clamping down on him which made his body lose control and he shot his load into her, pulling her close as their hips rocked together, riding out the pleasure.

Notes:

Yes, I am releasing Twilght Princess Aftermath now as I had a lot of free time to write and I have already wrote about half of the series.

Initially I had few ideas for this story but it quickly evolved and I am so far enjoying writing it. I am however struggling to come up with a fitting end.

Hope you all stick around for another 20ish weeks as I release these chapters.

Chapter 67: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 2 - Playing with Emotions

Summary:

Link returns the Master Sword, the Resistance behins researching and The Ordon Kids retirn home. Things are beginning to return to normal.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link woke up to the sound of singing and groaned as it made his head hurt. He sat up and looked around, he didn't know where he was at first but he soon realised he was at Telma's Bar. He got up and walked to the counter, nearly falling. No one was there. Why would they be? He sat back down and a few moments later Telma emerged from the room behind the counter.

"So you are up at last Honey" she said in her usual tone. He nodded and held his head.
"I hardly remember a thing" he said and she smirked.
"Well I bet that lovely girl you were with remembers everything." She said and Link frowned.
"What Girl?" He asked and her eyes widened.
"Oh wow. You really are hung over, huh." She said as she grabbed him a glass of water that he downed quickly. "You and a Girl, I don't know who she was and I don't think you did either, went to the back of the bar and got it on. Made quite a noise too. Afterwards you fell asleep next to you and she just left". She told him.
"Hmmm. I think I might remember that a little…" he said and she smirked.

"Well, if she hasn't got her little paws on you then I sure as hell would have. What kind of Woman would leave an opportunity like you unchecked?" She said and Link laughed, not sure if she was joking but he concluded she probably wasn't.
"Well, I do have to get home now. And I have some other duties. But I will come back once in a while. Don't worry about that" he said and she blew him a kiss.
"I look forward to it darling". She said as Link left to the streets full of singing and dancing.

 

The Resistance got up early in the morning. The sun only shone through the thick treeline a little bit and the morning mist added to the mysterious fog that already surrounded the Lost Woods. Ashei felt regret, regret wasn't the right word. She felt good about the confidence she brought out in Shad and she could go with it a bit more if it would help but did she want to encourage it? Afterall, she knew he was actually right. Ashei wasn't typically attracted to the bookish types and despite his good looks, he wasn't her type.

She left her tent and packed it up, Shad already up and organised and he walked over to her. Despite not facing him, she could tell he was checking out her pre-armour body, nothing he hadn't seen before and nothing revealing and if anything, it rose her confidence.

"Morning Ashei" he said cheerfully.
"Morning Shad" she responded and he began helping her. She didn't need the help, not even slightly but she let him help. "Can we talk about last night?" He asked she sighed.
"Shad, I am sorry. I don't want you to get the wrong idea. Look, it was nice and I did mean everything I said but we are friends, and I would like to keep it that way" she said, not knowing if she was too hard. He grabbed her hand.
"I know but…. I am crazy about you. I just want you to know how much you mean to me and I want you to think about it. Okay?" He asked her and she smiled.
"Noted." She said as she finished packing up the tent.

The day went on and their journey through the Lost Woods was hard but Link had given them a map and it worked, they stumbled across the Sacred Grove.
"Wow…. This is it! This is where the Legends say Hyrule was founded. Lets get it closer!" He said as he climbed down into the Ancient Temple.
"We are not getting him back" Auru said gruffly and Ashei laughed. He is like a kid. But I am with him. It is a sight to behold." She said as she hoped down too.

 

 

The Carriage arrives in Ordon Village. All the kids run home to their parents. Illia sprints to her Dad who runs at her with eyes wide open. Rustl and Colin walk slowly too Uli, Colin's Mother that is until Father and son see the newest member of the family. They run in for an embrace.
"Welcome home both of you!" She cries " I would like you to meet Isla, your new sister" she said to Colin as she handed over the basket. Colin stared in awe and smiled.
"I have some stories to tell you" he said and the family laughed together.

 

 

Link galloped across Hyrule Field. Okay, Epona galloped across Hyrule Field with Link on her back. He was a little nervous about going home. It would feel weird, he just knew it. Something made him stop, a rumbling. Link the Master Sword. Then he saw it. Over the Horizon, King Bulbin charged towards him.

Link remembered his last encounter with him and how shocked he was that he spoke. So shocked he hardly took in what he said but knew it was not hostile. The Bulbin grew closer before he pulled on the Boar and stopped in his tracks. Link beckoned Epona closer with caution.

"You are Hero. Link." He spoke in a deep voice.
"I am. And what do you want?" He asked, unsure if he even wanted anything.
"King Bulbin Lost. King Bulbin only know to follow strongest. You strongest. Me follow you!" He said and Link frowned.
"You can't follow me" Link told him and he frowned.
"So who do I follow?" He said and Link shrugged.
"I really don't know but as long as you don't hurt Hylians then… then that is good enough for me" he told him and the Green Monster scratched his head.
"Me gotta go think for a while" he said before charging off.

Link sighed, not sure what transpired but he didn't have a bad feeling about this one.

 

 

Link arrived in Faron Woods and took a detour too the path leading to the Forest Temple. He used his Clawshots to make it down into the fog and then followed the trail through the Lost Woods.

It didn't take him long, he knew the way but he had to admit it was much easier and quicker with Midna around as he could just Warp to given locations. He missed her. Missed her a lot but dwelling on it wouldn't bring her back. At least she is happy.

He made it to the Sacred Grove and The Resistance was there. Link jumped down and Ashei turned.
"Link? Your here!" She said with some happiness that seemed to come from nowhere.
"I assume you have come to return that Legendary Blade huh?" Auru quizzed and Link smiled.
"That is correct. He seems…. Busy." Link said looking over Ashei's shoulder at Shad who was examining the ruins closely.
"He is… very into it" Ashei told him and Link understood.

"Hey! Shad! Link is here!" Ashei called from the other end of the Abandoned Temple and within seconds, he was by there side.
"Link… are you here too…"
"Return the Master Sword. Yes I am"
"Can I…"
"Yes Shad, you can watch" he said "you all can".

He guided them up to the Chamber of Time, or at least what remained and to the pedestal. At this point they had all seen it, they went for a look around but they all felt the a little giddy at the fact that the Legendary Hero is guided them to watch him return the Master Sword.

Link stepped to the pedestal. "This might be a little anticlimactic but here goes!" He said as he raised the Sword, looked at it one last time and then plunged it into the Pedestal. A blue light grew from the ground before subsiding. "Goodbye" he said to the spirit in the sword, before turning his back and seeing the group awestruck.
"That was in no way anticlimactic!" Shad yelled and Link scratched his head.
"I guess when you have seen it impaled through someone's chest the elegance rubs off" he told them. Ashei stepped forward.
"Apologies if this is none of my business but… can you tell us what happened with the Evil King. All we have heard is rumours." She asked and Link nodded, walking past them.
"Follow me" he said and they did.

Auru was a little unamused to find he only asked them to follow so he could sit down, sitting on the broken steps.
"His name was Ganondorf and he has plagued Hyrule in the past. Me and Zelda… err. The Princess put a stop to him and I killed him with the Master Sword. I can't tell you much more, I have already told you more than I should as it is a guarded Royal Secret now. But rest assured that he will not be a problem for a long time, like generations." Link explained.
"Thank you Link, I will take this to the grave" Shad said. "Also do you know what these wall carvings are about? They have winged beings on them as well as Hylians, Gorons and Zora" he mumbled and Link shook his head.
"Shad, if anyone has a clue it is you" Auru said and they all laughed.

 

The group split. The Resistance headed for Castle Town, regrouping back at Telma's bar and Link headed home at last.

Shad, Ashei and Auru stubble into the bar and Telma gives them the usual wink.
"Welcome back" she said and they smiled, walking to their usual seat. Telma brought them their usuals and out her hands on her hips."It feels weird without Rustl here" she said and Arur nodded.
"It does. But family first. He is with his Wife and son and heck, probably a new baby by now. He is doing fine" the older man said in his growly voice.
"Well I will let you get to it… whatever IT is" she said as she left to flirt with someone else.

"Okay, I bet 20 Rupees that she and Link went at it last night" Ashei said out loud and Shad laughed.
"No. No. She would have mentioned it. I bet you she will, next time Link is here" Shad respondes.
"No. The Hero wouldn't just… like that. I bet nothing is between them". Auru said and Ashei smiled and crossed her arms.
"Come on. She has screwed every regular. How can YOU say that after you and her…." She said and he but his elbow down on the table hard.
"Yes but we are talking about Link. The Hero! Like, you think he is like us animals? He is chosen by the Goddesses" he argued.

Ashei took a drink and smiled.
"So you think he is all innocent? Not into Women? C'mon, I am not the hottest Girl on the planet but even I felt his gaze on my chest. Sure, he is exceptional but like…. Still a young Man" she said and Auru had no evidence to argue.
"The Princess is seen as almighty but she … I mean not speculating but there has been a Royal Family for countless generations so they have too…. You know" Shad said.
"Exactly! Thank you Shad!" Ashei exclaimed, patting him on the shoulder.
"And this isn't even so much a critique on Link. This is Telma we are talking about." He added.

The night went on and they all got very drunk. Eventually Auru called it a day and went upstairs to the Inn and Asei sat drinking with Shad. She eventually leaned back and took her armour off. Shad watcher with open eyes has her boibs dropped down from their support and she played with the slightly to fix her bra. She looked up at Shad.
"Do you think if you touched them you would be fully satisfied?" She asked and Shad went bright red. He didn't know how to answer.
Since he didn't answer she sat forward and took another drink.

Ashei was in a bind, she was feeling really horny right now, the talk of Link getting it on put her in the mood and the alcohol was adding too it. She was right here, next to Shad and she could so easily fuck him. All she had to do was ask. Heck, not even that. But then again, she knew how he felt, would she be using him? Would he mind? Could she blame the drink?. She wasn't gonna pass the chance, she knew deep down she wanted this now but she knew later she might regret it.

She stood up and looked at him. He was red as a tomato. "I am going to bed." She told him and she walked off. She decided it was on him. If he made the initiative and followed her then her desire would be met. If not. She would have to do it herself.

Shad stared at her butt as she walked off until she was out of view. He looked down, wondering what course of action he would take. Telma saw the whole thing and stayed back to watch. She wanted to see what kind of man he is.

Ashei opened a door and went in. The Inn Rooms were small but that was to be expected. She sighed and took the rest of her armour off. She sat on the edge of her bed and stared at the door. She found herself hoping for him to turn up and screw her while yesterday she wanted him to get over her. No, it wasn't Shad, she would fuck anyone rightnow, he was just the one that was here and willing… maybe.

She knew he wasn't a virgin. None of the Resistance were. Telma saw to that. Earlier when she mentioned Telma had screwed all the regulars she wasn't joking. Auru, innocent Shad, married Rustl and even herself. She wouldn't call her self a lesbian by any means, not even really bi but she did question it after that experience. But it was an experience she wouldn't repeat.

Shad and her was the Resistance trying to get him laid but she felt bad afterwards for pushing her friend into a potentially uncomfortable situation, especially now knowing he likes her. But who knows what he thought, he never tslked abiut it and avoided questions, Telma would come over and joke that he was quite the animal but they were unsure if she was just teasing.

Damn. Where was he! He should have made it by now. Should she go and get him. No? She can't make it look like she wants this too much. It has to be him. Does she have an excuse to go back down there…. She could go and retrieve the torso armour…. That could work. Flirt a little. Maybe he hadn't picked up on what she wanted and needed a more obvious sign.

Fine. It was annoying but she had to do what she had to do. She stood up and undid her belt. She walked across the wooden floor. She was centimeters from the door before -
KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK

She froze, held her breath. She couldn't seem too eager. She counted to five in her head but she felt she probably skipped 2 - 4 in anticipation. She pulled the door open and Shad was standing there with her armour.

"I brought this up for you" he said, handing her the armour.
"Thank you Shad". She responded as she placed her hands on top of his. She held it for a few seconds longer than necessary before taking the armour off him and dumping it behind the door. She stood there. Begging him to make a move. A few seconds felt like eternity.

"You know what you said earlier… were you… where you serious?" He asked and she felt herself flare up.
"Yes. I was… I was offering my breasts to you" she said and he went red.
"Then the answer is no. They would not satisfy me" he said and she felt a dagger to her heart but remained cool.
"Really?" She said questioned and he smiled.
"I would just want more of you. I would just want you .." he said to her and she smiled.
"You are sweet Shad" she said and he stepped into her room and kissed her.

Finally! She thought to herself as he held her head and pulled into herdeep. She didn't resist in the slightest. She kicked the door closed and then pushed Shad against it. She broke the kiss and pulled off her turtleneck sweater, leaving her in a bra.
"Are you sure?" He asked as he stared at her cleavage.
"I am. Don't let me change my mind" she said as he pulled off his coat and waistcoat and she laughed at all his layers.

Once he was down to his bare chest she kissed him again, turning him around and pushing him on the bed. She pulled down her pants and kicked off her boots, she stood in only underwear. Shad couldn't contain himself and pulled off all the rest of his clothes.

She let out a small gasp when she saw his Penis, bigger than she pictured. She sat on the bed and kissed him. He took the initiative and flipped her onto her back. She liked that. He pulled down her panties to reveal her core but then moved up and squeezed her rounderd boobs. She did him a favour and undone the bra strap and pulled it off, revealing her naked body.

Shad was in awe. He gently grazed her breasts like they were an ancient artifact he must protect. He leaned in and licked between them which made her quiver. Her legs were stuck together in anticipation. He rubbed a hand down to her waist and she sighed, opening her legs as an invite.

Shad wasn't an idiot. He positions himself between her legs and leans in. She can feel his erection against her thigh and she is screaming inside for him to just shove it in. He places it at her entrance and looks at her. She nods and he pushes himself inside her.

Shad groans as he pushes into her tight hole and Ashei gasps at the length, feeling his hard rod push its way deep inside her. When he was all the way in he paused for a few seconds before easing himself out. He went slow taking his time pulling out and pushing back in.

Ashei needed more. She put her hands on his hips and kissed him. "Fuck me faster Shad." She moaned and he obeyed. He gained a steady rhythm then started thrusting into her at a quicker pace. "That's it. Yesss" she moaned as he kissed her and groped her left breast. She moaned into the kiss, pleasure circulating around her body.
"Ohh. Ashei …." He moaned.

He sped up more and Ashei wrapped her legs around his hips as she rocked into his thrusts. "This feels soooo. Ahhh …. Good" he got out and she bit her lip as he continued to pleasure her. That face spurred him on, he increased speed again and Ashei let out a whimper. She wasn't expecting him to be this good. He probably wasn't, she was probably just drunk.

She sat and let him do the work, taking his thrusts and letting the sensation buzz around her body. But she felt him slowing down so she took over. She placed a hand on his shoulder and used her legs to flip him over into his back. Now she was on top.

Shs placed both hands on his chest and began rocking her body. Her hips gyrated and her boobs bounced and it felt incredible. At this point she was very wet and the sound of wet skin slapping against each other was prominent and the friction was less but the pleasure was better.

Ash….ei… ohhhhh" Shad moaned as she worked her magic on him. He reached up for her breasts again and felt all over her body. He settled on her waist and used his hands to increase her movements.

His dick twitches and some precum was released. He was ready and Ashei wanted more.
"Hold. On. Shad .. just a bit more…." She moaned and at that he knew what to do. He rolled over but pushed her on her front so her arse was presenting itself to him. He pushed into her core but played with her butt. She squirmed in delight. He grabbed her arms and pinned her down tight against the bed and furiously fucked her.

"Oh… Ashei…. Fuck" he moaned and her face was a picture of passion, mouth open but unable to get her words out. "Your body is so perfect…" he moaned in her ear. She was done.
"Ahhhh, Shad! Fuck! I am there! Fuck! " She screamed and he gasped, giving his last thrusts into her wet hole before his dick gave way and he shot his seed into her.

They rode out their orgasms before he pulled out of her. She rolled over and kissed him. "That was great" she said and he smiled.
"I love you Ashei" he told her and she just smiled as she fell asleep.

 

 

Link galloped to his home. His house is built into a tree. It was kind of unusual but his Father had told him this house had been with his family for generations. He made it sounds grand by since his Father didn't know his Grandfather, jt might have only been a few generations. Regardless, Link could tell it was old but he liked it, especially since it was out of the way of the rest of the Village and somewhat secluded.

Link got off Epona and entered his house for the first time in a while. He climbed the ladders and collapsed in his bed. He can greet everyone tomorrow. He just wanted some sleep. And sleep he got.

Notes:

At first I had few ideas for Twilight Princess but it exploded when I began writting and became double the legnth. I already have enough chapters wrote to take me up to Christmas but I will probably take a break around then as... Well. Christmas.

I had a lot of fin writting Ashei and Shad and I really wanted to focus on Ashei because she has been criminally under-rated in fanfics I have read online where as Shad seems to have a lot of shipping with Link for what ever reason. There will be a lot of them in this series so stay tuned.

Chapter 68: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 3 - Life in Ordon

Summary:

Link returns to his old life in Ordon Village

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ilia walks out of the Village for the Spring. It was always so relaxing there. She doesn't get far before her heart stops. Epona stood there in all her glory. But if Epona was here then… She quickly climbed the ladder and banged on the door hard. After seconds of silence, the door opens and a shirtless Link is stood there.

"Oh… Ilia…." He said, surprised to see her.
"Oh? Oh is all you can say! You came home and you didn't bother to come and say hi? " She shouted and Link flinched.
"I was tired… I just saved Hyrule" he defended but she then hugged him.
"We can finally be together again" she said, changing her tone and Link smiled.
"Yeah."

 

 

Ashei opens her eyes and the alcohol hits her brain like a truck. She groans and tries to move but something is wrapped around her. She turns and sees Shad, naked and an arm handing over her.
"Shit…" she mutters under her breath. She knew the regret would come and that it did. She remembered in the moment it was great but now… now she wished she hadn't encouraged him.

She got up slowly and silently. She put her clothes on and stepped towards the door. A floorboard creaked and at that, she knew she has woke him.
"Where are you going?" He asked like a child. She sighed.
"I don't know, I just need some time alone" she said and she left him, more guilt stepping in. She opened the door and left.

Telma walked through the streets of Castle Town, and out towards the Theatre that overlooked Lake Hylia. She thought about the consequences of what would happen if Shad had got her pregnant. She would be stuck with him. Stuck. That is the word her mind picked out and she knew it was accurate to how she felt. She didn't want to be with him, but she wanted him to be happy. She wanted a kid one day, but not like this. She was usually more careful, taking contraceptive potions or making sure they don't finish inside her. But last night she was foolish. She sat and just wanted another drink.

 

Link follows Ilia into Ordon Village. She holds his hand as she pulls him along. Link didn't want the attention he knew he was going to get. He steps into the Village and the familiar sight was pleasing. As Illia dragged him to her home, heads turned to him and he smiled and waved. The Mayor, Ilia's father burst out the door and gripped Link in a bear hug.
"Oh thank you Link! Thank you for saving my Daughter!" He cried out and Link gasped for air.
"It's no problem…. Honest" he queezed as he let go.

"And our boys!" Pergie ran up to him and bowed with her husband Jaggle walking with his distracting forehead on display.
"You saved our Beth too! Thank you Link!" Hanch called.
"Yes, and for Colin" Uli said to him, holding the new baby.
"Oh wow! What is her name?" Link asked and she smiled.
"Her name is Isla, if she had been a boy I was going to name her after you Link" she said and he scratched his head.

"Link!" Colin shouted as he ran and hugged Link's legs.
"Hi Colin. You okay?" He asked and Colin smiled.
"Yeah, I have gotten a whole lot better at sword training. Dad has been showing me but he is nothing compared to you!" He said and Link frowned.
"Your Dad helped save Hyrule you know, you should have a bit more respect" he joked.
"Oh stop, you did all the hard work" Rustl said as he shook hands with Link.

"Okay, okay! I think we have gave our new celebrity enough attention. Give him some space" Bo said and everyone agreed, parting away except for Ilia and Bo. "Link… are you and my Daughter serious?" He asked and Link's eyes widened.
"I err…" he wondered what to say. Sure he had a crush on Ilia in the past and she clearly was in love with him. All his life he just assumed they would end up together but coming home, things felt different.
"Oh. I am sorry. It is none of my business. I just mean to say I think you would be suited as Mayor. You could run the Village well, everyone respects you. If the time comes where I am your Father in law then I could give you some pointers…" he rambled.

Link looked down. He didn't feel good about the position he was in. He didn't like the way he was treated now. This wasn't home.
"Sorry Bo, but no. I am not suited for Mayor. I just want to live like I did. It was happy and it was simple." He said and Bo frowned.
"But Link… after all you did…"
"I am the same person" he said and Bo shook his head.
"I don't think anyone could save Hyrule and come back the same person."
"Please Father. Just give Link some time and space. " Ilia spoke up and Bo nodded.
"Of course Ilia, you are right. I am sorry Link" he said as he walked back in.

 

Link tries to live like he did. He herded the Goats like he used too but his heart wasn't in it. He started fishing but he started dozing off. He just sat around and looked upon the mundane Village he once called home. He used to love it. He knew it was a simple life but it's all he needed. But now… something felt missing and he didn't know what.

Suddenly he jumped as a Hawk flew right past his head. It did a U-turn in the sky and then swooped, landing on his bent knee. Link noticed the letter attached to its leg. He unfastened it and the Hawk flew away. Link opened the letter.

"To Link, It is I, Princess Zelda of Hyrule and I have personally invited you too my Coronation Tomorrow at Hyrule Castle." It read out. Link smiled, he wondered why Zelda was so formal after what they did together but regardless, he was definitely going and began looking forward to something.

 

 

Link lay in bed, staring at the ceiling. He was looking forward to Zelda's Coronation but was that just to get out of Ordon? He loved the Village but it had stayed the same but he was different. Adjusting was hard. He got a knock on the door. He groaned and answered it.

"Ilia? What are you doing? It is midnight." He asked and she stepped in and hugged him.
"Can I stay with you?" She asked and he looked concerned.
"Is your Father not…"
"I am an adult Link. I am not a child anymore. I want us to be together" she said and he hugged her.
"Okay, you take my bed, I'll take the couch" he said and she shook her head.
"No, that isn't what I meant" she told him, going red. "I want us to be together. Together for real"
"Ilia…" he said and she reached his face.
"I love you, Link. And I know you love me.

He leaned down and kissed her. It was pleasant and relaxing. He broke it and climbed the ladders to his "room" and she followed. They lay in bed, it was a tight fit but they could see each others eyes. She rolled on top of him and she took her top off, revealing her bare chest. She was pretty flat, her boobs were not especially huge but they were there and she had a little curve to her body.

He roamed her body anyway, hands mainly on her hips. Link was already shirtless so she gazed upon his toned body with desire. They looked at each other and nodded, taking their pants off and leaving them bare.

Again, Illia was getting more of a treat than Link when she gazed upon his hard dick. She lay down and spread her legs. Link moved between them and without words, he pushed into her.

She winced in pain, grabbing his back hard as he broke her barrier.
"Are you okay?" He asked and she nodded, the encouragement he needed to keep going. He started building a safe rhythm, not to fast but not to slow and she started sighing and lowly moaning his name.

He looked upon her bare chest and sje had nothing to spur him on so he focused on the feeling on his dick, she was tight and warm and it felt good rubbing against his shaft.

They continued for a little while, speed increasing and pleasure going up. "Ilia…" he moaned and she felt her heart skip a beat.
"Link…" she moaned and they kissed. "I think I am close…" she whispered and Link nodded
"Me too." She told her and she smiled in pleasure.
"It's okay Link, do it inside me" she said and he looked down, continuing his movements.

"Link! Yes! Oh!" She moaned as she clamped down and came. Link held on, continuing to gain pleasure until he felt ready to burst. He pulled out and sprayed his cum across her body as he fell down next to her.

He fell next to her and she caught her breath. "It's okay if your not ready for a family Link… I just…" she said and Link handed her something to clean her self. She fell asleep next to him as he stared up at the ceiling.

At around 5AM Link gets up quietly and gets changed. Illia turns to him. "Where are you going?" She asks and he looks at her.
"The Coronation is tomorrow. I'll have to leave early if I am going to make it. Don't wait for me okay. I don't know how long I will be away" he said to her and left, leaving her in his home.

Link rode away and left Ordonia.

Notes:

Sort of a short chapter but an essential one.

I recently watched the end of Twilight Princess again ans noticed Ganondorf blew up Hyrule Castle. If anyone was wondering why I never adressed this (you probably wernt) it is because I never notced.

Since we don't really see the damages and in the credits we see dancing in Castle Town I assume it was minor despite looking bad. But basically, I am going to chose to ignore it because I can't be bothered re-writting

Chapter 69: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 4 - The Corination of Queen Zelda

Summary:

Link attends the Corination of Zelda. But a few surprises awaut him.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link arrives in Castle Town and it is bursting with Hylians, Zora and Gorons, all here for the special day. He left Epona in Hyrule Field and made a quick stop at Telma's bar.

It was more packed than usual, Link having to push his way too the counter.
"Nice to see you Honey" Telma said with a wink and Link looked around.
"Do you know where the Resistance is?" Link asked and she smirked.
"We still using that name? I think a better name is needed. But no. I haven't, my guess would be at Hyrule Castle, where you should be" Telma said and he smiled.
"Come with me. I can get you in" he offered but she shook her head.
"I have a responsibility here. And besides, do you know how much I make from all these drunks. A lot. You have fun though" she told him and he nodded and left for the Castle.

Upon arrival he was greeted by a Knight who bowed before letting him in. A well dressed man approached Link.
"Ah, Master Link. Welcome. You are invited to the VIP seats. Let me escort you there" he told him in a posh voice and Link shrugged and followed the man.

The Hall ways and atriums were filled with people in fancy clothing while Link wore his standard Green Tunic. He stood out quite a bit. He was taken through a door and up some stairs to a balcony overlooking the dance hall.
"Hey Link!" Shad greeted him and the top of the stairs. He too was in fancier clothing than usual and one look at Auru told him he had missed a dress code. He let out a sigh of relief when he saw Ashei, dressed in her armour like usual.

"Did I miss a dress code?" He asked and Shad nodded.
"I'm afraid so" he said and Ashei stepped forward.
"We missed it together Link, don't worry." She said and Shad turned to her.
"I told you about it" Shad said and she grinned.
"And I chose not to hear it because I refuse to wear a dress" she remarked.
"You would be beautiful in a dress" Shad responded.
"And I don't now?" She jokingly responded but before he replied Auru stepped between them.
"Where is Rustl? I thought he would be with you" he asked Link and he frowned.
"I… I didn't know he was coming. But I set off early so I imagine he will be on his way." Link explained.

The social interactions went on for quite sometime. And eventually they turned to see the two figures reach the top of the steps.
"Link!" A familiar voice called. Standing there was Rustl and his son Colin, all dressed smarter than him.
"Hey Colin. You got invited to the VIP section. You are lucky" he told him and he smiled.
"It is because Dad like helped save Hyrule or something? I don't fully understand to be honest" he admitted and Rustl smiled to the group.
"Everyone. This is my son Colin. Colin, this is Auru, Ashei and Shad" he introduced and Link coughed.
"And me" he joked and everyone laughed.

After about another hour a bell chimed and the voices crawled to a halt. Everyone drew their attention to the Centre balcony. Emerging from Double Doors is the Princess and soon to be Queen, Zelda. She sat on a small seat next to the empty throne and a well dressed man came out with a crown.
"Today we are here for the coronation of our respectable Princess of Hyrule, Zelda!" A man called out. "Princess, if you may. Stand." He said in a formal manner and she did so gracefully. "I hereby appoint you, Queen of Hyrule!" He said with grandeur as he placed the crown on top of her head.

The crowd clapped their hands and cheered. Link was disappointed. He expected a bit more.
"If I may!" She called to the crowd and they all shut up. "As your Queen I am fully dedicated to the protection and wellbeing of Hyrule and it's people. My Father gave his life for Hyrule and I am willing to do the same. But as of now, I have a special act I would like to make as Queen. My first act." She said.

As she continued talking, Link felt a tap on his shoulder, he turned to the escort who waved him closer. Link stood and followed the man through a corridor.
"Where are we going?" Link asked and the man was silent. Zelda's voice grew closer and he realised the corridor took him to the centre balcony. She turned and met his gaze.
"I would like to honour said Hero, by giving him this Knighthood!" She said to the crowd as Link sheepishly stepped into the view of the crowd.

Link was confused, he missed what she had said but understood what she was doing. "Hello Link. Kneel down for me please" she said quietly so only he could hear.
"Erm… yeah. Sure" he said as he did as she asked.
She took the Sword and tapped his shoulders and then head.
"I now give you title of Lord Hero of Twilight" she said and everyone applauded as Link stood up. "Do you have any words for anyone?" She asked him nicely. He gulped.
"I have many for you but errr. Sure." He whispered and she held back a laugh.

"Hello Hyrule! I admit I am not great at public speaking so I will keep this short but thank you all for being here today. I am honoured to get this Knighthood and the be known as the Hero but honestly I did it all for you. Hyrule is beautiful and I would stop at nothing to save this Kingdom again. I was not alone, I had many people help me, not everyone knew it, some were your average people on the street but I got help along the way from many of you. So I would like to say thank you" he said and everyone clapped. He stepped back.
"Not good at public speaking my ass" Zelda joked quietly as Link was escorted to a separate balcony.

"I would now like to give a knighthood to another group who helped save Hyrule!" She called and Link saw Auru step forward. He smiled as he knelt and he went through the same process he did. Next was Ashei, then Shad and then Rustl. They all gave a speech but Link wasn't listening, he was too busy watching Colin who was sitting alone.
"Hey, you" Link said to a Knight. "See that Boy over there. Bring him here" Link told him and the Man shook his head.
"This is for Lords and Ladies only Sir." The man said and Link stood up.
"You are no Lord and I out rank you. So fetch, now" Link ordered and the man did as told. Link sat down, feeling guilty about how he abused his power but he wasn't going to let Colin sit alone.

Soon the Resistance entered the balcony.
"Someone is bringing Colin over Rustl. Don't worry" Link assured him before he asked and he thanked Link.
"Wow…that was…. Wow" Shad said, giddy with excitement and Ashei laughed.
"Me. A Lady? Lady Ashei? It just doesn't seem right" she laughed and Link smiled.
"I was not expecting that at all. You all were shocked too right?"ink asked and they nodded.
"I expected you to get a Knighthood Link but jot us" Auru said while Rustl nodded in agreement.

"My Dad is famous!" They all heard Colin call as he hugged his Dad.
Do you think I will be allowed access to the Hyrule Castle Library?" Shad asked and Ashei crossed her arms.
"Are Ladies allowed to drink for free." She asked and Rustl smiled.
"My life won't change. It is back to Ordon for me" he told them and he looked at Link. "And what about you? Ilia said you looked pretty restless." Rustl asked Link.
"I dunno. I'll figure it out" he said to him.

Eventually the part started and music was played. Link and the others were invited down too the dance floor where there was a mini bar. Ashei made herself to it quickly and like a little Puppy, Shad followed her. Rustl left as it was getting late and Colin was with him and they headed to Kakariko Village. Ruru joined his friends but stayed glued to the bar as he wasn't much of a party type.

Link joined them at the bar and had some drinks. Eventually Ashei smiled at him.
"Wanna dance Link?" She asked and Link went bright red and Shad looked jealous.
"I… I don't know how too. I have never danced before." He said and she smiled.
"Neither do I" she said as she pulled his arm, her armour long discarded in the VIP balcony, and dragged him to the middle of the dance floor in the middle of the large crowd. "Place your hands on my hips and I think we just kinda sway" she said and he nervously did.

"I'm sorry Link. I wanted to get away from Shad for a moment. I do care for him but…" she said and Link looked into her eyes.
"What happened?" He asked and she looked down.
"I was drunk and horny and I fucked him. On it's own I don't mind. I am okay with casual sex to blow off some steam but he…. He has the wrong idea, no matter what I tell him" she said and Link understood.
"Your not the only one who feels guilt" he said and she looked at him. "Back in Ordon, before everything went down me and this Girl, Ilia, we were kind of together. Not truly, neither of us said it or acknowledged it but I just knew that we would end up married and have kids and I was okay with that. But I returned home and the spark was gone. I tried to live my old life but it didn't feel the same. She came to me at night and I thought if I was with her things would go back to normal but I wasn't even that into the sex. I left and I know she is madly in love, she wants the old life we have and I know I shouldn't have slept with her and I should have been honest before I left". He told her.

She stared at him. She then hugged into him.
"Bloody hell. That is a bit more than me" she remarked but held him close. "I get it though. We both want someone different. It's okay." She told him. "I think I want to be with someone who is strong and brave but also kind and smart. Dependable and fun" she said and Link laughed.
"Just ask for me by name" he joked and she grinned, hitting him.
"And not so big headed" she joked but she felt butterflies, realising that she had just described Link. Her mind began racing, Link is hot and she wouldn't mind…. No. She knew she shouldn't.

"Besides. You and the Queen" she said and he frowned.
"What do you mean?" He asked and she rolled her eyes.
"You two did it right? And I couldn't hear it but I saw you two talking. There was some jokes between you two" she told him and he went red.
"How did you…" he asked, stopping himself before he admitted but realized he just had. "How did you know?" He asked and she smiled.
"It was honestly just a guess but now I wanna know" she joked but Link shook his head. "Fine. But tell me about you and Telma" she said as he raised and eyebrow.
"What?" He asked and she stared.
"Your kidding? You spent the night at Telma's bar and you two didn't fuck?"
"No… " he said and she frowned.
"Damn. I had a bet on that. Give it time" she joked.

 

The crowd around them seemed to part and the two looked at saw the Queen standing before them. They both knelt before them but she motioned them up.
"Lord Link. Care for this dance?" She asked and he looked at Ashei quickly and she smiled and nodded and he took her hand and walked with her. Ashei returned to the bar and downed a bottle of beer.

Zelda smiled and she positioned his hands correctly.
"I see you are a bit drunk. Good. As am I. It makes dancing easier" she joked and Link smiled.
"I have no clue what I am doing… and why am I a Lord suddenly?" He asked and she grabbed the side of his face briefly.
"Because you saved Hyrule dumby. You deserve it" she said as they danced close together.

They danced, occasionally stopping for a drink and letting the alcohol fill their brains. "You and Lady Ashei seemed close" she observed and Link shook his head.
"Not like that. She offered a dance is all. We are friends. She was asking for advice. Well not exactly but telling me she can't seem to let Shad down nicely" he said and laughed, Link gave her a confused look until she pointed to the bar.

Ashei and Shad were in a deep kiss, Ashei pulling him in. Link sighed. "That isn't going to end well" he said.
"What about you? Anyone special?" She asked and Link shook his head. "No one at home? That is a surprise. I thought you would have ladies lining up for you" she said in a slightly flirty tone.
"Nope. Still single" he said, a half lie.
"So that means available…" she asked and he looked into her eyes and knew what this meant. He gave her a nod and like magic, she was pulling him towards a door.

She guided him through some hallways and up some stairs. His drunken body tripped a few times and she tripped into his arms once, giggling like a schoolgirl. Eventually they reached her bedroom doors and she pulled him in.

Zelda pinned him against the doors. She kissed him with passion and energy, lust filled the room and Link pulled her tightly against his body. "I want you Link." She breathed into his mouth and he grabbed her waist.
"I know. I want you too" he said in a slow moan.

She unfastened the gold shoulder pads and let them fall heavily to the ground, quickly took off all her jewelry and placed it on a nearby table and returned to him. He palmed her breast and she moaned softly but he hurried to pull open the purple piece of clothing and reveal her medium sized boobs. "Oh Zelda…" he moaned as he groped them, making her hug him and grip him in pleasure.

Zelda grabbed his tunic and started pulling it over his head, the chainmail inside made it heavier than she anticipated but she managed, his hat coming off with it. He pulled his shirt off revealing his muscular chest. Zelda bit her lip as she rubbed her clothed hands over his hardened body, feeling his muscles. The enjoyed feeling each others bodies, the purple article of clothing fell from her body leaving her torso bare. Link grabbed the top of her dress and pulled it down, revealing her in underwear, stockings and high heel boots. She kicked the boots off, making her an inch shorter and talked to her bed.

Link followed her, grabbing her from behind and turning her around. He pushed her onto the bed as he kicked off his boots and then pulled down his pants. Zelda felt his erection against her leg, her heart was beating at the thought of a naked Link lying on top of her. She needed a better look.

She rolled herself over on top of him and lowered herself to his dick. She got giddy at its size. Sure they had fucked already at the Arbiter's Grounds but she never saw him..not like this. She stroked it and Link shuddered.
"This is some size Link. Can it handle my mouth though?" She asked as licked his shaft and stuck it her mouth.

Link groaned and lay back in bliss. The pleasure was unbearable. He looked down at the head of the Queen bobbing up and down in him.
"Zelda…. Oh fuck… Zelda…." He moaned and she knew she was doing her job. He grabbed the bed sheets tightly as he moaned, bucking his hips a little into her mouth.

She kept going until he felt a shudder. He leaned forward and grabbed her head, pulling her away. "I can't cum this early" he said and she smiled as she crawled over to him and pushed her body against his. He palmed her butt cheeks and she moaned. He rolled on top of her and pulled her stockings down and then her underwear, leaving her as naked as him.

He marveled at her naked body. The body of a Goddess. She parted her legs and he moved between them, she felt his dick hit against her core and she moaned.
"Oh Link…. I need you…" she moaned and Link grabbed her hands and pinned them to her sides. He positioned his erection and slowly pushed inside her.

"AAHH!" She moaned as he pushed his way into her. Link hit the deepest parts of her body. He moved his hips in an excellent rhythm and let go of her arms, placing one hand on her breast. She squirmed and Link continued to thrust into her. "Oh Link… you are so good!" She moaned and Link kissed her.
"So are you. Fuck!" Link groaned as he pushed in and out of her tight folds.

Zelda lay back as he moved into her at speed. They began to sweat and her hot body was panting in exausgen. She wrapped her legs around Link and arched her back. Link leaned on and placed their foreheads together, staring into lust filled eyes.

They rolled onto their sides and Link grabbed her arse, using it to help thrust into her. A shiver went through her body as his electrifying touch graced her.

Their breaths were deep and they moaned each others names. Their drunken bodies were incorporated but sweating with the heat and speed. Link rolled them back over and grabbed her boobs.

"AAHH! OH LINK!" She screamed in shock. "I think I…oh I am cumming!" She called and Link felt it too.
"Oh Zelda! Zelda! Zelda! Fuck! Ahhh" he moaned as he felt her tighten around him and as a result he shot his load into her. He kept going until he had filled her and then fell on top of her.

It wasn't long before they both fell to sleep.

Notes:

I liked this chapter and there have been some seeds planted.

Chapter 70: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 5 - Dating the Queen of Hyrule

Summary:

Link awakes hungover, naked and in the Queens bed. What will happen next.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link awoke to a splitting headache. He looked around and had no idea where he was. Hefelt something next to him, no, someone. He turned and found the Queen herself, Zelda, naked next to him.
"Shit" he said to himself. He had no recollection of the night before. He remembers dancing with Zelda but beyond that…. Nothing. Like he had screwed her before but in her bed it was just so…. So intimate. So real.

He just lay back, thinking, waiting for Zelda to awaken so she can explain what happened. He gazed at her body. It was covered but he could see her cleavage and it turned him on. He had never seen her naked before… well, he had but he couldn't remember it. Eventually she stirred and opened her eyes. A groan escapes her lips.

"Morning" he said and she flung her eyes open wide.
"Oh. Link. I errrmmm" she was lost for words. "Shit, don't take this the wrong way Link but I don't remember last night…" she admitted and Link frowned.
"Zelda… neither do I. I wanted to ask you how I ended up in your bed".
"I don't know. I guess we must have had sex. Shame.." she said and she looked up. "Shame I don't remember at least." She clarified. They sat in silence.
"I do remember dancing with you and gazing at your beautiful face". He said and she returned a sweet smile.
"Aww. Thank you Link. You are pretty good looking yourself.

They sat in silence again until she sat up, Link getting a proper glance at her boobs.
"I mean… if you want.. we could make a habit out of this" she offered and Link went pale.
"The sex or…" he asked and she grabbed his hand.
"I was thinking more. Nothing like super official or anything but I like you Link and I think we would be great together" she said and Link smiled.
"I mean, no objections from me. I like you too Zelda. " He said as he looked into her eyes. He leaned in and kissed her, letting it linger. It was sweet and gentle. He broke the kiss. "But I also do want the sex" he said and she laughed.
"Coming right up" she said as she put a hand under the covers and grabbed his hard dick.

He shuddered at her touch as she began stroking his hard length slowly with her soft hand.
"Ohhh Zelda…" he moaned and she smiled.
"Remember when we fucked at the Arbiter's Grounds" she whispered seductively to him and he just nodded. "I remember how much I loved the feeling of your dick. It pleasured me so much. My only regret was not being able to explore your body" she told him.

Link nodded in satisfaction, pushing a hand over to find her pussy and drove his fingers inside her. She let out a breathy moan and her body shook at the continued working on his dick. His finger rubbed in and out, making her entrance nice and wet.

Link withdrew and rolled on top of her, forcing her to release her pleasurable grip on his dick. He looked lustfully into her eyes and she smiled. "Fuck me Link… Please your Queen" she sighed as she parted her legs. Link pushed against her and with one thrust, he was inside her.

"AH!" She gasped as she gripped his strong back. "Link…. Oh fuck yes!" She moaned as he began moving into her. He bucked his hips and she felt his erection push deeply into her tunnel and back out. She arched her back in pleasure, bucking up to meet his thrusts.

Link kissed her neck, sending shivers down her spine and then lower to her breasts. Her licked them before moving his palm up to feel them. He kneeded them, played with them and squeezed them, pinching her nipple and getting a delighted moan from her.

As he continued to pleasure her, she rolled him over and began to ride him. She rolled her hips and Link shuddered at the unexpected pleasure. She was like a Goddess, her perfect body rode his, displaying her bouncing boobs upon him.
Zelda....Li" he moaned as he lay back and enjoyed the sensation of Zelda moving on his dick. Her moans were low and pleasurable, Link reached for her hip and used it to rock her body further into his.

They both began moaning heavily as they got closer to their climax. But Link was not done. He sat up and Zelda wrapped her arms around his shoulder as he began thrusting up into her. She gasped and Link took the opportunity to roll her onto her back again.

She was wet, his dick slipped in and out with no effort and she moaned his name.
"Link…. I am close…" she said and Link kissed her.
"No Zelda. Trust me. Hold on." He told her and she whimpered, unsure if that was possible. He began pumping into her quickly with a consistent, steady rhythm. Zelda bit her lip hard, her breath escaping in breathy chunks as she did her best to hold on to he pleasure coursing through her body.

The sound of slapping skin echoed around the room. Link thrust his body in her at a speed that showed no sign of slowing down until he came. Their bodies were sweaty and hot, Link's warm breath met her warm skin and she was breathing heavily as she was exhausted and in pleasure.

She suddenly let out a loud moan and felt a jolt of electric surge through her body. She gasped and moaned and clawed Link's back. "LINK!" She let out, orgasmicly screaming his name. He continued, her body wet, sweaty and tightening around him. His moaning got deeper, his face contorted and he grunted. His balls tightened and he shot a burst of cum into her, followed by three more which got progressively less each time.

He gradually came to a stop and pulled out of her, her face was wide with shock and pleasure. Zelda was trying to regain her breath. "That" she paused "that was intense" she said in a deep breath like she had just ran a marathon. Link nodded.
"This makes up for forgetting what happened between us last night" he said and she laughed, finally catching her breath. They lay there together and leaned into each others familiar bodies.

 

 

There was a knock on the door and a voice was heard.
"Your Highness, Dinner is ready to be served. Are we serving your guest?" The Woman spoke and Zelda looked and Link, a little embarrassed that it might have been obvious them sneaking off together. Does all of Hyrule know she fucked the Hero? She looked at Link and he smiled and she also grinned.
"Yes. Lord Link will be joining us" she responded and the footsteps left. "Hope you are okay with some formalities. It might be outside your comfort zone. Just do as I do, act polite and try and like eat your food slowly" she said to him and he frowned.
"There is etiquette to eating?" He asked and she giggled.
"Oh God, this is gonna be a nightmare. Okay, we will start by you putting on pants".

 

Once they were dressed, Link followed Zelda out the door. She was wearing a Blue Dress, different from what he was used to seeing but it looked good on her and presented her curves well. They continued down a corridor, Guards bowing as they passed. Link thought it was a bit much but he could get used to it probably.

They made it too a long dinner table and Link slowly followed Zelda. A man pulled out Zelda's seat at the end of the table and she sat.
"Right next to me Lord Link" she said politely and Link pulled out the seat next to her and sat. Many people were at the table and Link knew none of them. He wondered where they had all hid away at when Hyrule Castle was attacked.

 

The Dinner went smoothly. Link awkwardly watched Zelda like a Hawk to assure he didn't do anything wrong but still felt the stares of people at the table like he had been an outlier in the situation. But they swiftly moves too a meeting about the defence fo Hyrule.

At this table the same thing happened, he didn't recognize the people with the exception of Auru. The conversation was mostly boring, stuff Link knew or could figure out himself but suddenly a Knight of some rank unknown to Link said,
"We don't even have a General for Hyrule's Army."

It got many looks of concern and it was only then he realised how badly Hyrule's Military Power had been lost.
"We need someone to fill the roll fast then" one man said.
"How about Gerald?" Someone asked and there was muttering in distaste.
"Auru?" Someone said and he shook his head.
"Your Highness. Do you have a suggestion?" Someone asked and she put her chin on her arms that were resting vertically on the table.
"Lord Link? Does that sound like a role you'd be interested in?" Zelda asked and he sat up.
"I…. Me? You want me as General of Hyrule's Army?" He asked and she nodded and many people spoke up with approval.
"Let's be honest Lord, you are the perfect choice. You saved Hyrule almost single handedly" someone said. He looked at Zelda and sighed.
"I will need someone to show me the ropes because I have never been a leader before but if that can happen, then I accept" he said and many muttered in approval.

"Very well. Lord Link, you can get a crash course tomorrow. Take the rest of the day off and return to the Castle Tonight" she said. She went red with the realisation she said that in front of everyone but kept calm.
"As you wish your highness" he said and bowed, leaving the room.

As Link leaves the Castle he can't help but feel bothered by the rules and regulations of the Castle. It is a bit much and he would certainly have to try and overcome that if he wanted to be with Zelda.

 

 

Ashei wakes up and this time she knows where she is and this time she knows she can't just talk her way out of it. She has gone too deep panics. Shad lay next to her, she was in his house, in his bed. She remembers getting drunk, snogging him and asking him to fuck her. She asked him this time. She did want it and it was good but she didn't want him. She found him easy, he was good at sex despite his looks and he was an easy fuck. It was cruel to think but it was the sad truth. But now he thinks they are together and she doesn't have it in her to break his heart. Maybe she could go with it for a few months and just tell him it isn't working out. Let him down slowly.

She sat and thought about her dance with Link, how comforting it was and how Handsome he was. She wonders if she might have been in bed with him if Zelda hadn't come along. No, she had to stop thinking of Link like that. He is with Zelda, quite clearly as she saw them sneaking off together. Maybe all Shad needs is another Woman. Maybe Link knows someone. Maybe if he sleeps with someone else he will discover she isn't as great as he thinks and can move on.

 

 

Rustl woke up early and heard chatter. He peered from his bed and saw Colin talking to Luda, the Shaman's Daughter. He seemed very fond of her. He smiled to himself, understanding his Son might have a crush on this Girl. He wasn't going to get up and interrupt nor was he going to ask. He decided that he would find reasons to leave Ordon Village from time to time if his Son wanted to visit Luda. After what he had been through, seperated from Colin, he would do anything for his son. He would leave later today.

 

Link heads into Telma's bar. It was midday so it was naturally quiet. Telma greeted him with a wink and he smiled back but he headed to the table with the lone Girl sat there.
"You okay?" Link asked as he sat opposite Ashei. She looked up.
"Oh. Yeah. Just lost in thought. You have fun with Zelda?" She asked and he groaned.
"Was it really that obvious?" He asked in despair and she laughed.
"No,no. I don't think so. I was just watching you" she said and then went red. "Like just checking you were having fun. Seemed like it." She corrected herself.
"Well yes. I think we are a thing". He said and she smiled

"Oh? Soon to be Prince Link?" She asked and he frowned.
"It isn't official so can we like… not tell anyone?" He asked and she nodded.
"Me and Shad fucked again. I asked him too" she said and her gave a confused look.
"I thought you didn't want to be with him?"
"Yeah… I don't. I was horny and drunk and he was easy. But now I am kinda in too deep. I was going to ask you Link. Do you know any Women who would be into him? Maybe if I show him there is better options then he will get over me" she asked and Link scratched his head.

"Maybe… I know people but like I wouldn't know how to introduce someone to him," he said. He then sat up. "I have a plan. Tell him to meet me at the foot of Zora's Domain. I kinda have an excuse if things don't work out" he said and she but her head on the table in a bowing motion.
"Thank you Link!" She said and he smiled.
"My pleasure".

 

Link arrives at the boat house and enters.
"Oh hey there" Iza says to him, walking over while waving her hips.
"Hi… this might be none of my business but I overheard you talking to your Zora friend a while back about looking for a man. Can I interest you in a Lord?" He asked and she grinned.
"Are you flirting with me?" She asked and he shook his head.
"No, sorry. I have a friend. Lord Shad. He is not too experienced with Women and like could you maybe flirt with him just a little? Like it would be a massive favour" he asked and she put a hand on her hips.
"But like… you are a Lord and good looking. Why not you?" She asked and pushed Link against the door in a kiss.

Link panicked. He didn't know what to do but he knew it felt good but knew he shouldn't.
"Not me" he said, pushing her from the kiss and she grabbed his bulge.
"Don't lie to me" she said and lowered herself, pulling his pants down and his cock sprang free, hitting her in the face. "Mmm. I'm going to enjoy this" she said as she took it whole in her mouth.

Link groanes as his back was pressed against the wall. He thought of Zelda and felt guilty. Then he thought about their incredible sex and felt more horny. Shit, he didn't want to he horny now.

Link knew this was gonna end with him cumming so he took control, grabbing her Afro and using it to make her suck faster. Link moaned and started bucking his hips into her, trying to cum as quickly as he could. She caught onto this however and pulled her mouth away. "You are not getting off the hook that easily, Lord. You are going to fuck me" she said as she stood up.
"Fine!" Link said as he pulled her trousers down and moved her against draws "But I am gonna go quick and hard" he told her.

She smiled as Link wasted no time ramming his cock into her. She gasped at his size and winced at the pain of the speed, she quickly adjusted and started enjoying being dominated. She moaned and wrapped arms around him for support but he kept his hands on her legs, keeping them parted as he fucked her hard.
"Oh Lord!" She called out and Link grunted.

She was getting annoyed at his lack of enthusiasm so she pulled open her top, revealing her round breasts. Link stared at them and slowed his assault to take them in. "Like what you see?" She asked and Link groaned.
"Yes" was all he said and she could accept that.

She lay back and let him fuck her. She moaned his name over and over and he eventually moaned loudly. This sent her over the edge and she began panting as Link pulled out of her and shot a burst of cum onto her leg.

Link pulls his pants up and Iza fixes her clothes while wiping away the cum. "This did not go to plan" he said and she frowned.
"You seemed to enjoy yourself. Did you not?" She asked and he shook his head.
"It was great. But I wanted you to do that with my friend who will be here shortly. I guess we'll just take the boat game instead" he said defeated.
"Well if he is hot, I'll give him a hand job or something but like… he can't be any better than you" she said and he rolled his eyes.

Link waited outside for Shad. He felt terrible. He had told Zelda he would be with her and within a day, he had screwed someone else. Shad eventually arrived.

"Hi Link. What is this about?" He asked and Link smiled.
"We are gonna work on your archery" he said and Shad frowned.
"Oh. That isn't my strong point" he said and Link patted him on the shoulder.
"I know. That is why we are gonna work on it. Come on." He said and Shad followed him into the boat house.

They got in and Iza immediately checked him out and when Shad wasn't looking she shook her head. Link then got Iza to explain the rules and then they were on their way.

The river rapids were fierce, Link controlled the boat and Shad tried to break the jars but missed everyone, screaming and shouting in the process. They got to the bottom at Lake Hylia and the Zora took the boat back upstream.
"Look Link… I know you are trying to help but I don't need it. You know, I think being myself is enough. I think me and Ashei are really hitting things off" he said and Link scratched his head.
"I dunno. Ashei doesn't seem the settling down type" he told him and he smiled.
"That is true but she made a move last night. You know… I truly love her" he said and Link felt bad for him.

"Well you know, don't tell anyone but me and Zelda kinda hit it off" he said, changing the subject. He smiled.
"Wow. What a true honour" he said.
"Yeah. She is great. I'll have to get accustomed to the lifestyle though. It seems so different" he told him and he nodded.
"Oh yeah. You are like Ashei. You are both adventurous spirits. He said and Link internally groaned. He can't keep Shad away from the conversation of Ashei. He will have to break it to her that he failed.

 

Link returns to Hyrule Castle and he and Shad part ways. He meets up with Ashei in the now more crowded Bar and she sits up.
"So?" She asked and Link shook his head.
"Sorry Ashei but she wasn't interested in him. And honestly, all he talked about was you. He adores you. He is madly in love. Like he is practically obsessed, like a teenage boy and his first crush". He told her and she groaned.
"Fuck….. I am really in deep huh… I can't bare to break his heart" she complained in guilt. Link sat down and she turned her eyes to him. "And what are you upset about?" She asked and he gave a confused look.
"Me?" He asked and she rolled her eyes.
"You are the only one here. I can tell something is bothering you. Spill" she demanded and he sighed.

"Okay well I also feel guilty. Me and Zelda are kinda a thing and well…."
"You screwed the boat lady?"
"I screwed the boat lady...Yes" he admitted.
"Well…. Shad never really had a shot did he?" She said and then she went red again. "God Link, don't read too much into it. You are hotter than Shad, that is all. " She said embarrassed he just sat there.
"I said nothing" he pointed out and she put her head in her hands.
"Well… I guess I will enjoy the sex with him while it lasts" she said, changing the subject back to her.

"Ashei… This is a bad time but I do have like…. A proposition". He said and she parted her fingers and looked at him.
"I am now General of the Hyrule Army. Wanna be my second in command?" He asked and her hands dropped and she stared.
"Are you serious?" She asked and he nodded.
"Yeah, Zelda made me General" he clarified but she shook her head.
"No. Seriously, you want ME as your second in command?"
He nodded in confusion.
"Yeah, I think you are a great choice."
She leaned across the table and hugged him.
"You bet I wanna be your second in command! Oh my God Link…. That is a genuine honour!" She shouted in delight.

Link smiled. He didn't realize how much it meant to her.
"Well, I start tomorrow. Come round to Hyrule Castle and we can make it happen" he told her and she grabbed his hands.
"Thank you Link! You made my day!"

 

Link returns to the Castle and he is escorted up to Zelda's room. The Guard knocks on the door.
"Lord Link is here." The man calls and Zelda opens the door.
"Thank you. In the future it is okay for Link to enter without permission" she tells the man and he nodded as Link entered her room.

"I waited for you. Thought you wouldn't be back" she said and Link frowned.
"Why? I said I would be" he told her and she hugged him.
"I dunno, I just…" she trailed her thoughts off. "Look Link. I am the Queen and you would think I am full of confidence about everything but I am not. I thought you might want to be with someone else" she said and Link gripped her tightly.
"No! Zelda… I thought a lot to day about how lucky I am. I took you for granted and well… I do really like you".

She smiled, tears on her eyes.
"Can we make this official? Seems a bit weird to say this but for lack of a better word. Will you be my Boyfriend" she asked and Link kissed her.
"Of course. I never thought my first Girlfriend would be the Queen." He said and kissed her.

They made their way over to the bed and stripped. Link was ready for her again and glad his experiences of earlier hadn't satisfied him off Zelda.

Notes:

70th Chapter and so many more to come! Who knew it would go on this long. I don't know for sure how many chapters there will be total and I am gonna do this until I cover every Zelda game so with Four Swords Adventure, Windwaker, Phantom Hourglass, Spirit Tracks, A Link to the Past, The Oracle Games, Link's Awakening, A Link Between Worlds, Triforce Heroes, Zelda 1, Zelda 2 and then wjen the sequel to Breath of the Wild is out I will cover those too.

That is all easily 100 chapters.

 

Link this chapter but I Dunno how I feel about the scene with Iza, feels a little forced but it has significance later on so I feel it is worth keeping in.

Chapter 71: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 6 - What we did with Ganondorf's Body

Summary:

The story of what happened to Ganondorf's Body

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Just after Ganondorf’s Defeat….

The trio of Link, Zelda and Midna stood on the green fields of Hyrule staring at the upright body of Ganondorf. The Master Sword was stuck in his chest and he was stone cold dead.

“What do we do with him?” Link asks Zelda.
“I am curious about that too. Is there some way to seal him away?” Midna asks. Zelda was silent for a moment, considering her options.
“The Hero of Time sealed away Ganondorf, great evils fought in Hyrule’s Legends have been sealed away but always managed to return.” She said, walking over to Ganondorf's body. “If the Legends are true, the curse of the Demon King follows my bloodline and the Spirit of the Hero.” She said, placing her fingers on Ganondorf's chest and toppling him over.
“What are you saying?” Link asked.
“I am saying that the problem may be solved for us, but future generations will still have to bear witness to the reincarnation of evil.” Zelda elaborated.
“So basically, if you seal Ganondorf away there is always the chance he will return?” Midna asked and Zelda nodded.

Link joined her and plucked the Master Sword from his chest.
“So basically it doesn't matter what we do, Ganondorf will return?”
“Not necessarily.” Zelda said with a slight smile. “If we seal Ganondorf away, he may spring back up in 100 years, 1,000…. 10,000… With each defeat he learns from his mistakes and becomes wiser, more cunning and more spiteful. Basically every time we win, the favour shifts towards Ganondorf. However, if we destroy every trace of his body, maybe the evil will manifest itself as something else, something new and less experienced.”
“Are you just guessing?”
“Yes Link, I am. This is all theory but theory, but this theory is the best thing we have.”

 

The trio found a small carriage and Epona pulled it. Ganondorf’s body was under a blanket and Zelda and Midna sat in the back with him. Despite knowing he was dead, they still felt uneasy. This was the body of the King of Evil and it felt as if he could roar back to life in a moment's notice. But Link guided Epong through a small cave and arrived at the Hidden Village where Impaz lived.

The Elder seemed to know they were coming somehow because she was standing outside her home in wait. Zelda stepped out of the carriage gracefully.
“We need to talk.” She said simply to a stunned Impaz.
“Princess Zelda? Is that you? Wow, I haven’t seen you since you were a little girl.”
“We will catch up in a little while, I promise. But we need to talk about Ganondorf.”

There was an air of silence. Link had since stepped down and then Midna stepped out of the carriage and Impaz was slightly startled by her appearance. She tried to hide it by smiling at the Twilight Princess, but it was no good, she had never seen the black and white skinned Twili before and her almost nude body was something the elderly woman wasn’t used to. But Midna didn’t mind, it wasn’t like she planned on spending time around Hylians for much longer.
“Come inside.” Imaz said and the three of them followed her lead.

 

“Your theory is sound Princess. There are stories of evils that plagued Hyrule before Ganondorf. The Wind Mage Vaati was a vile sorcerer that attacked Hyrule three times across the ages. It is said he is sealed away in a Legendary Sword but one has to wonder if he could be freed by breaking the seal.” Impaz said. “Of course it is Legend, who knows if Vaati ever existed, but we have seen that Ganondorf was bested by the Hero of Time and yet he is still here centuries later causing us trouble.”
“So you think destroying his body for good would rid the world of his curse?” Zelda asked and Impaz shrugged.
“I can’t say so with any level of confidence. Maybe Ganondorf will return, but I think the man we fought will be no more.”
“So how do we do it? Do we burn his body?” Link asked.
“The fires of Death Mountain would be a safe bet, there is no way he could come back from that.

“I will get the assistance of my Sheikah allies.” Impaz said which made Zelda sit forward.
“I thought you were the last Sheikah.”
“No, no. After Death Mountain grew too harsh, the Shiekah abandoned Kakariko Village and settled here in New Kakariko… however we were over run by Bokoblins and my allies scattered.” She shook her head at the bad memory. “But thanks to Link, the Village is safe again and I have regained contact with some of my people.” She smiled and Link nodded.
“Don’t mention it.”

“Give me time, I will get in contact. But first, me and you need to catch up Princess. It has been too long.”

 

Zelda was busy talking to Imaz, catching her up on her life but Link and Midna went on a little walk. Link took a glance at her boobs.
"If you want to touch them that badly, you might as well." She said as she turned her body to him. He went bright red.
"I can't help it. You only have one piece of clothing on.." He said and she smiled.
"What part of you made me think I was offended?" She asked and he went redder. "After all, I have already ridden you plenty." She joked and he smirked. He scanned her body once more. "You know Link, I really don't mind. I mean, I want it." She said directly so even he could understand.

Link looked around and then grabbed her hand and dragged her into a nearby house. She backed against a wooden beam and he put a hand on her hip, making her shiver at the touch. He used the other hand to grab her left boob and it seemed to melt into her. Midna sighed, an orgasmic sensation rushed through her body as she let Link fondle her boobs.

She craned a leg and pulled Link closer. Their faces were inches apart and his bulge poked into her. "We should just enjoy each other. Let all the concerns about Hyrule leave you. It is just us now." She whispered seductively and then she kissed him. He pushed into the kiss, becoming the dominant one and Midna had no complaints.

The hand on her hip ventured lower to her craned leg. The kiss broke and she smirked. "Feeling adventurous young wolf?" She remarked and Link trailed behind her and gripped her arse. She quivered as a sensation rippled through her body but smiled. "You know how to please a girl, despite having no experience." She commented again. Link shrugged
"I just know where I want to touch." He said and she laughed.
"You've come a long way from that Wolf behind bars" she said and he looked at her with lust.
"And you have come a long way since then too. You are sexy now. Or I guess, you are sexy again." He said and she smiled.

"Tell me what you like." She whispered seductively. Link tensed up.
"I like this". He said as he squeezed her but cheek.
"Yeah…"
"I like these curves." He told her as he moved a hand from her breast and rubbed it down her hips and waist.
"Uh huh…"
"I like your sexy face." He added, getting close and giving her a light, breathy kiss.
"Oh…"
"These of course." He said, returning a hand to her breast and playing with it.
"Link …"
"And your long, slender legs…" He rubbed her thing.
"Oh Link…."
"But I do wonder what it is like under here…" He said as he pushed past her loincloth and up her thigh, pushing a finger over her wet folds.
She jumped in pleasurable surprise.

"Wet! I am so fucking wet Link…" she moaned, finally getting out the response she had led up too.

Link plunged his fingers into her and she gasped his name. "LINK!" He began moving them in and out and traced his thumb over her clit. Her eyes were wide, her arms reached back, gripping the wooden beam her back was pressed against. She continued the work her, her pussy getting damp and her body panting in euphoria.

"I NEED YOU!" She screamed and she kissed him, pushing him and palming his bulge. He shuddered at the feeling and felt his mast twitch. Lust filled his eyes once more and he grabbed her shoulders and pushed her backwards onto some wooden crates. He pulled her loincloth away, revealing her core and he licked it.

Midna screamed as she arched her back, thrusting her pelvis forward to meet his mouth. She grabbed his head and pulled it in and tightened her legs around his head involuntarily. His tongue worked wonders on her and she panted, moaning his name. "Link…. Link…. Oh fuck yes….. LINK!" She cried out.

Link knew the heaven he was giving her but he couldn't hold back any longer, he needed some and she was going to get it. He pulled away from her and quickly began pulling his tunic off. She smirked, biting her lip at his chest and decided to take off her robe like hood. She turned back to him and he was fully naked, his penis standing proud and her mouth watered. She couldn't believe how much she wanted him, how horny he made her.

He stepped forward, leaving no space between them and grabbed his dick and pushed it against her entrance. He placed both arms to the side of her and looked deep into her hungry eyes before pushing himself into her.

She was so wet and tight and warm and it felt like heaven. He pulled out and pushed back in, a groan escaping him. He began rocking his hips, his forehead pushed against hers.
"Ohh… Midna. Midna!" He moaned, breath touching hers. She could hardly see straight as Link was sending electricity through her body.

She was supporting her weight with two wobbly arms. She moved one to his back. Gripping him for support.
" I love…. Your body….so….so…. Oh God…. So much!" She moaned as he continued moving in her. He leaned in and kissed her, moaning into the kiss. He pressed forward and he fell, pushing her backwards onto the crates and he fell on top of her.

He pulled himself onto the crates fully and continued fucking her. She took it, let Link fuck the shit out of her. It felt so good and she never wanted it to end. She wrapped legs around him and bucked into him. She felt she should do some work.

She flips him onto his back and starts riding him. She rolls her hips like a Goddess, perfectly getting the right motions for his dick. Link lay back, eyes wide. Her body was in full display, moving elegantly on him. He moved his hands on symmetry up her thighs, onto her waist and up to her boobs. She arched her back as he gripped them and needed them like bread. They eventually fell to her hips and she smirked, continuing her rolling motion. She placed her hands on his, eventually they locked together and she used them to rock further.

Their bodies moved together, sweaty and hot and the slapping of skin was prominent. Link could come at any time now but wanted to hold on as long as possible and enjoy the sweet sex with Midna. He sat up, eye level with her and touched her body in gentle strokes. He licks her neck and kisses her. "Ohhh Link…" she moans, eyes weak with lust.

He reached around and placed his palms on her butt cheeks. She gasped and gripped onto his back hard. As Midna continued her rocking, Link took to squeezing and her moving butt. Midna pushed her head into Link's shoulder, an orgasm on its way. Link felt some juices leak down his shaft and a low whimper escape Midna's mouth. This was it.

With the last of his power, he rolled Midna onto her back once more and furiously pounded her with as much speed as he could muster. "LINK! FUCK YES! She screamed as she clamped down on him, her juices squirting out onto him as her orgasm raced through her body, giving her the most thrilling experience of her life. Link was now there.
"HYAA!" Was all he got out as his balls tightened and his dick tensed, shooting a stream of cum into her.

He gradually came to a stop, riding out the incredible high they experienced. They were hot and sweaty, Link looked down, her perfect body lay before him with his dick buried into her. He felt like he could almost cum again.

He reluctantly pulled out and lay next to her. They both were breathing heavily.
"There is no way that was your first time" she said and Link turned to her.
"It was, I swear… no way it was your first time either" he said and she smiled.
"It wasn't. But it was my best time for sure…Fuck Link, you are so hot" she said to him and he grinned.
"Nothing stopping us from doing it again" he said and she didn't respond.

She rolled onto him and kissed him. She stayed still for a few moments.
"I am to be Princess of the Twili, Link, we can't be together. It just won't work. That being said, I do love you. In another lifetime maybe we could have been together. But not this one. I am sorry" she said to him. He didn't fully understand her words, nor what she intended to do once she went home, as for that, Link nodded.
"I know. Which is really unfortunate because I could get used to this" he joked and she laughed.

 

Midna sat cross legged on the balcony of one of the abandoned houses with the warm feeling of her recent orgasm still lingering. Link sat with her thinking much the same. He wondered if he would tell Zelda that he fucked the Twilight Princess while she was chatting with Impaz. It was very improper but he was proud of himself for losing his virginity to someone as hot as she was.

Eventually Zelda stepped out of Impaz’s house and Link hopped down and landed with a roll which contrasted with Midna’s less graceful landing.
“It's going to take some time to contact the other Sheikah.” Zelda told them.
“How long?” Midna asked with concern.
“A few days maybe.”
“Princess… I can’t wait in Hyrule for that long. My people need me.”
“I know. I understand.”
“Go, I will watch over Ganondorf’s body.” Impaz said and Link looked at her with concern.
“But what if he isn’t dead?” He asked and Imaz frowned.
“Is that… is that a likely option?”
“No, but… he is the King of Evil.”
“Well, if that happens, I guess I will run and hide and hope for the best. Seriously Link, have some faith.”
“Very well…” Link said with a sigh.
“Looks like we are heading to the Arbiter’s Grounds.” Midna said with a smirk. “One last teleport for old times sake?” She asked, offering her hands to both Link and Zelda. Link grinned back at her and the trio vanished through the twilight portal.

 

Midna said her goodbyes, shattered the Mirror of Twilight to sever the connection between the two realms for good and Link and Zelda returned to Hyrule Castle together. The rest is history…

 

Link woke up and Zelda was already dressed. She was shaking him awake and he groaned.
“Get up Link. The Sheikah are ready.” She told him and Link pulled himself out of bed and followed her out of their room.

Link and Zelda were escorted to Death Mountain. It was a nice change of pace for Link to not have to travel but he also missed the company of Midna and Zelda knew this. Traversing Death Mountain without her was a challenge but Link, Zelda, Impaz and the group of Sheikah made it deep within the Goron Mines and found a suitable lake of bubbling magma. Ganondorf’s body was dumped by Link’s feet and Impaz looked up at him.
“Would you like to do the honours, Hero?” She asked and he nodded with a wide smile.

Link spat on Ganondorf’s face, kicked him and then placed his boot on his chest.
“Rot in hell, Ganondorf.” He said, then rolled the Gerudo King into the magma where he boiled, sizzled and burned as he sunk into its depths, gone from sight.
“May the end of Ganondorf be here.” Zelda said.

They left, but for some reason Link couldn’t shake the feeling that he would face Ganondorf again. Perhaps in another life.

Notes:

Wanted to include this chapter but didn't know where. This is kinda rough predictions for Breath of the Wild 2 and I couldn't honestly be one million miles off. I am gonna change some of this chapter if that turns out to be true. The sex stays though... That is really the highlight.

UPDATE (19/06/2024)

Well, I am a man of my word and I did indeed change this chapter to fit with what actually happened in "Breath of the Wild 2" or as we now know it, Tears of the Kingdom. I don't really know what my pathetic guess work was, no way was I accurately going to predict the plot of a Zelda game. But if you want to see that original chapter for whatever reason, it is archived in another fanfic I have published.

Chapter 72: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 7 - The Respectable Knights of Hyrule

Summary:

Link becomes Captain of Hyrule's armies and makes some choices he might regret.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"This is ridiculous, Zelda. I can't wear this!" He complained as a woman was fitting him into Royal Guard Clothing. Zelda laughed.
"Sorry Link. In the Castle you are to formally wear that. You can't go around in the same Tunic 24/7" she said and Link frowned.
"That is the Legendary Garb of the Hero before me!" He argued and she shrugged.
"It still needs a wash. It stinks of…. Well it stinks of everything" she said and Link looked in the mirror. He hated how he looked and he felt like a fool.

"I don't have to wear this when acting as General do I?" He asked and Zelda froze.
"Well…."
"Hylia no!" He shouted and she laughed.
"I am joking Link. You don't. You can have your smelly, Legendary Tunic back for that. It IS getting washed though" she said and Link nodded.
"Fine…" he sulked as the Woman fitting his clothes left.

"You deal with the shit without complaint? Like you are fine wearing all this? It doesn't bother you?" He asked and she shrugged.
"I was born into this Link. It is all I have ever known. You'll get used to it." She said and he raised an eyebrow.
"I don't think I will ever get used to this…" he muttered as he looked in the mirror one last time.

They left the room and Link followed her. She stopped and turned.
"You need to go meet the Captain now, Link. I have a meeting you can't be at" she said and Link grabbed her hands. She looked around and no one was there. She sighed and gave him a kiss. He pulled her backwards and into a closet. She pulled away.

"Link! We can't! Not now and certainly not here!" She told him but he moved her against a dusty dresser and pushed her onto it.
"We didn't have any fun this morning and you drive me nuts" he said, pushing his hands onto her breasts. She moaned at his touch. "We can if we are quick" he said and she sighed. Link pushed a hand up her leg and under her dress, moving her underwear.
"Okay Link. But hurry for God Sake." She said and Link pulled his hand out and moved between her legs and pushed into her.

He began thrusting into her and she threw her arms around him tight. She moaned deeply, feeling his hard dick reach her desired spots. She knew she had to hurry but suddenly she wanted to take her time.

Link's hands were in her breasts and his hip bucked into her wildly. The dresser rocked and banged against the wall, causing concern to Zelda.
"Zelda…" he moaned and she kissed him deeply. She felt a jolt of pleasure rush through her body and she gasped.
"LINK!" She moaned loudly and Link kissed her quickly to muffle the noise.

One arm was around Link and one arm was on the dresser for support. As he thrust into her she rocked her hips, meeting his. One of his arms moved down to her waist and they rocked in a perfect rhythm. Who would break first.

They looked into each others lust filled eyes and both knew they could cum at any point but neither wanted to be the first. They remained calm and enjoyed the sensation. Their faces slowly began showing signs of pleasure and Zelda bit her lip. This sent Link over the edge.
"Zel…" he moaned and the second he did, she tighten around him and gasped.

He kissed her deeply as they came together, her moans quietened by his kiss as his dick pushes deep inside her, quivering and causing an eruption of cum inside her.

Link pulls out and Zelda catches her breath. She grabs a cloth and begins wiping away the cum. She stood up and straitened all her clothes up as Link tucked his dick back away inside his pants.
"Okay. Now I do really need to go" she said as she left the closet and walked away quickly.

 

 

Link leaves and heads to where he should be meeting the Captain in a hurry. He straightens out his clothes the best he can and opens the doors.
"Lord Link. I have been looking forward to meeting you. I am Captain Orca, I served under the previous General who sadly lost his life to the Twili. I look forward to serving you" she said as he knelt before Link.
"Thank you very much Captain. I have some basics to learn but as far as combat prowess goes, I think I got that covered" Link boasted and the Captain stood and grinned.
"Very well, I shall tell you everything you will need to know about being a General. But first, take off those ridiculous garments, we are not here to dance".

 

 

Ashei felt Shad thrust into her again and again. The bed rocked as he fucked her but Ashei hardly moved. She just let him and wasn't massively into it. Sure it felt good but she was getting bored of sex with him. She needed to get drunk to be on bored with fucking him. This was especially bad since she didn't love him like he did her and she was only in this sticky situation because she could screw him easily but with that becoming dull she really had no reason to be here.

"Asheeiii" he moaned as he pulled out, a previous request of hers and he came on her breasts. She sighed as he pulled out. He lay next to her as he caught his breath and then she got up to clean herself, get dressed and head out. As she cleaned the cum of herself in the bathroom she was thankful she had recently had her period. It meant she wasn't pregnant and she would never again take the risk she did. If she had been pregnant with Shad's Child her life would be over and she would be forever cursed with being with him forever.

She stared at herself in the mirror and noticed she was unhappy. What the hell is she doing to herself. Why is she going through with this? She thought about her new job and a smile crept on her face.

She left her home…. Shad's home in her armour and hurried through the Streets of Castle Town until she arrived at Hyrule Castle. She was of course allowed in, immediately heading around the back to the training grounds.

It was there she saw Link standing in a podium above the other Knights, looking pretty heroic. She approached and Link saw her.
"Ah, Lady Ashei. Up here!" He called and she stepped up to meet him. "Everyone, this is Lady Ashei, she helped me overcome the threat towards Hyrule and she is my second in Command" he said and about half seemed pretty pleased and the other half were probably the sexist bunch that thought Women had no place as a Knight. Ashei expected this of course, she had came across this in the past but she never let it bother her and soliced in the fact she knew she could kick their arses if need be.

"Anyway, I would like to see how skilled everyone is. Pick a partner, we are gonna spar" Link said and the Knights did just that.
"Does that include me?" Ashei asked and Link noded.
"Go nuts" he said and she bowed before jumping down to find one of her doubters.

Link examined the Knights, congratulating some on their skills but giving some pointers. He found Ashei in the crowd and watched her.

"What did you do to be second in Command?" He asked with a gruff voice and she smirked.
"My good looks and charms" she said and he sneered.
"I'll show you what strength is Girl" he said as he strode towards her, sparring sword in hand. She had a simple Rapier. He swung and she hopped over it and kicked him in the face. He staggered backwards and had a smile plastered on her face. He grunted and ran at her, sweeping high and if his plan worked, he intended to kick we when she ducked but instead she flipped backwards and thrust the Rapier forward, hitting him in the side.

He was angry now. Especially since he knew if this was a real fight he would be dead. He stopped underestimating her and focused. Her stood ready waiting for her to make a move so she did. She ran at him and swung low like he did, he jumped but she grabbed the chainmail in her arms and smashed him against the ground. She placed her boot on his chest and pointed the Rapier at him.
"That is why I am second in command" she said and he grunted. She released her hold and looked around, realising everyone was watching them. "Perhaps I over did it…" she said and Link walked over.
"Not at all. You taught this man a valuable lesson to not underestimate and take any foe, no matter who, seriously" Link said and she smirked.
"Oh...I never took him seriously at all" she said.

 

The training went on and Link assessed all of them and eventually the training was over. Ashei joined him as they walked through the courtyard.
"I am glad I chose you." He said to her. She shrugged.
"Was there a better option?" She asked and he frowned.
"Well no, but that makes it sound like I picked you out of limited options. I mean it, you have talent." He said and she bowed lightly.
"Thank you" she said and Link scratched his head.
"You only have to be formal when others are around" he told her and she laughed.
"The bow was a joke".

They walked across the Castle Walls. They looked into the abandoned garden, an area that hadn't been touched since it was full of monsters.
"How was Shad last night?" He asked and she sighed.
"As you would expect, clingy and in love" she told him.
"Well… at least he is nice. At least you didn't get stuck with an arse" he told her and she laughed.
"That would be easy though. I would kick the shit out of them. With Shad he is too nice and I can't bare to see him hurt" she told him.
"It sounds like you care"
"I do care. He is like a Puppy. I do like Shad but I don't love him. I don't have feelings for him. I want a man. I want someone strong and courageous and shit" she said then stopped. "And don't make that dumb joke again" she said and he raised and eyebrow.
"What joke?"
"The one where you said it describes you"
"Oh…. Well it does describe me" he said and she laughed.

"But I dunno what he sees in me. I am not exactly Lady like" she said.
"Ironically you ARE a Lady" he mentioned and she frowned.
"Oh yeah…. That is still weird." She said. Link looked at her.
"In all seriousness, you are too hard on yourself. There is plenty you have going for you" he said and she widened her grin.
"Are you referring to the boobs you keep staring at?" She teased and he went red.
"I am not…I don't stare…" he said in defence and she looked at him with the corner of her eyes.
"You do Link. Like at least once every time we have talked. I do notice" she told him and he looked down.
"I am sorry. Really." He said. They reached the end of the wall and opened the door into a Castle Tower. It was an empty and quiet room with a single ladder.

"I am only teasing Link. It is okay. Like I have eyed you up before" she said and instantly regretted saying that. He stared her in the eyes. They returned a gaze. He darted them down to her chest briefly before looking up at her smirk. She looked down at his crotch before looking up. "Looks like that glance did the trick huh?" She said to him, noticing his growing bulge. "Let me help with that" she said as she stepped forward and pushed her hands down his pants and grabbed his dick.

"Ashei!" He shuddered "we can't…" he said and she pulled his pants down and dropped to her knees.
"I can. I mean, look at this thing. I can't not" she said as she pushed her mouth onto it and began sucking.

He leaned back against the hard, cold, stone wall and a shiver went through his body.
"Fuck…" he moaned snd Ashei knew he was in heaven. He looked down at her head bobbing on his dick and gulped. "Ashei…. What about Shad… or Zelda…." He forced out and she looked up, pulling his dick out her mouth with a plop.
"You want me to stop?" She asked and he said nothing. She grinned and he pushed his head back against the wall as she continued.

Her mouth was so warm and wet and she was perfect at this. He grabbed her head and held it to his cock. He began moving his hips, thrusting into her mouth. A groan left his mouth and his legs felt weak. He gripped the wall for support.
"Fuck… Ashei I…. Ughhhhh" he moaned as his member twitched and then he lost control and his seed burst into her mouth, squirting to the back of her throat. He moaned as he emptied inside her and began catching his breath. She swallowed and wiped some cum from her lip.

"Was that too your liking?" She said as she stood up and he pulled his pants up.
"Yeah… it was. I errr" he didn't know what to say and she shushed him.
"Look, Link. Don't say anything. I did you a favour. I just wanted you to feel good and relieve the tension and I wanted to see what you were like down there. This doesn't have to mean anything." She said and he nodded.
"Thank you Ashei." He said and she smiled. "I would do it again" he said and she looked away.
"Yeah. Sure." She said and she began climbing the ladder.

 

They walked through the Castle and said nothing. It was slightly awkward. They walked onto the bridge that connected the Tower to the greater Castle. Link stopped dead in his tracks. He looked off over Castle Town. He quickly pulled out the Hawkeye Mask he used for his Bow and saw King Bulbin Riding Across Hyrule Field towards the Castle.

"What is it?"Ashei asked and he didn't reply. "Stay here.. actually no, do what you want. I am going to check this out" he said and he jumped off the wall. She gasped before she saw him propel himself to another ledge with his Clawshot and lower himself to safety.

He ran through the streets of Castle Town. It was times like these he wished he could turn into a Wolf. He could run faster and people would move out the way of him. Link reached the front Gates and King Bulbin and his other Bulbin Hog riders were waiting at the gates with some Knights pointing spears at them.

"What are you doing?" Link shouted and the Knights turned.
"Err. Scary Monster?" One responded confused.
"No. Him. The 'scary monster'" he said and King Bulbin spoke.
"You are strong. Strong army. Me and Bulbins join" he said and Link stopped.
"You want to be apart of Hyrule's Army?" He asked and the Green Monster nodded.

Link turned to a Knight.
"Go and get the Queen" Link said to him and the Man froze.
"Errr. And how exactly do I do that?" He asked and Link rolled his eyes.
"I dunno, find Ashei and tell her to get the Queen" he said and he nervously ran off.

As the man took his sweet time, Link quizzed the Bulbin on his intentions and he seemed sincere. Eventually Zelda approached with Ashei and many Knights protecting her.
"What is this?" She asked Link and he turned.
"I know this Bulbin. He was initially on Ganondorf's side but he follows strength. When I beat him he gave up and wanted to join me. He wants to be apart of the Hylian Army" Link said and Zelda frowned.
"Are you nuts?" She said and Link shook his head.
"Would you rather him an enemy?" He said before turning back to the Bulbin who sat convincingly patient. "Look, I am not suggesting we just let him freely explore the Castle, we should watch him of course but I trust he won't be an issue" Link said and Zelda sighed.
"Link… you really have put me in a tight spot…. Okay, I will allow this but this is 100% your responsibility. If anything goes wrong, you are to blame and you will resolve it. Agreed?" She asks and Link bows.
"Of course your Highness" he said, remembering he should be formal.

 

After Link showed King Bulbin where he would be staying and what the rules are he left. He wanted a drink so went to the best place. He thought about what happened between him and Ashei and didn't know if he could face Zelda. He drank and drank and drank and then fell asleep.

"Honey. Honey. Wakey wakey!" He heard as he partially woke up. He looked around in a daze. Telma was used to this. Link hadn't been the first to get drunk and pass out in her bar, far from it. Shad was the only member of the resistance that hadn't. Link turned to see Telma's cleavage at eye level, he didn't turn away and she smirked.

She loved having her effect on men, it's why she dressed the way she did. "Come on darling, I am closing the bar" she said and Link tried to get up but losing his balance immediately and stumbled into the counter. "Okay never mind. You are in no state to leave. I have a bed out back. Come on darling" she told him as she begun to guide him.

Link followed her, he knew he was drunk at least, he knew what he was doing and what was happening but his coordination was off and his senses were out of whack. Time seemed to skip as in no time he was in her room.
"But you sleep here" Link drunkenly blurted out as she turned to him.
"That I do Honey. You don't mind, do you?" She said pushing him down onto the bed and sitting on his lap.

His penis sprung to life and she felt it. He shook his head and she smiled. "Good, I can't resist a handsome man like you" she said as she pulled him in for a kiss. She was not drunk, she controlled the kiss, pushing her tongue in his mouth and moaning into him. Link just took it, she was going to be the dominant one as he was incapable of doing anything with skill. He had no complaints as this kiss was from someone with experience. Link wondered how many people she had slept with.

She rocked her hips against him causing him to let out a groan.
"Ugh... Telmaaaa" he let out as she smirked. She pulled his hat off and began unbuckling his belt. He grabbed her huge breasts and squeezed them which made her smile. He felt her nipple through the fabric before he pulled the fabric down revealing them as she pulled his belt off she stood up and began removing all her clothes and Link followed. It wasn't long before both were naked.

She knelt down to his hard penis and licked it making his face twitch in delight. She then started sucking on his tip, teasing him. He was in drucken orgasmic bliss and just let the woman work on him. She stuck the whole thing in her mouth making him gasp in shock and she began sucking it. "TELMA!" he exclaimed in surprise as her head bobbed backwards and forwards. He grabbed a hold of her head and began forcing his pelvis forward to meet her mouth.

She stopped to his disappointment but was soon over it when she pushed him on his back, and lined her pussy up with his penis. She lowered herself onto him gradually, smiling in delight as he struggled to get words out. He felt his tip enter her wet pussy and soon his whole penis was inside her. She placed her hands on his chest and began pumping up and down.

"Mmmm, you have a big, hard, meaty cock that's for sure" she moaned as he grabbed her waist, feeling it up and placed his hands on her bouncing boobs. He leaned in, and began licking them, grabbing a nipple and started sucking it. "MMMM..LINK..." she moaned, now holding onto his back as she was rocking on his dick. He continued licking her body as his hands trailed to her round arse. His hands gripped them and a pulsating pleasure sprung through her body. "HYLIA!" she exclaimed as Link continued.

She pushed him back again and started riding him harder. She leaned against him. "I... I... I have had many....many men in my time.. but you are easily the sexiest man I have ever fucked." She moaned. He was thrusting his hips upwards to meet hers.
"Telmaaa. Telmaaa. Yes... yes..... oh I am gonna cum!" He moaned as her face screwed up in orgasmic bliss.
"DO IT HONEY! CUM FOR ME!" she shouted as Link's Penis erupted into her. The feeling of his hot fluid made her walls tighten as they both climaxed together.

"That is the best sex I have ever had" she panted ontop of him and he just panted. He hadnt had sex much but he had to agree.

Notes:

I think the story gets a lot kore interesting from here on.

Chapter 73: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 8 - Three in One Day

Summary:

Link wakes up with regret, but how will he handle it?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link awoke to a familiar headache. He was getting used to being hungover. A habit he should break. This time he did remember what happened last night and felt instant regret. What was wrong with him… Ashei giving him a blowjob was already too far but this time he fucked Telma. He has a Girlfriend. Not only a Girlfriend, but the Queen of Hyrule.

"How you doin honey?" She asked flirtatiously.
"It was great but… we shouldn't have" he said and she turned her body to face him, her boobs pushing against his arms.
"Oh? You feel like you have cheated? Well this is just me but it is only a little fun. You don't want to be with me, this isn't a relationship, this is just me giving you a little excitement. As long as you love the Queen and you fuck her brains out enough then I am sure she won't mind" she said. Link thought her logic made some kind of sense.

"And besides. I was hoping for a little more. I wanted to see what you were like in control" she said and Link was turned on.
"Fine. Best do it now. I can't lie and say screwing you has never crossed my mind." He said as he rolled on top of her. He pinned her arms down and she bit her lip.
"I like where this is going" she said and Link moved between his legs and thrust into her.

She let out a moan as Link's dick pushed into her and back out with force. He moved fast and her breathing picked up right away. With each thrust, her large boobs bounced, spurring the hero on further. She arched her back and thurst her hip up to meet him.

"Oh…. Honey you are seriously something else…" she said with a deep breath as Link smirked. "Mmmm…. Link!" She moaned and Link leaned in and kissed her neck. His breath tickled her skin and to her delight, his head lowered to her breasts and he licked them. "Oh Link!" She moaned.

Telma often was the dominant one, she regularly took control and rode many of her hook ups but Link was different. From the first time she laid eyes on him she knew she wanted him, to see his toned body. She saw the brave and Handsome Knight and loved his courageous look. She wanted him to take her and that he is doing.

His thrusts never slowed, he kept a steady, quick tempo and Telma didn't complain. She felt his dick enter her far and was suddenly pulled out and shoved back in at an incredible speed. She was tight but wet, the perfect combination.

Link groaned, he moved one arm from her wrist to her shoulder and one hand reached down and palmed her arse. "Oh Honey!" She cried out, taking a little control and wrapping her legs around his waist and pulling him further into her.

Doing all the work was clearly taking a lot of energy and his breathing increased.
"Telma…." He moaned and hearing him speak her name like that sent shivers down her spine.
"Oh Honey…. Link!" She called out and he moved his arms next to her and sped up as fast he could.

Their bodies were pressed close and the breathing touched each others skin, sweat formed on Link's head and Telma's head rolled back in pleasure and her mouth was stuck open as she gasped. His dick thrust into her over and over and it was so big, fulfilling and she was so tight and wet. "Link! Fuck! Cum for me!" She moaned and Link moaned.
"Tel...mahhhhhh" he moaned as he shot his cum inside her.

He gradually stopped as they rode out their orgasms. She caught her breath and Link rolled off of her.

They sat there with the feeling buzzing around them. It was obvious Telma was experienced because she was incredible.
"You are the best shag in the whole Resistance" she said and Link laughed.
"Who am I up against?" He asked and smirked
"All of them"
"All of them?"
"Yep, each one of them"
"Like…. You fucked each member of the resistance?" He asked and she nodded. "So like Auru and Shad?"
"Yep".
"But like… Rustl is happily married with two kids" he said and she shrugged
"He didn't seem to mind"
"And Ashei?"
"Ashei too"

Link sat back. He looked at her and she wasn't joking.
"You have to tell me about that. What was it like? I mean how did she react, I can't picture it" he said and she shook her head.
"Sorry, you'll have to ask her. I am not revealing anything. It is a rule of mine to never go into detail about other people I have been with." She said and he looked confused.
"Strange rule"
"It is because for example, say you were bad at sex or had a tiny penis or what ever, woukd you want others too know? So I am open about who I fuck but not how good they were" she said.

"Okay. Who else have you screwed that I would know?" He asked and she out her hands on her face for a moment.
"Renardo, Sharman of Kakariko Village" she said and Link nodded. He knew they had history. "He is too nice to say it but he hates me" she said and Link heard the sadness in her voice. "When we were younger, about ten years ago, his daughter Luda was only about two years old, we had an affair. I would fuck him every day. I loved him and I still do. But he was married and one day his wife found out and she left him, not only him but their daughter. She has never been seen since".

Link didn't know what to say, he sat there and thought.
"She obviously didn't care about her family if she abandoned her daughter like that" he said and Telma agreed. "You should go to him. Tell him how you feel. Telma life is short and I have seen many die now. I may be young but I know what a missed opportunity is and this doesn't yet qualify" he told her.

 

Link returned to Hyrule Castle and knocks on Zelda's door and enters. She turns to him and glares.
"Where the hell were you?" She snapped at him and he hung his head like an ashamed Dog.
"No answer will satisfy you. I was at Telma's Bar" he said and she walked over and hit him on the arm. He frowned as her punch was quite hard.
"Did you just decide you didn't want to be with me that night? Didn't even bother to let me know? It would be one thing to do that in a relationship anyway but I hate to say it Link but I am the Queen and I can't go making excuses for you. If you are serious about us, you can't be seen getting pissed at Telma's bar and not coming home. You are General of the Hyrule Army for Godsake" she said in a rant.

Link walked over to her and attempted to hug her but she batted his hands away. "We are not doing that. And no I am not fucking you either. We maybe would have last night but you decided to get pissed instead" she continued and Link looked down.
"I dunno if it means anything. But I am sorry" he said as he left her room.

 

Link went to his job. The Knights of Hyrule needed a lot of training. New recruits were coming in every day. It was an a job opportunity for most, there was clearly a gap that needed filled so Hyrule was accepting anyone. Link had no problem recruiting Women but Hyrule still looked upon it as a Male oriented role and thus there were no volunteers. Ashei was the only Woman and she was better than all of them in combat.

The Knights lined up and King Bulbin strode towards them wielding a Giant Axe. The knights had been informed of their unusual ally but it didn't make it any less strange to them and they still felt nervous.

Link began training them all in various weaponry. Swords, Shields, Bows and Spears. All vital to learn. Link himself wasn't very experienced in Spears but it he improvised and picked it up himself in no time.

Kind Bulbin was unique, he was a heavy enforcer and he was efficient enough with his axe, as a result, Link requested him to spar with him. This was the best case scenario as King Bulbin could go all out and improve while not worrying about killing Link since… well, Link was Link.

After the ling day of training Link was picking up arrows fired over the walls to the empty field. Ashei approaches and without asking, helps pick them up.
"Thanks" he says and she smiled.
"No problem," she said. "Are you and Zelda still good?" she asked and Link shrugged.
"She is annoyed at me right now and won't have sex with me" he said and she gulped.
"It...its isn't my fault is it?" She asked and Link gave her a confused look.
"Oh! Oh, no. I mean, no. I just never went home. I went to Telma's Bar and…" he looked at her wide grin.
"You fucked Telma didn't you!" She said in delight and he frowned.
"Yes…"he said and she laughed.

"Oh Telma… she has her way with everyone. I knew it would happen eventually." She said and Link took his turn to smile.
"Well, you do mean everyone… don't you Ashei.." he said and she looked away.
"Damn. So she told you then" she said and Link laughed.
"I asked for specifics but she wouldn't budge. She said I would have to get that from you" he said and she put her hands on her hips.
"I ain't tellin you shit" she joked and Link moved closer.
"I mean I didn't think you would. But I don't have to imagine what you are like with your mouth." He said and she looked at him.
"And judging by your cock I can only imagine what you are like with that" she remarked.
"Bet you'd like to know"
"Yeah…"

There was silence. She just admitted she wanted to fuck Link. She went a little red but before she knew it his hands were on her shoulders and he pushed her against the stone wall and kissed her. Hey eyes widened but she wasted no time wrapping her arms around his head and pulling him in.

He grabbed the hem of her pants and began pushing them down. She took the hint and did it herself as he pulled down his. His cock grazed her thigh and she put her arms around him again. He grabbed her legs and lifted her up, pushing her tight against the wall and then moved his dick to her hole and pushed it inside.

Ashei let out a yelp and her mouth was open wider than she knew was possible. It felt incredible, this is what a dick should feel like. He thrust hard into her over and over, supporting her weight. "Fuck… Link yes!" She moaned as he breathed deeply into her neck.
"Asheii…" he moaned moving his hands back slightly to grab her butt cheeks.

She moaned, bit her lip and looked deeply into Link's eyes as he pounded into her with strength. With every thrust he filled her and she couldn't get enough of the satisfaction it brought her.

She could feel herself getting wetter and closer and Link felt it too. He continued pushing into her until a gasp left her throat.
"Link! I...I… oh this is it!" She screamed a little too loudly for Link's liking. She closed her legs around him and her body tightened. She saw Link's face contorted in pleasure.
"Ashei I am going too…." He moaned and she kissed him tightly as his dick erupted inside her. He gave a few last thrusts until he let her down to his feet and quickly pulled up his pants.

They stared at each other in silence. Link didn't know what this was or why he was doing this. He loved Zelda, he did. So why did he feel the need to fuck Ashei. Maybe he was just horny and she is hot.
"That was something huh.." she said casually. "Link I want you to know that I love this. Like you know about my current relationship and while I don't enjoy cheating on Shad, I don't feel terrible blowing off steam either. You or otherwise. Just… just as long as you know why you are doing this. I don't need to know. But don't blow a serious relationship on this okay? I am here if you wanna fuck, nothing more. This isn't a relationship. Are we cool with that?" She asked and Link said nothing at first.
"It is cool. But in future we should probably do it somewhere less…. In the open" he told her and she nodded.

 

Link opens the door to their room and strips off in silence. He climbs into bed with an equally silent Zelda. "Zelda… I know it might be hollow but I am sorry" he told her and she looked at him.
"I know you are Link. I just want to know why? Why didn't you at least let me know. You can't just… not turn up some nights" she said and he nodded.
"I…. I find it stressful" he said and she said nothing. "Not being with you, I love that and I love you but the life that comes with it. The restrictions the Castle has on me. I like freedom" he told her and she hugged him. She felt bad, she couldn't change their circumstance but didn't want to tell him that because she didn't want him to leave her.

"I am sorry too. I should never have denied you sex" she joked and he laughed, rolling ontop of her.
"Please. You were really just punishing yourself" he said, feeling guilty knowing it was more true than she thought.
"Oh yeah? You think you are that good huh?" She said with a smirk.
"Your words not mine. Pretty sure you blissfully moaned it when I was ramming into you one time" he said and she shrugged.
"Funny, pretty sure I can remember you moaning the same thing".

His hand went to her silk robe and slid inside over her breasts. He began playing with them as he kissed Zelda lovingly. She sighed and layback, his rough hands delicately touched her sensitive nipples and a powerful sensation rushed through her. She pulled the robe off and pushed it to the other end of the bed.

Link licked her neck and trailed down to her breasts, releasing a moan from her. He pulled down his boxers and let her erection spring free against her. They lay nude, touching each others bodies and feeling the orgasmic energy rush through them at each touch.

The intimacy was something Link couldn't get with someone else. Zelda kissed him and made him feel loved. He felt her body and didn't need to hurry and fuck her, their closeness was almost enough. Almost.

She opened her legs and Link moved between them. He kissed her and lowered his hands and felt her warmth, felt her moan into him and he smiled. "Link please…" she pleaded and he pushed his dick to her entrance, the tip feeling the pleasure already and proceed to slowly push into her, releasing a moan as he did and feeling her walls grip his shaft as his manhood entered her.

They moaned together and Link began to move, thrusting at a steady pace and both felt the pleasure surge through their bodies. She gripped his back and arched her legs, leaning her body upwards to meet his thrusts. She had to admit it, she missed this.

"Link… I love you" she moaned softly. He gave a gentle smile.
"I love you too." He told her with no doubt in his mind. Telma and Ashei sprang to mind. He has been unfaithful and he knew it but it wasn't out of a lack of love because he truly meant the words he spoke.

Words Telma said came front and center:
"As long as you love the Queen and you fuck her brains out enough then I am sure she won't mind".... That was it. Link would do just that.

"Oh Zelda…" he groaned as he gripped the sheets tightly and began speeding up. Her moans accelerated and the pressure on his dick increased.
"Link!" She moaned as he fucked her fast. "Yes! Oh fuck! Yes!" She screamed in pure bliss. Link's moans got deep and heavy, his body moving fast against hers.

Their bodies began to sweat and heated up and Zellda knew she could only last so long. She felt his body and wrapped her lets around his waist, holding him in as she fucked her hard. "Oh Link I am cumming! Ahhhh" she screamed as she felt her climax fill her body. This sent Link over the edge has his cock spasmed and shot a thick load into her followed by a few more streams. He groaned as his dick throbbed inside her.
"Ohhhhh. Oh fuck…" he moaned as his electrifying orgasm slowed.

He pulled out and lay next to her. "I fucking love you Zelda." He said and she kissed him.
"I think you made that clear"....

 

 

Time goes on and Link continues training the Knights of Hyrule and King Bulbin. He and Zelda continue their relationship, screwing every night. But that wasn't enough for him and through the day, he would usually find Ashei and sneak off with her at somepoint and fuck her. Link felt like she was a choice and it was his area of freedom. He hated being watched all the time and hated following dumb rules of the Castle and having to do things the proper way. Why is there rules to how to eat? Despite Zelda telling over the months that he would get used to it, he hadn't.

 

But when Link fucked Ashei, he wasn't being watched. Most the time they would go somewhere private like a closed off barracks room or behind a wall but sometimes they found the risk and adventure worth it tried on top of the Castle walls, in the Middle of Castle Town and even certain places of the Castle.

The first time they fucked, Ashei let Link cum inside him so from then on she took contraceptive potions that she hid from Shad. She absolutely did not want to get pregnant from Link or Shad but absolutely wanted to keep fucking Link. It was the bright spot of her day and she looked forward to it. She would then return home and accept Shad's love making but it never satisfied her and she just went through the motions.

 

Link yawned as he walked through the Castle corridors. He was about to push open the doors to his and Zelda's room but heard,
"Lord Link of Hyrule how dare you!" A Man shouted. He turned with his eyes half shut and noticed it was one of Zelda's advisors. He was a short, old man with grey fuzzy hair and a really bad temper. "Were you born in a barn?!" He shouted and Link couldn't help but smile.
"I mean… not exactly but pretty close to one" he remarked and it made the man more furious.
"Time after time after time I have to clean up after you. Muddy footprints, doors left open, plates left in the wrong place. I just found your chair halfway across the room from the dining table!" He shouted and Link folded his arms and looked annoyed.

"Oh boo-hoo. I am sure I make your life so hard. There is more important things in life than leaving a chair in the wrong place. Like saving Hyrule comes to mind" he argued.
"Not when you live in the Castle with the Queen! You are required to follow the rules!" He shouted.
"Whose rules? Your rules? Zelda doesn't seem to enforce them and she is the Queen"
"Her majesty has more important duties"
"And so do I. What I do makes it so your little ecosystem of rules is allowed to go on. What I do is what lets you sleep at night without a Bokoblin climbing through your window and cutting your throat while you sleep" he said in an angry tone. "YOU do not order me around little man. I outrank you. If I want you to wipe my arse you will do it. Now run along before I ask you too" Link shouted at him and he growled and stormed off.

Link entered his room and Zelda was standing there in shock.
"What on Earth was that?" She asked concerned and Link sighed.
"I can't do this Zelda. I can't! I want to but I just can't!" He shouted, taking a deep breath and sitting on their bed. Zelda approached and out an arm around him.
"Do what?" She asked.
"This. Living here with all these rules and expectations and pressures doing the mundane. Why do I have to eat a fucking sandwich while being watched? I can't live like this Zelda. It is driving me nuts. I want to for you. I really do but I just can't" he said and she sighed.

"Link…. I know. I hoped this day wouldn't come but I knew it would. I knew this life isn't yours and I tried tk make it work for you" she said in sadness. He put his hand on hers.
"And we cant be together without me living this way can we?" He asked, knowing the answer. She nodded.
"No we can't Link. I am sorry" she said and he hugged her.
"So is this it then? Is this the end of us?" He asked and she sobbed lightly.
"Yes, Link. I think we have to break up if you want to live your way".

They sat in silence, just holding each other.
"I do want you to know that I do love you" he said and she kissed him.
"I love you too Link" she told him.
"Can we be together for one more night?" He asked and she smiled.
"I couldn't ask for anything more"

Notes:

I feel I made Zelda forgive Link a bit too quickly but I had to go ahead with ot for future chapters. There are several more to come but there might be a break around christmas time (maybe). I am ahead but not fully ahead. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 74: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 9 - Mission up North

Summary:

Zelda has an important Mission for Link and Ashei to carry out together.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Ahhhh, Ahhhhh! Oh yes Link!" Ashei called as the Hylian Hero thrust into her from behind, pushing her armoured body against the stone wall. "Ahhhhhh!" She called out as she tightened around him and Link grunted as he felt his dick shoot his load inside her. They rode the climax out together before he pulled out of her and then they fixed their clothes like nothing happened.

"I am glad you broke up with the Queen….. I mean I don't mean it like that, just you are the best fuck I have ever had and Shad just can't please me like you do" she told him as they walked through the Castle grounds.

 

Link and Zelda tried to move forward with their lives. A month past and Link lived in his own quarters of the Castle, the part where the strict rules never followed him and he was happier.

Link began fucking Ashei more frequently but also returned to Telma a few times. He decided he wanted to get his mind off Zelda but it wasn't an easy task since he still worked for her. It wasn't long before they began seeing each other again at night, but not romantically, just for pleasure.

Link had to sneak through her window like a teenage boy. He never had trouble sneaking around the Castle, even as a Wolf. But both knew this wasn't smart, they were trying to move on after their breakup and seeing each other did not help.

"I mean I guess the upside is I get to have sex with who I want guilt free. I fucked the boat girl as well" he said and she smiled.
"Of course you did… but I don't need several people, I just need that wonderful dick of yours everynow and again to keep my sex life satisfying" she said in a flirtatious tone as she parted from Link to head home.

 

 

Link wakes up in Zelda's bed the following da and she smiles. He gets up and begins getting dressed.
"We should really stop doing this Link. Seeing each other is just making it harder for us to move on. Go find someone else. Go make love to anyone. Get your mind off me" she said and Link thought about how little of an issue that was and how little she knew. He insisted it stay that way for good.
"I know. I am trying not to think about you in any romantic way but…. I mean you are still hot" he said and she chuckled.
"I get it. But seriously, Link. We should stop and try to move on" she said and Lonk nodded.
"I know." He said as he opened her window and pulled his Claw Shot out.

"Oh. And Link. I have a mission for you. You and Ashei actually." She said and he turned to her. "I'll explain in the Throne Room. In about Three Hours" she said and Link nodded.
"I'll go get her personally then" he said and jumped out her window and Zelda trusted he propelled himself to safety.

 

 

Link strolled through Castle Town. He knew roughly where Shad lived but not the exact House. He passed a house that had his name on the sign post and knocked on the door.

Ashei ran down the stairs, wrapped only in a towel, fresh out of the shower. She peeped through the eye hole and saw Link. She felt excited suddenly. She pulled the door open and Link's eyes widened.
"Oh. Bad time?" He asked and she smiled.
"Come in" she said and Link did as she asked, closing the door behind him.

He couldn't help but stare. Her body was held snuggly by the towel and her cleavage was showing. He had screwed her before but never seen her naked. He had felt her boobs under her shirt but never laid eyes upon them. He focused.

"Zelda has summoned us for a mission. Exclusively us" he said and she raised an eyebrow.
"Sounds interesting. What is it?" She asked and Link shrugged.
"Dunno. We have to go to the Castle to find out." He said and she smiled and let the towel drop to the ground. Link stared. Her naked body was standing before him in all its glory and it was even better than Link had imagined. Her boobs were big, round and perfectly shaped. Her hips curved and her legs were slender.
"What are you doing!?" Link asked in alarm.
"We have some time right? We don't have to be there now, right?" She asked and he nodded.

She walked over to him and pushed him down onto the couch and straddled him. His bulge grew big and she smiled, grinding against it.
"Ashei…" he moaned as he grabbed her boobs and played with them. Her head leaned back and she sighed.

Ashei lowered her hand and pushed it down his pants and felt his hard cock. He groaned and she smirked at him, rubbing her thumb over the tip. Link pushed his pants down and let it spring free against her.

Ashei looked him in the eyes and it was full of desire. He wanted her. She positioned herself above his dick and lowered down on it, eyes going wide with the blissful sensation. She then pulled off and impaled down harder and began riding him with a steady motion.

His hand went to her hip and he just eyed up her body. Ashei wanted to see him naked but knew they didn't have the time. "Ashei… that is sooo…." He was cut off by a kiss, a kiss he moaned into. She broke it off and smiled.
"We have to be quiet. Shad is upstairs" she whispered and Link looked shocked but returned the smile.

He rolled her onto her back, pushing her against the couch and drove himself inside her, going fast and she gasped loudly. She covered her mouth and Link laughed slightly. He picked up a steady pace and she wrapped her arms around his lower waist. He was tight against her, thrusting in and all she could do was bite her lip and enjoy it. The feeling of his dick going deep inside was indescribable and she moaned, trying to keep her voice down.

"Link... fuck you are so hot" she said and he lightly kissed her neck, a sensation that drove her wild inside.
"Same applies to you" he spoke gently but his words rocked her core.
"Fuck I am…. She got out before using her legs to flip him onto his back and started riding him once more. "...so close" she spoke with pleasure apparent on the face.

Link sat up and they rocked their bodies together, breaths touching and eyes looking deeply into one another. They were both close and they could see it in each other's eyes. Link's breath became more raspy and hers got higher.

"Ahhh" she let out as she hugged him and moaned into his shoulder. "Link…" she moaned in a very strong effort to keep her voice down.
"I know… ahhh" he moaned as she felt her cum and her body clenched around him. "Ashei…" he moaned as he came, shooting inside her.

They sat there panting, coming down from the orgasmic high. Link just stared at her boobs more, there was no amount he could see them and be satisfied. They heard a noise, it was the stairs. And someone coming down it. Ashei's eyes grew wide and Link knew exactly what to do.

Ashei got off Link quickly and wrapped the towel around her body, straightening it with her hands as Link pulled up his pants. Shad came down the stairs and smiled.
"Oh Link, I didn't know you were here. And… Ashei, I could have got the door" he said as he gazed lustfully at his Girlfriend in the towel.

Ashei felt some cum drip down her leg but tried to ignore it.
"Well I ran for the door and I didn't really think about the fact I was in a towel." She lied and he smiled.
"I came here for a mission. A mission for me and Ashei" he told Shad. He explained all he knew while Ashei went upstairs to get changed and to clean herself.

She had a thrilling rush going through her body. The excitement of fucking Link and nearly getting caught was exhilarating for her. She had realised this had all become a game for her. She no longer hated the relationship with Shad and found cheating to be a rush. She knew it was wrong and unfair and cruel but she couldn't help how she felt.

She got changed and headed downstairs to join Link and they left together. They walked through Castle Town and she smiled.
"That was the best sex I have ever had" she told him and he smiled and thought.
"Second best for me" he said and she winced at him.
"Oh yeah? Spill. Who was number one?" She asked and Link looked away.
"That one is for me only" he told her and she pouted.
"Fine. If you can't tell me it doesn't count and it makes me number one" she said and Link laughed.
"Sure."

They reached the Castle and went to the Throne Room. Zelda was sitting atop her throne and she smirked.
"You took your time" she said informally. "Lord Link and Lady Ashei" she said in an effort to correct her informality. The knelt before her and Link looked up.
"Forgive me your highness" he said and she nodded.
"Very well. Shall I get to the reason you are here?" She asked and they nodded together.

"The Mission I have is one that I am not happy about giving but I trust that Link is of course capable and you, Lady Ashei are familiar in the location". She said and she gave a confused look. "As you know Ashei, you were raised in what is now referred to as Snow Peak Ruins, the old Mansion on the top of Snowpeak. You lived there with your Father and many other Knights as it was a Hyrule stronghold, a fort for the Royal Army. This was until the Dark Hammers appeared, and Monsters infested the place, forcing a full evacuation. I like you was just a Child back then so I had no real information but from what I can gather, my Father couldn't send reinforcements that far up the Mountain and as a result, the fort was lost to us." Zelda explained, mainly to Link. Ashei nodded.
"That does about sum it up your highness" Ashei spoke.

"I would like you both to take the fort back. Hyrule is defenceless from that side and any army skilled in mountain combat could have devastating effects." Zelda spoke.
"So you want me and Link to head to my old Childhood home and take it back so Hylian Soldier can occupy it again?" Ashei asked and Zelda nodded. "I accept of course but may I ask for a favor from your highness?" Ashei asked and Link turned to her.
"Go ahead"
"May I run the Fort?" She asked and Zelda sat back. "I loved that home and I never wanted to leave it. I have always longed to live there. I would appreciate this your highness" she said in earnest.

"I don't know. I will take it into consideration. I promise" she said. "The next part I don't like but my advisors wont leave me alone unless I ask this of you. I request you erase all evidence of the Hylian defeat there. Yes, it is a cover up to show we are not weak. I am sorry" Zelda asked and Ashei was clearly angry.
"Of course. If that is what you wish" Ashei said under her breath and Link looked up.
"I accept your Highness." He said as expected.

 

Link and Ashei leave and she is furious. She clenched her fist.
"I can't believe it. They want to cover up a tragedy that got my Mother and many great Men killed just to seem strong? I can't….. She better accept my request after asking something like that!" Ashei shouted to Link and he put a hand on her shoulder.
"I know. I mean, it seems she didn't want to ask that of you but she had too. Ashei, I know it seems like the Queen can make any decision she wants but I have lived by her and it isn't the case. She has a council and they basically get their way a lot times. I am not justifying it but just telling you Zelda didn't want to make that call" he explained.
"Well you would defend her" she said grumpily but before he could defend himself Shad came around the corner.

He approaches and kisses Ashei on the lips before smiling.
"So, what do you have to do?" He asked and Link looked at him.
"The short, top secret version is we have to go to Snow Peak Ruins to take care of something" he said and Sjad beamed up in delight.
"Oh my! Your old home Ashei! Oh and also the secrets that place holds must be next to none! I am going to ask Zelda if I can come along" he said and both Link and Ashei's eyes grew wide.
"You've got to be kidding!" Ashei said and he looked confused.
"You don't want me there?" He asked, looking hurt.
"No. It isn't that Shad. It is an unbelievably dangerous mission. No offense but you wouldn't make it to the top of the mountain" Link told him.
"They are correct" a voice said behind them and they turned to Zelda walking up to them.

"Lord Shad, this mission isn't for you. I understand your passion for History and knowledge and it is a passion I share and something that I could greatly need. But I can't let you go with them." She explained.
"Oh. I understand your highness. Forgive me." He said and she smiled.
"That being said, I do have a task for you. You'll have to follow me to my study" she told him and he smiled, following her in a similar way to how he does with Ashei.
"Wow. Maybe they can get together and leave you alone" Link joked and Ashei crossed her arms.
"I actually think they make a good couple," she said and Link laughed.
"I don't. Shad isn't ready for her dominance" Link said and Ashei laughed.
"So should we get going?" She asked and Link nodded.
"Yeah".

Notes:

Not a lot happens here plot wise, mostly set up but what does happen is good if you are here for only smut.

Chapter 75: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 10 - Frigid North

Summary:

Link and Ashei head to Snowpeak Ruins to reclaim the lost fort but find the cold troubling.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Despite the thick coat, Link was freezing. He had an easier time as a Wolf in the harsh snowy mountains. Ashei had a white fur poncho on, and didn't seem to mind the cold one bit. They trudged through snow that reached their knees for a while and began the incline. They battled Ice Keese and Wolfos on the way.

They had to properly climb the mountain with climbing gear Ashei brought. Link's Clawshots couldn't grip in the hard stone and ice and Ashei never had one anyway. He certainly didn't have Midna to help him. This made the journey long and hard but determination was always on Ashei's face.

"We should stop in this cave and set up camp. We don't make it before nightfall and I don't want to be out in a blizzard at night" she told him and he agreed.

Link made a campfire and Ashei began cooking some meat on top of it. She looked at Link and he was peacefully smiling to himself. "What is it?" She asked and he looked up.
"Oh.. I was just thinking that this is the first real action I have had since saving Hyrule. It is kinda home for me" he said and she smiled, feeling the same.
"I know what you mean. I am not one to sit around doing nothing. I need action." She said and then chuckled. "We really ended up with the wrong people huh? You ended up with the Queen and me a researcher. The opposite of what we need" she said and both of them had the exact same following thought but neither would bring it forward.

After they warmed up and got warm, Ashei dragged a blanket and dumped it on the floor. She lay down on top of it and motioned Link over. "We should lay together, body heat is essential" she said and Link nodded, laying next to her and throwing a giant woolen sheet over them.

 

Link shivered and Ashei moved back, pushing their bodies together. Link knew there was no way he was going to sleep. He knew she felt his erect penis against her but could do nothing. It was either the tease of spooning or freezing. Link decided dying wasn't the best option. His body involuntary shivered and this time she really felt it, his penis grinding against her ass.
"Sorry" he whispered. "It's so cold". She put her arms around her back, looking for his and guided them around her.
"You'll be warmer the closer we are '' she said, completely aware of what she was doing.

Her cold hand played with his for a moment before she guided it up to her breast. Link gasped in shock but soon found himself feeling her lush mound in his hand. He could feel the cloth of her sweater as well as the bra underneath, holding her fleshy orbs. He found her other breast and took control in fondeling both. She sighed as the feeling was pleasurable. She then began grinding against him in which he was forced to groan into.

"Ashei..." He moaned but she just put her hand behind her again and grabbed Link's bulge.
"This is entirely to keep warm, no other reason at all" She hummed at him groping her and he smiled.
"Sure thing. Sure thing" he said as he pulled her pants down part way as well as his own. He lined his dick up with her Vagina, her legs being closed made it somewhat more difficult but he pushed himself into her, and groaned at how tight she was.

He rocked his hips back and forth fondling her boobs in the process. He couldn't see Ashei's face but her low moans and her pushing against him very much implied she wanted it. Every time he pulled out, her walls tried to stop him with their grip which made it all the more pleasurable to push back into. She rocked back and forward but leaned her head back.
"Oh fuck me Link. This is the best way to kee- haaghhh..." she moaned in surprise as he let go of her breast and grabbed her clit.

She liked to keep her composure but his breath on her neck and his moans in her ear were too much. The tightness became easier as she got more wet.
"You like that?" He whispered in her ear and she moaned.
"I do. I fucking do". She told him as he continued his playing with her clit and thrusting into her.

Her legs felt weak and she was eventually rolled onto her front where Link fucked her from behind. His new position did not allow him to play with her clit but let him go faster. His rhythm hitting everyone of her nerves. "Ashei.... I am ready..." he moaned and she gripped the ground.
"Fuck…. Me too Link… I am so close…" she moaned as she felt his body ram into her. He pressed down on her.
"Ahhhh" he moaned and she felt him shoot into her and she sighed.
"Ahhh. Link! Yes!" She screamed in bliss and she came.

Link continued moving but to a gradual stop and Ashei was breathless. Link pulled out and they both pulled their pants up. "Warm now?" She asked and he smiled.
"Very."

 

"These are the same as the Carvings found at the gates of Hyrule Castle and the Sacred Grove" Shad said as he peered into the book. Zelda leaned over him, her hair tickling his face.
"I recognise most of those races. Hylians obviously but Gorons and Zora too." She said.
"And on the right we have the Oocoo. They are Bird like people that live in the City in the Sky. But I don't know that other Bird Species.." he said.

Zelda looked closer.
"That boy… I mean… he is a child clearly but he is wearing the same clothes as Link. Do you think he was a previous Hero?" She asked and Shad looked at her.
"I don't know. Your Highness. Would I be able to look through the books in this library freely?" He asked and she sat on the table.
"Sure. I want to get to the bottom of some of these Legends. Hyrule is an old Kingdom and its history is never accurately recorded. It all fades to Legends. Surely some of the History of Hyrule is in this Castle somewhere" she said and Shad stood.

He walked over and started scanning books. She followed him. "I used to read books from here all the time. My Father never seem interested in research but I always found it fascinating. Much more interesting than war". She said and Shad turned in delight.
"Oh how I agree! Ashei is always talking about fighting and wars and weapons. It is always so violent. History is so much more magical" he said as he turned back to the books. She smiled and continued watching him.

 

 

The following day they continue through the harsh conditions. Link made it to the top of the hill and smiled. "Wanna snowboard?" He asked and she raised her eyebrow.
"What?" She asked in a rightfully confused voice. Link kicked the tree and a chuck of ice fell from it.
"When I went to Snowpeak Ruins I snowboarded on this. Three times actually. I raced Yeto and Yeta too" he said and she walked over.
"I dunno, it doesn't look… safe" she observed and Link smiled.
"Oh, it isn't. But it's fun. You do you but I know what I am doing" he said as he jumped on the chunk of ice and sped down the hill.
"Shit. Link, wait for me!" She shouted. She kicked the tree like he did and jumped aboard the ice that fell from it and zoomed after him.

She wobbled, terrified she was gonna fall. She focused, steadied her balance. She saw Link hop ahead of her so she prepared. There it was, the holes in the bridge. She jumped over them and leaned forward when she landed to accelerate. She was closing in on Link. He noticed so he hopped onto a ledge that she missed. She didn't know where he was until she saw him fly over her head. She focused on herself, steering herself round the final bend. She smuggly smiled, Link wasn't there. But suddenly he zoomed past her , his ice broke when landing on the stone and she frowned. She landed on her feet.

"No fair, I had you!" She shouted and Link laughed.
"Sorry, I won. But that was excellent for your first time. You would have beat me if you knew the short cut" he said.
"And if you didn't get a head start" she remarked.
"Fun though, right?" He said and she smiled.
"Yeah, it was fun".

Ashei looks up and realises they are there, she can't believe she is staring at her family home. She walks up to it slowly and up the steps. She places her palm against the cold door and then pushes it open. She is suddenly overwhelmed by emotion and memories. The place is damaged and in ruin but it is the same home, the same place she ran through as a little Girl.

Link stepped up to her and put a hand on her shoulder.
"You alright?" He asked and she nodded, wiping a tear away.
"Yeah, sorry. I shouldn't cry" she said and Link put an arm rounder and she felt her heart speed up.
"No, it is okay to cry. It is good. It proves you still have emotions. Never apologise for it" he told her and she smiled.
"Thank you Link." Was all she could say, unaware of what the feeling she felt was.

They headed straight, she knew the way and pushed the doors open to the living room. Yeta turned to them, startled and then relaxed. Ashei looked unsure but Link was relaxed.
"Oh. You. Link was it." She said in a strange voice and Link nodded.
"That's right. And this is Ashei" he said and she waved.
"LINK!" Yeto shouted as he ran into the room and gave Link a bear hug. "Thank you for helping my Yeta once again!" He yelled and Link weezed.
"Your…. Welcome…" he managed to get out before Yeto releases him.

Link looked up. And then noticed the gaze Yeto had on Ashei.
"I know you." Yeto finally said, in a voice much more serious than ever before. Ashei stepped back, almost like she remembered something deep.
"You are the Giant that took the Reek Fish. I saw you back then" she said and Yeto shook his head.
"I remember you when you were small" Yeto said and Ashei gulped.

Link sensed the tension and stepped between them.
"Look. I don't know where this is going but this is something right. It seems a little hostile. Yeto, Yeta. We assure you we come in peace. Ashei, these are friendly and won't attack us. Can we all agree on this first?" They both nodded. Right, then next, let us sit down and explain why we are here and then we can talk about what ever past you two may or may not have. Okay?" Link said and Ashei smiled.
"Yeah…. Sounds good" she said with a little uncertainty.

 

Telma walked into Kakariko Village. The second she entered was the second she wanted to turn back. What was she doing… She saw all her friends finding love and suddenly had the urge to dig up the past? It was foolish. She turned to leave.
"Telma?" The voice said behind her and she knew it was him right away.
"Renardo" she said as she turned.
"What are you doing here Telma?" He asked and she looked down.
"I don't know, it was foolish. Nevermind" she said and he walked over.

"Why have you come to see me Telma?" He asked and she sighed.
"I just…. I wanted to know if there could ever be anything between us again" she said and he frowned.
"My wife left me because of you… because of us" he said and she frowned.
"I know. And that is why I decided to leave" she said sadly.
"Well unfortunately you are here and I am not going to send you away at night. You can stay at my home for one night. This isn't anything, just helping out" he said she smiled as she followed him home.

"Luda is out if you are wondering". He told her. "Rustl said that she could have a sleepover at his. I think she likes Colin. He is a brave kid. I wouldn't mind them getting together" he told her.
"So we are alone?" She said and Renardo sighed.
"Telma… we should leave the past where it is" he told her and she sighed.
"I just have to know. If your Wife didn't catch us or if she didn't leave. Heck, if you never met her in the first place then could we have been together?" She asked and he sat next to her.

"Telma, everything I liked about you I still like. You are kind, caring and attractive. But I just can't look at you without thinking about how you… how we ruined my life… left Luda Motherless." He told her. She sat in silence. She turned to him and she leaned forward and kissed him.

He stepped back and tried to push her away. "Telma! No!" He shouted but she pushed him against the wall.
"I need you Renardo. I do!" She said as she pushed her irresistible body against him.
"Telma… please don't" he said and she kissed him.
"Why?" She asked and he looked at her hungry eyes.
"Because if you do I won't be able to stop myself" he said and she stared at him, watching his feelings change, watching his stubbornness fade.

He kissed her back and pulled her bra down, exposing the huge breasts he had been thinking about for so long. She moaned as the hands she had longed for were fondling her. She reached down to his crotch and felt the large bulge. Renardo closed his eyes and groaned.

He removed his hands and began pulling his robes off. Telma stripped down and the two stood bare. Telma licked her lips at the sight of his big dick, erect before her.

Renardo pushed her against the wall, grabbed her legs and picked her up and then shoved his dick inside her with no warning. Telma moaned loudly as he filled to satisfaction. She looked into his eyes and they were full of pleasure but he kept his cool and thrust his hips into her hard.

She wrapped her arms and legs around him and rocked her hips into his, increasing the pleasure and getting guttural groans out of Renardo.

Telma forced her weight forward and with no where to go, Renardo fell onto his bed. Telma rode him and he moaned. "Ahhh! Ah!" He let out and she rocked her hips as he laid back in delight. "Telma! TELMA! Ah!" He moaned. Telma closed her eyes and felt how deep his dick went.

"Renardo…. Oh honey" she moaned and something on his face changed and suddenly he flipped her over and began a fast assault. "RENARDO!" She screamed and he moaned in joy. He pinned her arms to her sides and went as fast as he could go. Telma screamed and Renardo moaned. She felt great but he felt something much more.

Electricity surged through his body, his brain buzzing with this sensation that came from his balls to his brain. As Telma reached her climax she tightened her body around him but he kept going as he moaned, hardly able to keep his mouth open.
"Gyahh!" Was all he let out as he exploded inside her, flooding her with bursts of hot sticky cum. She gasped in shock at the sheer amount he shot out, swamping her folds. He panted as he came, still thrusting as he rode out the once in a lifetime sensation.

He collapsed next to her and moaned heavily, the high of his orgasm raced around his head and his body was buzzing from the pleasure. Telma turned to him for clarification.
"I haven't had an orgasm since…. since you" he said and she was shocked. "No sex. Not masturbation. Nothing. I lived a life of celibacy" he said and she sat up.
"Renardo I…"
"No Telma. This wasn't like something I didn't want to break. I kinda just felt I didn't deserve it." He told her. "But…. The worth was worth it…. Telma. That was fucking incredible. I have never felt something as good in my whole life" he said and she smiled.
"That's what waiting does.. but sorry Renardo, you will never feel that high again because I am not going to let you go that long. How could I after….. that."....

Notes:

I gave this chapter a day early because it is Christmas tomorrow and I don't wanna think ahout this on Christmas. So Merry Christmas. How fitting the Snowy Chapter is the Christmas one. Funny how things work out.

Chapter 76: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 11 - Ashei returns home

Summary:

Link and Ashei arrive at Snowpeak Ruins, Ashei's old family home.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"We are here on a mission to reclaim Snowpeak and clear the Monster infestation here." Link said. "I know you won't want that since you have made this your home and I am sorry. I can try and arrange for you to be accepted to live alongside us" Link said. And Yeto frowned.
"Why should we share it?" He asked and Ashei sat forward.
"Because this is my home" she said and Yeto leaned in further.
"Well my home was destroyed thanks too-"
"ENOUGH!" Link yelled and the room went silent. "Civil remember. We want the best out come for everyone. The past hurts us all but fighting isn't going to solve this. Right, Yeto, explain your side of the story to us and Ashei, you might disagree but can you bite your tongue while he talks?" He asked and nodded.

"Long ago there were many Yeti. We lived in these mountains and it was peaceful. One day Hylian men came and built this house on our mountain. We didn't like it but we didn't scare them away, we just let them do there business. But eventually, Hylian men decided they didn't like living to close to Yeti so they attacked us. They destroyed our caves and it make Yeti angry. We fought back and were strong. Hylian hire Dark Hammers to kill us and we were wiped out. All but me and Yeta. Eventually Dark Hammer turn on Hylian and scare them out of home. Since no where to go, we live in house now" Yeto explained.
"Okay. And how do you know Ashei?" He asked and Yeto frowned.
"When we attack Hylian men I break into house. I in her room and she look at me scared. I let her live because she kid. She no violence" he said.

Ashei took a deep breath and looked down.
"I thought I imagined that. I thought it was a nightmare" she said . "But I remember this differently. I remember living in this house from when I was born. One day the Dark Hammers showed up and started killing us all. There was no Yetis around." She said but Link turned to her.
"Ashei. You just admitted to seeing him" Link told her and she put her head in her hands.
"I know. And I hate it. I hate that what I remember is wrong. It means all my anger was at the wrong things. Look, I was a child. I wasn't told the details. Perhaps the Knights had a good reason to attack the Yetis, perhaps not. I don't know. But what I do know is I lived here, I lived it and this is my home. Maybe the Hylians did destroy your home but that wasn't me as you said. I was an innocent child" she explained.

There was a long silence. Yeto looks at Ashei.
"I let you live here. But why other Hylians?" He asked and Link looked at him.
"Because it would be kind" he said and Yeto sat back. "You are right, individual Hylians may not be blamed but Hylians as a whole… yeah, why should we be allowed to reclaim what you have called home for years now. All I can offer is that I will do everything in my power to make sure you get to live here like always. How great would it be to settle old wounds and live in harmony?" Link said and Yeta leaned in.
"I think it sound good. Yes. We do this Yeto" she said and they turned to him.
"Yeto accept if Link keeps word" he said and Link smiled.
"I promise I will".

 

Link and Ashei left them, telling them they would free the ace of monsters and that is what they intended to do. Link felt something cold on his hand, he looked down and Ashei had grabbed it. He looked up to her and she smiled nervously.
"Thank you Link. Like seriously thank you" she said in a low sincere voice.
"For what?" He asked and she smiled.
"For keeping peace with them. You know this all brings back memories I would rather forget. That could have turned out ugly if it wasn't for you" she told him and he smiled.
"It was no problem. Just doing what I thought was right" he said and he walked on.

She looked at his back and smiled. He was kind and smart and he wasn't big headed about it. It was so natural for him. She had never been that. She was a nice person deep down but she didn't like people to see her softer side. Instead she would tease people and mock them. They all knew it was in good fun but Link wore his heart on his sleeve and she liked that about him.

They walked into the main hall and up the broken steps, Link motioned her over as he had the Clawshot in one hand. She stood next to him. "Hold on" he said as he wrapped and arm around her waist and she got the message and clutched him just in time to be hurled up to the top of the stairs. He let go and she smiled.
"I could use one of those." She said and he smiled, handing it too her. "Don't be silly, not yours" she protested but he shook his head.
"I have two. They come in useful in some instances but I won't need it here" he said and she took it from him.
"Thank you again" she said.

They turned and across the gap was a Chilfos. Ashei went to jump for the chandelier but Link grabbed her arm.
"I have dealt with one on the other side of here before, they are tricky. To have enough momentum to reach the other side I need to make the Chandelier swing and then grab the edge. Problem is, right as I pull myself up, the Chilfos has recovered from the first hit of my ball and chain and has an ice spear ready. We need to plan this out". He told her and she smiled.
"Can you throw me?" She asked and Link smiled.
"Oh Ashei, I like the way you think. We make a good team" he said and she smiled happily.

They proceeded to carry out their plan as explained. Link hit the Chandelier with his Ball and Chain and it began swinging. They both hopped onto it and Link launched the Metallic Ball into the Chilfos, making it stagger. He put both arms around her waist and with as much force as possible, threw her, giving her the extra boost she needed to land on her feet. She quickly swung her sword into the Chilfos as Link hurried to join her. They both sliced away until it was no more.

They high fived in delight and Ashei grinned.
"That was amazing." She cheered and Link agreed.
"It was your plan. Credit goes to you. But you are right. We work well together. We should definitely do more together, just the two of us" he said and she went red and tried to not show it.
"Sounds like a date" she pointed out and he looked up nervously.
"I guess so yeah… err well…" he began mumbling and she gave a friendly giggle.
"Don't sweat it. Come on" she said as she pulled him to the next room.

They ventured on and made it outside.
"Wolfos" Link said as the White Wolves started circling them. Link and Ashei went back to back. Link didn't need to ask, she had this. One dived and Link and he parried it with his Sheild then sliced it in half. Ashei saw the incoming jaws so she blocked it with her gauntlet, letting it bite down on the metal. She stabbed it and then kicked it off.

Another dived at her and she blocked it the same way. This one however jumped, making her sword fly under it. The dog landed on her blade, making her lose her grip and it threw her across the field of snow."Ashei!" Link shouted. She got up and punched the incoming Wolfos, its head smashing against the stone wall. She battered them away as they came at her. Link was being overwhelmed too. A well timed spin attack seemed to knock the majority away.

A Wolfos bit on her gauntlet and pulled. She struggled against it, kicking it in the side but she didn't have the foot space to get it off. She spun her body 360 degree and the Wolfos hit the wall hard but she fell in the snow. She looked up and the jaws of another came right for her. She couldn't move in time to stop it.

Out of nowhere a blade stabbed through its head and Link landed heroically in front of her. She quickly scanned the area and they were all dead. She gazed back to Link who offered a hand. Her heart began beating. He was so cool and heroic.
"That was tough" he said as he pulled her to his feet. She searched for her sword in the snow.
"I was weak. I messed up and it nearly got me killed." She said.
"I didn't mess up and I was nearly killed. Ashei, I have nearly died too many times. The odds of me being here now are low." He said.

Further into the Mansion they saw a Freezard in room where the floor was completely iced over. "They are easy with the ball and chain, just watch out for the Mini Freezards" he told her as he confidently ran at it. He pulled out the Ball and chain and started swinging it but his momentum was off and the floor had no friction. He couldn't stop his slide towards the Freezard. Suddenly he tripped and the metallic ball continued onwards into the Freezard, cracking it into several Mini Freezards. Link looked at his feet and Ashei's sword was plunged into the ice.
"We are even!" She called as she pulled out her sword and kicked a Mini Freezard across the room. She pulled Link up and they made short work of the foes.

After they were wiped out Link smiled.
"See. Nearly got frozen there. Thank you Ashei." He said kindly and she smiled. He did mess up but she couldn't deny she loved the confidence he showed. His courage was truly that of a Hero.

The duo enter a corridor and Link stops in his tracks.
"What's wrong?" Ashei asks and Link points. "Oh" she says as a Dark Hammer stood in between them and the other door.
"These are a pain but it should be easier with two. Its weak point is it's tail" he told her and he suddenly ran forward. It turned to him and started spinning its ball and chain. Link Clawshot past its head and it turned. It focused its attention on Link, getting ready to strike and Link got ready to dodge. But it did neither, it staggered as Ashei plunged her sword in its tail. It roared and turned quickly and slammed the Ball into her chest. She went flying across the room. "ASHEI!" He called and he heard her groan. Link slashed its tail before pulling himself towards Ashei who was already on her knees.

"I'm good" she said as she pulled herself up. "The plan was solid until I was hit. We do the same except I'll dodge. Be ready to get away if it decides to ignore me" she says and Link noded and the used his Clawshot to pulls himself to the other side of the room. He landed and caught the Dark Hammer in its tail, it spun and Ashei got it in the tail, it swung once more and Link repeated the action. The Dark Hammer knew it was outnumbered and im a vicious cycle of pain so it let the ball drop to the ground then swung its whole body round to swipe their feet with the weapon. Ashei grabbed the metal bars on the wall and Link used his claw to hand from the ceiling.

The Dark Hammer was dizzy and it fell in Links direction, Link jumped back against the door, the Dark Hammer fell before him and he kicked off the door and plunged his sword into the neck of their foe.

Ashei watched Link swing his sword round in a cool pose before drawing it as the Dark Hammer exploded into black dust. Damn he was so hot and so cool she thought to herself. She went red as a thought re-appeared in her brain. She liked Link. She liked Link a lot. She liked everything about Link. It was like they said, they made a good match. She was done burying this. She had a crush on Link. When this occurred she felt like she always knew but refused to know. It all made sense suddenly. Accepting it to herself made sense. But how did he feel?

They continued through the Mansion, battling monsters that past them by. Eventually they made it to the stairs up to the Master Bedroom. Before Link opened the door, Ashei called his name. He turned to her.

"Can I ask you something Link?" She said in a serious tone and he nodded.
"Sure" he said as he stood next to her. They looked off into the horizon and it was beautiful. She didn't know where to begin.
"I want to tell you something and I want you to promise that it changes nothing between us. Okay?" She said and he nodded. She took a deep breath. "I like you, Link. Like, I like you a lot. Like more than a friend" she said and he turned to her.
"I am going to have to break that promise. This does change something between us. Ashei, I meant it when I said we made a good match. I want to spend time with you. I have known for a while that I look forward to seeing you everyday. Ashei, I like you as more than just a friend too" he told her.

She was lost for words. Her heartbeat was heavy.
"Link…. I am going to break up with Shad. I want us to be together" she told him and he put his hand on the side of her head.
"I want nothing more," he told her as they pressed their lips together.

It was warm and nice and loving. They finally were together as a couple. No lying or sneaking or pretending. They were truly as one. Link pushed her against the doors and she moaned as she felt his bulge push against her. She moved around so he was against the door and she controlled the kiss. Link placed his hands or her butt and she squirmed at the feeling.

"Inside might be warmer" she whispered as she broke the kiss. He pushed the door open to the master bedroom.
"And we have a bed" Link said and Ashei smiled. She closed the door and pushed Link against it, giving him a brief kiss.
"We can properly make love, Link. No hiding, no cheating. Just me and you together" she said to him and without warning he picked her up, carried her across the room and laid her on the bed.

Link lay on top of her smiling, he put his hand on her face. He kissed her again and she smiled kindly at him.
"This just feels…. It feels right. You know what I mean?" Link asked and she nodded.
"I do. We have been together before but this feels… this feels different. This feels special" she said as she reached for the shoulder armour and began taking it off, followed by the rest of it.

Link grabbed her breasts and she hummed in joy. She grabbed his hat and threw it across the room and rolled on top of him. She pulled his hand away from her chest and then grabbed her top and pulled it off, leaving her in her bra. Link gulped and he palmed the soft material. She grabbed his tunic and tried pulling it off. It proved difficult so he set up and pulled it off himself. His undershirt came off with it leaving him bare.
"Fuck…" she said to her self as she lookes upon his chest. She couldn't contain how much he turned her on. He kissed her, his hard body pushing against her boobs.

He wrapped an arm around her back and unclasped the bra, grabbing the material and throwing it away. His hands magnetised to her boobs and he began playing. His finger brushed her nipple and she squirmed, her hips grinding against him. Her hands were busy roaming his strong back and shoulders. He was so hard and muscular and she groaned. This is what she wanted.

One of his hands slipped lower, down to her pants and inside. His middle finger brushed over her clit and she shivered. 'Haaaaah… Oh…" she let out and Link began rubbing the bud. He grabbed her shoulder and pushed her back suddenly, releasing his hand from her. He pulled his pants down and Ashei smiled as his glorious member stood tall, waiting for her.

She pulled her pants down, and joined him in nudity. She pushed him back and lay against him, his hard dick pressed against her belly. "This is the first time I have seen you naked. You are so fucking hot" she said and Link smiled.
"Glad I am not the only hot one around here" he responded and she kissed him.
"I want you to take me. I want us to have the hottest, longest fuck in the world." She said to him.

Link rolled her over and she parted her legs for him. He positioned himself right, put his hands on her hips and rubbed his tip against her. She sighed. "Link…. Stop teasing please!" She pleaded and Link leaned in and kissed her.
"Here it comes" he said as he pushed his penis inside her.

She gasped, placing one hand on his back and one on the bed sheets that she gripped tightly. Link thrust into her, pulled out and then back in again. He wasn't fast, he went slowly but effectively, filling her with as much pleasure as he could give. She felt his meaty cock slide all the way in, all the way out and back in again, reaching all her sensitive parts.

He kissed her, moaning as he did so. He moved one arm to her butt and she moaned as he palmed her. She moaned his name and looked him lustfully in his eyes. He began speeding up, satisfying her core even more. His body was strong and fit and hot and she bit her lip as he pleased her.

Ashei wasn't the only one in heaven. Link felt her core tight around his dick as he pushed into her. He felt her butt and the curves of her body moaning her name in bewilderment that anyone could be this sexy. He moved a hand up and groped her right breast that had been teasingly pushed against his chest and she shivered noticeably which made Link's dick twitch with a jolt of pleasure.

He felt her hand pam his back but soon she wrapped her legs around his waist and pulled him in closer. "Oh Link…. Faster please!" She moaned and he bucked his hips with speed. "Oh yes!" She cried out "More! More!" She moaned as his dick slipped into her wet hole.
"Ashei… Fuck!" He moaned and he felt himself closing on a climax. But he wasn't done. He placed his hands on he bed and rapidly bucked into her.

Ashei screamed and she rolled Link over and in desperation began bouncing on his dick. She bucked her hips, girated them as she rode him. Link thrust up, meeting her in time as their bodies collided in pleasure.
"Link!" She screamed as she rode him. He gripped her hips, forcefully moving her body as much as he could.

He leaned up, sitting up right as he kissed her. Their bodies not slowing for a second. "Link…. I am soo close. Link…. Oh Link…. Keep going Link…" she moaned in bliss. Their bodies were tired and unable to keep this up. Link rolled them over one last time and began pushing into her again.

He thrust into her as fast as he could, knowing this was it.
"Ahhhh. ASHEI!" He moaned and he opened her mouth with a whimper.
"Cumming! I am cumming. I am…. Ahhh. Ahhh!" She moaned as an orgasm rippled through her body. She clenched around him and he gasped as his dick shot everything into her. The orgasm was incredible, he felt it buzz around his body as he came.

He was panting heavily as he slowed down. She took a deep breath and he collapsed next to her. She was dripping with sweat and her folds were leaking out his cum.

"So…was THAT the best sex you ever had?" She asked breathlessly and Link turned to her.
"Are you kidding? That was amazing. That was something else entirely" he said with his face flushed. They lay there in silence, enjoying the feel of each other's bodies.

 

"Are you willing to tell me who it was?" She asked suddenly and Link sat up.
"It depends on whether you will laugh at me or not." He said and she hugged him.
"I am not promising anything" she said and he sighed.

"On my quest… this is hard to believe actually, Zelda is the only one that knows. But I got transformed into a Wolf" he said and she went to laugh but realised he was serious. It was a curse of being in the Twilight. While everyone else turned to spirits, including you may I add, I was a Wolf. I met an Imp who helped me on my quest. Eventually I got the ability to transform by will… wait most of this isn't related. The Imp wasn't really an Imp. When we defeated Ganondorf and the curse was lifted she turned back to her original form and she was…. Man she was hot" Link said. "She was also mostly naked. She left her boobs exposed. She was from the Twilight Realm and me and her fucked. I lost my Virginity to her… I haven't told anyone this." He said.

"What part was I going to laugh at? The part where she isn't Human? Link, I erm… I screwed a Zora once. Some see it as Taboo still but that is mostly the older generation. One day it will be accepted like Gay Marriage is. That took a while but we got there" she said and Link smiled.
"I guess you are right. But also you just believed all the stuff about the Wolf?" He asked and she leaned back.
"Well I believe you but I have questions. But we have time for ourselves now, you can tell me all your stories in time" shs said, kissing him again.

"I love you Link." She suddenly said, she realised she had never told anyone that before and Link's heart increased.
"I love you too Ashei" he responded.

Notes:

This is the first chapter since like April or something to he late. Broke a streak but ah well, it was Christmas.

But yay, Ashei and Link are together!

I had this idea a very long time ago because there are very few fanfics that have Link and Ashei together and I think that is a crime. I find a ton with Link and Shad for what ever reason but here I am to correct it.

Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 77: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 12 - From a Tree to a Mansion

Summary:

Link and Ashei move forward to their next step in life.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link woke up and felt his girlfriend laying next to him. The word he chose well. He is happy. He knew they were perfect together but he didn't know how she felt and she was in a relationship despite her numerous complaints. She eventually stirred awake and smiled at the site of Link.
"Hey Link. I did confess that I love you and then we fucked right? I didn't dream that?" She asked rhetorically and he smiled.
"Not in that order but yes. That happened" he said and he kissed her.

"We do still have a job to do though. Like I would love to screw you again but I have a promise to keep the the Yeti and I also really want you to get this house with Zelda's permission." He said and she smirked.
"You aren't just saying that because we are now going out and you would have the excuse to live in a mansion right? Oh, maybe that is why you hooked up with Zelda. Cool Castle" she said and he laughed.
"The whole reason I broke up with Zelda was because of the Castle. Although I am now incredibly thankful because you are far better than Zelda" he said and smiled.
"Thank you Link but you would say that even if it wasn't true" she joked and he shrugged.
"Well whether you believe me or not, it is the truth".

They got up and got changed. They found as much evidence of the Dark Hammers as they could find and threw it off the side of the cliff for it to be buried by years of snow. They didn't like this, but they knew it was necessary for what they did want. Link told Yeto and Yeta they would be back and he promised their safety. Yeta believed them but Yeto was still on the fence.

The road home was a lot easier than the road there but Link sulked at having to travel so much. Midna had been a life saver with her ability to teleport and he wished he hadn't taken it for granted. They eventually make it home though and head to Castle Town.

The two of them walk through Hyrule Castle, heading towards the Throne Room. Suddenly Shad comes around the corner and his face lights up, Ashei's drops and Link's stays neutral.
"Your back!" He said with delight and he leaned in to kiss her but she grabbed his arm.
"Shad I want to talk to you about something" she said and looked at Link.
"I'll be waiting by the throne room" he said as he walked off to give them space. She took a deep breath.

"Shad, I have been putting this off a while because I didn't want to hurt you and I am sorry but we should break up" she said and he still had a doofy grin.
"What? Don't be silly. We were made for each other" he said and she looked him in the eyes and he realised she was serious. "Why? Why Ashei… we are great together…" he said and she closed her eyes.
"Shad, I… I have been living a lie. I can't express how sorry I am but I have never been on love with you" she said and she had no easy way of making this painless so she went all out. "I wanted to fuck you, back in Telma's bar and at the Coronation. I did. I wanted sex but I didn't want a relationship. But you seemed too happy and I couldn't say no. You are sweet and I really like you, that is why I could do it. We could joke and have fun because we are friends and I could fuck you when I was horny but I never felt that spark. I am truly, beyond words sorry" she finished.

He stood there in silence. It was killing her. He looked up.
"Are you with Link?" He asked and she gulped.
"Yeah…" she told him, seeing no point hiding what he would eventually find out.
"How long have you two been together?" He asked and she looked him in the eyes.
"Not long" she said. She technically never lied, his question wasn't specific enough but she didn't want to tell him she cheated on him.

He walked forward and hugged her. She returned it.
"This hurts Ashei. Like a lot. But…. But we are still friends right. We still hang out and stuff right?" He asked and she looked up at him.
"Of course! Shad, we will always be friends. What happened with us was a moment in time. An event in our friendship. One day we will be over the pain and we will be able to laugh about it freely". She said.
"Thank you Ashei. Thanks for everything" he said with sadness in his voice and she could hear his voice crack. He walked off in a hurry and she felt a pain in her heart.
"Sorry" she said quietly.

 

Ashei rejoined Link and he didn't ask, he knew they would talk about it later. They entered the Throne room and Zelda was standing. She walked over too them and smiled.
"Don't kneel. I don't like making people do that, especially when I send them on Missions like this. Come on. We are going to sit at a table like normal people" she said and Link saw the angry little man snarl, the one that Link practically threatened.

They make it to a sitting room and they all sit in with no intrusions.
"We did as you asked. There is no sign of any Dark Hammers and the place is free of monsters. They will start moving back if the place isn't fixed up and occupied soon though" Link said. "But there is something I greatly want. I mean…. Unless Hyrule is going to be a blood soaked land then it is something I need" he said and Zelda looked concerned. Link told her about the Yetis and the history of them and his promise.
"So what you are saying Link is that we have our Knights move into a house and live Casually next to a Yeti couple?" She said and Link shrugged.
"Yeah."

She sighed.
"Link, I already let King Bulbin… let me repeat, A BULBIN into the Army. Now you want us to live with Yetis?" She asked.
"Has King Bulbin been a problem?" Ashei asked and she turned her head.
"Errr. No… He has been helping but that isn't the point" she said and Link smiled.
"I mean… it isn't normal. But like so? Gorons and Zora live in Castle Town. Why is that Normal but not Yeti?" Link asks.
"Fine! Okay. But again Link… this is on you" she said and Link nodded.

"Did you come to a conclusion on my request?" Ashei asked and Zelda gave her a smile.
"You can have the House Ashei. In fact, I have a propersistion you kight be interested in. I was thinking you could be Master of the House and General of the Snowpeak Fort. You can take Shad of course" she said and Ashei grinned.
"I like that a lot. But well…. I won't be taking Shad. We are no longer together." She said and before Zelda could ask Link spoke.
"I will be moving with her too" he said and she sat back.
"Oh…. OH." She said in alarm, realising what he was talking about. "This err.. well Link I can't stop you and you two can both be in command over the place but now I do have to find someone to replace you as General." She said.

Link sat forward. He smiled.
"Can I speak freely. Casually I mean. Like we would when we are alone?" He asked and she looked at Ashei.
"But… we aren't alone…" she said and Ashei felt a little offended.
"Please Zelda, don't make me ask Ashei to leave the room for god sake. Can't we just be friends?" He asked and she frowned.
"Link. I do consider you a friend but I am also Queen and have to act a certain way. I am breaking rules now by talking to you like this" she said and Link sighed.

"Zelda, this is all so fake. I mean I know you and you are sweet and I understand you have a certain level of formality to keep in public. I understand. But does that mean you can never have fun in public? You have to have pretend fun and laugh to appease strangers just to keep a front?" He asked.
"Is this what you wanted to talk about?" She asked.
"Kind of. But I just wanted to say that I do care about you. Like I really do. I love Ashei, and I have felt this way for some time now. I sti care about you though and yes, our 'completly formal nights together' are now over but I don't want that ti be the end us hanging out. Like friends" he said.

"So you'll miss my company? She asked and Link nodded. "Thank you. I will miss you too Link. I can't make any promises but I will try and catch up when we can. You too Ashei. We don't really know each other too well but I would be happy to be your friend" she said and Ashei smiled.
"Likewise."

 

 

Link and Ashei left the Castle and were enroute to Snowpeak. Knights would come within the weak and the place would be seriously renovated.
"You sure you don't wanna see Shad again before you leave?" He asked her and she shook her head.
"He is hurt enough. He needs time. Hopefully by the time I see him again he will be in higher spirits.

 

Shad was sat in the library, hiding behind bookshelves. It was quiet here and he could be alone.
"How are you doing?" A voice came from behind him. He turned.
"I err. Your highness! I was just researching." He said. She sat next to him and put an arm around him, pulling his head in for a hug.
"It's okay to be sad Shad." She told him and he felt warm. Nobody had ever comforted him like this. Wait, this is the Queen!
"Are you… are you sure you should be doing this with someone like me?" He asked and she released him and grabbed his hand.

"I am allowed to hug people Shad. But Link told me something before he left and I have to agree with him" she looked him in his bloodshot eyes. "The gist of it is I have to be formal in public. My appearance is important but it does mean I rarely show the true me. I did with Link when we were together but we are not together anymore, so who am I? Am I just playing as someone else. Shad, I like you. I would consider you a friend. I am relaxed around you and you should relax around me. Just call me Zelda when others aren't around." She said and Shad looked nervous.
"Your Highness I…" she felt her stare. He looked down. "Sorry, it feels odd to call you Zelda.

"Please Shad. I would like you to be a friend. I really do need one" she admitted and he looked at her, he realised how lonely her life is. He always imagined she had everything but no, now that her Father is dead she has no family, no friends and no loved ones.

"I found some fascinating information on bird people. I don't know if there is any connection but the bird on the Hyrule Royal Crest is said to be passed down from ancient times based on the birds Hylians flew on. It could be a Legend but there could be some truth in it". He said. Zelda realised he got to talking about something they were both interested in to distract her. But it worked.

Notes:

Kinda short chapter and not a lot happens but Shad and Ashei are officially no longer together.

Chapter 78: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 13 - Not Resistant to Love Part 1, Auru

Summary:

This is a small mini arc of 4 parts. They are 99% smut and are short. This one is for Auru.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Ashei sat around a small campfire, next to each other to keep themselves warm in the frigid mountains. Link would rather be with no one else.

"We are close now. Close enough to live together. I told you about me and Midna. Are you still going to deny me knowledge on you and Telma?" He asked and she smiled.
"Haha, I mean, I'll tell you. But first, you have to get the full story in order. I will tell you the full story of how Telma screwed the Resistance" she said.

"It was five years ago the Resistance Formed. Back then we didn't have a name or a purpose but we were joined together by friendship. I have known Auru and Rustl since I was a little Girl. My Father was friends with them and when he trained me to become a fighter I automatically grew closer to them. Shad was a childhood friend of mine, more into research obviously but his findings did fascinate us all. We started meeting at Telma's Bar when I was 15. Yes I was too young to drink but I did anyway. I used to think Telma thought I was older than I was but looking back she just didn't care".

 

Five Years Ago…
The group sat at the table. Auru and Rustl talked and Ashei stared off at a Man at the other end of the bar. Shad noticed this and knew she was thinking about sex, she always was. When they were alone she constantly talked about how she wanted to have sex with someone and he never found the courage to offer him self.

Telma strode over to them all.
"You don't wanna deal with that one dear, he is a troublemaker" Telma said, snapping Ashei out of her fantasy.
"Well, at the end of the day it really matters what is between his legs" she said and Telma laughed.
"Come on Ashei… imagine if your Father was here. What would he say?" Auru told her and she smiled.
"I dunno. I think he might have encouraged me" she joked.
"Regardless. You are just a kid. You have plenty time for stuff like that" He said and Telma out her hands on her hips.

"Oh Auru. Such a Hypocrite…" Telma said and Rustl nodded.
"What do you mean?!" He asked and Telma leaned onto the table, giving him a good look at her cleavage.
"The Woman who owned this bar before me told me all about you. You two had a little fun when you were the same age as Ashei here" she said and he grumbled.
"It was a different time back then. And besides. It wasn't a smart decision. I was a dumb kid" he said ans Ashei smirked.
"Fucking the Bar Owner or fucking at 15?" Ashei asked and he sat with his arms crossed.
"Both." He said in a sulk.

"Poor Doris" Telma said and Ashei burst out into laughter.
"Doris! Of course she was a Doris! Was Doris the last person you screwed? You are single after all!" Ashei laughed and Auru groaned.
"Of course not! Just because I am now lewd and make dirty comments all the time doesn't mean I am a celebate!" He shouted and Rustl leaned forward.
"You and Pergie got together when you visited me in Ordon Village" Rustl reminded him. "You said you liked big boobs".
"I am honoured" Telma said and Auru was getting red now.

"I'd treat you to a moment alone with them" Telma offered and he stood up.
"Fine! I will take Telma up on her offer and maybe you will all stop being pervs!" Auru said in protest and followed Telma. They watched in surprise as they went into the back and then they burst out laughing.

"Don't mind them honey, they will be jealous soon enough" she said as she pushed him tight against the wall. "You like big boobs. What are you waiting for? They are available" she said and he looked down and she smiled.

Auru took them in his hands and she let out a small moan from her lips. She lowered her hand to his bulge and he groaned. Auru leaned in and kissed her neck, moving one hand to her arse, squeezing it and using it to grind their bodies together. "Oh Auru. You are such a naughty boy…" she moaned and he spun them around and pushed her against the wall.
"I know how to pleasure Women" he said as he started bunching up her skirt and moved a hand to her thighs.

"AURU!" She moaned as he stuck his fingers into her folds. He pulled his pants down and his erection stood tall and wasted no time picking her up and thrusting himself into her against the wall.

He thrust into her and she grinned. "You are stronger than you look." She flirted and he moved a hand up to her blouse and pulled at it so her boobs fell free.
"Mmmm" he groaned as he bucked into her. His thrusts were strong and powerful but infrequent. She looked into his hungry eyes and bit her lip. She loved the dominance.

He kept thrusting into her, he gradually sped up but kept the strength the same. Telma gasped each time he jammed his cock into her, her gasps becoming louder and filled with more pleasure as it went on.

Before long he was moving fast and hard and Telma was out of breath, she couldn't believe he was so good for how old he was. She held on as he groaned. For Telma it was almost like their was no single climax as the whole thing was just in a state of orgasmic bliss.

"Arrghhhh" he groaned as he thrust into her hard and she felt him explode inside her. Judging by how much he shot out, she could tell he hadn't fucked in a while but she wouldn't have known by his skill. She caught her breath and her face was red and flustered.
"Wooo. That was…" she panted heavy, her breasts bobbing with her breath "that was just wow" she said in a sigh.

Auru put her down and pulled up his pants. He looked at her and she smirked. "I know. It's gonna be a bit awkward going back now huh?" She said and he nodded. She grabbed his hand and pushed him into her room. "Sleep here tonight. Maybe if you have the energy there is room for round two" she said seductively as she shut the door and headed back to the bar.

 

 

"I remember Telma came to the bar and Auru was nowhere to be seen. All we got was a wink from Telma and that told us all we needed to know. After that Auru joined us as usual and while he admitted to screwing Telma, he kept the specifics to a minimum" Ashei told Link.

Notes:

Sorry for the infrequent schedule, I have been busy.

The next few chapters will be short as I have been busy and unable to keep a head so I wrote some mini chapters to fill the gap. Hope you don't mind and enjoy.

Chapter 79: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 14 - Not Resistant to Love Part 2, Rustl

Summary:

Part 2 of 4 of a small mini arc involving each member of the risistance.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"It was six months later, I was 16 by now and I was starting to get attention from boys…. That isn't important to the story".....

 

Auru gulped down his beer. Ashei did the same, Shad drank a lemonade as he was underage, Ashei was too but it never stopped her. Rustl just stared at his cup of coffee and he was tapping his foot.

"Okay. I'll ask. What is it Rustl? You have been like this all week. Why aren't you getting drunk like normal?" She asked and he looked at her.
"Ashei, it wouldn't be appropriate to tell you. You are still a kid." He said and she smiled.
"I am legal age to have sex!" She said and they stared. "What? Clearly it is about sex or you wouldn't have had a probblem telling me" she said and they all agreed.
"You have been in a bad mood. She is right" Auru said to him.

"Okay fine. I am here to deliver parts of a Sword but can t get paid until it has been melted down, forged, tested… the whole thing. I have been away from home for ten days now." He said and Shad looked at him lime there was supposed to be more. They all did. "And I have sex with Uli every single day and I mean… I haven't for well over a week." He said as he tapped his foot.
"So basically you are mega horny? How do you think Shad feels, he is a teenage boy with all those hormones running around and no girlfriend to speak of. Just you know, wack it out in the bathroom like he does" she said and Shad went red.
"Ashei! I do not do it in the bathroom!" He said and she smirked.
"You just admitted you do somewhere then" she said and he went silent.

"I can't. I have no time. And like… a public bathroom? I think not" he said.
"Okay, but why aren't you drinking? Wouldn't it take your mind off it?" Auru asked and he shook his head.
"I don't trust myself. I might try and sleep with someone. " He said. Ashei smirked. For a moment she considered trying to get him to shag her. He wasn't the most attractive man but she would happily lose her virginity to someone experienced. She pushed the thought away. She couldn't do that to him.

"You'll feel a whole lot better if you just let it out" a voice was heard from behind him as he felt two soft cushions push against the back of his head.
"Telma! I can't do that to Uli!" He protested but Telma leaned in.
"Why torture your self? One time isn't going to make you a cheater. You aren't even doing it because you want too, it is because you need too" she whispered and everything she said made sense too him. Screwing someone else wouldn't make him stop loving Uli.

"Come with me Honey" she said, pulling him to his feet and dragging him to the back rooms. Ashei watched in shock, Telma just had an affect on men and she needed to learn her ways if she had any hope of getting laid.

Rustl was dragged into her room and she pushed him onto her bed and knelt in front of him. She pulled down his pants and smirked at his manly erection. She licked it and he groaned before she put it in her mouth and began sucking.
"Telmaaa" he moaned and tried to keep calm. She didn't have to do much before he gripped her head and shot inside her.

She swallowed his cum and pulled his dick out. She looked at his face which looked relieved.
"That was quick. You must have been horny" she said jokingly and he lay back.
"I still am" he told her and she began pulling her clothes off, suggesting he should do the same.

She crawled onto the bed and tried to push him back but he resisted and grabbed her shoulder and pushed her on her back instead. She smiled and spread her legs wide, revealing her entrance to him and inviting him in. He moved into position and his dick pocked her leg. Rustl moved into her slight and before he had time to back out she grabbed his hip and forced him the thrust into her.

Rustl groaned in surprise as his dick pushed deep into her. He looked her in the eyes and he felt ready to cum again. He closed his eyes for a moment and then opened them suddenly and began fucking her rapidly.

"OH! Oh…. Ahhhh. Ahhhh! Rustl! Oh Honey yes!" She moaned as he instantly filled her with pleasure. Her boobs bounced and her body shook and she realised it had been a while since someone had been this good. She felt jealous of his wife.
"Telma! You are so! Ahhh" he moaned.

She took his moan as an opportunity and flipped him over and sank onto his erection. He just moaned and lay back, the work was hers now and she gladly took over, rolling her hips on the thick erection. He grabbed her hips and sent shivers through Telma's body.

Rustl was about to cum and he just lay back and focused on the sensation. Electricity was sent through his body and he let out a glutaral moan then his seed was shot deep within her and the amount flooded her. He was breathing heavily as he came down for the euphoric high and Telma just smirked.

"I never got to finish" she said and he shrugged.
"Couldn't help it and you knew that." He told her and she lay on top of him.
"Well. You will just have to make it up to me in the morning then" she said and he frowned.
"But Telma…. I am married"
"Well…. I will teach you some new things to take home to your wife" she said as she kissed him.

 

"Rustl never returned that night and I was jealous of Telma. Not because she had him, but because she was getting so much sex and I was super horny back then". Ashei explained and Link laughed.
"Back then". He remarked and she couldn't help return a smirk.

Notes:

Sorry this took so long. Got very busy. Some light easy chapters. Hopefully I can upload with some consistency now but I am not making any promises. But to be fair, I did go like 8 months or something without missing an upload every week so I think I derserve it.

Chapter 80: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 15 - Not Resistant to Love Part 3, Ashei

Summary:

Part 3 of 4 of a mini arc. This one is about Ashei.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Six months later I had lost my Virginity. It was a knight I met at Telma's bar. He was the same age as me and I fucked him. From there I slept with a few people, just getting experience. I was getting confident".....

 

"He came after five seconds!" Ashei shouted across the table drunk. "Like look at his face when he gets out the toilet" she told her friends who had just experienced her flirt with a man, take him to the bathroom and come back after having fucked him for what she claims to have been five seconds.
"Maybe you shouldn't be telling us all this" Shad said and she laughed.
"Here he is!" She said, ignoring Shad. They all turned and the poor boy looked down in shame as he passed their table.

"Man…I am so horny. That guy was just a tease." She complained.
"Go fuck Telma. It worked for Rustl" Auru said and she laughed.
"At this point I would try anything!" Watch her take me!" She said as she stood up and walked to the bar.
"Helloooo lovely lady. Nice rack you have there" Ashei said in a pathetic attempt at a deep voice. "Is that it? Is that what the men say?" She asked and Telma smiled.
"Sometimes it is that simple. Yes" she said.

Ashei leaned over the counter.
"Okay so I joked about coming here to fuck you. Wanna prank them? Wanna take me round the back and we can pretend we got it on?" She asked and Telma smirked.
"I like it, it sounds fun" she said and she motioned her round and she followed her.

The resistance were shocked. Shad felt like he should go watch.
"She actually…. Is gonna do it" Rustl said and Auru frowned.
"She is pranking us for Hylia sake. Pull yourself together" Auru said and they sighed. Yeah. That makes sense.

 

Ashei followed Telma down the back into her home. Telma turned and pushed Ashei against the wall and kissed her. Ashei pushed her away.
"What are you doing?" She said in alarm and Telma smirked.
"Honey, you didn't get me to come all this way for a prank did you. You are horny right? Why don't we do the real thing?" She asked and Ashei stepped back.
"Because I am into men" she said and Telma smirked.
"Aren't you a little curious what it is like to be pleasured by a woman. There is no difference if you close your eyes." Telma said.

Ashei said nothing and Telma smirked as she stepped forward. She placed her hand on her crotch and Ashei felt a shiver go down her spine.
"Telma…. Okay. Just make it quick okay" she said and Telma dragged her into her room and pushed her on the bed.

Ashei was never nervous, she was confident and brave and leaped into anything thrown at her but here she was nervous. She was turned on, she wanted Telma to pleasure her but she didn't know why. She wasn't into Women and yet….

Telma lay across her, pulling her coat off and leaving her with only her familiar yellow bra on. She took Ashei's breast in her hand and squeezed. Ashei squirmed and lay back, closing her eyes. Telma took the hem of her shirt and began lifting it. Ashei helped and Ashei lay with only a bra on her top half.
"Look at you girl, no wonder the boys want you with these on display" she said as she pulled her bra off and began playing with her breasts again.

Ashei squirmed letting out whimpers but keeping her eyes shut. She enjoyed the sensation on her boobs. She jerked them open when she felt Telma's hand slide down her pants and onto her clit.
"Telma!" She moaned and bit her lip. Telma grinned as she fingered her, lust now in her eyes. Ashei wanted her and was no longer in any denial. "Keep going Telma…. Fuck!" She moaned and Telma did as she asked.

Ashei reached down and pulled her pants down and Telma did the rest, leaving her body bare. Telma straddled her, pulling her bra off and returning her fingers to Ashei's core. Ashei took the initiative and grabbed her large boobs and Telma felt good.
"Here" Telma said as she grabbed one of Ashei's hands and guided under her skirt and too her folds. Temla bit her lip as Ashei stuck her fingers in. "Good girl" she said as the two women fingered each other.

Telma leaned in and kissed her, their breasts touching and Ashei moaned. "Some things only a woman can do right" Telma breathed into her "for example" she said as she pulled her fingers out and turned around and drove her head into her vagina.
"Oh Fuck!" Ashei moaned as Telma started licking her. Telma pulled her skirt up and her core was waiting for Ashei's tounge. She obliged.

Ashei tried her best to make it good for Telma but Telma was a pro and clearly had been with women before. Ashei was panting, the warm wet feeling on her folds was driving her nuts, she regrettably let her head fall back, neglecting Telma's core but a hand from her came and picked up the slack. Ashei moaned hard and loud, she gripped her legs together in bliss. "Telma!" She moaned as the floodgates burst and she came.

Telma kept going and Ashei leaned up and stuck her tongue in her folds and Telma screamed with joy as she came. The two women sat next to each other.
"You know, they probably won't believe we did it" Telma said and Ashei nodded.
"I know, and them never being certain is something I am going to play on for a while" Ashei said.

Ashei sat up and began putting her clothes on.
"Interested in a round two anytime?" Telma asked and Ashei smiled.
"This was fun. I had a good time but no. I am not turned on by you, any woman. I was already horny and you felt good. Sorry but I don't think I could" she said and Telma smiled.
"That's cool honey. But if you ever change your mind, I am right here".

 

 

"The rest is history, Link. I never screwed her again and I never had any other woman. I am not Bisexual. I can't explain it, I was drunk and horny and it seemed like fun but never again" she said to him. Link smiled.
"Well it is an interesting story and…. I mean, I liked it" he said and she hit him lightly as they laughed.

They sat in silence for a little while longer but Ashei felt Link looking at her.
"What is it?" She asked, looking up to meet his eyes.
"I just… I mean I appreciate you told me but… who was your first? I mean you said a knight in a bar but not much more. I told you mine so I just…" he said and she smiled.
"Thats fine. I'll tell you. It was when I was sixteen……"

 

 

Ashei stared at Telma's breasts as they were eye level from her slouched position against the bar. She wasn't interested in them in any sexual way, just observing the way she moved her body and dressed to attract the attention of men.
"How do you do it?" She asked and Telma looked stunned.
"Do what honey?" She asked and Ashei realised she was drunk enough to not speak her question out loud.
"Men. Like you get their attention and then next minute you are fucking. How?" She asked and Tepma leaned in.
"You just gotta tease them and just be honest. Make it clear you wanna fuck" She told her.

Ashei frowned and sat up. She looked up at Telma's wide grin and sighed.
"You make it sound so easy…"
"It is. If you want to make it super easy go for the nerdy ones. You could get Shad to screw you with ease" Telma joked but Ashei didn't laugh.
"I know. But I am not THAT desperate. Don't mean to be rude but I wanna lose my virginity to a man" she said and Telma tensed up.
"Ouch…. Okay, but you know you are hot right?" Telma told her and she looked confused.
"No and so?"
"It means you are already getting eyed up by every horny man in here."

Ashei felt red. She didn't know if this was true or Telma was teasing but she suddenly felt like she was being stared at. She looked down. "How serious are you about losing your virginity?" Telma asked and Ashei didn't look up.
"Very."
"So if I found a man for you, got him over here and told you the third bedroom in the inn upstairs is free you would take off up there and get busy?" Telma clarified and Ashei nodded.

Telma stepped back then walked off. "Very well. Let me do my magic". Ashei sat there, her heart beating. Was this actually gonna happen? Was she finally going to have sex? Ashei was always confident but she couldn't deny she was nervous right now.

"You all alone?" Telma asked a boy about Ashei's age and he looked shocked.
"I… yeah… well" he mumbled and Ashei shook her head.
"Well here honey, there is a cute girl sitting at the bar alone. She could use the company of a man right now. You gonna sit there and let someone else swoop her up before you?" She asked and before he could respond, Telma picked up the empty glasses and walked away.

It only took a few minutes but the Man took a seat next to Ashei. Ashei turned slowly to look at him. He was clearly a knight, he had the appropriate clothing without the chain mail and armour. He also looked about her age with scruffy brown hair, fit body but a little short.
"Hi. I am Ashei" she said nervously and he met her eyes.
"Howard. I err…. I saw you alone and came here to… well…"
"Flirt?" She said bluntly and he sat up straight in shock.
"No, it's not like that!"
"So you don't want to flirt?"
"Well… no but…"
"I am teasing. You are hot and I wanted to be with a man tonight" she said and as the words escaped her mouth she went red.

There was a silence for a while. "Can I take you somewhere?" She asked and he looked confused but nodded. "Great. On your feet" she ordered as she stood up and wobbled slightly as the alcohol rushed through her system. She grabbed him by the hand and pulled him to the back of the bar and up the wooden staircase.
"This place has an upstairs?" He asked and she smiled.
"Yes. And we won't be disturbed" she told him as she pushed open the door and pushed him inside. "It is an inn room. This is where I am staying tonight…. Most nights… " she said on a low voice as she clicked the door shut.

He turned to her and she stared at him. Clearly they were both nervous but Ashei's mind was racing. She was so excited. She wanted him so badly.
"Are we erm…. Like going to?...." He murmured. She stepped closer.
"Howard. I want to fuck you. Have you ever done it before?"
"No I haven't sorry if that isn't…"
"Good" she said as she grabbed his head and plunged him into a kiss.

They manoeuvred backwards and fell onto the bed, both of their hearts were racing and Ashei felt his arousal against her leg. She broke off the kiss and straddled his body, pulling off her top and then immediately her bra followed. Howard just stared at her before she let out a small clearing of her throat to snap him back to reality.

He sat up and pulled off his top, revealing his muscular torso and Ashei bit her lip as she traced her hands along his body. Howard flipped her onto her back and pulled down his trousers, revealing his had dick. Her mouth was practically watering. She wondered what they looked like in person. She pulled down her pants and spread her legs.

"Don't waste time. I want you now" she told him and he moved into position and began pushing into her. Ashei winced in pain but didn't make it obvious. Howard let out a sigh when he was all the way in.
"Guess we are no longer virgins" he told her and she kissed him.
"Now let's make it worth it" she told him and he began moving.

Ashei squirmed a little as she felt him inside her. The pain was quickly dissipating and a small sigh involuntarily left her mouth. He began thrusting in and out at a quicker pace and he looked like he had never felt any sensation like it before and if Ashei was being honest, neither had she.

He grabbed her breasts and she moaned his name. She clawed his back and he groaned. The sensation between them was filled with a relief they both needed a release from.
"Asheiiii" he moaned and she kissed him.
"Keep going…. Don't…" she warned and he groaned as he held on. She was enjoying the feeling if his dick pleasing her but she couldn't afford to let him finish yet. She bucked her hips wildly upwards and she felt a surge rush through her body.. "Oh fuck!" She screamed loudly.

They both felt the rush to their brains and began smashing their bodies recklessly and roughly against each other. Ashei released several heavy moans in succession as Howard's dick penetrated her. "Oh yes!" She suddenly screamed as she climaxed in an orgasmic high. Howard pulled out quicky and shot his cum onto her face and the following spurts landed onto of her breasts.

Their breathing slowed down and he fell next to her. She smiled to herself. "That was fantastic" she said and Howard smiled too.
"It was incredible… we can't not do this again" he said and she turned to him.
"Same time tomorrow?" She asked and he grinned wide.
"Same time tomorrow"...

 

"We fucked a few times after that and it was fun..we were never in any mind of relationship but we both enjoyed each others bodies and I mean, the sex was great." She said and Link sat and listened. "You are better of course" she said and Link smirked.
"I'd hope so." He said and they both laughed.

Notes:

I felt I had to include Ashei if I was writting about the Risistance but I think it is fine. These won't have a huge impact on the overall plot. I wrote these to gove me tome for the bigger chapters but ironically took up more time. Oh well, I have one more chapter of Twilight Princess to do so I should be back to a weekly upload for a few weeks again but then there will be another break.

Chapter 81: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 16 - Not Resistant to Love Part 4, Shad

Summary:

Fourth and Final Part of Mini Arc.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"I might as well give you the full story. Shad was next. That was a year later when he had just turned 18"

 

Shad was drunk for the first time. Ashei found this hilarious.
"Little Shad is becoming a man" she teased and he missed the joke and took it as a compliment. "Next we need to get you to lose your virginity" she told him and he went red.
"You want to…. Have sex with me?" He asked and she frowned.
"No…. NO! That is not what I said at all. Look around. Surely there is someone you like the looks of" she said to him but his gaze was upon her chest and she realised his unsubtle stare. So did everyone else.
"I dunno Ashei, you and Shad make a good pair. You like to fuck around, why not Shad?" Rustl asked and she scowled.
"Because Sahd is a friend. And besides, Shad needs someone more…. More Shad-like." She said and Auru sighed.

"I haven't even…" Shad got out before his eyes darted from Ashei's chest to behind her. Ashei turned to see Telma. She grinned.
"Telma. You have fucked everyone else on this table. It is Shad's turn!" She called and Telma grinned.
"Oh my. I don't mind having a handsome man like you in my bed" she flirted and Shad went red.
"I err…" he mumbled and Ashei got up and walked to his chair and pulled him to his feet.
"Thank me later" she said then pushed him to Telma who grabbed him by the waist. Her leg arched and brushed against his bulge.
"Trust me honey. You want this" she said and he nodded.
"Okay…" he squeaked as Telma pulled him away as Ashei laughed.

Telma dragged him into a room with a bed and pushed him gently against a wall, pressing her body against his.
"Honey, relax. Touch me where you like. I am gonna make you feel alive" she told him as she pushed him in for a kiss. Shad couldn't believe the pleasure on his lips but despite what she said, he didn't know where to touch her. He slowly lowered his hands to her lower back and lightly placed them there.

She arched her leg into his crotch once more and he shivered. Telma began pulling his clothes off and he stood still like a statue and let her. Soon he was shirtless and Telma then pulled off her own clothes. She stood in her bra and skirt and his eyes were fixated on her breasts. She kissed him and guided him towards her bed, shoving him down and eagerly pulling down his trousers. She licked her lips at the erection standing tall and with that she pulled her skirt down, her panties down and sat on him.

His erection was rubbing against her thigh as she rocked on top of him. "Shad. Touch me" she said and he nodded, slowly raising his hands around her and surprisingly unclasped her bra, letting it fall and his eyes widened. "If you like what you see, grab them" she told him and he did just that.

She took a hold of his erection and began pleasuring him. He moaned and she gave him a seductive grin. "You like that Shad?" She whispered as she rocked against his body.
"Yes…" he managed to get out. She leaned into his ear.
"Well if you want the full thing then you will have to put it in me yourself" she said as a shiver went down his spine.

He sat still for a few seconds before he grabbed her shoulders and pushed her down onto her back, moving on top of her. "That's it Shad! My body is yours".

He guided his penis to her core and began pushing it in. Telma could see he was nervous and it made it more fun for her. He pushed further in and he groaned before being bold and pushing it all the way in. "Now fuck me Shad!" She ordered and he began moving his body.

Shad couldn't believe how good it felt, moving in and out of her. Sue was tight but wet and his penis was just…. Well he couldn't describe how good it felt.

His confidence began to pick up slightly as his hips rocked a little more. Telma arched her back and thrust her body upwards to meet his thrusts. He groaned. Telma put her hands on his upper back and pulled him down, moving next to his ear. "You like that Shad?" She whispered, sending a shiver down his spine.
"Yes…. Oh… yes" he moaned.

They moved their bodies against each other, Shad sped up to increase their pleasure but after not reaching his climax as quickly as he had expected he was forced to slow down, the slower pace actually serving a different kind of focused pleasure.

Their bodies were sweaty from the increase in activity. Telma was practically edging from the duration of their sex, holding back her climax for when he was ready but the long time meant it felt soo good. Because of how wet she was, Shad was slipping out of her too easily and it was getting harder and harder to cum.

Telma gripped his sweaty body and wrapped her legs around him tight.
"I am gonna make you cum Shad. Fuck me hard!" She ordered and he did. He slammed his body against her as hard and fast as he could and she cried out in pleasure. "That it! C'mon Shad. Fuck me. Make me Cum." She moaned as his heavy breaths touched her skin.
"Telma…. Tel…" he gasped. He felt it. He was so close.

"I am gonna cum Telma! I am so close. Fuck I am gonna come….ahh" he moaned as he closed his eyes to concentrate. She let her orgasam spill through her body and she gasped in a high pitch moan.
"Shad Honey! Yes!" She moaned and shot his thick load inside her as the climax flowed through their bodies.
"Haaaahhhh" he moaned as he pushed into her a few more times then fell next to her exhausted.

"You were excellent for your first time. I told you I would make it worth your while" she told him.
"It was all you. I was struggling to finish until you helped" he said and she rolled on her side and kissed him.
"You just need practice. And Shad. We have all night"

 

 

"And that was it. Shad was no longer a Virgin. He didn't talk about it much but we all knew what happened and I teased it about him. Little did I know he was madly in love with me so that can't have been easy for him" Ashei said.
"Well, I am sure he will find someone someday now" Link told her.

 

Shad was tired and walked through the hallways of the Castle on the way home. Zelda came round the corner and they both looked surprised.
"Lord Shad?" She said and he bowed.
"I was just on my way home your highness" he said politely.
"Will you be back to research in the morning?" She asked and he smiled.
"Oh yes. First thing!" He said excitedly.
"I see, well, follow me" she said and he did so.

They entered a medium sized room, fairly nice with a bed and book shelves and several home comforts. "Why not stay here?" She said, closing the door behind them. You can live here if you like. I would really like to have you research Hyrule's History for me" she said and his heart was racing suddenly.
"Your Highness… Zelda are you serious?" He asked and she stepped close.
"I am. I would really like you to stay" she said, placing her hands on his.

They stood close, Shad could almost feel her breasts touching his chest. Zelda leaned in and kissed him. It was short and sweet and not as lust filled as her ones with Link. She stepped back, his eyes wide. "I am sorry. Maybe that was too soon" she said and Shad shook his head.
"No… I… it was nice. I.." he muttered and she giggled, hugging him and then giving him a more gentle kiss, lasting a few seconds longer than the first.
"I should go now. But I hope to see you bright and early tomorrow morning" she spoke and she left him.

Notes:

The series is finshed too a good place to stop now so next time there is a break, it will be a fod stopping point. I want time to get ahead, just how I like to work.

Chapter 82: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 17 - Heroes Vault

Summary:

Link learns of something he needs to investigate.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ashei pushes the double doors of her home open.
"Honey I'm home!" She shouted and Link laughs.
"The Yetis? Am I being dumped for the Yetis?" He jokes and she looks at him.
"I dunno, the tall one ain't that bad" she says as they walk in. The head into the living room where Yeto and Yeta await.

"The Hylians are on their way and the Queen has made it very clear you are not to be disturbed. I will see to it that happens." Link told them.
"Thank you. Yes" Yeta said and Yeto scratched his head.
"Thank you Link. Yeto thankful." He said and Ashei stepped forward.
"The house is going to be renovated and protected from Monsters. " Ashei said and they shrugged. "And we are off to the Master Bedroom, that is where Link and I will be staying" she said and they didn't even turn that time so Link shrugged.
"Lets go then!" Link said and took her hand as they went to their room.

They pushed the doors open and were kissing before it had closed. Link slammed the door closed with Ashei as he pushed her against it. His hand gripped the straps of her armour and tried pulling it off. She assisted him, not stopping the kiss and eventually it successfully fell to the floor with a heavy clang.

Link's hands were then onto her boobs. He felt her nipples through the fabric of her clothes and she squirmed. She knocked his hat off and undone the strap holding his sword and shield, letting them join the discarded armour on the floor. Ashei struggled at his belt with her shaky hands, the pleasure of Link palming her breasts was great but she focused and undone it.

They finally stopped for a breath and without a word pulled their clothes off. Link pulled his tunic over his head and pulled off the undershirt and Ashei pulled off the turtleneck sweater and unclasped her bra. Link',s eyes were where she expected but her eyes were on his torso. They felt each other's bodies and their lips met once more. Their feet bagan moving them towards the bed, meeting it and falling onto it, Ashei sprawled on top of his body.

They kicked off their boots. "I love you so much" Link whispered in her ear and it sent a shiver down her spine.
"I love you too, and not just for this sexy body of yours, although that certainly ups your appeal" she responded and he grinned, rolling them around so he was on top.
"So how badly do you want me to fuck you?" He asked as he pulled his pants down, revealing his erect cock.
"Oh please…. You say that like you don't want it just as much as I do." She remarked as she copied her actions.

Her legs were spread and he shifted between them. He pushed a finger into them and she gasped in shock.
"So a lot then."
"Of course a lot. If telling you that is going to get you going then yes!" She said desperately, biting her lip. He smirked at her. They were both very horny and he couldn't wait any longer. He positioned his dick at her entrance and she let out a sigh. "Linkkk" she moaned softly as began pushing in.

He kissed her, put his hands by her body and moved further into her. She arched her back as she fully filled her, letting out a gasp. Her arms gripped the back of his shoulders and he began slowly moving.

His body moved into hers and they both moaned, her tight pussy gripped his hard dick. Her head rolled back as she felt the bliss of her lover moving into her. She could feel every inch of him and every inch of him pleasured every inch of her. Everytime he pulled out she craved the feeling of him pushing back into her once more.

Link's hands roamed her body, delicately tickling the way up the back of her thights and across her curvy waist until he reached her breasts where he rolled them in his hands. She let out a sigh as Link did this, he moved his head down next to hers and began moving faster. Their bodies pressed tightly together.

Their felt each others bodies, moaned each other's names and pleasured each other. Ashei rolled him over and rode him, rolling her hips on his cock, moaning his name as her hand was placed firmly on his chest.
"Asheiii" he moaned "oh fuck…. I love you…." He stared widely at her, the best sight he had ever seen. She was so hot.

His hands gripped her hips and he began bucking up into her.
"Oh Link!" She moaned. "Oh yes!" They both moaned deeply. Link sat up and gripped her upper back and began thrusting upwards as fast as he could. "AHHHH!" She let out a high pitched moan, looking into each other's eyes they could see the lust.

She grabbed his head with both hands and pulled him in for a long kiss. They kost balance and Link fell forward. Ashei was on her back but keeping herself up with her elbows.

Link used this position to speed up as fast as he could with an scream of approval from Ashei. He could feel he was about to cum but needed to last a little longer..
"Ashei… I…. Fuck!" He moaned and she let out a deep breath, using one arm to grab his lower back.
"Oh fuck me Link! Make me cum! Fuck! Link!" She screamed as she felt her floodgates open and an orgasm course through her body.

Link lost control and thrust forward, pushing her flat against the bed as he fired his load into her. His felt the pleasure fill his body as he shot every last drop into her wet hole.

They lay there in bliss. "I love you Link"
"I love you too"
"And I love your cock"
"And I love your whole damn body"
They laughed and kissed once more.

 

Link sat holding Ashei close. He was looking at her ears of all things.
"If you aren't Ordonian, how come you have rounded ears?" Link asked and she shrugged.
"My Mother had rounded ears too but not my father. My Father told me that ancestors on my Mother's side were not from Hyrule, they were from a far away snowy land and that is why they settled in Snowpeak. I don't know how accurate the story is but that is all I have to go on" she said and Link smiled.
"I honestly never even noticed until now" he said and she turned to him
"Really? " She asked in surprise.
"I was probably too busy looking at these" he said as he grabbed her left breast briefly and she laughed. "I knew my family wasn't from Ordon. Like I was told that I had Hylian ancestors but I had never even seen a Hylian until I set out on my quest." He told her.

 

 

 

Zelda checked the room Shad was staying in but he wasn't there. This meant of course he was at the Library. She was amused by his one track mind. She headed over and sure enough he was there, sitting on the floor with books around him.
"I hope you are going to out all those back where you found them" she called, walking over. He didn't turn to her and she crouched next to him.
"Zelda… I have found something. I read it and I am sorry. It seems to be only for your eyes. It was hidden away behind books about Hyrule Myths." He said as he handed a old tattered Diary to her.

She opened it, pages were missing and some were unreadable. "Page 7" he said and she turned there. The writing was earilly like her own.

"Too the future Princess or Queen of Hyrule. Let is be known to the next chosen Hero that he may sit at the Temple of Time and hear the voices and echoes of the past. I am the Queen of my day and I knew personally the Hero of my time, the one who stopped Ganondorf's plot by traveling through time, Link - the Hero of Time. If the Legends of the past need knowing, then find the Hero and instruct him to visit this sacred site. As I am sure he knows, it is of writing this, hidden in the Lost Woods, where the Master Sword sleeps"

Zelda stood up. She turned more pages and it seemed there was more entries, more diary like than the ones before it.
"This is… Shad, you found this just…. Laying there?" She asked and he nodded.
"From what it seems it was probably somewhere else but has been moved carelessly. Someone probably didn't know its value" he said "I mean there are thousands of books here and some look in bad condition. Typically you wouldn't even consider reading one of those" he explained.

"We are telling Link about this right?" He asked, standing up and she smiles.
"Certainly. I mean, I imagine he is gonna be pretty annoyed coming down from Snowpeak again when he has just got there." Zelda said and Shad frowned
"Yeah, they really picked an awkward place to live huh…"

 

 

Link gets out of bed and Ashei grabs his arm.
"Can't we just stay in bed together forever" she complained and Link shook his head.
"You don't want out sex to get dull fo you. It's like ice cream, it is the best thing in the world but if you have it all the time you get sick of it" he said. She looked confused.
"You are right, it is exactly like ice cream. It is the best thing in the world and no one gets sick of it… I don't know if I should be more concerned that you get sick of ice cream or sex" she said and he smiled and fell back onto the bed.
"I am joking. I could never get sick of you. " He said as he kissed her. "But we do need to get up. We should at least start clearing the place up" he said and she sighed.
"You still didn't deny getting sick of ice cream" shs mumbled as she crawled out of bed.

Link opened the door and she shrieked. "LINK! I am still naked!" She shouted and Link quickly shut the door. "Okay…. Rule number one. We always check if the other person is dressed before opening the door. That was fucking freezing…" she complained and Link sighed.
"Soooorrryyy" he said.

Once she was dressed, they stepped out and Link saw a Hawk circling the Mansion. It swooped down and Link held out it's arm and it landed on it.
"Wow. What the?" She said and Link smiled as he took the note of its leg, letting it fly off.
"It's Zelda's Hawk." He said. He looked at the letter.

"Link, sorry to do this but can you return to the Castle. Shad has discovered something you need to check out at the Sacred Grove. We know this is a pain and I am sorry - Zelda".

He groaned.
"For fuck sake!" He shouted as he handed the note to Ashei.
"What? No! Link we have just got here. I am not climbing back to Hyrule" she said and Link sighed.
"You don't have to come. In fact it is probably best you don't" he said and she frowned.
"You wanna go without me?" She said in a sad tone and he hugged her.
"Of course not. I don't want to go at all but I feel I have too and you are the Master of this house, what if the knights arrive and you aren't here? I'll be as quick as I can" he said and she sighed.
"Okay. But you better hurry or I might end up having to sleep with the Yetis" she joked and he laughed.

 

Link left that same day and made it back to Hyrule by the evening. He asked around and Zelda was apparently in her room. Link arrived and went to open the doors but the guards stopped him. They knocked on her door.
"Lord Link is here your Highness" he said.
"Let him in!" She called through the door and Link walked in.

She was sat at a table with Shad, books were scattered across it. "I am SO sorry Link. But like…. We need to know if this is true" she said, handing him the diary and he read the passage.
"So you think I can like talk to my past lives or something? Why is this so important?" He asked and Shad stood up.
"Link, if you can talk to your past lives then we can learn about so much lost history of Hyrule." He said.
"Okay, fine. I'll do it. " He said and Zelda smiled.
"Shad is coming with you" Zelda said and both looked surprised.
"Zelda, it would be quicker if I…"
"It's not about how quickly it is done. Shad is there to record what you learn" she said.
"Link, I will try not to slow you down" he said and Link sighed.
"Very well…."

 

They set off and made it to the Lost Woods by nightfall. He told Shad to stay close as getting lost was a death sentence. The woods were terrifying at night and even Link felt a little nervous. Despite that though, the atmosphere was great and the sound of Owls hooting was unreal.

Eventually they made it to the Sacred Grove. And Link stood there. "So like…. What do I do?" He asked and Shad shrugged.
"Meditate? I really don't know." Shad said and Link sighed. He walked to the Triforce insignia on the floor and sat cross legged in the center. Shad sat on a rock a distance away and there was silence.

Eventually Link felt himself floating, blue lights whizzing past him. A figure emerged in front of him in the black void.
"Who are you?" Link asked and the Hero's Shade stepped forward.
"You?" Link said.
"Yes. We have talked several times you and I. That is because you are my descendant, not only in blood but in soul." He said and the figure warped and now stood a man in Green, blonde hair falling over his forehead. "I can now properly introduce myself. I am your ancestor, previous Hero. The Hero of Time".

Link stared. He looked down at himself and then back up.
"I am wearing your clothes" he said and the Hero of Time smiled.
"That you are" he said."I donated it to one of the three Springs, Faron Spring" He said and Link raised and eyebrow.
"There are four springs" Link said.
"Well in my time there was three…" The Hero said.
"Eldin, Lanayru, Faron and Ordon" Link said and the Hero's face dropped.
"Ordon? My son is…. was called Ordon" he told him. "Do you think he did something so great that a Sacred Spring was named after him?" He happily said.
"Not just that. I am from Ordon Village. In the province of Ordonia" Link told him.

"We could talk for ages… you will come back Hero of Twilight wont you? I have so much to pass on" he said "my hidden moves for example. My soul was unrested because I carried the regret of not being able to pass on my moves to my son. That or it is because I died in the Lost Woods. One of the two." He said and Link smiled.
"I actually came here because Zelda… the Queen of my time found a note from your Zelda, telling me about this" he said. "She wanted to learn all about your era."

"I wonder how she got on…. Oh nevermind that. Sorry, I mean I died young. In my 30's. I left my wife a widow and my kids without a father. I think I also had a son I never got to meet. Unless my Malon moved on…. I couldn't blame her… but I was close friends with Zelda and I do wonder how everyone was without me." He said in sadness. "Oh. Sorry. I am supposed to be helping you huh. WellI can tell you one thing for now. I will give you more every time you visit me. But let me tell you about the Hero's Vault."

"The first reincarnation of the Hero, the Hero of the Skies, stored all the equipment he obtained over his many adventures in a vault to be used for the next hero. Tragically the vaults secrets like anything else in Hyrule were lost to time until my era where I talked to him, just like you are doing now. All of my stuff is there, all the equipment from the previous Heroes exist. However, an evil man learned of this vault and broke in, using the power of the equipment to try to conquer Hyrule. With Zelda's connection to Hylia we managed to hide Hyrule Castle, The Temple of Time and along with the castle, the Hero's Vault, in the Lost Woods. This is where I perished. I died killing him and saving Hyrule." The Hero of Time said.

"So the Hero's Vault is somewhere here? In the Lost woods? Wait… you said Hyrule Castle was moved here. I mean… I know the Forest is thick but a Castle would stand out" Link said and The Hero of Time nodded.
"It has been a few hundred years, Link. The Castle has fallen apart and fell to ruin. But you have passed it. What do you think all the stone ruins are that you passed through?" The Hero said and Link smiled.
"That is sooo cool. So the current Hyrule Castle is the second Hyrule Castle?" Link asked and received a nod.
"Indeed. The Hero's Vault is inside Hyrule Castle. It was in a chamber behind Zelda's Room but who knows the condition now"

"I think you should go now. You will come back won't you?" The Hero of Time asked and Link nodded.
"Of course I will. This is fun. I want to learn more about my Great,great,great…. What ever Grandad" Link said and the Hero of Time laughed as he vanished and the black void faded from view and Link saw the Ancient Grove around him.

 

Link turned to Shad and explained the whole thing. Link told him they were going to find the Vault and Shad was ecstatic that they got to search the old Hyrule Castle. As they climbed over walls Link looked at the structure.
"You know… I can sort of see it now. I can sort of see how this could have once been a Castle." Link said and Shad smiled as he tried to keep up with Link's pace.
"No wonder so many of Hyrule's Legends were Lost to Time. The Castle was moved to the Lost Woods, to never be found again." Shad said

They climbed into what seemed to be a fallen tower. They climbed through the Window and Link pulled his lanturn out to illuminate the way. It was hard to navigate ancient ruins that weren't even the right way up.

Shad was lowered down to another floor but upon landing there waa a clank. He realised he was standing on a Metal Floor. "Link!" I think I am standing on it!" He said and Link jumped down. The metal structure creaked and it slid down slightly, moving deeper. It stopped and Shad sighed. There was a rumble and suddenly the metallic floor slipped and it began falling. The Castle began to collapse on top of them. Link pulled Shad down and sat on him, raising a shield above his head to block the falling rocks.

Eventually it stopped and Link strained his arm, holding the weight of the structure with his shield.
"Shad… I am going to need to you to do something." He said as he moved up just enough for Shad to wiggle free.
"I errr… yes…" he said in fear and Link didn't move.
"Behind you is a small hold in the floor. I believe it is the Vault we are standing on. I need you to climb inside there." He said and Shad shook his head.
"You want me to take a leap of faith into a hole of darkness?" Shad asked and Link grunted.

"SHAD! You do it or die! I am holding the Castle and it is very heavy…. I am gonna be right behind you but I can't go first for obvious reasons. Just do it now!" Link shouted urgently and Shad went over and wiggled into the hoke and fell with a clank. Link didn't have time to confirm if he was fine. It was his only option. Link slid too the whole and fell in just as the rocks buried them inside.

"Shad. Are you okay?" Link asked, knowing he should be fine since the drop wasn't deep.
"I am fine. I can see your lanturn but nothing else" he said. Link turned and illuminated the walls. He stepped on something and it cracked. He looked down and he was standing in the ear of a Mask, a yellow mask of some kind of Fox.
"Shad be careful, this is it but there are things all over the floor. Don't stand on anything." Link said.

He illuminated a small Ocarina and picked it up. Stuck to the back if it there was a note. He held it close to the lanturn.
"This is the Ocarina of Winds. Normally it can only be used outdoors but with these notes you can warp to the labeled locations" it said. Link turned the note over and looked at the options. 'The Forest Temple'. 'The Fire Temple'. 'Lake Hylia'. 'Kakariko Graveyard'. 'Desert Colossus'. 'Temple of Time'.
"Shad, we have a way out at least" he said and Shad smiled.
"I can see you Link. I have this Magnifying Glass and it makes the room clear" he said as he stepped careful over the fallen objects to Link, giving him the Lens of Truth.

The two searched the contents of the Vault and gathered the most valuable items and put them in sacks. Among the items was Farore's Wind that thanks to the description let them come back here at will. Link set it up, illuminating the room in a green glow momentarily and Link held onto Shad, played the Ocarina of Winds and teleported out.

They landed in water and Shad struggled, Link realising he could swim so he pulled him to the surface. As he did, he looked up at the grave in front of him. It was Rutella's Grave, he was most certainly in Kakariko Graveyard but the specific location seemed strange.
"We can go to Renardo's house from here, I will leave some things there and I will deal with this stuff" Link said as he held the heavy sacks on his back.

They headed to Renardo's House and Link explained the situation with the right amount of information missing as he could and stored the taken objects at his house. He then escorts Shad back to Hyrule Castle and lets Shad explain everything. Link tells them he is going retrieve everything from the Vault and she tells him to bring it to Castle and he agrees.

He warps back to the Heroes Vault with Farore's Wind, takes a he can at returns to Kakariko Village to deposit all the equipment and repeats this process several times. Eventually the Vault is empty so Link loads everything onto a trailer and Epona carries it along to Hyrule Castle where they temporarily store it.

"I'll still need to go through everything. Figure out what it does and all that. It was technically donated to me centuries ago" he said and Zelda nodded.
"Comeback when you can and we can go through it." She said and he smiled.
"Well I know what Farore's Wind does. It is a spell that lets you warp to a chosen location. But with these notes from this Ocarina I can warp to specific places in Hyrule. So if I set one at home I can more easily travel here to there." He said and Shad nodded.
"That is… that is a smart idea. " Shad told him.
"I'll be back after the Knights arrive at Snowpeak… they might be here now. I dunno. It is a long trek, especially for so many of them." He said. He looked down and grumbled. "But right now I have to make it back on foot"....

 

Link arrived home in the pitch black of night. Ashei was gonna kill him for being reckless enough to travel at night but he didn't care, he wanted to get home. He claw shot over the main entrance to the house and then towards their room. He knocked on the door. "It's me, you're not naked are you?" He called through the door and a few seconds later his girlfriend in a dressing gown opened the door a tiny bit and dragged him in.

"You traveled to Snow Peak at night"! She yelled and he closed his eyes.
"Sorry but…. I wanted to be home. With you" he said as he hugged her. She sighed.
"Well I can't stay mad at that. Especially not after you fuck the shit out of me" she said in low voice. He leaned forward and kissed her towards the bed.

 

 

Shad sat at a chair in Zelda's room, exhausted and tired. Zelda came in and hugged him.
"Shad… it must have been terrifying" she said and he hugged her.
"Yeah." Was all he managed to say.
"I shouldn't have told Link to take you" she said and he looked up.
"This isn't your fault," Shad said. She pulled him to his feet and walked across the room and pushed a door open.
"Here. Take a shower. Relax" she said and he smiled.
"Thank you Zelda" he said as he closed the door behind him.

He stripped down, got in the shower and watched the dirt and debris fall away. He sighed as the warm water hit him. The bathroom door opened and he withdrew the curtain slightly and gasped. "Zelda! What are you!" He shouted as the naked body of the Queen stepped into the shower with him.
I want to comfort you" she said as she stepped closer.

Shad didn't know where to look. Her boobs, her core, her hips, her legs. It was all so arousing. She knew her target as his penis was lively and tall. She placed her hand on it and watched him shudder.
"Oh Zelda…" he moaned as she made the gap between them non existent.
"I would like you to fuck me" she said and Shad frowned.
"Zelda I… I can't… you are the Queen" he said and she smirked.
"And the Queen can have sex." She said.

He was hesitant but he arched his hand up and grabbed her face and kissed her lovingly, like her body was sacred. He traced his hands down to her breasts delicately and began massaging them. She let out a low moan and his penis twitched. She turned around and he pushed her against the cold wall.

She arched her back so she pressed her arse against his dick and he moaned. "Shad… take me" she said and he leaned in, his dick brushing against her folds, he hesitated but slowly pushed his way in.

They both moaned and Shad out both his hands on her waist and began moving. The sound of skin slapping was evident as their soaking bodies pushed into one another. Shad found it difficult to keep a steady pace as the water made him slide in and out with more ease than he was used to and ended up pushing all the way in with each thrust. Zelda gasped at each, breathing in ecstasy as he pleased her with his dick.

Shad used her hips to control his thrusts more and she loved his hands on her body.
"Zeldaaaa" he moaned and leaned forward and removed a hand and grabbed a swinging breast.
"Oh yes…" she moaned as she played with her chest.

Their legs began to get shaky so Shad pushed her hard against the wall for balance as he sped up. "Ahhhh" she moaned and Shad groaned.
"Zelda I can't…." He moaned and she grabbed his arm.
"Don't stop Shad!" She shouted and he kept going.
"Ahhhhh!" The both moaned together as she felt her orgasm pulse through her body and his cum shoot inside her.

Shad pulled out and panted. Zelda chuckled and hugged him.
"That was incredible Shad." She told him and he smiled.
"It was. I don't deserve this" he said to her and she kissed him.
"Yes you do. Yes you do…."

Notes:

Yes, we are back to the main plot now. I was two days late with this but life will do that too you.

Chapter 83: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 18 - The Best Family Home

Summary:

Ashei and Link continue their lives together.

Chapter Text

"Ahhh! Ahhh! Yes! Link!" Ashei moaned as Link thrust into her so fast that the bed was shaking. As she came, she looked into his eyes just as she felt him shoot into her. They lay back in bliss, never tyering from sex.

There was a knock on the door and Yeto shouted through.
"Hylian people here!" He called and Link sat up and turned to Ashei.
"Guess we have to start getting up earlier" he told her and she laughed.
"Yeah right. I am not getting up until we have fucked. And by default that means neither are you." She told him and he smiled to her as he put his clothes on.

 

Link and Ashei arrived at the front door and the Knights came in bulk. King Bulbin was apparent right away and was pulling a giant cart with building supplies. The Captain was a man with a mustache that looked very serious, Link didn't recognise him.
"Lord Link. Lady Ashei. It is an honour to meet you both and serve under you" he said with a bow and Link smiled. "My name is Augustus, Captain of the this crew" he said and Link offered and hand and he shook it with enthusiasm.
"Nice to meet you, come on inside out of the cold" Link said as he turned and walked in. Ashei acknowledged him with a small bow of her head.

The crew come into the main hall and lay their stuff out, it got cluttered easily but it was to be expected. "Now I am sure Her Majesty has told you all bur we have two Yetis living here. They are friends, they are not to be treated as anything less than equals. Got it?" Link asked them all and they all nodded.

 

 

Days went by and work started on the house. They started on the front of the House and made an effort to patch up all the holes in the walls and roof which stopped monsters from getting in or out.

There was initially trust issues between the Hylians and Yeti but eventually they get more comfortable and start getting along. This was helped by Yeto making soup for everyone and it was very good soup at that.

Link also brings all the items from the Heroes Vault too Snowpeak and has a secret Vault room built to guard these. He goes through them and sorts out what does what and sees some real use in the transformation masks.

Things were going smoothly and the house was beginning to look like a home.

 

 

Zelda sat and looked at the potion bottle in her hand. There was no mistaking it. She was pregnant. She panicked. Her and Shad had only been seeing each other for one month. Like, what if he wasn't as serious about her as he said he was. What if she learned something terrible about him. Heck, she cannot give birth to a Child before Marriage. Hyrule would look down on their Queen. She had no other choice but to tell Shad and hope he is ready for marriage.

 

Ashei grinned to herself. She knew it was only a matter of time before Link would pump a child into her and here it was. They had talked about it before briefly. Both of them mentioned wanting children as Ashei had told him she was off the contraceptive potions so they knew there was a chance of her getting pregnant… okay, a big chance since they fuck more than once a day. But suddenly it felt too soon, were they ready for a child? She hoped she was. She hoped the nerves were normal and she was glad the excitement drowned it out.

 

Telma sat in silence. Renardo was going to hate her more. She was carrying his child. Would she accept her? Would he want nothing to do with the child? Should she even tell him? She slumped over wondering what to do.

 

Zelda sat next to Shad in silence. She didn't know how to tell him. She took a deep breath.
"Shad. I am pregnant." She said straight, ripped the wound open and he said nothing. He just looked shocked. He looked like he wanted ask something but didn't want to say it.
"And…. It… well it is…. Mine… right?" He asked and she frowned.
"Who else's would it be!" She shouted in slight anger as she hit his arm. "But yes. It is yours" she told him. He looked nervous.
"Am I allowed to be happy? I mean sorry like… I don't know what I should say. Is there protocol for this? I… I mean a Royal Baby…. That is mine" he said in astonishment.

She looked down and he frowned. He looked concerned so he held her hand. "Zelda… what is it? " He asked and she looked at him.
"Shad, I can't have the child without being married. We haven't been together long but please find it in your heart to love me enough to marry me now with such short notice." She let out and he sat back.
"Oh" was all he said and she frowned. "Zelda… that is not a hard challenge. I do love you Zelda. I would gladly marry you but I thought you wouldn't want me" he said and she smiled a relieved smile.
"Shad… I love you too. So that is a yes? We can get married?" She told him and he smiled.
"Yes! And I am going to be a Father! The Father of the Prince or Princess of Hyrule!" He cried out in joy.

 

That night Link walked up to their room and opened the door to meet his love. She smiled and he returned it.
"I have good news" she said and Link shrugged.
"I have better news" he told her and she smirked.
"Oh I doubt it" she said.
"I do" he said and she crossed her arms
"You think you do, but you don't" she insisted.
"Try me!" Link said she out her hands on her hips.
"I am pregnant."

Link's eyes widened. His shocked expression turned into a contagious grin.
"Oh my God! Oh fuck. Ashei, that is…. I mean that is like the best news. The only thing is it makes my news kinda like… a little less special" he said as he kissed her lovingly.
"Told you so" she joked and Link put his hand on her belly.
"I am so happy. Man… I am so glad you gave me that blow job that one time" he said and she laughed.
"Is that the origin point of our relationship? Not me declaring my love for you outside those doors?" She asked and he shrugged.
"It's a matter of perspective. But still!" He said as he took a step back. "My news is like only marginally not as great as yours" he told her as he took a knee and pulled a box out.

She covered her mouth. He grinned. "Ashei. Will you marry me?" He said as the Gold Gemmed Ring displayed itself to her.
"Fuck yeah I will!" She cried and Link put the finger on her ring. He stood up and kissed her deeply. "I know why you were so confident now" she said and he laughed.
"I love you Ashei '' he said and she hugged him.
"I know. I love you too".

 

 

Shad kissed Zelda intensely and she held onto the back of his head, pulling him into the kiss. She pulled him towards the bed and down on top of her. She worked on his top, pulling it over his head. She bit her lip at his topless body, he wasn't muscular and fit like Link was but he was certainly handsome. The dress Zelda wore was east to take off, she arched her back as Shad reached behind her and pulled down the the zip. He pulled it down past her shoulders until her breasts were bare and then kissed her lightly with his hand sensitively touching them.

"You like my body?" She whispered seductively. He gulped.
"Zelda…. Of course I do. You are like a Goddess. I am blessed" he told her and she rolled her eyes and kissed him.
"Well, this Goddess wants to feel you pleasure me. Make me yours Shad!" She ordered and he nervously smiled.

Shad got off her and stood up. He pulled down his pants so he was bare Infront of her and Zelda took this moment to follow his lead. He stepped towards her and Zelda sat up, grabbed his arm and pulled him down on top of her once more.

He felt over her body, still feeling a little apprehensive about doing so as he felt he didn't deserve her, but he knew she wanted this and heck, she was his fiancée. The Mother of their Child.

He grinded his body against her as one hand gripped her arse and the other on her breast. She moaned softly and squimes when he kissed her neck.
"Zeldaaa" he moaned, Zelda was feeling hot and needed him. She opened her legs and positioned herself under him. With no words needing to pass he pushed himself inside of her and they both moaned together.

Last time they were in the shower so she was naturally soaking but this time her wetness was all him. He caressed her skin, grabbing her thighs as she arched her back into his thrusts. "Zelda you are incredible…" he sighed and she kept her head back with her eyes closed. Her lips parted and a small whimper left her mouth.

He gently rocked back and forth into her, creating a steady rhythm. He tried to keep a good pace but seeing her sexy body lay bare beneath him made it hard to not go wild. He would, but not yet. He needed to let her enjoy this.

He kissed her as he gently placed his hands on her arse, giving them a squeeze. Zelda jolted up and gripped the bed tight with one hand and the other arm wrapped around his back.
"Shad!" She moaned, bucking into him for some more pleasure. "Shad… ohhh, fuck me faster!" She pleaded and Shad did not resist. He bucked his hips faster and sped up.

Zelda gasped and moaned and him plunging his meat into her, she loved it. She craved it. She needed it. Her legs wrapped around his waist and pulled him down.

"Ahhh… Zelda I am close.." he told her with a shaky voice. She kissed him.
"Me too Shad…. Just keep…. Going!" She moaned as she wildly bucked against him. They both gave it all they had, sweating bodies moving together. She felt her floodgates open. "SHAD!!!! YES!!!!" She screamed as she gripped him tight and with that he lost all control and shot his cum into her with a sheky groan.
"Zellhahhhaaaa". He moaned as his body buzzed.

He pulled out of her and lay next to her. "I love you Zelda."
"I love you Shad. We will make great parents".

 

 

 

Link heard the familiar sound of Zelda's Hawk and stood his arm out to let it land. The only thing the message asked is if him and Ashei could come to the Castle. Now that Link had the ability to warp to a nearby place and back again it wasn't a hassle. He let Ashei know and he let the Knights of Hyrule know and then he linked arms with Ashei.

"How weird does this feel?" She asked and Link shrugged.
"Err, not at weird as you'd expect, but yet again I have experienced being teleported via my body being deattomised and dragged through Twilight Portals so I think this on the whole is a smoother experience" he explained and she laughed lightly as he pulled out the Ocarina and played the Nocturn of Shadows and they were gone in the blink of an eye.

They appeared above the pool of water and fell into it with a slash.
"LINK! For fuck sake! " Ashei yelled as she was unprepared to be dunked into a pool of water. Link has forgot about this too.
"Shit… sorry. I didn't know this would be here" he lied as he pulled her out of the water. She was drenched and she looked at him with anger.

They crawled through the hole into the graveyard and Link handed her his lanturn. "It isn't ideal but it could help dry you off. Or at least warm you up" he offered and she smiled at his kindness.
"Thank you. Although you know I won't be able to take this route when my belly is four times the size right?" She said and Link nodded.
"I'll find one that doesn't get us drenched." He said and she smiled.

 

They rode into Castle Town and too the main gates and made their way through with little problems. As a Lord and Lady, access to the Castle was easy and they made it to Zelda's room, got the signature knock on the door and in they went.

Ashei was shocked to see Shad sitting there but Zelda greeted them.
"Make it here alright?" Zelda asked and Ashei sighed.
"Besides landing in a pool of water after teleporting, yeah, it was fine" she said and Shad looked concerned.
"You too?" He asked and Ashei shot a look of anger at Link and he mouthed "sorry" to her.

"So why are we here? Not bad news… Please not bad news!" Link prayed and she smiled.
"Relax. It is good news. Two good stories actually." She said and Link and Ashei sat down. "Me and Shad are having a baby and getting married!" She said and Link and Ashei recoiled.
"I'm sorry….come again?" Ashei said and Shad smiled. They didn't repeat what they said and Ashei leaned forward. "When did…. You two are?" She struggled for words and Shad laughed.

"I started helping Zelda with research and it turns out we have a lot in common. We didn't exactly plan for a baby but we do both want one and we are getting married" he said and Ashei couldn't believe what she was hearing.
"But Shad. She is the Queen of Hyrule. You don't just impregnate the Queen of Hyrule… I mean no offense but like… this is shy old Shad here" she questioned and Zelda leaned in.
"I made the first move" Zelda said and Link smirked.
"That makes sense" he remaked and Zelda glared at him.
"I dunno, you don't think we make a good match?" Zelda said and Link frowned.
"Not at all… No, I mean I don't think that at all. You make a great pair. Both smart, both into research, both up for the less rough life. I think it works and while I am shocked, I am genuinely happy for you guys" Link said and the couple smiled.

Ashei walked over to Shad expressionless.
"You got over me quick huh?" She said and he frowned.
"Ashei… I did but you also…" he was stopped by her hug.
"I am messing with you Shad. I told you I would always be your friend and that is true. As Link said, I am shocked as hell but I am happy for you Shad" she said as she hugged him. She let go and turned.

"Well you sorta stole our thunder because…. Well I am also pregnant and Link also just proposed to me. Funny how these things work out" she said and Zelda and Shad beamed up, less shocked than Link and Ashei were at them.
"Oh Hylia! Congratulations!" Zelda exclaimed "What are the odds on this happening on the same day!" She said and Link tilted his head.
"I mean, you probably didn't get pregnant on the same day but hey, who knows, maybe it was down to the second" Link joked.
"We should have a double wedding" Zelda suggested and they all turned.

Shad seemed onboard, Ashei seemed fine but Link looked uncertain.
"Zelda, wont your wedding be full of fancy snobs that hate the poor?" He asked and she wasn't offended.
"I suppose so, yes. And?" She asked and Link sat back down.
"I was going to invite all of Ordon Village. Like I spent 18 years with them all, they are like family. Yeah, Rustl is technically a Lord but the rest are simple Farmers. Are you sure that will be okay for the people attending your wedding? Are you okay with that?" He asked.
"Link, I don't mind and I don't care if the people at my wedding do care. It is my day, well, all of our day and we are the most important people that day. If they don't like it then they can sulk and have a bad time, I don't care. Realistically I don't have any family and I don't have any friends besides you guys so I really don't care who I upset on MY wedding" she explained and Link was blown away.

"Personally I invite the chaos." Ashei said and then something dawned on her. "Oh fuck… I am going to have to wear a dress aren't I!" She said in disgust and Link also frowned.
"Oh no…. More formal clothes" he complained and Zelda and Shad laughed.
"Okay. Well you two are definitely made for each other"...

Chapter 84: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 19 - Two Weddings for the Prince of One

Summary:

The Wedding of Link and Ashei and Zelda and Shad.

Chapter Text

Zelda was crucial in planning the wedding. It was a double wedding held in Hyrule Castle. Her advisors and officials tried to dissuade her in having a double wedding with Link as he was to invite commoners but Zelda shut them down and they eventually gave up.

Shad didn't have many people to invite, a few family members but everyone else he knew, Ashei and Link knew too and Ashei saw too it that Auru and Telma were coming. Rustl too but Link saw to inviting the entirety of Ordon to the wedding as well as Renardo and Luda as they helped out immensely. The Goron Elder and King Ralis were to come as well as Impaz and the other Sheikah. This was the wedding of the Queen of Hyrule afterall. It had to be grand.

 

Link sat and one of Zelda's attendants got him a sharp suit and dressed him appropriately. He hated the fancy get up still but knew he could bare it for one day, more importantly though he couldn't wait to see Ashei. She hated dresses more than Link hated formal get up and he knew she was probably kicking and screaming right now as she is getting ready. Link was also looking forward to seeing Zelda as she would look equally stunning in a wedding dress, terrible to think but he knew she would pull it off better than Ashei.

Link was escorted into the wedding hall and one half of the room was filled with mostly people he didn't recognise and the other side those he did. It was weird seeing his Ordonian friends dressed so smartly as they wore simple tunics and farm gear and they almost looked like different people. It was clear they were out of their element, almost confused as to why they were allowed in Hyrule Castle but all the kids were stoked. Link saw Telma and had to double take as she was for once dressed appropriately in a dress that while ndid show off her cleavage, was not just a bra on display.

He stood patiently as Shad walked in and he was dressed way smarter than Link. Of course he was, he was about to be the Prince of Hyrule. They smiled at each other and Link could see he was way more nervous than him. Link felt little nerves, afterall, he had fought a giant house sized elee and a reanimated skeleton head while riding a spinning top so most things after that kinda got more calm.

Suddenly the organs started playing and the doors opened and Ashei stepped into the room with Auru walking her down the isle, due to her Father being dead. She wore a strapless white dress that really showed off her boobs but looked a little floaty, probably so she could move around easily. Both Link and Shad were blown away, she looked hot but also it was just a side no one had ever seen. She reached Link and he grinned as she did.

"We are here today for two ceremonies, but right now we are here for the joining of Lord Link of Ordon and Lady Ashei of Snowpeak" the officiant spoke. "Lord Link, do you promise to accept Lady Ashei as you lawful wedded wife in sickness and in health, richer or poorness?"
"I do" Link said as the officiant read out the same vows for Ashei.
"I do" she said and she smirked.
"Lord Link, you may kiss the Bride" he said and Link grabbed her head and pulled her in for a kiss. It was hot and passionate and in any other circumstances they would be already doing it but that would have to come later. He slipped the ring on her finger and they smiled as everyone cheered.

The organs began again and Zelda strode in. She was also wearing a strapless dress but her face was hidden behind a veil and her dress was puffy at the bottom, long and had to be held as she walked in. She had long white gloves and a white cape as well as her crown. Ashei let her Husband oggle the Queen without jealousy, she was clearly stunning and Ashei never really stood a chance against her. She was the Queen.

Vows were read out, they agreed, kissed and now Zelda had married Shad and he was Prince of Hyrule just like that. Link couldn't quite accept that Shad out ranked him and Ashei couldn't quite grasp how the nerdy, shy kid she knew since childhood was now royalty and fucking the Queen of Hyrule.

 

The ceremony came to a close but the party was next. All were invited to main hall and guided there. Alcohol was served and Link too Ashei there right away. Music played but they would get to dancing when they were a bit kore drunk. Besides, there were people too meet and Link had a burning question.

Link escaped into the crowd of people and found Mayor Bo.
"Link! Congratulations." He said as he patted him on the back. Link frowned and Bo knew what he was going to ask. "I don't want to burden you with this on your big day but you were wondering where Ilia is weren't you?" He asked and Link nodded. "You broke her heart, Link. You tore it to shreds. You spent a night with her and then left and just never came back. Link looked down.
"I never promised her anything. In fact, I tried to let her down easily. Look, I can't explain my emotions, they were complicated. I left on a journey and I came back a different person. Ilia reminded me too much of my old life and it was a life I couldn't live. Ilia wanted things to go back to how they were and she clung on too tightly. I just couldn't…" he explained and Bo shook his head.
"It's not me you need to explain that too" he said and he shrugged.
"Well Ilia isn't here"
"You expect her to show up for you when you abandoned her in the night like a coward!" He said, almost yelling.

Link took a deep breath and then looked him in the eyes.
"You are right. I know what I did was wrong and I would do things differently if I had the chance but one way or another she would have been hurt and…. Look it doesn't matter what I say. I am sorry, I would tell her that but I doubt she wants to see me so I can't" he said and Bo nodded.

Ashei wandered up to them and linked an arm around Link's.
"Hi! I am Ashei… well I assume you know that!" She said in a clearly tipsy tone. Bo smiled, snapping himself out of his anger and offered a hand that she shook.
"I am Bo, Mayor of Ordon" he said to her and she smiled.
"Nice to meet you. I am going to have to take my Husband away from whatever you were talking about. Sorry if I interrupted the local sheep news" she said and Bo smiled.
"It's all good, I think we were done anyway" Bo said as the couple vanished into the crowd.

 

"Ashei…. I already loved you, but I love you 20 time more for saving me from that" he said to her and she out her hands on his hips.
"It was getting a little…. Chaotic" she said.
""Personally I invite the chaos"" he mimicked her and she hit him lightly.
"HA. HA. Hilarious. Anyway, introduce me to some more of your Village Folk…. Preferably the more friendly ones." She said and Link smiled.
"That narrows it down to kids" he joked and she smiled.
"Let's go meet them." She said and Link shrugged.
"Okay".

 

 

Auru was talking to Telma. She was enjoying herself with the luxury of being the one to get drunk this time. Zelda approached them.
"You must be Telma" she said and her eyes went wide.
"Your Highness… I… I am honoured you have heard of me." She said and Zelda smirked.
"You took my Husband's Virginity" she said and Telma smiled.
"Ah… yes… yes I did… sorry" she said and Zelda shook her head.
"I dunno, maybe you taught him some things" she said and Telma laughed but Auru looked traumatised.
"Congratulations your Highness" Auru said and Zelda smiled.
"Thank you Lord Auru." She said and then stepped closer. "Auru, Telma. You are friends to both Shad, Ashei and Link so I consider you friends of mine. If it is just us, you can call me Zelda" she said and Telma smiled.

"Zelda honey, I had the wrong impression of you. You seem like a rocking gal. Free up your Queenly duties and come down to my bar and see where the magic happens" Telma said in her usual confidence.
"Oh Hylia. Telma…. You bar is no place for…" Auru said but Zelda rose her hand.
"I mean I can't just drop by whenever I please but if we can like book it out for a day we can make it a thing… I will have security tailing me but I want to see where the Resistance spawned" she said and Auru frowned.
"Telma… please don't try to make the moves on our Queen…" he pleaded and Zelda raised an eyebrow.

"Is this like…. A thing?" Zelda asked and Telma shrugged.
"Well I will say your Husband wasn't the only one of the Resistance that had some fun" she said and Zelda turned to Auru.
"What?! She doesn't mean just me… she means the whole damn lot of them" Auru said and Zelda giggled.
"Oh wow… so Lord Rustl too. Naughty Boy. He is married." She said and Telma smiled.
"The whole damn lot" Auru said again and Zelda frowned.
"So Link too?" She asked and Auru nodded.
"Technically not part of the Resistance but yes"
Zelda laughed.
"Hold on… all of them? Shad, you Rustl, Link AND even Ashei?" Zelda asked in shock and Telma nodded.
"About sums it up".

"Wow…. I seemed to have missed a lot huh…. Wait…. When exactly did Link have time for this?" She asked and Telma frowned.
"Ah…" Telma said and Zelda frowned.
"Oh….. OH!.... Oh that fucking…." She stopped herself as she covered her mouth, surprising herself with the language that escaped her mouth.
"Sorry Zelda. It was my fault though" Telma apologized and Zelda smiled.
"No it wasn't. It was his. But it is all good. I mean, I am not with him now… I am still gonna kick the shit out of him though" she said and Telma laughed.

 

 

Colin was talking to Luda with a big smile on his face. The other kids were close by and Malo was standing on a table talking to some very rich looking people.
"Link!!" Colin called and ran towards him, leaving Luda behind.
"Hi Colin. This is Ashei" he said and Ashei looked down and shook his hand.
"Heard a lot about you Colin. Your Dad never shut up about you" she said and Colin laughed.
"He has mentioned you too. Said you were nearly as good as Link with a Sword" he said and she frowned.
"Nearly! I am waaaay better" she said and Colin shook his head.
"Sorry, but no" he said and she smirked.
"You cheeky little… I am!" She said.
"You are not" Link said and she glared at him.
"Do you want this to be Hyrule's quickest divorce?" She said and Link laughed.
"Psst. Colin. Tell her she is better" he said and Colin laughed.
"Oh Lady Ashei. My Dad talks about how much better you are with a sword than Lord Link" he said mockingly.
"I like the sarcastic you better"

"I miss you Link. Everyone does. Are you ever coming back?" Colin asked and Link frowned.
"Afraid not. Sorry Colin. I am the Lord of Snowpeak now. I can't return to Ordon. But tell your Dad that you and him are welcome to visit us whenever you like." Link said and Colin lit up.
"Really! You are the best Link" he exclaimed. "I am gonna be a Knight and one day I will work by your side" Colin told him and Ashei smiled.
"I like you Colin." Ashei said and he rubbed his head.
"If you like I can introduce you to the Queen later on" Link offered "Maybe she will remember you when you become a Knight" Link said and Colin lit up.
"Really. Wow. You two are the best couple ever. My little sister will be jealous when she is old enough to be." Colin said and Link smiled.
"Who knows, she might have a playmate" he said, putting a hand on Ashei's belly.
"Wow really! You are…" he was about to shout but Ashei put a finger over her mouth.
"Yeah. Me and Link are having a Baby but it is our little secret. You are the third person to know so don't tell anyone. Not even your Dad" she said and Colin zipped his mouth shut.

"Link!" Talo and Beth shoted as the joined Colin.
"Hey kids" Link said and Beth looked at Ashei.
"Wow… Miss, you look beautiful" she said and Ashei smiled.
"Thank you. What is your name?" She asked and she smirked.
"Beth" she said and Talo leaned in.
"I am Talo. My brother Malo is over there 'conducting business'" Talo siad and Ashei looked at the small boy standing on the table.
"Wow… what the….. how old is he?" Ashei asked and Talo frowned.
"He just turned 6" he said and Ashei looked shocked. She turned to Link and he nodded. "Yeah… how do you think I feel. He is my Brother," Talo said and Link couldn't add anything that would explain Malo so he didn't try…..

 

The night went on and the slower more romantic music began playing. The two married couples took centre stage and danced slowly. Link and Ashei didn't know how to dance so they winged it and hoped for the best.
"You are beautiful, you know that. " he told her. Usually she wasn't bothered whether people thought she was hot or ugly but something about her husband telling her that on her wedding night meant something.
"Thank you…." She said as she hugged a shoulder into him. "Pretty damn sharp yourself" she said and they held each other close.

Link held her as they danced. Swaying in the view of all the people he met on his quest.
"You know, the worst day of my life had me attacked, the kids being kidnapped and me turned into a wolf then imprisoned." He said and she looked up wondering where he was going with this. "But all that led to me meeting you and for that, I would do it all again. I can't believe so much good came out of that" he told her. "Our baby wouldn't exist if not for that" he said and she smiled.
"Guess we should thank King Bulbin for kidnapping those kids then huh.." she joked and he laughed.
"I love your humour so much." He whispered to her as they continued dancing.

 

The dancing died down and Link and Ashei went to the Bar. Zelda sat next to them on a stool.
"You know Ashei… it can be damaging for a baby if you drink" she told her and her eyes went wide.
"What?!.... I…." She said in a panic and Zelda shook her head.
"Don't worry, your haven't had much, I can tell you aren't drunk but you know like maybe…. don't" Zelda suggested and she breathed a sigh of relief.
"Man if I knew that I would never have gotten pregnant" she joked and Link laughed.

"You look great by the way" Zelda said and she shot a smile.
"Oh please. I appreciate it but have you looked in the mirror. All eyes were on you" she said and Zelda shrugged.
"Not all. Your Husband had his eyes all over you…. To be honest, so did mine" she said and Ashei smiled.
"Well we are equal because Link had his eyes on you too" she said and Link frowned.
"No…. You were the only one on my mind!" He insisted but she rolled her eyes.
"Uh huh. Anyway…. You look fab" she said and Zelda leaned in and hugged her.
"Thank you Ashei. But for the record, you have the bigger boobs" she said and Ashei laughed hard.
"Haha, okay. You know what, I will take my victories where I can get them".

 

The night drew to a close and Link and Ashei were escorted to a room picked out for the two of them for just this night. The second the door shut Ashei had Link against it and kissed him with passion and desire.
"Link…" she whispered and he felt down her body.
"We are married…" he said and she smirked.
"I noticed" she sarcastically remarked. "I was there" she continued and he kissed her.
"Man I love you…. This will be our first shag as a married couple". He said as his hands gripped her breasts. She bit her lip and stepped forward, pushing his hands further into her breasts.

"As much as I would love to rip your clothes off, they are expensive. Can you like, take them off yourself… once you unzip me of course" she said as she turned her back to him. He grabbed the zip and pulled it down, she let the dress slip and she stepped out of it, revealing her arse to him. She carried the dress over to a mannequin and put it on before walking nude to their bed. Link began pulling all his clothes off until he was naked and walked towards the bed where his wife awaited.

She sat back watching him stride towards her, fully erect and she was getting wet just watching him. He climbed onto the bed and crawled towards her. He kissed her, his knee was placed between her legs. She leaned forward and grabbed his dick, putting it fully in her mouth. Link shuddered and lowered his hand to her wet hole and drove a finger inside. She let out a moan with his dick still inside as Link rubbed her clit with his thumb while his fingers poked at her insides. She bobbed her head and eventually pulled herself off him.
"Take me Link"

Link pulled his fingers out and lowered himself between her legs. Link lined himself up and kissed her passionately, as he did so he pushed deep inside her, making her arch her back. Without room for thought, they were moving their bodies against each other.

Link had his hands firmly placed beside her hips, using his strong body to push into her, slow but hard. Ashei gasped and moaned each time, feeling his hard penis fill her. She was wet so Link slid right in with no resistance. He groaned each time, feeling her walls rub his shaft, sending a sensation through his body.

When Ashei saw his hands move next to her head she knew what was coming but barely got to react. He began speeding up, pumping his body faster inside her, as a result, her cries of joy sped up.

"Ahhh! Ahhhh!" Link moaned, looking into his eyes as he relentlessly fucked his wife.
"Oooh… Yesss!" She responded. Their bodies were hot and sweaty but neither cared as the smashed their bodies together. "Oh fuck. Yes LINK! I love you!" She cried out as she came.
"I love you too Asheiiii!" He moaned as he exploded inside her, filling her up completely.

They lay there and caught their breath. It wasn't until silence fell that the sound of skin slapping, a bed creaking and Zelda moaning came through the walls.
"Oh yes! Cum in me Shad!" They heard Zelda moan. Ashei burst out laughing and Link couldn't help but join her.

 

 

Telma stepped out into the cold night. She was drunk and forgot until it was too late that you shouldn't get drunk when pregnant. No one knew she was pregnant so at least she wouldn't be judged. But that was just it. She hadn't gotten the chance to speak to Renardo as he had to take Luda home before it got too late. She wobbled back to her bar and her heart skipped a beat when she saw him standing by her door.

"What do I owe the pleasure?" She asked in her flirtatious voice as she walked towards him.
"Uli offered to take Luda to an Inn as she has a a Baby to carefore and had to leave early anyway. But good thing tok because…. Because I am drunk and can't remember where the Inn is." He told her and she leaned against him.
"You are welcome in my walls anytime. I actually have to see you anyway, being drunk is probably better" she said as she pulled him inside.

They went round the back and sat down. She began panicking but refused to show it. "Renardo…. I am pregnant" she suddenly said and he leaned forward.
"What!?" He asked in shock and she nodded.
"It is yours. We are gonna be having a kid" sbe said and he put his hands on his face.
"I am so sorry Telma" he said and she frowned.
"Renardo… I see this as a blessing. I know your feelings for me are mixed but I do love you and I will love this child" she told him and he looked at her.

"I know how I feel about you Telma. I love you and I have for a long time but… how do I explain this to my daughter...oh hey Luda, you know the Woman that I cheated on your Mother with and caused her to run away, well I am with her now and we are having a kid" he joked but she hugged him.

"You love me? Okay… but how do you fell about this child? Not what Luda will think, what do you think?" She asked and he hugged her.
"I wish things were different because I am ready to be a father again and I will love our child no matter what. I just wish things were different so we could be together" he said and she felt butterflies.
"Luda is a mature girl. See what she thinks. Maybe we can be together Renardo. But for now, lets enjoy each other" she said as she pushed him down onto her bed.

Chapter 85: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 20 - The Bar Owner, the Knight and the Princess

Summary:

Continuation of the saga.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

As the months went by, Snowpeak couldn't be described as a ruin anymore. It was beginning to look like its old self. All the holes in the walls and roof had been patched up, the stairs fixed and it was in a better condition than it was when it was first built.

Ashei couldn't be more thankful of this as she strode through the halls heavily pregnant. What a hassle it would be if it was still in poor condition. She hated being pregnant. She was super excited to have her child born into the world but the act of getting there was excruciating. She was annoyed at how little she could help and how her mobility was reduced.

She sat by the fire with Yeta in their now made over living room with couches and furniture which helped make the place feel more cosy.

"How long to baby?" Yeta asked and Ashei smiled.
"About a month, I think. It is hard to keep track of time out here to be honest" she said. "My friend, Telma is due very soon though" …

 

"RENARDO!" Telma screamed in agony. He ran into the room where she was clutching a pillar and holding Luda for support. "Its coming…. Get the Doctor!" She ordered and Renardo stared.
"And leave you?" He asked and she just glared.
"Dad! I can help. Just go!" Luda told him and he ran out the door.

About an hour later Ranardo ran through the door with the Doctor and Telma was lying on her bed clutching Luda's hand.
"Don't worry, it's not gonna hurt worse than… I dunno, something…" he grumbled as Renardo kneeled down next to her and took her hand from Luda.
"It's going to he okay" he told her as she screamed.

After excruciating pain, screaming and swearing, the doctor cut the umbilical cord.
"It's a Boy" he said as he handed the Baby over to Telma who smiled at her son. Renardo began crying and they hugged.
"What are you calling him?" Luda asked excited and Telma smiled.
"We decided already. Luda, meet your Brother Lucas" she said as the baby begin crying. The only one not crying was the Doctor.

 

 

Link and Ashei thought they were ready. Ashei was in her room sweating and in pain. The baby was due any moment and it was a waiting game. A Nurse stood by and Link was pacing backwards and forwards anxiously.
"For fuck sake Link. Sit still" Ashei told him in mild frustration and he nodded. He sat down at the other end if the room for a while before getting up and moving too another seat. Link could face any issue and help it but not this, he was powerless to help and his stress just made Ashei worse. She picked up a cup at threw it at his face.
"Ow!" He shouted and she glared.
"Sit. Still." She told.him and he gulped and sat by her bed.

After hours the baby was ready and the nurse did her job, Ashei screamed and pushed and Link bared the grip of Ashei's hand on his. After it was out the nurse handed Ashei their baby.
"You have a healthy Daughter" she said and Link teared up as they looked at their baby.
"Hey there…" Ashei said as she held the baby in her arms.
"She is so…." Link sobbed and Ashei hugged him in as tears rolled down her face. "Hi Lyra. Welcome to the family".

 

 

Zelda got proper treatment. Taken to the medical ward of the Castle and had the best Doctors in Hyrule. Shad sat by her side and she was drugged up on pain relief potions. Shad was surprisingly calm, Zelda was in pain and the Doctors were probably the most nervous as they are delivering the heir to Hyrule into the World.

After Zelda delivered her child after the screams of agony, Zelda and Shad were handed their Daughter. The next Princess Zelda.

Notes:

I missed a week.... Oh well! Gonna be honest, I am tired, this chapter is short, I am busy as fuck and people probably arn't even reading these so who am I even talking too?

This is short and I wrote it a while ago. I imagine I intended to add more too it but I didn't. The next chapter is better, I promise.

Chapter 86: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 21 - Family Life

Summary:

Sometimes you just need a babysitter if you wanna make love.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link snored loudly next to Ashei. But suddenly Link jerked up as the 6 Year old Girl with her black ponytail divided upon her Father.
"Gyaaa" he groaned as she sat on his stomach.
"Morning Dad" she said happily and Ashei woke too.
"I may be your Mother but if you do that to me I have no problem in killing you" she said to Lyra and she grinned.
"I'd beat you in a fight. I beat Connor" she said and Ashei smirked.
"Connor is a year younger than you though" Ashei said and she shrugged.
"Well all the knights say Boys are stronger than Girls so that shouldn't matter.

Link sat up and hugged his cheeky daughter.
"You know that isn't true right?" Link said and she laughed.
"Of course it's not true. I kicked his arse" she said and both parent's eyes grew wide.
"Woah! Lyra. Don't say that. It's a bad word" he said and she frowned.
"But you say it all the time" she said, looking at her Mother.
"Yeah, but there are words you can say when you are an adult, it is like a right of passage, when you are 18 you can say whatever you want, but until then, no saying arse" Ashei said and Link rolled his eyes.

Link and Ashei got up as Lyra ran downstairs for breakfast.
"She keeps asking for a sister" Link said and Ashei smiled as she hugged Link.
"And I would be down for that if she would give us a moments peace to fuck. Seriously though Link, how long has it been?" She asked and Link frowned.
"Too long. Man, I remember being horny every morning and horny every night but now I wake up in pain as she dives on me and by night I am tired." He complained.
"We need to keep her occupied tomorrow morning and then we can fuck. I want another kid Link… I mean I want the sex too but I do want another" she said and Link nodded.
"I want both too. But how do we keep her occupied?" He asked and Ashei smiled.
"I have an idea" she said.

 

Ashei got in contact with Telma and asked if she could take Lyra off their hands for a day or two and play with Lucas. Telma agreed and asked if they wanted to spend some time alone together to fuck and Ashei spent no effort denying it. Lyra was thrilled to see Kakariko Village. She had been to Castle Town with Link once but she had never experienced much of the outside world.

"What do you do here for fun?" Lyra asked Lucas as they sat with their toes in the the spring.
"I like to make dens, catch bugs and go on little adventures although my parents dont let me go near Death Mountain for obvious reasons, they don't let me onto Hyrule field and they tell me to stay out of the graveyard but I don't listen to that last one" he told her. She stood up with her hands on her hips.
"Then it is decided! Today is the day we climb Death Mountain!" She declared and Lucas looked around in alarm, hoping no one heard her and luckily they didn't.
"Lyra… we can't do that. It is dangerous" he protested and ahe grinned.
"You Dad just doesn't let you go because you can't fight but I am a seasoned warrior, I can take on anyone!" She boasts and Lucas doesn't look any more convinced.

Lyra could tell he needed further encouragement and she had just the plan. "Fine. You don't have to come. But I am going anyway" she said as she slipped her boots back on and walked in the direction of Death Mountain.
"Lyra! Lyra no stop!" He called but she didn't turn and kept walking. He pulled his shoes on and chased after her. "Come on! This is insane. We sre going to get in trouble and if not, dead." He complained but she didn't even look at him. Lucas followed sheepishly, feeling like he was responsible for her but was powerless to stop her.

They entered the Death Mountain trail and Lyra confidently started climbing the ropes that led higher. Lucas followed but as they got to the top they were met by a Goron.
"Hylians? Hylian Children?" He said in alarm and looked around confused. "I err. We are supposed to stop all Hylians from coming up but we can't hurt children. Hmmm, what to do?" He said to himself. Lyra smiled and just ran past him. "Gah! Goro! No, come back!" He said as he rolled after Lyra. Lucas just stood and watched, deciding he should follow. The Goron was quick to catch her but she crawled into a gap in the rocks.
"Hahaha, you can't get me here Goron!" She giggled and the Goron was worried.
"Hylian Girl! Please come out! What if you are hurt? This isn't a place for kids!" It pleaded but Lyra ignored it and ventured into the tunnel.

Lucas caught up and the Goron looked at him.
"Sorry Mr. Goron. I didn't want her to come here too but she wouldn't listen. I am Renardo's Son Lucas" he told the Goron and it nodded.
"I am Darmatan, I could tell you were Renardo's boy from a mile away. But right now we need to do something about your friend. It is to dangerous where she went but I know where it leads, follow me" Darmatan said and Lucas followed the Goron, feeling much safter with it than Lyra.

They reached higher on the mountain and saw Lyra on a high ledge. "Hylian Girl! Get down, the air that bliws out the gysers could be leathal!" Darmatan shouted but she just stuck her tounge out and jumped a gap. Darmatan sighed and motioned Lucas to follow him.

As they reached higher ground the looked down in the hot spring where the Gorons stood shocked at Lyra who was submerged in the heated water. Darmatan jumped down and picked her up by her collar.
"Let me go!" She screamed as she stuggled but the Goron didn't budge.
"Quite the trouble maker huh!" He said as he leaned in closer. "Goro! Could you be…. Are you Link's Daughter?" He asked and she looked at him.
"Err… yes… how did you?"
"Yiu are the splitting image of him and well…. Brother Link was the second Hylian that made it past us up the Mountain. It makes sense you would do the same" he explained as he out her down.

Lucas cimbed down into the hot spring water carefully and sighed.
"Lyra…. I know you wanted an adventure but you are just being a trouble maker. Please come back" he asked and she sighed.
"Fine. But I proved I can make it up the deadly Death Mountain!" She cheered but Darmatan picked both of them up.
"You did, but I can't in good conscience let you go back down on your own. Let me take you"

Darmatan took them to the bottom and out them down. "Please don't do this again, you caused a lot of trouble for me. Next time come with Link, or return when you are an adult and you can take me in sumo" he said and she laughed.
"I could take you now!" She shouted as Lucas dragged her away.

 

 

Link and Ashei were naked and Link pushed her down against the bed and moved on top of her, his erection touching her leg.
"It feels so good to just be alone and to take our time and make love." Ashei moaned as his hands moved around her body. She rolled over so she was laying atop him and her breasts were pushed against his chest. "And believe me. I intend to take my time" she whispered before she moved down and towards his mast.

She met it at eye level and grabbed it, making Link shudder at the touch. She rubbed it up and down slowly, watching the satisfaction on his face and then pushed her mouth down onto his dick. Link sighed heavily when he felt the sensation of her lips around his cock. It was like letting out a piss you had been holding in for a while…. There was probably a better simile than that. She sucked, slurped and licked him and he just lay back and enjoyed it. His hand reached the back of her head while the other gripped the bed sheets.

Link knew he could let his wife continue and he could cum here but the goal was to finish inside her. "Ashei… you need to stop" he said with reluctance but she knew what he meant and looked up at him and let the dick fall from her mouth.

She crawled up to him anday atop him, breasts pressed against his chest.
"Well… you are gonna have to make up for it. You can't just let me stop with nothing to keep me occupied." She told him and he smiled.
"You really think we are about to stop. Ha. I have a few ideas of what you might like." He said. He grabbed her shoulders and flipped her onto her back, lowered her head and stuck his tongue between her legs.

"Ahhh" she screamed in shock as Link's tongue lapped over her folds. He licked her clit and her thighs gripped his head like a vice. "Haaaaaa! Link!" She screamed as her hands gripped the sheets of the bed tight. Her husband continued to work on her, legs squirmed and body pushed against him. She felt a pulse ripple through her body and without thinking she gripped his head hard as she felt an orgasm flood her brain.

Link pulled his head away and looked up at her with a grin.
"I get the feeling you like that" he smugly said as he crawled back up to meet her face.
"I fucking need you in me now Link" she told him. He grabbed his dick and rubbed the tip against her entrance.
"You mean you want this in you?" He asked as he teased her.
"Link." She said sternly.
"Yes my love?" He replied and she scowled, grabbing his head with both hands.
"If you don't fuck me now there will be troub-AH!" She moaned as Link interrupted her threat by shoving it in. "If you weren't so damn good I would kill you" she said as he rocked into her.
"You didn't need the threat. I couldn't have lasted longer if I wanted to. I need you" he moaned as he began rocking into his wife.

Link began creating a steady but fast rhythm. He went slowly, pushing in and out of his moaning wife. They kept eye contact, kissed and felt each other's bodies. They moaned names as his dick pushed deep into her tight, wet hole. Link kissed her neck, his breath deep and it tickled her skin.
"Faster Link" she whispered into his ear and he did so, increasing his speed faster. His hand gripped her butt cheek and she gasped in surprise, tightening her grip around him.

The hands on their bodies were reaching sensitive locations, making them melt into each other more, their love absorbing into each other. As Link gyrated his hips, Ashei gripped his strong back and moved in rhythm with him. Breaths heavy and strong against his skin, she bites her lip and closes her eyes at the sensation of her husband.

Link squeezed her butt cheeks one more time and she smirked. "You want them so bad, do me from behind" she said to him and he pulled out of her. She quickly rolled onto her front and without hesitation he pushed back inside. She gasped at his speed and tried to get on her hands and knees through his relentless thrusting. She felt her body being dominated. His hands gripping her hips hard and pushing into her. Her butt slapped against his body and her breasts rocked wildly. Her mouth was open wide and letting out small moans of approval.

One hand reached around to her breast and began squeezing it. She closed her eyes and focused on the heavenly sensations he brought to her. Her body tingled with delight at every touch. How had she scored so lucky with Link.

He let go of her hips and his other and reached round and rubbed her clit. "Haaaaa!" She moaned loudly, her legs shaky as Link continued to thrust, squeeze and rub. He was leaning forward now, his breath on the back of her neck. Without noticing, she was being pushed flat against the bed, her arms and legs giving way to his pleasure. He let go of her breast as her front was pressed down tights, only her rear being elevated for him to fuck.

He kept a constant pace, pushing into her and rubbing her clit.
"Asheiiii" he moaned into her ear. She opened her eyes and turned her head as much as she could. Her mouth was agape.
"Link…. Oh fuck!" She moaned. She was perfectly satisfied with Link pleasuring her but why settle for perfect when you can go beyond.

She pushed him back, rolling him onto his back and spreading her legs over him. She lowered herself down, feeling him enter her all over again. She loved that part. She began rolling her hips, hands pressed hard against his chest and she kept a heavenly rhythm. Link opened his mouth to speak but a soft moan escaped. He held hips as he stared at her breasts and her hips and then his hands fell to the side, almost like a sensory overload.

She increased the speed gradually, not so quickly as to exhaust herself but enough to make it obvious. Soon their breaths were heavy and deep and she was rolling her hips fast on his mast.
"Ashei!" He moans as he struggles to keep control.
"Keep going my love!" She pants heavily. Link reaches up for her hips once more and starts using it to rock her body further. He rocks her body as she rises it up and down. They are in perfect sync, bodies slapping against each other, sweat dripping and moans at a frenzied pitch. They are moving fast and hard and it is hot and both are elevated to an incredible high.

"Haaaahhhh! Link! Oh God Link!" She screams.
"Ashei! Oh! Ahhhh" he groans. They are close, Link pulling himself upwards trapping her body, one arm on her lower back to push the groins together and one on her upper back to keep her breasts pushed against his hard chest. Their bodies rubbed together as she held on tightly as they furiously rocked their bodies together.

"LINK! I…." She moaned breathy, her head falling back as her body erupted with pleasure.
"I ahhhhh! AHHH!" He moaned as he shot roped of cum into her with several mighty shots. He swamped her core, filling her with his built up seed, electricity buzzing through his mind as his dick pulsed inside her. "Haaaah…" he moaned, riding out the orgasmic pleasure. Her body slowed down and they tried to catch their breath, still holding onto each other.

Once their orgasms had passed, they kissed and fell back into the soft mattress.
"Fuck….. thar was….. wow…" she exclaimed as Link was lost for words.
"After all this time… I didn't know we had that in us." He told her.
"I guess this means Lyra needs more days at Kakariko Village huh…" Ashei said as Link chuckled.
"I am sure Telma will understand".

 

 

Link arrived to pick Lyra up. He knocked on Renardo's door and Telma answered.
"Kinda expected you to be at work" Link said, noting that it was evening and close to open time.
"Well I had a day off to see you little one and mine have fun together." She said with her body leaning against the door in a flirtatious way.
"Has she behaved?" Link asked and Telma shrugged.
"I'd say so. They went off to play in probably the Graveyard despite my telling Lucas not to but they came back by dinner. Assume you don't mind" she said and Link smiled.
"A bit of adventure is good for her. I used to wander deep into the woods where I wasn't allowed as a kid, but it is different for her. She can't go wandering Snowpeak, it is way too dangerous. So I am glad she could get out" Link said.

Lyra came running out and Link crouched and hugged her. He picked her up.
"Nevermind them Link. Have YOU been behaving?" She asks and Link smiles.
"Absolutely not"

 

 

Ashei told Link the good news of their second child being on the way and the two were over the moon. Link had slightly hoped she didn't get pregnant so they could drop Lyra off at Telma's again for a day and leave them to fuck. They would just have to find another excuse for that.

"Lyra. Here, we have some news for you!" Ashei called over and the Black haired girl ran towards them. She looked up in anticipation. "Well… I am having another baby. You will have a sibling" Ashei told her and she smiled.
"A sister!" Lyra shouted.
"Or Brother." Link said.
"I always wanted a sister to play with" she said again, ignoring what Link said.

She ran off to continue playing, only slightly grasping one had been told to her.
"Ashei….. I have a feeling we are gonna have a son" he said and she turned to him.
"Why?"
"Because if I was a God, I would play a divine prank on that girl too" he said and they both laughed.

Notes:

Yes, this chapter was pretty much all smut, you're welcome.... Or I guess sklorry if that ain't your thing. But if it isn't I don't know why you are here. There is only a few chapters left of this "arc" and then there will be a big break.

Chapter 87: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 22 - Children of Kids

Summary:

Four Year Time Jump and where most of the kids of Ordon are all grown up.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link snored loudly next to Ashei. But suddenly both jerked up as the twin 4 year old Boys with blonde hair dived upon one parent each. They giggled and Link turned to his 10 year old Daughter who stood there laughing.
"Clearly your sister failed to mention the murder you suffer for waking me up like that!" Ashei said and Tom frowned as Ashei grabbed him under the armpits and tickled him. He laughed at the assault and Lyra walked over.
"That was it? I thought you had something worse in mind. I feared THAT?" She asked and Ashei smirked.
"Oh, believe me, if these two were older, they wouldn't get off so light" she said and Link laughed.
"Carlos, Tom, please don't listen to your sister. Never do this again" he told them and they didn't respond.

Ashei smirked and leaned into Tom's ear and whispered something. Lyra stepped forward.
"Tom, what did she say?" And he shook his head.
"Not allowed to say!" He told her and she stepped round the bed and he climbed over Link to the opposite side.
"I'll make you tell me! Come here you little shit!" She shouted as she climbed the bed after him. Ashei grabbed her as Tom ran for the door, Carlos chasing after him.
"I'll hold her!" Ashei called and Lyra flailed.
"Let me go!" She shouted and Ashei laughed.
"Hmmm, I don't believe you are 18 yet. What was that's word you used?" She questioned and Lyra struggled.
"Mam! Let go!" She called but Ashei didn't let up. "Dad!" She called and Link lay back.
"Don't look at me. This has nothing to do with me. Apologize for your language and your Mother might let you go" he said and she glared.
"Might?"
"Yeah… might is the word I chose" he said and she sighed.
"I am sorry" she said and Ashei released her grip.

Lyra fell into the bed and sighed again. She turned around. "I asked for a sister not two annoying little brothers" she complained and Link shrugged.
"Luck of the draw, you can't control these things" Link said and Lyra sat cross legged.
"How… how is a baby made? Like I know girls have them in their tummy but how do they get there? Connor said it is something called sex but what is that?" She asked and Ashei sighed.
"Lyra…. How the hell would Connor know? He is 9" she asked and she shrugged. "Well… it is more adult stuff, but like… probably more adulty than swearing. I know I tell you not to swear and you do anyway but like… really don't talk about sex. You are too young to know '' Ashei told her and she pouted. Link sat back.
"I know that look. She is going to agree but then going to ask everyone and anyone to find an answer" he said and she frowned.
"No!" She denied.
"Okay. Go get your Breakfast. We will talk about this later" Ashei said and she stared.
"Promise?" She asked and Ashei nodded.
"I promise" she said as she ran off.

"Should we tell her?" Ashei asked and Link sighed.
"Well I would have liked to wait until she is older but she is gonna try and find out and if she does I would rather we tell her" he said and she nodded. "She is a mature Girl…. Well, mature as in smart. I wouldn't define getting your younger brother to dive on your parents as mature but you get my point." He said.
"Yeah. And besides. I knew at her age" she said and Link looked at her. "I spent a lot of time with Shad who was neck deep in books. He learned it and told me. I didn't care at all and thought it was gross until I was about 13 and then I wanted it more than anything. Glad I waited until I was 16. She said and Link frowned.
"I was 19…. And errr, I would have done it with anyone" he said and she smirked.
"How many people have you done it with?" She asked and he thought. Midna, Zelda, Random Girl in Telma's Bar, Telma, Iza, Ilia and of course Ashei.
"Seven." He said and she lay back.
"I beat you with eleven." She said and Link smiled.

Link rolled onto her and she felt his bulge against her. "I like the way you think. Okay. Do me quick" she said and he pulled his pants down and she kicked her pyjama shorts off. Link wasted no time positioning himself between her legs and drove himself into her. He gradually adjusted his position and then they began grinding together fast.

Link thrusted as fast as he could and Ashei bucked her hips. They kissed as their bodies moved together. Link kissed her and grabbed her boobs, letting a moan fall from her mouth. One hand went down to her arse and he squeezed it and then used it to thrust faster.

They were both trying to cum quickly, they had no time for serious love. Link pushed a hand down to her clit and rolled a finger over it. Ashei bit her lip as she moaned. They stared into each others eyes and kept this up.

"Ashei…" he moaned and she nodded. He bucked wildly into her and her head snapped back.
"AH! Ahhhhhhh!" She moaned and Link groaned as he shot himself into his orgasming wife.

After their high, Ashei blew a strand of hair from her red face and smiled. "That is what I believe you call a quickie. We should do it more often" she said and Link chuckled as he kissed her again.

 

 

Some Knights step into Telma's bar and are greeted by a pretty girl with shoulder length black hair, a tight white shirt with a waist coat and long thigh length boots. She leaned back against the bar.
"Good evening boys. When can I get you?" She asked and one smiled.
"Whatever you recommend darling. What's your name?" He asked in a flirtatious tone.
"Luda. I'll get you something nice" she said as she walked behind the bar sexily.

Telma smiled at her step daughter.
"You're a natural honey. Don't let your Father know you do this though. He will flip" she told her and Luda smiled.
"Oh I know. Colin isn't a fan either but he lets me help out as long as I … you know, don't actually cheat on him." She said and Telma leaned sideways on the bar. "But I men look at these men. I don't need to. I just need to look hot and make them think for five seconds they have a chance with me and they will stay here for the whole night." She said and Telma laughed.
"The opposite of me dear. Before me and your Dad were together I would screw every man that came in here, give them a reason to come back. But not the Knights. They are all cowards" she said until she looked at the stern expression of her step daughter. "Besides Colin of course. And Link and so on. Basically the Heroes of Hyrule, Colin I think counts. You saw him save Beth like a Hero when he was what? 12?" Telma said and she smiled.
"Something like that. Yeah, that was about a decade ago so I guess we would have been about 12."

"Speak of the Devil" Telma said and Luda spun around on one foot to see her tall blonde boyfriend walk through the door. His armour fit well.
"Colin!" She cheered as she hugged him tight and he got some jealous looks from some other Knights.
"Hey babe. I am finished with work. How about we head home after you are done" he said and she grinned.
"Oh just go ahead. I can handle it here" Telma generously said and the two didn't object.
"Thank you Telma!" She called as they left into the cold night.

They walked through Castle Town's busy streets, Colin holding her close as they pushed through crowds of merchants and civilians. It was the one thing Luda hated about Castle Town, all the people. In Kakariko Village it was small and you knew everyone. Here you have to graze shoulders with strangers.

They made it to their house. It was small and sandwiched between other houses and it was unappealingly pushed down the back alley where the bin bags would sit for weeks, gathering flies, Raccoons and any other horrible creature you don't want outside your house. Colin pushed the door open and let his Girlfriend in first and she smiled as she entered the more cosy and pleasant interior.

Colin immediately started peeling his armour off and dragged his Girlfriend to the couch. She stumbled onto it with a laugh and pulled him down on top of her. They kissed and hugged.
"I am so in love with you" he told her and she smiled sweetly.
"I know. You are my world Colin" she said and he sat up.
"That is why I have a question for you" he said and she said nothing but gave a wanting look. He slipped off the couch and got to the floor on one knee and pulled out a small box. Her heart began to beat rapidly. "Luda, will you marry me?" He proposed and she stared in amazement.
"Colin…" she cried and then smiled through the tears. "Yes! Of course I will Colin" she sobbed happily.

Colin put the ring in her finger and she sat up. He hugged her gently and then looked into her eyes. "I've never loved anyone else. I don't know if it is possible too" she said as they kissed.
"I agree Luda" he said in between kisses "Since I have met you I have wanted no one else" he said and they continued kissing.

 

Colin thought back to moments in their life. Both of their parents were close and Rustl was kind enough to take Colin up to Kakariko and Luda down to visit Ordon as kids. A year on, when they were thirteen, Colin told Luda how he felt about her and she reciprocated his feelings, officially making them a couple.

Most people thought it was cute but didn't take it that seriously, like most were under the assumption it was just a childhood crush and one day they would split up but Colin and Luda knew in their hearts that this was more than that.

Within a few months, they shared their first kiss in Ordon Village, by the lake. Colin made the first move but Luda was more than ready for it. It was clumsy and awkward but they got practice in.

When they were 15, Colin was proficient enough with a sword that Rustl trusted him to travel to Kakariko Village alone despite his Mother's vote of disapproval. He took Luda too Lake Hylia and he asked her about sex. She was shocked and told him that she is waiting for marriage because that is what her Father wants. This led to their first argument as Colin told her she should decide for herself.

They never spoke for a few months until Colin arrived at her door with flowers and apologized for how he acted. They went to Lake Hylia again, a place where they could be alone and he told her that he is a teenage boy and the hormones are flying through his body and driving him crazy. She understood and as a compromise, she let him touch her breasts, clothes on of course but Colin had a slice of heaven that day.

Another year came around and they got more comfortable touching each other's bodies. Despite Luda not wanting sex, she was of concenting age. She had non problems stimulating her boyfriend and gave him a handjob on the cliffs of Kakariko Village.

This led to blowjobs and grinding, Colin always eager but never asking to go further. He knew what Luda thought and he knew if she was willing to go further she would in her own time.

When they were 17, Luda was starting to feel the lust a lot more. She had of course had moments of hornyness in the past, but they were easy to push aside. But her desire for Colin was getting stronger every day. She told him this when they went on a fishing hole date and she offered to have sex. Colin of course agreed and they clumsily lost their virginity together in one of the fishing boats.

Luda had broke her rule and experienced the joys of sex and never looked back since. The two would have sex when ever possible. She made sure she was drinking contraceptive potions and she kept it a huge secret from her Father who would disapprove. Colin didn't know how his parents would react so he didn't tell them, not that it would casually come up in conversation anyway.

When Colin turned 18 he was officially allowed to join the Hyrule Army and was a skilled Swordsman. Link came down from Snowpeak to check out his skills and Link was impressed, telling him he will make his way up the ranks in no time.

Luda was still 17 and not old enough to drink but the three of them went to Telma's bar anyway and having Telma as a Step Mother had its benefits as she let her drink but only if she kept it secret from her Father, which of course she did.

Luda knew Colin looked up to Link and she could see why. She saw him tame Epona in Kakariko Village, chase down King Bulbin after he took Colin, saving his life and heard the stories of the other miraculous things he achieved.

Colin and Luda slept at Telma's bar, behind the bar where Telma had in the past fucked several Men. The next day Telma told her she knew her and Colin had been sleeping together and she would have been a huge hypocrite to have an issue with it. Luda liked having Telma as a step Mother. She could talk to her about anything whereas certain topics were off limits to her Father. She also blessed her with a step Brother, the little nearly 6 year old was the cutest little boy Luda had ever seen. Lucas was a good boy and she wondered if he would end up more like his Father or Mother. Colin had a little sister that was just a year older than Lucas. Luda thought it was adorable how she had a crush on Malo but also found Malo's very existence to be an uncomfortable one.

Malo was now 11. He still lived in Ordon Village but his Malo Mart Store was still open. Most had assumed someone had taken the place over and kept the name but Colin learned that Malo would sneak out at night and meet someone in Faron woods that would update him monthly on his finances. Malo had a bank account set up and was close to being a millionaire and no one knew. Colin asked him about it and Malo told him not to tell anyone. He listened but found the whole thing unsettling. Malo was creepy when he was born and more intelligent than any toddler should be. But no one foresaw him running a shop at the age of 5.

Colin bought a house in Castle Town. A small house, not very big and not very nice but a house anyway. Luda moved into it just before her 18th Birthday and the two celebrated with sex.

Telma offered Luda a job at the bar. Luda had an interest in taking over the bar but her Father wasn't keen on the idea based on the amount of drunken men who came stumbling in with lust in their eyes. Telma showed Luda the ways to get attention, teaching her how to flirt with the men that came to the bar which made getting customers a breeze.

She asked Colin if this was okay with him and although he wasn't over the moon about it, he trusted her enough to know she wouldn't act upon anything and the flirting meant nothing.

For the next few years their life continued at a steady pace. Colin grew through the ranks and Luda made money at Telma's bar. They lived together, fucked and now they are here, engaged while kissing on the couch. Life was good.

 

Colin pulled off her long boots and her waist coat and began to feel her boobs through her shirt. They were perky and Luda sighed at his touch. A hand slid up her thigh and up her skirt and she breathed heavier as he brushed his thumb against her core. She let out a moan and lay back. Colin pulled his shirt off and she eyes up his muscular body.

She quickly undone the buttons on her shirt and pulled it off, next unfastening her bra while he pulled off his pants. They lay together in nudity as they felt each other's bodies, tingling at the amazing sensations. Colin's body lowered and he went to her entrance with his head. She loved it when he did this.

She felt his tongue lick at her folds, sighing at the wondrous feeling. Her legs tightened around his head, gripping him like a vice. Her hand gripped his hair and her back arched as she writhed, moaning his name while her hips bucked into his mouth.

As she panted for more he stopped and moved upwards, hands gripping her breasts tightly, mouth kissing her with passion and his body was between her legs. His hard erection poked at her and without hesitation, he pushed deep into her wet folds.

"Colin…" she moaned as he broke the kiss. He rocked his hips fast with his eyes glued to hers.
"I love you Luda" he told her and she offered her pleasant smile. As he rocked his hips into her and groped her breasts her hips bucked into him, constantly begging for more.

Colin traced his hands from her breasts down her body, slipping over her waist and round to her butt. He gave a squeeze and she let out a small wanting moan. He knew what she wanted so he pulled out and let her roll onto her front, he repositioned himself and pushed into her.

She lay flat as her fiancée pushed into her with force. His hands squeezed and gripped her butt and she gripped the couch. "Colin!" She moaned once more as the slapping of skin bounced around the room he leaned in, laying flat on top of her and gripped her arms so she couldn't move.
"Luda….oh my love" he moaned in her ear.

"Haaa…. Ahhh, Colin!" She moaned louder. "COLIN!" She screamed as he continued fast into her tight hole.
"Luda! Oh my…. Ahhh" he groaned, trying not to cum but finding it very difficult to hold on. "LUDA! I… I …. Oh my God!" He moaned loudly.
"COLIN! You can! Cum in me! Ahhhh. COLIN!" She screamed one last time as she felt her orgasm fill her mind.
"Luda…. I…." He tried to ask more questions but his dick didn't allow him anymore time as it fired his load into her.

As they lay there panting Colin kissed her lightly. "You are okay with me getting you pregnant?" He asked and she hugged him.
"Well yes and no. Ultimately yes. We both want kids and we are getting married now so on that front, yes. However… I didn't think about how much my Dad will kill me if her finds out we had sex before getting married, let alone me getting pregnant." She tells him.
"Well, we are just going to have to plan the wedding quickly just in case then huh" he told and she kissed him once more.
"I love you Colin."
"I love you too".

 

 

 

Telma returned home at 6am. She worked a night shift which meant she didn't always have time to spend with her son. She pushed the doors open and Lucas was awake.
"Hi Mam!" He said happily and she crouched down and gave the 10 year old a hug.
"Hi honey. I take it your Father is still asleep," she said and he nodded. "Sorry if I don't spend enough time with you. You do understand I am working for you right?" She said and Lucas smiled.
"I do. Dad said that you work really hard and keep us stable. I do understand but I wish we could spend more time together" he said and Telma frowned.
"Okay. Well you know what. I am going to promise we have a family day out soon. Me, you, your father, Luda and Colin is welcome too. I don't know when but some point soon okay?" She said and he nodded.
"Yeah!"

 

 

"Ahh! Ahh! Yes! Oh yes! Ahhh!" Beth screamed in delight as she rode Talo in his room. The 20 year old boy looked up at his 21 year old Girlfriend and wished she was quieter. Basically the whole village must know what they get up too. The bed creaked and bumped against the wall. The slender Girl rolled her hips on him and he gasped.
"Beth!" He moaned as he shot inside her.

Beth got off him and lay next to him. She did like Talo and Talo liked her but they knew they were only together because there was literally no other options in the village.
"Why doesn't your Brother give you some money and we can move to Castle Town. Heck, even Kakariko Village would be better than this" Beth complained and Talo lay where he was.
"He said I have done nothing to earn it and I should go out and make money myself" Talo explained and Beth turned to him.
"Then do that" she said in a bossy entitled voice and Talo sighed.
"You are living with me, remember. You could go out and make some money" he said but she shook her head.
"No, that is a man's job. I am gonna be a house wife and raise our kids" she said and he looked shocked.
"Kids? Who said anything about kids? I am 20. Maybe when I am like 30 or something I can think about having kids" he said and Beth went cold.
"30! No! We are having kids as soon as possible. I am giving birth to them so I should get to decide" she told him.
"What if I don't want any?" He asked and she rolled on top of him.
"You do. I'll convince you"....

 

 

"Yaahaahaa Yaahaahaa Ya ya ya ya ya yaahaahaa" the crowd sung as the groovey music played in Malo Mart. Malo looked off his balcony at the shop filled with the rich customers willing to make him richer. He was 15, his parents wouldn't have let Talo leave home at that age if he had wanted but Malo was different. Malo was a Millionaire. His Enterprise grew and he had a store in every province. Where there is people, there is money.

"Master Malo, a letter has arrived from one of your personal contacts" a man from behind him said. Malo turned and took the letter, said nothing and left. He looked at the letter and knew it was from Colin.
"Bet it is a wedding invitation" he said under his breath, opened it and rolled his eyes. He was right. Of course he was right. Malo but it on a table. He was going of course, every social gathering was a opportunity to make more contacts but he was also a childhood friend and would go regardless.

 

The Villagers of Ordon were invited to the wedding of course and his parents were delighted. Luda obviously invited her Father, Brother and Step Mother and others that lived in Kakariko Village. But of course Link, Ashei and his family were invited.

The day rolled around fast and it was held in a Cathedral in Castle Town. The last time most of the Ordonians made their way this far north was for Link's wedding, it would also mark the first time Link saw them since that date. Link made his way in, holding Tom's hand and Ashei held Carlos' while Lyra walked happily in front of them. They walked down the isle to the front seats.

Illia sat up and felt a jolt of pain stab her heart. Link has a wife and three kids. She knew this but seeing him happily married made her hurt. That was meant to be her. Other Ordonians gazed at the children, Lyra sensing it but the others were oblivious. They had never seen the Girl and she looked confident and tough. Definitely the daughter of two knights.

They sat down and Telma was there with Renardo and Lucas.
"Hi Telma" Ashei said with a smile and she grinned.
"It has been too long honney. Two busy to drop down to the bar I see" she said and Ashei looked at her kids.
"Clearly" she responded and Telma smiled.
"Hi Lucas!" Lyra happily said and Lucas gave a shy smile.
"Hello" he said back and Telma sat back.
"How long until Colin and Luda have one of these?" She said and Renardo scowled.
"I dunno. But they are nice together" Link said, happy that Colin found someone.

 

The bells played at the ceremony began. Tue wedding was as anyone would expect. Luda came in with a beautiful dress and Colin looked sharp. They said their vows, put their rings on and kissed. Everyone cheered. It was nice and normal and Link felt proud of Colin and he knew everyone from Ordon felt the same way.

After the ceremony the party began and Link then moved through the crowds of people. He pushed past the shoulders of two larger men and there he was, face to face with Ilia. They stared at each other for what felt like eternity.
"Hi… Ilia" he said awkwardly and she felt anger.
"After all these years, after leaving me and never coming back THAT is all you have to say to me?" She asked and Link dropped his shoulders.
"I am sorry Ilia, I truly am and I do regret it. But what do you want me to say?" He asked and she crossed her arms.
"I loved you Link. I didn't just have a school girl crush or kinda liked you, I LOVED you. When I thought we were together I let you take my Virginity Link. Maybe screwing many people is your thing Link but that was something special to me. I was prepared to have children for crying out loud!" She told him.

"Ilia, you never told me any of this. I made no promises and you wanted sex. You came to me." He defended and it just made her more angry.
"It was pretty obvious I was in love Link" she said and he shrugged.
"Of course I knew that but I didn't feel the same. I am sorry" he said.
"You never? In all those years together you felt nothing?" She asked doubtfully and he looked down.
"I did like you. I liked you a lot. But when I came back from my journey I just… I just couldn't look at you the same. Home was the same, you were the same, everything was the same but I was different and I couldn't live that life with you" he told her and tears formed.
"I would have went anywhere with you" she told him and he sighed.
"Ilia, your home is in Ordon. You couldn't live my life."
"So that was why you abandoned me and ran away?" She asked and he shook his head.
"When I left I thought I would be back. I didn't plan to fall in love. But you are right. I should have returned and told you and nothing I can say will change that" he said.

 

Ilia left after their encounter and sat at the bar, ready to get pissed and forget about it.
"You too huh?" A voice said next to her and a well built man sat next to Ilia.
"Excuse me?" She said and he smiled.
"Ah. Sorry. The name is Rob. I am a Knight, friend of Colin although I am a few years older. I just mean you are heart broken too, I can sense it" he said and she looked away.
"I am over it. Or I should be" she said and took another drink.
"I had a crush on Ashei. We err… we had a brief fling but she just dropped me, like I was nothing. Guess I was just a hook up to her but she was more too me." He said and Ilia looker up.
"We have a lot in common then huh?" She said with a smile. "I am Ilia, nice to meet you Rob* she said and he smiled.
"Pretty name for a pretty girl. Forget whoever. You are gorgeous, you will find someone" he told her and she blushed.

"No one has ever said that before" she admitted and he moved closer to her. "And besides, I live in Ordon Village, there literally no single males there besides the Goat herder and he is like ten years older than me" she said and he laughed.
"Then that is a problem. Move to Castle Town. I have a spare bedroom, you can live with me" he said and her eyes widened.
"Wow… I mean a little forward huh. I appreciate the offer but I don't think it is wise for a country girl to just move in with a man she doesn't know from the City" she said and he nodded.
"Yeah. Sorry." He said.
"And besides. Ordon is my home and I love it there. My Dad is Mayor" she said and Rob smiled.
"How about a date? One date, tomorrow at Telma's bar" he said and she smiled.
"Sure. I know Telma actually. Sounds good" she said and the two drank.

 

Luda is sitting with Beth and chatting. The conversation between the girls naturally leads to sex and Beth looks down, nervous, which Luda sees as uncharacteristically concerning.
"Beth? What is it?" She asked and Beth sighes.
"Okay… Talo got me pregnant" she says quietly and Luda raises an eyebrow in confusion.
"Shouldn't this be the part where I congratulate you? Why is this a bad thing? You always wanted kids" she asked and Beth was quiet for a moment.
"I haven't told Talo… I don't think he wants kids… I don't know what to do" she asked and Luda smiled and put a hand on her shoulder.
"We will figure something out" she said and Beth felt a little reassured.

Notes:

I had a note at the bottom of this chapter thst said "add more" and I think that was supposed to mean add more about Beth since it ends quickly. Don't get your hopes up, I don't like her enough to gove her much more development that what she has gotten. There will be one more chapter before a break as it is the end of an "arc".

Chapter 88: Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 23 - Chronicles of Ilia

Summary:

The story of Ilia.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ilia opened her eyes and she had no idea where she was. She was fully clothed and lying in a strange bed. She got up and left the room and Rob was sitting on his couch.
"Before you say anything, nothing happened," he told her but she looked confused.
"Where… where am I?" She asked and he walked up to her.
"We both got drunk but you got very drunk and I didn't know what to do so I took you home. I let you sleep but I stayed awake… I know it seems weird since like I offered for you to come live with me but I just wanted you to be safe" he said and she smiled.
"Thank you….. but em… about our date…" she said and he put a hand in her shoulder.

"I know, I get it. Me too" he said and she looked at him.
"Are you a pyschic?" She asked and he laughed.
"No, I just kinda assume I know what you are about to say. You don't wanna get pissed too nights in a row right?" He asked and she smiled.
"Yeah. Sorry." She said and he nodded.
"Do you want me to escort you home?" He asked and she frowned.
"No… I will just ask Telma or Renardo" she said and he looked at her.
"Nah, I have a day off. Trust me, I will get you home before the day ends" he said and she gave in and accepted.

 

"So are you planning on being Mayor of Ordon Village after your Father?" He asked as they rode across Hyrule field on horseback.
"I… probably" she said and she held onto his back. "I don't really have another plan. There is nothing I am particularly good at" she said and he laughed.
"You are good at doubting yourself" he said "But seriously, you give yourself no credit. This guy who left you, it is his loss, honestly it is" he said.
"That guy was Link" she said and he was quiet.
"Oh. Yeah that does suck. I am not into guys but even I can see how he is a catch… but you grew up with him….that does suck, I am sorry" he said and they rode the rest of the way in silence.

They arrive in Faron Woods and it is only a short distance more. Ilia guides him and they pass Link’s old abandoned home and into the Village propper. The Villagers look up in slight shock at a new arrival as they don’t get guest very often and once they see Ilia on the back of the horse they lose all interest. They approach the back of the Village where and Mayor Bo runs out his house.
“Ilia! Where the hell were you!” he shouted in anger as she got off the Horse.
“I am not a child Dad, I am allowed to not come home for a day” she said and he frowned as he saw Rob getting off the Horse.
“I see… and it had nothing to do with this man here did it?” he asked and Ilia went red.
“DAD! Stop. I know where you are going with this and no. I did not sleep with him. I was drunk and he offered me a safe place to stay, that is all”. She said angrily and Bo looked down.
“I see… well I should be thanking you sir. Thank you for taking care of my daughter” he said shaking his hand,
“The pleasure was mine” he responded.

There was an awkward silence until Rob smiled. “I’ll be heading home now. Good meeting you” he said and Bo frowned.
“Hold on sir. It is late, monsters roam the woods at night. You can stop here for the night” Bo said and Ilia went red.
“Oh I… I wouldn’t want to interrupt. I am sure Ilia wouldn’t…”
“I don’t mind!” she said a little too quickly. They all went quiet and Rob smiled.
“Okay then. I will stay for the night. Thank you for your hospitality.” he said as he followed them into their home.
They had some food and although both Bo and Ilia offered their beds to the guest, he refused and insisted he sleep on the couch. He lay staring at the ceiling, not getting any sleep at all. Suddenly he jumped to see a figure standing over him.
“Ilia?” What are you?” he whispered as she sat next to his head. He sat up and she smiled.
“Thank you again. I...couldn’t sleep so I thought we could talk” she said and he shrugged.
“That is fine with me. Anything specific you want to talk about?” he asked and she hugged him.
“To be honest I like you. I am a bit sad because when I am around you I stop thinking about Link and I think I have feelings for you. I know we have only just met but I do like you. But I was scared to admit that to myself because by tomorrow you will be gone and we might never see each other again” she said and she could feel her hear beating so fast, unable to believe she admitted that.
“I like you too Ilia. My offer to come and live with me is still open” he said and she shook her head.
“I couldn’t leave home. I… my home is here in Ordon. Why don’t you stay here?” she asked and he thought.
“Well I have a job in Castle Town. I don’t know what use I would be here.” he said and she didn’t really have an answer.
“Can I kiss you?” she asked and he went red.
“I… yeah. Yeah sure” he said as he turned to her and they slowly moved towards each other and kissed.

Ilia closed her eyes, enjoying the cosy sensation of their lips making contact. She held him close, not wanting to let go. He brushed her hair back behind her ear, treating her like a princess and eventually they parted.
“That was nice” she said and he smiled.
“It was” he agreed.
“If we never see each other again, I have something to remember you by” she said and he smiled. She stood up and went back to her room. Rob lay back and smiled, eventually falling asleep.

 

The morning rolled around and they had breakfast before Rob left the house. He caught they eye of Rustl and they both smiled.
“Hey! Rob! You must have been who brought Ilia home last night” he called as he walked towards him.
“Hey Rustl. Yeah, it was me.” he said and Rustl raised an eyebrow.
“Are you a bit of a ladies man like my boy?” Rustl teased and Rob laughed.
“Nah, Colin is a lot more confident than me” he said and shrugged “It’s nothing serious. I live in Castle Town anyway so a relationship wouldn’t exactly work” he said.
“Well you are a friend of my son and admittedly I am getting a little old for what I do… do you know what I do?” Rustl asked and Rob shook his head. “I make Swords, shields or whatever for Hyrule, usually top of the range for the Royal family. I made Link’s sword and Zelda’s. But then I personally deliver them to Hyrule Castle. I am in need of someone to take over the delivery. I was starting to consider Link years back but he left and then Colin decided to become a knight… if you want, I can give you the job” he said and Rob looked into the air. He looked back at Bo’s house and then returned his gaze to Rustl.
“Can I have some time to consider it?” he asked and Rustl smiled and nodded. “Thank you” he said as he returned to Bo’s house.

Rob tells Bo and Ilia about the offer and Bo looks at him with suspicion.
“That is a well paying job and an important one too. But… Do you have a place to stay?” He said and Rob looked him in the eyes.
“Mayor Bo, I have to be straight. I like your Daughter and it is safe to say she likes me” he said and then he dropped to his hands and knees “please let me move in with you and your daughter” he said in a practical beg. Bo frowned.
“Get up boy!” he ordered and he did just that. “You are welcome too. You are a fine lad.” he said and he lit up. “But!” he paused and looked him in the eyes “You try anything funny or you upset my daughter like…. You better be good for her and not run off. You got that?” Bo asked and Rob nodded.

He told Rustl his decision and he was pleased and then he officially moved in with Ilia. They were both happy and the new couple took a walk to the spring.
“So. We are together now huh” he said and she smiled.
“Kiss me” she said and he took the reins, kissing her into the stone wall of the spring. They sat down and kissed, holding each other close. Ilia lay back against the sand and he lay on top of her. "Rob. Do you want to?...." She asked and he nodded.
"If you are sure?" He said and she smiled.
"I am." She said with certainty and Rob kissed her again.

He moved between her legs and she felt his bulge push against her womanhood, letting out a soft sigh as he grinded against her gently. He moved his hand to her breasts and began playing with them. They were not too big but boobs were boobs and Rob wanted a look. He began pulling off her top and she helped him get it off, before long, they both lay there topless, staring at what they wanted to see and bagan playing with their bodies.

They pulled down their pants in a hurry and Rob pushed against her naked form.
"Ilia, are you sure?" He asked and she nodded.
"Yeah. I am. Go on please" she said and Rob pushed in slightly, seeing the anticipation on her face and then pushed all the way inside.

She winced at the pain, feeling his hard rod push deep inside her.
"Are you okay?" He asked, stopping half way in.
"Yes… it hurts a little but keep going." She told him and he kissed her lightly and kept going but slower. She gripped his arm tight until he was finally all the way inside. They stayed like that for a few moments until she nodded and he began moving again.

She thought back to her first time with Link. She was head over heels for Link and she had waited for them to be together for so long. She was in heaven but even then, she knew she was lying to herself as there was no love or passion for him.

She then brought her attention back to Rob who was caring and considerate about her feelings. He didn't just want to screw, he wanted to be with her.

He moved in and out of her, brushing her hair out of her face and kissing her with love. She blushed at his kindness and love. It made her feel great.

"Ilia…how do you feel?" He asked her and she closed her eyes.
"I feel…. I feel fantastic. This feels wonderful" she told him in a low moan.
"I am glad. I want you to feel special" he told her and she felt herself tear up. Rob saw this and slowed down. "Are you okay?" He asked and she smiled.
"Yes. I am just happy" she said and he smiled and kept moving.

He felt so good. His gentle caring made her feel good on an emotional level but his dick also made her feel good on a physical level. She could feel him pulse inside her and she needed more. She slowly began rocking her hips into him and he took the hint and sped up gradually. She wrapped her legs around him and buried her face in his shoulder to mute her embarrassed moans.

Rob's thrusts began to speed up and he was breathing heavily now. They both said nothing but were moaning into each other's bodies. She lay her head back against the sand and he looked deeply into her eyes.
"Ilia…you are so good…" he moaned.
"Just don't… don't do it inside me" she said and he nodded.

They made love together and Rob tried to hold back his climax until she came. He grabbed her hips and bucked wildly into her. She let out a high pitched moan. "Rob! Ohh…." She moaned loudly.

Her hips rocked wildly and she let go of him and moaned in orgasmic bliss. Rob knew he had to pull out now so he did. He immediately fired his load onto her breasts followed by a second shot that landed on her belly. He panted and lay next to her. They lay there in bliss, not saying a word.

"Thank you" she said finally.
"For what?"
"For making me feel special"

Notes:

Ilia is an important character in Twilight Princess but this story doesn't focus on her too much but I felt like she needed a time in the spotlight.

This chapter is the end of an arc, the next chapters will be a time jump and will be kind of a side story. It is not fully finished so I don't onow if uploading them will be consistent or not. I guess we will see.

Chapter 89: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 24 - The Ancestors of Link

Summary:

Lyra has a curiosity about her family and opens the doors to a new quest for Link.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Two Years have passed since Colin and Luda got married. It wasn't long before Luda gave birth to their Son who is now 2 years old. Beth also had a Daughter, a Daughter that is a few months younger than Colin and Luda's. Lyra is now 12 and an exceptional fighter, Link and Ashei have trained her well. The Princess of Hyrule is 12 and Lucas is of the same age, staying good friends with Lyra and she frequently visits him in Kakariko Village.

 

"I was just thinking" Lyra said as she sat at the dinner table with her parents, her twin Brothers were playing together elsewhere. "Like Colin and Luda have a son and he will grow up to know his Grandparents but…. I don't know anything about my ancestors" she said and Link looked up, his mouth full of toast.
"What brought this on?" Ashei asked and Lyra shrugged.
"I dunno. Just we live in this big House and I know it has a long history and I know it is your childhood home but I know nothing about your lives. I am just curious" she explained.
"There isn't much to tell about my childhood. I lived in Ordon Village and I heard Goats" Link said but Ashei rolled her eyes.
"I'll give you more than THAT" she said.

Ashei explained her childhood to her daughter and told her that her mother died when she was young and her father raised them until they were forced out of the house.
"As far as my ancestry goes… well it is hard to track but you obviously know my ears aren't Hylian. Apparently on my Mother's side there's blood from other Kingdoms. But aside from that I can't share any more" Ashei told her.
"And what about you Dad? What about your parents?"

Link looked down before returning his gaze.
"I don't know them. They died when I was very young. Rustl used to be good friends with my Father and told me they used to go to Hyrule together but I don't have any memories of them. I was never lonely despite the house to myself and I kept busy." He told her.
"So you don't know about your ancestors?" She asked and Link looked at her, then to Ashei and then back.
"I do. I know of one but… I mean it is kinda a big deal and I…." He paused.
"Link, we have a bright and perceptive Daughter. We might as well let her know about your life" she said and Lyra looked concerned.
"You weren't like some crazy criminal or something were you?" She asked and Link laughed.
"No Lyra, I was not a crazy criminal." He said as he stood up. "Come on. Follow me. I need to show you something" he said and she followed him.

They went upstairs to his and Ashei's room. They sat down at a table.
"Dad, you are making me nervous," she said and he smiled.
"You know I am a Lord. Why do you think that is?" He said and she sat and thought.
"You were knighted by the Queen for fighting against evil" she said and he nodded.
"Correct. You know the story. Ganondorf took over Hyrule Castle and all that. Well I was a little more than a brave knight. I was the Hero that killed Ganondorf. I was the reincarnation of the Hero chosen by the Gods. I wielded the legendary Master Sword and fought alongside Zelda" he told her.

"You…. You saved the whole of Hyrule. My Dad is chosen by the Gods?" She asked for clarification and he nodded.
"Yeah. That sums it up" he confirmed and she looked lost.
"Are you sure you weren't just hit on the head in battle and everyone has convinced you of this as a really long cruel prank?" She asked and Link rolled his eyes.
"If that were true, your Mother is a terrible person and the Queen is evil" he said and she leaned back.
"What does the Queen have to do with anything other than knighting you?" She asked.
"Well we…. Never mind! The point is I am kinda a big deal and… I hate saying that and thinking that way but it is true"

Lyra smirked widely and Link was worried at what she was thinking. She had something cheeky to say and he braced for it.
"You are a big deal Dad. You are my Dad and you are the best Dad I could ask for" she said and Link was surprised.
"Oh. Thank you Lyra that means a-"
"And you dated the Queen of Hyrule!" She called and Link sighed.
"What? How did you…. Ugh… yes, I did… Can we stay on topic please?" He asked and she smiled.
"Okay, okay…. I couldn't resist. But seriously though. I meant it. You are great." She said more earnestly and Link thanked her.

He passed a dusty book to her and she opened it, turned some pages but looked back up at her Dad.
"I have it on loan from Zelda…. Don't…. and it is about the Legends and of the Chosen Hero. I have been helping Zelda put that together slowly over time but having three kids and a fort to rule leaves my free time lacking but basically the Chosen Hero is reincarnated when a new Evil plagues the land, so basically my spirit is an ancient one passed on through generations. I don't have their memories or genetics or anything except for one. My Great, great, great, something Grandfather was the previous Hero of Hyrule, he was called the Hero of Time and well, I met him" he explained.
"What do you mean you met him? He would have been dead for hundreds of years" Lyra tells him.
"Yes, his spirit taught me some sword skills, some of the ones I have passed on to you, they are kinda a family heirloom. But then I went to meditate at the Temple of Time, a place deep in the Lost Woods and I can hear my past lives, I talked with him and well, as far as ancestors go, that is a pretty big deal right?"

Lyra struggled to process this and closed the book. She looked up at Link a little upset.
"So like… my Dad AND a distant ancestor are literally legends, saved the world and I am just hearing about it now? Why? Why didn't you tell me sooner? Like this is like…. It is a really, really big deal" she shouted and Link stood up, pulled his seat next to her and put an arm around her.
"Lyra. I don't feel special and I don't want the world to know. I am not looking for anyone's approval. Select people know but what I went through was…. I mean it was a lot and I lost a lot too. Before all of that I lived on a farm, my life was peaceful and I had my life planned out but one day it all changed and that life was gone" he took a deep breath. "You wouldn't believe the things I went through. In this very room I fought a possessed Yeto. But I am grateful for it all, I met your Mother and I have you and your Brothers and my life is great but I wouldn't wish that life on anyone and I wanted you and your brothers to grow up as normal as possible" he told her.

She hugged him and he hugged her.
"I understand Dad but…. But I can't help being interested. I want to know about my family. Can I talk to the Hero of Time?" She asked and Link released his hug.
"I….. I don't know…."
"Please! I won't tell anyone"
"No, it isn't that I won't let you… I don't know if it is possible. Let me talk to your Mother about it and give me time to think okay? But don't get your hopes up for anything" he told her and she smiled and hugged him again.
"I love you Dad"
"I love you too"
"But knowing you probably snogged the Queen is never gonna leave my brain now" she said and Link let out a sigh.

The day passed and Link gave it thought. He climbed into bed and Ashei hugged his body. "She wants to talk to the Hero of Time" Link said and Ashei didn't say anything, as if she was thinking and Link let her. After a minute she took a breath.
"Is that possible?
"I don't have the slightest idea. But if it is…. Should we find out?" He asked and she turned to him.
"Why not? I mean she wants to know about her past right. If you are okay with it, then I am. I mean it is your descendant AND your past life. I think the choice should be yours." She told him.
"I know it is just…."
"Just what?" She asked and he sighed.
"We trained her all her life to be a knight so she could fight and protect herself because living here, she will need it. I have passed on some of the hidden skills to her but I don't want her to have a life like mine" he said.

"Link. No one is going to have a life like yours. You went to the City in the Sky, the Twilight Realm and killed the Demon King. Let's face it, if our Daughter has a life like yours Hyrule is fucked." She told him. "What specifically are you worried about?" She asked and Link leaned back like he was really thinking.
"I don't know exactly but I think it has something to do with the Hero of Time being a past life of mine but not… me. Like I can't predict what he will say or how he will feel or what Lyra will expect. But I truly don't know why it concerns me" he told her.
"Go for it, Link. Try it and learn together. You will be wondering what to do forever if not . So even if it is a mistake, you will learn now instead of later."

The two lay together.
"You'll be alright here alone tomorrow right?" He asked and she rolled on top of him.
"Yes I will but I will miss you" she said. He smiled.
"I am not going on holiday"
"I know but I always miss that handsome face of yours. How about you satisfy me before you go". She said and Link kissed her.
"I like the way you think. " He said as he rolled on top of her.

Link kissed his wife and then moved his hands to the bed shorts she wore. Back in their younger days they word work on the foreplay more but these days they wanted to get straight to it. He pulled them down her legs and she kicked them off as he pulled down his boxers and let his member free. He pulled her tank top off and grabbed her breasts as he pushed into her.

They moaned together, Ashei laying back and enjoying the sensation of his hand on her breast and his dick pleasing her insides. She never tired of her husband, she was never not in the mood and over the years she still couldn't quite believe how good he was.

Link grabbed her head and pushed his mouth to hers. They made out as he thrust his body into her. He never tired of her and was always in the mood and she still turned him on. Everything about her was sexy. She had large round breasts, long legs and some muscles that made her strong but not manly.

She gasped as her arms and legs were flung around him and she bucked her waist into him hard.
"Faster!" She said and Link obliged, bucking his hips fast. "Ahhh Link! Ahhh yes!" She screamed, Link grabbed her breasts and squeezed tightly, adding another sensation to her body.

"Oh Link! Oh Link! Oh Link! Oh Goddess! " She cried out as he fucked her good. She was close so Link traded speed for strength. He went slow but his thrusts were hard, grunting every time he thrust into her. Her eyes were wide and her breath was shaky. She gripped his body hard and buried her face into his shoulder.

She reached her peak and screamed, her floodgates opened and the orgasmic high rained through her body. Link gave one last powerful push before he shot his load deep inside her.

They slowed down and fell next to each other.
"You are a sexy, sexy woman Ashei, how do I deserve someone like you?" He asked and she grinned.
"Well if I am a sexy, sexy woman then I am exactly what a sexy, sexy man like you deserves" she said and he laughed.

 

 

 

Lyra jerks up awake as the pressure of a backpack is dropped on top of her. She glares at her father who smiles.
"Revenge Lyra. It feels shit doesn't it?" He said with a cocky tone. She shoved the bag off her bed and groaned.
"Dunno what you mean, never heard that word before." She managed to joke and Link chuckled.
"Sure. Well you'd better get up because we are going on a little Father-Daughter trip" he said and she looked at him puzzled and clearly tired. He sighed. "We are going to see if you can talk to my past life" he said and she suddenly looked awake.
"Wow. Dad! Really!?" She yelled and he smiled.
"Yes. Now hurry up and get changed" he said as he left the room.

 

Lyra never got used to teleporting. Her Dad had taken the shorter routes around Hyrule and the sacred grove was no exception. She still felt dizzy as she blinked into her new surroundings.
“Lyra, welcome to the Temple of Time” he said as he walked towards the triforce symbol in the centre of the temple.
“It’s not much of a temple anymore, what happened?”
“Age. This place is said to be as old as the Kingdom of Hyrule. You’ll look a lot worse when you are this old” he joked to her.

Link sat down cross legged and motioned for Lyra to join him. She did and he grabbed her hand. “Now, close your eyes and listen” he told her and she did so. The two sat in silence and suddenly Lyra jolted at the sensation of falling. She opened her eyes and she was with her Dad, still sat but in an entirely black void with blue lights whooshing past them. A silhouette appeared before them, shining in the radiant blue light before morphing properly into a figure.
“You must be the Hero of Time!” Lyra said with excitement and he nodded.
“That’s correct. I am Link, the Hero of Time. I take it you are the Hero of Twilight’s Daughter?” he asked but Lyra frowned and looked at her Dad.
“Hero of Twilight?” she asked and Link shrugged.
“Yes, I never chose the name”. He said.

Link focused his attention on the Hero of Time. “This is my daughter Lyra, she wanted to know about her… my ancestors and well… here we are” Link says but the Hero of Time stays still.
“Well… I am like you, I never knew my parents. My Father was a knight who gave his life in the Hylian Civil War and my Mother took me to the Great Deku Tree with her last breath. So I am in the same boat” he told them. Lyra looked puzzled.
“But you had kids right? I mean, otherwise we wouldn’t be here” she said and he nodded.
“I did. I had three… well, maybe four kids. It was… complicated. But I didn’t die of old age, I died when my oldest son was ten, so truth be told I don’t know which of my kids would be your ancestor. I don’t know how many Grandkids I had or what… I don’t know if my wife moved on from my death. I have a lot of regrets and since it has been centuries, they are all gone now” the Hero of Time said with sadness.

“What if there was something we could do?” Link said and both looked at him. “I mean, I used the door of this temple as a portal to the past and ended up inside this Temple as it looked in your time. Well… what if I exited from the otherside?” Link asked and the Hero of Time shrugged.
“Hero of Twilight, I don’t know. But if you can go back in time, are you willing to help me out like that?” He asked and Link nodded.
“Yeah. It is a win win really. I get to show my daughter her ancestors and I can also find out how your family got on.”
“Well I have a lot to pass on. I mean you saw me before I could pass on. I was roaming Hyrule as a ghost, I saw Malon from afar and she had four kids. I have a son that I never got to meet. I want to know how they are doing and I want to know if Malon is happy and…. Well tell them I am sorry for dying and leaving them alone and…”
“We know” Link cut him off. “We will see if she was alright, we will pass your message on.”
“Can you see how Zelda is doing as well?” he asked and Lyra smirked.
“You two huh?” She said and Link glared at her but got a puzzled look from the Hero of Time.
“What do you-”
“Ignore her. Yes, we will see how Zelda is doing”. Link says and the Hero of Time vanishes from sight.
“Thank you” he says as the void around them fades away and they are back in the Sacred Grove.

“That was… wow”. Lyra says and Link smiles.
“I have to tell your Mother where we are going. Will you be fine here on your own for ten minutes?” he asks and she nods. He pulls out the Ocarina of Wind. “Don’t wander off!” he says firmly as he teleports away.

Link explains everything to Ashei who understands, he tells her he will be gone a few days and she tells him to be safe. He returns to Lyra who is standing exactly where he left her. “I know I said don’t wander off but I never thought you would put this much dedication into it”. She laughed, clearly she had planned this as a joke but in honesty, Link wasn’t shocked by her humour. Link guides her to the door, pulling her up the rubble and smiles at her.

They stand before the old door and Link places a hand on it, suddenly his hand glows with the light of the Triforce. Lyra grabs his free hand and together they push the door open. A rippling black and white void appears before them and they take the plunge and step through….

Notes:

This is the second Arc for this aftermath. I originally started this series trying to stay canonical as possible, filling in the gaps between the games the best I could while always telling a good story. For example, The Hero of Time needed to die and have offspring as the Hero's Shade from Twilight Princess is the Hero of Time and a direct decendant, so all that had to be apart of my story. But there was no context given to how Link died so that was up to me. With this arc I am just having fun with the lore. Nothing in thisarc is like a contradiction to anything specified in the Zelda lore but if someone asked if I actually believe any of this happend, then no, I don't. I just really like the Hero of Time and since Twilight Princess connects to Ocarina of Time and Majora's Mask quite a bit, it is inevitable I find the lore of this game intriguing. I just want to spend as much time with these characters as I can.

This Arc will be 7 chapters and most of them are written at this point. The third and final arc for Twilight Princess is also about half done but by the time we get to it in 6 weeks it might be fully complete, if not there will be a break. I do not rush these and I only work on them when I have time. If I am busy there will be a delay. But After Fourswords Adventure (following Twilight Princess) there will be a larger break.

I have gotten a few kudos recently and I thank you all so much. Hope people are enjoying this series. Even if no one is, I have fun writing it.

Chapter 90: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 25 - Ordon, Hero of Light

Summary:

Link and Lyra head out on a timetravelling adventure to find their ancestors.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The light blinds them and they both blink as their eyes adjust. The smell of trees is the same but the shadows were wrong. It was then that Link turned back and behind him stood the tall intact Temple of Time, displaying its original majesty. Link smiled as looked down at his Daughter who grinned in awe.
"Lyra" he said and her attention focused on him. "We travelled back in time".

They take the time to inspect the exterior of the Temple. It was clear it had been sitting in the forest for some time but not enough time to be falling apart in ruins. The ground around them was paved but was hard to determine through the overgrowing forest around them and the trees that engulfed their surroundings.

Link guided Lyra through what he believed to be the right paths although Link's fear began to set in as it dawned on him he doesn't know the way through these woods centuries ago and he has brought his daughter into this danger. He doesn't let on and his courage allows him to move on but his guard is up.

They come to a fountain, a fountain that hasn't worked for a long time but definitely a fountain. Link spins around and scans the area. The formation of houses and buildings are clear to him despite the woods. "I know where we are. The destroyed walls and structures from my time…. It was this town." He said and Lyra looked around in awe.

"Eeekk!" She shrieked and Link turned urgently as she leaned against a tree. "Sorry. I just tripped on that…. Well that arm" she pointed and Link looked down at a skeletal arm with the sleeve of an old tunic of sorts slashed and ripped. He picked it up and waved at her with it which punished him with a frown. "Not funny Dad"
"A little bit funny. Consider yourself lucky. You aren't the poor guy that lost an arm" he said as they continued on through the woods.

The two travel through the town surrounded by forests until they reached the front gate, Link then realised where he was in the Lost Woods, the trees being somewhat familiar, from here, he felt he could confidently make his way too Ordona.

“Here, I know where we are, there should be a spring over here” Link said as he guided Lyra through the treeline. They made it to Ordon Spring and a man stood in the middle. “Oh, hi. Are you from Ordon Village?” Link asked and the man turned.
“I sure am! And what about you? Where are you from? We don’t get many outsiders in the village” the man said. He wore a farmers outfit and a sword on his back, he has a small beard that didn’t look very well kept.
“We are just travellers. We are looking for someone, we are looking for a Malon” Link said and the man crossed his arms. “Do you know her?”
“Yeah I know her, she is my mother. Why do you want to see her?” he asked and Link took a breath.
“Well, we would be happy to tell you alongside her, but we have a message from someone.” Link responded.
“It’s fine, I trust you. I can tell these things. And besides, the Spring Water here is sacred, if you had ill intentions you couldn’t stand here so calmly” he told Link and then he smiled. “My name is Ordon by the way, Mayor of this Village and son of the Great Hero of Time if you can believe that” he said and Link acted surprised.
“THE Hero of Time! Wow, what a role model. I never knew my Father” Link told him and Ordon looked into the water.

“My Father inspired everything in my life. I went on adventures to foreign lands and saved people, just like he did. He helped everyone he met. You have never met anyone as genuinely kind as he was. On these journeys I found forest dwelling people and the village grew in size from there, one day this village may become something great. That is my goal, I want to build on what my Father started. I can never be him, I want to continue his legacy and pass on his story, that is why I am telling you all this.” Ordon explained.
“Some pretty big shoes to fill, but I understand, your Father wouldn’t want you trying too live up to a life that he himself didn’t choose” Link said and Ordon gave a confused look.
“You talk as if you know…”
“He is talking about me” Lyra said and Ordon smiled.
“Well, I don’t assume to know your life but the spirit water here tells me some things about you. I could theorise who you are but judging by the fact you have not introduced yourselves I feel like it would be wasted breath”
“The water is spirit water?” Lyra asked and he nodded.
“Yep, I plan on leaving this world and joining the the spirit world as a spirit one day. Imagine that, the great spirit of Ordon, I think my Father would be proud of that” he said and Link smiled but said nothing.

“Oh! Visitors!” a chirpy voice said from behind them as a 20 something year old woman bounded over to them. “Not often we get new blood in this village” she said and Link looked at her closely.
“The are here to see Mother” Ordon said and the girl looked at them strangely
“Why?”
“We have a message for her”
“From who?”
“From…. Someone. I am sure she will fill you in if appropriate.”
“Okay, want me to take you there?”
“Sure, thanks a lot.”
“I am Farore by the way, named after the Goddess of Courage. And you are?”
“I’m…” Link paused “Shad. My name is Shad, this is my Daughter Lyra” he said and Lyra gave his a look.
“Shad huh…. No offence but it doesn’t suit you. Oh well, follow me!” she said cheerfully as you bounded away. Link followed after her.
“You're, not called Shad are you?” Ordon said.
“The spirit water tell you that?” Link said as he walked away.

Farore guided them through the woods that looked nearly familiar to Link.
“Must be nice having a daughter, especially as pretty as you” Farore said to Lyra and she smiled.
“Thanks, do you have kids?” she asked and she shook her head.
“No. Just met my boyfriend, he came to the village with Ordon after his adventure. He is such a man, you know. Big, tough, bearded but like…. So hot. So maybe one day!” she said. “My sister has a son called Talon, named after my late Grandfather but I mean, her and her boyfriend are not to subtle and I am sure she will be pregnant again in no time” she joked. Link didn’t know what to say. And my half brother is err… well things are complicated with him, he is currently…” she paused. “Oh silly me! I just get carried away with stories, here we are!” she said as the made it through the woods to a ledge that overlooked the village. Link was shocked at how different the village looked, it almost didn’t bear any resemblance to the village he called home, but he did recognise his home, it was smaller, the tree had grown in his time but it was his home regardless, well, it would be. “That one with the ladder dead ahead is my mother’s house. Nice meeting you Shad!” she said.
“Nice meeting you t….” Link started but didn’t get to finish before the girl hurried away.

“So we come here and meet two of my potential ancestors, what are the odds?” Lyra says and Link smiles.
“Low”.

Notes:

Somehow I have done 90 chapters of this thing and well over 10 more are finished..wow.

This chapter is pretty short, future ones will be longer I promise. Recently I went back and read my Skyward Sword Chapters and.... wow they are bad. I am thinking about re-doing them but I will have the original versions available still as I like the idea of recording progress. But there is a lot of changes I would make and I am not especially proud of them. But that was when I wrote them over a week so it makes sense.

Anyway, thanks for the Kudos and I hope people are enjoying.

Chapter 91: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 26 - The Widow of Time

Summary:

Link and Lyra meet their ancestor.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Lyra stand on the raised platform Infront of the door. Link feels weird, this is his house but in the past. He knocks on the door and after a little waiting a red headed woman answers.
"Hi" Link says and she squints her eyes.
"Who are you? What do you want? " She asked in a soft voice.
"Hi… are you Malon?" Link asked and she gave a nod. "We have a message to pass on from…. Well it is from your late husband" he said and her face had clear shock.
"Come in" she said and then followed her inside.

"You want some tea?"she asked and Link politely declined."How about you, want something to drink?" She asked Lyra and nodded.
"Sure, I'll have tea. Thank you very much" she said and Malon smiled.
"You are a very nice girl. Take a seat and I'll bring it through".

Once they were settled and tea was made Malon sat down. "How is it you know Link?" She asked and Link looked down.
"I err… I can't really say that part. But he is… was… sorry for leaving you alone, sorry for dying, sorry for leaving four kids Fatherless and just wished he could have grown old and died with you" Link said. Malon didn't say anything. She looked at the Father and Daughter carefully then aat back.
"What did you say your names were?" She asked.
"We didn't"
"Exactly but it is Link right?"
"What?"
"You are Link. Not my Link but the next one, from the future. Am I wrong?"

Link let out a sigh and looked her in the eyes.
"That is correct. But I am also one of your descendants. How did you know?"
"Please. I would recognise my Husbands reincarnation in anyone. And also 'sorry for dying. Sorry for leaving FOUR kids Fatherless'. This can't have been his words. How can the dead talk".
"Okay well…. Did your Link ever tell you about his past lives? Hearing them in the Temple of Time?" He asked and she nodded.
"Well I talked to him. I talked to your Link and this is what he told me. Before that though he passed on his secret moves he never got to pass on. Fulfilling one of his regrets" he said and she began crying.
"Sorry….. it's just… yeah. He wanted to pass on his skills to Ordon but he never got the chance. I am just glad he got to pass them on to you at least".

Link sat back. He held Lyra's hand and gave her a soft smile.
"I think more than anything he wanted to know how his family got on. Are you doing all right? How are his kids? If you have any message for him I can pass it on" he said and her eyes widened.
"There is so much I want to tell him….but you said four kids…. Link died before my fourth was born" she said and he looked down.
"Yeah… he erm… he was tethered to this world as a spirit. He saw you and his kids from afar but couldn't say hello" he said and she felt a thorn stab her heart.
"Well the thing is… and I don't know that I want him to know this but I will tell you…. Link Jr… he isn't Link's child" she said and Link sat back.
"I erm… after Link died I was very lonely and depressed and Zelda and her Husband Victor helped me out of the darkness. But Victor was here and we…. Well yeah…. He is Victor's son." She looked at Lyra and then looked back at Link and he nodded.
"She knows," he assured her.
"There is a lot Link could learn about me since he wouldn't like. Link Jr is not blood related to the Hyrule Royal Family but the Labrynna one but as you could imagine, news of the King of Hyrule having a bastard child with a farm girl isn't a story the general public would be keen to hear. He knows who his father is and he understands. He lives at the Castle half and half with here and has experienced both sides of life. Me and Victor have screwed more times than once and to be honest, I don't know if Zelda knows or not but I dunno…. I am just so lonely." She explained. "But I learned a lot about Link after his passing, like when he was on his travels he went to the Syrule Kingdom where the Gerudo Tribe fled to. There he had sex with Nabooru, leader of the Gerudo and Queen Sylvia so now his blood runs in the Gerudo Tribe and the Syrule Royal Family."

Link stared in disbelief. Malon looked up sheepishly.
"Oh… So he fathered illegitimate children and you mothered them too. I err… should I pass this on? It is entirely up to you." He asked and she sobbed slightly.
"Yeah, I think it is best. We both messed up but I want him to know I have never loved anyone else and my heart still belongs to him. Not a day goes by where I don't miss him"
"Any good news I should pass on?"
"Oh! Yes. Ordon is going on adventures. Saria gave us a Grandson. Farore is dating a handsome youngman. I don't know which of our kids you are descended from but I know at least one of them will grow up to be grandparents at some point and that makes me happy".
"It is actually part of the reason we are here" Lyra said and Malon turned her attention to her. "I wanted to find my ancestory and it has led us here. Thank you for sharing all this personal stuff with us Miss Malon" she said as she lowered her head.
"You are sweet. You definitely have my blood in you somewhere" Malon joked and the girls laughed.

"Are you coping all right?" He asks her and she smiles.
"When he died I was lost and it took me a few years to accept it. Bringing up a new child that wasn't his was hard. But as time moved on the pain got less. It never recovers. No loss fully does but I learned to live with it and so did our kids. I have days where I can't handle it and we all mourn him but we manage. I erm, I don't want to assume but…" she said and Link nods.
"I am still married. Ashei is wonderful, I am thankful to have not gone through what you have. I never had parents from the start but funny enough, I inherited this house" he said and she grinned.
"Really? Oh my! This was Link's Childhood home and we renovated it together. Does it look similar?" She asked and Link nodded.
"Besides the furniture it is identical" he said and she leaned forward and hugged them both.

"We are centuries apart but you are still my family. You have warmed my heart to know that my Husband's Spirit and blood lives on and that I can exchange these thoughts to him through you. Thank you. Thank you so much!" She sobbed and Link gripped her harder.
"It's no problem. Thank you for sharing".

Notes:

So Malon is back for those fans. Apparently I just can't leave characters alone and I assure you the next chapter ia even better than this one. Stay tuned.

Chapter 92: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 27 - The Queen of Time

Summary:

Link and Lyra meet Queen Zelda. Queen Zelda of old.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link, Lyra and Malon continued to talk as a family, Link shared stories of his life and his quest to stop Ganondorf in the future and Malon shared stories of her time with Link and some of the stories she heard from him, giving her side of the story. Link had something he needed to ask.

"The Hero of Time… your Link asked about Zelda as well, it seemed he was close to her, a friend judging by how close you seem. Is there a possibility I will see her?" Link asked and Malon shrugged.
"I guess I could write a letter for you to give at the gates that might let them give you a notice. If it is super desperate I could take you myself but…" there was a pause "I… well me and Zelda are still friends of course but with Link not in our lives something seems lost and the two of us can't fill the void. We don't talk like we did back in the day. I have been to Hyrule Castle frequently but I don't really do social calls so much these days".
"I see. I wouldn't want to trouble you. If the letter works I'll take that".
"Is every Hero friends with the Queen?" Lyra asks and Link shrugged.
"If the Hero is about saving Hyrule it seems to make sense" he explained.

Malon wrote a letter and handed it to Link. She frowned slightly and he gave a look of concern.
"I assume you know what you are doing right? Like you know the future Zelda and stuff so like don't go saying anything that could break the space-time continuum or anything. I don't want you like phasing out of existence or something" she said and Link smiled.
"I know. I won't. I am not going to tell her the future"
"You told me the future"
"But you are not in charge of Hyrule and you are not going to tell anyone…. Right?"
"I won't. But just… be careful Link" she said and he smiled as he left her home.

Link made his way down the ladder and a woman with long blonde hair stood in front of them.
“Oh, do you know my mother?” she asked and Link smiled.
“You must be Saria, I am Shad, I just met your brother and sister earlier and yes, I had something to tell your mother, if you are curious it is better coming from her” Link said and she smiled politely.
“Does it concern me?” she asked and Link didn’t know how to answer that so he thought about how to avoid the question.
“Is this ladder not going to get annoying to climb when you or someone in your family is old and can’t climb well?” Lyra asked, changing the subject.
“Yes, it is very annoying. I have to wear a harness to carry my son up there. If I have twins next I am screwed. We should really get some steps built” she said and Link looked shocked.
“Nah, this wood is old but sturdy. It is part of the design. Trust me, it is worth the hassle. I am sure whoever built this had a keen eye for craftsman ship” Link said and Saria walked passed him up to the ladder and began climbing.
“My Father built it before I was born, he lived here since he was a kid. Guess it is part of the house, you do have a point Shad. Now if you will excuse me, I need to talk to my Mother. Nice meeting you two!” she said and continued up the ladder.

Link and Lyra walk out of the village.
“So, we don’t know which was our ancestor, but we know for sure we met them” Lyra said and Link nodded.
“That we do”.

 

Link has to walk Hyrule field and Lyra is not impressed. The can see the Castle from far off and it is still in progress, not as big as in the present but clearly the same structure. A weird sight but they notice Castle Town is in its infancy.
"Where are the canyons?" Lyra asks and Link frowns.
"Lyra…. I have no clue. Guess some earthquake or something must hit between our times. I don't even know how far in the past we are but some seismic event must take place because Hyrule feels a lot more…. A lot more close together".
"Do you think out home is around?" She asks and Link shakes his head.
"No. I mean not to the extent it is now. Your Mother had generations of family occupy that place so I imagine some early version is around but I don't know that we would recognise it as the same place. The Mountains might even be a bit different". He explained, looking around. "Maybe we can have a quick detour if we have time"

 

They made it into Castle Town and walked through the semi-familiar streets and too the main gates. As they approached the two guards looked annoyed, knowing they would have to send them away.
"Sorry sir but you cannot come any further". One said and Link smiled and pulled a letter out.
"I have a letter from Lady Malon." Link said as he handed it to one and he read it.
"It seems to be legit, but we can't just give an audience with the Queen too anyone. We will speak to her first, you will have to wait in the halls until you are seen too" he said and Link politely nodded.

Link sat with his Daughter and tapped his foot. Lyra laughed and he groaned.
"I thought I was done with all this formal BS…" he moaned and Lyra leaded forward.
"Was this when you dated the Queen?" She asked and he frowned.
"Yeah… this life just wasn't suited for me"
"Is that why you and her split up?"
"Pretty much, yeah"
"So if you had liked this lifestyle I wouldn't exist because you would still be with the Queen?" She asked and Link sat back.
"Well…. I mean maybe but I am so glad I hated this life because yeah, maybe I would still be with Zelda but I am so glad I married your Mother and had you kids" he said.
"That sounds EXACTLY like the Link I knew" a voice called from behind them.

They turned and standing there was a Beautiful Woman with golden hair and a pink dress. "My Link had an undying love for Malon and his Children… but my God…. You look just like him"she said as she walked towards them.
"You must be the Queen" Link said as he stood and she smiled.
"Call me Zelda and don't bow, you past life didn't" she explained.
"Oh wow. The Queen… I can't believe I am meeting the Queen from the past before the one from the present!" Lyra called and Link thought for a moment.
"Neither can I…" Link mumbled.

Zelda crouched to Lyra's height and gave a beautiful smile.
"Have you eaten?" Zelda asked her and she shook her head. "Would you like to my attendant to make you some Castle Cuisine?" She offered and Lyra looked up and Link for permission with hunger in her eyes.
"Go ahead" he told her and she nodded and Impa walked in with a boy about her age.
"Come with me, you'll have the best food ever" she said and Lyra ran out the room leaving Link with Zelda.

"So Link…. I imagine you have a lot to tell me. Follow" she said as they began walking through the Castle.
"I won't lie, this is strange for me. I know these halls. I…. I mean actually I shouldn't say, I don't want to change the future" he said and she looked with curiosity.
"Is this future far off? Is there any way it could even effect me?" She said and Link shook his head.
"Hundreds of years in the future I think."
"Then you can give me some slight spoilers right?" She said and Link sighed.
"Alright well I had to fight monsters in these halls and save the… well the Princess Zelda of my time so…. So don't fortify your defences I guess" he joked and she shrugged.
"So you know the Zelda of your time. Is she as beautiful as me?"
"No. I mean err…. You are both beautiful" he said and she grinned.
"So I am more beautiful. Wow. I am honoured" she joked and Link was going red.

They reached her room and Link looked puzzled as to why they hadn't headed to the Throne Room. "This feels nice. You remind me so much of him and I almost feel like I am with my best friend again" she said as they stepped into her room. "You are hot like him too" she said and he grinned.
"Thank you" he said but gasped quickly as she pushed him against the door and kissed him.

Link didn't respond and just stared as Zelda made out with him. It felt nice, more than nice, it felt hot and he felt…. No. He snapped out of it, placed his hands on her arms and pushed her back. "What are you doing Zelda!?" He asked in shock and she grinned a leg against his crotch.
"Please Link…. Let me be with you once more…" she moaned and he gulped.
"I am not him….and I am married!" He argued but she put a hand on his face.
"You are him though… I sense that spirit". She kissed him again and he gave in and kissed her with passion. He couldn't deny how hot she was and how turned on she made him.

Link moved them to a desk and pushed her rear onto it as he grabbed her clothed breast. She moaned and spread her legs, letting Link's crotch push against hers. She rocked her body gently against his as her boobs were tingling from the pleasure. "Link….." she moaned, as she reached for his pants. Link got the message and used his free hand and pushed it under her dress and up her thighs to meet her sweet wet panties. He pulled at them and she smirked as she managed to push his pants down a little, his tip sticking out. Link released his hands and pulled his pants all the way down. She marvelled at his dick and quickly began stroking it with experienced hands.

Link moaned and took this chance to pull his tunic off. As he did she stared at the sight while her pleasurable hand job continued. Soon he was naked before her and Link thought she had too many layers on. He pulled at the buttons on her dress and freed some of the layers, her long slender arms pulled out of her clothes and only a flimsy piece of clothing Link couldn't name stood in the way. Link pulled it off and she sat there with her boobs free.

Link stared and couldn't believe what he was seeing. He moved closer and licked her chest, pushing a hand under her dress and to her folds. "AHHH!" She gasped as Link stuck his fingers into her. She looked desperately into his eyes and released her hand from his penis, leaning back on the desk as he stimulated her. His free hand groped her breasts and he watched in awe as she gyrated her hips to move into his hand, releasing moans of pleasure as she did.

His dick was throbbing and he needed her. He pulled his fingers out and moved closer, looked into her lustful eyes and pushed into her.
"LINK!"
"ZELDA!" Those words were like heaven to her, she longed for this. Link bucked into her wildly and she closed her arms around his back, feeling his body moved against hers.
"Oh Link…. Fuck me. Take me. I want you so much!" She moaned and he groaned as he obliged.

The desk bumped against the wall and their moans echoed around the room, Zelda kissed him with passion, her pink lips connected to his almost too naturally and they let their breaths connect. He groaned, feeling himself slide into her wet hole with ease and she was drenched at the mere sight of him, let alone the feeling of his large dick pulsing inside her.

He grabbed her butt cheeks, earning a yelp and picked her up, twisting in midair and guiding his momentum to the bed. He let himself fall on top of her and his face pushed against her boobs. Link pulled out of her and forced the remainder of her dress off. He then eyed up her naked form. He placed his hands on her legs and slowly traced them up her body. They tickled her thighs, glided over her womanly hips and stopped on her round breasts. Link leaned in and kissed her neck before guiding his cock back inside her.

He thrusts into her hard as she bites down on her lower lip, enjoying being filled by her lover. Link couldn't believe how fantastic she felt on his dick but more that he couldn't believe what he was doing. He is happily married and yet here is fucking Queen Zelda from hundreds of years in the past. And it felt exhilarating, it felt so wrong but it felt so right.

He touched her body in all the right places and filled her deeply but more than that, she felt reunited. Every touch sent sensations through her body. Every thrust forced a moan from her body. Victor was not on her mind, she was with Link again and it made her feel eighteen again and not in her forties.

"Oh Link….. oh yes!" She moaned as he squeezed her boobs and pumped his hips into her. She bit her lip again and began bucking her hips to meet him.
"Zelda!" He gasped as his dick pulpsed, she saw him pause for a second as he tried to hold on and not cum. She was enjoying this too much for him to be done yet so she used her legs to flip him onto his back.

She rode his dick like a master, thrusting her hips backwards and forwards as well as up and down, almost in a circular motion. "Ahhhh…. Oh…. Ohhh Zelda" he moaned as he reached his hands up for her breast but she intercepted them with her own hands, locking fingers with him. She looked alive and confident. She leaned forward.
"You just focus on not cumming. I will focus on making you feel good" she whispered in his ear and a shiver went through his body.

She continued to ride him with the confidence and skill she had built up over the years while Link lay back and took it. He couldn't stop staring at her perfect body, her long slender legs that were pinned to each side of him, grinding against him with each thrust of her body. Her womanly hips and the way the curved up to the shape of her round breasts that rose and fell with her body. Then her beautiful slender arms and of course her gorgeous face. His Zelda was attractive, but she was on another level.

His body had calmed down enough for him to regain some control. He sat up and the chests pressed together. She immediately wrapped her arms around his back and he placed one hand on her upper back and the other on her waist. Their foreheads touched and they kissed once more. Her face was filled with pleasure and she was struggling to hold back now.

He bucked his hips into her and she gasped. He repeated it and the same but after a third time she deeply moaned. She responded by rolling her hips as he buckled into her.
"I…. Love you Link" she moaned as they were lost in bliss. "Fuck! LINK YES!" She moaned.
"ZELDAAAA! Aghhhh" . Both felt their bodies explode, his dick erupted, shooting several loads into her and she felt the most needed orgasm of her life pulse through her body.
"Oh….. ahhhhh" she sighed as she rode out the pleasure. "Oh Link…." She whispered as she kissed him. His deep breaths met hers and his balls had never felt so satisfied.

He fell back against her bed and she copied his action with a moan, her messy hair falling around her. "I have contraceptive potions every week. Don't worry" she told him and she couldn't tell if the sigh that left his body was one of relief or satisfaction.
"This was incredible. I wish I could do it again".

 

 

Lyra ate away at the delicious food but she kept her gaze on the boy in front of her. He had dark skin and white hair, he had broad shoulders and she found herself going a little red. When he looked over she looked away and Impa grinned everytime it happened.
"My name is Dorian" he said in a voice that was on its way to deepening.
"Lyra" she said and then snapped herself out of it. This wasn't her, she was snappy and cocky. "Link is my Dad…. Err… not THAT Link just…."
"It is okay Lyra." Impa said and she turned her attention. "We know you and your Father are from the future and he is the reincarnation of the Hero. We Sheikah, me and Dorian, are protectors of the Royal secrets and that goes for the Hero of Time and the Hero of….. well, whatever your Father is Hero of. " Impa spoke.

Lyra took a deep breath. She looked at Dorian.
"How old are you?" She asked and he smiled.
"Thirteen. You?"
"Twelve. Thirteen soon" she told him and he smiled kindly.
"I'll take the plates away. Dorian, look after our guest okay" Impa said as she done what she said she would. She left the room and Lyra smiled.
"Where you from? Do you live in the Castle?" She asked and he shook his head.
"No, I live with my Mothers in Kakariko Village. I am related to the Sheikah but I am not Impa's biological Son, I was adopted when Impa found out about me." He told her. Before she could say more he stood up "c'mon, let me show you something cool" he said, grabbing her hand and pulling her along.

They entered a balcony and Dorian climbed over the railing.
"What are you doing?" Lyra asked in concern and he smiled.
"There is a great spot to chill. Don't be scared" he said and she frowned.
"I am not the least bit scared. I have climbed more dangerous places than this" she said as she jumped over the railing and followed him.

Lyra was used to danger but she wasn't skilled enough to pull off what he was doing, she doubted her Dad was. He walked on his tip toes across gutter pipes and landed on the point of a flagpole before flipping onto a ledge. She sighed as she made her way over a lot slower and with less style. She was annoyed she couldn't show off.

She climbed onto the ledge and he was sitting there smiling and she scowled as she made her way over to him. "You are so annoying" she said and he frowned.
"I… I am sorry did I…" she looked at him and he looked hurt. She smiled.
"Don't be upset, I am joking. I meant because what you did was very, very impressive and I have nothing to criticise. " She told him and he smiled.
"My Mother taught me. I mean you could do the same with years of practice and I am sure there is a lot that you can to that I can't" he said and she grinned.
"I would kick your arse in a sword fight" she boasted.
"I don't doubt it for a second. But anyway. What do you think?" He said as he pointed out to the view.

Lyra lay back against the slanty roof and took in the sight. It was a beautiful as he claimed, they could see the expanse of Hyrule Field and the glistening Lake Hylia from afar.
"Thank you" she said and he lay back next to her. "This is beautiful. Almost romantic" she sighed and he turned to her.
"I could always make it more romantic of you want" he said quietly and she suddenly got hot.
"I erm…. Wow… Say exactly what you mean" she blurted and he grabbed her face and turned it to him.
"I would like to kiss you" he said and she gulped.
"What is the point? You know I am from the future right? This can't be a thing between us" she protested and he looked down.
"I know. But it will feel nice and it will be a pleasant memory". They stared at each other for what felt like eternity. Lyra eventually took a deep breath and they moved closer and their lips connected.

They stayed like that for a while, a rush went through her and she felt fuzzy inside. She closed her eyes and enjoyed the feeling. They broke the kiss and they smiled.
"That was nice" she told him and he grinned a handsome grin.
"Of course it was, you are a pretty girl". They lay back and took in the view.

 

Link stared at the canopy above them as he caught his breath, body calming down after the high. She hugged her naked body against his.
"You do know I am not him right?" He asked and she hummed.
"Not biologically or not mentally or heck, physically but like I can sense your spirit and you are most definitely him. But I get what you mean, you have a different personality and life and it is unfair to treat you like my dead friend,it was selfish but I just couldn't resist being with you…. Him once more and indulging in this fantasy." She said. "I hope I haven't caused a rift in your marriage, that was VERY selfish of me."
"I…. I don't think so. Even if Ashei is mad at me I don't believe this would cause us to break up or anything."

He sat up and put an arm around her. "The Hero of Time wanted to know how you were. Have you led a happy life?" He asked and she stayed still.
"I have. I have a loving Husband, two kids and Malon is still a good friend. I rule the Kingdom and I think keeping busy has distracted me from it but I would be lying if I said I didn't miss him. He is my best friend and I love him so much. He sacrificed everything for Hyrule and he always tried to make everyone happy, whether they deserved it or not. How do you not miss someone that unconditionally nice?" She said. "Tell him I love him and always will and tell him no one can ever understand just how thankful I am for everything he did for us. Seeing you here is proof it was all worthwhile".

They lay in silence for a moment longer. Link then cleared his throat.
"Where is your husband?" Link asked and she smiled.
"He is with his son. His and Malon's. It is hard, being a Step Mother to a child but having to pretend officially I or Victor have no relation. Luckily Malon is a lady, Link was a Lord and the public seem to understand the Royal Family helping the Hero of Time's Family. But I don't know…. I don't have a grasp on what the population of Hyrule think and they have probably figured it out." She said. Link looked at her and nodded.
"I couldn't be with the Zelda of my time because I couldn't bare the Royal Life. To much confromoty and rules." He said and Zelda laughed.
"Wow, my ancestor is that dull huh?" She said as she rolled over onto her front. "I break all the rules. Link…. My Link used to just walk into my room even after I was long married. He walked in on me and Victor screwing and just sat and read a book while we finished. I mean look at us, I dragged you to bed with me and I am a married Queen"

"Is…. I mean would your Husband not be pissed if he saw me here?" Link asked and she shook her head.
"No. We had this rule. Victor slept with several Women even after we were married and I had one rule. Don't get anyone pregnant and for many many years he stook to that and I was fine with it, we had a healthy relationship and a great sex life. I was allowed the same luxury but I only screwed one other person and that was Link. You are the third person I have ever slept with." She said and Link smiled. "But after the loss of his Brother and the loss of Link, Victor and Malon were alone, grieving together and comforting each other and what do two emotionally vulnerable hot adults do when they are alone and not thinking straight…. They fuck. This resulted in him getting Malon pregnant and since then he vowed to now sleep with anyone else…. The thing is, he goes to Malon's frequently and to be honest, I don't buy it. There is no way they aren't screwing. I haven't asked him about it because I don't want to know but it is the one part of our relationship that has strained. My husband is basically cheating on me with my best friend but…. I am not angry at either of them. I should be but I am not." She told him with some weird guilt in her voice. "If Victor walked in on us now, he wouldn't have a leg to stand on and honestly I don't care, I am on birth control so I can fuck who I like" she told him

"I cheated. My Wife cheated on her ex for me… Our ex's got together… Neither of them know. I don't have any room to judge because…. It felt good and I don't regret it" he said and she turned to her side.
"I'd hope not. And you bet if you didn't live in the future I'd be cheating on Victor for you" she said and they laughed.

"So why else are you here?" Zelda asks.
"I live up in what we call Snowpeak. It is in the North West of Hyrule. Malon said the occupation there is small"
"It is. We are building up that area and the area to the East. We want to increase our borders. Looks like it goes well then" she says.
"I want to take Lyra up there tomorrow. Is that alright? I mean we did originally set out to learn about both of our ancestors and Ashei says her family has long run Snowpeak for generations." He tells her. She sits up, letting the covers fall from her perky breasts.
"Well I won't stop you but you know you can't really tell them why you are there. Like you can't mess up time" she warns but he grins.
"I know, that is why you can write me an excuse, right?" He smiles and it was contagious.
"Sneaky Link. Very sneaky." She puts a hand under the covers and grabs his flaccid Penis, spurring some life back into it.
"What are you doing?" He asks.
"I'll write you your letter… but you and me are gonna have fun all night"
"Then let us begin!"

Notes:

I had fun with this one as you can tell. It is what it is. I debated this one and maybe I went a bit far but this goes sokewhere, I promise.

Thank you for the comments and kudos, it means a lot.

Chapter 93: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 28 - Maternal Ancestors

Summary:

Link takes Lyra to meet her Maernal Ancestors and help set the future in motion.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Haaaah…. Oooohhhh" Zelda moaned as Link's tongue moved between her legs. She bucked her waist up to meet him and gripped the bed sheets tight. "Fuck… Link…. OH! Link…." She moaned in utter pleasure. Link was a master and the way her body writhed was telling. She closed her legs tight around his head as her body jerked and rolled herself round so she was grinding on top of his body. She turned round and licked the erect penis in front of her.

Link groaned as she played with her food. She rolled her tongue on the tip and his tongue jerked on her clit and she gasped for air. She stuck the whole thing in her mouth and began sucking.
"Zelda…" his moans were heard faintly but more than anything she felt his sigh on her. She bobbed her head on his member and ran her tongue on his shaft for maximum pleasure.

"Ahhh Haaaa Ahhhhh!" They both moaned and as Zelda came, Link gripped the bed sheets hard, determined not to cum. He rolled them over and he pulled his dick out of her mouth, saliva trailing from it..

Link pushed down on her shoulders and she grinned and bit her lip.
"Do it Link. Fuck me good" she ordered and Link jammed his wet dick into her wet hole, sliding right in and earning a gasp from her. He began moving in and out of her and the sensation flooded her body. He kept her arms pinned so she could only move her legs and she used them to wrap around his body and pull him in closer.

He bucked his hips wildly and she moaned in bliss, her body warm from the lustful sensation of Link looking into her eyes. She rocked her hips as much as she could and the pleasure they both felt increased. Link moaned, kissed her but kept his hands strong on her wrists.

He felt her tighten and her face screwed up in pleasure. It felt good and he knew this was it.
"Zelda… I'm gonna…" he moaned and she kissed him.
"Then do me! Do me as fast as you can! Fuck me hard!" She ordered, knowing this will be the last time she fucks the Hero. He obeyed.

Link sped up and she screamed his name. His dick pulled in and out of her at an incredible pace, her wetness making her slick and easy to thrust into. "More!" She moaned. "Faster!" She breathed heavily. "Harder!" She ordered and he gave it all he could. "LINK!" She screamed and she looked into his eyes.
"ZEL….AHHH!" He moaned as they both came, Link shooting his load into her as their sweaty bodies bucked together. A electric buzz flowed through her body and they breathed heavily as they gradually road out the orgasm and slowed down.

"Phewww… fuck that was good…" Zelda moaned as Link rolled off her. They lay there in silence and just enjoyed this final time together.

Eventually though Link did get up and out on his clothes and leave the Queen's room with her. They Gurads outside had heard the Queen fuck countless times and she knew it, they knew it but no one else did. If they every spread the rumours then it would be pretty obvious who leaked it.

"Wow, Dad. How long does it take?" Lyra asked and Link shrugged.
"We had a lot to talk about. How was it? Spending the day in a Castle?" Link said as they walked out of the Castle with Zelda by their side.
"Strange. Impa's son is nice…. And the food was great." She said happily and Link and Zelda smiled.
"How old are you Lyra?" Zelda asked and she looked up at the Queen.
"Twelve, nearly Thirteen"
"You are the age The Hero of Time was when his quest began." She said and Link and Lyra looked shocked.
"What! The Hero of Time was Twelve?" Link asked and Zelda nodded.
"Sure was."
"I was eighteen…" Link said and she laughed.
"And I assume you did just fine. Anyway. This is where we part ways." She said as she crouched down to Lyra's level. "Goodbye Lyra" she said and Lyra smiled.
"Goodbye your majesty" she said jokingly and Zelda stood up with a giggle.
"And goodbye Link…" she said as she looked into his eyes one last time.
"Goodbye Zelda." He said softly, gaining a puzzled look from Lyra.

As they left Lyra cleared her throat.
"Dad…. What was that?" She asked and he looked down.
"What was what?"
"THAT. That tone with the Queen"
"I don't know what you mean…"
"Do you…. Like her?" Lyra asked and Link looked down in shock.
"I am in love with your Mother" he said sternly and she laughed nervously.
"Oh Goddesses… Dad. I never mentioned love…" she pointed out.
"Oh. Well then yes. I do like her."
"Did you…. You know what, nevermind. I don't want to know…. " She said and then there was a long awkward pause. "Will Mam be okay with this?" She asked and Link out his hands on his face.
"Lyra. Nothing happened but IF it did, me and your Mother would be fine. There is no one in the world I love more than her and you kids." He said.

"Okay." She finally spoke. "I kissed Dorian" she said and it was Link's turn to be shocked.
"What! Why? When? Lyra?" He panicked and she laughed.
"Dad, it was ONLY a kiss, calm down. We both knew it wasn't a long term thing but we were… I was curious and he was cute. I don't need your permission do I?" She asked and he shook his head.
"Just… stick to boys in the present from now on. You never know what you could mess up" he said and she chuckled and he glared at her.
"You mean just like you and Zelda…" she joked and Link sighed.
"Why did I bring you along…" he grumbled as they journeyed across Hyrule field.

 

Link guided Lyra across Hyrule. It was a huge journey to Snowpeak and Lyra complained about being tired so they stopped and made a camp and continued the next day. Lyra was used to the snow but it didn't make it easier to hike a snowy mountain. But eventually, through the aching and complaining, they arrived at Snowpeak.

The Mansion was smaller, not fully built but undeniably the structure in progress. The front doors were exactly the same but newly fitted and the central tower was half built. Two Guards stood at the gate and Link walked to them with the letter in hand.
“I have a letter of introduction from the Queen herself” Link said as he handed one of them a letter.
“An inspection… this isn’t about the nightly attacks is it?” the Guard asked and Link gave a stunned expression.
“Yeah… it is. Kind of…” he said as Lyra looked at him struggling at his interaction.
“Well, Sir Morgan will see you” he said as he opened the gates and one of the guards showed them through.

Lyra couldn’t believe how surreal this was. This was HER home, centuries ago. Most of the stonework and basic layout remained the same but had been updated and repaired overtime. They were led into the always cosy living room with the warm fire where a Woman with Black Hair turned to them. She wore silver armour that fit her shape well and from the bottom appeared to be a sort of blue skirt fitted with some chainmail and big heavy looking boots and gauntlets.

“Lady Valorie, his is Shad, sent by the Queen for an inspection” he said and she smiled.
“And his daughter?” she asked.
“She is a trained knight, don’t worry about her, she could beat most of the people here in a fight” Link said and she laughed.
“I trust the Queen knows what she is doing. But I can’t help but wonder where you got these clothes” she said as she placed a hand on Link’s chest, feeling the clothing. He stepped back, a little uncomfortable. “Did the Queen give you those? And why?” she asked as she looked Link in the eyes. Lyra didn’t know what she was getting at but Link did and he couldn’t believe he hadn’t thought to change his clothes before stepping to a time where the Hero of Time was still a figure in people's minds.
“You recognise them then?” he asked and she narrowed her eyes.
“I do. Although me and the Hero of Time were not close by any means, in fact, we only met twice. But I came to this Kingdom in search of him. As a Girl he saved my life unknowingly and I had a little schoolgirl crush. But who didn’t. I imagine you can relate huh?” she said as she winked but he gave another uncomfortable gaze.

“You are from Labrynna aren't you?” he asked and she smiled.
“Good guess but not quite. I am from Syrule. But what gave it away?”
“The ears” he said and for the first time Lyra realised this was her ancestor, standing here… standing here mildly flirting with her Dad. She understood why he wasn’t enjoying this.
“Anyway, you avoided my question which gives the impression you have no intention of answering it, but that doesn’t matter, what this all means is the Queen trusts you and I wanna see results, I wanna see what you can do against the nightly attacks” she says.
“Who is attacking?” Lyra asks, getting attention from both of them.
“We have no clue. Something airborne that can wield arrows. They come at night and bombard us with arrows and bombs and we are unable to see them. This fortress was supposed to be my grand idea, I proposed to the Queen that we build defences up in these mountains to expand Hyrule but if we can’t stop this threat, my vision will be a failure”. She told them both.

“Wow, you are the splitting image of the Hero of Time!” a voice called as a man with scruffy hair walked in.
“The names Shad” Link lied and Lyra tried to hold back a laugh every time those words left his mouth.
“I heard. I am Morgan, you have met my wife. But I suppose there is not a lot to do until the nightfall, so we can provide food and a place to sleep until then” he told them and Link smiled at him.
“Thank you, me and my daughter are grateful”.

 

Morgan held to his promise and a meal was served to them. Like in the present, it was a lot of meat as vegetation was hard to grow in the frigid mountains. Morgan and Val introduced their son, Jonas. He had scruffy hair like his father but it was jet black like his mothers. Lyra looked at him and tried not to stare. She was looking at her great, great ancestor but he sat there, eating sloppily and he was only a few years older than she was. It was certainly something she was unlikely to forget.

At nightfall Morgan took them to one of the small lookout towers.
“I know you have complete faith in your daughters skills Shad but I have to warn you this is dangerous, if anything happens it is on you” he told him and Link looked at Lyra, took a deep breath and crouched to her height.
“Lyra, this is your call. I know what I should tell you but I am going to ask you to make a decision for yourself and this is very important. Arrows will be flying from all angles and you wont be able to see where they are coming from at all. One hit is all it will take to kill you. Understand?” he told her firmly and she nodded. “Do you want to be out here? This isn’t your responsibility, you can wait inside where it will be perfectly safe, no judgments” he told her again and she took a deep breath.
“What is your plan?” she asked and Link stood straight, Morgan looked at him waiting for an answer and Link had to think fast. Link turned to face him.
“Morgan, do you have any gun powder or flammable gases here?” Link asked and Morgan nodded. “Okay, so we are going to light up the sky.” Link said and they looked at him with the same level of confusion as before.

“Someone, whoever is the best archer, is going to attack a sack full of gunpowder or oil or whatever to the end of an arrow and fire it into the sky, as high as possible when the attack starts. I am going to be atop the central tower and I am going to shoot that sack, igniting the sky and shooting down any monsters I see. I am also going to capture one, don’t worry about how, I got it under control” Link explained.
“Shad I know the Queen trusts you but… is this not a really bad idea? I mean going atop the central tower leaves you vulnerable to attacks. You’ll be shot instantly. “ Morgan said but Link shrugged.
“I can take it. Plus I have a shield. I’ll be fine”
“You really do remind me of the Hero of Time. Are you somehow related? Like a cousin or something?” Morgan asked sincerely.
“It’s a long story” he said before turning back to Lyra. “So Lyra, you know the plan, are you in?” Link askes and she smiles at him.
“I am Dad, I can do this. I wont do anything stupid, I promise” she said and he nodded.

 

Night creeps on and during this time Link has suggested getting some scrap armour and making decoys on the walls. The enemy was more likely to attack figure in the open. It worked like a charm. Out of no where a blitz of arrows sprayed down from the deep black sky. The split the decoys but the fire arrows set some construction ablaze. Lyra stayed down, under cover of an archway with her shield ready to protect her face. Morgan stepped out of cover and fired the sack of gunpowder and oil into the air and quickly stepped back into cover. Link lifted his shield and used the Hawkeye to spot the flying object. He shot it and it ignited,flashing they sky red. For the first time their enemy was seen, they were humanoid bird creatures that flew above with bows in their talons. Lyra saw a few drop from the sky, caught in the attack. Link pulled out the gale boomerang and threw it into the air, creating a small tornado that kept the explosion ignited in place for a while longer.

He aimed for one but saw the panic in its face. These were not just monsters, these were an intelligent race. Link didn’t feel right about killing them all. He aimed for its wing and fired. The bird fell into a nearby snowy mountain and Link took his time and injured a few more above ground where he figured they could survive. Morgan watched Link. He stood straight, carefully shooting with precision. An arrow came his way and he ducked then fired. Morgan watched him injure the foe and realised his intention was to hurt but not kill.

As the birds flew away but Link readied his claw shot and fired, grabbing one by the talons and pulling it closer. The bird flapped hard and pulled Link from the roof. He used his second claw shot to grab the roof. Link was stuck aloft, between the bird trying to escape and the roof. If the bird gave up he would fall. Of course if he succeeded in his capture he was also screwed.

Suddenly he felt something hit is back hard and then grip him, as he turned he saw a chain whizz past his head. Val stood on the very rood he was standing atop moments ago, her arms where spread in front of her with two clawshots in her hands, her feet dug into the stone work of the tower. She pulled hard, Link realised that the bird was also in her grasp. As Link was pulled to safety they both pulled at their clawshots and the bird gave up and let its self be propelled towards them.

Link and Val tied it up and it squirmed in their grip.
“You have clawshots like mine. Well that is different from the Hero of Time, he just has a single Hookshot. Link looked at her and she smiled. “He complimented mine, that was the one time we talked and he really changed my life for the better with a few words” she told him, dropping her cocky attitude. “Be real with me, you are connected to him somehow arn’t you?” she asked and Link sighed.
“Once we deal with this thing I think I owe you and Morgan the truth. But in short, yes, I am connected to him in someway” he told her.

 

 

They all hauled the bird inside and sat it in a chair. It scowled at them. Morgan stepped close to it and examined it. He glared into Morgan’s eyes with malice intent.
“Can you understand us?” Morgan asked and the bird scowled.
“Of course I do. Don’t insult me.” he spoke. Morgan looked surprised but kept his cool. “Why are you attacking us? Where are your people?” Morgan asked and Link sighed.
“You filthy Hylians come to OUR land and build this abomination near our hunting grounds. If we don’t stop you now you will spread. You will spread and take our home. We know what you are like” he said with anger.
“We had no idea this land belonged to anyone. These mountains were uninhabited when we arrived. This is our first time laying eyes on your kind” Val told him but he scoffed.
“Yeah, you would play the innocent card huh…”
“What is your name?” Lyra asked kindly and they all turned to her surprised.
“What?” he asked and she stepped closer.
“Your name. What is it?” she repeated.
“Why do you want to know?” he asked and she shrugged.
“Well we don’t know what you are, but you are a living, intelligent being and to better understand each other it would be better if we knew names. I am Lyra, this is my Dad… Shad….And this is Val and Morgan” she told him but the bird looked confused.
“Kanta” he said, and we are from the Rito tribe.” he said more calmly.

Morgan stepped back and dared not interrupt her. She smiled at him, a genuine smile, a smile of kindness and Kanta didn’t understand.
“Nice to meet you. I want to tell you that we truly had no idea your people existed. All we want is to not be killed and live here. We are not stopping you from hunting and we are not going to attack your home” she explained.
“How can we trust you?” he asked and she stepped back.
“I must admit I do not have an answer for that. I mean we can set you free too tell your leader of our terms, you can then return with the response” she told him but Morgan stepped forward.
“Lyra, unfortunately we don’t know if… if Kanta is going to come back with an army and wipe us out” he said but Link stepped forward.
“I agree with Lyra.” he said “Sometimes we have to take a chance and expose ourselves to a risk in order to get what we want. Also I won’t let this place fall, I will protect this place with my life and take all responsibility. “ Link said. “Kanta, I never killed any of your tribe. I could have, but I didn’t. I was prepared to fight monsters but I saw that you are clearly not savage. I shot and attacked, yes, but I only aimed to hurt. None of your allies should be dead unless they were caught in the initial blast. For those I am truly sorry but you have to understand I wouldn’t have been completely unjustified in taking out many of your tribe, after all, you have all mercilessly killed our people.”

Kanta looked at Link, then Lyra, then Val then finally Morgan. Link leaned in and untied Rito. He looked shocked. He extended a hand to Kanta and he took it, being helped to his feet. “A little trust goes a long way” Link said and Kanta nodded, walking to the window and opening it.
“I will return tomorrow morning, in the daylight. I will be alone. I promise.” he said as he hopped out the window and flew away.

“Lyra, Link, who the hell are you?” Val asked.

 

 

Link and Lyra sat in the living room with Val and Morgan.
“We were not meant to give anything away as to who we are so you have to promise that these words never leave you, understand?” Link asked and the two nodded.
“Okay, my name is not Shad, my name is Link and I am from the future” he told them and Val leaned in.
“What do you mean Link? Link is dead, you are not him” she said and he nodded.
“I am a descendant of the Hero of Time but I am also the Hero from the future.” Link said “I am very much his daughter and I am still called Lyra” she said and Link nodded. “I have… well it is a long story but I can talk to the spirit of the Hero of Time and he asked us to come back in time and check up on his family and friends and give him some closure. But we also came with a more selfish goal. Being related to the Hero of Time by blood, we wanted to meet our ancestors, specifically her ancestors. The Queen never sent us here for an inspection, we had no idea you were under attack but we just err…. Well we lied pretty much but nevertheless, Zelda did give us permission to come here” Link explained.
“So that tunic, that IS the Hero of Times, no wonder you look so much like him. But still, if you are not here to help, why are you here?” Val asked.
“Because you are the ancestors to my Mother” Lyra said and they looked stunned.
“How can you be sure?” Morgan asked and she pointed to the ground.
“This is her family home, we live here in the future. My Mother also has rounded ears like you and your son. Also the black hair seems to run in the family” she said, brushing her own hair back.

“This is a lot. So you are both the reincarnated Hero, you are from the future AND you are related to us?” Morgan asked and Link smiled.
“That about sums it up, yes.” Link said. “But we don’t want to change the future so it was best you didn’t hear about this. You have to keep this to yourself. We are not going to tell you more for our own safety. Understand?” he asked and the two nodded.
“Good, I don’t want my wife and kids to blip out of existence.”

 

Morning rolled around and like Kanta had agreed, he was there at the front gates. Morgan, Val, Link and Lyra went to meet him.
"The leader of our Tribe has agreed that if we are allowed to use our hunting grounds and jo Hylians approach our territory again then peace between us will be possible." He said and Morgan nodded.
"We can agree to this. But what if we need to talk? We also don't know where your territory is so we don't know what to avoid". Morgan said and Kanta nodded.
"We are south of here. Don't go south. If you need communication then over there there is a tower with a lantern on it, light it and it will get our attention " he explained.
"Well great, this went better than expected " Morgan said.

"Thanks to Lyra and her father mainly," Kanta said and Lyra grinned. "If nothing more is needed I shall be off then" he said and when no one responded he flapped his wings and took off into the cold morning sky.

"Well now that is sorted, I think our time here is done" Link said and the couple frowned.
"Really, you are welcome guests" Val said but Link smiled.
"I appreciate it but we have to get back to our Snowpeak. Your hospitality has been appreciated though" Link told them.
"Goodbye great, great , great whatever Grandparents!" Lyra said and the two laughed.
"Well we are glad to meet our descendants " .

Notes:

If I had thought about it sooner I would have introduced the Rito sooner as there is that texture in Twilight Princess HD that shows them depicted. I honest;y can't come up with any theories on what that could be about so I figure this is good enough.

Chapter 94: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 29 -Meanwhile in the Future

Summary:

What Ashei is getting up to while Link and Lyra are on a time traveling adventure.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ashei woke up in an empty bed. It was sad and lonely and cold. She sighed deeply then lowered a hand between her legs. If Link wasn't here to pleasure her then the responsibility was all hers. As she stuck her fingers inside herself and grabbed her own boob, a thought came over her. She wondered how long it had been since she masturbated. Since sex is better than masturbation it must have been before she lost her virginity, afterall, there was no way she would go back to herself when a dick could be pleasing her.

She thought back. Before Link she had Shad, not the best fuck in the world but good enough to make her cum. Before then she was in the resistance and having a HQ at Telma's Bar meant there was always an available option. She fucked several knights back then to the point where now there is one of them that works for her. When she realised that it became slightly awkward. But despite the Knights, she even screwed a Zora before heading to Snowpeak one time. A pleasant experience but not one she would repeat. So that concluded it, before the Twilight Invasion she would be screwing in Telma's Bar and before then it was herself.

All this to say it had been a while but what was she to do? She was horny and not used to not getting her way. That is why her legs were parted as she indged her fantasies about the people she had never been able to fuck. She eventually reached her peak and despite it being great, she still felt horny and frustrated. She groaned and pulled herself out of bed and reluctantly started her day.

Her day was normal but a little sadder without Link and Lyra around. She missed them instantly and worried for their wellbeing. But her day went on regardless. She fed her kids then went to trained the knights, making sure their skills were up to par. She was never satisfied and always pushed them harder and harder.

“Lady Ashei, you have a royal visitor” a Guard informed her out of the blue. She turned and the door from the living room to the courtyard was opened and Shad was being escorted through. She was shocked to say the least, why was he here.
“Shad? What are you doing?” she asked as she stepped closer to him, the snow crunching beneath her feet.
“I am here to surprise you of course!” he joked but she clearly wanted an answer. “I am here for a book, a book of Hyrule’s legends, a book that loaned to Link but I need for some research” he told her but she still looked confused.
“And you didn’t inform us? Like this is strange.” she said and Shad smirked.
“AND Zelda said I should check the place out as a mild inspection, coming here with notice would give you time to hide any sloppiness” he said. Ashei scowled, she was mildly offended but let it pass her.
“Well follow me to my room I guess, it is where Link keeps his books, he is not here at the moment” she told.

He dismissed his guards and followed her. “He and Lyra are gone for a few days, they have gone on what we will call a little journey, long story, I am sure he would love to fill you in when he gets back.” she told him.
“Interesting… I will make sure I ask” he said as he followed her up the steep incline to her room. She opened the big double doors and gestured him in.

"Nice room you have" Shad commented as he entered the room,Ashei said nothing as she walked towards the book shelf and searched for something old and worn."Our room was tiny back then… but we made it work". Ashei found what he was probably looking for and turned to Shad. She turned and waved the book and he nodded. She placed it on a small table.
"But now we both have bigger rooms and are getting better sex" she said and he frowned.
"Geee. Thanks…"
"Well I mean c'mon! Link or you. Me or Zelda…" she commented.
"You were always more experienced than Zelda…" he said lowly.
"I am not saying it was bad Shad just… you were less experienced you know…"
"I am more experienced now."
"I don't doubt it"..
"You still look at me the same way"
"I…."
"Let me prove it!"

Silence filled the room. The former couple stared at each other. Then the silence broke when Ashei rushed at him and pinned him to the door with a heavy kiss. Shad's arms moved back in shock, debating if he wanted to go through with this but quickly decided and accepted the pleasant kiss by putting one hand on her lower back and the other on the back of her head and pulling her in.

She moaned from the kiss and her body squirmed against his. She pushed herself against him and felt his erection with her leg. She grinded against it and he squirmed but then allowed it, groaning as she pleasured him. The kiss broke and they looked at each other with hunger.

Shad pushed her against the door and gripped her breasts and she moaned loudly, he grinned and she bit her lip briefly as he squeezed them. He released one and moved down, pushing it down her pants and she jolted as he brushed over her clit.
"Shad I am going to need you to fuck me"

She pushed her pants down and he followed her lead. She licked her lips as she grabbed his dick but he grabbed her waist and pushed her round, pressing her boobs against the door. She felt Shad's erection against her butt. He pushed her tight against the door and moved in close to her ear.
"I am going to show you what I have learned" he whispered and it sent a buzz through Ashei's body. She couldn't believe how turned on she was. Shad parted her legs and moved between them, she felt him at her entrance and she arched forward, her rear pushing against him. He leaned in and shoved his dick inside her.

"Ahhh!" She moaned as he thrust in. He didn't move right away, instead letting her feel him inside her. He bucked his hips again once and she moaned. He pinned her hands against the door. He bucked again and she hummed his name. She couldn't believe Shad was dominating her and she couldn't believe she was liking it. His unpredictable thrusts made her beg for more and caught her off guard each time but eventually he started a slow, powerful rhythm. "Fuck…. Shad…. You are so good!" She moaned as he felt his breath against her neck.
"As are you Ashei" he whispered once again.

He released her hands and he gripped her hips and began fucking her faster. Ashei kept her grip on the door firm as she feared her legs would give way if she didn't. She felt him reach deep within her and it felt wonderful.

Her legs felt shaky and a wonderful sensations buzzed through her body.
"AH! AH! AHHH! Shad! AHHH!" She moaned in uncontrollable bliss. This was it for her, she moaned loudly, calling his name. He pushed her tighter against the door and continued fucking her as he felt her cum. He bucked into her orgasm filled body a few more times and let himself cum.

He pulled out of her and she felt his cum trail down her leg, she didn't turn to him and instead kept her head pressed against the door. She felt incredible physically, Shad was surprisingly good at fucking now but emotionally…. She felt something and she didn't know what.

"That was incredible Ashei. Did I prove my point to you?" He asked in the familiar bubbly voice.
"Yeah. You did. I…." She paused, taking the opportunity to pull her pants up. She turned to him and scanned his now clothed body. "I fucked the King of Hyrule" she said with a smile and he nodded.
"Who knew we would all screw Royalty?" He said and Ashei raised an eyebrow.
"Who knew you would be Royalty?" She joked.

"Well. I may as well head out tomorrow but I will take these books down to the study" he said and Ashei picked up the pile.
"I'll carry, you walk" she said
"I can manage"
"I carry. You walk." She demanded and he nodded.
"Very well." He said and annoyingly held the door open for her.

They day went on and Ashei left Shad in a study as she carried on her usual duties. Something bothered her. It wasn't the sex, the sex was fantastic and felt great. It wasn't guilt of cheating, she felt aroused by it but knew Link would ultimately be okay. She couldn't place it and it ate away at her. When she realised what it was however it annoyed her more.

Shad was always the shy one. The nerdy awkward one. The one she helped get laid and the one she fucked. Ashei on the other hand was the one that was bold and fucked around. She helped get people laid and she was the dominant one and the one in control of their sex life. But Shad… Shad was in control and he had gotten…. He had become great at sex and was the dominant one.

Ashei hated it. She shouldn't and knew it was pathetic but she always saw Shad a certain way and she couldn't accept this. She felt like she had lost to him. With Link they are both knights and fuck together like Knights. With Shad, she was the Knight and he was the little book worm that desired her more than him.

 

 

Ashei carried on with her duties while Shad inspected the place and she loaded and checked the armoury. Suddenly the door creaks open and she turns to see Shad. She continues moving the heavy equipment around and tries to ignore his presence.
"I'm bored" he says and she sighs.
"What do you want me to do about it? There isn't exactly a theatre up here, this is a fort" she tells him as she picks up another crate.
"We could talk" he suggested.
"We will talk of you help me"
"What, help move these crates?"
"Yep"
"They look heavy"
"That's because they are"
"You think I can?"
"No, that is why I want to see you try".

He sighed and walked over to one and lifted it from the ground slightly but dropped it just as fast. She smirked. He wiped his palms.
"I was just getting a handle on the weight" he said as he bent down and pulled. The box moved with him and he waddled past Ashei to where she wanted them and quickly let go.

"I think I pulled something," he said as he stood and rubbed his lower back. She walked over to him and lifted the back of his shirt up and dug her thumb into his lower back. "Ow! Ashei, what are you doing?" He screamed and she sighs once more.
"You lift with your back. Always lift with your knees. " She told him as she firmly rubbed his sore spot.

They stood like this for a while until Ashei eventually stopped and rested her head on his shoulder. "I missed you Shad" she told him and he stood still.
"You broke up with me" he said, like it still hurts.
"I don't mean like that. I love Link and have no regrets but our friendship, seeing you everyday."
"Do you think things would be different if we went back in time? " He asked and she shrugged.
"I don't know. Maybe for the worst. I may not have married Link and had our kids and you may not have married Zelda and had your Daughter. Things may not be better"
"We would have screwed more though"
"Oh come on, we were never meant to be"

Shad turned around and looked mad. She was surprised by his expression.
"Why can't you just admit you enjoy screwing me?" He yells and she puts her arms on her hips.
"I told you earlier it was good! What do you want from me?" She asked.
"But you hate that you liked it so much. "
Ashei got mad, she hated how right he was.
"Oh Please… don't act like you didn't want it. Ever since we were kids you have been fantasising about me. I was always the one in control and you couldn't stand that" she told him.
"Except earlier" he remarked.

She stepped forward and grabbed his shoulder and pushed him against shelves full of equipment and kissed him hard. He was shocked but grabbed her arse on instinct. It felt good but she couldn't falter now, she had to maintain control. She rubbed her leg against his crotch and he shuddered.
"You wanna see control huh?" He said as he turned her around and pushed against her arse. She couldn't allow him to dominate her, she needed a controlled environment. She pushed against him.
"No. Not here. " She told him firmly and pulled him out of the armoury. They headed to her room and the doors were shut immediately.

She pushes him backwards and he falls back onto her bed. Ashei pulls off her chest plate and then pulls off the sweater beneath it. Shad stares at her chest, her bra covering her prize but not for long as she lets them fall free to Shad's delight. He had missed them. She pulls off the rest of her clothes, walks seductively towards the bed with her hips swaying and then crawls along the bed until she is on top of him.

"You are wearing too much" she said softly as she pulled down his pants to reveal his hard mast. "Don't worry, I'll take care of this" she told him as she learned in and deep throated him. He let out a gasp and lay back, enjoying the sensation on his dick. Ashei kept sucking, making sure she did it well and added her tongue in for extra pleasure. Shad gripped the bed sheets with one hand and used the other to place on the back of her head, forcing her down further on his dick. She wanted to remain in control so she started bobbing her head fast and Shad moaned.
"Ashei I am gonna…." He let out and she released him and smiled.

She moved up towards him and kissed him. Her leg rubbed his dick and she just pressed her body against his tight. She felt his dick throb and his body squirm and spasm in anticipation. She was gonna tease and fuck and she was gonna keep her cool.

She sat up and she straddled him, grinding against his dick. He groaned and she smirked.
"You like that?" She asked and he nodded. "What was that?"
"Yes…." He let out.
"I didn't quite get that"
"Yes. I like it"
"And what do you want?"
"I…."
"Shad."
"Ashei…. Please…"
"Please what?"
"Please fuck me!" He finally begged and she smiled.
"Of course!" She said as she grabbed his dick and lowered herself onto him.

They both moaned but to Ashei's pleasure, his was louder than hers and drowned her out. She began slowly rolling her hips on him, moving backwards and forwards to create a great sensation. Shad placed his hands on her hips but she pulled them away, not letting him take any control.
"Oh Ashei…" he moaned and she smirked, lifting up and falling down slightly causing an incredible sensation for both.

He was exactly where she wanted him, at her mercy. She had all the control and she bit her lip to suppress her moan and sped up. Shad stared in shock, her boobs bounced with every thrust of her body. His dick twitched and Shad needed to do something.

He grabbed her arm and rolled her onto her back and pushed into her. She let out a yelp in pleasure and a louder moan when he thrust into her. She felt incredible, she clawed at his back and bucked her hips upwards to meet his hard thrusting. She kissed him and wrapped her legs around his body holding him close.

It felt great. His body moved against hers tight and she let out a moan.
"Shad…" she moaned and as she did she realised what had happened. He had taken control. She needed to fix that.

She used her superior strength to roll them over again and she grind her hips down on him hard.
"Ashei I…" he moaned but Ashei kissed him, grabbed his arms and pinned them behind his head. He tried to break free but she was too tight. All he could do was watch and feel the sensation of Ashei riding him. Her hips rolled perfectly. Her legs open wide on either side of him. Her boobs bounced as she rolled backwards and forwards. She smiled as she was biting her lip. God it was sexy and it felt just as great.

Ashei felt blissful but used all of her willpower to not cum. She needed him to finish first. She needed to win. Soon Shad's moans became lounder and breatheir and the look in his eyes was lustful. "Ashei I…. Oh Goddess…. Ashei!" He moaned, trying once again to remove his hands from her grasp but she held firm. He bucked against her wildly and then his body gave way and he shot his load inside her.

As Shad moaned in pleasure and his head fell back in an orgasmic high, Ashei smirked and sped up as fast as she could. She gasped and she could let herself go. She felt her climax but continued moving her body until she rode out the amazing orgasm.

She eventually slowed to a halt and released Shad's hands. She got off him and lay next to him. "Ashei that was….. wow. But I mean why? Why like that?" He asked and she looked him in the eyes.
"You may be the King of Hyrule but remember who is in charge between us. Me. It has always been me Shad and it always will be." She told him and he laughed.
"But I can get you caught martialed." He said and she laughed.
"No you can't. " She said and they laughed.

After laying in the bed for a while Shad went to get up but she grabbed his arm and pulled him back down. “Stay” she said and he looked confused.
“But this is yours and Link’s bed” he said and she shrugged.
“We have already screwed in it, just lay with me tonight” she said and he didn’t move.
“We shouldn’t have done what we did” he said.
“I know”
“Why did you…? I mean I know I kinda instigated it and all but like… twice? What about Link?” he asked.
“Shad, I am going to be perfectly honest with you. Link is away and I am super horny and had no one to screw, you just happened to show up right when I needed it.” she told him. “What about you though? Why didn’t you stop me?” she asked and he thought about it.
“I missed our sex” he said and she didn’t know what to say. “Zelda is great, of course she is. Like she is really good at sex but you were a bit less dignified, and I mean that in a nice way, like more wild and less restricted. You seemed more into it” he explained “I mean… also you are super hot Ashei, if you made out with me again now I wouldn’t hesitate”.

They lay together with another long silence. “You cheated on me didn’t you?” he said and she sighed.
“I did. I am sorry” she said.
“It’s fine….” another long paused filled the room “It’s not… can I ask how long for and why?”
“Shad… this isn’t healthy. It was 100% me and not you, I promise. I mean… do you want the painful honest truth? I can tell you why but you won’t benefit from knowing” she told him.
“Please tell me”
“Well I never really wanted to go out with you in the first place. That night that we fucked, I wanted you, I really did. I was horny and you were there and I led you on because you are handsome but also easy. But you took that as a sign that I wanted to be with you, and since you already had a crush on me, I just felt bad, I didn’t want to break your heart because despite my actions, I do deeply care about you. Link is super hot in every sense of the word and since the say I saw him I was attracted to him. I never believed anything would happen between us but I knew I could probably fuck him and that I did. This was when he was dating Zelda by the way, pretty sure she knows that but like you, he wanted someone with more experience, and so did I. Our sex was fine, you were never bad at it but I wanted more and so did he so we naturally were compatible. The rest is history, I broke up with you when we admitted our feelings to each other. From that day on I never thought I would cheat on Link, why would I? But here I am… I think… I think he will understand, I think he’ll be fine because we are not making this a habit” she said. Shad took a deep breath and she awaited his response.
“Thank you for letting me know. I mean, it hurts but at least it is the truth. I guess on my end I was a little clingy. It felt too good to be true, I kinda buried my head and convinced myself you felt the same.”
“And then you married the Queen Shad… come on, that is far better than me” she told him and he smiled.
“She is. Sorry”
“None taken, I have Link and am happy”.
“I can’t be angry though. I have cheated on my wife just now.”
“Are you going to tell her?”
“Should I?”
“Hard to say, it is up to you. I am going to tell Link because I feel he won’t over react and I know he loves me enough too not leave me. But I can’t say what Zelda will do.”
“Well… I will decide later.”

They lay together and eventually fell asleep together in each others arms, naked bodies still connected.

Notes:

If Link can get some then so can Ashei.

There is only going to be one more chapter of this arc but I don't know if it will be done in time because I have aot going on right now. But regardless, expect a break soon.

That you for all the support.

Chapter 95: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 2) Part 30 - A Link to the Present

Summary:

Link and Lyra return to the presenst after their adventure through time.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Ahhh! Ahhhhh! Ahhhhh!" The two moaned as they grinded their bodies together. Ashei was riding Shad's dick once more but this time he was sat up, staring in her eyes, hands on her rocking waist and bucking his hips up to meet her.
"Shad…"
"Ashei…"

Shad gripped her tightly and he lost control, shooting into her. Ashei moaned, closed her eyes and gripped Shad's back.
"AHHHH!" She moaned as she felt herself reach her peak, her orgasm rushing through her body.

They fell next to each other and caught their breath.
"Fuck… that was good, but we can't do this again" Shad said and she smiled.
"I know. It's been fun though". She said to him as she pulled herself out of bed. Shad stared at her naked body as she put her clothes on, the last time he would see it. He got out of her bed after admiring her body for the last time. He walked around and she did as he did, watched him put on his clothes and tuck his penis away to never be seen by her again.
“Will like… everyone at Snowpeak not know we fucked? Like my guards must know I am here because otherwise panic would have broke out looking for me. So err… how will we keep this under wraps? He asked and she laughed.
“Nah, I mean I am sure some will be suspicious but we are old friends and we are both married and you don’t seem like the unfaithful type. I am sure people just assume you slept on the couch. I mean to be fair, if we didn’t fuck you would have” she said and he nodded. “Unless someone was outside that door all night, no one heard us fuck. So don’t worry.”

“I guess you're right. It was truly fantastic, kinda sad we will never get to do this again” he said and she smiled and hugged him tight.
“Glad we are still friends, Shad” she said and he smiled.
“Yeah, me too. You and Link should come to Hyrule Castle sometime for dinner or something. I miss your relentless bullying” he joked and she broke the hug.
“I’ll send my hate mail by hawk” she joked and he laughed.

“Well, I will be off. I will get my books and be on my way” he told her and she crossed her arms.
“I assume we passed the inspection” she said and he shrugged.
“Yeah, I guess. I honestly forgot about that” he said as he opened the door and the frosty air blew inside. Two guards were standing outside and Ashei burst out laughing as Shad let out a huge sigh and strolled out.

 

 

 

Link and Lyra made their way down from the freezing mountains and back across the whole of Hyrule. It was no short trip without horses so they stopped to eat and sleep several times. Link told Lyra stories of his adventures, how he stopped Ganondorf and went to the Twilight Realm and all the monsters he fought. He specifically left out all details about him being a Wolf. He honestly couldn’t bare how often she would make fun of him for that and the questions she would ask. Link was surprised Ashei hadn’t grilled him on the finer details so he always danced around it when referencing the past. Despite the discomfort being a Wolf gave him, he had to admit it would be slightly useful right now to traverse Hyrule because four legs can move faster than two.

They continued across the land and after much time had passed they returned to the Temple of time. It stood in the forest where it was left after the Hero of Time’s last battle. The door had the black and white bubble in it that would take them back to the present day. Link grabbed Lyra’s hand and they stepped through, immediately blinking into the decayed Temple, now known as the Sacred Grove.

“So, we are time travellers, but it is nice to be back to our own time” Link said.
“I just hope a thousand years hasn’t passed” Lyra joked but Link went slightly pale. He didn’t believe that to be the case but he hadn’t considered how time would pass. What if years had passed? He said nothing about his concern because making his daughter panic for no reason was something he for good reason did not want to do.

They made their way to the centre of the Temple, Link and Lyra sat together and meditated like last time, and like last time, Lyra felt her body jerk at the odd sensation of falling despite how still her body was. She opened her eyes to the zen sight of the sacred realm. The hero of time’s image emerged before them and he looked directly at Link.
“We learned a lot. Some you will like and some you will not.” Link said bluntly. The Hero of Time looked down and closed his eyes. “The kid. The kid isn’t mine is he?” The Hero of Time said and Link gulped.
“No. I’m afraid not” he said.
“I see. Did she move on from me or what?” he asked, clearly sad.
“Well you see, it is quite complicated. She was distraught after you died, she wasn’t in a good place and well someone called Victor was there to comfo-”
“Victor!” he said in anger as he glared at Link.
“Yeah.. afraid so. They weren’t a couple or anything, she never remarried but she just… she was lonely”. Link tried to rationalise to him but his fists were clenched. “But before you get too angry at your wife or Victor, you should know that you have two other children” Link told him but Link just looked confused.
“What do you mean?”
“Some foreign Queen and some tribal Woman I think. Forget the names” Link said but the Hero of Time was looking down again.
“Oh…. shit. I was…. I was a 16 year old… I didn’t know what I was doing!” he shouted as he buried his head in his hands. “Oh for fuck sake that is bad. My offspring rule a Kingdom and lead a tribe. Oh no…. What… did Malon tell you or Zelda?” he asked and Link sighed.
“Malon told us but both obviously knew. Clearly Malon was shocked but I think it helped her feel a little less guilty about her and Victor.”

“What’s the good news?” he asked and Link smiled. “Your son goes on adventures and is Mayor of Ordon Village, your daughter, Saria I believe has had a child and your other daughter is dating some handsome youngman apparently. I met your son and one daughter. He is nice, I didn’t tell him about you, but I passed on your message to Malon. She missed you a lot obviously, life is hard but she doesn’t blame you, I know she doesn’t, she was happy she got to let you know this.” Link explained as the Hero of Time wept. “Zelda misses you too. She loves you.” He told him, sparing his own personal details with the Queen.

“Thank you, Hero of Twilight. Did you find what you were looking for?” he asked Lyra.
“Well your wife didn’t know which of your kids we descended from. I mean only one of your kids had a kid themselves but who knows if any did later on. But we met my mothers side of the family. They knew you apparently, they were a couple called Morgan and Val” she said and the Hero of Time looked shocked.
“Morgan is your ancestor? And Val? I mean I barely knew her but Morgan was a good man.” he said.
“Well you seem to have inspired her greatly, she spoke highly of your one encounter. She said you had a lame Hookshot” Lyra said and the Hero of Time cracked a smile.
“That is her alright”.

“When I die will I end up here, with all the other Heroes?” Link asked and the Hero of Time nodded.
“Yeah, what you see is kind of a mortal visual of our afterlife, it is too complicated for anyone living to understand but essentially yes, you will become one with all our past lives.” The Hero of Time said.
“Well, when that time comes, we can share more stories”
“Better than that, our memories become one, so I will be able to my wife through your eyes one last time” he said but Link gulped.
“Oh…” he said and Lyra looked at him and the Hero of Time looked at him.
“What…?” The Hero of Time asked and Link shook his head.
“Nothing… I guess you will see when I did, and I hope that is a long time away. Hopefully I die of old age and get to see grandkids or whatever” he said changing the subject.
“I hope so too. Well until then, good luck hero of Twilight” he said as the Sacred Realm fell away revealing the quiet sacred grove once more.

 

The two essentially walked the distance they had already once travelled but longer due to the casms and canyons that had formed over the centuries between time periods.The two eventually made their way across Hyrule quicker this time as Link whistled for a Horse. They made it to Zora’s Domaain and from there made their way up the mountain where home was in sight. Lyra appreciated the walk despite complaining a lot. She got to see how her home had changed over the centuries. The Guards let them through without any words and Link went to find his wife.

She was standing in the courtyard, training the guards but stopped what she was doing when her husband and Daughter walked in. She ran up to him and kissed him.
"Welcome back, how was your adventures in the past?" She asked and Lyra grinned.
"It was amazing. Our great, great, great something grandmother was from Syrule and came to Hyrule with a prince who turned out to be evil so she helped the old hero and Queen to stop him. That guy is the reason…"
"Okay Lyra. I want to hear all about it but later on. I want you to go into more detail and we can't do that here and now. Can't wait to explain it all to me though" she told her daughter as she crouched and kissed her forehead.

She stood up and looked Link in the eyes. "I have something we need to talk about in private" she said in a low, serious voice.
"So do I" he said and she nodded.

They stood in the middle of their room. Ashei ran her hands through her hair, she didn't know how to say what she wanted.
"Link, I…. When you were gone I did something really stupid." She said and Link felt guilty, how could she have done something worse than him.
"So did I Ashei.." he told her but she shook her head.
"But what I did … What I did could ruin our family. It was dumb and I regret it and…" she said but Link stepped forward.
"Did you cheat on me?" He asked and she let out a small nod. "Thank God!" He said and she turned and looked confused. "I mean… I cheated on you so we are both guilty then" he said.

"You cheated on ME?" She asked confused. "With who?" He looked down.
"The Queen of Hyrule"... He said and she laughed.
"The Queen of Hyrule from centuries ago! Well shit, I can't even be mad at that, I would too" she said and he put his arms on his hips.
"What about you?" He asked and she looked down.
"Shad…" she said. Link walked over to her.
"Why?"
"I was lonely and horny and he came round to collect some books and I mean… we just did" she said.

Link hugged her and she hugged him.
"I love you Ashei. What I did was out of lust but when I am with you I feel…. Well I feel love. I could never let something like this part us" he told her.
"Link, I love you too. I mean, I would rather it was with you. Was it .. was it at least good sex?" She joked and he laughed.
"Oh the Queen was wild" he said and she bit her lip.
"Do I have to step up my game?"
"If I lie and say she was better than you then will we have even better sex?"
"Oh yes."
"Then man…. The Queen was sooo much better than you. Our sex so far has been nothing…. How was that?"
"You over sold it but I am still gonna fuck you."

Ashei was first to pull at his clothes but people were always more equipped to strip themselves than someone else so she soon surrendered the urge to see him naked in a hurry when he began pulling his own clothes off. She mirrored his movements however, pulling her sweater over her head and revealing her bra to him. He was already shirtless and despite being married for a over a decade, he still gaped at her body.

They stepped closer and his hands gripped her arse through the tight red trousers, earning a grin of approval as she pushed her hand onto his inflated crotch. She stepped out of her boots but kept her eyes fixed on his. Link groaned but said nothing, only releasing one hand from her arse and moving to her bra strap, clipping it off, a skill he proudly used at every opportunity, and then watched as the black garment fell to the floor.

His now free hand went to where Ashei had guessed it would wander and sighed as his touch. As he squeezed her right breast she grinned wider while keeping the pressure on his crotch. "We have an issue" she said "You have to actually let go of one of the two things you are groping to pull my pants down… but I have a free hand."

Link smiled as her hand grabbed his hand and began pulling his trousers down. When one hand proved clumsy, she released her grip of his crotch and pulled his trousers down along with his boxers, letting his dick spring free. "Has it missed me?" She asked with a smile and he nodded.
"Oh it has. It didn't know where it was recently, but it will be glad to be back in familiar grounds" he joked before releasing a groan from his mouth. Her hand grazed it gently before grabbing it harder and then pulling on it.

Link groaned and gripped her tighter like a reflex triggered automatically by her touch. She massaged it well, gripped tightly but not too tightly and rubbed her hand back and forth. Ashei remembered as a teenager she believed married couples would get bored of each other but her young self couldn't have been more wrong as she never tired of her husbands dick, still to this day it made her mouth water and she tingled at the knowledge of what she knew how this thing made her feel.

But of course Link was no different. As his brain was being flooded by wonderful sensations he struggled to focus but managed to get himself together and finally pull down her pants.
"Took you long enough" she whispered into his ear, sending another ripple through his body.
"You are just so damn distracting" he responded through a raspy breath. He grabbed her boob once more but his other hand wandered down to her womanhood and he ran his fingers over the sensitive area.

"Mmm" she let out as he slid one finger inside her and began pleasuring her. He then proceeded to slip a second finger into her and rub it thumb over the sensitive bud of nerves. Her legs shook, finding it hard to stand, Link learning this when one hand gripped his shoulder.

Link smiled and then removed his hands from her pleasure centres and placed them on her shoulder, before she could protest however he forced her backwards onto their bed and pushed his hands back where they belong. She gasps in delight, hands forced into a clenched fist around the bed sheets.
“I am gonna make you drenched” Link says in a raspy voice but before he could lower his head she grabbed a hold of it. With desperte eyes she stared back.
“But I am hungry too” she told him, a few seconds past as Link processed her words but eventually swivelling his body round to offer his rock hard member to her mouth. Before he got to business however she licked his shaft and wrapped her lips around him, forcing an involuntary shudder through his body.

Ashei sucked his dick with gusto and Link tried to regain some control over himself. He took a deep breath before lowering his head between her legs, forcing Ashei to gurgle a moan out of her dick filled mouth. His tongue continues to pass over her clit, causing a noticeable squeeze of her thighs each time and each time it encourages Link even more.

The couple pleasured each other, both of them were wet and in bliss but wanting more, no, needing more. “Link…. I need you…” Ashei pleaded after releasing his dick from her mouth. Link swivelled around to look her in the eyes while shoving his fingers deep into her. “Ahhh… Link…”
“You like that?” he teased but all she could do was nod. “That wasn’t clear enough” he continued and she squirmed beneath him. A hand reached for her breast, giving the mound a pleasurable squeeze. Ashei’s body begged for him to fill her but her mouth was unable to use its words.
“I need….” she gasped but good Link’s attention.
“What do you need?” he joked and she wanted to scowl but her face wouldn’t allow it.
“I want…. I…. mmmm” she was cut off by him speeding up the thrust of his fingers. She grabbed his shoulders with her strong hands and looked into his eyes. “I need you Link!” she finally expressed but Link just smirked.
“How about you show me what you want” he told her and too that, Ashei lost all patience and flipped him onto his back, forcing his hands down to his side and she impaled herself on his dick.

“You can be quite insufferable, you know that right?” she told him as she took in the sensation of being filled. It always felt good when you got it after begging.
“Well… you can’t stay mad at me with how good I am”. She started rolling her hips fast, keeping his hands pinned where they were.
“You cheated on me, I can stay as mad as I want”
“You cheated on me too”
“You cheated first”
“How would you know that?”
“It was centuries ago!” she shouted in pleasure as she rode his dick.
“Arguable you did worse, you fucked your ex… someone from our time!” Link shouted.
“And you screwed a dead Woman”
“When you say it like that it sounds bad…”
“It is bad Link… FUCK! Sooooo bad” she writhed.

Link freed his hands and sat up and kissed her hard. He pulled her body tight against his own and rocked as hard as he could. He broke this kiss.
“You know I fucking love you right?” he said in pleasure.
“I do… I know…” she said, a sense of sadness in her voice.
“Then what is it?” he asked and she stopped her rocking.
“I just feel betrayed but it is stupid because I did the same thing. I feel bad because I liked it…” she admitted and Link nodded.
“I feel the same… But Ashei…” Link said, holding tightly to her lower back. “I have never had any urges for anyone else since we got together. I messed up, so did you but I want no one else” he told her.
“Not even Telma?” she joked and he smirked.
“Well maybe we can invite her round for a threesome” he joked back and she laughed.

Ashei slowly started rocking her hips, this time more slow and loving rather than fast and passionate. She hummed at their steady pace, both enjoying being close.
“You’re amazing…” she whispered lowly and he kissed her softly. “What did I do to deserve the honour of such an amazing husband” she joked and he chuckled as he pushed his hands down to her rear.
“You gave me a blowjob at Hyrule Castle, that’s what” he joked and she smiled.
“I should have done it when we first met. I could have been your first” she told him.
“Nah, you can’t start out that high. I needed to experience worse to appreciate you so much more”
“But you told me your first was really good”
“Yeah but then there was like Ilia and… I mean Zelda was fine but compared to you…”
“Wow, flattering. Good to know I am better than Royalty. But why are we discussing ex’s when you are balls deep inside me?” she asked with a nice movement of her hips.
“Because…” he moaned “I am expressing how much I appreciate my gorgeous wife”
“Then show her how much you appreciate her!”

With that. Link flipped her onto her back and thrust in hard and she gasped. “LINK!” she said in surprise and then arched her back as he began fucking her fast.
“AGHHH ASHEI!” he groaned “I adore you so much!”
“I know! I do too!”
“You're amazing!”
“So are you! Your soo good! You are sooo…. AHHHHH…. Hylia! You are so good Link!”
“AHHH” Link groaned as he relentlessly fucked her. Their hair was messy, their bodies sweating and slapping together in blissful delight and their breaths were pitched and high from the ecstasy of love.

Nails suddenly dug into Link’s back as Ashei tightened around him.
“Oh Gods Link! I can’t! I am …. Oh Link!” she called out but Link didn’t slow or falter, he continued his amazing pace. Ashei screamed as she came, her body flooding in euphoria and clamping around her husband. She expected Link to blow his load any second but as those seconds moved on he didn’t slow. “How are you…. Ahhh…. How are you doing this?” she asked in surprise, looking into his hungry, focused eyes.

Ashei falls back and takes the stamina of Link, his thrusts hard and joyful and unwilling to let her orgasm subside. She pants heavily, exhausted but enthralled. A few minutes of this and Link groans.
“Haa…. HAAAA….. HYAAAAA!” he growls in a pleasured roar. Ashei feels him throb and she feels her floodgates reopen. She screams as Link spasms into her uncontrollably, with his mind a buzz.

As his body calms from the sensational high, he regains his thoughts and his breath. “Ashei…” is all he says as he falls next to her exhausted.
“Link….” she responds. A long pause fills the room “What… what was that?” she asks.
“I dunno what came over me but I just felt an adrenaline rush and used all my energy to fuck you” he explained with little gasps of air in between.
“Link…I have never experienced anything like that. You made me cum twice…” she said in disbelief.
“Well shit. Now I am gonna have to figure out how to top that”.

Notes:

Despite the odds I got this chapter out on time!

Yeah, did get a comment about someone wanting to see the fall out of Link and Ashei and while I get that, it was never a thing I planned and future chapter kinda depend on them being together. But this the end of an arc and there are more chapter to come but despite me saying this all the time, there might be a break. Not sure.

Chapter 96: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 31 - All grown up

Summary:

The Begining of the third and final arc of the Twilight Princess Aftermath!

What changes have occured over the five years.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Lyra got to go on a special Adventure when she was a year old than us, are we going to get to go back in time?" Carlos asked as Link sat eating his breakfast. His eyes were half shut from exhaustion. Ashei sighed as she realised Link wasn't listening.
"Probably not, sorry. I mean you would have been if you were old enough but you weren't and your Dad can't really go back, can you?" She said, directing her question at her husband. "Can you?" She said louder as she threw the crust of hee toast at his face, snapping out of his daydream.
"Wha?" He asked.
"Carlos said we want to go back in time like Lyra did but Mum said we can't" Tom explained and Link looked at Ashei and then back at his kids.
"She is right, I can't really take you back in time. But I can take you so the Sacred Grove to meet my past life, how does that sound?" Link asked and Tom looked excited but Carlos crossed his arms.
"Why does Lyra get all the fun!" Carlos sulked as he stormed out the room, passing Lyra on the way out.

"What fun do I get?" The Eighteen Year Old Girl asked as she boiled the kettle.
"Time travel" Tom said and she shrugged.
"Far enough. It was pretty great." She said as she leaned against the counter.
"Yeah but I haven't travelled in time and I don't sulk" Ashei said.
"I would have" Lyra said as she poured the cup of tea.
"Please Lyra, don't encourage him. Can you stop bragging about it? You are making him jealous" Ashei asked but Lyra just stared at her mother as she joined them at the table.
"Tom doesn't seem to mind…" she said as she put her arm around her little brother.
"I mean I am jealous, but also I know nothing will change my sulking about it so what's the point?" Tom explained and Lyra grinned.
"See, he doesn't mind!" She said and Ashei just sighed.

The family had breakfast without Carlos, he was off sulking somewhere. Link thought at 12 he was a bit old to act that way and wondered if he had spoiled him or perhaps spoiled Lyra. He understood she got to have a one in a life time experience but he simply couldn't offer that too his twin boys.

"Mum! Dad! Colin is here!" Carlos suddenly shouted from somewhere down a corridor.
"Let him in!" Link called back and moments later Colin joined them at the table.
"Guys have you heard? I just heard from my Dad. Malo and my sister are getting married". Colin said in shock and Link sat up.
"Really…. Guess your future Nephew or Niece will be born into wealth." Link said but Colin didn't smile.
"It's weird. Malo always bothered me. He was creepy and when we were captured he set up a business… ever since he has been strange. "
"Malo is undeniably strange but are you concerned for your sister? I wouldn't be. I feel like Malo must see something in her. Like why wouldn't he marry someone rich? " Link asked and Colin shrugged. "Are we invited to the wedding?" Link asked and Colin again shrugged.
"Can't say for sure but I would hope so. You saved his life, you saved Hyrule, you are a Lord. You tick all the boxes" he said.
"Well… it should be interesting. Hold on, how old even is Isla? Is she even old enough to get married?” Link asked and Colin stared.
“Link, she was born when I was kidnapped, that was 19 years ago” Colin said and Link spat out some tea.
“19 years ago? That can’t be ri…. Oh. It has been 19 years….” Link said having a moment of existential crisis.

“Yeah, everyone is all grown up now. We are no longer the kids from Ordon. We are all married and have kids of our own, Malo being the exception.”Colin said leaning against a table.
“Who was that ex that you ditched?” Ashei said and Link sighed.
“Ilia”
“Yeah, does she have a kid?”
“Yeah, her son is 4 now. Her husband took over from my Dad and she is now Mayor of Ordon Village” Colin explained.
“Yeah… she hates me, I don’t really blame her. But I am glad she is happy because I do regret how I treated her” Link admits and Colin shrugs.
“I don’t blame you Link, how boring would your life have been if you had stayed in Ordon. I took my chance like you and left. Ordon is nice but it is far from the life of excitement.” Colin said.
“Rustl had an interesting life” Ashei said but Colin smirked.
“Yeah, because his job involved leaving Ordon”
“Touche”

 

 

"Haaahh! Oh! Fuck me Robert! Yes!" Ilia screamed as her husband was thrusting into her with speed. He was great at it and knew had to make his wife beg. She gripped his back tight with one hand while the other curled in the bed sheets. "I am going to…. Ahhh. I am close" she cried out as he pulsed inside her.
"Iliaaaahhh" he moaned as he spilled into his wife.

They lay and moaned, catching their breaths. Eventually Rob pulled himself out of bed too head for the shower. He showed, shaved and then stepped out into the hallway where he noticed a letter sitting on his doormat. He slowly wandered over to it and picked it up.

The writing was neat and the envelope was crisp, white and made of some rich looking paper. He takes it to his room and Ilia is sitting up pulling her clothes on.
“This is for you” he said, handing the envelope over to her then watching her examine it just as he had done prior. She opened it, Rob feeling it is a shame to ruin such a nicely folded envelope.
“Huh..” she says quietly.
“Huh?” he questions and she looks at him.
“We are going to a wedding”

 

 

 

Like Link had expected, his invitation to the wedding arrived so he, Ashei and the kids were invited. Link knew him, Ashei and probably Lyra were probably going to get drunk and felt apprehensive about bringing the twelve year old twins but Ashei knew they wouldn’t shut up complaining about it if they didn’t go so she decided to allow it. Colin, Luda, and their 8 year old son Nate were invited alongside all of Colin and Luda’s extended family, including Telma, Renardo and Lucas. The villagers from Ordon were invited but also rich folk that Malo had come into contact with over the years.

The date rolled around fast and Link and his family headed down to Castle Town with Colin’s family for the ceremony. As they say in the church of Hyrule Castle Town Link realised he had no idea what Isla even looked like, he hadn’t seen her since she was a kid and he also had no idea what Malo looked like as an adult, last time he saw him was Colin’s wedding and that was…. Well it was a while ago now.

Link soon learned when Malo came out in long fancy robes, his head still slightly chubby but with a head full of hair. He still was creepy. Isla looked like her mother, short blonde hair, fairly thin but pretty. Link found weddings boring, his own was exciting to him but he just came for respect and the party. He liked meeting people he hadn’t seen in many years but the actual ceremony was a bore to him.

But Link sat threw the boredom and Malo and Isla were officially married. This marriage would be seen as normal if the Twilight Invasion had never taken place and Malo had remained in Ordon, in fact, it would be expected. But the fact that Malo was a rich millionaire that had little to do with Ordon was the surprising thing. Link didn’t even know why Malo had any connections to Isla.

After the ceremony the party took place at Telma’s Bar, hardly classy but Malo insisted and his rich associates begrudgingly went along with it. Link was quick to the bar, as was Ashei but it was Lyra that decided to be a little more responsible and not drink too heavily and instead introduce her brothers to some people they may not have met.

“Hi Link” he hears from behind and turns to see Ilia standing with a little girl and a man by her side.
“Ilia, hi. It’s been a while” he said a little awkwardly.
“I’m Rob, nice to meet you sir” Rob says offering a hand shake and Link accepts it.
“Please, just call me Link.”
“This is Kate, Kate this is Link, he once saved Hyrule” Ilia says to the shy daughter. Link smiled and bent down to her height.
“I used to live in Ordon Village where you are from. When you learn to swim, make it down the river, you might find my secret den from when I was your age” Link said and Ilia frowned.
“Secret den?” she asked
“Yeah, it was a secret”
“I was never invited.”
“No girls allowed… back then. Times have changed.” he said and she rolled her eyes.

Rob took his daughter and left and Ilia hugged Link, he was shocked. “Ilia?” he said in a concerned voice.
“I am sorry Link” she told him and he frowned.
“What for?” She broke the hug and looked into his eyes.
“I never got to tell you I forgive you and for that we have never talked for a long long time” she said and he smiled.
“Ilia I treated you unfairly, you shouldn’t apologise” he told her but she shook her head.
“You told me you were sorry and I forgive you, I couldn’t back then because I was hurt but I want you to know that I have moved on and I wish we could have remained friends. I do miss you” she explained.

Link smiled and hugged her tightly.
“Thank you Ilia. I miss you too. We have both got on with our lives, we are married, we have kids… I am just glad you are happy” he told her. She stepped back and smiled.
“Kid. Singular. The second one is still cooking” she said, earning a confused stare from Link until it clicked.
“Oh. Congratulations” he said and she shushed him.
“Actually… I haven’t told Rob yet. It is his birthday soon and I was gonna spring the news then. Weird to say you are the first to know”
“Well, I am honoured. Well, I don’t have a lot of free time but maybe we can all arrange to meet up in Kakariko Village someday, get to talk more.” Link tells her and she smiles.
“I would like that.”

As Ilia left to rejoin her husband and daughter, lying about her reasons for not drinking, Link looked around to find a new talking partner, that is when his eyes met Malo’s. Malo walked towards Link, not taking his beady eyes off of him, like he was locked on. Link just stood there as Malo approached.

“Thank you for coming to my wedding Lord Link, it is an honour” he said with a bow but Link scratched his head.
“C’mon, you have known me your whole life, we don’t need formal titles.” Link said and Malo nodded.
“Did I ever thank you all those years ago for saving us?” Malo asked and Link shook his head.
“I don’t know, it was hectic and a lot went down. But it is assumed, you don’t need to now”.
“But I want to. You are responsible for the life I lead, partially. You helped my empire expand. You also bought that 999 Rupee Magic Armour.”
“And it came in useful. I made my way through a cave called the Cave or Ordeals. Couldn’t have done it without that armour.” Link said “But it is weird because I think back to the Twilight Invasion and everything that went down and I remember it being a bad time, it was something terrible that happened across all of Hyrule. But I wouldn’t change it for the world because so much good has come from it. I met my wife, I have my kids, the life I lead is all thanks to a tragedy. I guess the same could be said about you” Link said and Malo looked down.
“I agree, except I would have met Isla regardless and probably ended up with her” Malo told him.
“Very true, but you wouldn’t be rich”.

Malo gazed at him.
“Do you know why I married Isla?” Malo said and Link looked puzzled.
“I would assume because you love her”
“Well yes, but beyond that. You see I live in Castle Town and I have money and power and am desired. I am under no illusions about my appearance, I don’t see myself as a handsome man but yet girls fall into my lap. It isn’t hard for someone like me to marry the finest model in all of Hyrule. But that isn’t love, that is people who want my money. I frequently head back to Ordon Village to see my Parents and Brother, they see me differently now and that isn’t a bad thing, it is to be expected, but Isla… she doesn’t understand wealth. All she knew was Ordon Village and despite having some vague understanding of what the world outside of Ordon is like and what wealth truly means, she has never lived it or seen it. We got along well because she liked me for the person I am. She knew I was different but she didn’t understand for a long time why I was different. We started dating and I took her outside of Ordon for the first time and she was blown away, overwhelmed in fact. She actually hated the life I had, the attention, the busyness and the chaos around it all. It was too much for her. So we went back to Ordon and focused on us. We truly loved each other but couldn’t live each other's lives. It was a problem we had to overcome together. We settled on living in Castle Town but living in a normalish place, not too small, not too big. Obviously I have money and wealth and can buy whatever I like but we buy what we need with a few luxuries, all I really need is her. I know how you all see me, you all think I am strange and I am, life is too short to care about yourself, I want to care about everyone else, my wife most of all”.

Link was shocked at the speech that just came out of the mouth of Malo. He smiled and thought about what to say.
“Wow. I mean… that was a lot to unpack. But I understand completely. I am going to be completely honest, I did think you were a bit of an odd one. You were overly smart beyond your years and you still are, you are far more intelligent than you have any right to be and you never really talked all that much, which was a strange combo. I never really knew what to expect from you. But I feel I understand you so much more now. Malo, you should talk more, you should let people know how you feel” Link said.
“Hmm, perhaps you are right. Can I ask you Link, what do you make of the wealth you have?” Malo asked and Link took a step back.
“Well I am not as rich as you but from my position I am well off but I feel like I fully earned all of that. I mean a lot of it was treasure I found during my adventure but a lot of it is a well paying job I earned by you know… saving Hyrule. I live in a big house, a big house that me and Ashei cleaned from Monsters and rebuilt and restored. But it also houses a few families and knights. I am not materialistic, I don’t have any sentimental value towards objects, maybe a few things I picked up over my adventures but nothing bought. I don’t spoil my kids and they have to work hard for things. I understand I am more fortunate than others but I earned my life. I was originally content living as a farmer in Ordon for my whole life but now… I don’t think I could.”
“It sounds like our lives aren't too different. I mean I am never in danger and I cannot swing a sword to save my life but in terms of what we value, we are in the same boat.” Malo told him.
“It seems that way,” Link said.

“Malo!” Isla shouted from across the room and he turned.
“I best be going, goodbye Link” he said and walked off. Link took a deep breath.
“Wow.” he said to himself and walked right back to the bar.

 

The party comes to a close and Link and Ashei are quite drunk. Lyra takes the Ocarina of Winds from Link and orders everyone to hold hands. She plays the tune and they all warp back to Snowpeak. There was no way they were navigating the snowy mountain with two twelve year olds and two drunk adults. Lyra also makes sure the twins are in bed before making it to bed herself. Link however pushes his wife against the door to their room and begins stripping their clothes off in a hurry.

Link thrusts his dick into her, earning a moan and begins to fuck her against the door. Ashei calls his name in pleasure as he bucks his hips. At some point they make it to their bed where Link does her from behind. He rocks her hips into him fast and then groans as he cums, pouring his seed into her. Ashei moans loudly as Link flips her onto her back and begins to kiss her.

Notes:

The third and final arc has begun. Sorry for the long wait, it wasn't because I was writing this as this chapter and several others were wrote long ago, but to be honest, have just been too busy to want to comit to releasing these weekly again. But I think I can handle that again. The first six chapters are 100% complete so I can at least handle six weeks.

I also changed the title of the last title from "Return to the Present" to "A Link to the Present" as I just came up with it and I like that title more.

Chapter 97: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 32 - The Attack from the North

Summary:

Peace goes to choas quick. Can they overcome the dire situation?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link lay in bed cuddling his naked wife. He was comfy and so was she and it was expected to be a slow day after all the partying at Malo’s Wedding.

Lyra lay in bed asleep, passed out from the tiredness and planned on staying in bed all day.

Tom and Carlos were up. They were always awake and the crack of dawn but stayed in their room. Tom was carving a sword out of wood while Carlos bent the lid of a bin into a shield.

Colin had remained in Castle Town and him and his family were planning on returning back up to Snowpeak within the day.

Connor was awake in his room, doing what eighteen year old boys do when alone in their room.

Yeto was mixing some soup together while Yeta sat by the fire.

Guards patrolled the walls like always, on a shift but nothing to report as usual.

Knights trained in the courtyards where they honed their skills to become true knights of Hyrule. Ashei always said that the elites learn in the bitter tough north and was brutal to them. Her approach didn’t make her popular in the moment but she garnered results, forging the best Knights Hyrule would see and many of them would end up by the Queens side.

SMASH!

The whole Mansion shook with a massive force as the main tower in the centre of the fort was hit.
SMASH!

Another force and the roof partially caved in.

Lyra’s plans were dashed, she was up and throwing her tunic on to investigate. Priority number one was to find the cause and then make sure her family are alright. She ran out into a corridor and her Brothers stepped out of their rooms with their makeshift gear.
“Stay in your rooms until we know what is going on” Lyra told them firmly.
“What is it?” Tom asked, scared.
“I don’t know, just, stay here” she said as she ran off.

The Boys returned to their rooms and Carlos began putting on some sensible clothes.
“What are you doing?” Tom asked.
“Preparing for battle!” Carlos said as he grabbed a wooden sword he had made earlier.
“But Lyra said..”
“I know. But she isn’t in charge.” Carlos said as he ran out the room.
“Wait for me Carlos!” Tom shouted as he chased his brother.

Conor found his parents who looked relieved to see him.
“Thank God you are oka…”
SMASH!
The wall between Conor and his parents exploded open and Conor fell back, coughing away all the debris.
“SON!” His Mother called.
“I am okay!” he shouted through the wreckage.
“We are fine too! Just… hang tight, we will find a way to reach you!” His Dad called.

“YETA!” Yeto shouted as he ran to his wife.
“Yeta fine.” she spoke as calm as ever. Yeto growled, and turned to the door and left.

The Guards were stunned. Some looked out into the snow to find the cause, some helped some people out of the collapsed wall and other stared at the caved in parts of the central tower in shock.

The Knights were prepared and weapons were being collected. Cannons were being loaded and archers were manning the walls. No one knew what had happened or where the explosions had came from.

 

 

“Ashei…. Ashei…. Are you alright?” Link groaned as her held up an incredible strength of the caved in roof with the Hylian shield he grabbed last minute. Ashei was cut up like Link but she spat out some blood.
“Yeah, I am fine. Never expected to see my Husband stand over me naked with a sheild but here we are” she managed to joke.
“Ashei, I am going to need you to find out stuff because if I move, we are dead” he said as his arm strained against the weight. She nodded and crawled through the wreckage. Their bed was demolished which made it easier to find her armour and Link’s tunic that he had lazily disgraded next to it last night. She put her clothes on and then threw Link’s clothes over to him. She put her armour on, not bothering with the straps and returned to Link. “Ashei.. Can you take this weight?” he asked and she nodded.
“Please, I need you to understand how heavy this is” he said in desperation. She looked serious.
“I can Link, I will”.

Link and Ashei swapped hold of the shield and Ashei pushed against it with all her might. Fuck it was a lot. Without the Shield they would both be dead. Link hurried in putting on his clothes and then strapped his sword to his back and took back the shield. “Okay, Link. How do we get out of this?” she asked and he frowned.
“I think if we can clear a path to the door we can….”
SMASH!

Lyra made it atop a wall and saw the caved in roof of her parents quarters. She gasped in horror as she ran towards it, pushing past all the other guards and knights who were busy trying to figure out what was going on. She ran up the stone steps and pulled open the door. Rocks fell out, some landing on her foot but she ignored the pain, looking in horror at the wreckage blocking her view.
“Mam! Dad!” she shouted at the top of her lungs. Nothing. “DAD!” she screamed again as loud as she could.
“Lyra…. We’re….. Fine….” she heard her dad's low voice reply.
“Are you hurt?” she called through.
“Well…. Nothing serious but we are stuck. I am laying ontop of your mother and holding up all this with my shield so err… if you would be so kind as to find a way to get us out that would be great” Link responded.
“Dad… how do I… What do I do?” she asked and there was a silence.
“What I have taught you Lyra, think outside the box. Find a solution.” he said.

Lyra took a step back and looked at the chaos erupting in Snowpeak. She wasn’t interested in what the soldiers had started fring at, she was solely focused on saving her parents. She thought hard, was was strong enough to get through this….. She got it. She ran down the steps and back into the Mansion.

 

Conor walked to his window and climbed out. He looked down and it was a drop into the snowy abyss. He braced himself and thought about how he could climb onto the top of the wall. He could, he knew he could, but if the Mansion was hit whilst climbing he didn't know if he would be able to maintain his grip.

He climbed back inside and found a dusty old rope, tying one end around him tightly and one end to his bed. If he fell hopefully it would break his fall but he didn't plan on falling. He climbed back out his window and up the wall.

 

"Yeto!" Lyra shouted as the big Yeti turned to her. "I need your help. My Mam and Dad, they are trapped under rubble. You need to help pull them out!" Lyra shouted and the Yeti's eyes grew wide.
"Uh! Yeto help! Where is little guy?" He asked with concern.
"His room, come on!" She ordered and Yeto ran after her.

 

"Link….I love you so goddamn much" Ashei groaned under the pressure of his body pressing tightly down. "When we survive this I am going to fuck your brains out" she groaned.
"Ashei please…. Don't distract me. Honestly I don't know how much longer I can hold this…" he groaned.

SMASH!

"AAHH!" Ashei screamed in pain as the wreckage shifted.
"ASHEI!" Link shouted.
"I'm alive… just my foot is… well, it's not going to be used for a while that's for sure." She groaned.
"Ashei… hold on in there so can deliver on your promise" he groaned.

There was a low rumble and suddenly the pain on her foot shifted, a weight being lifted from them.
"Little guy!" Yeto called as he dug through the rubble, pulling it away.
"Here!" Link called as he could feel the weight ease away. A crack of light appeared and then Yeto's face peered through a gap. Link lowered the shield and pulled himself out of the gap, he offered a hand to Ashei who grabbed it and was pulled out. They wasted no time exiting the collapsing room.

"Mam, Dad!" Lyra shouted as she hugged her parents tightly. Ashe sat on a rock and Link leaned against the door, his arms by his side exhausted.
"Knew you could find the right help Lyra. Thank you Yeto." Link said. "But what the hell is going on?" Link asked and Lyra shook her head.
"I don't know. I think we are under attack but I don't know by who".
"Your brothers?" Ashei asked and Lyra smiled.
"In their rooms" Lyra assured her.

"Okay, I need a crutch and a bow, Link, find out what is happening and maintain some order around here. Lyra, come with me, I'll need your help and Yeto, are you willing to fight?" Ashei asked and he nodded.
"Sounds like a plan." Link said as he ran off down the stairs.

 

Through the chaos Tom and Carlos were out of their depth and had hid away in a small room. To tell the truth, Tom had insisted and Carlos stood by the door and planned on defending the room.
"What are you doing?" Carlos asked as Tom wrote on some paper.
"I have seen Dad do this before, writing for help. You attach this too a bird and send it off to the Castle for backup." He said as he rolled the paper into a tube and tied some string around it. He walked to the window and opened it, letting out a whistle. A few moments of nothing but the howling wind. But then a Hawk swooped down onto the windowsill. Tom attached the paper to its foot and showed it away.
"You think that will work?" Carlos asked as Tom shut the window.
"I hope so"

 

"What the hell is going on?" Link asked some knights.
"Lord Link… we are under attack by someone with great fire power and they know the snow well, it is a logical conclusion to make that they are from the North and attempting to invade Hyrule, this being their clearest goal. We have determined they are down in the snowy valley based on the trajectory of their attacks but we are unable to see them through the snow. My guess would be they are not exclusively down there as that would be a bad strategy so they are likely positioned on the surrounding mountains." He told Link. Link just stood there and thought.
"Do we have an accurate guess as to their position in the valley?" Link asked and the General nodded.
"Not perfect but we have a reasonable guess".
"Great, I want you to create an avalanche on top of them" Link told him.
"But Lord, surely they have considered this" he said and Link smiled.
"Maybe they were banking on us thinking that. No harm in trying " .

 

Ashei hobbled through Snowpeak with her arm around Lyra for support. She had her rapier with her but felt she would be more useful in her current position with a bow. Lyra had her own sword and a small shield attached to her arm. Suddenly, an arm came over the wall and Connor pulled himself up. Lyra let go of her mother and ran to pull him up.
"What the hell are you doing?" She yelled and he rolled onto his back.
"This was the only way out of my room. I was trapped. Being on the West side of Snowpeak I felt vulnerable sitting in my room" he told her, out of breath. She pulled him up and returned the attention to her mother.

They hobbled on and Connor followed them. "So what is going on?" He asked and Lyra shrugged.
"We are under attack, we don't know by who but my Dad is figuring that out. But we need a plan and fast." They passed the twins' room and the door was open."No, no, no! Stupid boys!" Lyra yelled as she scanned the room.
"I thought you said they were in their room!" Ashei said with a rare look of panic on her face.
"They were! I told them to stay!" Lyra shouted.
"I'll find them." Connor said and they both looked at him. "You both seem to be doing something, I will find them, make sure they are safe" he said with determination on his face.
"Connor… thank you!" Lyra said and Ashei looked into his eyes and nodded.

 

"FIRE!" A general roared. Several cannon blasts shook the fort but soon the mountains straight after. The snow shook and fell in giant clumps, falling into the fog and mist. As Link looked down for any signs of life an arrow whizzed by his head. He looked forward and saw one heading straight for his face but his fast reflexes fortunately saved him with a well timed parry. He kept his shield raised as arrows flurried all around. Link saw the General and other men go down to the attack and cursed under his breath.
"Everyone take cover!" He shouted despite that fact being the only logical conclusion.

As the surviving forces on the wall ducked behind the battlements, Link peered up and saw where the arrows were coming from and he hated what he saw. An army of… a lot, stood where the snow was. Somehow, an army has dug under the snow they had knocked off. They had planned for this, despite that, it did seem like some forces were sacrificed to this strategy as the assault from below had stopped.

The bell at the front of the fort rang and Link looked over. He could make out the faint white outlines marching up to the front gates. An army of Chilfos. They were met with an assault of arrows which took out the majority and the remaining had tk be dealt with manually. This was easy enough but this would only hold for so long.

The Bulbins stood and fired from the walls with little concern for their own life and King Bulbin Charged out on his Hog and slashed through them. Link turned to the back of the fort where grappling hooks being lodged into the walls came into view. Bokoblins climbed the ropes and Knights slashed them down.

Link felt out of his depth, his army needed direction but he was overwhelmed. So far the enemy had thought this through and used their strategies against them. All this and the enemy was still unknown.

 

Ashei had a bow and she stood with a crutch. She felt angry that she had allowed her injuries to slow herself down and become a burden, but since she knew this, she knew she should stay back and fight from a distance.
"Mam I am going to leave you now, I am checking on Dad, okay?" She asked and her Mother nodded.
"Be safe". Was all she said as the 18 year old ran out the door.

She ran across the walls and slashed a Bokoblin in half, kicked one off the room and then kicked off a grappling hook, sending many to their deaths.
"Dad!" Lyra shouted as she joined her Father. "Mam is safe, Connor is keeping the boys safe, you don't need to worry about us. What can I do" she asked and he looked down.
"Lyra I… I have a long shot plan only you can do and…. It might be a massive waste of time, but are you in?" He asked and she nodded. He handed her the Ocarina of Winds. "Remember the direction of the beacon tower? Maybe we can use them".he told her and she smiled.
"I got you. I'll be back in no time" she said as she began playing the instrument and then vanished.

 

“Geeyahhh!” a Bokoblin screeched as it climbed through the window that Tom was sat by. He screamed and jumped back but Carlos ran forward and jabbed his wooden blade into its face. The Bokoblin fell back but the next one swatted it from his hand. Tom blocked a blow from its weapon with his shield but that shield was instantly wrecked and beyond use. The boys were backed into a corner as Bokoblins piled through.
“Hyaaa!” Connor shouted as he plunged his sword through the head of a Bokoblin and then kicked one backwards, toppling into the one behind it. “Get up” he shouted and the boys did just that. Conner sliced one in half and fought them off well. He battled his way to the window and kicked down the grappling hook. He turned. “Are you two hurt?” Connor asked. Tom just shook his head but Carlos stepped forward.
“We are fine. We need weapons” he said and Connor pulled them into the corridor.
“I agree, you need to be able to defend yourself if necessary but you are under no conditions expected to fight, understood?” Connor said firmly and the two nodded. “Right, time to get you a sword”

 

Out of nowhere the Chilfos ran forward, a plan of suicide but a plan of surprise also. They threw their icey spears and took out many of the front defences. One charged forward with a bomb but someone fires an aroow into its head, another Chilfos picked it up and threw it at the door, blowing it off its hinges.

Suddenly the gallop of horses were heard and out of nowhere an army of knights charged forward, shouting a war cry. Arrows rained into them relentlessly but the sheer number couldn’t be stopped and they charged straight into Snowpeak.

Attention was divided. Link and many knights slashed away at the Bokoblins that kept persisting on coming up from over the walls while the Chilfos threw spears into the archers and let the army ride into the fort. Kind Bulbin sliced horses in half clean and destroyed many knights but he was slow and couldn’t stop them all. Yeto grabbed some that made it inside and pulled them apart or slammed them against the floor so hard their heads popped open. But again, there were too many.

 

The door to the room Ashei was in burst open and she swung the bow in the direction of the door but stopped when Connor was standing there with her armour clad kids.
“I would have liked to take them somewhere safe but there is nowhere in Snowpeak safe, the safest place would be by the side of a mother” Connor said and she didn’t respond as she hugged her kids tight. “The gates are breached, an army is inside. We have no backup. What are we to do”? Connor asked Ashei.
“We do have back up. I sent a message to Hyrule Castle” Tom said and Ashei’s eyes grew wide.
“You did what?” she asked
“By Hawk, asked for back up” he repeated.
“Oh well done Tom. You are so smart. Hopefully someone gets it in time”

 

Knights storm the main hall and are blown apart from bombs dropping from above. The ones that get through charge into the living room and some up the stairs, noticing the Snowpeak army positioned on the iron chandeleers and dropping bombs from above. The fighting gets more visceral and personal as it is knight on knight. People stabbing and slashing at each other. Killing Bokoblins is one thing but killing another person is harder, there is a certain hesitance to it, but in battle that is the one thing you can’t do.

The battle is chaotic and Link watches as his home is invaded from all sides. As he fights off the never ending hoard of Bokoblins he can only hope Lyra is successful in her task.

Notes:

This is a big one, hope you like action and I hope I am good at it because otherwise.... Well otherwise this is going to be a slog.

Chapter 98: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 33 - The Battle of Snowpeak

Summary:

The Battle at Snowpeak Continues

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra wandered through snow. She went as fast as she could but it wasn’t fast enough for her liking. She remembered six years ago when her and her Dad went back in time and met the Rito tribe. The agreement they made was to light a fire at the top of a tower and they would come. Lyra felt dread at all the reasons this might not work, would the tower be standing after centuries? Would it be standing? Would she find it? Would the Rito remember a deal made centuries ago? Are the Rito even still around? These were the reasons her Dad called it a long shot plan. But there was no turning back, she continued into the blizzard.

 

Link kicks a knight in the face as he lands on the ground. He swings his ball and chain in a circle and smashes the heads of many opposing forces with the iron ball. He uses his claw shot to repel away from the crowd and then throws the gale boomerang into the crowd, tripping many onto their feet. Link can handle himself but his worry is everyone else. He sees a man he has trained for ten years get over run by spears. There is little Link can do too save the lives of his knights.

Ashei is in the same boat. She stands out of reach, firing from a window and piercing the heads of the invaders. A few make it to her position but she uses her rapier to make quick work of them with the help of Connor. The crutch has been abandoned, instead opting to walk on the broken foot and endure the splitting pain it causes. When she knows the lives of her children are at stake, the pain doesn't seem to appear.

Suddenly heavy footsteps are heard. Link curses under his breath, awaiting whatever force is next. He pulls himself to a high vantage point where he sees horses ride towards Snowpeak. It takes a second but Link realises they are not enemies, they are friends, it is Connor and knights of Hyrule, riding it to lend assistance. Link doesn’t know how they knew to come but he isn’t going to complain.

Colin dives off a horse and plunges his sword into the head of a for, pulls it out and runs on to kill more. The battle is evening out as the invaders are fighting back against the new army. King Bulbin is still going strong, his axe splitting the heads of those who cross him. Link shot at as many knights as he could from where he stood, his hawkeye giving him pinpoint accuracy. But then a flash came and Link saw a Giant Sword slash into the side of King Bulbin. He fell to his knees and the sword hit his neck, taking the head of the green giant clean off. Link fired at the man, a shield raised quickly as if he foresaw the attack. He looked up at Link, his Golden Armour made him stand out as well as his flowing black hair. He looked like a leader, but even if he wasn’t, Link knew he had to take him out.

 

Lyra found it. She found a stone tower with a wooden ladder at the side. She climbed it as quickly as she could. At the top stood a cradle made of wood. Lyra took a match from her pocket and lit it and threw it into the cradle. A huge flame burst into the air. Lyra walked to the edge of the tower and looked off. Nothing. She sat there and waited, there was nothing she could do but wait. She certainly couldn’t go back, it was too far and the battle would likely be over before she could return on foot.

 

Link jumped down and ran at the man in the Golden Armour. They clashed swords. Link was more agile and fast but the Man was stronger and slower. Link rolled around him but had to raise his shield to block the heavy blow from his heavy swing. They battled amongst the other knights clashing. The man ran up some stone steps to get the high ground but Link used his clawshot to pull himself towards the man, closing the distance between them. He kicked Link backwards onto a wall and dived at him. Link rolled to the side and ran.

The man slowly pulls out a red object from his pocket, Link doesn’t move as he is unsure what it is. He holds it to his mouth and blows into it. A screech is heard around Snowpeak and Link frowns, he doesn't know what the man just did but it can’t be good. Some Bokoblins surround Link but he performs a well timed spin attack, defeating them with ease. As Link looks back Snowpeak rumbles, no, the sky rumbles. A shadow passes overheard and Link looks into the sky to see a Dragon flying towards the fort.

 

Lyra felt a heavy rumble in the distance, did she want to know what that was. Not if she couldn’t help she didn’t. She shivered and stared off into the snow bleached tundra. There was a dot in the sky, then another, then many and they were getting closer. Lyra stood up and pulled out binoculars. The outline of the humanoid bird people was clear, the Rito were here.

Lyra felt like cheering but restrained herself. She didn’t know if they would even help her yet. The one in the lead swooped down and flapped its wings in front of the tower while the others flew around it.
“Do you know what this tower is for, girl?” he asked in a fairly deep voice.
“I do, it is a long story but I know what happened centuries ago between the Hylians of Snowpeak and the Rito. This tower is to be lit if we need to talk and right now…. Right now Snowpeak really needs help” she told him. The Rito landed on the tower, he was much taller than she was and looked down at her.
“So the story was passed down through your kind too huh. But I ask, why should we help?” he asked and she looked him dead in the eyes.
“Because my Dad and many innocent men are fighting for their lives, believe it or not, it was my Father that saved the Rito from being massacred. But I get it, you are unlikely to believe we are time travellers, but surely you believe it is the right thing to do” she asked with desperation in her voice.
“Hyrule kept their side of the bargain for centuries. As leader of the Rito I can respect that. We no longer want to hide in our land, we want to be able to live alongside Hyrule” he said and Lyra looked at him.
“Personally I can’t make that call but I know my Dad can arrange a meeting with the Queen of Hyrule”

He flapped his wings and extinguished the flame. He turned his back and crouched.
“Get on my back girl, we are going to help”

 

 

The Dragon looked a lot like Argarok from the City in the Sky. Link has defeated many large monsters in his adventures but it was never easy and it was never really in an unideal environment. Usually the method of taking down such a foe was obvious but not so much now. With Argarok the environment allowed Link to reach up high with his Clawshots but he was at a disadvantage here.

Link ran, jumping behind a stonewall as the Dragon burst flames from its mouth, incinerating many of the knights on both sides. It’s flames was looking for Link and he knew he would meet it head on.
“Hey! Bad Breath! Here!” Link shouted and waved his arms around. The Dragon turned and blast its flames at Link. He ran and managed to roll to cover, the flames missing him but the heat was noticeably hot against his back. As long as the Dragon is focused on him he can at least take solace in knowing his men are safe.

An explosion was heard and the Dragon Roared in pain. Link peered out and the Canons were being set loose on the Dragon. It initially staggered in pain but as soon as it got its composure back in between the cannon blasts it expelled a beat of fire towards the canons, killing the men behind them and melting the canons slightly.

Arrows fired from inside but providing no more than a painful annoyance to the beast. But most were rightfully too scared to face it head on and rightfully so. Link ran from cover while the Dragon was distracted and used his Clawshot to gain height. It was only now he could see the true carnage it had unleashed but Link had no time to worry about such things.

Link fired a Clawshot at the Dragons back and immediately sLashed away. The Dragon screeched and flailed wildly, trying to shake Link free. He kept slashing away with his sword, wishing it was the blade of evil’s bane as it would increase the damage he dealt.

Suddenly an explosion hit the side of the Dragon’s head and it fell to the ground. Link jumped off and propelled himself to safety. A bombardment of explosions hit the Dragon and it screeched and roared, sending columns of fire into the cold sky. Link looked up and saw the Rito swirling Snowpeak and unleashing bomb arrow after bomb arrow at the Dragon. He saw Lyra on the back of a Rito and smiled.

The Dragon flapped its huge wings and arose into the sky. Suddenly it had a new favourite target and Link took a deep breath and left it’s fate in the hands of his Daughter and the Rito. Link looked around for signs of the man in Golden armour and once spotted, ran towards him.

Link didn’t like where he was, battling on the wall close to where his kids were at. He clashed swords with the man and tried to lead the battle elsewhere but moving such a heavy foe was not an easy task. The man raised his heavy sword and slashed vertically, forcing Link to back flip out of harms way. He pulled out the ball and chain and swung it above his head a few times. Panic filled the mans face as he tried to pull his sword from the ground. Link let loose the ball and chain and it slammed the man square in the chest, sending him backwards.

Link had the chance, he performed the finishing blow and plunged his sword into the mans neck. He jumped off and caught his breath, The man was dead…. WAS dead… his body lit up with the pink light of a fairy, bringing him back from his fatal injury. Link swore under his breath as the man lunged forward and grabbed Link by the throat and forced him onto his back.

The unexpected force led to Link dropping his sword. He hit the man as hard as he could with his shield but to little effect. Panic set in as the man closed his hand tighter around Link’s throat. Link refused to die like this, there is no way he could die by being chocked out. But of course it wasn’t in his control. There was nothing he could do other than uselessly hit the man with the side of his shield. At least if he was going to die he could injure the man on his way out. Link felt his vision dull and his head pound.

Suddenly the man was knocked off Link with a powerful thud. Ashei stood there holding the man's weapon. The man spat blood and groaned as he rose to his knees. Link saw the man run at Ashei and what happened next was out of his sight. He needed to get up, Ashei couldn’t fight efficiently with a broken foot. He pulled himself up, his head throbbing. He saw Ashei dodge the man's punches. He was slow and strong and she was quick and nimble, unfortunately she wasn;t as quick and nimble as usual as the man eventually hig her shoulder hard, forcing her to stand on her broken foot awkwardly and trip to the ground.

He punched her in the face hard, she deflected a few blows with her armoured hand but ultimately his force was too great for her. Link ran forward, grabbing his sword and raised it to hit the man but he man turned and his him away hard. Link weezed for air, worrying about Ashei more than himself.

“Hyaaaa” was heard and Link saw the man grip is face hard and fall back, standing there was Carlos holding a short sword. Link’s heart raced even faster, his son could not be allowed here. The man plunged at him but was met in the face by a rock that Tom threw. Ashei forced herself up and grabbed the man from behind. Tom continued pelting the man with rocks while Carlos pelted away with his sword. Link got to his feet and and ran over.
“Pull him down Ashei!” Link shouted and his wife pulled the man backwards before stepping out of the way. The man guarded his neck but Link wasn’t aiming for his neck, he went for his exposed arm and took it clean off. The man screamed as Carlos swung down and took a leg off.

Link looked as shocked as Carlos did but had no time to dwell on it. He grabbed the man and pulled him into an empty room.
“Dad, are you not going to kill him?” Tom asked and Link shook his head.
“You three, tie him up and stop the bleeding. We need information from him when this battle is over” Link said.
“Where’s Lyra?” Ashei asked and he frowned
“Flying on the back of a Rito…”

 

And flying on the back of a Rito she was. The Rito his the Dragon from all sided with arrows and harpoons, slowing the thing down. A few on their own would do nothing but 1000 needles in enough to kill a man so 1000 arrows and harpoons should do the job. They swooped and dodged the fire expertly but Lyra knew that she needed to hold on tight because one slip and she was dead for sure.

The Rito began throwing harpoons with ropes attached, piercing its wings and causing it to snuggle in pain. Lyra knew she could finish it.
“Go low, I can get on its back” she told the Rito and he nodded, swooping down low enough for Lyra to jump onto its back. She gripped onto its scales hard and like her Dad before her, slashed away. She plunged her sword deep and the Dragon fell. It landed hard in the courtyard and Lyra fell off with a hard landing. Luckily no one was stupid enought to still be fighting in the courtyard as fighting under a Dragon didn’t seem all that appealing.

With the forces of Snowpeak, Colin’s army and the might of the Rito, the remaining foes were out matched and dealt with. With the leader captured they all fled and the monster onslaught came to a stop. Despite the odds, they had won.

 

 

Lyra stood and quickly had Link’s arm wrapping around her tight.
“I am so proud of you Lyra but that was reckless” he said as he breathed a sigh of relief.
“Where do you think I get that from?” she said and he smiled.
“I would love to sit and chat and discuss…this…” he said as the Rito leader landed next to them, “but first we need to check for casualties and injuries” he told her.
“I shall help, consider us on your side Hylian” the Rito said and Link smiled and offered a hand.
“Thank you. My name is Link”
“Reeten, leader of the Rito Tribe”

 

They got all injured to the med bay and gathered the deceased. Link was alive, his family was alive, Colin was alive, Connor and his parents were fine and Yeto and Yeta were unharmed. Unfortunately King Bulbin and many of their forces had perished and many bodies were so badly destroyed that their remains were impossible to identify.

"Thank you for saving my Brothers" Lyra said as she walked over to Conor.
“It’s no biggie, apparently they didn’t need me, Tom took of the leaders leg while Carlos threw rocks at him.
“The other way around” she told him and he nodded.
“I didn’t know T…Carlos had that in him” Connor said and she smiled.
“He is my little Brother and had been trained by my parents, is it really that surprising?”
“He is twelve though”
“The Hero of Time was Twelve when he fought Ganondorf”
“How could you possibly know that?”
“Err…. intuition or something.”

Notes:

More Chapters next week.

Chapter 99: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 34 - The Rito of Hyrule

Summary:

The end of the batle, who was the attacking force and why did they come.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link slammed the General down to the ground hard with his boot, anger flashing across his face. The General tried to resist but his binding made that impossible.
“Who are you?” Link asked but the man spat at Link. Link sighed and gave the man a pitying look. “If you tell me who you are and why you attacked your sentence might be less” Link told him but the man growled.
“Go to hell Hylian Dog”. he snarled.
“Are you from Labrynna?” Link asked and the man showed a brief look of surprise but quickly tried to hide it.
“I am not telling you shit” he said but Link smirked.
“So yes then.” Link said and he closed the cell. “Well, your trip to Hyrule Castle should be exciting. Oh, and yeah, you will tell us everything, we have our methods” Link told him before leaving him in the darkness.

 

It was pretty quick for Link to escort the prisoner down to Hyrule Castle. Link insisted that Reeten journeyed with him to meet the Queen and he accepted.

They made it through the gates and to a secure cell. Link waited patiently with Reeten and some confused looking Guards which made Reeten feel unwelcome. Eventually the sound of posh shoes on stone steps echoed in the chamber and Zelda appeared in the cell with a Sheikah Woman.

A look of surprise briefly appeared on her face at the unfamiliar bird man but she held her composure well.
"Hello Link. It has been a while" she said and he smiled.
"That it has. I wish we were meeting in better circumstances" he said and she nodded. "Before I begin I will introduce you to Reeten here. He is a Rito, a tribe that lives West of Hyrule. There is a story and we will talk about this all later but they really helped us out and without them… well we would be dead" Link explained.
"Good to meet you, Reeten. A friend of Lord Link is a friend of mine. I appreciate your assistance" Zelda said as she offered a hand. Reeten shook it with his wing and nodded.
"Thank you, your highness," he said quietly.

They all stepped into the cell where the prisoner was being held.
"So, are you willing to talk now?" Zelda asked and the man scowled.
"Maybe if you suck my dick I will consider it" he remarked and Zelda smiled.
"So that is how you want to play this then. Okay, Fanandi, do your thing, get the information out of him" Zelda told the Sheikah and she nodded and walked towards him.
"Oh please, do you think this fat woman is going to hurt me?" He laughed and Zelda grinned.
"Yeah. Actually I do" she said as Fanandi put a hand on his forehead and closed her eyes.
"Who are you?" She asked and the man groaned, his body shaking.
"King Edward of Labrynna" he said in a monotone voice.
"Why are you attacking Hyrule?"
"Because we should have a claim to the throne of Hyrule. Prince Victor married into the Hyrule Royal Family and his heirs are ruling to this day. As relations to the Hyrule Royal Family we deserve rights to the Triforce. If we had that power, we would be more prepared for our war against Holodrum".
"But you yourself are not descended from Prince Victor, who are you descended from?"
"King Edgar. His Wife was pregnant when he went to negotiate with Hyrule but he was assassinated. However, intel has us believe that his lover, Val, bore his children and they are the ones who are of the Snowpeak Manor".

Zelda looked at Link and he stepped forward.
"I met Val's Child and he was the spitting image of his Father Morgan. So I am sorry but no, you hold no claim there either" Link said but Edward said nothing.
"Are there going to be any more attacks?" Zelda asked and Fanadi focused her hand.
"No. We expected our army to succeed and we have no backup". He said.
"Okay Fanadi, you can release him" Zelda told her and she lowered her hand.

"Aghhhh! What the hell did you do to me!" Edward screamed in pain.
"We forced you to answer. If you had cooperated then it would have been so much easier for you" Zelda explained.
"But you lie! There is no way you could have met someone from centuries ago!" He shouted and Link shrugged.
"It really doesn't matter if you believe us or not. You are gonna spend the rest of your days in this cell" Link said as they all turned to leave him.
"NO! You can't just leave! Come back! Please!" He cried as he was shut away in the darkness.

 

 

"Reeten, do the Rito want to be acknowledged as a race of Hyrule? The choice is 100% yours. What this would mean is you would be granted the same acknowledgement as the Hylians, Gorons and Zora, you will be allowed to keep your home free from Hylians unless you say otherwise but the Rito are welcome to live in Castle Town. This would mean the whole Tabantha Region and the whole Hebra Region would be a part of Hyrule going forward" Zelda asked in one big go.

Reeten said nothing, only stared upon the Queen. He looked at Link who only bore a smile on his face.
"I… I think so but I need to talk it over with my Tribe… is this okay?" He asked and Zelda gave a kind nod.
"Yes, of course. There is no rush. But regardless of your answer, I do want to honour the Rito for saving Hyrule to some degree. Are you willing to come for a ceremony in a few days?"
"Yes. Yes, your highness. Of course".

 

 

“I am glad you are all safe” Zelda said as she walked through her throne room with Link and Ashei right behind her. “Link, you truly are an amazing person, we, as in all of Hyrule, are forever in debt to you”. Link rubbed the back of his head under his cap.
“It wasn’t just me you know? We would be dead without Colin, King Bulbin who gave his life, not to mention my own twelve year old kids. Everyone did their part and I shouldn’t be the one to get all the praise” he told her and she sat down, smiling that pleasant smile of hers.
“This is all true but don’t be so modest. You remember what happened in this very room right?” she said and Link looked up to the triforce statue high above her throne, recalling her unconscious body in between the golden triangles, then looking down to where she sat, once sat by Ganondorf. “You saved me, well, kicked the crap out of me first but for the greater good. THEN you defeated Ganon in this room and later finished him off on Hyrule Field. Nothing great is done by one person alone but that doesn’t mean some people don’t deserve praise. I get you just don’t want it but Link, for once just take it”.
Ashei smiled at her and then looked at Link.
“I’ll take it if he won’t. I’ll take the praise. Tell me how great I am, not that I need you too” she joked and Zelda shrugged,
“You are amazing Ashei, still managing to kick ass with a broken leg”.
“Thank you” she said with a slight curtsey wincing at the sharp pain.

“Since I am so amazing and my wife is so amazing, my daughter formed a Rito army and my sons sent for help, can we as a family ask a favour” Link finally spoke again and Zelda grinned.
“Of course, did you not hear the ‘all of Hyrule, are forever in debt to you’ thing?” She reminded him and he nodded.
“Our room, like the whole central tower of Snowpeak is kinda screwed up. Can we have a room somewhere here, just until Snowpeak is back in shape?” Link asked and Ashei seemed shocked but said nothing.
"Sure, you are welcome here for as long as you need, but I have already sent Gorons up to help with construction, it should be fixed up soon enough." She told them.
"Thank you"

 

Link and Ashei brought their kids up to Hyrule Castle but Lyra insisted on staying behind. Link thought it strange but Ashei understood the wants of an 18 year old Girl and how some independence can be a good thing. Link and Ashei got a huge bed that Link sunk into with long "Aaaagggghhhhh". Ashei laughed and walked to the window. “I have been in this room before” Link said and she shrugged.
“You used to live here Link”
“No, no. Before that. This was the first place I was at…. I met Zelda here when I first 'arrived' at Hyrule"
"Here? In this small room?" She doubted but he nodded.
"Yeah. I was imprisoned, Midna helped me escape, we climbed across the roof and then into this tower where we met" he reminisced.
“You rarely tell me stories about the things you got up too on your adventures. Why is that?” she asked him but he stayed silent as he gazed out the window as if he was waiting for an answer to arrive.
“I guess you were there for some of it. I mean I saw you quite regularly in those times so maybe I feel like you know more than you do. I forget who knows what” he said then eventually turned to her “You know about me being a wolf right?” he asked and she let out a chuckle.
“Yeah… That one you have mentioned. I am guessing that was in here” she said and he nodded.

Link walked over to that bed and sat on it, Ashei pulled his head towards her. She knew there was something he wasn’t saying and he knew she knew. He let out a sigh.
“I don’t love talking about a lot of it. Well, I didn’t... I think that it was maybe bad memories, well not entirely. I think I would have liked to share more but not all of it. If I tell someone I was a Wolf it is kinda funny but the conversation is going to lead to bad memories that I don’t really want to go into” he explained.
“What changed?” she asked and he let out another sigh.

“We survived again. There is skill involved for sure but there was also a lot of luck on our side. It was different this time though. I fought for the Kingdom. If I failed, if Ganondorf had killed me, a very likely outcome, then all of Hyrule would be lost. So many would be killed. I was fighting for all of them but none of them were really on my mind. He was. I was focused on stopping him rather than saving everyone” he looked away from her, head down to the floor. “But this time I was thinking of our kids Ashei…” he turned to her with his eyes watering. The sight shook Ashei to the core, she couldn’t recall ever seeing him like this so she took his hand. “Our kids were in danger. I know Lyra is a capable fighter and I had faith in her, heck, I know our boys can fight but faced with the reality I was scared. More scared than I have ever been in my life” he admitted and started sobbing. Ashei sat up and pulled him in for a hug.
“Link… I know” was all she could think to say. He poured everything out he had never cried like this before and he had never let his feelings out since well before his adventure.
“What if….” he stopped himself and Ashei grabbed his head and looked into his eyes.
“I will never let that happen, Link. I will never let anything happen to you or our kids. I would die before any of my family and I know you would too.” she told him and he tried to look away but her grasp was firm.
“The Hero of Time did a lot of amazing things. He defeated Ganondorf, saved a parallel universe and stopped many other threats in his life. He was married with kids and lived a good life until his fate took an unfortunate turn. One too many trials, it caught up to him in the end and he then left his kids fatherless” he told her.

Ashei let go and he had calmed down slightly.
“No one would be against you retiring Link. You have earned that right, you have earned the right to call it quits. You have done enough for this Kingdom. But Link… sleep on it. Give it some thought. Make sure this is what you want and if it is, I will support you all the way” she lay back and pulled off her turtleneck and threw it across the room. He kicked off his boots and pulled his tunic off then lay next to her.
“Thank you Ashei” he said and she gave a warm smile and then kissed him gently.
“I love you, Link. Like I know I tell you but I never say it with true meaning behind those words enough. I adore you and your troubles are mine, got that?” she asked and he smiled and nodded. “Good. Now Fuck me please” she said and he laughed as he rolled ontop of her.

Notes:

Sorry it has been so long, I have been busy. Not much more to say other than thanks to those reading.

Chapter 100: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 35 - Experimental Love

Summary:

After the battle has subsided, Lyra take a break to visist her best friend. One of the best decisions of her life, and the worst.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra often spent time in Kakariko Village but this time she felt she needed to get away from the noisy construction work at home. She liked the change from the bitter cold air to the dry hot winds. But more importantly her best friend lived in Kakariko and she would travel for friendship.

As Lyra and Lucas walked through the hills around Kakariko. After they got over the fact Lyra rode on the back of a Dragon they began talking about relationships , or at least their lack of relationships. Lyra had always been curious about boys and she knew she was into them but she had never been adventurous enough to seek it out. She knew in theory sex was supposed to feel good but she had never took the time to discover this for herself.

“I feel like I am probably gonna have to like, marry Connor to be fair. I mean my options are slim. I might just, you know, screw him sometime and see what it is like.” she told him as they sat with their feet dangling from the cliff.
“Do you want to marry Connor?” he asked confused but she shook her head.
“Not really, no. I mean I think I want to be married and have kids in the future but I still want to live at Snowpeak. He is literally the only boy my age there. I mean he is hot but… I guess I have limited choices.

"I dunno, I kinda think I will be a virgin for life. My options are practically non-existent here and I don't really wanna move" Lucas said and she shrugged.
"I think you have a better shot than me. Like you could go to your Mam's bar and find someone to hook up with" Lyra said and he frowned.
"What and have my Mother know? No thanks" he let out a sigh "I am also scared that I would be bad my first time and not know what I am doing and then never get another shot. Like I wish I could like practise first" he said and she smiled
"That would make it not your first time though" she said and he nodded
"Yeah but practice before my first time with someone I am serious about." He clarified.

There was a silence between them. She went red at the thought that entered her mind. She hesitated.
"Like a friend?" She asked and he turned bright red.
"Well I suppose… I mean yeah I guess" he muttered. She looked at him.
"Lucas. We should" she said and he didn't look at her.
"Lyra we can't… I have known you forever and…"
"It won't be weird, Lucas. Look, we are both curious of what it is like, we are best friends and not lovers, we trust each other. If one of us makes a fool out of ourselves we can just laugh it off. This is perfect '' she said and he looked at her.
"Are you sure?" He said and she put an arm around him.
"Yeah. Come on, it'll be fun" she said as she pulled him to his feet.

As he followed her to HIS room, his heart beat fast. Was this it? Was he going to have sex for the first time? Finally! He entered and they looked at each other.
"How do we do this? Do we just like… take our clothes off?" He said and she laughed.
"I guess so. I imagine usually there is a lot more kissing and passion and pulling each other's clothes off. We don't have to practise that part" she said and he removed his shirt and Lyra felt slightly uncomfortable so she turned her back and removed her tunic.

The boots came off, her shirt came off, her tights came down and she stood in only her underwear. She turned to find Lucas in only his boxers, she blushed slightly and he stared.
"Lyra maybe we shouldn't…" he said as she glanced down to see the tent building in his boxers. She stepped forward and smiled.
"You are saying that because you have just found my body attractive for the first time and you don't want to admit it." She said and he tried to not look down.
"I can admit it to myself I just….. I just didn't want to admit it to you because like… we are friends." He said and she kissed him.

They crashed into the wall and she pulled away.
"You like Girls Lucas and there is a nearly naked one standing in front of you. I want you" she said and he guided her towards the bed. She pulled him down on top of her and ginned. "Just relax and enjoy it. No stress, remember. Just us friends. Just remember I haven't done this either" he told him and he gulped. His hands slowly moved to her boobs, covered by her black bra. He grabbed one softly and a rush went through Lyra, she didn't know it could feel that good. He squeezed and began playing with both of them and she smiled.

She moved her leg and pushed it against the bulge in his boxers and he shuddered.
"Lyra…" he moaned and she giggled. She unclasped her bra and smiled.
"I'll show you mine if you show me yours" she said as she pulled it off and revealed her round breasts. His eyes were wide and in disbelief, he stared, completely entranced by the sight before him. He snapped out of it when he felt her hands go to his boxers and tried to push them down. His hands caught hers and he smiled and pulled them down himself.

Lyra felt it hit her stomach and although from her angle she couldn't see it in full, she could tell it was big. She began to feel nervous. THAT was supposed to go inside her. Would it fit? She sighed as she felt his hands move to her last piece of clothing and pull it down. He returned to her eye level and they stared into each other's eyes, hearts beating fast and bodies slightly trembling.

She parted her legs and reached down and grabbed his dick. She saw the pleasure on his face and she gave a nervous smile as she guided him towards her entrance.
"Are you sure Lyra?" He asked and she nodded, gripping his lower back and slightly encouraging him forward.

He pressed into her, both shuddered at the feeling. He reached her barrier and pushed in and Lyra let out a whimper. He paused and she grabbed his arm. "Are you okay?" He asked and she nodded.
"Yeah just… just hold on a sec" she said in pain. He lay half in her as she let the pain fade away.
"Lyra, you are bleeding" he said in alarm and she didn't look phased.
"It's normal for the first time. Can you.. you can move again now. Just slow" she said and he nodded and began pushing into her tight hole further.

He was finally fully in her and Lucas' mind was racing. He is having sex! He is inside a girl! It feels great too. She was tight and it made pushing into her difficult, especially going slow but it still felt great.
"Are you okay?" He asked and she forced a smile.
"Yeah… just getting used to it. Keep going though" she said and he nodded.

In truth, it didn't feel that good for Lyra at all. It just hurt. She thought him touching her body was arousing but his dick just felt too big and it hurt her. Was this all sex was? Why did people like this? Was he just too big? She wanted this to feel good but she was close to telling him to give up until Lucas sped up slightly. She let out an involuntary moan and felt some pleasure wash over her. She couldn’t say it was a total win but it was something.

Lucas moved his hands back to her breasts and she enjoyed the feeling but it was short lived as he moved them back to her sides as he had more control there. Lucas looked into her eyes.
"Do you want to try on top?" He asked and she shrugged.
"I guess we can try it" she said and he pulled out of her and they repositioned themselves. She lined herself up above his dick, she was nervous, this looked like it would hurt more but she slowly lowered herself onto his dick and took a deep breath. She moved too fast and she impaled herself on him, bringing tears to her eyes.
"Lyra?" He asked in concern and she caught her breath.
"Let me just stay like this for a while. Sex is more intense than I thought" she said and he placed his hands on her hips and it sent a jolt through her body.

She began lifting herself up and lowering herself back down, she repeated the action and found a slow rhythm. Instinctively she began picking up the pace and she grinned. This was what she wanted, this was better. She was finding the fun in this now.

Lucas was in awe, laying back as she controlled their sex. She placed a hand flat on his chest and bounced on his dick with her new found confidence. Her boobs bounced with her and he fought himself to not cum there. She was getting tired so Lucas sat up vertically, she wrapped her arms around him and kissed him. He was shocked and thought kissing seemed to far but then realised they are having sex and kissed her back.

They rocked their bodies into each other and Lyra moaned "Lucas… ahh" she let out and she sped up, they both did. Sweat ran down their bodies and they heavily breathed into each other. Lucas groaned. She felt overwhelmed, as she fucked her friend. No. Right now they were lovers and she loved this. She could get used to this.
"Lyra I am gonna cum" he moaned into her and she shook her head.
"Don't… just.. hold… on" she moaned as she continued bouncing on him.
"Lyra please…" he moaned as he strained to not cum.
"Just a little more…"
He fell back and caught himself with his arms and gasped. Lyra rolled her hips fast and hard and Lucas’ dick gave way and he fired his load into her.

Lyra looked shocked but realised she can't change it now and continued, riding his dick just a little more until she felt a shock wave ripple through her. She had never felt anything like it, it tingles every inch of her body and she moaned loudly. She didn’t want to stop, she moaned and gasped as her mind raced from her orgasmic high. It was finally too much and she fell onto him and tried to catch her breath.

"Lyra I tried to hold on.." he said and she nodded.
"I know. It was my dumb fault" she said and they lay there. "That was good though… I get it now" she said and he smiled.
"What are we going to do?" He asked and she rolled next to him.
"I don't know… hope I am not pregnant. Shit. I should have listened" she said and he hugged her.
"We were foolish enough to fuck I guess but at least I don't regret that. You are so hot" he joked and she blushed.
"Thanks, so are you. But we should probably not do this again. I don't want to ruin our friendship" she said and he nodded.

 

Lyra sat at home in her room. She was rarely stressed or anxious about things but she was scared now. What if she had gotten pregnant? How would she tell her parents? She had never even had a boyfriend, how would she break this news? With Snowpeak on the mend, her parents and Brothers returned home and sat around the table having dinner as usual but she was more silent than usual, not making fun of her little brothers or her parents. No funny remarks. Just silence.

Once they were done, her brothers ran off as usual but Link dragged his chair next to her and flung an arm around her.
"What's wrong?" He asked and she looked up shocked.
"Nothing Dad .." she lied but he clearly wasn't convinced.
"Something is Lyra. You can tell me" he said calmly.
"It's not the sort of thing you can help with" she said, which got the attention of Ashei who leaned against her chair.
"I can help with a lot of things." He joked but Lyra didn't joke back.
"Link, go play with the boys. I've got this" Ashei told him. Link was going to protest but his wife gave him a serious look so he left them.

"Do you want me to speculate because I could guess" Ashei said as she sat next to her Daughter.
"I would rather you didn't"
"Sex feels pretty good doesn't it?" Ashei said and Lyra looked mortified.
"MUM! No! What? Why would you say that?" Lyra exclaimed but Ashei looked her in the eyes.
"Lucas or Connor?" She asked and Lyra was growing redder.
"Please stop…"
"I will as soon as you be honest with me"
"Okay fine! Yes I slept with Lucas and I wasn't careful!" She shouted and Ashei hugged her.

"Lyra, you never have to hide things from me." She said and Lyra began crying.
"What am I going to do? I don't want a Baby. What if I am pregnant? I…. I didn't mean for it, neither did he" she cried and Ashei sat back.
"I know what you arentoing through. Before I met your Dad me and this guy we had some fun together and I was exactly where you are except I had no one to talk too about it. Luckily, I was not pregnant, but for a while I had to pretend I was fine. Lyra, no doubt it is bad but whatever happens you can talk to me and your Dad about this. You don't have to burden yourself." She said and Lyra started to wipe the tears away.

"But are you and him…?"
"NO! God no. We are just friends. We just thought… we wanted to try it…" she explained and Ashei grinned.
"I understand all to well. But in the event you are pregnant, at least the Father is not some drunken guy you met at a bar" Ashei said and Lyra smirked.
"Talking from experience?"
"There she is!" There's my Daughter." They both laughed.

 

Lyra used a hawk to send word to Lucas to talk. He had a hard time making it up to Snowpeak but he eventually made it but was not in a great mood.
“What is it?” he asked in annoyance has it brushed away snow from his coat.
“I just want to say I have been thinking about what happened and I mean there is a chance, not a guarantee, that I am pregnant and I mean… are you okay with that?” she asked and he looked down. She grabbed his face and leaned it up. “Be honest, don’t lie. I need to know”. She said and he sighed.
“I do want kids but I don’t want them now. If you end up pregnant then of course I will support a child and I know I would love them but I am really hoping you are not pregnant” he said and she nodded.
“I feel the same way Lucas. I just needed to know” she said.

 

“If I am pregnant, what do you think about me being the mother?”
"I mean… I am not ready for a kid but if I was to make this mistake, I am glad it is with you" he said and she smiled briefly.
"Not a girlfriend?" She asked
"I don't have a girlfriend"
"No, I mean would you not have rather made this mistake with a girl you love?" She clarified and he just stared at her. Stared for an uncomfortable amount of time. "Oh my God…. You don't…." She said as her face went red.
"NO. No. Its not that!"
"It's not?"
"No! It is just…. Ever since we did it I haven't been able to stop thinking about how good it was. I'm confused because you are so hot but I never saw you that way before, you were always just my best friend Lyra. But now… but now I notice you" he said embarrassed.

The pause between them was uncomfortably long. Lucas stepped closer.
"Lucas we are friends" she said quietly as her heart was beating fast. Why? He was her friend.
"I know. So it means this means nothing then" he said as he leaned in close and their lips connected. He pushed in heavily and Lyra did nothing to resist. She pushed into him and the two stayed like this for an eternity.

Lucas pushed her backwards against the stone wall and Lyra arched her leg without realising. She grabbed his head and back and pulled him close. Eventually the kiss broke and looked into each others eyes
"That didn't mean anything…" she said to him as his hands grazed her waist.
"Lyra…."
"Be quick".

Lucas pulled down his pants and so did she, the frosty air bit their skin but Lucas ignored it as he pushed against her entrance. She kissed him, wrapped her arms around his neck and then her legs around his waist. She felt his erection poke her and then slide into her.

"Lucas!" She gasped as he thrust into her, filling her up entirely. This time it felt good from the start and she knew what to expect. His body moved quickly, thrusting her against the wall. They were at a secluded part of Snowpeak but it wasn't impossible for them to be caught.

He kept his speed and she just enjoyed him. She was wet and he was slipping into her with ease.
"Lyra…" he moaned and she nodded.
"I have contraceptive potions now. If I am not pregnant, this won't change that" she moaned.
"Good because I am gonna cum soon" he moaned as he continued to buck into her.

"Ahh!" She gasped as a palm gripped her butt cheek. He covered her mouth with his other hand to silence the moan but released it to grab her leg.
"Ohhhh" he moaned "Lyra…" he felt his body jerk and he shot inside her and began to gradually come to a stop.

Lyra smiled as she looked into his eyes.
"Now this certainly confuses our friendship" she said and he smiled.
"Worth it".

 

Time rolled on and Snowpeak was beginning to look like its old self. But the weeks brought a new sigh of relief with it. Lyra never felt so relieved to have a period. For any girl it was a monthly nightmare but this one was different, this one meant she was not pregnant. Thank God. The first thing she did was tell her Mother and then she wrote to Lucas and broke the news. She wouldn’t get a response right away but she knew he would be happy. Never again will she have unprotected sex. The key word being unprotected.

Notes:

100th Chapter!

Nothing about this celebrates that but I thought it would be good to point out. I have been on this fanfic for a while and am burned out on Twilight Princess haha but I will keep going and hopefully (zero promises) get this all out before Tears of the Kingdom.

Chapter 101: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 36 - Experimental Love Part 2

Summary:

Lyra continues to experiment who she is.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra sat in bed staring at the ceiling. She had been thinking about sex a lot more and didn't want to get too into Lucas. Did she like him because he was good at it? Was he good at it? How did others compare?

There was a tap on her window and it shocked her. She glanced at it and saw Connor's face peering through. She tightened her gown and walked over and opened it.
"What are you doing?" She asked and he smiled.
"Practising climbing. If I ever have to climb out a window again I will be more prepared" her and she couldn't help but smile. She grabbed his collar and dragged him into her room, shutting the room behind her.
"People will think you are some kind of pervert if they catch you looking through windows. What if I was naked?" She asked and he shrugged.
"I guess I would have waited a few seconds before tapping" he mumbled and she laughed.

She looked at him and sat on her bed. This couldn't be more perfect.
"Connor, do you want to fuck me?" She asked bluntly and his face went red.
"Gahh wha? Why?" He asked and she shrugged.
"This isn't a trick question, it is a genuine offer. I screwed Lucas not too long ago and it was good and I just wanted to try it with multiple people. This doesn't mean anything, purely for fun" she said and he finally stood.
"Okay but… I haven't.."
"It's okay, we will take it slow" she said as she grabbed his face and pulled him into a soft kiss.

As they stood kissing, Conor pulled off his jacket and then broke the kiss to pull off his shirt. Lyra eyeballed his chest, he was strong and she liked that. She grabbed him and pulled him into a deeper kiss. Lyra grabs his belt buckle and begins to unfasten it while he reaches around and places a hand on her butt. She pushes her body closer to him and grinds. She can tell he is desperate and has wanted this for a long time. Lyra finally unbuckles his belt and with that she pulls his pants town to reveal his hard cock.

Lyra breaks off the kiss and pulls away from him, she turns around and bites her lip. She is excited, she is aroused, she wants him inside her. She turns to face him and pulls her shoulders free of her gown. She saw his cock twitch and she smirked. She walked over to him, putting a hand on him and looked at him like she was toying with her prey.

"Lyra I nee…"
"Ah. No! Calm down boy" she said as she grabbed his hand that went to undress her. She moved inches from his face and grabbed his cock. "I like teasing you" she whispered, releasing his cock and grabbing the band on her gown. She untied it and let it fall from her body, revealing everything. "Now fuck me" .

Connor needed nothing more. He grabbed her waist and pushed her backwards onto the bed. He landed on top of her, lips connected and one hand grabbing her breast. She parted her legs and he lined himself up. "Do me" she said and pushed into her.

She gasped as he pushed all the way into her in one go. He moved quickly, thrusting in and out of her, making the bed creak and making her moan. He was strong and fast and made her feel good, she place her hands on his strong back, feeling his muscles and letting him fuck her.
"Lyra…. Fuck" he moaned as he continuously fucked her.

She kissed him and smiled, holding his face.
"Take your time. This feels great but you don't want to use all your stamina. Just…. Slow" she said and he slowed down. "That's it, slowly push into me" she said as she guided him slowly. They loved slow, rocking their bodies against each other.

She could feel him better now, every inch of his dick pleased her insides and he could say the reverse for her. She felt so good and she was right, gradually was the way to go.

Her hands were on his lower back, pulling him into each thrust as well as rolling her hips to meet him. He had his hands firmly on the bed. Their breaths were low and heavy, their eyes locked as they enjoyed the lustful sensations of being together.

He began to speed up again using his strong arms to increase the force. Lyra gasped and gripped his back tight, she did not mind one bit.
"Connor…" she moaned and hearing her moan his name made him shudder.
"Lyra… I can't hold on much longer I need to…" he moaned and she kissed him.
"Just fuck me hard!" She shouted and he held nothing back and moved as fast as he could

They both screamed in ecstasy as they let loose. Their bodies were hot and sweating, their breaths heavy and joined. Lyra wrapped her legs around him, her eyes wide with pleasure.
"ConAHH!" She moaned and felt herself lose control.
"Fuck!" He shouted as his dick shot his load into her.

They screamed, moaned and panted and bucked their bodies together wildly as their orgasms surged through their bodies. Eventually Lyra's limbs fell to her side and she took a deep breath. She blew a strand of her out of her blushed face.
"Ooohh… that was something else…" she sighed as he pulled out of her and a sting of his cum trialled out.
"I was kinda expecting my first time to be bad but that was…. I think I have peaked" he told her and she rolled on top of him.

"You know physically you are like… a treat for sore eyes and you are one of my two best friends, by the way, you were a better fuck too. But you know this isn't a long time thing right?" She asked and he nodded.
"I know. That is why I made this feel so good because who knows if or when I will have sex again" he said.
"You will! I mean Connor you are hot. Just out yourself out there more" she said but he shook his head.
"I mean that I love up here, in Snowpeak. There are very few girls my age."
"By few, you mean literally me" she said and he nodded. "I understand. My parents assumed we would end up together due to a lack of choices to be honest. I don't know of I will ever get married but I have easy access to Greater Hyrule. Oh! How about you come with me to the Ceremony at Hyrule Castle tomorrow. There is bound to be Girls our age" she suggested and he gave a confused look.
"Would I be allowed to attend something like that?"
"I am sure my parents can pull some strings".

Notes:

This is short, I know. But at least I got it out within a week of the last chapter.

Chapter 102: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 37 - The Knight's Ceremony

Summary:

A celebration awarding the brave Knights of Hyrule.

Notes:

In celebration of Tears of the Kingdom in tomorrow's Direct (I assume) here is the 2nd chapter this week. Enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra didn’t have to convince her parents to hard to bring Connor along. He lived at Snowpeak with his parents and they practically grew up together. They liked him and Link and Ashei were eternally grateful for him saving their sons lives.

They walked to Hyrule Castle to the dismay of Lyra and Connor but Link insisted the walk would do them good. As Lyra talked with her Mother, Link talked with Connor. The Twins were under the supervision of Colin because Link knew there would be a party and Link knew he wanted to get hammered.

They arrived at the Castle, Link realising it had been a long time since he had been here and a long time since he had seen Zelda. He didn’t know what he was too Zelda. He felt deeply connected to her, like his soul was somehow intertwined with his but over the years their connection seemed to fade. He didn’t have the bond the Hero of Time had with his Zelda which made him sad now that he saw how close they were but he was not the Hero of Time and the Zelda he knew was not the Zelda the Hero of Time knew.

 

"Link! Ashei! Lyra and Connor I presume?" Shad said and looked at the two of them as he shook Link and Ashei's hand. Ashei looked puzzled.
"What are you talking about Shad, you have met Lyra" she said.
"No he hasn't. I know who he is because… God, he looks exactly like how you described but no, I have not actually met the guy my Mother definitely did not bone" she said and Shad frowned.
"Apple doesn't fall too far from the tree in humour" he said, shaking Connor's hand. "It is a pleasure all the same". He said.

"How haven't you met him? Like this is Shad, plain old Shad" Ashei said.
"Thanks…" he sarcastically muttered.
"King of Hyrule Shad. Member of the Resistance Shad. That guy there" she said, pointing at him.
"Mam, I am not going to have met him sooner by you pointing at him" Lyra said and Ashei drooped.
"I know but… he helped your Dad discover a cannon that fired him too a City in the Sky" Ashei said in the same tone.
"You went to a City in the Sky?" Connor asked.
"Yeah. I fought a Dragon…. Like it looked pretty much the same as the one at Snowpeak except you know, more epic because it was at a Sky City full of weird bird people. Not Rito, like smaller weirder bird people" Link explained.
"Connor, don't act too shocked. He time travelled, went to another dimension, essentially founded our home, and wielded the Blade of Evil's Bane." Lyra said.
"And fought a Giant Skeleton head while riding on a spinning top!" Link mentioned.
"And that…"

"Okay enough! Can we stop the back and forth bantering? Shad, take us inside please" Ashei said and he nodded, guiding them to the great hall.
“Wow… this place is huge!” Connor exclaimed, his voice echoing around the busy hall. Many turned to him and he went red with embarrassment.
“What was your first reaction to this hall Link?” Shad asked and Link shrugged.
“Gotta be honest Shad, my mind was a little occupied with saving Zelda, Hyrule and fighting the monsters that attacked me” he told him.
“Fair enough”.

 

Enough time passed and a ceremony began. Everyone was sitting, Connor felt out of place surrounded by all these nobles that he never met. A Man in a Yellow Robe sat next to him and smiled, Connor politely smiling back.
“I know that look boy, it is the look of someone who has sat in a room foreign to him. I have been there, kid. I wasn’t always this fancy. Just ask Link” he said and Connor turned to Link who was already smiling. He looked back and the man offered his hand. “I am Auru, I was one of the members of the resistance. These days I just live the life of luxury and don’t worry about anything. To be honest I am only here for the food” he joked and Connor laughed.
“I am Connor, I am Lyra’s friend” he said and Arur nodded, leaning over him and getting Lyra’s attention.
“We have never met young lady but me and your folks go way back. I am Auru” he said and she grinned.
“Oh nice, two in one day. Now I have met all the members of the legendary resistance” she mocked as she shook his hand.
“Fair enough. Must not be a big deal when the Hero of Twilight is your Father huh?” he said and she shook her head.
“Nah, it stopped being a big deal when I travelled back in time and met the Princess Zelda of old” she said and Link shot her a glare.

Zelda stepped onto the stage and everyone sat back and gave her all the attention. Link, Ashei and Lyra were all the same, each of them found speeches boring and zoned out most of the words Zelda spoke but Connor was fascinated.

“As you have all heard, Snowpeak was recently under attack but the brave knights of Hyrule put their lives on the line to protect this land” she said, finally getting Link’s attention. “We are here today to honour those who lost their lives and award those who saved us. Once again, the Hero that saved our land from the Army of Twilight stepped up and fought off the invaders. Lord Hero of Time, Link of Snowpeak!” she announced and Link got up from his seat and walked up to the stage, bowing before his Queen as she placed a medal around his neck.
“Good to see you Link” she said quietly and he smirked.
“Same to you Zelda” he told her. He waved to the crowd and promptly walked off from the stage.

“Next, a hero who once assisted in protecting Hyrule with the resistance. Lady Ashei of Snowpeak!” Zelda called and Ashei got up with her crutch and hobbled onto the stage.
“I’d bow but… you know…” she said, waving the crutch and Zelda smirked and placed the medal around her neck.
“Good excuse, bowing really isn’t your thing”
“Hey, you know me better than I thought!” she said as she turned and smiled to the crowd and followed Link’s lead off the other end of the stage.

“I would also like to give someone an award for bravery, heroism and skill in the surprising circumstance of war. Despite being young and never being in conflict, this Knight saved many comrades and fought off an army. I would like to give this honour to Connor of Snowpeak!” Zelda spoke out and Connor looked stunned. He turned to Lyra who grinned and pushed him up to go get his award. Despite being awarded for bravery, he couldn’t help looking at the crowd before him with some type of unease. He walked onto the stage where the beautiful Queen stood with his medal. He bowed appropriately and she placed the medal around his neck. “You did well Connor, Hyrule is lucky to have you” she said kindly and he smiled uncontrollably.
“Thank you, your majesty.” he said before walking off the other end of the stage to join Link and Ashei.

“Next is the young Lady of Snowpeak who used her quick wit to save her family, friends and comrades and ask alliance from the Rito to help in our struggles. Lyra of Snowpeak!” Zelda declared. As they clapped Lyra stood with confidence. She expected to be awarded because she had done something great. She stepped onto the stage with the Queen and curtsied, before allowing her to put the medal around her neck. “Nice to meet you Lyra, we should have met sooner” she quietly told her and she smiled.
“Same to you!” she said a little informally which made Zelda smile and acknowledge she is definitely Link’s daughter.

“And finally is the Leader of a Tribe previously not associated with Greater Hyrule but at our time of need came through to help us. Reeten of the Rito!” she said and the room applauded. As the proud Rito leader walked onto the stage she did not have a medal ready but a sword. “But I am not here to give him a medal, no, I am here to Honor Reeten of the Rito with title of Lord!” Zelda spoke and Reeten looked shocked. He got onto one knee and Zelda knighted him with the applause of everyone.
“I thought she was gonna stab him” Lyra joked but Link glared at her joke.
"And with title of Lord, Reeten and I have discussed the land of Tabantha being apart of the Kingdom of Hyrule along with the Rito Tribe. The first time a new Race has been introduced into our Kingdom in Centuries!" Zelda cheered, as did the crowd.

“I also want to mention those who gave their lives to protect this Kingdom” Zelda spoke more sadly. She named the Knights who died, King Bulbin among them. Link felt some guilt but knew he did all he could. Lyra felt weird. She didn’t have many thoughts about the men and women that died beforehand, she didn’t even know a lot of their names but she felt an overwhelming sadness hearing their names. She saw them everyday, they had lives, families and friends and now they were gone forever. She felt incredibly grateful that her family and closest friends made it out unharmed.

A long time was spent honouring the dead and Lyra found the tone shift of a party right after to be a bit insensitive but knew it wasn't the intention and was more of an oversight. To be honest, it was probably not a party and rather some fancy name Lyra was too uncultured to care about but there was people, music and alcohol so too Lyra, that was a party.

But as expected from any 18 year old, she split from her parents and went off with Conor into the crowd which Link felt slightly uncomfortable with but Ashei was more than happy.

After a few drinks, Zelda gracefully strolled over to Link and Ashei.
"Enjoying the party?" Zelda asked and Link nodded.
"I guess, I mean, I enjoy being alive" he remarked and Ashei rolled her eyes.
"I enjoy being able to walk on at least one foot" she shot back.
"Well I am truly glad you survived… I mean it goes without saying but you know… I feel like we were more than friends" Zelda said with a slightly red face.
"A couple" Ashei interjected.

"Well, it was all in the past. I mean, 18 or 19 years ago. Just fresh off kicking some Evil King arse" Link joked to break the ice.
"And mine too" Zelda pointed out which earned a confused glance from Link before her point sunk in.
"Oh. Yeah… so much happened that I kinda just forgot about that. How was that? Did I ever apologise?" Link asked.
"For beating a possession out of me and saving Hyrule? No, you didn't… But it wasn't pleasant as you could imagine"
"What… what am I missing?" Ashei asked and they both turned to her at the same time.

"Okay so basically Ganondorf possessed her and used her magic against me so I had to…."
"He had to kick the crap out of me basically"
"Yeah, but like it was all Ganondorf feeling the pain right?"
"It hurt as he… I don't want to say 'entered me' but well…. You know. When it first happened it hurt"
"I bet you felt comfortable with that" Ashei sarcastically said to Link and he scratched the back of his head.
"Yeah… It felt so wrong but what other options did I have?" He said with some guilt but Zelda shook her head.
"I have no regrets" she told him. "But enough about possession, what does it feel like to turn into a Wolf?" Zelda boldly asked him.

Ashei's face looked as though it buffered, trying to comprehend what she heard. She looked at Link and then back to Zelda.
"I'm sorry?" Ashei asked in an alarmed tone. Zelda shared a confused look and stared at Link.
"Eighteen years of marriage and have never mentioned to your wife that you transformed into a Wolf?" Zelda asked and Link shrugged.
"I mean…. I feel I must have at some point. It's not a secret but it isn't exactly something I think about often"
"You don't think about turning into a WOLF often? You have never thought about it when we are doing it doggy style?"
"Well…. It would be a mood killer to bring it up…"
"Then afterwards?"
"Well… it is hard to casually bring up.."
"I feel I have started something here. I apologise " Zelda said but Ashei shook her head.
"No, I needed to know this. So spill. What was it like? How and why did you turn into a literal Canine? All of it!" Ashei demanded and Link sighed.

"So when the world was covered in Twilight and ran out of Ordon Village since the kids were kidnapped. But upon running into the Twilight I transformed into a Wolf. I was then dragged to a Dungeon in Hyrule Castle by Twilight Beasts which is where I met Midna and Zelda for the first time" Link explained.
"You know who Midna is right?" Zelda asked and Ashei grinned.
"Yeah, yeah. Sexy Twilight Princess that he lost his Virginity too. I have been told".
"Well… I didn't know THAT part… was this before or…"
"It was after she transformed back into a regular sized person" Link cut her off and Ashei laughed at the absurdity of the conversation they were having.

"Anyway. I then cleared areas of Hyrule out as a Wolf and returned Light to Hyrule. But Zant turned me back to a Wolf with this dark, crystal…thing. With that though, Midna gained the power to transform me back and forth freely and it came in useful quite often" Link finished his story and Ashei looked at the floor trying to gather her thoughts.
"So not only did you turn into a Dog -"
"Wolf"
"But you did this like… often?"
"Yeah. As it happens, after we met at the bottom of Snowpeak, I traversed the Mountain as a Wolf, following the scent of the Reek Fish to Yeto's Location" Link elaborated.

Ashe was in disbelief. Her view on her husband had been changed forever.
"Is there anything else you haven't shared?"
"I don't think so"
"Well we are going to have many more talks about this now… like, Wolves are horny as fuck"
"I know. I know. Trust me I know and no, I did not fuck anything as a Wolf" he confirmed.
"Thank Hylia…"

 

Meanwhile Lyra shuffled through the masses with a glass of beer in hand, trying to navigate her way back to Conor. As she turned away she bumped into someone, nearly spilling her drink.
"I am sorry I am so so…" she said as she noticed it was the Princess she had bumped into. "Sorry…" she finished but the Princess smiled.
"It's fine, no harm done" she said kindly. Lyra stared, she couldn't believe how beautiful the Princess was. Even though her many layers of clothing she could understand her shape.

"You are Lady Lyra right? Daughter of Lord Link and Lady Ashei?" She asked and Lyra smiled.
"Please just call me Lyra" she said "I don't need to ask who you are".
"I get that a lot haha. But it is surprising we have never met, we were born very similar times and our parents were all very close" The Princess explains. "Did you know Lord Link and my Mother used to be a couple and the same for my Father and Lady Ashei?" The Princess asked and Lyra smirked.
"I knew about my Dad but not my Mam. I don't wanna read inbetween the lines on that one".
"I don't understand.."
"Oh nevermind. Anyway, enjoying this party?" Lyra asks, changing the subject.
“Oh yes, I am. I have attended many but now my Mother is allowing me to find a partner, she wouldn’t let me interact with boys in any meaningful way until I turned eighteen but I must admit that I am nervous now and have no idea what I am doing” she told Lyra.
“I know the feeling. My first experience was just after the battle. Me and my friend… you know…” she said, making the Princess blush.
“Oh I would have to wait until marriage for that. I mustn't misbehave” she said and Lyra shrugged. “And besides, most of the men here are quite a bit older. I don’t like the looks of most of them”.

“Hey, I have an idea. Are you interested in meeting my friend Connor. He is single and he is looking for a date. He is nice, he is our age, he is very attractive. I think you two would be perfect together” Lyra suggested.
“I guess so… I must admit I am scared” she admitted but Lyra smiled.
“You’ll meet him and your worries will be gone, I promise” .

Lyra went off to fetch Connor, a short time later she returned. “Connor, the Princess of Hyrule, Zelda!” she said and Connor smiled.
“Wow, what an honour to meet you Princess” he said with a bow.
“Nice to meet you too. Lyra was just telling me about you” she said nervously.
“Now I will be leaving you two alone to talk.” she said, then leaned into Connor’s ear “Don’t fuck this up” she whispered and she bounded off and left the two alone.

“So… I erm… You are really beautiful” he said and she smiled.
“Thank you. I don’t know what to say” she said embarrassed.
“I am sorry, was that too much?” he asked and shook her head.
“It was nice, I am just not good at this”
“This?”
“Yeah like… talking to boys” she said and he nodded.
“To be honest I am not good at this either. I have never had a girlfriend or anything, I have had like… one experience but that is all” he said. “Do you want to go on a date? I mean I don’t know what the rules for the Princess is but I would like that” he asked and she looked shocked.
“You would like that? You want to go on a date with me?” she asked in disbelief.
“I mean only if you want too”
“I do! I mean…. Yes, that sounds nice.”

 

As Lyra wandered to the bar she eyed up every man here. Most seemed like hard targets or too old. She sat and took a few glasses until a man sat next to her. He was clearly wealthy but also looked to be just a little older than her and quite attractive. He notices her side eye and smiles.
“You're Lord Link’s Daughter aren't you?” he says, leaning on the bar.
“Last I checked, yes” she responded
“Must have some impressive genese to create such a hero and then for him to create such an attractive young lady.” he said and she laughed.
“Wow! Not subtle huh?”
“What is the need, I saw you looking. The name’s Philip” he said and she leaned back.
“Lyra” she said.
“And what brings you to the bar? Can’t be just to get drunk”
“It's not. I was hoping to find a good time” she told him. She had decided to not be subtle. This guy looked easy, she could get this guy to fuck her and he was attractive and he seemed a little overly horny. Seemed like a good plan to drop the hints.
“Well… maybe I can show you a good time” he said leaning into her. He placed a hand on her knee and in most cases she would find this creepy, right now she wanted to bone.
“I am sure there is no one going to the toilets here” she whispered close and he smiled.

They hurried out of the bar and ventured down a small corridor. He pushed him into the mens bathroom and kissed him against a wall. “You done this before?” she asked and he shook his head.
“First time should be special and you seem very special” he said to her and she stared at him.
“You are so corny. Shut it from now on” she said as she pushed against him. Her hand palmed his bulge and he groaned. His hand groped her arse tightly, he seemed very into it and she moaned at his touch.

She pushes him into a cubicle and closed the door just in case someone came in. Her hand slipped down his pants and she rubbed against his hard penis. He moaned and she pushes Philip onto the closed toilet seat and pulled down her pants. She looks at his bulge and her mouth waters, she grabs his pants and pulls them down, his cock springing free.

Lyra grabs his dick and strokes it, his head rolling back and he moans loudly. She continues slowly and his hand grips the cubicle wall.
"Hurry and do me! This is too much!" He moans and Lyra releases him. She puts her leg over him and lowers down onto him. "Lady! Oh!" He moans as she impales herself on his mast.

Philip wraps an arm around her lower back and begins rocking his hips. She rolls her hips in an attempt to create a steady rhythm but his rocking is sporadic and hard to time. She puts one hand on his shoulder and begins to bounce slightly.
"Slow down.." she whispers in his ear but he doesn't listen and keeps bucking his hips into her.

The look of bliss on his face is not shared, Lyra is making an attempt to have good sex but this guy is in it for himself. He pushes a hand up her top and grabs her breast tightly. It felt a little good.
"Oh my! Oh Goddess! Ahhh!" He moans as he explodes inside her.

Lyra stares at him in disbelief, his head rolled back and smiling like he had the time of his life. She gets off him and pulls her pants up.
"Glad someone is happy…" she mumbled and he looked up.
"Huh?" He asked, oblivious to her point.
"You ain't much of a man if you can't even attempt to make the Woman reach an orgasm" she told him and he frowned.
"Sex is for the guy anyway. Women are just here to please men" he declared and she crossed her arms.
"Is that so?" She said sarcastically.
"Yeah, it is so" he said and she smiled.
"Good to know, I will try harder next time" she said as she kicked him in the balls and walked out, leaving him screaming where she left him.

Notes:

I really enjotyed writing the conversations with the group as they meet Shad and the conversation Link, Ashei and Zelda have about Link being a Wolf.

In dawned on me one day that I never mentioned Link being a Wolf at any point in this series and it is like a whole half of the game. I felt ridiculous. If I wrote this series from scratch (I won't, I can't be bothered) I would mention it a bit more.

Chapter 103: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 38 - Hungover

Summary:

Sometimes you regret the night before but other times it leads to something great.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra groans as she opens her eyes. She doesn't know where she is, why she is naked and who the guy next to her is. She racks her brain and tries to pull the pieces together.

Her head was buzzing with alcohol as she sat at Telma's bar. Telma filled her glass up each time she asked and she knew Telma was no snitch, she knew she wouldn't tell her parents, not that it mattered, she was eighteen and she didn't need permission.

A knight sat next to her and she gazed at him.
"Rough night?" He asked in a friendly tone and she shrugged.
"Just fucked some rich guy and he came before I even felt remotely into it. Then he made sexist remarks so I kicked him in the nuts" she said and he laughed.
"So he was a pathetic fuck and a pathetic man. Sorry to hear it" he said as she downed another glass. "Is that why you are here?" He asked and she looked at him.
"What? To fuck?" She clarified.
"Yeah"
"Are you asking me too?"
"I mean, if you want" he said.

Lyra pulled out a wallet of Rupees and dumped it on the bar.
"We'll be off Telma!" She called.
"Okay, be safe Honey" she said as she glared at the man guiding her out the door.

Her memory was fuzzy and she wobbled as he took her through the streets of Castle Town. She couldn't remember the journey but she found herself kissing him against his wardrobe. He was shirtless and she was feeling his hard muscles.

Her mind skipped to her naked against the wardrobe as his hands grabbed her breasts and fingered her. She moaned and squirmed, her legs shaky. They made out, his body was hot and his dick was hard. She grabbed it and assumed he moaned but her mind was flooded with alcohol and dopamine, so who knows what reality was.

As she gasped for more she was thrown onto the bed, no, fell…. Or maybe guided. Either way he was on top of her and he pushed his solid mass into her, making her scream in pleasure. She called his name, well she probably did if she could recall it. He was good, he felt good, he was strong and muscular and handsome. His dick was hard and big and pleasured her how she wanted. He was what she needed after that weasel from earlier.

She couldn't recall how long they fucked but she knew it was good, she knew he made her climax and he came with her. Their bodies were hot and sweaty and she could recall the exhilarating feeling of him moaning as he shot his load into her.

 

She sat awake and looked at the man with her head throbbing. Technically he took advantage of her. She was in no position to consent but she had no regrets, she knew she would have if she was sober and she never got the vibes his intentions were bad. He seemed kind and caring but even if he wasn't, he was hot and a great fuck.

But still, despite the urge to ride his cock and fuck him once more, she shouldn't. Not because of her throbbing head or the fact she is in the bedroom of a stranger or anything like that. No, because she felt no love for him and a relationship shouldn't start with a one night stand with a man you met while hammered.

She slowly got out of bed, careful to not make a noise and found her discarded clothing that lay across the room. She put them on and then opened his door quietly, holding her breath and letting out a relieved sigh when she discovers there is no creak and then leaves the room.

She finds her way through his home, not remembering any of it at all. She feels sick, she knows she is going to throw up but she would rather be respectful and not puke in this guys house. She quickly finds the door and opens it in a hurry then vomits onto the cobbled streets of Castle Town. She looks around, nobody is in whatever alley way she is in. She wonders through the Town, disoriented and ill, her head throbbing and the morning light didn’t help.

She entered into the main market place, a location she recognised. Originally her plan was to try and make it home but she knew that was an impossible task. Her next thought was Kakariko Village but even that seemed hard. Her last and deciding thought was Telma’s bar, hopefully she was still there. As she stumbled into the small back alley she tried to turn the door handle but it was locked. She then tried turning the handle but still nothing. She then knocked and there was no reply. Lyra leaned against the cold brick wall and then puked again, adding sick to the smell of piss and whatever else stunk the place. The door creaked open and Telma peered out.

“Lyra! You alright?” she said concerned but she smiled weakly.
“Don’t worry, just hung over. I have no clue how I can make it home in this condition so I decided to just… not” she explained.
“That man… he didn’t hurt you did he?” she asked and she shook her head.
“Nah, he was a good fuck and I nearly decided to screw him again but I hinestly don’t even know his name… or if he even has one” she joked and Telma helped her inside.

“Lyra, word of advice, only because I care about you dear, if you are as drunk as you were last night, be careful who you sleep with” Telma told her. Lyra looked up at her, he cleavage on show as usual and even Lyra admitted it looked great.
“So why did you let me leave with him if you were worried?” she asked and Telma shrugged.
“I am not your mother and you should be able to make your own choices.”

“I am heading home in a few minutes Honey, you are welcome to rest at our home. Lucas will be happy to see you” Telma said and Lyra looked up at her.
“Thanks. I will take you up on that…. Did Lucas… did he tell you anything?” she asked and Telma crossed her arms.
“Is there anything need telling?” she asked and Lyra shook her head. “I am sure if there is anything I need to know, he will tell me. Everyone has their private life and you and my son are no different” she said and Lyra let our a relieved sigh. “However,” she said and Lyra froze. “I work in a bar where drinking is the second most common thing that goes on in here. I can see the sign when they are there so I just ask you treat him well” she said and Lyra never replied.

 

Telma and Lyra headed to Kakariko Village. Telma gave her several stories about the glory days. The people she screwed, the people that did it in her bar, the goings on during the Twilight Invasion. Lyra felt lucky to be born when she was, the Battle at Snowpeak was enough for her. She really had no idea the extent of the stuff her Dad went through.

They made it too Kakariko Village and Renardo greeted them at the door.
“Hello Lyra, good to see you” he said as she got off the carriage.
“Hi, you got a couch and a bucket?” she joked and he sighed.
“This way…” he said as he opened the door for the two women.
“Thank you Renardo..” she said as he guided her to the bathroom where she quickly threw up in the toilet.
“Don’t mention it…” he grumbled. Telma walked over and threw an arm around her husband.
“This place is a sanctuary for those in need. Once upon a time Ranardo here gave refuge too Colin and all the kids or Ordon. We helped your Father out quite a bit back in those days you know” Telma said but Lyra wasn’t listening, she was focused on puking.
“Yeah but I hoped those days were behind me. I even gave protection to that useless Barnes…” he said but Telma grinned
“Oh that is why people love you honey, you are a loving and kind person” she said as she kissed him.
“Not here” he complained and she laughed.

“LUCAS!” she called down the hallway and slowly Lucas joined them.
“Lyra? What are you doing here?” he asked and she turned to him.
“Puking” she joked and he sighed.
“Your friend here had a bit too much to drink last night and had a bit of fun with someone” she said and Lucas went red. “I will leave you two alone. Lucas, look after your friend” Telma told him and he didn’t complain.

Telma and Renardo left them alone and Lyra slowly turned to him, he kindly held her hair back.
“So… having fun with someone?” he asked and she rolled her eyes.
“Yeah… I was pissed, I don’t remember his name but it was a good time I know that much” she told him. He couldn’t help feeling jealous. “Wont be seeing him again though. It was a one night thing” she explained and a weird feeling of relief washed over Lucas. Lucas guided her to the couch, he brought a bucket just in case and he put an arm around her. She smiled, she liked how caring he was being, it felt nice.

Her heart was beating fast, she didn’t understand it. It was only Lucas, her friend, they had always been friends. He didn’t even give her the best sex out of the three other people she has screwed. So why did she feel like this. She felt he cared more, there was a certain bond between them when they screwed that the other lacked. Oh Goddess, she thought to herself. Am I falling for him?

“Lucas, have you seen anyone since we last did it?” she asked and he frowned.
“You know the answer to that, of course not.” he said.
“Why? I think you easily could”
“It isn’t that I can’t but more that I… I dunno. I liked it with you” he admitted.
“I have had sex three times since you” she said and he looked at her. “Two out of three of them were fantastic, oh it was thrilling. But there was just some spark I felt with you” she told him.
“Do you want to do it again?” he asked and she smiled.
“Yes, but not know. My head hurts too much.”
“How about a kiss then?”
“You want to kiss me when I look this pale and ill?” she asked and he leaned in and softly kissed her.
“I think you are beautiful” he said and they kissed deeper.

Lyra lowered her hand to his crotch and shoved it down his pants. He looked shocked. “Lyra I thought you said your head hurts” he questioned but she smirked.
“Doesn’t mean I can't do this for you” she told him and he sat back and felt the pleasure of her hand stroking him.
“Lyra…” he moaned, her hand squeezing his hard cock and rubbing it slowly.
“Lucas… listen I want to talk to you about something” she said.
“Now….?” he breathed out and she nodded.
“Now it perfect” she told him as the pressure on his cock didn’t let up. He groaned.
"I… I want to know how you feel about me" she asked and he looked at her with his eyes filled with lust.
"Lyra… your hand is around my dick… right now all I can think about is how much I want you" he said and she leaned forward.
"Seriously Lucas" she said firmly and he looked at her and understood.

"I don't want to ruin our friendship but I think I like you a lot more than just a friend… I mean friends don't do this together. Ever since we did it I have thought about you, thought about being with you, thought about being inside you. I want to spend all my time with you and it is driving me nuts." He told her. He pushed all that out with heavy breaths as she continued to rub her hand down his shaft.
"What if I felt the same?"
"Do you?"
"I think I do. Do you want that?" She asked and he took two deep breaths, one from the handjob and one to compose himself.
"What if it doesn't work out? I don't want to lose you" he said and she smiled.
"If it doesn't work out we will go back to being friends" she told him and he nodded.

Lucas's hands gripped the couch. His face contorted.
"Lyra I am soo close…" he gasped and she sped up.
"Good" she whispered "I don't want to make my friend cum, I want to make my boyfriend cum" she said in a low voice. Those words seemed so very real, it clicked, those words had a meaning and it resonated with Lucas. His penis pulsed and he let out a sigh.
"Lyra! Ahhhh" he moaned.
"Cum for me Lucas… she whispered and he did just that. His dick pulsed and fired his load in several bursts. Lyra felt it pulse in her hand, followed by the warm liquid landing all over her hand.

She pulled her hand from his pants and looked at the stringy liquid coating her. She licked it and it tasted strange. "Good boy" she said and he just sat back and caught his breath.

 

That night Lyra and Lucas went to bed together, they didnt have sex, they just held each other close and enjoyed the comfort of each other.

Notes:

In Celebration of the Tears of the Kingdom Trailer here is another one! Nah, to be honest this was written ages ago but that trailer has got me in a very Zelda mood and encouraged me to finish this.

Also another fanfiction I reading write now called "Forgotten Instincts" by "farore_or_less" has had two new chapters and I enjoyed them both so if you are wanting some Breath of the Wild related (since you won't get it here for a while) I would recommend that. The romance is a slow burn but is really worth the pay off.

Chapter 104: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 39 - Official Couples

Summary:

Lyra has finally made her choice, but she isn't tue only lucky one.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Lyra opened her eyes and her heart fluttered at the knowledge she was being held by her boyfriend. Lucas had his arm around her and they lay there blissfully asleep. For the first time Lyra felt love over lust. She had been in Lucas's bed before, Connor had been in hers and she had spent the night in the bed of a knight, but those were all based on lust. This time they had fallen asleep with just the comfort of being close. It felt nice, but it didn't mean she didn't still crave him.

Eventually he woke up and all the same thoughts filled his mind. She rolled on top of him and kissed him.
“Is this how all my days will start from now on because if so I am a very happy man” he joked and she smiled.
“If you are lucky.” she told him.

Lucas' hands trailed down to her clothed hips and then further down to her arse, giving a soft squeeze. Lyra shuffled against him and smirked. "I already feel it" she pointed out and he grinned.
"You have that effect on me, what do you expect?"
"I expect exactly this"
"Good, but you'll have to get used to feeling my dick"
"I hope I get used to feeling it inside me" she said lower and he kissed her.
"I don't think I am gonna reject that idea" he said as he rolled her over onto her back.

She pulled her tunic off over her head and then the shirt beneath that, leaving her in a black bra. He smiled and kissed her, trailing a hand onto her hip. "You are gorgeous"
"That is one way of saying you like my boobs" she joked and he grabbed them.
"I do. I like them very much" he sighed wistfully and she unclasped her bra for him. "Thanks"
"No problem"

They kissed as he felt her boobs. They were enjoying being together, they knew where this was leading but there was no rush in getting there. She threw her legs around him and straddled him, their clothed groynes rubbed together and pulsed stimuli into their brains. Lyra gripped his back and clawed at his shirt, eventually lifting it over his head and dropping it on the floor.
"You make me so fucking hard" he moaned, his face slightly flushed which forced a smile on top her lips.
"You were hard when you woke up, that wasn't me"
"I know but I just…." He rolled her onto the back and whipped down his shorts, revealing his dick. "... I want you so much…"

Lyra grabbed his erection and stroked it slightly, seeing him muscles become limp at her touch. She giggled at how amusing it was but she wasn't going to torture him, she let go and pushed down her leggins, taking her underwear with them. Lucas stared but she grabbed the back of his next and pulled him down onto her with a forceful kiss. "Lyra.." he moaned as he pressed against her tight. She opened her legs and broke the kiss, staring deeply into his eyes.
"I love you" she said and he hugged her.
"I love you too Lyra"
"Go on… I am ready" she panted with a deep breath. Lucas nodded and grabbed his dick and navigated to her entrance. His tip brushed over it and Lyra shuddered but gave a reassuring nod and he began pushing into her.

His long penis filled her deeply, a long penis Lyra had forgotten about. Their first time was hard for Lyra, until she rode him she couldn't quite feel good but when she did… It was excellent.

But right now there was no need to worry as Lyra gripped the bed sheets hard, feeling the wonderful sensation filling her whole body.

She let out a breath and Lucas stopped, looking at her with concern.
"Are you alright?" He asked but got a deep kiss in response.
"I am more than all right dummy. Now keep going" she ordered and Lucas smiled and pushed fully into her.

Both let out a breathy moan and then laughed at their unison. Her smile remained on her face even as he began moving in and out of her. It was a sweet smile, a smile Lucas didn't know that he loved so much until now. But underneath that smile was an expression of love and desire.

He began rolling his hips and the sensation forced Lyra to roll her head back in bliss. He moves his head down to her neck and kisses her, his breath on her skin and his hands roaming her body. His hands slowly trail up her arms and then pins them down on the bed and picks up the pace. "Haaaaaghhh!" She let out, her eyes opening wide but soon muffled by a kiss.
"Lyra… I love you" he sighs as he breaks the kiss. She smiles and then wraps her legs around his waist then pulls her arms free of his hold effortlessly, grabbing his head and pulling him in for a hungry kiss. She held him there, feeling every inch of his body and grinding against his slow rhythm.

Lyra rolled and flipped him on his back, his dick slipping out of her wet tunnel so she grabs it and rubs against it.
"I love this thing" she sighed, catching her breath from their long battle of lips. "I can see you do too by that look on your face" she remarked but Lucas was too breathless to respond. She smirked then raised her hips and lowered herself onto his mass.

Her eyes widened as she felt it fill her fully and she wasted no time in gyrating atop him. Her hands gripped his chest and his hands gripped her hips as she rocked her fit, strong body like a Goddess. Lucas was in awe, her breasts were a view of bliss that made him shake beneath her.

Lucas took a deep breath then grabs her butt cheeks and she tenses up briefly as a jolt goes through her body, her eyes turn down and meet his and then a grin spring across her face and she begins rocking her hips. She could feel every inch of his wonderful cock inside her as she rode him and judging by his face, he could feel every inch of her. She takes a deep breath, controlling herself and keeping a steady beat. He began moving too, making Lyra readjust slightly and try extra hard to keep herself under control.

Lucas bucked his hips upwards as he gripped her cheeks tight. Lyra broke, a throaty gasp existing her body like she had just had it knocked out of her.
"Ahhhhh!" She screamed and Lucas felt his dick twitch inside her. "Lucas yes!" She let out. He pounded again, meeting her rolling hips midway and this time it was his turn to call out her name.

Lucas finds strength from nowhere and forces his body upright, Lyra wobbles but grabs his upper to keep balance. He supports her with a hand on her back but one hand is on her hip and he uses it to push her down lower on his dick. She bites her lip as a whimper escapes her throat. She lets out a nervous chuckle followed by what Lucas could only describe as a growl then rocks her hips fast.

Lucas' new found strength doesn't waver as he rocks his hips just as fast as she does. Their eyes are locked in a staring contest, trying to figure out who will break first. Lyra softly bites her lip again and it was enough to break him.
"Ahhhaa!" He moaned, pulling at her hip even more and she lost it.
"AAAGGGHHHH! LUCAS!" She screamed, loud enough to leave a dull ring in his ears.

She leaned back, one arm holding his shoulder and the other planted down behind her in the bed sheets. Lucas grabbed her other hip and continued to fuck her relentlessly. Her body leaned back, giving him a full view of her naked form which was all the motivation he needed.

Lyra rocked her body but she was in a position where she had to reply on his strength somewhat to carry them to the end. Both of them were sweating and both were close, as if the finish to a race was insight.

"Ly…ra!" He gasped.
"Lucas…." She breathed.

They both felt it, the euphoria and orgasmic high pour through them. He fired his load in one thick bust which was quickly followed by a smaller shot. As their bodies moved together Lyr gradually herself descended onto the bed, him lowering with her.

Eventually they came to a stop and looked into each other's eyes. "Don't move. Just stay like this." She said quietly and he listened to her for a moment until he pulled out and lay next to her. She was a little annoyed so she rolled on top of him and just hugged him.

“When do you want to tell people about us?” he asked after many minutes of silence.
“As soon as possible. I am not one for keeping this a secret.”
“Should we tell my Mum and Dad now then?” Lucas asked and she nodded, pulling herself off him and finding the clothes she had thrown around the room. Once dressed, Lucas opened the door and Telma was in the kitchen. “Hey Mum… we have something to tell you” he said and she laughed.
“You are together” she said and Lucas took a step back.
“How did you know?” he asked and she turned.
“For a start I heard you through the walls, but also it is so obvious” she said and Lyra laughed while Lucas was bright red with embarrassment.
“That sound was probably me. I do apologise for the screaming, your son’s dick forced it out of me” she said and Telma went bright red this time.
“Okay Lyra, I wanted to embarrass my son but now you have beat me at my own game. I really don’t need to know that” she said and Lyra grinned, the first time anyone had probably made Telma embarrassed about the idea of sex in anyway. Lyra took this as a great success.

 

Connor arrived at Hyrule Castle early. He had arranged a date with Princess Zelda for today and he was escorted to a waiting room. Eventually she walked in, wearing a formal looking dress that didn’t make her stand out.
“Hello Connor, I want to ask a favour of you” she said and he nodded.
“Anything”
“I would like to go for a picnic in Hyrule Field but all my guards insist on being there to protect me. I want to get to know you without a band of guards watching over my shoulder so… what if I promoted you as a Guard..” she suggested and he scratched his head.
“Are you sure I am capable of that?” he asked and she smiled nicely.
“Why not? You played a part in the Battle at Snowpeak right? You were awarded for your bravery. I think you would be perfect”
“I… I don’t know what to say…”
“Yes. Say yes!” she insisted and he laughed.
“Okay. Yes. Yes Zelda. I will be your Knight!”

 

Princess Zelda explained to her Mother that Connor would be her personal Knight and she agreed to the disdain of her Father. Shad thought she was just doing so as an excuse to be free but the Queen knew better, better in the sense that she was certainly doing this for her freedom and understands that she needed a sense of that if she was to someday grow into the future ruler of Hyrule. With that out of the way, Connor escorted her out to Hyrule Field where the two sat beneath a lonely tree on a hill.

“It is beautiful” she remarked and Connor stared at her Golden hair blowing in the breeze.
“Yeah. Beautiful” he repeated. Silence filled the air. “I haven’t really seen much of Hyrule. Most of my life has been spent up in Snowpeak. You kinda get bored of the black and white after a while” he told her and she sat back, interested in what he had to say. “There is contrast here in Hyrule. You look around and there are green fields but you look another direction and there is Hyrule Castle, a beautiful landmark. Over there is Death Mountain, it looks scary and from what I have heard about Kakariko Village from Lyra it is dry, brown and unpleasant to look at, but I dunno, it sounds nice”
“Snowpeak sounds nice to me. I have rarely seen snow” she told him and he shrugged.
“You’re not missing much”
“No but that’s just it” she said with enthusiasm and he looked at her. “You act like it isn’t worth seeing because you are bored of it but Hyrule Castle… I don’t really get a lot out of looking at it, not like you do” she explained. “We are all products of our environment.”

She leaned against his shoulder and he smiled. “I am going to make you take me to Snowpeak someday” she told him and his smile grew wider.
“Is that just an excuse for a second date?” he joked and she went bright red.
“NO! It’s just… I want to see the world. I have never been allowed before”
“It is pretty dangerous, and cold”
“Lucky I have a strong and warm hearted Knight by my side then” she flirted and he looked her in the eyes. They kissed.

Connor felt magnetised to her, he pulled her in deeper and she didn’t resist. His hands touched her hip and she flinched and pulled away.
“Sorry! I am sorry Zelda!” he exclaimed.
“It’s alright… I am just. I am not ready for that yet” she told him, looking down at the ground.
“Of course. I shouldn’t have…” she shut him up with another kiss on the lips, short and sweet.
“Be quiet. In due time. Maybe we can take things a little slower. Maybe Snowpeak first.”

They both laughed.

 

“I do really hate this mountain,” Lucas said as Lyra practically dragged him through the snow. “You’ll get used to it if we are together” she said and Lucas sighed. They eventually made it too Snowpeak and she wandered to her family's quarters.
“Lyra. Where the hell have you been?” Ashei asked in anger. Lyra turned to see her Mam walking toward her.
“Puking in Lacas’ toilet mainly” she joked but Ashei sighed.
“I don’t mind you being away from home but don’t just disappear at a party and not tell us” she said and Lyra smiled.
“Were you worried?” she asked and Ashei sighed again.
“I am your mother. It is my job to worry” she said as she walked past them.
“Me and Lucas are together” she blurted out and Ashei stopped in her tracks and turned.
“Like… together, together?” she asked and Lyra nodded.
“We err… I mean only recently but you know it has kinda been a thing for… a bit…” she admitted and Ashe smiled.
“Well good, I am happy for you. Do you need a bigger bed?” she asked and Lyra laughed and looked at the embarrassed Lucas.
“See, my mam isn’t too different from yours” Lyra said.
“Oh, Telma is VERY different to me. There is no way I could have been with as many….” she stopped and looked at Lucas “... bottles of alcohol as her….” she corrected.

“Lucas! What brings you to Snowpeak?” Link asked as he walked in to break the awkwardness.
“Our Daughter it seems” Ashei said and Link looked at them.
“We are together” Lyra told him and he smiled.
“Oh… hmmm” Link said in thought. They all looked at him thinking hard. “Yeah, that should be fine.” he said.
“I am glad you approve, Dad, but I don’t need it.” she said.
“They need a bigger bed” Ashei said and Link went red.
“Wow! No! Hold on!” he protested and Lyra laughed.
“My Dad on the other hand, is nothing like your Mam…”

 

Time passed and Connor and Zelda dated for months. They were in love, they spent all their time together and Connor was certain this was the day. They sat on a small meadow by Lake Hylia with the breeze once again blowing Zelda’s Golden Hair around with elegance. Connor reached into his pocket.
“Zelda.” he said and she turned. “I adore you. You understand that right?” he asked and she blushed.
“Of course silly. I love you too”
“Well then…” he said and he pulled his hands in front of her and opened a small box. “Will you Marry Me?” he asked and her heartbeat increased to eleven.
“Yes… Yes Connor! Oh Hylia!” she squealed as he attempted to put the ring on her shaking hand. He leaned in and kissed her and she pulled him down into the soft grass. “I am so happy… Connor…” she cried and he embraced her.

They lay on the grass for hours, talking and enjoying each other's company. The day turns to night and the cool breeze turns chilled. A blanket is thrown around them and the warmth of their bodies together is comforting and smooth. They face each other and his hands are rested on her hip with no hesitation, they drift adventurously down to her rear and she does nothing to protest.

“We can Connor” she says and to prove she isn’t bluffing she presses a palm softly against his crotch.
“Are you sure?” he asks and she kisses him.
“I am. This is perfect.”
“I love you…” he tells her as he shifts on top of her. His hands trail up her dress and reach the soft fabric that he pushes aside. He exposes his dick, Zelda can’t see it due to them being under a blanket but she felt it graze her leg. He moves to her entrance and kisses her flushed face.

"Are you absolutely sure?" He asks and she nods.
"I am. Please be gentle" she sighs and Connor nods, kisses her then slowly pushed inside her. "Mmm" she moans lightly as she feels him press deep inside her.
"Are you okay?" He asks with tenderness and she smiles.
"Yes. This is nice. Keep going" she tells him and they hug as he continues to make love to his fiancée under that starlit sky of Lake Hylia….

Notes:

This took a while to write but the whole series is done now (except a epilogue) so this will release weekly for the next few weeks or more frequently if I am feeling generous.

I have been having fun but my God this has took a lot of time and at tjis point I just want it over with. I started Twilight Princess Aftermath in September 2021. It was very fun at first but I think the time jumps and the amount of characters was just a little too much for me. One scene left to write. I can do it.

Chapter 105: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 40 - The Grandkids of Link

Summary:

Link's Kids are all grown up and starting lives of their own.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Time goes by when you are a parent. One day your kid is born, the next day they are telling you about their first boyfriend and the next they are 30 years old, married and pregnant with your grandson. That is how Link felt as Lyra broke the news that she had Lucas were having a baby.

To be honest, Link had given up hope of Lyra giving him a Grandkid. They got married when they were 21 and had been together for a long time and never talked of having kids. The truth was that Lyra wanted to wait until she was a respected knight and was on par with her parents, in her mind she had made it. She was ready to start a family.

“You know, besides Ilia, all the kids I grew up with in Ordon are related.” Link said, making Ashei, Lyra and Lucas all look up.
“That can’t be right.” Ashei said but he insisted.
“Okay so Lyra is married to Lucas, Lucas is the son of Telma. Telma is married to Renardo who is the father of Luda who married Colin. Colin and Isla are siblings, Isla married Malo who is Talo’s brother. Talo is married and has a kid with Beth. If one of Ilia’s kids married Beth’s kid or something it would connect to the link” he said and Ashei felt weirded by this.
“Right, I don’t like how small this genepool is getting. Lyra, make sure your kid doesn’t marry anyone from Ordon. That place is gonna be a incest hive someday” she said but Link shook his head.
“It’s not that bad. Colin doesn’t live there, Malo doesn’t, obviously we don’t. New blood is gonna have to be introduced to that place to be honest” Link said.
“Well you don’t have to worry. Like me, my kid is gonna be a snow baby. I imagine our family is gonna live in Snowpeak for a long while yet” Lyra says and Lucas sighs.
“And I will endure the cold for a while yet” he grumbled.

 

Time goes on and Lyra has her Daughter, she is called Lyn. The day she was born was also the day that Tom came home, to see his niece obviously but to tell them he is dating a girl called Catherine in Castle Town. Tom became a Hyrule Historian under the tutelage of Shad and Carlos became personal Knight of Princess Zelda at the recommendation of Connor.

Tom returned to Castle Town a week later and approached the door of his Girlfriend’s house. He knocked and a few seconds later a Woman with a big dress and pigtails answered the door.
“Awww, I was expecting a little Grasshopper!” she complained and Tom just stared in confusion.
“Excuse me?” he said and she blinked at him.
“Oh, are you here to see Catherine?” she said and Tom nodded. “Come inside!” she said and Tom hesitated but followed the strange Woman into her home.

The main room had a giant tree in the middle and butterflies and various insects flew around.
“Quite the collection of insects you have here”
“They are not my collection! They are my babies and friends.” she shouted and Tom once again stared.
“Sorry…” he mumbled.
“Tom! Over here!” Catherine shouted as she opened a door and Tom wasted no time and followed his Girlfriend into her room. “Sorry about my mother she is…. I mean she is a little odd” Catherine said and Tom nodded.
“Err… She called her insects her babies..” he pointed out and catherine sat on her bed.
“Yeah… I didn’t mention any of this when we met because I didn’t want to scare you away”

Tom looked at her. She had two blonde pigtails like her mother and wore a looser and more normal dress. He sat next to her and kissed her softly.
“I am interested in you, not your mother” he said to her and she hugged him.
“Yeah but eventually you would ask about my parents” she said and he shrugged “Well look, my parents are far from average so let's hear it. I promise I won't run away.”
“Okay well my Mother is obsessed with insects and has a ball with them. She also pays people a ridiculous amount of money to find insects for her. She won't tell me who my father is and instead tells me that I am the daughter of a grasshopper. To be honest, whoever my Dad is, I don’t blame him for running a mile. She seems to care about her “babies” more than her own actual Daughter” Catherine explained. Tom took her hand.
“I am so sorry. I mean I am a pretty good researcher, maybe I could figure out who your Dad is” he said to her and she smiled.
“Would you really do that?” she asked and he nodded.
“I will try,” he said.

Catherine leaned in and kissed him. Tom sighed and gently held her close. The kiss broke and they both gazed into each other's flushed faces. "You are beautiful." He tells her and she smiles a pretty smile.
"Thank you." She replied and then without warning pulled him into a heavier and more passionate kiss. His hand gripped her back and she forced herself forward, pushing herself on top of him. They broke the kiss and laughed. "I think something is poking me" she said with innocence and Tom closed his eyes.
"Sorry…"
"Oh." She said and then laughed.

There was a long silence. "Does this mean you want to…?" She said and he went red.
"No, it's not like that! It is just that.." he panicked and she kissed him.
"It's not a trick question" she reassured him and he smiled.
"Yeah. But only if you want to" he told her and she nodded.
"I've never done it before"
"Neither have I" he told her and she smiled.

Tom got it and rolled on top of her and pulled his shirt off. She blushed, looking away but all he could think about was how cute she looked. He trailed his hand to the straps on her dress and she nodded simply, giving him the permission to unfasten the strings and peel off the fabric.

Her shoulders were bare and Tom pulled it down further and he could already tell she was wearing no bra. He pulled it down and the curves of her breasts became visible. They were not very big but nice enough for Tom to feel something. He slowly caressed them and she let out a small whimper. “You are beautiful” he said quietly and she smiled.

She wiggled out of the dress herself and pulled down her tights and panties as Tom got bare himself. She glanced at his erect penis and felt heat rush to her head. This was actually happening. He moves atop her and lines up. “Are you okay with this?” he asks her and she nods.
“I am. Just slowly” she says and he nods.

He pushes into her and her hand covers her mouth as her back arches and she lets out a muffled moan. Tom was in awe, he had just lost his virginity and although he had only just pushed inside her, he could tell it was worth the hype.
“Catherine…” he sighs and she opens her eyes, looking shocked he had moaned her name. Their eyes locked for a few moments and then he took the initiative and began moving, picking up the pace and she gasped for air, hand still around her mouth.

He continued moving in and out of her, her legs closing on his hips as she struggled to keep a low tone. He takes her hand and moves it from her mouth and kisses her. They break off the kiss and Catherine immediately bites her lips in an attempt to stifle a moan. It doesn’t last long though as she feels an intense wave sure through her.
“Agghaaahhh!” she lets out and the sight and sound Tom experienced was enough to make him lose control and cum inside her.

He rocks his hips fast as his dick spasm and empties in her. They both cry in ecstasy, closing lips around each other once more. They gradually come to a stop as they both pant for air. Tom rolls off her and all she could think is how she has never experienced joy like that in her life. They cuddle together and she takes a deep breath. “That was….”
Exhilarating?” Tom asks and she smiles.
“Yeah!”

They lay together for a while and enjoyed the silence until a thought popped into Catherine’s head. “You said your parents weren’t normal, what is weird about them?” she asks and Tom thinks for a moment.
“Well… you know the Hero of Twilight?” he says and she nods.
“That's my Dad”
“Oh.. Oh wow” she says “that is so cool!” she says excitedly. Tom gives a neutral expression.
“I mean, it is normal for me” he tells her “If you don’t mind the cold we can go to Snowpeak so you can meet my parents. I told them I have a girlfriend and they wanted to meet you”.
“Really? Oh I would love it. I mean, I can put up with the snow enough to meet a legendary hero.”
“It really isn’t a big deal” he said and she rolled on top of him and kissed him.
“I know, what is a bigger deal is the son of a legendary hero is interested in a girl like me”
“Oh please, how could I say no to your adorable face?”

 

Connor stuck to his word and took Catherine up to snowpeak. She shivered the whole time there and Tom just laughed, he couldn’t help it, he had warned her like he warned everyone else but on ever seemed to think it would be as cold as described. It was always so much worse. She hurried through the doors into the warm and Tom guided her through.

They made it to the living quarters of his family and their voices could be heard alongside that of a baby crying. “Hi Mam, Dad” he said as he walked in.
“Hi Lyra… oh how are you doing, oh I am doing fine” Lyra spoke in a cocky tone. Tom ignored his big sister.
“This is Catherine, my Girlfriend. Catherine, my parents, my sister Lyra and my lady baby niece Lyn” he said as he smiled at the baby.
“Nice to meet you” she said politely and before Link could say anything he spotted Lyra staring at Catherine.
“I am sorry… you said Girlfriend correct?” she said and Tom slowly nodded in confusion. Lyra walked up to Catherine. “Nah, there must be some sort of mistake. How does someone like you find a Girlfriend so pretty?” Lyra remarks and Catherine chuckles and Lyra drops the act. “Nice to meet you Catherine” she says.
“You look familiar. Have we met?” Link says and everyone looks at him.
“I… I don’t think so… Sorry, I know so. I feel like I would have remembered the meeting… well YOU” she said, a little embarrassed.
“We are not usually this weird of a family” Ashei tells her as she gestures for her to take a seat.
“We are. We are a very weird family. I would run now while you have the chance” Ashei joked.

Link sat and stared in a similar manner as Lyra did earlier. Link’s face slowly twists into a strange shape and his eyes widen.
“Are you…. Is your Mother called Agitha?” he asked and Catherine buried her hands in her face.
“Oh no… Please don’t say you know my Mother…” she pleaded and Link howled in laughter.
“Sorry! Sorry I am so sorry but…. Oh wow” he said and Tom felt uncomfortable now.
“Stop it Dad. I met her and she is a bit… a bit odd but she is not that…okay she is strange but still!”
“It is okay Tom. My Mother is beyond crazy” she said and Ashei and Lyra gave each other puzzled looks.
“Who is Agitha?” Ashei asked and Link calmed down and took a deep breath.

“On my journey I met a young Girl who was obsessed with Bugs. Like creepily obsessed. She claimed to be having a ball for her bugs and she would pay me a lot of money, and I mean A LOT of money to go fetch her bugs. She would then tell me creepy stuff like how she wanted caterpillars to crawl all over her and stuff like that. If I left her house with bugs she would creepily say ‘I know you have bugs’ before I left. She was a strange one but she made me rich” Link said and Lyra frowned.
“And this is when you were saving Hyrule? You had time to go collect bugs?” She questioned and Link shrugged.
“I am nothing like my Mother. I assure you. I don’t want anything to do with her. I am so embarrassed” Catherine said and suddenly Link felt awful.
“I am sorry. But our parents don’t define us. If they did, then Lyra would be way more epic” he joked and she grinned.
“What he means is that I would be a loser if our parents defined us” she said and Ashei took her turn to glare.
“My point is, you are welcome here and Tom is lucky to have you” he said and with that Catherine gave a smile.
“Thank you”.

 

After a month or so Tom found out that Catherine was pregnant and they would be having a child together. They had a son and with the money of Tom’s high paying job and the wealth of Catherine’s mother, they moved to a nice house in Castle Town where they raised their son together.

Meanwhile Carlos walked in front of Zelda as they walked through the Castle. At Connor’s request, he became the Princess’s personal Guard. It was an easy job to be honest as no one was foolish enough to try and attack the Princess but it was a job that required you to be a lot at all times for the smallest, tiniest chance something happens. They walked into a large dining area where a table was being set by some maids. Carlos smiled at one of them, she had short brown hair and freckles, he thought she was cute and she responded to his smile with one of her own.

Apparently the feast was going to be for some important royal event, a birthday or an anniversary or something that didn’t interest Carlos, but he knew the Princess would be there as well as many nobles.

“You are officially off duty Carlos” Zelda said and he turned to her “There are several guards for tonight, you won’t be my guard BUT you will be paid more if you join the others” she said with a wink. He smiled and nodded.
“I think that sounds great. When is that?” he asked.
“7pm”
“So I have to wait here for three hours?” he said and she shrugged.
“You could leave but I can’t promise you will get back in” she told him and his shoulders sagged.
“Fine, at least I can enjoy the smell of the food getting cooked” he said as Zelda smiled, walking away.

He leaned against a wall briefly and then realised he shouldn’t do that so stood up. He looked around for somewhere to sit but besides the table for the royals, there was nowhere. It was going to be a long three hours.

He watched the cute girl put down cutlery. She kept glancing up at him every so often and then looking down when their eyes locked. He seemed to recognise her but he couldn't place her.

About an hour later the table was set and the maids left, all but one. She walked over to Carlos and smiled nervously.
“Do you remember me?” she asked and he smiled.
“I recognise you, you are very familiar. Like I feel like I know you really well” he said and she went red.
“My name is Abbie. You were pretty drunk when we kissed” she said and Carlos grinned.
“Oh! You were that cute girl at Telma’s bar that made out with me” he said and she looked to the side with a cute smile.
“I seem to remember you kissing me.” she said and he laughed.
“Well I was drunk, it is all a blur. So if I acted weird I apologies”
“No! You were really nice actually. I regretted not getting your name and thought I had blown my chance” she admitted.
“Carlos. My name is Carlos” he said to her. She brushed her hair back.
“So, you think I am cute?”
“You think you had blown a chance?”
“Hmmm” she hummed as she bit her lip. Carlos thought she was so adorable. He stepped a little forward. “Sorry if I am acting strange, it is just I am not good at… this” she and he smiled.
“You are not being weird. I am just awestruck at how cute you are” he told her and she blushed.
“Thank you…. I think you are just really… you know. Hot” she said to him. She looked down. “I really liked the kiss we shared, I wished it could have lasted forever”. Carlos took another step forward and now they were standing close.
“It was magnificent…” he said quietly.

They looked into each other's eyes and he went for it, he pushed his mouth to hers and she accepted it. She pulled at his head and kissed deeply. His hands placed on her hips and she arched her legs. The kiss broke and she looked into his eyes with passion.
“Sorry, we could get in trouble…” she said and he put a hand on her cheek.
“I don’t mind, I want more.” he said as he kissed her again.
“Carlos…” she whispered and it stirred him on more.

He pushes her backwards, onto a drawer and pushes his hands onto her breasts. She kisses him heavily. He really shouldn’t be doing this but that made it all the more exhilarating. His hands trail up her dress and graze her thighs making her squeeze her legs shut on his hand.
"Oh Carlos…we'll get caught" she moaned and he kissed her.
"Not if we are quick" he said in a low voice and she closed her eyes and opened her legs.

Carlos pulled his flies down and pulled his dick out. Abbie opens her eyes and looks at it but quickly looks away.
"Oh Hylia…" she says and Carlos chuckles. He moves between her legs and positions himself at her core.
"You sure?" He asks and she just nods, unable to speak. He leaned forward and pushed against her, the tip going inside. She winces a little, he takes a deep breath and pushes all the way into her.

She gasps loudly and he pushes his hand over her mouth to muffle the sound. Her eyes are wide as she is feeling immense pleasure from the hard penis filling her. Carlos pulled out and pushed back in, starting to rock his hips into her. He took his hand away from her mouth and returned it to her breasts. One hand felt her body while the other was placed flat on the drawer.
“Carlos… this is so….” she whispered, wrapping her arms and legs around his body.
“I know… you feel fantastic” he moaned as he kept up his rocking.

His heart was beating like a drum, he knew the consequences of getting caught screwing a maid on a drawer in the dinning hall of Hyrule Castle but the chance was too thrilling to pass up on. She was so wet, he slid in and out easily and she felt so good, his breathing became heavier and her panting was pitched higher, it was pure ecstasy.

They heard footsteps approaching and Carlos didn’t think he would have time to pull out and put his dick away in time so with no time to think he picked her up and moved behind the open door and shoved her against the wall. She gasped and Carlos kissed her heavily to shut her up.

It was the Queen and Shad holding the hand of their granddaughter, 6 year old Zelda, this couldn't be worse. They were talking about something in detail, Carlos not paying attention to what. Carlos and Abbie would be in view if they turned around to their right.

Abbie's grip tightened and Carlos felt daring so he began rocking his hips again. She gasped lightly but luckily the conversation between the Queen and Shad over shadowed it. His hand gripped her arse but he managed to quickly kiss her before any more sounds could escape her throat.

Zelda and Shad and the young girl walked further into the room, allowing the fucking couple to be more in view. They left out doors on the opposite end of the room. Carlos broke the kiss and she gasped for air.
"That was too close…" she told him "but not as close as I am…" she moaned. Carlos grinned and began bucking his hips faster.

She gasped loudly as he relentlessly fucked her. She gripped him tightly and rocked her hips into his powerful thrusts. “Oh Carlos!” she screamed and they both knew she was way too loudly but they were beyond caring. He groaned loudly.
“Abbie! Ughhhh!” he moaned.
“I am going toooo. Oh Carlos!” she pleaded and he could hold on no longer, shooting his seed inside her.

As they called each other's names in orgasmic bliss they eventually came back down to earth, realising the dangerous position they were in. He let go of her and she got to her feet, fixing her messed up clothes and Carlos tucked his hard dick away.
“That was incredible Abbie” he quietly said and she smiled.
“It was…. It was also a miracle we didn’t get caught” she told him with a blushed face.
“Well, if you ever want to do it more risk free, just let me know” he told her and she smiled.
“I will do, thank you” she told him before hurrying off.

 

About a month passed and Carlos was standing outside the bedroom door of Zelda and Connor. He heard them going at it from behind the doors but as a knight he officially heard nothing. He noticed Abbie coming down the hallway with a nervous expression on her face. She passed him and handed him a piece of paper, before he could say anything she hurried away. He looked down at the note and it told him to come to her place tonight as she has something to tell him.

He did just that, heading to her house in Castle Town, a small place tucked behind many larger buildings. He knocked on her door and she answered.
“I am glad you came… Can we talk?” she asked and he smiled.
“Sure” he said as he stepped in.
She made a cup of tea and joined him on the couch. She was nervous and it made him nervous.
“I don’t really know how to say this Carlos but… but I am pregnant” she said and he felt his face heat up. He said nothing, no words came to his mind as he was in shock. He wanted to ask how it happened but obviously he knew the answer to that.
“I… I don’t know what to say” he said and she began crying. He quickly put down the cup of tea and put an arm around her.
“Don’t cry” he whispered.
“What will we do?” she sobbed and Carlos thought for a moment.
“I don’t know Abbie. Obviously we didn’t plan this, we don’t know each other really but I am prepared to try and make this work” he told her and she looked up at him. “I am not just going to abandon you with a child Abbie. I know this isn’t ideal but we can work through this. It isn’t like I never wanted a kid, sure this is earlier than planned but I am here for you” he told her. She stopped crying.
“Carlos…are you sure you want to waste your time with someone like me? I am only a maid… you are the Princess’ knight”
“You are beautiful and kind Abbie, it doesn’t matter what you do. We may not work out as a couple, not all relationships do but I am willing to give this a shot if you are” he told her.

She leaned in and kissed him softly. Carlos placed a hand in the side of her head and held her in place.
"You know… despite the outcome… I don't regret what we did" she whispered softly into his ear. Carlos pushed her backwards onto the couch.
"Neither do I…" he whispered as he pushed a hand up her skirt. She squirmed at his touch and smiled.
"Let's not beat around the bush. I want you. You are hot and I can't get you out of my head. So take me" she offered, no, demanded.

Carlos smiled and pulled off his shirt, revealing his hot body and muscles. She doesn't spend too long ogling him and instead rips her own clothes off in a desperate hurry. As Calos pulls his pants down he looks up to catch her bra falling from her body and revealing her boobs that are the perfect shape of round. But now, she is ogling him, specifically his mouth watering dick.

He pushes her down and she nods. He pushes the tip against her and rubs, refusing to push it inside. She gives a wanting expression but he just kisses her breasts. Her head falls back and she moans as his tip moves over her clit. "Please…" she begs "Take me. Put it in me"
Carlos has everything he needs and slides into her.

Her eyes widen and just as she is about to let out a scream of pleasure from the feeling of being filled he pulls out, rams into her and takes her breath away. Carlos rolls his hips in a circular arc, pulling all the way out before sliding back into her already wet pussy.

Abbie grabs his hair hard forcing Carlos to wince but it gets his attention. They stare and she has a determined smile on her face, a face of hunger and desire. A face that says “Keep fucking me good!” Carlos shares a similar expression and accepts her silent request and disrupts his consistent rhythm with a hard thrust.

“AH!” she yells and before Carlos could react she wraps her legs around him. Carlos places his hands on the couch and fucks her fast and hard. “YES CARLOS!” she screams “FASTER!” she moans. He doesn't think such a request is possible but he gives it his best shot and does not relent. He is already tired and his body is sweating. Abbie bucks her hips upwards to meet him halfway.

Abbie attempts to roll on top of him and ride him but all she does is drag them both off the couch and onto the floor, knocking a vase off a table. Carlos turns to check the damage but she grabs his face and turns it back to her. “Eyes on me!” she tells him and he smiles.
“You are not too bothered about the chaos in the comfort of your own home huh?” he remarks.
“There is no one to catch us here. We can make as much noise as we like. I can let out what I wanted last time” she tells him.

Carlos pinned her arms to her sides and then rocked hips fast once more. She moaned, her head falling backwards as he dominated her. He was hard, fast and hot. Sweat ran down both of their bodies, her face was flushed and she panted for air. Carlos let everything out as he fucked her.

“Carlos…” she sighed.
“I know. Me too.” he moaned as he felt his approaching climax race ever closer. His hands kept a tight grip on her wrists as he furiously fucked her.
“I am so close! Oh Hylia you feel so good!”
“I….Aghhh”
“Oh Hyia! Yes!” she screamed as she felt her body shake and fill with pleasure.
“Haaaghhh!” he yelled as he exploded inside her, his grip on her wrists tightened hard.
“Ahhhhh!” she exclaimed as his body continued to pleasure her and shoot his load into her.

Eventually they come to a slow down and both of them lay tangled on the carpet. “Well… I think our relationship has begun with a strong start” she joked and he laughed, hugged her and sighed.
“Yeah. It has.”

 

Carlos and Abbie have their kid, a girl they name Shirley. They moved into a small house in Castle Town, nothing fancy but it was what they could afford. Abbie takes care of their daughter while Carlos works doubly hard and gets a second job at Telma’s bar to earn more Rupees. Telma pays him more than he is worth because she knows he needs the money and he is eternally thankful. Despite the rocky roads in their relationship, things start looking up and they fall for each other the more they spend time together.

Two Years later Lyra has her second kid, a boy the name Brandon and three years after that they have their second daughter Natalie. Link went from no grandkids to five in the space of about 6 years. Link was a family man and he loved his family growing. He didn’t get to spend everyday with Tom and Carlos’s kids as they had moved from Snowpeak but he joyfully spent as much time as he could with Lyra’s three kids.

Link felt blessed, he had never got to know his parents and especially not his grandparents. He never really felt like he was missing out until now, where he saw the joy on their little faces and he was happy they got to experience what he could not. He also never took it for granted that he wasn’t dead, he knew Lyra felt the same as they had both met the Hero of Time and knew he never got to watch his children grow into Adults. His kids were in their 30’s and he got to spend time with grandkids. With the dangerous life he lived before and after having kids it was a small miracle he was still alive and he intended to stick around for a lot longer yet.

Notes:

The story is finished now, thank God, so I will be releasing weekly until the end. There is five more chapters.

Enjoy.

Chapter 106: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 41 - Retirement Plan

Summary:

In your 60's it might be hard to lift a canonball without pulling your back out. Even if you are a Legendary Hero.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link’s back ached. His shoulder ached. His knees hurt when they bent and his joints cracked at every move. His arms were stiff and he couldn’t swing a sword like he used to. Link was 60, he had been in the fray since he was 19 and the years of saving Hyrule and training an army in the brutal conditions of Snowpeak had taken a toll. Knights under his command knew to some extent but Link hid it well, not wanting to show weakness but in reality it showed the opposite, his knights had much respect for the Hero of Twilight and with his scruffy beard now grown out, he looked like a serious badass.

Ashei had taken a backseat to some of her duties. She still worked hard but her days of training were over. She was stubborn in her younger days but as the decades went on she mellowed out and had sense to slow down, something Link should be taking a lesson from.

Lyra was 40 and had taken over many of her Father’s rolls. She was head of the army but Link and Ashei were still head of the house. Her Brother’s were doing just fine with being Zelda’s personal knight and a researcher under Shad respectively.

But it was only when Link pulled his back lifting a cannonball that he admitted to himself that something was wrong. He hobbled to his quarters, trying to look uninjured until out of sight. Ashei saw him enter, he shut the door and winced.
“What did you do this time?” his loving wife asked as she walked over to him, not wearing the armour she once wore daily but her sweater still prominent.
“Pulled my back. Just need to take it easy for a day or two” he groaned as he took a seat and gasped when Ashei dug her thumbs into his sore spot, massaging it.
“No Link, you need to take it easy for ever. You are gonna kill yourself” she told him. He sighed, hearing her argument for the millionth time.
“Ashei, I am made for this. Nobody can train those knights like I can.” he said and she rolled her eyes and sat next to him.
“A few things. First of all, Lyra is more than capable. Second of all, you won’t be here forever. Do you just assume Hyrule will fall without you? It takes some ego to assume such a thing. But also the older you get the worse you get and eventually you won't be adequate. Do you really want to go out at your worse or do you want to quit while you are ahead? You have done so much for Hyrule and you deserve rest, we can afford it Link” she told him and he sighed.
“A few more years” he said and Ashei shook her head.
“And a few more after that… No Link, you need to call it quits soon. Link, we are old now but we aren't too old to not enjoy a retirement. Does spending the next 30 years of our life together in peace with no busy work not sound worth it to you? I don’t wanna have to live out my elder days without you but at this rate you are giving yourself an early funeral” she told him.

They sat there in silence. Her head leaning on his shoulder in front of the hot fire. “How about we go out tonight. Telma’s bar, see an old friend, have a few drinks and talk it over?” she asked and he put an arm around her.
“Sure. Although why do I think you are plotting something?” he asked and she grinned.
“Because we have been married for 40 years”

 

Link and Ashei do what they said they would and go down to Castle town for some drinks at Telma’s bar. Telma had worked at this bar from before Link was born and even in her old age she ran it like she did as a young woman. Ashei was impressed that she could still flirt the same way and attract male customers like she could in her glory days, maybe it was because she aged well.

As most of the customers left Link and Ashei sat at the bar and waited for Telma to come over. Link found it weird that there was an unspoken acknowledgment that both him and his wife had fucked Telma and now that Lyra and Lucas are married, she is technically family. But yet again, her step daughter Lude married Colin and she also screwed Rustl. But to be fair, Telma had fucked many people in Hyrule, this probably wasn’t too uncommon.

“Seems like yesterday the little resistance group sat at that table over there and plotted to save Hyrule '' she said as she walked over to them.
“Really? I think it feels like a lifetime ago” Ashei said and Telma shrugged.
“Time flows in an interesting way. What’s on your mind son?” Telma asked and the two looked at Link who was staring at the ceiling. He looked back down to her.
“Do you remember a time during the Twilight Invasion when a Wolf tried to enter this bar?” he asked and Telma frowned.
“I do, but I don’t recall you being there” she said and Link sat back.
“I was that Wolf. That was me” he said and Telma laughed but neither Link or Ashei did.
“What do you mean you were that Wolf?” she asked.
“I mean when the kids were taken from Ordon, the land was plunged into Twilight, I travelled into the Twilight and my body literally transformed into a Wolf. I freed the land of Twilight, each time as a Wolf.” he explained.
“Oh my word you aren't making this up are you…and I assume you know about this?” Telma asked Ashei and she nodded.
“Yeah, although I was there when that Wolf tried to enter here and I didn’t put together that was you Link”
“So.. when you were kicked out of here we kicked you out… I am so sorry” she said and Link smiled.
“It’s fine. It was dumb to think that would work.”
“May I ask why you tried to come to my bar as a Wolf?”

“Back then I had this ally, a friend of mine called Midna. She was from the Twilight Realm, but in the light world she would hide in my shadow. But she was critically injured and I needed to get her to help. Funnily enough it was your Cat that showed me the way to Zelda who saved Midna”
“My Cat? Louise?”
“She was well known among the Castle Town Cat Community for being wise. Anyway, she showed me a passage that goes through those rafters” he pointed up.
“Don’t bother with the questions Telma, it will just lead to more of them. I have just accepted he went through some weird shit. To be honest if he made anything up at this point I am inclined to believe it”
“Like when I sprouted a second head?” Link said straight and Telma’s head tilted and Ashei’s eyes narrowed.
“Hmm… I’d say that is a lie. I feel that one would have come up before…. But again…” she said and Link laughed.

“Anyway!” Telma said, changing the conversation swiftly “how are my Grandkids and when are they coming down to Kakariko Village again?” she asked and Link smiled.
“You are welcome to come up to Snowpeak for a change” Link offered but she laughed.
“Yeah right. I am not going up there, it will be the death of me. I don’t know how you endure it still” she said and Ashei did a slow head turn to Link and Telma saw it. “What was that? You are not enduring it?” she asked and Link sighed.
“I am just fine. My wife thinks that having a bad back occasionally makes me unable to do my job” Link said and Ashei said nothing and just downed a bottle of alcohol.
“Well your wife is probably right, you are 60 and still training the knights of Hyrule. Just retire already”,
“Why is everyone so against me on this?” Link asked in frustration and Ashei sighed.
“Because you have people that care about you and you are loved for everything you have done for this Kingdom. You saved Hyrule Link and you have trained the best army in the Kingdom’s history but you are the only one that can’t recognise all that you have done. You both need a rest but more importantly you deserve one” Ashei said and both were silent.

“It wasn’t just me, Ashei. You were with me all the way. You helped me so much in both those things you mentioned. So did you Telma.” he mumbled looking down into his glass.
“But you slayed the Demon King. Ashei is a badass but Link… c’mon, only you could have done that” Telma said “And you have just contradicted your own argument, yes, Ashei was with you all the way and what has she done? Slowed down, took a step back. It is one thing for me working in a bar at 80, it isn’t a hard job and it is pretty much a hobby, but if it took a toll I would have closed shop a while back.”
“But that’s just it too, what would I even do with my life? Before I was forced into adventure I worked on a farm, not because I wanted to, but because I knew nothing else. I didn’t have anything and I just assumed I would marry the one girl my age, have kids and live life as a farmer, no agency in my life. But then a world of opportunities opened up but I stayed with what I knew. I only know Swords and adventure”
“Find a hobby Link, relax, screw me every day and every night, get hammered. We should leave Snowpeak behind, retire to Ordon Village or something” Ashei said and Link’s eyes widened.
“Wow, we are leaving Snowpeak now? Ashei, it is your family home. We built our whole lives there”
“Yes, but our Daughter will carry on our legacy. We have Grandkids. I did my part in restoring it to beyond its former glory but it isn’t the place to live out a retirement. It isn’t like we will never see it again but would you not like to live a life of peace?”
“That Daughter in law of mine is the best of both of you, she can more than handle carrying on your hard work and legacy Link. My son will also do his part in ensuring that happens.” Telma interrupted. “And I mean this in the most loving way Link but you are being a little selfish to Lyra” she said and Link looked up at her. “She would never even think this because she is too sweet but she is 40 and has never been able to move higher in ranks because you refuse to move your arse out the way. Link, leave Hyrule to the next Generation, I promise it will be alright”

Link slumped in his seat and Ashei put an arm round him.
“You’re right… Okay, I will try.” he said, turning to Ashei. “We can do as you have asked, move to Ordon, retire. I will give it a shot. It is only me standing in my own way it seems” he said and Ashei kissed him lightly.
“Thank you Link. You won’t regret it.”

 

“Lyra, we want to talk to you about something” Link said to his daughter as she stepped towards the door to leave into the frosty morning air. She turned obliviously and smiled.
“Yeah?” she asked plainly but Link smiled.
“No like, a bit more personally than that” he said and she sighed and shut the door and stepped closer. He hugged her and she was shocked.
“Are you alright? You are not dying are you?” she half joked but Link stepped back and shook his head.
“No, no. It is good news. Probably.” he told her as they both took a seat. “How would you feel about taking over from me and being head of the Knights and Head of the House?” he asked as she stared at her parents.
“Errr…. What?” she asked, feeling as though she missed something.
“It isn’t a trick question, your Dad is being serious. I have finally convinced your stubborn Dad to retire so please say you want it” Ashei said and Lyra looked backwards and forwards. “Oh, that last part is a joke, only say yes if you ACTUALLY want it” she clarified.
“I…Are you sure? Really? I mean… yes!” she said excited but unsure. “Why?” she asked before they could say anything. “I mean besides me being your Daughter of course. Am I really the most qualified to train Hyrule’s army?” she asked. Ashei was worried her response was going to be a cause for concern to Link but he leaned forward and grabbed her hand from across the table.

“Of course there is some level of bias but Lyra, you are truly exceptional and you have everything it takes, I have complete faith in you. It is a lot of work and a huge responsibility but I can’t have this responsibility forever. I am getting older Lyra and to be honest, you should have had this before now” he told her. She looked back at Ashei.
“But also head of the house? But this is your childhood home.”
“And you are my child and I am glad I get to hand it off to you. My Father never got to hand this place to me, I had to reclaim it. Hopefully this place can be run by our family for generations, one day you will hand it off to your kids and then maybe they will hand it off to theirs.” Ashei explained.
“And you and Dad..”
“We are planning on retiring back to Ordon Village. Ha, I guess I will reclaim my ancestral home” he joked but Lyra smiled.
“That makes me happy Dad. You joke but it was always sad that that old tree Malon lived in all those years ago is now sitting abandoned.”

Lyra leaned back and she was clearly thinking deeply about something. Link and Ashei said nothing and let her process her thoughts. She finally sat up. “Do you think Hyrule will accept a Woman as leader of the army?” she said and Ashei grinned.
“Lyra, in all my years I have learned that our position will always have sexism so you will find those who do not think a Woman is fit to lead. But you gotta make them and honestly, there is nothing more satisfying than knocking some prideful men down a few pegs.” Ashei explained. “It is true that your Dad had rank above me in regards to the knights but that is what is exciting for you. You will be the first Woman to Lead the Knights of Hyrule. Who knows, maybe Lyn will take over from you one day and be second. But I fully have faith in you Lyra”.

Lyra leaped over the table and hugged them both as if she was a little girl.
“Thank you. I will make you both proud” she cried and Link tightened the hug.
“I am already proud of you Lyra. I love you.” Link told her.

 

News travelled fast. Link made an official request to Zelda and after a conversation about it all and a meeting, Zelda accepted Lyra as Lady of Snowpeak. Lyra told Lucas and her kids before the news went public and Link announced his retirement at Snowpeak too the knights that had served under him for years. They all cheered for him and everyone knew he deserved to live a life of peace. The majority welcomed Lyra in as their new leader, most had respected her beforehand but some were sceptical that anyone could replace Link and believed she only got in from pure relation alone. But like her mother had told her, it was her duty to prove herself to the doubters.

Lyra moved into her parents quarters with Lucas and appreciated having more space. Link and Ashei packed some of their possessions but opted to leave a lot behind for Lyra. They headed to the front of Snowpeak en route to Ordon Village.

“Link!” a voice called from behind and Link turned to see Colin running after him.
“Colin, we were just heading back to Ordon. I will say hi to your family and everyone back home” he said and Colin smiled.
“Thank you, Link.” he said quietly. “I never told you enough because you were my superior and you know, we are not kids anymore but I have always looked up to you and you inspired me”.
“I know Colin. And you are one of the greatest knights I have ever had the pleasure of knowing. It takes some guts as a kid to stand up to King Bulbin like that and from that day I had faith you would become a General” Link told him.
“It has been an honour to serve under you and fight by your side and it is an honour to serve under Lyra. I don’t know when I will retire but when I do…” he trailed off. He looked up and grinned “When I do I am joining you in Ordon” Colin said. Link and Colin gave a fist bump.
“We look forward to it, drinks are on us” Link told him and Colin nodded as Link opened the door and joined his wife in the icy cold.

Notes:

Four more left!

Chapter 107: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 42 - Old Persons Home

Summary:

Link returns to his old Home in Ordon. Things have changed but things are the same.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Ashei travelled through the Faron Woods. Ashei had been here once in her life, that once was about 40 years ago when she and Shad went to check out the Sacred Grove. Link had told her about his childhood home and the cosy Village of Ordon but she hadn’t had the luxury of seeing it herself.

They crossed an old creaky bridge that spanned a gaping chasm. Ashei didn’t want to spend any longer on that bridge and she vowed to make a sturdier bridge as that one was due to collapse sometime soon. The wandered passed the Ordon Spring and to an opening with a large tree with a door built into the side.
“This is home!” Link declared and Ashei for the first time felt unsure she had made the right decision but knew it was too late to go back now.

“Wow. I didn’t know what to expect but it wasn’t this. You like…. You lived in a tree” she said and Link raised an eyebrow.
“You knew this. I have described it to you many times” he told her.
“I know, I know but like this is… I mean this is fully a tree. I felt there was some exaggeration going on” she told him.
“Well, we are going to need a bigger bed because the one in here is small, you’ll see.”
“Can’t wait…” she said unenthusiastically as she followed Link up the ladder.

He pushed the door open and dust flew into his face. He coughed and waved his hand around to blow the dust away then finally stepped inside. “Hylia! How long has this place been empty?” Ashei asked and Link ignored her and walked over to a ladder and began climbing. The house creaked with every movement. Ashei walked to a drawer with a dusty picture frame, she rubbed the dust from it and revealed a picture of Link as a kid. “Hey Link. How old are you in this?” she asked, looking up at Link with the picture in her hands.
“I have no idea. Twelve?” he guessed and she smiled.
“It’s just hard to imagine you as a kid. For some reason I had never really thought about it but you don’t look all that different.” she said and put the picture back where she found it. “With some good cleaning… we can make this work” Ashei said optimistically and finally followed Link up the ladders. “Oh…” Her enthusiasm dropped when seeing the tiny single bed. “Link, we literally will not fit in that. One small person tops” she told him. Link sat on it and the floor creaked once more.
“Me and Ilia slept in this bed together” he said and she raised an eyebrow. “Yes, yes I know. We screwed in this bed, I get it. But my point is we can fit” he assured her but she just shook her head.
“Ilia is pretty short and you were also like what… 17? I am not putting my back out in that” she told him and Link sighed.

They exited the house and back down the ladder.
“What do you suggest?” he asked and she pointed to the Village. Someone will let us lend a bed for a night, until you make one” she said, patting him on the back. “And, we have to do something about the ladder. I am not climbing ladders everyday to get around my home” she said and he nodded.
“Fair enough”.
“There is a lot of work to be done but hey, that’s not so bad. It will give us something to do.”
“Is this what retirement is like? Keeping yourself busy so you don't become stagnant?” he asked and she gave a shrug.
“I guess we will find out together.”

 

The couple headed into Ordon Village and Link was surprised at how little had changed. They got concerned looks from various Villagers Link did not know, most seemed younger than him which made him wonder how many of the people from his time were still around. He made it to the Mayor's home at the back of the Village and knocked on the door. After about 20 seconds Illia was standing there with a shocked look on her face.
“Link?” she asked and he smiled.
“Hi!” he said enthusiastically and she pulled him in for a hug.
“What are you doing here?” she asked.
“I am retired. I have moved back into my old home” he told her and she grinned.
“Really? I never thought I would see the day where the Legendary Hero of Twilight graces us with his presence and returns to a lowly life of farming” she mocks him and he rolls his eyes.

Ashei sticks her hand out to Ilia.
“We haven't actually met in all these years despite knowing all about you. I am Ashei” she said and Ilia ignored the hand shake and hugged her.
“I feel like I know you but at Colin’s wedding I was too missed at Link to want to talk to his wife and at Malo’s wedding I was too busy being pregnant” she told her and she nodded as they parted.
“I know the feeling”
“And besides, you know who I am married to right?” she asks and Ashei looks at Link.
“I met him. Robert right? One of the Knights in Colins unit.
“Well yes, but…” she stops herself. “Come on in. You can both have a reunion” Ilia said to Ashei. She looked confused but followed her inside.

“Robert, we have guests” she said as she walked into the living room with Link and Ashei following behind her.
“Link! And… Ashei…” he said in shock and Ashei just raised her eyebrows.
“Hi?” she said, confused. She was waiting for someone to say something but there was silence. Link looked at Ilia who took a seat and then back at Ashei who was analysing the man in front of her. “I am sorry. You said reunion earlier and you clearly know who I am but… who are you?” she asked and Link took a seat and left his Wife standing.
“Cold. I can’t have been that boring surely” he said and she scratched the back of her head.
“I guess you could have been. Are you sure we have actually met?” she asked and Ilia burst out laughing and Link just sat back and waiting to see where this interaction was heading.
“We… We went out with each other, Ashei. We had sex on more than one occasion” he told her and this time Link burst out laughing.
“Oh wow… When was this?” she asked and the man before her was going red.
“Well it was before the Twilight invasion that's for sure” he told her “It lasted a month or two” he clarified.
“Hmm… well. Sorry…” she said and took a seat. “Did we actually go out or did we just fuck a few times” she asked and Ilia was hysterical.
“I dunno how you saw it but you were definitely into it less than me” he admitted.
“Oh. Sorry. I mean this adds up. I mean you are handsome and I have no idea who you are. Sounds like we probably met in Telma’s bar” she said and he nodded.
“Well if it's going to make things any less awkward Robert, I remember you” Link said and he smiled.
“Thank you Link”
“And if we want to make it more awkward Robert, my husband screwed your Wife” Ashei said and Link sat back.
“Well I tried….” everyone stared until his eyes went wide and he realised what he said. “Tried to make it less awkward not fuck Ilia… you know what… we need to move on” he said.

“Aaaany way. Link. You have retired?” Ilia asks in a swift attempt to change the subject and he nods.
“I am apparently too old to be a Knight, go figure” he said and she nodded.
"You have earned a retirement Link. You saved all of Hyrule, that would have been enough but you kept on being a Knight."
"So everyone keeps telling me. I will just find it hard to slow down"
"But Ordon is nice. I don't know if I will ever get used to not living in the Mountains but this is nice" Ashei said.

"The people here are not the same, you know?" Ilia told him and he nodded. "Rustl and Uli are still here but Colin obviously lives in Castle Town, his sister and Malo also. Both Talo and Beth's parents have passed away and they now run the shop. They have a daughter you don't know but also a new family moved into the old abandoned house and Beth had an affair and had a son with the father of that family…. It was a whole mess. But the watermill has new folks, the farm. The only place untouched has been your home"

"Well it is all for the best. People have moved on." Link said and Ilia nodded.
"I am mayor of course so I am in charge of you" she said and Link smiled.
"We have a request though. Do you have a spare bed? Mine is a small, shitty single and I plan on making a new one but first we need somewhere to stay" Link asked her and Ilia nodded. My Daughter Kate is seeing Fado's son and is up at the ranch. You can use her bed."
"Thank you".

 

Ashei began to pull her clothes off to join Link in the spring. She walked over to him and leaned her body against him.
"You know, I imagined when we were old we would be ugly but you are still a sexy, sexy Woman" Link said and she smiled.
"I put on weight and started to sag" she told him but Link shrugged.
"If you are trying to say you are fat then stop. I have put on just as much weight and I am not fat". He said and she smirked as she flung her legs over him.
"I know. But like it matters, this thing is still working" she said as she grabbed his erect dick and began pulling it.
"These waters are doing wonders. Wonder if I can still last as long as I used too" he joked. "We haven't had a long fuck in a long while. Hope these waters help with stamina too" he joked and Ashei smirked.

She positioned herself above his dick and lowered herself down. Link let out a low groan as his wife lowered herself onto him.
"You still feel fantastic" she said as she began moving on him.
"I mean, YOU still feel fantastic… Hylia…" he sighed as she slowly rolled her hips on him.

It was slow but it felt great, their bodies moved together as the water rippled around them. A sigh occasionally left their mouths as their sexual organs pulsed with a positive feeling.

"I am so glad I got to spend my life with you" he moans as his body thrusts up into her.
"I know" she sighs, her lips parted and her palm pushing down on his chest. "The 40 years I have spent with you have been fulfilling." She told him she rolled her hips at an increasing rate. "Oh Link!" She moaned out at an increased pitch.

She looked intensely into his eyes. "Not to mention my Husband is fucking hot and knows how to fuck me good"
"Please… when someone is as sexy as you, how could they not fuck you good" he joked as they moved their bodies together.

“Mmmhhhmmm” she sighed. With previous partners Ashei had grown bored quickly but never had she thought that with Link. Even before they were together, even before she loved him; she never got tired of the sensational feeling of his cock penetrating her. 40 years together and she still got wet just staring at his muscles. Even with her lower half submerged in spring water she knew she was wet.

They were silent in words, only deep breathing and low sighs of joy escaped their lips. No words needed to pass between them. They looked into each other's eyes and understood. Their bodies rolled together with the water splashing around them. Hands roamed bodies and gave attention to all the parts that gave them joy. Even when they were hot and getting tired they never slowed down as they knew they would cum together and neither wanted to falter first.

Link grabbed her arse however and that was the sudden catalyst for change with the jolt of pleasure that zapped through her body. She gripped his shoulder and tightened around him which made him shudder, barely holding on. Ashei hugged her body into him, her breasts pressing against his chest, a feeling he adored and her hips changed tempo and rose off his cock more before lowering again, giving more pleasure to his full length.

“You are so fucking good!” he moaned and she stayed silent and continued to make love. “Oh Hylia I am so close!” he moaned again.
“Cum for me Link! Oh yes!” she called out breathlessly.
“Haaahhhhaaa” he groaned and his body erupted into her and that was enough to make her break and the floodgates opened for her.
“Agh!” she screamed. Link pulled her in tight and began grinding into her, she got the memo and joined in. Their bodies were as one as they both came, calling out each other's names until the climax ended.

They sat together for a long time without saying a word, letting the relaxing spring water cool them down. The breeze was nice, Ashei wasn’t used to the feeling of being bare against the fresh air. It was a feeling she could get used to.

“I know we made the right choice” she told him and he looked down at her face that was resting against his chest. “Moving here will be good for us. Sure, you home Village has changed but we both know Rustl and Ilia. Apparently we both know her husband and you also know the shopkeepers.”
“I used to work for Fado, the Ranch owner”
“Perfect. We both have people we know, we have things to do. We can work if we want but don’t have to. We can come to this spring every day.”
“We won't see our family as often, '' he said and she nodded.
“I know. But as time went on we saw our sons and grandkids less and less. They have less of an excuse to not visit us now, now that they don’t have to scale a mountain.” she told him. “Plus we have all the time in the world. Some visits across Hyrule won’t kill us.”
“We spent half of our lives at your family home. Let's spend the next half here at mine.”
“I love that sentiment, Link.” she said with a peaceful smile.
“Should we go home now?” he asked and her arms wrapped around him.
“Let's just stay here for a few hours more.”

Notes:

Sat on this chapter for a while. Three more to go!

Chapter 108: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc) 3 Part 43 - Semi Sesquicentennial

Summary:

The Celebration of the end if the Twilight Invasion. Many, many years later.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

35 Years Later….

 

“Lyn, wouldn't be able to do it without you.” Link spoke to his Granddaughter as she rode the Carriage into Hyrule Castle Town.
“It’s no problem, a day away from my kids is enough reason for me to help” she joked.
“Back in my younger days I would race across these fields on four legs.” Link said and Lyn laughed.
“No Grandad, your Horse would” she retorted but Link shook his head.
“No, no. I would. I was a Wolf you know” he said and Lyn looked at Ashei.
“Lyn, some stories are so weird he hardly brings them up to me. But yes, your Grandfather was a Wolf 75 years ago” she said.
“75 years ago to the day was the last time I transformed into a Wolf. Ganon charged at me as a Giant Boar and Midna threw him on his side and I ripped at his belly” he said and Lyn looked more confused.
“Midna?” she asked and Link smiled.
“An old friend” he said and Ashei smirked.
“An old friend, you lost your virginity too…” Ashei remarked and Link looked back at her embarrassed.
“Grandma… I really don’t need to hear that” she told her and Ashei laughed.
“Heh, I am not above embarrassing anyone in my family” she said.
“I saved all of Hyrule 75 years ago! This is my day, I deserve to not be teased by my wife” Link grumbled but Ashei laughed.
“I helped. I saved your arse in Hyrule Castle”
“I had that under control”
“You did not”
“I killed Ganondorf, you think I couldn’t handle a Bokoblin?”
“Please…. Have you two not heard the expression ‘bickering like an old married couple’? I get it. Grandad you did incredible stuff and you helped Grandma. I am sure today's ceremony will give you all the admiration you so desperately crave” Lyn butted in.

They rode through the streets of Castle Town. Every building was decorated to celebrate 75 years since the defeat of Ganondorf and Hyrule being saved by Link. Link and Ashei were the same age, the old, old age of 95 and in their nearly 100 years alive they had seen it all. They were Great Grandparents and sort of talked about as legends even though they were very much still alive. The celebrations 25 years prior seemed like a bigger deal, the Twilight Invasion was still in living memory to many but as time marched forward the younger generation only knew it as a story, a story they were all familiar with but it didn’t change the fact they were not around during the atrocities.

They arrived at Hyrule Castle and they were guided in by Guards. They walked into the main hall and Zelda arrived, smiling at the two. She threw her arms around them and held them tight.
“Oh Link. You haven’t changed a day” Zelda said and Ashei raised an eyebrow.
“Your eyesight has though. He used to be less grey and less wrinkled” Ashei remarked and the three of them laughed. They all sat at a table and Zelda sighed.
“I wish Shad was here for this” she said in a sad tone and Ashei nodded.
“That lovable idiot is probably interrogating all the spirits in the afterlife for interviews” Ashei said to mask her sadness at the loss of her friend.

“We are old. We are way too old. We shouldn’t even be alive. Like how the hell did I live to such an age without being blown up or eaten or sliced in half?” Link said and Zelda sat forward.
“I don’t know Link but it is amazing that you didn’t peek early. You had a fulfilling life after you defeated Ganondorf. I bet few of the Heroes before you can say the same” she pointed out.
“Don’t talk about me like I am already dead” he said and Ashei laughed.
“Who do you think will go next? My vote is on you, your highness. I think you are next to kick the bucket. I mean after all, you don’t keep fit like me and Link. You need to keep your heart pumping” she said and Zelda gave a sly smile.
“Yeah but I have Royal Blood, we tend to be stubborn about staying alive. And I have the best and most qualified in all of Hyrule monitoring me all the time. I think you are next to go” Zelda said. Link sighed.
“If you two don’t stop I am gonna die of an aneurysm” he remarked and they all laughed.

 

The celebrations were grand but Link just held the hand of Ashei all the way through it. People celebrated them and he smiled. Zelda was right, he had a fulfilling life and he had no idea how long he had left but he knew when his time came he was ready. He knew he could die happy.

Notes:

This was short and sweet but I think interesting. Interesting that when I planed this Twilight Princess Fanfic I only imagined that I would have like 7 chapters. That was a miscalculation haha.

Anyway, two more!

Chapter 109: Twilight Princess Aftermath (Arc 3) Part 44 - Twilight of the Hero

Summary:

The Hero of Twilight faces his Twilight. What will he reflect upon during his last moments in the world of the living?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link spent his final years going on long walks through Ordon, and heading to the sacred grove to reflect on his life. It was a happy life and he has few regrets. He was ready to die now and at this point it was just a waiting game.

 

Link woke up on the ground of the Sacred Grove. He must have fallen asleep. He groaned as he pulled his old body up and made his way out. He decided to explore the Lost Woods, sure he could get lost but what did he have to lose. There were various twists and turns but he just took his time, letting fate guide him. He came out of a small tunnel and a giant tree stood before him. He marvelled at the size, it stretched upwards through the tree line. It was also an odd shape, there was a lump sticking out that looked like a nose and another part that looked like a mouth and…. Oh Hylia, it was a face.

“Ahhhh” the tree yawned and Link jumped in shock. “Ahh, there is a face I have not seen in a very long time.” the tree spoke. Link didn’t know what was happening, maybe he was dead, maybe he had died back on the floor of the sacred grove. “That look on your face tells me that you have no recollection of me, however. I have watched over Hyrule for Centuries. I was once referred to as the Deku Sprout but these days, I am the Deku Tree. As you can probably guess, it was your last life that I see in you, we talked once or twice me and him, we had quite the connection”

“You… you knew the Hero of Time?” Link finally asked.
“That I did. As a Baby Boy, his Mother was greatly injured in the war and as a last resort left him in the care of my Father, the previous Deku Tree. My Father was cursed by Ganondorf but as a result, I was born. Since then I have watched over the Children of the Forest”
“The Children of the Forest?” Link asked.
“You met them, the monkeys you helped all those years ago are the Children of the Forest. They used to take the shape of Humans but now they take the shape of Monkeys, as time marches forward, they reflect how the world needs to see them. A time will come when they one day change shape again.”

Link sat down and gazed up at the tree. A soft breeze washed over him and Link felt relaxed.
“I am going to be dead soon. I am not sad, I have lived a good life, but I don’t know what to do with the rest of it” he said and the Deku Tree opened its wooden mouth.
“No one truly dies. All living things go somewhere, the spirit world calls for us all. Even I will reach my end someday, but I will join my Father when that day comes. Nobody truly knows what it is like but you have met spirits, spirits of your past lives have you not? You know life is not the end”
“That is true, but I worry I will not be with her, The Hero of Time did not seem to be with his Wife in the end. What if being the Hero my death is different? What if I can’t be with her?” he said in sadness, for the first time truly wondering if he will see Ashei again.
“One cannot say Hero but death is mysterious too all. Maybe you only spoke to the conscious form of the Hero of Time, maybe he floats in eternity with his wife. We can never be sure how death works. But that is why we have to make the most of the time we spend in this life. You have no regrets right?”
“None. None substantial” Link said.
“Then you have lived well and fully and that is something you should be happy with.”

Link stood and looked at the Great Deku Tree, a smile crossed his.
“I think I am ready now, I think I am ready to leave this world, but there is one person I have to speak to first” Link said and The Deku Tree would have smiled if he could.
“Go to her, I am sure she can hear you”

 

Link left a note in his house, a note to be found by Lyra or whoever comes to visit him next, a note that told where he would be found, and that location was in the Gerudo Desert. He made his way to the top of the Arbiter’s Grounds and walked up to the broken frame where the Mirror of Twilight once stood. He stepped down and placed his hand on the black rock that was used as a bridge between the light world and the Twilight World.

“It’s been a long time Midna” he said, the peaceful smile vanishing from his face. “I really don’t know if there is any way you can hear me but I needed to try, just in case.” he felt tired and let himself fall down, leaning against the stone pedestal. “I never retired here, I never really talked about you because I don’t think people would understand. I love you, not romantically but… well I really don’t know but I feel a connection to you that I have never been able to shake. We went through so much together and you always helped me, mocked and teased me but always had good intentions” he said as his body felt tired. “I lived a good, happy life, I got married to Ashei and had three wonderful children and many Grandchildren… I just hope you were happy in the end. I am sure with your looks you found a man more handsome than me… Or maybe our sex was so good you knew you would never top it” he said with a laugh. “Either way, I am going now and I just wanted to say goodbye, one final time. Goodbye Midna….”

Link closed his eyes and opened them to a black void with blue lights swirling around him.
“You did it Hero of Twilight, you died of old age and got to do what I could not” a voice was heard. Link felt thousands of memories flood into his mind, memories he could quite understand and had to sort through. He saw himself atop a naked Malon and he pushed it away, he didn’t want to see that. “You can control what you see with time, and we have all of time, infinite time. I appreciate the new memories of my wife Hero of Twilight but I must admit…” the voice said, Link now recognising it to be the Hero of Time “I didn’t expect to have new memories of screwing my Zelda ''......

Notes:

1 more to go!

The last one is an epilogue and adter that I am done with Twilight Princess after 1 and a half years.

Chapter 110: Twilight Princess Aftermath Epilogue - The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Queen

Summary:

What was Midna's life like in the Twilight Realm once she parted with Link? Can she live without him?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Midna dropped to her knees and cried. She loved Link with all her heart but they couldn’t be together, they shouldn’t be together. The world of Light and the world of Twilight were always supposed to be apart. She knew she would miss him but she knew she did the right thing by severing the only connection the two worlds had.

She composed herself and walked towards her palace. Twili saw her for the first time in a very long time. They had been saved by Link and Zant was stopped but since then they had been leaderless and now she has stepped foot near her palace once more. She wondered if she was to be welcomed back or if someone else had taken her spot in her absence.

Twili were not Hylian and not all of their traits were the same. There was no clear sign of what Midna suspected at first but as time went on her belly began to grow and there was no hiding the obvious, she was pregnant. There was no confusion as to whose it was, it was without question Link’s child. Midna smiled, a small part of Link would be with her but this came with the sadness and regret of cutting the worlds apart. Link would never meet their child or know of its existence.

She sat on her throne and wondered if it ever could have worked. Could they have had a life together? She knew the answer was a no. Link couldn’t live in the Twilight Realm and she couldn’t live without judgement in Hyrule. Besides, Link was probably happy, he was probably drawing in Women, he had probably screwed Zelda and that girl from Ordon he liked. Maybe even that knight from the resistance and definitely Telma. She wondered if Link was going to have kids, who he would settle down with. Would he continue being a knight or return to his farm life. She had so many questions about his life and she doubted she would ever stop wondering.

Midna’s pregnancy became quickly obvious to her subjects in the Twilight Realm and she felt no shame. She wondered what the child would look like, would he be Twili, Hylian or a mix. She worried for his sake. “He” she said. Why did she assume the child was male. Was she just picturing Link? That must be it. She regretted shattering that mirror. When she shattered it she was so sure but now she just wanted to be with Link. She just wanted to see him. This was not healthy.

She gathered Twili with great magic and asked them if it was possible to simply see into the Light World. They did not know but there was no harm in trying. Using some ancient magic it was a success and Midna now had a large crystal ball, about the size of a Bulborb sitting in the middle of her throne room. She sat and rubbed her baby bump and gazed into the orb. There she saw Link and he was fucking Zelda.

All through her pregnancy she watched Link’s life. She didn’t abandon her Kingdom, in fact she ruled well but every ounce of free time was spent obsessively watching her child’s father.

Eventually she gave birth, a healthy Baby boy that had the black and white skin of a Twili but the blonde hair of Link, a trait not seen in any Twili. She sat and breast fed her child while she watched Link cheat on Zelda and fuck the resistance woman against a wall in the Castle courtyard. Her mouth watered, wishing she could be in her place. Their sex was so fantastic and Midna doubted she would ever have sex again, what was the point? She had an heir and no sex would compare to her time with Link.

She was flattered to hear that she was the best fuck Link had, but within a few days she had been toppled by Ashei. The two were clearly into each other and Midna was at least happy for him.

Life was good for Link and life was good for her. She loved her son and she loved her citizens but she felt empty. She needed love.

Midna lay in bed reminiscing about her time spent with Link. Their fights together, freeing him from prison as a Wolf, him saving her life and… then it hit her, why hadn’t she thought of this before? She opened a drawer and searched through it quickly before pulling out the shard Zant used to turn Link into a Wolf which she used several times for the same purpose. She stared at it and knew she shouldn't get her hopes up for such a ridiculous plan but she had to try.

She once again asked the Mages and asked if her plan was possible and they gave her the same answer as last time, a loud uncertainty. But they tried anyway.

Midna sat in an uncomfortable chair in a cold room with lanterns and a big rock slab in the middle of the room. There, the shard floated above it, glowing red as the Twili pumped their magic into it. For a while nothing and Midna felt her hope dying but eventually it started buzzing and suddenly it shattered and black flakes fell down to the slab and began forming a figure. The body grew, four legs and then a head, there a Wolf lay. Midna's heart pounded in her chest as she walked past the exhausted mages towards the confused looking Wolf. She put her hand on its head and it glowed with a bright light and changed shape. Sitting before her was Link.

Link’s eyes widened and he scrambled back, he looked around in panic with no recollection of his surroundings or the people in the room with him.
"Oh my God, Link! Thank the Goddess it worked!" She cried out and hugged him.
“Who are you? Where am I? Am I dead?!” he asked in panic but Midna remained tight on her hug, a smile forming on her lips as tears rolled down her face.
“No Link, you are very much alive.” she let go and took a step back. “A lot has happened, Link but it is me, Midna” she spoke and he took a deep breath.
“Did we win?” he simply asked and she smiled.
“Yes. We did.”

Midna guided the confused Link to her room and sat him on her bed and she took a seat next to him. “First, tell me the last thing you remember” she said and he wasn’t yet relaxed.
“We were fighting Ganon. He was a Boar so I thought we could win if I transformed into a Wolf and you would flip him on his back. You used the Twilight shard, I began transforming into a Wolf and then I woke up here.” he explained and she nodded.
“Well it is a very long story but I will explain simply. You are a clone Link.” she told him and he just arched an eyebrow. “A copy. You are a perfect replication of your Hylian form from the last time the Twilight Shard was used.”
“Why would you… why?” he asked and she looked down.
“We won Link. We beat Ganondorf, we saved Hyrule and the world went on as normal. I returned to my normal form, the version you see before you and I returned home and shattered the Mirror of Twilight so the Realms could be divided once more.”

“But. Before I went we…” She took his hand and placed it on her breast. He didn’t squeeze it but he stared and remained still “... we had sex Link. It was wonderful, the best decision of my life. The thing is, we have a son, Link. You got me pregnant and we have a son.”

Link remained silent for a while and she felt his hand slowly slip away. She gave him a moment to gather his thoughts.
“We have a son?” he asked and she nodded. "And how long has it been?"
"About a year" she told him and he stared. "So. Out there, in the Light World there is a version of me that has no idea he has a son. He remembers defeating Ganondorf, having sex with you, lives his life how it was intended but has no clue he has a son?" He says and she nods again.

“I have no idea what I should be feeling. Happiness? Anger? Jealousy? Why did you bring me here?”
“I love you Link… I thought leaving you in the Light World was the right thing to do but that was before I knew we had a son. I know it was selfish of me Link, I robbed this version of you everything. Your life, your home and your future. But I ask that you please stay by my side with our son” she said with tears in her eyes.
“I don’t really get much of a choice Midna”
“I know. I am sorry.”

Link sat in silence once more.
“What is he called? Our son?” he asked and Midna just got up and left the room. She returned with a sleeping child and handed him over to Link.
“Link, meet your son, Kilna.” she said and Link felt tears forming.
"This is too much Midna…. " He sobbed and she put an arm around him. "Is he even MY son or the Son of another version of me? I mean none of this happened for me" he cried.
"Link…I know this was selfish of me but consider what I am giving you. I am giving you the chance to be with your son, a chance the other you never had." she told him. She took their Kilna off him and placed him in a cot.

“There is one thing I haven’t told you. I know how your life turned out in the year after we stopped Ganondorf. I have a crystal ball and I can see into the Light World. I watched you Link. You are a married man Link” she told him and he raised an eyebrow.
“Oh. Zelda? Ilia?” he asked and she smirked.
“Neither. You got with that mountain Girl.”
“Ashei?”
"Yeah, you are quite the ladies Man. You married Ashei but you fucked around. Zelda, Ilia, Telma and Ashei also that boat girl and some random girl at Telma's bar… and of course me"
"Wow… she is hot as shit but I figured I would end up with Ilia or something… I don’t know what went down between us but… but I don’t love her.”
“The other you really loves her”
“I never got to spend time with her. I never formed that connection. I don’t feel jealous of that” he said with a tone of relief in his voice.

“You are also overlooking a key advantage you have over your other” she told him as she strolled towards him, swaying her hips. “The other you may remember us losing our virginity together but he doesn’t get to have me again” she said with a low moan, leaning in to him.
"Well you ARE hot as shit" he said and she smirked.
"I know." She leaned in further and kissed him softly. "You want me right? You did before" she told him and he tensed up.
"I do. I guess the other version of me got to gradually adjust to seeing you like this. To be honest it is a shock to the system" he told her and she smirked.

She pulled away and turned her back, Link stood up and she turned to face him. His eyes were fixed on hers so she crossed her arms beneath her rack and pushed it up. She noticed his eyes darted down for only a second.
“Look at them, Link. Look at my boobs with those hungry eyes of yours. I noticed your gaze when you were trying to be respectful once, don't try to not look again" she ordered so he gave in and stared.
"They are…. I mean wow" he sighed. She stepped towards him and got very close.
"I want you to tell me what you like about me" she whispered and he placed his hands on her hips.

"Well… I like these curvy hips" he said as his hands trailed over them.
"Yeah…"
"I like these long slender legs" he said as he trailed down to her outer thighs.
"Mm hmm"
"Also these" He said as he squeezed her butt cheeks.
"Link…."
"You're beautiful face…" he said, releasing a hand from her arse to cup her cheek and gently pulling her in for a gentle kiss.
"Mmmm" she sighed into the kiss.
"These are magnificent. I need them" he said, moving his other hand down to her boobs.
"Ahhh" she moaned and pushed her groyne against his, feeling the bulge in his pants.
"And of course…. What is between your legs…" he whispered as she watched him lower his hand but keep eye contact. She felt his hand push under her loin cloth and over her clit.
"AGH! LINK!" She growled, her pelvis moving involuntarily into his palm as hisnhand rubs her core.

Link pulls off the loin cloth as she pulls off her robe. "I am bare for you, Link. I am yours. Link please…" she begged in hungry passion. He pushed her backwards against the bedpost and began to pull his clothes off, his hat, tunic, boots. The Hylian Shield fell to the floor but the Master Sword was absent. Maybe something as valuable as that couldn’t be replicated. He pulled off his shirt and Midna saw his muscular body and licked her lips. "I didn't get you bare last time" she told him and he smiled.
"I am not bare yet”, he told her and then pulled down his pants, joining her in nudity.
"Oh my…. Link I need you so bad…" she sighed and Link forcefully shoved his mouth against hers and then down onto the bed.

He broke off the kiss and lowered his hand between her legs, her body shook as she felt his finger roll over her clit. "LINK!" She screamed in an elevated scream and he grins as his fingers push into her increasingly wet pussy.

He works on her and she closes her eyes, feeling her lover's fingers do wonders. Without realising, her hands were clenching the bed sheets tight and her hips were gyrating in a plea for more.

She watched him lower himself, felt him release his fingers but made up for it with his wet tongue lapping over her clit."Mmmmm" she let out, grabbing his hair, tightening her thighs around his head and thrusting her pelvis into his face for more.

She hummed at the sensations he offered her which were multiplied by his hands feeling her legs. They explored higher and eventually found her large breasts and wasted no time kneading them like dough.

The moment he pinched her nipple it was game over. She felt a pleasure flow through her body and her breath was at an odd pitch as she moaned in orgasmic bliss.

He kept going through her orgasm, not allowing her body to calm down but instead keep it high on dopamine. Her hands grabbed his, forced them to remain on her breasts and all she could do was moan as he pleasured her.

He came to a stop only when he felt her orgasm was dying down. He moved over her, his erection nudged against her wet hole and his mouth licked her neck, sending another buzz through her body. He only had to look into her eyes to know what effect he was having on her.

Link stopped and looked down on her flushed face. She was in a state of bliss, her breasts were rising and falling with each heavy breath of air she took. His tip teased her core.
"This is the first time for me" he sighed, trying to hold it together. She smiled and put her hand on his cheek.
"I know, lucky me, I get to take your Virginity twice" she tells him.
"I can't hold on any longer, Midna. I need you" he told her desperately and moved in closer.

This was it, he was about to enter her. She lay back and anticipated his entry. Then it came. She felt his cock push into her, further and further it went. She could feel every inch fill her and that was a lot of inches. Link stopped as he was fully sheathed inside her.
"My word! Link!" She exclaimed, feeling her body buzz at the joyous reunion of their bodies. Link however couldn't process it. She was warm and wet and tight, a Woman whose body was the definition of sexy and it was him that was inside her. Him that was making her feel this way.

With the hunger of the Wolf within him he grabbed her hips and began rocking his hips with powerful thrusts that caught her off guard. "AH! That is-" she screamed "-what I am talking about!" She finished as he wildly bucked into her.
"Oh Midna!" He moaned, hearing him call out her name was bliss.

With each deep thrust, her breasts bounced and Link soaked the sight of the curvy, naked Twilight Queen that he was fucking.

He continued fucking her like a wild animal and she accepted it, letting Link once again rail the shit out of her. It felt wonderful and she was overjoyed that he was back to her, balls deep inside her where he should be.

“Get down here you sexy man!” she ordered, wrapping her legs around him and pulled him in close. Their lips met and her boobs were pressed against his chest. He felt up her body, hands grazing her boobs slightly but didn’t linger. He traced up her arms and when he got to her wrists he closed around them and pinned them behind her head. She tried to pull them free but he was too strong.
“I am going to take my time with you” he sighed in her ear and she felt herself tingle at that.
“Link…” she sighed as he once again thrust into her with power.

Since she had no control over her arms she focused on hip work, gyrating her hips to match his thrusts and Link noticed, groaning every time his thick member slid into her tight, wet hole.
“Oh Midna… Midna… Midna!” he moaned, feeling a little precum escape him. He slowed, altered his rhythm, focusing on not cumming. His grip weakened and Midna saw her opportunity and took it. She grabbed his shoulders and flipped him onto his back and plunging herself onto him. “Ahhh” he groaned, grabbing her hips. A wicked smile formed on her lips and she leaned in close.
“Now it is my job to fuck you” she told him and immediately rocked her hips and stared at him.

Link was paralysed with pleasure. He groaned as the perfect form of a woman rolled her sexy hips atop him. Her legs were parted around him, her boobs bounced with each thrust. One arm on his chest and the other on his leg. She was so warm. Blissful. Link was lost under her hypnotic spell.

"Midnaaa" he called out in a plea of arousal, she rolled her hips faster to watch his head fall back and moan under her. He gripped the bed sheets and tried not to cum, a hard challenge when Midna is as hot as she is.

Midna rolled her hips, each time feeling his excellent Hylian cock deep inside her, scratching an itch that only he could scratch.

Link lifts his hands and grabs her hips and joins in on the gyration. He bucks his hips up and Midna gasps, arching her back and squeezing her thighs around him.
"Link…." She sighs. "Oh fuck… Link!" She screams. Link groans and grabs her breasts, kneading them like dough.

Like from nowhere, Link found strength and pulled himself upright so he could stare into the eyes of the straddling Twili. "You are beautiful Midna" he told the woman who was breathless and flushed.
"I love you Link" she said and kissed him tight. His arms gripped her tight and held her close. Their bodies grinded together and the sweat rolling down their bodies was uncomfortable but was pleasantly overridden by the joyous sensation they shared. Her lush lips parted from his and they stared.
"I love you too Midna." He spoke softly and the words made her heart pound in her chest.

They continued to grind their bodies together. Midna's hips doing a lot of the work but Link made sure to thrust his pelvis forward to meet her half way. They were exhausted, drenched in sweat, bodies slapping together but determined to see this out to the end.

"I am gonna make you cum" he said in a growl and a playful smirk appeared on her face.
"Oh yeah?"
"Yeah. I am gonna make you beg for more" he told her and she already felt more turned on. She yelps in shock as his hands grip her arse, her body tightening its grip on him.
"Oh…" she moans in a low tone "you are so good…"
"As are you…" he replies, licking her neck and sending shivers down her spine.
"Make my body yours!"
"Midna…"
"Take me Link!"
"Fuck…"
"LINK!" She screamed as he bucked his body forward, her leaning back, one arm on he bed behind her and one gripping his upper back.

Link arches his body backwards and drives his hips forward, mirroring her movement. With hands still clinging to her hips, he rocks hard and fast. “Fuck! Link!” she screams, her body as shaky as her voice. Her face was bright red and Link could only assume the same was true for him as well.

He was truly tired which was evident from the sweat on his forehead but he was so close, he could feel he was about to give way any moment. He let out a groan then looked at her beautiful face and saw her take a deep breath. She was close too, he could tell.
“MIDNA!” he called out as he gripped her hips tighter and that was it for her.
“LINK!” she screamed, her body tightening and her floodgate opening. She screamed and writhed in bliss, her orgasm surging through her body, more intense than last time.

That was it for Link. His balls tightened and he felt a surge of pleasure course through his groyne as he fired a thick load of cum deep inside her, screaming out her name with every throb from his dick. He panted for air,the only sound loud enough to overcome the wet slapping of their bodies.
"HYA!" He screamed out, leaning forward and shooting the last of his cum inside her.

Link collapsed on top of her with his mind foggy from what transpired. Link had obviously masturbated before but this was the first time he had sex and wow…nothing compared. He looked at Midna and it was clear that she was satisfied, more than satisfied.

“Link…that was…” she breathed as Link rolled off of her and lay next to her.
“That was incredible” he told her before she could get her opinion out. “Was this better or worse than last time?” he asked and she grinned.
“The fact I could take your virginity twice is outstanding on its own” she told him. “But this was… this was special. This time we are together. It’s different.” she told him and Link frowned.
“You are dancing around saying it was better…” he sarcastically muttered and she rolled her eyes and jabbed him in the side with her elbow.
“It was better, Link. I thought I made that clear” she remarked. “And there will be many times better than this”.

They lay next to each other out of breath and Link smiled.
“I can’t say that given the choice I would have chosen this life” he says “Infact, I guess we both know that I really didn’t and I in fact stayed in Hyrule”
“I didn’t really give you a choice”
“True, but did I fight for it? I feel like I would have fought to be here if it was where I wanted to be” he told her and she felt her heart sink. “But, I do like where I am. I… I am not just saying this because I am here but I like you more than all my available options I had in Hyrule” he told her.
“Are you sure about that? I mean you seemed to like that mountain girl from what I could see” she said as she rolled onto her side to gaze upon his face.
“That was the other me. Ashei is hot as hell, I won't deny that and maybe if I spent some time with her I would have grown to love her but that hasn’t happened and won't happen, not to me. Ilia is sweet, I had a crush on her for most of my life but when I look back I think it was kinda because she was my only option. If I had stayed in Ordon Village then sure, maybe I would have been with Ilia and we would have had a happy life together. You see what I am saying, any different choice we make shapes who we are and changes our desires.”

“What about Zelda?” she asked and he shrugged.
“She is hot AND the Queen of Hyrule. There is a lot to like about her but we didn’t end up together, even when I had the choice.” he hugged her. "I think I do love you Midna. And right now I am not bitter about spending my life with you. I can't promise things won't change but for now…"
"For now is enough." She said, "For now just lay with me."

 

With time, Link and Midna got married which seemed inevitable. She reigned as Queen and Link led had a luxurious life, no real threats to fight or no adventures to go on. That part he missed. But the people of the Twilight Realm were happy with their peace.

But together with Midna they had many, many Children. What else would Link spend his time on if not screwing his sexy Wife? But this gave Link purpose. He spent his days raising his kids and teaching them how to fight and become great future leaders.

When Link turned 35, or around that age as he didn't know when his Birthday was in the Twilight Realm, he decided he would have no more kids. 13 seemed like enough for anyone. But despite this they accidentally had two more in the years to come. By the time he was 58 all his kids were adults and Midna decided to abdicate from the throne and allowed her first born to take over as ruler of the Kingdom.

Together, Link and Midna loved happily together. He missed Hyrule, missed the sun and the night and the changes of the seasons. He missed his friends and green trees of Ordon but he wouldn't trade it for what he had. He loved Midna. He often wondered what his life was like on the other side and was tempted to check Midna's crystal ball but restrained himself.

They grew old and died, their kids had kids who went on to continue the Royal Twii Lineage for countless generations until the stories of the Hero of Twilight and the Twilight Princess were nothing more than a Legend.

The Legend of Link: Twilight Princess.

Notes:

FINALLY I am done.

I started this series after the initial 2019 reveal of Tears of the Kingdom and now in just over a month the game will be out. I really never imagined I would get this far.

On that point, I will change chapter 6 after I have beat Tears of the Kingdom as I put a lot of random speculation in there and I can already tell it is wrong.

Thank you for everyone reading and I am writing more. Just glad to be done with Twilight Princess as it took way longer than I intended.

Chapter 111: Update Chapter

Summary:

An update on this fanfic and the future plans.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Hi.

Thank you to everyone who has read this fanfic over the years or even if you have just dippednin for a chapter or so, I appreciate it. The comments are nice too, I like engaging with people reading this.

I am writing chapters here and there in my spare time and will finish a batch before I release them so I can have regular uploads. But I am writing this on the release day of Tears of the Kingdom and 11 hours in, it is great.

Don't worry, I won't spoil anything but certain lore and history to Hyrule has been expanded on, much of which I don't know yet but it seems like it will probably contradict a lot of my fanfic haha. I am not sure to what extent but at some point in the future I plan on updating chapters to fit with new established lore because I don't like the fanfic having major lore plot holes. Don't worry, I won't delete what has already been written, I will upload all original chapters as a seperate series because I still think they are good... Well some. That leads me to the point that I was gonna redo several chapters from earlier series as the Skyward Sword Aftermath isn't something I am proud of looking back (which is good, it means I have got better).

One chapter I actively planned on changing was Twilight Princess "What we did with Ganondorf's body" as I made some random predictions that I knew would be wrong but always intended to change it after I know what the deal is with Ganondorf in Tears of the Kingdom.

All of this is far in the future though as I have to beat Tears of the Kingdom first and that'll be months away.

Imidiate plans, Four Swords Adventures is next and to be honest it will be short and lighthearted... Well maybe, I often think it will be short but eventually inflate it too twice the legnth. Once that is out the way, Downfall Timeline! That is what I am really looking forward to.

Notes:

Originally this chapter was to be deleted but I have enjoyed the engagement I have had in the comments so I will keep it here.

Chapter 112: Four Swords Adventures Aftermath Part 1 - The Hero of Light

Summary:

A short telling of the thoughts of the Hero after the events of Four Swords Adventures.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link smiles as Hyrule cheers for him. The Royal Family held a ceremony in honour of his deeds but Link didn’t really know what to do with his praise. He looked up and saw Zelda standing at the window of the castle, all he really wanted to do was to be with her. She walks away from view, leaving Link in the crowd of cheers.

Link enters the castle away from the crowd just to be met by a different swarm of people. Link politely nods, shakes hands and bows to all the noblemen and women who seem to want attention but ultimately he is trying to find some quiet. He escapes down a corridor that is rarely used and takes a deep breath.

“Finally some peace huh?” a soft voice is heard next to him and he turns to see Zelda standing there.
“Oh I am glad to see you” he tells her with relief as he hugs his childhood friend. “Is there anywhere private we can go? Like I appreciate the praise, I do, but it is a bit overwhelming” he tells her and she nods.
“I get this kind of attention everyday, I understand the stress. I am just glad the attention is away from me for once” she tells him as she gras hs hand and guides him through the castle.

Zelda takes him to her room, he has been here a lot. As kids Link would sneak in through her window and they would play together, but those days were long behind them and Link couldn’t remember the last time he had been here. He walked to her soft, neatly made bed and fell backwards onto it, sinking into the mattress.
“Ahhhhh, that is nice…” he sighs and she giggles and sits on the edge of the bed.
“Thank you Link” she says kindly and he looks up at her.
“For what?”
“Everything. I asked for your help and you didn’t hesitate. Not only that, but you came to the aid of me and Hyrule, stopped Vaati and Ganon and didn’t complain once '' she explained and he laughed.
“I complained to myself plenty”
“I am trying to be serious, Link. Truly, thank you” she repeats and he sits up and throws an arm round her and pulls her in for a hug.
“It is no problem Zelda. I would do anything for you.”

Link lay back once more and Zelda lay next to him. They just lay in silence and it was all they needed, this was all they wanted and they wished for the moment to never end. “I don’t want to go” Link eventually speaks and she turns her head to him.
“Out there?”
“Yeah… I… I don’t know how to return to my life and I don’t know what to do with all the praise. But here, with you… I feel I can relax and be me. I don’t want to go” he told her and she turned her gaze upwards. There was a long pause.
“Then don’t” she says and now it is Link’s turn to face her.
“Well, I will have to eventually”
“Why?”
“Because… well because I assume you’ll want to sleep at some point”
“So? Sleep with me” she said and Link went bright red.

There was another long pause which was interrupted by a gasp and then Zelda copying his tomato shade. “I…. I didn’t mean it like that!” she shouted, turning to him. “I just meant in this room, you know, by my side… I err… not that I want you in my bed… but I mean we could, it doesn’t mean anything to sleep next to each other. We are friends… you know?!” Zelda spoke at about 90 mph and Link just laughed.
“Zelda… as much as I’d love that, is it not a bit… intimate?” he asks and she looks away.
“I don’t think it has to be, Link. You have saved Hyrule, I am sure you can deal with laying next to your best friend for a while” she told him and he sighed.

They lay there together, her warmth was comforting but perhaps a little too comforting. It didn’t take his body to give up and fall into a deep sleep.

 

Link jerks awake on Zelda's bed. Like a kid he had passed out in his clothes… well, Link was a kid and beyond that, he was exhausted.

"Bad dream?" The soft voice of Zelda asks and he nodded.
"Vaati and Ganon. I had a dream about them both" he admitted and Zelda sat next to him. "Ganon was real. I am still struggling to come to terms with that." He explained and she put an arm around him.
"I know. As a kid my Father would read me fairy tales and stories of the evil king Ganon who fought against the Hero of Legend. The stories say he is as old as the Kingdom of Hyrule but who knows really what is truth and what is legend" Zelda tells him. "But you stopped them both Link" she assured him but he sighed. "And yet something troubles you"

"It's just…." He paused then refrained from staring at the ground and looked her in the eyes. "It is safe to say I wasn't the first Hero to stop Ganon or Vaati as they were both creatures of Legend. So if Heroes of the past stopped them and they still managed to return then what is stopping them from returning once more?"

"I think Hyrule is safe from these evils for centuries to come Link"
"And those in a few centuries time?" He asked and she hugged him.
"This proges how kind hearted you are, Link. You worry about those in the future even though you will be long dead. You did your part as well as you could. We now leave the future to the next generation"

Notes:

This Aftermath will be three chapters, each short, each light and not too serious.

With Ganon and Vaati both being villains in this game I thought I might add some Botw/Totk law i to it as this is the last game to be officially place into the Child Timeline. However Totk doesn't really workneith what I was thinking so I kept it simple.

In part 2 I will hint at some changes I am planning on making to a previous story but you'll have to wait a week.

Again, these storoes are pretty light because for one, Fourswords Adventure is one of two Zelda games I haven't played because it is hell to set up but also i just don't have aot to say about it.

Hope you enjoy this short stroy though.

Chapter 113: Fourswords Adventures Aftermath Part 2 - The Queen of Light

Summary:

Link and Zelda's Life moves forward and Link requires somw guidance.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Eight years later the King of Hyrule passes away in his sleep and shock ripples through Hyrule. The King had been a successful monarch and was well liked throughout the land. After the initial shock however, attention was soon on Zelda, the 26 year old Princess who would be crowned as the Queen of Hyrule.

The funeral of her Father came first, she insisted and as the future Queen, no one argued. She was in a time of mourning and could do without the pressure of the Kingdom looking to her. Luckily she had the best boyfriend in the world, someone who understood her and supported her unconditionally. The two were inseparable, wherever Zelda went, Link wasn't far behind.

Her coronation took place, a grand event witnessed by the world at large but it unfortunately pushed Zelda into a lot of responsibilities almost overnight.

Link and Zelda held hands as they walked back to their room. Her long cape dragged across the clean castle floor. They reached their room and upon shutting the doors Zelda let out an exhausted sigh.
“Can I really do this? Can I really be the Queen of Hyrule?” Zelda asked and Link took her hand and nodded.
“You can. And I will be you every step of the way”
“Thank you… It’s just a lot”

Link took a step back and turned away. He quickly turned back around and smiled.
“I was going to do this later but I think you need this now” he got on one knee and pulled out a ring and Zelda gasped. “Will you marry me?”
“Yes you idiot!” she said, pulling him up right after the ring was on her finger. “You’re right Link. I did need this now, thank you” she told him and Link grinned. Although it feels silly putting on a ring just to take it off again with the rest of my clothes”
“I like the way you think!”

 

Time goes by, Link and Zelda get married and not long after that Zelda breaks the news that she is pregnant. They are both overjoyed, slightly stressed at the additional responsibilities but Link supports her every step of the way.

The exhausted Link stepped out of the Castle at night. Normally he would spend the night with his loving wife but he just needed a little time for himself to relax and clear his head. Link travelled by horse, his destination felt unclear but he eventually found himself at a thick forest and although he was unsure why, he felt an urge to explore.

The forest was winding and deep, he walked for hours in one direction and never found an exit. He takes many turns and eventually he trips over a rock, falling down a steep hill and landing in the middle of some old, no, ancient ruins. Link looks around, he has never laid eyes on this place in his life but somehow he knows it, not by name but by a feeling. There was a feeling of belonging that was indescribable.

He sits on some stone steps and closes his eyes when suddenly he falls. Upon opening his eyes he is falling through a deep black void with the blue lights dashing past him. In front a shadowy figure starts to form and soon a familiar looking figure sits before him.
“Who…. who are you? Where am I?” Link asks and the figure smiles.
“This is the sacred realm, physically you are still in the Temple of Time, but your spirit is here in the sacred realm with your past lives” the man tells him. Link scowls.
“Past lives?”
“Yes. You are the Hero of this era, but you are not the first hero chosen by the Gods. There have been many, many before you, all called Link, all protecting Hyrule from evil and we are all you.” the man says.
“So you… you were my past life?” Link asks and he nods.
“One of many. In my time Hyrule was invaded by forces from the Twilight Realm and Ganondorf took rule. I stopped him, we destroyed his body so he would never return. I was known as the Hero of Twilight”

“It didn’t work. Ganondorf came back and stole a power that transformed him into the Demon King… I… I stopped him. Him and Vaati but what if….?”
“You stopped a different Ganondorf.” The Hero of Twilight explained. “The man I fought was a man from centuries before me, stopped by a different Hero. He was stubborn, clinging to life and as a result was only sealed away by the sages. I put a stop to him once and for all. Glad to know Hyrule was safe for many centuries to follow”
“But if you stopped Ganondorf then how come I had to deal with him?” Link asked but before he gave an answer the images blurred and a different Hero sat before him.
“Ganondorf is one of the Gerudo. The Gerudo give birth to a male once every hundred years and that male is said to be King. Usually this is fine, but twice now Hyrule has been cursed with one that has strived to rule, and that is where we come in” the new figure said and Link sat back.
“So you stopped him then? The first time?”
“Haha. I stopped him twice. I am the Hero of Time. Ganondorf took over Hyrule and I defeated him. After that I was sent back in time to stop him from ever invading.” The Hero of Time said and Link frowned.
“So does that mean there is a version of the future where Hyrule was destroyed and you just… vanished?” Link asked and The Hero of Time’s eyes grew wide.
“I…. I guess so…” he said slowly, as if indeed thought. “Honestly in all of time I never really considered that… I hope Malon is alright…”

The Hero of Time faded and a Hero that looked much similar to Link appeared.
“Thank you for defeating Vaati once and for all. I am the First Hero of the Foursword, I created that blade you wielded but I was unable to truly defeat Vaati, an evil stemming from my time. My successors, all that wielded that blade, were unable to stop Vaati also. You did it. Like the Hero of Twilight, you conquered an evil that kept remerging.” He said and Link smiled.
“So he won't return?” he asked and suddenly the figure shifted once more.
“Vaati may not return, Ganon may not return. No matter what though, our spirit and the Bloodline of the Royal Family are cursed by the hatred of Demise. For all eternity Hyrule is plagued by evil” the Hero of Sky told him and Link felt his gut ache.
“But young hero, you did your duty. You defeated not only Ganon but also Vaati. You have saved Hyrule for this era. Your successor will do the same, I guarantee it.”
“Thank you…. Any advice on being a King?” Link asked and suddenly the Hero of Twilight popped up.
“Don’t. Man, Zelda was great but living like that was…” he was cut off by the Hero of Time.
“My Zelda was fantastic… but only a few of us were ever married to Zelda”. Ther Hero of Sky appeared once more, a frown on his face.
“Which is why I shouldn’t have been interrupted. I was the first King of Hylians, long before the Kingdom of Hyrule was formed. Me and Zelda had a happy family. It is a lot of responsibility but honestly…. Experience is everything and advice is not too helpful.”
“Jealous of all you lot…” the Hero of Men said suddenly and finally the Hero of Time appeared once more.
“Just have courage,” he said.

Link opened his eyes, the cool air breezing through the forest sent a chill through his body. He pulled himself from the stone steps and looked up at the moon.
“Thank you. I needed that”.

Notes:

I know these are short, light and not super thrilling but I really don't have a whole lot to say and FSA and I am much more excited for what comes next.

I am super busy right now so I got this out the way. If I added more substance then these would come out in a long time and for a story I am not particularly passionate about, doesn't seem worth it.

One more chapter of FSA and then there is something more fun.

Chapter 114: Foursword Adventures Aftermath Part 3 - Princess of Light

Summary:

The Young Princess Zelda gets a brief history lesson.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link, the Hero of Light, Zelda, the Queen of Light and their little seven year old Princess of Light walk through the shrine of Hyrule Castle. The walls are scribed with legends of Hyrule that Link learned from his past lives, tales and legends of the Demon King Demise, The Evil Ganondorf and one he is all too familiar with, the story of the Wind Mage Vaati who he finally after aeons slayed for good.

“Daddy. That’s you!” The little Princess calls out as she points up to a Statue of Link holding up the Foursword surrounded by his three clones.
“That’s right. That was a long time ago now but once I saved all of Hyrule from evil” he told her and she smiled, not really understanding what he was talking about. “All these stories here are from me, your mother and the history of your family. The Royal Family has a deep history going back to the founding of Hyrule… no, longer than that. It is the duty of a Princess like yourself to pass these stories on so they are not forgotten to time.” Link tells her.

“Link…” Zelda says and he looks at her. “She is seven” she points out and he laughs.
“Well, she is a very smart seven year old”
“That she is, but I think she is a bit young to take on the responsibility of the entire History of the Kingdom of Hyrule. Even I was too young for that burden” she points out and the three laugh as they continue through the history halls.

Notes:

I am sorry this is only three paragraphs long but that is the end of Fourswords Adventures. I promise what comes next is much more exciting.

Chapter 115: Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 1 - Downfall

Summary:

The aftermath of the battle between Link and Ganon. But who will win...

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link rolled underneath Ganon's legs and hit his tail with the Megaton Hammer causing Ganon to stagger in pain.
"Link! The Master Sword is here! Hurry up!!" Zelda called from next to the Master Sword as the Fire barrier had dropped. Link ran over to Zelda next to the sword "Use the Master Sword! Destroy Ganon with the sacred sword!" She said as Link pulled it from the ground, waving it around before readying himself again.

He ran towards Ganon and saw it pull itself up with the fire barrier rising alongside it. Ganon walked towards Link and Link ran towards Ganon. Ganon took a mighty swing but Link rolled right under it and through his Legs. At the end of his roll he swung himself up and around to slash at the beast's tail but was greeted to a back kick from Ganon right into his chest. Link was knocked back flying and landed on top of a stone pillar. His head was spinning but as his eyes came into focus and his senses snapped him back to reality the giant sword of Ganon was plunged into his chest.

Zelda gasped alongside Link as Ganon smiled, lifting the sword with Link still attached to the front of it. Ganon lifted the sword into the air and laughed at Link who still gripped the Master Sword. He attempted to swing it and catch Ganon in some way but was futile as his arms were nowhere near long enough. Ganon threw Link down close to Zelda with only the fire separating them.

"Link! Get up! Ganon is right behind you!" She screamed as Link used all his energy to turn his head towards Ganon but the last thing he saw was the huge hoof come down on him and crush his entire body. Ganon stood there with a smile, staring down at Zelda who was shaking and crying at the events taking place in front of her. She looked down to Ganon's Hoof and only Link's left arm holding the Master sword was sticking out from below. He lifted his hoof to see the crushed and mangled body of the Hero of Time.

Navi flew towards Link in a hurry.
"LINK! GET UP!" She called out but Ganon swung his sword and in a million to one shot ,he cut the fairy in two. Its blue body fell to dust, never to be seen by anyone again.

Zelda saw the light of the Triforce on his hand fade as Ganon's hand lit up with the same light. The fire barrier dropped and Ganon grabbed Zelda. “How do I get the Triforce from you Zelda? Do I need to send you with the hero?" It snarled at her, gripping her tightly in its hand. It closed its eyes and focused then suddenly a bright golden light started emitting from it. Zelda screamed as she could feel the Triforce of Wisdom being drained from her. What could she do, she was powerless. Link was gone and she couldn't fight Ganon so....

She closed her eyes, ignoring the pain as best she could and telepathically called on the Sages.
"Open the Sacred Realm and seal Ganon away now! He is at full power and nearly got the full Triforce, Link is gone. Hurry!" She called out to them.

Raru took his responsibilities first over his emotions. Saria was devastated, barely able to focus. Darunia was upset but refused to show it. Ruto was crying and furious at Ganon. Impa's concern fell to the Princess more than the Hero and Nabooru hardly knew him but wasn’t about to let Ganon win. Together they opened the realm and suddenly their lights all seemingly came from nowhere and smashed into Ganon.

He dropped Zelda with a thud. Zelda looked up, all of them were standing before her, trying to hold Ganon back.
"It's too late Zelda, I have the full Triforce, you can't stop me now!" Ganon snarled but Zelda got up and stepped towards it.
"Not if we stop you before you can use it!" She shouted as she fired a beam of golden light into him. The light from all the sages was intense, blinding all seven of them from the view of Ganon.

"Ancient Creators of Hyrule! Now, open the sealed door and send the evil Incarnation of Darkness into the void of the Evil Realm!" Raru's voice was heard as the voltex opened in the Sacred Realm. Ganon was gone.

"CURSE YOU ZELDA!! CURSE YOU SAGES!! Someday when the seal is broken, I will exterminate your descendants".... he called out as he fell into the void.

Zelda looked over to the Sages.
"We won Link..." Saria said weakly as her small body fell to the floor.
"Saria!" Ruto called out, running over but collapsed too. Nabooru was smart, she knew what was happening and she just closed her eyes before falling to her side willingly.
"Aww shit'. Darunia said before falling with a heavy thud.
"I am sorry Zelda..." Impa said gripping a pillar for support as Zelda looked back with tears in her eyes as her carer fell to her knees, struggling to stay conscious but it was no good. Her energy faded and she fell down.. Raru walked over to them and looked down in sadness.
"Sorry my fellow Sages" he said before falling backwards.

Zelda was scared to move, was she next. She stepped forward before falling over and hitting the ground....

Notes:

Well, this chapter was uploaded 4 years exactly after I published the first ever chapter. Took me 4 years to complete 1 branch of the timeline but it was fun.

But yes, this is now the Downfall Timeline and I have a lot of fun ideas. Exciting stuff to come so I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 116: Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 2 - Continuation of the Royal Bloodline

Summary:

An unbareable responsibility it on Zelda's shoulders, but time is ticking. Can she achive this or will Hyrule end with her.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Her vision was blurry. She felt herself being carried by a man. Was it a man? In truth it could have been anyone. She woke up and was in an old wooden bed in an unfamiliar stone room. She was alive. Was it all a dream? Where was she? She tried to move but intense pain surged through her body. A maid ran in.
"Your Grace! Oh thank Goodness you are okay!" She exclaimed but Zelda was confused.
"Where am I and what happened?" She asked but the Maid was silent.
"I ORDER YOU TO TELL ME!" she screamed, bringing the Maid to tears from the shocking outburst.

"Well... you sealed Ganon away and collapsed. Since the Castle was destroyed we brought you here, the Forest Temple. We figured it was the next best thing. It is fortified and…" she said but could see Zelda had more questions she needed to ask so stopped talking. Questions Zelda feared she knew the answers too.
"Link. Impa. The Sages. Where are they?" She asked and the Maid gulped, just as much as Zelda didn’t want to hear the answer she too didn’t want to give it.
"I am sorry. You are the only one that made it" she said quietly as Zelda burst into tears.

She was alone. The Royal family were dead, Link was dead and even the sages were dead. No one she knew was alive and that meant she was the last of the Royal Bloodline. She had planned on spending her life with Link to continue the family but now that was gone. Would she be the last? Would Hyrule end with her?

Time went on. She heard the stories of things happening over the years in which Ganon ruled and how the surviving members of the workers of Hyrule Castle fled to an uninhabited area south of Lake Hylia where the Knights searched for any sign of her. She also heard tragic stories of families being killed and much worse.

The Master Sword was in Zelda's new room but looking at it just brought her sadness. She informed the people assigned to take care of her that she was going to visit the Great Deku Tree. She believed he should be the one to watch over the Legendary Sword. She couldn’t return if to the Temple of Time due to the current state of Hyrule Castle.

Although her caretakers agreed to this “request”, she knew she wasn't alone. Some Sheikah were trailering her from any hidden angle. Zelda saw right through it, she had been trained in Sheikah arts by the best. She found it quite insulting that they thought they could hide from her. But she ignored them and let them believe they weren’t seen.

She navigated the Lost Woods, walked through Kokiri Village and arrived before the monumental Tree. She looked up, it was a husk of its former self. Zelda had never laid eyes on the Great Deku Tree but she had heard the legends.

“Down here!” A high pitched voice was heard and Zelda stepped back, startled. She stared at the little wooden stump and it stared back.
“Who are you?” She asked and the little stump laughed.
“I am the Deku Sprout. That big tree behind me, that is my father. He died seven years ago. But I retain his every memory.” He said with a smile.
“I see… So you are the new Deku Tree?”
“I will be some day!” He said with a cheery voice. It warmed Zelda’s cold heart just a little bit.

Zelda held the Master Sword in front of her.
“I thought you should be the one to look over the Master Sword. I believe you looked over Link… or your father did anyway. I want you to protect this sword and keep it safe in time for the next hero.” Zelda told him and his smile didn’t waver.
“Sure thing, Princess! It would be an honour.”
“Thank you, Deku Sprout.” She said softly.

"Please. Goddesses of Hyrule. Let the next Hero have more strength. Protect the next Hero! Let him avenge the Hero of Time. If you can hear me, spirit inside this blade, guide the next hero well." She prayed, then she held the sword above the ground and thrust it into the earth. A blue glow emanated from the ground briefly and then it coiled around the blade's tip, forming stone. As the light died down, a pedestal had formed, enshrining the Master Sword for the next hero.

She smiled. She understood little about the blade's divine powers, even Link probably knew little of this. She left the sword with the Deku Sprout as it awaits its next Master.

 

The next day was a day she had been dreading. The funeral for Link and the Sages. Each was honoured individually which made the ceremonies drag out longer and made Zelda struggle to bear it. First was Saria's, held in secret Forest Meadow in front of the Forest Temple that Zelda had been relocated to. The Kokiri who understood little about the events that played out all attended and couldn't understand why Saria left them and how she fell. They all took it hard, Mido especially.

Second was Darunia up in Goron City. Although they were strong folk they all cried for their leader. Next was Ruto up in Zora's Domain. After the Funeral the King ordered Zelda to never allow any Hylian in their Domain again or they will be met with violence. It was clear he blamed Hylians and she couldn't blame him. Why should the Zora want to keep an alliance with a Royal Family that failed not just them, but all of Hyrule.

Next was Impa, this was especially hard for Zelda as she was practically a Mother to her. She was given a special grave in Kakariko graveyard.

Nabooru's funeral was a tense one. They held it in the Gerudo Fortress but the whole time both Hylians and Gerudo were expecting the other side to attack. Nothing of the sort happened of course but Zelda felt the cold glare from all sides.

Next and finally Link's. His funeral was held at the Temple of Time as it was the most suitable place for the Hero of Time. He was buried beneath the Temple and a statue of him was erected.

Zelda had worn a similar dress to usual except all black, fitting her mood. Zelda hated being at seven funerals but also didn't want to go back to the Forest Temple as she would basically just sit around and wait to die. She had nothing. No friends, no family, no lovers or Children. Heck, she barely had a Kingdom and it's not like she really ran it anyway, more qualified people were really in control, she just gave them permission to go ahead with what they had already planned without her. What did she have to strive for? How can there ever be a good future? She will die and the Royal bloodline will end. Ganon will rise again and again and again and although there will be a new Hero, if he fails again, Ganon wins. It was inevitable. She blames herself, she keeps mulling over things she could have done differently. Maybe if she hadn't revealed herself to Link in the Temple of Time they could have faced Ganon together. Maybe if she had just let Link deal with Ganon and fled with the Triforce of Wisdom things would have changed. Who knows....

She got back to her new room, all she could think about is how she is going to die soon and she has no successor. She always assumed Link would be her Husband but that future was stolen from her, she didn't want to just marry anyone as they might raise her child wrong and abuse their status as a Royal but there was no one she loved. She sat and thought about it. Maybe she could have a one night stand.... no, then the Father would know the child was theirs and tell everyone.... what if she disguised herself.... That wouldn’t work.

She was snapped out of her thought process by a loud knock on her door. She gave permission for them to enter and as the door creaked open two men walked inside.
“Your highness, we are sorry for the intrusion but we have an important matter to discuss about the future of Hyrule.” one of them addressed her so she stood up with no grace and trudged out of the room.

She arrived at a room high in the abandoned Temple where her Royal Attendants had set up a board room. She sat at the old wooden table opposite an old man with a long grey beard.
“Your highness we have to ask, have you considered the future of the Royal Family?” he asked in a hurry and Zelda gazed up at him.
“I have.” she responded but the room was quiet and waited for a longer answer. “I have thought about it in the sense that I really have no option so unless one of you old men wants to knock up the Queen of Hyrule it seems we are pretty screwed” she remarked. The old man infront of her looked angry but some of the others seemed like they mistook her blunt remark as an offer for a moment before coming to their senses.
“We have an alternative. We have had contact from the Royal Family of Labrynna. Prince Victor is in need of a bride and his father, the King of Labrynna has offered to come to Hyrule so you can meet him”.
“So you are marrying me off?” she asked and the old man shrugged.
“Do you have a better solution?” he asked and she sighed.
“Are you giving me the choice or are you telling me to marry this stranger?” she asked and the old man sighed.
“You have the choice, your highness. If you truly detest Prince Victor which I assure you won't be the case, you can turn him down.”
“Fine. I will meet with him. Tell him to not get his hopes up though.” she sulked as she walked out of the board room.

 

It wasn’t long until the plans were made and the Labrynna Royal Family were on their way to what remained as Hyrule. Her advisors were embarrassed about the state of Hyrule after its seven years of rule under Ganondorf but Zelda was still too heartbroken to care. She knew that was wrong but really she knew her time was limited and she saw herself as a failure. What good would caring bring her?

She stood at the entrance to Castle Town. There was absolutely no way she was going to have a Royal Meeting at the Forest Temple.

Carriages arrived and one by one black haired Royals departed from the carriages. First was a Woman with Red Curly hair who helped a beautiful young Woman out after her. Next was a fancy, old looking Man who Zelda could only assume was the King. A man in his 20’s hopped out in style and lastly was a handsome man and Zelda’s heart skipped a beat. She was on the fence about marrying herself off like this but if she was to have someone flirt with her she could only hope it was the handsome man and not the one who looked a little full of himself.

“Queen Zelda! What a delight to be in your presence! I am King Regonald Labrynna. Lovely to meet you. The rumours about your beauty are true" he said and she smiled politely and bowed.
"It is an honour to meet you. I apologise for the state of our Kingdom. As you have heard we had a rough seven years" she said and he nodded.
"Yes, of course. I assume we will hear all about it over dinner." He said and Zelda frowned but before she could protest he motioned around. "This is my lovely Wife Angela" he said as the red head bowed. "My Daughter Caroline" the girls smiled. "My son Edgar" the man smirked "and of course…."

The handsome man stepped forward and smiled a powerful grin.
"I am Victor Labrynna, your highness" he said with a wonderful deep voice and knelt before her. Zelda didn't know if this was just to win her favour or not but she was flattered by his presence. His Father was not, he looked angry but said nothing. Victor rose. "I know this is all probably strange, we are meeting under the idea to get to know each other and to get married, I understand why these are odd circumstances but believe me when I say I have looked forward to meeting you" he told her and she was caught in his contagious smile.
"Well same for me Victor. It is a pleasure to meet you" she said, bowing.

The Royal Advisors escorted them all to an area on the East side of Castle Town that had the least amount of damage where a single tower stood.

A dinner was arranged and they all sat at a long table. Zelda was seated close to Victor and she had to try and avoid looking at him as his charm was working too well. She saw through it, she wouldn't be swayed so easily.

There were conversations about politics and Labrynna offered to help Hyrule rebuild, all nice offers but Zelda suspected he wanted something out of all this. Eventually the moment she dreaded.
"The rumours are true then? An Evil King invaded and took over the throne for seven years?" The King asked and Zelda nodded. "And where is he now?" He asked and Zelda remained expressionless. "Dead. He is sealed away for good. Many lives were lost in putting a stop to his reign. The six sages, Saria or the Kokiri, Goron Chief Darunia, Zora Princess Mipha, Sheikah Advisor Impa, Gerudo Warrior Nabooru and Hylian Elder Rauru." She took a deep breath. "And also the Hero of Time, Link. He lost his life in the fight" she said, holding it together.
"What was he like?" Victor asked and Zelda looked shocked but his compassionate face made her feel at ease.
"He was the most courageous man in the world. He sacrificed everything for this Kingdom, his Childhood, his freedom… his life. He went out of his way to save anyone in need" she explained, still holding it together but her emotions bleeding out.
"Sounds like an incredible man. I wish I got the chance to meet him. My condolences" he said and Zelda smiled.
"Thank you Victor."

The dinner eventually concluded and they were taken to a room that had been decorated to hold a fancy ball. Zelda and Victor took the centre and began dancing among the groups of civilians dressed in fancy clothing that had been found to fill up the numbers.

"I am sorry your highness" Victor said as they slowly danced to the music. "My Father is…. He is not the most sensitive man in the world" he told her and she nodded.
"It's alright, I am not here to get to know him after all" she said with a grin, this time it was her that made him smile. "Also please call me Zelda" she told him and he smiled.
"It is a beautiful name"
"It is a tradition. My Daughter will also share their name" she told him and he nodded.
"I hope that will be the name of my daughter too" he said and Zelda just started blankly for a few seconds before cracking a smirk.
"I see what you did there. Smooth."
"Oh I have my moments"
"Will I get to know more of them 'moments'?" She asked and he raised an eyebrow as if thinking hard.
"Well… not by dancing. Dunno if you have noticed but I am not great at it" he told her. Zelda felt a little embarrassed as she thought his dancing was better than her own, but to save on her embarrassment she just agreed.
"Lets sneak out of here. Hopefully no one will notice".

Zelda and Victor left the hall and wandered down the corridors.
"You know that really isn't me" he tells her and she glances at him with a confused look. "Dancing and fanciness… I just can't bare the regulations and restrictions we have" he elaborated and Zelda nodded.
"I have never been free in my life. The most freedom I had was guiding the Hero of Time. I could act how I wanted but it was still from behind a mask".
"That's a shame, you should never have to hide a face like that" he told her and another smile was forced onto her face.
"Another one of your 'moments' I see"
"For you, you can have as many of my 'moments' as you'd like"
"... Damn…" was all she responded with.

It was overwhelmingly frustrating for Zelda because Victor was attractive. He was kind, strong, sensitive and handsome and cared about her feelings. She had a crush on Link since she was a child and maybe foolishly put all her hopes onto him so maybe Victor couldn’t compare to that but did he really have to? She enjoyed being in his presence, he made her feel happy and she couldn’t deny the attraction. She could spend the remainder of her short life alone and die with no heir or she could spend it with this man that cared for her deeply and have a child together. Zelda grabbed his head and pulled it into a kiss.

Victor does not protest her advances and instead leans into it, grabbing her golden hair and lowering one hand to her hip. They parted for air and he smiled.
“I never thought you would be this eager” he told her and she smiled.
“I just want this,” she said desperately. Victor backed her up against a wooden door as his hand made it around to her rear. When she didn’t back down he gave it a squeeze and she moaned, gripping him tighter. He watched her hand search for the handle to the door and she clumsily opened it, Victor got the message and pushed her inside. They were in a small closet of dusty furniture that was a little dark until Zelda clicked her fingers and illuminated a candle using a fireball. Victor wanted to ask about it but he was too focused on her body. “I want to go all the way with you Victor” she told him bluntly and he was shocked.
“Are you sure? You sure you don’t want to wait until our wedding day?” he asked and she grinned
“I haven’t agreed to that yet.”
“I think with this you more or less have” he told her and she kissed him.
“No. I want you now. Life is short so why wait?” she asked and he raised an eyebrow. “What? You don’t want to?” she asked and he pushed her backwards onto a dressing table.
“I never said that. I am just surprised is all” he told her. “Have you done this before?” he asked and she shook her head.
“You?” she asked and he smiled.
“I have. But none of them were the beautiful Queen of Hyrule” he said and she smiled, then pulled him into a deep kiss.

Zelda felt somewhat bad that she was keeping the truth from him but she didn’t want him to slow down. Really she wanted to bear his children as soon as she could as the continuation of the Royal Family was her top priority. But she also did want this. She felt warm and could feel herself getting wet, a new sensation for her and it was all his doing.

Victor slowly undid his belt and then pulled his trousers down. It was then that Zelda saw her first penis and quite frankly, it was big. He moved his hands under her dress and pulled her closer, he pushed her underwear aside and lined up with her. She looked into his eyes, hungry and wanting. He pushed into her.

Zelda gasped as she felt his large cock penetrate her. It was wonderful. She got it, she understood instantly the appeal of sex. Victor started to move and Zelda started taking slow breaths, focusing on the wonderful and building sensation she was feeling.

"Are you alright?" Victor asked in a low voice as his hips moved to a steady rhythm. Zelda kissed him and he reciprocated and pushed into her kiss further. He broke the kiss and gave a pleasant smile, Zelda thinking it was a cute smile. "I take that as a yes?" He asked and she chuckled.
"Yes. Keep going…" she moaned and Victor obliged, thrusting a little faster.

"Oh Victor…" she sighed.
"Zelda… you are a Goddess" he spoke with his deep voice that was trapped in euphoria. He kept his eyes locked onto hers and damn he was hot. He certainly made her feel things.

Both knew they couldn't take their time. It was only a matter of time before someone noticed they were gone and came looking for them and with the Hylians being on edge as they are they probably would blame Labrynna for kidnapping.

Zelda wrapped her legs around Victor, eyes hungry.
"Victor… fuck me good and hard" she demanded and her grabbed her hips and smirked before ramming into her.

She gasped in shock and then pulled at his body as he worked his magic. The dresser slammed hard against the wall, they were not quiet. Anyone passing by would hear them but Zelda was beyond caring. She screamed and gasped in bliss as her man fucked her.

"Victor! This is….hahhh!" She moaned in an orgasmic high.
"Zelda I am close…" he groaned but she gripped his arm.
"Don't pull out." She told him.
"But Zelda…"
"Please" she insisted and that is all it took.

"Vic!" She gasped as she broke, gasping for air and Victor held on no longer and shot his load into her in several deep bursts.

They slowed down and their brains landed on earth. She smiled pleasantly at him and he smiled back. "That was something" she said and he grinned.
"You are certainly something. Something beautiful" he told her and she blushed.
"Let's get married".

 

The wedding was set up quickly and the two got married. Labrynna’s Royal Family seemed pleased and the Hylian Nobles seemed serious. Zelda didn’t mind, the remainder of her short life is dedicated to one goal, producing a heir so she might as well enjoy the time she has left. She dances with her stunning husband who seemed genuinely joyful to be in her presence. That night they slept together and had a night of passion.

The next morning the newly weds wake up to sunlight through the window. Zelda knew a meeting with the Labrynna royal family was awaiting her but she didn’t want to move from the loving arms of her husband. But with enough determination, she managed to pull herself out of the bed and make the meeting.

She sat at a large round table with King Regonald opposite her, his wife Angela to one side and her son Edgar on the other. Caroline was not present. Victor was naturally next to Zelda and the rest of the table was occupied by Hylians.

“I will cut to the chase your highness, we would like to negotiate something that could help combine the strengths of both our Kingdoms to new heights.” Regenold said and Victor sat back, Zelda noticed this but didn’t react.
“If there is a way we can help then I am willing” Zelda told him and a smile creaked across his face, a smile that Zelda instantly regretted seeing.
“We have heard the Legends of the great Kingdom of Hyrule. The oldest Kingdom in the world. It is said that all Humans descended from the first Hylians. Who knows where the line between reality and legend sits but one object has followed these Legends. The Triforce” he said and Zelda’s fist clenched under the table but she said nothing. “I am stunned, your highness, with the possession of such power I do not understand why you have not restored your Kingdom. Maybe you are hiding such power, I understand, but with this power we could combine our might and never have to worry about anything ever again”.
“So. Offering your son to me had ulterior motives I see” Zelda spoke calmly but the King shook his head.
“We seek an alliance, your grace. We are now family and there is no reason for us to hide anything.”
“What you seek is impossible. We will assist anyway we can but what you are asking for is not in my power. I cannot help you” she told him.
“Cannot or will not?”
“Cannot” she replied quickly.
“I see… and why would that be?” he asked her.

Zelda sat back in her chair but kept her gaze on the Labrynna King. She felt the table staring at her but blanked them out in her mind.
“I cannot give what I do not own,” she told him and he smiled.
“Of course, the Triforce belongs to the world. What a lovely sentiment Zelda but I am sure you feel happy to use what you do not own when it suits you”
“Like you said, if I could use the power of the Triforce to rebuild Hyrule or bring back the Hero of Time I…” she stopped herself. “No. No I wouldn’t. Even if I could use its power, I would not. It is not to be used for personal gain.” she told him and he slammed his fists on the table and Victor finally sat forward.
“Cut the shit. I know you have it and I don’t care about your morals or clever word play. I am not playing games!” he yelled and she flared up.
“And neither am I!” she yelled, much louder than him. “I do know the location of the Triforce, that much is true but it is far away and forever out of your reach!” she roared and the Hylians felt nervous about what would come out of her mouth next. “The Triforce is sealed away with Ganon, the monster that sought to use its power for selfish gain. Look around you, you have seen what Hyrule Castle looks like… or no you haven’t because it no longer exists.”

She took a deep breath and she could hear her heartbeat inside her. “Saria. Darunia. Ruto. Impa. Nabooru. Rauru… Link…. All these brave Heroes lost their lives to keep the Triforce from Ganon. The seal is impossible for me to break but even if I could, do you honestly think I want to relive that?” she said with a much calmer voice.
“I truly don’t understand you. With the Triforce you could seal Ganon away and bring back those Heroes. Why can’t you see that?” he asked and she looked down.
“I see that better than you ever will.” she told him.

Regenold stood.
“I guess we have no more to discuss. We wanted an alliance but you have made Labrynna your enemy” he announced and he went to leave the room with his Wife and Son following. “Victor. You are coming with us. I will not permit you to spend your life with the selfish Queen” he ordered and Victor stood, Zelda felt her heart sink. Had she truly fallen for a lie? Her child would be the result of a power play. How could she have been so foolish? She felt betrayed.
“I am staying here Father” he said loudly and Zelda looked up at him.
“I am married to Zelda, I love her. You may have used me for this power but your trust in me was misguided. Did you think by keeping me in the dark I would manage to convince Zelda? Did you know of this Edgar?” Victor asked his Brother at the other end of the room.
“Victor… we want the same thing. We want an alliance with Hyrule” he told him.
“I see. Well you don’t have it” Victor said and Regenold snapped and went to march forward but the guards blocked his path with spears.
“When did you become unloyal to your Father?!”
“When I developed a conscience”.

The Labrynna royal family left and the room was silent. The Hylians got the message and left Zelda and Victor alone. “I am so sorry Zelda…” he said and she took a deep breath.
“Is it true? Did you truly have no knowledge of any of this?” she asked and he nodded.
“I knew my Father wanted to create an alliance with Hyrule and I was no fool, I knew he was using me to help get that but I never cared about his goals. I love you and I married you for you, not him.” he looked her in the eyes. She hugged him tight and he relaxed into the hug.
“Thank you Victor. You don’t know how much that means to me. I need you by my side” she told him.
“All the way. I don’t want to know about the Triforce or any of that. That is for you Zelda… I want you to be able to trust that I have no loyalty to my Father”
“I do.”

 

Her Husband was loving. Sure he charmed her and he was hot and good in bed but that paled in comparison to him being supportive. She knew she truly loved him…. But he did also turn her on.

Zelda passionately kissed Victor and took the lead, pushing him down onto the bed. The first night together was slow and loving but this was going to be wild.

Zelda began stripping before him, letting the garments and jewellery fall to the ground. Without taking an eye of the ever increasing nudity of Zelda, Victor began taking his clothes off. Once both are nude and Victor's mast points skyward, Zelda walks over to him, her hips swaying to show her natural curves, throws a leg over him and impales herself on him.

"Agh! Victor!" She calls out to her stunned Husband who is watching the naked form of the Queen riding his erection. "Fuck me! Fuck me Victor!" She screams and he wastes no time, grabbing her hips and bucking into her.

Zelda had the body of a Goddess and Victor stared at its features. Her long sexy legs that were spread over him, her wide sexy curves that moved as she rode him, her beautiful face and golden hair but most of all, the round breasts that bounced with her movements.

They moved, moaned and called each other's names. They kissed and felt up each other's bodies, letting the sensations grow and fester through the excitement and satisfaction of sex.

Their bodies are hot and Zelda's hair is a beautiful mess, sticking up in every direction and landing over her shoulder every time it rises and falls from her thrusts. Victor can't believe he got this lucky, he needs more of her.

Suddenly he leans in and grabs her arse which causes her to gasp as a surge of pleasure unlike anything she has ever felt before. She put her hand on his upper back and looked into his eyes as they moved together.
"Victor! Oh Hylia!" She screamed as her orgasm rushed through her body. Victor tried to hold ok through deep breaths and focus but then she tightened around him.

"Oh Zelda! Oh Zelda! I!.... Ahhh I am coming!" Victor yells, his hips not stopping and his grip hard. Zelda calls out in her continued plea of desire, feeling Victor pulse inside her before he unleashes his load into her, moaning throughout.

They collapse together, exhausted and out of breath.
"I love you Victor." She told him and he smiled.
"I love you Zelda." He responded.

 

It wasn’t long before Zelda discovered she was pregnant, a news that thrilled her. She broke the news to Victor and he too was overjoyed to learn they had a child on the way. That night however, Zelda felt it was important to deliver some news she had been keeping from him for some time now.

“There is something I need to tell you and I… it was honestly selfish to keep this from you and I hope you forgive me” she told him and he sat in silence. “When we fought Ganon he held the Triforce of Power, Link held the Triforce of Courage and I…”
“Zelda, you don’t have to tell me this.” He told her but she shook her head.
“I do. Please let me finish” she said and he shut up and listened. “I held the Triforce of Wisdom. This isn’t like what your Father thought, we didn’t choose this, the Triforce did. The details aren't important but basically part of it was inside me. Ganon killed Link and stole his part of the Triforce and when he grabbed me he absorbed my piece. He was about to have the ultimate power so that is when in a desperate plea, me and the sages gave out life force to seal him away. They died then and there but I lived. But only for so long.”
“Zelda… what are you saying?” he asked with concern.
“I am dying Victor. I don’t know how long I have but my body will not hold out. I might have ten years, five years or another week. I truly do not know how long I have left. That is why I wanted to have a child so soon, I wanted a successor and I needed an heir to pass on Hyrule’s legacy. I kept this from you, nothing I said was a lie, I love you and I have no regrets in marrying you but I didn’t want to tell you in case the prospect of a wife with an expiration date would have discouraged you in marrying me. I tricked you and I feel awful. But I did this all the same”.

Victor said nothing for a long while. He took a breath and Zelda feared what he might say.
“I have no regrets Zelda” he told her and she felt herself tear up. “I won't deny this hurts on many levels. I don’t like that you didn’t tell me this and I hate that you are… well I hate that you don’t have long but I love you”
“Victor…”
“I forgive you though and just know you do not have to go through this alone. I am by your side until the very end” he told her. She started to sob and he closed an arm around her.
“I don’t deserve this”
“You saved the world Zelda. Cut yourself some slack. I don’t like what you didn’t but I can’t pretend I would have done anything differently.”

After a few minutes consoling each other Zelda opened her draw and pulled out a letter.
“This here is for our Daughter” she said and he smirked.
“Daughter?”
“Well… I just know. But my point is that she is to have this when she turns 16. If I am not around to see that I need you to promise you will give it to her. I need you to raise our Daughter in my absence”.
“I promise,” he told her. “ But…do you really have to die? Is there nothing we can do?” Victor asked as he held Zelda close as she nodded.
“I don’t know how long I have. As I said, it could be a day, it could be weeks, maybe months or it could be years but I truly don’t think it will be years.” It pains me to no end to know I won’t be able to see our little Zelda walk, talk or be old enough to remember my face. Believe me, if I could do anything to spend more time on this Earth with you and our daughter I would” she told him in tears.
“Well. I guess we just have to savour the time we have.” Victor spoke as he kissed her. “I will memorise every detail on your face and make sure our daughter knows how beautiful her mother was.”
“Thank you.” she whispered.

 

Nine months passed and their Daughter was born into the traditional name of Zelda. It was happy and for a month Zelda and Victor forgot about the fate that she held. But one month after the birth of the new Princess, Zelda was dead.

One day she was alive with no signs of illness and the next morning she was cold. Victor tried to shake her awake. He tried to resuscitate her. He screamed her name but nothing worked. She was truly gone.

Word spread through the Kingdom and sadness came with it. Victor was aware of the rumour that he was responsible and as he was crowned as next in line to the Hylian throne as the Princess was only one month old the rumours intensified. He could endure the hate for 16 years for the sake of his daughter as well as Zelda’s wishes.

Truth was he didn’t want it. He wanted his wife. This was a clear fact to anyone that saw him at the funeral but that didn’t stop the gossip. Invitations were sent to the other races with no response. The Gorons had retreated to the mountains since the death of their leader and no one had seen one since. Many of the Zora left Hyrule, in search of a new home. The ones that remained isolated themselves in their domain and were said to have attacked Hylians who got too close to their waters. The Gerudo felt vulnerable being on Hyrule’s doorstep so they ventured further into the desert and abandoned their fortress. It was only the Sheikah that remained loyal to the Royal Family and many were around to protect the young Princess’ life.

As King of Hyrule he ruled as well as he could but his priority was raising his girl to be the next Queen of Hyrule and fulfil the wishes of his late wife and her late mother.

Notes:

This is a long one, makes up for the last couple. Initially OOT Downfall Timeline was gonna be one short chapter, then I made it two chapters and now... There are more to come.

I also have an original version of this that I wrote back in 2019 but I hate it and changed most of it. This version is better, trust me on that.

UPDATE (11/10/2024)
Two days ago I beat Echoes of Wisdom and as such, began writing a story for that game. There were a few amendments I wanted to make to this, nothing major, but there are some changes. If you want to see the original chapters they are archived in the link below:

https://ao3-rd-8.onrender.com/works/48927109/chapters/152142430

Chapter 117: Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 3 - Riding Lessons Part One

Summary:

Victor takes the 13 year old Princess out for riding lessons but their day takes an unexpected turn.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh fuck! Ahhh!” The Woman screamed as Victor thrust into her with power and shot his cum inside her. He collapsed next to the woman and caught his breath. “Who knew how naughty you were, your highness” she whispered as she hugged Victor.
“Everyone needs to blow off steam. Why not with a beautiful Woman like yourself?” he said with charm and she smirked.
“Blow of steam huh? I think shooting your load inside me has the potential for it to be a little more than that” she told him and he rolled over and pulled an empty bottle off his bedside cabinet.
“I had a contraceptive potion. Don’t worry, there is no chance you are pregnant” he told her and his reassurance wasn’t good news for her, she hoped this could last.
“What if the nobles find out what we did?” she asked and he turned to her. “It’s fine. I will make sure you keep your job. I have not put you at risk. You can continue being a maid at the Castle” he told her and she frowned. Victor knew what she was doing, she was trying to find leverage so this could be more than a one night stand but he made it clear from the start that this was a one time thing, he did with every Woman he slept with. No one could replace Zelda in his heart. “I have an important meeting tomorrow. You are free to sleep here tonight or you can leave now. The choice is yours” he told her and she scowled. She got out of bed and gathered her clothes.
“Not interested in round two?” she asked and Victor shrugged. “I am out of contraceptive potions, but maybe some time in the future, but maybe not. No promises” he told her and she said nothing and left.

 

Victor left his room and started his day as King of Hyrule. He sat on his throne while people talked to him about all the issues in Hyrule while he came up with the necessary solutions.
“For you my lord.” an advisor said, cutting in front of many others with an envelope. “This letter has been sent from your home land of Labrynna.” he told him and Victor raised an eyebrow and took the letter and began reading.

“To my dear son Victor. I understand last we spoke we got off on the wrong foot and I deeply apologise and just know I still love and care about you. I am sorry to hear of the passing of the late Queen of Hyrule and I send my best wishes to you and your daughter Zelda. Much time has passed and I wish for us to talk once more, from King to King. With my son as King of Hyrule just imagine the strength we could reach with a unified Kingdom. I wish to speak to you soon. - Your Father, King Regenold Labrynna”.

Victor crumpled the letter in his hand and his advisor looked shocked.
“Sir?”
“My Father is a man who deserves a response from us and believe me, talking with him is a quick way to assure danger for all of Hyrule” he told them. “Besides, I haven’t spoken to him in thirteen years. This is the first time he has spoken to me and he hasn’t once congratulated me on the birth of my daughter or sent his regards for the Queen's passing. This man deserves nothing” he said sharply. Victor stood up and stepped away from the throne.
“Where are you going, your highness?” the same advisor asked and he smiled.
“I promised the Princess horse riding lessons. You wouldn’t want her to be disappointed now would you?” he remarked as he left the room.

It had been thirteen years since the passing of Zelda and he had ruled to the best of his ability given the circumstances. He was happy with where he was and sure Zelda would be pleased but more so he was proud of the beautiful girl his daughter had grown into.

He knocked on her door and she swung it open. Her hair was in two golden pigtails, she wore a blue coat with white riding pants tucked into long boots and she smiled eagerly at her father. “The Goddesses didn’t bless you with my genes huh, you take after your Mother too much” he told her and she giggled.
“You tell me this every day.” she told him as they walked down the corridor together.
“I am reminded of it everyday. Seriously. Where are the black hairs and the strong jawline?”
“Fortunately not apparent”
“Wow. Rude. I think my black locks are fabulous and my jaw makes me so handsome”
“Yeah, maybe it suits the King of Hyrule but it wouldn't be fitting for the beautiful Princess I am” she joked.
“Ah, so it is about gender? So if you had a brother then he would have my jet black hair instead of your Mother’s golden hair?”
“Not sure if it works that way. You see Mother was obviously stronger in the hair gene department” she said and he laughed.
“Well I am not sure if THAT is how that works.”
“If you want a dark haired son so badly then re-marry. There are no laws against it, especially for the King”.

Victor sighed and looked down at them, the tone dipping.
“I love your Mother… I don’t know if I am ready to move on. We’ll see”
“What about that Woman that came out of your room this morning?” she asked and Victor winced.
“You saw that?”
“I HEARD that and it was gross”
“Sorry… And no. She wasn’t… I don’t love her”
“You’ll find someone Dad” she said and he shrugged.
“Don’t worry about me, I should be worrying about you? At your age I was bringing home girls all the time. So basically, don’t do as I did”
“No Girlfriends, got it.”
“Thats not…. Oh nevermind.” he sighed as they made it to the stables.

 

Victor takes Zelda out on Epona, the Horse that once belonged to the Hero of Time. She was getting old but she was a reliable horse. Victor taught her how to ride and she was getting better, still not ready to go out without him but an improvement was definitely made. Zelda loved the smell of the fresh grass of Hyrule field and galloping along it with the breeze in her face felt freeing.

Suddenly Epona reeled onto her back legs, Zelda screamed and would have fallen off the steed if Victor didn’t steady her. She galloped fast, running across Hyrule field.
“Halt! Epona! Steady girl!” he yelled to no avail. She sprinted forwards and through the gates to a nearby ranch. Victor could do nothing to calm her so he just focused on making sure Zelda didn’t fall from the Horse.

Epona runs onto a field full of horses and a Woman looks up, shocked as Epona charges for her. “Get out of the way!” Victor yells but the Woman stays still. Epona then reeled back once more and stopped inches in front of the Woman then came to a stop. Victor sighed in relief and then quickly got off her and helped Zelda down. “I am so sorry, I don’t know what got into her” Victor apologised to the pretty redhead and she giggled.
“No, I think it is my fault. You see, I was singing her favourite song, she must have heard it.” she told them and Zelda looked shocked.
“You know her?” Zelda asked and the Woman nodded.
“I raised her. This is Epona. I haven’t seen her for a very long time. She took a liking to the Hero of Time and they rode off together.”
“You knew the Hero of Time?” Victor asked and she nodded again, much sadder this time.
“I did. Not well but I knew him. He was very nice. He helped me and my Father out more than he probably even realised.” she looked down “I don’t know exactly what went down but thanks to him stopping that evil tyrant, my Father got the Ranch back from Ingo and my life saw some degree of normalcy. He was a true Hero” She reflected.

“My Mother fought side by side with the Hero!” Zelda blurted out.
“Zelda!” Victor yelled and the Woman's eyes widened.
“Zelda? You are the Princess! That must mean you are King Victor!” she said in shock and Victor scratched the back of his head. “Oh my! What an honour!”
“Please, you don’t have to do that. I was just teaching my Daughter how to ride a Horse.” he told her and the Woman smiled.
“It is destiny that we met then!”
“How so?”
“Well… It just so happens that I was the one who taught the Hero of Time to ride a Horse. This beautiful girl right here” she said, patting Epona on the nose.
“Wow!” Zelda beamed.
“The name’s Malon. Nice to meet you” she introduced herself and held a hand out to Victor who grinned.
“It's a pleasure to meet you, Malon.” he said “But I don’t know, I wouldn’t want to trouble you” he said and she shook her head.
“Please, it is my pleasure. At least let me teach her some basics” Malon offered and Victor looked down at the wide eyes of his daughter.
“Oh alright. You’ll learn more with a pro” he said and Zelda cheered.

 

Victor sat on an old chair as he watched the pretty redhead teach Zelda how to sit on a horse among several other skills he was not taught by his instructor. He couldn’t help admiring the beauty of her, not just appearance which was of course apparent but also her kindness and how well she talked with Zelda. Maybe his daughter had been getting in his head. As the day rolled on Malon helped her down and they walked back over to Victor.

“I am sorry your Highness but it is getting late and well… you know what Hyrule field can be like at night. If you hurry you can make it home before the sun sets but I find the sun seems to set fast on Hyrule field.” she said.
“It’s fine…. You are right though, I don’t want to risk taking her across Stalchild territory so we will have to be quick” he said.
“Or…” Malon said and the two turned. “Oh, this might be silly but I was going to offer you a place here at the ranch. It is perfectly safe but I understand that you barely know me and such a place isn’t appropriate for a Princess” Malon said embarrassed but Victor smirked.
“Malon, we would be delighted.”
“Won’t you get in trouble for being absent?”
“I am the King, what can they do? Be mad at me?” he laughed and she grinned a pleasant smile.
“Fair enough.

 

Malon offers her room to Zelda and Victor doesn’t protest. She tells him she had a spare room for him but he refused, letting her use it as he took the couch. She didn't refuse. Victor lay back on the couch awake in the dark. He heard footsteps and saw Malon leave the house, he sat up and followed her out into the night.

“A bit of a night owl I take it?” Victor asks, causing her to jump as he approaches Malon from behind.
“You startled me” she said quietly, turning to meet his gaze.
“Sorry. I too like to go for a late night stroll” he told her, catching up to her.
“I was going to replace the Hay Bales for the Cows. It is pretty exhausting handling the whole Ranch when Father is out at the Castle” she told him.
“Your Father is at the Castle? Why?” he asked and she laughed and he shot her a confused look.
“You live there and you don’t even know where your food comes from” she told him and he looked slightly embarrassed.
“Sorry… I… I must seem like a snob huh?” he suggested and Malon shook her head.
“Not at all. To be honest you are not how I imagined you” she told him and he smiled.
“How did you imagine me?”
“Well… I heard that the late Queen got married shortly after everything so I just thought that you would be some foreign Prince that came to Hyrule to grab power. You being on the throne after she died has caused some… rumours and not that I believe them but…”
“I am a controversial King?”
“I’m sorry!”
“No. I get it. And to be honest, if I was loyal to my Father you would have pegged me correctly. My Father’s intentions were for us to get married so I could seize control of Hyrule but that is not me. I don’t care what anyone thinks, I loved Zelda and I love my Daughter and when she is Seventeen she WILL take my spot as King. I don’t want it” he explained.
“I see that. I see by the way you talk to her you care about her deeply. My condolences for her highness.”
“Thank you Malon”

They walked through the night, the cool breeze blowing her hair. She was beautiful and kind. He liked her a lot and he wanted to have her around to teach Zelda how to ride. She was better at it than he would ever be. Was it more than that?

“Is there anyone… you know?” he asked and she took a few seconds for it to click before her eyes widened.
“Oh! No. I err… Oh it is going to sound so childish…” she muttered and he laughed.
“Go on, tell me. I won’t laugh.”
“Well… I had a huge crush on the Hero of Time. I mean as a Girl I had this fantasy of being swept off my feet by a dashing Hero and although it didn’t play out exactly like that, he was soooo cool” she said and Victor laughed. “HEY!” she yelled.
“Sorry! I am sorry. Truly.” he told her and she looked annoyed. “I get it. Zelda told me all about him. My Wife was in love with him too. Before me. I think… she never was truly over him. There is a statue of him in Hyrule Castle and I have to admit, he DOES look very cool” he told her and she smiled. “You will find someone Malon, you are truly beautiful” he told her and she felt her heart race and her face burn.
“Oh wow…” she muttered. “I… thank you” she squeaked and Victor noticed her response. “No one has ever said something like that to me before…”
“No way! You need to get yourself out there more Malon. You are a catch” he told her and she began to feel shaky. She stopped at the wall of the stone tower and leaned against it.

She was breathing heavy and she felt dizzy. What was wrong with her, she was a 32 year old Woman, why was she acting like a child? “Are you alright Malon?” he asked with concern as she held her head.
“I… yeah I just felt a little light headed is all.” she told him and he stepped forward. He was taller than her, his frame blocked out the moon. “No one has called me beautiful before. I… that was really nice Victor.” she told him with tears of joy in her eyes. He slowly put his hand on her cheek and brushed away a tear with his thumb. She gulped and then as if from nowhere, pulled him towards her and kissed him.

Victor was shocked but didn’t hesitate and accepted her advance, pushing her tight against the cold, stone wall. His hand gently rests upon her hips and it sends an unfamiliar pulse through her body. The kiss breaks and he stares into her eyes. “Sorry… You are the King… I shouldn’t” she mutters but he gives her a light kiss and smiles.
“Don’t apologise. This is nice” he tells her and she blushes redder. He slowly moves his hands higher and when she doesn't show any signs of resistance he knew he was safe to advance. He places his hands on the sides of her breasts and she shudders briefly before relaxing her body.

“Victor…” she sighs. Victor squeezes his hands and she grips him tightly. She had never felt anything like this before. She didn't know a sensation like this could arise in her breasts. More than that, she felt her crotch getting warm. This was uncharted territory but she wasn’t going to stop now. “This is… I like this” she said quietly. Victor leaned in and kissed her neck.
“We can do more if you’d like” he suggested and she felt her face burn hotter.
“It’s cold out here” she said, pushing his hands off her. She opened the wooden door and motioned him inside.

Victor entered the stone tower and Malon closed the door behind them. He pulls his shirt free from his pants and unbuttons it, exposing his chest and abs. Malon was in awe, was this real? Was she really going through with this? She walked over to him and he pulled her in for a kiss before turning her around and guiding her to the wooden crates on the ground. He bent her over one and kissed her neck. She could feel the bulge of his pants against her arse.
“You drive me crazy,” he whispered in her ear. She was in shock. She drives HIM crazy? He must have got that backwards.

He pulled up her skirt in a bunches then pulled down her tights quickly. He wasn’t wasting time and soon she felt his…. His THING. It was touching her. He moves over her more and his member pushes against her entrance. This was too much… but she wanted it badly. “Malon…” he sighed and with that he began pushing gradually.

She felt it slightly push into her but slowly move further and further inside, getting more intense as it went. She gripped the wooden box tight, within a second he was fully inside her but it felt like an eternity. She was shaking, it felt wonderful but scary. “Mmmm” he groaned and then moved back out before pushing back in slowly. He did this a few times and Malon couldn’t comprehend this. She let out a whimper and he smiled, knowing the effect he was having on her.

He grabbed her hips and bucked into her from behind, from this angle she could feel him enter her fully and she couldn't comprehend it.
"Victor… oh my…" she moaned, red and sweaty from his love making.

She didn't understand why this was happening. The King of Hyrule was fucking a simple farm girl. Why? What did she do to deserve this honour? She felt blessed, someone as handsome as him would want someone like her.

"Maybe I don't need a dashing hero to sweep me off my feet!" She panted. "Maybe a King will do just fine" she finished and he smiled, pulled out of her and spun her around. She looked down, seeing the large penis for the first time. She almost could faint.
"Let me get this for you" he said as he grabbed her belt and unbuckled it. She assisted in pulling her skirt off and as soon as her bottom half was bare he pushed back into her. "Malon… you are soooo tight" he moaned and she felt happy that he was feeling good.

Malon arched her leg and pulled him in for a kiss by the back of his head. He pushed into the kiss while his hands went for her shirt. The unclasped the Bowser pin, removed the yellow garment and assisted in lifting of her shirt. Before he could react she was pulling off her bra and Victor stopped his hips as he stared in disbelief. He was speechless, her round boobs sat In front of him.

Without warning he grabbed her arse, picked her up and pushed her down into the hay bales then grabbed her boobs as he bucked his hips. Malon screamed in pleasure, gyrating her hips to meet him.

Strands of hay got caught in their hair and stuck to their sweaty bodies as they wildly fucked. Malon squirmed her legs as she didn't know how to control the burning pleasure between her legs but she settled by wrapping them around him and holding him tight.

He looked into her eyes, she looked into hers. Their breathing was heavy and their faces were flushed. He groaned, speeding up suddenly and she let out a gasp as an exhilarating sensations started to build in her body. Malon was an innocent girl, she never pleasured herself so she could only assume this is why people were so obsessed with sex. She finally understood. She breathed heavy, trying to control the feeling by biting her lip but that couldn't distract from Victor's big cock reaching her deepest parts.

"Oh Victor!" She screamed out as the feeling released light lighting to her brain. Victor groaned, grabbed her hips hard and thrust hard. His dick pulsed and he smacked his lips against her while he shot his load deep inside her. They made out as their orgasms poured through their bodies and Victor shot the rest of his load inside her.

They lay in the hay, sweaty and hot, the hay stuck to them which was unpleasant but neither had the energy to do anything about it right now. "I definitely need to change the hay bales now," Malon commented and Victor laughed.
"This was nice. It has been a while since I have had sex this good". He told her and she looked at him.
"I liked this too but we really need to head back and have a shower" she told him and he nodded, getting up and patting himself down.

After Malon changed the hay bales the two walked back to the house. They stopped in front of the door to Malon's room and smiled. He kissed her gently before the two parted.

 

Victor wakes up early and groans at the pain running from his lower back to his neck. The couch seemed comfy at first but he soon realised it didn't allow for a comfy night. He should have asked Malon if he could sleep in her bed. Would she have let him? Maybe he was going too far but he had to admit his mast had risen early like most mornings and she was the first Woman who came to mind.

It was then he noticed her bedroom door was open and that of Zelda's was not. He got up and left the house, immediately obvious she was in the stables.

"Morning Cuccoo too I take it?" He asked and this time she was not startled by his presence.
"That is the life of a farm girl" she replied in a soft pleasant tone.
"It is not that of a King. I am busy for sure but I can get away with some lazy mornings now and again." He walked closer and put his arms around her waist. "About last night…" he starts but she turns her head and smiles.
"I won't tell a soul if that is what you are worried about" she says but he shakes his head.
"No. It's not that. I don't mind the rumours and gossip but it is Zelda. She seems keen on me finding someone and she likes you. I wouldn't want to get her hopes up".
"Haha. Victor, you think I would tell the Princess of Hyrule that me and her father, the King, made love in a barn?"
"Well… I suppose not".

Her hand grabbed his and she gave a short and soft kiss.
"I regret nothing. It was admittedly something I will keep close forever but I do respect the Princess as she is such a sweet girl. But I also respect you, not just as the King of Hyrule but as the first man that made me feel special"
"You ARE special Malon" he said as his hand rises to meet her breasts.
"Are we doing this again? So early?"
"If you want to"
"I do Victor! I really do!"

His grip intensifies and she relaxes into it, allowing the feeling to flow though her. He kisses her neck where his breath tickles her skin. She felt his bulge press against her butt so she does what she can and presses into him and causes him to groan.

Victor uses a free hand to unclasp his belt while he continues to fondle her breast and rub his crotch against her. Malon grips a wooden beam In front of her for support and with the message of his grabbing hand clear she untucks her shirt giving Victor's wandering hand free access to under her shirt.

He frees his cock and his hand immediately grabs her dress and pulls it up.
"Malon…" he moans into her neck, still pressed tightly against her body.
"Please… again" she begs, feeling his teasing cock against her entrance.

He thrusts into her suddenly and Malon yelps with surprise. He thrust again and this time she was expecting it. She grips the wooden beam and her legs tighten together. She overcomes the sudden sensation to feel nothing but the joy of him making love to her.

"Victor! Oh yes! Ahhh" she moans, encouraging him to move faster which in turn made her moan louder.
"Malon! Oh Malon! He groaned, releasing the hand from her breast and placing it on his hip and thrusting harder.
"Ahhh! Oh Victor!" She screamed and he felt his dick throb.

"I am close Malon! I am so close!" He gasped and she bit her lip and continued to roll her rear end into his thrusts. She felt her body shake with her climax as Victor shot his cum deep into her. She sighed pleasant breaths as they moved together in the high of sex.
"Oh Victor…."
"Malon you are gorgeous…"

 

The stable door opens and the breeze blows through. Zelda stood and stared, her mouth agape.
"The King of Hyrule in a stable. I never thought I'd see the day" she joked as she looked at her father who was sat casually on a stool.
"Oh you never know, maybe I could take up being a farmer when you take the throne" he said as he stood. "Got any vacancies Malon?" He asked and she smiled.
"Always! Good morning Princess" she said and Zelda smiled.
"Good morning Malon. Thank you for the bed" she said as she bowed, making Malon embarrassed for her lack of etiquette.

"We should really go Malon. We cannot thank you enough for everything. If you ever need anything then we are in your debt" Victor said and Malon went bright red.
"Oh no! Don't trouble yourself! The honour was all mine" she assured them. The two got on Epona's back.
"Let me Dad! I got this" Zelda said.
"Natural born rider!" Malon says as the ride off. Malon smiles and holds her hands to her beating chest then a mix of happiness and sadness fills her. She missed them already.

"She likes you Dad" Zelda said as they rode across Hyrule Field.
"What makes you say that?" He asks and she laughs.
"Ah! So Mother came onto you then. There is no way someone this dense could get my Mother's attention." Zelda said and he frowned.
"Hey! I had it then and I still have it now!" He protested.
"She went bright red and she was playing with her hair when she talked. It was so obvious" she told him.
"Well I am the King. And handsome. She was naturally just nervous"
"Ugh huh… and what did you talk about alone?" She asked and Victor was silent.
"Oh Goddess! Dad!" She exclaimed.
"What?"
"You like her don't you!?"
"Nonsense. Just keep riding" Victor said with an unfamiliar feeling of embarrassment within him as his daughter laughed.

 

Upon their return to the Castle the guards and high ups at the castle were furious with Victor for making them worry about the well being of the King and the Princess but Victor didn't care as he reflected on his day and he had to admit, it was the most fun he had in a long time.

Notes:

For those Malon fans I hope this is a good one. I spent quite a long time on this chapter and it got so long that I split it into two. Thank you for all threKudos recently, it means a lot.

Chapter 118: Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 4 - Riding Lessons Part Two

Summary:

Malon gives some more riding lessons... But to who?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

One month passes and Victor strolls across the balcony of Hyrule Castle. The sun beamed down and the sky was a pleasant blue. The wind carried the scent of the green fields all over Hyrule. He looked down and there he saw someone familiar by the delivery outpost. Malon was unloading a crate of milk off at the gates of Hyrule Castle. He smiled and made his way down.

"Malon!" He called as he exited the main gates. She went red and looked down.
"Vic- Victor…" she responded. He smiled at her cute nervous expression. "I was delivering the milk… I was about to leave. It is nice to see you"
"Same to you, Malon. Stay a little longer. There is something I would like to show you" he told her and she swallowed.
"Erm… okay. Sure!" She said, happy to spend more time with him but unsure what she did to deserve this honour.

Victor took her by the hand and walked to the gates.
"Your Highness, we are sorry but you can't just escort civilians into the Castle" a guard said but Victor smiled.
"This is Malon, she was the one who trained the Hero of Time to ride a Horse and I have asked her to train Zelda also" he said and Malon looked shocked.
"Oh. My apologies. Welcome Lady Malon" the guards said and she almost laughed when they called her "Lady".

They walked through the courtyard of the Castle.
"Is that what I am here for? To teach the Princess?" She asked and Victor shrugged.
"I would be honoured if you did, but no. I have something else to show you first". Malon smiled again. Him… honoured. He truly had it backwards. "Here it is!" He said with delight as he gestured to a huge statue. He turned to Malon and his mouth was covered by her hands. "The Queen had this built in his honour and since you knew him a little I thought you would like to see it" he told her as she gazed at the statue of Link, The Hero of Time.
"Victor… I love it. I wish I had got to know him more. He helped us so much and he probably didn't even know" she said sorrowfully.
"I wish I had gotten to meet him. I feel like in a different life me and him could have been good friends"
"Maybe. But who knows what our lives would be like. Maybe I wouldn't have met you and that would have just been boring" she said and he laughed.

"So Malon. Do you want to give Zelda riding lessons? I would appreciate it and she has talked a lot about you"
"What has she said?" Malon asked in delight and Victor felt somewhat embarrassed at the thought of his daughter's relentless teasing about him.
"Oh, just how nice and pretty you are"
"Awww, how sweet! Well I can't say no to that".
"Great! Follow me" he said as he guided her further through the gardens.

“Lady Malon!” Zelda called out and ran towards her.
“Hello, your highness. I am no lady though haha. Just Malon” she clarified and Zelda giggled.
“Sorry, I am used to calling many people by lord or lady. Anyway, are you here to teach me how to ride some more?” she asked with a bubbly attitude and Malon smiled at the teenage girl.
“I am. Every Girl must learn how to ride. C’mon, she said as they walked off towards Epona leaving Victor behind.

 

Malon began teaching Zelda more and more, it was clear that she had the hang of it and Malon was focused on teaching her how to sit.
“So, my Dad likes you” Zelda told her and Malon went red but kept her composure.
“I am glad to hear it. I like him.” she said casually but Zelda smirked.
“No. He LIKES you” she said and this time Malon couldn’t brush it off.
“I am not sure about that”
“Well I don’t know for certain but it seems pretty obvious to me”
“I think he and your Mother-”
“My Mother is dead. I think he is finally ready to move on” Zelda said and Malon was lost for words.
“Your Father is the King of Hyrule and I am just a simple Farm Girl. That sort of thing is impossible”.
“Nonsense. There are no rules against it. Plus you are beautiful, I am sure any guy would be blessed to be with you” Zelda told her and Malon was shrinking down inside, screaming for a way to evade this conversation.
“I am sure your Father has a lot more pressing matters to deal with”
“You keep finding excuses but not once have you said your not interested”
“Princess please…”
“Malon. I won’t tell my Dad but… do you like him?”

There was silence. Not even the birds chirped. Even Epona was silent while the Princess stared at Malon with that innocent and kind smile which awaited an answer. Malon took a deep breath.
“I do your highness. But as would any Woman. He is a handsome man and King of Hyrule. I felt similar things for the Hero of Time also but again, he was a handsome, brave and kind man, the Hero of Legend. Of course I was attracted to him. But just like then, I don’t expect anything to come of it”.
Silence fell once more and Zelda climbed off of Epona’s back and walked over to Malon.
“Tell my Father. You won’t get in any trouble and I am sure, almost certain he feels the same way. You are a great match!” Zelda encouraged her.
“Thank you Princess but I don’t think I could do that. I am not as brave as some” she admitted.
“Well maybe in time things will develop. I think Epona needs a break and so do I” Zelda said as she looked up Victor was approaching. “Speak of the devil. Well, I am going. Good luck!” Zelda cheered as she ran off leaving Victor and Malon alone.

“What was that all about?” Victor asked and Malon looked down.
“I have no idea” she lied and Victor smiled.
“Zelda likes you a lot. I do too. You will keep coming here won't you?” he asked and she went red.
“Erm… yes. Of course!”” she told him, flustered and unprepared.
“Do you like me?” Victor asked and Malon looked at him in confusion.
“My Lord? Of course I do!”
“No. Do you LIKE me?” he asked and Malon felt like her heart was going to explode.
“Why… what makes you ask?”
“Zelda told me it was obvious that you liked me. Apparently you were flustered and playing with your hair which means you like me” he told her.
“Well… it is pretty clear from… last time… that I find your company… well you know… it was nice…” she said. “But any Woman would-” she was cut off by a kiss.

He held her there, pressing his lips against her and holding her gently. When he broke off the kiss he smiled.
“I like you Malon. At first it was lustful, I will admit. You are gorgeous and I felt attracted to you but I have found Women hot but it has been a long long time since I have felt this way about someone.
“Victor… what are you saying?” she asked, fully understanding what he was saying.
“I don’t know how to be more clear. I would like you to keep giving Zelda lessons but also I would like to offer you to live with me in Hyrule Castle. Together” he told her and she felt light headed.
“Are you serious…?” she asked and he nodded.
“No pressure. I don’t expect you to. If this is to much I understand”
“No! I would love that” she said quickly and he beamed up.
“You mean it?” he asked and she nodded. He kissed her hard and Zelda saw this from a balcony and smiled.

 

Memories were a blur but Malon probably didn't protest during the journey to Victor's room and she certainly wasn't going to protest now as she is being pushed against the double doors in a heavy liplock.

She eventually gasps for air, they both chuckle with their red faces and deep breaths that make both their chests rise and fall with every beat of their hearts.

He brushed a red hair behind her ear and she smiled.
"I love you Victor" she said with a soft voice, but meant it.
"Oh Malon. You are absolutely gorgeous" he told her and began pulling off his shirt.

While she watched his toned chest reveal itself to him she did note that he never said "I love you" back. Maybe he wasn't ready. She is fine with that and can wait longer to hear those words. The buttons were undone and the shirt fell to the floor and it wasn't long before her hands were all over his chest.

Victor groaned as he felt her touch him, turning him on even more. "Malon…" he sighed, his breath touching her neck and she could feel her face boiling. His hands moved upwards and grabbed her breasts, a motion she loved but it made her gasp before relaxing to the feeling of her pleasuring her boobs.

Their bodies press together in a desperate attempt at sexual gratification. He grinded against her as one hand left the comfort of her breasts to push under her blouse. She sighed as the touch and feeling desperate for more she began unbuttoning the fabric and allowed it to be discarded on the floor. Victor was about to grab her with his greedy hands but she kissed him, distracting him for just long enough for her bra to be undone and to join the blouse on the floor.

He grabs them in a hurry, squeezing them and moulding them to the shape of his hand. Malon's head falls back against the door as she tries to hold it together.

He lowers his head and kisses them, licks them and sucks them. He does everything to her breasts and all she can think to do is bite her lip. She can feel herself getting wetter by the second.

Victor eventually stops and raises his head to meet her in a loving kiss. She relaxes into the sweet gesture all the while feeling his hands fall from her chest, down to her hips and then onto her arse where he grips.
"Ahhh…." She let out and Victor grinned in response.
"You like that?" He flirts and she grins too.
"I love everything you do to me".

Victor picks her up and Malon doesn't hesitate to wrap her legs around him. He walks towards the bed and all the while Malon grinds her crotch against his, almost like a game to see how many times she can make him groan in pleasure before reaching the bed.

He collapses onto her with the mattress breaking their fall. They breathe heavily, looking into the eyes of want. His hand reaches under her dress and the damp between her thighs is obvious. "Let me take them off," she whispers, pulling down the fabric and tossing it to an unknown location in the room.

Victor slips a finger in her and she grabs his arm with a vice grip and he mouth is agape, unable to make the audible sounds of love. He starts rubbing and her body shakes. "Vic….." she gasps "Victor!"
"You are soaking" he tells her in a low husky voice and all she wants is this man to fuck her and give her this sensation times one million.
"I am wet for you! I…. I need you!" She moaned between the rubbing of her womanhood.

Victor withdrew and grabbed his pants. When Malon realised he was finally letting himself be bare she hurried to join him by pulling off her dress. He crawled over to her, his dick large and ready and Malon's first instinct was to grab it.

He groans as she sits up to beat him off, a satisfaction she is proud of. Once he is off hiard she quickly puts it in her mouth and Victor groans.
"Malon!" He cries out, looking down to the redhead's lips around him. He grabs the back of his head and rolls his hips, bucking into her. He knew he could cum here, blow his load in her mouth but no, not today. Today is he fucked her.

He slows down and she slows with him, gradually leaving his dick exposed to the air. She falls back against the bed and slowly opens her legs,revealing her begging entrance.
"I need you so badly Victor" she tells him. Victor slowly crawls over to him and positions himself between her legs.
"Malon… you are beautiful" he tells her and while keeping eye contact he pushes himself inside her.

Just like that they were having sex. Victor was moving in and out at a steady rhythm and Malon couldn't quite believe this was her reality.

"Malon!" He moaned "Oohhh" he sighed as he felt himself push into her tight hole. Malon could feel this too, him fill her fully and she was breathless at every thrust.
"Oh Victor! I need this! I need you!" She called out, her arms gripping his back.
"Malon you are like a Goddess! Your body is beautiful".

Victor rolled his hips, continuing his steady pace, grabbing her left breast and squeezing as he went. She gasped, he was wonderful, a pro, definitely experienced in sex. She wanted to do more, pleasure him more.

Victor's eyes widened as she used a leg to flip him over so she was on top. "Malon?" He gasped in surprise but all she did was begin slowly rolling her hips and having his dick move inside her as she did. "Oh Hylia!" He moaned and Malon smiled.
"This is your riding lesson. I told you it is important for all girls to learn how to ride. Now I am gonna ride you like no one has before" she said and Victor was shocked by her sudden change in boldness but his surprise was quickly distracted by the movements of her hips.

She rolled her hips slowly, feeling every inch of him and giving him slow and pleasurable feelings that flowed through his body. He placed hands on her hips and lay back to absorb the sensation on his lower half.

She watched his face, it was that of delight. She felt great that she could bring this out of him by riding him like a stallion. She took a deep breath, trying to maintain the feeling of his throbbing mass within her and then began gyrating faster.

"Malon!" He moaned, closing his eyes and gripping her hips tight as he tried to not cum from the initial shock. Once he was under control he released the painful grip and was mesmerised by the sight of her hips moving and her boobs bouncing from the speed. Her face was flushed and her hair was a mess, none of which distracted from her beauty.

"Oh Victor! Victor! Ah! Yes!" She screamed as the pressure down below kept rising to an unimaginable level. She kept going, fully intending to ride out his pleasure for as long as she could, no matter how tired she got.

Victor wanted the same but realistically knew he couldn't last much longer. He quickly grabbed her lower back and thrust into her fast. His body was at a 45 degree angle and both of them rocked fast together.

She grabbed his shoulder and screamed "OH VICTOR!" Her voice echoed around the room. Her breasts were bouncing, her hair was a wild mess and her face was flushed red. They both were hot and sweaty and neither slowed down.

As they stared into each other's eyes they could tell they were building to an ever closer climax. Malon bit her lip, it was only a matter of time before she-

"YES!" She screamed, her thighs clamping around him and her breath becoming shaky as an orgasmic high surged through her body. Victor groaned and pulled her in close and unable to hold it any longer, his body erupted and shot several loads deep inside her.

They rocked together, screaming each others names as their minds slowly returned to earth after the most wondrous sensation of their lives.

They collapse next to each other, exhausted but brains still in overdrive.
"I love you Malon" he says and she turns to him.
"Victor…"
"I do. I love you"
"Is that you talking or penis?" She jokes and he kisses her.
"Both. Both of us love you" he tells her and pulls her in for a loving kiss.

Not long after they are fast asleep.

 

The next morning Malon wakes up, hair a mess from her wild night but she felt no regret, no shame, just satisfaction. She pulled the sheets from her naked body and saw more of the sleeping King next to her. She couldn’t believe this was real. She sat up and realised she didn’t know what to do with herself. Usually she would be working, up early and out of bed but clearly she wasn’t working today and to be honest, maybe never again. She walked towards the window and opened the curtains, the view was great and from here she could see Lon Lon Ranch in the distance from an angle she had never seen her home from before.

After a while Victor opened his eyes and groaned and the bright light shining through the window, his eyes eventually adjusted and he saw Malon’s naked form silhouetted in the light.
“Nice ass” he remarked and she turned around, slightly embarrassed by his comment until she saw his erect cock standing tall.
“Nice dick” she said in an out of character tone and then the two started laughing.

Malon walked back over and hopped on the bed next to him and kissed him. “Is that from me?” she said, stroking his dick and he smiled.
“No, this is like this every morning but if that wasn’t the case then yes, it would have sprang up at the sight of you” he told he and she blushed, releasing her hold.
“I was thinking about my home. No work today”
“Is that something you’ll miss? I mean you don’t have to live here with me. We can still be together and you work the ranch if that is what you want” he explained and she laughed.
“Victor, farm life is fun and rewarding but do you know what is even better than that? Not having to bust your arse everyday to live. It might seem vain to me but I am taking advantage of the life you are offering” she told him and he smirked.
“Fair enough”
“And besides, if I went to the ranch every morning, who would be here to deal with this?” she asked and began stroking his dick once more. Victor just sat back and let Malon give him a handjob.

 

Once relieved and dressed Victor takes Malon’s hand and walks to the door.
“Are you sure you are alright telling Zelda about us?” Victor asked and Malon nodded.
“Yeah I am. I’d hate to live in secret” she said as the two heavy doors were pushed open and they proceeded to walk down the halls to Zelda’s room. Victor knocked.
“Zelda! Can I come in?” he asked and after a few seconds of silence she opened the door, her hair slightly messy and in a gown. She stared at Malon for a few seconds and then her attention returned to her Father.
“Yes. Come in. You too Malon” she said and they entered her room.

Malon sat on a chair while the others sat on the bed.
“I’ll get to the point. Me and Malon are…”
“You are together, I know” Zelda cut him off and they both stared.
“How did you know?” He asked and Malon now realised how Victor was oblivious. He truly was clueless.
“Dad, I saw you two kiss. Not only did I see you but I also HEARD you which again, gross. But also you turn up to my bedroom door at 8am with Malon so I mean… obviously” she explained.
“Sorry” he apologised and Malon felt she could faint from embarrassment. “So… are you okay with it?” he asked and she lit up and hugged him.
“Dad, I am overjoyed. I could do with another Girl around to talk to about… stuff…. Malon, you get a hug too!” she called as Zelda sprung out of bed and hugged Malon.
“Thank you Zelda. I am so glad you are okay with this” she said as she put her arms around the Princess.
"I am glad to have you around…. But can you keep it down in bed please?" She asked and Victor laughed but Malon was traumatised by the comment but managed to squeak out:
"Okay".

 

It didn't take long for Malon to know without a doubt she was pregnant. To be honest, she had suspected as much before she came to Hyrule Castle but didn't have the Rupees for a Pregnancy Testing Potion. She knew the risks of her initial fling with Victor, she also didn't consider the possibility that they would end up together so if she had been pregnant and single she was prepared to raise the child herself and knew it would be tough. But the attention and positivity she received from Victor was too much to pass up.

But of course she did end up with Victor and if she hadn't been pregnant before she got to Hyrule Castle it wasn't going to take long for her to be carrying Victor's child after the many nights of passion they shared. And her access to Pregnancy Testing was easy now and she confirmed she was indeed pregnant.

She broke the news to Victor who was overjoyed and then they both told Zelda who over the moon at the thought of having a little brother or sister and then they told all the officials or maesters of Hyrule Castle who cautiously congratulated them but reminded them that their child is third In-line to the Throne with Zelda technically being first In-line and Victor second, with any children or husband of Zelda's overruling any claim Victor held. Victor has no issue with this, he never wanted the throne and intended on abdicating for his daughter when she turns sixteen. The officials were wary of Victor's intentions however but he couldn't blame them given his heritage.

Eventually Malon gave birth to a baby boy that they named Daphnes. They shared their specials moment between them all but after the initial excitement had calmed down Zelda had one thing to say…

"Congratulations Father. You now have a Black Haired Son".

Notes:

This took ages to write, I out a lot of time into it but hopefully it is worth it. The next part will be the final part of Ocarina of Time Downfall Timeline so I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 119: Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 5 - A Gift from beyond

Summary:

Zelda becomes of age to take responsibility but she has some other distractions

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

3 Years Later…

Zelda woke early, her hair a mess but that would be solved with a brush. Of all days it was important she look good today as it marked the day she became an adult, a Woman of age. Her sixteenth birthday.

Okay, she wasn't an adult yet but this year would be the day she took her place on the throne and become Queen of Hyrule. She can call herself an adult if she likes.

Once she got ready she stepped onto her balcony and admired the view of Hyrule. She felt sad looking at what was once Lon Lon Ranch as it now was being replaced with housing but it was a small sacrifice to pay if it meant she got to have a stepmother and little Brother.

She left her room to the pleasant ribbons of pink and blues drawing the halls of Hyrule Castle. Someone had worked very hard to decorate for her big day and whoever they were, she was thankful. A maid bowed to her then smiled.
“Your grace, happy birthday. Your Father is waiting in his room and has instructed me to let you know” she spoke softly.
“Thank you. I will head there now” she said with a grin and skipped off to her Father’s room.

She knocked and pushed the double doors open and there he was, sitting by a desk in his room, smiling at his daughter.
“Happy Birthday Zelda” he says as she walks over and they embrace. “You are the spitting image of your Mother” he tells her.
“Thank you” she responds and Victor smiles. He reaches to a drawer and pulls out a sealed letter.
“Your Mother was weak when you were born, you know this, so she knew she wouldn’t be around by the time you turned sixteen but she deeply cared and there was much she wanted and needed to tell you.” Victor said and handed her the letter. “I vaguely know what she wrote but have not seen the words for myself. Your Mother wanted you to have this when you turned sixteen so… happy birthday.”
The young Princess looked shocked, holding the slightly dusty letter and turned it to see the handwriting of her Mother.

Zelda sat down on the bed and slowly broke the seal and pulled out the thin paper.

“To my dear Daughter Zelda. My time in this world is short and I cannot say how much time I have. If you are reading this I am gone and I probably have been for a very long time. I know not if I will be around long enough to form memories with you but I fear we won't get to spend much time together and I truly apologise. As I write to you we have not met, you are still inside my belly but you'll be reading this when you are just a few years younger than I am now. Strange how time flies.

You have questions I am sure about my passing, I have instructed your Father to tell you I was ill and while this is true it is regrettably not the whole truth. In this envelope there should be two letters. This one is a message for you to keep as my only words to you but the other you need to memorise and burn as it holds secrets that could do damage in the wrong hands."

Zelda checked in the envelope and sure enough there was a second letter.

"You are too inherit the throne when you turn sixteen, your Father knows this and I am sure he is honouring my wishes. No specific date but just when you are ready. You will he a magnificent Queen, far superior to me and I am sure you will lead Hyrule into the light. My advice is in the other letter but you wont need it all as you have people on your side and I am sure the Goddesses have blessed you with incredible wisdom.

Happy Birthday my sweet Zelda, I so wish I could have spent everyday with you but my time is running out. I wish I could ask how you turned out or if Victor has been a good father or all of the questions a mother would want to know but I can't. Just know I always will love you and I am sure I would be proud of the woman you have become. - Your Dearest Mother, Zelda"

Zelda sobbed at the letter, folding it carefully and putting it back in the envelope, ignoring the second letter for the time being. Victor sits next to her and puts an arm around her.
"She would be proud of you" he told her.
"She is. She said so"
"Of course she did"
"She wants me to be Queen and it is my destiny but can I really love up to her?"
"She believes in you and so do I" Victor said. "I was never meant to be King, I was just keeping your seat warm for sixteen years but I will tell you something, if I can do it, you certainly can".

 

Time rolled on. Zelda read the second letter and within explained her Mother's passing, the sacred realm and the Triforce as well as the responsibilities of the Royal Bloodline. She knew she would have to produce an heir someday but she has no issues there, maybe should could put the riding skills Malon taught her to good use. But Zelda was holding a secret she would take to the grave….or so she thought….

 

"Agh!" The Princess screamed before a soft hand covers her mouth and a head emerges from under her dress.
"No one can know about this, your highness!" The cute girl told her but Zelda smiled and pushed her head back down.
"My parents won't be back for hours and the doors are locked. We are safe" she assured her lover but bit her lip to suppress her making more noise regardless.

"Oh Hylia! Liz! Oh yes! Oh Liz! Elizabeth!" Zelda moaned as she felt the tongue of her lover do wonders over her clit.

Zelda suddenly jumped in shock as the heavy handle of the door cranked and the iron door swung open. Malon stood there, staring. Zelda lay back on the couch with the clear shape of a human body hidden under her dress. Malon could only see a little but she could tell it was a woman.
"I apologise" she said as she hurried through the room and into the next one quickly.

Elizabeth emerges from her dress and the lovers stare at each other.
"This is bad! Fuck this is bad!" Zelda cries out and Elizabeth sits next to her.
"It's alright, she doesn't know who…"
"It doesn't matter" Zelda said with her hand over her face "What if she tells my Dad?"
Elizabeth gave her a hug and kissed her.
"Well some risks are worth taking"
"We didn't even finish"
"We will next time"
"Wow. You are confident"
"Well… next time, you are going up my dress" Elizabeth sahs as she walks off and sneaks out quietly. Zelda just sat on the couch embarrassed.

 

"You don't have to worry, I won't tell your Father" a voice spoke a few moments later.
"Were you listening?"
"Sorry. Yes." Malon said as she walked in and sat opposite the Princess. "It's okay, you know. Your Dad will be alright with it"
"With me screwing maids. Doubt it" Zelda remarked but Malon shook her head.
"I meant being gay" Malon told her and Zelda looked up at her stunned.
"I am not gay"
"It is alright…"
"I am not. That was just a bit of fun" she said and then sighed. "But also no, it's not. I need to get married and produce an heir. It is the responsibility of the Queen" she told Malon. "But still… I am not gay. I do like guys" she insisted and Malon nodded.
"I just want you to know that you can talk to me about anything and I won't judge you and I won't tell your Dad". Malon said before she was greeted by a big hug.
"Thank you Malon." Zelda said and she smiled.
"You're welcome".

Malon stood and headed to the door, she stopped and turned. "And as far as screwing maids is concerned… your Father would be a hypocrite to get mad" she said and Zelda's eyes grew wide.
"Malon! Gross!" She yelled. Malon laughed and left the Princess in disgust.

 

Victor stepped down from the throne and Zelda was crowned Queen of Hyrule. Soon after she meets a man named Alfred and they fall in love. Zelda was trained by Malon in the arts lf riding and knows how to please him well. It is not long before they are married and have a child on the way.

 

A few months later….

 

Zelda walked down the hallways in the Castle at night. She knew the paths less ventured by the guards and took those ones. She made it to a stone wall where she pushed in a brick which opened up a small passageway. She walked inside, candles lighting up as she did and made it to a small room.

"You kept me waiting" a soft voice told her as the Queen walked over to her lover and kissed her gently on the lips.
"It's either caution or we never do this again" Zelda told her and Elizabeth smirked.
"I can forgive it then I suppose" she joked and Zelda laughed.

Zelda grabbed her breast and pushed her back against the cold wall. Elizabeth sighed and let herself be explored by her Queen.
"You know we can never be together right?" Zelda told her and Elizabeth nodded. "And I love my Husband"
"Of course"
"I am just saying that you should find someone because this can't last forever" Zelda said as she hitched up her dress.
"You scared of breaking my heart, your majesty?" Zelda stuck two fingers in her entrance and Elizabeth gasped.
"Yes"

As Zelda continued to finger her lover she decided now was the best time to talk.
"I am pregnant" she told her and Elizabeth smiled through her face of pleasure.
"Congratulations" she said with a hitched breath.
"Thank you. It's early on. I haven't even told Alfie yet"
"I am honoured… not as honoured as I am for what is happening down there"
"This? Oh, I am just setting an example of what I expect from you" Zelda joked and with that Elizabeth kissed her heavily and pushed her onto an old creaky bed.

"Are you sure you closed the door, we don't want your Mother walking in"
"Malon isn't my Mother"
"You know what I meant. "
"I did. Now shut up and kiss me again" Zelda ordered and Elizabeth smiled.
"Don't worry, I am gonna do much more than that!"

Notes:

I was watching House of the Dragon and (Brief spoilers for that) I liked the idea that the heir of the throne is married to a gay man and they can't have kids because of it. For some reason I wondered what what would happen if Zelda was in love with a Woman but has the responsibility to carry on her bloodline. I don't think I go as deep as I could have but it was an idea I have experimented with.

This is the end of Ocarina of Time for now, on to a Link to the Past!

There is going to be a break from this through August. I have a lot of really busy life stuff going on and there is no way that I will be able to write like I want. This is a good break for now, but the chapters will be consistant again in September. Thank you for understand, reading and giving support.

Chapter 120: A Link to the Past Aftermath

Summary:

Link and Zelda find comfort in each other based on shared trauma.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a stormy night and the house shook violently but yet Link slept like a rock. His uncle often joked about how he would sleep through the apocalypse and thanks to Link’s wishes upon the triforce, he could continue to make those jokes. Nothing woke Link, nothing but the telepathic message speaking to him.

“Link. It is Zelda. Can you come to the Hyrule Castle? There is something we need to discuss”.
Link sat up with a cold sweat and glanced at his Uncle who looked up from the blade he was sharpening.
“What is it Link?” he asked with concern and Link pulled himself out of bed.
“Zelda… she reached out. I have to go to Hyrule Castle” he told him and Link’s Uncle stood. “Don’t worry Uncle, she did not sound in distress, please stay here” he told him and his Uncle reluctantly sat back down. “I’ll try to be quick” he said and his Uncle just chuckled.
“Don’t worry Link, I trust you will be back. You did save Hyrule afterall. I have undying faith in you” he remarked and Link left the house wondering if his uncle realised the irony of his own words. That thought was soon put to rest by the rain hitting him hard. Link groaned but trudged out into the stormy night.

Luckily Hyrule Castle was not too far from where he lived. His house was renovated centuries ago from farm land and as a result was close to the Castle for convenience in trade. He arrived at the gate and the guards recognised their Hero and opened the gates. Link headed through the courtyard and into the Castle.

His wet muddy boots left stains on the royal red carpets but Link didn’t care, he was called in a storm and wasn’t going to wait for someone to clean his boots. Besides, someone was probably going to be paid a lot of Rupees to clean up his mess so it might be an overall good deed.

He made it to the dual thrones of the King and Zelda. Zelda looked guilty at the soggy wet appearance of her Hero and glanced at her judgmental Father who sighed.
“Link… Hero of Hyrule. I am terribly sorry to call you out at such short notice and I… well I didn’t know it was raining.” she said in an embarrassed and genuinely apologetic tone that Link could help but forgive.
“Don’t worry yourself your highness, I have been through worse” he joked as he knelt before them.
“Rise Hero, you shall not kneel to us. You have saved me and all of Hyrule. I experienced an agonising death upon this very throne and thanks to you I get a second chance at life. Few gain such a privilege” he told Link who was standing up at this point. “That is why you are here Link, we need to thank you properly. We want to knight you and give you an honorary title of ‘Sir Link, Hero of Hyrule’ and for you to be the personal knight of my daughter” the King announced and Zelda smiled at him.

Link stood in amazement. He considered asking why he had to arrive at nighttime but resisted and just nodded.
“Your highness, it is an honour” Link said and before the words had escaped his lips Zelda was walking down the red steps with a rapier. Link went to kneel but she motioned for him to rise.
“As my Father said Link, you do not bow to anyone” she said and knighted him as he stood. “Now please, let me take you to get dry” she said and Link laughed.
“Sounds good”

Link followed Zelda through the corridors he knew well, although this time he wasn’t fighting off guards. She took him to her room which has its own ensuite bathroom.
“Take a shower Link, I have got you a spare change of clothes” she told him and Link nodded, Zelda turned her back as he stripped, stepped in the shower and drew the curtain. The warm water felt good and any mud on his body washed down the drain.
“So, why am I here in the middle of the night?” he finally asked and there was a pause.
“It was my idea, I told my Father you are a night owl” she said and Link was baffled.
“You do realise that is the furthest thing from the truth right?”
“Yes I do, Link. But selfishly I wanted to see you and thank you personally… I owe you everything. My Father is alive because of you. I saw Agahnim vaporise him as he screamed in agony and well… I can’t really talk to anyone about it. I thought you would understand.” she explained with a shaky voice. Link paused for an uncomfortable amount of time. The water stopped pouring and the curtain drew and Link wrapped a towel around his waist and began drying his hair.
“I do understand Zelda but you owe me nothing. My Uncle died in the sewers of the Castle in an attempt to save you. He set off before me and later died in my arms and I was unable to do anything. I see him everyday, the same old man and always bearing that smile of his and joking about everything. I keep a smile on my face for him but inside I can't get the picture of his dying body out of my mind. I understand exactly how you feel. I used the Triforce to bring them back but we still saw it. I wish I had thought to take the pain away.” he admitted and Zelda turned, blushed slightly but shook her head.
“You have done enough. I am just glad you understand me… I just want company and someone to talk to” she admitted and Link stepped closer and hugged her.

The hug was warm and she relaxed into it. Although his naked upper body made her feel slightly nervous. Still, she wouldn’t deny she liked it. Equally, Link needed the hug and the feeling of her soft golden locks lightly tickling the side of his head was a memory he wasn’t going to forget anytime soon.

He eventually let her go and they both nervously laughed.
“I should probably put on some clothes”
“You don’t have to” she joked and they laughed but then there was a pause, he studied her face and considered that she may have meant that but… no, there was no way.
“So you want me to stay in a towel forever?”
“I never said that. Who said you needed to be in anything?” she said playfully and Link knew they were just having fun but regardless… There was tension between them.
“It wouldn’t be fair if it was only me”
“Well I am not embarrassed by a little nudity.
“I wouldn’t be embarrassed seeing it.” he said and they laughed.
“This is so silly Link. If we did that we might get a little carried away”
“I think we have gone way beyond carried away” he tells her as he pulls himself together and grabs some of the clothing from a rack.
“Yeah, and besides. The Princess being deflowered before marriage… my Father would not approve” she told him.

Link unwrapped the towel and was about to step into some trousers until he noticed Zelda had not turned away and was staring at him bare.
“Zelda!” he yelled, covering himself and she just laughed hysterically.
“I mean… your erm… you sword seems to be carried away, that's for sure” she joked and Link now felt embarrassed and was bright red as he stood naked in front of the Princess with his best failing effort to hide his erection. Zelda stepped forward and removed the hands covering himself and grabbed it and gently stroked it.
“Zelda! As you said… we can’t… your Father would kill me” he cried out in shock whilst trying to hide his obvious sighs of pleasure.
“Oh Link, my Father doesn’t have to ever find out”
“But we are alone in your room at night… I mean it is fairly obvious”
“You are my personal knight, assigned to protect me. And besides, he would never assume such things from his perfect and pure daughter” she insisted and with that Link gave in and kissed her.

Zelda's heart was racing as she held onto her naked night and kissed him with passion. The kiss was intoxicating and she had always wondered what her first kiss would be like.

Link moved his hand and grabbed her left breast while kissing her heavier to stifle the moan she attempted to exhale. He played with it, squeezed and overall got excited by the mind blowing experience of what her breasts felt like. He couldn't wait to see them.

Finally the kiss breaks and they take a deep breath. Link's hands wander down to her arse and lightly touches, pulling her close to his body.
"I think you are wearing too much," he tells her and she smiles.
"I think you might be right" she tells him and then turns away from him and takes off a necklace. Next earnings, shoulder pads, and so on, slowly stripping down piece by piece. Link stares at the ever growing nude body of the princess, back turned but when she stepped out of her panties her beautiful arse was in view. She stood still and walked over to the bed and then she turned around.

Link gawped at her naked form before him and he couldn't believe how gorgeous she was. He took a few steps forward, eyes glued to her breasts before stopping centimetres Infront of her. They both stood facing each other completely bare and Link's penis standing high and proud. Suddenly, in one swift motion Link grabbed her hips, kissed her passionately and pushed her down onto the bed. Her legs wrapped around him by instinct.

The kiss broke and they looked into each other's eyes.
"Zelda…"
"Link…I want this… I want you" she sighed and Link nodded, positioning himself correctly and looked into her eyes. She gave a brief nod and Link pushed inside her.

She gasped as she felt his pass fully penetrate her. At first she felt shocked but soon relaxed to a feeling of pleasure. Link's eyes were wide also, she was warm and tight and he remained still and soaked in the joyous pleasure of being inside Zelda. He pulled out slightly then thrust back in.

"Link!" She called out and he groaned, moving his hips to a steady rhythm. She kissed him briefly then smiled. "You bad, bad boy… taking the virginity of the Princess! You should be thrown into the dungeons" she joked and he grinned.
"I couldn't help it. She is just so damn hot" he sighed and grabbed her breasts.

Her head rolled back in pleasure and she groaned and orgasmicly cried out.
"AH! Fuck me Link!" She yelled but Link instead licked her neck and it sent a shockwave through her body forcing her to grip him tight with her legs.
"Princess… who knew you had this side to you" he remarked and she said nothing, she couldn't say anything as her brain wouldn't allow her to make coherent thoughts.

But it was all over for Zelda when he lightly bit her earlobe. "Hylia! Link! Fuck me!" She screamed as he did as she asked, bucking into her faster and harder. She was soaking and Link was aware as he slipped in and out with ease. He knew he could cum any moment but he kept thrusting and focusing all his attention and the positive feeling building in his balls.

His climax was here.
"Zelda I!" He called and she just threw an arm onto his back and kissed him. His balls gave way and he came, shooting into her and calling her name. His mind was buzzing as Zelda lay moaning beneath him.

Eventually their bodies calmed down and he pulled out and lay next to her. "Zelda… that was…"
"Phenomenal" she finished and he nodded.
"Yeah".

 

 

Months fly by and a sense of normalcy begins to settle into Hyrule as a large and Link and Zelda maintain a healthy relationship. Sure, their nights together are great but more than anything the two share some of their trauma and get things off their chest. It was great to just have someone to comfort you when you feel like you have no one to turn to.

Link was swinging his sword outside his house as his uncle watched.
"You know boy, you are obviously way beyond me so in terms of sword play there is really nothing more I can teach you" he said and Link slowly turned.
"So…. What then? I stop? Who can help me improve?" He asked and his Uncle laughed.
"You can always get better, but it isn't always about muscles, it's about what's up here" he said as he tapped Link on the head. Link sat next to him and looked confused.

"When I was your age I went on a solo journey out to sea. I did it to sharpen my mind, learn to survive and overall improve myself. I came back with more life experience and being alone on a boat gave me a lot of time to reflect on what is important" his uncle said and Link chuckled which earned him a disapproving glance from his uncle.
“So you are saying I should go on a boat?”
“You are missing the point, son. You can stay in Hyrule all your life and be happy, I have no doubt. But you will miss out on the wonders of the world… Just think about it okay” he said as he left Link with his thoughts.

 

 

Later that day Link arrived at Hyrule Castle, stood by the Princess all day like usual and then at night slept with her as usual but she could sense something was on his mind and eventually she asked,
“What is it?”
Link looked at her, the warmth of her naked body calming him down and he sighed.
“I love you Zelda” he said and she felt her heart race.
“I… I love you too Link. Why do I feel there is a ‘but’ coming up?” she said and Link frowned.
“Because there kind of is. I talked to my Uncle today and he said something that stuck with me. He was talking about how excellent of a swordsman I am-”
“Which is true”
“Thank you - and physically there is really no one to teach me to get better. I… I hate bragging but I am pretty much perfect in that sense. But I am nowhere near the perfect person” he said and Zelda kissed his cheek.
“You are perfect to me” she told him and he smiled.
“But I have doubts, and fears and I want to know more. I want to see the world and know what is out there. I want to have a taste of adventure outside Hyrule” he told her with enthusiasm.
“Then what's stopping you?” she asked and he just looked into her eyes. “Oh. I am. You don’t want to leave me” she understood and he nodded. “Link, don’t be ridiculous! Go on an adventure, bring me back a souvenir” she said and he looked confused.
“But I can’t just leave you” he said and rolled on top of him.
“Link. I love you. And I really doubt I will feel this way about anyone else and let me tell you, if I do you never stood a chance anyway. I will still be here when you get back. Go and have the life I could never have and when you have seen more of the world, come back to me”
“Are you sure?”
“Positive Link. I will miss you and I will miss our sex too, but I would feel terrible if I stopped you from living your life”.
“Thank you Zelda”.

 

 

And with that, Link announced he was departing on a personal journey. A quest of discovery to sharpen his mind. He went south to the coast and set sail on a voyage of hope and dreams….

Notes:

I have been writing a lot and like always, these small projects balloon.

I have wrote from here to to Adventure of Link and it is like 98% complete. A few scenes and that is it. Yes, they are sex scenes and yes they take the longest because they are hard to write. There is only so many ways you can describe sex and after this many I am surprised I have kept it up.

Anyway, hope you enjoyed this because I think the next bunch are some of the best I have wrote yet.

Chapter 121: Link's Awakening Aftermath

Summary:

Link has awaken the Wind Fish and freed Coholint island from its never ending dream but now the Hero finds himself stranded out at sea.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Was Link grateful to be alive? Yes. Oh he was so grateful. But for how long was that going to last? He sat on the two logs that made up his raft and kept the one barrel safe as it was all he had for food. The ocean was serene, for now, and the bobbing blue waves were relaxing. Not a terrible place to die he thought to himself. He was so disoriented, it felt like a week ago that his boat was caught in the storm that stranded him on Koholint island but no, that was less than a day ago, and the island in question never existed. And of course, neither did Marin.

She was beautiful. Her red hair, her gorgeous blue dress and her adorable voice. How could he have made her up? She was literally the girl of his dreams. He sighed. He knew that was ridiculous as he had a beautiful girlfriend waiting for him at home. That made his heat ache, Zelda was going to wait for him forever and he would never return. He wished so much he had ignored his Uncle's advice and just stayed in Hyrule. Then he would be happy, safe, well fed and not crushing over a girl he met in his dreams.

“Why can’t I be real?” her voice told him as she was sitting on the raft next to him.
“Marin! How are you….?” he was confused.
“I can go anywhere, fly anywhere. Be with you forever” she told him and he smirked and looked down.
“I am dreaming” he said and she giggled.
“Oh course you are. But that doesn’t mean I am not real”
“But you’re not. I made you up” he told her and she grabbed his hand, they were cold, she kissed them.
“Did you make that up? It felt real right?” she asked him and he couldn’t deny that it felt like she was truly next to him. “I am as real as life. Dreams are more exciting! The possibilities are endless. You can be with me forever, we can be young forever and happy forever.” she said and suddenly he opened his eyes and the sun was glaring down on him. Marin was gone.

He was going crazy. He was starving, he had burned through his food rations, he had no clean water and he was probably suffering from heat stroke. The days were hot and the nights were cold. At this point he had to agree with Marin, he preferred being asleep. At least when he passed out he wasn’t suffering.

How long had he been out here? No one could say. If nothing else his Uncle was right, he has certainly had some life changing experiences and if nothing else, he confronted his nightmares head on and won. But it didn’t do him much good if he was gonna die.

In the dead of night, his raft bobbed along and he was in fantasy land with Marin once more. A deep black shadow shrouded the area around him and that was when he was lifted to safety.

“Boy! Boy! Are you alive Boy!” a deep grizzled voice shouted and he jerked up and looked at the four men surrounding him.
“Who are you? Where am I? I don’t…” he was confused, was this a dream? If so, why wasn’t he happy? His stomach churned. No, this was real.
“Relax Boy. We found you stranded. How long have you been out here?” the same man asked and Link was silent.
“You… you save me?” he asked, ignoring the question he had no answer to.
“We did, you are safe. This is a fishing vessel from Holodrum. You, you look Hylian. Am I right?” the man asked and Link just nodded.
“Boy, you are the luckiest Man alive because we are bound for Hyrule”.
“Do you… do you have any water?” Link asked and one man walked away as the first man pulled him to his feet.
“We have everything you’ll need. I am Gusto”
“Link”
“Nice to meet you, Link.” he said as they walked below deck.

After being fed and getting his bearings Link was feeling better. He couldn’t believe his luck, the odds of being found were astronomically low. He had been gone for Hyrule for months and it would be another month before this ship arrived at its destination so Link had another month to continue thanking the Fishermen.

He dozed off in a real bed for once.
“Link…” a voice spoke but this time it wasn’t Marin and he wasn’t really anywhere. “Link, you are needed at Hyrule Castle. Return home. The Triforce calls upon your help!” Zelda told him with urgency and that made him spring up. That wasn’t a dream, that was real. Zelda needed him. Unfortunately, this boat couldn’t go any faster.

The next morning he told the Fishermen about his message, he explained it was a dream and he left all mention of the Triforce and the Princess of Hyrule out of it. Really he just mentioned his Girlfriend told him to return and they laughed.
“You have a Girlfriend waiting at home? How old are you, boy?” Gusto asked and Link had accepted the man used his name once and probably wouldn’t ever again.
“Eighteen” he told them and they laughed.
“Old enough then. Good for you man. Well, I hope she hasn’t be swept off her feet by another fella” he said and the other men laughed as if it was the funniest joke in the world and Link forced a laugh, not really sure where the joke was. “But seriously kid, hold onto her. I wouldn’t put yourself through any unnecessary risks” he said and that Link laughed at.
“My life is one series of unnecessary risks” he replied and once again the men launched into an uproar.

As the month passed they eventually made it to a shore, not exactly Hyrule but close enough and Link knew the way home. He shook hands with his saviours, found a wild Horse and galloped home to Hyrule to see what Zelda needed…

Notes:

It's funny because when this series forst started, Link's Awakening came after the Oracle Games in the Timeline so I planned on having Link doe here, out at sea. Things have changed but don't worry, I still have more dark ideas coming up in the next seven chapters or so.

Chapter 122: Oracle of Seasons Aftermath

Summary:

Link has saved Holodrum and he a one last night before he departs.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Holodrum is safe, the seasons returned to normal but he knows he must travel home to begin his next adventure. For now though, he is the hero of Hyrule and Holodrum and he isn’t going to say no to the attention he is getting from Din.

After much dancing they relax in the forest. The air is cool and the moon shines down on them. He glances at Din and can’t deny it, her body is hot. He couldn’t keep his eyes off her all day as they danced. He wondered if she noticed.

“I have to return home tomorrow. This is likely the last I will see of you” he told her and she turned to him.
“I have a feeling we will see each other again” she says to him. “But, just in case…” she continued and leaned in and kissed him.
“Wow” Link said in amazement.
“I noticed the way you looked at my body Link” she said in a seductive tone, confirming to Link that he wasn’t as subtle as he had hoped for. “And I liked it…” she said, kissing him once more. She kissed him heavier this time then put a leg over him and straddled him. "In other words, if this is the last time we will spend together, let's make it memorable" she told him and Link only needed courage, something he had in abundance ao he grabbed her hips and then slipped up towards her breasts.

"Good boy" she says enthusiastically then rocks her hips, grinding against him. "You don't have to say a word, judging from the size of this thing you are having a great time" he bit his lip, unable to deny it and then groaned.
"Din…" he let out and she licked her lips, got off him and before Link could ask his pants were down and she was sucking him off.

Link clawed the ground as his body tensed up with a wave of pleasure coursing through him. "Aghhhh" let out as the red head bobbed up and down on his dick. He felt the wetness of her tongue slide across his shaft. Link felt like he could cum now but he was determined to hold on.

Suddenly Din releases him and stands up, confusing Link momentarily but when she begins to take off the one piece costume he gets the idea and pulls his own tunic off. As he does he sees the gorgeous, curvy and sexy naked form of Din, Oracle of Seasons standing over him.

She lowers herself, straddling his body and grabbing his dick and pulling on it. She enjoyed the sight of Link's head falling back in pleasure as she bent the will of her Hero.
"I am going to fuck you good" shs told him and Link couldn't even respond even though he screamed "YES!" in his head. She lined herself up with his erection and lowered herself down on it, impaling herself.

She started gyrating her hips like a pro. It became very obvious to Link that this was not her first time due to her excellent skill. He found the strength to place his hands on her hips and she let out a smile with a lip bite.
"Link baby…" she sighs and Link was still lost for words. Just as much as Link was enjoying the warm sensation of his dick wedged into her tight hole she equally enjoyed the friction his hard mast stirred up inside her. Every roll of her hips was orgasmic and the sight of her bouncing breasts was the best eye candy a man could ask for.

“DIN!” He eventually called out in a low guttural cry, catching her off guard. “Oh Din! Fuck me! Fuck me Din” he repeated and she grinned wildly and bounced on his cock faster and with more force. She did not expect Link to be the submissive one but she didn’t complain as his cock was majestic and satisfied her. But this was something Link realised and he snapped out of his paralysis and sat up, thrusting hard into her and knocking the wind out of her.
“Link!?” She screamed in surprise but then grinned once more as they looked into each other's eyes and moved their bodies in sync. He grabbed her arse and she was glad she could sense he was going to cum soon from his breathing because she didn’t know how long she could last herself.

“Din I am….” he moaned and she kissed him, broke it off and grabbed his shoulders.
“Cum for me hero! Cum for me! Link! Oh Link!” she moaned, getting progressively louder and then she felt him throb and then the warm liquid shot deep inside her.
“DIN! AHHH!” He screamed and Din was buzzing in a climactic high and came with her hero.

They collapsed next to each other in the cool night and caught their breaths. “That was the best sex ever” he told her and she felt proud of herself but she couldn’t take too much credit and had to agree with her hero.
“That cock of yours was a joy to ride Link” she told him and he felt proud just like she did. They hugged and then fell into a deep sleep.

Dawn approaches and Link stands up and looks down at his naked lover with a smile. He quickly puts on his clothes to combat the cool breeze of the morning sun then contemplates if he should just leave or wake her first. He decides to wake her.

With a gentle shake she opens her eyes.
“Going home I take it?” She speaks and he nods. “Well, if you ever want more you know where to get it” she said in a flirty voice.
“It was fun, you were great… you ARE great” he said and she chuckled.
“You weren’t too bad yourself hero” she tells him, now standing and putting her clothes on. “Thank you Link. Thank you for everything” she says and gives him one last warm kiss.
“No problem. I hope we meet again” he tells her before climbing on his horse and racing off into the morning sun.

Notes:

Yes, I am doing bith Oracle games. I am doing Oracle of Seasons first because it is the order I played them in. But this is a one shot, no huge implications here.

Chapter 123: Oracle of Ages Aftermath

Summary:

Link and Zelda depart Labrynna after saving it from Onox, Twin Rover and Ganon.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Onox is destroyed and Holodrum is saved. Veren is destroyed and Labrynna is saved. Finally Twinrova was thwarted and the mindless form of Ganon was stopped before being fully revived. The World is saved.

After Zelda’s quick peck on cheek the emotions run wild. Din dances, everyone celebrates while Ralph and Nayru make out in the background. Link says goodbye to Moosh, Dimitri and Ricky, valuable friends that helped him go back to their lives and as night falls Zelda watches the stars and appreciates her final night outside of Hyrule.

The morning rolls around and Link, Zelda and Impa depart from Labrynna, waving everyone goodbye as they set sail for Hyrule.

 

 

"Oh! Oh! Oh!" The blue haired woman moaned as the red headed boy thrust into her fast.
"Nayru! Oh I love you Nayru! Nayru!" He moaned in bliss.
"I love you too Ralph!" She cried out, pleasure surging through her body.
"Ah! Nayru!" He screamed as he lost control and shot his seed inside her.

They slowed down gradually, kissing each other and feeling their naked bodies against one another.
"We are going to have triplets" Nayru said and Ralph looked confused.
"How do you know?"
"I just know. Call it a power of an Oracle"
"That power is amazing" he told her, rolling next to her on the bed.
"I was named after the Goddess of Wisdom so maybe I am just wise." she joked.

Ralph lay silent for a while. Then turned to her.
"My family told me stories of how we used to rule Labrynna sought out the Triforce to gain power over the world and due to Hyrule refusing, we declined as a family" he told her. "I think my ancestors were wrong but I want to reclaim the throne and bring peace to Labrynna".
"That sounds like a wonderful goal! You know I am with you all the way" she said and he smiled, pulling her on top of him.
"I want nothing more"

Notes:

I think this is where it really picks up.

I tried to inclue the ending of Oracle of Ages as seen if you play it second. But the next couple of chapters are strong in my opinion.

Chapter 124: ALTTP - OOA/OOS Aftermath Part 1 - Dream Boat

Summary:

The story continues after the event of A Link to the Past, Link's Awakening and the Oracle games. What will the Hero's life be kike after he returns to his old life.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

As the boat left Labrynna Impa glanced at Link and Zelda and knew they wanted time alone so walked to the other end. They quietly go below deck and into a small cabin and Zelda passionately kisses Link.

"It has been so long since we have been alone together," she said with a deep breath. "Oh Hylia… I missed you Link"
"I have missed you as well Zelda…" he said with deep tones that turned her on.
"You know what else I have missed?"
"Sex" he said and she blushed. Link pushed her against the wall and leaned in close. "You are wearing too many layers." He said and she pushed him back and unclasped her cape.

They both began to strip off their clothes in a hurry, eyes getting hungrier the more naked they became. They pulled off what was left and Zelda sat on the bed with her legs wide open, smirking at Link to come forward but he didn’t need the single, his erection spoke one thousand words.

He stepped close to her, his cock face level with her and she softly massaged it and sucked the tip. He groaned, it felt fantastic. But just as quickly as she started she stopped and just lay on the bed.
“Take me Link” she swooned and Link smiled and lowered himself onto the bed and positioned himself above her and felt her body. “Link…” He nudged against her and kissed her, his penis so hard and ready for her. He pushed forward and his solid mass filled her, she gasped and then her face lit up. “Oh Link! I have needed this!” she called out and he started creating a steady rhythm.

Link rolled his hips, plunging deep into her with every thrust. She felt great, wet, warm and tight and he couldn’t describe the satisfying pleasure it gave to his erection. It pulsed with pleasure, a wonderful buzzing feeling and the sight of her naked body below him urged him on. She whimpered, squirmed and moaned with every second and her deep breaths made her chest rise and fall and her boobs wobbled.

Zelda felt like he did. Every time he entered her it was always an unexpected moment of pleasure. He pulls out and all she can think is her desire to have him ram into her again. He was so big, and so hard and he filled her whole. She was wet, he did that to her and she just felt constantly satisfied with her man, well built, thrusting his body against her.

Zelda needed more. She threw her legs around his hips and started gyrating her body, thrusting upwards to meet his thrusts. He gasped, lost his focus for a second but soon found his groove again.

Their bodies slapped together, thrusting and groaning as they fucked. Both were in nirvana and called each other names. The rocking of the boat was barely noticeable under their own banging.
“Faster Link!” she moaned with a heavy breath and he obliged his Princess and sped up. “Thats it!” she called out under the bliss of being fucked by her man. “Oh! This is GOOD!” shs growled, and increased her own speed.

Link was getting tired and he found the faster he went the faster his climax approached. He wouldn’t give up though. He grabbed a breast and she arched her back, leaning up into him as she let out a sigh of joy.

Zelda still needed more so she leaned into him and pushed him back, straddling him as he sat up right. She grinned and then started riding his cock whilst wrapping her limbs around him tight, not letting go. He didn’t falter, thrusting his body into her with as much force and Zelda gasped at this.

They were hot, they were sweaty, they were fast and they were in heaven. Zelda felt his drive into her, Hylia it was blissful. She couldn’t quite believe this was real. He was so good, so hot and it made her want to scream out as loud as she could.

Link focused on the wonderful sensations of his dick driving into her wet tunnel with her boobs pressed against his chest. He suddenly felt is dick throb. The thoughts of her, the feelings of her made him close. He was reaching his peak quicker than expected.

“I am gonna cum Zelda! Zelda!” he cried out and she just held onto his moving body.
“Good Link! Cum in me!” she replied, not slowing down her thrusting hips.
“I ahhhhhh!” He suddenly gasped as he lost control and shot his cum into her, moaning again as a more expected second load filled her. His rhythm got more erratic but he didn’t slow,he rode out the sensation of his orgasm. “Oh Zelda! Oh Zelda!”
“Link I am so close!” she screamed, her body tiring, Link already out of energy but he knew he could make her cum if he just kept this up for a bit longer.

He bucked his body with all his strength and grabbed her arse which sent a shockwave through her body, she let out a piercing scream and her thighs tightened around him, her voice that of a climax.

She slowed her body, hard and slow movements as she caught her breath and panted in ecstasy. She eventually fell back on the bed and sighed.
“Wow…” she sighed, and Link fell next to her, his dick wet from both of their fluids. “I have missed that”.

 

Unknown to the Hero and the Princess, Impa could hear every moment of their intimacy through the thin wooden planks of the ship.
“Ahh, what it is like to be young” she says to herself with a smile.

 

"She seems nice. I understand why you moaned her name when we first met" a familiar voice spoke and immediately Link sat up in bed and Marin was standing over the naked Zelda.
"Marin?! How are you here?" He said alarmed and she smiled.
"I told you, everything is possible in dreams" she said with a cute smile.
“But… I am dreaming again. Why can’t I stop thinking about you?”
“Yes, you are dreaming, but that is why Link, I am your dream” she said and he looked confused. “I am what you want. You want a simple life, unburdened by fighting and adventure and you want it to be filled with peace and love from a beautiful girl” she told him.
“I want Zelda, I love Zelda” he protested.
“She is pretty but you can’t have the life you want with her.”
“I can and I will. When I wake up you will be gone and Zelda will be the one by my side”
“But will you be happy?” she asked and he looked away from her.
“Yes”
“Okay, we will see” she said and she was gone.

Link wakes up, still in bed and still next to Zelda. He had dreamed about Marin, she wasn't real but yet, she felt so real. It was dawn and he cuddled into Zelda, feeling slightly foolish he was letting an imaginary girl get into his head.

Eventually Zelda awoke and grabbed his hand.
“I could wake up like this every day” she said with a groggy voice.
“I couldn’t, I hate boats. They make me uneasy” he told her and she turned and kissed him briefly before climbing out of bed and putting her clothes on.
“Good thing we should be home by today. Get dressed or Impa will start suspecting something”
“You are joking right?” he asked her and she stared blankly at him. “Zelda, there is no way Impa didn’t hear us.” he told her and she went red.
“That’s… don’t be ridiculous, we weren’t that loud” she said and Link just shrugged and let her believe what she wanted to believe.

They got out of bed and Impa was on the deck and just smirked at them.
“Morning Princess. Have a good night did you?” she said in an unusual tone, Link looked and Zelda but her face did not change expression.
“I did, thank you Impa.” she said politely and Impa chuckled and gave Link a knowing look.
“We should be arriving back in Hyrule in just a few hours.”
“Thank Hylia, I can’t wait to never see a boat again in my life” Link muttered.

 

 

Eventually, like Impa said, the shores of Hyrule came into view. They dock and travel by horse to Hyrule Castle. The King was overjoyed to see everyone return and Link was just eager to have his life return to normal. No more adventures for him.

Notes:

I am going somewhere weird with this one. Didn't think I would have much to say about these games but turns out that isn't remotely true.

Chapter 125: ALTTP - OOA/OOS Aftermath Part 2 - Dream Girl

Summary:

How do you distinguish reality from dreams? Are dreams real just because they are in our head? Isn't everything in our head? What if you were in love with someone who never existed? Or did they?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link stood proudly as Zelda reunited with her Father, they hugged and he followed them at a respectable distance as they walked the corridors together.
“Zelda, I think it is time you find a husband” he told her and Link felt nervous suddenly. “You are a young woman now and you should be thinking about your future” he continued. Zelda glanced back at Link and she saw his expression.
“Okay Father, I will think about it”

Later that day Link and Zelda got some peace and quiet. “Should I tell him?” Zelda asked and Link shrugged.
“I don’t know.Maybe we should wait a while so it doesn’t seem so… obvious” he told her and she smiled.
“That sounds good” she said and stepped towards him, kissing him on the lips. “We can sneak around for a few more nights and then we can be together.” she said.
“Although not tonight” he said and she frowned.
“Why not?” she cried and Link hugged her.
“I haven’t seen my Uncle yet”
“Oh. Oh fair enough. But I will see you again tomorrow right?”
“Certainly”

 

Link felt strange, he was standing outside his home and debated knocking on the door. He never would normally but he had been away for a while and he would rather not scare the crap out of his Uncle by walking in unannounced. He knocked.

A few seconds passed and then his Uncle opened the door, smiling.
“Link! You are back my boy!” he cried out and hugged his nephew.
“Hi Uncle, I’ve missed you” Link replied. His Uncle then took a step back.
“Why did you knock, you live here?” he asked and Link just sighed and walked in to spend quality time with his Uncle.

 

“This is a nice place” Marin says and Link sits up in bed and looks at the pretty redhead.
“So, I am dreaming again” he said and she kneels down on the bed and touches his cheek, her hand is cold but feels so real.
“Link, when something goes horribly wrong we call that a nightmare, regardless of if you are awake or asleep. But when something is desired it is considered a dream” she tells him.
“But that is what we call a fantasy. We call those things dreams because they are not real” he tells her.
“So you defeating Ganon, stopping Twin Rover, saving Zelda, Holodrum and Labrynna wasn’t the dream outcome?” she asks and he sighs.
“What are you getting at?” he finally asks.
“It is clear you love me, and I love you with all my heart so why can’t we be together? You say I am just a dream but dreams are what we all want” she said softly and Link could feel his heart beating and quickly she placed her hand upon his chest. “Tell me this is a lie”. Link gave up and he pulled her in for a kiss and she leaned into it.

It was nice, it was warm, it filled him with overwhelming emotions and he needed more. He pulled her down on top of him, hands in her long red locks and kept his lips glued to hers. He felt her knee nudge his crotch and he took a sharp breath. She looked into his eyes and they both needed this. He let go of her head and reluctantly placed his hands on her hips and then they traced down further to her arse.

“Link…” she sighed and he gulped, suddenly nervous. Why was he nervous? He had slept with Zelda many times and he had a one night fling with Din. Why was this different?
“Marin… are you sure about this?” he asked and she brushed her hair behind her ear with the cutest smile on her face.
“Of course I am Link. I love you” she said.

Link found the courage to flip her on her back and she giggled. Link took the red sash on her dress and pulled it loose and she sat up. “Let me make it easier for you” she said and pulled the dress over her head and Link stared. She just had her underwear on but her breasts were larger than he thought. She didn’t really show them off but seeing them covered by her white bra made his mouth water. “You like it huh” she said, eyes fixed on the bulge in his boxers.

Link pulled them down and she gasped, he was big. She blushed and Link kissed her, grabbing her breasts and sliding a hand under her bra. He kissed her neck, lightly pecked at her ear lobe and squeezed her boobs like he had found his new favourite toy. “Link…” she moaned, grabbing his back. He unclasped her bra and immediately pulled her panties down so she could share their nudity together.

He lay on top of her naked body in awe, she opens her legs, a clear invitation and he hesitates for a moment before pushing into her.
“Marin!” he gasps as he feels her tight hole accept him. This felt so real, this couldn’t be a dream. He began moving his hips and she joined in with the motion, the two moving in sync.

Link could describe the feeling. It was like this is what he had always wanted, like everything he desired was in front of him now, happening now and he needed more. He gently rocks into her, slow and passionately and she reciprocates his movements, looking lovingly into his eyes and giving him the occasional kiss.

They moan, each thrust is filled with love, each thrust is filled with lust and each thrust takes them ever closer to the majestic release of chemicals. He feels the curves of her body, the shape of her breasts and she sighs to his touch.

“Link… oh Link!” she called out and he felt his body strain. Why did this feel so good? Why did this feel better than all the sex he had in his waking days? Was this because this was a dream? His dream? His fantasy? He truly didn’t know but he knew he couldn’t last much longer despite dreaming that this would last forever.

“Marin! Marin! Marin!” he moaned, breathlessly moving in and out.
“I know! Me too Link!” she sighed. He shot his load inside her. He cried out in orgasmic bliss as his balls tighten and release his sexual energy into her. He pants out uncontrollably, Marin calling out his name as she reaches her climax with him.

He eventually pulls out, the exhilarating buzz of sex cooling down. She turns her blushing face to him. “Now Link. Tell me that wasn’t real”

 

Link wakes up alone in his bed, no Marin next to him but he has boxers full of jizz. His night with Marin didn’t happen, it was all a dream but yet it felt so real, he thought about Zelda and he felt like he cheated on her. That feeling was definitely real.

He went over to Hyrule Castle and stood by Zelda’s side all day and then when night rolled around he retreated to her room and they made love. As they lay together after the fact Zelda could sense something was on his mind.
“What is it?” she asked and Link sighed.
“You are gonna laugh” he told her and she shook her head.
“I promise I won’t”
“Well last night I had this dream… No, it goes back longer than that but I told you about Koholint Island and the Windfish, well there was a girl on that island called Marin and we became friends but when I woke up, she wasn’t real.”
“I am failing to see the funny side, Link, that sounds awful”
“I’m not done. Ever since then she has came to me in dreams. She feels so real, when I touch her hands they are warm or cold and…. Well last night we had sex” he admitted.
“Is she cute?”
“What?”
“The girl, is she cute?”
“Well… yeah”
“So you dream of a cute girl and made love to her”
“Well I feel like I know her, it felt so real. It wasn’t just my dream self that made that choice, I feel like I made that choice” he clarified.
“So you are worried if I might feel cheated on?” she asked and he nodded. She chuckled and Link frowned. “Sorry” she immediately said.

Zelda hugged him. “I don’t feel that Link. I don’t feel cheated on because no matter how real your dream felt it simply wasn’t real” she explained.
“But it was real to me”
“I really don’t mind”
“What if I love her”
“Do you?”
“I don’t know”
“Well… I think it is odd, but I am not jealous of her. As long as in the waking world you are here with me, I can live with it”.

“So, you are gonna sleep with us both now?” Marin asked and Link realised he must have fallen asleep.
“Marin… how are you okay with this? I have no intentions of breaking up with Zelda. You are fine being with a taken man?” he asked and she laughed.
“I am in your mind Link, you can’t lie to me. I know you are having second thoughts about Zelda and your heart belongs to me. I will never force you to do anything, if you truly don’t want me around then you can tell me to go” she said and Link thought for a minute and then looked at her.
“I think you should Marin, I can’t do this. This is destroying my life” he tells her and when he looks into her eyes he sees deep sadness. She nods and then gives a weak smile.
“Okay, but if you ever need me, I will always be here for you” she says before vanishing.

Link wakes up, night time still around him and he silently sobs.

 

 

Link had one solution, to go to the Milk Bar in Kakariko Village and get drunk. He just needed to not be himself for a while. He wore some old robes and hoped no one would recognise him.

He sat and got wasted, suddenly the woman with a yellow dress and brown hair sitting next to him seemed very attractive. Hold on, she was one of the people who called the guards on him when he first arrived in Kakariko Village. Again, hopefully she wouldn’t recognise him.

"Are you seeing anyone?" She asks out of the blue and he assumed she was talking to someone else until he looks up and her vision is on him.
"I'm sorry?" He asks.
"Are you seeing anyone? Because you are handsome. Scratch that, I don't care if you are seeing someone but what I want to know is if you are interested in some fun" she told him bluntly.
"I am not seeing anyone, no. I…. You are cute" he lied, well, lied about the first part.
"Good, well that makes things simple".

Then like it was nothing she was guiding him to her home at the most North Eastern point of Kakariko Village. She pushed him through her front door and kissed him against it while shutting it.

They both ripped their clothes off in a state of hurried lust and she immediately pushed him down on her bed and started sucking his dick.

He groaned, the feeling of her tongue down his shaft was excellent and her bobbing head of short brown hair was a perfect sight and made him more stiff. She was pumping away, getting him closer to release.
"Fuck…." He moaned, almost wanting to cum in her mouth but he knew she wouldn't want that and truthfully neither did he.

She released his dick, her saliva on her erection felt cool to the air but before he could think too much she threw a leg over him and was lining herself up. With no hesitation she impaled herself on his cock and he groaned, not expecting that and she moaned in bliss.

"Fuck! What an amazing cock you have!" The Woman called out as she rolled her hips perfectly. He groped her breast and she moaned to his touch. She rode him like a pro, she was tight but experienced and most of all completely uninterested in him as a person. She pressed her forehead against his with heavy breaths and looked into his eyes.

Link felt uncomfortable with her looking him in the eyes, she thought at any moment she would recognise him.
“I want to do you from behind!” he said, grabbing her arse and she immediately, without saying a word got off his dick, turned around and was on all fours. Link grabbed her hips and thrust into her, earning a loving shriek of joy.

As he rocked his body into the naked Woman he looked upon her wall and there was a portrait of a moustachioed man with a green cap with a M on it. Link had seen it before, back on his adventure, he remembered pulling on it and rupees falling from behind the frame but what really got his interest this time was how much the man looked like Tarin.

Was Tarin real? If Marin could see him in his thoughts could he return to Koholint Island and see all those people again.

“Ahem!” the woman coughed to get his attention, snapping him out of his daydream.
“Sorry” he said and grabbed her hips hard and thrust into her hard, making her scream in delight, immediately forgetting her anger at stopping midway through.

“Oh yes! Fuck me! Fuck me good! Make me cum!” she yelled and he bent over and gabbed a breast with one hand, squeezing it and then reaching round and rubbing her clit with his other one. “That's it! Don’t stop!” she cried out.
“I am gonna cum! Oh I am so close!” Link cried out with her.
“DON’T STOP! DON’T YOU DARE!” she yelled and Link grunted, gasping but lost control, shooting inside her as she moaned in orgasmic bliss.

They lay together, coming down from their high but when she fell asleep Link got up and sneaked away out of her home.

Notes:

I am posting two chapters because why not, I am feeling like it.

Yeah, this is going to some strange places.

Chapter 126: ALTTP - OOA/OOS Aftermath Part 3 - Dream Life

Summary:

Despire and Dreams. Are things going well for Link or very, very wrong...

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She was on her hands and knees and Link was fucking her from behind, she screamed in pleasure and Link groaned, leaning forward and bust his load. They collapsed together in a heap and Zelda could sense something was different.

“I had sex with a woman in Kakariko Village” he admits and Zelda doesn’t ever feel that shocked.
“Why?” she asks and he doesn’t turn to her.
“I got rid of Marin. I told her to go and she did, she left but… I missed her. I don’t know, I just wanted to escape being me so I got drunk and I just did it.” he tells her.
“Link, clearly you are going through something and I think you need time to figure it out” she tells him, turning his head to face her. “Maybe we should take a break Link” she says and he looks concerned. “I want you to figure out what you want. Sleep with who you want, be with whoever you want. If that is me, great, if not… well I hope you find your happiness Link”
“But I love you”
“And I love you. You can still be my Knight, you can still be my lover but I can’t be your girlfriend until you figure out what you need”

Link felt a weird sense of freedom and ease. He felt like he needed time and he felt free of responsibilities.
“I think this might work. I am sorry for all of this Zelda.”
“No Link. Don’t be. Just know I am always here for you”

 

 

Link continued to sneak into her room and make love to her but life just felt simpler as he had the sexual gratification of fucking Zelda but no responsibilities to be faithful. But beyond that he was ready to move to the next chapter of his life and make a fresh start. He moved to Kakariko Village, the Woman who tended to Cucoos had passed away due to age and Link moved into the home. He liked the old woman, she was one person in Kakariko who didn’t call the guards on him and she was genuinely sweet.

He stood in the empty house and sighed. He walked over to his bed, one of the only pieces of furniture in his new home and lay on it and closed his eyes. As quickly as he lay down he got back up and Marin was standing there with that adorable smile.
“I’m sorry” he told her and she nodded.
“I know Link. It’s okay” she said and walked towards him.
“It isn’t. I was mean. But I think I am ready… Actually I don’t know, I still feel things for Zelda but….” he trailed off and she sat next to him “I am ready to give you another chance” he said and she gave him a small kiss.
“I think as long as I am with you Link, that is good enough with me”.

They embraced, then before they knew it they were in the depths of passion and desire. Link moaned as he thrust into his dream girl and she kissed her dreamy boy.

Link and Marin kept at it. Every night he would sleep with her, like she was real, like she was his girlfriend and to him, she was real. He and Zelda slowed down, they slept together less and less but Link would be lying to himself if he said he was over her. Zelda gave him something Marin didn’t. She was real, he was awake when he was with her but Marin was everything else he needed. Something was missing with Marin but for now… for now he was happy.

Notes:

A short one but at least I have been consistent and will be for a while yet. Hope you are enjoying this weird one.

Chapter 127: ALTTP - OOA/OOS Aftermath Part 4 - Nightmare

Summary:

Link is sad at the announcement of a weddjng but blows off some steam another way.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link knew something like this would happen eventually but seeing it play out felt a little too real.

Zelda was engaged to the Brother of Nayru, the Oracle of Ages, sir Jayden. He was a nice guy as far as Link could tell and if he was anything like his sister then Link didn’t have much of an issue with him at all, but he still felt a little sad as he wasn’t fully over Zelda.

But 10 months had passed since they broke up and he knew the duty of the Princess was to be married and he gave her his full support.

They got married 3 months later and Link saw the familiar faces of the now King Ralph of Labrynna and his wife Nayru and their three sons but more importantly to Link he saw Sir Jayden, a man with long purple hair, broad shoulders that supported his tall frame and he was handsome with a chiselled jawline. Link just wondered where he was when his sister was in danger. He met him, shook hands, he seemed nice and then the ceremony took place. Zelda was married.

After the festivities Link watched the two retreat to their room and Link felt a little jealousy but he was still happy for the Princess. He was jealous though, not just of Zelda but of them all. All these people got to have their real lives in the land of the living while his lover was a dream.

He got drunk, he needed it and it made him feel better.
“Someone like you shouldn’t look so lonely” a friendly voice told him and the blue haired Oracle of Ages sat next to him.
“Hey, it has been a long time, Nayru” he said with slurred words and she laughed.
“It is, we should catch up but first, I need to be on your wavelength,” she said and ordered a drink.

They got talking and laughing and neither knew where Ralph and her three kids were but he was probably seeing the sights of Hyrule with them.
“So there isn’t a Mrs Link or a little Link Jr in your life?” she asked and he shrugged.
“There are no kids but there is this one girl but I dunno. She is pretty, kind, caring and when we are together she is the best but…” he trailed off.
“There is something missing?” she asked and Link looked into her eyes, eyes that seemed to understand. He wished Zelda had looked into his eyes like that.
“Ralph is wonderful, caring and a great Father. I wouldn’t want to spend my life with anyone else but he is just so…. So Ralph” she said and they laughed, somehow understanding what that meant. She put a hand on his knee. “We don’t need to be missing anything.” she said.

It was like time had jumped ahead, the thoughts were blur but right now Link was in a corridor of the Castle that was rarely used and he was passionately making out with Nayru against a wall. Hungry hands were on his pants and he was hiking up her dress and without taking a break, he drove his cock deep inside her and she let out a high call of joy.

“Link!” she exclaimed and he just groaned as he steadied his rhythm, feeling how wet she was for him and memorising this feeling. “This is…. Oh Link!” she moaned, wrapping her legs around the Hero of Hyrule and kissed him once more.
“You feel so good…” Link sighed, feeling every inch of her and she smirked.
“So does this cock of yours” she assured him, feeling him fill her.

Link felt invigorated, alive… awake. This is what he needed.
“Nayru! This is what I was missing! Oh fuck!” he groaned and she could hardly hold herself back from screaming.
“Me too! Me too Link! I need this! I need you!”
“Nayru!”
“Link! Oh Hylia!” she screamed as she felt a wonderful sensation rush through her body. Link groaned and sped up his thrusts as he felt himself get closer.

“Nayru! Nayru! Oh Hylia!” he cried out and Nayru just tightened her grip on him. “Oh I am cumming! Nayru!” he moaned and as he said, he shot his load into her and she gasped one last time to his mighty thrusts.

“Wow… Link…” she said finally as she returned her feet to the ground and fixed her dress. “Thank you Link, I won’t forget this ever”.

 

 

Their kisses were hungry and the Princess was on her tiptoes while making out with her giant of a husband. His hand rested on her waist and she pulled away from the kiss.
"Get me out of this dress" she told him, turning around to reveal the zip. He slowly pulled it down and more of her bare back opened to him. It then fell to the floor, revealing the naked Princess beneath. She didn't turn, just stood there. After examining her arse, the now Prince stepped forward and put his arms around her belly and kissed her neck. "You are wearing too much my love" she said softly and he breathed heavily.
"I agree"

He withdrew his arms and with the ruffling of clothes he returned them but this time the warmth of his skin was against her. She could feel his erection against her back. She hummed, grabbed his hands and peeled them off her, turning around and immediately scanning his body, stopping her gaze on his huge cock. His eyes were all over her, her boobs, her curves, everything.
"I can work with this" she said coyly and he smirked.
"Well, I am certainly glad to hear it." He told her as he began guiding her backwards towards the bed.

As she lays down she spread her legs and he gets between them. “I could take you right now” he whispers and she bites her lip.
“Then do it”
“No, I think you need a bit of teasing first” he says, lowering himself so his head is at her crotch. Zelda takes a deep breath and suddenly she feels his tongue on her clit and she gasps in pleasure.
“Oh Hylia!” she calls out but he doesn’t stop, doing his work on her and let her writhe in pleasure.

Zelda hadn’t felt anything like this and she instinctively grips her thighs together, grabs his head with one hand while another claws at the bed. “Jay- haaaa… Jay-ahhhh” she moans, unable to finish her sentence due the rush of neurons firing in her brain everytime he moves against her. “JAYDEN FUCK!” she screams, feeling her orgasm course through her body. He was a master, how did he make her cum so soon.

He pulls away and moves back up, grabbing her boobs in the process. One hand lowers and rubs her more.
“You are so wet” he tells her and she is breathless, unable to speak. When she calms down just a little she manages to formulate a sentence.
“You did that… so quickly” she gasps and he grins.

Zelda couldn't even look at him as his erection nudged against her entrance, she had never felt so embarrassed.
"Can I proceed?" He asks and she just nods. Slowly she feels him push into her, wincing slightly but then pleasure comes, then more, then more, Hylia! How big was he?
"AH!" She let out, gripping his shoulder as he was finally inside her. She turned to look into his eyes. "Keep going" she said too desperately and he nodded, pulling out and then thrusting back into her.

Zelda couldn’t believe what was happening, the pleasure she was feeling was like nothing she had felt before. His hard mass pushed deeper than she knew was possible and it forced multiple gasps out of her. Her body was hot, she gripped onto him tight and dug her nails into his skin with no regard for his well being. She tried to focus on him but all she could think about was the immense pleasure surging through her body with each thrust.

Zelda screamed his name, she was pretty sure she just had a second orgasm but it was hard to tell as the whole experience was a mind melting high.
“Zelda…” he sighed in a low groan, Hylia, his moaning was also hot.

But Zelda wasn’t the only one in the depths of euphoria, Jayden also groaned at the dripping hole he plunged himself into. He slipped in effortlessly, her natural juices working as a lubricant but man…. She felt so good.

Not only that, he could see he was making her feel good and the pleasure he was inflicting upon her was satisfying and made him feel proud, spurring him more to thrust harder, faster and feel all over her body.

Zelda shocked herself when she bucked her hips into him, managing to gain a tiny amount of control over her body, once she started, her hips moved on their own and they both rocked their bodies together in fast, hot, sweaty dance.

“Jayden!” she called out.
“Zelda!” he copied. They were both in heaven and Jayden knew he was about to blow his load and Zelda knew this too but he was determined to push her over the edge one last time. He grabbed her breast, squeezed them, kissed her neck and didn’t slow down. That was all it took, Zelda let out a whimper and then she felt her body explode in delight. Jayden didn’t attempt to hold back and let himself cum inside her with a thick load.

“Zelda! Oh Zelda…. Fuck!” he groaned and she couldn’t believe what she was hearing. He kissed her with passion and she closed her eyes, relaxing into the kiss. Her hips stopped moving and his thrusts slowed gradually as he made sure to ride out every tiny ounce of pleasure he could get. Eventually he broke the kiss, pulled out of her and collapsed next to her.

Zelda lay next to her husband exhausted. She was still moaning as the feeling in her crotch had not gone away.
“That… that was the best sex I have ever had”she says, turning her burning red face to her new husband.
“So you have had sex before?” he asked and she went redder than she already was.
“Well I…”
“I am kidding. You were so good that you must have had practice.” he said and she laughed.
“And you, you have definitely had experience” she told him and he smiled without responding. Silence lingered for a while.
“Nothing like this.”

 

 

News of an illness spreading across Hyrule spreads just as fast at the illness itself. A significant amount of Hylians are falling ill to this airborne virus but for those who are weaker, it proved fatal. Unfortunately Link’s Uncle was getting on in years and the virus was the extra push needed to end his life.

Link was understandably devastated by the news but got some solace in knowing he was with him to the very end. He sends a letter to Zelda to inform her of the tragedy.

“I have to go to him, Jayden.” she said to her new husband. He scratched his head and looked concerned.
“I understand but, you could get ill” he said with concern
“I will be careful. Besides, it isn’t fatal for healthy people. It stands to reason I should be fine” she told him.
“And how do you plan on sneaking out of here?” he asks, giving up with any attempt to try and stop her.
"Oh I know the secret exists out of the Castle" she says and he sighs.
"Okay. Be careful" he tells her and she kisses him.
"Thank you".

Zelda sneaks through the passage from the throne room, through the sewers and exits into the church. The Priest wasn't around so she leaves into the stormy night with her casual hood up. She knocks on the door to Link's home and he soon answers, sees her standing in the rain and pulls her inside.

"Zelda?" He asks and she just takes her cloak then hugs him.
"I am sorry for your loss. You know you can come stay at Hyrule Castle for as long as you like" she told him and he relaxed into the embrace.
"Thank you Zelda"

They sit and talk, Zelda just wanted to support him but as they went on he just couldn’t hold back anymore and he started to sob. Zelda pulled him close and let him release his sadness. After a while, he stopped crying but they didn’t move, they felt better in their embrace.

“I miss you Zelda. I am happy for you but I am going to miss you” he said and she rested her head on his.
“You can see me whenever you like”
“It will never be the same as it was. We will never have what we had”
“I know. I am sad too Link but life moves on and I hope you find happiness in whatever form that takes”.

She lifted her head and he looked her in the eyes.
“I should never have left Hyrule” he told her and she shook her head.
“You did what you had to and you saved more lives, never feel guilty about being selfless” she told him and her words calmed some of his guilt, it felt good, it felt…

He kisses her and she melts into his hold. It felt so right….no. She broke the kiss.
"I am married, Link" she said and he put his hand on her face.
"It's okay. I won't do anything you don't want" he said and then Zelda decided with no convincing that she wanted this and returned the kiss but with more power, pushing him down backwards onto the bed.

Link didn't even notice because it happened so quickly but they were both naked, on his bed and making out. He rolled her onto her back and her legs were parted.
"Oh Link…" she sighed, his member pushing against her. "Link…" she sighed once more and then her hero thrust into her. "My Link!" She moaned and then he began thrusting into his lover.

Link is moving his hips, pleasuring her like he knew how. Zelda was seen as a pure and innocent soul by all who knew her but from that night they first spent alone in her room, she changed and when she was with Link she felt free.

They were both getting something out of this, beyond the pleasure and lust there was an emotional gap they both desired. Link loved Zelda but he couldn’t be with her. Zelda loved Link but she couldnt be together. But here, making love on his rickety bed that creaked and knocked against the wall with every desirable thrust, no one could stop this.

“Zelda! Zelda! Zelda!” he moaned. Oh she was so good. He gawped at her naked body, her beautiful face, breasts, hips… all a feast for his eyes. She was rocking her hips with him, biting her lip and groaning at the pleasure filling her.

They had fucked many times before but something about this was different, maybe they knew, they both knew this is the last night they would spend together. Zelda pulled his head towards her own and kissed him, feeling her hero fuck her with all he had. It was fantastic, it was wondrous it was… orgasmic.

She broke the kiss and parted her lips, letting out a small moan. She wrapped her legs around him and looked into his eyes.
“Fuck me harder” she ordered and Link sped up, gradually getting faster and faster while remaining his eye contact. “Oh. Oh.. Ohhh. Ohhhhh Link!” she moaned. He let out a guttural moan as he was pounding into her with all his strength.

“Thats it Link! Fuck me! Don’t stop!” she screamed and Link kept thrusting his body, feeling his body rush towards its climax. “LINK!” she screams in orgasmic bliss and Link couldn't hold on.
“ZELDA!” he cries out and she feels his cum shoot deep into her in several loads.

He continues moving against her, his seed spilling out and leaking from her. They both breath with heavy moans and slowly come down from their incredible high. “Thank you Zelda…” he sighs as he pulls his sticky cock out of her and she smiles.
“The pleasure is all mine”.

 

“So. Nayru and now Zelda again? Am I not good enough?” Marin asked and Link didn’t even look up.
“It’s not like that Marin… I need some physical sexual release every now and then” he told her and there was a long pause.
"Whatever, do what you want” she said and Link honestly had no idea if he imagined her this time because he realised he was awake and looking at the ceiling of his uncle's house.

 

 

It wasn’t long before Zelda discovered she was pregnant. By all accounts, the child was that of her husbands and there was no reason to doubt that as a possibility. But not as a fact. Zelda knew deep down that her child was Link’s, she didn’t know how she knew, she just did. But why was she pleased? Part of her thought about telling him but she knew that wouldn’t help him and would only make life more complicated for her, Link and Jayden. Plus it might not be his.

Link had settled down in Kakariko Village just before his Uncle had died and she supported his idea of an early retirement and wished him well.

 

 

“YOU!” a voice screamed from behind him as he stepped out of his new home. A brown haired woman with a baby in her arms was standing outside his house with the look of rage on her face. She looked familiar but he couldn’t place her.
“Can I help you?” he asked and she flared up.
“You don’t remember me!?” she shouted and the baby started crying.
“I… no… I don’t think so. Sorry?” he told her and she walked up closer.
“Maybe if you fuck me from behind you will remember!” she yelled and Link went pale.
“Oh”
“Yeah, oh indeed” she remarked “Want to say hello to your son?” she asked and looked down at the crying baby.
“My son? Mine?” he asked and she just glared. “Are you sure?”
“Well you are the only man I have fucked this year so yes, I am fairly certain” she told him and he sank back against his door.
“Shit”

 

It took some explaining and a little bit of time but the woman explained to Link that he is a father and despite her outrage, she let him take a moment to come to terms with suddenly being a father. He held his son and smiled but before he could ask the childs name the woman collapsed on the floor wheezing and he knew. The sickness took her.

 

 

Link was in his new home with his new son and he sat silently as the doctors tried all that they could but he knew she was gone.

He didn't really know what to think, it seems like life hit him with one thousand emotions at once. On one hand, he didn't really know her that well, heck, he didn't even know her name, she was a complete stranger to him and she was what he saw as a drunken one night stand that he assumed he would never see again. Well, the only other interaction he has with her was her calling the guards on her after Link was falsely accused of kidnapping Zelda. But yet again, was the mother of his child and now that son has been forced upon him, a father who had only just learned of his existence less than an hour ago.

Everything went wrong in Link's life ever since he left Hyrule. He should have stayed. He would be with Zelda, they would be married and happy and maybe his Uncle could have lived in Hyrule Castle and never gotten sick. Then he would never have slept with a stranger, gotten her pregnant and Marin wouldn't have ruined his relationship. He would be haunted by his bad dreams but that he could have dealt with. But he had to get on that damn boat.

Truth is, he had fallen in love, just like many people do but it just so happened his love was inside his head. Link knew he was crazy, he knew Marin wasn't real in the traditional sense but who cared about tradition when his feelings for her were real.

When the doctors left he did the only thing he could think of and fell asleep. It wasn't long before Marin was there for him.
"I am sorry Marin" he told her and she sat next to the baby.
"We can talk about it all later. You need my help" she said and he nodded. She touched the baby's forehead and a blue light shone.
"What did you do?" He asked and she smiled.
"I can't feed him, I can't physically do anything but when he is awake-" she picked up the now awake baby and gently rocked him in her arms. "- but when he is asleep we can dream together". She said and Link couldn't believe it.

"Marin, I don't know how to be a Dad" he told her and she shrugged.
"I don't know how to be a mother but we can work it out together can't we".
"I love you Marin."
"I know Link, it took you long enough. I love you too".

Notes:

Yeah, it is one of those chapters.

Link is a dad now, cool.

Chapter 128: ALTTP - OOA/OOS Aftermath Part 5 - Awakening

Summary:

Sometimes family history can be complicated.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Zelda gave birth to her daughter and like tradition of the royal family decrees, she named her Zelda. She looked into her eyes and she knew for sure, Link was the Father but only by blood. Jayden looked into her eyes and only saw his own daughter looking back and he didn’t think of her anyother way and didn’t suspect a thing.

Nayru discovered she was pregnant and she had worked it out that the child was Link’s. There was no way in which she could be pregnant with Ralph’s kid as it had been over a month since they had sex but Nayru was smarter than her husband and she knew she could convince him he was the father. She didn’t like lying but Ralph wasn’t the most emotionally secure person and telling him that she had slept with Link would crush him and as a King, who knows what he would do.

She told him she was pregnant and what was great was she didn’t even have to lie, he just assumed he was the father. She gave birth to a blue haired son months later and the resemblance to Link was uncanny, she was scared Ralph would notice but so far he had not. Hopefully things would stay that way.

Din played with her two year old son who shared her fiery red hair. He ran around the small house swinging a stick around like a sword and Din just knew he wanted the life of adventure his father had. Din had told him stories of his father, how he was an adventurer and hero who saved her from the evil Onox and defeated the evil Ganon not once, but twice. Din was pretty convinced she would never see Link again as she had no desire to leave Holodrum so Link would probably never know that he had a son.

Din did think about him though, wondering if he married Zelda, if he was happy. It was possible he had kids of his own. Regardless, she was happy enough being a single parent and wasn’t a stranger to a few one night stands with the people of Horon Village. She was happy and wished the same for Link wherever life had taken him.

 

 

Time rolls on, Zelda has more children, this time Jayden was the father. Nayru’s child grows and Ralph doesn’t suspect a thing. Din’s kid still dreams of being a father like the father he never knew. Link is happy. He raises his son and he feels at peace with Marin at night.

But secrets can’t always be kept safe…

 

50 Years Later….
A blue haired boy is hiding from his brothers in a dusty storage cupboard in the Royal Labrynna Castle. He notices a leather book, it was old and out of boredom he opens it. It soon becomes apparent this is the book of his Grandmother. There is a moment of hesitation but her reads on.

To be honest, it was all interesting stuff. He knew there was some weird stuff that went on in his Grandparents time but he didn’t really understand it all but now, he was intrigued. But he kept going, and going and soon he read too far and learned his Grandmother had slept with the hero. Okay, he didn’t need to know that so he skipped ahead. Why was she still writing about him. Oh. It soon became apparent. She was pregnant with his son. He sat back and thought about it, his father was one of his Grandparents' four children, the triplets and his dad. That meant… His father was the son of the Hero of Hyrule… His grandfather was Link and not the King… He kept reading.

His Grandmother talked about how she kept this from his Grandfather. He was the only one to know.

He got up and ran out of the room, racing down the corridor until he slammed into his father.
“Watch it son!” he yelled, looking down at his twelve year old son holding an old leather book.
“What’s that?” his father asked, attempting to take the book but he recoiled. “Son?” he asked with concern, panic on the boy's face.
“Dad I…” he didn’t know what to say. He sighed. “I read this. I shouldn’t have but it is Grandmother’s diary” he said and his father frowned.
“You really shouldn’t read diaries. You might learn some disturbing stuff” he said.
“Yeah… no kidding” he muttered.

His Dad helped him to his feet and took his son into a small living room and then plucked the book from his hands.
“What did you learn? Dirty stuff I bet? Do I want to know?” he asked.
“Dad… I actually learned something so much worse. I don’t know if you should know. It is the sort of thing that can create tension in a family”
“Well I can’t let you carry that burden alone”
“It is about you” he said and his Dad frowned. “I think I know something about you that you don’t even know”.

His Dad opened the diary and found the opened page with ease. He read every detail, his face slowly becoming lifeless as he continued. He eventually closed the diary and looked at his son.
“I think we have to go talk to your Grandmother”.

 

They sat with her in her study. Nayru was a 78 year old woman, her hair was still blue but was becoming a much paler shade. The father dropped the diary on her desk and she studied the book for a few moments before looking up at her son.
“You found my diary” she said with a smile but her son wasn’t smiling. “You… read my diary didn’t you?” she asked and he nodded. Nayru let out a sigh and turned her chair to face her son and Grandson.

“I never enjoyed lying to you, in fact I didn’t really lie at all. Your father is your father in every way that counts. He was the man who raised you” she told him.
“But he is not my biological father is he? The Hero of Hyrule is.” her son asked.
“That is true. I am sorry” she openly admitted.
“Why did you lie? Why was I not told?” he asked and she frowned.
“I guess you skim read it then”
“No, I just want to hear it from you”
“Well, your father is erm… he is a very emotional man. He loves me so much and I love him. But to know I was unfaithful would have crushed him and with his power, who knows how he would react. I wanted to tell you but when would have been a good time? As a kid you wouldn’t understand and as an adult it would be a shock to the system. I just figured I would take it to my grave”
“So I am the grandson of the Hero of Hyrule?” the kid asked and Nayru nodded.
“That’s right” she said “I honestly am glad you know. It is only right. Your father, grandfather are still those people but you just don’t share his blood. Do what you want with this information, feel how you want, hate me if you desire but I only asked you don’t tell him. Let him live the rest of his life in ignorance” she said and her son hugged her.
“Mother, I don’t hate you. I am shocked but I love Dad. My biological father may be a man from another Kingdom but it really changes nothing.
“I think it is cool. I am both a Prince and a Legendary Hero” the young boy said.

“Thank you boys. Thank you”.

Notes:

This is the final part of A Link to the Past Aftermath but it doesn't feel like the end because a lot of the story elements carry over to A Link Between Worlds which is coming next.

Chapter 129: A Link Between Worlds Aftermath Part 1 - Link and Zelda of Hyrule

Summary:

The gap between Hyrule and Lorule is closed off forever. What will Link and Zelda do?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link returned the blade of evil's bane back in its resting place deep in the lost woods. The sages all joined him, Rosso, Osfala, Irene, Gully, Impa, Seres and Oren. Zelda joined him too and then they all left and headed back to Hyrule to live their lives.

Rosso went back to Death Mountain where he felt most at home. Osflala returned to Kakariko Village to learn more from his tutor Sahasrahla who knows more about his ancestry. Irene returned to making potions with her Grandmother. Gully returned home and was inspired to become a hero like Link. Seres returned to her father at the sanctuary but the Captain of the Knights seems more happy than her own father. Oren returns to Zora’s River and rules over the Zora. Impa joined Link and Zelda and returned to Hyrule Castle.

 

 

Link pushed Zelda into her room, closed the door and pushed her against it, pinner her arms to her side.
“Link!” she gasped in shock.
“Are you okay with this?” he asked and she nodded, getting another heavy kiss in response.

It doesn’t take long for him to advance, hands pushing against her breasts, feeling their shape, squeezing and watching Zelda’s face stare in disbelief at his excellent touch. “They are wonderful…” he sighed and Zelda said nothing. He kissed her neck then continued squeezing them.

One hand left her breasts and reached for her dress, clawing at it and hiking it up her legs. His other hand leaves her mounds and finds its way under the dress, fingers wiggling into her panties and then they push over her folds.
“AH!” she moans in shock at the pleasure but he doesn’t stop there, sticking two fingers inside her and begins pleasuring her.

As Link fingered her, she moaned loudly, hands gripping the door and just accepted the feeling of her man pleasuring her. She squirmed, legs tightening together, not out of choice but rather because her body couldn’t handle the overload of sensations.
“You are so wet Zelda…” he sighs and she whimpers.
“That is because of you, Link…” she replies with a weak voice.

Link then pulled his fingers out of her, pulled her from the door and started backing her towards the bed. His hand clasped her belt, unbuckling it and letting it fall to the floor. He then grabbed her gold shoulder pads, taking them off and her cape fell with them. He pulled at the various clasps and Zelda decided she would help him, eventually pulling the dress off and she was then left in just her underwear.

He pushed her down onto the bed, staring at her, she blushed but then her face grew redder when he pulled his cap off, unbuckled his belt while kicking off his boots then pulled his tunic off. He pulled down his tights and then quickly the boxers came off, revealing his tall erection. When he looked up she had discarded her underwear and they both stared at each other's nude bodies.

Link slowly walks to the bed, kneeling on it at first but then crawling over to his beautiful Princess. He grabbed her thighs, pulling them apart and he moved in between them. He was ready, he was so horny and he wanted to fuck her so badly.
“I am going to put it in” he said and she just gave a shy nod before he pressed against her and thrust his cock all the way inside her.

“Link!” she called out, grabbing at the bed sheets, her mind felt like it was going to malfunction and then when he thrust in again she gasped out and melted into the sheets as he began screwing her.

He thrust at a steady rhythm, groaning but had determination in his growls and lust in his blue eyes. He grabbed her breasts, she exhaled and then moaned his name as he kept pleasuring her. She felt wonderful, tight and wet and her body was more gorgeous than he imagined it would be. He sped up, spurred on by her soft moans and that just made them more erratic.

He is completely dominating her but to that she had no complaints. She loved the feeling of her hero ramming his hard cock into her and every second brought a new wonderful sensation. How could she not let him do this to her? His body was strong and fit, strong arms and wonderful broad shoulders. It made her mouth water and her eyes were wide with pleasure and disbelief. But if she was the only one in the rapture of pleasure, think again. Link felt prideful in dominating his princess, everytime she called out his name he knew he was doing good and it just made him more turned on. He loved being the one to fuck her, making her feel great but beyond that, she made him feel just as good.

Despite the pride, he wanted to feel her ride him, grind her body atop his cock. He took a deep breath and looked into her blue eyes.
“Zelda… I want you to ride me” he told her and she covered her mouth.
“I… I don’t know… I have never done this before” she told him and he smiled.
“Neither have I. But I think I know how it works”. He told her and she gave an unsure nod.

He withdrew his cock and lay on his back, pulling Zelda on top of him. She put her leg over him and he placed his hands on her hips. “Just lower yourself… ease slowly down on me” he told her and as she did, he kept a steady hold, encouraging her down at a comfortable pace. Eventually she felt it enter her and gasped loudly. “You feel so fucking good Zelda!” he cried out and that made her heart race faster than it already was. She took a second and then began moving her hips.

Link helped her, encouraged her hips into a roll, a nice rhythm with his hands on her hips. “That’s it Zelda… Ah!” he groaned and she just moaned. She was getting the hang of it and getting used to the wonderful sensation of him being deep inside her.
“Oh Link!” she exclaimed “Link! Oh Hylia!” she gasped as a new sensation was building inside her. “I think I am getting close!” she cried out and he began rocking his hips up into her. “Go on Zelda! You are so good!” he encouraged her and she gasped a heavy moan and felt her explode over his cock with wet fluids dripping onto him. A sensation filled her head like no other, she gasped as she felt the wonderful orgasmic high claim her.

“Zelda!” Link called out, flipping her onto her back once more and thrust inside her fast.
“Link! Oh my! Link that is so good!” she screamed as he bucked his hips like a wild animal inside her. He could feel his own orgasm fastly approach and he let it flow through him, his balls tingled and then he shot a heavy load into her, pouring it in multiple euphoric spurts.

They gasped in heavy gulps of air, intoxicated by the highs of sex. They gradually came to a stop and eventually Link pulled his dick from her wet folds. “Wow…” was all her short circuited brain could mutter and he grinned.
“Who knew you would be so good…” Link told her and she blushed.
“You were the one fucking me!” she said and he shrugged.

Suddenly she laughed and Link looked at her with confusion. “Sorry, I just had a thought. What do you think Ravio and Hilda are doing now?” she asked and he smiled.
“Oh, they are definitely fucking” he said with certainty.
“Hmm… but who is fucking who?” she asked and he smiled.
“Oh, Hilda is definitely fucking Ravio. I mean you saw that powerful attitude she had. She will be doing her little bunny like nothing he has seen before” he told her.
“This might sound weird but I think you would be a good match for her” she said and Link laughed.
“Well she looks like a more wild version of you. Would it be wrong to say that I would be kinda into that?” he asked and she shook her head.
“Honestly, I thought Ravio was kinda cute. I would.” she admitted and they both laughed.

Notes:

This is a duology. So two chapters at once. You'll see why.

Chapter 130: A Link Between Worlds Aftermath Part 2 - Ravio and Hilda of Lorule

Summary:

The gap between Lorule and Hyrule is closed off forever. What will Hilda and Ravio do?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Ravio had no legendary sword to return, nothing awaited him in the Skull Woods. That meant there were no sages joining him there, which wasn’t a bad thing, at least Lorule didn’t need any Sages. But maybe in the future it would need some to protect the restored land.

Death Mountain seemed to calm its raging blizzards and was becoming more hospitable. Thieves Down’s crime started to decline, hopefully on the path to a new and prosperous village. The roads and paths saw a decline in Monsters roaming and even the houses south of Lorule Castle seemed livelier than ever. The Graveyard was still creepy but less ghosts roamed, maybe they began to find peace and water started flowing after the ice from Death Mountain started melting, filling the chasms with water. Ravio and Hilda watched Lorule restore itself slowly but surely.

 

 

Hilda pushed Ravio into her room, closed the door and pushed him against it, pinning his arms to his side.
“Hilda!” he gasped in shock.
“I assume you are okay with this” she declared and he nervously nodded but was rewarded with a heavy kiss.

It doesn’t take long for her to advance, hands pushing against his bulge, feeling the shape, rubbing against it and watching Ravio’s face stare in disbelief at her excellent touch. “This thing is so big…” she sighed and Ravio said nothing. She kissed his neck then continued rubbing against him.

Her hand left his bulge, reaching for his pants, grabbing the waist band and began pulling it down his hairy legs. The other hand had to stop rubbing and insteads pushed its way down his boxers, grabbing the erect penis.
“AH!” he moans in shock at the pleasure but she doesn’t stop there, grabbing it tight and pulling at it, jerking him off.

As Hilda jerked him off, he moaned loudly, hands gripping the door and just accepted the feeling of his woman pleasuring him. He squirmed, legs shaking, not out of choice but rather because they struggled to stand with the blood rushing to her crotch.
“You are so hard, Ravio…” she sighs and he whimpered.
“That is because of you, Hilda…” he replied with a shaky voice.

Hilda then pulled her hands from him, pulling him from the door and started backing him towards the bed. Her hands reached around and clasped at his belt, unfastening it and letting it fall to the floor. She then grabbed his scarf, pulling at it awkwardly. Ravio decided he would help her and pulled it off, letting it fall to the floor. She clawed at his robes and eventually she pulled his clothes off, leaving him with only his boxers on.

She pushed him down onto the bed, staring at him, he blushed but then his face grew redder when she pulled her cape off, unbuckled her belt and stared at her various awkward straps. She pulled off her dress, pulled her panties off and then finally her bra, revealing her large breasts. When she looked up, he had discarded his boxers and the both stared at each other’s nude bodies.

Hilda slowly walks to the bed, kneeling on it at first but then crawling over to her cowardly hero. She grabs his legs, laying them flat and then she gets on top of him. She was ready, she was so horny and she wanted to fuck im so badly.
“I am going to put it in” she said and he just gave a shy nod before she lowered herself onto his cock then impaled herself on the full length.

“Hilda!” he called out, grabbing the bed sheets, his mind felt like it was going to malfunction and then when she began to roll her hips he gasped out and melted into the sheets as she began riding him.

She rode him with a steady rhythm, groaning but had determination in her growls and lust in her red eyes. She palmed his chest, he exhaled and then moaned her name as she kept pleasuring him. He felt wonderful, big and hard and his body was surprisingly hotter than she imagined it would be. She sped up, spurred on by his soft moans and that just made them more erratic.

She is completely dominating him but to that he had no complaints. He loved the feeling of his princess rocking her curvy hips into him and every second brought a new wonderful sensation. How could he not let her do this to him? Her body was sexy and curvy, slender arms and round breasts. It made his mouth water and his eyes were wide with pleasure and disbelief. But if he was the only one in the rapture of pleasure, think again. Hilda felt prideful in dominating her hero, everytime he called out her name she knew she was doing good and it made her even more turned on. She loved being the one in control, the one fucking him, making him feel great but beyond that, he made her feel just as good.

Despite the pride, she wanted to feel him fuck her, thrust his body into her hold. She took a deep breath and looked into his green eyes.
“Ravio… I want you to fuck me” she told him and he covered his mouth.
“I… I don’t know ...I have never done this before” he told her and she smiled.
“Neither have I. But I think I know how it works”. She told him and he gave an unsure nod.

She withdrew from his cock and lay on her back, pulling Ravio into her. She parted her legs and she placed her hands on his hips. “Just push push forward… easy slowly into me” she told him and he did, she kept a steady hold, encouraging him forward at a comfortable pace. Eventually he felt himself enter her and gasped loudly. “You feel so fucking good Ravio!” she cried out and that made his heart race faster than it already was. He took a second and then began moving his hips.

Hilda helped him, encouraged his hips into a thrust, a nice rhythm with her hands on his hips.
“That’s it Ravio… Ah!” she groaned and he just moaned. He was getting the hang of it and getting used to the wonderful sensation of being deep inside her.
“Oh Hilda!” he exclaimed “Hilda! Oh Loria!” he gasped as a new sensation was building in his balls. “I think I am getting close!” he cried out and she began rocking her hips up into him. “Go on, Ravio! You are so good!” she encouraged him and he gasped a heavy moan and felt his cock explode into her with his cum firing into her. A sensation filled his head like no other, he gasped as he felt the wonderful orgasmic high claim him.

“Ravio!” Hilda called out, flipping him onto his back once more and lowered onto him fast.
“Hilda! Oh my! Hilda this is so good! He shouted as she gyrated her hips onto him like a wild animal. She could feel her own orgasm fastly approach and she let it flow through her, her fanny tingled and she felt her fluids spray onto him, pouring out in multiple euphoric waves.

 

They gasped in heavy gulps of air, intoxicated by the highs of sex. They gradually came to a stop and eventually Hilda pulled herself off of his hard erection. “Wow…” was all his short circuited brain could mutter and she grinned.
“Who knew you would be so good…” Hilda told him and he blushed.
“You were the one fucking me!” he said and she shrugged.

Suddenly he laughed and Hilda looked at him with confusion. “Sorry, I just had a thought. What do you think Link and Zelda are doing now?” he asked and she smiled.
“Oh, they are definitely fucking” she said with certainty.
“Hmm… but who is fucking who?” he asked and she smiled.
“Oh, Link is definitely fucking Zelda. I mean you saw that cool confidence he had. He will be doing his fucking his little doe like nothing she has seen before” she told him.
“This might sound weird but I think you would be a good match for him” he said and Hilda laughed.
“Well he looks like a more wild version of you. I have no issue saying I would love to fuck him good?” she told him and he nodded his head.
“Honestly, I thought Zelda was kinda cute. I would.” he admitted and they both laughed.

Notes:

See what I mean. They are basically the same chapter but from two different perspective. Would have felt cheap to make them a week apart.

Chapter 131: A Link Between Worlds Aftermath Part 3 - Tales of a new journey

Summary:

Link hears about a "crisis" in another Kingdom and he feels it is his duty to help.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link awoke to the sound of a knock on the door to Zelda's room. Before he could even sit up Zelda was halfway across the room, throwing a gown over her body. She opened the door and a guard handed a letter to her.
"News from King Tuft your highness. The King has already been informed" he said with a bow and Zelda thanked him and closed the door.

"Who is King Tuft?" Link asked and Zelda sat at her desk as she opened the letter.
"The King of a small neighbouring Kingdom, Hytopia. Apparently my family and they are connected, a Prince of Hyrule left and formed their Kingdom. This was centuries ago and Hyrule is terrible at recording its History so who knows if the stories are true" she explained.

Link watched her face drop gradually as she read the letter.
"What is it?” Link asked and Zelda looked over with confusion.
“Well…How do you feel about going to help Hytopia?” she asked and Link frowned. “Apparently, Princess Styla has had a curse placed upon her and King Tuft is searching for Heroes to vanquish the curse.”
“What kind of curse?” he asked and Zelda looked at the letter, making sure she read it correctly the first time.
“Well that’s the thing… apparently she has been cursed to wear a onesie for all time”.

 

Link was packing his equipment and Zelda was helping him.
“You know, I really didn’t think I would be going on another adventure six months after saving Hyrule” he said and she smiled.
“I would say be careful but I know you will be reckless” she said with a tone of worry. He turned to her and kissed her.
“Don’t worry Zelda, I want to make sure I make it back to be girlfriend safe and sound” he told her and she smiled.

“But are you sure the information is correct?” he asks and she nods.
“That’s what the letter says.”
“A cursed onesie?”
“That’s what the letter says.”
“From a magic present?”
“That’s what the letter says.”
“I…. this is going to be weirder than turning into a painting. I just know it.”

 

 

Link walked through Kakariko Village, buying supplies before venturing out on his quest. Once fully supplied he went south.

“Hero!” an old familiar voice calls from behind him, he turns to see Gramps looking at him. “You are planning on leaving Hyrule for another adventure aren't you?” he asks and Link nods.
“Hytopia is in danger. They are calling for heroes to help” Link tells him, believing the truth is a little far-fetched but Gramps shakes his head.
“Back in my youth I was like…. You. That sentence can be taken two ways. Anyway, I took my uncle's advice and left on an adventure. I gained a lot, met a lot of great people but it took a toll and there were some downsides. I think you need to think long and hard before you go on another adventure.”
“Thank you but I have made up my mind.” Link told him and Gramps shrugged.
“Okay, I just felt it was important to let you know.” he said and Link smiled.
“Thank you” he said and left town.

Gramps returned home and he got into bed and closed his eyes. He sat up and Marin smiled at him.
“You are still helping others” she said and he smiled at her.
“Well I feel he should know what he is in for”
“Well, if you hadn’t listened to your uncle we would never have met” she told him.
“Right you are. Like always”
“I think it is time you join me. Join me forever. You have passed on all you know to your predecessor. Be with me” she said and he embarrassed her.
“I think I am ready. Let us dream together forever” he said, feeling himself drift off.

Two seagulls sat atop his home, they both flew away into the dream filled night.

Notes:

I remember watching a video on YouTube by Zeltik where he had the theory that the Old Man in A Link Between Worlds is the same Link from A Link to the Past. This is a theory but it is my head canon and I like the idea a lot so here I included it.

With this is mind, it is possibly to have the spirit of the hero in two people at the same time. At least in this fanfic. I believe the sams can be true for Demise's curse and therefore TOTK's Ganondorf makes more sense but that is a whole other can of worms.

Chapter 132: Triforce Heroes Aftermath

Summary:

Link departs Hytopia but the other heroes are left behind with Princess Styla.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link got all the attention and praise for his heroic but the second no one was looking he left. The King was weird, this Kingdom is weird and he wanted nothing more than to turn his back and hightail it out of there. Hytopia was saved and Link was bound for Hyrule.

But Link's…fans? Impersonators? Companions? He didn't know the word to describe his two allies that looked and acted exactly like him, but regardless, they stayed behind and personally Link couldn’t stand them, they both claimed to be the “true” hero as they both claimed to have the blood of the Hero of Hyrule within them. Link thought it was ridiculous since he was the actual Hero of Hyrule but he didn’t think it was worth mentioning. Soon the attention turned to them.

"Princess Styla, accept my hand in marriage" Horon said but Lynna shoved passed him.
"No, I love you more!" Lynna professed.
"Ho ho ho! My beautiful daughter deserves this kind of attention he bellowed, leaving them in privacy.
"Oh my Heroes! Who should I choose?" She pondered.
"Me!" Both said then glared at each other. She giggled, loving the attention.
“Well, who is more stylish?”
“Easy. I am the great Grandson of Din, Oracle of Seasons and Link, the Hero of Hyrule. I have the Hero’s blood in me!” Horon proclaimed proudly.
“Pfft, please. I am the great Grandson of Nayru, the Oracle of Ages and also have the blood of Link in my veins. Not only that, I am a Prince to the Labrynna Royal Family.”

Styla didn’t know who she liked more. She looked at the two, they looked almost identical with the exception of their hair colour.
“Follow me” she said and walked off. The two Heroes charred a glance then followed the Princess. They soon arrived at her room and she smiled. “Who ever can make me feel most loved wins” she tells them and immediately Horon takes her hand and kisses her.

Styla was flustered, not expecting things to escalate so quickly. Horon was a good kisser. He used his tongue well and made her sigh.

She sees something move to her right and then hands are on her hips and something poked into her butt. Lynna grinds his bulge against her arse and she presses it back against him. Horon gets jealous so grabs her breast and starts pleasuring them.
"Oh Horon!" She moans, breaking the kiss. She feels Lynna squeeze her butt cheeks but it didn't compare to the feeling on her breasts.

Lynna realises his touches aren't working so he forcefully pulls her from Horon, kisses her heavily and then his hand trails up her leg.

His hands roam her body. Her hips, breasts, butt and legs and the moan is silenced by his kiss.
"I am gonna make you cum" he whispered in a low tone.
"Oh Lynna…." She sighs then turns her head. "Oh Horon." She then said, losing interest in Lynna and walking over to the naked red hair boy.

She grabs his shoulders and forces him back onto the bed, once sitting she kneels before him and licks his erect cock. Horon gasped and she giggled then took the whole thing in her mouth. Lynna watched in horror as she slurped on his competitor's dick, both enjoying themselves.

He pulls his clothes off and approaches her rear, hiking her dress up and a hand grabs her pussy. She gasps but keeps sucking. He knew he was doing wonders so he kept stroking whilst his hard cock pressed against her arse. A finger slips into her, the cock slips out her mouth and she calls out his name.

Her legs got shaky and a pressure built up down below and she screamed, pleasure coursing through her body.

Horon knew Lynna had made her cum but that wasn't going to stop him. He grabs her hand and pulls her on top of him and starts ripping her clothes off which she is more than happy to escape from.

Horon rolls on top of her and plays with her breasts but he is so ready and strokes her entrance, watching her gasp and then he thrusts into her, taking her virginity.

He continues to thrust into her and she moans as her body is being satisfied by the red haired hero. She is tight, wet and gorgeous. Her boobs don't go unnoticed and her gropes them.

The naked Lynna climbs onto the bed and pushes them, forcing them onto their side. He sees her exposed arse and knows what he needs to do.

Styla gasps and tenses up as a sharp pain pierces her. She knows what it is, of course she does. He shoved his cock in her arse. A mix of pleasure and pain flood her body but after the initial shock she gets used to the feeling and the painwears off.

"Haaah… Styla!" Horon sighs as he continues thrusting into her wet hole.
"Aghhhh" Lynna groans as he pushes in and out of her tight arse. They moved in tandem as she was sandwiched between the duo gasping and writhing in pleasure as every part of her body was being pleasured.
"YES! MY BOYS! OH HYLIA! FUCK!" She screamed as her orgasm took her to heaven. Her body shook as she was being pounded by the two Heroes.

"Styla! Ah!" Horon cried out and came inside her. Lynna grabbed her hips and bucked into her arse hard and suddenly felt close, he pulled out and flipped the princess on her back and shot his load onto her, landing on her boobs and her pretty face.

They all landed in a heap next to each other, breathless and tingling with pleasure.
"You boys were wonderful…" she sighed.
"So were you my grace" Lynna said calmly.
"But… which of us are you choosing?" Horon asked.
"I have decided both of you. You will both be my Husbands and we will do this more often"

 

As time went on, the three slept together and Style had many kids. Some of which were the children of Lynna, some of Horon and some were hard to tell but they were a family and many more threesomes were yet to come.

Notes:

Well, I haven't played Triforce Heroes but this is what I decided to do with it. This took ages to write because I have no idea how you right a threesome but oh well, it is done now.

In this, the other heroes are decendants of A Link to the Past Link, his kids he had with Din and Nayru. When I had this idea I had to retroactively add a sex scene with Nayru which is why it probably feels a little forced.

Chapter 133: ALBW/TFH Aftermath Part 1 - The Mysterious Hyrule Bloodlines

Summary:

Link returns to Hyrule and learns about lineage of the Hero from an 'old' friend.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link returned to Hyrule at last. He thought about visiting Gramps to assure him that his quest wasn’t as bad as he thought but Zelda was a higher priority. He came to the gates and the guards had no issues letting Link into the castle. He strolled through the castle halls and navigated his way to Zelda’s room and knocked on her door.

“Come in!” she called and Lnk grinned and pushed open the door. She was sitting at a desk, writing in a diary. She glanced up and had a double take seeing Link standing there. “Link!” she yelled in surprise, got up from her chair and leaped into his arms. “I missed you so much!” she cried out and he hugged her tightly.
“I missed you Zelda! I am so pleased to be home” he told her.
“So, Hytopia saved then?” she asks, pulling away from the hug slightly.
“Sure is. I had some help. Two heroes who told me they were descendants from the Hero of Hyrule” he told her and she looked thoughtful for a moment.
“That does sound interesting but I have no idea what they could possibly mean.”
“Well, they are with Princess Styla now, I left in a hurry”
“Well naturally you wanted to see the Princess you had waiting at home” she said and leaned in for a kiss he gladly gave her.

 

“Link! Oh Link” Zelda cried out as her hero moved in and out of her. He had missed this, she had missed this. But he wasn’t sure how long he’d last after his first time in… well, a while.

Her legs were spread wide and his naked body thrust hard and fast into her and like he expected, he came before she did, he tried to power through and make her climax but his body was exhausted and he collapsed next to her.

"Sorry" he apologised as cum leaked from her.
"It's alright. It's not like there won't be a next time" she said and he smiled.
"I am so tired and… it's been a while. I was ready to burst at the sight of you" he said and she laughed.

 

Soon later Zelda discovered she was pregnant.

 

Link walled through the passageways and he exited into a huge courtyard with a tall Temple standing over him. It was old, the bricks were worn and the wooden beams holding the roof together were rotting away as time had clearly been cruel. It called to him, no voice just a feeling and he trusted his gut and headed straight for the old site.

Inside the floor was marble and despite scratches from age, it reflected the rafters above. It was cool inside from the nightly breeze.

Link sat on the cold steps and he felt a calm sensation pass over him, with one blink he was falling through a black void with streaking blue rays whooshing past him.
“Heeheehee! You should see your face!” a black figure said until it formed into the familiar face of someone Link knew.
“Gramps? What are you doing here?” he asked with confusion and he smirked.
“Well I am dead for a start, but here I get to dream forever. Nobody told me being alive was so overrated” he said and Link stared blankly. “This is the sacred realm, you have been here before, no?” he asked and Link sat, sat on nothing.
“Well, I guess it feels familiar but… but what are YOU doing here?”
“I am you” he said scratching his beard “Well, a version of you. The hero of the spirit is reborn time and time again and I was the past hero.”
“That doesn’t make any sense. We were both alive at the same time. How can we share a spirit?”
“I know! Exciting! This has never happened before, I checked with all the others and we are unique”
“The others?” Link asked.

The figure shifted and a man taller than himself but with shaggier hair sat there.
“He means us. Former Heroes. I am the Hero of Skies, the oldest of us.” he said and Link smiled.
“This is cool!” he said and the figure shifted to a man sitting slouched, resting his head on his knee. “And who are you?”
“The one who fucked it all up and let Ganon win” he sulked and Link frowned before Gramps came back.
“We don’t talk with the Hero of Time. He lost to Ganon and Zelda of his time had to sacrifice herself along with the Six Sages to seal Ganon.”
“Wait a moment, when Yuga resurrected Ganon he was dragged from the Sacred Realm using the power of the Seven Sages. So if Ganon was here…”
“Yes, he was. He was sealed deep here but he transformed part of the Sacred Realm in the Dark World. I saw to that one. But the souls of the Seven Sages reside here too. They were reborn as the sages you know today”

“This is a lot… I am still processing the fact that you are me” Link said and Gramps laughed.
“Why do you think an old buffer like me is so strong? I went on adventures that surpass you my boy. Hyrule, the Dark World, the Island of the Windfish, Larynna and Holodrum. My life was… it was a lot” he explained.
“Oh, so err… I met two people that looked a lot like me. One said he was from Holodrum and the other from Labrynna. They said they were descendants of yours” Link told him and he frowned.
“Did one have blue hair and the other red?”
“Yes”
“This is embarrassing…” he admitted.
“So?”
“So… I had a long life. I wasn’t always the most faithful… Well actually I was single with both Nayru and Din but Nayru wasn’t…” he trailed off in thought before snapping back to his senses. “I never knew I had children with them, as far as I knew I only had one child, but I did think about the possibility”
“And you never thought to check?”
“I…. My life was complicated and full of regrets. But since you didn’t listen to my advice in leaving Hyrule-”
“Which went fine.” Link interrupted.
“-good.. Anyway, since you didn’t listen to me then, listen to me now. Settle down with Zelda and just sit still. If you have got something good don’t let go”
“She is pregnant with my child? Why would I let that go?” he asked and Gramps smiled.
“Well if you think like that you are a better man than I.” he said and suddenly the Hero of Skied was back.
“Congratulations! That is my Great, great, great something Grandchild” he said.
“What?” Link asked but suddenly the void dissipated and he was back in the Temple of Time.

Link took a moment to gain his bearings but once he did he felt like he had more questions than answers.

Notes:

This one was short but I think the next is longer. But I don't remember, I wrote it in August.

Chapter 134: ALBW/TFH Aftermath Part 2 - Sages, Wise Men, Maidens and More

Summary:

Link and Zelda learn about the Legends of some important figures in Hyrule's History.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“He was me! Same spirit but different man!” Link breathlessly shouted “Not just one, but several… I got to talk to them! Think of the knowledge and history we could learn”.
Zelda smiled and just listened to him excitedly explain what he experienced at the Temple of Time.
“Well nobody is more interested in the history of Hyrule than me, but there is an easier way to go about it” she explained and he finally sat next to her on the bed. “Sahasrahla knows more about Hyrule’s history than anyone alive, lets go talk to him”

 

 

“Princess Zelda! It is a true honour to have you visit me” Sahasralha said and Zelda politely smiled.
“The honour is all ours I assure you” she said gracefully. “We are here because we want to learn all about Hyrule, there is no one in our Kingdom that knows more than you”.
“You mean I am old” he remarked and Zelda frowned.
“No, that is not what I meant at all sir” she protested but Sahasrahla laughed
“It is quite alright. I AM old, I am the oldest man in Hyrule.”
“How old are you?” Link asked and Zelda frowned at him.
“Take a guess”
“Eighty?”
“Much older”
“One Hundred?”
“Older still”
“Two hundred?”
“Now you are being ridiculous. I am One hundred and ninety years old”
“Oh wow…” Zelda said.
“Wait so that means you knew Gramps right?” Link asked and he smiled.
“I helped him on his quest about a century ago”

“What can you tell us about those times? We really just want to learn all there is about the past” Zelda asked him and he ushered them into his living room.
“I can tell you about the sages, maidens and wisemen. It is all fascinating stuff!” he declared, pulling out some dusty books from a shelf as Link and Zelda took a seat.

“Long, long ago, Ganon, or back then the King of Thieves Ganondorf attempted to take over Hyrule using the Triforce. He managed to defeat the Hero of Time and steal the Triforce but in a last effort to stop the now fearsome Ganon, Zelda and the six sages sealed him away in the sacred realm. All of them except the Princess lost their lives in doing so, their spirits fighting in the sacred realm to hold him there.”

“Centuries later the Imprisoning War broke out as men found out about the golden power and forced themselves into the sacred realm to try and take it for themselves. To stop this the six wise men came and sealed it away, only their bloodline could undo the seal which leads us to one hundred years ago”

“Ahganhim sought to break the seal by capturing the six maidens, descendants of the wise men and he achieved this goal until Link stopped him… “Gramps” as you knew him” Link and Zelda were still listening but after a pause Link cleared his throat
“So where do the seven sages fit into this?” Link asked and Sahasralha nodded.
“Well, the Seven Sages you know are descendants of the Seven Sages that sealed Ganon away”
“But how is that possible? For a start you said there were six sages that sealed Ganon but also you said they all died. So did they all have kids before then?” Zelda asked.
“This is where it gets complicated” Sahasralha said before continuing.

“They are reincarnated I suppose, not descendants. Much like the spirit of the Hero in you Link. But there was the Six Sages and Zelda was the Seventh.” Sahasralha opened a book and found a page with old drawings of the sages. “First we have the Sage of Forest, Saria. She was a Kokiri, a long since extinct race that were said to never age and stay children forever. Her spirit was reborn as your friend Gully. Then there is Darunia, Sage of Fire who was a Goron. The Goron’s used to live in Death Mountain but they are a rare sight these days. Rumour has it that they returned to the depths below Hyrule in search of their homeland Gordonia but this is all speculation, no one even knows if the Legendary home land is real. But Rosso is his reincarnation and Rosso himself is part Goron. His mother had a relationship with a Goron and created the first Goron-Hylian hybrid.”

“Princess Ruto, Sage of Water is a Zora, I don’t think I have to spell that one out but in the case of Oren, she likely shares royal Zora blood in her. Impa was the Sage of Shadows and despite sharing the same name as the Impa you know they are not blood related but they share a spirit. The Gerudo were desert folk, a race of all Women with one male being born every century, that male was Ganondorf. Due to the shame, it seems the Gerudo left Hyrule so Nabooru, Sage of Spirit, could not be reborn into the Gerudo tribe. Instead, Irene inherited her spirit. Osfala I know well, he is the incarnation of the Sage of Light Rauru.”

“That only leaves the Princess of that time and Seres right?” Zelda asks and he nods his head. “But I am the direct descendant of her. So where does Seres fit in?”
“Well I have been around for a while and observed the Royal Family. Sure, the first born Prince or Princess is heir to the throne but what about a second child? The Princess 100 years ago had several kids, most had the traditional golden locks of the Hyrule Royal Family but one had the blue hair of the Princess’s husband and that child eventually had kids who ended up having Seres.”
“So Seres is like a distant cousin?”
“Correct. She shares Royal Hylian blood as well as the blood of the Oracle of Ages. That is why she is so smart”.

“That is a lot of information” Link states and Sahasralha agreed.
“I think it is sad that much of history gets lost to the ages. The seven sages sacrificed everything to save Hyrule and history forgot them” Sahasralha says and Zelda stands up.
“Sahasralha, thank you for sharing this. As the future Queen of Hyrule I will do all in my power to let the legacy of these heroes be remembered by time” she says proudly and he smiles.
“Thank you, your highness, that means a lot to an old man like me”.

Notes:

I did research and there seems to be no agreement on the relationship between the Sages, Wise Men and Maidens. So I fixed it.

Some seem to think the Wise Men are the Seven Sages from Ocarina of Time, some think they are decendants... It is confusing.

Some people might disagree with my interpretation but that's life.

Chapter 135: ALBW/TFH Aftermath Part 3 - The Eternal Sages

Summary:

Years later...

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Princess Zelda was born!

Link and Zelda were parents and as tradition in the royal family, their golden haired daughter was named Zelda.

 

 

“My love for you is like no other!” The Knight Captain cried out as he held both of Seres’ hands in his own. “You are truly beautiful, smart and kind. I know you feel the same!” he bellowed and she chuckled, leaning in and kissing him on the lips.
“I do love you, you big fool” she told him and he smiled. “Even if you are a bit embarrassing”
“Is it official then?”
“Well… I would have to ask my father. I don’t know if he will approve. I think he would, he likes you after all.” she said and he frowned.
“Seres, I want to be with you even if he doesn’t approve. I don’t think he should stand between love”
“Maybe we keep it quiet until I let him know”
“But in private we can…”

She put a finger on his lips.
“You think a priestess should be doing such things?” she remarked but he pulled her close, a hand resting on her hip and she blushed.
“You don’t seem to mind”
“I…” she couldn’t find the words. He moved his hand round and it was on her butt now.
“You seem to like it even”
“Eagus…” she managed but that was all she could say. She hated to admit it, but he was right. His hand on her was electrifying. It was so wrong, so improper but… thrilling. “Curse you” she said and then kissed him heavily.

He fell back into one of the pews, taking her with him onto his lap. His hands grabbed at her dress, clawing at it and bunching it up. One hand slipped under her dress and onto her arse, she liked it but she tried her best not to let on.

"Seres… you are beautiful" he told her and she blushed. "Tell me if I am going too far" he then said. Seres watched him pull his fly down and knew what came next. She knew this was wrong, she knew she shouldn't be doing this, she was a priestess and she is doing this in the Sanctuary… her Father would kill her but yet she had been shielded from these thoughts and possibilities her whole life and she was interested, curious and most of all, it was feeling really good.

As she saw her first penis finally exposed and she had never felt a desire like this. She wanted him to go ahead. And that he did.

He moved under her dress and pushed her underwear to the side and looked into her eyes. They were sure so he slowly started pushing himself into her. She gripped him tight, feeling the pleasure of his might pushing into her and let out a sound of what Eagus assumed was pleasure. Her eyes were wide, she didn’t know what to describe this as but she knew it was intense. A bit of pain, a bit of pleasure, a bit of fear. All things surged through her in an instant. It all happened fast but it felt like eternity and then he was fully inside her.

She didn’t move, Eagus knew they had to move but she was stunned, unable to process much of anything. He grabbed her hips and then started rocking her body and she suddenly started to feel a warm throbbing sensation as he moved inside her.

Eagus grunted, feeling his cock slip in and out of her tight hole, it was sensational and he couldn't believe that after all these years of being in love with Seres he finally got to be alone with her and woo her like this. She was so pure and being the one to take her innocence felt invigorating, powerful.

But Seres swooned, slowly started moving her hips on her own and rising and falling with him. It took her longer to realise that this felt good than she cared to admit to herself. But nethertheless, it was truly wonderful.

Eagus moved faster, she moved faster, they both moaned and called sighs of pleasure into each other's ears. As they moved faster the pleasure just kept rising.

It was strange, it felt very good, like a rising pleasure she had never felt before. She had heard from the grapevine that sex was a thing people did for fun and not just baby making and she believed it, she would have let her curiosity take her this far if she didn’t but she now understood it. She needed him in her, she needed his strong body to satisfy her.
"Eagus I love this!” she moaned and he almost couldn’t comprehend that sentence escaping the lips of Seres. “There is this feeling!” she screamed “It keeps building. Oh yes! Eagus yes!” she cried out and he couldn’t ignore her pleas, he rocked his body as fast as he could and suddenly she let out a high pitched sound that was the sign she had reached her peak. Good thing too because seconds later he shot his load into her.

She got off his lap, straightened her dress and cleared her throat. Despite her red face she looked as delicate and innocent as she always had before. She suddenly laughed and Eagus joined in, his erection still out on display and her eyes had left its gaze from it. “I can’t believe we just did that.” she said. “It was so wrong but just… wow" she said with a nervous giggle.
"That was fantastic," he finally spoke. "But we can never tell your Dad".

 

Some time passed and Seres confirmed not once, not twice but three times that she was indeed pregnant. She had a cold sweat, she felt awful. Telling Eagus was easy but her father… So that is what she did. She told Eagus who was over the moon and assured her he would stand by her but she insisted she tell her father alone as he would probably murder him on sight. When the three words came out of her mouth though, his face turned red.

“What do you mean “I am pregnant”?” he asked, slowly.
“I mean what I said father. I am pregnant” she clarified.
“But how is this possible?” he said. Slowly, holding back.
“Do you want me to explain how it happened? Me and Eagus had sex father. I am now pregnant”
“Eagus!” he yelled and she scowled. “What on Hyrule do you think you are doing? You are a priestess! That sort of thing is for after marriage!” he yelled and she folded her arms.
“Dad, it is the modern age. Your traditions aren't law” she told him and he began ranting and raving about all the reasons it was wrong but it went in one ear and out the other.
“Well father, it happened. So despite what you think there is nothing you can do about it. I am having this child. I love Eagus and we will be amazing parents. You are welcome to be a Grandparent if you calm down. I am a Sage, I don't think the Golden Goddesses are going to mind all that much.” she told him and walked out, leaving him stunned.

As the months passed, she had her child and thought the Princess of Lorule had a pretty name. Her daughter would be named Hilda.

 

 

Seven years later…

“Hey Irene!” Gully called with his deep voice and confidence as he stood atop the Castle walls and waved to the witch flying by. She drifted down with grace, landing on the wall next to him and getting off her broom. Gully tried to not stare at her curvy, mature body but he knew it was obvious.

“It’s been a while, Gully. So you made it. You became a knight!” she beamed and he grinned.
“I sure did. Achieved my dream. Now I am a Sage and a Knight.”
“And I am just a Sage”
“Nah, you can fly. I wish I could fly” he told her and she laughed, leaning up against her old acquaintance.
“Well, I could take you up there. Ride the broom together and see Hyrule from up high” she offered and Gully’s eyes grew wide.
“I would love to ride you…. To err ride your broom…. I mean ride with you!” he said in a flustered mess and Irene was historically laughing at him.
“Oh Gully you are sweet. Never change” she teased and he was hiding his face. “Okay, when you are free, come to my home and you can “ride my broom”” she teased, jumping off the wall and flying off from view.

 

As agreed, Gully went to her home and she was waiting for him. She threw a leg over the broom and glided over to him, doing a midair drift in front of him.
“That was cool” he told her and she winked.
“Get on the back if you want to see cool” she said and he awkwardly put his leg over the broom. “You are going to have to hold on to me” she said and he put his hands on her hips gently. “Tight” she said and he went red, wrapping his arms around her.

Without warning she accelerated into the air and Gully screamed. She laughed, racing into the sky as she felt Gully hold on for dear life. He was probably over his embarrassment by now.

She slowed and Gully began to relax, eventually staring at the sights from up high as the gently soared through the air.
“This is… oh wow. Irene… this is amazing!” he said.
“You mean I am amazing. I know I am” she joked but he leaned into her.
“You are! I mean you do this every day?” he asked and she nodded. His hands slowly returned to her hips, feeling more steady and she had to admit she liked it.
“Ooh, feeling confident are we?” she remarked and immediately did a flip in midair and he wrapped his arms around her once more.
“Don’t… don’t do that” he gasped and she laughed, racing downwards and weaving in between trees. “IRENE!” he yelled over her laughter. She came to a quick stop and his body jerked, falling from the broom and taking her with him and landing in an awkward heap.

Irene was lying on Gully and he just lay back, his head spinning. “I think that is enough flying for a long time” he told her and she just laughed.
“You liked it” she insisted and he nodded.
“It was good. So much awe inspiring that I thought. If you weren’t crazy I wouldn’t have had to fear for my life” he told her and she giggled.

It was then the realisation set in. Irene was laying on top of him and their faces were close. “Irene can you… you are lying on top of me.” he told her and her grin didn’t fade.
“I thought you preferred to be on your ground where it is stable” she said “Put your hands back on my hips” she followed up and he took a deep breath.
“What?”
“You heard” she said and he couldn’t deny that her instructions were not complicated. He obliged, nervously putting his hands on her hips. "How daring do you feel?" She asked and his heard was beating fast.
"Well… I did get on your broom" he told her.
"Kiss me" she said and he stared at her, she was serious.
"Okay" he nervously said and then slowly kissed her.

The kiss was long and hot and Gully's mind was racing. How did this happen? How did he end up kissing a sexy Witch that was laying on top of him? Well he knew how but it still seemed like fiction.

He grabbed her shoulders and rolled himself on top of her, not breaking the kiss. He heard her moan through their lip lock and he looked into her eyes. Without thinking he grabbed her breasts and she tensed up for a moment before smiling.

Gully couldn't believe how lucky he was. Her breasts felt wonderful to touch, they were big, soft and squeezing and moulding them in his palms was something else. A nipple popped up to say hello through the dress. But Irene also was feeling wet. He was going at her breasts like they were going out of style.

She arched her leg and one of Gully's hands dropped to her exposed thigh. She let out a breathy moan, unintentionally as she tried to hold back and hide her building excitement.

Gully sat up and pulled her into his lap. Their clothed crotches were touching, she could feel the outline of his swollen mass press against her. His hand still at her breasts and the other crept higher up her outer thigh until it reached round to her arse, giving it a squeeze.
"Mmm" she let out.

He couldn't take it anymore, he hooked both arms under her legs and hoisted her up and he moved her backwards towards a tree. He pulled his dick free and pulled up her dress. His hands pulled her panties to the side and stared into his eyes. He pulled one leg up and then stuck his cock inside her.

Irene gasped, feeling his mass enter her. She wrapped her arms around him and he picked her up fully and began bucking his hips into her.
"Oh Hylia!" He gasped as he maintained a steady rhythm. She was wet so pushing into her wasn't a challenge but every inch of her was euphoric.

Irene tried to not show the pleasure on her face, but she bit her lip in an attempt to cover the pleasure of his cock pushing deep into her. It felt so good. She had only ever been with a woman before this, which was great but she decided she was into men more than women the moment his cock entered her.

They grinded against each other and fucked against the tree. Both loving the sensation but soon Gully felt his legs wobbling, struggling to stand, hold her and fuck her at the same time. He needed some encouragement to the finish line.

"Oh Gully… Oh Hylia…" she whispered close to his ear, a tingle flowing through every hair on his body.
"Oh Hylia I am going to cum! Irene!" He gasped, she grinned at how easily it worked but also the pleasure racing through her own body as he fucked her fast was magnificent.
"Good! Cum in me! Fuck me Gully!" She screamed, letting the pleasure out.

His body let go and shot streams of cum into her, gasping a guttural moan as his intense orgasm took over his body. From the high pitched cry and wide eyes he suspected Irene came at the same time as him.

Their orgasms faded and they fell in a heap on the grass.
"Oh wow" she said breathlessly.
"You can say that again" he responded.
"Oh wow" she said again and they laughed.
"I am glad I came for a ride on your broom"
"I think I ended up riding you" she said and he smirked.
"This has been one of the most exciting days of my life" he told her and she kissed him.
"Don't worry Gully. We are doing this again tomorrow."
"No complaints from me, meet you here same time tomorrow?"
"You have yourself a deal".

 

When she eventually flew home Gully smiled, only just realising he was in the woods he played in all the time as a kid, right by his house.
"What a perfect coincidence".

 

Years passed, Irene was pregnant with twins, Gully and her hit it off after their flying lesson and they got married. She gave birth to two girls, one named Sarah and one named Nabru. It wasn’t only the young adults getting busy though as Oren had a daughter she named Ruten, Osfala has a son he names Rauru and even Rosso had a son called Darren and together they set out on a journey to see if they could find the Goron homeland of Gordonia.

Zelda becomes Queen of Hyrule and the construction of new towns and villages is ordered. She names these towns after the Six Sages, forever letting their memories live on. She was dedicated to recording history and together with Link, headed into the Lost Woods.

They arrived at the pedestal which held the Master Sword. Zelda examined Link’s face and found a warm smile placed upon it as he gazed at the blade. She put an arm on his shoulder.
“I think we should hide it here. I think it will be safe with the Master Sword.” Zelda told him.
“Hide what?” A voice boomed above them and both Link and Zelda stepped back in shock.

The trees behind the pedestal shifted and in the gap, a mighty tree with a face peered at them.
“Who…. What are you?” Link asked.
“Me? I am the Great Deku Tree. I have been here watching over the Master Sword for a very long time.” It said to them.
“The Great Deku Tree? Like the one from Legend?” Zelda inquired.
“It was one of your descendants that entrusted the blade to me. The Hero of Time was defeated so in order to hide the blade for the next hero, I was to watch over it.”
“Well thank you Great Deku Tree. I hope you continue to watch over it for the time to come.”
“Oh do not worry, your highness, I am not going anywhere! Hohoho!”

Link smiled. He felt at home around the Deku Tree. A familiar feeling that he couldn’t quite place.
“Great Deku Tree, if I may…” Zelda continued. “The Triforce, I assume you are familiar with it?”
“I am, yes,”
“Right. Well the Triforce is in our possession, mine and Link’s. We were safeguarding it in Hyrule Castle but we have been learning of the history of Hyrule and the greed of beings who wish to use its power for their own evil deeds. I fear Hyrule Castle is not the safest place for such a divine power.”
“Yes. I understand your highness. You wish to keep it safe with me.”
“I do. Is that alright?”

The Deku Tree was silent for a moment. Then it appeared to smile.
“Hand it over for a moment.” It said and both Link and Zelda raised out their hands and the Golden Power formed in front of them. It hovered over the Master Sword. “I can hide not only the Triforce, but the Master Sword beneath my roots. I can form a temple for it. A place that only the Royal Family will be granted permission to enter.
“That is what we want.” She assured the tree. It creaked slightly as if it was attempting to nod, then the pedestal of the Master Sword lowered into the ground and the Triforce went with it. The hole closed up and Zelda felt at ease.
“I will assure that nobody enters this temple. You have my word, your highness.”
“Thank you Great Deku Tree. I put my faith in you.”

Notes:

Not a whole lot on this chapter but I have one more for A Link Between Worlds.

UPDATE (11/10/2024)
Like with a few other chapters, I have made some changes to this chapter after beating Echoes of Wisdom as I believe I can tie it into that game well. I will be working on that game soon. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 136: ALBW/TFH Aftermath Epilogue - The Restoration of Lorule

Summary:

Lorule's Future is looking brighter than ever.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Hilda stood on the balcony to Lorule Castle, looking off across her Kingdom with the future heir growing inside her. She loved coming here and watching Lorule grow brighter and life restore to the Kingdom more, day by day.

Ravio had been training in the sparring hall. He had deep regret for abandoning Hilda and vowed to make it up to her. She didn’t share this sentiment, he did what he did to snap her out of her dark path and that alone was a payment she could never repay.

Not that she would EVER tell him that.

But after a few weeks of peace, Hilda told Ravio of their child, he was ecstatic, then she told him they were getting married. Not a proposal as such, more of an order. Ravio wasn't sure he had a say but luckily Hilda had a beautiful pale face surrounded by dark purple clocks and pricing red eyes. She was gorgeous, and after Lorule was returning to normal, she was becoming a good person. Ravio was happy with her demand.

Hilda then announced to Lorule they have entered an era of peace and as Queen she will do anything to assure it stays this way for the next generations.

After their wedding, Hilda and Ravio retire to their room.
"I want you to fuck me" she said, working on the zip of her traditional black wedding dress. Ravio stared, he wasn't the dominating type, Hilda was always more forward but an order was an order and you NEVER disagree with Hilda. He stepped forward, helped her out of the dress then grabbed her breasts.

He fondled her boobs for a moment, she approved but soon removed one hand and it explored her arse, giving that a squeeze. She sighed lightly and Ravio moved forward and guided her backwards towards the bed, when he reached it he pushed her onto it and then started stripping off his own clothes.

She admired the cock that stood tall for her, if it hadn’t there would have been trouble. He crawled over her and she pulled him into a kiss, pulling him on top of her and spread her legs for him. “Fuck me Ravio.” she told him and he nodded, pushing into her before she got more impatient.

Ravio groaned, she was wet and he felt so good so quickly. He quickly created a rhythm, pushing into her several times to feel great and of course, so she would feel good.

Once he was set in motion, he grabbed a breast and began playing with it, his large palm successfully pleasing a larger surface area.

Hilda just lay back with her eyes closed, soaking in the thrill and pleasure. Her breath was deep and fast and occasionally without noticing she would buck her hips to meet him.

Ravio knew she was feeling good but that wasn't enough for him, he wanted her to feel great, no, fantastic. He leaned on the forearm of his free arm and then thrust in hard. Hilda's eyes opened wide just in time for him to start fucking her fast.

The bed creaked and banged against the wall as Ravio fucked jer as fast as he could.
"Hilda! Oh Hilda!" He cried out. He felt like he could cum now but he had to stay strong for his wife. "Hilda… I am gonna make you cum!" He growled and she felt herself heat up. She let breath escape her lips and didn't know what to do with this sensation.

Hilda didn't know he could be this good, it was shocking to her. She impulsively grabbed his back tightly and despite not wanting to give him too much satisfaction she could resist the moan of his name that escaped her lips.

"Ravio! Oh fuck! Ravio yes!" She screamed and Ravio didn't dare slow down. His wife, his queen…. his Hilda was in pleasure and it was his duty to see it to the end.
"Hilda!" He croaked through hard and fast thrusts "I… oh my!" He groaned and she stared him in the eyes. They both knew they were there, Ravio was biting his lip in an attempt to hold his orgasm but Hilda took a breath and kissed him heavily.

They felt their bodies spasm together, both losing all control. As Hilda's hips bucking uncontrollably into him and the waters were free, Ravio felt him throb and shoot his load into her. He grabbed her boobs one last time and it just added to the wonderful sensation claiming her body.

The kiss broke and her lips parted.
"Ravio…"
"Hilda…" they sighed and gradually they slowed down and he pulled out of her.

Ravio was exhausted and lay next to his wife gasping, as if he had forgotten to breathe. “What…” he started but took a few more breaths before continuing “are we calling our child?” he asks and Hilda lay there and without thinking or consideration she turned her head and said,
"She will be called Hilda" she said this simply, no discussion to that one.
"She?"
"She"
"You know our child will be a girl?" He asked and she shrugged.
"I have a feeling"
"Okay, but if our child is a boy, what do we call him?" He asked, watching her face in thought for a moment then her lips perked up into a sadistic smile.
"Link"
"That's…. That is cruel"
"But also very funny"

Notes:

I really didn't have a ton of ideas of Ravio and Hilda so I didn't give them much material but I am happy with how I handled them.

Next is the original Legend of Zelda. Something ai am definitely happy with the way it turned out.

Chapter 137: The Legend of Zelda Aftermath Part 1 - The Young Hero of Hyrule

Summary:

The Young Hero saves Princess Zelda from Ganon's Lair. Now he has to escort her home safely.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Zelda leave Ganon’s lair. The monsters were seemingly more ruthless after Link destroyed Ganon but the young Hero guided the Princess out to safety.
“Which way is Hyrule Castle?” Link asked her and pointed south. “Okay, stay close, we can make it” he told her and guided her by hand through the dangerous landscape of Hyrule.

The road was ruthless, it was well understood that the wilds of Hyrule were not safe for any Hylian but Link had no choice, it was up to him to make sure the Princess returned home. He defended her against the spears of Moblins, beams from the savage River Zora and deflected the rocks back at the Octorocks.

Eventually, they made it to the gates of Hyrule Castle and Link saw some guards walking the high walls. He had never seen a structure so big before and he had never seen so many people before.
“Open up! It is the Princess!” a Guard shouted as soon as they spotted the pair approaching. Link let go of her hand and began to walk away, Zelda turned to him.
“Hero?” she questioned and he stared blankly “Where are you going?” she asked him and he stared for a few more seconds.
“I brought you home” he said simply but Zelda giggled, walked over and grabbed his hand.
“Yes you did, and for that you should be rewarded you silly boy. Come on!” she demanded and pulled Link towards the Castle and he followed her cluelessly.

“Zelda! My sweet Daughter! Thank the Goddesses you are safe!” The Queen cried out as she ran out and hugged her Daughter.
“You.. You were the one that saved her right? You…. You defeated Ganon?” the Queen asked in disbelief and Link nodded.
“What is your name? How old are you?”
“Link. I am ten” he responded with a familiar, simple tone. Zelda smiled.
“Same age as me!” Zelda said and the Queen shook his hand.
“We need to properly thank you, Link. What you did was no small feet”
“It was the right thing to do” he said, still cluelessly and Zelda giggled.

Link is brought into the Castle and is in awe at the size of the place. The Queen watched his expression and couldn’t quite believe what she was seeing.
“Link, if I may ask, where are your parents?” she asked and Link shrugged.
“I don’t have any parents. I live on my own” he told her and she frowned.
“You must be from Saria Town or one of the Northern Villages right?” she prodded further but he shook his head.
“I usually just find a cave or forest to sleep in” he told her with no sadness in his voice.
“You sleep alone in the wilderness of Hyrule?” she asked and he nodded. “Link… that is impressive… how have you survived this long?”
“I have seen him in action, Mother. He is an excellent swordsman. I mean he defeated Ganon!” The Young Princess piped up.
“Hold on young man, I am going to talk to my husband” she said and walked off quickly.

“Link, you are so casual. It is so funny!” she said and he smiled.
“I… I just did what I thought was right. Ganon was evil and needed to be stopped” he told her and she grabbed his hands.
“Let me give you a reward for saving me” she said and leaned in and kissed his lips. Link just stood there confused as Zelda gave him a soft peck on the lips. Time slowed down and Link felt warm and fuzzy but he didn’t really know what these feelings were. He knew he liked it though. Zelda stepped away and giggled. “Don’t tell anyone I did that. It’s a secret to everyone, okay?” she explained and he just nodded.

The Queen returned and looked at the ten year old hero.
“Link, how would you like to live here in Hyrule Castle as thanks for saving my daughter and defeating Ganon?” she asked and Link stared.
“I would really like that” he told her.
“We can provide a bed, shower, food and you can also train with the knights… although you can already surprise them I am sure”
“What is a shower?” he asked and The Queen’s heart ached at this question. This poor boy has lived in the rough wilds his whole life, alone, hungry and in danger with no education or social skills but remained sweet, heroic and skilled.
“Link, we will make you at home. First, let's have a meal to celebrate your victory”
“Yay! I the pond fish the most”
“Oh Link…”

Notes:

We are finally at the original Legend of Zelda.

The NES games are hard as hell so I really wanted to show the hostility of the enimies in Hyrule as I felt playing the games. But I also looked at the artwork for the original game and Link lokks very young so I wanted to sell the idea that he is a naive ten year old.

Hope I did this well.

Chapter 138: The Legend of Zelda Aftermath Part 2 - The Growth of the Hero

Summary:

The Young Hero grows up and lives a life he could never have imagined as a child.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link had an unusual life. For the first ten years of his life he fended for himself in the violent, savage land of Hyrule. He was hungry, cold, alone and lacked any education but in order to survive he learned how to fight and hunt.

His life changed when he saved Impa from Ganon’s hoard, learned about the Triforce and the kidnapping of Princess Zelda III and went to save her. This earned him the title of Hero and led to Queen Zelda II taking him in and rewarding him for his bravery.

He spent the next six years of his life being taught how to read, write, act and learned the basic things everyone should know. He was never hungry again, always had a warm bed and sparred all day against the Knights, even though he outshined them all.

But puberty struck. Suddenly Link found himself thinking about Zelda a lot more than usual, thinking about the kiss they shared and found himself staring at her, enjoying the shape of her body and wondering why he felt the way he did. Luckily, the library was open to him and he managed to find books about the Hylian body, sex and attraction, things that were not taught to him. He finally understood he liked her.

Link knew his place though. He knew she was the Princess and he was just a wildling that got lucky and saved Hyrule. He would never tell her and risk being thrown out of his life of comfort. But despite this, he found himself fantasising about her alone at night and doing things he knew were wrong.

It was during one of these moments, his hand was gripping tight and he was at the peak of euphoria when something shocked him. His hand was glowing with a golden light and suddenly the shape of three triangles formed, the bottom left one being the source of the shine…

Notes:

This is a short one but I promise it will get longer going into Zelda 2.

Chapter 139: The Legend of Zelda Aftermath Part 3 - The Tragedy of Princess Zelda I

Summary:

A new quest opens for Link. A quest he has to accept.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link stared at his hand, the golden mark made him stop everything. He knew of the Triforce of Wisdom and Courage, but this was neither, this was the third piece of the Triforce that Impa had mentioned to him. The Triforce of Courage.

The Sixteen year old hero walks down to Impa’s study and knocks on her door and she calls for him to enter. He steps inside and she smiles.
“Ah Link! What can I do for you boy?” she asked and he is a little sheepish.
“Well… I need to ask you about this” he told her and raises his left hand and shows her the golden mark.

Impa drops the books she was holding, grabs Link’s hand and pulls him towards a sink, turning on the tap and scrubbing.
“You… you didn’t draw this did you?” she asks and Link was concerned.
“No, I didn’t Impa! I swear! It just appeared!” he tells her and she lets go.
“Link… this is the mark of the Triforce of Courage… how I have waited for this day!” She takes a deep breath. “Link, follow me, we need to go somewhere”.

Link and Impa travel North. Far north. More north than he has ever travelled before. They get off the carriage and walk towards an impressive looking Temple which has mighty stone columns holding it up. Link follows Impa inside until they reach some metal doors.
“Open it” Impa tells him and Link frowns. “Only the one with the mark of the Triforce of Courage can open this chamber” she tells him. Link takes a deep breath and puts his hand on the door. The triangle shines and the door opens.

Link stared, a head, up some stairs and resting on a bed was a woman, a beautiful woman.
“That, is Princess Zelda I” Impa tells him.
“Zelda I? But the Queen is Zelda II” Link points out and Impa nods.
“Long ago, the King of Hyrule hid the Triforce of Courage away and only imparted the knowledge of its location to his daughter, Zelda I. After the death of the King, the Prince of Hyrule wanted to know the location of the Triforce but Zelda refused to tell him. Outraged, the Prince employed a Wizard to gain this knowledge from the Princess but her will was strong, strong enough to withstand the Wizard's spell. The Wizard grew angry and cursed the Princess to an eternal sleep, one that could only be ended with the Triforce of Courage”.

“The Prince was distraught, feeling a sense of guilt over what he did to his sister. Zelda was supposed to be Queen but succession fell to the Prince and upon becoming King he vowed that every daughter of the royal bloodline shall be named Zelda to honour Princess Zelda I”.

Link was silent for a second.
“So, I can end her sleep?” he asked and Impa shook her head.
“Not yet, you only have the mark of the Triforce, but Link, it is up to you to locate the Triforce of Courage” She explained.
“How do I do that?”
“With these” she said, handing out six crystals to Link. “With these you can locate and enter the six palaces scattered across Hyrule which is said to lower the barrier to the Great Palace where the Triforce lies.”
“But hold on, waking the Princess is good and all but if she is the rightful heir to the throne then what happens to the Queen? What happens to Zelda III?” Link asked.
“Zelda I Is entitled to the throne, the old Prince’s bloodline loses its seat on the throne.” Impa explains.

Link took a deep breath.
“Okay, things seem messy but it is my duty to save her. Mark my words Impa, I will save Princess Zelda I!”

Notes:

Next is Zelda 2. An underated game I beat last summer. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 140: Zelda II: The Adventure of Link Aftermath Part 1 - Zelda's Awakening

Summary:

After the trials and tribulations of his quest, Link awakens the long slumbering Zelda I.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"You saved Hyrule and you are a real Hero!" Zelda finally spoke. The purple curtain falls and they step forward towards each other and kiss. Link's heart was beating as Zelda held him close in the kiss. "I knew in my dreams a Hero would come and save me!" She said with a deep breath.
"A lot has happened since you have been asleep, your highness. When I found out I alone had the power to save you… well I had to!" Link told her and she smiled.
"Even though you don't know me? Even through the trials and monsters you needed to fight? You still persevered" she said softly.
"It was the right thing to do."
"You truly are a real Hero Link!" She said and she kissed him once more, heavier this time. Once the kiss broke he took a deep breath.
“How do you know my name?” he asked and she frowned.
“I… I don’t know. It just felt… right” she told him and Link took her hands.
“This feels right” he said and he was the one to kiss her this time.

Link pushed her back against the altar, his hands on her breasts and she melted at his touch. After her endless sleep, she needed this. She needed her hero. Likewise, after the hell of an adventure Link had just been on and the times he had escaped certain death, he needed this release.

He grabbed his cap and flung it off his head.
"You can do better than that" she commented as she grabbed his belt, pulling at it. He let her do that while he kicked his boots off. Once both were discarded he pulled off his tunic and she began to unfasten the buttons on her dress and escape its comfort.

Link's pants were down in time to see her body naked before him,her glorious breasts made him harder than he already was.

With no words he pushed her backwards, her naked butt met the altar and she was seated atop it, he moved between her parted legs, arms positioned by her side and she just nodded. He pushed into her.

They both moaned, and didn't believe in starting slow. He thrust into her fast and she rocked her hips as her hero fucked her. Sex was a new experience to her but she couldn't think of a better person to take her virginity than her saviour.

They were fast and desperate, skin slapping and names called. Zelda grabbed his shoulders for support and he just sped up. His eyes gazed upon her jiggling breasts and she noticed this and felt aroused that he was so into her.

She needed more, so she wrapped her legs around his hips, pulling him in tight and then jumped into his arms. She kissed him, steering his body backwards until he fell to the floor with her on top of him. Amazingly his cock stayed in her and she began riding him like a horse.

Link lay back for a moment, taking in the pleasure of being rode. His eyes were closed but then he realised he was missing the sight of her rolling hips and bouncing breasts so he looked up and then placed his hands on her hips to help her move faster.

Faster and faster and faster they went, Zelda riding him like a jockey and Link just groaned. She was fantastic, he was in heaven but he had enough being submissive and needed to show her what he could do.

He sits up suddenly, she continues rocking her hips but Link puts his hand on her upper back and one on her hip then starts bucking his hip fast and hard.

Zelda yelped, feeling a surprising new level of pleasure flooding into her body with every thrust of his hips.

"Oh Link! My Hero! This is it!" She yelled, her voice echoing around the chambers halls. She was in heaven, euphoria claiming her but Link didn't stop. Their bodies moved together fast, her breasts rubbed against his chest, her hips gyrated and then the flood gates opened.

Zelda screamed but Link just groaned, using up every ounce of strength in him as rode out the climax he was building towards. If Link was anything, he was determined. He roared, his dick pulsed inside her and his body jerked forward, pushing her to her back and he landed on top of her as his cock shot his fluid inside her.

The two lay bare on the cold temple floor and caught their breaths. Link's cock was still throbbing, his balls buzzed with pleasure and she felt a fog in her brain as if it short circuited. He pulled out of her and rolled onto the floor next to her.

“How long?” she asked breathlessly and Link turned his head to her but she stared at the ceiling. “How long have I been asleep? I almost don’t want to know the answer but I will find out sooner or later so you might as well tell me”.
Link took his time, he thought for a moment, searching for a way to let her down easily but there wasn’t one.
“Well, I don’t have an exact amount of time but long enough for your Brother to be gone, his daughter to be Queen and his granddaughter to be the same age as me” he told her. “So, judging by the age of the Queen… 50 years?” he suggested. Zelda lay silent for an uncomfortable amount of time before taking a deep breath.
“So, I didn’t age all that time so tell me, how old is my brother's granddaughter?”
“Seventeen, like me”
“So my great-niece is the same age as me…”
“That… yeah, that’s right”
“I am going to be honest, Link, I am not looking forward to meeting my family”.
“I’m sorry Zelda, but they are nice”
“Maybe…” she said quietly. “But I don’t know them Link. I don’t know anyone”
“Impa. Impa is still alive. She is the one that told me about you” Link said and got a shock when Zelda sat up.
“Impa is still alive?! Thank the Goddess”.

Link and Zelda began putting their clothes back on and Link looked at her.
“Hyrule is really dangerous Zelda, you are going to have to stick with me at all times” he told her and she raised an eyebrow.
“How so? What has changed?”
“A lot has happened since you have been asleep. How much do you know about Ganon?” he asked and she frowned.
“I…he is a myth, a fairy tail… a legend. He is the reincarnation of hatred that has plagued Hyrule in all the old stories”
“And he is real, well, he was. I defeated Ganon and saved Zelda… Zelda III that is”
“Zelda III?”
“Your brother’s granddaughter. One thing at a time. He got a hold of the Triforce of Power and attempted to grab the Triforce of Wisdom but Zelda stopped him, shattering it into eight pieces. I collected them all and defeated Ganon. But his influence was irreversible. He turned Hyrule into a nightmare. His minions roamed free and burned down towns and villages. His army still roams and wishes to revive him. We need to be careful”

They exited the temple and headed south. It wasn’t long until monsters sprung up and Link got to work annihilating them while keeping the Princess behind him.
“So, Zelda III?” she asked and Link nodded as they cut through some tall grass.
“Your brother apparently felt terrible for having a wizard put you into a coma and-”
“Oh good, he had a conscience” she said sarcastically but Link just stared at her. “Sorry, continue”
“So decreed all Royal daughters to be named in your honour. The current Queen is Zelda II, you are now Zelda I.” he explained.
“How do you know them? I assume because you save… “Zelda III”?”
“Yes but that too is a long story”

Link explained everything, how he was a boy living alone in the wilds and after saving Zelda and Hyrule his life turned around and ended up living a good life in Hyrule Castle. It was a lot, the Princess was rightfully having a hard time taking it all in but she had a lot on her mind.

“So you… you don’t have anyone special?” she asked and Link didn’t answer. She smirked. “Was I your first time?” she asked and he shook his head.
“I… saving you was a long year… it took a lot out of me and you’d be surprised what some of the village women will do for you in exchange for purging their land from monsters” he told her and she chuckled.
“Naughty boy…” she joked. “You were my first, obviously” she told him.
“Speaking of villages, we are going to be stopping by some. The journey home will be a long one”.

Notes:

Zelda 2 will be spread across three parts. I am happy with them and there are a bit more in depth than Zelda 1. Hope you enjoy.

Chapter 141: Zelda II: The Adventure of Link Aftermath Part 2 - The Era of Arise

Summary:

Link has to make a choice for the future of Hyrule and those he loves.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh fuck! Link! Oh Link yes!” Zelda cried out as he thrust into her at an incredible speed.
“Zelda! I am gonna cum! Oh Zelda!” he cried out and his body gave way, shooting his seed deep into her. “AHHHH!” He moaned as he emptied himself in the euphoric Princess.
“Wow…” she breathed as he pulled out of her and collapsed onto the old wooden bed. “What the hell did those village women teach you?” she sighed and Link laughed.
“Why don’t you go and ask them, maybe they can teach you the same” he joked and she rolled on top of him.
“If they have skills like yours I am willing to go gay for them”
“Maybe don’t then, I think I would get jealous”

"So I am worth the effort of your quest?" She asked and Link's eyes grew wide.
"You have no idea. I went through hell. I wanted to give up so many times. I fought monsters that felt impossible to beat, just unfair. How I escaped some of those battles is beyond me. Most people would only get through that if they had the ability to rewind time and try over and over again. So in short, after all that, after fighting my shadow… you think you are worth that?" He said and Zelda frowned but he kissed her. "You are. You are worth every second of it".
"Wow. Smooth talker" she said but clearly blushing. He laughed.

 

Link and Zelda left the small village and within a few more hours they finally arrived at Hyrule Castle. The Guards saw him approach with the old Princess and shouted to lift the gates. Link got a massive sense of Deja-vu as this exact scenario played out when he returned Zelda III to the Castle.

They entered and immediately the Princess was greeted with a massive hug from Impa.
“My Princess!” she cried out in tears and Zelda was stunned.
“Impa… you are so old” she said and they both laughed.
“And Link, you did it again! You really are a true Hero” she told him and he smiled.

Then the Queen came out with Zelda III by her side and only now did Link notice just how similar the two Princesses looked.
“It is good to meet you Aunt Zelda” the Queen said quietly and Zelda I was silent. “I am sorry for what my Father did to you” she bowed.
“It is not your fault, don’t apologise for something that happened before you were born.” she told her.
“My Great-aunt is the same age as me… this is so weird” Zelda III finally said but Zelda I returned a soft smile.
“It is weird for me too… how long have I been gone, Link says about 50 years”.
“59 years” Impa tells her.
“So I am…76 years old…I am looking good for my age”.

 

They had much to talk about, years to catch the returned Princess upon but one subject was danced around, everyone was waiting, nobody wanting to be the one to breach the subject. The rightful heir to the throne has returned. Eventually Impa had enough and stood.
“Excuse me your highness but we have to address it” she said and Link felt his face go cold, he looked around at all the uncomfortable faces.
“What exactly, Lady Impa?” The Queen said, knowing exactly what she meant.
“Well, the rightful heir to the throne has returned. We knew the day would come” she said and Zelda II sighed.
“Princess Zelda, auntie… how do you feel about the matter?” the Queen asked.
“On my right to the throne? Well naturally I would like things to go smoothly”
“So you are going to return to Hyrule after 59 years and just take the throne?”
“Well it is my throne”
“For ten years it has been my throne” the Queen argued.
“It was never yours, you inherited it from your father who stole it from me!”
“No disrespect though Great-aunt but you have been asleep for 59 years and Hyrule has changed a lot since then” Zelda III said in defence of her mother.
“And now she is back! The old King entrusted the throne to her!” Impa spoke.

The room erupted into arguing and fighting and Link sat back and watched.
“It is settled then!” Impa yelled over them all. “We will not reach a decision this way, we need to have an impartial voter” she said and turned to Link.
“No!” Link yelled “Please, I can’t decide something like this” he protested.
“Hero, you are the only one who can decide. I say tomorrow, exactly 24 hours from now we will have a hearing on the final verdict based on the decision of Link. Everyone in agreement?” Impa asked and before Link could protest again Zelda III chimed up to say
“I agree”.
“I can agree to that also” The Queen said and then all eyes turned to Zelda I who slumped in her chair, defeated.
“Fine. I guess whatever happens, happens” she reluctantly said.
“I don’t want to be involved with this” Link told them but the Impa put a hand on his shoulder.
“I am sorry Link, but it has to be you”

 

Link gave up getting a good night's sleep and instead stood on his balcony and let the cool air hit his skin. Link had to decide on who would be Queen out of the rightful heir to the throne that he went through hell to save or the woman who took him in and gave him a life. Neither option was going to be pretty.

There was a knock on his door and he was startled for a moment, snapping him out of his deep thought.
“Come in!” he called and Zelda III entered his room and joined him on the balcony. Link blushed at the silk gown she wore, likely all she was wearing based on the pointy indents her nipples made through the garment.
“I am sorry this has been place on you” she said and he wanted to make a witty remark and call her out on her bullshit, clearly she wasn’t since she was the first to agree to Impa’s suggestion. He kept that thought to himself however.
“I will be betraying someone tomorrow” he told her and she did truly feel some amount of guilt.
“Have you decided?” she asked and Link shook his head.
“I debated picking a name out of a hat to be honest”
“Don’t… don’t do that” she said in quite an alarmed tone.
“I won't. I promise”

There was silence for a long while. Zelda’s hair blew in the wind and Link felt his heart race. He felt like he was cheating, he didn’t know who on. He fancied her, but he also fancied Zelda I, slept with her a few times. This was confusing, he shouldn’t decide.
“She is pretty.” Zelda said and Link smiled.
“She is. She looks a lot like you” Link said, immediately realising what he said. She smirked and gave him the side eyes.
“Oh, and you think I am pretty? Why have I never been told about this before?” she joked, leaning into him.
“Well, I thought it would be inappropriate.” he said and she giggled.
“You are sweet Link, really. But I can handle inappropriate.” she said as she pushed her chest against his arm.
“Zelda… I shouldn’t”
“I was your first kiss right? How about I be your first in something else as well?
“Too late. I was gone for a year” he said and she felt her heart ache.
“Oh…I…Silly me” she said and Link hugged her.
“No I…I wish I had waited so it could be more meaningful but I was just frustrated you know?”
“By who?” she asked and he stayed quiet.
“Oh. You should have told me” she said. She felt excited and knew he must be feeling the same thing. “Well… you can be my first” she told him and his brain didn’t give him time to think, he just kissed her and pressed her against the glass doors on his balcony.

“Link!” she gasped for air, his hands already slipping inside her gown and grabbing her breasts. “Oh my!” she moaned, biting her lip.
“I need you Zelda!” he moaned and she pulled him in for a kiss, breaking it quickly and looking into his hungry eyes,
“Take me to bed then” she ordered and he responded by taking her arm and dragging her into his room and clumsily pulling her on top of him.

They laughed and giggled, Zelda's gown slipping from her shoulders and exposing skin. Link grabbed it and pulled it off, revealing her naked form to him.
"Zelda…" he blissfully sighs. He pushed her onto her back, pulled his shirt and shorts off and joined her in nudity.
"I am ready, Link… Make love to me…" she pleaded, he took a deep breath and positioned himself on top of her, inched in and then pushed his penis inside her.

She gripped his back hard, tears formed in her eyes from the overwhelming feeling but rolled her hips to assure he didn't slow down. He began moving in and out of her, Hylia she was tight, but also gradually getting more wet by the second.
"You okay Zelda?" He asked with concern, tears were in her eyes.
"More than okay!" She gasped.
"You don't have to rush this"
"No!" She insisted, bucking her hips into him "It is overwhelming but…. Wow…. You are so…." She bit her lip, not finishing her though then kissed Link before he asked.

They moved together, he pushed in and out of her slowly, carefully, lovingly. It was odd, with Zelda I he felt lustful and like he could screw her fast and hard but although he longed for the Princess beneath him he felt like he had to be gentle. Maybe because he has known her for a very long time.

Their breaths were deep, low moans moved around the room and only escalated in pitch when Zelda felt Link’s hands upon her body. Her breasts, legs, hips. All in a loving touch and it made her feel an energy pulsing between her legs that she had never felt before.

“Link…” she sighed with closed eyes and Link slightly increased his pace but not too much. “Oh Link… this is wonderful. I have never felt like this!” she moaned and Link realised she was truly pure. She felt him deep inside her, he was so big, she couldn’t believe that a feeling this intense had escaped her life for so long. She felt the pressure build and build and build and then an intense sensation rushed through her body and she cried out, loud, echoing around the room and then she opened her eyes wide to see Link’s pleasure filled face as he cried out. “Link! Ahhh!”
“Zelda!” he moaned and then she felt his hard mast pulse and then being filled with a torrent of his seed.

They caught their breath and Link came to a stop and looked at her blissful face.
“Wow” was all she could say, calming down from her first orgasm. “How have I never done this before?” she asked and Link kissed her softly.
“Because you are an innocent Princess” he said and she smirked, raising an eyebrow.
“And what are you? A bad boy?”
“If that is what you like” he replied, pulling out of her.
“Well… I think I might be in love” she said and Link tried to hide his frown.
“I like you too Zelda but what if I don’t decide on your Mother? Will you still love me?” he asked but she laughed.
“I have always known who you would choose Link. I will always love you” she said and Link nodded.
“Okay, glad to hear it”.

 

Link lay in bed next to the Princess he always had a crush on and his mind was now as clear as it could be. He knew what was right for Hyrule and only his own biases and fears were getting in his way. But he had the Triforce of courage and that meant something important for Hyrule.

The next morning Zelda III sneaks out of his room early and Link gets changed and is escorted down to a room with lots of old wise people and the Royal Family. He was told to rise and stood before them all.

“Link is the Hero of Hyrule” Impa said “And he has saved Hyrule from Ganon and rescued Princess Zelda I from a tragedy caused many years ago. For this reason, he will be the one to declare the rightful position of the throne of Hyrule.” She declared. “If anyone objects to these conditions, speak up now!” The room was silent but more than anything Link was impressed at how loud Impa could be despite her old age. When no one said a word, she gestured to Link and he cleared his throat.

“I have given this a lot of thought and it wasn’t easy for me to make my decision, to be honest I didn’t want to be the one to make it because no matter what I say, I will be hurting someone. As some may know, I lived alone in the wilds of Hyrule for the first 10 years of my life but upon saving Zelda III I was kindly given permission to live in Hyrule Castle where I was trained, given a proper education, proper food and a place to sleep. I cannot thank Queen Zelda II for this and my life is forever in her debt. Also, I went on the hardest journey of my life to save Zelda I and it took so much out of me and I nearly gave up several times. I persevered and saved her. We immediately hit it off and she is a great person.”

“But deep in my heart I know what the right decision is, I just didn’t want to face the consequences it would place on myself but it isn’t about me, it is for Hyrule and as the holder of the Triforce of courage I need to be courageous and put my personal needs away” he looked down, took a deep breath. “And that is why I choose Zelda I to be the Queen of Hyrule!” he proclaimed.

The room erupted into chaos, some cheering, some angry. He saw the anger on the faces of Zelda II and III and the surprise on the face of Zelda I. Link sat down, looked down. He wasn’t happy about what he did and he was deeply saddened that he had just cut off people who gave him everything he had.

 

It was after the gathering that Link approached Zelda II and looked her in the eyes. “I am so sorry.” he said, kneeling before her. She scowled.
“What the hell are you kneeling for? I am not your Queen!” she said with bitterness in her voice. “I give you a home, food, everything you have and you take away the crown. You think sorry covers it?” Link rose and looked at her.
“I expected this, but she is the rightful heir. I understand you hate me now, I wish it didn’t have to be this way but I hold no ill will to you” he explained and she just pushed passed him.

Zelda III stood where her mother was a moment ago.
“Did you use me for sex?” she asked and Link stared blankly. “Oh, you were so stressed, let's screw the daughter of the Queen, physically and metaphorically”.
“That isn’t what happened. You offered.”
“I offered my virginity to you and then you go and steal my birthright for my great aunt? How low of you!” she yelled and Link was lost for words.
“You are angry. Talk to me when-”
“Shut up Link! You used me!” she yelled in tears and ran off.

 

—-

 

Link sat in a living room, hat off and slumping on the couch.
“You should make up with Zelda III you know” an old wise voice spoke as Impa passed into the room.
“She is mad at me, not the other way around” he said and she shrugged.
“Still. You have the Triforce of Courage you know. She has the Triforce of Wisdom and Power. Together you can bring peace to Hyrule, destroy the monsters of evil roaming our Kingdom” she told him and he nodded.
“You are right. I will talk to her tomorrow, hopefully she will be open to it” he said and she smiled.
“Good man” she said and continued out of the room.

Link remained seated where he was and eventually the new Queen of Hyrule walked in.
“I am sorry you had to go through that Link. I made you lose family because you chose me” she said and Link shook his head.
“You didn’t make me choose you. I decided that on my own” he told her as she sat next to him.
“Were you two…”
“Me and the Princess? Yeah. Last night we… you know” he said and she nodded.
“I see.” she said quietly. “Well Link, just so you know, if you are ever in the mood and she doesn’t want you, I will gladly have you” she said and Link turned to her.

Without thinking he kissed her and was pushing her onto his back. “I didn’t mean here. Anyone could walk in” she said in surprise but he smiled.
“Exactly, it adds to the fun” he said and she just smirked and kissed him again.

In a hurry he pulled down his pants, pulled up her dress and pushed right into her. She squirmed beneath him as his cock pushed into her and pleasured her. He groped her breasts as he continuously thrust into her, she moaned at the sensation she provided.
“How are you…” she sighed, breathlessly, “ so good at this!” she called out but he just kissed her and looked into her eyes with desire.
“Sshhh… we don’t want to get caught. What will people think if they know the newly appointed Queen gets up to devious acts when no one is around.”
“I think… of fuck… I think that they will have no choice but to listen to my orders.”

Link grabbed the couch, releasing one of her breasts and thrust faster into her. She covered her mouth to suppress her orgasm. She was drenched, he was so good. “Link….” she moaned in a whisper, only removing her hand from her mouth for a moment.
“I know… Zelda I am…. Ahhhh!” he gasped as he shot his seed deep into her, not slowing for a second as she closed her eyes, feeling the immensity of the orgasm flood her brain.

They stayed like this, catching their breath for a while, knowing still that someone could catch them but the moment was too good to risk. Luckily, that didn’t happen and he withdrew from her and pulled up his pants, looking almost modest if not for his flushed face and the musky scent in the air.
“Well, Link. Now you know what it is like to fuck a Queen”. She said and they both laughed.

Notes:

This chapter was fun and it leads into the final part, hope you enjoy.

Chapter 142: Zelda II: The Adventure of Link Aftermath Part 3 - The Story of Zelda and Link

Summary:

Zelda I takes the throne but how does Link handle this.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They both woke up and went at it. Sex was great, Hylia’s greatest gift to her people and Link was lucky enough to be in a position where it was gifted to him. Queen Zelda I was hot, she was good at sex and they were wild. She screamed his name as she rode him, her hair a mess and Link didn’t hold back one bit. They moved fast and he erupted into her, both feelings the pleasure their bodies could provide.

Link wished they could lie in bed forever but unfortunately the Queen had new found responsibilities and so did he. He told Impa he would speak to Zelda III and restore peace to Hyrule. He had been procrastinating, putting it off because the thought of seeing her stressed him out but he forced himself down the hallways to her room and knocked on her door.

“What do you want?” she asked bluntly when she opened the door. Link sighed.
“I have something we need to do, this is beyond our own personal feelings” he said and she stared blankly. “You have the Triforce of Wisdom and Power. Well I now have the Triforce of Courage so together we can begin to restore Hyrule, removing monsters from the land and creating balance” he told her.
“Did the Queen put you up to this?” she remarked.
“Impa”.
“Fine. What do I have to do?”
“We need to go outside, somewhere private where we won't be disturbed”

Link and Zelda went to the Castle Courtyard and stood in the light of the sun. “Hold my hand” he said to her and she glared.
“What!?”
“Zelda… please..” he told her and she sighed, taking his hand. She blushed, it was warm and it made her swell up with envy. “Concentrate, feel the Triforce” he said and suddenly both of their bodies started glowing with a golden light. The segments of the Triforce formed before them, spiralling until they fit in the correct position. They stared, it was a glorious sight to behold and Zelda snapped out of whatever mood she was in for this.
“Link, we need to make sure we are on the same page when we do this” she told him with seriousness in her eyes.
“I agree.” he said.
“So, restore Hyrule and wish away the monsters plaguing Hyrule? Nothing more. Greed is the power to corrupt” she told him and he nodded. They placed their hands on the Triforce and kept their minds focused on what they discussed. After a few seconds the Triforce lifted into the sky and exploded into a golden light.

“I…. I suppose it worked” she said and he nodded. They stood happy, the moment was romantic, only if they were together. She turned to him. “How can you be with her?” she asked and he frowned, the moment ruined.
“I… You were furious with me” he explained.
“I still am. More so that you would immediately fuck her after taking my virginity the night before” she yelled and he sighed. He was speechless, her argument was weak. “I overreacted in some ways… you didn’t use me, I wanted it and I tried to use you Link. I am sorry” she cried and he hugged her. “But… I wasn’t lying… I think I am in love with you but…”
“I know,” he admitted. “But I wanted it too. I have thought you were beautiful since I was a kid” he told her and she kissed him.

He was shocked, he tried to push away but she was forceful, taking him backwards onto the grass.
“Do you still want me?” she asked, taking a hand and planting it on her breast.
“Zelda… this isn’t a good idea” he told her and she kissed him, he didn’t resist. “Gotcha” she whispered and Link pushed her onto her back and began to pull down his pants.

Zelda rolls him onto his back and grabs his dick
“Tell me it wouldn't be this hard if you didn't want me” she said but he didn't respond, he couldn't respond. She lowered herself and before Link could react she put his whole dick in her mouth.

“Ahhh… Zelda…” he groaned as his hips moved into her bobbing head of brown locks. He felt her lips and her tongue and the sucking…. This was wonderful and new. She slurped for a while longer, enjoying making Link groan but eventually released his dick and she gasped.
“You sure have a big one” she said with a smirk then crawled up his body. When she was straddling him, she slightly fringed against him and he said nothing, just stared and absorbed the feeling. She lifts up her dress slightly and reached under, giggling and how tense he is when she grabs him.
“Zelda….” He moans and she gives an innocent smile before lowering herself down on his cock.

His dick was wet from her blowjob so he slid right into her, but she was wet enough that this was an inevitability. She felt every inch fill her and she let put a high pitched gasp and then before Link had time to process the sensation she rolled her hips causing his face to contort with pleasure.

“Zelda!” He growled and she gave a pleasant smile while gyrating slowly ok his dick. He placed a hand on her hip and assisted her in the motion. The pair rocked together, slowly, taking in every ounce of joy and absorbing the comfort of being connected. Link couldn't take it much more and he say up right, supporting her weight with his arm on her back and all Zelda did in response was cling to him tightly and moan.

“Zelda! Zelda! Oh Zelda! He moaned, their bodies rockin ever faster and the breathing became more intense. “Oh Hylia! Zelda I am gonna cum!” He cried out and she said nothing, just started rocking her hips as fast as she could and moaning wildly.
“Oh Link! Oh Link! LINK!” She screamed and that was it for both of them as Link was flooded with pleasure which forced him to shoot his load into her with a deep guttural moan.

The two sat there and rocked their bodies together and looked into each other's eyes. “Link… tell me you don't love me now” she said and he looked away.
“Zelda, I have always loved you… but it isn't that simple”.

 

 

“Link! Link! Ahhhh!” she moans and Link came in the Queen of Hyrule. He pulls out and lays next to her. “You are a good fuck, Link” she told him and he smiled. “But I know what is on your mind.” she said. “You love Zelda III don’t you?” she asked and Link sighed.
“Yeah… I can’t stop thinking about what I did. I wouldn’t change it, I still support you as the Queen but…”
“She loves you too, that is why she was so devastated that in her eyes you betrayed her. But Link, she does love you and she will take you back” she said and Link shook his head.
“I don’t know”
“If she doesn’t, come back to me and we will fuck until the end of our lives but Link, I think you should go to her. Your heart belongs to her.”

 

The next morning Link stood outside the door to the Princess’s room. He took a deep breath and then knocked on the door. She opened it, wrapped in her silk gown.
“Hi Zelda” he said and she didn’t smile, just gazed at him with her hair a mess. “I am not here to apologise for picking Zelda I as the heir to the throne, I stand by that decision” he told her, looking down but then he looked in her eyes. “But I should have treated you better. I didn’t intentionally mislead you or try to use you for sex or anything like that, I promise.” he said.
“I know Link.” she said quietly
“But… I don’t love the Queen. I love you. I should never have slept with her again, it was purely lustful, nothing more” he said and she changed her stance. “But nothing will change the fact that it happened. And for that I am sorry” he finally said.
“Thank you for saying that Link” she said, her tone was maybe two degrees brighter. “I don’t expect us to be together, I have hurt you but I want you to know I am not with her anymore” he said and her arms widened, signalling a hug.

They embraced and Zelda held him tight.
“Link, if you will have me, I want nothing more” she said and he turned to look into her eyes.
“Really?”
“Really”
“Zelda I…” she put a finger on his lips.
“Stuff has happened, we can work through it but Link… right now just be mine” she said and he kissed her.

 

Despite this being the third time, Zelda was not used to the euphoric sensation that was known as an orgasm. To be honest, Link had been around the block a few times and even he wasn’t entirely used to it.

He and Zelda were wrapped in intimacy and they both knew there would be no looking back for either of them.

Months later, Zelda III was pregnant and Link was satisfied with his choices. She gave birth to a healthy girl. They called the girl Sonia, breaking the cycle of her line of the family naming their child Zelda. The Queen however got married a few years later and in accordance with tradition, named her daughter Zelda IV. Next heir to the Hylian throne.

Notes:

This is the final chapter of the Downfall Timeline.

I considered two endings for this as I couldn't decide if I wanted Link to end up with Zelda I or Zelda III. But ultimately I am happy with my choice.

NexI will be starting the Adult Timeline but honestly, don't expect this any time soon. This has been consistently weekly since May (8 months) and I have caught up with everything Inhave wrote. So I am taking a break and having time to write it alongside all the responsibilities of my personal life.

But don't worry, I will be back, I have plans for this and there is another "aftermath" series I have been working on in the background for over a year. Not a video game series.

Thank you for reading and hope you patiently await the Adult Timeline.

Chapter 143: Update Chapter 2

Chapter Text

It has been about 6 months since publishing a chapter in this series and that is for a good reason, but don’t worry, the series hasn’t gone away.

 

Since about September, I have been a bit burned out on Zelda. I wrote basically all of the Downfall Timeline in a few weeks back in July and had a great time, I was in a very Zelda filled mood since Tears of the Kingdom came out and played so much of it. But after being super busy with life and dedicating all my free time to Zelda, I needed a break. I continued publishing the chapters I had already written until January and at that point I had caught up.

 

In that time I started another fanfiction, a Fullmetal Alchemist series and I have had a lot of fun writing that and I think I am at a point where I will take a little break from that. 

 

With Echoes of Wisdom announced yesterday, I am in a Zelda mood again and I have been thinking about writing more again soon. If you want more, now, I have made some edits to previous chapters, notably “Twilight Princess Part 6 - What we did with Ganondorf’s body” because when I wrote that chapter, Tears of the Kingdom was bar from release and I speculated details on Ganondorf’s inclusion which was just wrong. I have changed it to fit better, but I have created a separate fanfiction which includes all the chapters I have edited just in case you want to read the original version.

 

I will use this chapter to point out all the chapters that have received and update with a date in which they happened and continuously add them in the list below:

 

  • “Skyward Sword Aftermath Part 1 - The First Day” (30/07/23)
  • “Majora’s Mask Aftermath Part 6 - Life in Termina” (30/07/23)
  • “Twilight Princess Aftermath Part 6 - What we did with Ganondorf’s body” (19/06/24)



My plan is to write Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath, Windwaker Aftermath and then I will have another break because I have not beaten either Phantom Hourglass or Spirit Tracks and I don’t believe I can do those games justice without having beaten them myself. Once that is done, we will see what Echoes of Wisdom has in store but after that is when I will move on to all the juicy Breath of the Wild and Tears of the Kingdom stuff which will take a long, long while to write.

 

Thank you if you have been reading all this time. I have been writing this series since June of 2019 when Tears of the Kingdom was first announced and now a year has passed since that game came out. Time flies when you are having fun.

Chapter 144: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Part 1 - The Triumph of the Hero

Summary:

Link is victorious in defeating Ganon and saving Hyrule from it's seven year ruling. But what will he be rewarded?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Zelda stood there with the Ocarina of Time in her hand. She stared out into the void of the sacred realm, alone. One minute she was looking at her hero, Link, the Man she loved since she was a child and now she stood alone and she would never see him again. She had solace that in another time, in his time they would perhaps be together. At least he was happy. Happy without certain memories of their time together…

 

 

Link had defeated Ganon and Zelda along with the sages soundly sealed him away in the Sacred Realm. Link sheathed the Master Sword and turned to Zelda with a worn out expression. It was done. They won.

Suddenly, Zelda hugged him tightly and Link smiled, it felt warm.
“Link… We did it. It’s over.” She sighed and Link tightened his grip.
“Yes. Now we can rest.”

They were silent as they walked through the wreckage of Castle Town. With Ganon gone, the ReDeads were finally staying dead but he still took her by the hand and cautiously moved between them, ready to fight at a moment's notice. As he got to the gate, he climbed atop it and planted the Hylian flag back in place.

Zelda grinned. He was so cool. He was strong, handsome and kind. Her heart fluttered. She loved Link, it wasn’t a secret to herself and she had thought about him a lot over the past seven years. Since he awakened, she watched him on his quest. His courage and willingness to put his life on the line for others was admirable and her love for him strengthened from a childish crush to a deeper love.

As Link stood there with the flag in one hand and the other on his hip, he gazed over the land of Hyrule that was once ruled by evil. The Dark clouds above Hyrule lifted and the sun shone bright.

 

 

The Sages informed their people of the news. Ganondorf had been defeated. The Kokiri, the Gorons, the Zora and the people of Kakariko Village were all overjoyed but the Gerudo were not so pleased when Nabooru broke the news to them.

All the races showed up at the Gates to Castle Town. Bigoron came down from Death Mountain, King Zora swam from Zora’s Domain and even the Kokiri came out of the forest for the first time in their lives. They all cheered for Link, the Hero of Time. Zelda smiled as Link thrust the Master Sword into the air which was the new symbol for the people of Hyrule to rally around.

They all celebrated at Lon Lon Ranch. Everyone was welcome and everyone from the land came. Everyone had a good time but Link and Zelda stood and watched from the entrance of the Ranch, just spending the night stress free. They watched the bonfire flicker and everyone celebrated in joy that the seven year tyranny of Ganondorf is now over.

"I waited seven long years to see you again and now that I am here I don't know what to say." Zelda told him and he smiled.
"It wasn't seven years for me… or it didn't seem like it. One minute I saw you and Impa escape from the Castle and the next minute you were talking to me in disguise in the Temple of Time." He explained.
"That is crazy…" She muttered and then looked him in the eyes. "You are so… mature, for a ten year old." She said and he laughed.
"I am not ten, Zelda. I am seventeen. I didn't experience those years but when I awoke I had like the… knowledge just in my head that a seventeen year old should have. It all appeared at once which was a little confusing…"

Zelda took a deep breath.
"I am sure that you have had a good time of it, since you ended up so handsome." She tells him as he shakes his head, a little flustered.
"I didn't have time for anyone. I am still…. inexperienced… in all areas."
“That is shocking, if not understandable. You have not had time to rest, nor have I. But if circumstances were different, you would have made someone a very happy woman.”
“I mean speak for yourself Zelda. You are the definition of beautiful.” He told her and she felt her heart start racing.

“Would you… no, it is stupid.” Link said and Zelda stepped closer and grabbed his hands.
“What?” She asked.
“No, it is stupid, forget it.”
“What were you going to say, please tell me.”
“Well I was…you said I was handsome and I am inexperienced and I was gonna ask if you… you know… but I wasn’t thinking. You are a Princess and wouldn't-”
“I would.” She told him, they just stared at each other with cherry red faces.

The Triforce of Courage resonated within Link and he stepped forward and planted his lips on the Princess. Zelda immediately accepted him and pulled him closer, backing herself up against the side of the stable.

She wanted him, she wanted him the moment she saw his handsome body but never thought this would actually happen. Link was right, she was a princess and absolutely should not be doing this but she didn’t care, she would regret this for the rest of her life otherwise.

Their lips parted and they paused for air. Link stared into her eyes and he smiled.
“That was my first kiss.” He told her.
“Mine too.” She said, placing a hand on his cheek. “Although you’d never assume that based on how good it was.”
“Are we talking about you or me?”
“Hopefully both.” She said before kissing him again. Link pulled back and looked around.
“I think we should probably go somewhere a little more private.” He grabbed her hand and took her into the stable, he made sure the door was locked and then he kissed her against a wooden beam.

“Zelda… this is embarrassing but I don’t really know what I am doing.” He admitted and she gave a caring smile.
“Well, how much knowledge did you gain from your seven year sleep?” She asked, clearly he was embarrassed but she found his vulnerability to be attractive.
“I know how babies are made. I know I put my thing in your thing and that is sex… not that people only do it to make babies of course, but also because it feels good. But I have never seen it and I don’t know what feels good and-” Zelda shuts him up with a kiss and takes his hand and places it on her breast. “Oh wow…” He gasps, squeezing it in his hand.
“Link, just touch me where you like and explore my body as you desire.” She practically begged with a sigh.

Still nervous, Link continues playing with her breast, feeling the shape through her dress and being at awe that this was real. He groaned lowly from the pressure forming in his tights. He felt himself grow bigger as he touched her more.

Zelda noticed and she lowered her hand and pushed her palm against his tights.
“Ahhhh! Zelda!” He gasped and she pulled away.
“Sorry, was that too much?” She asked and he shook his head.
“No… I just… I wasn't expecting it to feel that good!” He told her with a smile and then grabbed her hand and pushed it back in pace.

They both laughed and Link kissed her again, she kissed back and his crotch twitched under her touch.

Zelda could tell he was big, she hadn't seen one before so she had nothing to compare it too. She just knew.

Link releases his hands from her and places his hands on the straps for his weapons. With a heavy clang, the Hylian Shield and the Master Sword fall to the ground. He begins to take off the golden gauntlets and Zelda sees the opportunity to take off some of the more awkward parts of her clothing.

Her earings, tiara, belt, long silk gloves and her golden shoulder straps all come off. Unlike Link, she places them neatly on the ground.

Zelda bit her lip and Link returned his touch, this time on her hips until they reached round and grabbed her butt. His pelvis thrust forward subconsciously and he was grinding his body against her.

“Link…” she sighed, her breath touching his. “Would you like to see more?” She asked and he nodded a little too desperately. She smiled and then took off the pink garment, leaving her only in her dress. Link noticed her breasts were more visible with less layers on. He felt more teased.

Link pulled off his hat and then pulled off the green tunic. Underneath he wore a shirt that clung tightly to his body and Zelda smirked.

Her eyes scanned his body and she could make out the outlines of his muscles and the shape of his erection from the bulge in his tights. “Wow…” She hummed to herself and Link smiled.

“I want to see you naked.” He told her.
“Undress me then, Hero.” She replied. Link unfastened every strap and string and her dress became looser and looser. Eventually it is slack enough for Link to pull it from her shoulders and let it fall to the ground.

“That's not fair.” He comments as he pulls at the strap of her bra.
“Hoping for less clothing?” She asked playfully.
“Yes. You are driving me wild Zelda.” He told her. His hands traced her skin, not knowing where to settle and Zelda sighed.
“You're telling me…”She commented.

Link played with the clasp of her bra and Zelda could tell he was struggling. She grabbed his forearms and encouraged him to let go. Effortlessly she reached around her back and with a small clip, the bra hell to the ground and Zelda boobs were in full view.

Zelda saw his eyes bulge and his lips parted. She could have swore he gulped. He slowly reached for them, the only breasts he had ever seen were Princess Ruto’s but she wasn't Hylian and she didn't have nipples. Zelda had everything and they were round, complimented her figure and now firmly in Link's grip.

Link groping her breasts was wonderful. Zelda sighed as she felt him mould them in every shape with his strong hands. His intense desire alone was enough to make her heart race.

Link leaned in and kissed them, sucked them and licked them and Zelda let out a high pitched moan. He moved up to her neck and her head craned back in response.

She felt incredible. She couldn't believe this was real. She looked him in the eyes and he smiled giddily. “I want you out of that shirt right now.” She told him and he nodded, pulling it over his head and Zelda’s eyes widened and her mouth watered at the sight of his chest.

“Holy Hylia…” She muttered as he stood with his exposed chest and toned muscles.
“Thank you.” He said and she smiled. Her eyes darted up to his eyes. “You are so hot.” She told him and he felt great hearing that, then her eyes moved back down and her hands started roaming his chest.

“Link…” she sighed, her hands traced his chest, his abs and then his hips. Her pinky met with his tights and she looked back up at him and then pushed her hand into down and grabbed a hold of his cock.

Link’s legs parted and bent, he grabbed the wooden beam Zelda was leaning against and his lips parted as he let out a heavy moan. “Good boy.” She grinned.
“Zelda!” He moaned heavily.

Zelda understood male anatomy and she had seen illustrations and learned all about sex. She knew this stuff, she knew how it worked but she was still inexperienced and curious. She felt Link’s penis with detail, feeling the shape and grabbing his balls and fondling them.

Of course Link was in heaven. He was breathing heavily and his body was shaking slightly, she knew this wasn't because he was scared, Link was too brave, no, it was because it felt that good. She grabbed him firmly and began stroking him.

“Zelda!” He moaned loudly.
“Link…” she sighed seductively. All he could think to do was grab her boobs but when he did she grabbed his wrist and guided his hand down between her legs. “Don't you want to touch me down here?”
“Yes…” he gasped.
“Go on then, Hero.” She told him with a smile that matched her seductive voice.

Link pushed his hand down her tights and moved down until he reached her prize. It was not what he was expecting. Soft and strange and he didn't know what he was doing. He rubbed a finger along it and Zelda's eyes fluttered close and her head tilted. Link assumed he did something right so he just kept stroking her.

“Zelda… I want you…” He moaned.
“I want you too Link!” She moaned with equal delight. “Make love to me Link!” She gasped as she wrapped an arm around his strong, hard back. Link groaned and used his strength to guide her body backwards and into a pile of hay where he now lay on top of her.

Almost immediately Link kicks his boots off and then pulls his tights down, finally exposing his erection to the air. Zelda looks down and sees it pointing up at her. He was big, and she really wanted him.

Link pushes his hand back down her thighs while he grabs her breast. She moans, grips his hand with her thighs and kisses Link’s neck. Link pushes his finger over her and feels the moisture. He looks at her in shock.
“Zelda did you… have you peed yourself?” He asks and she shakes her head, trying not to laugh.
“No Link. You see, when a Woman is aroused, they get wet down there. It helps their lover slide in.” She whispered into his ear. “So Please… Link…I want you inside me.” She pleads and he nods, releasing her breasts and then grabbing her tights.

He begins pulling them all the way down her long legs. He pulled them off and flung them across to the pile of her other clothes and then crawled back up, stopping at her vagina. Zelda uses two fingers to spread it for him. “That is where you’ll put it.” She told him.
“It looks strange.” He told her.
“Yeah, I agree. But it is gonna feel good.”

Link moved between her legs and got into position. He bumped up against her and his breath was heavy. Did he just push it in? He didn't want to hurt her. Zelda looked into his eyes and placed a hand on his cheek.

“This is my first time too, Link. We will take it slow, alright?” He nodded and she kissed him before reaching down and grabbing his dick. She guided him in place and his heart was pounding in his ears. This was really happening. “Just slowly ease forward.” She told him and Link did as she asked and then he started moving into her.

They both felt it, his tip pushed into her and Link felt the most sensitive part of his body squeezed by her tight entrance. He moved in more and Zelda began to feel the full might of his erect cock fill her. It felt big, thick and satisfying but also overwhelming. Link groaned as he continued his journey onward, feeling her warm, wet pussy grip him tightly. He finally pushes all the way into her and Zelda winces and claws his back.

“What's wrong?” He asks.
“Nothing… It's fine.” She says.
“Are you sure? Did I hurt you?”
“No. It is just the first time can hurt a little at first.” She took a deep breath and readjusted her body. “Okay.”
“You sure?”
“Yes. Move your body Link.” She ordered and he nodded.

Link slowly started moving his hips, sliding out of her and pushing back in. It was immediately incredible..his dick throbbed inside her and she clung tightly to him as if she needed him inside her.

Zelda was stunned. This was sex? She wanted more of this. She felt Link's cock fill her fully and it satisfied her deepest depths, she needed him inside her.

His rhythm was slow and his breathing was heavy. He stared into her eyes and it was clear what she was thinking.

“Zelda…” he moaned, kissed her neck and she let out a high pitched moan.
“Link!” She growled, clinging to his strong back and tracing her fingers along her bumps if his bust muscles. She was so turned on,

His hand was on her hip which he used to slowly rock his body into hers. The other was lightly caressing her breast. His movements were slow and effortless with moans of joy whenever he re-entered her.

Zelda was desperate for every scrap of pleasure she could get her hands on. His hands caressing her skin felt like fire and his manhood filling her sent spark of lightning up to her brain. But she began rocking her hips into hip to maximise the pleasure.

Link groaned and then removed his hand from her hip and placed it above her head. He then shuffled his body and pressed tighter against her. “Link…” She sighed, she was in heaven. She was making love with her hero.

“Zelda! Oh Zelda… This is wonderful… you are so beautiful…. This feels so good!” He moaned with a flustered face. Zelda noticed this and smiled. She liked seeing him vulnerable, only for her.
“Oh Link… I want more…” She moaned “Move faster…” she sighed and he nodded, released her breast and placed his hand by her side.

Suddenly he did as she asked, gradually increasing the speed of his thrusts. His breathing increased and the heat of their bodies began forming sweat in their pores and the pleasure just rose with the speed.

Zelda felt her body get thrust into faster and harder than before and each time she let out a higher pitched moan. As Link continued, she buried her face in his broad shoulder which stifled her moan somewhat.

“Oh Link… Oh Link… Oh Hylia! Link!” She repeatedly moaned. Her body throbbed with pleasure and she felt warm and tingly.

Zelda wrapped her legs around Link’s waist and she heard him groan. Her grip on him tightened, pulling their bodies together.
“Oh Zelda… this is so good…” He gasped.
“Link I want you too…” She looked into his eyes. “I want you to go as fast as you can!” She screamed and Link felt himself throb inside her.

But he did as she requested and Link bucked his hips as fast as he could manage. Zelda moaned loudly, loving the sensation of being fucked, being dirty, being wild with her hero. His breath was raspy and blissful and Zelda didn't know how much longer she could last.

She felt the pleasure escalate suddenly inside her and with one more thrust of his cock she was sent over the edge. She screamed out in joy as her whole body was struck by lightning. She gasped heavily, and her head arched back as she felt the orgasm claim her.

She had never felt so wonderful, so alive… so wet. She continued rolling her hips to meet him, he never stopped. In and out. In and out. In and out. His breath matched his tempo and she loved to hear his deep moans.

Link couldn't believe the sounds escaping her mouth. He did that to her. She was so wet, it was exhilarating and he didn't know there was such pleasure in the world.

It felt good, the pleasure kept rising and rising and rising and Link couldn't believe that the sensation below kept climbing. It went from feeling good to making his head spin wildly. He kept going and a strange but fantastic pressure was felt on his balls, he gasped heavily, a moan of pure bliss that rang wonderfully in Zelda’s ears. His cock pulsed then his brain short circuited as a torrent of something shot from his cock and deep into her.

As Link moaned loudly, not wavering his thrusts, he marvelled at the sensation as he cock continued to fire into her. “This must be sperm,” he thought to himself. It seemed so obvious but yet he was never taught such a fact. It felt like he was learning through primary research.

While Link reached a new clarity on the world, his brain also experienced its first orgasm and it sparked every nerve ending in his body. He couldn't quite comprehend reality, everything was so perfect with the world as his body was filled from head to toe with nirvana.

“Zelda….” He sighed with his eyes struggling to stay open from the pleasure. He gasped a few more times, thrust a few more times as his cock stopped twitching and pouring inside her and eventually stopped with the heaviest breath of his life.

As Link lay there with the naked form of Zelda in his arms, she lay there beneath him with her eyes wide. Link had just shown her the universe but they experienced it both for the first time together.

“Holy Hylia…. Link…” She sighed. She felt his cum move inside her, it was a strange feeling. She wanted Link to fuck her, that he did. But unlike Link, she knew the risks of intercourse but in her horny state, never even considered him cumming inside her. She couldn't say she was mad though. She felt ... honoured?

But she sensed something in Link’s orgasm. His moan sounded surprised. “Link…?”
“Yeah?”
“Was that… was that your first orgasm?”
“I don't even know what that means.” He admitted and she chuckled lightly.
“The amazing sensation you felt as you came… as you ejaculated.” She asked, feeling weird using the “proper” vocabulary.
“Oh… I… yes…” He told her, as if it was a stupid question.
“You… did you know that was going to happen?” She asked and he looked away, his flushed face somehow getting redder.
“No…”
“Well then…” she grabbed his head and turned it to face her. “How was it? Hero of Time.” Her lips were so close to his.
“It was the best thing I have felt in my entire life.”
“Good. Me too.” She kissed him.

They rolled over and hugged. “Link… just hold me for a while.”
“I am so happy, Zelda.”
“Me too, Link. Me too.”

 

 

Link awoke to the smell of horse shit and the bright light that shone through the uneven slats on the wood. But more importantly, Zelda’s naked body was snuggly cuddling his. He felt warm and fuzzy inside. He could get used to this.

When she woke, her body tightened around him and she len out a cute moan as she woke. “Good morning, Hero.”
“Good morning, Princess.” He responded. She rolled on top of him and smiled.
“I’ll be Queen soon.” She commented and then looked at his face. “What will you do, Link?”
He had a blank expression on his face.
“I don't know. I have never really thought about anything beyond saving Hyrule. I don't know any other life beyond adventure and living in Kokiri Forest.” He told her.

Zelda felt a sting in her heart. She could tell he was sad deep down.
“Do you miss it? Do you regret not having a childhood, Link?”
“No. Regret isn't the right word. I don't regret sacrificing that for Hyrule… for you. But… I can't pretend I am thrilled about missing seven years of my life.” He told her. He then kissed her and rolled her onto her back. “And besides. I couldn't experience this as a child.” He told her with a grin.

Suddenly the sound of the lock being turned was heard and both of them sat up in shock. Before they could react, Malon walked in with a bucket in one hand. She turned to them and saw Link, her Hero, completely naked with his arm on a woman's hip, no, not just any woman, that was Link laying naked with Princess Zelda. Malon processed all this information in less than a second, shrieked and dropped the bucket of water on the floor.

“Ahhhh! I am sorry! I… I… I didn’t see anything!” She lied as she covered her eyes.
“This isn’t what it looks like!” Link tried to explain, he was more concerned with covering Zelda’s body than his own. Zelda was mortified, how did she let herself get into this position. Maybe she hadn’t realised she was the Princess, maybe she was safe.
“I… Your highness, I wont look, put your clothes on please…” she said with her back to them and Zelda went red in the face. She could not escape her fate and she would forever be known as the Princess who slept with her Hero in a barn… Wonderful.

Link handed Zelda’s clothes to her, not putting his on yet. If there was a silver lining to her situation it would be that she enjoyed watching Link move around naked with his dick swinging freely.

Link got fully dressed but Zelda didn’t bother, she was already embarrassed, so she just put her dress on and handed Link all her accessories. Link coughed casually.
“You can turn around now…” He told Malon and she turned, looking at Link first who she noted as looking as brave and honourable as she remembered and then she turned to Zelda who had hay stuck to her and her hair was a mess.

“I am really sorry…” Malon told them but Zelda shook her head.
“No, it is our fault. This was really stupid of us. We are trespassing. You are just doing your job.” Zelda told her. “We are truly sorry.” Zelda expressed.
“Well… you are the Princess… is it possible for you to trespass?” Malon asked and Zelda stared at her.
“I… I truly do not know.” She admitted and Malon giggled.
“I am Malon!” She said happily and extended her hand.
“Nice to meet you, Malon… This is Link.”
“I know.” She said and Zelda nodded.
“Right, yes. Of course. Everyone knows his name now.”
“No, I mean we have met.” Malon told her and Zelda turned to Link who nodded.
“She helped me on the day we met. Then a few months back I helped her. In return, I was given Epona.” Link told her and now Zelda was even more embarrassed.

“I… I know this whole situation is weird, and I wish we could have met in different conditions but feel free to use my shower, and soap and brush because… well forgive me but your hair is a little bit of a mess.” Malon told her, adding to her embarrassment. But Zelda just took a deep breath and nodded.
“Thank you for your generosity. I shall do that.”

 

 

Link and Zelda both took a shower together. Initially Link refused by both Zelda and Malon insisted that he smelled bad so he relented. There was no need to keep the illusion up, Malon clearly saw them laying next to each other naked so what was the point pretending now?

“That was mortifying.” Zelda told him as they stripped off and stepped into the shower.
“She said she didn’t see anything…”
“You believe her?” Zelda questioned and he looked down.
“No… But, it might have just been me she saw.” Link told her.
“Maybe… but that isn’t the point. She knows what we did. She knows the Princess of Hyrule and the Hero of Time snuck into her stable and made love.” She explained. “I thought you locked the door.”
“I did. But obviously she has a key to her own stable.”

“Do you think she will tell anyone?” Zelda asked.
“I don’t think so.”
“Do you know her well?”
“No, not really. I met her maybe three or four times. There was also a seven year gap in between.”
“So what are you basing this off?”
“Well, she let us use her shower. She is clearly kind, she gave me her horse.”
“I suppose…” Zelda mumbled.

“Pretty girl though.” She commented and Link went a bit red.
“You think so?”
“You don’t?” He asked and he smirked.
“I do. She is gorgeous. But not as gorgeous as you.” He told her and she kissed him.

As they washed each other, Link didn’t pretend to hide his erection. He pressed up behind her and Zelda pushed her rear back, grinding against him.
“Link… we already got caught once.” She reminded him but he just leaned in and kissed her neck.
“Yeah, so who cares if we make a noise.” He told her. “So… Do you wanna?”
“Can you be quick? I don’t want to add suspicion.”
“I think so.”
“Alright. Stick it in me, Hero.”

Link needed no more encouragement and did just not, pushed himself right inside but this time from behind. She gasped as Link’s body pressed her tightly against the cold, tile wall.

He thrust his body repeatedly, his hands were flat on the wall and he groaned loudly into her ear. Zelda let out a high pitched moan that was too loud and then continued moaning but at lower frequency.

The water made sliding into her easily but the friction was less. But he plunged deep into her each time and Zelda was seeing stars. The slapping of their skin was increased also due to the water.

“Zelda….” He moaned into her ear and she felt herself heat up from the sound of his pleasure filled voice. “Oh Zelda!” He cried out more.

Zelda pushed her rear against him more, arching her back slightly. Link grabbed a hold of her hips and started thrusting into her at a steadier pace.

Zelda moaned and sighed and gasped as Link fucked her from behind. She gripped the slippery wall and struggled to keep upright, but she knew Link wouldn't let her fall.

He reached around and squeezed her breasts as he rocked his hips fast. Zelda took one of his hands and then guided his index finger down to her clit. Link didn't know what it was but he noticed the way her breathing changed, the way her legs shook and the way she tightened around him when he touched her. So he stroked it with more gusto and she screamed.

Link fucked, stroked and squeezed and Zelda was in heaven. Her body shook and squirmed and a heavenly delight filled every inch of her.
“Oh Hylia! Oh Hylia! Oh Link!” She screamed with no attempt to conceal her voice anymore.

With her body tightly gripping by his, all she could do was press her butt against him more. She leaned forward as her legs shook, the pleasure sapping the strength from her legs.

Link bucked his hips fast and the pleasure rose. Link was expecting it this time and with his hands pleasuring her body, he felt his cock pulse and he shot his load into her with a gasp.

The pair panted for air but Link was still deep inside her and she was bent over. He released his hold and pulled out and she stood up, a hand gripping the wall still as she felt like she could still fall.

She turned to him with a grin. “You naughty boy, you made me scream.” She said flirtatiously and then kissed him. “But we seriously need to hurry up now.”

 

The two emerge from the bathroom, both dressed and freshened up. Malon had made them breakfast which smelled delicious. They both thanked her and sat around the table. But it was tense, they were all thinking the same thing.

“I won’t tell anyone what I saw.” Malon told them and Zelda let out a sigh.
“Thank Hylia!” She let out. “I am sorry, I was really worried.” She said and Malon waved her hand in the air.
“No, no. I wouldn’t tell anyone, I promise. Besides, no one would believe me anyway. And… I mean…” She looked at Zelda and went red. “...I get it…” Zelda and Malon giggled like school girls while Link looked up a little cluelessly.
“Out of curiosity… what did you see?” Link asked and Malon went bright red.
“Oh, I don’t know if I should say…”
“Go on.”
“Well…I saw your… you know… and the Princess’s… well…”
“My breasts?” Zelda said, unable to handle the awkwardness and Malon just nodded.

“But enough about that.” Zelda said, “Malon, Link’s horse, you raised her right?”
“Oh yes. I have raised Epona since she was a foal.” Malon expressed, clapping her hands together. “She recently would always run off when Link played her song but she would always return home for me.” Malon said.
“She did that? I had no clue where she was running off to.” Link admitted.

They finished their breakfast and Zelda thanked Malon for her hospitality and for keeping her secret and then Link helped her onto Epona’s back.
“You are welcome at the Castle anytime, Malon.” Zelda beamed.
“What is left of it at least.” Link joked as he jumped on Epona’s back.
“Thank you. And my stable is always free if you need it.” She joked, Zelda went red and Link laughed. “But seriously, I hope to see you soon, Link.” She told him and Zelda frowned, feeling guilt about what she was going to do. But she said nothing.

As Link and Zelda rode across Hyrule Field Zelda hugged into his back. She just soaked in the warmth and made an effort to remember how she felt at that moment.
“We need to go to the Temple of Time.”
“I know. As much as I like this Sword, the next Hero will need it someday.”
“Yeah…” Zelda said with sadness in her voice…

They walked through the temple, their feet echoing off the marble floor. They entered the chamber of the Master Sword. Link looked at the pedestal.
“Will I… won’t I travel back seven years?” He asked her.
“Don’t you want that?”
“I want you.” He told her and she smiled, kissed him and then cupped his cheek.
“Link, I am in the past too.”
“But not you.”

Zelda took a deep breath and sat on the steps, he joined her.
“We could do more. I have given this a lot of thought. I could send you back early, before we met. You could warn me, warn us about Ganondorf’s attack. None of this would have happened.”
“But we won. What will happen with us?”

Zelda stood and pulled him to his feet.
“Let me show you. I will stand with you as you put the sword back into the pedestal.” She said and he hesitated, but placed his trust within her and thrust the sword in place. A blue light lit up around them, engulfing them both and Zelda took his hand.

The Sacred Realm appeared around them. It was beautiful, it looked like they were standing in a blue lake with a bright blue sky and white fluffy clouds. More beautiful than the location was Zelda herself.

“Thank you, Link… Thanks to you, Ganondorf has been sealed inside the Evil Realm! Thus, peace will once again reign in this world… for a time.” She smiled at him and he smiled back. But then her face dropped and she looked down. “All the tragedy that has befallen Hyrule was my doing… I was so young… I could not comprehend the consequences of trying to control the Sacred Realm. I dragged you into it, too. Now it is time for me to make up for my mistakes… You must lay the Master Sword to rest and close the Door of Time…”

Link frowned, he didn’t blame her for anything. He was more than willing to risk everything for her. She continued, “However, by doing this, the road between times will be closed…” She said and they both just stared at each other.

“Zelda… What are you saying!?” Link asked in protest but Zelda simply offered out her hand.
“Link, give the Ocarina to me… As a Sage, I can return you to your original time with it.” Link took the Ocarina from his pocket and looked at it. What if he didn’t give it to her? What if he refused? But then he thought about her, about Hyrule. He could still be with her, he could warn her, stop any of this from happening and live a happy life with her. He placed the Ocarina in her hand but didn’t let go. Zelda places her gloved hand atop his and smiles.

“When peace returns to Hyrule… It will be time for us to say good-bye…” She releases his hand and he lets go of Ocarina. She clutched it to her chest. “Now, go home, Link. Regain your lost time! Home…where you are supposed to be… the way you are supposed to be…”

Zelda started playing the notes of the Song of Time. It echoes around the Sacred Realm and suddenly a blue light begins to glow around Link. As he ascends, he looks upon her face once more. Just as everything goes white, he hears her voice one last time “Thank you… Link… Good-bye….”

As Link feels himself drifting away, he thanks her. He sacrificed himself for her, and now she is sacrificing herself for him. He fell through time, returning to the childhood he never had, he would go to her, with her. But Zelda knew a ten year old with the intimate experiences he had would be hard on him and unfair. He couldn’t live out his childhood like that. So as he vanished, his memory of their final night together drifted from his mind…

 

Zelda stood there with the Ocarina of Time in her hand. She stared out into the void of the sacred realm, alone. One minute she was looking at her hero, Link, the Man she loved since she was a child and now she stood alone and she would never see him again. She had solace that in another time, in his time they would perhaps be together. At least he was happy. Happy without certain memories of their time together…

She knew she had to take away his memories of that night in the barn away from him. If she hadn’t, he would be hung up on her, not just her, but a version of her he could never be with. She knew it was a possibility he would go to her and she would fall for him, but the her from 7 years ago, the her that will never experience the tyranny of Ganondorf and the Princess who would be free from a life on the run… That was not her.

The sacred Realm faded around her and she stood in the Temple of Time, the Master Sword was safely in the pedestal of time, next to where Link was just standing. She smiled to herself, somewhere, no, some when… Link was standing where she was. Zelda left the chamber on the doors closed behind her, the Master Sword lay in wait for its next master.

 

 

A few months passed and a lot happened. The people of Hyrule banded together to restore the Kingdom. Hyrule Castle was being built anew. Zelda made the decision to build the Castle around the Temple of Time, assuring the Master Sword and access to the Sacred Realm was deeply secure in Hyrule Castle. But the project was large and the Castle extended out over the ruins of Castle Town.

Other settlements for Hylians were being built and rebuilt but the Kingdom was full of optimism and an era of peace was now. The Zora were happy, Gorons and even the Forest Dwelling Kokiri. However, the Gerudo surrendered to Zelda and were being monitored closely as their ruler had been defeated and the Hylians felt a little on edge around them.

Malon continued working at Lon Lon Ranch with her father Talon and friend Ingo. Zelda invited Malon over to the temporary settlement in Kakariko Village to talk. She explained to her that Link had been sent to his original time, she was of course saddened by this news, knowing she wouldn’t see the Man she had a secret crush on ever again, but she also knew he and Zelda were inseparable and in no timeline did she ever think she would be so lucky to marry a man of his stature. But nevertheless, she wanted to be there for Zelda because she understood exactly what Link meant to her.

But among all the rebuilding and restoration Zelda had other news she was overjoyed about. Zelda was pregnant with Link’s child…

Notes:

It has been a while but I am back.

I have since beaten Phantom Hourglass and Spirit Tracks which is something I wanted to do before I started doing the Adult Timeline. But first, I have to do the events leading up to the Windwaker.

This chapter is cheating I guess, Link presumably returned to his childhood right away, but whatever, I make the rules and I wanted to give him this.

Overall I am happy with what I have planned and I will mention that at some point I want to redo all of Skyward Sword Aftermath and make some changes to others. I will mention it when I do this, but I am no longer happy with the quality of my earliest chapters and with Tears of the Kingdom being released, I wanted to make some alterations that make sense to me.

As for Echoes of Wisdom, we will have to wait and see. My assumption is that it takes place in the Downfall Timeline, but we don't know that for certain until the game is out. For my own sanity, I hope it isn't the same Link from A Link to the Past because that would entirely screw up most of what I wrote for the Downfall Timeline. But that is the nature of doing a Zelda fanfiction like this, retcons will be made and new entries will throw a wrench into my plans. I have accepted this possibility and all I can do is hope the contradictions are not too bad. But at least Zelda games take a while to release, so I wont run into this problem often.

But anyway, thank you for the patience and I hope you enjoy. Part 2 will release next week.

Chapter 145: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Part 2 - The Marriage of the Queen

Summary:

Zelda is pregnant with the Hero of Time's Child. With him gone from her time, Zelda feels a responsibility as Queen to get married soon to cover up this controversy.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

In the months following the sealing of Ganondorf, Zelda learned she was pregnant. Wonderful news of course, but also sad news as the child would never know their father and Link would never meet his own child. And on top of the excitement and sadness came the fear and anxiety and pressure.

Zelda needed to look like a strong Queen for her people and she didn’t want the judgement of getting knocked up and she didn’t want her child to be seen as a bastard Prince or Princess. She considered the truth, the father being the Hero of Time who saved them all… but then she didn’t want to tarnish Link’s name by framing him as someone who ran away from Fatherhood.

She had one option left. Getting married.

 

Zelda talked it over with Impa, all of her concerns about her child and she felt reassured. Impa understood her, she knew Impa better than anyone in her life. The last seven years of her life were spent training with her and learning the ways of the Sheikah,so Impa knew her better than anyone else. She told her that she would look for a potential partner for her and it wasn’t long before the name of Prince Victor Labrynna came up.

Victor was apparently a kind, brave and handsome man, loved by his people and had turned down many offers of engagement. But Zelda was not one to judge someone before meeting them and thus a meeting was arranged.

The meeting was to take place in Kakariko Village. Hyrule Castle was under construction and Zelda wasn’t desperate enough to put on a good show for him. If she didn’t like Victor, he would be getting the boot.

Carriages arrived and one by one black haired Royals departed from the carriages. First was a Woman with Red Curly hair who helped a beautiful young Woman out after her. Next was a fancy, old looking Man who Zelda could only assume was the King. A man in his 20’s hopped out in style and lastly was a handsome man and Zelda’s heart skipped a beat. In her heart she knew she loved Link, this marriage still seemed odd but that didn’t mean she couldn’t admit she found him physically attractive.

“Queen Zelda! What a delight to be in your presence! I am King Regonald Labrynna. Lovely to meet you. The rumours about your beauty are true." He said and she smiled politely and bowed.

"It is an honour to meet you. I apologise for the state of our Kingdom. As you have heard we had a rough seven years." She said and he nodded.
"Yes, of course. I assume we will hear all about it over dinner." He said and Zelda frowned but before she could protest he motioned around. "This is my lovely Wife Angela." He informed and the red head bowed. "My Daughter Caroline." The girls smiled. "My son, Edgar." The man smirked." And of course…."

The handsome man stepped forward and smiled a powerful grin.
"I am Victor Labrynna, your highness." He spoke with a wonderful deep voice and knelt before her. Zelda didn't know if this was just to win her favour or not but she was flattered by his presence. His Father was not, he looked angry but said nothing. Victor rose. "I know this is all probably strange, we are meeting under the idea to get to know each other and to get married, I understand why these are odd circumstances but believe me when I say I have looked forward to meeting you." He told her and she was caught in his contagious smile.
"Well same for me Victor. It is a pleasure to meet you." She said, bowing.

Impa had bought out the skull house in Kakariko Village and it was now a temporary base of operations for the Royal Family. It had obviously been renovated too, and when the Labrynna Royal family were greeted inside they were impressed by the decor.

In the back room there was a beautiful dinning room where the Royal Family, Zelda, Impa and so it wouldn’t be too one sided, the six sages were all invited. One by one they greeted the Labrynna’s. Regenold was taken back by the diverse group. First a child, then a huge rock monster, then a naked fish woman and finally a warrior woman. They all gave their names and shook his hand but he didn’t bother to remember them.

Victor on the other hand, did. He found Saria to be charming, Darunia to be fun and full of energy, Ruto to be attractive which was something Zelda noticed and his eyes attempted not to wander too much when he shook hands with Nabooru. After they were all seated all the conversations Zelda dreaded started surfacing.

There were conversations about politics and money and Labrynna offered to help rebuild Hyrule Castle, but Zelda politely declined. But then the moment she knew was coming…

"The rumours are true then? An Evil King invaded and took over the throne for seven years?" The King asked and Zelda nodded. "And where is he now?" He asked and Zelda remained expressionless. "Dead. He is sealed away for good. With the help of these six sages and the Hero of Time, Link, Ganondorf is no more.” Zelda told him.

“The Hero of Time… If I may, why has he not attended this dinner?” Victor asked.
“You see, the Hero of Time has left Hyrule. He has embarked on an important journey.” Zelda told him, more of a fib than a lie.
“That’s a shame, I would like to meet such a person.”
“Yes, Link truly was a courageous hero. He would sacrifice anything for Hyrule.”
“Was?” Regenold asked and Zelda frowned.
“Pardon?”
“You said “was”. Past tense. Is the Hero actually alive?”
“How dare you!” Ruto blurted out. Regenold looked a little stunned but when he looked around the table he felt a little intimidated, especially by the glare of Darunia.
“Princess Ruto, it is quite alright.” Zelda said to the Zora Queen. “It is only natural that the King has questions. But yes, Link is alive and well.”

After the dinner, many discussions were had but Zelda was left in the living room alone with Victor. The fire crackled and they sat on a couch together.
"I am sorry your highness" Victor said, "My Father is…. He is not the most sensitive man in the world" he told her and she nodded.
"It's alright, I am not here to get to know him after all." She said with a grin, this time it was her that made him smile. "Also please call me Zelda." She told him and he smiled.
"It is a beautiful name."
"It is a tradition. My Daughter will also share the name. All first born Princesses in the Hylian Royal Family share the name.” She explained to him and he nodded.
"I hope that will be the name of my daughter too." He said and Zelda just started blankly for a few seconds before cracking a smirk.
"I see what you did there. Smooth."
"Oh I have my moments"
"Will I get to know more of them 'moments'?" She asked and he raised an eyebrow as if thinking hard.
“I sure hope so.”

Zelda looked away from him but he kept his eyes fixated on her beautiful face.
“Victor, I think I should be honest to you.”
“About what?”
“Well, this marriage isn’t all that it seems. I can’t pretend I don’t have an ulterior motive.”
“Hmm… I was thinking this all seems too good to be true. But I will hear you out.” He told her with disappointment in his voice. Zelda wanted to backtrack, she wanted to pretend it was a joke and somehow felt a desperate need to win him over, but no, she wouldn’t lie.
“I am pregnant.”
“Oh.”
“The Hero of Time is the father.”
“Oh.”
“And no, he doesn’t know, he didn’t run away, but I don’t want this getting out.”
“For your image?”
“And his.” She admitted.
“I see…”
“So… does this have you wanting to run away from me? I don’t blame you if you do.”

Victor sat in thought for what seemed like a lot longer than it was.
“So, if we get married, our first born child will not be mine but that is the story we will go with?”
“Correct.”
“Well… I don’t mind.”
“Really?”
“Yeah. I mean, we are open to more than one child right?”
“Yes.”
“Then this is what I want. A beautiful wife who isn’t in it for money or power and a family. I thought my goals seemed out of reach to be honest.”
“So did I…” She commented.
“And are you sure you want me?” He asked and she nodded, a little too quickly and then went red when she realised how desperate she seemed.

Her heart was racing. Despite her feelings for Link that would never truly leave her, she knew he wasn't coming back and she found herself feeling worked up about the man sitting next to her. He was handsome for sure, but he seemed kind and considerate and honest despite having a Father who was the polar opposite. She barely knew him but she somehow felt like she could trust him.

“To hell with it.” She said and grabbed his collar and then pulled him in for a heavy kiss. Victor did not protest and he instead buried his fingers in her golden hair. “I want you.” She told him as their lips parted. He looked into her eyes.
“You sure?”
“Yes… please.” She moaned and without any encouragement, he picked her up and placed her on his hips.

Zelda was flustered. She could feel his bulge between her legs and she couldn't help but slightly rock against him. “One more thing… we have to be quiet.” She whispered “There are people in the other room.”
“You have to try to be quiet, you mean? I am gonna make you wanna scream.” He grinned and she felt even more turned on.
“Wow…” she said lightly and he chucked then grabbed her hips and let her rock against him for a moment more.

Victor slipped his hands under her dress and she felt them slide across her thighs. She was anticipating this and so ready. He crept higher until he met her underwear. He looked into her wanting eyes and she bit her lip as he pushed the fabric aside and shoved two fingers in.
“Victor…” She sighed, making sure to keep her pitch low. “You really know how to please a girl, huh?”
“Well… I have been around the block a few times.”
She raised her eyebrow. “How many?”
“Too many to count. But what I do know is that none were as beautiful as you.”

He continued fingering her and her breathing escalated. He palmed her breast with his free hand and she pressed hers on top of his to ensure he didn't take it away.

“You are pregnant right?” He asked and she looked puzzled.
“Yes.”
“So I am free to cum in you?”
“I guess so.”
“Well… you will be the first Woman I finish in.” He tells her.
“Well… get out of those pants and make it a reality.” She told him, allowing him to release her boob and withdraw his fingers.

Zelda lifted her body slightly so Victor could slip out of his pants. He pushed them to his ankles and Zelda felt his erection hit her thigh. Victor placed a hand on his throbbing cock and another on her hip. She grabbed his shoulder and hovered over him.
“Are you ready?” He asked and she nodded. She lowered her body down and he guided her in.

Victor took a deep breath as he felt himself push into her and Zelda sighed as she felt him push deeper and deeper into her. He reached deep, he was big and this felt different than with Link, emotionally he would never compare but that did not mean he felt bad, quite the opposite, it felt wonderful.

After adjusting to him, he placed his hands on her hips and gently rocked her backwards and forwards on his cock, showing her how it is done. She moved her hips with his timing and was impressed by how much he knew.

“Victor…” she sighed lightly.
“Oh Zelda… you are wonderful…”He told her with a breathy sigh. “You are stunning.”
“You are so…hot… You feel so good!” She grabbed the back of the couch and began rocking her hips faster.

“Oh Zelda!” He gasped suddenly, thrown off by how forward she was. She smirked with an infectious smile.
“Calm down Mr. Labrynna…” She joked and he raised an eyebrow.
“Never.” He told her, sitting up more and placing his hands on her thighs as she rocked her body.

He savoured the feeling of being deep within her and let her pleasure him for a moment. Her lips parting for gentle moans and her the tightness of her made him realise he would cum right now if he were a weaker man.

Zelda continued rocking her hips fast, loving the feeling of his cock tucked deep within her. It was intense, and it made her moan loudly. Victor needed more so he placed his hand on her lower back and then started bucking his hips as fast as he could.

Zelda releases the back of the couch with one hand and slaps it across her mouth. She tries to stifle the loud moan the best she could but the orgasm that surged through her body made it nearly impossible.

Her body twitched and shook and rocked and bucked. Victor’s face twisted as he felt it too, he groaned in a raspy voice and his cock pulsed and then released his load inside her.

They remained locked in a blissful embrace as they caught their breaths and let the wonderful feelings naturally slip away. Victor looks into her eyes. “Told you I would make you scream.” He said with cockiness in his voice.
“Oh please, as if I didn't make you cry out in joy.”
“It's true, you did. I am surprised. I never thought you were experienced.”
“I’m not. This is my third time and first time on top.”
“Then I guess you are just a natural.

Zelda eventually got off him and lay on her back out of breath. She was on cloud nine. But as the pleasant feeling drifted, she began thinking straight. She really did not know Victor, she was judging him quickly, for some reason she trusted him.

“Tell me Victor. What is the catch?” She asks and he turns his flustered face.
“What do you mean?”
“Well. You seem too perfect. Nobody is perfect. What is that one thing you are not telling me that you think might put me off marrying you?” She asks and he smirks with a raised eyebrow.
“What makes you so sure I have one of those?”
“Because everyone does. And if you withhold it from me and trick me into a marriage I do have the power to divorce you on the spot. So don’t play games with me.”
“Haha… Wow, you really are wise.” He told her and then turned his body to hers.
“Yeah, I have something that will put you off, and so I want to preface by saying if this is a deal breaker, I can turn this off.” He explained but she just stared, waiting to hear it. “I like sex Zelda, but I don’t like to have sex with just one Woman. I like to sleep with various Women.”

Zelda felt reassured somehow. It didn’t make sense to her given what he told her. “But I can choose not to, obviously. If you want, I can stay loyal to only you.” He told her, almost scared to lose her. Zelda sat up and moved close to him.
“So, let's say we get married, and I let you do this. I am not going to be expecting any little kids claiming to be an heir to the throne, am I?”
“No. God no!” He said. “I do not want to get anyone pregnant. I am always super careful about that. That sounds like a moral nightmare and a practical one.”
“Okay. Well, if you can promise to not get anyone pregnant, you are loyal to me and never end up in two relationships AND make sure that I am priority number one… meaning we bang a lot, I can allow it.” She told him.

Victor stared at her in disbelief. She stared back, her lips close to his.
“Zelda… What did I do to deserve you?” He asked.
“No Victor, what did I do to deserve you.” She asked and they kissed once more.

 

 

The wedding between Zelda and Victor was set up quickly and the two were married just as quickly. The Labrynna Royal Family seemed pleased and Impa was happy for Zelda. She got the blessing of the Sages who all attended her wedding and then after the party of booze, dancing and fun, Zelda and Victor retreated to their room and had a steamy night of passion.

The following morning the newly weds wake up to sunlight shining through the window of the temporary bedroom for the two. Two stone towers had been built in the location of the castle and was to be the new residence of Zelda until the castle was restored.

Zelda knew a meeting with the Labrynna Royal Family was awaiting her, something she hated the idea of, especially since she would have to pry herself away from her now loving husband. But she forced herself out of bed, as did Victor and headed to the meeting.

She sat in the second tower in a meeting room with Victor, the sages and the entire Labrynna Royal Family minus young Caroline. Zelda had appointed the Sages as part of her council as their roles were invaluable to the Kingdom.

“I will cut to the chase your highness, we would like to negotiate something that could help combine the strengths of both our Kingdoms to new heights.” Regenold said and Victor sat back, Zelda noticed this but didn’t react.
“If there is a way to restore Hyrule that also benefits Labrynna then of course I am happy to help.” She responded calmly and Regenold grinned.

“We have heard the Legends of the great Kingdom of Hyrule. The oldest Kingdom in the world. It is said that all Humans descended from the first Hylians. Who knows where the line between reality and legend sits but one object has followed these Legends through time. The Triforce.”

Zelda clenched her fist underneath the table but remained calm. Rauru gave Regenold the side eye but they all let him continue. “I am stunned, your highness, with the possession of such power I do not understand why you have not restored your Kingdom. Maybe you are hiding such power, I understand, but with this power we could combine our might and never have to worry about anything ever again.”
“So. Offering your son to me as a Husband had ulterior motives I see.” Zelda spoke calmly but the King shook his head.
“We seek an alliance, your grace. We are now family and there is no reason for us to hide anything.”
“What you seek is impossible. We will assist anyway we can but what you are asking for is not in my power. I cannot help you.” She told him and he scowled.
“Cannot or will not?”
“Cannot.” She replied quickly.
“I see… and why would that be?”
Zelda sat back in her chair but kept her gaze on the Labrynna King. She felt the table staring at her but blocked them out in her mind.
“I cannot give what I do not own.” She said and he smiled.
“Of course, the Triforce belongs to the world. What a lovely sentiment Zelda but I am sure you feel happy to use what you do not own when it suits you.”

Zelda felt her face begin to heat up. She was angry, no, she was furious.
“You know nothing about me. I am devoted to protecting the Triforce. I have never used such a power and I would not. You think there aren't things I desire? You said it yourself, I haven’t used it to restore Hyrule and I didn’t use it to defeat the Demon King.”

Regenold slammed his fists on the table loudly and Victor finally sat forward.
“Cut the shit. I know you have it and I don’t care about your morals or clever word play. I am not playing games!” He yelled and she flared up.
“And neither am I!” She yelled, much louder than him. “I can tell you something, you will never get your hands on the Triforce. After Ganondorf tried, I made sure no one would ever get close again.” She roared and the council felt slightly nervous about what would come out of her mouth next.
“So. You won't even tell me where it is?”
“Never.” She told him and he shrugged.

“So you are vague on where this Triforce is and you are vague on where this Hero of Time is. Could the two be connected?”
“Keep his name out of your mouth!” Ruto shouted.
“The Fish flaps its fins at me again. What’s wrong? Was this Hero your lover?”
“That's enough, Dad!” Victor finally said and Regenold stood.

“What did you say to me? I am your father! Remember where your loyalties lie! I let you marry the Queen of Hyrule for one purpose and one purpose only. An alliance. If the Queen is unable to cooperate then I will not allow this marriage!”

All eyes were now on Victor. He stood and looked his father in the eyes.
“I see… So you used me to get the Triforce from Hyrule.” Victor spoke.
“C’mon Victor, don’t act like you are a victim. You always loved fucking around with hot women, now you are married to one. How isn’t this a win win?” Regenold laughed but Victor was now as furious as Zelda.
“Don’t speak to my wife like that! I married Zelda because I love her!” He yelled.

Everyone stared and Zelda felt her heart skip a beat. “Did you know about this plan brother?” Victor asked Edgar.
“Victor… we want the same thing. We want an alliance with Hyrule.” He told him.
“I see. Well you don’t have it.” Victor said and Regenold snapped and went to march forward but the guards blocked his path with spears.
“When did you become unloyal to your Father?!”
“When I realised what kind of man you were.”

The Labrynna royal family left and the room was silent.
“Nice going, your highness!” Darunia yelled suddenly and then the other sages clapped for her. She smiled. Ruto jumped up and hugged Victor, pressing her body close, something he noticed.
“Thank you for stepping in for me, you handsome man…” She flirted.
“That was well said, Zelda, you two Victor. Thank you for standing up against that tyrant.” Rauru spoke.
“I agree, I am proud of you Zelda.” Impa added.
“And it isn’t easy to stand up to your own family.” Nabooru told Victor.
“Okay… I have to admit, I have no idea what is going on.” Saria said and they all laughed.

The Sages left Zelda and Victor alone.
“I am so sorry Zelda… I honestly had no idea my father was after the Triforce. I promise I didn’t marry you for any reason like that!” He assured her but she shut him up with a kiss.
“Thank you Victor. You don’t know how much that means to me. I need you by my side.” She told him.
“I am devoted to you and our child.” He put his hand on her belly. “I know he or she wont have my blood, but I promise to be their Dad. I don’t want to know about the Triforce or any of that. I just want you.”

Zelda knew in her heart that she was connected to Link in a way that defied explanation and she knew she would always love him. But she didn’t know she could be lucky enough to find a man she loved with everything left in her heart. A man who is supportive, caring and also really hot. But his compassion and loyalty was what turned her on right now.

Zelda took him to their room and without warning passionately kissed him against their bed post. She quickly begins pulling her clothes off and Victor quickly gets the idea and does the same. Once they are both naked, Zelda pushes him onto the bed, swings her legs over him and lowers herself down upon him.
“I am going to fuck the shit out of you!” Zelda declared and Victor grinned.
“How will I cope?” He sarcastically answered.

And fuck away she did, she rode him like a pro, with little experience it truly seemed like she had done this more than once. Her boobs bounced wildly, her hips rolled effortlessly, causing wonderful sensations on his cock and he bed shook.

But Victor needed a go. He rolled her onto her back and thrust into her with all his might. She screamed out in joy, his hard cock penetrating her deep. Just where she needed it. Her hair was a mess, her body was hot and they were sweating, but the momentum didn’t stop for a second.

As they rolled, fucked, rode and thrust into each other, they ended up in many different positions but their final stance was Zelda on her back, screaming for more as he railed her, gripping the bed posts and moaning intensely.

As a wonderful, joyous orgasm tore through their bodies, Victor shot deep inside her and cried out in bliss. They collapsed next to each other and caught their breaths. Victor was spent, he was now thinking clearly but so was she.

“I want to tell you about the Triforce, Victor.” Zelda said, still breathless.
“Don’t. I don’t need to know. I want you to trust me.” He told her but she just rolled her naked body on top of him and smiled widely.
“Just saying that is proof enough as to why I trust you.” She said and he shrugged. “The Triforce is split into three segments. The Triforce of Power, The Triforce of Courage and the Triforce of Wisdom. Ganondorf got a hold of the Triforce of Power and was sealed away in the Sacred Realm. Link had the Triforce of Courage and I believe it left him when I sent him home. But I hold the Triforce of Wisdom. It is the last remaining piece that we know about. Only I, you and the Six Sages know of its location.”
“I see. So even if you wanted to, you couldn’t give it to my Father?”
“Correct. But I will protect this with my life. Victor, I want to ask you something very hard. If it comes down to it, put the safety of the Triforce above my own life.”
“I can’t do that-”
“-Victor. Please. Link is gone. If Ganondorf returns, we are powerless against him. “

Victor smiled and she was confused.
“If Ganondorf gets close to you, I have failed. I will put my life on the line for you Zelda. You and the Triforce.” He said and she smiled. This was something she could accept.

 

 

Nine months passed since Ganondorf was sealed away and Hyrule entered a new era of peace, but that of course meant that nine months had passed since Link and Zelda’s night in the stable.

Zelda gave birth, as she held her new born son she looked into his eyes, eyes he shared with Link.
“Victor. I want you to name our son.” She said and he started tearing up. She knew how much that meant to him and he smiled.
“I want him to have a noble name like me.” He told her. “Daphnes. Daphnes Nohansen Hyrule.” He told her.
“I love it. Welcome to the world Daphnes.”

Notes:

I originally was going to add more depth to a second sex scene but I felt it was not important and also a little redundant since this scene plays out very similarly to the scene from the Downfall Timeline. Many initially events would play out the same except Zelda is less depressed about Link since he and the Sages are not dead in this timeline.

I hope you enjoyed this chapter.

Chapter 146: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Part 3 - Passions of Hyrule

Summary:

An anthology chapter about the various characters of Hyrule. Nabooru, Queen Ruto and Malon.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Part One - The Punishment of the Gerudo
Three months passed since Zelda brought her son into the world which meant a whole year had passed since Ganondorf had been sealed away. Hyrule Castle was in a livable condition but it was going to be a long time yet until it was fully restored. But Zelda and Victor had a large bedroom, a large bed and that bed currently shook hard.

“Fuck! Victor! Yes!” Zelda screamed as she was getting dominated by her husband. They had been fucking for a while, both had excellent stamina and high sex drives. But Zelda’s body was about to give way as her Husband turned her into a water fountain. She screamed his name and as Victor’s cock pulsed, he pulled his cock out from her folds and blasted his seed all over her body.

They collapsed next to each other and she let out a deep sigh. “You have excellent control and timing.” She said as she wiped the cum from her body.
“Well, I have too. I want to make you cum but I also don’t want to get you pregnant until we are ready.”
She rolled on top of thim, her breasts pressed tightly against his chest.
“Some day. And when that day comes, I want you to fill me up like a bucket.”
“Weird… but okay.” He said and she laughed.
“I love you.”
“I love you too.”

 

 

Nabooru walks into the throne room and a few of her sisters follow. She kneels before Zelda.
“Rise, Nabooru. A Sage doesn't need to kneel to me.” She said with a graceful voice. Zelda stepped down the steps towards them. “I am here to decide on the state of the Gerudo following all that went down one year ago.” She said, walking around the women. “I have given it a lot of thought.”

Zelda stopped and looked Aveil in the eyes, there was hate behind those eyes but Zelda addressed it with a smile, pissing the Gerudo off even more.

“Hylians hate you, that is a fact. You attacked, kidnapped, enslaved and raped many Hylians, not just over the seven year reign of Ganondorf, but for many year prior. Just to a lesser extent.” She walked back to the steps. “This ends. Now. I know the Gerudo rely on Hylians to reproduce, that is why cooperation is necessary.”

“Cooperation… how?” Aveil spoke.
“Every five years we will send willing Hylians to the Gerudo Desert too… well there is no soft way of putting this, breed? Mate?”
“Fuck.” One of the Women said with a snicker and Zelda raised an eyebrow.
“Yes. We will send Hylians to fuck.” She said.
“But you said it yourself. Hylians hate us.” Aveil said.
“Yes. But there will always be someone desperate enough.”
“So we only get the horny, desperate men, and every five years?” Aviel asked in protest.
“Correct.”

“This is an outrage!”
“Aviel! Mind your tongue!” Nabooru shouted. “You followed a man who killed the King of Hyrule and tried to take Hyrule for himself, killing many in his time. Now that you are seeing the consequences, you suddenly protest?”
Aviel was silent.
“Can I make a request?” Aviel asked and Zelda crossed her arms and sighed.
“What is it?”

“The Hero of Time has been the only Hylian man I have recognised as strong. I did not know he was our sworn enemy at the time, but he infiltrated our fortress and freed our prisoners. I fought with him and he bested me in battle. I gave him a pass to come and go from our home as he pleased. If I knew who he was, this wouldn't have happened. But I had plans. I wanted him to be my mate.” Aviel said and Zelda was clenching her fist at this point. “So. The Hero of Time. Send him to mate with me, us, I am sure he would enjoy himself. I will agree to these terms then.”

Zelda walked over to Aviel and before anyone could react, she slapped her across the face and she hit the floor hard.

“The Hero of Time is not your play thing!” Zelda yelled, fury in her voice and Aviel looked up at her in shock. “I will not sully his name! But more than that, YOU don't get a choice in the matter. I am not asking or negotiating or reasoning with you. I am telling you how things will be from now on!” Zelda walked up the steps to her throne and sat down. “Nabooru is your leader. I trust her. You have the whole Gerudo Canyon, Fortress, Desert and beyond all to yourself. No Hylian will build a home there but you will be watched over by Hylian Knights for a while.”

“Thank you, your highness. I promise I will send my people down a noble path.” Nabooru bowed.
“Thank you for your time Nabooru.” Zelda told her. “Victor and some Knights will escort you home.” She told them as they were escorted out of her throne room.

“Victor.” Zelda said and her husband turned. “I have talked with Nabooru. She has a request for you. You do not have to do it but if you choose to, I am okay with it. The choice needs to be yours.” She said and he smiled.
“Ooh, the anticipation is killing me.” He said to her with a grin and then kissed her. “I love you.” He said and she nodded as he left the throne room.

 

 

Victor stood on a balcony in the Gerudo Fortress with Nabooru, looking over the Gerudo people.
“Is this what you want?” Victor asked her and she put her hand on her hip.
“I don’t enjoy seeing my people suffer, and I know this will cause resentment, but hopefully I can guide my people into the light.” She said. “But you don’t understand how deep rooted Ganondorf’s power was for our people. Every hundred years, one Gerudo male is born and that man is to be our King. This has been the way forever. This has never been an issue before, all our Kings have led our people well… Well, the Gerudo have never played well with Hyrule, but we have never attempted to invade. But Ganondorf promised greatness, he promised a way out of the desert and for the Gerudo to be all powerful. He granted that wish.”
“You have a hell of a challenge ahead of you then.” He told her and she shrugged.
“Maybe these people are a lost cause. But the next generation of Gerudo may be the key.”

“How old was Ganondorf?”
“He would have been 33 by now.”
“So in another 66 years the next King will be born.” Victor pointed out and Nabooru nodded.
“I am the same age as Ganondorf, so I probably won't be around to see the next king be born, but hopefully I can raise generations of Gerudo who will guide him to prosperity.” Victor scratched the back of his head.
“I don’t get Gerudo culture. Men are not allowed here, me being here is already a breach of the rules but I am the Prince of Hyrule. But no men are allowed, no men are born… How have you survived?”

“Initially the Gerudo would visit Castle Town to find mates. We would sleep with who we thought looked strongest, knights, people with good bodies but we would never be romantically involved. We would return home and naturally many of us would be pregnant. The Fathers never know they have children, I have no idea who my father is. But the Gerudo started getting savage. We would kidnap men, rape them and use them as sex slaves. This was ever since Ganondorf came into power.” Nabooru stopped for a second. “I was due to be our leader. My Great Grandfather was the previous Gerudo King and leadership passes down the family line until the next King is born. Ganondorf was born before me, many Gerudo are similar ages to try and be the one to give birth to the next King. My mother was no different. She was a great leader, I grew up seeing the ideas Ganondorf planned and wanted no part of it.”
“So that is why leadership returns to you? So your daughter will be the next leader?”
“Yes.” She said. “Ganondorf fathered a few children though. Aveil, gave birth to Ganondorf’s first child, Ryja, his second. Many believe Aveil and her line should lead our people and based on tradition, they are right… But as Zelda rightfully understands, she was loyal to Ganondorf which is why I am leading.”

“But… the restrictions Zelda put in place… It is going to be rough for Gerudo culture to continue. Your options are pretty limited. That must suck.”
“Well yes and no. For my sisters, yeah, they are not gonna be happy about these rules. But as leader, Sage of Spirit and friend of Zelda, I get special privileges.” She said, stepping towards Victor and putting her hand on his chest. Victor looked down and understood what she was getting at.
“Nabooru, me and Zelda have an arrangement. She is okay with me sleeping with other women, but it is a hard no when it comes to getting anyone pregnant. I can’t give you a child.” He told her.

Nabooru took his hand and pulled him into her chamber. She sat on the side of her bed and crossed her legs.
“I talked with Zelda. I actually asked her what she thought of you fathering my child.”
“You asked Zelda that?” He said with a chuckle.
“Yes. And she told me the choice is all yours.”
“Zelda said that?”
“Yes.”
“Zelda, my wife, would be fine with me getting you knocked up.”
“Yes.”

Victor was about to protest but then he remembered what Zelda said to him before he left the Castle.
Victor. I have talked with Nabooru. She has a request for you. You do not have to do it but if you choose to, I am okay with it. The choice needs to be yours.
Victor looked at her, he had made his mind up that he was going to fuck her, why wouldn’t he? She was smoking hot and he had permission, but he was still deciding the morality of fathering her child.
“So you want me to give you a kid and not see her?”
“No. As leader I can pull some strings. You will be able to have a relationship with her. Although nobody will know, that will be a secret.” She told him. Victor now understood why Zelda agreed to this. Daphnes was the Hero of Time’s son and she was covering that up.

Victor took off his shirt and Nabooru smirked. He took a step towards her and then pushed her backwards onto the bed.
“You have never done this have you?”
“Not with a man. But we Gerudo all like to pleasure each other from time to time.” She told him.
“Well, let me show you what it is like.”

Victor pressed his mouth against hers and she immediately stuck her tongue in his mouth. He gripped her breasts instantly. They were soft and big and Nabooru moaned, a sign that she was onto it.

She rolled on top and straddled him, she could feel his erection bulge in his pants so she moved against him, causing him to smile. She smirked seductively and then pulled off the cloth that only served to hide her breasts from him.

Victor stared, admiring her beautiful boobs but was even more flawed when she pulled out her hair tie which let her red locks fall across her face. “Holy Hylia.” Victor gasped, gripping her curved hips.
“You like what you see?” She asked and Victor nodded.
“You are so damn hot.”
“So are you. You make me wet.”
“I am going to fuck you so hard.” He told her and then grabbed her wrists and flipped her onto her back.

His hands clawed at the parachute pants, pulling them down, something she didn't resist. When she was bare before him, she spread her legs, giving him a good view of her wet tunnel.

But as Victor pulled down his pants, she stared in anticipation. Her first cock was going to be revealed any moment. And then there it was, standing tall in all its glory.

“Like what you see?” Victor commented and she grinned.
“I want that inside me.”
“As you wish.” He moved between her legs and lined up with her, moving and teasing but not pushing in.
“Victor… please…” she desperately moaned.
“Patience…” he calmly said but that was something Nabooru lacked. She grabbed his penis and guided it to her entrance. But Victor then grabbed her wrists and pinned them behind her head. “I will do the honours.” He told her and then finally, to her pleasure, thrust inside her.

Nabooru let out a loud moan. Sure she has used her fingers before but feeling a man push his way into her was way different and this man filled her fully.

He then pulled out and thrust again, forcing her to moan again. Then he started repeating this action over and over but with more speed.

“Victor…” she moaned, rocking her hips to meet his thrusts. Victor sighed and then kissed her. She squirmed beneath his body as he held her arms tightly, not letting her free. It made her more aroused, to be fucked by a powerful man… her daughter would have strong genes. He kissed her neck and she gasped once more.

Victor loved how he made her feel. But she made him feel just as good. She was tight and wet and her body was hot. Her hips moved against him and made him take sharp breaths with each thrust.

But Nabooru wanted to ride him. She wrapped her hips around his waist and used her powerful legs to flip him onto his back, freeing her arms which in turn pinned him down.

“Nabooru!” He fried out in surprise. She instantly rocked her hips and he gasped in joy. She gave a seductive smile and let go of his arms, straightened her body and then rolled her hips like a pro.

Victor’s eyes darted between her breasts and her hips, he couldn't believe how hot she was. She moved her body and pleasured his cock. He was deep within her and he allowed her to do as she wished, just laying back and enjoying the feeling.

The pleasure was rising. The more sharp his breaths became the higher hers became in response. She bit her lip.
“Vic… tor…” she sighed. He sat up and grabbed her lower back for support, thrusting upwards as he rose. “Victor!” She cried out again.
“Nabooru….” He responded, kissing her neck and sending wonderful shockwaves through her body.

“Oh Victor! Please fill me with your royal seed!* She screamed. Victor growled and flipped her onto her back and thrust into her as fast as he could go.
“I am close! I am close! Nabooru!” He moaned.
“Yes! So am I! YES!” She screamed, an orgasm swept through her body and she just awaited her mate to finish.

He was close, he watched her climax and he knew he only had about five seconds left. His cock pulsed and his eyes widened. He gritted his teeth.
“I’m sorry!” He gasped sharply and then pulled out of her and sprayed his cum all over her.

Nabooru gasped, this time in shock. Shock of the cum hitting her face and shock that he pulled out. He collapsed next to her and both needed time to breathe.

“I’m sorry…” he repeated. “I just couldn't.” He told her.
“Why not?”
“I just… I love Zelda. She is the woman who I want a family with. She is the mother of my son and she will be the mother of my future kids.”

Nabooru was disappointed. She got a cloth and wiped the cum from her body and sighed.
“It's a shame. I really wanted to have your baby.” Shs told him.
“I know.”
“But… if you ever change your mind…” She rolled atop him and he laughed. “Or if you just want to fuck me… Just say the word.”
“I will do.”

 

 

Victor returns home and walks through the quiet corridors of his castle. He took a second before he went into his room. Zelda was in bed. He pulled off his clothes and climbed into bed with her.
“Did you do it?” She asked and he hugged her.
“Yeah…” He said. “And are you sure this is alright?” He asked and she remained silent.
“I told you I was alright with it… It would be selfish for me to get upset at such a thing.” She told him but kept her back to him.
“Then why do you sound so upset?”
“Because I love you!” She blurted out in tears and Victor quickly rolled her over to face him.
“I slept with Nabooru, Zelda. But I didn’t get her pregnant.” He said and her eyes widened.

“Really?”
“Yes.”
Why not?”
“Because… Because it wouldn’t be right. I am not in love with her, Zelda, I barely know her. Sure, she is an extremely attractive woman, but I love you. You are the only woman I want to spend my life with. You are the mother of my child and any children I will have in the future.”
“But you want kids and I am not ready to give you kids for a while yet.”
“I know.”
“And you are okay with that?”
“Yes.” He told her and she gripped him tightly, sobbing into his chest.

“So when you told me you were alright with it, you weren’t?”
“I would have accepted that. I needed you to choose and I needed to know you had my permission but…”
“But you hoped I wouldn’t.” He finished and she nodded.

They lay in silence for a while but then Zelda arched her head up and kissed him. “Was she good?” She asked and Victor grinned.
“Oh yeah. She really was.”
“Well then…” She climbed on top of him. “Gotta make sure I am still better.”
“Zelda… I don’t have it in me to cum again.”
“We’ll see about that. Just sit back and let your wife take care of you.”

 

 

 

Part Two - The Desire of the Zora
Victor arrived at Zora’s Domain and stood at the pedestal in front of Queen Ruto. It was clear she was a beauty, a fact Victor had always noticed. Her hourglass figure, her long legs and her mouth watering breasts. He did not care that she wasn’t Human, Hylian or Gerudo. She sat with her legs crossed and her body leaning back, she liked to put herself on display as if she knew how hot she was.

“The Queen has sent me.” Victor told her. “A proposal for the Zora and Hylians. She plans on making Hyrule a Kingdom for everyone, all Hyruleans are equal.”
“I see. And does this include the Gerudo?” She asked and Victor hesitated.
“Hopefully with time the Gerudo can become fully fledged members of Hyrule. But for now they are being watched.”
“Well I would like to discuss this further. But come, let us talk somewhere more relaxed.” She told him, standing and gesturing to him to follow as she walked out of the cave behind her. Victor took a moment to admire her butt before he followed her.

They walked out into Zora fountain where the offering to Jabu Jabu was. The beat was no longer there, but below the water was the much smaller, younger Jabun, descendant to Jabu Jabu. Ruto sat on the ledge and let her feet dip into the water, Victor took off his boots, rolled his trousers up and did as she did.

“It was here I met Link.” She said with a warm smile. “Have you heard how we met?”
“I haven’t. I didn’t get to meet him myself but each tale impresses me.”
“Jabu Jabu was our Guardian Spirit. But one day he accidentally swallowed me, right where we sit. I managed to put a message in a bottle and get it out… don’t ask. But Link found it and came to save me, foolishly diving straight into the bowels of Jabu Jabu.”

“We were kids. Ten years old. He carried me around like the bratty Princess I was and eventually we escaped. That is when my crush for him started. He was so cool… but when I learned he was after the Spiritual Stone of Water I blushed.”
“What for?”
“The Spiritual Stone of the Water is also known as the Zora’s Engagement Ring. A Zora Princess is to give it to the man who will one day become their husband.”
“Oh.”
“Yeah. Technically, even though he never agreed, me and Link were engaged.”
“Does… Does Zelda know?” Victor asked and she laughed then leaned in closer to Victor.

“Why? You mean because the Queen is still in love with Link and Link was clearly into her?” She teased and Victor shrugged.
“They had a special connection.”
“Do you know if… can you tell me… did those two… y’know?”
“You’d have to ask Zelda.”
“I think that basically tells me it is a yes.” Ruto deduces and Victor frowns.
“I never said that.”
“I know. But if it was a straight no, you would have told me no. If you were unsure you would have said something along the lines of “Not as far as I know” but you didn’t. Saying “ask Zelda” implies there is something to ask and that you know the answer. So that means yes. That means Link and Zelda had sex.”
Victor stared for a moment, trying to find a hole in the logic but there wasn’t one.
“I am saying nothing. Ask Zelda.” He repeated and she giggled.

“Anyway. What was the proposition of our naughty little Queen of Hyrule?” Ruto asked and Victor sighed.
“Hyrule Castle is nearing completion. It is surrounded by a giant river and behind it there is a giant lake. This is to make the Castle harder to infiltrate. But Zelda is giving permission for the Zora to not only swim in these rivers, but also settle in the lake. A second Zora’s Domain.”
“Interesting, but why?”
“Well as I said, Hyrule is for all Hyruleans. The Zora have been a respected part of Hyrule for Centuries but all the races in Hyrule are so disjointed. Zelda hopes to make everyone coexist. Hyrule Town will also be a hub for all, Hylians, Zora, Gorons… Gerudo hopefully.”
“I accept.”

Victor smiled and offered a hand for her to shake. As she shook his hand her eyes widened. “Oh Hylia! Is Daphnes Link’s son?” She suddenly asked and Victor sighed.
“Daphnes is my son.” He said to her, this didn’t seem like a lie for Victor, Daphnes was every part a son to him. “You are really into this idea aren't you?”
“I’m sorry… it's just… I am jealous of Zelda getting to fuck Link. I am no fool, I know our engagement didn’t really mean anything to him but to me… it awakened something inside of me.” She said and Victor looked confused.

“You know how some men are only attracted to women while other men are only attracted to men? Well I am only attracted to Hylians.” She said. “It leads to a rather big problem since I have to carry on the Royal Zora bloodline.”
“I am sorry to hear that… I mean can you not… Can Zora and Hylians not reproduce?”
“As far as I know there has never been an example of it, but I think it is probably possible. Although the offspring would be half Hylian. I don’t think the Zora would be all too keen on that.” She joked.
“Well, I am sure you can figure something out. Zora sperm donor?” He suggested and she shrugged.
“Maybe I will just might the bullet and have some Zora stick it in me.”
“I am sure with how attractive you are they wouldn’t last long.” Victor muttered and Ruto blushed.

Ruto pulled her legs out of the water and then crossed them, then turned to Victor.
“Thank you for standing up for Link. To your father I mean.”
“Oh it was nothing. I mean clearly he was not just disrespecting Link, but also my wife and you too.”
“It was quite attractive.” She said with a low voice and he turned to her. “You are attractive.” She added.
“Thank you.”
“If you weren’t married, I would do you right now.”

They looked into each other's eyes for a moment and then Victor leaned forward, placed a hand on her smooth shoulder then pressed her down to the cold stone floor.
“I think Zelda will understand…” He kissed her and then the passion in her sparked and she tangled her webbed fingers into his hair and pressed into the kiss.

They made out, Ruto was pulling him tightly against herself as if she was scared to let him go. But Victor wasn't resisting and his hands already made it down to her hips. As their lips parted he looked into her eyes. “Are you sure you want to do this?”
“YES!” She said desperately and then went a deeper shade of blue. Victor grinned. “Are you?” She asked but Victor just responded with a grab of her boobs.

Ruto let out a light moan and stared at him with desperate eyes. “I need you Victor.”
He let go of her body and slid his pants down and then guided himself between her legs.
“I want you, Ruto.” He moaned and then pushed himself into her.

She screamed, clawed his back and tensed up. Victor gasped. She was tight and wet at the same time. It definitely felt different than a Hylian. He noticed she was tense and he out a hand on her cheek. “Are you alright?” He asked and she nodded.
“Just… Hylian cocks are thicker than Zora… it hurts a little. But keep moving!” She ordered, he nodded and kept going, but being mindful of her body.

“Ruto…” He sighed as he continued fucking her. He grabbed her breasts again, then removed one hand and placed it on her hip. “You are so sexy.” He told her. She smiled.
“The Queen is a lucky Woman. Having a man like you…”
“Right now I am yours. What would you like me to do? How should I fuck you?” He groaned.
“Well…” She gasped, interrupting her thoughts. “I have always fantasised about being fucked up against a wall but a Hylian.”

Victor thought about correcting her, technically he wasn't Hylian, but he wasn't going to ruin the mood. He grinded, locked his hands under her arms and picked her up. She wrapped her legs around his waist tightly and then he shoved her against the cold, rock wall and thrust into her hard.

Ruto screamed in pleasure, her fantasy now a reality.
“Victor!” She screamed. “Oh fuck! Fuck me! Oh fuck me!” She moaned in delight and he was not going to refuse her. He rocked his hips fast and Ruto saw the stars as she felt his hard cock thrust in and out of her fast. It was delightful.

She was holding on to him tightly so Victor felt it was safe to release one hand from under her leg and use it to grab her breast. He squeezed it, moulded it and licked it. It tingled, she whimpered as he played with her. Zora didn't feed their young, so breasts were purely for attracting mates. It felt satisfying to have them fulfill their purpose.

Her skin was soft and smooth and slippery but Victor liked the sensation. He kissed her neck and she bucked her hips. “Victor!” She moaned.
“Ruto… “
“Oh Victor! I love this! I love the feeling of your cock!”
“I love this too! You are so hot, Ruto. I love the feeling of your body.”

They continued moving their bodies together and locked eyes. Victor stared into her eyes and her eyes stared back. Her lips parted and she let out a small whimper before the pressure rose to a breaking point and her head leaned back, she shut her eyes and her finger dug painfully into Victor’s shoulder.

“Victor! Yes! Yes! That is it!” She moaned as she felt her body flood with pleasure. Victor couldn't control himself for much longer but tried to maintain some composure while the sexy, slender, Zora Queen writhed in an orgasmic dance against him.

He gasped, he gritted his teeth and then he placed his hand against the rock wall.
“Is it…safe… to…ahhhh” Victor moaned, struggling to get his words out due to pleasure. “Cum…. Inside you…?” He finally said.
“Yes! It is! Please Victor!” She sighed deeply and the moment she finished her sentence his cock spasmed and shot his load inside her.

“Ahhh! Ahhh! Agggghhh!” He let out as his body pulsed and moved unpredictability, filling her up fully.

Victor stopped and they were both exhausted, he pulled out of her and she stepped onto her own two feet. A trail of cum dripped down her leg and she did nothing to clean it up. Victor slouched against the wall, sitting down to catch his breath and she joined him.

“Zora have mating seasons. You need not worry.”
“I feel stupid… I just trusted you like that.”
“What is so stupid about trusting me?” She asked and he smiled.
“Nobody makes sensible decisions while having sex.”
“You mean unplanned pregnancies?”
“Yeah.”
“You mean like Zelda and the Hero of Time?”
“Yeah.”

… Victor paused. He looked at her and she had a wide grin. “Damn it.”

 

 

 

Part Three - The Life of the Ranch Girl
Life for Malon seemed to come in waves.

She was a happy little girl, eager to help out her father and raise the animals and Lon Lon Ranch. She would happily sing to her Horses and ride Epona. Then Ganondorf took over Hyrule and things changed for everyone, Malon was not an exception. Ingo ran her father Talon out of the ranch and then served the King of Evil. Malon had no choice but to go along with his wicked ways. But then her knight in shining armour came, Link, saving her from this hellish life, freeing Epona from Ingo’s clutches and running him out of Lon Lon Ranch. But he didn’t stop there, he went on to defeat the King of Evil and restore peace to Hyrule.

Malon was infatuated by the Hero of Time, she had dreamed of her knight in shining armour sweeping her off her feet since she was a little girl so when an actual Hero saved her, she felt her heart race. But she was no fool, she didn’t expect anything from this. It was purely a fantasy in her head.

But then another wave in her life came. She walked into her barn one morning and found her Hero laying naked with the Princess of Hyrule. She saw everything, every detail of his naked body and hers. To say it didn’t thrill her would be a lie. She couldn’t escape the image. Malon was not a dirty or lustful girl, she was shy and reserved but that night she pleasured herself for the first time with the image of what she saw in her mind and it was like something awoke within her.

But as the waves crashed ashore, they subsided just as quickly. Life returned to normal and nothing in her life seemed to match the high of what she saw. She tried to move on, she tried to continue but nothing was the same. She wanted the next thrill in her life but it wasn’t happening.

Nothing could stay dry forever, a small ripple arrived when Zelda invited her around to Hyrule Castle for tea. It was small and personal, in her own private quarters with just her, Zelda and Victor who she was meeting for the first time.

Malon admired Zelda but also envied her. She was beautiful, stunning and not to mention she slept with Link. But adding to that, Victor was a truly handsome man, someone only the Queen of Hyrule could manage to win over. But the envy wasn’t deep, she still felt at ease with Zelda and they talked like good friends as if they knew each other well. Soon Malon began venting her frustrations and Zelda listened like the good friend she is.

“I just don’t ever see it happening. I have my expectations too high. I know I do, I just can’t help it. No one can compare.. You know.” Malon told Zelda who just smiled and shook her head.
“You’ll find someone, Malon. Of course you will.”
“With all due respect, Zelda, we live in different worlds. I am not as hot and beautiful as you are Zelda. I don’t have the influence to meet someone like Victor.” She told her and Victor grinned.
“That isn’t true at all, Malon. You are a very beautiful Woman.” Zelda said and Malon blushed slightly.
“You are just being kind.”
“Victor, what do you think?” Zelda asked her husband.
“I think you are super hot…How perverted am I allowed to get?” He asked.
“You have said enough dear.” Zelda reined her husband in.

“Malon, what you said is partially true. If I were not the Queen of Hyrule I would not have married Victor. You are right there. But you have to remember that class isn’t everything. Link is the most respected man in Hyrule’s history and yet he came from the Kokiri forest. He lived in a tree.”
“You say that like I even had a shot with Link.”
“I think if things played out differently then that isn’t unlikely. You see, me and Link were bound together by fate. We went on a quest together and naturally grew close. But I understood him and you are his type.”
“Oh come on, Zelda. Now you are being silly.”
“I am not joking.”
“What exactly is Link’s type?” She asked and Zelda began blushing.
“Well… you are a very nice person, caring, loving and you helped him. You shared a horse. That didn’t go unnoticed and it isn’t a small thing. He likes those who care… He also likes big boobs.”

Malon coughed on her tea and Victor laughed. She was bright red and crossed her arms without even thinking about it.
“You told me I wasn’t allowed to say it…” Victor muttered and somehow hearing his comment mortified the poor ranch girl even more.
“I apologise, Malon. But truly, Link was not out of your league. You will find someone one day, I promise.”
“Maybe… but I don’t even know where to start with men. Honestly, even if Link did choose me, I would probably make a fool of myself. The whole idea makes me so nervous.”
“Practice makes perfect. Nobody is good on their first time.” Victor said and Zelda coughed.
“Sorry. That isn’t true. Link was great.”
“Fine. Nobody except the Hero of Time is good on their first time.”
“I think I was…” She interjected again. “But the sentiment is correct. Malon, you will meet someone someday and they will treat you right.”

 

 

Malon went home flustered. Zelda’s comments didn’t make things easier. Knowing Link was in her grasp but too far away to cling to hurt more than believing she never had a shot. But while Malon sat in bed thinking about Link, The Queen sat in bed thinking about Malon.

“Do you think if Malon got to live out her fantasy of a handsome knight sleeping with her she would get over it?” Zelda asked Victor after they finished making love.
“Maybe. She is a sweet girl, she deserves to be happy.”
“Victor… I hate to suggest whoring yourself out like this but…”
“Hahaha…. I can see where this is going.”
“Sorry! It is stupid. It is.”
“No, it’s not.”
“Well now I think you are just doing this as an excuse to sleep with her.”
“Well… won’t pretend I wouldn’t enjoy that.”

They said nothing for a while and then Zelda sighed.
“We agreed to this. When I married you I was aware that you wanted to sleep with other people and I have respected that. It genuinely doesn’t bother me. I just feel a bit gross when I suggest you do it for some strategic advantage… but this is the second time that has happened.”
“Would you?”
“Would I what?” She asked.
“If the roles were reversed. If I had a super hot friend who was a virgin and wanted to indulge in a fantasy of fucking a Queen, if I suggested you do it… would you?”

Zelda put her arms behind her head and thought about it. She then turned her head to him.
“Yes. I think I would.” She told him. “And you know, if somehow Link returned, I would absolutely fuck the shit out of him.”
“With the way people talk about him, so would I.” Victor joked.

 

 

Victor’s mission was simple. He was to offer himself to Malon. Zelda insisted he doesn’t pressure her, try to convince her, or go overboard. He simply offers his services and shows her a good time. If she refuses, he returns home.

He rode into Lon Lon Ranch and Malon was returning to her house as he arrived.
“Oh. Victor?” She was surprised.
“Can we talk about something? In private.” He asked and she nodded, ushering him inside her house.

They sat down and he leaned forward on the table. “There is no normal way of saying this so I'm gonna cut to the point. Do you want to have sex with me?” He asked and she just stared.
“What on earth are you talking about?” She asked. “Is this some sort of prank?”
“No! No, I am genuinely serious. See, Zelda thought that if you lived out your fantasy, got to see what sex can be like then maybe you would be a bit less tense and a bit less shy around men.”
“So Zelda asked you to come and have sex with me?” She asked, still in disbelief.
“Well it wasn’t an order. I agreed to it. She also told me not to pressure you, or try and convince you. I am just saying that if you want it, right now, I will have sex with you.”

Malon felt the embarrassment begin. Her heart was racing and she trembled. She dreamed of such a moment but when it presented itself to her she didn’t know what to do.
“I… I don’t know Victor… This is sudden.” She said nervously.
“You are not forced. I really don’t want to make you do something you are not okay with.”
“I… I shouldn’t … thank you… but I don’t think I can.” She told herself, but out loud.
“That’s okay. If you change your mind just let me know.” He said and then made his way to the door.

As he stepped closer, time slowed down. Malon watched every step. Her mind screamed to stop him but her body was still. She wanted it but she was too scared. He made it so easy and she was blowing it. She wanted encouragement. She wanted him to take the lead. His hand touched the handle and she leaped out of her chair and grabbed his other hand.

“Please don’t go!” She pleaded. He looked into her eyes and it was obvious what she wanted. He turned to her.
“Are you sure you want this?” He asked and she nodded.
“Yes. But I want you to show me how. Slowly. I am nervous.” She told him.
“I promise.” He told her and then leaned in and kissed her.

Malon stood in disbelief. Victor was kissing her, it shouldn’t have been a shock, she had literally just agreed to it and much more. But regardless, she had never been kissed before and she liked it. She was shaking and her heart was racing faster than ever.

Victor was very much aware of her nerves so he took the lead, kissing her heavier and pulling her body close. He broke the kiss suddenly and looked into her eyes. She thought she had done something wrong and frowned.
“I am sorry.”
“What for?”
“I am not sure… whatever made you stop.” She told him and he chuckled lightly.
“I was about to say we should go up to your room.”
“Oh.”
“Is that okay?”
“Yes… Of course. That makes sense.” She said nervously, turning her back and then walking quickly towards the stairs. Victor followed.

He followed her into her bedroom and when she turned around he was already pulling his shirt off and revealing his toned chest. Malon felt like she was going to faint. This was too much. He strode towards her and closed the gap, grabbing her breasts and she gasped sharply.
“You are so hot, Malon.” He told her in a lustful tone.
“I am hot?… Speak for yourself…” She said, a tone of comedy in her voice and Victor grinned as he continued to play with her boobs.
“But I reckon you’d look better with no clothes on.”
“I… Yes, I suppose so…”

Victor put his hand on the golden Bowser broach, inspecting it slightly but then discarded it on the floor and hurrying to pull her belt off. He pulled her shirt off over her head and then gazed upon her cleavage. He didn’t do what she expected next though, instead of tackling her bra, he went for her skirt. He pulled it off and admired her curves.

His finger tilted her chin up and he smiled that handsome grin of his and breathed deeply upon her lips.
“I am going to take my pants off now.” He told her. She kissed him, the first time she took initiative and he pushed into her but his hands went to the pants, pulling them down and kicking them off. She knew he was naked, she had yet to see her prize but she soon felt it graze her belly.

Malon wrapped her hand around it without thinking and Victor moaned in surprise.
“Sorry!” She suddenly said. He grabbed her wrist and moved her hand back towards it.
“I liked that, Malon. A lot.”
“Oh…” She started stroking it and he groaned lightly.
“You have too much clothes on.” He tells her, pulling her closer and placing a hand on her butt. She was still in her tights and bra. She lets go of his erection and looks down at it, admiring the size and shape. She bends down and pulls her tights down, then does the same with her underwear.

Suddenly Victor pushed her onto her bed, falling atop her and moving effortlessly between her legs.
“Wait!” She yelled. “Not too fast…”
“I know. I wasn’t going too just yet… Sorry.” He assured her and she nods.
“I am just really nervous.” She told him and he nodded. He played with her breasts, one hand slipped under her bra and cupped her boob. “This is new and I don’t really know what I am doing…”
“Malon… relax. I promise I won't hurt you.”
“I… thank you.”

Her body was noticeably trembling. She really wanted this, badly, but she couldn't stay calm. She closed her eyes and took a deep breath. She could feel Victor against her. His cock pressed against her entrance, his chest pressing against her breasts with his hands snuggled between. He patiently waited. She reached around her back and pulled the bra away and then opened her eyes.

He kissed her gently then smiled.
“I want you so much.” He told her.
“Wasn’t this Zelda’s idea?”
“One of her best.” He said and she chuckled lightly, nothing like a bit of humour to ease the tension. He was rock hard, his cock throbbed in anticipation for her but he remained calm and patient for her.

“Okay. Slowly.” She said and Victor nodded.
“I will. I promise.” He told her, then moved his hips forward slightly, nudging against her and then slightly pushing in. She felt it enter her, perhaps slowly was too much, but she was committed now. Victor let out a deep breath as he pushed in further. He was moving deeper and deeper and Malon was amazed at how great it felt. It was intense, it was a lot, but it felt good. Satisfying. Like she wanted more of him. And more he gave her until he was fully inside her. “Are you okay?” He asked and she nodded quickly.
“It is… is really good.” She told him.
“I am going to move now, is that alright?”
“Yes… Slowly.”
“I know.”

He began pulling out but then pushed back in before it went out fully, he repeated the motion, slowly, but then he repeated it again with a little more force. “Victor…” She sighed, a clear sign of encouragement for him so he grabbed her boobs for a little extra pleasure which she happily accepted.

He began setting a comfortable pace and she was adjusting to this new yet wonderful feeling. She let out a sigh and then subconsciously began rocking her hips to meet his thrusts. He sped up a little and she didn’t seem to mind. He was big and hot and he satisfied her. She thought of Link briefly, imagined him thrusting his cock into her and then she moaned loudly, then covered her mouth in embarrassment. Victor didn’t know that her thoughts drifted, believing he did that. He kissed her neck with passion and she moaned once more, this time it was all him.

She felt incredible, Victor felt incredible. She was wet, entering was easy and her body accepted him with no resistance. She wanted this badly and her heavy breathing, panting and moaning as he fucked her was a clear indicator.

Malon noticed she was no longer shaking in fear but rather just enjoying her handsome, dashing man make love to her. She bit her lip and wrapped her legs around his body. She had dreamed of this. She wished he could be hers. But in this moment, he was.

Her body started to get fuzzy, she was reaching her climax, the bliss of sex was creeping up on her too soon, but the intensity of the moment forced her to cry out in joy. She kissed him and he bucked his hips faster.

“I feel so good!” She let out breathlessly. He continued moving and their foreheads made contact.
“I can go on!” He groaned deeply.
“I… I can't… I can't hold on!” She moaned. Her grip tightened. “Oh Victor, I am so close!”
“Let's cum together…” He told her and she nodded with a desperate expression on her face.

Victor knew he could last longer, typically with Zelda he would last until his body gave up on him but right now he was allowing the release. He was allowing himself to cum more quickly.

“Malon! Fuck!” He growled, speeding up as fast as he could and she cried out, felt her body pulse and she felt herself fall apart, the joyous feeling claiming her body. She rocked her body into him quickly, gasping for air.

Victor felt incredible, he knew he told her he would cum with her but he didn't want to stop. He kept gyrating his hips, riding the high and Malon continued to gasp and moan below him.

He was wonderful, fulfilling and hot. He was extending the duration of her orgasm and she decided to just let the pleasure continue.

But since he sped up and relaxed so much his thrusts slowed, became sporadic and gasped heavily, almost losing control but desperately pulled out and shot his load onto her breasts.

“Phew!” He gasped, a few more spurts shooting out and Malon just lay there as the sticky liquid sat on her body. Victor fell to her side and she said nothing, her deep breaths caused her breasts to rise and fall and the motion allowed a single drop of sperm trickle down her side, ticking her skin. But she allowed it, she was absorbing the moment.

“That was fucking wonderful.” Victor said deeply, his balls buzzing with a wonderful sensation. “How was it?” He asked, looking at her flushed red face that was plastered with an expression of disbelief. Her hair was a mess and the sight of the ranch girl laying next to him post sex was something that would forever be etched into his memory.

She slowly turned her head to him and gulped, taking a deep breath.
“That… I…wow…”
“That good huh?” He said confidently. She nodded, the nerves and embarrassment came back. He smiled and hugged her body. “You really are a beautiful woman, Malon.” He told her. “But not just that. You are really sweet too.” He said to her.
“Thank you, Victor. Thank you for everything.”

As they lay there, enjoying each other's company, Malon pondered something. She felt great. Her desires were satisfied… right? But no, something else was on her mind. Something she needed to address…

 

 

The following day Malon is sitting in Zelda's bedroom with a cup of tea warming her hand. She was nervous, her heart was racing.
“I’ll address the elephant in the room so you don't have too. How was it?” Zelda asked with a simple regal smile.
“Oh well you know… it was good. It was great. A little bit embarrassing…” She told her with a cherry pink face.
“From what Victor told me, you found it more than great.” She told her and Malon hid her face behind her hands. Zelda laughed.

“It's okay Malon. I was the one who suggested it. I thought you needed to lose some stress and blow off some steam. I hope Victor was kind, I told him not to make you uncomfortable.”
“No! Victor was great. I mean he was wonderful, sadly a bit too good because I don't know if I will find anyone who will compare. He was very kind and didn't pressure me. He suggested it and I agreed.” She assured Zelda and Zelda gave a thankful nod.

“But there is more on your mind.” Zelda took a sip of tea.
“It's nothing… really.”
“Please Malon, it is okay. You can trust me.”
“Promise you won't freak out?”
“I promise.”

Malon took a deep breath and looked at her own reflection in the sea cup.
“That morning when I saw you and Link laying naked together is burned into my brain. I would be lying if I told you I haven't fantasied about Link. Seeing him naked was… I even touched myself that night while think about him…”
“No shame. I have done the same. Even after marrying Victor, I occasionally get off to imagining him with me.”
“But that's not all… Sometimes my mind drifts to you… Sometimes I think about you.”
“Oh.”
“Zelda… Everything I said about having a knight sweep me off my feet is true. But I think I have a crush on you Zelda and I can't get it to stop.” She confessed and Zelda was stunned.

Zelda had no idea. She had never suspected this in the slightest and she was kicking herself for not noticing. She stood up and walked around the table to Malon. “Zelda…?”
“Stand up please.” Zelda said emotionless and Malon hesitated but did so.
“Zelda, I am sorry. I shouldn't ha-” Zelda hugged her tightly and Malon relaxed into the hug.
“It's okay Malon. You are allowed to feel however you feel.”
“You're not upset?”
“No. Not at all.” Zelda told her and then let go of her.
“Thank you. I don't expect you to feel the same but I just needed to get that off my chest.”

Zelda closed her eyes and took a deep breath.
“Yeah, sorry Malon but I don't have those kind of feelings for you.” She told her.
“It's alright.”
“But.” She placed a hand on her cheek. “You are still a beautiful Woman.” Zelda said and then leaned forward and gave her a gentle kiss on the lips. Malon’s heart felt like it was about to explode. Zelda’s lips parted slightly.
“Zelda…” Malon whispered and Zelda moved her hand from her cheek to her lips.
“Sshh…You don’t have to say anything…” Her hands moved down to her hips and then one reached round and gently grabbed her butt.
“Zelda… Why?” She asked, nervous that this was some cruel prank.
“I am curious… just go with it, Malon.”

In that moment Malon found confidence she didn't know she had and did as Zelda asked. She went with it.

She pushed against Zelda, kissing her heavily and grabbing breasts. It was what Malon wanted and it was what she was going to do. Zelda moaned into the kiss, surprised by the sudden spark.

Zelda pulled Malon close, her grip on her butt increasing in intensity. She steered Malon towards the table, regaining some control but she was underestimating Malon.

Malon twisted them around and suddenly Zelda found herself sat upon the table with Malon hiking up her dress. Her hands touch her thigh and then push against the damp fabric. Fingers move between and Zelda lets out a sharp gasp.

It was a different feeling. She had experienced penis penetrating her many times, tongue licking her, heck, her own fingers had been used for pleasure, but this was something new. Never was it a woman’s fingers and what was new to her was that she liked it. A lot.

Malon stoked and played with her while playing with one breast. Zelda looked upon Malon’s flushed face and grinned. She bit her lip and Malon gulped, suddenly intimidated by Zelda.

The Queen takes control, gripping Malon’s shoulders and pushing her backwards. She moved her towards the bed and Malon didn't resist, even when she was pushed backwards onto the soft mattress.

Zelda stood, casting a shadow over Malon who just stared up at her beauty. Without a word, Zelda began to unclasp the various buckles and straps on her dress and let them fall to the ground. The tightness and form sagged from the dress as it gradually became looser. Gloves came off, buttons were undone and then Zelda stood with just a bra and panties. That didn’t last long however, she stepped out of the panties and then let the bra fall to the ground.

Malon made a conscious effort to breathe, she wasn’t sure she had breathed since she was pushed onto the mattress. Zelda was naked in front of her and Malon stared. She had seen this once, briefly, and it awakened something in her that she didn’t know was there, now she is here once more and she is taking it all in.

Zelda stood motionless. She knew she was the object of Malon’s desire right now and she gladly let her absorb the form of her body. But eventually the farm girl sheepishly looks up and meets the Queen's eyes. She was flustered, embarrassed and confused. Zelda was wise, she understood this so she was the one to take action.

She knelt on the bed, her body crawling over Malon. Her naked breasts touched her clothed breasts. “I would really like to see you naked now.” Zelda said and Malon let out a sound that was somewhere between a gasp and a whimper.

Zelda looked lustfully into Malon’s eyes and then grabbed the golden Bowser broach from her, pulling off the yellow garment, then focused on the belt, all while keeping eye contact. Malon let Zelda do all the work, too scared to make a move on her own, but she did kick off her boots as Zelda pulled her shirt free and tugged at it.

She lay in her bra and Zelda lightly squeezed her breasts, kissed her neck and Malon shut her eyes, the passion was too much. She moaned as her heart raced and her body shook nervously beneath the Queen. Zelda then reached around her back and unclasped her bra strap and slowly pulled it away.

“Malon, you are beautiful.” Zelda commented, her warm hands finally on her breasts and Malon let out a loud whimper. Zelda kissed her heavily and Malon reciprocated it. Finally their breasts touched and Malon had no idea what was going on. The Queen pulled away and then peeled her dress down, followed by her tights, leaving her bare.

“Where has all that spark from moments ago gone?” Zelda asked as she cupped her cheek.
“I am nervous…” She spoke and Zelda kissed her lightly, backed away only slightly so her breath was still felt on her lips.
“Don’t be. Relax, Malon… I will bring that back out of you.” Zelda said but before she could respond, Zelda was going south and then Malon felt lips against her core and she moaned loudly.

Malon’s eyes were wide, her mouth agape as she let out powerful screams and her body shook to the sudden pleasure of Zelda licking her. She was wild and good at it, she was sure Zelda had no experience in this field, so where her talents came from was a mystery to Malon, but the mystery didn’t occupy her mind for very long as the pleasure over took any rational thought.

She lay there, the gap between her legs was buzzing wildly and looking down was a sight to behold. Golden locks on display, the head of the Queen of Hyrule bobbing up and down as she licked her clit was something she refused to accept as reality.

Everytime she thought the pleasure had reached a ceiling it just went and smashed through, only to do the same over and over. It reached her brain and surged like lightning.

“Zelda!” She screamed desperately, she gripped her golden hair hard and squeezed her own breast to get as much out of this precious moment as possible. “Zelda! Oh Zelda! Yes! Oh my…. Ahhh!” She screamed, nothing deterring Zelda.

But eventually the ceiling could not be smashed and Malon let out a guttural scream, her back arched and her hands gripped the bed sheets with the force of a Moblin. “ZELDA! OH HYLIA YES!” She broke the one thousand decibels easily and then she collapsed and Zelda withdrew.

Her body was hot, shaky and buzzing with an unknown feeling. If Victor was a ten, Zelda was a twenty. She let the orgasm wash over her and seep into every cell of her body and then let her breathing return to normal.

Zelda crawled over her and smiled wildly. Malon’s face was as red as her hair and also a mess. She was hot, both literally and figuratively. Zelda smiled and Malon beamed back. “Zelda…” She said. “That was…”
“I know.” Zelda replied.

The Queen was naked above her and Malon was not going to waste this moment.
“Screw it.” She said, Zelda was about to ask but was suddenly thrown onto her back and Malon was on top of her. Her hand went south and her fingers plunged between Zelda’s legs.
“Oh my! Oh wow! Oh…. Hylia!” Zelda moaned.

Malon had found her confidence was more, daring to overpower the Queen.
“Zelda. I loved you.” She let out and kissed the Queen heavily as the assault on her womanhood continued. She looked deeply into her eyes and Zelda looked back with confusion and desire. Their lips parted and Zelda’s hands gripped the sheets just like Malon had previously.
“Oh Malon! I can’t believe this!” She gasped. “I am about to cum!” She let out. “Send me over the edge ranch girl! Pleasure your Queen!” She ordered, Malon grinned.
“You are not the one in charge now, your highness.”

Zelda screamed and Malon felt her fingers get drenched from Zelda’s orgasm. Zelda’s face was red, and Malon released her hand and placed her finger between Zelda’s lips. Zelda’s high eventually subsided and Malon rolled to her side.

“Holy shit… Malon… What was that!?” Zelda asked as Malon hugged into her body and sighed.
“You liked it then?”
“Liked it? Malon… that was wild!” Zelda exclaimed.
“I didn’t think you were… you know, into girls.”
“I am not. Well, I wasn’t. This is new to me too, Malon.”
“Then why were you so skilled?”
“Because you turned me on. That’s why.”
“Well if this is what you being curious is like… I am lost for words.”
“Enough about me, what about you? You were so shy when you confessed your feelings to me. Victor told me all about you and him… This is not the temperament he described.”

Malon looked up at the ceiling.
“I just got swept up in the moment. I realised I couldn’t let this moment slide. I nearly let Victor leave… I wasn’t going to let you leave.” Malon told her.
“Malon…”
“Zelda, I know what you are going to say. I understand, I do.”
“I know Malon, but let me say it anyway. I love you Malon, you are my best friend. This thing here, this was beyond words. I didn’t expect anything like this to happen and I do not for a second regret it. However, I am not in love with you.”
“I know… And how I feel is still there, but my dream, my dream of being swept off my feet by a knight in shining armour… that is very much still real.”

The bedroom door suddenly opens and the two Women turn to see a confused King scan the room. He follows the trail of clothes to the bed where he sees Malon laying naked in bed with his wife. One thousand questions enter his mind but he can only get out one.
“What did I miss?”

Zelda smirks, her arms behind her head and her breasts presented to the air. Malon was wrapped around her.
“Care to join us dear?” She asked and Victor strode forward.
“Don't mind if I do.”

 

 

Six Months Later…

Malon is walking through Castle Town. Head in the clouds like always. She has a crate of Lon Lon Milk in her arms but she is used to the weight.

Suddenly, a small dog dashes in front of her, she puts on the brakes in order to not trip over the little dog, stumbling as a result and the forward momentum of the crate pulls her forward.

The crate breaks open, bottles smash across the stone pavement but Malon is on her feet… sort of.

She looks up and a Knight is holding her hips, she blushes and he pulls her up.

“Apologies. Are you okay ma’am?” He asks in a low tone.
“I… yes I am…” She murmurs. Her eyes meet his and his warm smile swells her heart. “Screw it.” She says out loud.
“Ma’am?”
“Do you want to go on a date with me?” She asks confidently and he raises his eyebrows then chuckles.
“Wow… Yes. Sure!” He responds and then they both laugh.

Notes:

This is long as hell, yeah. It was originally three chapters but I didn't want to spread the series out that much and instead decided to contain all the NSFW scenes here instead of dragging it out for three weeks. But I like my decision and making it an anthology is something I have never done, so this feels fun and different for me.

I toyed with Victor getting Nabooru pregnant but the more I worte it the more it just didn't feel right. The same for Malon, that too felt wrong. But Malon was just going to have the scene with Victor but by the end it was her and Zelda which was way more fun, different and unexpected to write. I was going to include a scene like this with Zelda and Malon in "Ocarina of Time/Majora's Mask Aftermath" but couldn't find the space for it.

I also like to think it is common for Zora to be into Hylians. We see this with Ruto but also Mipha in Breath of the Wild. Sure, why not?

I needed these stories though. This might be my final time writing these characters so I wanted to make it count. I love Ocarina of Time, I love Malon and Ruto especially so I wanted to give them the spotlight.

Anyway, next week is some darker stuff. I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 147: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Part 4 - The Return of the Demon King

Summary:

An era of peace is followed by an era of destruction. The Demon King returns...but the Hero of Time does not.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

35 Years Later…

 

Daphnes Nohansen Hyrule sat upon the Throne. Usually the next heir to the throne would be crowned upon the death of the King or Queen but not in this case.

Queen Zelda abdicated from the Throne and decided to live out the rest of her life in peace. She was still relatively young, only 54 with much life left in her but that was more reason to retire early. She had done many great things in her life, she was Princess when the Hero of Time defeated Ganondorf and she was successful in restoring Hyrule which was marked by the enormous Hyrule Castle which towered in the centre of the Kingdom.

But Daphnes was 36 himself but wasn’t Zelda’s only child, she also had a daughter who was 26 years old and was given the name Zelda in accordance to the time old naming tradition. While Daphnes was a courageous and kind ruler, Zelda was much wiser and ran many of the council sessions, diplomacy and tried to make as many people in Hyrule as happy as ever. She was “the people’s princess”.

Zelda was honest with Victor before they were married. Daphnes was the son of the Hero of Time but this was never something she told her son, it was something that only Zelda, Victor and Impa knew about. Victor never looked at Daphnes any differently and was always a Dad to him. He loved his son very much. But it took the two of them ten years to have another child as they felt the Kingdom was stable and the time was right.

“You are looking at that statue again?” Victor asked his Wife as he approached her on the balcony that overlooked the main hall of the Castle. A mighty statue of Link was prominent, a way to remember the Hero who sacrificed it for all of the Kingdom. The people of Hyrule worshipped their hero, many had met him and tales of his good deeds spread around the Kingdom. Many were fake, but most were real, but as time went on his story started getting doubt from the younger generations who weren't too sure he wasn't a legend. Afterall, nobody had seen him for 36 years.

“Yeah. When I look at his statue with the portrait of our children on the wall behind him I just feel like our whole family is in one room together. But.. It's just… I still miss him.” She said and Victor put an arm around him.
“Well, in a different time, he is the same age as us. Do you think we got together?” He asked her and she smiled.
“Probably not. I imagine I am with him.” She admitted, knowing Victor wouldn't be jealous of a man who no longer exists.
“So, it isn't all bad.”
“Well yes, if I hadn’t met you I wouldn’t have our beautiful daughter. I wouldn't change a thing. I don't feel guilty. But still…”
“But still indeed…” Victor said as he kissed her gently.

But suddenly, as if from nowhere a tremor shook the Castle to the core and Zelda grabbed a railing in an attempt to stay up right. Some guards around the castle fell, some stayed up right but the shockwave was loud and powerful enough to knock vases over and some statues to the ground.

“What the hell was that!?” Victor asked as the quake subsided. He followed Zelda to the outside balcony where he looked out across Hyrule where an enormous black tower now stood… Directly in the heart of the Gerudo Desert.

 

 

Fado sat on a branch of the old Deku Tree and played his Fiddle for the Deku Sprout. It wasn't fair to call him a sprout anymore, he was about the size of a normal tree, but he still didn't nearly compare to his Father.

Suddenly a quake hit the Forest and Fado fell from the tree.
“Oww…” He groaned, then checked to see if his Fiddle was okay.
“Are you alright?” The Deku Tree asked, unable to turn to check.
“Yeah, I am… but what was that?” He asked and the Deku Tree was silent for a moment.
“I don't know… but it can't be good.”

“Deku Tree!” Saria cried out, running to the Tree. “Are you alright?” She asked and the tree nodded.
“Yeah, me too, thanks for asking.” Fado remarked.
“I am going to go check it out, Fado, stay with the Deku Tree!” She ordered and then propelled off the ground with her leaf-copter.

 

 

Link was rolling around and racing his father Darunia. He was named after the Legendary Hero that fought alongside his Dad and that name made him proud.

“Well, you beat me again!” Darunia remarked and Link unrolled. “I am getting old”. He said and Link grinned.

Suddenly Goron City shook. The Gorons were steady on their feet but didn't panic, they were used to the rumbling of Death Mountain, but this was stronger. Link looked upon his Dad's face and frowned.

“That was not Death Mountain”.

 

 

Queen Ruto stood with her Daughter Laruto at the altar of King Jubun. After Zora’s Domain froze over, King Jabu Jabu passed away, but in his place came his successor, King Jabun.

He hadn't yet reached the size of his Father but he was taller than Queen Ruto who in herself had grown severe feet in the past 36 years.

The Zora Princess threw him a fish in which he sucked up quickly.
“Don't stand too close.” She warned her Daughter who had been warned countless times. But Ruto told her with a smile, recalling fondly her memories of meeting her fiancé. Queen Ruto had a daughter, but she never married. Her heart belonged to Link even though she knew he had left her time. She often wondered if they ended up together in a different life.

Suddenly the ground shook, causing the water to cascade and pour over the Zora Fountain in huge waves. Jabun roared and Rutella fell over.
“Mother! What is happening!?” She called out and Ruto stood and looked at her daughter.
“Stay here with Jabun. He will protect you. I am going to go and find out!” Ruto ordered, then ran through the cave that led into Zora’s Domain.

 

 

Impa sat with her leg crossed on the roof of her house. The wind swept through Kakariko Village which turned the windmill at a steady pace. It was a nice day. It was a nice day.

The group shook and slates fell from the rooftops and the steady sales on the windmill snapped, pulling it to the ground.

Impa stood, probably one of the few people who could keep a steady balance through the tremor. She leaped onto the nearby cliff and looked across the wide Hyrule field. There in the distance was an erected black tower.

She ran for Hyrule Castle.

 

 

Nabooru had led her people out of the darkness. They swore allegiance to the Hylian Royal Family but of course they would, their old King was sealed away so why wouldn't they? Nabooru knew many were still loyal to Ganondorf as he represented hope for their struggling people. People who were battered by the burning sun and sharp sands that blew against their skin. They envied Hyrule, the peaceful green fields and calming winds.

With Ganondorf they could have that.

But they had been at peace for the past 36 years and Nabooru was happy that her people got to live how they always did despite their crimes against Hyrule. Her daughter, Aberu, was someday going to take over from her mother and she had the backing of many of the younger generations who only knew peace and not the tyranny of Ganondorf. Her father was a Hylian Knight who she did not know but she had connections to the Hylian Royal family which helped her bring Gerudo more freedom through peaceful means.

But then there was an explosion and shockwaves slammed harsh winds against the Gerudo Fortress. The gates to the desert were blown off and walls collapsed. Nabooru had a good vantage point to see what was happening, in the middle of the desert, underneath the dust cloud, a giant tower shot up into the sky, blocking the rays of the sun.

Her heart sank as many of her people cheered. The other half looked around in confusion. The shockwave subsided and a mighty roar was heard from the top of the tower.

Ganondorf was back.

Nabooru looked down and her people looked up at her. Malice was in many of their eyes. Suddenly with the return of their King, the 36 years of diplomacy, peace and leadership meant nothing. An arrow shot past her head, she grabbed her daughter by her wrist and they ran.

 

 

“It's Ganondorf.” Zelda said as she strode into the throne room. Her son, Daphnes, was stood and his throne was toppled.
“Are you sure, Mother?” He asked and she nodded.
“Positive. A giant black tower har risen from the ground in the Gerudo Desert.” She told him.
“Men! We strike the Gerudo Desert!” He yelled to the Generals of his army.
“It won't do any good!” She shouted and Daphnes walked down the steps to her.
“Then what? We do nothing?”
“I…I don't know…” She admitted, a statement that shook Daphnes. But with no better plan he was ready to send his men into battle.

“Your Highness!” Impa yelled as she ran into the Throne Room.
“Please tell us you have a plan.” Victor asked her but she ignored him.
“Is everyone alright? Is the Princess safe?” She asked and right on cue the 26 year old Princess walked into the throne room with her six advisors. Zelda took a deep breath.
“We have to fight Ganondorf ourselves. I trust the Sages will have heard and be on their way. Princess, you and your council should stay hidden. You are the Royal Family’s future.”
“Understood.” She said with a bow and Gonzo, guided her off.
“Impa, watch my back, I need to do something.”
“Always.”
“And men, you are with me!” Victor roared to his generals and thrusting his sword in the air.”

 

 

Saria glided over Hyrule Castle's drawbridge as Knights charged out on horses with archers perched at every angle. She descended onto a serene Garden with a lake, she went to step into the main hall when Zelda and Impa stepped out.

“Saria?” She questioned.
“I flew over, how can I help?” She asked and Zelda smiled.
“Find Victor, he could use you on the front lines.” She said and Saria frowned but nodded.
“Got it!” She said and then shot up into the air.
“I know what you are planning, your highness. Are you sure this will work?”
“No…” Zelda admitted. “But do we have any hope of winning this fight without him?” She asked.
“We must win this. No matter what the sacrifice may be.”

 

 

Aveil watched as the dust cloud parted and a tall figure strode out. She knelt in the sand, as did the rest of her Gerudo sisters. The man with the red beard and long cloaks held two blades by his sides.

“I swore my revenge on the sages, on Zelda… on Link. Now I am free and I will unleash my wrath upon Hyrule and take what is mine!” He boomed. From his tower, swarms of Moblins, Bokoblins and Dark Nuts strode out. “My Gerudo people. Follow me into battle! We will take Hyrule!” He spoke and they all rose.

As they all got onto horses and prepared for battle, Aveil walked up to Ganondorf.
“My Lord, it is good to have you back.” She said, kneeling again.
“Rise.” He told her and she did. Even standing up, she had to crane her neck to observe him. “Aveil, you bore my child. Are you the leader of our people?” He asked and she shook her head. “Nabooru. Nabooru was tasked with leading our people. We had to submit to Hyrule’s will, we had to follow her. But when we saw you had returned to us… we turned on her. She fled.” He smiled.
“Good. I want to kill that traitorous bitch with my own hands. I want to feel her neck pop as I squeeze the life from her.”
“Her daughter had great influence over our people. Many are choosing to side with Hyrule.”
“Round them up, any of them who side with Hyrule will be imprisoned and punished later.”
“I will do that, Grandfather.” A woman approached. Ganondorf hadn’t aged in his time sealed away, so his granddaughter was older than he was.
“Hmm. Any more descendants?” He spoke, barely acknowledging his granddaughter.
“Your Great Granddaughter is 18.”
“Get her to convince our people to fight and know that mercy will not be shown if they refuse.” He ordered her, she nodded and ran off.

Ganondorf walked on, she followed by his side. “The other sages?” He asked.
“Rauru is missing, no one knows his whereabouts. Saria the Forest Sage is presumably living within the Kokiri Forest under the watch of the Deku Tree.”
“I killed the Deku Tree.”
“The new Deku Tree. He sprouted.” She told him and he grunted a tone of disapproval. “Darunia the Fire Sage leads the Gorons and Queen Ruto the Water Sage leads the Zora. Impa is still the protector of Zelda who is still alive, but abdicated, handing the throne over to her son.”
“I will kill them all. And the Hero of Time?”
“Gone. He apparently left Hyrule and hasn’t been seen since… Well since he… He faced you.” She said with fear but he ignored it.
“He’ll be back. He wouldn’t turn his back on his precious Kingdom. I will make him come out from whatever hole he is hiding with. I will burn everything he loves to the ground!” He roared.

Ganondorf whistled and a dark portal opened in the sand, his black horse lifted from it and the King of Evil jumped onto the saddle. He charged forward on his way to Hyrule.”

 

 

Victor and his Knights of Hyrule rode out onto Hyrule field on a mission to take down the oncoming army. He passes Darunia at the gates who was surrounded by Gorons.
“Don’t worry about defence Brother!” Darunia yelled. “That is what us Gorons are built for!” Victor smiled, feeling reassured that his son and daughter were safe in the Castle.

As Victor’s Horse charges across Hyrule field two Gerudo Women were running their way. One of the Knights aimed his bow.
“Wait!” Victor yelled, stopping the archer. Victor speeds up and as he passes extends his arm and lifts one onto her horse while the younger woman grabs a hold of another knight's hand and is holstered up onto his horse. “What is the situation, Nabooru?” He asked and she shook her head.
“Not good. Ganondorf is back. My sisters turned their backs on me. We are at war.”

Soon they saw the swarms of monsters pour from the rocky cliffs and spread like a plague. Victor pulled out his sword and slashed through them while Nabooru stabbed with her spear but it seemed like attacking a river with some rocks.

But then the Gerudo rode out with spears and bows in hand. A much more tangible target. But before Victor even got to land a hit he saw something fall from the sky and then a flash hit the Gerudo forces, knocking some from their horses and making some lose control. Victor looked up and saw Saria flying high on her copter-leaf.

With the opportunity she gave him, he slashed through several of them, Nabooru spearing several of her friends in the chest, not something she enjoyed but she knew it had to be done. Aberu used her scimitar to parry her people’s blades. She didn’t want to hurt anyone.

When the Gerudo regained some control, arrows flew into the air, Saria dodged with ease, dropping more Deku Nuts but more importantly, she was a good distraction for the Knight of Hyrule to attack.

 

 

The Moblins surrounded Lon Lon Ranch. Malon made sure her 33 year old son was sitting safely on Epona’s back and that her 14 year old grandaughter was on a younger horse, then she climbed on herself. Her Husband, a loyal Knight of Hyrule was not here to protect them, so she rode out, whizzing past Moblins and Bokoblins. She hated to abandon her home, but she prioritised the safety of her son and grandson more than anything. She raced towards Kakariko Village. She looked back to see the ranch set a blaze. She pushed it away. Safety first. Sadness later.

 

 

Hyrule Town was a large town built in the South of Hyrule to house the many people who once called Castle Town their home. It was a peaceful town and the hub of the Kingdom. But right now the people screamed as Darknuts marched through the stone streets and slayed anyone in their path.

The Moblins set homes a blaze and Bokoblins ran into the flames and tore into men, women and children without discrimination.

All the people could do was run and hide and pray to their Gods. One thing was on everyone's mind.
“Please Hero of Time. We need you!”

 

 

The Monster Forces pushed forward on Hyrule Castle. They marched on, many dropping from the arrow strikes but their comrades trampled their bodies with no hesitation. But for the ones who got passed the arrows and knights had to then get past the Goron blockade led by Darunia.

Darunia set an example early on, he smashed a Dark Nut right in the face and when it staggered he picked it up and threw it off the bridge. The Bokoblins and Moblins charged while the Dark Nuts continued their slow menacing pace. The Gorons were not letting a single one through, breaking bones and snapping next and throwing them into each other. Darunia’s son Link grabbed a Bokoblin by the leg, slammed it into another Bokoblin and then continued pounding it against the stone wall like a sack. When he was done he launched it at one of its brethren.

But if things weren’t bad enough for the Monster Force, it got worse. A torrent of water slammed into many of them, launching them off the bridge before they could make an attempt at the Goron blockade. Darunia turned to see Queen Ruto propelling herself onto the bridge with a trident in hand and stabbing them, throwing them and commanding the water to strike them off the bridge.

A Moblin charged at her and she impaled it, charged forward into its allies and then launched herself off the bridge with them. What the Hylians, Gorons and now Ruto had learned was that these monsters could not swim, so as they hit the water they sank to their grave.

 

 

A man was dragged out of his home by the foot and then sliced in half by a Bokoblin. Luckily the Bokoblins didn’t know about the man's cellar when they burned his house to the ground so his Wife and Kids were safe for now.
“Mommy…will the monsters get us?” The little girl cried and her mother put on a brave face.
“You have heard of the Hero of Time right? He will come and save us, he will drive the Monsters out. Just you wait.” She told her.

The sentiment was felt from the Kingdom as a whole. They begged, prayed and hoped for the Hero of Time to come and save them. He has too. He will come and solve all their problems like the Legends said. Stories of him going to such lengths as to help a man find the right mask for his son’s birthday or bring a lost puppy home spread through the Kingdom. Few knew if they were real but right now people needed a little something to believe in.

 

 

For as strong as the Knights, Ruto and Gorons were, they could not hold off forever. A few monsters slipped into the Castle to battle Knights inside under the Heroic Statue of the Hero of Time. It gave them courage. But outside the stamina of the Knights and their numbers dwindled and Ruto had taken a few cuts so decided to play it more safe by doing what she cut from the moat.

The Hoard seemed endless.

 

 

Zelda sat on the cloth that lay at the feet of the Goddess Statue. She prayed.
“Goddess of Wisdom, Nayru. Goddess of Power, Din. Goddess of Courage, Nayru. Three Golden Goddesses, I pray to you. Hyrule needs our Hero. Hyrule needs Link. Send us our hero or all is lost.”

The praying chamber was silent. She felt nothing. “Link, if you can hear us through Time, help us. Was I wrong to send you away? Was I wrong to meddle with time? Is Hyrule doomed because of me?”

She sobbed and then lay on the cold hard floor. “Link… I miss you so much.”

 

 

As Victor and Nabooru fought through the Gerudo forces alongside their Hylian allies, Aviel rode quickly and ferociously towards them.
“Here she is, let's get her Victor!” Nabooru yells but as they begin to charge towards her a black horse appears behind her with a cloaked man with red hair. He weirded two swords and despite never seeing him before, Victor knew he must be Ganondorf.
“I am taking him on.” Victor told her.
“What? Are you insane? He will kill you”.
“Nabooru, who else will? He will kill everyone. I have to stop him from reaching Hyrule Castle. I won’t allow him to touch my family.” He told her and she understood fully.

“Die Nabooru!” Aviel roared as they neared, Nabooru stood on the back of the horse then leaped off, slamming her body into Aveil, taking her off her horse and rolling onto the ground. Victor charged on.

Nabooru spent no time getting to her feet and jabbing with her spear but Aveil dodged her thrusts. But Nabooru kept her at bay, not letting her close in with her scimitar. But suddenly Aberu leaped from a horse and slashed Aveil in the back, causing her to scream in pain. Aberu rolled away and stood by her mother’s side.

“You bitch!” Aveil roared.
“Neither of you have a claim to the throne of the Gerudo! You never did! The moment our king was born, he was our true ruler. But even in the years he was sealed away, my daughter was supposed to be our leader. What makes you two think you have the right!”
“I never bent my knee to such an evil man. I instead saved Hyrule by helping seal him away. That is why I am the Sage of Spirit.” Nabooru told her but Aveil snarled.
“Hyrule… Why do you love these people so much?”
“Because they are better than us. They do the right thing, they strive for peace. Sure, there is evil in every civilization but the Gerudo have been corrupted by Ganondorf’s evil since he was born.”
“He fights for us!”
“He fights for himself. He ruled Hyrule for seven years and where were you? You weren't sitting by his side in his castle, you were watching over Gerudo fortress.”
“Raising my daughter.”
“For evil you mean.” Aberu spoke up.

“Ganondorf may invade Hyrule and liberate the Gerduo like he claims, but look at what I have done for us over the last 30 years. Brought peace, no war. Made deals. The Hylians were starting to open up to us after Ganondorf’s setback but now all that is undone.” She told her. “And on top of all that… I don’t see my sisters, my friends. Why are most of the people fighting alongside Ganondof older than me?”
“Because all the traitors are locked away. My daughter is keeping a watch on them. Maybe in time Ganondorf will show mercy on them if they bend their knee to him.”
“Thank you, that is all I needed to know.” Aberu said, climbing atop a rogue horse. “Mother, I assume you will be able to take care of this.”
“Of course. Count on me.” She assured her daughter.

Aberu rode off and Aveil screamed in anger, slashing at her but Nabooru saw an opening to jab her and she fell to the ground in pain. Her cry was the last thing Aberu saw as she rode towards Gerudo Desert.

 

 

Ganondorf saw Victor coming a mile off, he had no idea who he was but assumed he was some high ranking general due to his golden armour and royal colours. He smiled, he was going to enjoy taking him down. He raised a sword and slashed but Victor ducked under it. Ganondorf growled in annoyance, turning his horse and chasing him.

Victor turned his horse, zigzagging and shaking Ganondorf off his tail. Victor was the superior rider, having had extensive lessons from Malon. He smiled, knowing that the teachings of a farm girl were enough to throw off the King of Evil.

Victor came behind him and hit him in the back and knocked him from his horse. Ganondorf rose to his knees and looked at Victor who was sat atop his horse.
“Wow, the Legends really bigged you up to be a threat. Who knew you would be such a pushover.” Victor mocked and Ganondrof hid his frustration.
“Who are you? You are not just a General are you?”
“How observant.” He remarked. “Well my riding skills were learned by a Ranch Girl, sorta implies she could have shook you off. Kinda embarrassing really.” He told him, Ganondorf finally showing his anger. “But my sword skills are my own, I am Victor Hyrule. Former King of Hyrule, father of Daphnes Nonhansen Hyrule.” He deliberately left the name of his daughter out of it, the less Ganondorf knew, the better.

Ganondorf laughed.
“So, you are married to Zelda…” He sneered. “Poor Hero of Time. What was he even fighting for? He saved his land and his Princess never even put out.” This time Victor showed annoyance.
“He beat you, although based on how I made you roll around in the dirt, I am wondering if his feets were exaggerated too.”
“Oh I want to feel the Hero of Time die to my hands, but even I recognise talent when I see it. You are nothing compared to him.”

Ganondorf without warning threw his sword and took the horses head clean off, as it toppled Victor jumped off and landed on his feet. He felt some sadness at seeing his horse brutally killed but he had no time to mourn his steed, he was facing the King of Evil, Ganondorf…

 

 

Aveil rolled backwards, dodging another spear strike but this time she grabbed the spear and yanked it from Nabooru’s hands. She threw it away and lunged at her, swiping her scimitar which now put Nabooru in defence. She cut her arm, then her hip and Nabooru fell backwards, tripping over a dead Hylian Knight. She took his sword just in time to block Aveil’s strike.

Nabooru kicked her legs and she tripped, giving Nabooru time to get to her feet. The two women clashed, blades smashing together as they both dodged each other while their bodies bled and throbbed with pain.

“I am going to fucking kill you Nabooru!” Aveil screamed in anger. “Why were you so unloyal to our king! You were his favourite!” She roared. “You could have had everything. His hand in marriage, his children, his kingdom! Why!”
“None of that even remotely appeals to me.” She responded, slashing her sword as her which was blocked.
“Why? Why do you put these Hylians before us!” She screamed, tears in her eyes as she was defending herself.
“Without them, we wouldn’t even exist!” Nabooru screamed. She swing and cut Aviel’s hand off and she dropped to the floor screaming in pain.
“You had everything you bitch! I wanted what you had! But I was just Ganondorf’s sloppy seconds!”
Nabooru’s eyes widened, in that moment she realised Aveil was jealous of her, she was fueled by envy as well as loyalty. But Aveil took advantage of Nabooru’s realisation, grabbed a spear with her only hand and thrust it through Nabooru’s stomach.

Nabooru fell to her knees and thrust her sword down into Aveil’s guts. They both gurgled, spitting blood. “I always fucking hated you, Nabooru.”
“I know…” She said, falling to the ground next to her as they both bled out.
“I hated that our people liked you more, how you were a better leader, how our people looked up to you. Even the Queen of Hyrule has your respect…”
“You are an idiot, Aviel… Our people followed you, they always did. I spent my life trying to get them to see reason. If you only stood by my side… we could have been friends. The Gerudo would have prospered…”
“Well…maybe in another life time… things would have been different…”
“Maybe… Hopefully…”

The two Gerudo Women lay next to each other, soaked in blood, dead on the fields of Hyrule.

 

 

Aberu peered over the stone walls and saw no guards. She ran into the fortress, knowing her sisters would be locked in the cells. She climbed out of a window, leaped up and grabbed the roof. She crawled across it and peered through the prison window.

There she saw her people, the loyal ones, behind bars with four Gerudo standing guard. Both of Ganondorf’s Daughters and both of his Grandaughters. She would have to take on four of her people alone.

Laroba, Ganondorf’s first child he had with Aviel. Kara, his second child he had with Raja. Laroba’s daughter who was 25 and named Rima and lastly the 17 year old Sumati.

Aberu didn’t particularly love the idea of killing a 17 year old but it was going to be made easier based on how wicked she was. Also easy.

Aberu climbed through the window and dropped down on Sumati, stabbing her in the back. As the three others turned in surprise, she went for Kara who had the keys in her hand. She stabbed her side and dropped the keys. Aberu kicked them across the floor towards the cell. Laroba and Rima attacked which forced Aberu into defence, blocking them.

One of the captive Gerudo grabbed the keys and undid the cell, freeing them. They dived on Kara, pulling her to the floor. One took her weapon and cut her head off. Rima turned to the freed Gerudo and cursed under her breath. She sliced at the ones who got close.

Now Aberu could just focus on Laroba, a woman jealous because she felt entitled to Gerudo leadership. Aberu was trained by her mother, Nabooru however, so Laroba had no chance. As Laroba slashed her sword, Arberu dodged, kicked off the wall behind her and sent the blade through her neck.

Aberu looked up to see Rima being piled on by the freed Gerudo so she looked back down on Laroba who was bleeding out from her neck.
“Your mother is dead. I saw my mother kill her.” Aberu lied. “And you’ll never believe it. The Hero of Time has shown up. As I left the battlefield, he was engaging Ganondorf in battle. If I had to bet, he will win again. This really is the end of his lineage.” She told Laroba, just to piss her off in her dying moments. It clearly worked based on the look on her face.

She died in hatred.

“Aberu! You saved us!” One of her closed friends cheered.
“Is it true? Is the Hero of Time back?” Another asked, hopeful.
“No, that is a lie. But my Mother and the Knights of Hyrule are engaging the Gerudo in battle right now. We need to help them.”
“We are with you to the end!”

 

The Gerduo and the Hylians felt a stampede and as if from nowhere, a new army of Gerduo Women spilled from the canyon. The Hylians initially frowned until they saw them attack the Gerudo. These were friends, allies and all led by Aberu.
As they hacked away at each other, many died on both sided and as the dust settled, Aberu’s army stood victorious. But this was only the Gerudo dealt with, the monster hoard still roamed Hyrule. The Gerudo with everything they had left engaged as many monsters as they could.

 

 

Ganondorf lunged at Victor, only one sword in hand but it was enough as the force was enough to make Victor dig his feet in the ground to deflect the blow. Victor was a tall man, but Ganondorf still towered over him. He used his free hand to punch Victor and the hit made him go flying. Ganondorf picked up his second sword as Victor got to his feet.

“I see. So your talents are all on horseback.” Ganondorf commented.
“Nah, I have loads of talents. Drinking, fucking and my comedy skills are sublime.”
“You are a massive pain in the butt is what you are.”
“Rude. Is that how you speak to the former King of Hyrule?”
“I killed one Hylian King, I have no problem killing another.”

Victor ran at him and slid under his swipe then aimed for his back but Ganondorf was faster than he looked and managed to block.
“That’s right. You killed my father in law.”
“I did you a favour.” He snarled and Victor smirked.
“Probably, everyone hates their in-laws.” He joked and Ganondorf grinned, then kicked Victor backwards.
“What the hell does Zelda see in you?” He asked.
“I told you, I am good in bed.”
“Well, maybe I will keep her alive, maybe I will show her how a king does it.”
“I wouldn't do that if I were you…”
“Why? Does the thought make you mad?”
“No. Not at all. It is just that Zelda will take your dick off.”

Ganondorf was tired of his banter. He also gave Victor too little credit, he was a good fighter. He ran at him, aimed low and stabbed Victor in the leg, he groaned and then felt the other sword hit his shoulder. His armour protected him, but it still heard the bone break. He blocked a new blow with his sword but the pain on his leg forced him to stagger. As he wobbled, Ganondorf raised both arms and then swung them down, taking Victor’s arms off.

He fell, forcing himself not to cry out from the pain. Ganondorf withdrew his swords and picked Victor up with one hand. “This sucks….” Victor gasped.
“The joker until the end I see.”
“Yeah. Watch this.” He said and then kicked Ganondorf in the balls, causing him to wince in pain, then slammed Victor hard against a cliff face. “Worth it…”

“Victor. I will admit, you entertained me and you are a capable fighter, but you were never a match for me.”
“I know. I knew I wouldn’t be able to take you on, but I succeeded in buying time.”
“Buying time for what?”
“I dunno. But you have faced my wife before, she’ll have a plan.”
“Can’t wait to see what it is.” He said. “I will be going to visit her now, I am going to give her a little gift.”
“What would that be…”
“Your head.” Ganondorf told him. He placed his free hand on the top of his skull. Victor knew this was gonna hurt, but he needed to stay calm, he refused to crack.
“That’s great, she loves my head.” He joked and Ganondorf snarled, pulling and Victor’s eyes went wide as he felt his head get pulled from his body.

Ganondorf looked at the head in his hand.
“They say the Human brain is still active for about ten seconds after decapitation. Blink if you can still hear this.” He said and Victor winked and stuck his tongue out. Ganondorf laughed as he strode back over to his horse. He stuffed the now stiff head in his robes and rode off towards Hyrule Castle.

 

 

Zelda walked into the throne room where Daphnes should have been. She then noticed the balcony doors opened and she stepped outside.

His regal coat flapped in the winds.
“I love Hyrule with all my heart.” He said, not turning. “It pains me to see this.” Zelda joined him and looked out onto the fiery battlefield.
“The Hero of Time isn't coming.” She told him and he nodded.
“I know.” He said to her, and she knew it too. It wasn't surprising.
“But you always hoped he would return, didn’t you?” Daphnes said, but Zelda said nothing. “Even if in another life. That is why you got Impa to construct the Tower of the Gods, right? To test the future Hero?”
“You are wise, you know that?” Zelda said.
“That is your virtue, mother. I like to think mine is courage. Like my father.” He said.

Zelda frowned, wondering what he meant by that. “I know he is my Father.” Daphnes said and Zelda took a step back in shock. “The Hero of Time.” He clarified.
“How?”
“Because… the way you look at me when he is mentioned. You see him in me don't you?”
“Yeah… I am sorry, my son.”
“Don't be.” He told her as he turned and hugged her. “He isn't my Dad. My Dad is out there fighting for us now. Link may be my Father but he isn't my Dad.”

Zelda smiled and turned her gaze back on Hyrule. “That being said, I like to think his courage lives on in me.” He told her.
“I like to think Link’s courage lives on in all of us.”
“I hope he gives me the strength for what I need to do next”. He tells her and she frowns but he walks off. Moments later Impa joins her.
“I think it is time.” Impa says and Zelda nods.
“Nearly. There is one last thing I need to do.”

 

 

“Goddesses of Hyrule. I am King Daphnes Nohansen Hyrule, I am the son of the Princess who fought against Ganondorf alongside the Hero of Time, Link… my Father.” He said as he prayed beneath the Goddess Statue. “I beg of you, stop the King of Evil, I will do anything, take my life in exchange if that will work!” He yelled. “My Mother sent the Hero of Time away, gave him the life he could never have had here. Maybe that was wrong, maybe that was right or maybe you see it as an offence to your grand plan. But I ask you, with the blood of the Hero running in my veins, help us.”

Silence ran through the chamber but Daphnes didn’t waver. He stared at the Statue of Hylia intensely.

“Daphnes Nonhansen Hyrule. Son of Zelda and the Hero of Time…” A voice was heard within himself. “We Golden Goddesses have heard your request. We will seal away this great evil along with Hyrule…” They said and Daphnes frowned. “Your people will be spared. Tell everyone to make it to the mountaintops of Hyrule, the tallest peaks and they will be spared this fate…” They said and Daphnes stood.
“Of course… Thank you.”

Daphnes stepped outside of the chamber and was immediately drenched by the downpour of rain.

Notes:

I think the previous chapters have more pay off.

This is way more serious and I am happy to finally get here. The nature of this fanfiction rarely allows me to use Ganondorf so I am happy that I finally get that opportunity here.

There is a lot to be said but I will save it for the next part. Hope you enjoy!

Chapter 148: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Part 5 - The Flood of Hyrule

Summary:

The Gods who rarely intervened in the affairs of mortals finally answered their prayers and unleashed and endless rain. A rain that would cost a lot for everyone.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Daphnes calls his Mother and sister into the throne room.

“The Goddesses are going to seal Ganondorf alongside Hyrule.” He told them and his sister frowned. Sister, you need to get to the mountains with your advisors, spread the word. The people need a ruler and you are the Princess of the people.” Daphnes said.
“Don’t be absurd! You are the King and you are loved.”

Their mother pulled them in for a hug.
“I love you two children so much.” She told them. “But I sense your father is dead.” She spoke with a slightly wavering voice and I suspect this will be the last time I lay eyes on you two.”
“Mother! Don’t say that! Come with us!” The Princess yelled with tears in her eyes.
“My sweet daughter, I cannot. Things are bad. Very bad. You didn’t witness what Ganondorf is capable of like I did. He has the Triforce of Power and I can’t let him get a hold of the Triforce of Wisdom.”

Zelda put her hand on her chest and the golden triangle on her hand lit up, then from her body the sacred piece emerged. Her two children stared in awe, they were looking at an object of legend, of myth but it was there in front of them. But Zelda placed her hand on the piece and broke it apart.

“Daphnes, my son. I want you to carry this piece of the triforce of Wisdom. I believe someday Link will return, there will be another Hero and you will guide him with your own wisdom and courage.” She said and the piece of the Triforce floated into his body.

“Zelda, my daughter. The other part is for you. You will carry on the tradition that us Women of the Royal Family hold and keep the legend of our Kingdom alive. You take this piece away from all this, flee to the mountaintops where Ganondorf will never reach it.”

“But Mother, why don’t you do this yourself?”
“Because, Ganondorf thinks I am the one to hold the Triforce of Wisdom so he will come for me, but I have no intention of letting him survive.” She told them. “I am quite the fighter myself, you know.” She said with a smirk. “If I ran, he would come after me.”
“So you plan on being bait?” Daphnes asked.
“Bait with a sharp bite.”

Zelda took off a necklace and put it around her daughter’s neck. “When I was ten, Impa gave me this to reassure me to make me feel safe when I had to run from Ganondorf. I want you to do the same for me. Understand?” She asked and the Princess nodded and turned and walked to the door. She turned back around and had one last look at her mother and brother before closing the door on them.

“It’s time now!” Zelda called and Impa dropped from the ceiling. Zelda spun on her heel gracefully and her clothes transformed into the form fitting Sheikah garb.
“Wow…” Daphnes said in shock and Zelda smiled underneath her mask.
“Now son, I will lure Ganondorf to me. I love you my boy!” She said and pulled him in for another hug. “And your father would be proud.” She told him and he smiled.
“I won’t let you down Mother.” He said.
“Nor will I.” She told him before running off out of the room with Impa.

 

 

Princess Zelda and her Six Advisors took as much of their valuable stuff as they could and fled from the Castle through emergency exits. But as they near Kakariko Village an airborne Saria spots them. She flies over to them and lands on their horse pulled cart.

“Saria! Good timing!” The Princess tells her. “Can you spread the word? Everyone, Hylians, Gorons, Zora and Kokiri, everyone needs to get to the mountaintops. The Goddesses are sealing Hyrule away!” She yelled through the ever increasing storm.
“You’ve got it Princess!” She yelled and then flew off once more.

Saria landed atop the Castle and then ducked under a ledge to shelter from the rain. She then played Saria’s song and mentally linked with Fado.
“Saria! What is going on?!” He asked telepathically.
“Tell the Deku Tree! Hyrule is being sealed. Gather the Kokiri with him. He will know what to do!” She ordered and Fado sighed.
“What about you?”
“I’ll be fine.”
“You’d better be.” He said and their link was cut off.

Then continuing her mission she flies down to Queen Ruto who currently had her trident deep in the throat of a Moblin on the bottom of the moat. She swam up to meet Saria, Saria relayed the information and then Ruto swam upstream back to Zora’s Domain.

Saria then flew up to the drawbridge where Darunia slammed a Darknut into the water, barely missing Saria. He stepped over to her as the fighting continued around him. She told him and he grabbed Link.
“You heard the Forest Sage right?” He asked his son who nodded. “Alright, take our people back up to death mountain.”
“But what about Hyrule Castle?”
“Don't worry about it!” Saria yelled through the rain. “These orders come from the Princess herself!” She said and then flew away.

Saria continued her mission, flying around Hyrule and warning everyone she met. It wasn't long before the people of the Kingdom were swarming into Kakariko Village as well as other mountains. But with attention diverted that way, the dark forces were split. Some swarmed the Castle with ease while many chased the Hylians.

But with the drawbridge's only barrier being that of the many corpses that lay across it, Ganondorf stepped off his horse and walked into Hyrule Castle…

 

 

Darunia stood at the foot of the mountain that led to Kakariko Village and punched, bashed and clashed against the Dark Nuts, Moblins and Bokoblins that tried to breach their safe haven. Many brave Hylian Knights fought by his side even as the water was up to their waists.

Luckily, the water level was too much for the Bokoblins who were now attempting to climb tree cliffs to avoid drowning.

It pleased Darunia to see but he knew the water wasn't going to stop rising for him and eventually it was up to his shoulders. The Hylian Knights left alive withdrew up into the Mountain but Darunia stayed in place, pushing back Dark Nuts.

He grabbed one by the head and pushed it backwards, another swung its sword slowly, Darunia blocked it with his arm and kicked it over. A third waded towards him and he lunged at it, sending it toppling with him falling with it. As he stood, the water was above his head. The air in his lungs was the last. He watched many Dark Nuts gasp and drown. One marched towards him and he punched it hard. One grabbed his foot and pulled him over. He roared, releasing the air from his lungs and slammed his fists against its head and crushing it.

Darunia gasped for air, he felt his vision blur and then it all went black.

 

 

“Laruto, you are our Queen now. Take out people to Jabun, he will keep you safe!” Ruto told her daughter as her people panicked in Zora’s Domain.
“Mother, I am not ready.”
“You are and you have to be.” She told her and Laruto closed her eyes for a moment and then opened them again.
“Okay. Be safe Mother.” She said, walking off to the Zora throne as Ruto left the domain. Both knew deep down they would never see each other again but neither were willing to admit it yet.

Ruto stood at the waterfall as Bokoblins and Moblins marched up the stream. Ruto was gonna have some fun before she died…

 

 

Saria was exhausted. She took a breather on a tree that was slowly being drowned by the ever growing flood. The Deku Tree was wise, wiser than she gave him credit for, and that was already high. His influence on the forest was wide and vast and by controlling all the roots in the forest, he pushed the forest up out of the ground and above the water. Saria watched as Kokiri Forest and the Lost Woods rose higher and higher.

She couldn’t make it, she was too worn out and the forest was too high. She sobbed on the tree as the water was up to her neck. She wasn’t ready to die, but it was inevitable. As the water took her, she thought about her happy days in the forest, playing with Link…

 

 

Ganondorf strode through the halls of Hyrule Castle. He growled at the Hero of Time’s statue. He was going to return and turn it to dust. He walked up empty staircases and pushed open double doors to what appeared to be a library.

Sat on top of a shelf with her legs crossed and a book in hand was Sheik. A few rows forward and to her side was Impa, squatting on another. Ganondorf laughed as he walked in.
“Are you attempting to fool me with that pitiful disguise again, Zelda?” He mocked.
“I just thought you might be nostalgic for the days when I evaded you like this for seven whole years.” She told him, putting down her book.

He walked forward and reached into his robe.
“I brought you a gift.” He said, pulling out something large and round and rolling it across the floor. It wasn’t until it stopped rolling that Sheik realised what it was and her heart sank. Looking up at her was Victor’s decapitated head with a trail of blood marking the length of the library. “He put up quite the fight, you know. A pain in the butt for sure, but he humoured me.”

Sheik leaped down and walked past the head.
“You have made a big mistake showing me that head.” She said, maintaining her composure.
“And why is that?”
“Because… Without Victor in my life I have so much less to lose. Now killing you is my only goal.” Ganondorf laughed.
“You and your Sheikah guard dog? Come on! Not even the Hero of Time? Where is he!?” Ganondorf yelled in anger.
“Not here. He had bigger fish to fry than you.” She told him and he frowned.
“We will see about that when your head rolls towards his feet. Give it your best shot!”

Sheik ran towards him and he lifted a sword, blocking her first strike and then leaped out the way of her second strike. Impa was on his right and his second blade swung for her to which she flipped backwards out of the way.

Impa threw a Deku Nut at the ground, distorting his vision slightly and then felt a dagger come in contact with his shoulder, causing him to growl in pain. His vision returned just in time to block Sheik’s kick with his arm and then threw her backwards with a well timed parry.

Ganondorf ran forward and Sheik leaped onto a bookshelf which he booted over, just for her to play leap frog and jump from one to another. Impa was by his side again and swiped at him but he flipped backwards out of the way, creating several metres of distance between them. He was fast and surprisingly agile for his size and strength. Impa didn’t know if that was his natural abilities or if he was being amplified by the Triforce of Power

Sheik dropped down from the bookshelf and landed a dagger in his shoulder, he dropped a sword and grabbed at her, throwing her across the room. He picked up his sword just in time to block Impa.

He stood between them, he was annoyed at himself, so far he had let them hurt him and he had hardly laid a scratch on them. He underestimated them. He grinned, pumping himself up more.

They both simultaneously charged forward and he blocked them both, swiping his swords in sync to keep them at bay. He then saw an opening, lunged high into the air and the two women clashed into each other.

He lands and sends a boot into Sheik’s face, sending her flying across the library and then unleashed a rapid assault on Impa, backing her up against a corner. He swipes, barely missing, she kicks off the wall but he grazed her back, causing her to stagger.

Impa was getting older, her body didn't move like it used to and she couldn't hold him off alone.

Ganondorf notices Sheik getting to her feet and sees an opportunity. He rushes forward and before she could get out of the way Impa blocks his attack.
“I’ll protect the Queen with my life!” She roared and Ganondorf smiled.
“So be it.” He kept the pressure up on one blade but withdrew the other one and thrust it through her body.

The tip of the blade was inches from Sheik’s face, she stared in disbelief as her mentor and mother figure was impaled in front of her.
“Keep… fighting… Zelda… my love…” Impa wheezed. Ganondorf pulled the blade out and let Impa fall to the floor.

Sheik had no time to mourn, she leaped out of the way, rolling across the ground and creating distance between them.

“Your mentor. Your Kingdom. Your people. Your lover. All have died at my hands! And yet, your precious Hero of Time doesn't show!”
“Lucky for you. You’d be dead already if Link were here.” She mocked and he growled.
“Last time was a fluke! He would never win twice.”
“He literally did win twice. Remember round two where you resorted to being a big ugly pig monster?” She continued.
“Enough! You wouldn't be so arrogant when I take that Triforce of Wisdom from you. Maybe I will keep you alive so you can watch me murder your children.”

He rushed forward, enraged and Sheik was on the defensive. Flipping out of the way, ducking, jumping and blocking. But like Impa, she was a lot older, in her 50’s and this was draining. Plus she hadn't needed to fight for a very long time but for him it seemed like yesterday that he was fighting Link.

She backed against a wall and she went to dodge to her right but Ganondorf thrust his sword into the wall, barely missing her but blocking her path. His other blade jabbed her side and she screamed in pain. Ganondorf kicked her to her knees then booted her in the face, hard. She dropped her daggers and Ganondorf took great joy in beating her with a flurry of kicks.

She got to her feet, wheezing in pain. Ganondorf grabbed her by the neck and squeezed. She struggled in his hand, thrashing about so he hit her against the wall until she stopped struggling.

He held her weak body, her mask ripped and her hair falling out across her bloody face.

His hand tightened around her neck and he grabbed her arm, lifting it. Nothing. No light or any sign of the Triforce. She smirked and his tight grip lessened slightly.
“Having trouble finding the Triforce of Wisdom?” She mocked and he growled, shoving her against the wall.
“Where is it!” He yelled in anger.
“I am sorry Ganondorf. You have lost. The Triforce of Wisdom and the Triforce of Courage are out of your reach.”
“Then I will take delight in killing you.”
“Do it!” She spat blood in his face. “I have won and my life means nothing. You lose.” She said and he roared, smashed her against the floor and drove his sword into her.

 

 

Daphnes was in the throne room’s balcony. He looked out onto the land he loved but it was all submerged underwater. The Castle had a barrier around it that grew in size as the water rose, sealing the Castle off to the rest of the world. It neared completion.

He heard footsteps behind him and he turned.
“I don’t have what you seek.” Daphnes spoke and Ganondorf growled. “I am not the only child of Zelda. My sister has escaped, out of reach from you. She has the blood of the Goddess running through her. You fell for our trap Ganondorf. Now you will be sealed away with me, in Hyrule.”
“What!” He yelled. He cursed himself. Victor mentioned his son and deliberately did not mention a daughter. Ganondorf realised this was a deliberate mislead. “You sacrificed your precious Kingdom to stop me?”
“Hyrule has no future with you in it.”
“I will break free from this accursed seal! I broke free once before” I have the Triforce of Power! Nothing can hold me!”
“But when that time comes, the next Hero will be there to stop you.”

Ganondorf laughed, he took a seat on Daphnes’ throne.
“Your precious Hero never came to save you. I still haven’t figured that one out yet. Where is he?” Ganondorf asked.
“My Mother sent the Hero of Time back to his childhood where he could stop you before you ever had a chance to enact your plan.” He told him and Ganondorf roared with laughter.
“She saved another version of Hyrule but left this one doomed and defenseless? How pathetic. The Hero of Time was the only one who might have been able to stop me.”

Daphnes started playing the Ocarina of Time and Ganondorf stood. “What are you doing?” He asked. The song finished and Daphnes started to glow.
“In a sense he did stop you. You see, Zelda is my mother and Victor is my Dad. But Victor’s blood doesn’t exist inside me, my Father, the one whose blood runs strong in my veins, is that of Link, the Hero of Time. Stopping you one last time.”

Ganondorf roared in anger, diving to attack Daphnes but he vanished. Daphnes appeared in the Temple of Time, deep beneath Hyrule Castle. He felt time slow down. Now he would wait for the next Hero.

The seal around Hyrule Castle closed, everything froze. The monsters marching in the main hall, the waving flags and most of all Ganondorf who in his last moments roared into the sky.

Hyrule was gone, sealed away beneath the waves and that is when the rain stopped and the sun began shining.

Notes:

Well, I think he did a good job in making this dark and depressing for most of the characters but I gave them a send off I am pleased with. Thank you for all the positive comments, it means a lot and motivates me to keep going. One more chapter for Ocarina of Time, a good way to tie everything up before The Windwaker.

Chapter 149: Ocarina of Time (Adult Timeline) Aftermath Epilogue - The Voyage of the Princess

Summary:

The Great flood sealed Hyrule beneath the waves where it remains, drifting into legend... But some still remember and have a duty for the future.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Two Years passed and the people of the once great Kingdom of Hyrule now lived on the peaks of the tallest mountains which were now islands. Many people fled to Kakariko Village, but much of the old Sheikah Village sank below the waves so the people built new settlements on the surrounding mountains. The new island became known as Windfall Village.

Zelda and her advisors built a mighty ship and sailed the new seas. She was no longer a Princess, there was no Kingdom to rule over, but her reputation was still known and she used her influence to spread the story of the Hero of Time and Hyrule to all the new islands.

But being the last of the Royal Bloodline, she had a sacred duty. She was holding a fraction of the Triforce of Wisdom and one day would pass this on to her children until time came for them to fight back against the King of Evil who was sealed away for now, but would once again rise.

But the 18 year old Zelda didn’t have any children and she had never so much as kissed a man. She needed to find a partner, she needed experience and it just so happened that she had a crew of advisors who would all probably be a little too eager to teach her. But she wanted this.

She had her first time with Gonzo, he was caring and made her feel wonderful but she didn’t want to bear his children, that would make life a little too awkward, she just needed practice. But she had more sacred duties than just continuing her bloodline.

Zelda and her crew sailed to Death Mountain where the Gorons lived. She had a gift for them to hold close. Din’s Pearl. A pearl that had the Goron Ruby, one of the Spiritual Stones encased inside. But when she arrived there was chaos.

Atop the peak of Death Mountain, a Dragon roared, flaming bellowing from its jaws. Zelda stepped ashore, no longer wearing the Royal Dress that would get dirty but instead a more casual get up that made her look tough. A tank top, an overcoat and jeans that were tucked in with an oversized belt buckle.

“Princess!” Link the Goron called.
“I am no longer Princess… But what is it?”
“Volvagia! It is back!” He yelled.
“My Mother told me about Volvagia… but that… That isn’t what she described.”
“It is back. It is reborn. I dunno. I am not dealing with this thing again. It eats Gorons.” He yelled. Zelda turned and saw several Gorons getting onto a boat.
“Are you sure that is a good idea? I mean… you are made of rock, if you fall off you will sink.” Zelda told him.
“This whole flood has been the worst! Gorons can’t thrive in this ocean! At sea we sink and on our island we get eaten by Dragons!” He yelled in anger.

Zelda did stop him. He got on the boat with his other Gorons and sailed off. Zelda walked up the bank.
“Highness! Are you sure that is a good idea?” Gonzo yelled.
“Yeah, you should have backup.” Nudge told her.
“Come with me then. But I really don’t think that Dragon is a threat.” She said as she made her way up Death Mountain Trail.

She arrived at the peak and the Dragon sat atop it, roaring. She looked up and it looked down. It lowered its head right in front. Zelda knew that if it wanted to eat her or roast her there was nothing she could do now.

“I am Zelda. I was the Princess of Hyrule. A Kingdom that no longer exists.” She spoke in a soft voice.
I know who you are!” It boomed and Zelda took a step back.
“I… The Gorons believe you are Volvagia reborn. That’s not true is it?” She asked calmly.
Hmm… Yes and no. Volvagia was evil and influenced by Ganondorf’s evil magic. I am reborn from Volvagia but I am not a threat. I am here to watch over Death Mountain! My name is Valoo!
“I see. Well, I have a request for you, great Valoo.” She asked and it’s eyes narrowed. Zelda pulled out Din’s Pearl and placed it on the ground. “This is Din’s Pearl. This is one of three keys that will open the way for the Hero in centuries time. One day, a Hero will come for this. I want you to hold onto this until that time arrives.” She told him and Valoo roared. Zelda got a huge whiff of his foul breath.
Very well Princess of Hyrule! I shall watch over this artefact. I look forward to that day!

 

Next on Zelda’s journey was Great Fish Isle. Here the Zora’s lived with their deity Jabun. She walked into a cave where the Zoras had made their new domain and it was beautiful. She approached Laruto’s throne and bowed.

“Oh stop. I should be bowing to you, your highness.” She spoke with an elegant voice.
“I am no longer a Princess. But you are.” Zelda said and Laruto giggled.
“I guess you are right. But I think everyone still sees you that way.”
“I have something that belongs to you.” Zelda said and then pulled out the shining blue pearl. “This is Nayru’s Pearl. Inside is the Spiritual Stone of water, otherwise known as the Zora Sapphire.” She handed it over and Laruto smiled at her own reflection in the pearl.
“My mother used to be in possession of this. Her mother before then.” She giggled. “You know, it used to be known as the Zora’s engagement ring. My Mother gave it to the Hero of Time because she fell in love with him.”
“Does that… you know… work?”
“A Zora and Hylian? Yes. One of my friends is dating a Hylian that used to run around Hyrule a lot. It is a minority for sure, but occasionally Zoras have been known to be attracted to Hylians.”
“Interesting…”

“I am grateful for this gift, Zelda.”
“I would recommend Jabun watching over it.”
“Why is that?”
“Because there are three Spiritual Stones as you are no doubt aware. The first one I have given to Valoo, a Dragon that lives atop Death Mountain-”
“What about the Gorons?”
“They fled.”
“Oh… So… Death Mountain is…”
“Free for the taking. Help yourself… Anyway…”
“Sorry.”
“The Kokiri Emerald or Farore’s Pearl I will give to the Great Deku Tree. Both Valoo and the Great Deku Tree are guardian spirits who will live long enough to see the next Hero rise.”
“I understand.”

 

Her last destination was that of the Forest Haven. Due to the land mass shifting, the old Deku Tree had split and the new Deku Tree grew inside the husk. It was a little morbid so Zelda tried not to think about it.

Zelda stood in front of the Deku Tree, still not as tall as the previous Deku Tree but he wasn’t even 50 years old yet. He would get there. More notably, the Kokiri were nowhere to be seen.
“I see you have noticed, haven’t you Zelda?”
“Yes. The Kokiri… where are they?”
“The Children of the Forest take on many forms. For a while they took the form of Hylian Children, but the world is a different place now so they have adapted into a new form.”
“Oh… So what do they look like now?”
“Ho Ho Ho… You will see in time. They have not yet sprouted.”

Zelda smiled and then pulled out Farore’s Pearl. “Ah yes, the Spiritual Stone of the Forest, or the Kokiri Emerald. My Father passed this onto the Hero of Time when he started his adventure.”
“Yes. It is now Farore’s Pearl. Great Deku Tree, I believe the Hero will return one day and he will need this. Can you hold onto it until then?”
“Of course. I look forward to that day.”

 

 

When Zelda was 25 years old, she got pregnant. She had slept around with her crew but she knew them too well to want to have kids with any of them. But they all started having families of their own and filling the ship with newbie sailors. Zelda got knocked up at the bar on Windfall Island, the “village” being dropped from its name. The father was 18, only 9 years old when the Great Flood happened and as a result, too young to have memories of the Princess of Hyrule. In short, he didn’t know who he was sleeping with and that was how Zelda wanted it.

She gave birth to a daughter and passed on everything. The importance of their lineage, her secrets, the legends, the Sheikah Guidance Stone and most importantly, the Triforce of Wisdom. Something she would protect with her life.

 

 

This is but one of the legends of which the people speak…

Long ago, there existed a kingdom where a golden power lay hidden. It was a prosperous land blessed with green forests, tall mountains, and peace. But one day a man of great evil found the golden power and took it for himself…

With its strength at his command, he spread darkness across the kingdom. But then, when all hope had died and the hour of doom seemed at hand…

…a young boy clothed in green appeared as if from nowhere. Wielding the blade of evil’s bane, he sealed the dark one away and gave the land light. This boy, who travelled through time to save the land, was known as the Hero of Time. The boy’s tale was passed down through generations until it became legend…

But then… a day came when a fell wind began to blow across the kingdom. The great evil that all thought had been forever sealed away by the hero…

…once again crept from the depths of the earth, eager to resume its dark designs. The people believed that the Hero of Time would again come to save them.

… But the hero did not appear.

Faced by an onslaught of evil, the people could do nothing but appeal to the gods. In their last hour, as doom drew nigh, they left their future in the hands of fate.

What became of that kingdom…? None remain who know.

The memory of the Kingdom vanished, but its memory survived on the wind’s breath. On a certain island, it became customary to garb boys in green when they came of age. Clothed in the green of fields, they aspired to find heroic blades and cast down evil. The elders wished only for the youths to know courage like the hero of legend…

 

Malon closed the dusty old book and stood from her chair. Her knees ached, she was old and found it hard to walk.
“So that’s why we dress like the Hero of Legend.” Her great, great… something - grandson said, sat cross legged on the floor dressed in the familiar green tunic.
“That is right.” She told him. “That is why I named my son, Link. I wanted his memory to be passed on for generations on this island.” She explained.
“You knew him?” He asked and Malon smiled.
“I did. I was your age when I met him and I wished I could have gotten to know him better. He really helped me, you know. I day dreamed about him sweeping me off my feet and being my knight in shining armour.”
“Are you sure? That was like a really long time ago.” The boy asked and Malon laughed.
“Yes, it was. And I believe in a very long time, he will return. I believe that Link will return once more.”

Notes:

Publishing this one day early to celebrate Echoes of Wisdom!

This is the last part of Ocarina of Time Aftermath and next will be Windwaker. I aim to publish it next week, but there might be a delay because I have some last minute additions I thought of. But it should be on time.

But below are some notes I made about this chapter that I thought were worth pointing out:

I have a theory that I debated including but I felt it didn’t need to be said and I could keep it open. In short, there is a debate over whether the time period Zelda travels to in Tears of the Kingdom is after Skyward Sword or some time before Breath of the Wild. Since I am not sure myself yet and go backward and forwards on this idea, I am not ready to make a stance. BUT if it was all the way back in Skyward Sword time, the Rito shouldn’t exist if they have evolved from the Zora. Well my idea is maybe the Rito descended from the Zora long ago or they are closely related and can breed with each other. This is how Medli can be a descendant of Laruto. I didn’t include this because it could be messy and also maybe not true.

The Youtube Channel “Absurd Zelda Theories” has a theory that Medli is descended from the Zora but the same isn’t true for the rest of the Rito. I like this and buy into it. But again, I think adding it here seems a little forced.
It seems clear to me that Kakariko Village became Windfall Island. The bombshop suspiciously looks like the windmill from Ocarina of Time, the grave atop the hill is inscribed with the song of passing, very similar to where you learn the sun's song in Ocarina of Time - the Kakariko Graveyard. There is more too. The music for example. The Youtube channel “Zeltik” did a video on this, and I often watch his lore videos for inspiration.

Likewise, Valoo being a descendant from Volvagia is hinted at in Hyrule Historia but also Dragon Roost Cavern is inscribed with Dragon carvings, serpent like dragons instead of the more European Dragon that Valoo is. This to me is because the Gorons used to occupy this place and left. Again, Zelik did a video on this and it sparked some ideas of my own.

Chapter 150: The Windwaker Aftermath

Summary:

Link and Tetra leave the old Kingdom of Hyrule beneath the waves. Now it is on to new adventures.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Tetra climbed aboard the Pirate Ship. Ganondorf was sealed away at the bottom of the Ocean with the Master Sword, Hyrule and The King of Hyrule. The ancient Kingdom talked about in Legends and fairytales was now gone for good with very few people knowing of its existence.

The Pirates, Niko, Zuko, Mako, Gonzo, Nudge and Senza were all here. Makar, Medli and Komali. But most of all, Link’s little Sister Aryll. She climbed down the ladder from the crows nest quickly and then dived into Link’s arms.

“Big Brother!” She cried and Link held her close. “Thank you for saving me! Thank you for coming back okay.”
“I would never let anything bad happen to you!” He told her. Tetra bit her tongue, she wanted to point out that something bad did happen to her and Link was powerless to stop it, but she held back. She let them enjoy this happy reunion.

 

 

They sailed to Dragon Roost Island where Medli and Komali hailed from.
“Link.” Medli said. “Thank you.” She said and Link blushed. He didn’t know why. “We have had quite the adventure together and I am glad we got to be a team.” She added.
“I couldn’t have restored the Master Sword without you. And I am glad I had you with me in the Earth Temple because those ReDeads and Floor Masters… They were terrifying.” He said and she laughed.
“You were scared? You acted so brave! I was shaking.”

“I would have been scared.” Komali said to them. “But thanks to you, Link, I think I have the courage to do something I have wanted to do for a while.”
“Oh? What’s that?” Medli asked. Komali went red and took a deep breath.
“Go on a date with me please!” He blurted out and Medli’s eyes went wide.
“Oh.”
“Oh?”
“I mean… I had no idea…” She said and Komali refused to avert his gaze. “But yes, Komali. That sounds wonderful!”

 

 

The next stop was the Forest Haven. Makar reunited with his friends and they danced together.
“So. Hero of Winds. You are done with your quest?” The Deku Tree asked and Link nodded. “I see. And Hyrule… It is no more?” Link was silent and the Deku Tree understood. “What a beautiful Kingdom it was… although I never saw much of it myself hohoho!”

“It was beautiful. Hyrule Castle was like nothing I have seen before and the green fields looked like they spanned forever. There was even a desert and…” He stopped talking and looked up at the Deku Tree. “You met my predecessor didn’t you?”
“Yes boy, I did. I was nothing more than a little sprout. He was a fully fledged Hero by then, he wielded that sacred blade and defeated Ganondorf, just like you. When I first saw you I was taken back to a simpler time.”
“What happened to him?” Link asked.
“Zelda, the Queen of my era informed me. The Hero of Time sacrificed everything for Hyrule. He sacrificed his childhood for the sake of the Kingdom. Despite saving Hyrule, the Queen knew that Link had been dealt a rough hand. So she sent him back in time, to live out his childhood and stop Ganondorf before he could carry out his plans.”
“But if he changed the past-”
“Time would splinter. I suspect the Hero of Time lived a full life in a world where Hyrule was not flooded. But that is mere speculation.

“Link!” Makar called as he floated down to him. “Thank you for everything.” Especially being swallowed by that nasty thing in the Forbidden Woods.”
“No, thank you. Without your help I wouldn’t have been able to stop Ganondorf. Makar, you are a true hero.”

 

 

The final stop was Outset Island. Link stood with Aryll on the ship as the island came into view over the horizon.
“Here. This is yours. I was borrowing it, remember?” He said, handing her the telescope. She accepted it back without hesitation and Link smirked. He borrowed it as a birthday present. She didn’t even realise the fault in that logic.
“I can see our house!” She yelled.
“We will be eating Grandma’s soup before you know it!” He told her and the excitement on her face was real.

The arrived ashore and many islanders came out to see the Pirate Ship. The last time it graced their shores was a spectacle, a truly exciting day for all. The Giant Helmarock King flew over their island, Pirates chasing it and firing cannonballs at it. A day that wouldn’t be forgotten for a long time.

The Pirates helped Aryll down and she immediately bolted to her home. The Pirates got many disapproving looks when they noticed her pirate themed dress but Tetra scoffed at them. Link chased his sister and they burst through the front door.

“Grandma!” She yelled and the old woman dropped her soup ladle.
“Aryll! Oh my girl! You are safe!” She gasped, gripping her tightly as the blonde girl wept. Link put his arms around both of them and they all spent a moment together. It has been a long time…

 

 

Link and Tetra told Aryll and Grandma all about their journey, and what they went through. Tetra got to enjoy some of her soup and Link wasn’t joking when he said how amazing it was. She felt healthier and twice as strong. Grandma took a great deal of interest into Tetra’s ancestry. She nodded along until it was her time to speak.

“It is fascinating. There is a story my Grandmother told me. Apparently, we are descended from a Legendary Hero who saved the Legendary Kingdom.”
“That is a fun story, but I don’t believe that to be true. The Hero of Time left Hyrule. That is why Hyrule was flooded and why Link had to reform the Triforce of Courage.” Tetra said.
“No. A much older Hero. The Shield that has been passed down in my family is set to have belonged to him.” She clarified. Tetra wasn’t convinced and Grandma saw it in her eyes. “It is a legend, my dear. Who knows how true it is or what information may have been twisted over centuries. But it is fun to think about.”

 

 

Link stepped outside into the night. The cool air blew across the ocean which gave him goosebumps. It was a feeling he liked, it was nostalgic and familiar. Too familiar.

He walked across the dirt path, a little bit aimlessly. He just needed to be outside and clear his head. He couldn’t sit still. For so long he occupied his mind with saving his sister, stopping Ganondorf and being a hero but now he is back to normal, everyone is acting like they always had and it was crushing. He had changed, but Outset Island had not.

He crossed the wooden bridge, headed up the hill and then used his Korok Leaf to cross the gap where the old rope bridge once stood. Someone should fix it. He wandered into the Fairy Woods.

“What took you so long?” Tetra asked from a ledge in her usual sassy tone. Link propelled himself up to a nearby tree using his Hookshot and then sat by her side. “This is where we first met.” She told him and he smiled.
“Yeah. What a way to meet someone. I totally saved your life.”
“You did not! I was fine. I didn’t need your help.”
“Still… do you ever wonder how different things might have been?”
“What do you mean?”

“The Helmarock King grabbed you and was planning on taking you to Ganondorf. Fortunately you had your crew to chase it. But if it had gotten away… if it didn’t happen to fly over Outset Island… Well, Ganondorf would have had you. He would have had what he needed. I guess he still would have had to locate the pieces of the Triforce of Courage but with time, he could have done it.”
“So you are saying if we never met, things might have been worse… Obviously.”
“Well yeah, but even so, the Helmarock mistakenly took my sister. I wouldn’t have even gotten involved if that didn’t happen.”
“You do have a point. There were a lot of coincidences that bound us together, but Link, I think we were destined to meet.”
“Really!?” He asked with a wide smile and she went red and scowled.

Link’s tone shifted and he sighed. “I did also bring the Triforce of Courage right to him. If I had acted differently maybe Hyrule would be saved… Daphnes…”
“Link, what happened, happened and you are dwelling on the wrong things. Hyrule isn’t our home. Daphnes died with a smile on his face and he seemed to be at peace with Hyrule being lost for the ages. He told us to find our own home, our own Kingdom. That is what I intend to do.” She turned to him. “Join me, Link. Together we could find a new land, a new Kingdom. Away from the endless ocean and finally have a place to belong!”

Link looked away and she frowned.
“I belong here.” He said.
“On Outset Island? Link, you don’t belong here.” She told him and he looked angry.
“You expect me to leave my Grandma? My sister who I risked everything for to save? You think I should just abandon them?”
“No… but Link, this is your life.” She stood up and hopped off the ledge. She looked back. “If you want to stay here and raise pigs or whatever, that is up to you. But if you need more, if you need to see what is out there, come with me. But think it through. I will be leaving in the morning.”

Tetra left the Fairy Woods and Link sat there in self doubt, wondering what he should do…

 

 

The next morning, Aryll and Grandma had no idea where Link was and neither did Tetra. Some villagers claimed to have seen him leave the Island early in the morning which pissed Tetra off. Was he running away from her? Was she expected to wait on this tiny island while he sails the seas?

But about one hour later he returns, appearing from a tiny tornado.
“Where the hell did you go?” She asked angrily as he set foot on the shore. He sighed.
“I was saying goodbye.” He said quietly and she dropped her tone.
“Goodbye?”
“I went to Windfall Island, Dragon Roost Island and the Forest Haven. I thought about what you said and I accepted. I was saying goodbye to everyone.”
Tetra wanted to hug him but knew that would be too embarrassing so she just grinned with her hands on her hips. “I knew you couldn’t refuse such a request!” She boasted and he sighed, trudging towards his house.

The hard part followed. He had no idea how he would tell his only family that he was leaving. He walked through the door and Grandma was upstairs. He climbed the ladder and she was sitting quietly.
“Remember when you turned 10 and I gave you those clothes? Our family crest? Well I knew the time had come for you to set sails and forge your own destiny. Link… You were never meant to stay on Outset Island.”
“Grandma…” His eyes were teary. “How did you know?”
“I know my own Grandson. There was always something different about you. We could all see it in our eyes. The way you sat on the lookout and stared longingly at the horizon, as if you were waiting for something.”
“But how am I expected to leave you?” He started crying now and she hugged him.
“Link… I am an old woman. I have had a fulfilling life and I am afraid I wont be here much longer.”
“Don't say that!”
“Link, it is fine. I am happy. I want nothing more than for you to be happy.”

Link took a deep breath and rubbed his eyes. He slid down the ladder and left the house. Aryll was sitting on the lookout, watching the gulls.
“Aryll. Listen.”
“Big Brother?” She questioned, turning around in surprise as Link approached.
“I am leaving Outset Island.” He told her bluntly and she dropped her telescope.
“What? Why? You just got back!” She yelled.
“Yes but… I have changed. I… this is something I have to do.”
“No. No you don’t! It is better here!” She cried out.
“I can’t stay here Aryll. You will understand when you get older.”
“Take me with you!”
“No, Aryll, I can’t do that. You need to stay here and look after Grandma.”
“Take us both.”
“I can’t do that. Grandma is old.”
“But I will miss you!”

Link paused and he hugged her.
“Aryll, I will miss you too. You are the best little sister anyone could ask for. But this isn’t goodbye. I will come back, someday. I promise.”
She bent down and picked up the telescope and shoved it in his hands. “Borrow this and you have to promise to return it to me!” She said with seriousness in her eyes and Link just laughed.
“I promise, Aryll. I will return this to you.”

 

 

When Link initially left Outset Island on his journey to save Aryll he knew he would be returning. He was certain he would see his Grandma again and enjoy her soup. But this time was different. Link knew that when he departed it would be a long time until he came home and if he didn’t make a promise to Aryll, he would have nothing to return to. Grandma was right, she was old and didn’t have much time left and she would be gone whenever he returned. It was sad to think about, but this was something he had to do.

Link sailed alongside the Tetra’s Pirate Ship in the King of Red Lions. His boat was no longer possessed by the spirit of Daphnes Nohansen Hyrule, the Last King of Hyrule, but the red boat was sentimental to Link.

They sailed a great distance until the islands and archipelagos of the Great Sea were behind them and all that could be seen was the blue sea.

“Are you really planning on riding in that dinky boat forever?” Tetra mocked as she leaned over the side of her ship and looked down at Link. He looked up with a scowl.
“Yeah. This boat is special.”
“Not anymore. That wooden boat is just a wooden boat now.” She said with a cocky shrug. This didn’t get to Link at all. He was used the sassy Pirate and he knew she meant well. “But seriously Link, bring that boat aboard, we can’t have all our conversations with me yelling down to you.”

They did just that. Link tossed up his grappling hook and tied it to the King of Red Lions and Nudge, the strongest Pirate on Tetra’s crew pulled it up. They put it in storage. Tetra pretended like she didn’t care, but that boat meant a lot to her too. When she looked upon it she thought of the King, her great, great, great Uncle.

But as the days turned to weeks and the weeks turned to months, they were all getting very bored. Occasionally they would find an island to hunt on, to gather food and even to relax on. But those moments were sparse and they were all getting very sick of their great voyage.

But on one island, they found notes left by some previous adventurer who claimed many ships were vanishing in the Great Sea by the dreaded Ghost Ship. This turned into fun for the crew. They all spooked each other at night time with stories of the Ghost Ship.
One bright morning, six months after they set out to find a new land, Link was sitting soaking in the sun. His sword, shield and everything else he collected on his journey was in storage. Link missed the Master Sword as it just felt right to him. It spoke to him, an ancient voice distantly called out from within the blade, like it knew him. Now it lay at rest beneath the sea, firmly in Ganondorf’s skull. He wondered if it was lonely down there.

But Link couldn’t seem to get a break. Niko decided to share what he had been working on, paintings of the adventure Link went on to save Tetra, the Princess of Hyrule.

But Link fell asleep… He longed for the next adventure. Little did he know it was soon approaching. The Ghost Ship neared…

Notes:

The Windwaker!

My first Zelda game and one of my favourites. Innitially I wrote this with Link departing from Outset Island like seen at the very end of the game but it didn't feel right to not include Aryll, Grandma, Medli and Makar.

Something I wanted to include was a theory I heard. It claims the Shield from the Minish Cap is the same one as Windwaker, making Link a descendant of that Link. This doesn’t fit with what I wrote in regards to The Minish Cap, but that is one of the parts of this fanfic that will be changed and reworked at some point in the future. I plan to work that into the story.

I have one more chapter to go before there will be a break. I have at least 13 chapters planned out, but only one of them is written. So after next week there will be a gap. But hope you look forward to the long adventures with Link and Tetra.

Also this is chapter 150. That is pretty neat.

Chapter 151: Phantom Hourglass Aftermath

Summary:

Link has saved Tetra from Beldum in the Realm of the Ocean King. Now he sees the ship of his new found friend Linebeck sailing off into the distance.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Link! Back me up here!” Tetra shouted but Link just gazed off into the sea. “Did you hear me? Link!” She repeated. Link turned and pointed.
“That boat. That is the SS. Linebeck! Linebeck must not have been a part of the Ocean King’s Realm!” Link exclaimed.
“You too, Link?” Mako complained but both Link and Tetra ignored him. She joined Link and saw the ship sailing off.
“Zuko! You see it?” She yelled up to the crow’s nest.
“Yeah, I see it!” He called down.
“Gonzo, follow that Ship.” Tetra ordered.

Gonzo obeyed immediately and turned the ship around. Mako and Niko sighed.
“I think our Captain has lost it…” Mako remarked.
“This is a massive waste of time.” Niko added. Tetra turned around with a smirk.
“Me and Link were lost in another realm, weren't we, Link?”
“Yes. She isn’t lying.” He finally said. “I have this to prove it.” He told them, pulling out the empty Hourglass.
“Really? An empty Hourglass proves what exactly?” Niko asked.
“Whatever! When we reach that ship we will ask Lineback, he was with us, he will back up our claims.” Tetra boasted.
“Are you sure he won't just steal our treasure?” Mako asked and Link laughed.
“Very possible.”

The big Pirate Ship caught up with the tiny SS. Linebeck and he came out to look.
“Not again… I thought this was over…” He fretted but then smiled when Link and Tetra peered over the side. He soon folded his arms and tried to look impressive. The duo leaped down onto his boat.
“Linebeck! You are alright!” Link cheered. “I thought you were a part of the Ocean King’s Realm.”
“Of course not! Me? I am a man of the Great Sea!”
“But you never mentioned it.”
“Neither did you?”
“I didn’t know we were even in another realm.”
“Neither did I.”

Link and Tetra looked at each other in confusion and then looked back at him.
“We jumped aboard the Ghost Ship, that is how we ended up in the Ocean King’s Realm, but how did you?” Tetra asked.
“The same way as you, kid. The Ghost Ship took many people from these waters.”
“So does that mean Jolenne is real too?” Link asked and Linebeck nodded.
“You see, that is what I was about to do. I was going to search for her. I think I owe her an apology.”
“You really have grown.” Link commented and Linebeck scowled.
“Shut it! It’s not like I care about her or anything!”

“Anyway… What about you kid? What are your plans?” He asked.
“We are searching for a new continent. A new land to call our home.” Link explained.
“How exciting. Maybe I will join you in this new civilization.”
“We’d love to have you.” Tetra told him. “Hold on a sec.” She said, reaching into a shirt and pulling out the guidance stone and handing it to Linebeck. “Take this. We can communicate through it wherever we are in the world.” She said and Link looked stunned.
“Tetra… are you sure?” Link asked.
“What are you trying to say kid? You saying I can’t be trusted?”
“No, it is just… That is really valuable.”
“Well, he will get rewarded with treasure if he manages to return it to me someday.”
“Alright miss Tetra! You have yourself a deal!” He shook her hand eagerly.

They parted once more. Linebeck went in search of Jolenne, the Woman he wronged and Link, Tetra and the band of six Pirates headed on to find a new land to call their own.

Notes:

I beat Phantom Hourglass back in July for the first time (Spirit Tracks not long after) and while I could write a whole review on the ups and downs of the game, I did overall like it. It is important for me to have played the games I do a fanfiction on because I feel they are not the best they could be without it. In this example, I didn't know how much I would like Linebeck and as a result, I can't simply not include him. The only two Zelda games I have not beaten (or even played) are Fourswords Adventure and Triforce Heroes. I imagine you can guess why.

This will be the final chapter for a while. The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass is in the works and will be about 10 chapters long (I have a tendancy to balloon things though) but I don't have a good guess as to when they will be ready. I just hope you enjoy them when they arrive!

 

As a side note, I beat Echoes of Wisdom two days ago and I have now made notes on what I will write for that game. But I have made changes to two previous chapters which make it flow into that game better. The link to them is below if you want to check them out:

Ocarina of Time (Downfall Timeline) Aftermath Part 2:
https://ao3-rd-8.onrender.com/works/19416940/chapters/122175919

ALBW/TFH Aftermath Part 3:
https://ao3-rd-8.onrender.com/works/19416940/chapters/131384602

Chapter 152: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 1 - The New Land

Summary:

After the strange experience in the Realm of the Ocean King, Link, Tetra and the Pirate Crew discover a new land. Their voyage across the Great Sea has ended at last!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The eight man Pirate Crew sailed the Great Sea.

First there was Niko. He was the lowest ranking member of the crew and often had the worst jobs like cleaning underpants and scrubbing the deck. He goofed off and liked to play games.

Senza was the con-man of the group, good at manipulation and bribes which got them good deals in the rare occasions when they actually decided to pay for things.

Mako was the brains of the crew. He focused on technical knowledge, understanding the science of how things worked and was definitely a bookworm. But what he had in brains, he certainly lacked in braun.

Zuko was the lookout. He was a little grumpy and less sociable than the other pirates but was reliable all the same.

Nudge was the braun, the strong one but much like Mako, he was wise, great at decision making and tactics that would help in the pirating endeavours.

Then there was Gonzo, first mate and the one who was trusted to steer the ship. He has a deep respect and love for his captain and was as loyal as you could be.

The newest member of the crew was perhaps the most experienced. The Hero of Winds, the boy who defeated the King of Evil in a ruined Kingdom, Chosen by the Gods and saved the World of the Ocean King. Link.

Lastly was their Captain, the defendant of the ancient Kingdom of Hyrule’s Royal Family. Tetra, the fearsome Pirate.

They had grown close from the travels to find the new land that would be their new home. The new Kingdom of Hyrule.

Three Years had passed since they departed on their voyage and the boy from Outset Island was now 13. He misses his sister, she’d be 11 now. He missed his Grandma, the dark and realistic thought of her vitality plagued his mind so he then decided to focus on something else. Anything else.

“Hey! I see something!” Zuko called suddenly and Link jumped to attention.
“What kind of something?” Tetra called up.
“A big something… an island… no… it might be what we have been looking for…” he paused for dramatic affect. “A new continent.”

 

 

The pirates were ecstatic, they sailed up the new land and anchored their ship. Tetra stepped up to the edge of the ship.
“I, Tetra. Princess of Hyrule, Fearsome Pirate Queen of the Great Sea claim this new land as my own!” She boasted and then leaped onto the beach, planting her feet in the sand.

Link leaped off and rolled while the other made it down the ladder. It was beachy, grassy, mountainous and the rolling green hills stretched out for miles. In the distance, a volcano could be seen and to the west there were icy mountains. Clearly a vast and diverse land.

 

 

The Pirates settled on the beach. They set up tents and brought supplies ashore. Nudge had hunted a boar and after eating that, they settled away for the night. Four tents meant everyone had to share and of course, Tetra shared with Link.

“What are you thinking?” She asked as Link lay on his back and stared at the top of the tent.
“A new land…” he murmured. “We have been searching for so long and now here we are.”
“And here we are indeed.” She repeated with a grin.
“But what comes next?” He asked and she chuckled.
“It is obvious! We start a nation here. A Kingdom of our own.”
“All I know is fighting.” He admitted.
“Good. We will need that. Link, I need you by my side. Can I rely on you?” She asked, holding out her fist. He grinned and bumped it with his own.
“You bet!”

 

 

“WAH!” Niko yelled, waking everyone up. Link grabbed his Hero's Sword and Mirror Shield and leaped out the tent to see Niko and Mako standing In front of an elderly woman sitting in a strange chair.

Tetra got out and frowned.
“Who the hell are you? Did you follow us?!” She yells, marching over to the imposter.
“No, no. I did not follow you and I wish you no harm… Can you please lower your weapons?” She asked. Tetra lowered her dagger, Link lowered his sword and Gonzo dropped the rock in his hand. “Thank you. My name is Anjean, I am one of the Lokomo Tribe. Me and my people are servants of the Spirits of Good that allow this land to prosper.” She explained.
“So… we were not the first people on this land then?” Tetra asked with clear disappointment but Anjean just smiled.
“You are not the first people to live here, no. But the old tribes have long since died out. No one has arrived at these shores for a very long time.”

The Woman's chair was on wheels, she rolled forward effortlessly and stopped directly in front of Tetra. She extended her arm.
“I am Tetra. Leader of this crew.” She said, shaking her hand.

”I have a question.” Mako said suddenly. “You said Spirits of Good. What did you mean?”
“Good question.” Anjean said, wheeling over to his direction. “The Spirits of Good are the Gods that watch over this land. They let the trees grow, the wildlife to prosper and peace to remain. I am one of the Lokomo, there are seven of us in total. We each reside in the five realms of our land. I watch over all five realms from the Tower of Spirits in the heart of the land.”
“And the seventh?” Tetra asks.
“Byrne. My apprentice. He is still young and has much to learn before he is ready to take up responsibility.”
“You said you reside in the five realms. Why?” Mako asks.
“To watch over this land. To protect the land of the Spirits of Good. And to watch over the Spirit Tracks.”
“The Spirit Tracks?” Mako again asked and Anjean sighed.

“That is a long and complicated story. Long ago a Demon King named Malladus tried to take the land for himself. There was a war against him but the Spirits of Good fought him and sealed him beneath the ground, under the Tower of Spirits. The Spirit Tracks are shackles that can be found all over the land, keeping him at bay.”

Link and Tetra looked at each other. They understood the seriousness a Demon King could bring and they didn’t take this news lightly.
“So.” Tetra sat on a crate and crossed her legs. “Would our presence here be a disturbance? Does us being here come at the risk of the Spirit Tracks being undone?”

“Nah, we can negotiate a deal here.” Senza said.
“That isn't for us to decide.” Nudge told him.
“So we have to leave?” Niko asked.
“Guys! Anjean hasn't answered.” Link interjected and the Pirates glanced at him and then Tetra and then Anjean.

“We Lokomo have watched over this land and we will do so until our presence is no longer needed. But we are also here to watch over mankind. So as long as you don’t ruin the balance of this land, you are welcome here.”
“Really! Awesome!” Tetra cheered and then hugged Link briefly before she grabbed him by the shoulders and excitedly shook him. “Did you hear that, Link! We have found a new land!”
“I…heard…her…” He gasped as he was violently shook.
“But hold on Ms. Anjean. But… does this land have a name?” Gonzo asked and Tetra suddenly let go of Link and turned to her.
“That is a good point.”

Anjean shrugged.
“There has never needed to be a name before.”
“Can I… Can I name this land myself?” Tetra asked and Anjean nodded.
“If you like.”
“Okay then… Well… I, Tetra, Princess of Hyrule, fearsome Pirate of the Great see, name this land! New Hyrule!”

Gonzo nodded, in agreement, like he did with everything Tetra said. Senza shrugged, indifferent to the name. Nudge pumped a fist into the air. Zuko didn’t respond, Mako nodded and Niko jumped up and down. But Tetra turned to Link, the boy whose opinion really mattered, he was there when Daphnes Nohansen Hyrule washed away the old Hyrule, he saw her declaration to him that they would find a new land, a new Hyrule. Link smiled widely.
“I love it.”

 

 

Link, Tetra and her pirate crew settled on the island and built their first house. Tetra became close with Anjean, the two of them despite their age difference talked a lot. Tetra always acted brash and tough but she was wise and enjoyed listening to Anjean’s tales.

When the sun was setting on their first full day, Link and Tetra sat alone on a log and looked out into the sea. She grabbed his hand and he didn’t move, he blushed but neither made eye contact. Link knew he found her pretty, but he also didn’t know any other girls so maybe it wasn’t her. But not that it mattered, she was a Princess, she wouldn’t be interested in him.

“I named this land, pretty bold of me, I know. But I want you to name this Village.” She said to him. Link looked around and there was only one house. He turned to her.
“Can we really call this a village?” He asked and she hit him on the back of the head.
“Not yet, dummy! But it will be a Village one day! Do you want to name the first Village of New Hyrule or not? I can ask Niko.”
“No! Don’t do that!” He panicked. “I already have a name in mind.” He said and she raised an eyebrow.
“Really? Let me hear it.”
“Outset Village.”

Tetra smiled warmly and then looked back towards the ocean.
“It’s perfect.” She told him. “It almost feels like yesterday when I landed in that damn forest and you felt like you had to come and save me.”
“I wonder how different our lives would have been if that never happened.”
“Remarkably different. Everything about my life would be different.”
“Yeah… But I am glad I met you.” He said, embarrassed.
“Are you sure? Would you not be happier back home with your sister and Grandmother?”
“I always wanted more. I always looked out into the ocean and wondered what life was like out there. I don’t think I could have been tied down.”
“But don’t you miss them?”
“More than anything.”

 

 

A month passed and Tetra and Link met with the other Lokomo Tribes in their respective realms. Gage, guardian of the Forest Realm. Steem, guardian of the Snow Realm. Carben, guardian of the Ocean Realm. Embrose, Guardian of the Fire Realm. And Rael, guardian of the Sand Realm. There was also a young apprentice of Anjean called Byrne. But he was quiet and kept to himself.

They learn from them. Learn the land, agriculture and wildlife. Learn what monsters roam the land and listen to the tales of the Spirits of Good. Tetra became great friends with Anjean. Despite their age, they were quite similar in a lot of ways and Link smiled to himself as he imagined Tetra being exactly the same as she is now when she is older.

“Miss Tetra, is our land really like… I dunno, ours?” Mako asked her and she put her arms on her hips.
“Of course it is.” She said with no doubt in her voice.
“Right, but I mean, no one lives here.”
Tetra sighed. “Yeah, I do see your point.” She started pacing. “The Great Sea Archipelago is a concept born out of necessity. People live there because there were no other options. But we have found land, a place people can live without the barrier of the Great Sea dividing people.”
“Yeah, but the fact remains that they do live there. Not here.”

Tetra called everyone over and when her crew had her attention she smiled.
“We need more people. If we truly aim to settle here and make this our home, we need people.”
“That is why I need one volunteer to do the hardest thing I will ever ask of anyone. I need someone to take our ship to the Great Sea and spread the word about our new home. Bring as many people to this new land as you can.”
“But it took years for us to arrive here. To head there and back will take years.” Niko told her and she nodded.
“That is why when I ask this I don’t ask lightly.”

“I’ll do it.” Link told her and she shook her head.
“No.”
“What? Why?”
She turned to him and looked him in his eyes. “I need you here. I need you by my side. If anything goes wrong, you are who I trust the most to deal with it.” She told him. Link felt a little honoured by this. He nodded. Tetra looked over the rest of them. Five of her men sheepishly refused eye contact as an obvious way to tell her they were not up for her insane task. But one of them stood up, the loyalest man in her crew. Gonzo.
“I’ll do it. I will bring our people home.”

Notes:

Sorry to keep you waiting!

I got busy with life, but now I am back in the flow of things and feeling back in the Zelda mood. I can promise 12 Chapters are coming, once a week. Chapter 10 is the only one unfinished but I had some last minute ideas that were too good to not include. Afterwards, Spirit Tracks aftermath which has not been written but I "might" have it done by the time WW/PH comes to an end. We will see!

But I am very happy about this series, I know it has been a long wait but I am not done, not at all. Echoes of Wisdom will be included after Spirit Tracks. All the Botw/Totk stuff.... that is gonna be long and challenging but believe it or not I have wrote many random chapters so I know what the general idea is.

But we are getting way ahead of ourselves. For now, look forward to Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath which feels more like a Prequel to Spirit Tracks than it does a sequel to Phantom Hourglass but... is that really a bad thing?

 

Somethings to note:
The Prologue to Spirit Tracks is a little vague and hard to grasp what really happened so some creative liberties are necessary. But it is clear that the Pirates founded New Hyrule and this is the start of it all.

Also, upon researching, I learned that there is two English Versions of this game. A British English and an American English, these have different names for characters and places which I am now realising is going to be a mess. An example of this is the character “Byrne or Stavan”. In America, he is called “Byrne” while in the UK he is called “Stavan”. But also the starting Village in the US is called “Aboda Village” while in the UK it is called “Outset Village”. I am from the UK, I will just use the names I prefer or that are more accurate to the original version.

Sigh… things can never be straight forward.

Chapter 153: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 2 - Reunited with an Old Friend

Summary:

Four Years have passed since the events of the Windwaker, and now it is time for Link to reunite with an old friend.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Four years after the Windwaker…

 

One year had passed since Tetra and her Pirate Crew landed on the shores of New Hyrule and they had made it their home. The small beach they landed on had turned into a small Village that Link had named Outset Village in honour of his old home.

Tetra had explored the land thoroughly, with Link by her side. She was a good leader and good at giving orders but construction wasn’t her strong suit so while her crew built houses, she explored the land.

It was beautiful. Lush green forests north of Outset Village on the opposite side of spraling green fields. Snowy mountains and tundras north of that and then to the east of the icy wilderness was a large volcano leaking with lava and spewing sulphur into the air. South of the volcanic region was an island range with many beaches that Tetra thought could be good places to relax.

In the heart of the new Kingdom, the Tower of Spirits stretched high into the skies. Link and Tetra visited Anjean there a few times and it was remarkable how great Tetra bonded with Anjean. They saw her apprentice Byrne a few times but he spoke with few words and kept out of their way. Anjean insisted that he is hard to teach but he has a good heart deep down.

Gonzo was still gone. He was on his voyage back to the Great Sea and Tetra wished she hadn’t given the Gossip Stone to Linebeck, that way she could assure her closest ally was safe. She would never admit or show she was worried however.

One night she was laying in her tent, staring up, not sleeping due to the humid summer heat. She felt her head tingle. She knew the sensation well, but before she could act,
“Is this thing on?” Linebeck’s voice called out in her head.
“Yes it is on!” She thought telepathically, knowing full well Linebeck was now hearing her voice through the stone. “Where the hell have you been for a whole year?” She asked, annoyed. She trusted him to return to them when she gave the Pirate’s Charm away to him, but her confidence in him had waned over time.
“Sorry. Well…”
“He found me.” A Woman’s voice spoke, a voice Tetra didn’t recognise but understood this must be Jolene.

“What a tale it is!” Linebeck hummed to himself. Tetra sighed, she wondered if her sigh picked up through the gossip stone.
“Good. Well, are you ready to give me my Charm back?” She told him, annoyance in her voice, as if she had just been woken up from a sleep. Suddenly she did feel tired.
“Actually I am. I am heading towards your new Land as we speak.”

Tetra stood up and got out of her tent. It was impossible to see anything in the black of night. But she frowned.
“Wait a minute. How do you know we found a new land? And how do you know where we are?”
“The stone points in your location, and it has been pointing the same direction for a long time now.”
Tetra didn’t say anything, she did not know of this function and she was not ready to admit that to Linebeck. She walked across the beach. “Do you know how far away you are?”
“I think we should arrive by morning.” He told her. Tetra stood over Link, asleep on the sand. She nudged him awake with her foot, he squirmed and groaned and slowly blinked his lazy eyes open.
“Link, Linebeck is on his way here.” She told him verbally. Link shot up suddenly. She shut her thoughts off to Linebeck and smiled at him. He was taller than her now, by maybe an inch or two. She hated that she found him cute. “Do you want to stay up and wait for him?” She asked and he smiled that goofy grin of his and nodded.

 

 

Link and Tetra sat on the side of a hill in the dead of night and waited. He said the morning, so they should really have got some sleep, but Tetra liked spending time with Link. It annoyed her greatly. She knew she had a crush on the 14 year old Hero but like with many things, she wouldn’t dare tell him.

They understood each other more than anyone. What they had been through together and seen was beyond words, her crew only understood part of it. When they needed to talk about it, they had each other.

The Ancient Kingdom beneath the waves. Her true identity as Princess Zelda. The fight against Ganondorf. The King of Hyrule and Triforce. The journey in the Ocean King’s Realm. All of this was stuff they had seen and nobody else had. Well, Linebeck had seen the last of those things.

As the sun began to rise, Link was exhausted, he had dozed off several times and leaned against her shoulder. She smiled, allowing him to sit so close but after a while she would shake him awake and pretend he had only been doing it for a short time. Eventually they were leaning against each other in an effort to stay awake.

Link saw a small boat on the horizon.
“He’s here!” Link beamed and Tetra opened her eyes. Link hadn’t noticed she was asleep and his optimistic call snapped her to her senses. She stood quickly and pulled him to his feet.

“Linebeck, we see you.” She thought.
“We see you too. Well, not specifically you, but the land.”
“Okay. We will see you soon.” She thought and then smiled to Link before skipping down the hill.

Tetra had awoken her crew by the time Linebeck arrived on shore and when he set foot on the beach Link ran over to him and gave him a handshake.
“Wow. You have grown, kid.” He told him. Link smiled.
“You haven’t.” He remarked and Linebeck patted him on the head and strolled passed him like he owned the place.
“Miss Tetra. I believe this is yours.” He said to her as he pulled out the glowing blue rock from his pocket. She took it without hesitation and put it around her neck.
“About time you returned it. I was beginning to think you would never return it.”

“Hey squirt.” Jolene said as she narrowed her eyes at Link. “I am going to forget about our fights. Linebeck has made up to me and I know he must have roped you into some shady stuff. But that man is in the past.”
“Oh. No hard feelings! Honest!” Link assured her, rubbing the back of his head awkwardly.
“I am no changed man! I am still the feared Linebeck of the Great Sea! And…” He opens his palm to Tetra. “You owe me treasure.” He said.
“Ha! I have given it a lot of thought and I know something better than treasure.”
“There is nothing better than treasure.”
“I can think of a few things better than treasure.” Jolene remarked.
“Nonsense, Jolene.”
“Cake.”
“Cake is good.” Tetra nodded.
“A good night's sleep.”
“Yeah, she knows what she is talking about.” Link chimed in.
“Sex.” She said and both Link and Tetra went bright red and Linebeck laughed and got close to Link.

He put his arm around his shoulder.
“Link… I am disappointed. I thought you would be a man by now.”
“I am 14.” He said, embarrassed and Linebeck stepped back.
“Really? I thought you were like 16.”
“He’d still be a minor you moron.” Jolene told him. Linebeck shook his head and focused his attention back to Tetra.
“It doesn’t matter. Okay. There are three things better than treasure. Cake, which you have none of. Sleep, which I get a lot of. And sex which…” He looked back at Jolene. “Nevermind that. The point is, I want treasure!”

Tetra had her hands on her hips the whole time and wore a smug grin on her face.
“So…” She said slowly, drawing out his patience for her own amusement. “Does that mean you don’t want the private island I was going to offer you?”
Linebeck grabbed her by the shoulders and was inches from her face. His breath stunk.
“You are offering me an island to myself?”
“And Jolene. If you two are…”
“We are.” She said quickly.

Linebeck began laughing and he fell to his ass. The Pirate Crew watched the scene play out and looked at him like he was insane. Jolene felt embarrassed. Link just looked at Tetra in surprise.
“You are giving him his own island?”
“Sure, Link. I guess I need to reward him somehow. He did help save my life.”
“I accept!” Linebeck called. “I accept!”

 

 

Tetra and Link guided Linebeck to his island. They went around the coast on the SS. Linebeck and headed to the Eastern Islands.
“So. Are you going to tell us what happened?” Link asked him and he slouched down.
“There’s not much to tell.” He explained but both Tetra and Link weren’t accepting that as an answer. Jolene stepped forward.

“He returned the treasure he stole from me. Linebeck knew what he was doing. He was trying to make me angry.” She explained. He was silent. He looked up.
“All I took was a feather.” He muttered. Tetra looked at Jolene.
“I am sorry, I don’t understand. Why were you so mad about a feather?”
“It was more than just a feather. Link, I am sure Linebeck explained a little about how we met.”
“Sure. He said he accidently saved you from a monster and then you started sailing together. Then he stole some treasure and fled.”
“Correct.” She pulled out a golden feather that glistened in the sun. Link and Tetra recognised the feather’s origin straight away.
“That’s a Helmaroc Plume.” Tetra gasped. “And it is big.”
“Yes. The Monster Linebeck saved me from was the Helmaroc King.”

Link looked at Tetra and she looked at him. Then they looked at Linebeck.
“How did you manage that?” Link asked.
“I have good aim with my cannon.” He was still sulking, now because he was being put on the spot.
“The Bird was carrying me. It swooped down and grabbed me from my boat. I could do nothing to stop it.”
“Me too.” Tetra added. The two girls looked at each other in bafflement.
“You had an encounter with the Helmaroc King?”
“I did… Link too.”
“Tetra was grabbed by the beast too. It was the day we met. Her crew managed to hit it with a cannon ball and it dropped Tetra in the forest on my home island… Then the same bird kidnapped my sister.”
Linebeck was now fixated on Link’s tale. “I got her back. I defeated it.”
“You? You defeated the Helmaroc King?” Linebeck challenged.
“Why do you sound so surprised? I defeat Belum. You saw that.”

Linebeck stood and patted Link on the head. “Tall tales my boy! Tall tales!”
“You were there.” Tetra jabbed but Linebeck stood tall and proud. “So what? You thought the treasure was yours because you took a shot at it?”
“Exactly! Thank you for seeing my side!”
“But to me it was more than that. It was a reminder of the day we first met.” Jolene said.
“And I apologised!” Linebeck mentioned.
“Goddess… Men are clueless…” Tetra muttered and Jolene chuckled.
“You too huh?” She remarked and Tetra went red.
“Me? No. Never!”

“So you are all good now? You are friends again?” Link asked and Jolene laughed.
“I see what you mean, Tetra. Clueless. Link, we are more than just friends. We are a couple.”
“Oh. Cool. Yeah…” Link awkwardly smiled.

The rest of the journey was awkward but then they arrived on the island and Linebeck ran around like a mad man.
“It's huge!” He yelled.
“You’ll have to make do with tents and what not until you build houses. But I would say it is a good place to live.”
“I love it. Thank you, Tetra.” Jolene offered her hand and she shook it.
“From one Pirate to another.” Tetra smiled.

Link unattached a small lifeboat from the SS. Linebeck and Link and Tetra got in. “We will be back tomorrow with some more food. If you need us. Well, you know where we are.” Tetra called and they rowed away.

“I think she is an honest to goodness Princess.” Linebeck muttered.
“What?”
“Tetra. She is the Princess of the old Kingdom of Hyrule.”
“Hyrule is just a legend.” Jolene told him but Linebeck just pulled something out his pocket and held it in his clenched fist.
“My father was a pirate. His father and so on. Apparently they go back to ancient times. My father told me the story of when one of our old ancestors worked as a guard in the old Kingdom, the world went to hell. The Demon King rose up and the Goddess sealed the Kingdom. But among the chaos, he saw an opportunity. He and his buddies broke into the Castle Vault and stole many treasures. This one here, was said to be the engagement ring of Queen Zelda herself.” He opened his palm to reveal a glistening golden ring.
“If you believe that story, shouldn’t you return it to Tetra?” Jolene joked.
“No! Never. It is mine now. And it will be in our family forever.”
OUR family!?” Jolene gasped and Linebeck went red and cleared his throat, then got on one knee.
“Will you marry me, Jolene?”

Time slowed down and Jolene stared at him. Disbelief. Linebeck. The man who didn’t understand her feelings enough to know that stealing the Helmaroc King would hurt her. The man who would hide and let a kid fight for him. The same Linebeck was now offering her a family heirloom with the offer of marriage.
“You really have changed, haven’t you?”
“Answer the question!” He yelled in embarrassment and she just laughed.
“Yes, I will marry you. You dumbass.”

He stood, put the ring on her finger and then she kissed him.

Notes:

Linebeck couldn't be out of the story for good! I like him too much.

Last week I said that I would be publishing one chapter per week and I was 90% caught up..... well, I started playing Windwaker this week and I had too many new ideas. I added 6 new chapters. I still think I will publish weekly, but if I have to pause to write something good, I will.

Regardless, all positive support and comments is always nice. Thank you!

Chapter 154: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 3 - The Voyage of Gonzo

Summary:

Gonzo sets out on the Voyage to the Great Sea with one mission. Spread the word of New Hyrule.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Six years after the Windwaker…

 

Gonzo was tired and lonely but he had promised Tetra he would succeed on his mission. After three long years, he returned to the Great Sea Archipelago where beneath the waves, an ancient Kingdom lay in ruin.

His job was simple. Tell the people of these islands of their new Kingdom, all who wish to join them are welcome. He knew not everyone would follow, afterall, it is a big ask to entirely uproot your entire life, culture and community just to travel three years to a new land based on the word of a Pirate. But he hoped some would join him.

First Gonzo arrived on Windfall Island. He got the attention of the people due to the fact he parked a giant Pirate Ship on their doorstep. Gonzo stepped off the Pirate Ship and wondered how he was going to convince the people to come with him on his voyage. He strode through the center of the town and the people gathered around in curiosity. Ivan of the Killer Bees marched over and got in his face, or at least tried to despite the height disparity, followed by Jin, Jan and Jun-Roberto, who proceeded to walk circles around him in a fruitless attempt at intimidation.

Gonzo picked up a discarded crate from the ground and stepped on top of it. He cleared his throat.
“Can I have your attention please!?” He called out.
“You are the one of the pirates that tied me up and stole my bomb supply!” The Bomb Shop owner yelled at him in aggression. “Why should we listen to you? We should lock you up with Tingle!”

Gonzo had heard Link talk about Tingle and was fairly certain he had been set free. Maybe he had been arrested once more or maybe the islanders simply did not care enough to check he was still behind bars.

“I have been sailing the Great Sea with my crew. We set off in hopes of discovering a new land, one like the legendary Kingdom of Hyrule. And we found it. I have returned to these islands to spread the word. We ask you all to come.” Gonzo announced.
“Well I heard you pirates were kidnapping young girls.” Pompie said.
“Yeah, two of our very own.” Vera added.
“No, that isn’t true!” Mila strode threw town, he old dirty clothes made everyone step out of the way.

“I was captured by a Great big bird. You all must have seen it. It took me and Maggie away to a scary Fortress where we were held as prisoners. The Pirates came and rescued us all.”
“Yes, yes, what Mila says is true.” Zunari tells them.
“Even so. We can’t just uproot our lives on this information alone.” Linda spoke. Gonzo noticed she was heavily pregnant and smiled.
“Kids are exactly what we want. We understand the journey will be long, but do you not want a new life of long fields of grass, mountains that are so tall they freeze you and forests? Windfall Island is nice, but there isn’t much more space for people to live. This new land goes on forever.”

“Sign me up, big man!” Ivan said.
“Us too!” The Killer Bees said in confidence.
“There is nothing more for me to see here. I would like to see some of this nature and photograph it in my final years.” Lenzo spoke up.
“Well if all the children are heading off, so must I.” Mrs.Marie added.
“But we need you.” Linda told her.
“Honey, this could be an exciting life for our kid.” Anton told his wife. She gave it some thought and then looked up at Gonzo.
“If my sister, Sue-Belle from Outset Island joins us, I may consider.”
“Well we are heading to Outset Island soon to pick up Link’s sister and Grandmother.”
“Link is with you? Oh what a sweet boy he is.” Minenco said. Gonzo noticed a switch in mood at Link’s name and more people agreed to follow along.

Gonzo went to his ship, the towns people followed him.
“I will be back here tomorrow. You have until then to decide. Pack up belongings, boats, supplies and anything you will need, because I won’t be turning back.”
“Any room for Gorons?” A Merchant asked and he nodded.
“Sure. We are going to Dragon Roost Island, Forest Haven and asking the Rito and Koroks if they want to join. This is open for everyone.”
“Thank you Mr. I will go tell my friends. Goro.” He responded and waddled away.

 

 

The invitation went out to the Rito and the Koroks, but they declined. The Rito thrived off the Great Sea and the Koroks lived with the Deku Tree. That was fine, no one was forced to join them but he felt it was only right to ask. So now he set his sails for Outset Island with Linda and Anton aboard the ship.

They pulled up to the shore and the people gathered, much like they did with Windfall Island. When Gonzo got off the ship a young girl, about 14 years of age ran out her house. Gonzo recognised her blonde hair in pigtails but she was taller than she used to be. Obviously.

“Mr. Pirate! Is Big Brother with you!” She called out and he returned her question with a huge smile on his face.
“Link is fine, he is safe, but he is not with me right now but we are here to ask if you want to reunite with your brother.”
“Reunite? Where is he?”
“It would be best if I spoke to everyone at once. Is this everyone?” He asked, looking at the nine people who had stopped with their daily lives to see what the commotion was about. “Where is your Grandmother?” Gonzo asked and within an instance, Aryll’s mood shifted.
“Grandma died last year.” She said.
“Oh. I am sorry. I didn’t know…”

“Linda?” Sue-belle questioned, interrupting the conversation to talk with her sister. “What are you doing with this pirate?”
“He wants us too-”
“-Silence everyone!” Gonzo yelled and everyone was silent.

“As you all know, six years ago, Link joined our crew and we sailed away to find a new land. Well we found this land, and we named it New Hyrule. I return to spread the word. Tetra invites everyone to this new land. All are welcome!”

“I am coming.” Aryll said. “My brother is the only family I have left. I am coming.”
“Sue-Belle, what do you think?” Linda asked.
“We want to keep our family together. So if you, Sturgeon and Orca are joining we are too.” Anton added.

Rose looked at her Husband Abe and her two kids, Joel and Zil. Mesa looked at Sue-Belle, the woman he had a crush on and she looked at her Grandfather and Uncle. Sue-Belle smiled.
“I think it seems that nobody is staying behind on Outset Island.”

 

 

As Gonzo explained, he returned to Windfall Island the following day. Most of the Island wanted a better life away from the Ocean. They packed all kinds, many bringing their own boats and vessels which was beneficial for the journey. Windfall Island was a hub for the Great Sea Archipelago so naturally word spread around and people from all across the Great Sea were lining up for the voyage of a lifetime.

Maggie’s Father caused a big fuss, he tried to convince people to stay when he saw his power and influence going out the window. He stubbornly refused to leave the island, arrogantly declaring that all would come crawling back to him. But even Maggie snuck aboard the ship to escape her father’s influence.

The crew was huge. Aryll, Abe, Rose, Zil, Joel, Mesa, Orca, Sturgeon, Sue-belle and several pigs from Outset Island. Anton, Linda, Mrs. Marie, The Killer Bees, Candy, Dampa, Doc Bandam, Bombshop Man, Garrikson, Gillian, Gossack, Gummy, Joanna, Potova, Kamo, Kane, Kreeb, Lenzo, Maggie, her Father, Mila, Minenco, Missy, Pompie, Vera, Sam, Tott, Zunari and Salvatore from Windfall Island. Carlov and Manny from the Forest Haven, Beedle and his boat as well as the Salvage Corp, Old Man Ho Ho, Loot, The Goron Merchants and then finally, and unfortunately, Tingle and his three brothers.

They departed, and there was no turning back.

 

 

The Voyage was long, and rough, and many wanted to turn back, but they persisted. Along the way they met the Anouki Tribe who were seeking new land. The strange Icy Dwellers seriously tested Gonzo’s patience but all were welcome.

As they neared the end of the three year journey, the 17 year old Aryll thought about her home. The beaches she used to play with Link on and feed the Gulls. The Mysterious Forest on top of the Hill. The old nooks and crannies that only a kid would know and the mysterious noises that came from the back of the island at night. Now it all lay dormant. Empty. The old lookout tower would fall into neglect and over decades of harsh weather and storms it would one day fall down, rot and be swept away by the ocean. The houses she once felt warm and cosy in would be hollow shells and in time die and leave behind no evidence that she was ever there.

Maybe one day an adventurer will return to the Great Sea and find the remnants of an old civilization. Maybe they would find the basement Aryll dug out under her home after her grandmother passed away and see the names of her, Link and her grandmother, carved out in stone.

But for now the island would be silent. And the thought brought a tear to her eyes.

Notes:

As I tend to do, I split this in half. Originally this chapter and the next chapter were one, but it got so big that it just made sense to cut it. And here I was, thinking I didn't have a ton of ideas for Windwaker aftermath. Oh how I was wrong.

Chapter 155: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 4 - The Pirate Queen’s Letter

Summary:

Gonzo returns to New Hyrule. The era of the new land begins.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link groaned and sat up in his bed. He pulled his clothes on, put his sword on his back and then his shield. He stepped out into the sun and looked around Outset Village. Life was peaceful, but he had to admit he was getting bored.

Nine years had passed since Link’s quest began, he was now a 19 year old boy and like most 19 year old boys, he was starting to notice women more… Okay, woman, singular. Tetra and Jolene were the only Hylian Women in New Hyrule and Jolene was taken. But no, Link was attracted to Tetra.

She lay on the grassy slope with her strong arms behind her head. Link scanned her curvy hourglass body. She wore tight trousers that showed off her long legs, a form fitting top that complimented her breasts and thick belts, one swung over her shoulder. All covered by a waist coat that was just for show.… Then he coughed and she opened her eyes and smiled.

Sometimes he just wanted to pounce on her, kiss her, make love to her and understand the joy of sex. But Tetra would kill him if he made a move, he wasn't stupid enough to take such a chance.

Link tried to rationalise it. Maybe it was just because she was the only Woman in his life so his options were limited. That must be it. He was sure the other pirates thought the same about her, but somehow the thought made him angry.

He sat next to her on the grass and they didn't speak. Tetra didn't mind, she liked his company. She hoped today would be the day that he picked up on one of her many hints and fucked her. She wanted him. He was tall, strong, and handsome. Far from the goofy kid that saved her from the forest all those years ago.

But despite all his heroic deeds and positive attributes, Link was dense. Maybe the hero's soul was too pure. Maybe all of them died celebate. She was beginning to suspect this theory because Link had not once made a move.

“Are you not hot with those clothes on?” She asked him and he shrugged.
“Kinda. Yeah. It is a hot day.” He responded.
“I don't mind at all if you take your shirt off.” She said slowly.
“I’ll get sunburned.”
“It’ll be worth it to see you shirtless.” She responded.
“Not for me. I have to go around in pain for days afterwards.” He said, completely missing her obviously flirting.

Link was gonna follow up with something but suddenly the bell on the watchtower started ringing. Tetra sat up and they both looked toward Zuko who was waving his hands.
“Ship! Ship on the horizon! It is Gonzo! Gonzo is returning!”
Link and Tetra stared at each other and then ran to the shore.

It was nearly impossible to make out but sure enough, in the distance, a pirate ship was inbound. Tetra climbed up the lookout tower.
“Are you sure it is him?” She asked, taking the telescope from him.
“Oh yes, Captain. That is definitely our boat. There are other smaller boats with him.”
Tetra agreed, that was definitely her ship, her ship guiding a fleet. She handed the telescope back to Zuko.

She climbed down the ladder and her crew were standing to attention.
“We need to prepare food, fresh sheets, water. Anything to make the people feel welcome. The tents are all for the people. It is gonna be busy.”
“Yes, Captain!”

The Crew got ready but Link was just staring off. Tetra noticed.
“You are thinking of your sister, aren't you?”
“Yeah. I am terrified. What if she isn’t there.”
“She will be. Gonzo will have made sure. Come on. We need to get ready.”
“Right.”

After an agonising wait, the ship pulled up to the shore and the cheer from the people was energetic. Link’s heart raced with excitement and fear. Some of the smaller boats pulled up to the shore and people climbed out and looked around at the new land in disbelief. Link recognised some faces and some he did not. He just scanned the crowd for his sister and Grandmother but knew they were likely on the pirate ship.

Eventually, people starting climbing from the ship and then in the crowd a girl stood in a black sundress with long blonde hair. Link recognised her immediately. He sprinted toward her with tears in his eyes and she ran to him. They shoved passed people and then grabbed each other tightly.

“Big Brother!” Aryll sobbed and Link was in tears.
“Aryll… you are so tall!” He exclaimed.
“So are you. You idiot. It has been 9 years!”
“I missed you.”
“I missed YOU.” They both laughed. Then his smile dropped and she understood it. “She is gone, Link. I am sorry.” Aryll said and he seemed to accept it quickly, he had accepted the possibility a long time ago.
“How long ago?” Was all he asked.
“Four years now. It was peaceful.”
“You must have been lonely. I am sorry.”
“No. Link, don't be sorry. I am here now right?” She said with a smile. Suddenly a Seagull landed on her head and then another two by her feet. “And the Seagulls have came with me it seems.” She joked and they both laughed.

As Link hugged Aryll, he saw Tetra walk past him and then climbed aboard the ship.
“So. No damages I hope.” She spoke simply and confidently. Gonzo turned to her, then bear hugged her.
“Miss Tetra! Oh I missed you!” He beamed.
“Gonzo… get off me… you are crushing me…” She gasped. He let go and she stretched her shoulders. She laughed and so did he. “It's good to have you back, old friend.” She said.
“Old friend?”
“Never repeat that. Ever.” She said with a stern point and then he saluted.
“Aye aye Captain!”

Link took Aryll by the hand to his house. He looked back at the Pirate Ship.
“I named this place Outset Village.” He told her. “It may not be the home we grew up on, Aryll, but it is our home now. And I do like it here.”
“Are you happy?” She asked him and he gave a sincere nod.
“I am. Are you?”
“I am now. Now that I am with you.”

He reached in his pocket and pulled something out. It was the Telescope.
“I have been borrowing this for 9 years, Aryll. I think it is time I return it.” He said and she laughed.
“I can't believe you still remember.”
“Of course I remember!” She took the telescope happily and looked through it.
“We have a lot to catch up on. I heard from Gonzo you had another adventure.”
“I did. We have a lot to catch up on. Let's go inside and I will tell you all about it.”

 

“So. Tetra. I have something for you.” Gonzo said as she stood inside her old Captain's Quarters with him. Much of her possessions had been removed prior to Gonzo's departure but the paintings and wall decor remained untouched.
“What is it?” She asked, turned to him and he was holding an old envelope. It was bulky, clearly housing more than just a letter, it was also tattered and worn. Tetra narrowed her eyes in confusion, a signal to elaborate.
“It is from your mother.” Her heart leapt out of her chest. “I was instructed to give it to you on your 18th Birthday but… well, I wasn't here. Forgive me.” He handed it to her.

She looked down at it, many thoughts flooded her mind. She looked up at him and smiled.
“Have you been carrying this around since my mother passed away?” She asked and he blushed.
“I… yeah… I have. It was important.” He looked around. “I’ll leave you to read it.” He made a quick get away and left Tetra with the envelope.

She sat on the bed and hesitated before opening it. Part of her didn't want to read it. Knowing the letter contained words from her mother meant that she had one last conversation with her. That's how she looked at it. But she knew it would plague her mind to not know what was in it so she carefully opened the envelope and pulled out a sturdy but old journal, with a letter laying on top. She placed the journal down next to her and then unfolded the paper in her hands.

“To my dearest daughter, Tetra.

If you are reading this, it means I am no longer with you to pass on this information myself, and for that I forgive you. But I think it is important for you to learn who you are, who your ancestors were and tell you what may lay ahead for you.

You are a descendant of the Hylian Royal Family. The ancient Kingdom told of in Legends-”

Tetra smiled, she knew this part. Her mother had no way of knowing she would have learned the hard way, but she was still curious to read how she would have explained it.

“- that is below the waves. I know this is a lot to take in, but our family is the oldest in Hyrule and it means our, and your destiny is important. The stories are true, the people of Hyrule were under threat by an evil King called Ganondorf. The people went to the mountaintops and the Goddesses flooded Hyrule, sealing it away.

But I fear the seal will one day be undone, and Ganondorf will seek revenge. He seeks a Golden Power that we possess. The Triforce… All this is in the back of the journal. I just wish I could be there to prepare you in person, my daughter. I apologise.

But whatever challenges you face, I know you will tackle them head on and do the right thing. You are to lead our people. You are the Princess of the Hylians. The journal I gift you had the writings of my mother, her grandmother and several generations of our family. I gift it to you. Everything you need to know of our history is here in your hands.

I love you my beautiful daughter, I wish you a happy life.

Your Mother, Zelda.”

 

 

Tetra strode out off the ship with purpose. She climbed the small embankment and looked over the beach full of confused, relieved and desperate Hylians. They needed a leader, and that was her.

“Listen up!” She shouted and by some miracle, they all turned to her and listened. “This is your new home, welcome to New Hyrule. I am your Queen, Tetra.”
“What makes you our queen?” One man shouted.
“The fact that I founded this land, invited you and am an ancestor of the Royal Family of Hyrule.”
“Oh sure… And I was the King.”
“If you don’t like it, you know where the ocean is. I trust you know the way back home.”
He fell silent.

“We have a lot of work to do. I thank you all for coming. We are to build homes, give you food, jobs and a new life. There is a lot of land. Infinite land really. You have the space to build your own farms or villages or whatever you like. I will look over all the boring politics, laws and security. You have my word. I will prove to you all that I am a worthy Queen. I do not have your trust yet, but I swear I will earn it.”

It was surprising how easily people accepted a new leader. The work of New Hyrule, begins now.

Notes:

Link and Aryll are reunited!

It is sweet, and there is gonna be more between the two in due time.

However, I may have to apologise. There might be a break between the next chapter and the one after that. I do have things mostly written, about 95% done, but it is not 100% where it needs to be yet. This wouldn't normally be an issue as I would happily be able to finish things under normal circumstances, but these are not normal circumstances. I recently have been going through a rough point in my life and I don't think I should write in this condition because I do not want to make writing feel like something negative. I love doing this, but I think I need a break.

If I feel up to it, I will write these chapters and you will continue seeing the weekly release, this is absolutely not set in stone, but I just don't want to make promises.

But thank you for all positive feedback, it means a lot and I look forward to continuing this adventure!

Chapter 156: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 5 - The Ancestry of Link

Summary:

Link and Aryll make a shocking discovery that forever alters their view of themselves.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Aryll sat in their house with an old tattered book on the table.
“So this is Grandma’s Diary?” Link asked and she nodded.
“I never really had the heart to read it. Do you think we should?” Aryll asked.
“Well, why wouldn’t we?”
“Because, you are not supposed to read someone else's diary.”
“I think that doesn’t apply if they are no longer with us. If we don’t these words will sit on a shelf and then fade into obscurity.” Link said and she shrugged.
“I suppose so.” She said, still slightly apprehensive. But Link opened the diary.

 

 

This week has been a blur for me, but it has been a wild week, full of thrills and excitement. My heart won't stop beating. I have been so naughty!

It started when he came to the island. A travelling photographer he said he was. He said he is to capture the beauty of the islands of the great sea, and Outset Island happens to be one of those very islands. Apparently his family has photos passed down through the generations. He claims to have photographs of the ancient Kingdom from the Legends. Obviously he was making that up to flirt with me (which I absolutely DID NOT MIND) but it is clearly not true.

But flirt he did. He asked me if I would like to model for him, so I did. I invited him into my home and I undressed for him. He took my photos. It didn’t take long until we were making love!

I feel like a schoolgirl! But it was marvelous! Ecstatic! It was my first time and he showed me the stars! Lenzo… you make my heart race!

We spent the better half of the week together and then he left Outset for more adventures. I didn’t even learn where he was from or where he is going. He told me he doesn’t want to settle down and have a family, which I understand, our lives wouldn’t have been compatible. But I will remember this for the rest of my life!

 

Date XX/XX

Holy Hylia… I am pregnant.

I cannot believe it… although like… duh? I mean, Lenzo, wherever you are… you are a father. How about that?

 

Link and Aryll closed the diary and looked at each other in disbelief. It was partially horrifying to read but at the same time, they had to go on. And now… Well now they learned who their Grandfather was, and he was still alive.

“Do we tell him?” Link asked.
“Of course we do! We have too!” Aryll responded.
“But won't he feel bad. I mean we will be telling him he had a son and then in the same breath telling him he passed away close to 20 years ago.”
“Yes, and then telling him he has two Grandchildren.”
“That he never bothered to find out about.”
“He didn’t know.”
“Aryll, he had his whole life to return to Outset Island, but he didn’t… And Hylia… he taught me photography too… Oh this is really weird…” Link whined.

Aryll stood up and grabbed the diary.
“I am telling him. You can come if you want but I have decided.” She walked off and Link cursed under his breath and chased after her. She strode through the camp, looking for Lenzo’s tent and then she spotted him. Over the voyage she had gotten to know everyone quite well, better than Link did in fact. She smiled and he smiled.

“Good morning Aryll.” He said. She returned the smile and put her hands on her hips. Link joined her and she realised she hadn’t planned on how exactly she was gonna tell him.
“Ever been to Outset Island?” She asked and he raised an eyebrow and a warm smile lit up his face.
“Ah. Yes. Back in my 20’s. I was a free spirit in those days. I showed you the photo I took, did I not?” He asked Link.
“You did.” He said.
“You showed me too.” Aryll said. “Did you take any more photos while on Outset Island?”
“No, just the one.”
“Are you sure?” She asked and his eyes narrowed.
“Well. None for public consumption. Every artist has private work.”
“Yeah. That private work is our Grandma.”

Lenzo stared at them both, his eyes darting back from Aryll to Link.
“What… what do you mean?” He asked. He was slowly putting it together.
“We found out Grandma’s diary. That woman you had a fling with on Outset Island was our Grandma. You got her pregnant.” Aryll explained.
“Are you sure?” He had panic in his eyes.
“For the record, I was against telling you.” Link said.
“But…”
“Take your time.” Aryll said, her tone gentler than Link’s.
“I am a father?”
“Our father passed away a long time ago. I am sorry.”
“Oh.”
“You have two Grandkids though.”
“Yeah… Hi?”
“This is weird.” Link said under his breath.

Lenzo let out a sigh.
“This is a lot to take in. Do you want to come inside?” He offered them into his tent and they shrugged and followed him inside.

 

After he had time to accept his former lover had passed away, his son he never knew and also that he had two adult Grandchildren, he smiled again. He got to read her diary, the parts about him and he blushed. He went into his storage and he got an envelope out.

“Obviously, I can’t share them all. But some are innocent.” He told them and handed some black and white photos to Link and Aryll. Neither had seen their Grandma so young before but there she was, in their old house, smiling and young. And taller.

“Oh wow. I have never seen her so young!” Aryll beamed. Link smiled as he looked through some of the pictures.

“Link… This might sound weird, but now that I know you are my Grandson, it makes me even happier that I taught you photography.”
“It’s not weird. Not at all. And I liked it. I helped Carlov out with his figurine gallery at the Forest Haven. I think I photographed just about everything and everyone in the Great Sea.”
“Ah, so we might make a professional photographer out of you yet!”
“Maybe you can teach Aryll, I think I have other responsibilities.”

Link thought for a moment and then looked at Lenzo. “Grandma mentioned in her diary that you had old pictures from Hyrule.”
“Yes. Passed down in my family for generations. You’ll never believe they are real.” He said. Link raised an eyebrow.
“Try me.” He said. Lenzo sighed, got up and went into his collection. He pulled out a smaller framed photo and placed it on his lap.

“My Grandad told me this story, and his grandad told him and so on. You know the legends of The Kingdom at the bottom of the Ocean. The Legends of Hyrule. Well, I don’t believe they were just legends. I believe it to be real… I mean look at this.” He turned the picture to them and it was an old picture of the Hyrule Castle gates. “It is authentic, I know a fake when I see it. This picture was genuinely taken and it is real.”

Link reached into his pocket and pulled out the Pictobox, he cycled through a few photos. One of Ganondorf, it might have been a battle of life and death but he needed to get in the last picture for Carlov’s Figurine Gallery. The next was of Makar and Medli, and then it was some of Hyrule Castle. He handed the Pictobox to Lenzo and he looked at the picture of Hyrule Castle, of the portraits of the former King as well as Princess Zelda but also the Statue of the Hero of Time.

Bafflement stuck his face. Doubt, realisation, scepticism and then confirmation. He was battling what he was seeing with what made sense. “But these are… how do you…. How?”
Link grinned like an idiot.
“Well, Hyrule is real. I have been down there. Oh it is a long story.”
“But that would mean…”

Lenzo stood up and without saying anything, hurried out of his tent. Link and Aryll looked at each other in confusion.
“Maybe you freaked him out.” Aryll said.
“You probably freaked him out more saying that he is a Grandad.” Link remarked.

Only a few moments passed and then Lenzo returned but with company. Mrs. Marie followed him in. Link narrowed his eyes in confusion but she just sat next to Lenzo and smiled.

“Link, my dear. You must be confused.” She said. He just nodded. “Well me and Lenzo go way back. Way, way back. You see, my family also came from an old Hyrule family, well, I guess everyone in the Great Sea did, but I still have records from the times long passed.” She explained. “Tell me, the Cabana I gave you. The Hero’s Charm I gave you. Did any of it seem… odd?”

Link sat and thought for a moment. She was correct of course, why did a school teacher from Windfall Island own a Private Island? Why did she have a magical artifact that allowed him to see the vitality of his foes? Why did her private island have a labyrinth beneath it? Why did it have a magical door and why did she own a chart to one of the Triforce shards? Link had a lot going on when he encountered all this, not too much time for questions, but he was also 10 and a lot more naive. Now that he was thinking about it, none of it made any sense.

“You are right. It is all odd. The Private Oasis had a Triforce Chart beneath it and the Hero’s Charm you gave me… why did you have that?” He asks her. She looks at Lenzo and then back to Link. “I’ll start from the top.” She said.

“My ancestors were from Hyrule, they were called the Shiekah Tribe. They were the guardians of Hyrule’s Royal family and keeper of secret relics and information. I grew up with this knowledge, I knew what the Private Oasis held and I knew what the Hero’s Charm was. Me and Lenzo grew up on Windfall Island together. His family shared with him the photo of Hyrule Castle and knowing it was true, he believed all my tales. We talked about the Hero of Time, the Legends throughout Hyrule and I always believed that the next Hero would come to save Hyrule.” Marie looked into Link’s eyes. “I could tell that was you, Link. You are dressed like the Hero of old but you were coming and going, every time you returned you looked stronger and then you appeared with the Blade of Evil’s Bane.”

“So, the Sheikah Tribe… you are one of them?” Link asked.
“I am. My ancestor fought alongside the old Princess of Hyrule. The Sheikah had many hidden skills and built many structures. The Tower of the Gods, that was created by the Sheikah.”
“Well they could have built an easier test… those Beamos were a real pain.” Link muttered.
“It was said that she had a son. He was to have created the Triforce Charts and hid them. He hid one beneath the Private Oasis. When I saw you, I needed to test you. I needed to know you found it. I gave you the Hero’s Charm because it was originally made from an old item the Hero of Time used. So it is fitting you should have the newest model.”

Link sat back and was in disbelief.
“I was shocked to learn I had a Grandfather. Now I am learning the innocent school teacher from Windfall Island is part of a legendary tribe that helped guide me.”
“There is nothing innocent about her.” Lenzo remarked and Marie went red.
“What, did you take her picture too?” Link joked, but when the room went silent, it all became clear. “Gross.”

 

—-

 

“Carlov. I have a few pictures I never had time to give you.” Link said to him as he was carving something with his small knife.
“Oooh, let me see!” He beamed. Link gave him the picture of Ganondorf and he smiled. “Ahhh, I will get to work. Link, promise me that if you ever return to that Gallery of mine, could you add this newest statue to the collection?”
“I don’t have any plans, but I can see.”

“Brother!” Aryll called, interrupting his thoughts. She caught up to him.
“Lenzo, or should I say Grandpa-”
“-Lenzo.” Link insisted.
“Lenzo said he would teach me photography. Isn’t that great!” She had a wide wholesome smile spread across her face. Link smiled back.
“That is great. It sounds wonderful.”

Notes:

So this was a last minute change.

After publishing part 1, I began playing Windwaker again and it made me come up with so many ideas that I wanted to include. For a start, it is heavily implied that Link's Grandma and Lenzo had a relationship. His figurine and his comments on the Outset Island photograph make it clear. So, there is a possibility that he is Link's Grandfather.

The idea of Ms.Marie being a decendent of the Sheikah comes from a Zeltik video on Youtube. She has Sheikah like patterns on her clothes, she gifts Link the Hero's Charm in the original version and she also owns a private island with a Triforce Chart hidden beneath it. She is clearly not just an ordinary teacher.

As for the painting of Hyrule Castle. Well it is right there in the game. I noticed in Lenzo's gallery he has a painting of Hyrule Castle. That alone was enough for me to elaborate and add more to this.

But good thing I did because I think it is good we get more of Grandma's presense even after she is gone. Link loses one Grandparent, but he does find another.

Chapter 157: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 6 - Malladus: The Demon King

Summary:

Link and Tetra deal with a threat that could undo everything they have worked so hard to create.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

In the heart of the Kingdom, the Tower of Spirits stood tall. A place that needed to be protected, so Tetra, Queen of New Hyrule decided this was the location they would build the capital. This is where New Hyrule Castle and Castle Town would thrive.

With a more active workforce of Hylians and Gorons alike, construction went ahead swimmingly. Tetra agreed that the Gorons could build their civilization in the Fire Realm, returning to the Volcanic terrain that their ancestors once thrived in. The Anouki took to the Snow Realm, much to Link’s pleasure as his patience with them in the Ocean King’s Realm made him resent the creatures.

But travel was proving to be a challenge. Transport between the realms was long and the roads were not easy to navigate. That is when Gonzo brainstormed an idea that would revolutionise the world as they knew it.

The Steam Train.

He proposed the idea to Tetra, Link and Anjean. He planned on using the Spirit Tracks as a road of sorts for a vehicle that could move down the tracks at an alarming rate. Anjean didn’t see this as a problem, quite the opposite. If the Spirit Tracks became part of everyday life, then they would be even more necessary to be protected by the people.

It had been one year since the Hylians filled this land, Link and Tetra were both 20 years old and they stood on a hill overlooking the Castle in progress. It was a marvel. It was beautiful. It reminded them both of Hyrule Castle that now lay beneath the ocean, sealed away. But it wasn’t. This was a new land and a new Castle. It was their land, a land that King Daphnes had wanted them to find. A land of new beginnings.

Link had also started training guards, ones that now patrolled the sight of the Castle. There were monsters that roamed the land and they still needed protecting. He was without question the best fighter in the Kingdom and his skills would be passed on.

Little did Link and Tetra know, something was brewing in the background, a sinister plot that could see the end of New Hyrule.

A small man walked through the gates and towards the Tower of Spirits. He looked unassuming, to most he was probably just overseeing construction on the Castle. He neared and the guards eventually took notice but it was too late, by the time they went to confront him he let out a stream of purple energy into their chests and sent them flying.

He strolled into the tower and at this point the bells tolled, guards caught on and sounded the alarm. Link and Tetra heard it from the hill and ran towards the Castle.

The man strolled into the Tower of Spirits where he was confronted by Anjean and Gonzo.
“What do you want? Who are you?” Anjean immediately asked and he laughed.
“Oh how I have waited for this day! I didn’t think it possible! But the cards have fallen into my hands!” He cheered menacingly. He bowed, “Call me Charr!” His cloak fell away, his wig burned up and two horns formed on his head, then he began floating.

Anjean narrowed her eyes and Gonzo stepped back in shock.
“You're a disciple of Malladus.” Anjean said and Charr laughed.
“How astute.”
“You’ll never resurrect him.”
“Oh but I will, and thanks to you, Anjean.” He floated close to her but she didn’t flinch or retreat, she just watched him. “To properly revive the Demon King he will need a Vessel, a Vessel from the blood of the ones who sealed him away. Obviously the Spirits of Good are not mortal beings and do not bleed. But they were not alone. The old King of the Land was a traveller from a far away Kingdom. The Kingdom of Hyrule. They all died. The people of this land perished centuries ago.”

Charr floated around, as if he was pacing but in midair. “So my dreams of reviving my lord were dashed. I searched and searched for a solution but found none! So imagine my surprise when the Princess of Hyrule came to our shores and became Queen. She named the land New Hyrule. And YOU let her, Anjean. You should have turned her away.”

Gonzo ran for the entrance but Charr predicted such a move and blasted him. He floated over to him. “Just as I suspected. The Queen will come to me! How wonderful.”
“There is a lot you don’t know.” Anjean said calmly.
“I doubt that.”

Link and Tetra ran through the door and saw Charr floating about Gonzo’s body.
“Captain! Run!” He yelled but Charr grinned, clicked his fingers and the entrance was sealed off by dark clouds. Link readied his sword and Tetra pulled out her dagger.
“Those toys wont hurt me.”
“Anjean, what's going on?” Tetra asked.
“This is a disciple of Malladus and wants to use your body as a vessel to revive the Demon King.”

Charr frowned.
“Don’t steal my moment! That was for me!”
“You won’t lay a finger on her.” Link said.
“Oh really? And you are the one to stop me?”
“Absolutely.”

Maladus raised his hand and Link charged. The beam was repelled by Link’s mirror shield and it hit Charr in the face. Tetra ran to Gonzo and helped him up, then they ran to the other side of the tower. When Charr looked up, Link was gone. He scanned the room and saw the boomerang zoom at him and it smashed into his face. Charr groaned and then Link slashed his sword a few times and he squealed. If this was the Master Sword, it would have destroyed him.

Charr let out a wave of purple energy and blasted Link back across the room. Link rose to his feet quickly but was now on the defensive as Charr fired beam after beam at him. Each being parried by his shield, Charr now wise enough to sway away from the deflected shots.

Charr fired a shot at the shield but this was different, this one burst into a giant cloud of gas. Charr smiled until the cloud moved over him, Link held a giant leaf in his hands. He pulled out the Hookshot and pulled himself to the staircase, gaining the high ground. Charr floated upwards only to be met with a flurry of explosions.

Link dived from the steps and suddenly Charr was pulled with him as Link caught him with his grappling hook. When Charr hit the ground, Link let out a roar and slammed the Skull Hammer into his body. Charr shrieked in pain and Link took the opening to slice away with a flurry of strikes. Tetra watched on and could barely see the sword die to Link’s incredible speed.

Charr rose his hand and Link saw it coming. A purple energy blast fired in his direction but he rolled around Charr, leaped into the air and sliced him from behind. Charr let out a roar and then a wave of energy which forced Link to dodge backwards.

“Enough of these toys!” He floated high and then a purple energy shield surrounded his body. He then charged a beam, Link raised his shield and Charr launched. The energy blast was intense, Link hid behind his shield but his body was getting burned from the heat. Link cried out and went flying, hitting the wall hard.

“Ehehehehe!” Charr laughed. He turned to Tetra and charged at her. She flipped backwards, kicked off the wall and plunged her dagger into his back. He hissed and then tried to shake her off but she kept a hold of him. He sent out the same wave he used against Link and she lost grip of the knife and was knocked through the air. Charr pulled the knife out of his back and growled.

He raised his hand to Tetra, she readied herself to dodge. Link lifted his boomerang, Charr blasted him with his free hand and Link took a direct blow and cried out in pain. Tetra was caught off guard and the moment she looked at Link was the moment she was hit by a similar blast.

She hit the ground hard but she didn’t remain there for long because Charr picked her up by the neck and squeezed. Link got to his knees and then Charr hit him again. Tetra wanted to call out but she couldn’t breath. He sent out several beams all making direct contact with Link. Each hit and Charr laughed every time.

But then from nowhere, a clawed hand slashed Charr in the face and he let go of Tetra as he howled in pain. Gonzo caught Tetra and then Byrne landed next to him.
“Get up, Hero.” He simply said. Link’s whole body was in agony but he rose despite it all.
“I have a plan.” Link said. “Tetra has… We need to keep him busy.” Link told Byrne and he nodded, unsure of what his plan entailed but he put his faith in Link.

Byrne leaped into the air at Charr. Charr went to attack but was hit by a boomerang and then the clawed hand once more. The two of them launched attack after attack, Link using every tool in his arsenal. Charr went to turn to Tetra but Link pulled him away with the grappling hook. Byrne hit him out of the Sky.

Charr looked straight ahead and saw Tetra pointing a bow at him, the tip of the arrow was shining with a golden light. Charr shrieked, rolled out of the way, the Light arrow whizzed past his head, he smiled, he momentarily believed he had dodged it but no, Link reflected the arrow with his shield and hit Charr in the back.

Charr screamed in pain. His body floating upwards, light spewing from his body.
“Damn… You… Link….Damn you Tetra! Damn you Anjean…. And damn you Byrne!” His body exploded into purple and black clouds and then a Heart Container fell into the center of the room.

Link hobbled over, picked up the Heart Container and felt it absorb into his body and his strength regenerated instantaneously and he felt stronger than he had before. But despite feeling good, Tetra still grabbed him in a giant hug.

“I thought you were gonna die!” She exclaimed.
“I am sorry. I was close. But I am fine.” He said, hugging her back. Then she pulled away and hit him on the arm hard. He winced, and then smiled. “You got my plan though.” He said whilst rubbing his arm. “You picked up my bow whilst he couldn’t see.”
“Well, it all would have went south if it weren't for Byrne.” Tetra turned around to thank him but he was gone.

“He isn’t particularly a social man.” Anjean told them.
“Ajean, why did that demon want my body? Who was he?” Tetra asked.
“He was a demon, part of Malladus’ forces who must have survived all this time in hopes of resurrecting his master.”
“Could there be more?” Link asked.
“Possibly. Who can say? But it would take more than just the Queens’ body to resurrect Malladus.”
“Why me?”
“Because you are a Daughter of the Hylian Royal Family. A long, long time ago. We are talking eons ago. Back when Hyrule was still a prospering Kingdom, one of your family left Hyrule and began exploring the world. He travelled here, he became the leader of the old people. It was his descendant that helped the Spirits of Good seal Malladus away. With this.”

Anjean pulled out a wooden pan flute with a variety of colours on the tips of the pipes. “This is yours, Tetra.” She said and she gracefully took the instrument in her hands.
“So they needed someone of my lineage to resurrect Malladus?”
“As a vessel. Yes.”
“Gross.”
“But they would also have to undo the seal, destroy the Spirit Tracks. It wouldn’t be easy.”

“But he had a point.” Gonzo said, all of them forgot he was here. “He said that it is your fault for allowing us to settle here. You knew Tetra was a Royal Hylian. So why let us stay knowing that it could bring about the rise of Malladus?”

Anjean wheeled over to him.
“Link and Tetra stopped him, right? My role as a Lokomo is to watch over the Spirit Tracks, this is true. But we are also to watch over mankind. We came here as Servants of the Spirits of Good to help man. Without people, we have no purpose. But we also need strong people. Link, you are a Hero in every sense of the word and I have no doubt that if the time comes, your successor will be here to save us.”

“Now, Tetra. Please do me a solid. Have a go at playing those pipes. It would really please me.” She said and Tetra smiled, and blew into the pipes. A beautiful melody flowed and Tetra seemed to be a natural.

The tune flowed high, all the way to the tops of the Tower of Spirits where Byrne prayed.
“Please, Spirits of Good. I have shown to be a loyal servant. I only wish for more power. I can use it against evil. Please answer my prayers. Please.”

He never got an answer.

Notes:

Originally I was going to tell the tale of Link fighting Malladus and sealing him away. But upon researching more, it is very clear that Malladus was sealed centuries ago, by a tribe that lived on the land long before Link and Tetra arrived. But I still wanted conflict and I wanted to see this version of Link have an epic fight with all his tools.

Charr is a bit of a bad pun, but so are all of the characters from Spirit Tracks, so I think I can be forgiven. I also had to rewatch cutscenes from Spirit Tracks to see if it explains where Chancellor Cole was during... everything before Spirit Tracks. It is a mystery. So I guess I have given a little context to that.

I hope you enjoy this, and I promise the next chapter will be a good one.

Chapter 158: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 7 - The Hero of the Winds and The Fierce Pirate of the Seas

Summary:

Link met Tetra when he was 10 years old after being dropped out of the sky by a bird. Now lets see how far they have come.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

In the days following Charr’s attack, things went well. Security was amped up, but it was just a precaution. The guards had started making their uniforms match Link, a way to honour their hero. Link found it a little embarrassing but Tetra liked it.

Tetra decided the Light Arrows are vital to use as weapons against demons so she had them hidden away in the Sand Temple to be used by a future Hero.

Hyrule Castle was yet to be completed but it was ready to be lived in, and so, Tetra took Link through the Castle, right to the top with something on her mind.

She had just seen Link on the brink of death. Sure, he is no stranger to danger and she also had no doubt he could have found a way to stop Charr even if Byrne hadn’t stepped in, but it still scared her.

As Charr held her by the throat whilst attacking Link, she wasn’t thinking about herself at all, all she could think about was how she never got to tell Link how she felt. She was frustrated at herself. She was supposed to be the fearsome Pirate Queen, but what was she afraid of? Was romance too much of an obstacle to overcome? No. She was Tetra. This was the day she made herself clear with Link.

They entered her bedroom, it was large, a huge bed in the middle of the room. The one thing she knew about Link was he was dense. She had left hits for years now and he always managed to find a way to miss them. She needed to be clear, with no room for misinterpretation.

“This is gonna be my bedroom, Link.” She said with her back to him. Her eyes were facing out of the window. Link smiled.
“It is a great room. Fitted of our Queen. Where is my room at?” He asked her and she turned to him.
“This could be your room too.” She told him. No joking was in her voice but he chuckled anyway.
“There is one bed. I don't fancy sleeping on the floor.”
“Then sleep in the bed.”
“But then where would you sle-”
“-with me.”

Link was only 75% dense. His brian picked up on what she was saying only for him to rationalise it with something that would not get him killed.
“It might be a bit snug.” He said and Tetra looked physically annoyed at that. She marched across the room toward him and pinned him to the door. She looked him in his eyes.
“For fuck sake. Link, I am telling you I want to have sex with you.” As blunt as she could be, but just in case he still didn't get it, she kissed him heavily.

Tetra’s lips crashed against his with enough force to push him back against the door. A shocked gasp escaped his lips and he struggled to process what was happening. Her lips parted from his slightly but her body was against him tight. His heart thudded against his chest loudly and his eyes met hers.

“Tetra…” Was all he could say. She lowered her hand to the bulge that formed in his tights. He tensed. Her eyes never broke contact.
“You want this too.” She said, somewhere between a statement and a question.
“Yes.” He replied.

Link finally got over the shock enough to think. He placed his hands on her waist and then leaned in for a second kiss. This time they both moved together and both let out variations of moans.

Link moved a hand around to her arse and squeezed it with an open hand. She gasped, tensing up. “Sorry.” He whispered. She grabbed his collar and pulled him close.
“I want this. Touch me all over. I need you so badly Link.”
“Okay.” He said, still nervous, still in disbelief.

Link and Tetra made out in their bedroom against the door. Link’s hands firmly on her rear end, squeezing and listening to her sharp breaths between kisses. Their bodies were pressed together tightly and there was a lot of pressure on Link’s bulge.

He’d wanted her for a long time now. He had been so scared to say something but now he felt stupid. This was what he had been missing out on. Today he was gonna lose his virginity to the woman he loved.

He took the next step, moved against her and guided her to the bed. When they were close, she spun him around and pushed him onto the large bed then wasted no time straddling his waist.

Their genitals were pressed together with only fabric in its way. She grinded her hips and Link let out a sharp gasp. She chuckled lightly and kept going. Slowly.

Tetra pulled off her waistcoat and unfastened the bandolier and belt and threw them on the floor. Link sat upright and kissed her, as they made out she pulled off his cap.

Link's hand nervously rose, Tetra noticed and did nothing to stop him. She wanted to feel him.she wanted his hands on her body. He placed it gently in her chest and then when her look was that of approval, he grabbed her breast in his hand and slowly squeezed.

She let out a soft sigh and just continued grinding on him in response. Their eyes were locked. That alone was stimulating.
“Link…” She moaned. He bit his lip and Tetra thought it was the cutest thing she had ever seen.

Link’s other hand came to meet her other lonely breast and he touched with a bit more intensity, getting a good feel of the shape.

Suddenly Tetra grabbed his wrists and pulled his hands away. He momentarily wondered if he had done something wrong but soon was dismissed when she lifted her shit over her head.

“Oh Tetra… you are so hot.” He said in awe. Her breasts were still covered by her bra but a lot more skin was on display and Link was very much a fan. She blushes as she let her hair down.
“Yeah? Well why didn't you say something earlier?”
“I was scared.” He admitted and Tetra grinned.
“You should be!”

She kissed him gently and then she leaned her forehead against his. “Link. You do trust me though, right?” She asked him, her tone serious and nervous.
“I do. Of course I do.” He responded with care.
“Good. Because I am a little nervous too.”
“You are?” He questioned and she frowned.
“If you dare repeat that I will pull off your cock!” She fought back but he hugged her.

She returned the hug. It was warm and loving.
“I like it when you open up to me.” He admitted. She felt him fiddle with her bra strap and when she leaned back from the hug it fell free. His hands immediately went for her boobs and she tried to hide her blush.

Link's fingers danced around her breasts, a thumb grazed her nipple and Tetra sighed with her head rolled back. Link kissed her neck and she moaned. She was loving this.

Link wrapped his arms around her waist and then flung her onto her back. He knelt over her, then unshackled his belt and pulled the tunic over his head. Tetra bit her lip as she watched more muscles revealing themselves. His hands were working on his undershirt now. Then suddenly he was shirtless.

The visual of Link kneeling over her with only his tights on, tights that did nothing to hide the giant bulge. His muscles were strong and hot and Tetra really just wanted him to fuck her.

Link leaned down, Tetra didn't know what his next move was until he grabbed the hem of her trousers. That made things clear. He tugged clumsily and she chuckled before lifting her hips to make it easier for him.

He pulled them down her legs, admiring the shape and brushing his fingers down the tanned skin. Tetra let out a deep breath. Link threw her trousers away. Now it was her turn.

Tetra kissed him deeply and then rolled him onto his back. Her hands grabbed his body, feeling it lightly as she journeys south. She grabbed his bulge and he gasped, she kinda wanted to tease him a little longer but she didn't know if that was something she could handle. Her hands grabbed his tights and pulled them down.

His erection sprung free and Tetra liked what she was looking at. She had never seen a dick in her life, this was new. But she liked it. It was tall and thick and the thought of it being inside her thrilled her and scared her.

She grabbed, curled her fingers around its length and Link moaned loudly. She saw her looking down at her and she winked, then stoked it slowly.

“Tetra!” He let out suddenly. His breathing increased as she slowly pumped him with her hand. She could watch Link fall to her all night. She leaned in closer and without warning out the whole thing in her mouth.

“Ahhh!” He moaned loudly, a mixture of shock and pleasure. His head snapped backwards and his hand grabbed her head. Tetra could have sworn she felt his hips buck but she couldn't be sure, she was focused on the cock in her mouth.

She sucked, she didn't know the method but she was doing a good job based on Link's reaction. She honestly didn't enjoy it, she enjoyed Link moaning but she wasn't getting a ton out of this and she was still drenched down below, waiting for him to be inside her a different way.

She kept bobbing, using her tongue and her lips as much as she could but after a few minutes she pulled away from him and crawled up his body.

“Tetra…” He sighed. Before she could reply he flipped her onto her back and kissed her heavily. She moaned and pulled him in. His hand reached between her legs and she gasped, her eyes looking back to him wide.
“Link…”
“I need you, Tetra. Oh Tetra… I…” He stopped himself.

He pulled away from her and then grabbed her panties and pulled them down her legs with Tetra kicking them off their foot. He moved back into position.

“Link…” She looked into his eyes. “What were you going to say?” She said softly. He moved his penis into position, against her entrance. He was throbbing down below and so was she.
“I… Tetra, I love you.”

Those words made her heart thump in her chest even more than it already was. She smiled at him, cupped his face.
“I love you too, you idiot.” She said, almost tearfully. She kissed him softly.

Link didn't know if he had to ask to proceed, he looked in her eyes and she understood. “I am ready, Link.” She told him and Link shuffled a little bit before pushing his hips forward.

He felt him move against her and then he pushed inside. Tetra let out a sharp breath and Link just sighed deeply. She was wet, tight and warm. He was hard, thick and joyful.

“Link…” She was lost for words. He rolled his hips slowly and she felt him move inside her. She gripped the bed. “Oh Link!” She said louder.
“Mmmm…” He met out as he pushed back into her.

“This feels so… wow. Tetra… is this good?” He asked.
“Link, this is wonderful. Keep going!” She ordered and he nodded, did as she asked and moved his hips once more.

He slowly got into a steady rhythm and with each thrust, the pleasure rose. Link felt wonderful, satisfied and confident. The way Tetra moaned as he moved into her was magical. He grabbed her breasts and kissed her neck, her breath was high. Link groaned.

Tetra felt so wet, so high and so in love. She loved the feeling of Link fucking her, she had worried that it would hurt, that it would be clumsy, but no, it was everything she wanted and more. The spot between her legs burned with passion and every touch from Link sent signals to her brain.

Tetra realised that she wanted to take the reins. She wrapped her legs around him and then her arms and then rolled him onto his back. She then straddled him, riding his cock. Link gasped loudly, and Tetra smirked.

He was in heaven. Tetra's curvy body was moving on him. He grabbed her hips as she rolled them into him.

As she rose and fell, her breasts jiggled. As she descended her sharp breath called out his name. As her hips rolled he felt his cock throb in pleasure.

“Tetra! Oh Tetra!” He moaned. Her name being called out by his voice was bliss. “I love you! You are so hot! Hylia!” He moaned loudly. She bit her lip.

Tetra arched her body forward and placed a hand flat on his chest.
“Link…” She moaned softly. “Oh Link…” She called out a little louder. Her body arched back again. “Oh Link! This is go fucking good!” She yelled.

Link's fingers dug tightly into her skin, he didn't realise he was pressing so hard. His body tensed up occasionally when she moved on his cock. He began thrusting his hips up to meet her and he would moan each time.

She descended on him once more and he twitched, lost control for just a second but regained his composure. He sat up suddenly, grabbed her butt cheeks and kissed her.

They were hot and sweaty and moving together. Her breasts were pressed tightly against him, she continued riding him and he squeezed her arse and forced her to moan at his touch. They moved fast. They were tired but the bliss was too much.

“Oh Link!” She moaned.
“Tetra! I think I am gonna cum!” He gasped.
“Yes! Oh Link…. Take me!” She cried out. “Oh Hylia! Me too! I am so close!” She stared into his eyes. Link could read the pleasure on her face and she could hear it in his voice.

She pulled her down and rolled her onto her back where he thrust as fast as he could. Tetra kept her legs tied around his waist and sang out a plea of joy as he fucked her well and drive her ever closer to her climax.

Tetra's body was on fire with pleasure. The origin was the pulsing and throbbing between her legs, but it spread through her body, traveling through every nerve and fibre of her body.

She felt his cock thrust into her. She felt his hands on her body. She felt his breath against her skin. But ultimately, she felt him, the man she loved, the love of her life… making love to her.

“Ahhhh! Link!” She cried out and gripped him harder as her body erupted into a wonderful orgasm. It was magical, a high she had never felt but with Link she was sure she would feel it many times again in the future.

Link gasped, holding on with all his strength. He wanted to feel absolutely everything. But he gasped and panted and thrust his hips wildly, his body boiling with heat as he spent every ounce of energy into fucking her.

He felt her cum. Felt how wet she was. Felt her fingers claw into his skin and her legs tightly gripping his body. She was wet and tight and warm. She was beautiful and sexy. Kind and sassy. Brave and strong. He loved her. He was making love to her. He couldn't take it anymore.

“TETRA!” He screamed. His cock throbbed once, a wave of pleasure fired through his body as the first blast of his cum shot into her, followed immediately after with another pulse, another wave and another shot. He throbbed and painted as he came inside her, emptying his body fully and not slowing down.

Tetra felt him cum in her. She felt wonderful. Link felt wonderful. Everything was wonderful. Their bodies continued to move and writhe and gasp together.

Never had they both felt such a release of cosmic power before, but now they lay in each other's arms, drained of all energy but satisfied beyond belief. No words had to pass between them.

They were well and truly in love.

 

It was a while before either of them said anything. Both of them were just lost for words. But Link needed to say something.

“Why did we wait so long for this?” He asked. Tetra scowled at him.
“Are you joking?”
“No…”
“Link, I don’t think I could have been more obvious with my hints.”
“I thought you were just being playful.” He admitted and she laughed. They hugged and held each other close.

“So now you know.” She said.
“I do.”
“It feels odd, different. But good.”
“I feel the same.”
“I feel like I can be myself with you, Link.”

Link knew that she wore a mask. The Tetra he knew wasn’t lying by any means, she was still the same person he had always known. But she hid her feelings well, never allowing herself to get emotional and never letting herself be vulnerable. But it made Link happy to know that with him, she could allow the mask to fall and just be true with herself.

“I was scared you were going to die.” She said. “You would die without knowing how I feel about you.”
“Tetra…” He kissed her forehead. “I promise I will never die.”
“Ever?”
“Well… I will try my best to outlive you.”
“That sounds like a threat.”

They both laughed as they lay there in comforting bliss.

Notes:

Yes, long time in the making but it had to happen!

They are so cute together and Tetra is the embodiment of sassy, so this is exactly how I picture this all going down.

Chapter 159: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 8 - Shades of Crimson

Summary:

Link and Tetra confessed their love and they slept together. Now, what will the next day bring and what will their future hold.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Tetra woke up to Link cuddling her. She smiled and gripped him tighter, signalling she was awake.

“Good morning.” He said in delight.
“Good morning to you.” She said in equal bliss.
“I slept so well.”
“That is because I wiped you out last night.” Tetra told him with a mischievous grin. He smiled, her smile was intoxicating.
“It was wonderful.” He told her in a low voice. Her eyes looked deeply at his face but she didn’t say anything, she just stared.

“What are you waiting for?” She eventually said.
“What do you mean?”
“Link, I can feel how hard you are. It is pressing against my leg. Why isn’t it inside me?”
Link went red in the face. “I…Wow. Sorry.”
Tetra moved on top of him and kissed him heavily. Link felt her body against him and his hands wandered to her rear. He gave it a squeeze and she moaned slightly in the kiss. She was warm, she was delightful. Eventually she broke off the kiss and rested her forehead against his. She reached down for his dick and began stroking it.
“Don’t apologise, Link. I love you. I want you. You want me. We are going to have a lot of sex.” She told him.

Tetra positioned her hips above him and then lowered down onto his cock. Link let out a gasp and then sighed, and then he moaned when Tetra began moving her hips. Link gripped her harder and started thrusting into her, earning a moan from her.

They moved together, kissed, touched, grabbed. Link rolled her onto her back and thrust into her hard. She screamed in joy, Link moaned loudly and then her legs went around him.

“Link…” She panted his name, her breath was unsteady. It was a simple word but it carried a lot of meaning.
“Oh, Tetra…” He responded.
“My love… I love you.”
“Oh Tetra… I love you”

She felt wet, she felt tight, she felt wonderful. He felt big, he felt hard, he felt wonderful. She watched his face contort as his body shook. “Oh Hylia! Fuck!” He cried out suddenly. His member throbbed and his body tensed, he felt every nerve ending light up and he shot his load.

“Ahhhh…. Tetra!” He called out as his orgasm claimed him.
“Keep going!” She ordered. His hips still moved and him hand grabbed her breast. She rolled her head back as she felt it all. Felt him. Felt Link fucking her.
“Ahhh…. Gahhhh….” He continued to moan. “Oh Hylia! Hylia! Ahhhh….!” He was still in heaven.

About five more thrusts and she will be over the edge. Four more! Three more! Oh Hylia, Two more! One…. nope, there it is!

Her body writhed beneath him as her hitched breath was pulled from her body. Her floodgates were open. Her climax was intense, it was overwhelming. It was everything…

“Link! Oh fuck! Yes! Keep…. Going….!”
“I can’t…..!” He groaned, his body tiring and reaching its limit.
“Just a little…. Haaaa….. More…!” Then her body went limp and Link collapsed on top of her.

Tetra’s body buzzed as she looked up at the ceiling from over his shoulder. She was in disbelief. This was unreal. She didn’t know such a feeling existed on Earth. Link’s cock was still deep within her and his cum was leaking out of her. She knew the secret on how to make contraceptive potions, she was gonna need a big supply.

Link pulled out of her and kissed her. She kissed him.
“Your cock is wonderful, Link.” She told him. He couldn’t get any redder than he already was.
“I came early. You just felt that good.” He said to her. She smiled at him and hugged him.
“I am glad we did this. With you I feel a way I haven’t felt with anyone.”
“Tetra, you make me unbelievably happy. I love you.”

They cuddled and sat together for what felt like forever. But they couldn’t lay there forever… well they could, but they shouldn’t.

Tetra climbed out of bed and walked to her wardrobe. Link saw the Royal Dress hanging up.
“Do you think you will ever wear it again?” Link asked her. She turned her attention to it and then turned to Link and shook her head.
“No, I don’t. I mean I am Queen, I think the people I have selected as my advisors would like me to wear it, I suppose dressing up as a Pirate doesn’t scream authority and leadership… but it just really isn’t me.”
Link pulled himself out of bed and started picking his clothes off the ground. “You, on the other hand, do not have that problem. Your Hero clothes suit you perfectly.”
“There was a time I didn’t believe that.” He said to her. “It was tradition on Outset Island to dress up as the Hero of Time when you are 10 years old. I hated it when I first saw it.”
“Are you saying it grew on you?” She asked. Link started dressing, and so did she.
“Yeah, it did. Obviously I have outgrown my original clothes, but I grew to feel like it was mine and I earned it. At first I was just copying the Hero of Time.”

Tetra turned back and looked at the dress.
“I don’t think I will get used to that dress.” She told him. “I understand the Historical Significance but… how do you feel about it?”
“Well I think you look good in it, you do. But… I have to admit, I agree with you. It isn’t you.” He stepped closer to her and leaned into her ear. “And I think you look hotter in tight clothes.”
She grinned and kissed him briefly. “Well, tonight we can have more fun.”
“I look forward to it.”

 

 

It soon became obvious to everyone that Link and Tetra were a couple. They didn’t need some big announcement or anything. Everyone could just tell. But yet again, everyone could tell before they were together.

Tetra then continued expanding New Hyrule as ruled over the people while Link trained the guards in various combat techniques that he had learned from Orca. With time, the streets began filling with people and new villages and downs started springing up throughout the land.

This was obviously satisfying for Tetra to see. Her dream wasn’t just becoming a reality, it was already a reality. She was happy, life was going well, and every night her and Link would passionately make love which placed her on cloud nine.

But then, the day came…

“Your highness, I am afraid it just isn’t very… regal.” Her advisor said. He was an older man. She deliberately surrounded herself with people of all backgrounds. She didn’t want “yes-men” and she wanted some push back. Although sometimes it was annoying.
“Well, I am not a very regal person.” She told him. “I am not wearing that pink dress.” She put her foot down.
“But it looks great on you.”
“Of course it does, I am hot as hell. But it isn’t me.”
“Your highness, something more elegant would go a long way. For the Kingdom. Please.”

Tetra slumped on her throne. She considered it. Was wearing a dress to seem more Queen-like really where she draws the line? Could she do it for the sake of the Kingdom and make people think of her as taking things more serious. Seeing her as a pirate probably didn’t sway the sceptics.

“How about a compromise?” She said. The elderly advisor adjusted his glasses.
“Compromise?”
“Yeah. Look, hard line in the sand. I am not wearing a dress. But what about something that is maybe a bit more fancy while also suiting me?”
The advisor looked around the room at the other advisors. A few shrugs, a few nods and eventually he looked back.
“I think that could work. We will see what the tailors can do.”

 

 

Tetra loved her new get up. She marched through the Castle and it turned some heads. She walked with confidence in her steps. She pushed open the doors to her quarters and Link turned to her and stared.

“Wow.” Was all he said. His eyes scanned her body. She wore a white, silk undercoat with a neck sash at the top. She had a big belt with a golden buckle that was atop her tight black trousers. She wore chunky brown boots that shined more than the marble floor. But the real jaw drop was her long crimson coat. It swung as she walked and reached her shins. It was regal enough, it definitely showed her wealth due to its well tailored nature, but it wasn’t too girly, wasn’t too soft and it showed her tough pirate spirit.

Link just walked over to her, kissed her heavily against the wall and pushed his hands over her.
“You are so hot…” He sighed.
“I know.” She responded. Then they closed the door behind her.

 

 

Over the next year, Link proposed to Tetra. She couldn’t really claim she was shocked, but the moment was still surprising. Link was as sentimental as she was, so she expected him to pick an anniversary of something, but no, it was a random day at a random time and it was out of the blue.

She of course said yes, when asked about why he picked this day he smiled at her.
“I want to make new memories and new dates to remember.”
She couldn’t handle how he made her heart beat sometimes.

They agreed to wait until the castle was finished before they got married. But neither could wait for the big day.

Notes:

This chapter was written, ready to publish, I read it and I thought "NOPE! Not good enough." So I basically re-wrote the entire chapter in about 5 hours. It was worth it.... but now I have to edit the next chapter because it also isn't up to standard.

I am glad I did it and I hope you enjoy!

Chapter 160: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 9 - Love is in the Wind

Summary:

The day came for Link and Tetra to get married. While Link and Tetra's eyes occupy each other, something brews in the background.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Link and Tetra agreed to get married once the Castle was built, a commitment they stayed true to. 2 Years passed, the Castle was finished and the wedding preparations were underway. Link and Tetra were both 23, 13 years since they met and 3 years since they started dating.

They were ready.

 

 

Link stood at the altar, he awaited his bride. He wore a black tunic, it had a tie which was new to him and no cap. His head felt naked but everyone insisted he couldn’t get married with it on.

Then the organs played, Tetra stepped out into view and Link’s jaw touched the floor. Link knew she wouldn’t wear a traditional dress, but what she did wear was absolutely her. She had a puffy silk dress that was tied down the middle, the top half was white but the skirt part was crimson red and spread out wide. She wore her crown, something she rarely did, but it suited her.

She walked up the aisle, then stood before him was his Pirate Queen. She winked at him and he blushed. The priest read their vows, and then when he said “You may kiss the bride”, he didn’t get a chance because Tetra grabbed him and pulled him in violently for a heavy kiss.

 

 

As the ceremony finished and the party began, Link and Tetra danced, drank and made out. They were on the high of life, oblivious to things developing in the background.

“That looks better on you than the skull dress I gave you.” Aryll heard a voice say. She turned around and Niko was smiling at her.
“Oh, hey Niko.” She looked down at her dress, she looked back up at him. “Well I would hope so, I picked this out to look gorgeous for my big brother’s day. But I have a soft spot in my heart for that skull dress.” She told him. He smiled.

“So you don’t live in the Castle with Link, huh?” He asked, curious as to why.
“The seaside is my home. Outset Village was named after my home, all the people who lived on that island live there now, and my Grandpa Lenzo is living there with me.”
“I see. So the City life doesn’t interest you?”
“No, I am a sea gal.”
“Shame.” He muttered, she raised and eyebrow and put a hand on her hip.
“Why is it a shame?” She asked, slightly aggressive, slightly playfully.
“Oh, well, you seem nice and it would be fun to hang out more.” He told her.

Aryll laughed and Niko looked around awkwardly.
“You want to hang out with me?” She asked.
“Sure… why…. Why not?” He asked. He was clearly embarrassed.
“Because you are one of Tetra’s famous Pirate Crew! You are too cool for me.”
“What on earth are you talking about? I am too cool for you? No, no, you have it backwards. You are too cool for me.”

Aryll stared for a moment. She tried to gauge if he was making fun of her or something, but his face was serious.
“Niko, what exactly is cool about me?” She asked him.
“You are interesting, you are different. You have an interesting hobby I hear, you are into photography right? You are pretty and playful and-”
“-You think I am pretty?” She butted in.
“I… Yes, of course. That is obvious.” He said. She was going red.
“Anyway, I was also gonna say that you like the Seagulls and I am an animal lover myself.”

Niko carried on, as if what he said was the most casual thing ever. Aryll had stopped listening. It was the first time someone had called her pretty.
“Why don’t you come and visit me in Outset Village?” She asked.
“Really? You know I was the lowest ranking of Tetra’s Crew right?”
“You were above my brother for a moment.”
“A fleeting moment, but a moment I always remind him of.” He said and Aryll giggled.
“So deal? You’ll come visit me?”
“I will! It sounds fun!”

 

 

Link carried Tetra to their room and he dropped her on the bed. He stood over her and all she did was spread her legs. Her dress hid the area of his desire but that wasn’t going to stop him.

“Take me now, Link. I am so fucking horny.” She ordered.
“With your dress on?”
“Yes. I will never wear it again. I don’t care how messy it gets. Just fuck me like a wild animal.” She growled and Link didn’t hold back. He moved on top of her and kissed her heavily.

The kiss was filled with passion and desire and love. It was messy and wild and hot. Link’s hands groped her breasts and felt her body tingle, releasing a moan from her lips and feeling the area between her legs getting more and more wet.

Link takes his free hand to her leg, sliding his palm up and under the dress. His fingers trace along her thigh and she sighs, letting Link know how much his touch thrills her. He meets her damp underwear and shifts it to the side and rubs his finger against her entrance.

“Oh Hylia! Link!” She moans.
“Hylia isn’t in the room with us now. Just me.” Link tells her, she bites her lip. He pushes his finger inside and her body shakes. Link grins and Tetra had enough of his teasing. She grabs his trousers and plays with the fly. She fumbles with her fingers on the zipper but eventually pulls it down and pulls his cock free.
“Take me. Fuck me.”
Link didn’t dare to disobey his wife, especially on their wedding night. He pulls his finger out and shoves his cock in.

They both moan loudly, and then Link thrusts again and then again and continues moving against her. The clothes got in the way, but there was something thrilling about making love wildly in their clothes.

“Link! Link! Oh Link!” She sang, her voice high and loud. She moaned his name as he took her. He satisfied her with every thrust. Her hips moved against him, she attempted to wrap her legs around him but her dress got in the way.

Link grabbed her hands and pinned them above her head. She looked surprised. Link said nothing, he just eyed her up and continued thrusting his body and releasing deep moans.

Tetra wanted more. She rolled her body and was now on top of him. He let out a desperate cry and she grinned as his hands were now pinned by his head. Tetra kept them pinned as she rocked her hips, riding him fast and furiously.

“Tetra! Tetra! Oh Tetra! Yes!” He gasped, his cock getting pleasured by her moving body. He was sweating, she was too, they were hot in the many layers but they didn’t care, they just fucked.

Link pulls his hands free and sits up, Tetra leaned her body back, one hand on his shoulder one hand behind her on the bed. Link holds onto her hips and moves his body as fast as he could.

They both pant in ecstasy. Moving faster and faster and faster. The pleasure riding and riding and riding and riding. Tetra could see it in his eyes and he could see it in hers. Both were nearing their limits, both exhausted, both riding out the joyous sensation for as long as possible.

“LINK!!
“TETRA!”

Link’s body erupts into hers and she felt his seed fill her as her body races with pleasure. Her hand grabs his head, pulls him in for a heavy and desperate climax filled kiss, tangling her fingers in his messy hair. Link feels his cock throb inside her, this time he came in his wife, not his girlfriend. He groans, she moans, and then they fall over in a heap.

“Phew…. Fuck…” Tetra sighed. “That was… intense.”
“I don’t think I will be able to move for a week.” He sighed, earning a chuckle. She sighed in pleasure and felt her eyes shutting on her.
“Goodnight my love.”
“Goodnight Tetra. My darling.”

 

 

The chaos and bliss of the wedding wore off after one week and things seemed to be back to normal. But that is when Link learned that Aryll and Niko had started dating. Niko was 23, the same age as Link and Aryll was 21, but Link still saw her as his little sister he had to protect. Tetra had to remind him that Aryll was an adult who could make her own decisions. Link backed off. Tetra was there to look after her now sister in law.

And then in a flash, another 2 years passed. Link and Tetra had always taken precautions to avoid a pregnancy, she wasn’t ready for a child when they dated and still wasn’t when she got married. But at the age of 25, they were ready, and it didn’t take long for her to be carrying the next Princess of New Hyrule.

Link had no reason to assume the child would be a boy or a girl but Tetra had a feeling their baby would be a girl, and when she gave birth, that fact was confirmed. She welcomed Baby Princess Zelda into the world.

But Link and Tetra were not the only ones starting a family, there was a large baby boom in New Hyrule and in the same year as Zelda being born, Gonzo had a son with his girlfriend that he named Danzo.

Niko moved to Outset Village to be close to Aryll. She loved the tiny village. She still liked to sit on the beach and feed the gulls and reminisce about her old home across the waves. She sometimes considered setting out on a voyage to her old home, a pure fantasy, not a practical trip at all, but the thought alone was nice to think about.

But her life was great. Niko was a silly but kind boyfriend and her Grandfather Lenzo was teaching her photography, a talent she was picking up quickly. A lot of pictures of the gulls were saved to her pictobox.

Tetra knew everything about Lenzo and Mrs.Marie’s lineage. She invited them both to the Castle where Tetra had created the Royal Gallery to store his art. He was over the moon and this proposition, just knowing that his gallery would be preserved through the ages. It also further inspired him to keep up with his photography passion.

Thanks to Gonzo’s new Trains, travelling to and from Outset Village to Castle Town became easy and quick so Link could easily keep in contact with Aryll. Which worked for both of them because Link loved the seaside as much as Aryll did, and Aryll was always pleased to see her little niece.

She got on quite well with Tetra. They were like sisters in a way. That was how Tetra was with Anjean too, despite their age gap. She would visit her often and learn how to play the Spirit Pipes better. Link had a few lessons but he hated the damn thing. He would always either blow into the wrong hole or his mouth would be in the wrong position… he was the worst and he luckily had the option to rage quit and never touch it again.

Tetra planned on giving it to Zelda when she was older, teach her how to play and pass on the Journal her mother gave to her. She didn’t want the memory of Hyrule to fade to Legend, it was a real place with real people who lost so much while fighting for the future they all live now. But she knew deep down this was inevitable, one day the Kingdom of Hyrule would be a story rather than history, but for as long as Tetra breathed, the Kingdom of Hyrule at the bottom of the ocean would be alive in her heart.

Notes:

Thank you all so much for the kind words, it really means a lot!

I had a lot of trouble deciding what Tetra would wear on her wedding. She doesn't wear dresses, I made that abundantly clear, but still, I felt there could be something. So I looked up Pirate Themed Weddings and found a cool wedding dress that I could picture Tetra wearing.

And yeah, this aftermath does have a few time jumps, but I think it is worth it for what I have coming. I hope you all enjoy!

Chapter 161: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 10 - Family Heirloom

Summary:

The wedding of Aryll and Niko. Full of emotions and love on Outset Village.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

17 Years after the Windwaker…

 

Link received a letter from Outset Village. He knew it was from Aryll but he had no idea what it would be about. He sat at his desk while Tetra sat on the floor with her two year old daughter.

Dear Big Brother,

I am writing to you with big news. Me and Niko are engaged. He knows me so well, he sat with me on the beach and proposed to me with the Gulls watching. It was so romantic. This is sudden, I know, but I would appreciate it if you supported us and share in our happiness together. We are unsure when the wedding will be but we plan on getting married on the beach.

From your little sis, Aryll.

Link reclined in his chair and looked up at the ceiling in thought.
“I guess I am okay with it.” He said to himself.
“Okay with what?” Tetra asked.
“Aryll and Niko are engaged.”
“Oh. Congratulations.”
“Yeah. I dunno. I mean I am happy for her, I really am. But Niko? She can do better, surely.”
“Maybe, but it is also her life, Link. Not yours. She loves him a lot. She makes him laugh.”
“Yeah. You are right.”
“Of course I am. I am always right.”

Link laughed. “Yeah, I stopped correcting you a while ago.” Link looked down at his daughter and smiled. “And I bet she is gonna be right all the time too. She looked so much like you.” He said. Tetra picked her up and sat on the chair next to Link.
“She has your eyes.” She said. “And although we are both blonde, I think her hair is closer to your shade. She is also pale like you too.”
“Sure, but her facial features are all you.”
“I am Zelda, not Mamma..” The two year old said and Link smiled.
“That you are. You are my Zelda.”

 

 

Aryll and Niko got married on the beach of Outset Island six months later. It was a quiet wedding, Link, Tetra, Zelda and the Pirate Crew attended, as well as all the residents of Outset Island.

Abe and Rose were there as well as their two sons Joel and Zil. Zil had hayfever, this explained the bogey that was always dripping from his nose while Joel was a father to a five year old son. He and Potova from Windfall Island began dating when they were 18 and had a child together. Mesa and Sue-belle of Outset Island also started dating and they had a 7 year old girl and a 5 year old boy.

Sadly Sturgeon had passed away but Orca, like the beast he was, was hanging on to dear life and even in his old age wanted to pass the ways of the sword down to the kids of Outset Village.

The Wedding was wonderful and the party was a blast. Mako altered the cannons on the pirate ship to fire off fireworks which were a pretty sight to behold and the rest of the pirates, including Tetra, got wasted.

Link smiled, he watched Tetra party with the Pirates like old times. He walked over to Aryll with little Zelda in hand and he hugged her.
“I am so happy for you.” He said.
“Thank you, brother. That means a lot.”
“I also got you a gift.” He said to her. “It is in your house, actually. I want to show you.”

Link took her hand and the three of them walked over to Aryll’s House. They stepped inside and mounted on the wall was the Hero’s Shield. Aryll turned to Link in shock but he smiled.
“Grandma gave me this just before I left home to go and rescue you. It was the last gift she ever gave me. But it is also a family Heirloom. It is a symbol of our family, Aryll. It was used to come and find you and I want you to have it.”

“Link…” Aryll had tears in her eyes. She didn’t quite know what to say. She hugged him and Link hugged her back.
“I will always be your big brother, Aryll. I know you are now 25 and no longer need my protection but I will always give it to you freely.”
“And I always appreciate it, brother. I love you.”

“What is an airwoom?” Zelda asked. Link smiled and picked up his daughter so she was in line of the shield.
“This shield was given to me by your Great- Grandmother a long long time ago. I used it to fight away bad people.”
“So now you are giving it to Auntie Aryll?” She asked.
“That’s right.”
“Well good, I like the shiny one better anyway.” She said, causing Link and Aryll to laugh.

“Wow. The vanity in her. She loves her own reflection I guess.” Aryll joked.
“Well can we blame her? She is my daughter so naturally she is gorgeous.” Link said. Aryll hugged Link again.
“I should probably get back to the party. Me and Niko still need to dance!” She said, then rushed out the door.

Zelda looked Link in the eyes.
“Whats wrong, daddy?” She asked, noticing the tears roll down his face.
“Nothing, Zelda. I am just so happy.”
“Then why are you crying?”
“Sometimes people cry when they are happy. And I am very, very happy.”

Notes:

Short and sweet and yet another time jump. Get used to that!

I thought this was sweet and wholesome but it also explains why Niko has the Hero's Shield in Spirit Tracks. So you know, little crumbs that lead to that story.

Thank you for all kind words and feedback and I hope you enjoy.

Chapter 162: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 11 - The Final Voyage

Summary:

Time jump!

Link and Tetra's lives continue and time moves on. But as one chapter of their life closes, another reopens. A new adventure awaits them.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The People of New Hyrule, formally the Great Sea, had settled into their lives on the new continent.

The people of Outset Island had all settled in Outset Village. Rose and Abe continued as Pig Farmers. Their eldest son, Joel had a child with Potova and had a daughter with her. Zil, their youngest was not so lucky with the girls but there was always time as he was still young.

Mesa and Sue-belle had two children, a girl and boy. They lived with their Great Uncle Orca while Sue-belle’s sister, Linda, had started a family with her husband Anton over in Castle Town.

The Killer Bees of Windfall Island had all grown up but stayed close. They lived in Castle Town where they still hung around and had a lack of respect for authority. Ivan, the leader, had hooked up with Joanna from Windfall Island and they had a child together.

A hilarious twist of fate had Mila and Maggie falling in love and getting married. The two girls had the same life in reverse, one started rich and ended poor while the other started poor and ended rich.

Salvatore opened his famous “Splish, Splish, KABOOM!” Game and it became the talk of the town for a while.

Beedle’s Boat Shop didn’t have the same influence as it once did on the Great Sea so instead, he took to the skies, selling goods to railway drivers.

The Pirates all settled down and had lives in the Castle as Tetra’s right hand men. Gonzo, Nudge, and Mako all had kids. Zuko wasn’t interested in romance while Senza enjoyed the company of men and women he met at the bar, never wanting either to last more than a night.

Niko held onto the Pirate Ship, it was hidden in an alcove west of Outset Village. He had no intention of returning to the Great Sea but he couldn’t bring himself to destroy such a vessel. Aryll had often fantasied about returning home someday, but once they had their two kids, those dreams were put on an indefinite hold.

Only 1 year later, and 18 Years after the era of the Great Voyage began, Linebeck and Jolene had twins, a boy and girl. They name them Linebeck II and Jolene II.

 

 

27 Years Later… (45 Years after The Windwaker)

Link and Tetra were proud parents of their 30 year old daughter. She was stunning, elegant and wise like her mother. Her big day was today, a day filled with emotion, the day that Link would have to stop seeing her as his little girl. She was to be married.

Zelda was in her room with Tetra, her mother wasn’t one for makeup and dresses and getting dolled up, but she made sure Zelda was looking perfect. Zelda stepped out from behind the folding screen and Tetra’s face lit up in delight.

“It certainly looks far better on you than it does me.” She told her.
“Really? You’re not just saying that because I am your daughter, right?”
“Obviously not, I mean even if you didn’t look good in it, which is impossible, you look good in everything because you are my daughter… you would still look better than me. Can you imagine me in a dress?” Tetra asked her and Zelda laughed.
“I guess not, no.”
“But seriously, you look beautiful.”
“Thank you, mother.” She said, wearing the Regal Hylian Royal Dress.

It came time for her to get married, she walked down the aisle and stood before Bolin, the son of Mako and then kissed him after they spoke their vows. The crowd cheered, Link and Tetra were so happy.

The very next day, Zelda walked over to the Throne of New Hyrule and sat in it for the very first time. Tetra stepped in front of her, a crowd gathering to witness the occasion. She knelt before her daughter and then lowered the crown upon her head.

Zelda was now crowned Queen of New Hyrule.

 

 

Link and Tetra stood on a balcony, overlooking their Kingdom. The sky was a burnt orange as the sun lowered across the horizon of the great sea.
“Are you sure you won’t miss it?” Link asked her.
“Nah, not one bit. I did everything I set out to achieve. We found this land, we brought everyone here, we led the land to prosperity and we raised our child.”
“Yeah, but you love telling people what to do.”
“And what makes you think I will ever stop doing that?” She remarked with her hands on her hips. Link smirked and shrugged. “And I am still the boss of you. I am still the boss of Zelda. I am still the Captain of our crew.”
“When did you become the boss of me?” Link asked in protest.
“The moment you left Outset Island. The moment you set foot on my ship, you were officially property of Tetra.”
“You make it sound like I am your slave…”
“Are you not?”
“... No comment…”

They both laughed, held each other close. “Do you think we will be Grandparents soon?” Link said.
“I do. Probably in about 9 months.

 

 

9 months later, Zelda and Bolin had their daughter, the next Princess of New Hyrule. Zelda II was born.

 

 

Link and Tetra talked. They had this idea. They agreed, then they disagreed, then they agreed again. Once they floated the idea around it wouldn’t leave them. So it was decided. Tetra craved one last adventure. She was 56, before too long she would be too old.

Tetra brought together her old Pirate Crew, Gonzo, Senza, Mako, Zuko, Niko and Nudge and they decided to set out to sea one last time, to return to the Great Sea and revisit home. Link worried that about Zelda, she had been Queen for only 1 year and her daughter was only a few months old, but instead of being worried, she actually seemed excited for her parents to be out of her hair and to go on what she saw as an extended vacation. That was the only encouragement Link needed.

Tetra was the Captain of course, Link was by her side as her right hand man. Gonzo came to steer the ship with his son, Danzo. Aryll insisted on coming along with Niko and their two kids Nikola and Gulliver. Aryll and Link wanted to show them where they grew up. They were here as guests thought, for a vacation. Niko rarely contributed much to the crew as it was, and usually did the dirty work. Nudge was the strong man and his daughter Barge was equally as burly as he was, able to lift more than her body weight with ease. Mako was the technical guy. His son Bolin married the ruling queen and thus stayed home, but Mako had no such obligations. Zuko and Senza had no children. Zuko was the lookout and Senza was the con man. He wasn’t sure if he would be needed as a con man these days but he was always a loyal and valued member of the crew.

 

Tetra and her Pirate crew set out, inbound for the Great Sea Archipelago.

Notes:

So yeah, a bit of a big time jump, but I think what has to come will be good.

The next few chapters were added after I already finished the Windwaker stuff but I replayed the game and there was just too much I wanted to add!

I hope you enjoy!

Chapter 163: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 12 - Silent Breeze

Summary:

Link, Tetra and the Pirate Crew Return to some familiar sites for nostalgia's sake.

CONTENT WARNING - This chapter has some really dark depictions of suicide. There will be a content warning part way through and a warning to tell you the dark part has passed so you can skip that part, but I felt it was safer to warn people.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After 1 and a half years of travelling, they arrived at the Great Sea Archipelago. They sailed past the Forsaken Fortress, the Dark Fortress that was home to Ganondorf and where Link had to sneak through to save his sister.

“I never wanted to see that place again.” Aryll said.
“Oh, I am sorry, Aryll. I wasn’t thinking.” Gonzo said as he steered away.
“No. No, it is fine. I just…”
“We understand.” Link said, smiling at her.

“Hey, Tetra. Didn’t you say that the Fortress was once occupied by Pirates?” Link asked her.
“Yeah. They were a group of rival pirates that were a nuisance. But they all disappeared when Ganondorf returned.”
“That can’t be a coincidence.” Link said and she nodded.
“Right. Well I read about the Gerudo Tribe. They were said to be a race of only women, with one male born every 100 years. Ganondorf was said to be one of them and he likely killed them all upon his return for betraying him.”

“What a lovely fellow.” Danzo, Gonzo’s son muttered.
“Am I missing something?” Niko asked. “I mean, if the tribe is only women, how do they… you know?”
“Well, they used to sail to different islands and sleep with the men there. But they eventually started kidnapping men for… well, you can guess.”
“That’s awful." Aryll sighed.
“I don’t think I would mind.” Senza said but Nudge just slapped him on the back of the head.
“It is all maybe just a myth. We can’t be certain. But I don’t remember ever seeing a male among their ranks which was quite strange for a pirate crew.” Tetra told them.

“So Captain, where is our first stop?” Mako asks.
“Windfall Island should be the first stop. It is close by and there is a lot to see. Many families are from Windfall, so I am sure many will appreciate the pictures Aryll takes.”
“You bet!” She grinned.

As they sailed closer towards Windfall Island, a thought entered Gonzo’s mind.
“I just remembered something. Maggie’s Father. That rich guy that lived on Windfall Island. He stayed behind.”
“What, you mean he stayed behind on an island by himself?” Nikola, Aryll’s daughter asked.
“Yeah, he got rich from all the jewellery his daughter returned home with but when he saw everyone leaving the island, he realised his position and power was falling from his hands. So he stubbornly stayed, hoping everyone would regret their voyage and return to the island.”
“That’s kinda sad.” Nikola said.
“It's idiotic.” Barge, Nudge’s Daughter said.
“Well regardless. He will be long gone now. It was close to 50 years ago. If he is alive, he will be ancient.” Tetra told them all.

“I know Maggie and Mila well. I mean we were trapped together for weeks. She was poor when I knew her but she kept taking necklaces from one of the Moblins that would feed us.”
“I too took many of those necklaces, usually right before I killed them.” Link said.
“We returned those two girls to Windfall and it became apparent that one of their fathers spent all his wealth trying to get his daughter back.”

 

 

CONTENT WARNING:
Depictions of Suicide.

 

 

Windfall island came into view and the crew arrived at its shores. The island felt eerie. The younger people didn’t feel it, but Link, Tetra and the Pirates remembered what the island used to feel like. The once busy streets were now silent and empty. The Windmill only moved due to the Wind’s Influence, but the creaking of the wood was now apparent. The grass on the shore was long and overgrown and all wood work was starting to splinter and rot due to decades of neglect. A community that up and left overnight left the town paused in time.

Link led the way, they passed through the white gate and up the main path. They ignored the first door to their right, Link informing them it was just an old potionshop but he stopped at the next door. Link took a breath and opened the door but immediately he saw something that shook him to his core and then gasped and then shut it before anyone else could see inside.
“What? What’s wrong Link?” Mako asked.
“No one look inside there.” Link told them, horror on his face. They stood confused and worried, he owed an explanation. He pulled Tetra and Gonzo aside.

“Maggie’s Father is hanging from a rope in there.”
Tetra covered her mouth in shock. “Hylia! That is horrible.”
“Yes. Which is why I want to save as many people from seeing that as possible.”
Tetra turned to the crew.
“Nudge, you make sure nobody enters. Me, Link and Gonzo are going up top to deal with something.” Tetra ordered.
“Aye, aye Captain.” He said, then stepped in front of the door, blocking anyone from entering.
“Aryll, everyone. Go and take some photos or something. We will explain everything when he are done.

Aryll could sense the trauma on her brother’s face but tried not to seem worried.
“Okay, brother. Come on, that old building on the other side of the town looked interesting.” She said to her kids, walking back the way they came.

Link led the way through Windfall Island, he hadn’t been here for nearly 50 years and yet the streets seemed so familiar to him. He walked up the now weathered wooden steps, across the walkway and through the door.

There hanging from the balcony rails was Maggie’s Father. His body was mostly just bone, he had been there a long time. They walked round, trying not to stare too closely. The red carpet was torn, muddy and unkept. The window was smashed and the weather had clearly gotten in. The wall was lined with chalk writings of a man gone insane from isolation.

“I don’t like this.” Link said quietly.
“Me neither.” Tetra agreed.
“The man became a bit of an ass when he acquired wealth, but no one deserves this.”
“I should have forced him to come.” Gonzo said.
“Hey, Gonzo, no. Don’t think like that. That would have been kidnapping. We all can regret stuff in hindsight, but the truth is he made this choice and there was nothing we could have done about it.” Tetra told him.
“Right.” He said quietly.

They reached the other side, Link picked up a book from the table and a letter fell out. Link opened it.
“A suicide note.” Link said. “Dear whoever finds my body. I am Francis, I am writing to explain I made a mistake. I once lived on the streets, it was the worst moment of my life and I had nothing, nothing except my beautiful daughter, Maggie. But then she was taken away from me. Little did I know it would turn our life around. She returned home with expensive jewellery that I sold for a fortune and as a result, bought yourself this lovely home and we had so much influence and power. It was magnificent. But then the Pirates came, they came to take everyone away. I saw my life slipping away. I wouldn’t be rich, I would lose control of my life. I couldn’t let this happen. I stayed. I thought they would all come crawling back. But they didn’t they set off for a new land. My daughter Maggie. She left. She left to go with the Pirates. I have no one. They took the damn boats. The Rito were to be my salvation, but my arrogance scared them away. I told them to fuck off when they first arrived. They told me the Pirates weren’t returning. I should have listened, but I told them to mind their own business. Now I am here. Alone, food it running low and I have no one. Hylia… I hope my Maggie is safe. I hope they found their land and she is living a full life. If anyone finds this note, I have two requests. One, bury my body by the tree at the base of the island. I don’t want to hang here for all eternity. Two, if you ever find my daughter Maggie, don’t tell her what happened to me, tell her I died peacefully or something. Say I am living with the Rito and I married a hot bird person. But tell her I love her. I wrote a second letter that is just for her, it should be in the back of the book. My life is full of regret now, but I want to go now. Hopefully I can join my wife in heaven. - Francis.”

“Hylia…” Tetra said. Life was sucked out of the room.
“I didn’t know his name until now.” Link said.
“Come on, let's get him down.” Gonzo said. Link tied the grappling hook to the railing and Gonzo climbed down. “Cut the rope, Link. I will catch him.”
“One moment.” Tetra said. She took out a cutlass and sliced the curtain. She threw it down to Gonzo. “Catch him in that.”

Link cut the rope, Gonzo caught him and he wrapped the body up in the curtain. Link and Tetra climbed down the grappling rope and then they stepped outside. Nudge was standing guard, Mako, Zuko and Senza, barge and Danzo were all standing waiting while Aryll, Niko, Nikola and Gulliver were all on the shore.

“Okay, here's the deal.” Tetra said to her crew. “Francis, Maggie’s father. We found him dead. There was a note and he wished to be buried by the tree at the bottom of the island. We are gonna pull his body out now. Just a warning.” Tetra told them. They stepped away as Gonzo walked out with the body wrapped up.

Nudge helped Gonzo carry the body and they placed it in the long grass. They couldn’t hide it from Aryll, she was too curious. She walked over and Link just hugged her.
“Maggie’s Father. It wasn’t a pretty sight. We are going to bury him now.

 

 

Content Warning - Scene End

 

 

Mako walked over to them with a shovel, they all looked at him.
“Where on earth did you get that from?” Tetra asked.
“The ship.”
“And why do we have a shovel on the ship?”
“You never know what you are gonna need.”
“We sail the ocean. There is no soil. When would we ever need a shovel?”
“Right now.”

They all looked at Tetra, she was slightly red in the face from embarrassment, not quite the colour of her long coat but she was getting there.
“Don’t be clever, Mako. I am the clever one, you are the short one. Now get digging.” She said grumpily.
“Well I am the clever one. It is basically my best trait.” He grumbled, then started digging.

“I think we should all have a look around the Island!” Link said, cheerfully, clearly to distract from what they saw and to lift the tone. “This island has so much rich history. Aryll, I can show you where our Grandfather lived.” He told her and a genuine smile sprung up on her face.

Mako, Gonzo, and Nudge all dug the grave while the rest went on through the island. Danzo, Bardge went off to look around for themselves while Link took a stop at Lenzo’s with his family.

“Here we are!” Link said, opening the door to the photoshop. The pictures were removed from the walls and dust had claimed the room, but all that aside, it looked the same.
“Our Great Grandfather lived here?” Nikola asked.
“Yep, and it is where I learned photography.” Link told his nephews. Tetra walked over to the stairs and wandered up, everyone else followed her lead.

They stepped into the large gallery room, barren and bare. Tetra put her hands on her hips, disappointed, as if she was secretly wishing Lenzo had left one painting behind.
“You are thinking about that one Hyrule Castle painting, aren't you?” Link asked.
“Is it that obvious?”
“Well, yeah, kind of. But I am sorry, I don’t think we are gonna find any old Hyrule Treasure here.”

Tetra took out a piece of paper from her breast pocket and started writing something on it. She slipped it into an envelope and then pinned it to the wall. She turned to Link.
“I left a little message to anyone who comes here in the future.” She told him and Link shrugged and they walked outside.

They walked over to Mrs. Marie’s school and walked inside. “To think a member of the Sheikah Tribe lived here.” Tetra said.
“Here and the Private Oasis. I still can’t quite believe she was so involved in Hyrule’s past.”
“Uncle, look. The chalkboard.” Gulliver said, they all looked up at the chalkboard that was hanging off the wall. Behind it there was clearly something out of view. Tetra strode over to it and pulled it off the wall, revealing a hidden cupboard.

Tetra pried it open and it was stacked with jewellery boxes and old piles of dusty papers.
“She was a teacher, Tetra. This is probably just old school work and the thousands of Joy Pendants I gave to her.” Link explained as the checked through everything. Tetra turned and grinned.
“I don’t think so. Check this out!”

She slammed the old piece of paper on the table and they all peered around it.
“Kakariko Village?” Niko said, reading the words inscribed on the corner of the old charcoal sketch.
“A drawing of an old Village? So Mrs. Marie was an artist? So what?” Gulliver said. Link had caught on, he wasn’t surprised his niblings hadn’t.
“Where is the ocean?” Link said.
“There is none.”
“Right. And where in the Great Sea is that ever visible?” Link asked him.
“Hold on… that Windmill…” Aryll said slowly.
“It is different to the one in the town center.” Niko mentioned.
“Yes, yes I know. But…”

Aryll got out her Pictobox and scrolled through some of the photos. “See, check this out.” She showed them all the picture of the Bombshop she had taken earlier that day. “It is the same shape as the Windmill. You see. It doesn’t have the spiny thing anymore, but that is the same building.” She insisted.

One by one they were seeing it. Tetra started scanning more papers. She found one of a Graveyard, a Volcano, and a few others.
“Royal Hylian Graveyard.” Tetra read out loud. “Behind the Windmill according to this map.” She said, passing it to Link.
“So does that mean your ancestors were buried on this island? Well, this mountain?” Link asked and she smiled.
“I think so.”
Link picked up the old drawing and walked to the door. “Follow me, I want to check something.” He said. Aryll, Nikola and Gulliver followed him out.
“Niko, bring all those documents to the ship please.” Tetra told him and he just sighed.

They all stood on the cliff by the Headstone. They looked off at the Bombshop. Link held up the drawing as a comparison.
“See, we are on these hills by the side. So that means most of the Village is submerged in water.
“The ancient Village of the Sheikah, gone. Just like Hyrule Castle.
“But this headstone remains.” Link pointed out, patting it with his hand. “What remains of your family's resting place.” Link said to Tetra.

“Whats in there?” Gulliver asked, pointing at an old wooden door.
“A prison. That’s where these islanders rightfully locked up Tingle.”

 

 

Link and Tetra showed them around the Coffee Shop and Salvatore’s old “Splish, Spish, Kaboom!” game, then made their way to the outlook and looked out over the whole island. But then it came time to leave.

They paid their respects to Francis, buried by the tree. Aryll was thrilled with the pictures she took. Tetra was pleased with the treasure she took but at the back of all their minds was the horror they witnessed in the old auctionhouse. They set sail for Dragon Roost Island, with hopes of happier sights.

 

 

It was nighttime and the crew rested on the ship. Link, Tetra and Gonzo barely slept after what they saw. They tried to stay optimistic for the crew, but they could tell they had seen something horrendous.

Notes:

Yeah, so this is the result of Windfall Island. Sad, but also cool

I was having a rough time when I wrote this, so it probably reflects why it came out so bleak. I debated including it at all, considered removing it, but I thought a content warning should be good enough.

But Magie's Father (who was unnamed in Windwaker) seems arrogant and like his power influenced his decisions. He also got aggressive with the Rito Postmen in the game... but no one deserves this fate.

The next chapters will be a bit more up beat!

Chapter 164: The Windwaker/Phantom Hourglass Aftermath Part 13 - The Birds and the Seeds

Summary:

The band of pirates visit an old friend from Dragon Roost Island and an old friend from the Forest Haven.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The next morning they arrived at Dragon Roost Island and all were awoken by the mighty powerful roar of Valoo, the Dragon that sat atop the volcanic island. Everyone came out to see him, look at his huge form. Aryll snapped a photo of the awesome beast and Link smiled.

Suddenly a Rito descended from the sky and perched itself on their ship. Link didn’t recognise him, he must be younger than Link.

“Hylians!” He called. “What a rare sight. Our Chieftain tells us tales of the Hylians.”
“Your Chieftain. What’s his or her name?” Link asked him.
“Chief Komali. He said he encountered the last Hylians before they left.”
“We know Komali!” Aryll cheered.
“And Medli?” Link asked.
“Oh. You know Lady Medli?”
“Yes. My name is Link. We know each other.”
“Link? THE Link? The Link who travelled through the dreaded Earth Temple with her?”
“That's me.”

The Rito flapped his wings in excitement.
“Oh my! Lady Medli and Chief Komali will be ever so pleased to see you. Please. Come. I will tell them at once!” He flew off and Link smiled.
“Oh wow. It has been so long. I wonder how she is doing.” Link said, then hurried off the pirate ship and ran ahead of them all.

He climbed up the small cliffside and then through a naturally formed archway where he started hearing the beautiful tones of a harp. As the light hit his face, he saw a figure standing looking out at the ocean. Her hair was in a pony tail, long and grey and she looked quite frail. The music stopped.

“Is that really you, Link? Have you returned to see me?” She asked. Her voice was scratchy but Link recognised it.
“Yes, Medli. It is me. I have returned.” He said to her. She turned to him, her face was wrinkled and old but it was definitely her.
“Link… You are so young.”
“You are so old.” He said back, she chuckled.
“Now, now, Link. Don’t be rude. We are the same age, Rito just age faster than Hylians, that is all.”

He grinned widely and then stepped in for a hug. It felt nice, it felt warm. “I missed you, my old friend.” She said to him.
“I missed you too, Medli. Have you had a good life?”
“The best. You?”
He stepped away from the hug and nodded.

Tetra and the rest of the Crew caught up and she bowed. “It has been a while, we don’t know each other well but I am Lady Medli. Nice to meet you all.”
Tetra offered her hand out and shook it. “We never really got a chance to get to know each other, I am Tetra, nice to properly meet you.”
“Likewise. My ancestor knew yours. I share some of her memories. The last King of Hyrule, Daphnes, used to play the Windwaker and me and Fado… I mean, Laruto and Fado would play our instruments as a prayer to the Gods.” She said as she clutched the harp in her hands. Link realised just how old that instrument was and yet it looked shiny and new. “Anyway, please. We have a lot to catch up on, please follow me to my quarters. My feet are getting tired.”

They walked up the rickety boardwalk and into the Rito homestead. They followed her up the sloped walkway until they reached her quarters and then she guided them all inside. Two Rito were sitting on the floor, an adult and a child. The child played with some small toys while the adult smiled and nodded politely. “This is my son, Teba, my Grandchild Tulin.” Medli said.
“Nice to meet you, I am Link.”
Teba smiled. “I have heard a lot about you.” He said.

“It’s really you, isn’t it, Link?” A familiar voice spoke. Link turned to see an Elderly Rito in long red robes and white hair bow to him.
“Komali! It is me! I returned!” He said and went to shake Komali’s hand.
“We only met briefly, but it is nice to meet you again Chief Komali.” Tetra said, offering her hand.
“Oh I remember you, Tetra. How could I not?” He said. He glanced at the Pirates, Aryll and the younger generations who bared a striking similarity to their parents. He smiled. “I remember most of you. It has been so long!”

Tetra turned to her crew. “This is my righthand man, Gonzo. He is the one who steers the ship. This is his son Danzo, he is following in his father’s footsteps. This is Link’s sister, Aryll. She married Niko, and these are her two kids, Nikola and Gulliver. We have Zuko, our look out, Mako, our technical guy and this is Senza, our swindler. Finally Nudge, the muscle and his daughter Bardge.”
“Quite the crew you have.” Komali said with a smile.
“Well most of us grew up together. Our parents were all part of the crew.”

Medli offered them all seats.
“Not that we aren't pleased to see you, but why are you back?” Komali asked them.
“Nostalgia. Vacation. Curiosity.” Link said.
“I see, well, The Great Sea has changed so much since the Hylians left. The Rito have thrived, we have claimed many of the islands as our own. We have expanded quite a lot.” Medli said.
“But not Windfall Island.” Tetra pointed out and their faces went sour.
“Yeah. We don’t go there. Such a sad place.” Komali said.
“When was the last time you visited?” Gonzo asked, his tone borderline aggressive.
“The Man who lived there told us to never return or he would kill us on sight. So we haven’t been since… well, not long after you left.”

“We went there. We didn’t like what we found.” Link sombrely explained. “I think you should be free to go there now. We cleaned up the worst of the mess.”
“I see.” Komali said. “Have you been home yet? To Outset Island?”
“Not yet!” Aryll beamed. “That will be our last stop. Please tell me we won't find anything morbid.”
“No, it is pretty much the same as how it was. Weathered and damaged. Abandoned. But… nice. Calming.” Medli said with a smile.

“But how has life been for you two? Happily married I see!” Link asked and Medli smiled.
“Oh, life has been very good. Life was exciting when we met. You fought Ghoma, helped Komali get his wings and then we saved you from the Forsaken Fortress, and then I became a Sage. That was all wonderfully exciting. But me and Komali started dating, we got married. We have a kid and a grandkid. Komali is Cheifen. Now I get to see you, my best friend, one last time.”
“That pleases me to hear.” Link said with a warm smile.
“And yourself?” Medli asked.

“Me and Tetra are married. We have recently just become Grandparents too. We founded New Hyrule. Tetra is the Queen.”
“Oh wow.” Komali said.
“Well, I am just reminding you that the Rito are always welcome in New Hyrule.” Tetra said.
“And the Hylians are always welcome in the Great Sea Archipelago.” Komali said.
“It is basically a whole country for yourselves.” Tetra said.
“And the Koroks.”
“Right… How are they?”
Medli chuckled. “They haven’t changed one bit!”
“We will be heading to the Forest Haven next. Catch up with the Deku Tree and Makar.” Link said.

“Ah yes, you have been away for a while. There is no singular Deku Tree. We understand that you mean the Great Deku Tree, but he is just one of nine.” Medli explained.
“Nine?” Link questioned.
“Yes. Well this is thanks to you, Link.”
“Oh…OH!” It suddenly dawned on him. “They were planting trees across the Great Sea and I brought them the spring water. Those trees did have little faces on them.”
“Well they are not so little anymore.” Komali told them.
“There should be one on my island.”
“Correct.”
“What do you mean “my island”?” Tetra asked.
“I own an island.”
“You own an island? Since when?”
“Since I got the deed from Mrs. Marie.”
“Mrs. Marie gave you an island?”
“That’s right.”
“It is true.” Aryll said. “She really did.”
“It’s a lovely place too.” Medli said. “Me and Komali we… well we stayed there for a night. We didn’t go inside the cabin but we rested by the pool.”
“Thats fine by me.” Link told them.

“Speaking of great deities, do you want to meet Valoo?” Medli asked them.
“The big dragon? Of course we do!” Gulliver chimed in.
“Ah, well hold on.” Link said. “How do you suppose we do that. I mean me and Tetra could easily navigate Dragon Roost Cavern, maybe some of our crew. But Aryll, her kids… I dunno. It is too dangerous.” Link said.
“But Uncle!” Gulliver whined.
“It is okay.” Komali said. “We can carry you up!”

 

 

The Rito did just that. The crew of 12 were carried to the top of the mountain by the Rito, Medli’s son Teba carried Tetra and she grinned.
“You know, a long time ago your father snatched me out of Ganondorf’s hands and carried me off across the Great Sea.” She remarked.
“We have heard the tales of his rescue.” Teba said.
“Yeah, but she has a history of being grabbed by birds.” Link joked, Tetra replying with a glare alone. Link just laughed.

They were placed atop Dragon Roost Island and they looked up at the Majesty of Valoo. He roared his mighty roar and it shook the ground. Aryll grinned, then snapped a picture of him.
“It is said that Valoo is reincarnated from a Dragon that once fought the Hero of Time. But I dunno. Valoo has always been so peaceful.” Medli explained.
“And he speaks the lost and ancient language of Hyrule.” Komali added.
“My mother probably would have understood Valoo.” Tetra said.

Link smiled, he stepped closer.
“Lord Valoo, I am unsure if you can understand me, but I know you recognise me. It is an honour to see you once more, and I thank you for everything you have done and thank you for watching over the Rito Tribe.”

Valoo roared and Medli smiled.
“Oh he remembers. And I am sure he is grateful for your gratitude.”

 

 

The next morning, Link and the Pirate Crew departed from Dragon Roost Island inbound for the Forest Haven. Link liked catching up with Medli and Komali as well as seeing Valoo, but he wasn’t a fan of the warm and suffocating climate of Dragon Roost Island. That wasn’t something he enjoyed.

They arrived at the Forest Haven and Link took the lead as the walked up the hills. A Deku Baba shot up from the ground right on cue and snarled. Link turned around and everyone was a few steps safely behind him.
“Why does it always have to be me? I am in my 50’s. I can’t be doing this for the rest of my life.”
“We believe in you Uncle!” Gulliver cheered. He sighed and pulled out the sword and slashed the beast in half. Tetra walked by him and leaned in.
“I am capable of helping but it is just so hot to watch you do that.” She whispered. Link blushed slightly and chuckled as he continued onwards.

They made it safely inside the Forest Haven and they all looked around in amazement. Most of them had never been here before, and Link had to admit the whimsical charm to the place never faded.

They walked through the shallow water and then a Korok slowly flew down and hovered just in front of Link. It was a slightly darker tone and its leaf a reddish colour. With its leaf copter in hand it just stared at Link. Link honestly didn’t know if he had met this particular Korok before. He had a hard time telling them apart. He didn’t know how long they lived.

“Link?” It said. “Is that Link?” It asked.
“Yeah. It is me. Hi.”
“Hey, everyone! Link has returned!” He yelled, flying up high. Link and crew walked further in and then suddenly all the Koroks descended upon them.
“Link!” One called out. Link recognised this one. He was short and round and one of Link’s old friends.
“Makar!” Link cheered as he landed next to him.
“You are so tall!” He beamed, waddling.
“Hylians do grow. You look the same!”
“I am so different! I am a better violin player now!”

“Ohohoh!” A booming voice spoke. Everyone except Link and Tetra jumped. The Deku Tree woke up.
“Is that you, hero? Or are you just the next hero in a long line? It is hard to keep track.”
“It is me, Great Deku Tree. We have met. It was a long time ago now.”
“Nonsense my boy. It was mere moments for one such as me.”

“He’s a tree.” Danzo said.
“How obvious.” Nikola remarked.
“A bit of respect please!” Tetra ordered. “This is the Great Deku Tree. He has watched over Hyrule since Ancient Times.”
“Ah yes. Hyrule. I remember when my roots were firmly tied into the soil of that ancient Kingdom.”
“Mr. Deku Tree. If I may…” Nikola stepped forward. “If your role is to watch over Hyrule, and Hyrule is indeed no more. What is your purpose now?”

“Hmmm.” It spoke, as if thinking. “A very Hylian-centric question. Do you question the purpose of a tree that has no voice?”
“Err… I guess not.”
“Then why should I be different just because I can speak?”
“Well, I assume you have sentience, whilst other trees do not. Do you not get bored of not being able to see the world or move?”
“I see plenty and my roots spread wide.”
“Are you still growing?”

“Father has us planting his seeds all over the Great Sea! One day they may spout into Deku Trees of their own!” One Korok spoke.
“Sucking the water up over time.”
“You plan on draining the Great Sea? Is that possible?” Tetra asked.
“Maybe. Maybe not. Maybe after several millennia, Hyrule will once again be found.” The Deku Tree said.
“And right atop a tower, The Master Sword is planted in Ganondorf’s head. I really think some things should be left unfound.” Link said.
“Hmm. Perhaps. The passage of time is strange. You claim to want to leave these things forgotten but yet you keep track of history, you returned to these islands. Why is that?”

Link thought hard.
“I would love nothing more than to hold the Master Sword again and to see that old Kingdom beneath the waves once more. I felt connected to it. The Sword spoke to me. But I think it is best it stay hidden.
“But maybe it will need to be found. Maybe one of your successors will find it.”
“You have thought hard about this, haven’t you?”
“Ohohoh! My Boy, thinking is all I have time for.”

“So are the other trees able to talk?” Gulliver asked. A surprisingly good question.
“They are their own beings just like I. Younger for sure, but I can’t be around forever. One day I will be like my father, just a husk. But this time my children have siblings. They communicate across the Great Sea.” The Deku Tree said.
“I think that was a yes.” Nikola said quietly.
“You share the memories of your father don’t you?” Link asked.
“That I do, my boy. And he the memories of his predecessor. I remember sprouting from the ground before the Hero of Time, but yet I also remember the Hero of Time being delivered to my roots as a baby.”

“The Hero of Time lived in the Forbidden Woods and raised as a Kokiri.” Makar said. “We were once Kokiri. Our old home was in the Forbidden Woods.”
“So somewhere in there is the home of the Hero of Time. Amazing.” Link sighed.

“The story and knowledge you hold. I could sit and listen all day.” Tetra said and the Deku Tree chuckled.
“Ah, but Princess, it is best for you to continue living your lives and forging new moments in history. Perhaps one day a Princess and her Hero will come to me seeking knowledge of you. You, the Princess who founded New Hyrule. The start of a brand new Kingdom.”
Tetra smiled. She hadn’t thought of it like that before.

They bowed to the Deku Tree.
“It has been an honour to meet you, Great Deku Tree.” Nikola said. Aryll took a picture.
“The honour is all mine. I will remember you all for the rest of eternity.

 

 

They all boarded the Pirate Ship but Link didn’t, he changed the direction of the Wind and used his Deku Leaf to float to an isolated island close by. Tetra watched and then she dived in the water and swam over to the small island. Luckily for her there was a ladder but atop the rock was a hatch. She followed Link inside.

“What are you doing? What is this place?” Tetra asked him.
“Carlov’s Nintendo Gallery. I took pictures of everyone I met on the Great Sea and he made figurines of them.” Link explained but Tetra laughed.
“What, even me?”
“Yes actually.”
“Wait? When?”
“I snapped a picture when we were together at Hyrule Castle.”
“So when we down at the bottom of the ocean in an ancient castle from legends, just after we escaped from Ganondorf, you thought about how you needed to take a picture of me so Carlov could make a figurine?”
“When you put it like that, it sounds insane.” Link said, and Tetra sighed.

Link opened one of the doors and inside were various monster figurines.
“Really, Link?”
“What?”
“You were fighting Ghoma and you thought “Hold on! I need a picture!”?”
“Err… basically, yes.”
“I question why I love you sometimes.” She said under her breath but he just smiled to himself. Then he pulled from his pocket a figurine of Ganondorf and Tetra just stared.
“It was the last one needed.” He told her.

They looked at the other rooms, Tetra admiring the handiwork at least.
“You know, Link. Historians in many years to come are going to find this gallery and wonder what purpose it had. It will be a great mystery to all.”
“Yeah, and just think, if the Deku Tree is successful in draining the Great Sea, they will be even more confused as to why this was made on the top of a mountain.”
“I doubt that will be their first question.” She muttered.

They left the Gallery and Link shut the hatch tightly. “What does Nintendo even mean?” Tetra asked.
“Who knows. It is probably ancient Hylian or something. We should ask the Deku Tree.” Link told her.
“I think some mysteries are left unanswered.”

Notes:

None of this was included when I uploaded part 1... then I decided to play Windwaker again... I couldn't not give Medli and Makar a little more.

Based on Breath of the Wild, it seems that the Rito age much faster than Hylians do, that is why she is an old lady now. I think it is sweet that her friend returned to visit her though!

And look, I know the whole Nintendo Gallery stuff is silly, but if Link is anything like me, he needs to get them all! All of them! I spent July being obsessed with these damn figurines, so you bet I am including it here!

On top of that, we got some nice moments with the Deku Tree as well.

I posted this chapter early because A03 is apparently down tomorrow? Well, guess you get it early!